FTUI Academic Guidebook 2020 2021

1
FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
UNIVERSITAS INDONESIA
ACADEMIC GUIDEBOOK
2020 - 2024
2020 - 2021 EDITION
19,5 X 26,4 cm
Cetakan I, Agustus 2021
Penulis
Fakultas Teknik Universitas Indonesia
Desain Sampul dan Penata Letak

Penerbit
Email humas@eng.ui.ac.id
website http://eng.ui.ac.id
Sanksi Pelanggaran Pasal 72

Undang-Undang Nomor 19 Tahun 2002 tentang Hak Cipta
(1) Barangsiapa dengan sengaja dan tanpa hak melakukan perbuatan sebagaimana dimaksud dalam Pasal
2 ayat (1) atau Pasal 49 ayat (1) dan ayat (2) dipidana dengan pidana penjara masing-masing paling sing-
kat 1 (satu) bulan dan/atau denda paling sedikit Rp 1.000.000,00 (satu juta rupiah), atau pidana penjara
paling lama 7 (tujuh) tahun dan/atau denda paling banyak Rp 5.000.000.000,00 (lima miliar rupiah).
(2) Barangsiapa dengan sengaja menyiarkan, memamerkan, mengedarkan, atau menjual
kepada umum suatu Ciptaan atau barang hasil pelanggaran Hak Cipta atau Hak Terkait
sebagaimana dimaksud pada ayat (1) dipidana dengan pidana penjara paling lama 5
(lima) tahun dan/atau denda paling banyak Rp 500.000.000,00 (lima ratus juta rupiah).
2
ACADEMIC GUIDEBOOK
2020 - 2024
Faculty of Engineering Universitas Indonesia

2020 - 2021 Edition
3
The Committee
Chair : Dean of Engineering

Dr. Ir. Hendri D.S. Budiono, M.Eng
Advisory Committee :
Dr. Ir. Muhammad Asvial, M.Eng
Prof. Dr.-Ing. Nandy Putra
Editor :
Dr. Eng. Arief Udhiarto, S.T., M.T., IPM
Dr. Ir. Muhammad Salman S.T., MIT
Dr.-Ing. Eko Adhi Setiawan, S.T., M.T.
Dr.-Ing. Ova Candra Dewi, M.Sc.
Dr. Cindy Rianti Priadi S.T., M.Sc.
Dr. Agus Sunjarianto Pamitran S.T., M.Eng
Dr. Abdul Halim M.Eng.
Dr. Basari S.T., M.Eng.
Nofrijon Bin Imam Sofyan, Ph.D.
Joko Adianto S.T., M.Ars., Ph.D.
Dr. Bambang Heru Susanto S.T., M.T.
Komarudin S.T., M.Eng., Ph.D.
Secretariat :
Yunita Dewi Hapsari
Design :
Muhammad Abdullah
Mohammad Anindya Fausta
Published by Faculty of Engineering

Universitas Indonesia
Head Office Public Relations and Protocol

Dekanat Building 2nd Floor Office of Public Relations and Protocol
+6221 7863504, +6221 7863505 PAF Building 1st floor
+6221 7270050 +6221 78888430 ext 118
http://www.eng.ui.ac.id/ +6221 78888076
Email : humas@eng.ui.ac.id
4
PREFACE
Welcome to FTUI !
On behalf of the Faculty of Engineering Universitas Indonesia, I would like to extend our warmest
welcome to all students joining us this year. Our faculty is one of the largest faculty in the Universitas
Indonesia and is proud to call ourselves one of Indonesia’s leading education and research institutions.
With the support of our faculty members, we provide excellent learning and research environment
for our students.
This 2020-2021 Academic Guidebook is intended for all students of the Undergraduate Program
(Regular, Parallel, International), Master Program, Professional Program, and Doctoral Program,
to be used during their study at Faculty of Engineering Universitas Indonesia. The curriculum,
syllabus, and academic staff are listed, as well as all support information provided for you. The
information contained within this book is also helpful for those considering continuing their study
in the engineering field at the Universitas Indonesia.
Academic Guidebook 2020-2021 is a special edition. We have made significant curriculum revisions
based on the spirit of the Industrial Revolution 4.0 and the concept of “Merdeka Belajar Kampus
Merdeka.” The curriculum was designed based on the Outcome Base Education system. The
international standard engineering education outcome has been set in intended to prepare our
graduates to be able to compete not only at the national or regional level but also in the global labor
market.
In this guidebook, you will also find general information on FTUI and our Department/Study
Program. It contains the education system, the academic regulations, the curriculum, and the
syllabus of the subject taught at all of our programs. In this guidebook, we are also proud to include
our newly opened master study program: The Study Program of Environmental Engineering, The
Study Program of Integrity Material Management, and the Master Program of Urban and Regional
Planning. A new program, namely S1-S3 Fasttrack, is also opened this year, offering an opportunity
for undergraduate students to finish their bachelor’s and a doctorate in a much shorter period.
Lastly, I would like to convey my gratitude and appreciation to our stakeholders and the curriculum
team for their contributions to the renewal curriculum. My sincere thank goes to all faculty members
who have helped with the compilation of this academic guidebook, especially the Vice Dean for
Academic, Research, and Student Affairs, the Vice Dean for Resources, Venture and General
Administration, the Associate Dean for Academic and Head of PAF, the Heads and Vice Heads of
Department, the Head of Study Programs, and the committee members. With the spirit of Beyond
Engineering Expectation let us deliver our graduates to be the best engineer in their field wherever
there are.
Depok, August 2021

Dean,
Dr. Ir. Hendri D.S Budiono, M.Eng.
5
Table of Contents
Student Welfare...................................................... 59
Table of Content
Teksas Bridge.......................................................... 59
History of FTUI ..................................................... 13
Campus Bus............................................................. 60
The Establishment of Faculty of
Student Welfare and Facility Building
Engineering UI....................................................... 13
(GKFM) / University Health Center.................. 60
Vision and Mission of FTUI................................ 13
Smart Classroom.................................................... 61
UI and FTUI Administration.............................. 13
Integrated-Creative Engineering Learning
Academic Programs at FTUI................................ 16
Laboratory (i-CELL)............................................... 61
Department of Civil Engineering...................... 20
Student Dormitory................................................. 61
Department of Mechanical Engineering.......... 24
Wisma Makara........................................................ 62
Department of Electrical Engineering.............. 27
UI Student Activity Center (PUSGIWA).......... 62
Department of Metallurgical and
UI Students Hall..................................................... 63
Materials Engineering.......................................... 32
Sport Facilities........................................................ 63
Department of Architecture................................ 35
Bike to Campus....................................................... 63
Department of Chemical Engineering.............. 39
Student Organization............................................ 63
Department of Industrial Engineering............ 42
Career Development Center................................ 65
General..................................................................... 45
National Student Science Week.......................... 65
Administrative and Academic
Scholarship.............................................................. 65
Registration............................................................. 50
Insurance.................................................................. 67
Graduate Predicate................................................. 52
General Information............................................. 68
Academic Performance Evaluation
and Dropout Criteria............................................. 52 International Journal of Technology................. 68
Academic Leave...................................................... 53 Quality in Research (QiR) Conference............. 68
Faculty and Department Judiciums................... 54 International Office............................................... 68
Semester Grade Transcript, Diploma, and Undergraduate Program in

Academic Transcripts............................................ 54 Civil Engineering................................................... 71
Offenses and Sanctions........................................ 54 Course Structure of Undergraduate Program

in Civil Engineering (Regular/Parallel)........... 75
Academic Regulation of The Universitas
Indonesia.................................................................. 55 Course Structure International
Undergraduate Civil Engineering...................... 79
Integrated Students Service Building
(PPMT)...................................................................... 58 Course Sylabus of University Subjects............. 83
Faculty Administration Center........................... 58 Syllabus of Faculty Subjects................................ 85
University Central Library................................... 58 Course Syllabus of Undergraduate

Program on Civil Engineering............................ 87
UI Central Library Services................................. 58
Special Course........................................................ 99
Computer Sciences & Network........................... 59
6
Table of Contents
Elective Courses...................................................... 99 Electives Subjects .................................................. 198
Civil Engineering Fast-Track Curriculum Undergraduate Program in Electrical

(Undergraduate and Gradute)............................. 100 Engineering............................................................. 206
Undergraduate Program in Environmental Course Structure Undergraduate Program

Engineering............................................................. 102 (Regular/Parallel) in Electrical Engineering... 211
Course Structure Undergraduate Program Curriculum Syllabus of University Subjects.. 213

Environmental Engineering................................ 113
Syllabus of Faculty Subjects................................ 215
Course Syllabus of University Subjects........... 118
Electrical Engineering Course............................ 218
Course of Electrical Power Engineering Field.224
Syllabus of Undergraduate Program on
Course of Electrical Engineering Field............. 225
Environmental Engineering .............................. 122
Course of Telecommunication Engineering
Elective Course in Environmental
Field........................................................................... 227
Engineering Undergraduate Programme......... 132
Course of Control Engineering Field................ 228
Course of Fast Track S1-S2 Environmental
Special Course........................................................ 230
Engineering............................................................. 136
Undergraduate Program in Computer
Undergraduate Program in Mechanical
Engineering............................................................. 231
Engineering............................................................. 138
Course Structure Undergraduate Program
Curriculum Structure of Mechanical
Engineering Study Program................................ 145 in Computer Engineering.................................... 237
Curriculum of International Program in Electives Computer Engineering Program...... 237

Mechanical Engineering...................................... 146 Course Structure for Fast Track Program
Course Syllabus of University Subjects........... 148 Bachelor of Computer Engineering and Master
of Electrical Engineering Majoring in Cyber
Security and Future Internet............................... 240
Syllabus Mechanical Engineering Study
Course Structure for Fast Track Program
Program.................................................................... 153
Bachelor of Computer Engineering and Master
Elective Subjects Mechanical Engineering
of Electrical Engineering Majoring in Data
Study Program........................................................ 161 Engineering and Business Intelligence............ 240
Curriculum for Fast Track Programme Course Syllabus of University Subject............. 240
(S1 and S2)................................................................ 177 Syllabus of Faculty Subjects................................ 243
Undergraduate Program in Naval Architecture Electrical Engineering Department Subjects.. 245

and Marine Engineering...................................... 180
Computer Engineering Subjects........................ 246
Subject Structure Undergraduate Program in
Special Subjects...................................................... 252
Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering..187
Computer Engineering Electives Subjects....... 252
Syllabus Undergraduate Program in Naval
Undergraduate Program in Biomedical
Architecture and Marine Engineering............. 190
Engineering............................................................. 256
Special Subjects...................................................... 198 7
Table of Contents
Course Structure Undergraduate Program in Course Description: Elective Courses............... 327

Biomedical Engineering....................................... 260
Undergraduate Program
Electives Subjects for Biomedical Study in Interior Architecture........................................ 340
Program.................................................................... 261
Curriculum Structure Undergraduate Interior
Course Syllabus of University Subjects........... 262 Architecture Program........................................... 348
Syllabus of Faculty Subjects................................ 263 Electives.................................................................... 348
Course Syllabus of Biomedical Engineering... 265 Course Syllabus of University Subjects........... 349
Special Subjects...................................................... 272 Course Syllabus of Faculty Subjects................. 351
Elective Courses for Biomedical Interior Architecture Required Courses.......... 353

Engineering............................................................. 272
Course Description: Elective Courses............... 360
Undergraduate Program in Metallurgy &
Undergraduate Program in Chemical
Materials Engineering.......................................... 275
Engineering............................................................. 366
Course Structure for Undergraduate
Courses Structure of Undergraduate Program in
Metallurgical & Materials Engineering Program
Chemical Engineering for Regular and Parallel
(Regular & Parallel Class).................................... 284
Class Program......................................................... 371
List of Electives Courses in Odd Semester...... 371
Course Syllabus of Faculty Subjects................. 290
List of Electives Courses in Even Semester..... 372
Course Syllabus of Metallurgical and Material
Curriculum 2020 for Fast-Track Undergraduate
Engineering Subjects............................................ 291
to Master in Chemical Engineering Study
Electives Course...................................................... 292
Program.................................................................... 372
Curriculum of International Program Metallur-
Curriculum 2020 for Fast-Track Undergraduate
gical and Materials Engineering........................ 305
to Doctor in Chemical Engineering Study
Undergraduate Program in Architecture......... 308
Program.................................................................... 372
Curriculum Structure Undergraduate Program
Course Structure of Undergraduate Program
in Architecture........................................................ 313
in Chemical Engineering for International
Electives Course...................................................... 313
Class.......................................................................... 375
Curriculum Structure Undergraduate Architec-
List of Electives Courses in Odd Semester...... 376
ture International Program.................................. 314
List of Electives Courses in Even Semester..... 376
Electives Courses.................................................... 315
Courses Structure of Undergraduate Program
Course Structure at Curtin University.............. 315
in Chemical Engineering at Partner
Course Structure at Queensland University of
Technology (QUT).................................................. 315 Universities.............................................................. 376
Course Syllabus of University Subjects........... 316 Courses Syllabus of University Subjects......... 380
Course Syllabus of Faculty Subject................... 318 Syllabus of Basic Engineering Subjects........... 382
Course Description: Required Courses............ 321 Chemical Engineering Courses.......................... 384

8
Table of Contents
Elective Courses...................................................... 391 Engineering............................................................. 482
Undergraduate Program in Bioprocess Course Structure Master Program in Energy

Engineering............................................................. 399 System Engineering............................................... 488
Curriculum Structure Undergraduate Elective Courses...................................................... 488

Bioprocess Engineering........................................ 407
Syllabus Master Program in Energy System
Course Syllabus of University Subjects........... 411 Elective Courses...................................................... 489
Course Syllabus of Faculty Subjects................. 413 Study Program Magister of Urban and Regional
Planning................................................................... 492
Bioprocess Engineering Courses........................ 415
Curriculum Structure Magister of Urban and
Special Courses....................................................... 421
Regional Planning................................................. 518
Elective Courses in Odd Semester..................... 422
List of Elective Courses......................................... 518
Elective Courses in Even Semester.................... 426
Syllabus of Required Courses Program Master
Undergraduate Program in Industrial
of Regional and Urban Planning....................... 518
Engineering............................................................. 431
Master in Civil Engineering................................ 528
Curriculum Structure Reguler/Parallel Class
Curriculum Structure of Graduate Program on
Undergraduate Industrial Engineering............ 444
Civil Engineering................................................... 532
Course Structure for International Class of
Course Syllabus of Graduate Program on Civil
Industrial Engineering......................................... 444
Engineering............................................................. 533
Course Syllabus of Structure Specialization.. 534
Course Syllabus of Faculty Subjects................. 449
Course Syllabus of Geotechnics
Courses at Industrial Engineering Study
Specialization.......................................................... 538
Program.................................................................... 451
Course Syllabus of Transportation
Special Lecture........................................................ 457
Specialization.......................................................... 540
Elective Courses...................................................... 457
Course Syllabus of Water Resources
Professional Program for Architect................... 467
Management Specialization................................ 544
Course Structure Professional Program for
Course Syllabus of Construction/Project/
Architect................................................................... 471
Infrastructure/Construction Safety Engineering
Elective Courses...................................................... 471 Specialization.......................................................... 546
Syllabus Professional Program for Architect.. 471 Graduate (Master) Program on Environmental
Professional Program for Engineers.................. 474 Engineering............................................................. 551
Course Structure Professional Program for Curriculum Structure in Environmental
Engineers.................................................................. 478 Engineering Master Programme........................ 562
Syllabus Professional Program for Syllabus of Master Program on Environmental
Engineers.................................................................. 478 Engineering............................................................. 563
Master Program in Energy System Mandatory Courses of Environmental Quality

9
Table of Contents
Management............................................................ 564 Majoring Course..................................................... 614
Mandatory Courses of Water Quality Special Subjects...................................................... 615

Technology and Engineering Specialization.. 565
Course Structure Master Program in Electrical
Special Courses....................................................... 568 Curriculum of Electrical Engineering

Department Special Class in Salemba.............. 617
Master Program in Mechanical Engineering.. 569
Syllabus of Master Program in Electrical
Curriculum Structure of Mechanical
Engineering............................................................. 620
Engineering Master Program.............................. 577
Majoring in Power and Smart System.............. 620
Specialization in Energy Conversion and
Conservation........................................................... 577 Majoring in Telecommunication and Smart
Wireless System...................................................... 622
Elective Courses of Specialization in Energy
Conversion and Conservation............................. 577 Majoring in Electronic and Intelligent
Embedded System.................................................. 624
Specialization in Fire and Building Safety
Technology............................................................... 577 Majoring in Cyber Security and Future
Elective Courses of Specialization in Fire and Internet..................................................................... 625

Building Safety Technology................................ 578
Majoring in Automation and Data Analytic
Specialization in Design and Manufacturing.578 Engineering............................................................. 626
Elective Courses of Specialization in Design and Majoring in Data Engineering and Business
Manufacturing........................................................ 578 Intelligence.............................................................. 628
Specialization in Manufacturing and Majoring in Telecommunication

Automation Systems.............................................. 578
Management............................................................ 630
Elective Courses of Specialization in
Majoring in Power and Energy Management.631
Manucfacuturing and Automation Stream...... 579
Majoring in Information Network Security
Specialization in Advanced Vehicle
Management............................................................ 633
Engineering............................................................. 579
Master Program in Biomedical Technology.... 636
Elective Courses of Specialization in Advanced
Curriculum Structure............................................ 642
Vehicle Engineering.............................................. 579
Subject Syllabus..................................................... 644
Specialization in Technology and Maritime
Study Program Obligatory Subject.................... 644
Resources.................................................................. 579
Specialization Subject........................................... 645
Elective Courses of Specialization in Technology
and Maritime Resources....................................... 580 Biomedical Instrumentation and Medical
Imaging Specialization......................................... 645
Description of Courses......................................... 580
Medical Informatics Specialization.................. 646
Engineering Magister Through Fast Track
Program ................................................................... 600 Clinical and Hospital Engineering
Specialization.......................................................... 647
Master Program in Electrical Engineering ..... 602
Special Course........................................................ 648
Core Subjects........................................................... 614
10
Table of Contents
Elective Course....................................................... 648 Master Program (Gas Management Class)....... 702
Master Program in Metallurgy and Materials Elective Courses...................................................... 703

Engineering............................................................. 651
Syllabus of Master Program in Chemical
Course Structure for Master Program Engineering Department for Regular Class.... 703
Metallurgical & Materials Engineering........... 658
Compulsory Courses............................................. 703
Course Syllabus Master Program in
Matriculation.......................................................... 705
Metallurgical and Materials Engineering....... 660
Compulsory/Expertise Courses.......................... 660
Syllabus of Master Program in Chemical
Materials Engineering Specialization
Engineering Department for Gas Management
Courses..................................................................... 661
Class.......................................................................... 713
Compulsory Courses............................................. 713
Master Program Materials Integrity
Special Courses....................................................... 714
Management............................................................ 665
Course Structure for Master Program Materials
Integrity Management.......................................... 670 Master Program in Industrial Engineering..... 716
Course Syllabus Master Program in Materials Curriculum Structure of Industrial Engineering

Integrity Management.......................................... 670 Master Program...................................................... 722
Compulsory/Expertise Courses.......................... 670 Compulsory Specialization Subjects................ 722
Elective Courses...................................................... 673 Elective Courses...................................................... 722
Master Program in Architecture........................ 674 Syllabus Master Program Industrial

Engineering............................................................. 723
Course Structure Master Program
Architecture............................................................. 678 Special Courses....................................................... 727
Elective Courses...................................................... 678 Elective Courses...................................................... 727
Subject Syllabus..................................................... 678 Doctoral Program................................................... 735
Syllabus of Required Courses............................. 678 Curriculum Structure for FTUI Doctoral

Program ................................................................... 738
Doctoral Program (Course & Research)............ 738
Curriculum Structure for Fast Track
Program.................................................................... 694 Doctoral Program (Research).............................. 738
Master Program in Chemical Engineering ..... 696 Description of Subjects......................................... 738
List of Courses for Chemical Engineering

Master Program (Regular Class)........................ 701
Curriculum Structure Master Program Chemical

Engineering............................................................. 702
List of Courses for Chemical Engineering

11
12
Profile of FTUI and Departments
Profile of FTUI & Departments under the Metallurgy Study Program) joined the Chemical
Engineering study program (originally under the Mechanical
Study Program) and formed the Gas and Petrochemical Engi-
History of FTUI neering Study Program with Dr. Ir. H. Rachmantio as its first
Head of the Study Program. The Industrial Engineering Study
The history of the Faculty of Engineering of Universitas Program, was opened in 1999 with Ir. M. Dachyar, M.Sc. as its
Indonesia (FTUI) began with a request made by a group of first Head of the Study Program. The Biomedical Engineering
young engineers belonging to the Society of Engineers of Study Program as the youngest study program in the Faculty
Indonesia (PII) to the first President of the Republic Indo- of Engineering of UI, was opened in 2018 with Dr. Basari S.T.,
nesia, Bung Karno, for the renovations of heavily damaged M.Eng. as the first Head of Study Program. The term “major”
main roads in Jakarta. At that time Jakarta was preparing was later changed into “department”, and it is still used today.
for GANEFO, an important International Sports Event.
This bid was welcomed by President Soekarno. The young Vision and Mission of FTUI
engineers were granted permission to start the renovations
under a condition that all work had to be completed within FTUI Vision
two weeks. Headed by Ir. Bratanata, Ir. Roosseno, Ir. Sutami,
Faculty of Engineering Universitas Indonesia becomes the
and Ir. A.R. Soehoed, the project was completed on time.
excellent nation’s pride and able to compete in South East
After successful accomplishment of the road renovation Asia.
project, these young engineers with their iron will felt that
FTUI Mission
there was more that they could do to serve their country. But
what? Then they thought of a brilliant idea: “Why not establish • Prepare Undergraduate, Master and Doctoral graduates
an engineering faculty in Jakarta as an alternative to the one in with international insight by using Cutting-Edge Engineer-
Bandung? This way those residing in the country’s capital would ing Education & Management which are the benchmark
not need to travel far to Bandung for an engineering education”. of the higher education system in South East Asia Region
During the ceremonial event of Lenso dancing at the • Organize research for the development of the nation’s
Pembangunan Building (formerly known as the Pola Build- technology and science by focusing on Applied Engi-
ing) to welcome the GANEFO guests of honor, the young neering Research. Applied Engineering Research is
engineers brought their idea to President Soekarno to which a type of research that can compete in the interna-
he responded by inviting them to the Presidential Palace the tional scene but also benefit the Indonesian people,
next day. During the meeting in the Presidential Palace, the without disregarding research that has been the back
President wholeheartedly approved of the idea and even bone of Faculty of Engineering Universitas Indonesia.
directly appointed Prof. Ir. Rooseno as the first Dean of the
• Encourage the professional and adapt the Engineering
Faculty of Engineering. The President also instructed that the
Enterprises system and community engagement to the
new Faculty of Engineering would be part of Universitas Indo-
need of the society and industry. Engineering Enterprises
nesia under the leadership of its Rector, dr. Syarief Thayeb.
must have an active role in solving the global demand with
the support towards sustainable and humane development.
The Establishment of Faculty of
Engineering UI • Build and prepare engineering institution based on
Integrated Information Technology (Integrated IT
Once dr. Syarief Thayeb served as the Minister of Higher Based Institution) with efficiency and professional-
Education and Science, he issued the Decree No. 76 dated ism, that are two national benchmark. Integrated IT
July 17, 1964 regarding the establishment of the Faculty Based Institution must be able to keep up with the
of Engineering. The Faculty of Engineering was officially trends in FTUI or future technology development.
established in Jakarta without any official ceremony or
celebration under the banner of Universitas Indonesia as UI and FTUI Administration
the youngest faculty. Thus, the history of the Faculty of
UI
Engineering of Universitas Indonesia began with its first
three Study Programs and their respective Heads of Study Rector: Prof. Ari Kuncoro, S.E., M.A., Ph.D
Programs: Ir. Sutami as the Head of the Civil Engineer-
ing Study Program, Ir. Ahmad Sayuti as the Head of the
Prof. Dr. rer. nat. Abdul Haris
Vice Rector for Academic and Student Affairs
Mechanical Engineering Study Program, and Ir. K. Hadinoto
as the Head of the Electrical Engineering Study Program. Vita Silvira, S.E., MBA.
Vice Rector for Finance and Logistics
The Metallurgy and Architecture Study Programs were
opened the following year with Dr.Ing. Purnomosidhi H. and drg. Nurtami, Ph.D., Sp,OF(K)
Ir. Sunaryo S. as their respective Heads of Study Programs. Ir. Vice Rector for Research and Innovation
Roosseno as the Dean was assisted by Ir. Sutami as the Vice
Dean for Academic Affairs, Ir. Slamet Bratanata as the Vice Prof. Dr. Ir. Dedi Priadi, DEA
Dean for Administration and Finance, and Dr. Ing Purnomo- Vice Rector for for Human Resources and Assets
sidhi H. as the Vice Dean for Student Affairs and Alumni. dr. Agustin Kusumayati, M.Sc., Ph.D
In its early activities in 1964, the Faculty of Engineering University Secretary
of UI was supported by 30 lecturers and 11 non-academic
employees offering a 32-course subject curriculum. The first
class of the Faculty of Engineering of UI consisted of 199
students. In five and a half years, 18 of them had successfully
completed their studies and graduated as certified engineers.
In 1985, the Gas Engineering study program (originally
13
FTUI Study Programs

Dean: Dr. Ir. Hendri D.S. Budiono, M.Eng Energy System Engineering:
• Dr.-Ing. Eko Adhi Setiawan S.T., M.T.
Dr. Ir. Muhammad Asvial, M.Eng
Vice Dean for Academic Research and Student Affairs Professional Program for Engineers:
Prof. Dr.-Ing. Nandy Putra • Dr.Ir. Muhammad Salman S.T., M.I.T.
Vice Dean for Resources, Venture and General Administra- Urban & Regional Planning
tion
• Dr.-Ing. Ova Chandra Dewi, M.Sc
Dr. Eng. Arief Udhiarto, ST., MT, IPM.
Associate Dean for Academic and Head of Faculty Adminis-
tration Center:
Dr. Eng. Muhamad Sahlan, S.Si, M. Eng
Associate Dean for Research & Community Engagement
Dr. Badrul Munir, ST., M.Eng.Sc
Associate Dean for Students Affairs & Alumni
Jos Istiyanto, S.T., M.T., Ph.D
Associate Dean for Human Resource & General Administra-
tion
Dr. Dwi Marta Nurjaya, ST., MT
Associate Dean for General Affairs & Facilities
Dr. Ir. Imansyah Ibnu Hakim, M.Eng
Associate Dean for Cooperation & Venture
Dr. Ir. Rahmat Nurcahyo, M.Eng.Sc
Head of Development and Management System Assurance
Unit and Academic Quality Assurance Unit
Prof. Ir. Sutrasno Kartohardjono, M.Sc, Ph.D
Course Coordinator of FTUI Salemba Campus
Departments
The following are list of Head of Department, and Vice Head
of Department:
Civil Engineering:
• Ir. R. Jachrizal Sumabrata, M.Sc., Ph.D
• Dr. Cindy Rianti Priadi, ST.,M.Sc
Mechanical Engineering:
• Prof. Dr. Ario Sunar Baskoro, ST., MT., M.Eng
• Dr. Agus Sunjarianto Pamitran, ST., M.Eng
Electrical Engineering:
• Dr. Ir. Aries Subiantoro, M.Sc
• Dr. Abdul Halim, M.Eng
Metallurgical & Materials Engineering:
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Akhmad Herman Yuwono, M.Phil.Eng
• Nofrijon Sofyan, Ph.D
Architecture:
• Dr. Ing. Ir. Dalhar Susanto
• Joko Adianto, ST., M.Ars., Ph.D
Chemical Engineering:
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Asep Handaya Saputra, M.Eng
• Dr. Bambang Heru Susanto, ST., MT
Industrial Engineering:
• Dr. -Ing. Amalia Suzianti S.T., M.Sc.
• Dr. Komarudin, ST., M.Eng
14
Board of Professors • Prof. Dr. Ir. Engkos Achmad Kosasih, M.T.

• Prof. Dr. Ir. Budi Susilo Soepandji • Prof. Dr.-Ing. Nasruddin
• Prof. Dr.-Ing. Ir. Bambang Suharno • Prof. Ir. Warjito, M.Sc., Ph.D.
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Sutanto Soehodo, M. Eng
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Bondan T. Sofyan, M.Si
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Tommy Ilyas, M.Eng
• Prof. Ir. Triatno Yudo Harjoko, M.Sc., Ph.D
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Irwan Katili, DEA
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Abimanyu Takdir Alamsyah, MS
• Prof. Dr. Ir. I Made Kartika, Dipl. Ing.
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Widodo Wahyu P, DEA
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Raldi Artono Koestoer
• Prof. Dr. Ir. M. Nasikin, M.Eng
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Bambang Sugiarto, M.Eng
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Anondho W., M.Eng
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Yanuar, M.Eng
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Setijo Bismo, DEA
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Tresna P. Soemardi
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Slamet, M.T
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Budiarso, M.Eng
• Prof. Dr. Ir. T. Yuri M. Zagloel, M.Eng.Sc
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Yulianto S. Nugroho, M.Sc
• Prof. Ir. Sutrasno Kartohardjono, M.Sc., Ph.D
• Prof. Dr.-Ing. Nandy Putra
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Yusuf Latief, MT
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Djoko Hartanto, M.Sc
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Dedi Priadi, DEA
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Dadang Gunawan, M.Eng
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Harinaldi, M.Eng
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Bagio Budiardjo, M.Sc
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Djoko M Hartono, SE., M.Eng
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Eko Tjipto Rahardjo, M.Sc
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Muhammad Anis, M.Met
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Harry Sudibyo
• Prof. Ir. Isti Surjandari Prajitno, MT., MA., Ph.D
• Prof. Ir. Rinaldy Dalimi, M.Sc., Ph.D
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Danardono Agus S, DEA
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Rudy Setiabudy, DEA
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Nji Raden Poespawati,MT
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Iwa Garniwa, MK., MT
• Prof. Dr. Ir. A. Herman Yuwono, M.Phil.Eng
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Muhammad Idrus Alhamid
• Prof. Yandi A. Yatmo, S.T., M.Arch., Ph.D
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Riri Fitri Sari, M.Sc.MM
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Adi Surjosatyo, M.Eng
• Prof. Dr. Benyamin Kusumoputro, M.Eng
• Prof. Ir. Widjojo Adi Prakoso, M.Sc., Ph.D
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Kalamullah Ramli, M.Eng
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Winarto, M.Sc
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Eddy S. Siradj, M.Sc
• Prof. Dr. Ing. Ir. Misri Gozan, M.Tech.
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Johny Wahyuadi Mudaryoto
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Nelson Saksono, MT
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Anne Zulfia, M.Sc
• Prof. Paramita Atmodiwirjo, S.T., M.Arch., Ph.D.
• Prof. Ir. Mahmud Sudibandriyo, M.Sc., Ph.D
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Gandjar Kiswanto, M.Eng
• Prof. Dr. Heri Hermansyah, S.T., M.Eng.
• Prof. Dr.-Ing. Ir. Dwita Sutjiningsih, Dipl.HE
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Sigit P. Hadiwardoyo, DEA
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Fitri Yuli Zulkifli, ST., M.Sc
• Prof. Dr. Kemas Ridwan Kurniawan, ST., M.Sc
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Asep Handaya, M.Eng
• Prof. Dr. Ir. Sunaryo
• Prof. Dr. Ario Sunar Baskoro S.T., M.T., M.Eng.
• Prof. Dr. Ir. M. Dachyar, M.Sc.
• Prof. Dr. Rachmat Nurcahyo
• Prof. Ir. Kamarza Mulia, M.Sc., Ph.D.
15
International Adjunct Professor 16. Prof. Martin Betts,

Faculty of Built Environment and Engineering,
1. Prof. Dr. Fumihiko Nishio,
Queensland University of Technology, Australia.
fnishio@faculty.chiba-u.jp (Fundamental Research
Field of Remote Sensing: Snow and Ice), Center for 17. Prof. L. P. Lighart (Emeritus),
Environmental Remote Sensing (CEReS), Chiba Delft University of Technology, Dutch
University, Japan.
18. Prof. Dr. Koichi Ito
2. Prof. Dr. Josaphat Tetuko Sri Sumantyo, (Printed Antenna, Small Antenna, Medical Application
tetukoss@faculty.chiba-u.jp (Fundamental Research of Antenna, Evaluation of Mutual Influence between
Field of Remote Sensing: Microwave Remote Sensing), Human Body and Electromagnetic Radiations), Chiba
Center for Environmental Remote Sensing (CEReS), University, Japan.
Chiba University, Japan.
19. Prof. Dr. Uwe Lahl
3. Prof. Dr.-Ing. Axel Hunger,
20. Prof. Dr. Tae Jo Ko,
axel.hunger@uni-due.de (Adaptive e-Learning,
tjko@yu.ac.kr (BSc. Pusan National University; MSc.
adaptive instructional systems, e-course and its
Pusan National University; Ph.D Pohang Institute of
applications, pedagogical analyses of on-line course),
Technology) Micromachining, Nontraditional Manufac-
University of Duisburg Essen, Germany.
turing, Machine Tools
4. Prof. Dr. Koichi Ito (Printed Antenna,
21. Prof. Dr. Keizo Watanabe
Small Antenna, Medical Application of Antenna, Eval-
keizo@tmu.ac.jp (MSc. Tokyo Metropolitan University,
uation of Mutual Influence between Human Body and
1970; Dr-Eng. Tokyo Metropolitan University, 1977) Drag
Electromagnetic Radiations), Chiba University, Japan.
Reduction, Fluid Mechanics
5. Prof. Masaaki Nagatsu,
22. Prof. Philippe Lours,
tmnagat@ipc.shizuoka.ac.jp, (Plasma Science and
École nationale supérieure des mines d’Albi-Carmaux,
Technology) Research Institute of Electronics,Shizuoka
(France) Superalloys, aerospace material
University
6. Prof. Michiharu Tabe, Academic Programs at FTUI
tabe.michiharu@shizuoka.ac.jp, (Nano Devices)
Research Institute of Electronics, Shizuoka University FTUI consists of seven Departments and thirteen Under-
graduate Study Programs:
7. Prof. Hiroshi Inokawa,
1. Civil Engineering
inokawa06@rie.shizuoka.ac.jp, (Nano Devices),
Research Institute of Electronics, Shizuoka University 2. Environmental Engineering
8. Prof. Hidenori Mimura, 3. Mechanical Engineering
mimura.hidenori@shizuoka.ac.jp, (Vacuum Electron
4. Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering
Devices) Research Institute of Electronics, Shizuoka
University 5. Electrical Engineering
9. Prof. Chit Chiow (Andy) Tan, 6. Computer Engineering
School of Mechanical, Manufacturing and Medical
7. Metallurgical & Materials Engineering
Engineering, Queensland University of Technology,
Australia, Mechanical Engineering 8. Architecture
10. Prof. Kozo Obara, 9. Interior Architecture
Dept. of Nanostructure and Advanced Materials,
Kagoshima University, Japan, Nanomaterial dan 10. Chemical Engineering
Energi 11. Bioprocess Engineering
11. Prof. Freddy Y.C. Boey, 12. Industrial Engineering
Nanyang Technological University, Singapore, Nano-
material dan Biomedical Engineering 13. Biomedical Engineering
12. Prof. Kyoo-Ho Kim, Dr.Eng, Twelve Master Programs:

School of Material Science and Engineering, Yeun- 1. Civil Engineering
gnam University, Korea, Nanomaterial dan Energi
2. Mechanical Engineering
13. Prof. Bernard Cambou, Ecole Centrale de Lyon,-
France, 3. Electrical Engineering
INRETS (French National Institue for Transport and 4. Metallurgical and Material Engineering
Safety Engineering), Transport and Safety
5. Architecture
14. Prof. Chia-Fen Chi,
Dept. of Industrial Engineering, National Taiwan 6. Chemical Engineering
University Science and Technology, Industrial Manage- 7. Industrial Engineering
ment
8. Biomedical Technology
15. Prof. Dr. Katsuhiko Takahashi,
Dept. of Artificial Complex Systems Engineering, 9. Energy System Engineering
Hiroshima University, Japan, Artificial Complex 10. Environmental Engineering
System Engineering
16 11. Urban & Regional Planning
12. Materials Integrity Management 3. Electrical Engineering : A

Seven Doctoral Programs: 4. Metallurgical and Materials Engineering : A
1. Civil Engineering 5. Architecture : A
2. Mechanical Engineering 6. Chemical Engineering : A
3. Electrical Engineering 7. Industrial Engineering : B
4. Metallurgical and Material Engineering In 2008 & 2010, the Departments of Mechanical Engineering,
Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Metallurgical and
5. Architecture
MaterialsEngineering,ArchitectureandChemicalEngineering
6. Chemical Engineering have been accredited by the Asean University Network (AUN),
7. Industrial Engineering In 2013 Departments of Industrial Engineering have been
accredited by the ASEAN University Network (AUN).In 2016
and two Professional Program: Department of Civil Engineering have been re-accredited by
1. Professional Program for Engineers AUN. In 2017 Technology Bioprocess and Naval Architecture
& Marine Engineering Study Program have been accredited by
2. Professional Program for Architect
AUN. In 2017 Department of Chemical Engineering have been
Accreditation of FTUI Academic Programs accredited by JABEE (Japan Accreditation Board for Engineer-
ing Education) & in 2018 Chemical Engineering & Bioprocess
The National Board of Accreditation for Higher Educa- Engineering Study Program have been accredited by IABEE
tion (BAN-PT) has awarded the following accreditation (Indonesian Accreditation Board for Engineering Education).
level for all study program in the Faculty of Engineering:
In 2018 Environmental Engineering Study Program
for Bachelor Programs: have been accredited by AUN In 2019 Computer Engi-
1. Civil Engineering : Excellent neering Study Program have been accredited by AUN
2. Mechanical Engineering : Excellent Undergraduate Regular Class Program

3. Electrical Engineering : A
The Undergraduate Program in Universitas Indonesia focuses
4. Computer Engineering : Excellent on producing graduates with the following qualifications:
5. Metallurgical & Material Engineering : Excellent • Having knowledge of the basic science and skill in partic-
ular field of study.
6. Architecture : A
• Being able to implement the science, knowledge and skill
7. Chemical Engineering : Excellent acquired in accordance with their respective field of study.
8. Industrial Engineering : Excellent • Being able to keep abreast the development and growth of
science and technology.
9. Naval Architecture & Marine Engineering : A
The aim of Undergraduate Program in FTUI is to
10. Environmental Engineering : Excellent produce graduates with competencies set by the
11. Architecure Interior : A Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technol-
ogy (ABET) and Washington Accord Based as follow:
12. Bioprocess Engineering : Excellent
• Being able to implement the basic science, the basic science
13. Biomedical Engineering : Good of engineering, and technology.
Accreditation for Master Program is as follows: • Being able to design and conduct experiments and data
analyses.
1. Civil Engineering : A
• Being able to design system and its components.
2. Mechanical Engineering : A • Understanding the professional responsibility and ethics.
3. Electrical Engineering : A • Being able to work together in a multidiscipline group.
4. Metallurgical and Materials Engineering : A • Being able to identify, formulate and solve engineering
problems.
5. Architecture : A
• Being able to communicate effectively.
6. Chemical Engineering : A • Having broad knowledge and understand of the techno-
7. Industrial Engineering : A logical impacts of their projects in both local and global
scale.
8. Biomedical Technology : B • Having the motivation and ability to learn continously.
9. Energy System Engineering : Excellent • Having knowledge of the latest engineering problems.
10. Environmental Engineering : Good • Being able and skilled in using the latest engineering
methods.
11. Urban & Regional Planning : Good
• Producing graduates from the Architecture Study
12. Materials Integrity Management : Good Program with the competence in accordance to the
Accreditation for Doctoral Program is as follows: National Architectural Accrediting Board (NAAB).
1. Civil Engineering : A Besides ABET, FTUI has also received accreditation from
the IABEE (Indonesian Accreditation Board for Engineering
2. Mechanical Engineering : A Education) based on the IABEE Criteria. IABEE Common
17
Criteria (CC) are established as a framework to perform The classes are held in FTUI Depok from morning
accreditation of higher education programs. These CC to late evening, different from the classes of the regular
comprise of elements that must be fulfilled by the Study program which are held from morning to early evening.
Program to be accredited. And the criteria are as follows:
The Undergraduate Parallel Program allows all
• Programs to be accredited are four-year engineering high school graduates from any years to register to the
Bachelor Programs or other higher education programs program. This differs from the Undergraduate Regular
which IABEE considers as equivalent. Program which limits registration to students with a maxi-
mum graduation time of three years. This arrangement
• The Program is not restricted to single Programs operated
makes this program available to all high school gradu-
by a Department or Faculty. A Program may be formed
ates from any years to pursue their Bachelor’s degree.
and/or operated by multiple Departments / Faculties.
Programs may include matriculated learning activities Unlike the students of the Undergraduate Regular Program,
outside of its home campus, in conjunction with other the students of the Undergraduate Parallel Program are
higher education institutions. required to pay full education fees in accordance with the listed
fees. This means that they are not allowed to apply for Biaya
• In cases where a Program is offered as parallel classes,
Pendidikan Berkeadilan (BOP-B), i.e. a cost reduction program
evaluation by IABEE shall encompass all parallel
allocated to their Regular Program classmates. The graduation
classes. In cases where multiple Programs of the same
requirements and accreditation for the Undergraduate Regu-
nomenclature are offered in multiple locations by the
lar Program also apply to the Undergraduate Parallel Program.
same Program-Operating Institution (such as Programs
established according to the Program Studi di Luar
Kampus Utama (PKSDU) scheme as defined by the
International Undergraduate Program
Indonesian Ministerial Regulation of Peraturan Menteri (Double-Degree & Single Degree)
Riset, Teknologi, dan Pendidikan Tinggi No. 1/ 2017),
evaluation by IABEE shall treat the parallel Programs as Since 1999, the Faculty of Engineering has established
separate entities. an international undergraduate program in engineering
(the double-degree program) with the following renowned
• The Program shall define the profile of autonomous Australian higher education institutions: Queensland Univer-
professionals to be fostered, and define the knowledge, sity of Technology (QUT), Monash University, Curtin Univer-
skills, and attitudes as Learning Outcomes that graduates sity of Technology, Deakin University, and the University
are expected to master upon completion of their study. of Queensland. Students can also continue their studies to
• The Program should promote self-reliance, welfare, the University of Duisburg Essen (UDE), Germany. Gradu-
advancement, fairness and justice for the national and ates from this international undergraduate program will be
global community in general, based on science, tech- awarded both a Bachelor of Engineering degree from our
nology, culture and sustainable utilization of natural University partner and a Sarjana Teknik degree from the
resources. Faculty of Engineering of UI when they return to FTUI and
fulfill certain requirements. The double degree cooperation
• The Program is required to design the curriculum system- with QUT involves the study programs of Civil Engineer-
atically to ascertain the achievement of Program Learning ing, Mechanical Engineering, Electrical Engineering, and
Outcomes. Student and faculty should be aware of these Architecture. The double degree cooperation with Monash
Learning Outcomes. University involves the study programs of Metallurgical
• The Program must disclose its Learning Outcomes to the and Materials Engineering and Chemical Engineering. The
public. The Program is also required to engage in contin- double degree cooperation with Curtin University involves
ual improvement and at the same time to consider the the study programs of Chemical Engineering, Architecture,
sustainability of operation. Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, and Electrical
Engineering, with other study programs to follow. The
• Common Criteria consist of 4 elements, following the double degree cooperation with the University of Queensland
management approach of PDCA (Plan-DoCheck-Act) involves the study programs of Civil Engineering, Mechani-
continual improvement cycle. Criterion: cal Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Chemical Engineer-
1. describes the orientation of the graduate competence, ing, and Metallurgical and Materials Engineering. The double
2. explains the learning implementation, degree cooperation with UDE involves the study programs of
3. explains the assessment of the expected Learning Electrical Engineering and Metallurgical and Materials Engi-
Outcomes, neering. This international undergraduate program provides
4. explains the continual improvements. high quality engineering education in the international level.
• In addition to these Common Criteria, Program seeking Before continuing their studies at our partner university,
for accreditation shall fulfill also the Category and students should fulfill the minimum English proficiency
Discipline Criteria, as well as eligibility requirements and in accordance with our partner university’s requirement as
accreditation policies stipulated in the Rules and Proce- stated in the Dean’s Decree No. 740/D/SK/FTUI/IX/2018.
dures of Evaluation and Accreditation (RPEA).
Since 2011, students have also had a choice to continue
Undergraduate Parallel Class Program their final two years at FTUI as part of the newly opened
Single Degree International Program. The undergraduate
To improve the capacity usage for educational purposes, single degree international program was launched as a result
Universitas Indonesia has opened the Undergraduate Parallel of an increasing demand to provide an international quality
Class Program. This program is provided with the same facil- education locally. Students in this program are not obligated
ities and curriculum as those provided for the Undergraduate to continue their last four semesters of studies at one of our
Regular Program. However, only eight out of thirteen study partner universities like their classmates who wish to pursue
programs are available for future students to choose from. a double degree. However, students of the single degree
program are required to study abroad for at least one semester
18
at an overseas university with academic link or cooperation • Having an understanding of an engineer’s

with Universitas Indonesia. The list of universities can be code of ethics and engineer’s code of conduct
found here: http://international.ui.ac.id/international-en- • Having the necessary technical skills of an engineer,
gagement.html. The aims are to widen the international including consultation service, pre-design creation,
perspective of the students, to provide students with the licensing process, the development of design and
experience of studying in an overseas university, to enhance completion of various technical and bidding documents.
students’ language capability, and to enhance students’ • Having a sound understanding of code of compli-
ances, including those related to providing service
Before finishing their study, students should fulfill
to clients, complying with current regulation,
the minimum English proficiency level as the set forth
and dealing with various engineering prob-
in. Dean’s Decree No.3 year 2019: achieved a mini-
lems such as those related to building construc-
mum IELTS score of .0 with no bands lower than 5.5
tion and mechanical or electrical engineering
or TOEFL iBT score of 75 with no bands lower than 17.
The Professional Program for Engineers Study Program
Undergraduate Parallel Class Program is a higher education program which students may take after
(Diploma Track) completing their undergraduate program in order to improve
their engineering skills. Completing the Professional Program
The Undergraduate Parallel Program (Diploma Track) at for Engineers is a prerequisite to acquire the title of an Engi-
FTUI was initiated in 1993 and it was named the Extension neer and to submit an application for professional certification.
Program. At the beginning, the program was offered only by This program is a continuation of the existing undergraduate
four Study Programs (Civil, Mechanical, Electrical, and Metal- program in which graduates are expected to possess certain
lurgy Engineering). In 1995 the program was also opened by academic abilities: critical thinking (analytical and synthetic)
the Chemical Engineering Study Program (Gas and Petro- and the ability to perform creative design. The undergraduate
chemical Engineering), followed by Industrial Engineering in program is designed to be completed in 4 years (8 semesters)
2002. Starting in 2011, the Undergraduate Extension Program with 144 credits. To fulfill the requirements for obtaining the
of FTUI was closed. However, the faculty still provides future title of an Engineer, a graduate is required to pursue a further
FTUI students that are graduates from the Diploma Program professional education for a minimum period of 1 year with
with the opportunity to continue their education at FTUI 24 credits to complete. The composition of the curriculum of
Undergraduate Program. Students are now able to apply the Professional Program for Engineers is 84% engineering
through the Undergraduate Parallel Program (Diploma Track) practices, including internship in any industry, case studies,
by using the Credit Transfer System. The number of credits and problem solving, and 16% face-to-face classroom lectures.
acknowledged will be decided by their respective Departments. In the Ministry of Research, Technology, and Higher Educa-
The Undergraduate Parallel Program is a full time tion’s Regulation, it is stated that the Professional Program for
academic program where students are expected to be Engineers is a higher education program as a continuation of
full time students in campus. This is due to the schedule the undergraduate Bachelor’s program designed to improve
set for the program which starts from morning to after- students’ engineering competency. Graduates of this Profes-
noon. There are six Study Programs available to choose sional Program for Engineers Study Program will be awarded
from: Civil Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Elec- with an Professional Engineer Certificate from the university
trical Engineering, Metallurgy and Materials Engineer- and is entitled to use the professional engineering degree “Ir.”
ing, Chemical Engineering, and Industrial Engineering. A person with a Professional Engineer Certificate is eligi-
ble to take the Professional Engineer Competence Examina-
Professional Program tion held by a professional certification institution. Engineers
that have passed this Professional Engineers Competence
Professional Program for Architects
Examination will be awarded a Certificate of Competence as a
This one-year professional program is intended to provide professional engineer. Certificate of Competence is an import-
graduates who have the ability to design with necessary ant document which enables an individual to work as an Engi-
professional skills and competence based on policies (code neer, and this is also a requirement for obtaining the Engineer
compliance) to be qualified architects. Graduates of this Registration Certificate issued by Persatuan Insinyur Indone-
program may work in various fields within the construction sia (PII), an Indonesian professional engineers’ association.
industry as an executive architect or construction supervi-
sor. Graduates may also work as researchers and lecturers Master Program
at educational institutions associated with the field of archi-
tecture. Besides that, graduates may also choose to work The Master’s Degree Program of the Faculty of Engineer-
in the fields of urban design, real estate, building mainte- ing, Universitas Indonesia, was opened in 1992 with four study
nance, housing and settlements, and the environment, as programs: Civil Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Elec-
well as becoming assessors for project feasibility studies or trical Engineering, and Metallurgical Engineering. In 2000,
building managers. They might also work in the industry the faculty opened the Master’s Degree Program for Chemical
of building materials and elements or in the government Engineering (from the Gas Engineering Study Program in
sector and take charge of projects related to urban design, the Metallurgical Engineering Department), Industrial Engi-
building, and development in the area of built environment. neering (from the Industrial Management Study Program in
the Mechanical Engineering Department), and Architecture.
Professional Program for Engineers
Each Study Program in the Master’s Degree Program is led
The aim of this Professional Program for Engineer is to fulfill by a Head of Study Program held ex-officio by the Head of
the need for graduates with high competence in engineering, the Department. Each Department has one or more special-
in accordance with the Engineer Law. izations to provide in-depth and more specific engineer-
The Professional Program for Engineer aims to ing knowledge for each student of the said study program.
produce engineers with the following characteristics: Types of Classes for Master Program:
19
• Regular Class Program is held full time from Monday Department of Civil Engineering
– Friday in FTUI Campus, Depok.
• Special Class Program is held at specific with the
General
following details: The Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering
Universitas Indonesia has several study programs in the goal
• Special Class program for Metallurgical &
to become a center of knowledge and technology in Civil
Materials Engineering: Saturday (08.00 am– 07.00
Engineering and Environmental Engineering and to play
pm) in FTUI Campus, Depok.
an important role in global market. Civil Engineering is the
• Special Class program for Industrial Engineering: oldest engineering discipline and encompasses many specific
Friday (05.00 pm – 09.00 pm) and Saturday (08.00 areas. Civil engineering can be described as the application
am – 05.00 pm) in FTUI Campus, Salemba. of engineering to civil society. It applies the principles of
engineering to meet society’s fundamental needs for housing,
• Special Class program for Energy System
building, transportation, sanitation, and other necessities
Engineering, Biomedical Technology, and other
of a modern society. The engineers deal with the design,
Special Class program: Monday – Friday (05.00
construction, and maintenance of the physical and natu-
pm – 09.30 pm) in FTUI Campus, Salemba.
rally built environment, including works like roads, bridges,
Doctoral Program canals, dams, and buildings. Civil engineering education is to
prepare students to be master planners, designers, construc-
FTUI Doctoral program was officially opened in 2000 tors, and managers of various civil engineering works. The
with two study programs: Civil Engineering and Electrical graduates can work in all levels: in the public sector from
Engineering Doctoral Programs. This was followed by the municipal to national governments, and in the private sector
inclusion of the Opto-electrotechnique and Laser Application from individual homeowners to multinational companies in
study programs into the Postgraduate Program of FTUI. The responding to current challenges such as construction and
Mechanical Engineering study program was officially opened maintenance of facilities and infrastructure, climate change,
in 2006, while the Metallurgical and Materials Engineering and natural disasters, traffic congestion and urban development.
Chemical Engineering Doctoral Programs were opened in 2007. Environmental engineering is defined as the branch of engi-
In 2009, the Department of Architecture opened the neering concerned with the application of scientific and engi-
Architecture Doctoral Program. In 2011, the Opto-electro- neering principles for protection of human populations from
technique and Laser Application study programs were closed the effects of adverse environmental factors; protection of envi-
and merged into the Electrical Engineering study program. ronments, both local and global, from the potentially deleteri-
Department of Industrial Engineering opened the Industrial ous effects of natural and human activities; and improvement
Engineering Doctoral Program in 2014. Each Doctoral study of environmental quality. Tasks of environmental engineers
program is led by a Head of Study Program which is held ex-of- include evaluation of environmental quality of water, air, and
ficio by the Head of the relevant Department at the Faculty of soil by developing strategies and methods, design of facili-
Engineering UI. FTUI Doctoral study programs have one or ties or programs, evaluation of results and assessment of the
more focuses of study to provide more specific knowledge of economics and efficiency of processes. The Environmental
a particular engineering field for all students of the program. Engineering Study Program provides graduates with profes-
sional and competence in planning, designing, constructing,
and managing environmental infrastructure for: drinking
water treatment, liquid and solid waste management, drain-
age, environmental sanitation, water resources, air pollution,
pollution prevention, and environmental impact assessment.
The Civil Engineering Department, previously known
as the Civil Engineering Study Program, was established
together with the Faculty of Engineering of Universitas
Indonesia (FTUI) on July 17th, 1964. During its initial stage
of development, the Civil Engineering Department of FTUI
offered only one study program, i.e. Civil Engineering, with
two majors: structural engineering and water resources
engineering. In response to the demand and development
of science and technology, the study program was then
expanded to cover four additional majors, i.e. transportation
engineering, geotechnical engineering, sanitary engineer-
ing, and construction management. With the improvement
of human resources and facilities, the two-level Postgradu-
ate Programs of Master’s Degree (S2) and Doctoral Degree
(S3) were established in 1992 and 2001, respectively. In 2006,
the Department established the undergraduate program
of Environmental Engineering. Previously, Environmen-
tal Engineering is one of the majors in Civil Engineering.
There are eight specializations for Master’s Degree Program
and Doctoral Program in Civil Engineering, consisting of
structural engineering, geotechnical engineering, water
resources management, transportation system and engineer-
ing, construction management, environmental engineer-
ing, project management, and infrastructure management.
20
To maintain its quality, the Department has been regu- Dr. Cindy Rianti Priadi, S.T., M.Sc.
larly accredited by the National Accreditation Board (Badan Vice Head of Department
Akreditasi Nasional Pendidikan Tinggi or BAN-PT) since
Head of Laboratory
1998. Civil Engineering Study Programme and Environmen-
tal Engineering Study Programme, both have reached the Dr-Ing. Josia Irwan Rastandi, ST. MT
highest grade of “Unggul” and Civil Engineering Magister Head of Structure and Materials Laboratory
Study Programme and Civil Engineering Doctoral Study
Dr. Ir. Wiwik Rahayu
Programme have reached grade “A”. The Environmental Engi-
Head of Soil Mechanics Laboratory
neering Study Program was accredited nationally in 2010. The
undergraduate program of Civil Engineering was accredited Dr. Dwinanti Rika Marthanty, ST, MT
internationally in 2001 by the Joint Board of Moderators of the Head of Hydraulics, Hydrology and River Laboratory
Engineering Council consisting of the Institution of Struc-
Andyka Kusuma, ST, MSc, PhD
tural Engineers (ISE), Institution of Civil Engineers (ICE), and
Head of Transportation Laboratory
Chartered Institution of Building Service Engineers of the
United Kingdom. However, due to changes in their policy, Leni Sagita Riantini, ST, MSc, PhD
reaccreditation was discontinued. In 2008, the undergraduate Head of Mapping and Surveying Laboratory
program of Civil Engineering was assessed by the ASEAN
University Network – Quality Assurance Program (AUN- Dr. RM. Sandyanto Aditiyosulindro, ST, MSc
QA). In order to maintain the quality of education in the Head of Sanitation & Environment Laboratory
Department, AUN-QA reassessment was conducted in 2015. Board of Professors
The Environmental Engineering S1 program assessment was
performed by the ASEAN University Network (AUN) in 2018, 1. Prof. Dr. Ir. Budi Susilo Soepandji, DEA,
and the formal results are being processed by AUN. In 2019, budisus@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; DEA, Dr, Ecole Centrale
Civil Engineering and Environmental Engineering under- Paris; Prof, UI) Geotechnic
graduate programs are accredited with general accreditation 2. Prof. Dr. Ir. Irwan Katili, DEA,
by IABEE (Accreditation Board for Engineering Education). irwan.katili@gmail.com (Ir, UI; DEA, Dr, Universite Tech-
Corresponding Address nique de Compiegne; Prof. UI) Structure
Departemen Teknik Sipil 3. Prof. Dr. Ir. Sutanto Soehodho, M.Eng.,

tanto@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI, M.Eng, Dr, Tokyo University;
Fakultas Teknik Universitas Indonesia Prof. UI) Transportation
Kampus UI Depok 16424, Indonesia 4. Prof. Dr. Ir. Yusuf Latief, MT.,
Telp: +62-21-7270029 latief73@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MT, Dr, UI; Prof. UI) Project
Management
Email: civil@eng.ui.ac.id, civil@ui.ac.id
5. Prof. Dr. Ir. Djoko M. Hartono, SE., M.Eng.,
Website: http://www.civil.ui.ac.id djokomh@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, ITB; M.Eng, Asian Institute of
Technology; Dr, UI; Prof, UI) Environment
http://instagram.com/ceeftui
6. Prof. Setyo Sarwanto Moersidik,
Vision
ssarwanto@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, ITB; DEA, Dr, Universite’de
“To become a center of knowledge and technology in Civil Montpellier II) Environment
Engineering and Environmental Engineering and to play an
7. Prof. Dr. Ir. Sigit Pranowo Hadiwardoyo, DEA.,
important role in global market”
sigit@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; DEA, Ecole Centrale de Lyon;
Missions Dr, Ecole Centrale Paris; Prof. UI) Transportation
• To improve the quality of graduates in mastering Civil
8. Prof. Ir. Widjojo Adi Prakoso, M.Sc., PhD.
and Environmental Engineering knowledge with solid
wprakoso@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MSc, PhD, Cornell Univer-
foundation, and to provide them with internationally
sity; Prof. UI) Geotechnic
standardized environmental insight
• To actively contribute ideas through research including 9. Prof. Dr.-Ing. Ir. Dwita Sutjiningsih, dipl. HE,
direct involvement in community service that is oriented dwita@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; Dipl.HE, Institute of Hydrau-
to the development of facilities and infrastructure in the lics Engineering (IHE); Dr.-Ing, Institut fur Wasserwirt-
Civil and Environmental Engineering discipline, as well shaft, Univ. Hannover) Water Resources Management
as reflecting upon the balanced relationships between
human beings and nature. Full-Time Faculty
• To shape and build students that can demonstrate strong 1. Alvinsyah,
leadership and independent personality, along with alvinsyah_2004@yahoo.com (Ir, UI; M.S.E., University of
the ability to socialize, communication effectively and Michigan, Ann Arbor, USA) Transportation
uphold profession ethics.
2. Andyka Kusuma,
Staffs of The Department Of Civil Engineering andyka.k@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MSc, Kungliga Tekniska
Ir. R. Jachrizal Sumabrata, M.Sc., PhD Hogskolan, Swedia; PhD, University of Leeds) Transpor-
Head of Department tation
Ir. R. Jachrizal Sumabrata, M.Sc., PhD 3. Ayomi Dita Rarasati,

Head of Civil Engineering Study Program ayomi@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, MT, UI; Ph.D, QUT Australia)
Construction Management; Project Management
Dr. Nyoman Suwartha, S.T., M.T., M.Agr.
Head of Environmental Engineering Study Program: 4. Bastian Okto Bangkit Sentosa,
bastian.sentosa@ui.ac.id (S.T., UI; M.T., UI; M.Rech.; INSA
21
Lyon, Dr. Université Savoie Mont Blanc), Structure 23. Mohammed Ali Berawi,
maberawi@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, Unsri; M.Eng.Sc, University
5. Budi Susilo Soepandji,
of Malaya; Ph.D, Oxford Brookes University) Construc-
budisus@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; DEA, Dr, Ecole Centrale
tion Management: Project Management
Paris; Prof, UI) Geotechnic
24. Mulia Orientilize,
6. Cindy Rianti Priadi,
mulia@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; M.Eng, Nanyang Technologi-
cindy.priadi@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, ITB; MSc, University
cal University) Structure
Paris-7-Paris12-ENPC; Dr, Univ. Paris Sud, 2010) Environ-
mental Engineering 25. Nahry,
nahry@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, MT, Dr, UI) Transportation
7. Djoko M. Hartono,
djokomh@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, ITB; M.Eng, Asian Institute of 26. Nuraziz Handika,
Technology; Dr, UI; Prof, UI) Environmental Engineering nuraziz.handika@gmail.com (S.T., UI; M.T., UI; M.Sc.,
National Taiwan University of Science and Technol-
8. Dwita Sutjiningsih,
ogy; Dipl.-Ing, Ecole Centrale de Nantes; Dr., INSA de
dwita@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; Dipl.HE, Institute of Hydrau-
Toulouse) Structure)
lics Engineering (IHE); Dr.-Ing, Institut fur Wasserwirt-
shaft, Univ. Hannover) Water Resources Management 27. Nyoman Suwartha,
nsuwartha@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, MT, UGM; M.Agr, Dr,
9. Ellen SW Tangkudung,
Hokkaido University) Environmental Engineering
ellen@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; M.Sc, ITB) Transportation
28. Rahayu Setiawaty,
10. Erly Bahsan,
rahayu.s.arifin@gmail.com (Ir, ITB; MSc, ITB; Dr, UI)
erlybahsan@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, M.Kom, UI; Kandidat Dr,
Project Management; Construction Management
NTUST) Geotechnic
29. R. Jachrizal Soemabrata,
11. Fadhilah Muslim,
rjs@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MSc, Leeds Univ; Dr, Melbourne
Fadhilahmuslim@ui.ac.id (S.T., UI; M.Sc., École des Ponts
University) Transport
ParisTech (ENPC), Ph.D., Imperial College London);
Structure, Construction Management 30. RM. Sandyanto Adityosulindro,
rm.sandy.ui@gmail.com (Ir, ITB, MSc, ITB, Dr, UI)
12. Firdaus Ali,
Pr(S.T., UI; M.T., UI; M.Sc., Université Lille 1; Dr., Institut
firdaus108@hotmail.com (Ir, ITB; MSc, PhD, University of
National Polytechnique De Toulouse) Environmental
Wisconsin) Environmental Engineering
Engineering
13. Gabriel Sudarmini Boedi Andari,
31. RR. Dwinanti Rika Marthanty,
andari@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, ITB; M.Eng, RMIT; PhD, Texas
dwinanti@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, MT, UI; Dr, UI, Université
Southern University) Environmental Engineering
Lille 1) Water Resources Management
14. Henki Wibowo Ashadi,
32. Setyo Sarwanto Moersidik,
henki@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; Technische Hochschehule
ssarwanto@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, ITB; DEA, Dr, Universite’de
Darmstadt; Dr-Ing, TH Darmstadt) Structure
Montpellier II) Environmental Engineering
15. Heru Purnomo,
33. Sigit Pranowo Hadiwardoyo,
herupur@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; DEA, Universite’ Blaise
sigit@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; DEA, Ecole Centrale de Lyon;
Pascal; Dr, Universite’d”Orle’ans) Structure
Dr, Ecole Centrale Paris; Prof. UI) Transportation
16. Imam Jauhari Maknun,
34. Sutanto Soehodho,
jauhari.imam@gmail.com jauhari.imam@gmail.com
tanto@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI, M.Eng, Dr, Tokyo University;
(S.T., UI; M.T., UI; M.Sc., University of La Rochelle; Dr.,
Prof. UI) Transportation
University of La Rochelle) Structure
35. Toha Saleh,
17. Irwan Katili,
toha@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MSc, University of Surrey)
irwan.katili@gmail.com (Ir, UI; DEA, Dr, Universite Tech-
Water Resources Management
nique de Compiegne; Prof. UI) Structure
36. Tri Tjahjono,
18. Jessica Sjah,
tjahjono@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MSc, Ph.D, Leeds Univer-
jessicasjah@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MT, UI; MSc, Ecole
sity) Transportation
Centrale de Lyon; Dr, Ecole Centrale de Lyon) Structure
37. Widjojo Adi Prakoso,
19. Josia Irwan Rastandi,
wprakoso@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MSc, PhD, Cornell Univer-
jrastandi@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, MT, UI; Dr-Ing, Technische
sity) Geotechnic
Universtat Munchen) Structure
38. Wisnu Isvara,
20. Leni Sagita,
isvara0307@yahoo.com (ST, UI; MT, UI; Dr, UI); Project
lsagita@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, MT, UI; Ph.D., NUS, Singapore)
Management; Construction Manajement
Construction Management: Project Management
39. Wiwik Rahayu,
21. Martha Leni Siregar,
wrahayu@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; DEA, Dr, Ecole Centrale de
leni@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MSc, Univ.of Southampton)
Paris) Geotechnic
Transportation
40. Yuskar Lase,
22. Mochammad Adhiraga Pratama,
yuskar@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; DEA, Dr, Ecole Centrale de
adhiraga@eng.ui.ac.id (S.T., ITB; M.T., ITB; Dr. Eng., Kyoto
Lyon) Structure
University), Environmental Engineering
41. Yusuf Latief,
22
latief73@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MT, Dr, UI; Prof. UI) Project Engineering
Management
19. Ni Putu Sri Wahyuningsih,
Part-Time Faculty nsriwahyuningsih@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, ITB; MSc, Szent
István University, Hungary); Environmental Engineering
1. Prof. Dr. Ir.Tommy Ilyas, M.Eng.,
t.ilyas@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; M.Eng, Sheffield University; 20. Rossy Armyn Machfudiyanto,
Dr, UI; Prof. UI) Geotechnic rossyarmyn@gmail.com (ST, UGM; MT, UI; Dr, UI);
Manajemen Proyek; Project Management; Construction
2. Alan Marino,
Management
alanmarino@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; M.Sc., Wisconsin
Madison Univ., USA) Transportation 21. Nopa Dwi Maulidiany,
nd.maulidiany@ac.ui.id (ST, ITB; MT, ITB; PhD, Envi-
3. Dwica Wulandari,
ronmental Engineering University of Southampton)
dwicawd@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MT, UI; M.Sc Chalmers
Environmental Engineering
University of Technology); Environmental Engineering
4. El Khobar Muhaemin Nazech,
elkhobar@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; M. Eng, Asian Institute of
Technology) Environmental
5. Elly Tjahjono,
elly@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; DEA, Insa de Lyon, Perancis; Dr,
UI) Structure
6. Essy Ariyuni,
essy@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, ITS; MSc, University of Wisconsin;
Dr, Queensland University of Technology) Structure
7. Evi Anggraheni.,
evi.anggraheni@yahoo.com (S.T., UB; M.T., UI; Dr.
(UI-Ecole Centrale de Nantes), Water Resources Engi-
neering
8. Irma Gusniani,
irma@eng.ui.ac.id ((Ir, ITB; MSc, University of Colorado)
9. Iwan Renadi Soedigdo,
irs1210@yahoo.com (Ir, UI; MSCE, The George Washing-
ton University; Ph.D, Texas A&M University) Structure
10. Heddy Rohandi Agah,
agah@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; M.Eng, Asian Institute of
Technology) Transportation
11. Madsuri
madsuri@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, MT, UI) Structure
12. Nabila Putriyandri Alifa,
nabilapalifa@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MSc, Wageningen
University, Belanda); Enviromental Engineering
13. Sjahril A. Rahim,,
syahril@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; M.Eng, Asian Institute of
Technology) Structure
14. Setyo Supriyadi,
setyosuprijadi@yahoo.com (Ir, Msi, UI) Structure
15. Siti Murniningsih,
titik_winarno@yahoo.com (Ir, Undip; MS, ITB) Water
Resources Management
16. Titi Sari Nurul Rachmawati,
titisari.nurul@gmail.com (ST, UI; MSc, KTH Royal
Institute of Technology Swedia); Project Management;
Construction Management
17. Astryd Viandila Dahlan,
dwicawd@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, ITB; MEng, Tokyo Institute of
Technology, JAPAN; Dr, Tokyo Institute of Technology,
JAPAN); Enviromental Engineering
18. Lucky Caesar Direstiyani,
luckycaesar@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, ITS; MSc, Pusan National
University (PNU), Busan, South Korea); Enviromental
23
Department of Mechanical Engineering ing has determined those three main activities as the main
goals and reference when conducting its academic activi-
General ties. In terms of education, the goal is to produce graduates
who are able to analyze and synthesize the characteristics
The Department of Mechanical Engineering was previ- of mechanical systems, to design and plan systems and
ously known as the Mechanical Engineering Study Program. mechanical equipment, to manage production installations,
The department was established at the same time as the to analyze and solve various scientific problems, to work
Faculty of Engineering of Universitas Indonesia on November together in teams, and to develop their personality and
27th, 1964 in Salemba, Jakarta. Currently there are two study knowledge. Those graduates are also expected to demon-
programs within the department, which are the Mechanical strate commendable intellectual attitudes, as well as being
Engineering Study Program and the Marine Engineering able to apply systematic, logical, and integrated ways of
Study Program. The mechanical engineering study program thinking. In terms of research, the Department of Mechani-
provides its students with the knowledge which focuses on cal Engineering has set itself a goal to contribute to and play
Energy Conversion, Product Design, Manufacturing Process, an active role in the development of mechanical science and
and also the fundamentals of the industrial operations and technology as well as continuously improving its educa-
managerial system. The Marine Engineering study program tional process by taking account of new inputs. Moreover, in
provides its students with the knowledge which focuses on terms of community service, the Department aims to share
ship design, ship manufacturing process, ship maintenance, beneficial ideas and to ensure direct involvement in quality
ship machinery installation, and also marine rules and laws. improvement and enhancement of community and industry.
The graduates of the mechanical engineering program have To answer the demand for graduate academic programs that
worked in several areas, such as the automotive industry, oil include character building, leadership, as well as academic
and gas industry, heavy duty engine industry, educational and professional excellence in the field of Mechanical Engi-
institutions, research institutions, and other industries. The neering at all levels of education (Bachelor’s, Master’s, and
Department of Mechanical Engineering organizes several Doctoral), the Department of Mechanical Engineering has
academic programs, which consist of Bachelor’s Degree developed a competency-based academic curriculum which
(Regular, Parallel, and International classes), Master’s Degree, is implemented by means of student-centered learning and
and Doctoral Degree. Since August 2007, the Department of teaching activities. According to such curriculum, research
Mechanical Engineering has received the ISO 9001: 2000 for activities become a major aspect in the Doctoral Degree.
the quality management system in the Mechanical Engineer-
ing Study Program. In 2011, the Department of Mechanical The 2020 curriculum has been designed in such a way
Engineering once again received the ISO 9001: 1008 for the as to integrate Bachelor’s, Master’s, and Doctoral education
quality management system. Certification by international schemes, so it is possible for a student with an excellent
agencies is part of the Department’s commitment to main- academic record to take courses normally offered in a higher
taining a high-quality management, as well as ensuring and level (i.e. Master’s and Doctoral) by adhering to the credit
enhancing academic quality and stakeholders’ satisfaction. transfer regulation and taking the Fast Track Program.
The Mechanical Engineering Study Program also received More detailed information about each of the courses
the highest academic accreditation level as required by the offered by the Mechanical Engineering and Naval Architec-
National Accreditation Board in 2005, with the last achieve- ture and Marine Engineering Study Programs, about the main
ment of “Unggul or Excellent” ranking in 2021. In 2008, academic competence, and about other supporters of the grad-
the Department of Mechanical Engineering also gained uates of each study program are given in the following section.
international recognition in the form of accreditation by the
ASEAN University Network (AUN). In 2018, the Department Contact
of Mechanical Engineering gained international recognition
Department of Mechanical Engineering
again in the form of General Accreditation by the Indonesia
Accreditation Board for Engineering Education (IABEE). Universitas Indonesia
This again shows the commitment of the Department of
Kampus UI, Depok, 16424.
Mechanical Engineering to offering international education
and to achieving excellence in its areas of study, as clearly Tel. +62 21 7270032
specified in the Department’s vision, missions, and goals.
Fax +62 21 7270033
A nation’s development very much depends on the devel-
e-mail : mesin@eng.ui.ac.id
opment of its human resources. Included in these resources are
people who set the direction, determine the goals, implement http://mech.eng.ui.ac.id
those goals, and develop their own lives as an integral part
Vision
of the nation. By having good human resources, the nation is
expected to be able to lead its members to prosperity and afflu- “To Become the center of the excellent research and
ence. Therefore, the development of human resources becomes education services in Mechanical Engineering”
the key to national development. Higher education in Indonesia
is part of the National Education System which aims to develop
Mission
the intellectual life of the nation by developing its human “To conduct research and research-based education for
resources and carrying out three main activities referred the development of science and technology in the field of
to as the “Tridharma”, which consist of these obligations: mechanical engineering, and to conduct research and educa-
tion and use it to improve the quality of life and humanity”
• To Provide higher level education
• To Conduct scientific research
Staffs of The Department Of Mechanical
Engineering
• To perform the Community service
Dr. Ario Sunar Baskoro, ST., MT., M.Eng
In order to develop human resources for the welfare of Head of Department
the whole nation, the Department of Mechanical Engineer-
24
Dr. Agus S. Pamitran, ST., M.Eng 4. Prof. Dr. Ir. Tresna P. Soemardi, ,
Vice Head of Department tresdi@eng.ui.ac.id (SE. UI, 1987; Ir. ITB, 1980; MSi UI,
1985; Dr. Ecole Centrale de Paris France, 1990) Product
Dr. Ario Sunar Baskoro, ST., MT., M.Eng
Design, Composite
Head of Mechanical Engineering Study Program
5. Prof. Dr. Ir. R. Danardono Agus S., DEA,
Dr.Eng. M. Arif Budiyanto, ST., MT.
danardon@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1984; DEA Ecole Centrale
Head of Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering Study
de Lyon, 1989; Dr. Univ. d’Orleans France, 1993) Engineer-
Program
ing Drawing, Automotive Engineering
Dr. Radon Dhelika, B.Eng, M.Eng
6. Prof. Dr. Ir. Engkos Achmad Kosasih, MT.,
Assistant to Vice Head for Academic Affairs
kosri@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1991; MT. ITB, 1996; Dr. UI,
Dr.Eng. Arnas Lubis, ST., MT. 2006) Heat Transfer, Drying Engineering, Numerical Method,
Assistant to Vice Head for Non-Academic Affairs Control Engineering
Dr. Yudan Whulanza, ST., MSc. 7. Prof. Dr-Eng. Ir. Yanuar, M.Eng., MSc.,
Cooperation Relationship Coordinator yanuar@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1986; M.Eng. Hiroshima
Univ. Japan, 1992; MSc Tokyo Metropolitan Univ. 1996;
Sugeng Supriadi, ST., MS.Eng., Ph.D
Dr. Eng. Tokyo Metropolitan Univ. Japan, 1998) Fluid
Research Coordinator
Mechanics, Ship Resistance and Propulsion
Agung Shamsuddin, ST., MS.Eng., PhD.
8. Prof. Dr. Ir. Adi Suryosatyo,
Venture Coordinator / Director of P2M
adisur@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1996; M.Sc., UTM-Malaysia
Head of Laboratory 1999; Dr., UTM-Malaysia, 2002) Gasification, Power
Generation, Wind Power
Dr. Ir. Wahyu Nirbito, MSME
Head of Mechanical and Biomechanic Design Laboratory 9. Prof. Dr. Ir. Bambang Sugiarto, M.Eng.,
bangsugi@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI, 1985; M.Eng, Hokkaido
Prof. Dr. Ir. Danardono A.S., DEA, PE
Univ., Japan, 1991; Dr. Eng, Hokkaido Univ., Japan, 1994)
Head of Mechanical Technology Laboratory
Internal Combustion Engine
Prof. Dr. Ir. Yulianto S. Nugroho, MSc, PhD.
10. Prof. Ir. Warjito, M.Sc., Ph.D.,,
Head of Thermodynamics Laboratory
warjito@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1988; M.Eng., Hokkaido
Prof. Dr. Ir. Engkos Achmad Kosasih, MT. Univ., 1999; Dr. Eng, Hokkaido Univ., 2002) Fluid Mechan-
Head of Heat Transfer Laboratory ics, Piping System, Maintenance Engineering
Dr.-Ing. Ridho Irwansyah, ST., MT. 11. Prof. Dr. Ir. Yulianto S. Nugroho, M.Sc
Head of Fluid Mechanics Laboratory yulianto@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1992; MSc Leeds Univ., UK,
1995; Ph.D. Leeds Univ., UK, 2000) Energy and Combustion
Agung Shamsuddin, ST., MS.Eng., PhD. Engineering, Spontaneous Coal Combustion, Fire Safety
Head of Manufacture and Otomatization Laboratory Engineering
Prof. Dr.-Ing Ir. Nasruddin, M.Eng 12. Prof. Dr. Ir. Harinaldi, M.Eng,
Head of Air-conditioning Engineering Laboratory harinald@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1992; M.Eng, Keio Univ.
Prof. Dr. Ir. Yanuar, M.Eng. MSc. Japan, 1997; Dr.Eng, Keio Univ. Japan, 2001) Thermofluids
Head of Ship Design Laboratory Engineering, Reacted System Fluid Dynamics, Engineering
Statistics
Head of Research Cluster- Kelompok Ilmu (KI)
13. Prof. Dr.-Ing Nandy S. Putra,
Prof. Dr. Ir. Yulianto S. Nugroho, MSc., Ph.D. nandyputra@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1994; Dr-Ing. Universität
Head of Research Cluster of Energy Conversion der Bundeswehr Hamburg Germany, 2002) Heat Transfer,
Prof. Dr. Ir. Gandjar Kiswanto, M.Eng. Energy Conversion
Head of Research Cluster of Design, Manufacture and 14. Prof. Dr.-Ing. Nasruddin,
Automation nasruddin@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1995; M.Eng., KU Leuven
Prof. Dr. Ir. Yanuar, M.Eng., M.Sc Belgium, 1998; Dr.-Ing, RWTH-Aachen, 2005) Refrigeration
Head of Research Cluster of Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering, Energy Conversion, Energy System Optimiza-
Engineering: tion
Board of Professor 15. Prof. Dr. Ir. Gandjar Kiswanto,

gandjar_kiswanto@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1995; M.Eng, KU
1. Prof. Dr. Ir. M. ldrus Alhamid, Leuven Belgium, 1998; Dr., KU Leuven Belgium, 2003)
mamak@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1978; Dr. K.U. Leuven Intelligent Manufacturing System, Automation, Robotics,
Belgium, 1988) Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Solar Advanced CAD/CAM, Multi-axis Machining
Thermal Energy, Energy Conversion
16. Prof. Dr. Ario Sunar Baskoro, ST., MT., M.Eng.,
2. Prof. Dr. Ir. Sunaryo, ario@eng.ui.ac.id (ST. UI, 1998; MT. UI 2004; MEng – Keio
naryo@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1981; Dr., Strathclyde Univ. University 2006; Dr., Keio Univ, 2009) Welding Engineering,
Scotland, 1992) Manajemen Produksi Kapal, Tata Galangan Robotics, Mechatronics
Kapal, Teknik Pembangunan Kapal
International Andjunct Professor
3. Prof. Dr. Ir. Raldi Artono, DEA,
koestoer@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1978; DEA Univ.de Poitier, 1. Prof. Dr. Tae Jo Ko,
1980; Dr. Univ. Paris XII France, 1984) Heat Transfer tjko@yu.ac.kr (BSc. Pusan National University; MSc.
25
Pusan National University; Ph.D Pohang Institute of imansyah@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1993; M.Eng. Kyushu
Technology) Micromachining, Nontraditional Manufactur- Univ., 2000; Dr. UI, 2012) Heat Transfer, Energy Conversion
ing, Machine Tools
13. Jos Istiyanto,
2. Prof. Dr. Keizo Watanabe, josist@eng.ui.ac.id (ST. UI, 1998; MT. UI, 2004; Dr. Yeun-
keizo@tmu.ac.jp (MSc. Tokyo Metropolitan University, gnam Univ, 2012) CAD/CAM, STEP-NC, Microfabrication
1970; Dr-Eng. Tokyo Metropolitan University, 1977) Drag
14. Mohammad Adhitya,
Reduction, Fluid Mechanics
madhitya@eng.ui.ac.id (ST. UI, 2000; MSc FH Offenburg,
3. Prof. Dr. Kiyoshi Saito, 2004; Doctor - Technische Universität Braunschweig,
saito@waseda.jp (B.Eng. Waseda Univ, 1992; M.Eng. 2017) Dynamic, Otomotive System
Waseda Univ, 1994; Dr.Eng. Waseda Univ, Japan, 1997)
15. Muhammad Arif Budiyanto,
Heat Pump, Refrigeration & Air Conditioning
arif@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, UI, 2011; MT, UI, 2012; Dr., Kyushu
4. Prof. Dr. T.M. Indra Mahlia, University, 2016) Energy Management for Maritime Industry
TMIndra.Mahlia@uts.edu.au (Ir. Univ. Syiah Kuala, 1994;
16. Radon Dhelika,
M.Eng.Sc. Univ. Malaya, 1997; Ph.D. Univ. Malaya, 2003)
radon@eng.ui.ac.id (B.Eng. Nanyang Tech. Univ., 2008;
Bioenergy
M.Eng. Tokyo Inst. of Tech., 2012; Dr.Eng. Tokyo Inst. of
Full-Time Faculty Tech., 2015) Electrostatics, Electromechanical System
1. Achmad Riadi, 17. Ridho Irwansyah,
achmadriadi@ui.ac.id (ST. Universitas Hasanuddin, 2004; ridho@eng.ui.ac.id (ST.UI, 2010; MT.UI, 2012; Dr. - Univer-
M.Eng. Tokyo Univ. of Marine Science and Technology, sität der Bundeswehr München, 2017) Heat Transfer Engi-
2010; Ph.D. - Tokyo Univ. of Marine Science and Technol- neering, Non-intrusive Temperature and Flow Measurement
ogy, 2013) Naval Architecture, Maritime Logistic
18. Sugeng Supriadi,
2. Agung Shamsuddin, sugeng@eng.ui.ac.id (ST. UI, 2004; MSEng, Yeungnam
ashamsuddin@eng.ui.ac.id (ST. UI, 2004; MSEng. Univ. 2007; Dr - Tokyo Metropolitan Univ, 2012) Microfab-
Yeungnam Univ., 2007; Ph.D - Yeungnam Univ., 2015) rication, Fabrication Process Control, Engineering Materials
Microfabrication, Manufacturing Engineering
19. Wahyu Nirbito,
3. Agus Sunjarianto Pamitran, bito@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1982; MSME, Univ. of Minessota
pamitran@eng.ui.ac.id (ST. UI, 1999; M.Eng. Chonnam USA, 1987; Dr. UI, 2011) Vibration Engineering, Gas Turbine,
University, 2004; Dr. Chonnam University, 2009) Condition Monitoring
Two-phase Flow, Refrigeration Engineering
20. Yudan Whulanza,
4. Ahmad Indra Siswantara, yudan@eng.ui.ac.id (ST. 2000; M.Sc. FH-Aachen, 2005; Dr.
a_indra@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1991; Ph.D., UTM - Malaysia, Univ. Pisa, 2011) Microfabrication
1997) Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD), Fluid
PART-TIME (NON-TENURED) FACULTY
Mechanics
1. Prof. Dr. Ir. Bambang Suryawan,
5. Ardiyansyah,
suryawan@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1972; MT. UI, 1994; Dr., UI,
ardiyansyah@eng.ui.ac.id (ST. UI, 2002; MEng. Chonaam
2004) Thermofluid
Univ. 2007; Ph.D, Oklahoma State Univ, USA, 2015) Heat
Transfer, Refrigeration Engineering 2. Prof. Dr. Ir. Budiarso, M.Eng.,
agsub@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1977; Dipl.Ing. Karlsruhe-
6. Firman Ady Nugroho,
Germany,1981) Fluid Mechanics, Energy System Optimiza-
firman_ady@eng.ui.ac.id (ST. UI, 2011; MT. UI 2013) Ship
tion
Construction, Ship Materials
3. Prof. Dr. Ir. I Made Kartika Dhiputra, Dipl-Ing,
7. Gatot Prayogo,
dhiputra_made@yahoo.com (Ir. UI, 1977; Dipl.-ing
gatot@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. FTUI, 1984; M.Eng Toyohashi Univ.
Karlsruhe University, 1983; Dr. UI, 1988) Thermodynamics
of Technology-Japan, 1992; Dr. UI, 2011) Fracture Mechan-
ics, Strength of Materials 4. Budihardjo,
budihardjo@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1977; Dipl.Ing. Karlsruhe,
8. Gerry Liston Putra,
1981; Dr., UI, 1998) Refrigeration Engineering, Air Dryer,
gerry@eng.ui.ac.id (ST. UI, 2011; MT. UI, 2013; Cand
Thermodynamics
Doctor, Kyushu Univ, Japan) Ship Material, Ship Structure
5. Rusdy Malin,
9. Gunawan,
rusdi@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1980; MME, UTM Malay-
gunawan_kapal@eng.ui.ac.id (ST. UI, 2010; MT. UI, 2012;
sia,1995) Building Mechanical System, Ventilation System
Cand. Doctor – Hiroshima Univ. Japan), Ship Machinery,
Resistance and Propulsion System, Ship Production 6. Tris Budiono M,
tribuma@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1980; MSi, UI, 1996) Engi-
10. Hendri Dwi Saptioratri Budiono,
neering Drawing, Engineering Materials
hendri@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1985; M.Eng, Keio Univ.
Japan, 1992; Dr. UI, 2014) Mechanical Design, Design for 7. Arnas Lubis,
Manufacture and Assembly ararnas@eng.ui.ac.id (ST. UI, 2009; MT. UI, 2012, Dr.Eng.
Waseda Univ., 2019) Absorption Chillers and Heat Pumps
11. Henky Suskito Nugroho,
gagah@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1987; MT. UI; Dr. UI, 2014) 8. Ahmad Syihan Auzani.,
Manufacturing System Design, Manufacturing Performance auzani@ui.ac.id (ST. UI, 2014; MT. UI, 2015, Ph.D.
Assessment & Improvement Sheffield Univ., 2020) Combustion Kinetics and flame
diagnostics
12. Imansyah Ibnu Hakim,
26
Department of Electrical Engineering then apply effective methods and tools to solve them.
4. Able to investigate experimental data designed to solve
General complex problems.
The Department of Electrical Engineering, the Faculty of
5. Able to identify the need for lifelong learning, including
Engineering, Universitas Indonesia was established at the
access to knowledge related to relevant current issues.
same time as the Faculty of Engineering on July 17th, 1964,
even though the classes had started since October 17th, 1964. 6. Able to solve complex problems in the field of electrical
At the beginning of its establishment, the Department of engineering by applying modern engineering methods,
Electrical Engineering (DTE) was named “Jurusan Listrik”, skills, and tools as well as information technology.
consisting of two fields of studies: (1) Electrical Power and
7. Able to apply knowledge of mathematics, physics, infor-
(2) Electronics and Telecommunication. In 1984, the name
mation communication technology (ICT) and engineer-
“Jurusan Listrik” was changed into “Jurusan Elektro”, which
ing to solve complex problems in the field of electrical
was renamed the Department of Electrical Engineering
engineering.
in 2004. Initially there were five streams available in this
Department, namely (1) Electrical Power Engineering, (2) 8. Able to communicate effectively both orally and in writ-
Electronics Engineering, (3) Telecommunication Engineering, ing.
(4) Control Engineering, and (5) Computer Engineering. Since
9. Able to play an effective role in a multi-disciplinary team,
2006, the Computer Engineering stream has become a new
with integrity, critical thinking, creative, innovative to
study program: the Computer Engineering Study Program
achieve individual and collective goals.
(CESP) within the Department. In 2016, DTE added a new
specialization, i.e. Biomedical Engineering. In 2017, based 10. Able to be responsible to the community and fulfill
on the Rector’s Decree No. 0230/SK/R/UI/2017, the master’s professional ethics in carrying out engineering activities.
degree Program in Biomedical Technology, which was previ-
Bachelor of Computer Engineering
ously held under the University’s Postgraduate Program,
was transferred under DTE. In 2018 DTE has opened the 1. Able to make intelligent, and safe computer technology
Undergraduate Study Program on Biomedical Engineering. system designs based on community needs in various
fields of life.
Objective
2. Able to make information network design.
To produce the graduates who be able to provide
solutions to the problems in the field of electrical 3. Able to make hardware designs for computer-based
engineering in accordance with professional ethics. systems.
Vision 4. Able to make software designs for computer-based
systems.
To become an independent and leading educational institu-
tion of electrical engineering that be able to provide solutions to 5. Able to design algorithms for specific problems and
the problems and challenges at the national and global levels. implement them into programming.
Missions 6. Able to solve computer engineering problems by apply-
ing the basic principles of mathematics, physics, and data
The mission of the Department of Electrical Engineering is
analytic.
alignment to the mission of the University of Indonesia which
are to: 7. Able to use the language both spoken and written in the
Bahasa Indonesia and English for academic or non-aca-
1. Deliver education that based on the concept of good
demic activities.
university governance to produce graduates who are
knowledgeable, internationally minded, and have an 8. Have integrity and are capable of critical thinking,
entrepreneurial spirit. creative, and innovative and have the intellectual curios-
ity to solve problems at the level of the individual and the
2. Organize facilities, funding, and participation in applied
group.
research and new findings that can provide solutions to
national and global problems. 9. Able to utilize information communication technology.
3. Apply appropriate sciences and technologies in commu- 10. Able to provide alternative solutions to problems that
nity service activities that match with the needs of the arise in the environment, society, nation, and country.
communities and industries.
11. Able to identify varieties of entrepreneurial efforts that
4. Use advanced information technologies in carrying out are characterized by innovation and self-reliance based
efficient administration services for stakeholders. on ethics.
The Targets Bachelor of Biomedical Engineering
Bachelor of Electrical Engineering 1. Able to design hardware and software needed in biomed-
ical engineering.
1. Able to design components, systems or processes to meet
the need for solutions to technical problems within realis- 2. Able to design biomedical engineering principles accord-
tic limits, considering aspects, including legal, economic, ing to Health standards and regulations.
environmental, social, political, health and safety, as well
3. Able to design technology based on medical informa-
as their sustainability potential.
tion/data related to the condition of human physiology.
2. Able to plan task units within existing limits as part of
4. Able to handle general and specific problems in biomed-
the process of completing engineering activities.
ical engineering.
3. Able to formulate complex engineering problems, and
27
5. Able to apply the basic principles of mathematics, chem- security system that meets the security standards.
istry, physics, and health-safety in solving Biomedical
2. Able to evaluate the appropriate security incidents
Engineering problems.
handling and forensic methods of digital data.
6. Able to think critically, creatively, and innovatively and
3. Able to evaluate the development of computer and future
have an intellectual curiosity to solve problems at the
Internet technologies.
individual and group level.
Majoring in Automation and Data Analytic Engineering
7. Able to identify varieties of entrepreneurial efforts that
are characterized by innovation and self-reliance based 1. AAble to design control systems for industrial application.
on ethics.
2. Able to develop smart automation systems based on data
8. Able to use the language both spoken and written in the engineering.
Bahasa Indonesia and English for academic or non-aca-
3. Able to design integrated automation system.
demic activities.
Majoring in Data Engineering and Business Intelligence
9. Able to provide alternative solutions to problems that
arise in the environment, society, nation, and country. 1. Able to design processing engineering, analysis, and data
visualization which is efficient and scalable.
10. Able to utilize information communication technology.
2. Able to develop aspects of leadership in the digital
Master of Electrical Engineering
economic ecosystem (digital leadership).
1. Able to generate scientific work effectively, both oral and
Majoring in Telecommunication Management
written.
1. Able to develop policy recommendations and strategies
2. Able to provide recommendations in the field of electrical
for ICT and telecommunication industries that support
engineering as solution to society based on professional
the digital economy.
ethics.
2. Able to develop innovative and visionary nature in the
3. Able to develop themselves for continuous learning,
telecommunications and ICT industry in the digital econ-
following the development of science, technology, and
omy era.
relevant contemporary issues in the field of electrical
engineering. 3. Able to evaluate technical aspects that support the tele-
communications and ICT business infrastructure in the
4. Able to evaluate data by applying data analysis and
era of industrial revolution 4.0 and digital economy.
processing methods.
4. Able to evaluate laws, policies and regulations oriented
5. Able to formulate problem solving in the field of electrical
towards technological convergence and reinforcement of
engineering using appropriate research methods.
digital economy.
6. Able to develop innovative technology for electrical engi-
5. Able to design technoeconimic-based industrial strate-
neering industries in the era of Industrial Revolution 4.0.
gies and regulatory policies.
Majoring in Power and Smart System
6. Able to develop wise and objective leadership aspects in
1. Able to specify technical and non-technical aspects in the the national telecommunications and ICT sector (vendors,
industries of electric power generation and utilization operatorsm regulators)
based on smartgrid.
Majoring in Power and Energy Management
2. Able to recommend strategies to improve efficiency,
1. Able to formulate technical, non-technical and economic
service quality, and power quality in electric power
aspect in the management of generation and utilization of
systems based on smartgrid.
electric power and primary energy industries.
3. Able to integrate new and renewable power generation
2. Able to recommend strategies to improve efficiency,
with smart grid system.
service quality and power quality in the management of
4. Able to assess strategies and risk mitigation in the devel- electric power systems.
opment of power systems that are reliable, safe, and envi-
3. Able to integrate the the management of new and renew-
ronmentally friendly.
able energy power plants with the electric power grid
Majoring in Telecommunication and Smart Wireless System system.
1. Able to evaluate the latest technology in the field of tele- 4. Able to recommend strategies and risk mitigation in the
communications technology and smart wireless systems. development of power systems that are reliable, safe, and
environmentally friendly.
2. Able to design systems and /or devices for smart wireless
telecommunications systems. Majoring in Information Network Security Management
Majoring in Electronic and Intelligent Embedded System 1. Able to design a comprehensive physical network infra-
structure that meets high security principles.
1. Able to design electronic/photonic devices and/or
complex electronic systems. 2. Able to recommend information security management in
the concept of new technologies for Indonesian national
2. Able to implement complex smart embedded systems to
development.
contribute to solving problems in the engineering field.
3. Able to evaluate information network security based on
Majoring in Cyber Security and Future Internet
technological rules, laws and applied regulations.
1. Able to design a comprehensive information and network
28
Master of Biomedical Engineering I Gde Dharma Nugraha S.T., M.T.

Head of Digital Laboratory
1. Able to design innovative models of biomedical systems
through biomedical engineering principle. Ajib Setyo Arifin S.T., M.T., Ph.D
Head of Telecommunication Laboratory
2. Able to compile independent scientific work systemati-
cally. Ir. Purnomo Sidi Priambodo M.Sc., Ph.D
Head of Optoelectronics Laboratory
3. Able to formulate a professional management concept for
biomedical engineering field. Dr. Ruki Harwahyu S.T., M.T., M.Sc.
Head of Computer Networks Laboratory:
4. Able to formulate the safety and security that meet the
standard and regulation of medical equipment.
Majoring in Biomedical Instrumentation and Medical Mailing address
Imaging
Departemen Teknik Elektro FTUI Kampus Baru UI, Depok
1. Able to design biomedical instrumentation. 16424.
2. Able to develop biomedical sensor. Tel. (021) 7270078 Fax. (021) 7270077
3. Able to design biomedical automation system. e-mail: teknik.elektro@ui.ac.id
4. Able to design medical imaging technique. http://www.ee.ui.ac.id
Majoring in Medical Informatics
1. Able to develop Hospital Information System. Board of Professors
2. Able to design e-Health and telemedicine system. 1. Prof. Dr. Ir. Harry Sudibyo S, DEA.,
harisudi@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1979;
3. Able to design Biomedical Information System.
DEA., Univ. Paris VI, 1984; Dr. Ing., Univ. Paris VI, France,
4. Able to develop decision support system and artificial 1987; Prof., UI, 2007) Microelectronics & VLSI design.
intelligent
2. Prof. Ir. Rinaldy Dalimi, M.Sc, Ph.D.,
Majoring in Clinical and Hospital Engineering rinaldy@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1980;
M.Sc., Michigan State Univ., USA, 1989; Ph.D., Virginia
1. Able to organize problem solving in biomedical technol-
Tech., USA, 1992; Prof., UI, 2007) Electrical power system
ogies.
analysis, energy management.
2. Able to design hospital management.
3. Prof. Dr. Ir. Eko Tjipto Rahardjo, M.Sc.,
3. Able to formulate the standard, regulation, and safety of eko@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1981;
medical equipment’s in medical facilities. M.Sc., University of Hawaii, USA, 1989; Ph.D, Saitama
University, Japan, 1996; Prof., UI, 2005) Electromagnetic,
4. Able to design Clinical and Hospital technology
antenna and wave propagation, microwave.
Electrical Engineering Staffs 4. Prof. Dr. Drs. Benyamin Kusumoputro, M.Eng.
Dr. Ir. Aries Subiantoro, M.Sc kusumo@ee.ui.ac.id (Drs., Fisika ITB, 1981; M.Eng., Tokyo
Head of Department Inst. Tech., Japan, 1984; Dr., Tokyo Inst. Tech., Japan, 1993;
Prof., UI, 2004) Computation intelligence, robotics.
Dr. Ir. Aries Subiantoro, M.Sc
Head of Electrical Engineering Study Program 5. Prof. Dr. Ir. Rudy Setiabudy, DEA,
rudy@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1982; DEA,
Dr. Muhammad Salman, ST., MIT. INPG Grenoble, France, 1987; Dr., Montpellier II USTL,
Head of Computer Engineering Study Program France, 1991; Prof., UI, 2008) Electrical material technol-
Dr. Basari, S.T., M.Eng. ogy, electrical measurement.
Head of Biomedic Engineering Study Program 6. Prof. Dr. Ir. Dadang Gunawan, M.Eng,
Dr. Abdul Halim, M.Eng guna@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1983; M.Eng.,
Vice Head of Department: Keio University, Japan, 1989; Ph.D., Tasmania University,
Australia, 1995; Prof., UI, 2004) Signal processing and
compression, multimedia communication.
Head Of Laboratory 7. Prof. Dr. Ir. NR. Poespawati, MT.,IPM
Ir. Agus R. Utomo M.T. pupu@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1985, MT.,
Head of High Voltage and Electrical Measurement Labora- Universitas Indonesia, 1997, Dr., Elektro FTUI, 2004; Prof.,
tory UI, 2008) Solar cell devices, laser.
Ir. Amien Rahardjo M.T 8. Prof. Dr. Ir. Iwa Garniwa, MK., MT.,
Head of Electrical Power Conversion Laboratory iwa@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1987; MT.,
Universitas Indonesia, 1998; Dr., Elektro FTUI, 2003; Prof.
Ir. I Made Ardita, MT. ,UI, 2009) High voltage and current, electrical materials.
Head of Electrical Power System Laboratory
9. Prof. Dr.-Ing. Ir. Kalamullah Ramli, M.Eng.,
Taufiq Alif Kurniawan M.T., M.Sc. k.ramli@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1993;
Head of Electronics Laboratory M.Eng., Univ. of Wollongong, Australia, 1997; Dr.-Ing,
Dr. Abdul Muis S.T., M.Eng. Univ. Duisburg-Essen, Germany, 2003, Prof., UI, 2009)
Head of Control Laboratory Embedded systems.
29
10. Prof. Dr. Ir. Riri Fitri Sari, M.Sc., MM., IPM, modeling and optimization.
riri@ee.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 1994; M.Sc.,
2. Abdul Muis,
Sheffield, 1998; PhD., Leeds Univ., UK, 2004, Prof., UI,
muis@ee.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 1998;
2009) Software engineering, active networks, pervasive
M.Eng., Keio Univ., 2005; Dr., Keio Univ., Japan 2007)
computing.
Robotics, control software engineering.
11. Prof. Dr. Ir. Fitri Yuli Zulkifli, ST., M.Sc,
3. Agus Rustamadji Utomo,
yuli@eng.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 1997; M.Sc.,
arutomo@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1985;
Univ. Karlsruhe, Germany, 2002, Dr., Universitas Indone-
MT., Universitas Indonesia, 2000) Electrical power &
sia, 2008) Antenna and microwave communications.
energy system.
12. Prof. Dr. Ir. Retno Wigajatri Purnamaningsih, MT,
4. Aji Nur Widyanto,
retno@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., ITB, 1985; MT., Opto PPSUI, 1992;
widyanto@eng.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia,
Dr., Universitas Indonesia, 2006, Prof., UI, 2021) Photonic
2004; MT., Universitas Indonesia, 2009) Electrical power
devices, Optoelecthronic Sensor System
measurement, High Voltage and Current, Power Quality.
5. Ajib Setyo Arifin,
International Adjunct Professors ajib@ee.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 2009; MT.,
Universitas Indonesia, 2011) Telecommunication, infor-
1. Prof. Dr. Fumihiko Nishio,
mation theory, wireless sensor network.
fnishio@faculty.chiba-u.jp (Fundamental Research Field
of Remote Sensing: Snow and Ice), Center for Environ- 6. Alfan Prasekal,
mental Remote Sensing (CEReS), Chiba University, Japan. Alfanpresekal@gmail.com (ST., Universitas Indonesia,
2014; M.Sc(DIC), Imperial College London, 2016) Secure
2. Prof. Josaphat Tetuko Sri Sumantyo, Ph.D,
Software System / Cyber Security
jtetukoss@faculty.chiba-u.jp (Fundamental Research
Field of Remote Sensing: Microwave Remote Sensing), 7. Amien Rahardjo,
Center for Environmental Remote Sensing (CEReS), amien@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1984; MT.,
Chiba University, Japan. Universitas Indonesia, 2004) Electromagnetic, electric
power energy conversion.
3. Prof. Dr. James-Holm Kennedy,
jhk@pixi.com (Electronic & optical beam management 8. Anak Agung Putri Ratna,
devices, micromechanical sensors, chemical & biochem- ratna@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1986;
ical sensors, novel electronic devices, force sensors, gas M.Eng., Waseda University. Japan., 1990; Dr., FTUI, 2006)
sensors, magnetic sensors, optical sensors.), University of Computer network, web-based information system.
Hawaii, USA.
9. Arief Udhiarto,
4. Prof. Dr.-Ing. Axel Hunger, arief@ee.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 2001; MT.,
axel.hunger@uni-due.de (Adaptive e-Learning, adaptive Universitas Indonesia, 2004; Dr.Eng, Shizuoka University
instructional systems, e-course and its applications, Japan) Nanoelectronics Devices, Organic Electronic
pedagogical analyses of on-line course), University of Devices
Duisburg Essen, Germany.
10. Aries Subiantoro,
5. Prof. Dr. Koichi Ito, biantoro@ee.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 1995;
(Printed Antenna, Small Antenna, Medical Application M.Sc. Univ. Karlsruhe, Germany, 2001; Dr. UI, 2013)
of Antenna, Evaluation of Mutual Influence between Expert control system, system identification.
Human Body and Electromagnetic Radiations), Chiba
11. Basari,
University, Japan.
basari.st@ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 2002;
6. Prof. Masaaki Nagatsu, M.Eng., Chiba University, 2008; D.Eng., Chiba Univ.,
tmnagat@ipc.shizuoka.ac.jp, (Plasma Science and Japan, 2011) Biomedical engineering applications
Technology) Research Institute of Electronics,Shizuoka (medical devices for informatics, diagnosis and therapy),
University Medical Imaging and Processing (MRI, CT, Microwave
Imaging, Ultrasound, EIT), Microwave Engineering,
7. Prof. Michiharu Tabe,
Clinical Engineering Applications.
tabe.michiharu@shizuoka.ac.jp, (Nano Devices) Research
Institute of Electronics, Shizuoka University 12. Budi Sudiarto,
budi@ee.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 2001; MT.,
8. Prof. Hiroshi Inokawa,
Universitas Indonesia, 2005; Dr, UDE Germany, 2017)
inokawa06@rie.shizuoka.ac.jp, (Nano Devices), Research
High voltage and current, electrical measurement)
Institute of Electronics, Shizuoka University
13. Catur Apriono,
9. Prof. Hidenori Mimura,
catur@eng.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 2009; MT.,
mimura.hidenori@shizuoka.ac.jp, (Vacuum Electron
Universitas Indonesia, 2011, Ph.D., Shizuoka University,
Devices) Research Institute of Electronics, Shizuoka
Japan, 2015, Dr.,Universitas Indonesia, 2016) Antenna,
University
microwave, terahertz technology.
14. Chairul Hudaya,
Full-Time Faculty c.hudaya@eng.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 2006;
M.Eng., Seoul National University, 2009; Ph.D., Korea
1. Abdul Halim,
Institute of Science and Technology - University of
a.halim@ui.ac.id (Bachelor, Keio Univ., Japan, 1995;
Science and Technology, Korea, 2016; IPM, 2016) Electric
M.Eng., Keio University, Japan, 1997; Dr.Eng, Tokyo Insti-
materials, electrical power systems, energy storage and
tute of Technology, Japan, 2000) optimal control system,
30
conversion, energy management. nur.imaniati@ui.ac.id (S.Si., UIN Syarif Hidayatullah

Jakarta, 2014; M.Biotek., Universitas Padjadjaran, 2017)
15. Dodi Sudiana,
Bioinformatics, Biotechnology
dodi.sudiana@ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1990;
M.Eng., Keio University, Japan, 1996; D.Eng., Chiba Univ., 29. Prima Dewi Purnamasari,
Japan, 2005) Image processing, remote sensing. prima.dp@ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 2006; MT.,
Universitas Indonesia, 2009; M.Sc., Univ. Duisburg Essen,
16. Eko Adhi Setiawan,
Germany, 2008; Dr, Universitas Indonesia, 2017) Distrib-
ekoas@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Elektro Trisakti University; MT,
uted system, computer supported collaborative work,
Universitas Indonesia, 2000; Dr.-Ing., Universität Kassel,
EEG Pattern Recognition
Germany, 2007) Virtual power plant, electrical power
supply, electrical energy conversion. 30. Purnomo Sidi Priambodo,
pspriambodo@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Elektro UGM, 1987; M.Sc.,
17. Faiz Husnayain,
Oklahoma State Univ., 1996; Dr., Texas-Arlington, USA,
faiz.husnayain@gmail.com (S.T., M.T., M.Sc. (S.T., Univer-
2003) Semiconductor laser, photonic, physics.
sitas Indonesia, 2010; MT, Universitas Indonesia,2013;
M.Sc. NTUST, 2013) 31. Retno Wigajatri Purnamaningsih,
retno@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., ITB, 1985; MT., Opto PPSUI, 1992;
18. F. Astha Ekadiyanto,
Dr., Universitas Indonesia, 2006) Photonic devices,
fasthae@yahoo.com (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 1995;
Optoelecthronic Sensor System
M.Sc., Univ. Duisburg Essen, Germany, 2005) Distributed
Peer-to-Peer Systems, Content/Data Centric Network, 32. Rizal,
Cyber Physical Systems. rizal@eng.ui.ac.id (S.Si., Universitas Hasanuddin, 2009;
M.Biotech., Universitas Gadjah Mada, 2013; M.Sc., The
19. Feri Yusivar,
University of Nottingham, 2016) Stem Cell, Gene and
yusivar@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1992;
Tissue Engineering
M.Eng. Waseda University, Japan, 2000; D.Eng., Waseda
University, Japan, 2003) Control systems, motor control. 33. Ruki Harwahyu,
ruki.h@ui.ac.id (S.T., M.T., M.Sc., Ph.D (S.T., Universitas
20. Fitri Yuli Zulkifli,
Indonesia, 2011; M.T Universitas Indonesia, 2013; M.Sc.,
yuli@eng.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 1997; M.Sc.,
National Taiwan University of Science and Technology,
Univ. Karlsruhe, Germany, 2002, Dr., Universitas Indone-
2013; Phd., National Taiwan University of Science and
sia, 2008) Antenna and microwave communications.
Technology, 2018)
21. Gunawan Wibisono,
34. Siti Fauziyah Rahman ,
gunawan@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1990;
fauziyah17@ui.ac.id (S.T., Universitas Indonesia, 2010; M.
M.Eng., Keio Univ., 1995; Ph.D. Keio Univ., Japan, 1998)
Eng., Chonnam National University, 2012; Ph.D., Chon-
Coding & wireless communications, optical communica-
nam National University, 2016) Biosensor, Biotechnology,
tions, telecommunication regulation.
and Material
22. I Gde Dharma Nugraha,
35. Taufiq Alif Kurniawan,
i.gde@eng.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 2008; MT.,
taufiq.alif@ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia 2009; M.Sc.
Universitas Indonesia, 2009) Embedded Systems Web
Eng, NTUST, Taiwan, 2011) Radio frequency integrated
Application Technology, Database optimization
circuit, analog integrated circuit and VLSI.
23. I Made Ardita,
36. Tomy Abuzairi,
made@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1985; MT.,
tomy@ee.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia 2009; M.Sc.,
Universitas Indonesia, 2000) Electro-mechanical conver-
NTUST, Taiwan, 2012; Ph.D., Shizuoka University,2016)
sion, power system planning.
Thin film nano-technology, optoelectronic device,
24. Mia Rizkinia, biotechnology device.
mia@ee.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 2008; MT.,
37. Yan Maraden Sinaga,
Universitas Indonesia, 2011) Image processing, remote
maradens@eng.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 2004;
sensing.
MT., Universitas Indonesia, 2009; M.Sc., Univ. Duisburg
25. Muhammad Asvial, Essen, Germany, 2009) Computer Networks and Proto-
asvial@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1993; cols, Artificial Intelligence, Computer Vision
M.Eng., Keio Univ., Japan, 1998; Ph.D., Surrey Univ. UK,
2003) Spread spectrum, mobile communication, multi-
media system, satellite communication. Board Of Emiritus Faculty
26. Muhammad Salman, 1. Prof. Dr. Ir. Djoko Hartanto, M.Sc.,
salman@ee.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 1995; djoko@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1971; M.Sc.,
M.Info Tech, Monash University, Australia, 2002;Dr. University of Hawaii, USA, 1989; Dr., Elektro FTUI, 1993;
Universitas Indonesia,2015) Computer networks, Prof., UI, 1996) Microelectronic devices, sensor devices.
multimedia.
2. Prof. Dr. Ir. Bagio Budiardjo, M.Sc.,
27. Muhammad Suryanegara, bbdui@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1972; M.Sc.,
suryanegara@gmail.com, m.suryanegara@ui.ac.id (ST., Ohio State Univ., USA, 1980; Dr., Elektro FTUI, 2002; Prof.,
Universitas Indonesia, 2003; M.Sc., UCL, UK, 2004; UI, 2005) Computer architecture, protocol engineering,
Dr.,Tokyo Institute of Technology, Japan, 2011; IPM, 2016) pervasive computation.
Telecommunication, Mobile Wireless, Technological
3. Prof. Dr. Ir. Djamhari Sirat, M.Sc.,
Innovation and Policy.
djsirat@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1972; M.Sc.,
28. Nur Imaniati Sumantri, UMIST; PhD, UMIST, UK, 1985) Telecommunication
31
regulation. Department of Metallurgical and

4. Dr. Ir. Ridwan Gunawan, M.T., Materials Engineering
ridwan@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1978; MT.,
Universitas Indonesia, 1994; Dr., Universitas Indonesia, General
2006) Electrical power transmission and reliability.
Department of Metallurgical Engineering was origi-
5. Dr. Uno Bintang Sudibyo,DEA nally established as a study program under the Faculty of
uno@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1972; DEA, Engineering, Universitas Indonesia, in 1965. Due to the lack
INPG Grenoble, France, 1987; Dr., Univ. Montpellier II of qualified lecturers and infrastructure, the first academic
USTL, France, 1991) Electrical power conversion. activity was only attended by 25 students. For almost 6
years since 1969, the department had stopped accepting
6. Wahidin Wahab,
new students and focused on performing activities for
wahidin@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1978;
existing students. In 1975, the department began to accept
M.Sc., UMIST, 1983; PhD, UMIST, UK, 1985) Control
students again, and in the same year had its first seven
engineering, robotics & automation.
graduates. Ever since, the department has been progres-
7. Ir. Endang Sriningsih, MT, sively conducting and developing its academic activities.
endangs@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1976; MT.,
As science and technology progress, especially in engi-
Universitas Indonesia, 1995) Digital system
neering materials-based industries, and in consideration
Part-Time Faculty of the availability of resources within the department, the
Department of Metallurgical Engineering consolidated its
1. Diyanatul Husna,
resources and identified the need to add the word “mate-
((ST., Universitas Indonesia, 2015; MT., Universitas
rials” to its name. The idea came to fruition on Novem-
Indonesia, 2016) Network Security, Big Data
ber 5th, 2002, when the Rector of Universitas Indonesia
issued a decree which officially recognized the Depart-
ment of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering as one
of the departments within the Faculty of Engineering.
The curriculum in Metallurgical and Materials Engineer-
ing is structured to address problems associated with various
metallurgical aspects, as well as material design and process-
ing, to meet the specific needs of various industries. Emphasis
is given on the basic sciences and principles of engineering,
as well as the applications of these principles to metallurgical
and material behaviors. Students are expected to develop a
solid base in chemistry, physics, and mathematics, which are
applied in various engineering courses. By attending metal-
lurgical and materials engineering courses, students may
establish a firm base in the major areas of metallurgical and
materials science as well as in the major areas of engineering
materials explored in the courses, including materials prop-
erties and selection, computational methods, and capstone
design. Students gain in-depth experience in other engineering
disciplines through coordinated technical elective sequences.
In 2018, the department has totally graduated almost 2500
graduates with a degree in bachelor of engineering, 200 grad-
uates with a degree in master of engineering, and 30 gradu-
ates with a doctoral degree. At the beginning of first semester
of 2018/2019, the department has actively 500 undergraduate
students from regular and parallel program, 57 students from
undergraduate international program, 71 master students,
and 24 doctoral students. Considering the high demand to
produce qualified graduates and following current trends
toward the global competition, Department of Metallurgical
and Materials Engineering is committed to continuously
improve its academic activities including teaching and learn-
ing process as well as research activities. As a part of national
education system, which has the objective to develop the intel-
lectual life of the nation through human resources develop-
ment by conducting three main activities known as tridharma
(“three duties”), the department is committed to carry
out higher level educations, to conduct scientific research,
and to provide community services. During its develop-
ment stage, the Department of Metallurgical and Materi-
als Engineering has achieved several milestones, such as:
• Grade A Accreditation for Undergraduate Program
from National Accreditation Board, Ministry of
National Education (Year 2018 – 2023).
32
• Establishment of master (1995) and doctoral (2008) who are capable of undertaking active and dynamic
programs. role in national, regional and international arenas
• Grade A Accreditation for Master Program from • To perform quality Tridharma (three duties) relevant to
National Accreditation Board, Ministry of National national and global challanges.
Education (Year 2019 - 2024)
• To create conducive academic environment to support
• Grade A Accreditation for Doctoral Program from the vision of Department of Metallurgical and Materi-
National Accreditation Board, Ministry of National als Engineering
Education (Year 2017 - 2022)
Staff Of The Department Of Metallurgical And
• Establishment of ”Dual-degree” International Program Materials Engineering
with Monash University (2003); Queensland Univer-
Prof. Dr. Ir. Akhmad Herman Yuwono, M.Phil.Eng
sity of Technology, Australia; and Duisburg Essen,
Head of Department
Germany
Nofrijon Sofyan, Ph.D
• Grant awards from the Government of Republic
Vice Head of Department
Indonesia for:
• Internal Improvement for non-metallic field Dr. Deni Ferdian, ST., M.Sc
competence - PHK-A4 (2004) Head of Special Task Unit
• Improvement for external and regional compe- Head Of Laboratory
tence – PHK-A2 (2004-2006)
• Internationalization of academic and research Muhammad Chalid, S.Si., M.Sc., Ph.D
activities in information technology, energy and Head of Chemical Metallurgy Laboratory
nonmaterial – PHKI (2010-2013) Wahyuaji Narotama Putra, ST., MT
• Establishment of Center for Materials Processings Head of Physical Metallurgy Laboratory
and Failure Analysis (CMPFA), a special task unit to Ir. Rahmat Saptono, M.Sc., Ph.D
support the materials engineering community and Head of Mechanical Metallurgy Laboratory
industry (2001).
Dr. Ir. Donanta Dhaneswara, M.Sc
• Intensive academic and research collaborations with Head of Processing Metallurgy Laboratory
international institutions, such as Monash University
(Australia), Kagoshima University (Japan), Nanyang Dr. Ir. Myrna Ariati, M.Si
Technological University (Singapore), Yeungnam Head of Metallography & Heat Treatment Laboratory
University and KITECH (Korea) (since 2006). Dr. Ir. Yunita Sadeli, M.Sc
• Materials Testing Laboratory in CMPFA was accredited Head of Corrosion & Metal Protection Laboratory
SNI-ISO 17025 (accredited since 2011, renewed until Board Of Professor
2024)
1. Prof. Dr. Ir. Eddy Sumarno Siradj, M.Eng.,
Contact Address siradj@metal.ui.ac.id (Prof., Ir, UI; M.Eng, University of
Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Birmingham – UK; Dr, University of Sheffield – UK),
Faculty of Engineering, Metallurgical Eng., Metallurgical Manufacturing Process
& Management, Thermo-mechanical Control Process.
2. Prof. Dr. Ir. Johny Wahyuadi Soedarsono, DEA.,
Kampus UI Depok 16424, Indonesia jwsono@metal.ui.ac.id (Prof., Ir, UI; DEA & Dr., École
Phone: +62-21-7863510 Européenne de Chimie, Polymères et Matériaux de Stras-
bourg – France), Metallurgical Engineering, Corrosion &
Fax: +62-21-7872350 Protection, Metallurgy Extraction, Mineral Processing.
Email: info@metal.ui.ac.id / dtmm@eng.ui.ac.id 3. Prof. Dr. Ir. Anne Zulfia, M.Phil.Eng.,
Website: www.metal.ui.ac.id anne@metal.ui.ac.id (Prof., Ir, UI; M.Phil.Eng., & Dr.,
University of Sheffield – UK), Metallurgical Engineering,
Vision Composite Materials & Advance Material.
In line with the vision and missions of Universitas Indone- 4. Prof. Dr-Ing. Ir. Bambang Suharno,
sia and the Faculty of Engineering, the vision of the Depart- suharno@metal.ui.ac.id (Prof., Ir, UI; Dr-Ing., RWTH
ment of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering is “To be a Aachen – Germany), Metallurgical Engineering, Metal
research-based center of excellence, as well as referral center Casting and Alloy Design , Iron & Steel Making, Mineral
and solution provider for problems in the field of metallurgi- Processing.
cal and materials engineering in national and global levels.”
5. Prof. Dr. Ir. Bondan Tiara, M.Si.,
Mission bondan@eng.ui.ac.id (Prof., Ir, UI; M.Si, UI; Dr, Monash
To achieve that vision, Department of Metallurgical and University – Australia), Metallurgical Engineering,
Materials Engineering have the following missions: Metallurgy of Aluminum Alloy, Nano Technology,
Materials Processing and Heat Treatment
• To providing broad access to education and research
for the public and industry 6. Prof. Dr. Ir. Dedi Priadi, DEA.,
dedi@metal.ui.ac.id (Prof.,Ir, UI ; D.E.A. & Dr, Ecole des
• To produce high quality graduates with strong Mines de Paris - France), Metal Forming.
academic background and comprehensive skills in
process technology, material engineering and design,
33
7. Prof. Ir. Muhammad Anis, M.Met., Ph.D., 8. Muhammad Chalid,

anis@metal.ui.ac.id (Prof., Ir, UI ; M.Met &Ph.D, Univer- chalid@metal.ui.ac.id (SSi, UI, M.Sc, TU Delft – The
sity Sheffield - UK), Welding Metallurgy and Metallurgy Netherland, Ph.D, University of Groningen, The Neth-
Physic. erlands), Polymer Technology, Bio-Polymers & Material
Chemistry
8. Prof. Dr. Ir. A. Herman Yuwono, M. Phil. Eng
ahyuwono@metal.ui.ac.id (Prof., Ir, UI; M.Phil.Eng, Univ. 9. Myrna Ariati Mochtar,
of Cambridge - UK, PhD, NUS – Singapore), Nanomate- myrna@metal.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI ; MS, UI; Dr, UI), Ther-
rial. mo-Mechanical Treatment & Powder Metallurgy
9. Prof. Dr. Ir. Winarto, M.Sc., 10. Nofrijon Sofyan,
winarto@metal.ui.ac.id (Prof., Ir, UI; M.Sc (Eng), Techni- nofrijon@metal.ui.ac.id (Drs, Universitas Andalas; M.Si,
cal Univ. of Denmark - Denmark; Ph.D, Univ. of Wales, UI; M.Sc, Auburn University - USA; Ph.D, Auburn
Swansea - UK), Welding Metallurgy & Technology, University - USA), Nanomaterial, Electronic Ceramic
Failure Analysis of Materials.
11. Rahmat Saptono,
International Adjunct Professors saptono@metal.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI, M.Sc.Tech, Univ. of New
South Wales, Australia, Ph.D, Univ. of Texas Arlington
1. Prof. Kyoo-Ho Kim,
(UTA) - USA), Metal Forming, Mechanical Behaviour
School of Materials Science and Engineering, Yeungnam
of Materials in Design, Manufacture and Engineering
University (Korea), Energy & nano-materials
Applications
2. Prof. Kozo Obara,
12. Reza Miftahul Ulum,
Department of Nano-structured and Advanced Materi-
S.T., M.T. Univ. Indonesia, Dr.-ing. Universitat Duisberg
als, Kagoshima University (Japan), Energy & nano-ma-
Essen, Germany, Extractive Metallurgy
terials
13. Rini Riastuti,
3. Prof. Freddy Y.C. Boey,
riastuti@metal.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI ; M.Sc, University of
School of Materials Science and Engineering, National
Manchester Instute of Science & Tech., -UK, Dr, UI),
Technological University (Singapore), Nano-materials &
Electro-Cemical & Corrosion.
Biomedical Engineering
14. Sotya Astutiningsih,
4. Prof. Philippe Lours,
sotya@metal.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; M.Eng, Katholieke Universi-
École nationale supérieure des mines d’Albi-Carmaux,
teit Leuven - Belgium; PhD, UWA – Australia), Mechani-
(France) Superalloys, aerospace material
cal Metallurgy & Geo-polymer.
5. Prof. Akbar Rahamdhani,
15. Prof. Dr. Ir. Sri Harjanto
Swinburne University of Technology, Melbourne,
harjanto@metal.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI, Dr. Eng, Tohoku Univer-
Australia, Extractive Metallurgy and Metals Recycling
sity - Japan), Chemical Synthesis of Materials, Mineral &
Full-Time Faculty Waste Materials Processing, Extractive Metallurgy.
1. Ahmad Zakiyudin, 16. Wahyuaji Narotama Putra
zakiyuddin.a@gmail.com (ST, Univ. Indonesia, M.Eng., (ST, MT, Ph.D Candidate of Nanyang Technological
PhD. Chonnam National University, Korea), Advanced University - Singapore) Electrical Material
Corrosion
17. Yudha Pratesa,
2. Badrul Munir, yudha@metal.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MT, UI), Biomaterial,
bmunir@metal.ui.ac.id (ST, UI, M.Sc. Chalmer University Material Degradation & Protection, Chemical Metallurgy
- Sweden, PhD, Yeungnam University – Korea), Elec-
18. Dr. Eng. Azizah Intan Pangesty
tronic Material
(S.Si UGM; M.Eng, D.Eng. Kyushu University - Japan),
3. Bambang Priyono, Biomaterials, Corrosion
bpriyono@metal.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MT, UI, Dr. Candidate,
Part-Time Faculty
UI), Catalyst Material, Energy Materials.
1. Prof. Ir. Sutopo, M.Sc., Ph.D,
4. Deni Ferdian,
sutopo@metal.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI ; M.Sc & Ph.D, University of
deni@metal.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; M.Sc, Vrije Universiteit
Wiscounsin - USA), Composite Material & Thermo-met-
Amsterdam – The Netherlands; Dr, Institut National
allurgy.
Polytechnique de Toulouse - France), Failure Analysis,
Casting & Solidification, Phase Transformation 2. Sari Katili,
sari@metal.ui.ac.id (Dra, UI; MS, UI), Chemical Metal-
5. Donanta Dhaneswara,
lurgy.
donanta.dhaneswara@ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; M.Si, UI; Dr, UI),
Metal Casting and Alloy Design, Ceramic Materials and 3. Alfian Ferdiansyah,
Membran Technology. alfian@metal.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas Indonesia; MT.,
Universitas Indonesia; Dr.-Ing, Freiburg University
6. Dwi Marta Nurjaya,
-Germany) Solar cell materials and renewable energy
jaya@metal.ui.ac.id (ST,UI; MT, UI; Dr., UI), Material
Characterization and Geo-Polymer Materials 4. Ghiska Ramahdita,
ghiska@metal.ui.ac.id (ST., MT., Universitas Indonesia;
7. Jaka Fajar Fatriansyah,
M.Sc., INSA de Lyon – France Bio-materials and nano-
(S.Si; M.S; UGM, Dr. Tohoku University, Japan) Soft
structured materials)
Materials
34
5. Adam Febriyanto Nugraha Department of Architecture

adamf.nugraha@gmail.com (ST, UI; Ph.D., Korea Institute
of Science and Technology - Korea) Polymer Materials. General
6. Yunita Sadeli, Department of Architecture at the Universitas Indonesia
yunce@metal.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; M.Sc, University of (formerly known as Architectural Engineering Major) was
Manchester Instute of Science & Tech., - UK, Dr, UI), established in 1965 under the UI Faculty of Engineering
Corrosion & Total Quality Management. (FTUI) in Jakarta (established a year earlier through Presiden-
tial Decree No. 76 dated July 17, 1964). In the early days, educa-
Study Program
tion at the FTUI Architectural Engineering was done through
Department of Metallurgical & Materials Engineering a system of per-level or per- year full professional education.
manages the course program as follows: The average completion time was 7 years with an Engineer
(Ir.) degree. Then in 1978, the Semester Credit System (SKS)
• Undergraduate Program (S1 Program) of Metallurgical
went into effect with a minimum number of acquired semes-
& Materials Engineering.
ter credit units of 160 credits. The average duration of the
• Master’s Program (S2 Program) of Metallurgical & study was five years, and the title was still Engineer (profes-
Materials Engineering sional education). Since 1996, a four-year bachelor’s education
program was implemented with a total of 144 credits, produc-
• Doctoral Program (S3 Program) of Metallurgical &
ing an academic degree Bachelor of Engineering (ST). In the
Materials Engineering
same year, after 31 years of existence, Architecture Program of
• Master’s Program (S2) of Material Integrity Manage- Study at UI received its decree by the Directorate General for
ment Higher Education No. 215/DIKTI/ KEP/1996 dated July 11, 1996.
In 2000, Department of Architecture streamlined the 1996
curriculum by publishing the 2000 Curriculum along with
the application of problem-based learning method, collabo-
rative and student-centered learning. The 2000 Curriculum
stated clearly, that the direction for bachelor’s architecture
education is pre-professional. In the same year, Master
of Architecture program was established with 2 streams,
namely Architectural Design and Urban Design. Over the
years, the master’s program has grown into 6 streams, in
addition to the two already mentioned earlier, the special-
ization program of Urban Housing and Settlements, Real
Estate, History and Theories of Architecture and Urbanism
and Building Technology and Sustainability were established.
At this time, through the new curriculum (2012 Curriculum),
the six specializations were streamlined into three which are:
• Creative process stream: Architectural Design, Urban
Design, Property Development
• Humanities stream: History and Theories of Architec-
ture, Urban Housing and Settlement
• Technology and sustainability stream: Architecture and
Technology
In 2004, Architectural Engineering Major changed to
Department of Architecture. The degree for its gradu-
ates was also altered from Bachelor of Engineering (ST)
to Bachelor of Architecture (S.Ars) for the bachelor gradu-
ates and Master of Architecture (M.Ars) for the master’s.
From 2000 until 2012, the Department of Architecture
went through several changes in Curriculum and thus the
curriculum is integrated and emphasize several points:
• Referring to the National Education System based on
Competence.
• Flexibility in following the development of science and
technology.
• Curriculum that responses in fulfilling the demands
of professionals within national, regional and also
international level.
• The core of the curriculum is in respect to the profession
of architect in collaboration with IAI, and refers to UIA
as the international standards.
In 2008 a new study program, Interior Architecture Under-
graduate Program is opened, which emphasizes the interiority
35
aspects of the design in architecture. The opening of this Interior Dr. Ing. Ir. Dalhar Susanto
Architecture study program allows the opportunity to explore Head of Department
and develop the field of interior architecture in Indonesia.
Joko Adianto, ST., M.Ars., Ph.D
In 2009 a PhD program and a one-year program of Profes- Vice Head of Department
sional Program of Architect (PPAR) are set. PhD program
Dr.-Ing Dalhar Susanto
is intended to strengthen the Department of Architecture
Coordinator of Interior Architecture Program
as a leading architectural research-based institution. PhD
student’s research is focused on two areas: major research Ir. Evawani Ellisa, M.Eng., PhD
areas (research based on architectural issues) and minor Coordinator of Architecture Graduate Program
research area (related to specialized area of study) in which
PhD program students have the opportunity to take courses
Head of Laboratory
outside the discipline of architectural discipline to specifically Mikhael Johanes, S.Ars., M.Ars
support the knowledge, thoughts, and methods of its major. Head of Fabrication Lab
The learning process is conducted through the exploration of
Arif Rahman Wahid, S.Ars., M.A
the width and depth aspects of knowledge about the studied
Head of Photography Laboratory
issues. Meanwhile, for PPAR, the education is carried in a year
to complete graduates with the actuality of professional archi- Dr.-Ing. Ova Chandra, S.Ars
tecture practice. Graduates of PPAR are also allowed to transfer Head of Building Physics Laboratory
the credit in UI to continue for a master degree in architecture.
Coriesta Dian Sulistiani, S.Ars., M.Ars.
Department of Architecture has also commenced an Head of Material Workshop
International Class (KKI) of undergraduate degree in archi-
tecture, with single degree program (only one semester Board Of Professors
abroad), or a double degree program (4 semesters in UI and 1. Prof. Yandi Andri Yatmo, M.Arch., Ph.D
the rest abroad). This program is in collaboration with leading (ST, Architecture Universitas Indonesia; Dip.Arch, Univ.
universities in the world such as the Queensland University Of Sheffield; M.Arch, Univ. of Sheffield; Ph.D, Univ. of
of Technology (QUT), Curtin University (Australia) and Sheffield) Architectural Design, Urban Architecture
University of Florida. In addition, undergraduate students
who have excellent academic achievements are able to attain 2. Prof. Kemas Ridwan Kurniawan, M.Sc., Ph.D
a Fast-Track program (4 years bachelor + 1 year master), a total (ST. Architecture Universitas Indonesia; M.Sc & Ph.D
of 5 years, to accomplish a Master Degree in Architecture. Bartlett School of Architecture, University of College
London, UK;) Architectural Design, Architectural
The Department of Architecture UI has an A accredita- Theory and History, Heritage in Architecture
tion from the Higher Education BAN, Indonesian Ministry of
Research and Higher Education The Undergraduate Program 3. Prof. Paramita Atmodiwirjo, ST., M.Arch., Ph.D
Department of Architecture and Interior Architecture (ST. Architecture Universitas Indonesia; M.Arch. Univ.
program has been also assessed by the ASEAN University of Sheffield, UK, Ph.D Architecture, Univ. of Sheffield)
Network (AUN). Both Master and PhD program of Department Architectural Design, Design/Research Methods in
of Architecture also has an A accreditation from the Higher Architecture, Environmental Behavior, Communication
Education BAN, Indonesian Ministry of Research and Higher Techniques in Architecture.
Education. For more profiles of FTUI Department of Architec- Board Of Emeritus Faculty
ture can be viewed at the website: http://architecture.ui.ac.id.
1. Prof. Dr. Ir. Abimanyu T. Alamsyah, M.Sc,
Vision (Ir. Architecture Universitas Indonesia, 1975; MS, Institut
Establishing a high-quality Architecture Educa- Pertanian Bogor, 1992: Dr. Environmental Sciences
tion Institution that receives national and interna- Universitas Indonesia, 2006) Urban and Regional Plan-
tional recognition, to foster future leaders who are ning, Research Methods, Coastal Architecture.
critical, knowledgeable, and creative thinkers, with sensi- 2. Prof. Dr. Ir. Emirhadi Suganda, M.Sc,
bility to local wisdom and environment sustainability. (Ir. Architecture Universitas Indonesia, 1975; M.Sc. Asian
Mission Institute of Technology (AIT) Bangkok, Thailand, 1991;
Dr., Environmental Sciences Universitas Indonesia, 2007)
Constructing the Architecture Education insti- Project Management, Building Technology, Architectural
tutional system with excellent productivity towards Design.
the implementation of Tridarma in higher education.
3. Prof. Ir. Gunawan Tjahjono, Ph.D., M.Arch,
Corresponding Address (Ir. Architecture Universitas Indonesia, 1979; M.Arch.
Department of Architecture University of California Los Angeles, USA, 1983; Ph.D.,
University of California Berkeley, USA, 1989) Architec-
Faculty of Engineering, Universitas Indonesia tural Design, Ethnics Architecture, Design Theories and
Methods in Architecture, Professor of Architectural
Kampus UI, Depok 16424
Design
Phone: 021 – 786 3512
Full-Time Faculty
Fax: 021 – 786 3514
1. Dr. Ir. Achmad Hery Fuad, M.Eng,
E-mail: arsitektur@eng.ui.ac.id / architecture@ui.ac.id (Ir., Architecture, Universitas Indonesia; M.Eng., Waseda
University, Japan, Dr., Architectural Design, Universitas
http://architecture.ui.ac.id
Indonesia, Ph.D., Architectural Design, Universitas
Staff Of The Department Of Architecture Indonesia) Architectural Design, Urban Design, Urban
Housing and Settlements.
36
2. Ahmad Gamal, ture Universitas Indonesia)Architectural Design and

(S.Ars Architecture Universitas Indonesia; MSc, London Professions, Building Technology, Design Theory &
School of Public Relation; MCP, Urban & Regional Methods, Urban Informality.
Planning, University of Illinois Urbana Champaign,
15. Kristanti Paramita, S.Ars., M.A., Ph.D.
USA); Dr.Phil., Urban & Regional Planning, University of
(S.Ars, Architecture Universitas Indonesia; M.A, Univer-
Illinois Urbana Champaign, USA) Architectural Design,
sity of Sheffield, UK) Architectural Design, Communica-
Urban and Regional Planning, Community Based
tion Techniques in Architecture.
Planning
16. Mochammad Mirza Yusuf Harahap, S.Ars., M.Des..
3. Ir. Antony Sihombing, MPD., Ph.D.,
(S.Ars, Interior Architecture , Universitas Indonesia;
(Ir., Architecture, Universitas Indonesia; MPD. University
MDes., Interior Architecture, Monash University, Austra-
of Melbourne, Australia; Ph.D. Univer- sity of Melbourne,
lia) Interior Architectural Design.
Australia) Architectural Design, Urban Housing and
Settlements, Building Technology. 17. M. Nanda Widyarta, B.Arch., M.Arch.
(B.Arch, Architecture, Oklahoma University, USA;
4. Arif Rahman Wahid, S.Ars., M.A. ,
M.Arch, Architecture History & Theory, AA School of
(S.Ars., Interior Architecture, Universitas Indonesia; MA
Architecture London, UK). Architectural Design, History
Narrative Environments, Central Saint Martins, UAL,
of Art, Architectural History and Theory, Design Theory
UK) Narrative Environment, Interior Architectural
and Methods in Interior Architecture, Design Theory &
Design .
Methods in Architecture, Architecture and Texts.
5. Coriesta Dian Sulistiani, S.Ars., M.Ars.,
18. M. Nanda Widyarta, B.Arch., M.Arch.
(S.Ars., Architecture, Universitas Indonesia; M.Ars,
(B.Arch, Architecture, Oklahoma University, USA;
Architecture Universitas Indonesia) Interior Architec-
M.Arch, Architecture History & Theory, AA School of
tural Design
Architecture London, UK). Architectural Design, History
6. Dr. Ing. Ir. Dalhar Susanto, of Art, Architectural History and Theory, Design Theory
(Ir. Architecture, Universitas Diponegoro, Semarang; and Methods in Interior Architecture, Design Theory &
Dr.-Ing. Uni. Stuttgart, Germany) Architectural Design, Methods in Architecture, Architecture and Texts.
Building Technology, Urban Housing and Settlements.
19. Nevine Rafa, S.Ars., M.A.
7. Diandra Pandu Saginatari, S.Ars., M.Ars. (S.Ars, Architecture Universitas Indonesia; MA, Interior
(S.Ars., Architecture, Universitas Indonesia; MA,Art, Design, University of Westminster, UK). Communication
Space and Nature, Edinburgh University, UK) Architec- Techniques in Interior Architecture, Interior Design.
tural Design, Art and Architecture, Landscape, Nature,
20. Dr.-Ing. Ova Candra Dewi, S.T., M.Sc.
Ecology.
(S.Ars., Architecture Universitas Indonesia, M.Sc., Urban
8. Dita Trisnawan, S.T., M.Arch., STD. Management, Technology University of Berlin, Dr.Ing,
(ST. Architecture, Universitas Gajah Mada, Yogjakarta; Technology University of Hamburg Hamburg, Germany)
M.Arch, M.Suburb and Town Design, University of Environmental Engineer- ing and Energy Economics
Miami, USA) Urban Design, Urban Architecture, Indus- Bioconversion and Emission Control, Architecture and
trial Planning, Tourism Design and Real Estate Sustainability.
9. Elita Nuraeny, S.Ars., M.A., 21. Rini Suryantini, S.T., M.Sc.
(S.Ars., Interior Architecture, Universitas Indonesia; (ST, Architecture Universitas Indonesia; M.Sc., Institute
M.A., Architectural History, The Bartlett School of for Regional Science & Planning University of Karlsruhe
Architecture, UCL) Interior Design, Architectural Theory (TH), Germany). Architectural Design, Urban and
and History Regional Planning, Landscape and Sustainability in
Architecture.
10. Enira Arvanda, S.T., M.Dipl.
(ST, Architecture Universitas Indonesia; Master, Instituto 22. Rossa Turpuk Gabe Simatupang, S.Ars., M.Ars.
Europeo di Disain, Milan, Italy) Interior Architecture, (S.Ars, Architecture Universitas Indonesia; M.Ars,
Ergonomy, Furniture Design Architecture Universitas Indonesia). Architectural
Design, Communication Techniques in Architecture,
11. Ir. Evawani Ellisa M.Eng., Ph.D.,
Urban Housing and Settlements.
(Ir. Architecture, Universitas Gajah Mada, Yogjakarta;
M.Eng; Ph.D., University of Osaka, Jepang) Architectural 23. Ir. Teguh Utomo Atmoko, MURP,
Design, Urban Design (Ir. Architecture Universitas Indonesia; MURP, Univer-
sity of Hawai’i, USA) Urban Design, Architectural
12. Ir. Hendrajaya Isnaeni, M.Sc., Ph.D,
Design, Real Estate, Heritage in Architecture
(Ir. Architecture Universitas Indonesia; M.Sc. University
of Surrey, UK; Ph.D, University of Melbourne, Australia) 24. Widyarko, S.Ars., M.Ars.,
Architectural Design & Professions, Theory of Islamic (S.Ars, Arhitecture Universitas Indonesia; M.Ars, Univer-
Architecture, Environmental Behavior sitas Indonesia).Building Technology and Materials
13. Ir. Herlily, M.Urb.Des., 25. Dr.-Ing. Yulia Nurliani Lukito Harahap, S.T., MDesS,
(Ir. Architecture Universitas Indonesia; M.Urb.Des, (ST, Architecture Universitas Indonesia; M.Des.Science,
University of Sydney, Australia; Ph.D Candidate, UC Harvard University, Dr.-Ing, RWTH Aachen University,
Berkeley, USA) Architectural Design, Urban Design Germany). Architectural Design, Architectural Theory
Theory, Studies of Architecture and Urbanism in Devel- and History, Design Theory and Methods of Architec-
oping Country, Urban Studies. ture.
14. Joko Adianto, S.T., M.Ars., Ph.D.
(ST, Architecture Universitas Trisakti; M.Ars, Architec-
37
Part-Time Faculty Acoustics.

1. Afifah Karimah, S.Ars., M.Ars., 16. Intan Chairunnisa, S.Ars., M.Ars.,
(S.Ars., Architecture, Universitas Indonesia; M.Ars., (S.Ars., Architecture, Universitas Indonesia; M.Ars.,
Architecture, Universitas Indonesia). Architectural Architecture and Sustainability, Universitas Indonesia).
Design Building Technology and Materials
2. Agus Danang Ismoyo, S.T., MALD, 17. Dra. Iriantine Karnaya, M.Ars.,
(ST, Architecture, Universitas Indonesia; M.ALD., Hoch- (Dra. Senirupa FSRD-Bandung Institute of Technology;
schule Wismar). Lighting Design M.Ars, Architecture Universitas Indonesia)Fine Art; Real
Estate
3. Ir. Achmad Sadili Somaatmadja, M.T.,
(Ir., Architecture Universitas Indonesia; M.Si, Environ- 18. Joyce Sandrasari, S.T., M.Arch.,
mental Sciences Universitas Indonesia) Building Technol- (ST, Architecture, Universitas Tarumanegara); MALD,
ogy, Architectural Design Lighting Design, Fachochschuele Wismar, Germany).
Lighting Design
4. Amira Paramitha, S.Ars., M.Ars.,
(S.Ars., Architecture, Universitas Indonesia; M.Ars., 19. Mushab Abdu Asy Syahid, S.Ars, M.Ars.,
Urban Design, Universitas Indonesia). Architectural (S.Ars., Architecture, Universitas Indonesia; M.Ars.,
Design, Urban Design, Urban Studies Architectural Theory and History, Universitas Indo-
nesia). Architectural Theory and History, Heritage in
5. Anna Zuchriana, S.Sn., M.Sn. Architecture
(S.Sn, Seni Grafis Jakarta Arts Institute/IKJ; MSn, Jakarta
Arts Institute/IKJ, Jakarta). Fine Arts, Graphics Arts 20. Nina Dwi Handayani, S.Sn., M.Ars.,
(S.Sn., Interior Design, Institut Teknologi Bandung;
6. Ary Dananjaya Cahyono, S.Sn., M.Fsc. M.Ars., Architecture Design, Universitas Indonesia).
(S.Sn, Seni Patung Bandung Institute of Technology; Interior Design
MFA Glasgow School of Arts) Visual Arts, Sculpture
21. Dra. Ratna Djuwita Chaidir, Dipl. Pschy,
7. Ir. Azrar Hadi, Ph.D, (Dra., Psychology Universitas Indonesia; Dipl. Pschy,
(Ir. Architecture Universitas Indonesia; Ph.D Universiti Daarmstaat, Germany) Architectural Psychology
Teknologi Malaysia) Project Management, Urban Hous-
ing and Settlements, Building Technology, Architectural 22. Ir. Siti Handjarinto, M.Sc.,
Design (Ir. Architecture Universitas Indonesia; M.Sc. University
of Hawai’i, USA) Building Technology, Architectural
8. Baskoro Laksitoadi, S.Ars., M.Sc., Design, Building Physics, Lighting Design and Acoustics.
(S.Ars., Architecture, Universitas Indonesia; M.Sc.,Po-
litecnico di Milano, Italy) Building Technology 23. Ir. Siti Utamini,
(Ir. Architecture, Bandung Institute of Technology)
9. Cahyo Wilis Candrawan, S.T., M.Arch., Architectural Design, Communication Techniques in
(ST., Architecture, Universitas Indonesia; M.Arch.,Wash- Architecture.
ington University in St.Louis). Architectural Design,
Fabrication 24. Dra. Subandinah Priambodo, M.Sn.,
(Dra.ITB; MSn, Jakarta Arts Institute/IKJ) Interior
10. Ir. Cut Intan Djuwita, M.Sc., Design, Furniture Construction.
(Ir. Architecture Universitas Indonesia; Environmental
Design, University of Missouri, USA)Interior Design 25. Ir. Sukisno, MS.,
(Ir. Architecture, Universitas Gajah Mada; MSi, Envi-
11. Diane Wildsmith AIA, RIBA, M.Sc, ronmental Sciences Universitas Indonesia) Structure
(B.Arts in Architecture UC Berkeley California, USA; and Material Technology, Architectural Design, Urban
MSc in Architecture Carnegie Mellon University, Pits- Ecology
burgh, USA; Master of International Policy and Practice
George Washington University, USA) Architectural 26. Dr. Ir. Toga H. Pandjaitan, A.A. Grad. Dipl.,
Design, Sustainability in Architecture (Ir. Architecture Universitas Indonesia; Grad. Dipl. AA,
Inggris, Dr., Universitas Indonesia) Architectural Design,
12. Ir. Endy Subijono, MPP., Ar., Building Physics, Photography, Ethnics Architecture
(Ir, Architecture, Bandung Institute of Technology; MPP,
Planning and Public Policy, Rutger University, USA) 27. Prof. Ir. Triatno Yudo Harjoko., Msc, Ph.D,
Professional Ethics (Ir. Architecture Universitas Indonesia, 1978; M.Sc. in
Town Planning, University of Wales, UK, 1986; Ph.D in
13. Farid Rakun, S.Ars., M.Ars. Environmental Design, University of Canberra, Profes-
(S.Ars, Architecture Universitas Indonesia; M.Arch, sor in 2008) Architectural Design, Research Methods,
Cranbrook Academy of Arts, USA). Architectural Professor of Urban Housing and Settlement
Design, Design & Arts, Design Methods in Architecture,
Fabrication Lab. 28. Tri Hikmawati, S.T., M.A., Ph.D.,
(ST, Architecture Universitas Indonesia; MA, London
14. Dr. Ferro Yudhistira, S.Ars., M.Ars., Metropolitan University, UK). Interior Design
(ST, Universitas Sriwijaya, Palembang; M.Ars, Archi-
tecture Universitas Indonesia) Architectural Design, 29. Verarisa Anastasia Ujung, S.Ars., MIA.
Communication Techniques in Architecture, CAD/ (S.Ars., Architecture, Universitas Indonesia; MIA.,
ArchiCAD Interior Architecture, Victoria University of Wellington).
Interior Architecture
15. Ir. Finarya S.Legoh, M.Sc., Ph.D.,
(Ir, Architecture Universitas Indonesia; M.Sc.& Ph.D
University of Salford United Kingdom) Building Physics,
38
Department of Chemical Engineering The Department of Chemical Engineering is conducting

international classes in collaboration with three Austra-
General lian universities: Monash University, Curtin University,
and the University of Queensland. Students in this inter-
Department of Chemical Engineering Universitas Indone- national class spend their first four semesters at UI and
sia first established by name Department of Gas Engineering the subsequent four semesters in Australia. At the end of
in 1981. There were two study programs which were devel- their study, students will get a “Sarjana Teknik” (Bachelor
oped almost simultaneously in 1981. Initially, the Gas Engi- of Engineering) degree from UI and a Bachelor of Engi-
neering Study Program was established under the Metallurgy neering degree from the partner university. Since 2011,
Department to meet the needs of engineering graduates in the international program students may choose to enroll in a
field of gas liquefaction. In the same year, the Chemical Engi- single-degree program at UI, following a curriculum that
neering Study Program was established under the Depart- is equivalent to the regular undergraduate curriculum.
ment of Mechanical Engineering. This Study Program is
aimed at meeting the shortage of workers in the development The department has also established a double-degree
of industries in the field of Chemical Engineering in Indonesia. Master’s program with National Taiwan University of Science
and Technology (NTUST) and Curtin University. In this
In 1985, the two study programs were combined into the double-degree program, students spend their first year at UI
Department of Gas and Petrochemical Engineering, which and the second year at NTUST or Curtin University. At the
offered a chemical engineering study program with an completion of their studies, students will be awarded a Master
emphasis on courses in gas and petrochemical technology. of Engineering degree from NTUST or Curtin University.
Starting in the academic year 1985/1986, the Department of
Gas and Petrochemical Engineering has received first semes- The 2020 curriculum has been more streamlined and inte-
ter students through the New Student Registration Selection grated, allowing students to take elective courses previously
(SIPENMARU). In collaboration with PERTAMINA, the Study only available for particular study programs (PSTK or PSTB)
Program received some assistance in the form of limited educa- or available for a particular academic level (undergraduate or
tion funds, teaching staff who have industry experience, on-the- graduate). This means that students could choose the courses
job training for students as well as visits to related industries. that are more suitable to their interests. For those who qual-
ify, there is a fast-track program that allows undergraduate
The Department of Gas and Petrochemical Engineering was students to obtain both Bachelor’s and Master’s degrees
initially grouped into the Gas and Petrochemical Engineering in ten semesters instead of the regular twelve semesters.
Study Program in 1989 but was then grouped into the Chem-
ical Engineering Study Program (PSTK) in 1996. Based on the Chemical Engineering Master’s program has also
Statute of the UI-BHMN, the term study program was changed prepared a particular curriculum for those without
to a department in 2003, and in 2006 the Department of Gas any educational background in chemical engineering.
and Petrochemical Engineering changed to the Department By adopting this specific curriculum, applicants with a
of Chemical Engineering. While for the postgraduate level, non-chemical engineering degree are recommended to take
the Master’s Program in Chemical Engineering, the Master’s chemical engineering undergraduate core courses to master
Program in Natural Gas Management, and the Doctoral the fundamentals of chemical engineering before taking
Program in Chemical Engineering are each inaugurated in the more advanced graduate core courses. Graduates of
2002, 2004, and 2007. In order to enhance the role of the depart- doctoral programs are expected to contribute to the devel-
ment in the era of biotechnology and life sciences, Bioprocess opment of science by conducting independent research,
Engineering Study Program (PSTB) was opened in 2008. usually under the supervision of a qualified professor.
The primary mission of the Department of Chemical As one of the departments in the Faculty of Engineer-
Engineering is to provide the highest quality education ing, Universitas Indonesia, Department of Chemical Engi-
so that graduates have the necessary knowledge, skills, neering has taken part in research collaboration with the
and experience in researching the latest topics in the field theme of sustainable chemical and bioengineering for
of chemical engineering and biochemical engineering. energy and product development”. This research theme is
supported by four research groups: chemical and natural
To date, the Department of Chemical Engineering has 34 product design, sustainable energy, industrial bioprocess
permanent academic staff members and about 913 under- technology, and process intensification. These research
graduate and graduate students. The Department of Chemi- activities, which are conducted at the Chemical Engineer-
cal Engineering has now become one of the leading chemical ing Department, receive a lot of government funding to
engineering departments in Indonesia, with excellent accred- support students who wish to take part in the project.
itations from the National Accreditation Board of Indonesia
(BAN), ASEAN University Network (AUN), Japan Accredita- Corresponding Address
tion Board for Engineering Education (JABEE), and Indone-
Department of Chemical Engineering
sian Accreditation Board for Engineering Education (IABEE).
Faculty of Engineering
Department of Chemical Engineering offers five academic
programs: undergraduate program (regular, parallel, and inter- Universitas Indonesia
national), Master’s program (regular course and gas manage-
Kampus UI Depok 16424, Indonesia
ment course at Salemba campus), and doctoral program. The
department has been adhering to competency-based princi- Telp: +62-21-7863516
ples, starting from the application of 2000 curriculum to the
Fax: +62-21-7863515
recently updated 2020 curriculum. The current standards of
graduate competencies are based on those recommended by Email: dtk@che.ui.ac.id
ABET and the Bologna Process and on feedbacks from gradu-
http://www.che.ui.ac.id
ates and industry representatives, aiming at producing grad-
uates who are well-educated and able to contribute effectively Vision
to their communities wherever they choose to live and work. Becoming a superior and competitive Chemical Engineering 39
Study Program, through efforts to educate the nation’s life to Head of Services Laboratory
improve people’s welfare, thus contributing to the develop-
ment of Indonesian and world society.
Board of Professors
Mission
1. Prof. Dr. Ir. Widodo W. Purwanto, DEA,
• Providing broad and fair access, as well as quality widodo@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, ITS; DEA and Dr, ENSIGC-INP
education and teaching in Chemical Engineering; Toulouse, France): Sustainable energy.
• Organizing quality Tridharma activities that are 2. Prof. Dr. Ir. Mohammad Nasikin, M.Eng,
relevant to national and global challenges; mnasikin@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, ITS; M.Eng, Tokyo Institute of
Technology, Japan; Dr, UI): Catalysisi and Heterogenous
• Creating graduates of Chemical Engineering who are
catalyst
of high quality, noble character, and able to compete
globally; 3. Prof. Ir. Sutrasno Kartohardjono, M.Sc, PhD,
sutrasno@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MSc, UTM, Malaysia; PhD,
• Creating an academic climate that can support the
University of New South Wales, Australia): Gas absorp-
realization of the vision of Department of Chemical
tion and desorption in hollow fiber membrane contrac-
Engineering
tor, utilization of hollow fiber membrane for efficient
biomass production.
Chemical Engineering Staffs 4. Prof. Dr. Ir. Anondho Wijanarko, M.Eng,
anondho@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; M.Eng, Tokyo Institute of
Dr. Ir. Asep Handaya Saputra, M.Eng Technology, Japan; Dr, UI): Bioprocess engineering.
Head of Department 5. Prof. Dr. Ir. Setijo Bismo, DEA,
bismo@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, ITB; DEA and Dr, ENSIGC
Dr. Bambang Heru Susanto, ST, MT
Toulouse, France): Ozone and plasma technology.
Vice Head of Department
6. Prof. Dr. Ir. Slamet, MT,
Dr. Ir. Asep Handaya Saputra, M.Eng slamet@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, UGM; MT, UI; Dr, UI): Photoca-
talysis.
Head of Chemical Engineering Study program
7. Prof. Ir. Dr.-Ing. Misri Gozan, M.Tech,
Dr. Dianursanti, ST, MT mgozan@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; M.Tech, Massey University,
Head of Bioprocess Engineering Study program New Zealand; Dr.-Ing, TU Dresden, Germany): Environ-
mental bioprocess engineering, waste to energy.
Dr. Ir. Yuliusman, M.Eng
8. Prof. Dr. Ir. Heri Hermansyah, M.Eng,
Coordinator of Special Subjects (Internship, Undergraduate heri@che.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; M.Eng and Dr, Tohoku Univer-
Thesis, Master Thesis) sity, Japan): Reaction process engineering, bioprocess
and biocatalysis.
Dr. Muhammad Ibadurrahman, ST, MT, MSc.Eng
9. Prof. Ir. Mahmud Sudibandriyo, M.Sc., Ph.D,
Head of Academic Venture (UPPM) msudib@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, ITB; M.Sc and PhD, Oklahoma
State University, USA): Thermodynamics adsorption &
coalbed methane.
Head Of Laboratory
10. Prof. Dr. Ir. Nelson Saksono, MT,
Dr. Ir. Setiadi, M.Eng nelson@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MT, UI; Dr, UI): Elelctrolysis
Plasma Technology
Head of Chemical and Natural Product Design Laboratory
11. Prof. Dr. Ir. Asep Handaya Saputra, M.Eng.
Dr. Eva Fathul Karamah, ST, MT sasep@che.ui.ac.id(Ir, UI; M.Eng and Dr, Tokyo Institute
Head of Chemical Process Intensification Laboratory of Technology, Jepang): Composite material, natural gas
transportation.
Dr. Ir. Prawati PDK Wulan, MT
12. Prof. Kamarza Mulia, MSc. PhD.
Head of Sustainable Energy Laboratory kmulia@che.ui.ac.id(Drs, ITB; M.Sc, Colorado School
of Mines, AS; PhD, Colorado School of Mines, AS):
Dr. Tania Surya Utami, ST, MT Controlled release of drug and bioactive compounds,
Head of Bioprocess Engineering Laboratory fluid phase equilibria, teaching-learning methods.
Ir. Rita Arbianti, M.Si

Head of Basic Chemical Process Laboratory Full-Time Faculty Member
Dr.rer.nat. Ir. Yuswan Muharam, MT 1. Abdul Wahid,

wahid@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MT, UI, Ph.D., UTM): Process
Head of Chemical Process System Laboratory Modeling, Simulation, and Control; System Dynamics
Dr. Ir. Sukirno, M.Eng 2. Andy Noorsaman S.,
Head of Basic Process and Operation Laboratory : ansommeng@che.ui.ac.id(Ir, UI; DEA UTC, Prancis; Dr,
Ecole Centrale de Paris): Process system engineering.
Dr. Kenny Lischer, ST. MT 3. Apriliana Cahya Khayrani,
40
apriliana@che.ui.ac.id (S.T.P., IPB, M. Eng., Okayama nana@che.ui.ac.id(ST, UI; MT, UI; Dr, UI): Bioproses.
University, Japan, Ph.D., Okayama University, Japan):
21. Yuliusman,
Drug Delivery System
usman@che.ui.ac.id(Ir, UI; M.Eng, UTM, Malaysia):
4. Bambang Heru Susanto, Liquid-liquid extraction, gas and polluttan adsorption,
bambanghs@che.ui.ac.id(ST, UI; MT, UI; Dr, UI):Heterog- and purification of smoke.
enous catalysis, biofuel, process computation.
22. Yuswan Muharam,
5. Cindy Dianita, muharam@che.ui.ac.id(Ir, UI; MT, UI; Dr.rer.nat, Univer-
cindydianita@che.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; M.Eng, Ufa State sity of Heidelberg, Germany): Modeling and simulation
Petroleum Technological University): Komputasi proses of chemical process.
dan Pipeline.
Part-Time Faculty
6. Dewi Tristantini Budi,
1. Elsa Krisanti,
detris@che.ui.ac.id(Ir, UGM; MT, ITB; PhD, Chalmers
elsakm@che.ui.ac.id(Dra, ITB; MSc; PhD, Colorado School
University, Swedia): Process catalysis.
of Mines): Applied chemistry, biomass conversion,
7. Dianursanti, teaching-learning methods.
danti@che.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MT, UI; Dr, UI): Biomass
2. Andre Fahriz Perdana Harahap,
production and CO2 fixation of microalgae.
(ST, UI; MT, UI): Bioproses
8. Dijan Supramono,
dsupramo@che.ui.ac.id(Ir, ITB; M.Sc, UMIST, Inggris):-
Fluid mechanics in combustion.
9. Eva Fathul Karamah,
eva@che.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MT, UI; Dr, UI): Wastewater
treatment by advanced oxidation processes.
10. Eny Kusrini,
ekusrini@che.ui.ac.id(S.Si, UGM; Dr, USM): Lanthanide,
nanocomposites, catalyst.
11. Kenny Lischer,
kenny.lischer@che.ui.ac.id (ST, UI, MT, UI, Dr, Nara
Institute of Science and Technology, Japan): Thermophilic
Bacteria.
12. Muhammad Ibadurrohman,
ibad@che.ui.ac.id(ST, UI; MT, UI; MScEng, NTUST,
Taiwan; Dr, Imperial College London, UK)): Hydrogen
production via photocatalysis.
13. Muhamad Sahlan,
sahlan@che.ui.ac.id(S.Si, ITB; M.Eng dan Dr, TUAT,
Jepang): Protein Engineering, protein vehicles for
nutraceuticals, and biocatalysis.
14. Praswasti PDK Wulan,
wulan@che.ui.ac.id(Ir, UI; MT, UI; Dr, UI): Sustainable
energy.
15. Retno Wahyu Nurhayati, STP, M.Eng, PhD.Eng,
retno.wahyu01@ui.ac.id (STP, IPB; MEng, Osaka Univer-
sity Jepang ; PhD.Eng, Osaka University Jepang): Stem
cells Tissue engineering Bioprocess engineering
16. Riezqa Andhika,
riezqa@che.ui.ac.id (ST, UI, PhD, Yeungnam University,
South Korea): Chemical process simulation.
17. Rita Arbianti,
arbianti@che.ui.ac.id(Ir, UI; M.Si, UI): Natural product.
18. Setiadi,
setiadi@che.ui.ac.id(Ir, ITS; M.Eng, Tokyo Institute of
Technology, Jepang; Dr, UI): Reaction engineering, cata-
lyst and catalysis for renewable, hydrocarbon chemicals/
petrochemicals.
19. Sukirno,
sukirnos@che.ui.ac.id(Ir, ITB; M.Eng, Tokyo Institute
of Technology, Jepang); Dr, UI): Tribology, lubricant,
biolubricant.
20. Tania Surya Utami,
41
Department of Industrial Engineering Head of Management Information System and Decision

Support Laboratory
General Dr. Akhmad Hidayatno, ST, MBT
Industrial Engineering Education in Universitas Head of System Engineering Modeling and Simulation
Indonesia offers unique blends of skills and knowl- Laboratory
edge in designing, improving, and installing complex
Dr.-Ing. Amalia Suzianti, ST, MSc.
integrated systems of people, materials, information,
Head of Product Development and Innovation Laboratory
equipment and energy to deliver value to its users.
Board Of Professors
Our graduates are developed to have a strong prob-
lem-finding and problem-solving capabilities using quan- 1. Prof. Dr. Ir. Teuku Yuri M. Zagloel, MengSc,
titative techniques, process-based systems thinking and yuri@ie.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MEngSc., University of New
design-oriented approaches. With an integration of engi- South Wales, Australia ; Dr, UI), Introduction to Indus-
neering and management science principles, our gradu- trial Engineering, Total Quality Management, Lean
ates are welcome almost in any industrial sectors. You will Operations, Sustainable Manufacturing and Innovation,
find our graduates in the service sectors such as banking, Manufacturing Facilities Planning and Analysis, Manu-
government, health sector, consulting, quality manage- facturing System.
ment, technology services and others. In the manufacturing
2. Prof. Ir. Isti Surjandari P., MT., Ph.D,
sector, our graduates have roles in operations/productions,
isti@ie.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MT, ITB; MA, Ohio State Univer-
human resources, maintenance, logistics and distributions.
sity, USA; Ph.D, Ohio State University, USA) Introduction
Our research focuses on the problems faced by our urban to Economics, Industrial Statistics, Multivariate Analysis,
communities, due to the facts that UI’s location is in the Data Mining, Decisions, Uncertainties and Risks, Service
first urban city of Indonesia, our capital city of Jakarta. We Engineering, Advanced Statistics.
want to make sure that we can continuously contribute in
3. Prof. Dr. Ir. Djoko S. Gabriel, MT.,
developing a sustainable city that are balanced in economic
dsihono@ie.ui.ac.id (Ir, ITB; MT, ITB; Dr, UI) Plant
growth, social inclusiveness and environmentally conscious.
Layout Design, Industrial Feasibility Analysis, Supply
Corresponding Address Chain Management, Technology Management.
Department of Industrial Engineering 4. Prof. Dr. Ir. M. Dachyar, M.Sc.,
mdachyar@yahoo.com, mdachyar@ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MSc,
VU Brussel, Belgium; Dr, IPB) Information System,
Kampus UI Depok 16424, Indonesia Industrial Project Management, Customer Relationship
Management, Innovation Management, Decisions,
Telp: +62-21-78888805 Uncertainties and Risks, Service Engineering, Opera-
Fax: +62-21-78885656 tions Management.
Email: sekretariat@ie.ui.ac.id 5. Prof. Dr. Ir. Rahmat Nurcahyo, M.Eng.Sc.,

rahmat@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MEngSc. Univ of New South
http://www.ie.ui.ac.id Wales, Australia; Dr, UI) Production Planning and Inven-
Vision tory Control, Total Quality Management, Maintenance
System, Industrial Feasibility Analysis, Competitive
“To be at the forefront of Industrial and Systems Engi- Analysis, Human Capital Management.
neering education in Indonesia through excellent and
sustainable value-adding research and innovations” 6. Prof. Dr. Akhmad Hidayatno, ST., MBT.,
akhmad@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MBT, UNSW, Australia,
Mission Dr, UI) System Modelling, Quality System, Industrial
Providing an excellent industrial engineering Simulation, System Engineering, Technology Manage-
education, supported with internationally recognised ment, System Dynamics, Interpersonal Skills, Advance
competitive research, and community engagement Modelling, System Thinking.
activities that are adaptive, beneficial and profes-
sional to support Indonesia’s sustainable development. Full-Time Faculty
Management 1. Amalia Suzianti,
suzianti@ie.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MSc., BTU Cottbus,
Dr. -Ing. Amalia Suzianti S.T., M.Sc.
Germany; Dr.-Ing., TU-Berlin, Germany – University of
Head of Department
Luxembourg) Product Design, Industrial Engineering
Dr. Komarudin, ST., M.Eng Design, Industrial Technology Management, Product
Vice Head of Department Lifecycle Management, Sustainable Manufacturing and
Innovation, Knowledge Management, Industrial System
Head of Laboratory
Design, Technology Entrepreneurship.
Prof. Dr. Ir. T. Yuri M. Zagloel, MEngSc
2. Andri Dwi Setiawan,
Head of Manufacturing System Laboratory
a.d.setiawan@ui.ac.id (ST, ITB; MSc, TU Delft, The
Prof. Ir. Isti Surjandari P., MT, MA, PhD Netherlands; Dr., TU Eindhoven, The Netherlands)
Head of Statistics and Quality Engineering Laboratory Decision under Uncertainty and Risk, Energy Manage-
ment, Renewable and Sustainable Energy Systems,
Dr. Maya Arlini Puspasari, S.T., M.T., M.B.A.
Systems Engineering, Support and Logistics for Systems
Head of Human Factors Laboratory
Engineering, Technology Policy Modelling with System
Dr. Ir. M. Dachyar, MSc Dynamics.
42
3. Andri Mubarak, 15. Maya Arlini,

andrimubarak@ui.ac.id (ST, UI; M.Sc ,TU Berlin, maya@ie.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MT, UI; MBA, NTUST, Taiwan;
Germany) Sustainable manufacturing and Innovation, Dr, ITB) Methods, Standards and Work Design, Macro
Innovation management, Design Thinking, Facilities Ergonomics, Human Factors in Industrial Design, Safety
Layout Design. Engineering and Management.
4. Armand Omar Moeis, 16. Romadhani Ardi,
armand.omar@ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MSc, TU Delft, The Neth- romadhani.ardi@ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MT, UI; Dr, UDE,
erlands; Dr., UI) System Modelling, System Engineering, Germany) Production System, Production Planning and
Industrial Simulation, System Dynamics, Advanced Inventory Control, Quality System, Advanced Model-
Modelling, System Thinking. ling..
5. Arian Dhini, 17. Zulkarnain,
arian@ie.ui.ac.id (ST, ITB; MT, UI; Dr, UI) Statistics zulkarnain@ie.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MT, UI; Dr, Oulu Univ,
and Probability, Industrial Statistics, Cost Accounting, Finland) Operations Research, Supply Chain Manage-
Multivariate Analysis, Advanced Statistics. ment, Data Mining, Service Engineering, Advanced
Statistics.
6. Arry Rahmawan,
arryrahmawan@ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MT, UI) System Model- Part-Time Faculty
ling, System Engineering, Industrial Simulation, System
1. Amar Rachman,
Dynamics, Serious Simulation Gaming
amar@ie.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MEIM, KULeuven, Belgium)
7. Billy M. Iqbal, Linear Programming, Operations Research, Advanced
billy@eng.ui.ac.id (SDs, ITB; MT, UI) Cognitive Ergonom- Operations Research, Introduction to Mechanics and
ics, Human Factors in Industrial Design, Product Design Electronics in Factory.
Human Digital Modelling and Simulation
2. Annisa Marlin Masbar Rus,
8. Dendi P. Ishak, annisamarlin@ui.ac.id (ST, UI; M.Sc., University of
dendi@ie.ui.ac.id (BSIE ; MSIE, Wayne State Univer- Warwick) Data Mining, Healthcare Systems, Statistics
sity, USA; Dr, Universiti Teknologi Mara, Malaysia) and Probability, Industrial Statistics.
Introduction to Industrial Engineering, Maintenance
3. Boy Nurtjahyo Moch,
System, Customer Relationship Management, Compet-
boymoch@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; Wayne State University,
itive Analysis, Information System, Industrial Project
USA) Methods, Standards and Work Design, Macro
Management, Safety Engineering and Management.
Ergonomics, Cognitive Ergonomics, Human Digital
9. Erlinda Muslim, Modelling and Simulation, Human Factors in Industrial
erlinda@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, ITB; MEE, UTM Malaysia) Design, Safety Engineering and Management.
Cost Accounting, Product Design, Industrial Feasibility
4. Ekky Tammarar,
Analysis, Competitive Analysis, Industrial Psychology
ekky.tamarar@ui.ac.id (ST, UI; M.Sc. TU Denmark)
and Organization, Industrial Strategic Design, Human
Innovation Management, Technology Management,
Capital Management, Technology Policy, Industrial
Operations Research, Supply Chain Management.
Policy, Industrial System Design.
5. Enrico Laoh,
10. Fauzia Dianawati,
enricolaoh@ui.ac.id, (ST, UI; MT, UI) Statistics and
fauzia@ie.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MSi, UI) Industrial Psychology
Probability, Design of Experiment, Decision Uncertainty
and Organization, , Industrial Project Management,
and Risk, Operations Research, Computational Methods
Industrial Strategic Design, Human Capital Manage-
in Industrial Engineering.
ment.
6. Gusti Ayu Dewi Puspa Kartikasari,
11. Farizal,
gustiayu.dewi@ui.ac.id (ST, President University; MT,
farizal@ie.ui.ac.id (SMIA, UI; MSc, Oklahoma State
UI) Operations Research, Data Analytics, Mathematical
University, USA ; PhD. University of Toledo, USA) Engi-
Optimization.
neering Economics, Linear Programming, Finance and
Investments, Operations Research, Advanced Operations 7. Yadrifil,
Research, Advanced Optimization yadrifil@yahoo.com (Ir, UI; MA, Oregon State University,
USA) Production System, Production Planning and
12. Inaki M. Hakim,
Inventory Control, Lean Operations, Manufacturing
inakimhakim@ie.ui.ac.id (ST, Universitas Sebelas Maret
Facilities Planning and Analysis, Manufacturing System,
Surakarta ; MT, ITB) Production Process, Industrial
Industrial Strategic Design, Operations Management.
Psychology and Organization, Sustainable Manufac-
turing and Innovation, Reconfigurable Manufacturing 8. Sri Bintang Pamungkas,
System sri-bintang@ie.ui.ac.id (Ir., ITB; MSc., University of South-
ern California, USA; Ph.D., Iowa state University, USA)
13. Irvanu Rahman,
Introduction to Economics, Finance and Investmens,
irvanurahman@ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MT, UI; MPA, UCL,
Introduction to Mechanics and Electronics in Factory,
United Kingdom) System Analysis, Sustainability,
Supply Chain Management, Industrial Policy.
Technology Policy Analysis.
9. Teuku Naraski Zahari,
14. Komarudin,
naraski@ui.ac.id (ST, ITB; MT, UI), Decisions, Uncer-
komarudin74@ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MEng. UTM, Malay-
tainties and Risks, Operations Research, Engineering
sia; Dr, Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium) System
Drawing.
Modelling, Advanced Operations Research, Advanced
Optimization, Game Theory, Liniear and Stochastic
Programming, Queuing Theory, Data Science 43
44
Academic System and Regulation
Academic System and or faculties.

Grade Point Average
Regulation Grade Point Average or GPA is used to evaluate students’
The educational system in the Faculty of Engineering, Univer- performance either for a particular semester in terms of
sitas Indonesia, refers to the prevailing system of education at Indeks Prestasi Semester (IPS) or Semester Performance Index,
Universitas Indonesia. or, cumulatively for all of the semester up to the most recent
one in terms of Indeks Prestasi Kumulatif (IPK) or CGPA. The
General formula used to calculate either IPS or IPK is as follows:
Teaching and Learning Activities

One semester is the activity time consisting of 16-18 weeks
of lectures or other scheduled activities, including various
additional activities such as 2-3 week assessment. These
teaching and learning activities are in the form of classes, lab,
studio, exams, quizzes, assignments, presentations, seminars,
research, practical work, industrial visits, and a thesis.
Semester Credits Units (SKS) The calculation is made by multiplying the number of credits
Education in FTUI is provided in a variety of ways, includ- and the letter grade for each course, divided by the number
ing lectures, assignments (e.g., calculation tasks, planning, of credits.
designs), practical work, seminars, lab, studio, and research for Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA)
thesis writing. All educational activities that must be under-
taken by a student to earn a bachelor’s degree are contained Grade Point Average (GPA/IPK)
within the academic loads and measured in semester credit If the calculation involves the grade point values of all subjects
units (SKS). taken during the educational program period, the result is
• Semester Credit is the measurement of the learning called the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA), which
experience obtained by students in each semester. is used as a basis for study evaluation. Courses taken into
account are the ones listed in the Study Plan Form (FRS).
• One Semester Credit in lecture, responses, and tutorials CGPA is obtained from the summation of all subjects having
includes face-to-face study time for 50 (fifty) minutes a grade of ‘C’ or higher, from the first semester until the last
per week per semester; structured learning activities semester, with the exception of subjects with a letter grade of
with structured assignments for 60 (sixty) minutes per ‘BS’, ‘I’, or ‘TK’.
week per semester; and independent study session for
60 (sixty) minutes per week per semester. Academic Performance Evaluation
• One Semester Credit of seminar or other similar subjects Assessment of academic ability is performed on an ongoing
includes face-to-face study time for 100 (one hundred) basis by CLO (Course Learning Outcomes). There is at least
minutes per week per semester, independent study one CLO derived from the Expected Learning Outcome (ELO)
session of 70 (seventy) minutes per week per semester. for each subject. Each CLO might be derived into several
sub-CLO where each sub-CLO consists of several lecture
• One Semester Credit in practical training, studio, materials and types of learning evaluations. A student will be
workshop, on the field training, research and commu- assessed on their academic ability if they meet the following
nity services, and/or other similar subjects for 170 (one requirements:
hundred and seventy) minutes per week per semester.
• The courses taken have been registered and verified
• One Semester Credit of online learning is 170 (one by Academic Advisor during the academic registration
hundred seventy) minutes per week per semester. period.
• One semester is an effective learning process for at least • The student has fulfilled all of the administrative and
16 weeks of lectures or other scheduled activities and academic requirements for the ongoing semester.
additional activities. Also included in the schedule is
one week of midterm examination and another one or • The student has completed all of the required academic
two weeks of final examination. assignments.
• To earn a bachelor’s degree, a student must complete Grades

all educational activities with a total academic load of At the end of every semester, students can download Semes-
144 credits spread into 8 (eight) semesters. Undergrad- ter Grade Record as a report of their academic performance
uate students with an average study load of about 18-20 from SIAK NG (https://academic.ui.ac.id/). Assessment of
credits per semester are expected to undergo a week of a study efficacy is carried out using letters and grade points
minimum of 18-20 hours of scheduled interactions with according to Table 2.1.
a lecturer, 18-20 hours of structured activities, and 18-20
hours of independent learning activities. The highest grade is ‘A’ with a grade point of 4.00, and the
minimum passing grade of a course is ‘C’ with a grade point
Subjects of 2.00. A lecturer may assign an ‘Incomplete’ (I) grade if a
Subjects in the FTUI’s undergraduate curriculum are grouped student has not made a reasonable attempt to complete major
into University General Subjects (6,25%), Basic Engineering session assignments or laboratory projects. The lecturer
Subjects (15-20%), Basic Skills Subjects (30-35%), Core Subjects should make a reasonable effort to inform the student as early
(35-40%). Subjects are categorized as either compulsory as possible that an essential part of the session work is incom-
subjects and electives. They can be taken across departments plete. The ‘I’ mark should be changed to another
45
Table 2.1. Grade Value and Point

Master Program
The academic load in the FTUI’s Master Program curricu-
lum is set at 40-44 credits after finishing the Undergraduate
Program. The length of study is scheduled for 4 (four) semes-
ters and can be completed in minimum 2 (two) semesters and
a maximum of 6 (six) semesters; exclude short semester.
The student’s academic load is proposed by the students for
the Academic Counselor (PA) approval based on their last
semester SGPA as stated in the Semester Grade List (DNS).
Provisions on the academic load are as follows:
• AA semester’s academic load is registered by a student
as they carry out online registration according to the
predetermined schedule. Students are required to take
all subjects as allocated in the first-semester curriculum.
grade within one month; otherwise, it will automatically
change to ‘E’ grade. The ‘T’ mark is given for no attendance • For students with SGPA less than 2.50, a provision
in the exam. The ‘BS’ mark is given for special lecture (such stating that the number of credits taken for the following
as internship, seminar, and final project) that has not been semester does not exceed nine credits is applicable.
completed. These ‘BS’ courses are not taken into account in • The maximum number of credits that can be taken on
the calculation of Semester Study Unit, SGPA, and CGPA. the Master Program is 18 (eighteen) credits (for Regular
Length of Study and Academic Load Master Program) per semester.
Undergraduate Program • Any Exemption from the provisions of academic load

should be with the permission of the Vice Dean.
The academic load students can take proposed by the students
for the approval of the Academic Counselor based on their Matriculation for Master
previous Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) as stated in The Matriculation Program is aimed at synchronizing the
the Study Plan (FRS). Students must take the entire allocated students’ ability to achieve the minimum requirements for
credits and courses during their first semesters. The mini- continuing education in the Master Program of FTUI. The
mum academic load for the Undergraduate Program is 144 program is compulsory for students coming from a four-year
(one hundred and forty-four) credits, while the maximum diploma program (D4) or graduates from a non-linear under-
academic load is 160 (one hundred and sixty) credits, including graduate study program.
the final project. The entire academic load can be completed
in a minimum of 7 (seven) semesters and maximum of 12 Matriculation is achieved by taking classes of subjects
(twelve) semesters. required by each Faculty/Study Program within the Under-
graduate Program curriculum. The maximum allowed credit
As for the second semester, these following rules apply: load for this Matriculation Program is 12 (twelve) credits,
• Students can take all credits load allocated for the second which can be completed in 2 (two) semesters (6 credits in the
semester according to the structure of the applicable first semester and 6 credits in the second semester). Students
curriculum. are allowed to continue their study in the Master Program
only if they pass all matriculation subjects in a maximum 2
• Students can take more credits from the credit load allo- (two) semesters with a matriculation GPA of 3.00 (three points
cated for the second semester if the SGPA obtain in the zero).
1st semester is in accordance with the provision of the
maximum credit load amounts shall follow the provision Fast Track (Master – Doctoral Program)
in the Maximum Credit Load Table. Fast Track (Master – Doctoral Program) is an educational
From the third semester onward, the maximum credit load program organized to accelerate students who have excel-
allowed to be taken is determined by the SGPA of the previ- lent academic ability to complete their studies in the Master
ous Semester (not including the short semester). It follows the Program and Doctoral Program in the same field of science
provision of Maximum Credit Load as shown in Table 2.2 within a maximum of 10 (ten) semesters.
with respect to course prerequisites (if any). If necessary, the To take part in the Master-Doctoral Fast-Track Program,
Academic Advisor (PA) can add a maximum of 2 extra credits students must fulfill the following requirement:
upon the approval of the Vice Dean.
a. have obtained 18 (eighteen) credits with a minimum GPA
Table 2.2. Maximum study load in a semester of 3.50 (three point five zero) at the end of the second
for undergraduate program semester.
b. The study period for the Master-Doctoral Fast-Track
Program is a maximum of 10 (ten) semesters.
c. Study Load on the curriculum of the Master-Doctoral
Fast-Track Program, as follows:
1. For the Master program, that is according to the total
credits in the master study program including 12 - 16
(twelve to sixteen) the credits include elective courses
taken from the compulsory doctoral program;
2. For the Doctoral program, a minimum of 50 (fifty) credits,
46
including 12 - 16 (twelve to sixteen) credits, are courses Bahasa Indonesia with English abstract. For Master Program
that are recognized through credit transfers. students who are given the opportunity to conduct research
and thesis preparation abroad, they are allowed to write the
Students who cannot complete their education within 10 (ten)
thesis in English with a Bahasa Indonesia abstract while still
semesters only get a Master’s Degree.
following the appropriate format stated in the Final Project
Doctoral Program Writing Guidelines of Universitas Indonesia. Exemption from
this rule applies only to Study Programs in collaboration with
The academic load in the FTUI’s Doctoral Program curricu-
universities abroad, as stated in the cooperation charter.
lum is set at 50 credits after finishing the Master Program. The
students register a semester’s academic load through online Requirements for a student to start writing a Thesis are:
academic registration during the predetermined schedule.
• The student’s thesis has been registered in the Study
New students are required to take all subjects as allocated in
Plan Form Form (FRS) every semester.
the curriculum for the first and second semesters. Students
must retake any research courses with a ‘BS’ grade from • The Head of Study Program has designated a lecturer to
previous semesters. The students propose students’ academic be the student’s Thesis Supervisor.
load for each semester for the approval of the Academic Coun-
Students are responsible for all thesis research costs. Students
selor (PA) or the Doctorate Promoter.
can actively meet with any of their lecturers as potential
The length of study is scheduled for 6 (six) semesters and can supervisors to request a thesis topic. In addition, in the middle
be completed in a minimum of 4 (four) semesters and a maxi- of the second semester, the Head of Study Program can start
mum of 10 (ten) semesters. Students in the Doctoral Program announcing thesis topics from which the students of the
may be granted an extension of maximum 2 (two) semesters Master Program can choose to prepare their thesis proposal
if they have never received an extension before, have achieved in the form of a seminar. The Head of Study Program will also
a minimum grade of ‘B’ for research result examination, and announce a list of Thesis Supervisors assigned to guide the
have obtained a recommendation from their Promoter and students in writing and finish the approved topic. The thesis
a guarantee that they will complete their study within the examination committee consists of a committee chair and a
granted extension period. The proposal for such extension is minimum of 3 or a maximum of 5 examiners, including the
regulated in a Rector’s Decree based on the proposal of the Thesis Supervisor. Responsible for the implementation of the
Dean. thesis writing is the Thesis Coordinator in each Department.
Thesis counseling should be provided by a maximum of
Undergraduate Final Project (Skripsi)
two people, the main Supervisor and the second Supervisor.
Undergraduate Final Project (Skripsi) is a compulsory course The main Supervisor should be the permanent university
for undergraduate students of FTUI taken to complete their lecture holding a Ph.D degree. The second Supervisor is the
study and earn a degree in engineering. The course is the university permanent lecture or temporary lecturer or expert
application of science that has been obtained student has from national or international institutions holding a Ph.D. or
studied, in the form of a scientific paper, engineering design, Master’s Degree with professional certifications and qualifi-
assembly or models and accessories. It is equivalent to other cations equal to level nine (9) of the Indonesian Qualifications
skills courses and tailored to the scope of each Study Program. Framework (KKNI).
The following requirements, both academic and administra-
A thesis can be submitted for a thesis examination when it
tive, must be met before students are allowed to start writing
has met the following academic requirements:
their undergraduate thesis:
• The thesis has been registered in Study Plan Form Form
• The Undergraduate final project has been registered in
[FRS] in the said semester
the Study Plan Form Form [FRS]
• The thesis has been declared eligible for examination by
• Students have obtained a minimum of 114 credits with a
the Thesis Advisor
minimum of grade of C and have passed all mandatory
courses both in the faculty and university level. • The thesis that has been declared eligible for examina-
tion must be submitted to the Department to be listed
• Students have fulfilled all prerequisites set by the Study
in the examination schedule determined by the Head of
Program.
the Study Program.
Undergraduate Final Project can be taken in both odd and
• Uploading of Summary of Undergraduate Thesis/
even semesters in the running academic year. On SIAK NG,
Thesis/Dissertation
students must fill out the name of their Skripsi Supervisor
and the title of their Skripsi to be verified by the Vice Head of Dissertation
Department. At the end of the semester, the supervisor will
Dissertation preparation is carried out under the guidance
announce the Skripsi grade on SIAK NG and change the title
and evaluation of a Promoter with the following qualifica-
of the thesis (if necessary). The completed undergraduate final
tions: a full-time university lecturer; a Professor or Doctor
project must be submitted in the form of a hardcover book,
with an academic title of Associate Professor; have expertise
and students must upload their final revision in a pdf file to
relevant to the dissertation topic, and within the last 5 (five)
UI-ana (lib.ui.ac. id/unggah). The undergraduate’s final proj-
years have written at least 1 (one) scientific paper published
ect must be assessed in an undergraduate thesis examination
in an accredited national journal or a reputable international
by the Supervisor and examiners assigned by the Head of
journal or 1 (one) other similar scientific work acknowledged
Department.
by a team of experts appointed by the Academic Senate of
Thesis (Master Program) Universitas Indonesia. The Promoter may be assisted by a
maximum of 2 (two) Co-promoters from within the Univer-
The thesis is a report of research findings in the form of scien-
sity, partner universities, or other institutions in cooperation
tific writing. The thesis topic should be a summary of the
with the Promoter Team. The Co-promoter must have the
subject matter that can be scientifically studied on the basis of
following qualifications: a full-time or a part-time lecturer or
theory using a certain method. The thesis should be written in
an expert from another institution; hold a minimum title of 47
Doctor/Ph.D with an academic title of at least Senior Lecturer, previously taken can be transferred; (iii) The recommendation
and have expertise relevant to the dissertation topic. will be sent to the Dean of FTUI; (iv) The Dean of FTUI will
issue a Credit Transfer Decree; and (v) The Faculty’s Center
Internship for Undergraduate Student
of Administration will assign a ‘TK’ mark to all the relevant
The internship is an out-of-campus activity that encourages courses in the student’s SIAK NG account.
students to apply their scientific knowledge in a real work situ-
Credit Transfer for Parallel Class Students of
ation. The requirements for internship are set by each Depart-
Diploma Graduates
ment, and it accounts for part of the total 144 SKS. Students
must find the place to carry out their internship themselves, As of 2011, all Extension Programs in FTUI are merged into
and Departments will help by issuing a formal letter request- Parallel Classes in the Undergraduate Program. For diploma
ing the on-the-job training position. For the Double Degree graduates registered as students in these Parallel Classes,
Undergraduate Program, students are required to complete credits obtained from the previous diploma program will be
internships when they are in partner universities (except in transferred in blocks of credits equivalent to the number of
UDE, Germany). For example, in Australia, the internship is the first and second semester credits in their study program.
one of the requirements set by the Institution of Engineers Students begin their study in the third semester by taking a
Australia (IEAust) to obtain an accredited B.E. (Bachelor of full academic load according to the package provided for the
Engineering) Degree. The internship is a good opportunity third semester. Afterward, they can take credits according to
for students to apply their skills and build networks in the their SGPA in the following semester.
industry. It is strongly suggested that students do their intern-
Study Abroad
ships in partner universities. However, if they cannot do so,
they are allowed to have their internship in Indonesia with There are many opportunities available for undergraduate
prior permission from the partner universities. students, both from Regular and Parallel programs to partici-
pate in Student Exchange programs abroad, such as in Japan,
Supplementary Exam
Korea, Taiwan, Singapore, and many other countries. Student
Students are allowed to take a supplementary examination exchange programs generally last for 1-2 semesters and are
for midterm and final examinations on the following condi- supported with a full scholarship. Information on Student
tions: sick, grievance, or representing Universitas Indonesia Exchange program can be obtained from the Universitas Indo-
in a competition. Students with a sickness excuse are obliged nesia’s International Office, PAU Building 1st floor. Courses
to submit an application for supplementary exam signed by taken during the study exchange program are transferrable
their parents/guardian and a medical certificate from a doctor when they return to Universitas Indonesia. Thus, students are
or hospital that treats them; students with grievance or death still able to graduate on time.
in the family (death of the father, mother, older or younger
In addition, Undergraduate students can participate in
siblings) are obliged to submit an application for supplemen-
Double Degree 2+2 International Undergraduate program
tary exam signed by their parents/guardian; students repre-
with FTUI’s partner universities. Students participating in
senting Universitas Indonesia in the competition are obliged
this program will spend the last two years studying at the
to submit a Letter of Assignment/Letter of Reference stating
partner university abroad, and he will earn two degrees once
the competition in which they represent UI. The supplemen-
he graduates. However, this Double Degree program offers no
tary exam can only be taken with written consent from the
scholarships. Thus, participating students should ensure their
Vice Dean for Academic, Research, and Student Affairs of
availability of funds. Students participating in classes outside
Faculty of Engineering Universitas Indonesia.
of the university (in the form of Student Exchange, Inter-
Credit Transfer national Undergraduate Dual Degree Program, Sandwich
Program, Joint Degree Program, or other university acknowl-
Credit transfer is a recognition process of the number of cred-
edge program) for at least one semester will be given an “over-
its a student may obtain from a university after an evaluation
seas” or study outside of the university status. Before leaving
process by a Credit Transfer Team in each Faculty/ Depart-
to continue their study overseas, students must ensure that
ment in the University. Students who have registered and
their status in SIAK NG has been change to “overseas”, and
studied at an undergraduate study program or other equiva-
they are obliged to make payment to Universitas Indonesia in
lent education programs, whether in Universitas Indonesia or
the amount stated in the applied Rector’s Decree of “overseas”
any other universities or through a student exchange or study
academic fee. Period of study abroad, either on the Student
abroad program, may apply for a credit transfer, provided
Exchange program and the Double Degree, is counted as part
that: (i) the transferred credits contain the same material as
of the whole study period. The result or grades obtained from
the courses listed in the curriculum for the Undergraduate
this program will not be calculated in determining their GPA
Program in FTUI, (ii) the academic record must date back not
and will be given a letter grade of TK in their transcript.
more than 5 years from the credit transfer application date,
(iii) if the academic record is obtained from a university other Fast Track (Undergraduate – Master Program)
than Universitas Indonesia, the university should have at least
FTUI students, Regular, Parallel, or International Under-
a ‘B’ accreditation from the National Accreditation Board for
graduate Program, with brilliant academic achievements can
Higher Education or other international accrediting agencies.
participate in the Fast Track program. In this program, FTUI’s
The maximum academic load that can be transferred in the
undergraduate students in semesters 7 & 8 are allowed to take
Undergraduate Program is 50% of the total academic load
several Master’s program courses. Courses that can be taken
that a student is required to complete in accordance with the
and other requirements are specified by the Study Program in
curriculum of the Study Program he/ she is currently study-
a way that the students can directly pursue a Master program
ing in. The courses transferred will be indicated with a ‘TK’
in FTUI and complete the program in 1 year. Thus, the total
mark in the academic transcript.
time needed to complete both undergraduate and master
The credit transfer procedures are as follows: (i) The student programs is 5 years or 10 (ten) semesters.
submits a letter requesting credit transfer to the Head of the
designated Department; (ii) The Head of Department will
48 form a team to recommend which courses the student has
The Academic load for the Fast Track Program curriculum is students who have an excellent academic performance to
as follow: complete their studies in the Undergraduate Program and
Doctoral program in the same study field at the maximum of
1. For the undergraduate program is 144 (one hundred
12 (twelve) semesters.
and forty four) credits, including 16-22 credits of elec-
tive subjects taken from the main competence subjects Merdeka Belajar Kampus Merdeka Program
of the Master Program.
Merdeka Belajar Kampus Merdeka Program is a policy of the
2. For the Master Program is 40-44 credits including Minister of Education and Culture, which aims to encourage
the 16-22 credits from subjects mentioned in point an students to master various sciences useful for entering the
above and are acknowledge through credit transfer. world of work. Merdeka Campus provides an opportunity
for students to choose freely several courses they will take.
If a student is unable to complete his/her Undergraduate
The implementation of Merdeka Belajar – Kampus Merdeka
Program in 8 (eight) semesters, then the student will be
Program in the curriculum starting on 2O2O/2021 Academic
deemed as unable to complete the Fast Track program, making
Year. The Merdeka Belajar – Kampus Merdeka Program is the
all the subjects of the Master Program he/she has taken will
right for all undergraduate study programs.
be considered as elective subjects in their completion of the
Undergraduate Program and cannot be acknowledged as part Fulfillment of time and study load for undergraduate students
of their credit towards continuing to the Master Program. or applied undergraduate programs can be implemented by:
Requirements and Procedure for Fast Track Registra- a. follow the entire learning process in the study program
tion to the period and study load; or
Undergraduate students who are interested in participating b. follow the study program’s learning process to fulfill part
in the Fast Track Program must fulfill the following require- of the time and learning load, and perform the rest learn-
ments: ing process outside the study program.
1. Have a minimum GPA of 3.50 with a total of 120 credits The student may apply for the following elective courses
(until 6th semester). scheme:
2. Have a minimum Institutional TOEFL/EPT score of 500 a. Fast-Tack program with a minimum of 24 (twenty-four)
(students may use the score from the EPT test they took and a maximum of 54 (fifty-four) credits of choice focused
as a new student in FTUI) on elective courses and postgraduate level courses at the
same field of science as the field of science at the bachelor
3. Have a high motivation for research
level.
Procedure for Fast Track Program:
b. Major-Minor Program with a minimum of 24 (twen-
1. Fast Track Program is open for all FTUI undergraduate ty-four) and a maximum of 54 (fifty-four) credits the
study programs which have the same specialization choice is focused on one different Study Program (across
with the Master programs (for undergraduate study Study Programs/cross faculties/cross clumps of knowl-
programs that have specialization). edge).
2. Students who are interested in participating in the Fast c. Double Major Program with a minimum of 24 (twen-
Track Program are required to fill out the Registration ty-four) and a maximum of 54 (fifty-four) credits the
Form. choice is focused on one different Study Program (across
Study Programs/cross faculties/cross disciplines) plus
3. The Fast Track Registration Forms will be evaluated by
the rest of the Mandatory courses in the second Study
a team headed by the Head of Department.
Program to fulfill the minimum Expected Learning
4. If the student’s application to participate in the Fast Outcome of the second study program.
Track scheme is approved, they are required to counsel
d. Independent study Choice with a maximum of 54 (fifty-
with his/her academic advisor for the finalization of
four) Optional credits are used for outside learning
his/her Undergraduate (S1) and Master (S2) Study Plan
activities study program as stated in the Policy Merdeka
Form. The student’s Study Plan Form for semester 7
Learning - Merdeka Campus.
and 8, especially for the undergraduate Elective Course
selection must be in accordance with the Compulsory e. The selection of the selected subject application scheme is
and Elective Courses in their respective Master study consulted with the Study Program.
program in line with their specialization.
The form of learning activities that can be carried out outside
5. Undergraduate thesis and thesis of the student are the Study program include:
expected to be of continuous research to maximize
a. Student Exchange
knowledge, experience and quality research result.
b. Internship/Work Practice
6. The funds for the Fast Track Program will be borne
entirely by the student. c. Teaching assistant in education unit
d. Research
Registration Form for the Fast Track Program for each e. Humanity project Proyek
running Academic Year may be submitted to each Depart-
f. Entrepreneurial activities
ment Secretariat on March each year at the latest.
g. Independent Study/Project
Fast Track (Undergraduate – Doctoral Program)
h. Building a Thematic Real Work Village/Lecture
Fast Track (Undergraduate – Doctoral Program) is an educa-
tional program organized by the University to accelerate The number of hours of learning activities is 45 Hours per
49
week for one credit. Implementation of activities must be May - June

accompanied by lecturers advisor. The conversion of activities
• Course period
to credits will be carried out by faculty evaluators and verifi-
June - August
ers, based on the number of hours and type/form of activities.
The evaluator is a lecturer in the study program from the • Mid-semester Examination
student or other Study Programs in the Faculty assigned to July
assist and monitor student activities. Verificators are officials
• End of Semester Examination
at the Faculty level who are responsible for Education and/
August
or Student Affairs in charge of perform verification, assign
weighting, and propose assessment of student performance Note:
in student activities.
*) Schedules are subject to change
Administrative and Academic Note:
Registration 1. Short Semester course period is held for 8 weeks,
including mid-semester and final semester examina-
Academic Calendar tions.
Administrative and academic schedules in FTUI are set in 2. 2 credit courses consist of two 2-hour contact per week,
accordance with the administrative and academic schedules 3 credit courses consist of three times 2-hour contact
in Universitas Indonesia as follows: per week, 4 credit subject consist of four times 2-hour
Term 1 contact per week.
• Administrative registration in Universitas Indonesia 3. For regular undergraduate program: Faculty Basic
July - August Courses (Physics, Mathematics and Chemistry) are
only available for students who wish to retake the
• Academic registration in Universitas Indonesia course and have attended required lab activities.
August
4. A student can take up to a maximum of 12 credits
• Course period during the short semester.
August – January
5. Courses offered are determined by the Department.
• Mid-semester examination
October 6. If the number of students registered for a certain
course in the Short Semester does not meet the mini-
• End of Semester Examination mum requirement, then the course will be canceled.
December - January
7. Short semester’s tuition fee is not included in the
• Deadline for grade assignment in SIAK-NG normal tuition fee (BOP) and is calculated by the
January number of credits taken during the short term. Tuition
• Departmental Judicium fee for each credit is determined by FTUI.
1st: October 8. Payment for short semester courses must be made
2nd: January before the payment period is closed. Otherwise, the
• Faculty Yudicium student’s name will be automatically removed and the
1st: November student is no longer considered as a participant in the
2nd: January short semester.
• Graduation Registration and Course Guidelines

February Before administrative registration takes place, FTUI publishes
Term 2 an academic calendar for one semester listing schedules
for courses, mid-term, final-term examinations and other
• Administrative registration in FTUI academic activities. The academic calendar and course sched-
January - February ule could be accessed at http://www.eng.ui.ac.id, and SIAK
• Academic registration in FTUI NG.
January - February Administrative Registration
• Course Period and examination Administrative Registration includes payments of tuition
February - May fee and admission fee. Students are responsible for paying
• Mid-semester examination fees by the payment deadline. Students who do not complete
March - April the registration process by the payment dead line will not
be registered at that particular semester will be included
• End of Semester Examination toward student’s allowed length of study. A 50% penalty will
May be imposed to students who do not make payment on time.
• Graduation Administrative registration are done by paying the tuition
August fee through the host-to-host system by the ATM (Automated
Teller Machine) or bank teller of banks in cooperation with the
Short Semester Universitas Indonesia.
• Administrative Registration Academic Registration
June
Students should do online academic registration; consult
• Academic Registration with his/her Academic Advisor for approval and signing the
50
Study Plan Form or Formulir Rencana Studi (FRS) during the ferring to Partner University is listed in Table 2.3. Eligible
academic registration period. The main duties of Academic students can continue their study to partner universities in
Advisor are: Australia if they fulfill the following requirements:
• Helping and directing students in their Study Plan Form 1. Achieve the minimum GPA as required at the end fourth
particularly in selecting courses and in solving their semester for the 2+2 program;
academic problems
2. Have passed all required subjects as listed in the Study
• Monitoring and evaluating student’s academic perfor- Program curriculum with minimum C with a total of
mance during their period of study. passed credits consistent with the total number of credits
listed in the Study Program curriculum for semester 1-4.
Students should login to https://academic.ui.ac.id using
username and password provided by the Office of Direktorat 3. Achieve the minimum IELTS or TOEFL scores as
Sistem & Teknologi Informasi (DSTI) UI. Students could get required.
their username and password at PPMT (Pusat Pelayanan
4. If their GPA is less than required, the students must stay
Mahasiswa Terpadu) building. Students could also download
at UI and repeat some subjects to improve their GPA,
course schedules and academic calendar from the website.
while administratively and academically registered at
After completing the online FRS, students should print FTUI.
the form (3 copies) and meet their PA to discuss, verify and
5. If their GPA meets minimum requirement, but IELTS or
validate the courses taken. Students have to check their FRS
TOEFL scores less than minimum requirement, they are
after registration period to ensure that the courses taken are
suggested to improve their IELTS or TOEFL score in Indo-
correct. Fines will be levied to students for late administrative
nesia and maintain administrative registration at FTUI.
and academic registration, as per the university or the faculty
Other choice is to take English for Academic Purposes
regulation.
(EAP) at the partner university. Information on duration
Sanctions and schedule of EAP can be found at the partner univer-
sity’s website.
1. Students who do not carry out the administrative regis-
tration will receive inactive status as a student in the Table 2.3. Minimum requirement of GPA and IELTS or
current semester, which is included as their length of TOEFL for transfer to the Partner Universities
study.
2. Students who do not carry out academic registration are Partner Minimum Minimum IELTS /
not followed to take part in the academic activities in the University GPA TOEFL
relevant semester, which is counted towards their length Queensland 3.0 IELTS minimum 6.5 with
of study Univ. of no band lower than 6
Technology
3. Students who are not active as referred to in points (1)
are not charged with tuition. Curtin Univer-
sity
4. Students who do not carry out the registration and
The Univ. of
administration of academic registration 2 (two) consec-
Queensland
utive semesters, expressed as a university student
resigned without notice from the university. The Univ. of
Sydney TOEFL iBT in accordance
Exception Administrative Registration Monash 3.2 to partner university’s
University requirement
When non-active students, by any reason, intend to maintain
their status as active students, they have to follow the proce-
dure of administrative registration: English Language Requirements for Undergraduate
• The students are required to obtain the approval of FTUI International Program Single Degree
by filling out a form available at PAF (Pusat Administrasi Students of the Undergraduate International Program Single
Fakultas/Faculty Administrative Center). Degree are required to obtain an English certificate in IELTS
• The students must come to the Directorate of Finance (International English Language Testing System) or TOEFL
UI to obtain the approval for paying the tuition fee after iBT (Test of English as a Foreign Language – internet Based
paying the penalty 50% from the tuition fee on the rele- Test) with the following minimum score:
vant semester.
Type of Test Overall Minimum Additional
• The approval will be used by the students for paying the Score Requirements
tuition fee manually. IELTS 6.0 No bands lower
• The students must give the copy of the payment record than 5.5
to the Directorate of Finance UI for verification. TOEFL iBT 75 No bands lower
Prerequisite Courses than 17
These courses can only be taken if a student is currently This English Language Certificate is one of the requirements
taking or has previously taken and passed the prerequisite before they may proceed to have their Undergraduate Thesis/
course with sufficient grade [not T]. Final Project Exam.
Requirements for Transfer to Partner Universities in

Australia for Double Degree Program
Minimum requirement of GPA and English before trans-
51
and have completed all obligations within their study period

1. Student choose a Partner University
and/or all assignments given in accordance with the curricu-
• Find out list of UI’s Partner Universities lum of the Study Program (including revising Final Project)
with a GPA of ≥ 2.00 (two point zero). Honors predicate for
• Information on Study Abroad/ Student Exchange Infor-
a graduate is determined by the student’s CGPA as follows:
mation from International Office UI through http://
Cum Laude (3.51–4.00), Very Satisfactory (3.01–3.50), and Satis-
international.ui.ac.id
factory (2.76–3.00). For an undergraduate student to graduate
2. Student contacted the selected partner University for Cum Laude, he/she must finish his/her study within 8 (eight)
Information on: semesters with minimum GPA 3,51 and without retaking any
• List of subjects offered and course description courses.
• List of requirements/documents needed. Students are considered to have passed the Master Program
and will earn a Master of Engineering or Master of Architec-
• Application and Tuition Fees. ture Degree if they have passed all the required 40–44 cred-
• Other Documents needed. its; achieve a ≥ 3.00 GPA with ‘C’ as the lowest grade; do not
exceed the maximum study period; and have met all admin-
3. Student consulted their Academic Guidance Counselor istrative requirements. The honors predicate for a graduate
or the Vice Head of Department to determine the subjects is determined by the student’s CGPA as follows: Cum Laude
they will take in Partner University that can be credit trans- (3.76–4.00), Very Satisfactory (3.51–3.75), and Satisfactory (3.00–
ferred upon their return. 3.50). For a Master Program student to graduate Cum Laude,
4. The Head of Department issued a Letter addressed to the his/her length of study must not exceed 4 (four) semesters
Vice Dean stating: with minimum GPA 3,76 and without retaking any courses.
• Name and Student ID of student participating in the Students are considered to have passed the Doctoral Program
Study Abroad/Student Exchange Program and will earn a Doctoral Degree if they have passed all the
required 50 credits; achieve a minimum GPA of 3.00 with
• Name of Partner University and length of study of said
minimum ‘C’ for in-class courses and minimum ‘B’ for
program
research courses; do not exceed the maximum study period;
• List of subjects that the students will take at Partner and have met all administrative requirements. Honors pred-
University. icate for a graduate is determined by the student’s CGPA as
5. The Vice Dean will assigned the Associate Dean for follows: Cum Laude (3.76–4.00), Very Satisfactory (3.51–3.75),
Academic and Head of PAF to process the student’s status and Satisfactory (3.00–3.50). For a Doctoral Program student to
to “overseas” or “student exchange and issued a Reference graduate Cum Laude, his/her length of study must not exceed
Letter and Academic Transcript for the student. 8 (eight) semesters without retaking any courses or academic
leave (except for a student with outstanding achievement
6. Student prepare the documents needed for their Study based on the Promoter and examiner team’s judgment, the
Abroad/ Student Exchange: length of his/ her study must not exceed 10 (ten) semesters).
• Application Form The mark ‘BS’ is not counted as course repetition. If a student’s
GPA is within the 3.76–4.00 range but he/she fails to meet the
• IELTS/TOEFL iBT other requirements, he/she will be awarded a ‘Very Satisfac-
• Other language requirement tory’ predicate.
• Reference Letter and Academic Transcript from the Academic Performance Evaluation and
Faculty.
7. Student sends their application documents to Partnery
Dropout Criteria
University. Undergraduate Program
8. Student receives Letter of Offer dan Letter of Acceptance The university also requires that students maintain satisfac-
from Partner University. tory academic performance during their study at FTUI and
9. Student makes payment and signed the Letter of Offer meet the following evaluation criteria to be able to continue
10. Student applies for Student Visa to the Country where their studies:
the Partner University is located. • Attain at least 24 credits with a minimum of C at the end
of their second semester;
11. Departure to Partner University
• Attain at least 48 credits with a minimum of C at the end
Procedure for Study Abroad/ Student Exchange to Part- of their fourth semester;
ner University for Undergraduate International Program • Attain at least 72 credits with a minimum of C at the end
Single Degree. of their sixth semester;
• Attain at least 96 credits with a minimum of C at the end
Graduate Predicate of their eight semester;
• Attain at least 120 credits with a minimum of C at the
Students are considered to have passed the Undergraduate end of their tenth semester;
Program and will earn a Bachelor’s Degree (S.T. or S.Ars.) if • Attain all required credit with a minimum of C at the
they are registered as an active student in Universitas Indone- end of their twelfth semester;
sia during said semester, both administratively and academ-
ically; have passed all the compulsory courses and acquired Or:
a minimum of 144 credits in accordance with the applicable • Have the following issues: have an inactive status
curriculum with ‘C’ as the lowest grade and completed all (empty) for two semesters in a row, thus being declared
8-semester scheduled academic load within 8-12 semesters; as “resign” automatically from the status of Universitas
have completed all administrative obligations, including Indonesia’s student by the Rector’s decree on Status
returning all borrowed library and laboratory collections; Determination.
52
• It was proven to be in violation of rules or regulations study period of ten semesters: producing 1 (one) scien-
that caused the student to lose his right as FTUI student. tific paper based on research for their dissertation as the
• Deemed unfit to continue their study based on consider- main author with an option to work with the Promoter
ation from a team of Medical Doctors appointed by the Team as their co-writer that has been accepted to be
Head of the University. published in an indexed international journal (8 cred-
its); submitting proof of compliance with the foregoing
Students who still maintain satisfactory academic perfor-
requirement as part of the requirements for promotion
mance and meet the evaluation criteria to continue their study
exam, and submitting 1 (one) dissertation and partic-
but would like to resign on their own free will may submit a
ipating in a promotion exam as the final step of the
written application to the Vice Dean with a copy to the Head
Doctoral Program (6-8 credits).
of the Department.
• Students exceed the maximum length of study (10
Master’s Program semesters).
• Students are proven to be in violation of rules or regu-
The Maximum length of study to earn a Master Degree in
lations that causes the students to lose their rights as an
FTUI is at the latest 6 (six) semesters, starting from registration
FTUI student.
time to graduation. This provision also applies to students
who enroll in the FTUI Master program with a “probation” Student who still maintain satisfactory academic performance
status. Students will lose their right to continue the study and meet the evaluation criteria to continue his study but
(dropping out) if: would like to resign on his own may submit a written appli-
• Students fail to achieve a 3.00 GPA of at least 9 passed cation to the Dean with a copy to the Head of the Department.
credits (for regular Master Program student) or 12-14
Students of the Doctoral Program (Research) will lose their
passed credits (for non-regular Master Program student)
right to continue to study (dropping out) if:
at the end of the second semesters;
• Students do not register academically and administra-
• In the end of the study period evaluation, students
tively for two consecutive semesters, thus automatically
fail to achieve the following graduation requirements:
being considered to have resigned from UI.
registered as an active student in Universitas Indonesia
• Students fail to obtain a minimum of ‘B’ for their
during said semester both administratively and academ-
research proposal examination or a similar exam at the
ically; not exceeding the maximum length of study;
end of their fourth semester.
completed all administrative obligation including the
• Students fail to complete a minimum of 50% of their
return of all borrowed library and laboratory collection;
research based on the judgment of the Promoter Team
and complete all obligation of their study period and/or
by the end of their sixth semester.
all assignments given in accordance to the curriculum
of the Study Program (including revised Final Project)
with a GPA ≥ 3,00 (three point zero).
by the end of their eighth semester.
• Students who do not register academically and adminis-
• At the end of the study period (ten semesters), students
tratively for two consecutive semesters.
fail to complete 4 points above.
• Proven to be in violation of rules or regulations that
• Students fail to do the following by the end of their
caused the student to lose his right as FTUI students.
study period of ten semesters: producing 1 (one) scien-
• Deemed unfit to continue their study based on consider-
tific paper based on research for their dissertation as the
ation from a team of Doctors appointed by the Head of
main writer that is presented at an international scien-
the University.
tific conference and published in the proceedings as a
Student who still maintain satisfactory academic perfor- full paper (6 credits); producing 1 (one) scientific paper
mance and meet the evaluation criteria to continue his study based on research for their dissertation as the main
but would like to resign on his own free will may submit a writer with an option to work with the Promoter Team
written application to the Vice Dean with a copy to the Head as their co-writer that has been accepted to be published
of the Department. in an indexed international journal (8 credits); submit-
ting 1 (one) scientific paper that has been accepted to be
Doctoral Program published in a nationally accredited journal; submitting
The Maximum length of study to earn a Doctoral degree proof of compliance with the foregoing requirement
in FTUI is 10 (ten) semesters, starting from registration to as part of the requirements for promotion exam; and
graduation. Students of the Doctoral Program (Class and submitting 1 (one) dissertation and participating in
Research) will lose their right to continue to study (dropping a promotion exam as the final step of the Doctoral
out) if: Program (6-8 credits).
• Students do not register academically and administra- • Students exceed the maximum length of study (10
tively for two consecutive semesters, thus automatically semesters).
being considered to have resigned from UI. • Students are proven to be in violation of rules or regu-
• Students fail to obtain a minimum of ‘B’ for their lations that causes the students to lose their rights as an
research proposal examination or a similar exam at the FTUI student.
end of their fourth semester.
Student who still maintain satisfactory academic performance
and meet the evaluation criteria to continue his study but
would like to resign on his own may submit a written appli-
by the end of their sixth semester.
cation to the Dean with a copy to the Head of the Department.
by the end of their eighth semester.
Academic Leave
• At the end of the study period (ten semesters), students Students who wish to be away from their academic endeavors
fail to complete 4 points above. at FTUI for one to two semesters, but intend to return to FTUI
• Students fail to do the following by the end of their are eligible for an academic leave of absence. Leave of absence
53
can only be given to a student who has studied at FTUI for Credit, Letter Grade, Semester GPA, and GPA. The Semester
at least two semesters, unless under specific circumstances. Academic Transcript can be issued in hard copy form on a
Academic leave for special circumstances is an academic leave student request as required. A valid DNS is signed by the
that is given to a student for unavoidable reasons, such as: academic administration official in the Faculty level.
carrying out state task, undertaking university task, or under-
Academic Record chronologically lists all academic activities
going medical treatment, which prohibit the said student
of a student since the FRS time registered as a student until
from participating in academic activities. Academic leave is
no longer registered, either due to graduation, expulsion,
not counted as part of the length of study.
or resignation. The academic status of a student for each
Procedures of Academic Leave semester is recorded in the Academic Record. The Academic
Record is also used as a source of information for the student,
1. To apply for academic leave, a student must write a letter
Academic Advisor, and Study Program to help the student
requesting for academic leave to the Head of Department.
to achieve success in their study and is issued as required on
Head of Department will give recommendation to Vice
the student’s request and validated by the Vice Dean of the
Dean based on the student request before the beginning
Faculty.
of the administrative registration period of the relevant
semester. Academic Transcript is given to students that have been
declared to fulfill all requirements to graduate from a Study
2. If the academic leave is approved by the Vice Dean, PAF
Program in a faculty meeting and contains information on a
will change the status of the student to ‘academic leave’
student identity (name, student ID, place and date of birth),
before the beginning of the administrative registration
previous education, education level, study program, specialty,
period of the relevant semester, and the amount of tuition
list and code number of subjects, letter grade, number of
will be automatically changed.
required credits, number of obtained credits, GPA, title of
3. The student must pay 25% of tuition during the period the student’s Final Project, diploma number and year of
of administrative registration of the intended semester. graduation. All subjects taken by the student, including
repeated subjects and transfer credit subjects, are included
4. If the student has been granted an academic leave but
in the Academic Transcript which is issued in two languages,
fails to pay the required tuition during the registration
Bahasa Indonesia and English. The Academic Transcript will
period, the academic leave will be canceled, and the
be given to students with no outstanding tuition fees.
student’s status will change to ‘inactive’ (empty).
Diploma is given to a student who has been verified in a faculty
5. In the situation as stated above, if the student still insists
members meeting to complete all requirements to graduate
on making payment after the registration period has
from a Study Program. Diploma contains information on the
passed, the student will be charged a late administrative
personal identity of the diploma holder (name, place and date
registration fee in the amount stated in the Rector’s Regu-
of birth), academic title, name and signature of the Rector and
lation on Academic Fees.
Dean, issuance date of diploma, date of graduation, student
6. If the student fails to pay during the prescribed period of ID, diploma number and signature and photo of the diploma
administrative registration, Exceptional Administrative holder. In the event that the diploma is lost or damaged, the
Registration will apply. diploma holder may request another copy of the diploma.
Dean/ Vice Dean/ Director of Academic on behalf of the
7. If the academic leave is proposed not in accordance with
Rector may signed to validate a copy of diploma. Diploma will
point (1) above, or proposed after the semester starts, the
be given to students with no outstanding tuition fees.
student must pay the full amount (100%) of tuition.
Faculty and Department Judiciums Offenses and Sanctions

In any courses, no student shall engage in any form of uneth-
Judicium is a meeting held at both the Faculty and the Depart-
ical or improper conducts, including but not limited to exam-
ment level to decide whether a student has fulfill all academic
ination offenses, such as:
requirements and may graduate and earn a degree in engi-
neering based on the Department/Faculty Evaluation. 1. Utilizing unauthorized materials/notes to enhance
performance during on examination.
Semester Grade Transcript, Diploma and 2. Attempting to observe the work of another student.
Academic Transcripts 3. Taking an examination for another person, or permitting
FTUI Central Administration Office is responsible for issuing someone else to do so.
Semester Grade Transcript, Diploma and Academic Tran- 4. Collaborating improperly by joint effort on discussion in
script for all FTUI’s graduates. Student Academic History is anyway expressly prohibited by lecturer.
issued on student’s request, while the diploma and academic
transcripts are issued only once at the time of the student’s 5. When incidents, as enumerated above occurs, the follow-
graduation. Student Academic History and Academic Tran- ing sanctions may be imposed (as per FTUI regulation):
script contain the names, course codes and grades of all • The student may be assigned E for the subject in ques-
courses that the student have taken during their study period. tion
Also included is the student’s Grade Point Average (GPA) • The student may be suspended for one semester
which is calculated based on all courses’ grades. Diplomas • The student may be dismissed or expelled by FTUI
and Academic Transcripts will be handed to all graduates no • If necessary, a meeting of Panitia Penyelesaian Pelang-
later than 2 (two) months from the date of graduation. garan Tata Tertib (Offence Settlement Committee)
(PT32) may be held.
The Semester Academic Transcript (DNS) gives the informa-
tion on the student’s identity (name, student ID and highest
education level), Academic Advisor, Faculty, Study Program,
54 Specialty, Education Level, Subject Code, Subject Title,
Academic Sanction for Perpetrators of Academic Faculty or University before submitting their work to their
Cheating In Exams advisor/promoter/co-promoter. If such software is unavail-
able, student is required to check existing list of research
1. Academic sanction in the form of the revocation of
in connection to the topic of their research and state such
the said exam (E grade) for the student caught or
research in their reference of research. Student caught and
proven committing academic offence in the exam-
proven of committing plagiarism is entitled to an appeal tried
ination process, such as working with any other
in the Study Program level to the Faculty which the Faculty
student, copying any other student’s work or giving
will later passed on to the university through the P3T2 to be
answer to any other student;
verified and processed.
2. Academic sanction in the form of study period
In case of an active student, early sanction can be in the form
revocation (for all subjects) for the said semester for
of delaying the final project examination or delaying the
the student caught or proven committing academic
graduation status for student who has been declared passing
offence in examination process such as opening
the final project examination. Student that has been declared
books, notes or any other equipment prepared
as a graduate but have not received their diploma, with
beforehand;
the approval of the Rector, the Dean may hold said student
3. Academic sanction in the form of revocation of diploma while await the Rector’s final decision. Academic
study period for the said semester and one semester sanction on plagiarism for active student is established
suspension for the student caught or proven commit- through the Dean’s decree based on the proposal by the Head
ting academic offence in the examination process of the Study Program or recommendation from the Faculty
due to collaborating with any third party outside of in one month at the latest since the date of the proposal letter
the examination room; was accepted by the Dean. For graduate student is established
through the Rector’s Decree based on the P3T2 recommenda-
4. Academic sanction in the form of expulsion from the tion. The heaviest academic sanction given can be in the form
Faculty of Engineering, Universitas Indonesia, for of cancellation of the student final project (for active student)
the student caught or proven committing academic with the obligation to write a new final project with new topic,
offence in the examination process by substituting while for graduate student the sanction is in the form of revo-
any other examinee or by having someone else to cation of academic titles.
take their place;
The act of fraud in the writing of Final Project, Essay as
5. Academic sanction in the form of expulsion from the Exam Substitute, or Assignment, includes the usage of other
Faculty of Engineering, Universitas Indonesia, for person’s service/ replacement/ consultant/ or other service to
the student caught or proven committing academic complete assignments in the name of said student and other
offence in the examination process for planning and manipulative act of fraud. This act does not include the usage
carrying out the plan to help any other examinee; of service for data collecting, survey, and data processing for
6. Other academic offence will be handled through a the completion of final project of student. Sanction given to
hearing by the Offence Settlement Committee (Pani- the perpetrator of said act of fraud in the completion of final
tia Penyelesaian Pelanggaran Tata Tertib (P3T2)), project is established throught the Dean’s decree issued in
Faculty of Engineering, Universitas Indonesia; one month at the latest since the proposal letter from the
Head of Study Program is received by the Dean. The heaviest
7. Student is entitled to submit an appeal to the Faculty academic sanction given can be in the form of cancellation of
Academic Senate with the help of their Academic the student final project (for active student) with the obligation
Advisor and the Vice Dean for Academic, Research, to write a new final project with new topic, while for graduate
and Student Affairs, Faculty of Engineering, Univer- student the sanction is in the form of revocation of academic
sitas Indonesia.. titles. Active students who consciously act as a ghost writer
Academic Sanction on Plagiarism and Act of Fraud in in writing the final works for other students will be given the
the Completion of Final Project equivalent of student academic sanction given to the perpe-
trators of acts of fraud.
Plagiarism is an act of stealing ideas or thought already
available in written and/or someone else’s writing and used Academic Regulation Of The Universitas
them as if it is our own ideas, thoughts and/ or writing thus
causing harm/loss to the original owner both material or non Indonesia
material, this plagiarism can be in the form of using a word,
List of Academic Regulations at Universitas Indonesia can
phrase, sentence, paragraph, or even a chapter of someone
be accessed via http://respository.ui.ac. id. Below is a list of
else’s writing or book, without stating the source. Included in
Decrees that functioned as reference for education program at
this is the auto plagiarism.
Auto Plagiarisme is an act of using an idea or thought repeat-
General:
edly in writing or using someone’s own writing in parts or
whole without stating the origin published source as if those 1. Decree of the Board of Trustees Universitas Indone-
ideas or thoughts are a new idea, thought and/or writing. sia Number: 008/SK/MWA-UI/2004 on the Amend-
ment of Board of Trustees’ Decree Number: 005/SK/
Plagiarism criteria used as a based to decide a sanction focuses
MWA-UI/2004 on the Code of conduct on Campus Life in
on the amount of idea or phrase stolen and how similar the
writing in phrase, sentence, paragraph, section, chapter, and
the writing as a whole. A work can be considered plagiarism Education
if based on the verification result on the writing contained
1. Decree of the Rector Universitas Indonesia Number: 285/
a similarity level of 35% or more with the original work. To
SK/R/UI/2003 on the Implementation Guidelines for
prevent plagiarism, student is obligated to check their final
Cross-Faculty Lectures in Universitas Indonesia
work using software of anti plagiarism provided by the
55
2. Decree of the Board of Trustees Universitas Indonesia 19. Decree of the Dean of Faculty of Engineering Universitas
Number: 006/MWA-UI/2004 on the Universitas Indone- Indonesia Number : 2 year 2019 on the Scientific Publica-
sia’s Academic Curriculum tion Assessment Guide for Master Program and Doctoral
Program in Faculty of Engineering Universitas Indonesia.
3. Decree of the Rector of Universitas Indonesia Number:
491/SK/R/UI/2004 on Universitas Indonesia Education 20. Decree of the Dean of Faculty of Engineering Universitas
Activities Conclusion Regulations Indonesia Number : 703 year 2016 ont the Credit Transfer
4. Decree of the Board of Trustees Universitas Indonesia
Number: 001/TAP/MWA-UI/2005 on the Establishment
Research
of Academic Degrees in the Universitas Indonesia.
Number 002/SK/MWA-UI/2008 on University’s Research
Number 003/TAP/MWA-UI/2005 on General Guidelines
Norms
for Implementation on Universitas Indonesia’s Profes-
sional Programs 2. Decree of the Board of Trustees Universitas Indonesia
Number 003/SK/MWA-UI/2008 on Research Policy at
6. Regulation of the Board of Trustees Universitas Indone-
sia Number: 006/Peraturan/MWA-UI/2005 on Student
Learning Outcomes Evaluation at Universitas Indonesia 3. Decree of the Board of Trustees Universitas Indonesia
Number 009/SK/MWA-UI/2008 on amendment of the
7. Regulation of the Board of Trustees Universitas Indone-
Decree of the Board of Trustees of Universitas Indone-
sia Number: 007/Peraturan/MWA-UI/2005 on Academic
sia Number 003/MWA-UI/2008 on Research Policy in
Education Implementation Norms in Universitas Indone-
sia
8. Regulation of the Board of Trustees Universitas Indonesia
Number: 008/Peraturan/MWA-UI/2005 on Professional
Education Curriculum Norms in Universitas Indonesia
838/SK/R/UI/2006 on Administration of Universitas
Indonesia Student’s Learning Outcomes
012/SK/R/UI/2007 on Implementation of the of Students
Learning Activity in Universitas Indonesia
450/SK/R/UI/2008 on the Implementation of E-Learning
in the University Indonesia
12. Decree of the Dean of Faculty of Engineering Universitas
Indonesia Number: 3 year 2019 on the English Require-
ments for Undergraduate International Program Single
Degree and Double Degree Faculty of Engineering
Universitas Indonesia.
13. Decree of the Rector of Universitas Indonesia Number
: 16 year 2020 on the Implementation of Undergraduate
Program in Universitas Indonesia
14. Decree of the Rector of Universitas Indonesia Number :
5 year 2021 on the Implementation of Master Program in
15. Decree of the Rector of Universitas Indonesia Number : 6
year 2021 on the Implementation of Doctoral Program in
16. Decree of the Dean of Faculty of Engineering Univer-
sitas Indonesia Number: 622/D/SK/FTUI/IX/2016 on
Academic Sanction for Academic Fraud Perpetrator in
Faculty of Engineering Universitas Indonesia.
17. Decree of the Dean of Faculty of Engineering Universitas
Indonesia Number: 623/D/SK/FTUI/IX/2016 on General
Regulation on Supplementary Exam for Mid Term and
Final Examination in Faculty of Engineering Universitas
Indonesia.
18. Decree of the Dean of Faculty of Engineering Univer-
sitas Indonesia Number: 624/D/SK/FTUI/IX/2016 on
Academic Sanction for Plagiarism and Act of Fraud in
the Completion of Final Project in Faculty of Engineering
Universitas Indonesia.
56
57
Facilities and Campus Life
Facilities and Campus Life three divisions: PPSI division, Student Affairs division, and
Academic division.
New Facilities Available in FTUI Faculty Administration Center

1. All classrooms in S building are now having one special
Academic administrative services for all academic programs
chair for each classroom dedicated to left handed students.
in FTUI are managed by PAF. The services provided for
2. FTUI has renovated the S405 classroom into a specially students include academic records, change of grades from
design discussion room for students to learn and discuss lecturers, testamur and academic transcripts, registration,
in groups in the implementation of Student-Centered absence of leave, enrollments and letter of reference letter.
Learning (SCL). This renovation is partly funded by The working hour is at 08.00 to 18.00 from Monday to Friday,
USAID through their PEER Science research program by at PAF building.
providing chairs, computer screen for each discussion
group, wireless LCD projector and documented camera. University Central Library
The renovation is completed by the start of the Odd
Semester of 2015. The class room will be able to accom- Location : Kampus UI Depok
modate up to 80 students in groups discussion form as in Service hours of UI Central Library
problem-based learning (PBL) or Collaborative Learning
(CL) and up to 100 students in class room form
Monday - Friday 08.30 - 19.00 WIB
3. Online Electricity Metering and Monitoring System now
help FTUI in monitoring electricity usage of each building Saturday & Sunday 08.30 - 15.00 WIB
and their characteristic. www.ee.ui.ac.id/power; www. Holly Month of Ramadhan 08.30 - 15.00 WIB
eng.ui.ac.id/power Membership:
4. Offline Water Metering and Monitoring System prepare Students, lecturers, researchers and employee of the Univer-
FTUI in determining the water usage of each building sitas Indonesia are entitled for membership of the central
and help plan the creation of rain water well within the library with the following requirements:
faculty. 1. Provide the latest semester payment proof or the latest
5. Smoking is prohibited throughout most of the faculty study card (IRS) or certification letter from any faculty,
areas. However, the new and vastly improved Smoking unit or department within the Universitas Indonesia.
Shelter is now available in the student’s cafeteria area and 2. Provide a 2x3 photo (one)
in front of the S Building.
3. Provide a cover letter from the faculty (for lecturers)
6. Smart class rooms are built with concepts that have
various advanced features to support various learn- Lending Procedures:
ing models. Equipped with a modular table that can 1. General text books can be borrowed for two weeks (max.
be arranged according to lecture mode, as well as an 3 books) by showing your Student Card. Borrowed books
interactive smart board that has advanced features. need to be stamped.
During the lecture, the system will automatically
record the lecture activities and the results can be 2. Reference books, magazines, newspaper and thesis can
used by students. Recordings and discussion results only be read on the spot or photocopied.
during lectures in the smart class room can be 3. Dissertation and thesis can only be photocopied as many
accessed by students through the learning manage- as 10 pages.
ment system channel.
7. Integrated - Creatice Engineering Learning Labora- UI Central Library Services
tofy (i-CELL) is prepared to support the change in
Reference Service
te educational process from Teaching Approach to
Learning Approach which makes students the focus. This service is provided to help the UI civitas academica in
i-CELL is also one of the answers to the demands of searching information, especially for students who are work-
the Industrial Revolution 4.0. This building carries ing on their final assignment or research. Information search
smart and green building technology that is envi- request may be submitted in person or via email (reflib@ui.ac.
ronmentally friendly, equipped with sophisticated id).
IT systems to support effective and efficient research
and practicum activities. The construction of the Information Package
i-CELL and Workshop building is an effort of FTUI Information package is a form of service in the form of certain
to create and unite research and education labora- topics of information packages. Each package consists of
tories that are integrated, comfortable, modern, and several articles and their annotation in accordance to the
make it easier to conduct interdisciplinary research selected topic. Each article can be obtained by contacting the
at FTUI. reference division first (reflib@ui.ac.id) or by direct phone
request (+6221-7270751).
Integrated Students Service Building
Information Search Training
(PPMT)
The information search training consists of several pack-
This building is located at the left of the Rector building with ages. They are: basic and advance package. This training is
the one door policy in serving the registration process of all provided to help improve the information skill of library visi-
Universitas Indonesia students, whether they are vocational, tors and members. This service is available to all university
undergraduate, undergraduate extension, master, doctoral, members, especially new students and students who are in
58 specialist, and professional students. This building consists of their final year. Request for training can be submitted directly
or through the email perpusui@ui.ac.id Email : support@ui.ac.id

Circulation (Borrowing Books) Web Site : http/cso.ui.ac.id
The circulation services are located in level 1 The library’s Office Hours : Monday – Friday
collection of reference books, thesis, dissertation, research
(09.00 - 16.00)
reports and UI-ana can only be read on the spot at the UI
Central Library. Puskom Services at FTUI
UI Central Library Facilities Puskom (Pusat Komputer) provides services related to educa-
tion and information technology development for students
OPAC (Online Public Access Catalog)
and academic/non-academic staff. The office is located at 2nd
OPAC is a tool to search the information regarding the avail- floor of GK Building at FTUI, Depok Campus. Main duties of
able collection of the library by using a terminal computer. Puskom is to provide education facilities for students, learning
OPAC computers are available on every floor of the library. and research facilities for lecturers, and services for education
administration, students and personnel. Puskom also provides
Internet Access
connection services to internet and local area network at the
Internet access connection at the UI central library uses the Faculty and the University. Internet can be accessed at all
integrated network (JUITA – Jaringan Terpadu) and can also area of FTUI. This facility can be used by students as well
be accessed by using the UI Hotspot. Internet service is also as faculties. All computer networks have been connected by
available at the first floor of the central library. Also available fiber optic cables for inter-building and copper cable in the
are computers with internet access for the usage of library buildings with capacity of 100 Mbps. Besides providing local
visitors and members. networks, Puskom also controls 7 computer servers with
redundancy backup to minimize troubles in academic and
Computer, Scanner and Data Backup research services. Computers are also available for students
Students are allowed to use the provided computers to work at various locations at FTUI i.e. computer laboratory at 2nd
on their assignments, picture/photo scanning and to burn the floor of GK Building, as well as at FTUI building at Salemba
result of their information search to a CD. Campus. The service hour is 09.00 to 16.00 from Monday to
Friday. For further information please contact Puskom at GK
Photocopy Building, 2nd floor, tel. 021-7863508, 021-2720011 ext. 64, or
A photocopy machine is available at the UI Central Library send email to puskom@eng.ui.ac.id.
Discussion, Class and Seminar Rooms Student Welfare
Discussion, Class and Seminar rooms are available for
students’ needs and for classes. Universitas Indonesia Mosques
Special Study Rooms • The Ukhuwah Islamiyah (UI) Mosque Depok located in
the UI Depok Campus. Established on 28 January 1987
Special study rooms are available and can be used by all for the Friday prayer with Prof. H. Moh. Daud Ali, SH
university members. These rooms are equipped with a desk, as khatib (preacher). This mosque was named Ukhuwah
filing cabinet and internet access. Islamiyah for within this mosque is fostered the Islamic
brotherhood within the campus as well as the unity
Locker
and brotherhood of Moslem from within and outside of
250 lockers are available for UI Central Library Members. campus area.
Computer Sciences & Network • The Arif Rahman Hakim (ARH) Mosque Salemba is
located in the UI Salemba Campus. Established on 10
Directorate of Information System Development and Service November 1967, 27 Rajab 1387 H. Based on the UI Rector
(PPSI) are responsible for the programmed computer network Decree dated 16 August 1966, a development committee
system designed to help fulfill the students and lecturers was established and consist of students. The vision of
needs in computer usage (from academic activities such as this mosque is to be the center of Islam education in the
programming to internet usage) through the Integrated UI campus and produces modern Moslems (equipped with
network (JUITA). faith and knowledge) that can implement the teachings
of Islam and help solve religious problems.
Requirements for using the JUITA:
• Registered as a UI student Teksas Bridge
• Fill out registration form with a reference from the Asso- The Teksas Bridge is a linkage bridge between two faculties
ciate Dean for Students Affairs/ Head of Study Program/ in the UI Depok campus, the Faculty of Engineering and the
Academic Counselor of the student. Faculty of Humanities. These two faculties are separated by
an 80 meters lake. The Teksas Bridge is hoped to serve as:
Place of Registration:
• As a connection bridge and “Landmark”
• Depok (Integrated Student Service Center Building)
• As a research object for steel application product
• Salemba (PUSILKOM Building)
• As a promotional tool on “Aesthetics Steel”
Hotline Service
The concept of this bridge aims towards two approach:
Users who are experiencing problems in the use of this facil-
ity can report or request the help of the Computer Technical • The side of the bridge on the Faculty of Engineering UI
Unit through the following PPSI hotline service: reflects a powerful and masculine character symbolized
with a “Sail” shaped Pylon Bridge soaring to the sky as a
Phone : +6221-7863419
symbol of “LINGGA”. 59
• The side of the bridge on the Faculty of Humanities UI record to receive this service. There are several services
reflects a flexible and feminine character symbolized available:
with a “Hole Gate” shaped Pylon Bridge as a symbol of
1. Public Health Service
“YONI”.
2. Dental Health Service
Campus Bus Service Hours:
To serve the transportation needs of students within the Monday – Thursday : 08.00 - 12.30
campus, Universitas Indonesia provides 20 campus busses.
These busses will serve inside campus routes from these and 14.00 - 19.00
times: 07.00-21.00 (Monday-Friday) and 07.00-14.00 (Saturday). Friday : 08.00 - 11.00
These yellow campus busses have two different routes:
and 14.00 - 19.00
• Blue :
UI Dormitory, Gerbatama, UI Train Station, Faculty Saturday : 08.00 - 12.00
of Psychology, Faculty of Social and Political Science, Note:
Faculty of Humanities, Faculty of Economics, Faculty of
Engineering, KuKel, Student Center Building, Faculty Aside from the above mentioned facilities for students which
of Mathematic and Natural Sciences, Faculty of Public are funded by the Students Welfare and Facility Fund, GKFM
Health, Balairung, UI Mosque, and Faculty of Law. in UI Depok Campus also provide facilities for blood chemis-
try examinations, x-ray, and cardiac examination for univer-
• Red : sity members with affordable prices.
UI Dormitory, Gerbatama, UI Trains Station, Faculty of
Law, UI Mosque, Balairung, Faculty of Public Health, Pharmacy
Faculty of Mathematic and Natural Sciences, Student
The pharmacy provides free medicine for 3 (three) days for
Center Building, KuKel, Faculty of Engineering, Faculty
UI students who seek treatments in the Polyclinic unit. The
of Economics, Faculty of Humanities, Faculty of Social
pharmacy also provides various other medicines for first aid
and Political Science, and Faculty of Psychology.
needs for general public purchase.
Executive Bus UI Student Counseling and Guidance (BKM)
In order to provide transportation service, especially outside
In providing service in the mental welfare of the UI students,
campus transportation, Universitas Indonesia provides Air
the Student Counseling and Guidance is a place where UI
Conditioned and Non-Air Conditioned busses for rent. These
students can receive psychological help in dealing with
busses are available for various types of activity, such as: UI
academic, personal or family problems. These psychological
student organization activities, academic support activities,
help are given in the form of counseling and guidance. Guid-
and many more.
ance service is the provision of information (to an individual
Rental Procedures: or group) with the purpose of making sure that students are
able to learn and build an optimal social relationship. Coun-
• Written rental request is submitted to: seling service is the process of giving help to students and
Directorate of Student Affairs support student in finding a way to solve his problem. Here, a
Integrated Student Service Center counselor functions as a facilitator.
Building, Kampus UI Depok
Phone : +6221-7867222 (Operator) Services in the UI Student Counseling and
Fax : +6221-7863453 Guidance
• Payment should be made, at the very latest, one week The routine services provided by the BKM UI are counseling
before the date of use via BNI Bank, Kampus UI Depok and guidance services daily which are done at:
Branch, and Account Number: 1273000024 under the
Service Time : Monday – Friday
name of Universitas Indonesia.
Service Hours : 09.00 – 15.00
• Proof of payment must be submitted to the Directorate
of Student Affairs. Cancellation done 3 (three) days Place : Student Welfare Center
before the date of use will be charge a 10% cancellation
2nd floor, Student Welfare & Facility
fee from the paid rent. Cancellation on the date of use
Center Building
will be charge a 30% cancellation fee from the paid rent.
UI Campus Depok Phone :
Student Welfare and Facility Building +6221-96384797
(GKFM) / University Health Center BKM UI staff of counselors consists of psychologies, psychia-
trists, and academic counselors.
Address : Kampus UI Depok
Problems handled by BKM UI
Phone : +6221-78881019
Generally, the problems handled by the BKM UI consist of
This building is located in front of the Faculty of Engineer- academic, personal, family, and social problems.
ing in UI Campus Depok. GKFM / University Health Center
Building was built to better serve several important needs of BKM UI’s other services:
the students, such as: • Online counseling
• Peer counseling training
Polyclinic Unit • Counseling training for counselor lecturers and BKM
Provide a free health service to all students of the Univer- management in the faculty level.
sitas Indonesia. Students only need to provide their Student • Coordinate meeting between BKM in the university
60 ID card to process their membership card for future medical
neering research (Applied Engineering Research). i-CELL is

prepared to support the change in the educational process
from Teaching Approach to Learning Approach which makes
students the focus. i-CELL is also one of the answers to the
demands of the Industrial Revolution 4.0.
The integrated - Creative Engineering Learning Laboratory
and Workshop building consists of 8 floors and 1 rooftop
laboratory with a total building area of 8,410 square meters.
This building carries smart and green building technology
that is environmentally friendly, equipped with sophisticated
IT systems to support effective and efficient research and
practicum activities. The concept of green building is applied
by designing buildings so that lighting, air circulation, and
water are utilized optimally to reduce energy and water
consumption.
and faculty level.

• Personality development training
• Group therapy
UI Salemba Polyclinic
For students in the UI Salemba Campus, the
university also provides similar health service
in the polyclinic for public health service.
Service time : Monday – Friday: 08.00 – 12.00
and 14.00 – 18.00
The construction of the i-Cell and Workshop building is an
Smart Classroom effort of FTUI to create and unite research and education labo-
ratories that are integrated, comfortable, modern, and make it
FTUI in collaboration with Kapal Api Group build smart easier to conduct interdisciplinary research at FTUI. This is
classroom. This is in line with FTUI’s vision to implement IT done to answer the challenges in the field of science and tech-
technology that changes the teaching process at FT UI from nology in the future. Especially in increasing the number and
teaching to student-focused learning. Smart class rooms are quality of research, as well as efforts to realize UI as a World
built with concepts that have various advanced features to Class Research University.
support various learning models. Equipped with a modular
table that can be arranged according to lecture mode, as well as Student Dormitory
an interactive smart board that has advanced features. During
the lecture, the system will automatically record the lecture Location : UI Campus, Depok
activities and the results can be used by students. Recordings
and discussion results during lectures in the smart class room Phone/Fax : +6221- 7874414 /
can be accessed by students through the learning manage- +6221-7874271
ment system channel.
Capacity : 594 rooms for male students housing, 656 rooms
Integrated - Creative Engineering for female students housing (including the VIP – AC rooms)
Learning Laboratory (i-CELL) Facility : TV, cafetaria, public pay phone, public internet
shops, computer rental
2020 became a new milestone for the Faculty of Engineering,
UI Wismarini Student Dormitory
University of Indonesia (FTUI). This is related to the comple-
tion of the construction of the FTUI integrated - Creative Location : Jl. Otto Iskandar Dinata No. 38, East Jakarta,
Engineering Learning Laboratory (i-CELL) and Workshop Indonesia
building as the latest laboratory facility that integrates vari-
Phone/Fax : +6221-8195058
ous practicum activities from all departments. i-CELL is an
embodiment of FTUI’s mission of providing Cutting Edge Capacity : 72 rooms for male students housing, 111 rooms
Engineering Education and conducting applied-based engi- for female students housing
61
Facility : Badminton court, TV, cafeteria, Table Tennis Registration Process Flow Chart for UI Dormitory
The UI Wismarini student dormitory is provided to students Step 1: Joint Academic Registration where students will
from the Salemba Campus (Faculty of Medicine & Faculty of receive their student ID number (NPM). Students will
Dentistry). then be asked to fill out registration form and enclose:
(1) a copy of ID card (2) a copy of academic registration
Facility proof (3) a copy of acceptance letter (4) 3x4 photographs
(5) a letter of statement on impoverished condition (6)
• Standard housing facility: Bed, table, chair, wardrobe, not a smoker statement
shoe rack, lamp, bathroom, wash basin.
• Technology facility: Public pay phone shops, public inter-
Step 2: acquire a recommendation from the Faculty’s
net shop, photocopy Associate Dean for Students Affair --> submit the form
• Public facility: Cafeteria, praying room, laundry service, package + recommendation --> considered entitled to a
room in the dormitory: No --> STOP; Yes --> continue to
sport facility, car/motorcycle parking areas, minimart, the next step
dormitory market
Room Specification
Step 3: Make a registration at the UI Depok dormitory
• Standard room: Standard bed, table, chair, bookcase, by submitting the form package + recommendation, pay
wardrobe, shoe rack, lamp, outdoor bathroom, non AC. the first month rent + security deposit at the dormitory
counter.
• Standard plus room: Standard bed, table, chair, book
case, wardrobe, shoe rack, lamp, outdoor bathroom, air
conditioned. Step 4: Accepted as dormitory resident for two semes-
ters. Submit proof of payment and receive the room key.
• Bungur and Melati room: Spring bed mattress, table,
chair, indoor bathroom, wash basin, small kitchen, living
room, air conditioned. Wisma Makara
• VIP room: Spring bed mattress, table, chair, indoor bath- Phone : +6221-78883670, 78883671
room, wash basin, small kitchen, living room, air condi-
Reservation : +6221-78883672
tioned.
E-mail : info@makara.cso.ui.ac.id
Other information
Website : http://www.wismamakara.com
• UI Depok dormitory has their own set of rules and regu-
lations which must be obeyed by all dormitory residents Wisma Makara, located within the UI Depok campus, is a
as an attempt to create conducive environment for dormi- choice of accommodation for the Southern Jakarta and Depok
tory residents and as an attempt to maintain harmony area. This hotel is very suitable for seminar, training, work-
among the various elements of the UI Depok dormitory shop activities. Surrounded by rubber trees and a lake; the
residents. hotel’s cool, calm, and beautiful atmosphere provides the
perfect background for your various activities. The hotel’s
• Each undergraduate student residents of the UI Depok
tranquility also makes it very suitable for those of you who
dormitory are entitled to live in the dormitory for one
need tranquility to work and rest.
year (semesters 1 and 2).
Available facilities:
• Residents will be charged for every electronic device
which they brought to their dormitory rooms. • 70 fully furnished rooms (AC, TV, refrigerator)
• For further information, please contact UI Dormitory • Restaurant
secretariat at +6221-78744144 or by clicking http://asrama.
• Swimming Pool
ui.edu.
• Coffee Shop
• Meeting room (up to 100 person capacity)
• Pay phone shop and internet shop
• Photocopy
• Ballroom (with 800 person capacity)
• Parking area
UI Student Activity Center (PUSGIWA)

Location : UI Campus Depok
Phone : +6221-7270201
Pusgiwa UI is a place for various student activities in Univer-
sitas Indonesia. Here we can find secretariat offices of vari-
ous UI student organizations. Pusgiwa also provides many
facilities for students’ acitivites such as an 300-400 person
auditorium.
62
UI Students Hall 4. Borrowed bicycle is the responsibility of each student

until it is returned to the officer in charge of each bike
Location : UI Salemba Campus shelter.
Capacity : 300 People 5. Students may return the borrowed bicycle at the nearest
bike shelter by showing their student ID card (KTM) to
Phone : +6221-31901355/56 the officer of said shelter.
The UI Salemba Student Hall is one of the facilities in UI Service time for Bike to Campus is Monday to Friday, 08.00
under the management of Directorate of Student Affairs and – 17.00. For usage outside of service day and time, interested
Alumni Relation. This hall is often used for various activities party must coordinate in accordance to the existing regula-
such as meetings, seminars, workshops, and many more. The tion.
hall is available for use by the university members and public.
A few points worth noting in cycling:
Sport Facilities Once you’ve received your borrowed bicycle from the shelter
A. Stadium officer, please do the following:
• Football field 1. Make sure that your bicycle are in good order and func-
tion well.
• Triple Jump Field
2. Make sure that you have both hand on the bicycle handle,
• Athletic Field put your books/bags on the provided space.
B. In Door (Gymnasium) 3. Arrange your seat in accordance to your height, the height
• Badminton court of your seat determines your comfort in cycling.
• Volleyball court 4. Each bicycle has three shifter levels, use them in accor-
dance.
• Basketball court
5. Ride the bicycle on the provided track, stay at the left side
C. Out Door of the track when passing other bicycle.
• Hockey field 6. Pay special care to motorcycles at each crossing.
• Basketball court (3 lines) 7. Pay special attention to cycling safety.
• Badminton court (1 line)
Student Organization
Permit form or letter for the use of UI Student Activity Center
(Pusgiwa), UI Student Hall, and Sport Facilities must be Students are a nation’s agent of change in making changes
submitted to the Directorate of Student Affairs and Alumni towards a fair and prosper independent society. Their power
Relation UI located at the Student Activity Center Building, in fighting and struggling toward that goal must always be
UI Campus Depok. balanced with moral power as future asset in their fight in
realizing the country’s objectives. Thus, students need a vessel
Phone : +6221-7866403, 7863453 where all of their independent, family oriented, scientific,
Fax : +6221-7863453 society oriented, and open activities can be accommodated. In
Universitas Indonesia, this vessel is called Universitas Indone-
at FTUI, several sport facilities are available: basket ball sia Student Society Association (Ikatan Keluarga Mahasiswa
court, futsal court and climbing wall. Universitas Indonesia – IKM UI).
Bike to Campus IKM UI is a formal and legal organization which is the parent
organization for all student activities in Universitas Indone-
As a proof to Universitas Indonesia’s commitment in imple- sia. IKM UI adopts constitutional values adapted with the
menting the “Go Green” program, UI has provided free need of student lives. Sovereignty of IKM UI lies in the hand
bicycles as a mean of transportation within the campus area. of the students and is fully implemented according to Laws
Started in 2008, this program establishes collaboration with and Constitution of IKM UI. The members of IKM UI are
the Bike to Work and Polygon, making UI the first campus in registered students in the Universitas Indonesia, consisting
Indonesia with their own Bike to Campus program. of active and regular members. Active members are IKM UI
members that have followed active member admission proce-
These bicycles, which colors and and form are specially
dures and received recommendation from the faculty. Regular
design for UI, are single seat bicycles. By July 2009, there are
members are IKM UI members that are not registered within
around 300 units of bicycle available for use and will continue
the active membership of IKM UI. The symbol of the Univer-
to be added in accordance with the campus development or
sitas Indonesia Student Society Association (IKM UI) is the
demand.
Makara of Universitas Indonesia with the wording IKATAN
How to Borrow: KELUARGA MAHASISWA UNIVERSITAS INDONESIA in
black.
1. Students simply showed their student ID card (KTM) to
officer in charge of each bike shelter. Student organizations that are incorporated within the IKM
UI are:
2. Campus bicycle can only be use on the available bicycle
track. It is forbidden to ride them outside of the available 1. Students Forum
track or to take them outside of campus area.
2. Students Representative Council
3. Each bicycle is equipped with a trunk with a maximum
3. Student Executive Body
capacity of 10 kg and is not to be use as a passenger space.
4. Financial Audit Agency 63
5. Student Court in the Universitas Indonesia in one area of specialization,

talent and religious services at the university level under the
6. Student Element of the Board of Trustees
coordination of the Students Representative Council.
7. Autonomous Body of the Student Activity Unit
a. Art
8. Semi Autonomous Body of the Student Activity Unit
1. Krida Budaya Dance League
Students Representative Council (Dewan 2. Madah Bahana Marching Band
Perwakilan Mahasiswa - DPM)
3. Mahawarditra Philharmonic
Students Representative Council is the high level body within
the Universitas Indonesia Student Society Association (IKM 4. Paragita Choir
UI) which possesses a legislative power. Members of the
5. Student Theater
DPM UI consist of independent members from each facul-
ties and representatives of legislative bodies of each faculty. b. Sport
Independent members are voted through a general election,
1. Badminton
while there can only be one representative from each facul-
ty’s legislative body. Membership of DPM UI is inaugurated 2. Hockey
by a student forum decree. Term of office for members of the
3. Tennis
DPM UI is one year and ended simultaneously with the inau-
guration of the new members of the DPM. The requirements 4. Soccer
for becoming a member of the DPM UI are regulated within
the IKM UI laws. DPM UI has the authority in term of legisla- 5. Basket Ball
tive, supervision, and assessment of Students Representative 6. Swimming
Council’s (BEM UI) Work Accountability Report, jurisdiction,
facility, and designing the admission mechanism and follow 7. Volley Ball
up on financial budget plan of each student organizations 8. Softball
within the Universitas Indonesia for each period of manage-
ment. Members of the DPM UI are entitled to interpellation 9. Bridge
right, voting right, and the right to convey suggestion and 10. Futsal
express their opinions.
11. Dance Sport
Secretariat : Student Activity Center
12. Cricket
Building (Pusgiwa), 2nd floor
13. Table Tennis
Phone :+6221-94629107,
c. Martial Art
+6285717884964
1. Taekwondo
Students Representative Council (Badan Ekse-
kutif Mahasiswa - BEM) 2. Merpati Putih
Universitas Indonesia Students Representative Council is 3. Aikido

a student organization within the university level with the 4. Wushu
executive power. Term of office for UI Students Representa-
tive Council is one year, from January to December each year. d. Religious Groups
Chairman and Vice Chairman of BEM UI are elected as a 1. Moslem Student Society (Nuansa Islam Mahasiswa -
couple directly by members of the IKM UI in a Universitas SALAM)
Indonesia General Election. The elected Chairman and Vice
Chairman of BEM UI are later officially inaugurated with a 2. Catholic Student Society (Keluarga Mahasiswa Katolik
Student Forum Decree. Function and authority of BEM UI are, - KMK)
among other: advocate students in issues relating to funds and 3. Oikumene Civitas Academica Society (Persekutuan
facilities at the university level; addressing the external politic Oikumene Sivitas Akademika - POSA)
policy of IKM UI; serve and coordinate with the Universitas
Indonesia Autonomy Body of UKM UI, faculty’s executive 4. Buddhist Student Society (Keluarga Mahasiswa Budhis)
body, and student element of the Board of Trustees. BEM UI 5. Hindu Student Society (Keluarga Mahasiswa Hindu)
Board of Administrators is elected based on open and close
recruitment mechanism. e. Academic Group
Student Activity Unit (Unit Kegiatan Mahasiswa 1. Eka Prasetya Student Study Group (KSM EP)
- UKM) 2. English Debating Society (EDS)
Student Activity Unit of Universitas Indonesia (UKM-UI) is f. Entrepreneurship
a place of student activities and creations in the Universitas
Indonesia in one area of specialization, talent and religious 1. Student Voice
services at the university level. The Student Activity Unit 2. CEDS
consists of the Autonomy and Semi Autonomy Bodies.
Universitas Indonesia UKM Autonomy Body is a UKM in 3. Student Radio (RTC UI FM) 107,9 FM
the university level which is deemed qualified and valid by g. Others
the decree of the Student Forum into an autonomic UKM UI
Autonomy Body. While the Universitas Indonesia UKM Semi 1. Wira Makara (Student Regiment)
Autonomy Body is a place of student activities and creations
2. Students’ Mountaineering Club (Mapala)
64
Career Development Center strengthening community institutions, the socialization of

rational drug use, exposure to and understanding aspects of
Career Development Center is a center with the aim of customary law, relief efforts on illiterates in the society and
preparing UI graduates to have more skill and higher level of other community programs both for formal and non-formal
competitiveness and at the same time channeled UI graduates societies.
to the working world. CDC is located in the Student Center
Student Creativity Program - Writing Scientific
Building.
Articles (PKM - AI)
Phone/Fax : +6221-70880577/78881021
This program is a program of writing a scientific article which
Email : cdc-ui@ui.ac.id originated from student activities in education, research, or
community service which the student has done himself (case
FTUI also has a CDC, located at 3rd floor of Engineering studies, field practice, community development work, student
Center (EC) Building. creativity program, internships, and many other).
Phone : +6221-78880766 Student Creativity Program – Written Concept (PKM
- GT)
National Student Science Week
This program is a program of writing a scientific article that
The National Student Science Week (Pekan Ilmiah Mahasiswa originated from ideas or concepts from a group of students.
Nasional - PIMNAS) is a prestigious event for all Universities This written idea refers to an actual problem that can be found
in Indonesia organized by the Directorate General of Higher in the community and require a smart and realistic solution.
Education (DIKTI). The Adikarta Kertawidaya trophy is the In each area these programs are subdivided into seven groups
award contested at the PIMNAS. PIMNAS is an opportunity of fields of science, namely:
to channel the creativity, education and community service
of the society in a Student Activities Program. Below is some 1. Health field, including: Pharmacy, Nutrition, Obstetrics,
of the Student Activities Program being contested within the Medicine, Dentistry, Nursing, Public Health, and Psychol-
National Student Science Week. ogy.
Student Creativity Program – Research (PKM-P) 2. Agricultural field, include: Veterinary Medicine, Forestry,
Maritime, Fisheries, Agriculture, Animal Husbandry, and
This program is a research program that aimed to identify Agricultural Technology.
the determinants of the quality of the product, find a causal
relationship between two or more factors, experimented with 3. Mathematic and Natural Sciences field, including:
a form or equipment, to establish the method of learning, Astronomy, Biology, Geography, Physics, Chemistry, and
conduct an inventory of resources, modifying existing prod- Mathematics.
ucts, identify the chemical compounds in the plants, testing 4. Technology and Engineering field, including: Information
the efficacy of plant extracts, formulate marketing techniques, Technology, Engineering, and Agricultural Technology.
a health survey of street children, teaching methods Balinese
script in elementary school students, the rate of economic 5. Social Economy field, including: Agribusiness (Agricul-
growth in the craft center of Kasongan, superstition factor ture), Economic, Social and Political Sciences.
that characterizes the behavior of the Javanese community 6. Humanities field, including: Religion, Language, Philoso-
and other activities that have such a purpose. phy, Literature, and Art.
Student Creativity Program - Technology Application 7. Education field, including: Education Sciences study
(PKM-T) program under the Faculty of Education.
This program is a technology assistance program (quality of Submission deadline for PKM-K, PKM-M, and PKM-P propos-
raw materials, prototypes, models, equipment or production als are in October of each year, while deadline proposals for
processes, waste management, and quality assurance systems PKM-GT and PKM-AI are in March of each year. Almost all of
and many other) or other micro-or small-scale industries these areas can be followed by students in 12 faculties at UI.
(home industries, small traders or cooperation) as needed PIMNAS is a means to prove the existence of UI as a research
by the potential partners in the program. PKMT require university in Indonesia. Win the Adikarta Kertawidya trophy
students to exchange ideas with their partner in the program and show the existence of UI as the Research Campus.
first, because the product is a solution of a problem which the
PKMT partner prioritizes. Thus, in the proposed program, For further information :
the student must attach a Statement of Willingness to Work http://bem.ui.ac.id/
Together with Partner on a paper with Rp. 6000, - seal.
http://mahasiswa.ui.ac.id/info-pkm-2010.html
Student Creativity Program – Entrepreneurship
(PKM-K) Scholarship
This program is the where students develop their skills in
Universitas Indonesia currently manages approximately 71
entrepreneurship and is a profit oriented program. Business
scholarships both from the government and the private sector.
commodities produced can be in the form of goods or services
Information about scholarships can be obtained at the Student
which in turn are one of the basic capital students will need in
Affairs Division of each faculty or through the website of the
entrepreneurship and to enter the market.
Directorate of Student Affairs at www.mahasiswa.ui.ac.id.
Student Creativity Program – Community Service
(PKM-M)
This program is an assistance program in science, tech-
nology, and arts in an effort to increase performance, build
business skills, structuring and improving the environment,
65
Flowchart of Scholarship Application - Bank Mandiri

Students Faculty Directorate of Student
- Bank Mandiri Prestasi
Affairs
7. Bank Mayapada
Start
8. Bank Niaga
Sponsors (companies)
offer scholarship pro- 9. Bank Permata
gram to Universitas
Indonesia 10. Bank Tabungan Negara
The information The information 11. Student Special Aid
on the scholarship will then be shared
is then posted on with Student - Special Aid for Undergraduate Program Student
www.mahasiswa.
ui.ac.id
Affairs division in
each faculty - Special Aid for Vocational Program Student
12. BAZNAS
Interested and
qualified stu-
Associate Dean
of Student Affairs
13. West Java Scholarship
dents provide provide his/her
all requirement recommendation 14. BMU Scholarship
to apply for the on students who
scholarship will receive the
scholarship. 15. CIMB Niaga Excellent Scholarship
Student pass
16. DKI Jakarta Scholarship
scholarship - Jakarta Achievement Scholarship
selection
- Jakarta Thesis Scholarship
Tidak Ya
17. BPMIGAS
Associate Dean of Final scholarship se-
Student Affairs rec- lection and selection 18. BRI
ommends students result submission
who will receive to the scholarship
the scholarship. sponsor 19. BUMN
20. DIKNAS
Scholarship recip- Confirmation of
ient announce- scholarship recipi- - Diknas (Excellent Activist Scholarship)
ment is passed on
to the Faculty’s
ents by the sponsor
company company
- Diknas (Excellent Master Scholarship)
student affairs - Diknas (Super Excellent Scholarship)
division
21. Diknas 1 (BBM)
Announcement Announcement of
to scholarship the scholarship 22. Diknas 2 (PPA)
recipients recipients is posted
on www.mahasiswa.
ui.ac.id or through 23. Eka 2007 - 2008
finish the Faculty’s Stu-
dent Affairs Division 24. Eka 2008 - 2009
25. Eka CIpta (Uang Buku)
There are two types of scholarship in UI: 26. Exxon MOBIL (For Students from Aceh)
• UI Scholarship 27. Exxon MOBIL (For Students from Aceh) Thesis
• Donor/Sponsor Scholarship 28. Indosat
General requirement procedure for scholarship application 29. Karya Salemba 4 (KS 4)
from Donor/Sponsor: 30. KORINDO
• Submit application through the Faculty Head with a 31. LGE
recommendation from the Associate Dean of Student
Affairs. 32. MARUBENI
• Submit a photocopy of academic transcript stating a 33. MC.DERMONT

GPA corresponding with the requirement given by the 34. Part Time Job
donor/sponsor.
35. Posco (Thesis Aid)
• Not a smoker.
36. PPA/BBM Angkatan 2009
• Is not a receiver of similar other scholarship. - PPA/BBM DIII
• Other requirements as stated by the Donor/Sponsor. - PPA/BBM S1
List of Name of Scholarship Donor/Sponsor For 37. PPE

Universitas Indonesia Students 38. PT. BUMA Apparel Industry
1. Bank BNI 46 39. PT. Coca Cola
2. Bank Central Asia 40. PT. Indocement
3. Bank Indonesia 41. PT. Accenture
4. Bank KEB Indonesia 42. PT. Sun Life Indonesia
5. Bank Lippo 43. PT. Thiess
6. Bank Mandiri 44. Qatar Charity
66
45. Recapital • Non-medical care or treatment is not compensable.

46. Rotary Club Jakarta Sudirman • Students may send their inquiries regarding any matter
that are not listed here directly to the Universitas Indo-
47. Salim
nesia Head of Student Welfare Sub Directorate at the
48. Sariboga Central Administration Building, Universitas Indonesia
Campus, Depok.
49. Shell (Extention Scheme)
50. Shell (New Scheme)
Cause Condition Required Document
51. Sime Darby
1. A notification letter from
52. Sumitomo Bank (Supportive Scholarship) the Faculty’s Associate Dean
of Student Affairs to the Di-
53. Sumitomo Bank (Full Scholarship) rectorate of Students Affairs.
2. Accident Report issued by
54. Sumitomo Corporation Scholarship Injured the police
55. Supersemar 3. Treatment report from the

attending doctor
56. Tanoto 4. Original receipt from the
hospital or the attending
57. Tanoto S2 physician
58. Total E & P the Faculty’s Associate Dean
of Student Affairs to the Di-
59. TPSDP (DIKTI)
rectorate of Students Affairs.
60. UFJ Foundation / Mitsubishi Train 2. Accident Report issued by
Accident the police
61. Unilever 3. Accident Report from
Polsuska (PT. KAI)
62. Y. Asahi Glass (YAGI)
4. Autopsy report from the
63. Y. Toyota (REGULER) Death hospital
5. Death Certificate
64. Yayasan IJARI
6. A copy of the victim’s
65. Yayasan Goodwill Internasional birth certificate
7. A copy of Family Card
66. YAYASAN TIFICO 8. Heir certificate letter
from the local district office.
67. YKPP - Pertamina
- YKPP - Pertamina (Living Allowance)
the Faculty’s Associate Dean
- YKPP - Pertamina (Tuition Fee) of Student Affairs to the Di-
Insurance 2. Accident Report issued by

the police
Injured
Each student enrolled in Universitas Indonesia for each 3. Treatment report from the
attending doctor
running semester (participate in academic activities) will also
4. Original receipt from the
be registered as an insurance member of PT. Asuransi Jasa hospital or the attending
Raharja. physician and the pharmacy
For these insured students, they are allowed to submit an
the Faculty’s Associate Dean
insurance claim in accordance with the following provisions: of Student Affairs to the Di-
• Accidents included within the insurance claim are
Road 2. Accident Report issued by
accidents which occurred during the student’s journey Accident the police
from home to UI campus to participate in academic and 3. Accident Report from
extracurricular activities whether it is within or outside Transportation Agency
of Campus area and with the UI/Faculty’s Management’s 4. Autopsy report from the
knowledge and permission. hospital
Death
5. Death Certificate
• Compensation on claim regarding students’ accident is
only applicable to those who have paid the DKFM fee for 6. A copy of the victim's birth
certificate
the semester.
7. A copy of Family Card
• In the event of an accident, student must report the
8. Heir certificate letter
accident no later than 3x24 hours to the office of the from the local district office.
Universitas Indonesia Directorate of Student Affairs Sub
Directorate of Student Welfare Services or the nearest PT
Compensation Receivable from the Insurance Claim *)
Jasa Raharja Office Branch.
• Death due to an accident :
• If after 180 (one hundred and eighty) days, the accident is Rp. 5.000.000, -
not reported, insurance compensation shall be canceled. • Permanent disability due to accident :
Rp. 10.000.000, -
• Compensation claim (for victims suffering from inju-
• Care / medical Treatment due to accident (maximum
ries) must be submitted by attaching the original and
payment) :
valid receipt from doctor/hospital/clinic that treated the
Rp. 3.500.000, -
student’s injuries. 67
*) Subject about to change without notice South Jakarta : 7206011

Insurance Claims Process West Jakarta : 5482371
Student Faculty Directorate of
Students Affairs
East Jakarta : 8191478
Depok : 7520014
Start
International Journal of Technology
Students
Experience an International Journal of Technology (IJTech) is bi-annual
Accounted Peril
international referred journal with the objectives to explore,
develop, and elucidate the knowledge of engineering design
Students file a and technology, to keep practitioners and researchers
report to UPT
PLK/Nearest informed on current issues and best practices, as well as serv-
Police station ing as a platform for the exchange of ideas, knowledge, and
expertise among technology researchers and practitioners.
Students
request a cover International Journal of Technology provides an opportunity
letter from As- to share detailed insights from different understandings and
sociate Dean of Associate Dean Directorate of
Student Affairs of Student Af- Student Affairs
practices associated with technology. It provides an inter-
by providing: fairs submit the issues the cover- national forum for cross-disciplinary exchange of insights
doctor’s letter, insurance claim ing letter to PT. and ideas regarding value and practices for dissemination.
a proof of pay- to the Director- Jasa Raharja
ment, chrono- ate of Student Putra
International Journal of Technology will publish your work
logical report Affairs to international society of practitioners and researchers with
of event and interest in technology design and development from a wide
report from UPT
PLK/Police variety of sectors.
Website: www.ijtech.eng.ui.ac.id
Student files
his/her claim
to Jasa Raharja Quality in Research (QiR) Conference
Putra Mampang
Branch Office, QiR Conference is a bi-annual international conference orga-
South Jakarta nized by FTUI since 1998. The 16th QiR was held in Padang,
West Sumatera from 22 – 24 July 2019. This conference provide
Finish a chance for students, be it undergraduate, master or doctoral
program students, to present their research findings in front
of an international audience. The 17th QiR will be held in July
General Information 2021. For more detail information on Qir, please visit: http://
qir.eng.ui.ac.id.
Post Office, Depok Campus
The Depok Campus Post Office offers postage stamp sales,
International Office
special delivery mail delivery, registered mail, parcel post, International Office is the university division dedicated to
money orders, checks and postal giro and savings services support the internationalization goals of the university and
such as Batara. to handle international mobility involving the university and
Address: Ground Floor Integrated Student Services Center the international civitas academica. Their goal is to assist the
(PPMT) Building, UI ,Depok Campus, 16424 international students and scholars handle their academic-re-
lated matters at Universitas Indonesia and to bridge Universi-
Important Phone Numbers tas Indonesia’s civitas academica with overseas universities.
UI Campus Salemba Universitas Indonesia has a worldwide cooperation with vari-
ous universities all over the world. These cooperations include
Phone : +6221-330343, 3303455 not only academic but also research collaborations, giving the
Fax : +6221-330343 international access and exposure to its entire proud member.
UI Campus Depok The International Office of Universitas Indonesia provides

various services such as: Bilateral Cooperation (University to
Phone : +6221-7270020, 7270021, 7270022, 7270023, 7863460 University Cooperation), Regional Cooperation (International
Firefighters : 116 Associations & International Forums), Government to Govern-
ment Cooperation (G to G), International Learning and Teach-
SAR : 55 021 ing, Student Exchange, Double Degree, Sandwich Program,
Visiting Scholars, Study abroad, Scholarship Opportunities,
Ambulance
International Research and Research Training, International
RSCM : 118 Knowledge Transfer; are some of the services provided by
the International Office. These opportunities are open for all
Accidents : 119, 334 130
university members from lecturers to students, be it in their
Police (on duty) : 525011 Bachelor, Master or Ph.D program. Students can benefit from
these programs in experiencing a once in a life time chance
Police station
to study and understand different academic cultures in the
Central Jakarta : 3909922 world.
North Jakarta : 491 017 For further information, please contact:
68
Central Administration Building

1st Floor, Universitas Indonesia
Kampus Depok, Jawa Barat 16424
Phone/fax : +62 21 – 7888 0139
Email : intofui@yahoo.com, io-ui@ui.ac.id
Milist : internationaloffice@yahoogroups.com
Twitter : @intofui
69
70
Undergraduate Program in Civil Engineering

Program Specification
1. Awarding Institution Universitas Indonesia

Double Degree: Universitas Indonesia and partner university
2. Teaching Institution Universitas Indonesia
3. Faculty Engineering
4. Programme Tittle Undergraduate Program in Civil Engineering
5. Vision and Misson Vision of Civil Engineering Study Programme
To become a center of knowledge and technology in Civil Engi-
neering and Environmental Engineering and to play an important
role in global market
Mission of Civil Engineering Study Programme

1. To improve the quality of graduates in mastering Civil and
Environmental Engineering knowledge with solid founda-
tion, and to provide them with internationally standardized
environmental insight
2. To actively contribute ideas through research including direct
involvement in community service that is oriented to the
development of facilities and infrastructure in the Civil and
Environmental Engineering discipline, as well as reflecting
upon the balanced relationships between human beings and
nature.
3. To shape and build students that can demonstrate strong
leadership and independent personality, along with the ability
to socialize, communication effectively and uphold profession
ethics.
6. Class Regular, Parallel, and International
7. Final Award Sarjana Teknik (S.T)
Double Degree: Sarjana Teknik (S.T) and Bachelor of Engineering
(B.Eng)
8. Accreditation / Recognition BAN-PT: Excellent - accredited
AUN-QA
IABEE
9. Language(s) of Instruction Bahasa Indonesia and English
10. Study Scheme (Full Time / Part Time) Full Time
11. Entry High school /equivalent, or D3 / Polytechnique / equivalent,
Requirements AND pass the entrance exam.
12. Study Duration Designed for 4 years
Type of Semester Number of
Number of weeks / semester
Semester
Regular 8 16
Short (optional) 3 8
13. Aims of The Programme
1. Able to design environmentally friendly infrastructure professionally and based on reliable economic analysis;
2. Able to communicate and coordinate effectively; and
3. Have an adaptive attitude and open to the dynamics of science
14. Graduate Profi les:
A professional/responsible Bachelor Engineer who capable of designing civil engineering infrastructures by consider-
ing social, economic, and environmental aspects over the infrastructures’ life cycle.
71
15. Expected Learning Outcomes:

1. Apply knowledge of mathematics, natural science, engineering fundamentals and civil engineering to the solution
of complex engineering problems.
2. Identify, formulate, research literature and analyze complex civil engineering problems reaching substantiated
conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences and engineering sciences.
3. Design solutions for complex civil engineering problems and design systems, components or processes that meet
specified needs with appropriate consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex civil engineering problems using research-based knowledge and research
methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of information to
provide valid conclusions.
5. Create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools, including
prediction and modelling, to complex civil engineering problems, with an understanding of the limitations.
6. Apply reasoning informed by contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and
the consequent responsibilities relevant to professional civil engineering practice and solutions to complex civil
engineering problems.
7. Understand and evaluate the sustainability and impact of professional engineering work in the solution of complex
civil engineering problems in societal and environmental contexts.
8. Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of engineering practice.
9. Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams and in multi-disciplinary settings.
10. Communicate effectively on complex civil engineering activities with the civil engineering community and with
society at large, such as being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make
effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
11. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering management principles and economic decision-making
and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary
environments.
12. Recognize the need for and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the
broadest context of technological change.
13. Apply knowledge of entrepreneurship to identify an independent business based on creativity and professional
ethics.
16. Classification of Subjects
No. Classification Credit Hours (SKS) Percentage
i University General Subjects 9 6%
ii Basic Engineering Subjects 13 9%
iii Core Subjects 88 61 %
iv Elective Subjects 26 18 %
v Industrial Attachment, Seminar, Undergraduate Thesis, Project 8 6%
Total 144 100 %
Total Credit Hours to Graduate 144 SKS
72
Learning Outcomes
73
74
Flow Diagram of Subjects Undergraduate Program on Civil Engineering

Course Structure of Undergraduate 6th Semester

Program in Civil Engineering (Regular/ ENCV 606 001 Concrete Structure 1 3
Parallel) ENCV 606 002
Construction & Heavy Equip-
4
ment Management
ENCV 606 003 Highway Engineering Design 2 2
Code Subject SKS
Writing and Presentation
1st Semester ENCV 606 004 2
Technique
UIGE 600 004 Religion 2 ENCV 606 006 Water Engineering 2 3
UIGE 600 003 Academic Writing 2 Elective Course 9
ENGE 600 001 Calculus 1 3 Sub Total 19
ENCV 601 001 Physics (Mechanics and Ther- 7th Semester
4
mal)
ENCV 600 100 Field Internship 3
ENCV 601 002 Environmental Basic Chemistry 3
ENCV 607 001 Infrastucture Des ign Project 4
ENCV 601 003 Intro to Civil Engineering
3 Elective Courses 7
System
Sub Total 14
ENCV 601 004 Material Properties 3
8th Semester
Sub-Total 20
ENCV 600 400 Undergraduate Thesis 5
2 Semester
nd
ENCV 608 001 Ethics and Aspects in Construc-
UIGE 600 006 Integrated Charater Building 5 2
tion Contract Laws
ENGE 600 002 Calculus 2 3 Elective Courses 4
ENGE 600 007 Physics (Electricity, MWO) 3 Sub Total 11
ENGE 600 004 Linear Algebra 4 Total 144
ENCV 602 001 Construction Drawing 1 2
ENCV 602 002 Statics 3
Sub Total 20
3 Semester
rd

ENCV 603 002 Solid Mechanics 4
ENCV 603 003 Fluid Mechanics 3
Statistics and Probabilistic of
ENCV 603 004 2
Experimental Design
ENCV 603 005 Basic Soil Mechanics 3
Surveying & Geospatial Infor-
ENCV 603 006 2
mation Systems
ENCV 603 007 Advanced Calculus 3
Sub Total 20
4th Semester
ENCV 604 001 Soil Mechanics 3
ENCV 604 002 Hydraulics 3
ENCV 604 003 Structural Analysis 4
ENCV 604 004 Numerical Method 2
ENCV 604 005 Transportation Engineering 3
Elective Course 5
Sub Total 20
5 Semester
th
ENCV 605 001 Foundation Engineering 3

ENCV 605 002 Engineering System 2
ENCV 605 004 Steel Structure 1 3
ENCV 605 005 Water Engineering 1 3
Elective Course 5
Sub Total 20
75
Electives Course Geotechnical Engineering Courses

Code Elective Courses SKS Code Course SKS
4 Semester
th ENCV 602 001 Construction Drawing 1 2
ENCV 604 101 Application of the FEM with 3 ENCV 603 001 Construction Drawing 2 3
Program Package Software ENCV 606 002 Construction & Heavy Equip- 4
ENCV 600 500 Internship A 2 ment Management
ENCV 600 011 Engineering Mechanics 3 ENCV 608 001 Ethics and Aspects in Construc- 2
tion Contract Laws
Code 5th Semester SKS
ENCV 607 501 Introduction to Stakeholders and 3
ENCV 605 102 Cold Formed Steel Structure 2
Project Communications
ENCV 605 301 Airport Planning 2
ENCV 608 503 Introduction to Quality & Risk 3
ENCV 600 012 HSE Protection 2 Management
Code 6th Semester SKS Water Resource Engineering Courses
ENCV 600 400 Internship B 3 Code Course SKS
ENCV 606 103 Steel Structure 2 3 ENCV 603 003 Fluid Mechanics 3
ENCV 606 201 Introduction to Geotechnical 2 ENCV 604 002 Hydraulics 3
Investigation
ENCV 606 302 Railroad Transportation 2
ENCV 606 303 Transportation and Environment 3
ENCV 801 402 Hydrological Engineering 3
ENCV 606 005 Entrepreneurship 2
ENCV 608 404 Water Resources Infrastructure 3
Transportation Engineering Courses
ENCV 607 104 Concrete Structure 2 3
Code Course SKS
ENCV 607 202 Geotechnical Construction 2
Method ENCV 603 006 Surveying & GIS 2
ENCV 607 304 Port Planning 3 ENCV 604 005 Transportation Engineering 3
ENCV 607 401 Coastal Engineering 3 ENCV 606 303 Transportation & Environment 2
ENCV 607 402 River Engineering 2 ENCV 605 301 Airport Planning 2
ENCV 607 501 Introduction to Stakeholders and 2 ENCV 803 502 Public Transportation Planning 3
Project Communications ENCV 803 508 Logistics Transportation 3
ENCV 607 502 Introduction to Management 2
System of HSE
ENCV 600 600 Special Topic of Research 3
Collaboration
ENCV 600 200 Student Affairs 1
ENCV 608 403 Stormwater management 2
ENCV 608 404 Water Resources Infrastructure 2
Management
ENCV 608 504 Introduction to Procurement 2
Management & Contract
Administration and Claim
Minor Course
Structural Engineering Courses

Code Course SKS
ENCV 601 004 Material Properties 2
ENCV 602 002 Statics 3
ENCV 603 002 Solid Mechanics 4
ENCV 604 101 Application of the FEM with 3
Program Package Software
ENCV 606 001 Concreta Structure 1 3
76
Transition Policy from the 2016 to the 2020 Curriculum

1. New curriculum 2020 will be applied effectively from Odd Semester 2020/2021. In principle, after curriculum 2020 is imple-
mented, then only courses from this new curriculum will be opened.
2. For class 2019 and above will follow this transition rules.
3. The enforcement of the transitional period is one year. During this transition period, if a course in curriculum 2020 is in
odd semester while in previous curriculum in even semester (vice versa), then this course can be held (if necessary) in both
semesters.
4. For students who have not passed the compulsory courses in curriculum 2016, are required to take the same course or
equivalent in curriculum 2020. Equivalence courses can be seen in the table below. All courses in the curriculum 2016 that
are not listed in equivalence table have not changed, both in names and credits.
5. When there is a change in the course credits, then the number of graduation credits counted in, is the number of credits
when it was taken. The same or equivalent courses when are equated with different credits, if retaken, or just taken will be
acknowledged under a new name and credits. (see course equivalence table).
6. When a compulsory subject in the curriculum 2016 is deleted and there is no equivalence in the curriculum 2020 then: For
students who have passed these subjects, the credits that are achieved will be counted in the calculation of graduation 144
credits.For students who did not pass these courses, they can take new compulsory courses or choose elective subjects in
the curriculum 2020 to complete 144 credits.
Equalizing the 2016 Curriculum Subjects and the 2020 Curriculum for Civil Engineering Undergraduate
Name of Courses in Curriculum Credits Name of Courses in Curriculum Credits

No Remarks
2016 2016 2020 2020
1 Integrated Character Building - A Those who have not
(MPKT A) 6 pass MPKT-A and
MPKT-B can enroll in
2 Integrated Character Building MPKT
(MPKT) Those who have not
Integrated Character Building - B
6 5 pass one of MPKT-A or
(MPKT B)
MPKT-B; do not have
None to retake MPKT
3 Those who have not
Olahraga / Seni 1 pass; see transition
rule #6
4 Agama 2 Religion 2 The change of teaching
5 learning method;
Bahasa Inggris 3 Bahasa Inggris 2 (refer to course plan /
syllabus )
6 Physics - Mechanics and Thermo- The change of course
Physics - Mechanics and Thermal 3 4
dynamics name
7 Physics - Mechanics and Thermal Those who have not
1 None -
Lab pass the laboratory
8 courses are suggested
to enroll in one of new
Physics - Electricity, MWO Lab 1 None - compulsory courses of
Curriculum 2020
9 Those who have
Basic Chemistry 2 2
not pass one of
10 Basic Chemistry or
Environmental Basic Chemistry Advanced Chemistry
Advanced Chemistry 2 2 should enroll in
Environment Basic
Chemistry
11 The change of course
Construction Drawing 2 Construction Drawing 1 2
name
12 Surveying & Geospatial Informa- The change of course
Surveying 3 2
tion System name & credits
Statics 4 Statiics 3
credit
77

Statistic & Probabilistic 2 Statistic & Probabilistic 2
name
Building Construction 3 Construction Drawing 2 3
name
Structural Analysis 3 Structural Analysis 4
credit
Road Geometric Design 3 Highway Engineering Design 1 4
pass one of Road
18 Geometric Design or
Pavement Engineering
Pavement Design 3 Highway Engineering Design 2 2 should enroll in both
Highway Engineering
1 and 2
19 Those who have
Construction Management 2
not pass one of
20 C o n s t r u c t i o n
Management or
4 Construction Methods
Construction Methods & Equip- ment Management
2 & Equipments should
ments enroll in Construction
& Heavy Equipment
Management
Capstone Project 3 Infrastructure Design Project 4
name & credits
22
Internship 3 Field Internship 3
23 The change of
Seminar 1 Seminar 1
prequisite
24
Final Project 4 Final Project 4
25
- Student Activity 1
New courses,
26
- Civil Engineering System 2 compulsory for batch
2018 onward
27
- Effective Communication 2
28 Internship A
- 2/3 New elective courses
Internship B
78
Course Structure International Sub Total 20

Undergraduate Program on Civil 6 Semester
th
Engineering UIGE 600 006 Integrated Charater Building 5

Code Subject SKS ENCV 616 002 Writing and Presentation 2
1st Semester Technique
UIGE 600 003 Academic Writing 2 ENCV 616 003 Highway Engineering Design 2 2
ENGE 610 001 Calculus 1 3 ENCV 616 004 Ethics and Legal Aspect of 2
Construction Contract
ENCV 611 001 Physics (Mechanics and Ther- 4
mal) ENCV 616 005 Infrastructure Design Project 4
ENCV 611 002 Statics 3 Sub Total 18
ENCV 611 003 Construction Drawing 1 2 7 Semester
th
ENCV 611 004 Material Properties 3 ENCV 610 100 Field Internship 3
ENCV 611 005 Intro to Civil Engineering 3 Elective Course 10
System Sub Total 13
Sub Total 20 8th Semester
2 nd Semester ENCV 610 300 Final Project 5
ENGE 610 002 Calculus 2 3 Elective Course 9
ENGE 610 007 Physics (Electricity, MWO) 3 Total 14
ENGE 610 004 Linear Algebra 4 Total 114
ENCV 612 001 Basic Soil Mechanics 3
Electives Course
ENCV 612 003 Solid Mechanics 4 Code Elective Courses SKS
Sub Total 20 Odd Semester
3rd Semester ENCV 617 101 Cold Formed Steel Structure 2
ENCV 613 001 Statistics and Probabilistic of 2 ENCV 617 102 Concrete Structure 2 3
Experimental Design ENCV 617 201 Geotechnical Construction 2
ENCV 613 002 Advanced Calculus 3 Method
ENCV 613 003 Environmental Basic Chemistry 3 ENCV 617 301 Airport Planning 2
ENCV 613 004 Soil Mechanics 3 ENCV 617 302 Port Planning 3
ENCV 613 005 Fluid Mechanics 3 ENCV 617 401 Coastal Engineering 3
ENCV 613 006 Surveying & Geospatial Infor- 2 ENCV 617 402 River Engineering 2
mation Systems ENCV 617 501 Introduction to Stakeholders and 2
ENCV 613 007 Structural Analysis 4 Project Communications
Sub Total 20 ENCV 617 502 Introduction to Management 2
System of HSE
4thSemester
ENCV 610 200 Service Learning 1
ENCV 610 400 Internship A 2
ENCV 610 500 Special Topic of Research 3
Collaboration
ENCV 614 004 Hydraulics 3
ENCV 610 012 HSE Protection 2
ENCV 614 005 Numerical Method 2
Even Semester
Elective Courses 3
ENCV 618 103 Application of the FEM with 3
Sub Total 19 Program Package Software
5th Semester ENCV 618 104 Steel Structure 2 3
UIGE 600 004 Religion 2 ENCV 618 303 Railroad Transportation 2
ENCV 615 001 Highway Engineering Design 1 4 ENCV 618 304 Transportation and Environment 3
ENCV 615 002 Water Engineering 1 3 ENCV 618 403 Stormwater management 2
ENCV 615 003 Construction & Heavy Equip- 4 ENCV 618 404 Water Resources Infrastructure 2
ment Management
ENCV 615 004 Concrete Structure 1 3 Management
Elective Courses 4
79
ENCV 618 504 Introduction to Procurement 2

Management & Contract
Administration and Claim
ENCV 610 600 Internship B 3
ENCV 610 011 Engineering Economics 3

2. For class 2019 and above will follow this transition rules.
semesters.
6. When a compulsory subject in the curriculum 2016 is deleted and there is no equivalence in the curriculum 2020 then: For
students who have passed these subjects, the credits that are achieved will be counted in the calculation of graduation 144
credits.For students who did not pass these courses, they can take new compulsory courses or choose elective subjects in

No Remarks
2016 2016 2020 2020
1 Integrated Character Building - A Those who have not
(MPKT A) 6 pass MPKT-A and
MPKT-B can enroll in
2 Integrated Character Building MPKT
(MPKT) Those who have not
Integrated Character Building - B
6 5 pass one of MPKT-A or
(MPKT B)
MPKT-B; do not have
None to retake MPKT
Olahraga / Seni 1 pass; see transition
rule #6
4 Agama 2 Religion 2 The change of teaching
5 learning method;
Bahasa Inggris 3 Bahasa Inggris 2 (refer to course plan /
syllabus )
6 Physics - Mechanics and Thermo- The change of course
Physics - Mechanics and Thermal 3 4
dynamics name
7 Physics - Mechanics and Thermal Those who have not
1 None -
Lab pass the laboratory
8 courses are suggested
to enroll in one of new
Physics - Electricity, MWO Lab 1 None - compulsory courses of
Curriculum 2020
9 Those who have
Basic Chemistry 2 2
not pass one of
10 Basic Chemistry or
Environmental Basic Chemistry Advanced Chemistry
Advanced Chemistry 2 2 should enroll in
Environment Basic
Chemistry
80

Construction Drawing 2 Construction Drawing 1 2
name
12 Surveying & Geospatial Informa- The change of course
Surveying 3 2
tion System name & credits
Statics 4 Statiics 3
credit
Statistic & Probabilistic 2 Statistic & Probabilistic 2
name
Building Construction 3 Construction Drawing 2 3
name
Structural Analysis 3 Structural Analysis 4
credit
Road Geometric Design 3 Highway Engineering Design 1 4
pass one of Road
18 Geometric Design or
Pavement Engineering
Pavement Design 3 Highway Engineering Design 2 2 should enroll in both
Highway Engineering
1 and 2
19 Those who have
Construction Management 2
not pass one of
20 C o n s t r u c t i o n
Management or
4 Construction Methods
Construction Methods & Equip- ment Management
2 & Equipments should
ments enroll in Construction
& Heavy Equipment
Management
Capstone Project 3 Infrastructure Design Project 4
name & credits
22
Internship 3 Field Internship 3
23 The change of
Seminar 1 Seminar 1
prequisite
24
Final Project 4 Final Project 4
25
- Student Activity 1
New courses,
26
- Civil Engineering System 2 compulsory for batch
2018 onward
27
- Effective Communication 2
28 Internship A
- 2/3 New elective courses
Internship B
81
82
Flow Diagram of Subjects – International Undergraduate Program on Civil Engineering

individuals and members. the community by using good

Course Sylabus of University Subjects and correct Indonesian and the latest information and
INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING communication technology (C4, A4)
UIGE6000061/UIGE6100061 • CPMK 2: Able to identify various entrepreneurial efforts
5 credits characterized by innovation and independence based on
Syllabus : ethics (C2, A5)
The Integrated Character Building is part of the Higher • CPMK 3: After completing this course, students are
Education Personality Development Lecture which is held able to apply self-regulated learning characteristically
for students which contains elements of the internalization in pursuing integrated and comprehensive knowledge
of basic life values, interaction/relationship skills, nationality through analysis of science problems, technology based
and academic skills as the basis for student personality to on the role of nature manager by using good and correct
carry out learning according to scientific disciplines. Indonesian and information technology and current
communications. (C4, A4)
MPKT is carried out in the form of a series of learning
activities outside the formal class. activities carried out • CPMK 4: After completing this course, students are able
include participation in lectures/seminars, internships, field to plan creative activities to solve problems in society
work practices, social work, sports and/or arts activities and and the world of work/industry by showing creativity,
other forms of activities that have the main goal of equipping critical thinking, collaborative self-discipline using good
students with soft skills and proven by portfolio documents. and correct Indonesian as well as the latest information
The form of this learning activity is different from the MPKT and communication technology (C5, A5)
courses that have been carried out at the previous UI. Prerequisite : -
The material provided at MPKT aims to form a human thinking ACADEMIC WRITING
pattern with values and morals to create a human personality UIGE610002
by having critical, logical, creative, innovative thinking, and 2 credits
having intellectual curiosity and an entrepreneurial spirit. The Objectives :
The material provided includes 9 UI values, national, state and
citizen values b
ased on Pancasila. Solving problems in science, To activate students, English so that they will be able to
technology, health, and humans as natural managers by using communicate effectively in English;
reasoning and utilizing Information and Communication To enable students to develop the learning strategies and
Technology (ICT) to achieve the final objectives of this module. study skills needed to finish their study successfully and o
Lecture activities are carried out using an online student- continue learning on their own after taking the MPK program
centered learning (SCL) approach which can use the (to develop independent learners)
following methods: experiential learning (EL), collaborative Main Competencies :
learning (CL), problem-based learning (PBL), question-based
learning, and project based learning. The use of these various • Listen to, understand and take notes of key information
methods is carried out through group discussion activities, in academic lectures of between 5-10 minutes length;
independent assignment exercises, presentations, writing • Improve their listening skills through various listening
papers in Indonesian and interactive discussions in online materials and procedures;
discussion forums. The language of instruction in this lecture
is Indonesian. • Speak confidently, ask questions in and contribute to
small group discussions;
Graduate Learning Outcomes :
• Use different reading strategies needed to the effective
• CPL 1: Able to use spoken and written language readers;
in Indonesian and English both for academic and
non-academic activities (C3, A5) • Improve their reading skills through extensive reading
material;
• CPL 2: Have integrity and are able to think critically,
creatively, and innovatively and have intellectual • Develop skills in connecting ideas using appropriate
curiosity to solve problems at the individual and group transitions and conjunctions;
level (C4, A3) • Work as part of a group to prepare and deliver a 25-minute
• CPL 3: Able to provide alternative solutions to various presentation on an academic topic using appropriate
problems that arise in the community, nation, and organization, language and visual aids;
country (C4, A2) • Write a summary of a short academic article;
• CPL 4: Able to take advantage of information • Write an expository paragraph;
communication technology (C3)
• Write a short essay.
• CPL 5: Able to identify various entrepreneurial efforts
characterized by innovation and independence based on Learning Method : Active learning, Contextual language
ethics (C2, A5) learning, small group discussion.
Course Learning Outcomes : Prerequisite :
• CPMK 1: After completing this course, students are 1. Students Learning Orientation/Orientasi Belajar
able to apply self-regulated learning characteristically Mahasiswa (OBM)
in studying critically, logically, creatively, innovatively
ENGLISH
through analysis of societal problems, nation, state,
UIGE600003
and Pancasila ideology based on self-understanding as
2 credits
83
Learning Objectives : Jesus Christ by continuing to be responsible of his faith in life

in church and society.
After attending this subject, students are expected to capable
of use English to support the study in university and improve Syllabus :
language learning independently.
Almighty God and the God teachings; Man, Morals, science
Syllabus : technology and art; harmony between religions; Society,
Culture, Politics, Law: the substance of theses studies will be
Study Skills : (Becoming an active learner, Vocabulary
addressed by integrating the four dimensions of the teachings
Building: word formation and using the dictionary Listening
of the Catholic faith: the personal dimension, the dimension
strategies Extensive reading) Grammar: (Revision of Basic
of Jesus Christ, the dimension of the Church, and Community
grammar Types of sentences Adjective clauses, Adverb
dimension. Dimensions are implemented in the following
clauses Noun clauses, Reduced clauses) Reading: (Reading
themes: People, Religion, Jesus Christ, the Church, and Faith
skills: skimming, scanning, main idea, supporting ideas,
in the society.
Note-taking Reading popular science arti-cle, Reading an
academic text) Listening: (Listening to short conversations, CHRISTIAN STUDIES
Listening to a lecture and notetaking, Listening to a news UIGE6000012/UIGE610007
broadcast, Listening to a short story) Speaking: (Participating 2 credits
in discussions and meetings, Giving a presentation) Writing: General Instructional Objectives :
(Writing a summary of a short article Describing graphs
Cultivating students with comprehensive Christian
and tables, Writing an academic paragraph, Writing a basic
knowledge and teaching in the midst of the struggle and
academic essay (5 paragraphs).
the fight of the nation while also discussing the student’s
ISLAMIC STUDIES participation in line with the study to help improve and build
UIGE6000010/UIGE610005 our country.
2 credits
Learning Objectives :
General Instructional Objectives :
Course participants are expected to do the following when
The cultivation of students who have concern for social,
faced with a problem or issue which they must solve:
na-tional and countrys issues based on Islamic values which
is applied in the development of science through intellectual 1. Analyze the problem based on the Christian values
skills.
2. Analyze the problem by implementing active learning
Learning Objectives : stages
Course participants are expected to do the following when 3. Discuss the problem by using proper and correct
faced with a problem or issue which they must solve : Indonesian language
1. Analyze the problem based on the Islamic values they Syllabus :
adopted;
History (Historical terms): Status of the Bible, the existence
2. Analyze the problem by implementing active learning of God and Morality, Christ the Savior, the Holy Spirit as
stages; existence reformer and outlook on the world: Faith and
Knowledge of Science, Church and service, Ecclesiology,
3. Discuss and express their thoughts and ideas by using
Spiritual and enforcement of Christian Human Rights and
proper and correct Indonesian language in discussion
the world of ethics: Christian Ethics, Christian and worship,
and academic writing.
Christianity and politics, Christian love and social reality:
Christian Organizations, Students and Service, Christian and
expectations.
Syllabus :
HINDU STUDIES
Islam history: the meaning of Islam, the characteristic of
UIGE6000013/UIGE610008
Islam, the sources of Islamic teachings, Muhammad SAW
2 credits
as prophet and history figure, introduction of Islam in
Indonesia, the teaching essence of Islam: the basic principle Syllabus :
of Islam teachings, the unity of Allah, worship prac-tice in
Hindu religion, Hindu history), Source and scope of Hinduism
live, eschatology and work ethics, human’s basic rights and
(the Veda as the source of Hindu religion teachings, the scope
obligation, social structure in Islam: sakinah mawaddah and
of the teachings in Hindu religion), The concept of the God
ramhah family, the social implication of family life, Mosque
(Brahman) according to the Veda, the Path to Brahman (Catur
and the development of Islam, zakat and the economic
Marga Yoga, Mantra and Japa), Human Nature (The purpose of
empowerment of the people, Islam society, Science: reason
human life, Human’s duties, obligations, and responsibilities
and revelation in Islam, Islam’s motivation in development of
both individually or collectively), Ethics and morality
science, science characteristics, source of knowledge, IDI (each
(Principles teaching, self-control), in-depth understanding of
Faculty and Department/Study Program).
the scripture (deep understanding of the Bhagawadgita, deep
CATHOLIC STUDIES understanding of the Sarasamuschaya), The Role of Hinduism
UIGE6000011/UIGE610006 in science, technology, and art (Hinduism benefits in science
2 credits and technology in accordance with each department, benefit
General Instructional Objectives : / the role of Hinduism in the arts), Cohesion and community’s
prosperity /independence (Benefits of unity in the religious
To help deliver students as intellectual capital in implementing
plurality, independent community (kerthajagathita) as a
lifelong learning process to become scientists with mature
common goal, Tri Pitakarana), Culture as an expression of
personality who uphold humanity and life.
Hindu religious practice, Contribution to the Hindu religion
Be scholars who believe in God according to the teachings of teachings in the political life of nation and country, laws and
84
the enforcement of justice, Awareness of and obeying the Rita applied problems.
/ Dharma.
Graduates Learning Outcomes:
BUDDHIST STUDIES Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering
UIGE6000014/UIGE610009 and an engineering specialization to be used in solving
2 credits complex engineering problems.
Syllabus : Syllabus :
Infinite sequences and infinite series, Test for convergence
Almighty God and the God Study (Faith and piety, Divine
of positive series and alternating series, Power series and
Philosophy/Theology), Human (Human Nature, Human
operation on operations, Taylor and MacLaurin series, Conic
Dignity, Human Responsibility), Moral (Implementation of
sections , Calculus in polar coordinates, Derivatives, limits,
Faith and Piety in everyday life), Science, Technology and Art
and continuity of multi-variables functions, Directional
(Faith, Science and Charity as a unity, the Obligation to study
derivatives and gradients, Chain Rule, Tangent planes and
and practice what you are taught, Responsibility for nature
Approximations, Lagrange multipliers. Double integrals in
and environment), harmony between religion (religion is a
Cartesian coordinates and polar coordinates, triple integrals
blessing for all mankind, the essence of the religious plurality
in Cartesian coordinates, cylindrical coordinates and spheri-
and togetherness), community (the role of religious society in
cal coordinates, Applications of double and triple Integral.
creating a prosperous independent society, the responsibility
of religious society in the realization of human rights and Prerequisite: Calculus 1
democracy), Culture (the responsibility of religious society in
Textbooks:
the realization of critical thinking (academic), work hard and
1. D. Varberg, E. J. Purcell, S.E. Rigdon, Calculus, 9th ed.,
fair), Politics (Religion contribution in the political life of nation
PEARSON, Prentice Hall, 2007.
and country), Law (Raise awareness to obey and follow God’s
2. Thomas, Calculus Thirteenth Edition Volume 2,
law, the role of religion in the formulation and enforcement of
Erlangga, 2019.
law, the function of religion in the legal profession).
CALCULUS
KONG HU CU STUDY
ENGE600003/ENGE610003
UIGE6000015/UIGE610010
4 SKS
2 credits
Course Learning Outcomes:
Students are able to use the basic concepts of calculus
Syllabus of Faculty Subjects involving functions of one to three variables to solve their
CALCULUS 1 applied problems.
ENGE600001/ENGE610001 Graduates Learning Outcomes:
3 credits Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering
Course Learning Outcomes: and an engineering specialization to be used in solving
Able to use the basic concepts of calculus related to -a complex engineering problems.
function of one variable, the derivative and integration of
the function of one variable in order to solve its applied Syllabus :
problems. Introduction, Functions and Limits, Derivatives, Derived
Applications, Indeterminate Integral, Integral Applications,
Graduates Learning Outcomes: Infinite Row, and Series. Derivatives with many variables,
Able to apply mathematics, science, basic engineering, and Duplicate Integral (2 and 3), Duplicate Integral Application.
engineering specialization to be used in solving complex
engineering problems. Prerequisite: None
Syllabus : Textbooks:
Introduction, Functions and Limits, The Derivative, Applica- Main :
tions of the Derivative, The Definite Integral, Applications of D. Varberg, E. J. Purcell, S.E. Rigdon, Calculus, 9th ed.,
The Definte Integral, Transcendental Functions, Techniques Pearson, Prentice Hall, 2007.
of Integration, Indeterminate Forms and Improper Integrals.
George B. Thomas Jr., Thomas’ Calculus Early Transcenden-
Prerequisite: None tal, 12th ed., Addison – Wesley Pearson, 2009.
Textbooks: LINEAR ALGEBRA
Main reference: ENGE600004/ENGE610004
D. Varberg, E. J. Purcell, S.E. Rigdon, Calculus, 9th ed., 4 SKS
Pearson, Prentice Hall, 2007. Course Learning Outcomes:
Students are able to calculate linear system problems to solve
Additional eferences: engineering problems.
1. George B. Thomas Jr., Thomas’ Calculus Early Transcen-
dental, 12th ed., Addison–Wesley Pearson, 2009. Graduates Learning Outcomes:
2. Howard Anton, Calculus, 10th ed., John Wiley and Sons, Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering
2012. and an engineering specialization to be used in solving
complex engineering problems.
CALCULUS 2
ENGE600002/ENGE610002 Syllabus :
3 SKS Linear Systems and matrix equations, Determinants, Euclid
Course Learning Outcomes: vector spaces, Common vector spaces, eigenvalues and eigen-
Students are able to use the concepts of sequences, series, vectors, inner product spaces, Diagonalization and General
conic sections, and the basic concepts of calculus which Linear Transformation.
involve the function of two or three variables to solve their
85
Prerequisite: None Edition, Pearson, 2008.

Textbooks: BASIC CHEMISTRY
1. Elementary Linear Algebra, Howard Anton & Chris ENGE600009 / ENGE610009
Rorres, 11th edition, 2014 2 credits
2. Gilbert Strang, Introduction to linear algebra 3rd edition Course Learning Outcomes:
Wellesley Cambridge Press, 2003 Students are able to analyze the principe of basic chemistry
for application in engineering.
MECHANICAL AND HEAT PHYSICS
ENGE600005 / ENGE610005 Graduates’ Learning Outcomes:
3 credits Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering to
Course Learning Outcomes: be used in solving complex engineering problems.
Able to explain the basic concepts of mechanics and ther-
Syllabus:
modynamics, and be able to apply them to understand
Material and measurements, atoms, molecules and ions,
natural phenomena and human engineering, including their
stochiometry, water phase reactions and solution stochi-
applications.
ometry, thermochemistry, chemical equilibrium, acid and
Graduate Learning Outcomes: base equilibrium, electrochemistry, chemical kinetics, and
Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering chemical applications.
and an engineering specialization to be used in solving
Prerequisite: none
Textbooks :
Syllabus:
1. Ralph H. Petrucci, General Chemistry: Principles and
Units, Magnitudes and Vectors, Motion Along Straight Lines,
Modern Applications, 8th Ed. Prentice Hall Inc., New
Motion in Two and Three Dimensions, Newton’s Laws of
York, 2001.
Motion, Applications of Newton’s Laws, Kinetic Energy, and
2. John McMurry, Robert C. Fay, Chemistry (3rd ed.),
Work, Potential Energy and Energy Conservation, Center of
Prentice Hall, 2001.
Mass, Linear Momentum, Rotation, Rolling Motion, Torque,
3. Raymond Chang, Williams College, Chemistry (7th ed.),
Angular Momentum, Oscillation, Mechanical and Sound
McGraw-Hill, 2003.
Waves, Gravity, Statics and Elasticity, Fluid Mechanics,
Temperature, Heat, Law I Thermodynamics, Ideal Gas and ENGINEERING ECONOMY
Kinetic Theory of Gas, Heat Engine, Entropy, and Law II ENGE600011 / ENGE610011
Thermodynamics. 3 credits
Prerequisite: none
Students are able to analyze the economic and financial
Textbooks: feasibility of making economic practice decisions.
1. Halliday, Resnick, and Walker, Principles of Physics 10th
Graduate Learning Outcomes:
Edition, Wiley, 2014.
Able to apply the principles of technical management and
2. Serway Jewett, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 9th
decision making based on economic considerations, in
Edition, Thomson Brooks / Cole, 2013.
individual and group, as well as in project management.
3. Giancoli, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 4th
Edition, Pearson, 2008 Syllabus:
Introduction to Engineering Economics, Time Value of
ELECTRICAL MAGNETIC, OPTICAL AND WAVE
Money, Combining Factors, Interest Rates, Money Worth
PHYSICS
Analysis, Rate of Return Analysis, Effects of Inflation, Benefit
ENGE600007 / ENGE610007
Cost & Break-Even Point Analysis, Sensitivity Analysis,
3 credits
Depreciation, Tax Analysis, Cost Estimation & Allocation,
Capital Budgeting & Replacement Analysis.
Students are able to apply the basic concepts of electrical
physics, magnetism, waves, and optics to solve problems in Prerequisite:
the engineering field. 1. Civil Engineering : -
2. Environmental Engineering : -
3. Naval Engineering : -
Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering
4. Industrial Engineering : must pass the introductory
Economic course and have completed 38 credits
5. Chemical Engineering : -
Syllabus: 6. Bioprocess Engineering : -
Unit, Magnitude, Vector, Electric Charge, Electric Field,
Textbooks:
Gauss Law, Electric Potential, Capacitance, Electric Current,
1. Blank, Leland and Tarquin, Anthony. 2018. Engineering
Resistance, Direct Current, Magnetic Field Due to Electric
Economy 8th Ed. McGraw Hill.
Current, Magnetic Field Source, Induced GGL, Inductance,
2. Park, Chan S. 2016. Contemporary Engineering Econom-
Alternating Current, Electromagnetic Waves, Light Proper-
ics 6th Ed. Pearson. Upper Saddle River.
ties and Propagation, Optical Geometry.
3. White, Case and Pratt. 2012. Principles of Engineering
Prerequisite: none Economic Analysis 6th ed. John Wiley and Sons.
Textbooks : STATISTICS AND PROBABILISTICS
1. Halliday, Resnick, and Walker, Principles of Physics 9th ENGE600010 / ENGE610010
Edition, Wiley, 2011. 2 credits
2. Serway Jewett, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 9th Course Learning Outcomes:
Edition, Thomson Brooks / Cole, 2013. Students are able to handle quantitative data/information
86 3. Giancoli, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 4th starting from the descriptive stage (collection, organization,
and presentation) to the inductive stage, which includes Textbooks :

forecasting and drawing conclusions based on the relation- 1. Charles A. Wentz, Safety, Health and Environmental
ship between variables for decision making. Protection, McGraw Hill, 1998.
2. Asfahl, C.R., Rieske, D. W., Sixth Edition Industrial Safety
and Health Management, Pearson Education, Inc., 2010.
1. Apply descriptive statistics and probability theory to
3. United Kingdom - Health and Safety Executive, http://
data processing and serving
www.hse.gov.uk/
2. Apply probability distribution to data processing and
4. National laws and regulations related to the K3 Manage-
serving
ment System and the Environment.
3. Apply the principles of sampling and estimation for
5. Related Journal (http://www.journals.elsevier.com/safe-
decision making
ty-science/) etc, related standards and publications.
4. Apply hypothesis test samples for decision making
Syllabus: Course Syllabus of Undergraduate
Introduction to Statistics for Engineering Studies, Probability
Theory, Dasar Basic concepts and definitions, Distribution
Program on Civil Engineering
Probability, Sampling, Estimation, Hypothesis testing, Mechanics and Thermal Physics
Hypothesis test 1 sample at an average value, Regression ENCV 601 001
Prerequisite: none 4 Credits
Expected Learning Outcomes :
Textbooks :
1. Harinaldi, Basic Principles of Statistical Engineering and CLO 1 (Engineering Knowledge)
Science, Erlangga, 2004 Course Learning Outcomes :
2. Montgomery, DC., And Runger, GC., Applied Statistics
and Probability for Engineers, John Wiley Sons, 2002 Be able to apply the concepts of physics, mechanics and
thermodynamics as an effort to understand natural
HSE PROTECTION phenomena and human engineering, including engineering
ENGE600012 / ENGE610012 application (CLO 1)
2 credits
Course Learning Outcomes: Learning Experiences :
Upon completion of this subject students are expected to Interactive lectures, individual assignments, and tutorials.
be able to carried out hazard identification, and character-
ization, to propose appropriate methods for risk reduction Syllabus :
and mitigation, and to design safety management system.
The student is also expected to improve their awareness on Magnitude, kinematics of a point particle, mechanics of rigid
industrial safety and health, and understanding on safety bodies, the law of conservation of linear momentum and energy,
regulation framework and standards as well as environmen- harmonic motion, gravity, kinematics and dynamics of rigid
tal program. bodies, basic concepts (pressure, thermodynamic system,
state system, temperature), expansion, energy equilibrium
Graduate Learning Outcomes: (thermal state equations) , heat transfer, ideal gas, first law of
1. Students are expected to understand safety, health and thermodynamics, enthalpy and entropy, application of first
environmental aspect as an integral part of fundamental law of thermodynamics for open and closed systems, second
principal in engineering code of ethics. law of thermodynamics, kinetic theory of ideal gases, building
2. Students are expected to be able to carry out process of ventilation systems, building insulation systems, building
risk assessments by considering risk factors in the impact cooling systems and central air.
of hazards on people, facilities, and the surrounding
community and environemt. Prerequisites : -
3. Students are expected to understand the regulatory Text Book References :
framework and standard related to the stages of life 1. Halliday, Resnick, dan Walker, Principles of Physics 9th
cycle of machine, building structure, construction, and Edition, Wiley, 2011.
process. 2. Serway Jewett, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 9th
4. Students are able to design and propose an effective Edition, Thomson Brooks/Cole, 2013.
hazard communication, management and engineering 3. Giancoli, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 4th
control, and risk mitigation through an engineering Edition, Pearson, 2008
assignment project. 4. Cengel, Y, Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach
5. Students are able to identify the knowledge required 8th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2014
to perform risk assesment, investigation and design 5. Ganijanti AS, Mekanika,Penerbit Salemba Teknik, 2000.
improvement through a multidisiplinary case of incident 6. Tipler PA, Fisika I, ed III, terjemahan Lea Prasetio,
and accident. Penerbit Erlangga, 1998.
Syllabus: Environmental Basic Chemistry
Introduction to SHE Regulation and Standards, SHE ENCV 601 002
Perception (Risk and Environment), Identification, Assess- 2 Credits
ment and Management, Construction, machinery and Noise
hazards, Process safety hazard and analysis technique, Fire Expected Learaning Outcomes :
and explosion hazard, Electrical hazard, Toxicology in the CLO 1 (Engineering Knowledge)
Workplace, Ergonomy Aspect, Hazard communication to CLO 7 (Environment and Suistanibility)
employees, Environmental Protection, Case studies, Safety Course Learning Outcomes :
Health and Environment audits.
1. Be able to identify chemical processes that occur in the
Prerequisite: none Civil Engineering construction cycle and analyse its effects
87
on the environment (CLO 1) CLO 2 (Problem Analysis),

2. Be able to identify basic theories of chemistry related to the CLO 6 (Engineer and Society),
concepts and principles of built environment sustainability
CLO 9 (Team Work),
(CLO 7)
CLO 10 (Communication)
Learning Experiences :
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO) :
1. Interactive lectures
1. Be able to analyse problems related to Civil Engineering
2. Case study in analysing chemical phenomena occurred in
and the surrounding environment (CLO 1)
the lifecycle of civil engineering buildings.
2. Be able to analyse problems in society related to Civil
Syllabus :
Engineering and propose solutions (CLO 2)
Table Periodic; Stoichiometry: Calculation with Chemical;
3. Be able to work in teams in analysing Civil Engineering
Chemical Reaction in Solution and Stoichiometry Solution;
problems in society (CLO 9)
Thermochemistry; Chemical Equilibrium; Acid and Base;
Electrochemistry; Spontaneity of reactions (concept of 4. Be able to use appropriate and correct Indonesian in
irregularity, enthalpy, entropy, Gibbs free energy, Arrhenius expressing opinions and ideas (CLO 10)
equation), spontaneous and non-spontaneous reactions (effect
of temperature, concentration and energy on spontaneity,
cement production processes), steel production processes 1. Using problem-based learning (PBL) method in analysing
(mining and mineral purification, iron extraction from problems within the scope of Civil Engineering.
minerals, steel production), chemical weathering of building
2. Conducting a field survey to dig deeper into the analysed
materials (causes and mechanisms of acid rain formation,
problems.
ettringite formation and characteristics, ettringite effects on
building strength, reaction of metals with acids, impact of 3. Presenting the results and proposing simple solutions in
acid raid on metals, aggressive and corrosive environments, the form of posters.
examples of methods of materials protection), civil engineering
life cycle concept (life cycle concept, production processes, Syllabus :
transportation, constructions, operations and end of life of Introduction to the system and scope of work of Civil
civil engineering building), impact of cement production Engineering: General description of the scope of the Civil
processes and steel on increased air pollution (by-product of Engineering system and work, an overview of the sub-expertise
cement production processes, by-product of steel production of Transportation Engineering, Geotechnical Engineering,
processes, the contribution of cement industry and steel to Water Resources Management, Environmental Engineering,
CO2 and particulate levels in the air), pollution due to the life Structural Engineering and Construction Management;
cycle of civil engineering building (air, water, and soil pollution Components and functions of Civil Engineering buildings /
from construction processes and operation of civil engineering infrastructure: Physical and non-physical components of Civil
buildings). Engineering buildings / infrastructure, Functions of physical
Prerequisites : - and non-physical components of Civil Engineering buildings /
infrastructure; The role of the Civil Engineering undergraduate:
Text Book References : The role of the Civil Engineering undergraduate in the field
1. Brown and Holme, 2011, Chemistry for Engineering of expertise of Transportation Engineering, Geotechnical
Students 2nd edition Engineering, Water Resources Management, Environmental
2. Rainer Remus, Miguel A. Aguado-Monsonet, Serge Engineering, Structural Engineering and Construction
Roudier and Luis Delgado Sanch, 2013, Best Available Management, The linkage of the scope of work between areas
Techniques (BAT) Reference Document for Iron and Steel of expertise.
Production, JRC REFERENCE REPORT EU EU Commis-
sion Prerequisites : -
3. COLIN BAIRD, MICHAEL CANN, 2008, Environmental Text Book References : -
Chemistry 4th edition, W. H. Freeman
4. Moncmanová, 2007, Environmental Deterioration of Material Properties
Materials, WIT Press ENCV 601 004
5. Frauke Schorcht, Ioanna Kourti, Bianca Maria Scalet, 3 Credits
Serge Roudier, Luis Delgano Sancho, 2013, Best Available Expected Learning Outcomes :
Techniques (BAT) Reference Document for Cement, Lime CLO 1 (Engineering Knowledge)
and Magnesium Oxide, JRC REFERENCE REPORT EU
EU Commission CLO 4 (Experiment)
6. Building and Environment, Elsevier Course Learning Outcomes (CLO) :
7. Georgia Institute of Technology, 2010, AIA Guide to
Building Life Cycle Assessment in Practice, The Ameri- 1. Be able to identify the properties of materials used in Civil
can Institute of Architects Engineering. (CLO 1)
8. Georgia Institute of Technology, 2010, AIA Guide to 2. Be able to conduct experiments in the laboratory and
Building Life Cycle Assessment in Practice, The Ameri- analyse the results. (CLO 4)
can Institute of Architects
Introduction to Civil Engineering System
ENCV 601 003 1. Interactive lectures
3 Credits 2. Conducting experiments on concrete mix designs and
Expected Learning Outcomes : cement
88
3. Observing the simulation of steel reinforcement tensile Erlangga, Jakarta, 1989

tests. 2. Subarkah, Imam, Konstruksi Bangunan Gedung, Pener-
bit Idea Dharma, Bandung, 1988
4. Conducting experiments on asphalt materials
3. Sugiharjo, R., Gambar-Gambar Dasar Ilmu Bangunan,
Syllabus : Penerbit R. Sugihardjo
4. Giesecke, F. E., et al. (1997). Technical Drawing, Tenth
Particulate Materials, Aggregates, Portland Cement and
Edition, Prentice Hall Publishing,
Portland Cement Concrete, Structural steel, Asphalt cement
and asphalt concrete, wood, bricks, polymers, consideration Statics
of environmental aspects in material selection, response of ENCV 602 002
materials to loads, melting and fracture; Rheology of fluids 3 Credits
and solids; Fatigue.
Prerequisites : -
CLO1 (Engineering Knowledge)
Text Book References :
1. S. Young, Sidney, The Science and Technology of Civil
Engineering Materials, Prentice-Hall International Inc., Be able to apply Newton’s Laws in calculating reactions and
1998 forces in certain static structures (CLO 1)
2. Shan Somayaji, 2001, Civil Engineering Materials,
Prentice Hall.
3. Robert D Kerbs, Richad D Walker, (1971) Highway 1. Interactive lectures and combined with flip classrooms on
Materials, Mc Graw-Hill the topic of influence lines
4. A.M Neville; Properties of Concrete
2. Conducting individual assignments in a structured and
Construction Drawing 1 scheduled manner.
ENCV 602 001
3. Discussing in groups in a structured and scheduled
2 Credits
manner.
Syllabus :
CLO 9 (Teamwork)
Particle statics; Rigid object; Rigid body equilibrium; Trusses
CLO 10 (Communication) structures analysis by joint and section methods; Forces in
beam, portal and joint structures (gerbers); Influence lines on
certain statistical structures due to moving loads.
1. Be able to work in teams in identifying specifications for
Prerequisites : Mechanics & Thermal Physics
simple healthy house building. (CLO 9)
2. Be able to draw a 1-storey house in accordance with
1. Hibbeler, R.C., Engineering Mechanics Statics, Thir-
engineering drawing principles (CLO 10)
teenth Edition, Pearson, 2013
Learning Experiences : 2. Hibbeler, R.C., Structural Analysis, Eighth Edition,
Prentice Hall, 2012
3. Andrew Pytel ; Jaan Kiusalaas, Engineering Mechanics
2. Individual assignments to draw building components : Statics:, 3rd edition, The Pennsylvania State University,
2010
3. Conducting a field survey to identify the components of a
healthy / unhealthy house building Construction Drawing 2
ENCV 603 001
4. Drawing the healthy / unhealthy house building on a
3 Credits
working drawing in accordance with engineering drawing
principles. Expected Learning Outcomes :
Syllabus : CLO 5 (Modern Tool Usage)
Introduction to drawing techniques, functions and benefits CLO 10 (Communication)
of drawing in the design process; introduction of drawing
equipment, drawing paper format, image header, image
standard recognition, lettering, image captions (leader), image 1. Be able to use an AutoCAD software in drawing Civil
scale; geometric construction; pictorial projection; orthogonal Engineering building structures (CLO 5)
projection; cross-sectional drawings and buildings; detailed
2. Be able to draw a 2-storeys civil engineering building
drawings of buildings; wooden and light steel roof construction
structures or more in accordance with engineering
drawings; construction drawings of beams, columns and
drawing principles (CLO 10)
river stone foundations; Electrical Installation drawings and
plumbing drawings. Introduction to external, internal and Learning Experiences :
physical aspects, techniques and the relationship between
space / function activities for designing a simple healthy house
building. Introduction of standards and regulations for healthy 2. Conducting a survey of existing building, identifying
house building. architectural and structural components.
Prerequisites : - 3. Drawing “the structural drawing” of the surveyed
building.
1. Neufret, Ernst, Data Arsitek Jilid 1 dan 2, Penerbit 4. Attending an AutoCAD course organized by IMS.
89
Syllabus : Prerequisites : Statics (pass)

1. Reviewing drawing notations: Scale, title, layout; visible/ Text Book References :
invisible part; center line; grid, as. 1. Hibbeler, R.C., Mechanics of Materials, 8/e, Pearson, 2011
2. Beer, F. and Johnston, P., Mechanics of Materials, 6/e. Mc
2. Reviewing building components in accordance with
Graw Hill, 2011
architectural drawings: practical columns, ring balk, roof
3. Egor P. Popov (Author), Engineering Mechanics of Solids
truss.
(2nd Edition), Prentice Hall, 1998
3. Drawing two story reinforced concrete structures
Fluid Mechanic
building or more: Foundation plan, beam-column plan,
ENCV 603 003
roof plan, detail of beam reinforcement, detail of column
3 Credits
reinforcement, detail of shallow and deep foundation,
detail of beam-column joints, detail of bracing joints. Expected Learning Outcomes :
4. Drawing structural steel industry building: beam-column CLO 1 (Engineering Knowledge)
plan, detail of transversal frames, detail of longitudinal
frames, detail of beam-column joints, detail of bracing
joints. Be able to apply fluid mechanic concepts in calculating the
hydrostatic pressure in civil engineering buildings and the
Prerequisites : Construction Drawing 1
dynamic forces caused by the fluid flow (CLO 1)
1. Neufret, Ernst, Data Arsitek Jilid 1 dan 2, Penerbit
Erlangga, Jakarta, 1989 1. Interactive lectures
2. Subarkah, Imam, Konstruksi Bangunan Gedung, Pener-
2. Scheduled tutorials
bit Idea Dharma, Bandung, 1988
3. Sugiharjo, R., Gambar-Gambar Dasar Ilmu Bangunan, 3. Conducting experiments in the laboratory
Penerbit R. Sugihardjo
Syllabus :
4. Tanggoro, Dwi., Utilitas Bangunan, Penerbit Universitas
Indonesia, 2000 Basic formulation of motion and object forces that cannot be
5. Giesecke, F. E., et al. (1997). Technical Drawing, Tenth conceptualized as a unified whole, such as wind and water.
Edition, Prentice Hall Publishing. Static fluids including the definition of pressure, the formulation
of pressure distribution and its application to determine the
Solid Mechanics
magnitude of force due to pressure in various civil engineering
ENCV 603 002
structures. Fluid flows, starting from the conceptualization of
3 Credits
Eulerian motion and its application to the law of conservation of
Expected Learning Outcomes : mass, momentum, and energy to calculate the total amount of
flow and the resulting dynamic force. The total flow and force
CLO 1 (Engineering Knowledge)
are the basis for designing hydraulic buildings in particular or
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO) : civil buildings in general.
Be able to apply solid mechanic concepts in calculating stress Prerequisites: Calculus 1, Calculus 2, Mechanics & Thermal
and deflection occurred in certain static structures (CLO 1) Physics
Learning Experiences : Text Book References :
1. Merle C. Potter, David C. Wiggert, Bassem H. Ramadan,
1. Interactive lectures.
Mechanics of Fluids, Fourth Edition, Cengage Learning,
2. Carrying out individual assignments in a structured and 2011
scheduled manner. 2. Frank M. White, Fluid Mechanics, Fourth Edition,
McGraw-Hill, 1998
3. Discussing in groups in a structured and scheduled
manner. Statistics and Probabilistic of Experimental Design
ENCV 603 004
4. Conducting experimental simulations in the laboratory.
2 Credits
Syllabus : Expected Learning Outcomes :
Definition of loads and forces acting on solid objects, effects of CLO 1 (Engineering Knowledge)
forces on solid objects, stress on solid objects, shape changes
CLO 4 (Experiment)
in solid object, properties of shape changes in solid object,
elastic and inelastic phases, axial strain, Modulus of Elasticity, Course Learning Outcomes (CLO) :
Poisson Ratio. Normal stress due to axial force, normal stress
1. Be able to calculate statistical and probabilistic variables
due to bending, normal and bending combination, direct and
needed to analyse data series (CLO 1)
two-way bending stress, core plane (Kern), shear stress due
to force in latitude, shear stress due to torsional inner force 2. Be able to apply statistical and probabilistic concepts in
(torsion). A combination of normal and shear stress. The stress analysing the results of field experiments / measurements
on the inclined plane and main stress. Deflection of certain (CLO 4)
static beam, frame and truss structures due to external loads
using the elastic deflection line differential equation method,
the moment plane area method with an equivalent beam, the 1. Interactive lectures
energy method (unit load). Analysis of simple indeterminate
2. Using “real data” from experiments to summarise the
static structures uses the principle of consistent deformation.
results
90
3. Using Ms. Excel to calculate some relevant statistical Prerequisites : Material Properties
parameters for interpreting results from experiments or
field measurements
1. Burchfiel BC & Foster RJ et .al., “Physical Geology”,
Syllabus : Charlec E Merril Publishing Co., Colombus Toronto
Basic concepts of statistics and probabilistic; Error Analysis London Sydney, 1986.
and Error Propagation; Analysis of normal distribution; 2. Blyth, F.G.H. & de Freitas, M.H., “A Geology for Engi-
Standard error analysis at appropriate intervals; Estimation neers, 7th Ed.”. Elsevier. 2005.
of Errors in Derived Quantities; Hypothesis Testing and the 3. Craig, R.F., “ Soil Mechanics, 7th Ed.”, 2007
t-Test based on ANOVA results; Distribution and consistency 4. Bowles, J.E., “Physical and Geotechnical Properties of
test; Analysis of Toolpax data by using Excel to assist the Soils”, McGraw-Hill Kogagusha Ltd., 1998.
computational process in statistical analysis 5. Das, B.M., “Principles of Geotechnical Engineering”,
Seventh Edition, 2010, PWS Publishing Company, Boston
Prerequisites : -
6. Budu M., “Soil Mechanics and Foundations”, Third
Text Books References : Edition, 2010, John Wiley& Sons, New York
1. Catherine A. Peters, Statistics for Analysis of
Experimental Data, Princeton University, 2001 Surveying & Geospatial Information Systems
2. Howard J. Seltman, Experimental Design and ENCV 603 006
Analysis, 2018 2 Credits
3. Berthouex, P. M.; L. C. Brown. Statistics for
Environmental Engineers. Lewis Publishers,
1994. CLO 4 (Experiment)
4. Bevington, P. R.; D. K. Robinson. Data
Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical CLO 5 (Modern Tools)
Sciences. McGraw-Hill, Inc. 1992.
5. Box, G. E. P.; W. G. Hunter; J. S. Hunter.
Statistics for Experimenters: An Introduction 1. Be able to apply statical and probabilistic concepts in
to Design, Data Analysis, and Model Building. analysing the results of surveying measurements. (CLO 4)
John Wiley & Sons, 1978
2. Be able to use tools (ex: total station) to measure angles and
Basic Soil Mechanics distances and ArcGIS software in mapping of the earth’s
ENCV 603 005 surface (CLO 5)
3 Credits
CLO 1 (Engineering Knowledge)
2. Conducting field measurements using theodolite, water
CLO 4 (Experiment) pass and total station.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO) : 3. Using ArcGIS software in mapping the earth’s surface.
1. Be able to categorise soil based on USCS and understand Syllabus :
physics properties and three phase diagrams of soil (CLO 1)
Basics and roles of surveying & GIS in Civil and Environmental
2. Be able to conduct experiments in the laboratory to Engineering and their applications; Methods & possible
determine the characteristics of soil (CLO 4) errors in distance & angle measurement; Concept mapping
Learning Experiences : and pegging. Geospatial data management in GIS to create
custom data and all other data on the desktop; Analysis
1. Interactive lectures of geographically oriented spatial data based on certain
2. Conducting experiments in the laboratory or watching a coordinate systems.
virtual laboratory to understand the physical properties Prerequisites :
of soil.
Syllabus : 1. ESRI. GIS Solutions for Surveying. ESRI Publishers, 2007.
Engineering Geology and Soil Property; The linkage of geology 2. Gopi, S., Sathikumar, R., Madhu, N., Advanced Survey-
and geotechnics with civil engineering; Topographic and ing: Total Station, GIS, and Remote Sensing, Pearson
geomorphological maps; Topography and equipment; How to Education, 2008
read and analyse mineralogy, rock types, and stratigraphy, types 3. Kavanagh, B. and Slattery, D., 2014. Surveying with
of minerals forming igneous rocks; Geological structures and Construction Applications 8th ed., Prentice-Hall, Inc.
types; Identification methods and effects of coating, stocking, 4. Michael Govorov, Linas Bevainis, Andrius Balčiūnas.
faults, non-conformity for construction; Weathering and soil Remote Sensing and GIS for Cadastral Surveying, Center
movement; Weathering types, processes, and identifications; for Cartography at the Faculty of Natural Sciences
Classification process; Geological and geotechnical maps; Vilnius University. 2016.
Topographic base map analysis; Geotechnical and geological 5. Modul Praktikum Ilmu Ukur Tanah & GIS
map criteria; Soil Properties: Physical characteristics of soil; 6. Nathanson, J., Lanzafama, M. T., Kissam, P., Surveying
Soil Classification; Atterberg limit; Soil compaction and CBR Fundamental and Practices, 5th Ed., Prentice Hall, 2011
test; 1-dimensional flow in soil, groundwater permeability Advanced Calculus
and seepage, flow network; Stress theory and the principle ENCV 603 007
of effective stress; Effective stress reactions due to changes 3 Credits
in total stress in fully saturated soils; Soil shear strength; Test ELO1 (Engineering Knowledge)
the shear strength of soil in the laboratory on clay and sand;
Consolidation and consolidation test; Expected Learning Outcomes :
91
CLO 1 (Engineering Knowledge) 2. Watching virtual laboratory videos

Course Learning Outcomes (CLO) : 3. Using GeoStudio software to analyse slope stability.
Be able to derive and use the concepts of ordinary differential Syllabus :
equation and vector calculus in solving applied problems.
Soil bearing capacity: limit bearing capacity and allowable
(CLO 1)
bearing capacity due to tilting, eccentric loads; Elastic decline
Learning Experiences : and one-dimensional consolidation settlement; Drawing and
designing shallow foundations; Seepage through dams; Lateral
Interactive lectures
pressure: Rankine theory and Coulomb theory; Structural
S y l l a b u s : design of retaining walls, gravity walls, cantilever walls,
Introduction to Differential Equations, Definitions and cantilever sheet pile walls, sheet pile walls; Slope stability: Slope
Terminology, Initial-Value Problems, Differential Equations stability concept, undrained analysis, slice method, introduction
as Mathematical Models, First-Order Differential Equations, to Fellenius method, Bishop method, soil stabilization method,
Solution Curves without a Solution, Direction Fields, and use of equilibrium method software.
Autonomous First-Order Differential Equations, Separable
Prerequisites : Basic Soil Mechanics (pass)
Equations, Linear Equations, Exact Equations, Solution by
Substitutions, A Numerical Method, Linear Models, Nonlinear Text Book References :
Models, Modeling with Systems of First-Order Differential 1. Craig, R.F., “ Soil Mechanics, 7th Ed.”, 2007
Equations. 2. Bowles, J.E., “Physical and Geotechnical Properties of
Soils”, McGraw-Hill Kogagusha Ltd., 1998.
Higher-Order Differential Equations, Theory of Linear
3. Das, B.M., “Principles of Geotechnical Engineering”,
Equations, Initial-Value and Boundary-Value Problems,
Seventh Edition, 2010, PWS Publishing Company, Boston
Homogeneous Equations, Nonhomogeneous Equations,
Reduction of Order, Homogeneous Linear Equations with
Edition, 2010, John Wiley& Sons, New York
Constant Coefficients, Undetermined Coefficients, Variation
of Parameters, Cauchy-Euler Equations, Nonlinear Equations, Hydraulic
Linear Models; Initial-Value Problems, Spring/Mass Systems: ENCV 604 002
Free Undamped Motion, Spring/Mass Systems: Free Damped 3 Credits
Motion, Spring/Mass Systems: Driven Motion, Series Circuit
Analogue, Linear Models : Boundary-Value Problems, Green’s
Function (Initial-Value and Boundary-Value Problems), CLO 1 (Engineering Knowledge)
Nonlinear Models, Solving Systems of Linear Equations. Vector
Functions, Motion on a Curve, Curvature and Components
of Acceleration, Partial Derivatives, Directional Derivative, Be able to apply the law of Conservation of Mass, energy, and
Tangent Planes and Normal Lines, Curl and Divergence, Line momentum on a stream media (CLO 1)
Integrals, Independence of the Path, Double Integrals, Double
Integrals in Polar Coordinates, Green’s Theorem, Surface
Integrals, Stokes’ Theorem, Triple Integrals, Divergence 1. Interactive lectures
Theorem, Change of Variables in Multiple Integrals.
2. Tutorial in a structured and schedule manner
Prerequisites : Calculus 1 dan Calculus 2
Syllabus :
1. D.G Zill and W.S Wright, Advanced Engineering Mathe- Hydraulic is an application of the law of mass, energy, and
matics, 5th ed., Jones & Barlett Learning, 2014 momentum conservation which is applied theoretically in
2. E. Kreyzig, Advanced Mathematical Engineering, drainage medias generally found in civil engineering world.
Johnwiley & Son, 5th ed., 2011 These drainage media cover flows in pipes (under pressure),
and flows in open drainage system (the water surface has
Soil Mechanics atmospheric pressure). Until midterms, awareness is built to
ENCV 604 001 obtain the formulation that can be used in designing dimension
3 Credits which basically needed in formulating energy lost. This concept
is introduced in designing a piping system. After the midterm,
the energy lost concept is continued by applying it to an open
CLO 2 (Problem Analysis), drainage system. Due to the incapability of obtaining accuracy
just by using the theoretical formulation for energy loss, it is
CLO 3 (Design)
introduced that the application for some of the water structures
CLO 5 (Modern Tool Usage) will be forced to use empirical coefficients.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO) : Prerequisites : Fluid Mechanics, Linear Algebra
1. Be able to analyse slope stability with the limit equilibrium Text Book References :
method (CLO 2) 1. Merle C. Potter, David C. Wiggert, Bassem H. Ramadan,
Mechanics of Fluids, Fourth Edition, Cengage Learning,
2. Be able to design retaining walls and calculate shallow
2011.
foundation dimensions (CLO 3)
2. Frank M. White, Fluid Mechanics, Fourth Edition,
3. Be able to use GeoStudio software to analyse slope stability McGraw-Hill, 1998.
(CLO 5)
Structure Analysis
Learning Experiences : ENCV 604 003
4 Credits
92
Expected Learning Outcomes : Matrix Inversion, Solution by Iteration, Eigenvalues)

CLO 2 (Problem Analysis) Numerical Method in Curve Fitting (Linear Regression & Least
Square), Numerical Method in solving: Ordinary Differential
CLO 5 (Modern Tool Usage)
Equations (Initial Value Problems, Adaptive Method and Stiff
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO) : System, Boundary Value Problems)
1. Be able to analyse indeterminate static structures with Prerequisites : Calculus 1, Calculus 2, Advanced Calculus,
classical methods (three-moment equation, slope deflection Linear Algebra
and moment distribution) and stiffness methods (CLO 2)
2. Be able to use MATLAB/SAP software to confirm the 1. Numerical Methods for Engineers, Steven C. Chapra &
structural analysis results calculated by stiffness methods Raymond P Canale, 7th edition, 2013
(CLO 5) 2. Applied Numerical Methods with MATLAB for Engi-
neers and Scientist, 3rd edition, Steven C. Chapra, Mc
Graw Hill, 2012KATILI, Irwan, Metode Elemen Hingga
1. Interactive lectures untuk Skeletal, Rajawali Pers, 2008
2. Carrying out individual assignments in a structured and Transportation Engineering
scheduled manner ENCV 604 005
3 Credits
3. Conducting experiments to understand moment
distribution methods Expected Learning Outcomes :
Syllabus : CLO 2 (Problem Analysis),
Definition of uncertain static vs certain static structures, CLO 4 (Experiment)
external indefinite static, Application of the Three Moment
CLO 9 (Teamwork)
Equation method, Slope deflection and moment distribution
on continuous beams with various support reaction conditions, Course Learning Outcomes (CLO) :
fixed frames with single sway, gable frames, symmetrical and
1. Be able to analyse traffic performance, road and traffic
asymmetric structures.
capacity (CLO 2)
Application of the direct stiffness method in cases of 2D
2. Be able to apply statistical and probabilistic concepts in
truss, continuous beams, frames, joists / grids and composite
analysing traffic survey data (CLO 4)
structures (combined beam-frame, frame-trusses)
3. Be able to work in teams in conducting traffic surveys
Prerequisites : Statics (pass) dan Solid Mechanics
(CLO 9)
1. Hibbeler,R.C., Structural Analysis, Prenice Hall, 1998
2. Aslam Kassimali, Structural Analysis, Third Edition, 1. Interactive lectures
Thomson, 2005
2. Conducting a field survey to calculate the volume of
3. Ghali A., A.M. Neville, Structural Analysis : A unified
vehicles
Classical and Matrix Approach, 4th ed., Thompson pub.,
1997 Syllabus :
4. Marc Hoit, Computer-Assisted Structural Analysis and
Traffic elements; Interaction of activity systems, network
Modelling, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey,
systems, and movement systems; Estimation and prediction
1995
of trip generation and attraction using empirical and analogy
5. KATILI, Irwan, Metode Elemen Hingga untuk Skeletal,
methods; travel distribution estimation and prediction using
Rajawali Pers, 2008
growth and synthesis methods; Traffic variables (flow, speed,
Numerical Methods and density); Greenshield traffic flow model; Measurement
ENCV 604 004 method; Road capacity; Simulation-based road performance.
2 Credits
Prerequisites : Statistics and Probabilistic of Experimental
Expected Learning Outcomes : Design
CLO 1 (Engineering Knowledge) Text Book References :
1. AASHTO, Highway Capacity Manual, 2010
2. May, Adolf D.,Traffic Flow Fundamentals. Prentice-Hall,
Be able to solve mathematical equations in linear algebra and 1990
differential equations numerically (CLO 1) 3. Molugaram, K., Rao, G. S., Statistical Techniques for
Transportation Engineering, Butterworth-Heinemann,
2017
1. Interactive lectures 4. Pandem, A., Wolshon, B., Traffic Engineering Handbook
7th ed., Wiley, 2016
2. Using one of available software to analyse linear algebra
5. Papacostas, C., Prevedouros, P., Transportation Engineer-
problems and differential equations
ing and Planning 3rd ed., Prentice-Hall, Inc., 2000
Syllabus : 6. Washington, S.P., Karlaftis, M.G. and Mannering, F.L.
Statistical and Econometric Methods for Transportation
Basics of programming using MATLAB / PHYTON / VB
Data Analysis. Second Edition, Chapman & Hall/CRC,
software, finding the root of the equation (Bracketing Method
Boca Raton, FL., 2011
& Open Method); Linear System (Solving Simultaneous Linear
Algebraic Equation, Gauss Elimination, LU-Factorization, Foundation Engineering
93
ENCV 605 001 Learning Experiences :

3 Credits
2. Conducting a survey to understand more deeply about
CLO 2 (Problem Analysis),
Civil Engineering problems.
CLO 3 (Design),
Syllabus :
Roles and functions of civil engineering undergraduates,
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO) : process of solving engineering problems, systems approach,
system characteristics in engineering problems, understanding
1. Be able to determine the soil parameters of foundation
of problem characteristics, statements of needs, system
design / retaining wall based on the test results of soil
hierarchy, scopes and boundaries of problems, systems analysis,
parameter (CLO 2)
solution approach, role of modelling, types of modelling,
2. Be able to design deep foundations and retaining walls Linear Graph Modelling concepts, Mathematical Modelling
(CLO 3) Concepts, Optimization Process, Motivation and Freedom of
Choices, Purposes, Objectives and Criteria for Optimization,
3. Be able to draw foundation structures in accordance with
Optimization Methods, Feasibility Studies, Planning Horizons.
engineering drawing principles (CLO 10)
Time Value of Money, Economic Analysis Methods, Financial
Learning Experiences : Analysis, Decision Problem Elements, Decision Models, Basic
Probability, Decision Analysis based on utility value.
Prerequisites : Linear Algebra, Introduction to Civil
Syllabus :
Engineering System
Introduction to the types and systems of deep foundations,
methods of determining the axial bearing capacity of deep
1. Dale D Meredith, Kam W Wong, Ronald W Woodhead,
foundations; Methods of determining the lateral bearing
Robert H Worthman (1975), Design & Planning of
capacity of deep foundations; Methods of determining
Engineering Systems, Prentice Hall
the vertical deformation and lateral deformation of deep
2. C Jotin Khisty, Jamshid Mohammadi, (2001), Fundamen-
foundations; Pile load test method and introduction of deep
tal of System Engineering with Economics, Probability,
soil retaining system and types; Methods of calculating the soil
and Statistics, Prentice Hall
retaining system, as well as understanding the required soil
3. M David Burghardt, (1999), Introduction to Engineering
parameters; Drawing deep foundation structures; Designing
Design and Problem Solving, McGraw Hills.
deep foundation based on existing soil parameters.
Highway Engineering Design 1
Prerequisites : Solic Mechanics
ENCV 605 003
Text Book References : 4 Credits
1. Bowles, J.E., “Foundation Analysis and Design, Int. Expected Learning Outcomes :
Student Edition”, McGraw-Hill, Kogakusha, Ltd., Japan,
CLO 3 (Design)
1988
2. Coduto D.P., “Foundation Design”, Prentice Hall, Inc.,1994 Course Learning Outcomes (CLO) :
3. Poulos, H.G & Davis, E.H., “Pile Foundation Analysis
Be able to design road geometric components and pavements
and Design”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1980.
(CLO 3)
4. Prakash S & Sharma HD., Pile foundation in Engineering
Practice, John Wiley $ Sons, 1990 Learning Experiences :
5. Tomlinson M. dan Woodward J., “Pile Design and
Construction Practice, 5th Ed.”, Taylor & Francis, Oxon,
UK., 2007 Syllabus :
6. Reese L.C., Isenhower W.M. dan Wang S.-T., “Analysis
Introduction of Norms, Standards, Procedures and Criteria
and Design of Shallow and Deep Foundations”, John
(NSPK) in connection with the geometric design that applies in
Wiley & Sons, Inc., Hoboken, USA., 2006.
Indonesia; Road classification, based on: designation, network
7. Fleming K., Weltman A., Randolph M., and Elson K.,
system, function, status, road supply specifications; Design and
”Piling Engineering, 3rd Ed.”, Taylor & Francis, Oxon,
control criteria: namely factors of vehicle, driver, road capacity,
UK., 2009
safety, environment and economy; Design elements: visibility,
Journal :
alignment (horizontal and vertical), coordination between
1. ASCE, journal of geotechnic and geomechanics
alignments; Excavation and stockpile analysis; Road cross
2. Canadian geotechnical journal
section elements: road space, traffic lane, shoulder, median,
Civil Engineering System roadside, pedestrian and bicycle facilities; Highway drainage;
ENCV 605 002 Street lighting.
2 Credits
Introduction to the history and development of highway design
Expected Learning Outcomes : technology; Introduction of Norms, Standards, Procedures
and Criteria (NSPK) in connection with road construction,
CLO 2 (Problem Analysis)
including: type of pavement material, function of each
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO) : pavement layer, stabilization of the subgrade; Introduction and
testing of road pavement materials, design mix and test mix
Be able to analyse Civil Engineering problems and quantify
plans, supplemented with practical activities in the laboratory;
parameters associated with linear programming approach
introduction of asphalt mixing plant (AMP); design criteria and
(CLO 2)
various design methods by empirical and analytical methods,
94
flexible bending pavement design by AASHTO method and torsion bending; Analysis and design of steel structure joints;
component analysis methods (Bina Marga method), gradual Bolt connection; HTB; Welded joints; Pedestrian bridge design
construction, and re-construction; rigid pavement design / roof truss.
concepts, connection methods; Road maintenance strategies,
Prerequisites : Statics, Solid Mechanics, and Drawing
types of road damage and ways of detection and ways to repair
Construction 2
road damage.
Prerequisites : Transportation Engineering; Basic Soil
1. Spesifikasi untuk Bangunan Gedung Baja Struktural ;
Mechanics
SNI 1729 : 2015
Text Book References : 2. Segui,William T., Steel Design,5th edition, 2013
1. AASHTO, 2007. Maintenance Manual for Roadways and 3. Manual of Steel Construction, Load Resistance Factor
Bridges. 4th Ed. Design, Structural Members, Spesification & Codes
2. Brockenbrough, R.L., Highway Engineering Handbook Volume 1
3rd Ed, Mc Graw Hill, 2009 4. Manual of Steel Construction, Load Resistance Factor
3. BSN (2004) : RSNI Perencanaan Geometrik Jalan Perko- Design, Structural Members, Spesification & Codes
taan Volume 2
4. Direktorat Jenderal Bina MArga, (2013), Manual Desain 5. Structural Steel Design, Prentice Hall, 2012
Perkerasan Jalan no 02/M/BM/2013, Kementerian
Water Engineering 1
Pekerjaan Umum.
ENCV 605 005
5. Direktorat Jendral Bina Marga (1990) : Petunjuk Desain
3 Credits
Drainase Permukaan Jalan
6. Direktorat Jendral Bina Marga (1997) : Standar Perenca- Expected Learning Outcomes :
naan Geometrik Jalan Luar Kota
CLO 2 (problem analysis)
7. Fwa, T.F., The Handbook of Highway Engineering,
Taylor & Fancis Group, 2006 CLO 3 (design), dan
8. Huang, Y., 2004. Pavement Analysis and Design 2nd ed.,
CLO 9 (teamwork)
Prentice-Hall, Inc.
Steel Structure 1
ENCV 605 004 1. Be able to analyse hydrological data (CLO2)
3 Credits
2. Be able to design channels, culverts, spillways and
Expected Learning Outcomes : reservoirs/ponds (CLO 3)
CLO 2 (Problem Analysis) 3. Be able to work in teams (CLO 9)
CLO 3 (Design) Learning Experiences :
CLO 9 (Individual and team work) Students actively discuss in class in analysing problems of water
infrastructure (Problem Based Learning)
Syllabus :
Determine the dimensions of canals, culverts, and overflow
1. Be able to analyse steel structure capacity that experience
reservoirs / retention ponds based on the calculation of
compression, tensile, bending, shear and to ANAYSE the
flooding plans and open channel hydraulics and determine
joint capacity with bolts and welds. (CLO 2)
the dimensions of reservoir / retention pond based on water
2. Be able to design trusses structures (bridge or trusses) with balance calculation. Learning methods including introductory
steel structures (CLO 3) lectures, individual / group exercises, written quizzes /
examinations, primary and secondary data surveys, group
3. Be able to work in teams in designing steel structures
discussion, as well as presentation and writing of group
(CLO 9)
assignment. The assignment includes the design of canals,
4. Be able to draw steel truss structures or pedestrians in culverts, spillways and reservoirs / retention ponds in a water
working drawing according to engineering drawing catchment area (DTA) with an area not exceeding 50 Km2,
principles and write a clear and organized design report based on information on topographical maps at 1: 25,000 scale,
(CLO 10) rainfall data and or in the vicinity of DTA, the survey results
of domestic water demand and related regency / municipal
social-economic data.
Prerequisites : Hydraulics
2. Carrying out design assignments related to roof truss
structures or pedestrian bridge.
1. Bedient, Philip B. and Huber, Wayne C., 1992. Hydrology
Syllabus : and Floodplain Analysis. Second Edition. Addison-Wes-
ley Publishing Company, USA.
Simple steel structure system; Types of steel structures;
2. Chow, Ven Te, 1959. Open-Channel Hydraulics. Interna-
Mechanical Properties; Factors affecting the steel quality, the
tional Student Edition. McGraw-Hill Kogakusha, Ltd.,
stress-strain curve of steel, the properties of steel material;
Tokyo.
Proportion of structural member with LRFD to tensile force,
3. Chow, Ven Te, Maidment, David R. and Mays, Larry W.,
compressive force, bending force, shear force according to
1988. Applied Hydrology. McGraw-Hill Book Company,
applicable standards; Analysis and design of steel structure
Singapore.
elements: Tensile bar, compression bar, Elastic bending,
4. Dewberry, Sidney O. and Rauenzahn, Lisa N., 2008. Land
Inelastic bending, Bidirectional bending, Shearing, Lateral
95
Development Handbook: Planning, Engineering, And 2. Beban Minimum Untuk Perancangan Bangunan Gedung
Surveying / Dewberry. Third edition. McGraw-Hill, Dan Struktur Lain, SNI 1727 : 2013
USA. E-Book 3. MacGregor, J.G., Reinforced Concrete: Mechanics and
5. Mays, Larry W., 1996. Water Resources Handbook. design, 6th edition, Pearson, 2012
McGraw-Hill, USA. 4. Wahyudi, Syahril A.Rahim, Struktur Beton Bertulang,
6. Wanielista, M., Kersten, R. and Eaglin, R., 1997. Hydrol- Penerbit Gramedia, 1997
ogy: Water Quantity and Quality Control. Second
Construction & Heavy Equipment Management
Edition. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Canada.
ENCV 606 002
7. Maine Stream Team Program of the Maine Department
4 Credits
of Environmental ProtectionStream, 2009. Survey
Manual. A CITIZEN’S GUIDE to Basic Watershed, Expected Learning Outcomes :
Habitat, and Geomorphology Surveys in Stream and
CLO 5 (Modern Tool Usage)
River Watersheds — Volume I.
8. The USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service. CLO 11 (Project Management and Finance)
How to Read a Topographic Map and Delineate a
Watershed.
1. Be able to use Ms. Project to develop the planning schedule
Concrete Structure 1
of construction (CLO 5)
ENCV 606 001
3 Credits 2. Be able to plan construction work and handover of
Expected Learning Outcomes : construction projects (CLO 11)
CLO 3 (design), Learning Experiences :
CLO 5 (Modern Tools) 1. Interactive lectures
CLO 10 (Communication) 2. Participating in the MS Project training workshop
organised by IMS
3. Carrying out assignments on the work planning of
1. Be able to design a simple 2-story building using reinforced
mechanical earthmoving
concrete structures (CLO 3)
Syllabus :
2. Be able to use SAP software in analysing a 2-story concrete
building structure (CLO 5) An understanding of construction project including:
Project Design; Preparation of bidding documents; Contract
3. Be able to draw a 2-story concrete building according to
administration; Construction planning; Methods and
engineering drawing principles and write a clear and
implementation of construction; Supervision and control;
organized design report (CLO 10)
Material management; Quality management; Project Cost
Learning Experiences : Management; Time Management; Safety, Health and
Environment; Resource management and project stakeholders.
Understanding of mechanical earthmoving, properties, type
2. Participating in SAP software training workshop and volume of soil, heavy equipment operation, capacity
organized by IMS and production cost of heavy equipment, calculating work
volume, determining equipment requirements, designing
3. Carrying out design assignments of reinforced concrete
tool combinations to optimize time and costs; calculating
structures
the production of heavy equipment, methods of each heavy
Syllabus : equipment, how to plan projects. Several ways to calculate the
volume of excavation and fill, construction method, calculation
Introduction to design and analysis; system structure:
of work schedule and associated costs.
Objectives, design steps; LRFD, reduction factor and permit
voltage; Load; and Loading: Load form, type of load; load Prerequisites : Surveying and Geospatial Information
placement, load distribution, factor; load and combination Systems
load; The basic concept of reinforced concrete; The stress and
strain properties of concrete and steel; Compressive strength of
1. Kerzner, Harold, Project Management, John Wiley &
concrete characteristics; The evolution of concrete compressive
Sons, Inc., 2006
strength; The concept of boundary strength, simplification of
2. Project Management Institute, A Guide to Project
Whitney stress blocks, balanced collapse; Single reinforcement
Management Body of Knowledge, 2013
and double reinforcement analysis on ordinary beams;
3. European Construction Institute, Total Project Manage-
Reinforcement analysis on the T beam section due to the force
ment of Construction Safety, Health and Environment,
in the bending moment; Analysis of shear reinforcement in
Thomas Telford, London,1995
beam and torsion reinforcement; Analysis of one-way plate
4. Clough, R. H., Sears, G. A. and Sears, S. K., Construction
reinforcement, two-way plate with moment coefficient method,
Contracting, 7th ed., John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York,
reinforcement analysis in short columns; Types of local shallow
2005
foundations and plans and their depictions; Able to calculate
5. Holroyd, T. M., Site Management for Engineers, Thomas
deflection in reinforced concrete structures.
Telford, London, 1999
Prerequisites : Construction Drawing 2, Material Properties, 6. Michael T. Callahan, Daniel G. Quakenbush, and James
Structural Analysis, and Solid Mechanics E. Rowing, Construction Planning and Scheduling,
McGraw-Hill Inc., New York, 1992.
7. Gould, F. E. Managing the Construction Process (Esti-
1. Persyaratan Beton Struktural Untuk Bangunan Gedung,
mating, Scheduling and Project Control)., Prentice Hall.,
SNI 2847 : 2013
96
New Jersey, 1997 CLO 10 (Communication)

8. Halpin, D., W., Construction Management. USA, John
Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1998
9. Hendrickson, C., Project Management for Construction. 1. Be able to identify ethnical principles and professionalism
Fundamental Concepts for Owners, Engineer, Architects, in communication (CLO 8)
and Builders., Prentice Hall, Singapore, 2008
2. Be able to write academic papers, compile presentation
10. Barrie, D. and Paulson B., Professional Construction
documents and present it well to audiences using
Management, McGraw Hill, New York, 1992
appropriate Indonesian language (CLO 10)
11. Imam Sugoto. 1980. Mempersiapkan Lapisan Dasar
Konstruksi Jilid 1 dan 2. Jakarta: Departemen Pekerjaan Learning Experiences :
Umum.
1. Interactive lecturer
2. Practice writing effective sentences
ENCV 606 003
2 Credits 3. Practice doing scientific writing
4. Practice compiling power points
CLO 3 (Design),
5. Practice presenting scientific papers
CLO 5 (Modern Tool Usage),
6. Practice compiling CV / motivation letter
Syllabus :
Introduction : the importance of verbal and written
1. Be able to design roads (CLO 3) communication; Written communication using Indonesian
and English; Data presenting in the form of tables, graphs and
2. Be able to use Open Roads software to design roads (CLO 5)
charts; How to make a good presentation using power points;
3. Be able to draw geometric and road pavement in Preparing a curriculum vitae; Compiling a motivation letter.
accordance with engineering drawing principles (CLO 10)
Prerequisites : -
Interactive lectures 1. Ruiz-Garrido, Miguel. Palmer-Silveira, Juan C., Forta-
net-Gomez, Immaculada. English for Professional and
Academic Purposes.
2. Participating in Open Roads software training workshop
organized by IMS
Water Engineering 2
ENCV 606 006
3. Carrying out assignment related to road design 3 Credits
Syllabus : Expected Learning Outcomes :
Inventory of existing conditions; Identification of needs; CLO 5 (Modern Tool Usage)
Highway Design; Basic Design Presentation
CLO 7 (Environment & Sustainability)
Prerequisites : Surveying & Geospatial Information Systems,
CLO 10 (Communication skill)
1. AASHTO, 2007. Maintenance Manual for Roadways and 1. Be able to operate ArcGIS geospatial model to prepare
Bridges. 4th Ed. Hec-HMS hydrological model input data (CLO 5)
2. Brockenbrough, R.L., Highway Engineering Handbook
2. Be able to evaluate the implications of changes in the
3rd Ed, Mc Graw Hill, 2009
hypothetical area spatial planning for the magnitude of
3. BSN (2004) : RSNI Perencanaan Geometrik Jalan Perko-
flooding plan and dimensions of water infrastructure
taan
(CLO 7)
4. Direktorat Jenderal Bina MArga, (2013), Manual Desain
Perkerasan Jalan no 02/M/BM/2013, Kementerian 3. Be able to present results of analysis or evaluation both in
Pekerjaan Umum. verbal and writing effectively (CLO 10)
5. Direktorat Jendral Bina Marga (1990) : Petunjuk Desain
Drainase Permukaan Jalan Learning Experiences :
6. Direktorat Jendral Bina Marga (1997) : Standar Perenca- Students actively discuss in class analysing water infrastruc-
naan Geometrik Jalan Luar Kota ture problems (Problem Based Learning)
7. Fwa, T.F., The Handbook of Highway Engineering,
Taylor & Fancis Group, 2006 Syllabus :
8. Huang, Y., 2004. Pavement Analysis and Design 2nd ed., Utilise a hydrological model assisted by geospatial models
Prentice-Hall, Inc. to evaluate the implications of changes in spatial planning in
Writing and Presentation Techniques a water catchment area (DTA) with an area not exceeding 50
ENCV 606 004 km2, and present the results in the form of systematic written
2 Credits documents and effective oral presentations. The learning
method consists of introductory lectures, group discussions
Expected Learning Outcomes : inside & outside the classroom, written examinations, as well as
CLO 8 (Ethics) oral presentations and writing assignments. The task includes
utilizing the ArcGIS geospatial model for the preparation
97
of input data for the WinTR-20 deterministic hydrological 5. Be able to conduct cost studies on infrastructure project
model which is used to simulate rainfall-flow relationships based on RKS and DED (CLO 11)
that are affected by changes in regional spatial planning.
The evaluation focuses on the implications of changes in
hypothetical spatial planning for changes in the magnitude Students actively discuss in class related to design process of
of the planned flood which will then affect the dimensions of civil engineering infrastructure (Problem Based Learning)
the related water infrastructure.
Syllabus :
Prerequisites : Water Engineering 1, Surveying & Geospatial
Problem identifications in accordance with social problems
Information Systems
or problems in society (Problem-Based Solutions), providing
Text Book References : design alternatives and determining possible solutions;
1. John E. Gribbin, 2014, Introduction To Hydraulics And Providing planning components related to the scope of
Hydrology With Applications For Stormwater Manage- work and implementation time in accordance with the
ment, Fourth Edition alternative design solution chosen; Formulating the main
2. Bedient, Philip B. And Huber, Wayne C., 1992. Hydrol- and secondary components of civil engineering building
ogy And Floodplain Analysis. Second Edition. Addi- structures; Preparing analysis reports including planning
son-Wesley Publishing Company, Usa. concepts, calculation methods and implementation methods,
3. Chow, Ven Te, 1959. Open-Channel Hydraulics. Interna- by applying regulations, manuals and standards; Preparing
tional Student Edition. Mcgraw-Hill Kogakusha, Ltd., the specifications for the components of civil engineering
Tokyo. construction work in accordance with regulations and technical
4. Chow, Ven Te, Maidment, David R. And Mays, Larry W., specifications, calculation of unit prices and “bill of quantity”,
1988. Applied Hydrology. Mcgraw-Hill Book Company, and details of overall costs; Preparing the planning result
Singapore. reports including technical specifications, calculation of unit
5. Dewberry, Sidney O. And Rauenzahn, Lisa N., 2008. prices and “bill of quantity”, details of the overall cost of the
Land Development Handbook: Planning, Engineering, work, and detailed drawing of the main building components in
And Surveying / Dewberry. Third Edition. Mcgraw- accordance with technical standards and provisions. Preparing
Hill, Usa. E-Book a “blueprint” of the structural calculation results in the form
6. Mays, Larry W., 1996. Water Resources Handbook. of working drawing that are ready to be implemented by
Mcgraw-Hill, Usa. construction stakeholders.
7. Wanielista, M., Kersten, R. And Eaglin, R., 1997. Hydrol-
Prerequisites : Construction Drawing 1 (pass), Structural
ogy: Water Quantity And Quality Control. Second
Analysis, Construcion & Heavy Equipment Management,
Edition. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Canada.
Steel Structure.
8. Esri. Gis Solutions For Surveying. Esri Publishers, 2007.
9. Maine Stream Team Program Of The Maine Department Text Book References :
Of Environmental Protectionstream, 2009. Survey 1. SNI (standar tata cara perhitungan struktur beton untuk
Manual. A Citizen’s Guide To Basic Watershed, Habitat, bangunan gedung; standar tata cara perencanaan
And Geomorphology Surveys In Stream And River struktur baja untuk bangunan gedung; standar tata cara
Watersheds — Volume I. perencanaan ketahanan gempa bangunan gedung, dan
10. The Usda Natural Resources Conservation Service. How standar yang dikeluarkan oleh Kementerian PU)
To Read A Topographic Map And Delineate A Water- 2. ASTM (Amerixan Standar for Testing Material)
shed.
3. AISC (American Institute of Steel Construction)
Infrastructure Design Project
4. The American Concrete Institute’ (ACI)
ENCV 607 001
5. ASCE 07-2010 – Minimum Design Load for Building and
4 Credits
other structures
Ethics and Legal Aspect of Construction Contract
CLO 3 (Design), ENCV 608 001
2 Credits
CLO 7 (Sustainability),
CLO 9 (Teamwork),
CLO 6 (Engineer and Society) dan
CLO 10 (Communication),
CLO 8 (Ethics)
CLO 11 (Project and Finance)
1. Be able to apply knowledge related to ethics and
1. Be able to design civil engineering building structures
construction law in drafting construction contracts (CLO 6)
(CLO 3)
2. Be able to analyse ethical erros in construction projects
2. Be able to consider sustainability aspect in selecting design
and their implications (CLO 8)
alternatives (CLO 7)
3. Be able to work in teams in building design, preparing
design reports and DED (CLO 9) 1. Interactive lecture
4. Be able to compile design reports, present it in a clear and 2. Students actively discuss ethical cases in the construction
organized manner and be able to present design results field (Problem Based Learning)
in construction drawings in accordance with engineering
Syllabus :
drawing principles (CLO 10)
Understanding ethics and morals; Ethical theories; Professional
98
ethics; Construction business ethics; Ethics towards the 3. Students have taken the following courses: Foundation
environment; Laws and regulations in the construction sector; Engineering, Concrete Structure 1, and Construction &
Legal aspects in construction disputes; Construction contract Heavy Equipment Management.
Prequisites : - 4. Fill out the IRS for Special Courses ”Practical Works” and
convey the willingness to do the practical work to the
course coordinator.
1. Mike W. Martin & Roland Schinzinger, Ethics in Engi-
neering, Mc Graw Hill, 2005 5. Students have to select a location for practical work
2. Chow Kok Fong, Law and Practice of Construction themselves and have made observation at the selected
Contracts, Sweet & Maxwell Asia, 2012 location
3. Nazarkhan Yasin, Kontrak Konstruksi di Indonesia,
6. Students must fill out and submit the registration form to
Gramedia Pustaka Utama, 2014
the administration staffs of Civil Dngineering department.
Special Course Final Project/Bachelor Thesis
ENCV 600 400
Field Internship 5 Credits
ENCV 600 100
3 Credits Expected Learning Outcomes :
Expected Learning Outcomes : CLO 4 (Experiment), dan
CLO 8 (Ethics), CLO 8 (Ethics),
CLO 9 (Teamwork), CLO 10 (Communication)
CLO 10 (Communication) CLO 12 (Lifelong Learning)
CLO 11 (Project Management and Finance) Course Learning Outcomes (CLO) :
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO) : 1. Be able to investigate problems, design research

methodologies, conduct research and analyse results.
1. Be able to write applications of professionalism ethics in (CLO 4)
construction projects such as quality control, timeliness
and work safety (CLO 8) 2. Be able to apply ethics in conducting research as proven
by scientific writing report having a maximum similarity
2. Be able to work in teams to implement and complete a test of 30% (CLO 8)
report (CLO 9)
3. Be able to write a research report appropriately using
3. Be able to write down observations on a construction Indonesian and present it clearly to the examiners (CLO 10)
project using appropriate Indonesian and present it to the
examiners (CLO 10) 4. Be able to work independently and complete research work
within the specified time (CLO 12)
4. Be able to write down the application of CM BOK on
observed projects in the report (CLO 11) Learning Experiences :
Learning Experiences : Students are encouraged to carry out research independently

under the supervision of lecturers, write a research report and
1. Students in the group conduct field observations on a present it clearly to the examiners.
construction project, observe the complexity of the project
and how construction project can be done by implementing Syllabus :
CM-BOK (Construction Management Body of Knowledge) Problem formulation, literature study, conducting research,
2. Students observe how the decision-making process data analysis, result interpretation, writing and presenting
(problem solving) can be done quickly and accurately. research report.
3. At the end of 200-hour observation, students write a report Prerequisites : Has completed 114 credits with a GPA>=2.00
and present it in front of the examiners. and without E grade
Syllabus :
Carrying out an internship in a construction project for a Elective Course
minimum of 200 hours; Conducting field observations; Reading
a construction drawing; Writing observation report; Describing Entrepreneurship
technical work process, quality control, project management, ENCV 606 005
project specification, engineering drawing and other aspects; 2 Credits
Problem solving in construction; Presenting the results of
observation.
CLO 9 (Teamwork)
Prerequisites :
1. Has been doing 6th Semester and taking > 75 credits in
accordance with regulation in the Department of Civil CLO 13 (Entrepreneurship)
Engineering, Universitas Indonesia and or other relevant
provisions of Engineering Faculty, Universitas Indonesia.
1. Be able to work in teams to conceive business ideas (CLO 9)
2. For administrative purposes, students must have passed
60 credits. 2. Be able to effectively present the innovative ideas to general
public (CLO 10) 99
3. Be able to come up with entrepreneurial ideas in the field Civil Engineering Fast-Track Curriculum
of Civil Engineering (CLO 13)
(Undergraduate and Graduate)
1. Listening to the alumni stories who have successfully Code Subject SKS
create a business in construction area or who secure high 1 Semester
st
position in a construction company
Religion 2
2. Discussing in teams to explore business prospects in the
Academic Writing 2
field of Civil Engineering
ENGE 600 001 Calculus 1 3
3. Presenting business ideas to potential investors /
customers ENCV 601 001 Physics (Mechanics and Ther- 4
mal)
Syllabus :
ENCV 601 002 Environmental Basic Chemistry 3
The problems and needs of various stakeholders in the field ENCV 601 003 Intro to Civil Engineering 3
of Civil Engineering, General entrepreneurial opportunities System
to solve Civil Engineering problems, defin itions of
entrepreneurship, actions, plans and challenges of business ENCV 601 004 Material Properties 3
people, actions, plans and challenges of academics and
observers, Business model canvas concepts, general company Sub Total 20
profiles, profiles customers in general, Cost and Turnover, 2 nd Semester
Identification of differences and similarities between BMC
components, Assessment of the advantages and disadvantages Integrated Charater Building 5
of each BMC component, Various environmental engineering ENGE 600 002 Calculus 2 3
products and services, Definition of product value, Human ENGE 600 007 Physics (Electricity, MWO) 3
needs, Customer segments, Various customer profiles,
excavating customer profiles, excavating customer profiles, ENGE 600 004 Linear Algebra 4
identifying differences and similarities between VPC ENCV 602 001 Construction Drawing 1 2
components, assessing the advantages and disadvantages of ENCV 602 002 Statics 3
each VPC component.
Sub Total 20
Prerequisites :
3rd Semester
Service Learning
ENCV 600 300
1 Credits ENCV 603 002 Solid Mechanics 4
Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO): ENCV 603 003 Fluid Mechanics 3

ENCV 603 004 Statistics and Probabilistic of 2
CLO 12 (Lifelong Learning)
Experimental Design
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): ENCV 603 005 Basic Soil Mechanics 3
Be able to independently allocate time to actively involved in ENCV 603 006 Surveying & Geospatial Infor- 2
student activities without disrupting academic activities as mation Systems
indicated by the achievement of activity points (CLO 12)
ENCV 603 007 Advanced Calculus 3
Learning Experiences: Sub Total 20
Being actively involved in various student activities 4 Semester
th
Syllabus : ENGE 600 011 Engineering Economics 3

Students take part in activities outside the Civil Engineering ENCV 604 001 Soil Mechanics 3
curriculum. For each activity that is followed, the equivalent ENCV 604 002 Hydraulics 3
will be calculated in the form of points (scores). Students must ENCV 604 003 Structural Analysis 4
achieve a minimum point according to the implementation
instructions issued by the department. ENCV 604 004 Numerical Method 2
Prerequisites :
Elective Courses 9
Students can claim 1 credit for this course after reaching
the minimum number of points stipulated. (see the Student Sub Total 20
Affairs Manual of the Department of Civil Engineering, 2020 5 Semester
th
Curriculum, authorized by the Department). ENGE 600 012 HSE Protection 2

Elective Courses 9
100
Sub Total 20
6 Semester
th
ENCV 606 001 Concrete Structure 1 3

ENCV 606 002 Construction & Heavy Equip- 4
ment Management
ENCV 606 004 Effective Communication 2
ENCV 606 005 Enterpreneurship 2
Elective Course 3
Sub Total 19
7 Semester
th
ENCV 600 100 Field Internship 3

ENCV 600 300 Service Learning 1
ENCV 607 001 Infrastructure Design Project 4
ENCV 801 101 Applied Mathematics (S2) 3
ENCV 801 102 Value and System Engineering 3
(S2)
Mandatory Specialization 3
Course S2
Sub Total 17
8th
Semester
ENCV 608 001 Ethics and Legal Aspect of 2
Construction Contract
ENCV 802 103 Research Methodology 3
ENCV 800 104 Pra Master Thesis 4
Mandatory Specialization 3
Course S2
Sub Total 12
9 Semester
th
ENCV 800 105 Master Thesis 4

Mandatory/Elective Specializa- 3
tion Course S2
tion Course S2
Sub Total 15
10 Semester
th
ENCV 800 106 Scientific Pub;lication 2

tion Course S2
tion Course S2
tion Course S2
Sub Total 10
101
Undergraduate Program in Environmental Engineering


4. Programme Tittle Undergraduate Program in Environmental Engineering
5. Vision and Misson The Vision:
“As an exceptional center for science and technology in the field of
environmental engineering that contributes to the global market”
The Mission:
a. Produce graduates who mastered the technique of the
environment with the underlying technology of basic civil and
environmental engineering and a robust international standard.
b. Actively contribute ideas to society through research and
development of environmental engineering facilities and
infrastructure, considering the harmonious relationship between
humans and nature.
c. Develop students to have leadership skills, independence,
sociable, communicative, and upholds professional ethics.
6. Class Regular and Parallel

8. Accreditation / Recognition National Accreditation: Excellent accreditation from BAN – PT:
International accreditation from IABEE and AUN-QA
9. Language(s) of Instruction Bahasa Indonesia
11. Entry High school /equivalent, or D3 / Polytechnique / equivalent,
Requirements AND pass the entrance exam.
Semester
Regular 8 16
13. The aims of the programme is produce environmental engineering bachelor graduate that protects the environment,
through the design, implementation, and control in the areas of :
1. Drinking Water Supply.
2. Wastewater management and solid waste management (Hazardous and Non-Hazardous)
3. Drainage
4. Environmental Sanitation
5. Water Resource
6. Air Pollution
7. Pollution Prevention
8. Environmental Impact Assessment
14. Profile of Graduates
1. Environmental Engineering bachelor graduate who has a career in planning, design, implementation, and control
of environmental engineering system with the environment and socio-economic consideration.
2. Environmental Engineering bachelor graduate with ethics, professionalism, preparedness to pursue higher
education and developed his/her skill to answer the dynamics of the environmental engineering field.
102
15. Expected Learning Outcomes (ELO):

1. Apply knowledge of mathematics, natural science, engineering fundamentals and environmental engineering
specialization to the solve of complex engineering problems (C3-WA1/engineering knowledge)
2. Identify complex environmental engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences and engineering sciences. (C4-WA2/problem analysis)
3. Design solutions for complex environmental engineering problems and design systems, components or processes
that meet specified needs with appropriate consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal, and
environmental considerations. (C5-WA3/design or development of solutions)
4. Conduct investigations of complex environmental engineering problems using research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of information
to provide valid conclusions. (C4-WA4/investigation)
5. Create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools, including
prediction and modelling, to complex environmental engineering problems, with an understanding of the
limitations. (P3-WA5/modern tool usage)
6. Apply reasoning informed by contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues
and the consequent responsibilities relevant to professional civil engineering practice and solutions to complex
environmental engineering problems.(C3-WA6/the engineer and society)
7. Understand and evaluate the sustainability and impact of professional engineering work in the solution of
complex environmental engineering problems in societal and environmental contexts. (C3-WA7/environment and
sustainability)
8. Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of engineering practice.
(A4-WA8/ethics)
9. Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams and in multi-disciplinary settings.
(P3-WA9/individual and team work)
10. Communicate effectively on complex civil engineering activities with the environmental engineering community
and with society at large, such as being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation,
make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions. (C3, P3/WA10 communication)
11. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering management principles and economic decision-making
and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary
environments. (C3-WA11/project management and finance)
12. Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the
broadest context of technological change. (C3-WA12/lifelong learning)
13. Use knowledge of entrepreneurship to identify an independent business based on creativity and professional
ethics. (C3-UI-E)

i University General Subjects 9 6,25 %
ii Basic Engineering Subjects 12 8,33 %
iii Core Subjects 88 61,11 %
iv Electives 26 18,06 %
v Industrial Attachment, Seminar, Undergraduate Thesis 9 6,25 %
Total 144 100 %
103
Learning Outcome
104
Flow Diagram Of Subject to Reach ELO in Environmental Engineering Undergraduate Programme
PSBTL: Structural Design for Environmental Engineering In- PIPAL: Domestic Wastewater Treatment Plant Design
frastructure
EIA & ISO: Environmental Impact Assessment & ISO PJPAL: Wastewater Collection System Design
PIPAM: Water Treatment Plant Design PLIB3: Hazardous dan Industrial Waste Treatment
PJDAM: Drinking Water Distribution System Design PPLIMBAT: Integrated Solid Waste Management Planning
OHS and Environmental Risk : Occupational Health and Safety and Environmental Risk
105
frastructure
106
frastructure
107
frastructure
108
109
110
111
Flow Diagram of Subjects in Environmental Engineering Undergraduate Programme
frastructure
112
Course Structure Undergraduate ENEV 605 004 Integrated Solid Waste Manage- 3
Program Environmental Engineering ment Planning
ENEV 605 005 Structural Design for Environ- 3
Code Subject SKS mental Engineering Infrastruc-
ture
1st Semester
Elective/Minor 7
UIGE 600 003 Academic English 2
Sub Total 20
UIGE 600 004 Religion 2
6th Semester
ENEV 606 001 Occupational Health, Safety and 2
ENGE 600 009 Basic Chemistry 2 Environmental Risk
ENCV 601 001 Physics (Mechanics and Thermo- 4 ENEV 606 002 Environmental Impact Assess- 3
dynamics) ment and ISO
ENEV 601 001 Introduction to Environmental 3 ENEV 606 003 Environmental Engineering 3
Engineering System Project Management
ENEV 601 002 Global Environmental Issues 2 ENEV 606 004 Water Treatment Plant Design 3
ENEV 601 003 Environmental Biology 2 ENEV 606 005 Domestic Wastewater Treatment 3
Sub Total 20 Plant Design
2 nd Semester ENEV 606 006 Air Pollution 3
UIGE 600 006 Integrated Character Building 5 Elective/Minor 3
ENGE 600 002 Calculus 2 3 Sub Total 20
ENGE 600 004 Linear Algebra 4 7th Semester
ENCV 603 003 Fluid Mechanics 3 ENEV 600 100 Field Internship 3
ENEV 602 001 Earth Science and Mapping 2 ENEV 607 001 Final Project on Environmental 4
ENEV 602 002 Construction Drawing for 2 Engineering Infrastructure
Environmental Engineer ENEV 607 002 Hazardous dan Industrial Waste 3
ENEV 602 003 Basic Environmental Chemistry 1 Treatment
Sub Total 20 ENEV 607 003 Writing and Presentation 2

Technique
3rd Semester Elective/Minor 3
ENCV 603 004 Statistics and Probabilistic of 2 Sub Total 15
Experimental Design
8th Semester
ENEV 603 001 Environmental Engineering 3
Mathematic ENEV 600 300 Service Learning 1
ENEV 603 002 Environmental Microbiology 3 ENEV 600 400 Undergraduate Thesis 5
ENEV 603 003 Environmental Engineering 2 Elective/Minor 7

Material Properties Sub Total 13
ENEV 603 004 Environmental Hydraulics 3 Total 144
ENEV 603 005 Structural Mechanics I 2 Electives Subject in Environmental Engineering
ENEV 603 006 Urban Planning and Sanitation 3 Undergraduate Programme
Sub Total 18
Code Subject SKS
4 Semester
th
4 Semester
th
ENEV 604 001 Structural Mechanics II 2

ENEV 604 101 Applied Sanitation 3
ENEV 604 002 Drinking Water Distribution 2
System Design ENEV 600 011 Engineering Economics 3
ENEV 604 003 Soil Mechanics for Environmen- 3 ENEV 600 500 Internship A 2
tal Engineer 5 Semester
th
ENEV 604 004 Environmental Chemistry 3 ENEV 605 102 Introduction to Environmental 3
ENEV 604 005 Wastewater Collection System 2 Economics
Design ENEV 605 103 Entrepreneurship 2
Elective/Minor 6 ENEV 605 104 Environmental Modelling 2
Sub Total 18 6th Semester
5th Semester ENEV 606 105 Environmental System Analysis 3
ENEV 605 002 Unit Operation and Process 4 ENEV 600 600 Internship B 3
ENEV 605 003 Environmental Laboratory 3 7th Semester
113
courses or choose elective subjects in the curriculum

ENEV 607 106 Monitoring and Optimation of 3 2020 to complete 144 credits.
Water Treatment Plant
7. The shortage of credits due to curriculum changes can
ENEV 607 107 Emerging Topics on Environmen- 3
be covered by taking new compulsory courses in the
tal Engineering
2020 curriculum as stated in the equivalence of courses.
ENEV 600 700 Special Topic of Research Collab- 3 The excess of credits due to curriculum changes has an
oration impact on reducing the obligation of credits for elective
8th Semester courses.
ENEV 608 108 Sludge processing and Valoriza- 3 8. If there is a change in the credit of a course, the number
tion of credits taken into account in graduation is the number
ENEV 608 109 Polution Prevention 3 of credits at the time the course is taken. The same
subject or equivalent with different credits weights, if
repeated or newly taken will be listed with a new name
Environmental Engineering Undergraduate Minor and calculated with the new credit weight.
Curriculum 9. The new mandatory courses in the 2020 curriculum such
as Practicum of Basic Chemistry, Environmental Biology,
Code Environmental Engineering SKS and Student Affairs are elective courses for the 2019
Minor class, 2018 and before and become a compulsory MK for
the 2020 class and after.
ENEV 601 001 Introduction to Environmental 3
Engineering System 10. The new mandatory courses in the 2020 curriculum such
as Practicum of Basic Chemistry, Environmental Biology,
ENEV 603 006 Urban Planning and Sanitation 3
and Student Affairs are elective courses for the 2019
ENEV 606 002 Environmental Impact Assess- 3 class, 2018 and before and become a compulsory MK for
ment and ISO the 2020 class and after
ENEV 606 006 Air Pollution 3 11. It should be noted for the following courses managed by
ENEV 607 002 Hazardous dan Industrial Waste 3 the University:
Treatment
a. Students who have passed one of the MPKT A (6
ENEV 608 107 Pollution Prevention 3 credits) or MPKT B (6 credits) courses in the 2016 Curriculum
Total 18 are not required to take the MPKT MK (5 credits) in the 2020
Curriculum.
Transition Policy from the 2016 to the 2020 b. Students who have not passed or have not taken
Curriculum the MK Sports/Arts (2 credits) are required to take the MK
Option/Minor.
1. New curriculum 2020 will be applied effectively from
Odd Semester 2020/2021. In principle, after curriculum c. Students who have not passed or have not taken
2020 is implemented, then only courses from this new the English Constitutional Court (3 credits) are required to
curriculum will be opened. take the English Constitutional Court (2 credits) in the 2020
Curriculum.
2. For class 2019 and above will follow this transition rules
12. It should be noted for the following courses managed by
3. The enforcement of the transitional period is one year. the faculty:
During this transition period, if a course in curriculum
2020 is in odd semester while in previous curriculum in a. Students who have not passed or have not taken
even semester (vice versa), then this course can be held (if the MK Calculus (4 credits), are required to repeat the MK
necessary) in both semesters. Calculus course (4 credits) organized by the Study Program
within the FTUI environment.
4. For students who have not passed the compulsory
courses in curriculum 2016, are required to take the same b. Students who have not passed or have not taken the
course or equivalent in curriculum 2020. Equivalence MK Physics of Mechanics and Heat (3 credits), are required to
courses can be seen in the table below. All courses in the take Physics of Mechanics and Thermodynamics (4 credits) in
curriculum 2016 that are not listed in equivalence table the 2020 Curriculum.
have not changed, both in names and credits. c. Students who have not passed or have not taken the
5. When there is a change in the course credits, then the Basic Physics Practicum 1 (1 credit) in the 2016 curriculum,
number of graduation credits counted in, is the number are not required to take the MK in the 2020 curriculum. To
of credits when it was taken. The same or equivalent meet the shortage of credits, they can take the Mandatory MK
courses when are equated with different credits, if Study Programs in the 2020 Curriculum
retaken, or just taken will be acknowledged under a new d. Students who have not passed or have not taken
name and credits. (see course equivalence table). the MGO Electrical Physics MK (3 credits) in the 2016
6. When a compulsory subject in the curriculum 2016 is curriculum are required to take the compulsory MK Study
deleted and there is no equivalence in the curriculum Program in the 2020 curriculum which is equivalent, namely
2020 then:For students who have passed these subjects, Environmental Biology (2 credits) To meet the shortage of
the credits that are achieved will be counted in the credits, they can take the compulsory MK Study Program in
calculation of graduation 144 credits. For students who the 2020 curriculum.
did not pass these courses, they can take new compulsory e. For students who have not passed or have not taken
the MK Electrical Physics Practicum (1 credit) are not required
114
to take the MK in the 2020 curriculum. To meet the shortage of i. Students who have not passed or have not taken the
credits, they can take the Mandatory MK Study Programs in TL Network Design Court (3 credits) in the 2016 curriculum
the 2020 Curriculum are required to take the Wastewater Collection Network
Design Court (2 credits) and Drinking Water Distribution
f. Students who have not passed or have not taken the
Network Design (2 credits) in the 2020 curriculum.
MK Statistics & Probability 2016 curriculum are required to
take the MK Compulsory Study Program which is equivalent j. Students who have not passed or have not taken
to the MK Statistics and Probabilistic Experiments curriculum the TL Building Structure Design Court (3 credits) in the
2020 2016 curriculum are required to take the Environmental
Engineering Building Structure Design Court (3 credits) in
g. Students who have not graduated or have not taken
the 2020 curriculum.
the K3LL MK (2 credits) in the 2016 curriculum are required to
take the equivalent Study Program Compulsory MK, namely k. Students who have not passed or have not taken
the K3 MK and Environmental Risk (2 credits) in the 2020 the MK in Design of Water Treatment Plants (3 credits) in the
Curriculum. 2016 curriculum are required to take the MK in the Design
of Drinking Water Treatment Plants (3 SKS) in the 2020
h. Students who have not graduated or have not taken
curriculum.
the MK Basic Chemistry (2 credits) in the 2016 curriculum are
required to take the compulsory MK Study Programs in the l. Students who have not passed or have not taken
2020 curriculum which are equivalent, namely the MK Basic the Constitutional Court in Designing Domestic Sewage
Chemistry (2 credits) and the Basic Chemistry Practicum Treatment Buildings (3 credits) in the 2016 curriculum are
Court (1 credit) in the 2020 curriculum. required to take the Constitutional Court of Planning for
Domestic Wastewater Treatment Plants (3 credits) in the 2020
13. It should be noted for the following courses managed by
curriculum.
the Study Program:
m. Students who have not met the number of Mandatory
a. Students who have not passed or have not taken the
MK credits can take the New Mandatory MK in the 2020
Constitutional Court of Construction Drawing (2 credits) or
Curriculum
the Constitutional Court of Building Construction (2 credits)
in the 2016 curriculum are required to take the Constitutional
Court of Environmental Engineering Construction (2 credits)
curriculum 2020. To meet the shortage of credits, students
can take the Mandatory Court of Study Program in the 2020
Curriculum.
b. Students who have not passed or have not taken
the MK Advanced Calculus (3 credits) 2016 curriculum
are required to take the MK Mathematics Environmental
Engineering (3 credits) curriculum 2020.
c. Students who have not passed or have not taken the
MK in Soil Surveying (3 credits) in the 2016 curriculum are
required to take the MK in Earth and Mapping (2 credits) in
the 2020 curriculum. To meet the shortage of credits, students
can take the Mandatory MK in the 2020 Curriculum.
d. Students who have not passed or have not taken
the Material Property Theory (2 credits) 2016 curriculum are
required to take the Environmental Engineering Material
Property Constitutional Court (2 credits) in the 2020
curriculum.
e. Students who have not passed or have not taken the
MK Structural Mechanics (3 credits) in the 2016 curriculum
are required to take the MK Structural Mechanics I (2 credits)
curriculum 2020. To meet the shortage of SKS students can
take the Mandatory MK in the 2020 Curriculum.
f. Students who have not passed or have not taken the
Basic Soil Mechanics Court (3 credits) in the 2016 curriculum
are required to take the Environmental Engineering Soil
Mechanics Court (3 credits) in the 2020 curriculum.
g. Students who have not passed or have not taken the
MK in Solid Mechanics (3 credits) in the 2016 curriculum are
required to take the MK in Structural Mechanics II (2 credits)
in the 2020 curriculum. To meet the shortage of credits,
students can take the Mandatory MK in the 2020 Curriculum.
h. Students who have not passed or have not taken
the MK Environmental Microbiology (2 credits) in the 2016
curriculum are required to take the MK Environmental
Microbiology (3 credits) in the 2020 curriculum.
115

No Remarks
2016 2016 2020 2020
1 Physics - Mechanics and Thermal 3 Physics - Mechanics and Thermo- 4
New courses are
2 dynamics
mandatory for the
study program. The
number of credits is
Thermodynamics 2
reduced. Merger of
two courses, Exception
for 2019; 2018; 2017
during transition
3 Praktikum Fisika Dasar 1 None -
4
The change of course
Academic English 3 Academic English 2
credit
5 Integrated Character Building A 6 Integrated Character Building The change of course

5
6 Integrated Character Building B 6 name & credits
7
Olahraga/ Seni 1 None 1 None
8 The change of position

Religion 2 Religion
form even to odd
9 New courses are
Physics - Electricity, MWO 3 Environmental Biology 2 mandatory for the
study program
10
Physics - Electricity, MWO Lab 1 None -
11 The change of position

Basic Chemistry 2
(semester 3 become
12 semester 1) and New
Basic Chemistry 2 Basic Chemistry Lab 1 courses are mandatory
13
The course become
Statistik & Probabilistik Eksper- study programme
Statistic & Probabilistic 2 2
imen mandatory course;
name.
14 Environmental Engineering The change of course
Advanced Calculus 3 3
Mathematic name
15 The course become
study programme
Occupational Health, Safety and Occupational Health, Safety and
2 2 mandatory course;
Environmental Risk Environmental Risk
name.
16 The new courses of the
Construction Drawing 2 2
Construction Drawing for Envi- study program replace
17 ronmental Engineer these courses and
Construction Building 2 2 change credit
18 The new courses of the
study program replace
Surveying 3 Earth Science and Mapping 2
these courses and
change credit
19 Environmental Engineering Mate- The change of course
Teory of Material Property 2 2
rial Properties name
Structural Mechanics 3 Structural Mechanics I 2 name and change of
credits
116

Fluid Mechanics 3 Fluid Mechanics 3 position form odd to
even
22 Soil Environment for Environ- The change of course
Basic Soil Mechanics 3 3
mental Engineer name
Soil Mechanics 3 Structural Mechanics II 2 name and change of
credits
position form even
Environmental Hydraulics 3 Environmental Hydraulics 3
(semester 4) to odd
(semester 3)
position form evenp
Global Envinronmental Issues 2 Global Envinronmental Issues 2
(semester 4) to odd
(semester 1)
position form even
Environmental Microbiology 2 Environmental Microbiology 3
(semester 4) to odd
(semester 3)
Urban Planning and Sanitation 3 Urban Planning and Sanitation 3 position form semester
5 to semester 3
28 The new course that
Wastewater Collection System split from Water
2
Design Supply and Sewerage
Network Design
3
29 Water Supply course. The total
Sewerage Network Design credits increase. The
Drinking Water Distribution change of course
Structural Design of Environmen- 2 position form odd
System Design
tal Engineering Facilities (semester 5) to even
3
(semester 4)
30 Structural Design for Environ-
mental Engineering Infrastructure name
Water Treatment Design 3 Water Treatment Plant Design 3
name
32 Domestic Waste Water Treatment Domestic Waste Water Treatment The change of course
3 3
Design Plant Design name
position from odd
Air Pollution 3 Air Pollution 3
(semester 7) to even
(semester 6)
34 The new course of
Research Methodology & Pro-
2 Undergraduate Thesis the study program
posal 5 replaces the course.
35 Increase the number of
Final Project 4
credits
36 Final Project on Environmental New courses are
4
- - Engineerin Infrastructure mandatory for the
study program
37 New courses are
- - Service Learning 1 mandatory for the
study program
38 New courses are
Writing and Presentation Tech-
- 2 mandatory for the
nique
study program
117
Course Syllabus of University Subjects individuals and members. the community by using good
and correct Indonesian and the latest information and
UIGE6000061/UIGE6100061
• CPMK 2: Able to identify various entrepreneurial efforts
5 credits
characterized by innovation and independence based on
courses that have been carried out at the previous UI.
Prerequisite : -
The material provided at MPKT aims to form a human thinking
ACADEMIC WRITING
pattern with values and morals to create a human personality
UIGE610002
by having critical, logical, creative, innovative thinking, and
2 credits
having intellectual curiosity and an entrepreneurial spirit.
The Objectives :
citizen values b
reasoning and utilizing Information and Communication
To enable students to develop the learning strategies and
Technology (ICT) to achieve the final objectives of this module.
study skills needed to finish their study successfully and o
following methods: experiential learning (EL), collaborative
Main Competencies :
independent assignment exercises, presentations, writing
• Improve their listening skills through various listening
papers in Indonesian and interactive discussions in online
materials and procedures;
• CPL 1: Able to use spoken and written language
readers;
material;
level (C4, A3)
• Work as part of a group to prepare and deliver a 25-minute
country (C4, A2)
• Write a summary of a short academic article;
• CPL 4: Able to take advantage of information
• Write an expository paragraph;
ENGLISH
UIGE600003
2 credits
118

in the society.
2 credits
skills.
adopted;
expectations.
Syllabus :
HINDU STUDIES
UIGE6000013/UIGE610008
2 credits
119
the enforcement of justice, Awareness of and obeying the Rita applied problems.
/ Dharma.
BUDDHIST STUDIES Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering
UIGE6000014/UIGE610009 and an engineering specialization to be used in solving
2 credits complex engineering problems.
of religious society in the realization of human rights and Prerequisite: Calculus 1
Textbooks:
Erlangga, 2019.
CALCULUS
KONG HU CU STUDY
ENGE600003/ENGE610003
UIGE6000015/UIGE610010
4 SKS
2 credits
Syllabus Of Faculty Subjects involving functions of one to three variables to solve their
CALCULUS 1 applied problems.
ENGE600001/ENGE610001 Graduates Learning Outcomes:
3 credits Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering
Course Learning Outcomes: and an engineering specialization to be used in solving
Able to use the basic concepts of calculus related to -a complex engineering problems.
function of one variable, the derivative and integration of
the function of one variable in order to solve its applied Syllabus :
problems. Introduction, Functions and Limits, Derivatives, Derived
Graduates Learning Outcomes: Infinite Row, and Series. Derivatives with many variables,
Able to apply mathematics, science, basic engineering, and Duplicate Integral (2 and 3), Duplicate Integral Application.
engineering specialization to be used in solving complex
engineering problems. Prerequisite: None
Introduction, Functions and Limits, The Derivative, Applica- Main :
Prerequisite: None tal, 12th ed., Addison – Wesley Pearson, 2009.
Textbooks: LINEAR ALGEBRA
Main reference: ENGE600004/ENGE610004
D. Varberg, E. J. Purcell, S.E. Rigdon, Calculus, 9th ed., 4 SKS
Pearson, Prentice Hall, 2007. Course Learning Outcomes:
Students are able to calculate linear system problems to solve
Additional eferences: engineering problems.
dental, 12th ed., Addison–Wesley Pearson, 2009. Graduates Learning Outcomes:
2. Howard Anton, Calculus, 10th ed., John Wiley and Sons, Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering
2012. and an engineering specialization to be used in solving
CALCULUS 2
ENGE600002/ENGE610002 Syllabus :
3 SKS Linear Systems and matrix equations, Determinants, Euclid
Course Learning Outcomes: vector spaces, Common vector spaces, eigenvalues and eigen-
Students are able to use the concepts of sequences, series, vectors, inner product spaces, Diagonalization and General
conic sections, and the basic concepts of calculus which Linear Transformation.
120
Prerequisite: None Edition, Pearson, 2008.

Textbooks: BASIC CHEMISTRY
1. Elementary Linear Algebra, Howard Anton & Chris ENGE600009 / ENGE610009
Rorres, 11th edition, 2014 2 credits
2. Gilbert Strang, Introduction to linear algebra 3rd edition Course Learning Outcomes:
Wellesley Cambridge Press, 2003 Students are able to analyze the principe of basic chemistry
ENGE600005 / ENGE610005 Graduates’ Learning Outcomes:
3 credits Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering to
Course Learning Outcomes: be used in solving complex engineering problems.
Syllabus:
modynamics, and be able to apply them to understand
natural phenomena and human engineering, including their
applications.
Graduate Learning Outcomes: base equilibrium, electrochemistry, chemical kinetics, and
Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering chemical applications.
Prerequisite: none
Textbooks :
Syllabus:
York, 2001.
McGraw-Hill, 2003.
Temperature, Heat, Law I Thermodynamics, Ideal Gas and ENGINEERING ECONOMY
Kinetic Theory of Gas, Heat Engine, Entropy, and Law II ENGE600011 / ENGE610011
Thermodynamics. 3 credits
Prerequisite: none
Textbooks: feasibility of making economic practice decisions.
individual and group, as well as in project management.
Edition, Pearson, 2008 Syllabus:
PHYSICS
ENGE600007 / ENGE610007
3 credits
physics, magnetism, waves, and optics to solve problems in Prerequisite:
the engineering field. 1. Civil Engineering : -
Syllabus: 6. Bioprocess Engineering : -
Textbooks:
Gauss Law, Electric Potential, Capacitance, Electric Current,
Prerequisite: none Economic Analysis 6th ed. John Wiley and Sons.
Textbooks : STATISTICS AND PROBABILISTICS
1. Halliday, Resnick, and Walker, Principles of Physics 9th ENGE600010 / ENGE610010
Edition, Wiley, 2011. 2 credits
2. Serway Jewett, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 9th Course Learning Outcomes:
Edition, Thomson Brooks / Cole, 2013. Students are able to handle quantitative data/information
3. Giancoli, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 4th starting from the descriptive stage (collection, organization, 121
and presentation) to the inductive stage, which includes Textbooks :

forecasting and drawing conclusions based on the relation- 1. Charles A. Wentz, Safety, Health and Environmental
ship between variables for decision making. Protection, McGraw Hill, 1998.
1. Apply descriptive statistics and probability theory to
www.hse.gov.uk/
serving
decision making
Syllabus: Syllabus of Undergraduate Program on
Probability, Sampling, Estimation, Hypothesis testing, Physics (Mechanics and Thermodynamics)
Hypothesis test 1 sample at an average value, Regression ENCV 601 001
Prerequisite: none 4 credits
Expected Learning Outcomes:
Textbooks :
1. Harinaldi, Basic Principles of Statistical Engineering and ELO 1 Engineering Knowledge
Science, Erlangga, 2004 Course Learning Outcomes:
and Probability for Engineers, John Wiley Sons, 2002 Able to apply fundamental concept and physic mechanics and
thermodynamics in solving engineering problem
HSE PROTECTION
ENGE600012 / ENGE610012 Learning Experiences:
2 credits Syllabus:
Upon completion of this subject students are expected to Magnitude, point object kinematic, point object mechanics, the
be able to carried out hazard identification, and character- law of conservation of linear momentum and energy, harmonic
ization, to propose appropriate methods for risk reduction movement, gravitation, kinematics and dynamics of rigid
and mitigation, and to design safety management system. bodies, introduction and concept of thermodynamics ( pressure,
The student is also expected to improve their awareness on thermodynamics system, system condition, temperature),
industrial safety and health, and understanding on safety expansion, energy equilibirum (isoterm equation), heat trasnfer,
regulation framework and standards as well as environmen- noble gas, first law of thermodynamics, enthalpy and enthropy,
tal program. Hk application. First thermodynamics law in open and closed
system, second law of thermodynamics, noble gas kinetic
Graduate Learning Outcomes: theory, building ventilation system, building insulation system,
1. Students are expected to understand safety, health and building cooling system and centralizer air control.
environmental aspect as an integral part of fundamental
principal in engineering code of ethics. Prerequisite: -
2. Students are expected to be able to carry out process of Textbook references :
risk assessments by considering risk factors in the impact 1. Halliday, Resnick, dan Walker, Principles of Physics 9th
of hazards on people, facilities, and the surrounding Edition, Wiley, 2011.
community and environemt. 2. Serway Jewett, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 9th
3. Students are expected to understand the regulatory Edition, Thomson Brooks/Cole, 2013.
framework and standard related to the stages of life 3. Giancoli, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 4th
cycle of machine, building structure, construction, and Edition, Pearson, 2008
process.
4. Students are able to design and propose an effective Introduction to Environmental Engineering System
hazard communication, management and engineering ENEV 601 001
control, and risk mitigation through an engineering 2 credits
assignment project. Expected Learning Outcomes:
5. Students are able to identify the knowledge required 1. ELO 2 Problem Analysis
to perform risk assesment, investigation and design 2. ELO 6 Engineer and Society
improvement through a multidisiplinary case of incident Course Learning Outcomes:
and accident.
Explain environmental engineering and its sub-specialization
Syllabus: scope of work through teamwork skills dan deliver a verbal
Introduction to SHE Regulation and Standards, SHE and written report about environmental engineering works.
Perception (Risk and Environment), Identification, Assess-
ment and Management, Construction, machinery and Noise Learning Experiences:
hazards, Process safety hazard and analysis technique, Fire Syllabus:
and explosion hazard, Electrical hazard, Toxicology in the
Workplace, Ergonomy Aspect, Hazard communication to Understanding of ecology, ecosystems, natural resources,
employees, Environmental Protection, Case studies, Safety vegetation and tropical forests, ecosystem waters, dams,
Health and Environment audits. agricultural, land use management, climate change, element,
energy, life, life cycle, the hydrologic cycle, water and pollution,
Prerequisite: none management of water resources, water needs, water treatment
122
facility and distribution network, the characteristics of liquid State of The World 2013: Is Sustainable Still Possible? 1st
waste, domestic waste water treatment facilities and collecting Edition. Island Press.
ducts, solid waste and hazardous waste, air emissions, soil and
Environmental Biology
water contamination by sewage, renewable and nonrenewable
ENEV 601 003
natural resources, regulations.
2 credits
Physical and non-physical components in Environmental Expected Learning Outcomes:
Engineering System; interconnecting scope of work amongst
ELO 1 Engineering Knowledge
sub-specialization in environmental engineering; technical
and non-technical (law, social, economic, and health) aspect in Course Learning Outcomes:
engineering infrastructure system, environmental engineering
Able to explain the function of biological component in the
and its sub-specialization scope of work; role of environmetal
ecosystem including the environmental quality and support
engineer.
(C2)
Prerequisites: -
Learning Experiences:
Syllabus :
1. Danny Reible, CRC Press, 14 Des 2017, Fundamentals of
Environmental Engineering Structure and impact of biogeochemistry cycles, energy trans-
2. Mackenzie L Davis, Susan J Masten, McGraw-Hill formation in every trophic level, interaction between biotic and
Education, Mar 11, 2019, Loose Leaf for Principles of abiotic factor in the environment, principle of biodiversity and
Environmental Engineering and Science biological conservation, Anthropocene impact on the environ-
ment, environmental hazard and risk and its socio-economic
Global Environmental Issues
consequences.
ENEV 601 002
2 credits Prerequisites:
Textbook References:
1. ELO 7 Sustainability
Withgott, J and Laposata, M. 2018. Essential Environment:
2. ELO 12 Lifelong Learning
The Science Behind the Stories 6th. Pearson Publications.
Fluids Mechanics
Students can relate the (C3) concepts and knowledge of ENCV 603 003
environmental science to investigate (C3), criticized (A3) and 3 credits
demonstrating (P2) causes, effects and solutions of the existing Expected Learning Outcomes:
contemporary global environmental problems
Syllabus:
Students are able to understand the fluid characteristics, concept
Abiotic environment problems and decrease of resilience of of hydraulic pressure and forces on static and dynamic fluid
various spatial and temporal scales, (concept of D-P-S-I-R, and apply the basic equation to calculate the hydraulic pressure
climate change, water, air and land pollution, scarcity of and forces on static and dynamic fluid.
Natural Resources, Probability and statistics in environmental
science, Resilienc); Ecosystems and living beings (Recycling of
energy and water, the food chain, biodiversity, nutrient cycle Syllabus:
in nature, the main ecosystems of the earth, Sustainability);
The harmful effects of environmental problems on society, a) The characteristics of the fluid, liquid and gaseous fluids,
the economy, and the environment particularly which is dimensions and units; (b) Types of flow; laminar, transitional,
irreversible (System thinking, State shift and irreversibility, turbulent; (c) Concept of hydraulic pressure and forces on static
health impacts, economic impacts, the impact of welfare); and dynamic fluid; the pressure at a point, the pressure on a
Anthropocene era and the concept of sustainable development flat plane, the pressure on the curved area, the pressure of fluid
(population, changes in land use, consumption, economy and in container undertake linear acceleration, and the pressure of
development, Nexus Water-Energy-Food, Three pillars of fluid in rotating cylinder; (d) The buoyancy and stability of an
sustainability); Solutions to environmental problems (L-C-A, object, metacentrum of floating objects; (e) The basic equations
Greenwashing, Geo-Engineering, End-of-pipe vs closed loop, of the hydraulic pressure and forces on static and dynamic fluid
Reflexive Engineer, Sustainable Consumption and Production, (Bernoulli, Law of Continuity, Energy, and Momentum), to be
Resiliency) applied on Environmental Engineering building structure.
Prerequisites: Prerequisite:
Integrated Character Buliding Course B Physics (Mechanics and Thermodynamics), Calculus
Text Book References : Text Book Reference:

1. Berg, Linda R. 2013. Visualizing Environmental Science 1. Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics, 7th Edition. Bruce R.
4th Edition. Wiley. Munson, Bruce R. Munson, Alric P. Rothmayer, Alric P.
2. Easton, Thomas. 2013. Taking Sides: Clashing Views Rothmayer, Theodore H. Okiishi, Theodore H. Okiishi,
on Environmental Issues 15th Edition. McGraw-Hill/ Wade W. Huebsch, Wade W. Huebsch, ©2013
Dushkin. 2. Fluid Mechanics, 7th Edition SI Version. Bruce R.
3. Hardisty, Paul E. 2010. Environmental and Economic Munson, Theodore H. Okiishi, Wade W. Huebsch, Alric
Sustainability 1st Edition. CRC Press. P. Rothmayer. ISBN: 978-1-118-31867-6, 792 pages. January
4. Harris, Frances. 2012. Global Environmental Issues 2nd 2013, ©2013
edition. Wiley Blackwell 3. Engineering Fluid Mechanics, 10th Edition SI Version.
5. The Worldwatch Institute & Erik Assdourian. 2013. Donald F. Elger, Barbara C. Williams, Clayton T. Crowe,
123
John A. Roberson. ISBN: 978-1-118-31875-1, 696 pages. Basic Chemistry Laboratory

June 2013, ©2013 ENEV 602 003
4. Fluid Mechanics, 9th Edition SI Version. Robert W. Fox, 1 credits
Alan T. McDonald, Philip J. Pritchard, John W. Mitchell. Expected Learning Outcomes:
ISBN: 978-1-118-96127-8, 680 pages. September 2015,
©2015
Earth Science and Mapping
ENEV 602 001 1. Students are able report initial theory for each laboratory
2 credits experiments module.
Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO): 2. Student are able to conduct experiments in laboratory.
1. ELO 1 Engineering knowledge
2. ELO 5 Modern Tools 3. Student are able to process and analyze the laboratory
experiment data and submit final report explaining the
Course Learning Outcomes : phenomenon during the laboratory experiment.
Explain the fundamental concept of earth science and Learning Experiences:
geography and have geographic technical skills through
GIS (Geographic Information System). Therefore students Syllabus:
can process and analyze data in the form of an earth surface General techniques and safety aspect in chemistry laboratory,
model that can be manipulated, modeled, and analyzed by physical and chemical characteristic, chemical reaction and
text, spatial, and the combination of both as required. stoichiometry, chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium and
Syllabus : acid-base reaction, redox reaction, and electrochemical cells,
organic substance.
Introduction to earth science, earth surface mapping,
atmosphere, ocean and climate, climate change, biogeochemistry Prerequisites: -
cycles. Concept and theory of geomatics science including Text Book References:
determining position, photogrammetry, remote sensing, 1. Fessenden, translation: A. Hadiyana Pujatmaka, Organic
geographic information system (component function in GIS Chemistry, Second edition 1986 grants.
and GIS spatial model), cartography and surveying concept. 2. Morrison, RT and Boyd, RN, Organic Chemistry, 6th ed.,
Prerequisite: - Prentice Hall 1998.
3. Vogel, Practical Organic Chemistry.
Text Book References: 4. TGP majors, Organic Chemistry Lab Instructions diktat
1. de Blij, H.J., Physical Geography of the Global Environ- (Basic Chemistry and Organic Chemistry Guide, Depart-
ment, John Wiley and Sons, 1996 ment of Chemical Engineering , FTUI).
2. Michael,etc,1996, GIS & Environmental Modelling : 5. Moran, L. dan Masciangioli, T.Safety and Security of
Progress & Research Issues, GIS World Books, Fort Chemical Lab, the National Academies Press, 2010.
Collins,USA 6. Brown, T.L., H. E. LeMay and B.E. Bursten, Chemistry, ed.
8, Prentice Hall, 2000.
Construction Drawing for Environmental
7. Vogel, Anorganic Qualitative Analyze, PT. Kalman Media
Engineering
Pustaka, 1985.
ENEV 602 002
8. Raymond Chang, Williams College, Chemistry (7th Ed.),
2 credits
McGraw-Hill, 2003.
1. ELO 5 Modern Tools Statistics and Probabilistic of Experimental Design
2. ELO10 Communication. ENCV 603 004
2 credits
Able to understand and draws environmental engineering 1. ELO 1 Engineering Knowledge
construction drawing in accordance of applicable standard 2. ELO 4 Experiment .
Learning Experiences: Course Learning Outcomes:
1. Student able to identify data requirement, and appy valid
Syllabus:
experimental data in accordance of statistic and probabi-
Types and function of construction drawing; engineering listic concept
drawing standard; introduction to drawing tools; CAD basics; 2. Student able to utilize and apply excel to analyse experi-
scale; line type; material and drawing notation; lettering and mental and report the analysis result.
dimensioning; geometric construction; pictorial projection;
orthogonal projection; section view drawing; details of the
building drawing; drawing of building structural element; Syllabus:
drawing of sanitation, piping and its accessory; drawing of unit
Basic concept of statistic and probabilistic, error analysis and
operation and process; hydraulic profile drawing; example of
error propagation; normal distribution analysis; standard error
engineering drawing; survey and observation of case study.
analysis; estimation of errors in derived quantities; hypothesis
Prerequisites: testing and the t-test based on ANOVA result; distrubtion
and consistency test; analysis using excel toolpax; multiple
regression; Classical Assumption test; probabilistic theory.
1. K. Rathnam. (2017). A First Course in Engineering
Drawing. Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2018. ISBN Prerequisites:
978-981-10-5357-3
124
1. Catherine A. Peters, Statistics for Analysis of Experimen- environmental microbiology, microorganisms found in
tal Data, Princeton University, 2001 the environment, diversity of microorganisms and their
2. Howard J. Seltman, Experimental Design and Analysis, interaction at natural ecosystem); Nutrition for microorganisms;
2018 Bacterial growth; Environmental microorganism (Earth
3. Berthouex, P. M.; L. C. Brown. Statistics for Environmen- environments, Aero microbiology, Aquatic environments,
tal Engineers. Lewis Publishers, 1994. Extreme environments); environmental sampling and
4. Bevington, P. R.; D. K. Robinson. Data Reduction and testing; microbial diversity and its interaction in natural
Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences. McGraw-Hill, ecosystem; waterborne and foodborne pathogen (pathogen
Inc. 1992. environmental transmission); wastewater biological treatment;
5. Box, G. E. P.; W. G. Hunter; J. S. Hunter. Statistics for Urban microbiology (domestic and outdoor microbiology);
Experimenters: An Introduction to Design, Data Analy- microbial emerging global issues in the Anthropocene era.
sis, and Model Building. John Wiley & Sons, 1978 Microorganism indicator, microbes enumeration using TPC
and gram coloring method, microbes culturing method;
Environmental Engineering Mathematic
water quality test using MTF method; sampling and testing of
ENEV 603 001
bioaerosol (bacteria and fungi)
3 credits
Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO): Prerequisite:
ELO 1 Engineering knowledge Introduction to Environmental Engineering System
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Textbook References:
1. Ian L.P., Charles P.G., Terry J.G. 2015. Environmental
Able to apply basic calculus concepts to solve environmental
Microbiology, 3rd ed. Elsevier. Amsterdam.
engineering problems using analytical and numerical solutions
2. Johnson, T.R., Case, C.L. 2010. Laboratory Experiments
of ordinary differential equations (C3)
in Microbiology. Benjamin Cummings. Pearson. San
Learning Experiences: Fransisco
3. Novita, E., Gusniani, I., G.B.Andari, Pipit Fitriah. 2019.
Syllabus:
Modul Praktikum Mikrobiologi Lingkungan. Labora-
Introduction to Differential Equations, Definitions and torium Teknik Lingkungan-Departemen Teknik Sipil
Terminology, Initial-Value Problems, Differential Equations FT-UI. Depok
as Mathematical Models, Analytical solution for first 4. Willey, J.M., Sherwood, L.M., Woolverton, C.J. 2008.
order Differential Equation (Separable Equations, Linear Microbiology. 7th. Edition. Mc Graw Hill, Boston.
Equations, Exact Equations, Solution by Substitutions,
Environmental Engineering Material Properties
Linear Models, Nonlinear Models, Cauchy-Euler Equations,
ENEV 603 003
Modeling with Systems of First-Order Differential Equations),
2 credits
Analytical solution for Higher-Order Differential Equations
Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO):
(Homogeneous Equations, Nonhomogeneous Equations,
Reduction of Order, Homogeneous Linear Equations with ELO 2 Problem Analysis
Constant Coefficients, Undetermined Coefficients, Variation
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
of Parameters, Nonlinear Equations). Numerical solution for
Ordinary Differential Equation (Euleur Method, Heun Method, Able to explain the various physical properties and chemical
Runge Kutta Method, Stiffness and Multistep), Boundary value properties of materials used for water treatment systems,
and eigenvalue problem, Introduction to Matlab. waste management systems, and environmental engineering
buildings
Prerequisites:
Calculus 1, Calculus 2 Learning Experiences:
Textbook References: Syllabus:
1. Charles Prochaska and Louis Theodore, Introduction to
Properties of construction materials (aggregate, cement,
Mathematical Methods for Environmental Engineers and
concrete, steel, and polymer); the concept of tension-strain;
Scientists. Wiley, 2018
material for unit operation and process (water, adsorbent,
2. E. Kreyzig, Advanced Mathematical Engineering,
membrane, catalyst); concrete mix design (concrete mix
Johnwiley & Son, 5th ed., 2011
composition, curing, strong concrete press, slump test, etc);
3. Numerical Methods for Engineers, Steven C. Chapra &
material characterization theory (particle size distribution,
Raymond P Canale, 7th edition, 2013
morphology, elemental and crystalline composition, surface
Environmental Microbiology area and pore volume, phpzc, etc.).
ENEV 603 002
Prerequisites: -
3 credits
Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO): Textbook References:
1. ELO 1 Engineering Knowledge 1. A. M. Neville. Properties of Concrete. 5th Edition.
2. ELO 4 Experiments Pearson.
2. Nagaratnam Sivakugan, Carthigesu T. Gnanendran,
Rabin Tuladhar, M. Bobby Kannan. (2017). Civil Engi-
1. Able to explain the microbiological system and its rela-
neering Materials. CL Engineering. ISBN: 1305386647
tion to growth, the spreading, and the habitat.
3. Surender Kumar Sharma. (2018). Handbook of Materials
2. Able to conduct microbial test from water and air sample.
Characterization-Springer International Publishing.
Learning Experiences: Springer International Publishing. ISBN 978-3-319-
92954-5
Syllabus:
Environmental Hydraulics
The basic concepts of microbiolog y (Introduction of
125
ENEV 603 004 Urban Planning and Sanitation

3 credits ENEV 603 006
Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO): 3 credits
1. ELO 3 Design
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): 2. ELO 6 Engineering and Society
Able to understand the basic concepts of the behavior of water Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
flow in open channels and closed conduits, understand the 1. Able to explain the role of environmental engineer in
functions of the water buildings and measuring the flow rate, setting up the infrastructure needed in an urban area and
and able to calculate the flow rate in open channels and closed apply that knowledge in the planning, monitoring, and
conduits, calculate the energy loss, and mathematically describe implementation of the regional arrangement.
the flow and pressure distribution within a pipe network. 2. Able to describe the components of urban sanitation tech-
nology and apply that knowledge in the planning, moni-
Syllabus:
toring, and implementation to create an environmentally
a) the concept of hydraulics in open-channel flow and sustainable region
closed-conduits flow; (b) Flow in open channel; basic equation,
minor and major losses; (c) Flow in pipe network; the use of
concept of HGL (Hydraulic Grade Line) and EGL (Energy Syllabus:
Grade Line), Bernoulli equation, Hardy-cross method for
Definition and function of urban planning; urban development
calculating flow distribution in a pipe network: series, parallel,
model; Primary factor in urban planning ; Spatial policy and
and branching; (d) The concept of energy (specific energy and
urban area planning; green and sustainable city concept;
critical energy), the type of flow; steady, unsteady, uniform,
Population aspect in urban planning; urban facilities and infra-
non-uniform; (e) Various primary water buildings; weir, intake
structure; Sanitation and the components of urban sanitation;
building, distribution channel, flow or discharge measuring
Sustainable sanitation; urban sanitation policy; Master plan
tools/gauges; Chipoleti-weir, Parshall-flume, V-notch weir,
for solid waste management, drinking water supply system,
loggers, etc.
wastewater management, and urban drainage system. Public
Prerequisite: health and control of vector-borne disease; local sanitation
Fluid Mechanics system and technology.
Textbook References: Prerequisites:
1. Fundamentals of Hydraulic Engineering Systems Introduction to Environmental Engineering System
(4th Edition), Houghtalen, Robert J.; Akan, A. Osman;
Hwang, Ned H. C., Publisher: Prentice Hall, 2009. ISBN
1. (Kurt W. Bauer 2009). City Planning for Civil Engineers,
10: 0136016383 ISBN 13: 9780136016380
Environmental Engineers, and Surveyors. CRC Press.
2. Hydraulics in Civil and Environmental Engineering,
2. J.A. Salvato, N.L. Nemerow, F.J. Ahardy. (2003). Environ-
5th edition. Andrew Chadwick, John Morfett, Martin
mental Engineering, 5th ed. John Wiley & Sons Inc. New
Borthwick. Publisher: CRC Press ISBN: 978-1-118-31875-1,
Jersey.
648 pages. © February 21, 2013
3. IHP-UNESCO, GTZ. (2006). Concept for Ecologically
Structural Mechanics 1 Sustainable Sanitation in Formal and Continuing
ENEV 603 005 Education. Paris.
2 credits 4. Peraturan perundang-undangan, Norma, Standar,
Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO): Petunjuk Teknis, SNI dan peraturan terkait
ELO 1 Engineering knowledge Structural Mechanics 2
ENEV 604 001
2 credits
Students are able to apply the concept of equilibrium in calculat- Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO):
ing and analyzing the response of a rigid body due to force that
ELO 1 Engineering knowledge
works on specific simple static structures such as beam beams,
rod frame, portals, three-joint arch, and Gerber structure.. Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
Learning Experiences: Students able to analyze tension, shape changes because of
working forces on various shape of certain static structure with
Syllabus:
the variation side sections and type of materials.
Statics of particle; rigid body; equilibrium of rigid body;
action-reaction; structural analysis of two trusses with point
equilibrium method; Structural analysis of beam on two points, Syllabus :
cantilever beam, Gerber Beam, portal, three joint Portal, Gerber
The meaning of loads and forces working on a solid object,
structure and frame structure
effect of forces to a solid object, stresses on a solid object,
Prerequisites: shape deformation of a solid object, characteristics of shape
Physics (Mechanics and Thermodynamics), Calculus 1 and deformation of a solid object, elastic and inelastic phases, axial
Calculus 2 strain, Modulus of Elasticity, Poisson Ratio. Section Properties,
area, center of gravity, cross-axis system, maximum moment of
inertia of a section, minimum moment of inertia of a section,
1. Hibbeler, R.C., Engineering Mechanics Statics, Thir-
radius of gyration, symmetric section, asymmetric section.
teenth Edition, Pearson, 2013
Normal stress due to axial internal forces, normal stress due
2. Hibbeler, R.C., Structural Analysis, Eighth Edition,
to flexure, combination of normal stress and flexure, one way
Prentice Hall, 2012
126
and two-way flexural stress, core area (Kern), shear stress due Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
to transversal internal forces, shear stress due to torsion internal
Students is able to explain the basic understanding of geol-
forces. Combination of normal and shear stresses. Deflection
ogy and able to explain the physical properties of soil and
of beam, portal, and trusses of statically determined structure
its parameters which covers its application in environmental
caused by external forces using energy/unit load method.
engineering
Prerequisite:
Statics
Syllabus :
1. Hibbeler, R.C., Mechanics of Materials, 9/e, Pearson, 2014 Engineering geology and soil properties; definition of geolog-
2. Egor P. Popov (Author), Engineering Mechanics of Solids ical sciences, geoengineering with other disciplines/civil
(2nd Edition), Prentice Hall, 1998 engineering; Topographical and geomorphological maps; How
3. Beer, F. and Johnston, P., Mechanics of Materials, 6/e. Mc to read and analyze mineralogy, rock type, and stratigraphy,
Graw Hill, 2011 geological structure and its type; identification and influence
4. Gere, J.M. and Timoshenko, S.P. ( 1997). Mechanics of plating, Croar, fault, misalignment for construction; Weathering
Materials, 4th ed., PWS Publishing Co., Boston, Mass. and ground movements; Introduction of type, process, and
5. Vable, M., Mechanics of Materials, http://www.me.mtu. identification of weathering; Explanation of classification
edu/~mavable/MoM2nd.htm process; Geological and geotechnical maps; Analysis of
6. JAMES M. GERE , MEKANIKA BAHAN 1 ed.4, Penerbit topographic base maps; Geotechnical geological map criteria;
Erlangga, Kode Buku: 37-01-010-6 Tahun: 2000 Property Land: Ground as a 3 phase material; Physical char-
7. JAMES M. GERE , MEKANIKA BAHAN 2 ed.4, Penerbit acteristics of soil; Classification of land; Atterberg limit; Soil
Erlangga, Kode Buku: 37-01-010-7 Tahun: 2002 compaction theory and CBR test; 1 dimensional flow in soil,
permeability and introduction of groundwater seepage, flow
Drinking Water Distribution System Design
tissue; Voltage theory and effective voltage principle; Effective
ENEV 604 002
voltage reaction due to total voltage change in the perfect
2 credits
saturated soil; Ground shear strength theory; Vigorous test of
sliding soil in the laboratory on clay and sand; Consolidation
1. ELO 3 Design;
theory and consolidation test; Ground support: The carrying
2. ELO 5 Modern Tools.
power of the limit and the carrying capacity of permits due to
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): tilt, eccentric loads; Elastic decline and decreased one-dimen-
sional consolidation; Drawing a shallow foundation design;
Able to apply the principles of hydraulics and design criteria
leaks through the dam; Distribution of ground voltage: Point
in designing the drinking water distribution system layout, its
load, line load, field path, Circle field, square field with Fadum
pipe dimensions and including operational and maintenance
and Newmark theory
aspects.
Prerequisite:
Environmental Engineering Material Properties
Syllabus:
hydrological cycles; water balance; components of drinking 1. Burchfiel BC & Foster RJ et .al., “Physical Geology”,
water supply system; gravitation and pump flow system; type Charlec E Merril Publishing Co., Colombus Toronto
of pipeline distribution system (branch, grid, arterial loop); London Sydney, 1986.
service unit (home connection, general hydrant); pipe material 2. Blyth, F.G.H. & de Freitas, M.H., “A Geology for Engi-
alternative; analysis of a piping loop with hardy-cross method; neers, 7th Ed.”. Elsevier. 2005.
calculation of pipe diameter; accessories in distribution pipe- 3. Craig, R.F., “ Soil Mechanics, 7th Ed.”, 2007
lines; water pressure and pressure lost; distribution reservoir; 4. Bowles, J.E., “Physical and Geotechnical Properties of
analysis with epanet software; installation and pipeline Soils”, McGraw-Hill Kogagusha Ltd., 1998.
connections; pipeline monitoring and repair. 5. Das, B.M., “Principles of Geotechnical Engineering”,
Seventh edition, 2010, PWS Publishing Company, Boston
Prerequisite:
Environmental Engineering Hydraulics; Urban Planning and Edition, 2010, John Wiley & Sons, New York
Sanitation
Environmental Chemistry
Textbook References: ENEV 604 004
1. Fair, Geyer and Okun. (2011). Water Supply and Waste- 3 credits
water Removal 3rd edition. John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO):
2. Hydrology and Floodplain Analysis, 5th Edition. Philip 1. ELO 1 Engineering Knowledge
B. Bedient, Wayne C. Huber, Baxter E. Vieux. Publisher: 2. ELO 4 Experiments
Prentice Hall ISBN-10: 0132567962, 816 pages. © February
25, 2012
3. Introduction to Hydrology. Warren Viessman, Gary L. Students are able to explain the chemical factor of the environ-
Lewis., Pearson Education, 2012. ment that causes pollution and can conduct parameter testing
for drinking water/waste quality
Soil Mechanics for Environmental Engineer
ENEV 604 003 Learning Experiences:
3 credits
Syllabus:
1. ELO 1 Engineering Knowledge Raw water characteristics; Water Source and its function; body
2. ELO 2 Problem Analysis of water properties; Drinking water and water body quality
3. ELO 4 Experiments standard; The chemical properties of the water body(physical,
127
chemical); Microorganism as catalyst in water environmental Learning Experiences:

chemistry; aquatic life; chemical substance in water body;
Syllabus:
Water pollution; Water parameters (acidity, alkalinity, hardness,
turbidity, color, pH, Nitrogen, sulphate, colloidal and solid, iron Unit operations and processes based on the principle (physical
and manganese, dissolved oxygen, BOD and COD, Fluoride processing, chemical, biology), classification level of water
and chlorine and residual chlorine). treatment plantl; the concept of balanced mass, flow model,
and reactor; unit operation and process for oxygen transfer and
Prerequisite:
mixing; unit operations and process of preliminary treatment
Basic Chemistry
in the process of water treatment and waste water; process
Textbook References: and operation of the coagulation process and Flocculation; an
1. Manahan, S.E. (2005). Environmental Chemistry. Wash- operating unit of the separation of solid particles in the water
ington: CRC. treatment and waste water (sedimentation); an operating unit
2. Sawyer, McCarty, and Parkin. (2003). Chemistry for of the separation of solid particles through the porous media
Environmental Engineering and Science. Singapore: (filtration); biological processes for waste water treatment using
McGrawHill suspended growth method, Stabilization Ponds and aerated
Lagoons; ); biological processes for waste water treatment using
Wastewater Collection System Design
suspended growth method; unit operation and process in N
ENEV 604 005
and P removal; processing unit for organic sludge, chemical
2 credits
sludge; sludge from water treatment process; basic principle
of adsorption, ion exchange and membrane.
1. ELO 3 Design
2. ELO 6 Engineering and Society Prerequisite:
Environmental Chemistry; Environmental Microbiology
Textbook Reference:
Students are able to apply the principles of hydraulics and
1. Rich, Linvil G : “ Unit Operation for Sanitary Engineer-
design criteria for the layout and dimensions of drainage
ing”Management, McGraw Hill
channels and waste water pipes and their operational and
2. Tom D. Reynolds and Paul Richards, Unit Operations
maintenance aspects.
and Process in Environmental Engineering Pws Series in
Learning Experiences: Engineering; 1997
Syllabus: Environmental Laboratory
ENEV 605 003
Hydrological cycles; water catchment area; Determination of the
3 credits
average rainfall from an area, rain plan with the distribution
method, extreme; Intensity-duration curve determination
1. ELO 4 Experiments
of the rainy frequency of a region; The calculation of flood
2. ELO 5 Modern Tools
discharge plans for various retimes; Planning of drainage
channel dimensions; Waste water collection system; Design Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
criteria; Planning a network layout; Pipe Material; Design of 1. Student are able to perform environmental sampling and
waste water pipe dimensions; Pipe Accessories (turns, branches, analyze the result.
valves, etc.); Support Infrastructure (pumps, manholes, siphon, 2. Student are able to apply the unit operation and process
interceptors, detensions tank, overflow, etc.); Pipe fitting principle in operating the lab scale unit of water and
method; Operational-Maintenance-Troubleshooting. wastewater treatment.
3. Student have the information about various modern labo-
Prequisite:
ratory equipment for testing the environmental sample
Environmental engineering hydraulics; urban planning and
sanitation Syllabus:
Textbook References: The composition and characteristics of food waste and its
1. Introduction to Hydrology. Warren Viessman, Gary L. impact to the environment; Food waste Sampling; Experimental
Lewis., Pearson Education, 2012. design and data analysis; Sampling water in various water
2. Hydrology and Floodplain Analysis, 5th Edition. Philip bodies; discrete process of particle sedimentation and floccu-
B. Bedient, Wayne C. Huber, Baxter E. Vieux. Publisher: lation; Chlorination process and chlorine dosing determination
Prentice Hall ISBN-10: 0132567962, 816 pages. © February in water treatment; Modelling of biological processes, and the
25, 2012 utilization of modern analytical equipment such as GC and
3. Fair, Geyer and Okun. (2011). Water Supply and Waste- AAS.
water Removal 3rd edition. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
Prerequisite:
Unit Operation and Process
Basic Chemistry, Environmental Chemistry
ENEV 605 002
4 credits Textbook References:
Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO): 1. Sawyer, McCarty, and Parkin. (2003). Chemistry for
Environmental Engineering and Science. Singapore:
ELO 2 Problem Analysis
McGrawHill
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): 2. Douglas C. Montgomery. 1976. Design and Analysis of
Experiments.Wiley
Students are able to explain unit operations and unit processes
used in water treatment and waste water, using the basic Integrated Solid Waste Management Planning
principles of engineering calculations for the deterimining ENEV 605 004
processes of physics, chemistry, and biology. 3 credits
128
1. ELO 3 Design Analyzing and designing the reinforcement for one-way and
2. ELO 6 Engineering and Society two-way plates; Analyzing the strength of both short and slim
3. ELO 7 Sustainability columns as well as structural walls against bending and axial
force; Understand the structure of reinforced concrete square
tank and circular tank for building environmental engineer-
Students are able to plan a solid waste management system ing; Water-resistant aspect in buildings; Aspect of durability;
in engineering aspects starting from the waste sources to the Reinforced concrete degradation mechanism; Prevention of
final processing plant. reinforced concrete corrosion; Repair of reinforced concrete
structures;
Prerequisite:
Syllabus:
Environmental Engineering Material Properties, Structural
General solid waste management system and its functional Mechanic 1, Structural Mechanics 2
elements; Solid waste management system in Indonesia,
policies and laws, related regulations; classification of domestic
1. Persyaratan beton struktural untuk bangunan gedung,
solid waste based on source, type and composition; Physical,
SNI 2847:2013, Badan Standarisai nasional
chemical and biological characteristics of domestic solid waste;
2. Mac Gregor, J.G, Reinforced Concrete: Mechanics and Design,
applicable physical, chemical, and biological transformation
6th .edition, Prentice-Hall, 2012.
process; Source, type and charateristic hazardous solid waste in
3. Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete
domestic solid waste; measurement methods for domestic solid
Structures and Commentary, ACI 350-06, American
waste generation from various sources and the estimation for
Concrete Institute, 2006, Farmington Hill
its generation; solid waste handling at the source; Solid waste
4. Beban miminum untuk perancangan gedung dan
collection methods; Separation, processing and transformation
struktur lainnya, SNI 1727:2013, BSN 2013.
of solid waste; Transfer and transport of solid waste in the
5. Wahyudi & Syahril A.R., Struktur Beton Bertulang,
technique of collecting operations; Method of discharge of
Gramedia, 1997.
solid waste and predict land use; Plan a city integrated solid
6. John F. Seidensticker, Edward S. Hoffman, Sanitary
waste handling system.
Structures – Tanks and Reservoirs, Chapter 18 Handbook
Prerequisite: Concrete Engineering, Second Edition, Edited by Mark
Fintel, Van Nostrand Reinhold Company Inc, 1985.
Textbook Reference: 7. Rectangular Concrete Tanks, Concrete Information
1. Flintoff FF., 1983, Management of Solid Wastes in IS003.03D, Portland Cement Association, 1969, Revised
Developing Countries. 1981.
2. Tchobanoglous, 1977, Engineering Principles and 8. Underground Concrete Tanks, Concrete Information
Management Issues. Sheet IS071.03D, Portland Cement Association.
3. Tchobanoglouss, 1993, Integrated Solid Waste Manage- 9. Circular Concrete Tanks without Prestressing, ISBN
ment. 0-89312-125-8, Portland Cement Association,1993
4. Wentz, 1989, Hazardous Waste Management. 10. El-Reedy, M. A. (2018). Steel-Reinforced Concrete Struc-
Structural Design for Environmental Engineering tures: Assessment and Repair of Corrosion, 2nd edition.
Infrastructure CRC Press: Taylor & Francis Group.
ENEV 605 005 Occupational Health, Safety and Environmental Risk
3 credits ENEV 606 001
Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO): 2 credits
1. ELO 2 Problem Analysis Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO):
2. ELO 3 Design 1. ELO 2 Problem Analysis
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): 2. ELO 9 Individual and Teamwork
Able to apply design criteria in calculating and analyzing Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
dimension for environmental engineering infrastructure and Student able to explain the risk and hazard of environmental
its maintenance. pollutant in water, air, soil and workplace environment
Learning Experiences: towards human safety and health and able to describe the
appropriate protection method when faced environmental
Syllabus: health and safety issue.
Role of building structure science in design process of Learning Experiences:
environmental engineering infrastructure; Explaining the
various buildings of environmental engineering; Explaining Syllabus:
the objectives, the process of structural design and various Water, soil, and air pollutant, introduction to environmental
planning methods; Explaining the form, type, placement, distri- toxicology, environmental risk analysis, Introduction to occupa-
bution, factors and combinations of loading in the planning of tional health and safety, hazard and safety in industrial solvent
reinforced concrete for building environmental engineering; usage, industrial dust and debris hazard and safety, hazard
Explaining the aspects and parameters of reinforced concrete and safety of noise, radiation safety, ergonomic, evaluation for
planning for environmental engineering infrastructure; occupational health and safety, occupational health and safety
Explaining the material properties and the mechanics of rein- and environment management system,
forced concrete cross-section, the elastic concept and boundary
strength, the simplification of the Whitney tension block and Prerequisite: -
the balanced collapse; Analyzing and designing square rein-
forced concrete beams, with single and double reinforcement
1. Hemond, H. and Fechner, E.J., 1999. Chemical Fate and
and T cross-section beams with against bending and sliding;
Transport in the Environment 2nd Edition
129
2. Frank M. Dunnivant, Elliot Anders. 2006. A basic intro- selection, Planning project: major activities and supporting
duction to pollutant fate and transport: an integrated activities; Implementation of the project: plan implementation,
approach with chemistry, modeling, risk assessment, and quality assurance, Healt, safety and environmental manage-
environmental legislation ment, material procurement processes, equipment and services;
3. Wentz, Charles A. Safety, Health, and Environmental Control of the project: project performance reporting, control
Protection, Boston; McGraw-Hill Book Co, 1998. activities, time, cost and quality; Closure of the project: the
introduction of asset management / infrastructure
Environmental Impact Assessment and ISO
ENEV 606 002 Prerequisite:
3 credits
1. Blank, L and Tarquin, A., Engineering Economy,
1. ELO 2 Problem Analysis
McGrawHill, New York, 2002
2. Duffield, C.F and Trigunarsyah, B., Manajemen Proyek
3. ELO 8 Ethics
– dari Konsepsi sampai Penyelesaian, Engineering
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Education Australia, Melbourne, 1999
3. Europen Construction Institute, Total Project Manage-
Students are able to apply EIA method and ISO 14000:1 as
ment of Construction Safety, Health and Enviornment,
parts of environmental management as well as aninputs for
Thoman Telford, London, 1995
safeguards for human and natural resources
4. Halpin, D, W and Woodhead, R.W., Costruction Manage-
Learning Experiences: ment, 2nd ed., John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 1998
5. Project Management Institute, A Guide to the Project
Syllabus:
Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK®Guide). PMI,
Background and policy regarding environmental management USA 2000
in Indonesia; definition, purpose & benefit of EIA; environmen- 6. Project Management Institute, A Guide to the Project
tal law and EIA regulation; EIA procedure; filtering procedure; Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK®Guide). PMI,
EIA document components ; project description; initial envi- USA 2013
ronmental condition; Societal involvement result; the potential 7. Slough, R.H., Sears, G.A. and Sears, S.K., Construction
environmental impact on specific activities; procedure and Project Management, 4th ed., John Wiley & Sons Inc.,
method for identifying & evaluating environmental impact; New York, 2000
area boundary and time frame; data collection method and
Water Treatment Plant Design
analysis; forecasting method for potential impact; holistic
ENEV 606 004
evaluation methods for environmental impact; EIA & RKL-RPL
3 credits
document structure and components; history, definition,
purpose and function of ISO 14000:1; ISO 14000:1 (clausal 1-10)
standard structure.
2. ELO 3 Design
Prerequisite:
1. Able to analyze raw water characteristic, water quality
1. Canter, L.W., Environmental Impact Assesment, New York,
regulation, as well as technical and non-technical consid-
McGraw-Hill, 1996.
erations to determine the type of water intake, water
2. Richard K. Morgan, Environmental Impact Assessment:
transmission and drinking water treatment system for a
A Methodological Perspective, Boston, Kluwer Academic
region or a city
Publisher, 1998.
3. SNI ISO 14001:2015 Sistem Manajemen Lingkungan – 2. Able to determine the design parameter, detail the compo-
Persyaratan & Panduan Untuk Penggunaan, 2015. nent, dan calculate the dimension of water treatment unit
4. Soemarwoto, Otto., Analisis Mengenai Dampak based on technical and non-technical considerations.
Lingkungan, Yogyakarta, Gadjah Mada University Press,
2007.
5. Suratmo F. Gunarwan, Analisis Mengenai Dampak Lingkun- Syllabus:
gan, Yogyakarta, Gajah Mada University Press, 2007.
Water supply systems and their components, raw water
Environmental Engineering Project Management resource and its utilization, raw water and drinking water
ENEV 606 003 standard quality, selecting water resource; water catchments
3 credits and water transmission and equipment, water treatment,
Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO): physical treatment, chemicals treatment, reservoir, equipments
1. ELO 9 Individual and Teamwork of another installation, layout, hydraulic profile
2. ELO 10 Communication
Prerequisite:
3. ELO 11 Project Management
Unit Operation and Process, Environmental Engineering
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Hydraulics, Urban Planningn and Sanitation
1. Able to select and plan project management from project
initiation to project implementation and hand over works
1. Cheremisinof. Handbook of Water and Waste Water
2. Able to communicate and work in team
Technology, 1995
3. Able to deliver ideas verbally and written report
2. Water and Wastewater Technology, Mark J. Hammer,
Learning Experiences: 1996
3. Water Supply and Sewerage, Terence J. Mc.Ghee, 1991
Syllabus:
4. Water Treatment Principles and design, J. M. Montgom-
Project: environmental infrastructure, project initiation: project ery, 1985
130 5. Water Works Enginering, Planning, Design & Operation
, Syed R. Qasim, 2000 Textbook References:

1. Vallero, D.2008. Fundamentals of Air Pollution. Fourth
Domestic Wastewater Treatment Plant Design
Edition.Ap: USA.
ENEV 606 005
2. De Nevers, N. 2000. Air Pollution Control Engineering.
3 credits
McGraw Hill: USA
1. ELO 2 Problem Analysis Final Project on Environmental Engineering
2. ELO 3 Design Infrastructure
ENEV 607 001
4 credits
1. Able to analyze wastewater characteristic, water qual- Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO):
ity standard and regulation, as well as technical and 1. ELO 3 Design
non-technical considerations to determine the wastewa- 2. ELO 9 Individual and Team Works
ter treatment system for a region or a city. 3. ELO 10 Communication
4. ELO 11 Project Management
2. Able to determine the design parameter, detail the
component, dan calculate the dimension of wasterwa- Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
ter treatment unit based on technical and non-technical
Able to design a sustainable environmental engineering
considerations.
buildings/infrastructure and present it in the form of tender
Learning Experiences: documents which include: i) detailed technical design draw-
ings, ii) requirements work plans, iii) cost budget plans, and iv)
Syllabus:
other supporting documents and able to present these designs
Problems and challenges of wastewater management; Sources to the examiner.
and characteristics of wastewater; Environmental quality stan- Learning Experiences:
dards; Local and centralized systems; Alternative treatment;
Processing level; removal efficiency; Non-technical aspects and Syllabus:
environmental impacts of WWTP; Selection of process; Design
Problem identification in accordance to the project terms of
criteria; filtration; equalization; sand filtration and sedimenta-
reference; negotiation for the planning component related to the
tion; Suspended Growth Aerobic Treatment; Attached Growth
scope of work and the scheduling; Formulation for the primary
Aerobic Treatment; Anaerobic Treatment; disinfection; sludge
and secondary components of the environmental engineering
processing; layout, hydraulic profile.
building structure for analysis; Iteration of alternative solutions
Prerequisite: and decision making; Report of the study includes the planning
Unit Operation and Process, Environmental Engineering concept, calculation methods, and implementation methods,
Hydraulics, Urban Planning and Sanitation by applying regulations, manuals and standards; Final report
of the proposal including technical specifications, unit price
calculations, details of the overall cost of work, and detail
1. Metcalf and Eddy, Wastewater Engineering Treatment
engineering drawings of the primary components and other
and Disposal, Reuse, Singapore, McGraw-Hill Inc, 2004.
supporting documents such as monitoring plans, maintenance
2. Qasim, Syed R. Zhu, Guang. (2017). Wastewater Treat-
to produce a sustainable building life cycle.
ment and Reuse, Theory and Design Examples, Volume 1
Principles and Basic Treatment. CRC Press Prerequisite:
Student should have taken these courses: Structural Design
Air Pollution for Environmental Engineering Infrastructure, Engineering
ENEV 606 006
Economics, Water Treatment Plant Design, Domestic Waste-
3 credits
water Treatment Plant
1. Clive L Dym, Patrick Little, Elizabeth Orwin. (2014).
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Engineering Design, A Project-Based Instroduction 4th
1. Able to explain source, type and impact of air pollution Edition. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
and related air pollution policy 2. SNI and other related national and international
2. Able to explain meteorology factor and air pollution standard.
mechanism
Hazardous dan Industrial Waste Treatment
3. Able to analyze appropriate technology for air pollution
ENEV 607 002
control
3 credits
4. Able to examine gas and particulate pollutant from air
Learning Experiences: 1. ELO 2 Problem Analysis
Syllabus:
3. ELO 8 Ethics
History of air pollution; standard and regulation about air
pollution; air pollution impact; meteorology factor and air
pollution mechanism; sulfur oxide; nitrogen oxide; particulate; Students are expected to implement processes and technology
volatile organic compounds; waste inventory and case study; of industrial waste treatment within the framework of environ-
indoor air pollutants; particulate and gas practicum; gas and mental pollution control and environmental work
particulate pollution control.
Prerequisite:
Syllabus :
Environmental Laboratory; Domestic wastewater treatment
Global Agenda 21 and Indonesia Agenda 21 in sustainable
131
development especially in waste management; Policy and analysis and possible solution, and reporting in written
regulation regarding environmental management in industry; document which will be defended in front of examiner team.
environmental support concept and environmental compo-
nents in industrial waste management; source, type, and char-
acteristic of industrial waste based on raw material, processs, Syllabus:
and the product utilization; pollution impact (pollutant in form
Specify the work object to be studied and poured in the
liquid, solid and gas), vibration and noise toward human health
proposal; To perform an internship in a place that has been
and the environment; pollution prevention and minimizing
approved and in accordance with its interests; Learn and
the industrial waste; process and technology for wastewater,
describe technical work processes, quality control, project
solid waste and air pollution; case study in industrial waste
management, project specifications, engineering drawings,
management.
and other aspects; technical problem identification at intern-
Prerequisite: ship workplace, quality control, project management, project
specification; engineering drawing and other aspects; problem
analysis on every project stage; identify possible solution for
1. La Grega (1994), ‘Hazardous Waste Management’ ERM,
ever project stage; final report describe the project; Problem
England
Solving
2. Nemerow (1992),’Industrial and Hazardous Waste
Pollution Control’, McGraw-Hll, Singapore Prerequisite:
3. W.W. Eckenfelder (1989),’Industrial Water Polluiton 1. Student is at Semester VI and have obtained > 75 SKS in
Control’, McGraw-Hill, Singapore accordance to Department of Civil Engineering regula-
tion and/or Faculty of Engineering Universitas Indonesia
Writing and Presentation Technique
regulation.
ENEV 607 007 2. Have filled in IRS for Field Internship and have submit
2 credits the field internship request to the Field Internship
Coordinator at Department of Civil Engineering.
3. Student should have chosen prospective project or
ELO10 Communication. internship workplace.
4. Student should filled in and submit the field internship
registration form to The Secretariat of Department of
1. Student are able to communicate effectively within the Civil Engineering
scope of academic activities such as reporting the result
Undergraduate Thesis
of field internship, research proposal and undergraduate
thesis ENEV 600 400
5 credits
2. Student able to present ideas when it is required using
correct Bahasa Indonesia grammar in verbal presenta-
1. ELO 4 Experiment
tion and written report
2. ELO 8 Ethics
3. Student are able to prepare his/her curriculum vitae and 3. ELO 10 Communication
motivation letter for job seeking purposes, scholarship, 4. ELO 12 Lifelong Learning
and/or pursuing higher education
Student are able to chose an appropriate methods for the
Syllabus: research, appropriately conduct research, write the thesis using
a correct grammar and present the result in a scientific report
Introduction: the importance of verbal and written communi-
and an oral presentation.
cation; written communication using proper Bahasa Indonesia
and English; data visualization using table, graph and chart; Learning Experiences:
how to create a good presentation using power point; preparing
Syllabus:
a curriculum vitae; writing motivation letter
Problem formulation, study literature, research, data analysis,
Prequisites: -
result interpretation, report writing and oral presentation.
Textbooks:
Prerequisite: -
Ruiz-Garrido, Miguel. Palmer-Silveira, Juan C., Fortanet-Go-
Textbook References: -
mez, Immaculada. English for Professional and Academic
Purposes. ELECTIVE COURSE IN ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEER-
ING UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMME
Field Internship
ENEV600 100
3 credits
Elective Course in Environmental
Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO): Engineering Undergraduate Programme
1. ELO 8 Ethics
2. ELO 9 Individual and Teamwork Service Learning
3. ELO10 Communication ENEV 600 300
4. ELO 11 Project Management 1 credits
ELO 12 Lifelong Learning
Students are able to describe civil and environmental engineer-
ing job/project at internship site, identify problems, conduct Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
132
Able in indepedently managing time while being active Learning Experiences:

participating extracurricular activities such as ; competition;
Syllabus :
seminar (national and international); social works; student
1. Able to accept input and instruction from supervisor or
organization; event organizer; etc. Actively participating in
colleague
extracurricular activities will develop independency, critical
2. Able to accurately report and execute the delegated task
thinking, social sensititvity, ability to work underpressure,
3. Able to finish the task on schedule
and profesionalism.
4. Able to adapt to the vision, mission and culture at the
Learning Experiences: workplace
5. Have positive attitude towards the delegated task and
Syllabus :
with the colleague
Student participate extracurricular activities. The participation 6. Have initiative attitude
of each activity will be calculated of its equivalent point (score). 7. Be on time at the workplace
Each student should obtain specific point (score) in accordance 8. Participate in workplace activities in accordance to
to the environmental engineering programme. workplace ethics and cultures
Prerequisite: Prerequisite: -
Student can claim the credit after obtaining certain mini-
Textbook References :
mum points.
Introduction to Environmental Economics
ENEV 605 102
Term of Reference for Service-Learning Course in Curricu-
3 credits
lum of Department of Civil Engineering 2020
Applied Sanitation
ELO 11 Project Management
ENEV 604 101
3 credits Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO): 1. Able to describe how environmental problem can be
explained and analyzed using economic theory approach
ELO 3 – Design
2. Able to communicate and work in team on how pollution
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): in economic activities can be abated.
Able to analyze the applied sanitation needs in slum area Learning Experiences:
with contextual consideration of social problem, health
Syllabus:
problem, safety problem, and in accordance to the local law
and tradition. Definition of environmental economics, environment as raw
material, environment and sustainable development, economic
system and environmental function, types and source of
Syllabus: pollution and pollution control, environmental valutation,
policy instrument in environmental protection.
Introduction to the development of clean water access and
sanitation, basic concept, sanitation for the rich and the poor, Textbook References: -
global clean water and sanitation. Utility approach for the 1. Ekonomi Lingkungan, 2000. Drs. Suparmoko. M.A.,
poor and slum dwellers in Indonesia. Water, sanitation, and Ph.D, Maria R. Suparmoko, S.E.,M.A.
disease related to sanitation. Funding for clean water access and 2. Ekonomika Pembangunan, 2002. Drs. Irawan, M.B.A.,
sanitation. Decentralized water treatment and storage. On-site Drs. M. Suparmoko, M.A., Ph.D.
sanitation system. WWTP, Sanimas and Pamsimas Programme. 3. Natural Resource and Environmental Economics, 2011.
Case study : Sanitation for slum area project. Perman, R.,Y. Ma., J. McGilvray, and M. Common
Prerequisite: Entrepreneurship
Currently take or have taken course: Urban Planning and ENEV 606 005
Sanitation 2 credits
1. ELO 6 Engineering and Society
1. Appropriate Technology for Water Supply and Sanita-
2. ELO 13 Entrepreneurship
tion, A.K.M. Nurul Islam and Hidetoshi Kitawaki (1996)
2. Progress on drinking-water and sanitation : special focus Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
on sanitation, WHO/Unicef (2008)
3. Sustainable Water and Sanitation Services The Life-Cycle
Cost Approach to Planning and Management, Routledge Students are able to explain the comparison of various entre-
Taylor Francis (2013) preneurial activity of civil / environmental engineering char-
acterized by innovation and self-reliance based on ethics and
Internship A
able to communicate visually and verbally
ENEV 600 500
1 credits Learning Experiences:
Syllabus:
ELO 9 Individual and Team Work
Introductions and overview of entrepreneurship (definition of
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): entrepreneurship; Entrepreneurship in environmental enginee-
ring field; Identify environmental issues as an entrepreneurial
Student are able to execute the delegated task by the internship
opportunity), Design Thinking concept and Value Preposition
supervisor professionally and able to show positive attitude in
Canvas (Introduction to Design Thinking and Value Preposi-
the workplace.
133
tion Canvas; Identify problems related to the environmental Learning Experiences:

engineering for potential customers; Identify VPC components
Syllabus :
for potential customers; Identification of present environmental
engineering solutions in Indonesia), Business model canvas Definition of environmental system with its subsystem
Concept (Introduction of Business model canvas; Potential (natural, artificial, and social); the dynamics of environmental
business plan; Expenditure and income in the business plan; system (the principle of environmental sciences: interaction,
Definitions of resources, activities, and partners in a business interdependency, diversity, harmony, and continuity). Physical
plan; Definition of customer segments, relationships and chan- dynamics of environmental system (matter and energy cycles,
nels in a business plan; Identify differences and similarities hydrology cycles, food cycles, and disturbance caused by envi-
between BMC components; Assessment of advantages and ronmental pollution)l; Physical environmental management
disadvantages of each element of BMC) model (factor determination, media and physical component
interaction); Social system management model (conflict
Prerequisite: Integrated Character Building Course , Introduc-
management and environmental mediation); Physical case
tion to Environmental Engineering System, Urban Planning
study and social case study.
and Sanitation
Prerequisite: -
1. Alexander Osterwalder, Yves Pigneur, Gregory Bernarda,
1. Tyller Miller, Living in The Environment, McGraw-Hill,
Alan Smith, John Wiley & Sons, 28 Jan 2015, Value Prop-
Singapore, 1994
osition Design: How to Create Products and Services
2. Amy, The Polities of Environmental Mediation, Colum-
Customers Want
bia University Press, 1987
2. Alexander Osterwalder; Yves Pigneur, Hoboken, N.J. : 3. Fisher dkk, Mengelola Konflik Ketrampilan dan Strategi
Wiley, ©2010, Business model generation : a handbook for Untuk Bertindak, The British Council, Jakarta, 2000
visionaries, game changers, and challengers
Internship B
Environmental Modelling ENEV 600 600
ENEV 605 104 3 credits
2 credits Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO):
ELO 9 Individual and Team Work
2. ELO 5 Modern Tool Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): Student are able to execute the delegated task by the internship
supervisor professionally and able to show positive attitude in
1. Students are able to explain ekokinetika polluters in the
the workplace.
water environment (C2)
2. Students are able to simulate the process of pollutant
fate and transport in a single-dimensional environment Syllabus :
using the advanced calculus basis, fluid mechanics and 1. Able to accept input and instruction from supervisor or
environmental chemistry (C3) colleague
2. Able to accurately report and execute the delegated task
3. Able to finish the task on schedule
Syllabus: 4. Able to adapt to the vision, mission and culture at the
workplace
Introduction to environmental modeling, the pollutant mass
5. Have positive attitude towards the delegated task and
equilibrium principle in controlled volumes, advection and
with the colleague
diffusion processes, pollutants reaction in the environment, the
6. Have initiative attitude
general solutions for pollutants dynamics in the environment,
7. Be on time at the workplace
characterization of pollutants, specific solutions to the pollutant
8. Participate in workplace activities in accordance to
dynamics in the environment, numerical solutions of pollutants
workplace ethics and cultures
in the environment, environmental modeling applications.
Prerequisite: -
Prerequisite:
Monitoring and Optimation of Water Treatment
Steven C. Chapra, 1997, Surface Water-Quality Modeling.
Plant
Waveland Press. Inc.
ENEV 607 106
Environmental System Analysis 2 credits
ENEV 606 105 Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO):
3 credits
ELO 4 Design.
Able to evaluate to performance of a water treatment plant
based on treatment efficiency, criteria design, operation and
1. Able to explain basic principle of environment as a
maintenances and able to provide technical recommendation
system with the interaction between its component
to improve the treatment capacity and its performance.
(social, natural, and artificial)
2. Able to simulate the amount, the concentration, the level Learning Experiences:
of hazard and impact of pollutant in the environment
134
Syllabus: Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
Water treatment process overview in WTP; the operational of Able to determine the system and its detail of sludge processing
treatment unit; monitoring the water quality in WTP; typical in accordance to technical and non-technical aspect and able to
technical problem occurred in WTP and its troubleshooting; lab express alternative technology for sludge utilization.
scale simulation in evaluating the treatment unit performance; Learning Experiences:
design parameter evaluation; performance and the capacity
optimation strategy, case study. Sylllabus:
Prerequisite: Background and purpose of sludge processing, source and char-

Water Treatment Plant Design, Domestic Wastewater Treat- acteristic of sludge, mass balance analysis, treatment system,
ment Plant Design primary treatment; sludge thickening; sludge stabilization;
sludge conditioning; sludge drying; final disposal; advanced
Textbook References: processing; sludge alternative utilization (as adsorbent,
1. Mackenzie L. Davis. (2010). Water and Wastewater construction material, coagulant recovery, etc).
Engineering, Design Principles and Practice. McGraw-
Hill Companies. ISBN: 978-0-07-171385-6 Prerequisite:
2. Warner, E. G. and Pinheiro, R. G. (2001). Upgrading Water Treatment Plant Design; Domestic Wastewater
Water Treatment Plants. World Health Organization. Treatment Design;
ISBN 0-203-34232-1 Textbook References:
Emerging Topics on Environmental Engineering 1. Qasim, S. R., Zhu, G. (2018). Wastewater treatment and
ENEV 607 107 reuse, theory and design examples. Volume 2, Post-treat-
3 credits ment, reuse, and disposal. Taylor & Francis Group, LLC.
Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO): CRC Press. ISBN: 13978-1-138-30094-1
1. ELO 10 Communication 2. SNI dan standar internasional yang terkait
2. ELO 12 Life Long Learning Special Topic of Research Collaboration
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): ENEV 600 700
3 credits
1. Able to examine the emergin topics in the system of Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO):
engineering and examines current topics in systems
engineering and environmental infrastructure through 1. ELO 10 (Communication)
industrial and academic guest lectures, case studies and 2. ELO 12 (Life Long Learning)
practical projects (C4)
2. Able to relate the latest topics in environmental engineer-
ing and infrastructure systems with the basic competen- Able to apply environmental engineering knowledge to solve
cies of environmental engineering that they already have. complex engineering solve through environmental engineering
knowledge through research along with other engineering
Learning Experiences: areas that follow a proper research methodology.
Syllabus : Learning Experiences:
The world is developing rapidly, it provides a better human Syllabus:
life but also gives unwanted challenges. Various problem
arise that require unconventional approach such as creativity Conduct literature study, select research methodology, data
and specific paragdim. In this course, student will learn about analysis and interpretation, and draw a valid conclusion
emerging issue from environmental engineering perspective. Prerequisite:
The topic will change during 2020 curriculum in accordance to
the current world issues. In the year of 2020/2021, the topic is Textbook References:
about the sanitation, clean water, waste water, and solid waste Pollution Prevention
that are related to COVID-19 pandemic. The survival rate of this ENEV 608 109
virus is high in the environment, especially in certain surface 3 credits
such as plastic, paper, sewage and even in fecal matter. This Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO):
condition increases the possibility that the virus might thrives
in domestic solid waste and domestic wastewater generated ELO 6 Engineer and Society
from the infected area. The waste might be a transmission Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
media to the virus. This course aims to prepare the student in 1. Students are able to explain pollution Prevention method
facing the pandemic crisis and able to provide an appropriate in industry
response from environmental engineering perspective. 2. Student are able to evaluate the effectiveness of indus-
Prerequisite: trial pollution prevention method
Student have takaen 100 SKS Learning Experiences:
Textbooks References: Sylllabus :
Shah, Vishal (Ed.), Emerging Environmental Technologies,
Springer (2008). ISO 14000:1 concept in the pollution prevention implementation
(sustainability concept in pollution prevention policy and
Sludge processing and Valorization implementation, energy and conservation concept, concept of
ENEV 608 101 planning, implementation, monitoring, and policy evaluation,
2 credits value stream mapping), pollution prevention method for every
Expected Learning Outcomes (CLO): environmental aspect (Pollution prevention in Indonesia and
ELO 3 Design global). The effectiveness of pollution prevention method (The
135
Overview of pollution prevention effectiveness in industry, Course of Fast Track S1-S2

industrial waste treatment and recycle, good housekeeping
method in industry, Chemical laboratory pollution prevention). Environmental Engineering
Prerequisite: -
Code Subject SKS
1. Paul L. Bishop, McGraw-Hill, 2000, Pollution Prevention: 1 Semester
st
Fundamentals and Practice McGraw-Hill series in water

Religion 2
resources and environmental engineering
2. Ryan Dupont, Kumar Ganesan, Louis Theodore, CRC Academic English 2
Press, 2016, Pollution Prevention: Sustainability, Indus- ENGE 600 001 Calculus 1 3
trial Ecology, and Green Engineering, Second Edition ENGE 600 009 Basic Chemistry 2
ENCV 601 001 Physics (Mechanics and Ther- 4
mal)
ENEV 601 001 Introduction to Environmental 3
Engineering System
ENEV 601 002 Global Environmental Issues 2
ENEV 601 003 Basic Chemistry Laboratory 1
Sub Total 19
2 Semester
nd
Integrated Charater Building 5

ENGE 600 004 Linear Algebra 4
ENCV 603 003 Fluid Mechanics 3
ENEV 602 001 Earth Science and Mapping 2
ENEV 602 002 Construction Drawing for 2
Environmental Engineer
ENEV 602 003 Environmental Biology 3
Sub Total 21
3rd Semester
ENCV 603 004 Statistics and Probabilistic of 2
Experimental Design
Mathematic
ENEV 603 002 Environmental Microbiology 3
Material
ENEV 603 004 Environmental Hydraulics 3
ENEV 603 005 Structural Mechanics I 2
ENEV 603 006 Urban Planning and Sanitation 3
ENEV 603 007 Effective Communication 2
Sub Total 20
4 Semester
th
ENGE 600 011 Engineering Economics 3

ENEV 604 001 Structural Mechanics II 2
ENEV 604 002 Drinking Water Distribution 2
System Design
ENEV 604 003 Soil Mechanics for Environmen- 3
tal Engineer
ENEV 604 004 Environmental Chemistry 3
ENEV 604 005 Wasterwater Collection System 2
Design
Elective/ Minor 3
Sub Total 18
136
5th Semester Specialization Compulsary/ 3

Elective Course (S2)
Sub Total 11
ENEV 605 001 Environmental Modelling 2
10 Semester
th
ENEV 605 002 Unit Operation and Process 4
ENCV 800 105 Master Thesis 6
ENEV 605 003 Environmental Laboratory 3
ENCV 800 106 Scientific Pub;lication 2
ENEV 605 004 Integrated Solid Waste Manage- 3
ment Planning Specialization Compulsary/ 3
ENEV 605 005 Structural Design for Environ- 3
mental Engineering Infrastruc- Sub Total 11
ture
Elective/ Minor 3
Sub Total 20
6 Semester
th
ENEV 606 001 Occupational Health, Safety and 2

Environmental Risk
ENEV 606 002 Environmental Impact Assess- 3
ment and ISO
Project Management
ENEV 606 004 Water Treatment Plant Design 3
ENEV 606 005 Domestic Wastewater Treatment 3
Plant Design
ENEV 606 006 Air Pollution 3
Elective/ Minor 3
Sub Total 20
7 Semester
th
ENEV 600 100 Field Internship 3

ENEV 607 001 Final Project on Environmental 4
Engineering Infrastructure
ENEV 607 002 Hazardous and Industrial Waste 3
Treatment
ENEV 607 003 Writing and Presentation 2
Technique
ENEV 801 101 Environmental Data Analysis 3
ENEV 801 102 Environmental Risk Manage- 3
ment
Specialization Compulsary 3
Course S2
Sub Total 21
8 th
Semester
ENEV 600 300 Service Learning 1
ENEV 600 400 Undergraduate Thesis 5
ENCV 802 103 Research Method 3
Special Topic
Specialization Compulsary 3
Course S2
Sub Total 15
9thSemester
ENEV 800 104 Pra Thesis 2
Specialization Compulsary/ 3
Specialization Compulsary/ 3
137
Undergraduate Program in Mechanical Engineering

Double Degree: Universitas Indonesia and Partner University
Double Degree: Universitas Indonesia and Partner University
4. Study Programme Undergraduate Program in Mechanical Engineering
5. Vision and Mission VISION
As a center of research and education services that excel in mechanical
engineering
MISSION
Carry out research and research-based education for the development
of science and technology in the field of mechanical engineering, and
conduct research and education that seeks its use to improve the level
and quality of people’s lives and humanity.
6. Classes Regular, Parallel and International
Double Degree: Sarjana Teknik (S.T) and
Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng)
8. Accreditation / Recognition Accreditation of BAN-PT (Excellent)
Internasional Assesment from Asean University Network-Quality
Assurance (AUN-QA)
Accreditation of Indonesia Accreditation Board For Engineering Education
(IABEE), General Accreditation.
11, Entry Requirements High school /equivalent, or D3 / Polytechnique / equivalent, AND
pass the entrance exam.
12. Duration for Study Designed for 4 years
Semester
Regular 8 17
13. Aims of the programme:
1. Producing Mechanical Engineering graduates who meet the specified learning outcomes
2. Contribute to the development of scientific and mechanical technology
3. Contribute to improving the quality of society and industry
14. Profile of Graduates:
Bachelor of Mechanical Engineering who is able to analyze and design energy systems, industrial machinery, build-
ing facilities, and the transportation industry in contributing to meeting the goals of sustainable development.
138

1. Able to apply basic knowledge of mathematics, numerical methods, statistical analysis and basic science and
information technology.
2. Able to design energy systems, industrial machinery, building facilities, and the transportation industry to meet
the expected needs within realistic boundaries, as well as to recognize and / or utilize the potential of local and
national resources with global insight.
3. Able to carry out experiments, dig up information and analyze data, report the results of experiments by applying
statistical rules.
4. Able to think critically, creatively, and innovatively in identifying, formulating, analyzing and solving mechanical
5. Able to apply modern methods, skills and technical tools needed for engineering practices such as the selection of
materials and processes, automation systems, and computer-aided mechanical designs.
6. Able to communicate effectively both visually, in writing and verbally.
7. Able to design, plan, complete and evaluate tasks within the existing constraints.
8. Able to work effectively both individually and in teams across disciplines or across cultures
9. Able to take responsibility and adhere to the ethics of the engineering profession and entrepreneurship which is
characterized by innovation and independence.
10. Able to carry out lifelong learning processes including access to knowledge related to relevant contemporary issues.
16. Composition of Subjects

i University General Subjects 9 6,3 %
iv Specialization Subjects -
v Elective Subjects 26 18,1 %
vi Internship, Seminar, Undergraduate Thesis, 8 5,6 %
Total 144 100 %
Career Prospects
Graduates of this study program can work in various fields such as a) energy systems, b) industrial machinery, c) building
facilities, and d) transportation industry, as:
1. Researchers of mechanical elements and systems (mechanical, thermal and fluid systems, materials and production
processes)
2. Mechanical systems engineer
3. Managers in the government and private sectors
4. Planners in the process of design, construction, operation and maintenance of machines
5. Civil society motivators and instructors
6. Engineering project inspector
7. Sales & Service Engineers
8. Entrepreneur
9. Adjuster
139
140
Curriculum Structure Undergraduate Mechanical Engineering Program

Course Flow Chart to Achieve Learning Outcomes in the Mechanical Engineering Study Program
141
142
143
144
Curriculum Structure of Mechanical 5th Semester

Engineering Study Program ENME605017 Heat and Mass Transfer 4
ENME605021 Energy Convertion System 1 4
Code Subject SKS ENME606025 Mechatronics 4
1st Semester ENME605014 Mechanical Vibration 2
UIGE600004 Religion 2 ENME606023 Electrical Power Engineering 2
UIGE600003 English 2 ENME600010 Laboratory Experiment for 1
ENME601001 Introduction to Mechanical 2 Electrical Power Engineering
Engineering Elective (Internship A) 3
ENGE600001 Calculus 1 3 Subtotal 20
ENGE600005 Basic Physics 1 (Mechanic & Heat) 3 6th Semester
ENGE600006 Laboratory Experiment for Basic 1 ENME600001 Design Assignment 1 (Concep- 2
Physics 1 tual Design)
ENME601002 Engineering Drawing 2 ENME606022 Energy Convertion System 2 4
ENME603005 Engineering Material 3 ENGE600012 Health, Safety and Enviroment 2
ENGE600009 Basic chemistry 2 ENME606020 Maintenance and Condition 3
Sub Total 20 Monitoring
2 nd Semester Elective (Internship B) 3
UIGE600006 Integrated Character Building 5 Elective 4

Subject Subtotal 18
ENGE600002 Calculus 2 3 7 Semester
th
ENGE600007 Basic Physics 2 (Electrical, 3 ENME600002 Design Assignment 2 2

Magnet, Wave, and Optic) ENME600004 Seminar 1
ENGE600008 Laboratory Experiment for Basic 1 ENME600003 On the Job Training 2
Physics 2 (Electrical, Magnet,
Wave, and Optic) Elective 4
ENGE600004 Linear Algebra 4 Elective 4
ENME602004 Engineering Statics 2 Subtotal 13
ENME603006 Mechanical Modelling and 2

8th Semester
Visualization ENME 600 005 Final Project 5
Sub Total 20 Elective 4
Elective 4
3rd Semester
Subtotal 13
ENME605015 Measurement and Metrology 2
Total 144
ENME600013 Engineering Mathematics 4
ENME604010 Material Selection and Manuf.
Process
4
The list of Elective Courses
ENME603007 Strength of Materials 2 Electives Courses, Odd
Code SKS
ENME603008 Basic Thermodynamics 4 Semester
ENME606024 Life Science for Engineer 2 ENME803105 Internal Combustion Engine 4
ENME600017 Engineering Programming 2 ENME803106 Applied Flow Measurement and 4
Visualization
Sub Total 20
ENME803107 CFD Application 4
4th Semester
ENME801113 Ventilation and Air Conditioning 4
ENME604011 Basic Fluid Mechanics 4 System
ENME604012 Mechanical Design 4 ENME803115 Clean Room 4
ENME600016 Numerical Method 2 ENME803124 Energy Audit 4
ENGE600010 Statistics and Probability 2 ENME803134 Fire Dynamics and Modelling 4
ENME605019 Control System 2 ENME803145 Composite Product Development 4
ENME600009 Kinematics and Dynamics 4 ENME803147 Toy Production Design 4
ENME600007 Laboratory Experiment of 1 ENME803154 Quality and Production Manage- 4
Production Process ment System
ENME600008 Laboratory Experiment for 1 ENME803161 Micro-machining 4
Measurement and Metrology
ENME803167 Modern Vehicle Technology 4
Sub Total 20
145
ENME803195 Oil and Gas Drilling Equipment 4 ENME803153 Machine Vision System 4
ENME803196 Jet and Rocket Propulsion 4 ENME601109 Internship B (content: Industrial 3
ENME803174 Risk Management 4 Seminar and Entrepreneurship)
ENME601101 Project Management 4 ENME601106 Special Topic 3 4
ENME601102 Entrepreneurship 2 ENME601107 Special Topic 4 4
ENME601103 Industrial Seminar 2 ENME802003 Experimental Design* 2
ENME601108 Internship A (content: Project 3 ENME802006 Data Analytics* 2

Management and Entrepreneur- ENME802131 Fire Protection System* 4
ship) ENME802132 Building Mechanical and Electri- 4
ENME601104 Special Topic 1 4 cal System*
ENME601105 Special Topic 2 4 ENME802142 Design and Manufacturing 4
ENME801002 Advanced Engineering Mathe- 2 Technology Integration*
matics* ENME802165 Vehicle Frame and Body Engi- 4
ENME802004 Engineering Computation* 2 neering*
ENME801101 Advanced Thermodynamics* 4 ENME803166 Vehicle Control System* 4
ENME801102 Advanced Fluid Dynamic and 4 ENME802181 Maritime Engineering and 4

Heat Transfer* Management*
ENME802133 Fire and Building Science* 4 ENME803182 Ocean Energy* 4

*For Fast-Track Program Only
ENME801140 Materials and Manufacturing 4
Processes* Transition Policy from the 2016 to the
ENME801141 Product Design and Development
Methodolgy*
4
2020 Curriculum
ENME801150 Management of Manufacturing 4
Information System* 1. The 2020 curriculum is implemented starting in the
Odd Semester 2020/2021. In principle, after the 2016
ENME801151 Manufacturing System and 4
Curriculum is implemented, only subjects in the 2020
Processes*
Curriculum will be opened.
ENME801163 Vehicle Engineering and Heavy 4 2. Class of 2019 and earlier followed the 2020 curriculum
Duty Equipment* with transitional rules.
ENME801164 Prime Mover and Powertrain 4 3. A transitional period of 1 year is applied, namely in the
System* academic year 2020/2021 for subjects that change the
implementation semester (from Even to Odd, or vice
Electives Courses, Even
Code SKS versa), if necessary, will be opened in both semesters
Semester
during the transition period (Academic Year 2020 / 2021).
ENME804110 Combustion Engineering 4 4. For students who have not passed the compulsory subjects
ENME804109 Heat and Mass Transfer Engi- 4 in the 2016 Curriculum, are required to take the same or
neering equivalent subjects in the 2020 Curriculum. (Curriculum
2016 courses that are not listed in the Equivalent Table
ENME804111 Aerodynamics Engineering 4
means that they have not changed, both the name and the
ENME803108 Refrigeration Engineering 4 Credit.
ENME804118 Mechanical system for Building 4 5. If there is a change in the SKS of the course, the number
of SKS taken into account in graduation is the number of
ENME802103 Energy System Optimization 4
the SKS at the time the course was taken. Same or equal
ENME804138 Fire Safety Analysis 4 subjects with different SKS, if repeated or newly taken
ENME804148 Design For Manufacture and 4 will be listed with a new name and calculated with new
Assembly SKS.
ENME804149 Noise and Vibration Control 4 6. If the compulsory subjects in the 2016 Curriculum
are removed and there is no equivalence in the 2020
ENME804155 CAD/CAM 4 Curriculum then for students who have passed these
ENME804156 Manufacturing Performance 4 courses, they will still be counted as compulsory subjects
Assesment in the calculation of passing 144 SKS. Students who have
ENME802152 Automation and Robotics 4 not passed the course can take new compulsory subjects
or elective courses in the 2020 Curriculum to complete 144
ENME804168 Railway Vehicle Engineering 4 credits.
ENME804197 Handling and Construction 4
Equipment
ENME804198 Aircraft Design and Performance 4
ENME804190 Advanced Welding Engineering 4
ENME804136 Forest and Land Fires 4
ENME803104 Thermal Power Generation 4
ENME803143 Mechanical Failure 4
146
Subject Eqivalent Table Mechanical Engineering Study Program

2016 2020
CODE SUBJECTS CREDIT CODE SUBJECT CREDIT
UIGE600003 English 3 UIGE600003 English 2
ENME603005 Engineering Ma- 2 ENME603005 Engineering Ma- 3

terial terial
UIGE600001 MPKT A 6 UIGE600006 MPKT 5
UIGE600002 MPKT B 6 Elective
UIGE600020-48 Sport / Art 1 Elective
ENME602003 Engineering 2 Elective

Drawing
ENME600017 Engineering Pro- 2
gramming
ENME605020 Control System 4 ENME605020 Control System 2
ENME605021 Energy Conver- 2 ENME605021 Energy Conver- 4

tion and Coser- tion System 2
vation
ENME600019 Lab Exp for En- 1
ergy Convertion
and Coservation
ENME605018 Fluid System 3 ENME605022 Energy Conver- 4
tion System 1
ENME601108 Elective, Intern- 3
ship A
ENME600006 Industrial Semi- 2 ENME601109 Elective, Intern- 3
nar ship B
ENME803134 Fire Dynamics in 4 ENME803134 Fire Dynamics 4
Room and Mod- and Modelling
elling
ENME804138 Evaliation and 4 ENME804138 Fire Safety Anal- 4
Fire Protection ysis
System Mainte-
nance
ENME804149 Noise and Vibra- 4 ENME804149 Noise and Vibra- 4
tion tion Control
ENME804198 Aircraft Stability 4 ENME804198 Aircraft Design 4
and Control and Perfor-
mance
ENME804136 Forest and Land 4
Fires
ENME601104 Special Topic 1 4
147
Curriculum of International Program In 5th Semester

Mechanical Engineering UIGE600006 MPKT 5
ENME615014 Mechanical Vibration 2
Code Subject SKS
ENME616025 Mechatronics 4
1st Semester
ENME605020 Control System 2
ENME611001 Introduction to Mechanical 2
Engineering Elective (Internship A) 3
ENME611002 Engineering Drawing 2 Sub Total 20
UIGE610002 Academic Writing 2 6 Semester
th
ENGE610001 Calculus 1 3 ENME610001 Design Assignment 1 2

ENGE610004 Linear Algebra 4 ENME610010 Laboratory Experiment for 1
Electrical Power Engineering
ENGE610005 Basic Physics 1 (Mechanic & Heat) 3
ENGE610006 Laboratory Experiment for Basic 1
Physics 1 ENGE600012 Health, Safety and Enviroment 2
ENGE610010 Statistics and Probabilistic 2 ENME616020 Maintenence and Condition 3
Monitoring
Sub Total 19
Elective (Internship B) 3
2 Semester
nd
Elective 4
UIGE610004 Religion 2
Sub Total 19
ENGE610002 Calculus 2 3
7th Semester
ENGE610007 Basic Physics 2 (Electrical, 3
Magnet, Wave, and Optic) ENME600002 Design Assignment 2 2
ENGE610008 Laboratory Experiment for Basic 1 ENME600004 Seminar 1

Physics 2 (Electrical, Magnet, ENME610003 Internship 2
Wave, and Optic) Elective 4
ENGE610009 Basic chemistry 2 Elective 4
ENME615015 Measurement and Metrology 2 Sub Total 13
ENME612004 Engineering Statics 2 8th Semester
ENME612005 Engineering Material 3 ENME610005 Final Project 5
ENME613006 Mechanical Modelling and 2 Elective 4
Visualization
Elective 4
Sub Total 20
Sub Total 13
3rd Semester Total 144
ENME610013 Engineering Mathematics 4
ENME613007 Strength of Materials 2 Course Syllabus of University Subjects
ENME613008 Basic Thermodynamics 4
INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING
ENME613010 Material Selection and Manuf. 4 UIGE6000061/UIGE6100061
Process 5 credits
ENME606024 Life Science for Engineer 2
Syllabus :
ENME610007 Laboratory Experiment of 1
Production Process The Integrated Character Building is part of the Higher
Education Personality Development Lecture which is held
ENME600008 Laboratory Experiment for 1 for students which contains elements of the internalization
Measurement and Metrology of basic life values, interaction/relationship skills, nationality
ENME600017 Engineering Programming 2 and academic skills as the basis for student personality to
Sub Total 20 carry out learning according to scientific disciplines.
4th Semester MPKT is carried out in the form of a series of learning
activities outside the formal class. activities carried out
ENME610016 Numerical Method 2
include participation in lectures/seminars, internships, field
ENME610009 Kinematics and Dynamics 4 work practices, social work, sports and/or arts activities and
ENME616023 Electrical Power Engineering 2 other forms of activities that have the main goal of equipping
students with soft skills and proven by portfolio documents.
ENME615017 Heat and Mass Transfer 4
The form of this learning activity is different from the MPKT
ENME614012 Mechanical Design 4 courses that have been carried out at the previous UI.
ENME604011 Basic Fluid Mechanics 4 The material provided at MPKT aims to form a human thinking
Sub Total 20 pattern with values and morals to create a human personality
148
having intellectual curiosity and an entrepreneurial spirit. The Objectives :

citizen values b
reasoning and utilizing Information and Communication To enable students to develop the learning strategies and
Technology (ICT) to achieve the final objectives of this module. study skills needed to finish their study successfully and o
material;
in studying critically, logically, creatively, innovatively ENGLISH
through analysis of societal problems, nation, state, UIGE600003
and Pancasila ideology based on self-understanding as 2 credits
individuals and members. the community by using good Learning Objectives :
communication technology (C4, A4) After attending this subject, students are expected to capable
of use English to support the study in university and improve
• CPMK 2: Able to identify various entrepreneurial efforts language learning independently.
ethics (C2, A5) Syllabus :
• CPMK 3: After completing this course, students are Study Skills : (Becoming an active learner, Vocabulary
able to apply self-regulated learning characteristically Building: word formation and using the dictionary Listening
in pursuing integrated and comprehensive knowledge strategies Extensive reading) Grammar: (Revision of Basic
through analysis of science problems, technology based grammar Types of sentences Adjective clauses, Adverb
on the role of nature manager by using good and correct clauses Noun clauses, Reduced clauses) Reading: (Reading
Indonesian and information technology and current skills: skimming, scanning, main idea, supporting ideas,
communications. (C4, A4) Note-taking Reading popular science arti-cle, Reading an
academic text) Listening: (Listening to short conversations,
• CPMK 4: After completing this course, students are able Listening to a lecture and notetaking, Listening to a news
to plan creative activities to solve problems in society broadcast, Listening to a short story) Speaking: (Participating
and the world of work/industry by showing creativity, in discussions and meetings, Giving a presentation) Writing:
critical thinking, collaborative self-discipline using good (Writing a summary of a short article Describing graphs
and correct Indonesian as well as the latest information and tables, Writing an academic paragraph, Writing a basic
and communication technology (C5, A5) academic essay (5 paragraphs).
Prerequisite : - ISLAMIC STUDIES
ACADEMIC WRITING UIGE6000010/UIGE610005
UIGE610002 2 credits
2 credits General Instructional Objectives :
149
The cultivation of students who have concern for social, Course participants are expected to do the following when
na-tional and countrys issues based on Islamic values which faced with a problem or issue which they must solve:
is applied in the development of science through intellectual
1. Analyze the problem based on the Christian values
skills.
stages
3. Discuss the problem by using proper and correct
faced with a problem or issue which they must solve :
Indonesian language
1. Analyze the problem based on the Islamic values they
Syllabus :
adopted;
of God and Morality, Christ the Savior, the Holy Spirit as
stages;
existence reformer and outlook on the world: Faith and
3. Discuss and express their thoughts and ideas by using Knowledge of Science, Church and service, Ecclesiology,
proper and correct Indonesian language in discussion Spiritual and enforcement of Christian Human Rights and
and academic writing. the world of ethics: Christian Ethics, Christian and worship,
Syllabus : expectations.
Islam history: the meaning of Islam, the characteristic of HINDU STUDIES
Islam, the sources of Islamic teachings, Muhammad SAW UIGE6000013/UIGE610008
as prophet and history figure, introduction of Islam in 2 credits
Indonesia, the teaching essence of Islam: the basic principle
Syllabus :
live, eschatology and work ethics, human’s basic rights and Hindu religion, Hindu history), Source and scope of Hinduism
obligation, social structure in Islam: sakinah mawaddah and (the Veda as the source of Hindu religion teachings, the scope
ramhah family, the social implication of family life, Mosque of the teachings in Hindu religion), The concept of the God
and the development of Islam, zakat and the economic (Brahman) according to the Veda, the Path to Brahman (Catur
empowerment of the people, Islam society, Science: reason Marga Yoga, Mantra and Japa), Human Nature (The purpose of
and revelation in Islam, Islam’s motivation in development of human life, Human’s duties, obligations, and responsibilities
science, science characteristics, source of knowledge, IDI (each both individually or collectively), Ethics and morality
Faculty and Department/Study Program). (Principles teaching, self-control), in-depth understanding of
CATHOLIC STUDIES
understanding of the Sarasamuschaya), The Role of Hinduism
UIGE6000011/UIGE610006
in science, technology, and art (Hinduism benefits in science
2 credits
and technology in accordance with each department, benefit
/ the role of Hinduism in the arts), Cohesion and community’s
To help deliver students as intellectual capital in implementing prosperity /independence (Benefits of unity in the religious
lifelong learning process to become scientists with mature plurality, independent community (kerthajagathita) as a
personality who uphold humanity and life. common goal, Tri Pitakarana), Culture as an expression of
Be scholars who believe in God according to the teachings of
teachings in the political life of nation and country, laws and
Jesus Christ by continuing to be responsible of his faith in life
the enforcement of justice, Awareness of and obeying the Rita
/ Dharma.
Syllabus :
BUDDHIST STUDIES
Almighty God and the God teachings; Man, Morals, science UIGE6000014/UIGE610009
technology and art; harmony between religions; Society, 2 credits
Syllabus :
of the Catholic faith: the personal dimension, the dimension Almighty God and the God Study (Faith and piety, Divine
of Jesus Christ, the dimension of the Church, and Community Philosophy/Theology), Human (Human Nature, Human
dimension. Dimensions are implemented in the following Dignity, Human Responsibility), Moral (Implementation of
themes: People, Religion, Jesus Christ, the Church, and Faith Faith and Piety in everyday life), Science, Technology and Art
in the society. (Faith, Science and Charity as a unity, the Obligation to study
CHRISTIAN STUDIES and environment), harmony between religion (religion is a
UIGE6000012/UIGE610007
2 credits
Cultivating students with comprehensive Christian of religious society in the realization of human rights and
knowledge and teaching in the midst of the struggle and democracy), Culture (the responsibility of religious society in
the fight of the nation while also discussing the student’s the realization of critical thinking (academic), work hard and
participation in line with the study to help improve and build fair), Politics (Religion contribution in the political life of nation
our country. and country), Law (Raise awareness to obey and follow God’s
150
KONG HU CU STUDY CALCULUS

UIGE6000015/UIGE610010 ENGE600003/ENGE610003
2 credits 4 SKS
Syllabus Of Faculty Subjects Students are able to use the basic concepts of calculus involv-
CALCULUS 1 ing functions of one to three variables to solve their applied
ENGE600001/ENGE610001 problems.
3 credits Graduates Learning Outcomes:
Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering and
Able to use the basic concepts of calculus related to -a function an engineering specialization to be used in solving complex
of one variable, the derivative and integration of the function engineering problems.
of one variable in order to solve its applied problems.
Syllabus :
Introduction, Functions and Limits, Derivatives, Derived
Able to apply mathematics, science, basic engineering, and Applications, Indeterminate Integral, Integral Applications,
engineering specialization to be used in solving complex Infinite Row, and Series. Derivatives with many variables,
engineering problems. Duplicate Integral (2 and 3), Duplicate Integral Application.
Syllabus : Prerequisite: None
Introduction, Functions and Limits, The Derivative, Applica-
tions of the Derivative, The Definite Integral, Applications of Textbooks:
The Definte Integral, Transcendental Functions, Techniques Main :
of Integration, Indeterminate Forms and Improper Integrals. D. Varberg, E. J. Purcell, S.E. Rigdon, Calculus, 9th ed.,
Prerequisite: None Pearson, Prentice Hall, 2007.
Textbooks: George B. Thomas Jr., Thomas’ Calculus Early Transcenden-

tal, 12th ed., Addison – Wesley Pearson, 2009.
Main reference:
D. Varberg, E. J. Purcell, S.E. Rigdon, Calculus, 9th ed., LINEAR ALGEBRA
Pearson, Prentice Hall, 2007. ENGE600004/ENGE610004
4 SKS
Additional eferences: Course Learning Outcomes:
1. George B. Thomas Jr., Thomas’ Calculus Early Transcen- Students are able to calculate linear system problems to solve
dental, 12th ed., Addison–Wesley Pearson, 2009. engineering problems.
2. Howard Anton, Calculus, 10th ed., John Wiley and Sons,
2012. Graduates Learning Outcomes:
CALCULUS 2 Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering and

ENGE600002/ENGE610002 an engineering specialization to be used in solving complex
3 SKS engineering problems.
Course Learning Outcomes: Syllabus :
Students are able to use the concepts of sequences, series, conic Linear Systems and matrix equations, Determinants, Euclid
sections, and the basic concepts of calculus which involve the vector spaces, Common vector spaces, eigenvalues and eigen-
function of two or three variables to solve their applied prob- vectors, inner product spaces, Diagonalization and General
lems. Linear Transformation.
Graduates Learning Outcomes: Prerequisite: None
Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering and Textbooks:
an engineering specialization to be used in solving complex 1. Elementary Linear Algebra, Howard Anton & Chris
engineering problems. Rorres, 11th edition, 2014
Syllabus: : 2. Gilbert Strang, Introduction to linear algebra 3rd edition
Infinite sequences and infinite series, Test for convergence Wellesley Cambridge Press, 2003
of positive series and alternating series, Power series and MECHANICAL AND HEAT PHYSICS
operation on operations, Taylor and MacLaurin series, Conic ENGE600005 / ENGE610005
sections , Calculus in polar coordinates, Derivatives, limits, 3 credits
and continuity of multi-variables functions, Directional Course Learning Outcomes:
Approximations, Lagrange multipliers. Double integrals in Able to explain the basic concepts of mechanics and thermo-
Cartesian coordinates and polar coordinates, triple integrals dynamics, and be able to apply them to understand natural
in Cartesian coordinates, cylindrical coordinates and spheri- phenomena and human engineering, including their applica-
cal coordinates, Applications of double and triple Integral. tions.
Prerequisite: Calculus 1 Graduate Learning Outcomes:
Textbooks: Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering and

1. D. Varberg, E. J. Purcell, S.E. Rigdon, Calculus, 9th ed., an engineering specialization to be used in solving complex
PEARSON, Prentice Hall, 2007. engineering problems.
2. Thomas, Calculus Thirteenth Edition Volume 2, Syllabus:
Erlangga, 2019. 151
Units, Magnitudes and Vectors, Motion Along Straight Lines, Prerequisite: none
Textbooks :
York, 2001.
Temperature, Heat, Law I Thermodynamics, Ideal Gas and
Kinetic Theory of Gas, Heat Engine, Entropy, and Law II Ther-
McGraw-Hill, 2003.
modynamics.
ENGINEERING ECONOMY
Prerequisite: none
ENGE600011 / ENGE610011
Textbooks: 3 credits
1. Halliday, Resnick, and Walker, Principles of Physics 10th Course Learning Outcomes:
Students are able to analyze the economic and financial feasi-
bility of making economic practice decisions.
3. Giancoli, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 4th Graduate Learning Outcomes:
Edition, Pearson, 2008
ELECTRICAL MAGNETIC, OPTICAL AND WAVE decision making based on economic considerations, in indi-
PHYSICS vidual and group, as well as in project management.
ENGE600007 / ENGE610007
Syllabus:
3 credits
Course Learning Outcomes: Introduction to Engineering Economics, Time Value of Money,
Combining Factors, Interest Rates, Money Worth Analysis,
Rate of Return Analysis, Effects of Inflation, Benefit Cost &
physics, magnetism, waves, and optics to solve problems in
Break-Even Point Analysis, Sensitivity Analysis, Depreci-
the engineering field.
ation, Tax Analysis, Cost Estimation & Allocation, Capital
Graduate Learning Outcomes: Budgeting & Replacement Analysis.
Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering and Prerequisite:
an engineering specialization to be used in solving complex 1. Civil Engineering : -
engineering problems. 2. Environmental Engineering : -
Syllabus:
Unit, Magnitude, Vector, Electric Charge, Electric Field, Gauss Economic course and have completed 38 credits
Law, Electric Potential, Capacitance, Electric Current, Resis- 5. Chemical Engineering : -
tance, Direct Current, Magnetic Field Due to Electric Current, 6. Bioprocess Engineering : -
Magnetic Field Source, Induced GGL, Inductance, Alternating
Textbooks:
Current, Electromagnetic Waves, Light Properties and Propa-
gation, Optical Geometry.
Prerequisite: none 2. Park, Chan S. 2016. Contemporary Engineering Econom-
Textbooks :
Economic Analysis 6th ed. John Wiley and Sons.
2. Serway Jewett, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 9th STATISTICS AND PROBABILISTICS
Edition, Thomson Brooks / Cole, 2013. ENGE600010 / ENGE610010
3. Giancoli, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 4th 2 credits
Edition, Pearson, 2008. Course Learning Outcomes:
BASIC CHEMISTRY Students are able to handle quantitative data/information
ENGE600009 / ENGE610009 starting from the descriptive stage (collection, organization,
2 credits and presentation) to the inductive stage, which includes fore-
Course Learning Outcomes: casting and drawing conclusions based on the relationship
Students are able to analyze the principe of basic chemistry between variables for decision making.
Graduates’ Learning Outcomes: 1. Apply descriptive statistics and probability theory to data
Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering to processing and serving
be used in solving complex engineering problems. 2. Apply probability distribution to data processing and
serving
Syllabus:
3. Apply the principles of sampling and estimation for deci-
Material and measurements, atoms, molecules and ions, sion making
stochiometry, water phase reactions and solution stochiom- 4. Apply hypothesis test samples for decision making
etry, thermochemistry, chemical equilibrium, acid and base
Syllabus:
equilibrium, electrochemistry, chemical kinetics, and chem-
ical applications. Introduction to Statistics for Engineering Studies, Probabil-
ity Theory, Dasar Basic concepts and definitions, Distribu-
152
tion Probability, Sampling, Estimation, Hypothesis testing, Syllabus Mechanical Engineering Study
Hypothesis test 1 sample at an average value, Regression
Program
Prerequisite: none
RELIGION
Textbooks :
1. Harinaldi, Basic Principles of Statistical Engineering and ENME600004
Science, Erlangga, 2004 2 credits
Learning Outcome(s):
and Probability for Engineers, John Wiley Sons, 2002
Provide an understanding of the religious values and see the
HSE PROTECTION
problems from various aspects of life, so that student care about
ENGE600012 / ENGE610012
the social realities they face.
2 credits
Course Learning Outcomes: Topic:
Upon completion of this subject students are expected to be Meaning and religion that apply in scientific and theological
able to carried out hazard identification, and characterization, discourse; History and origins of religion; The main dimen-
to propose appropriate methods for risk reduction and miti- sions of religion such as divinity, prophethood, scripture,
gation, and to design safety management system. The student ritual, salvation, social ethics and eschatology; Socio-religious
is also expected to improve their awareness on industrial dimension; Religion and state; Inter-religious relations.
safety and health, and understanding on safety regulation
Pre-requisite(s): -
framework and standards as well as environmental program.
References: Guidebook from UI
1. Students are expected to understand safety, health and ENGLISH
principal in engineering code of ethics. ENME600003
2. Students are expected to be able to carry out process of 2 credits
risk assessments by considering risk factors in the impact Learning Outcome(s):
community and environemt. Able to communicate in English orally and in writing with
3. Students are expected to understand the regulatory correct English grammar rules.
framework and standard related to the stages of life cycle Topic:
of machine, building structure, construction, and process.
4. Students are able to design and propose an effective English grammar, writing and conversation.
hazard communication, management and engineering Pre-requisite(s): -
control, and risk mitigation through an engineering
assignment project. References: -
5. Students are able to identify the knowledge required INTRODUCTION TO MECHANICAL ENGINEER-
to perform risk assesment, investigation and design ING
improvement through a multidisiplinary case of incident
and accident. ENME601001
2 credits
Syllabus: Learning Outcome(s):
Introduction to SHE Regulation and Standards, SHE Percep- To give a description of mechanical engineering knowledge
tion (Risk and Environment), Identification, Assessment and by describing scoupe, field and relation to other knowledges.
Management, Construction, machinery and Noise hazards, By this course, student can understand the application and the
Process safety hazard and analysis technique, Fire and explo- knowldege of mechanical engineering in every sector.
sion hazard, Electrical hazard, Toxicology in the Workplace,
Ergonomy Aspect, Hazard communication to employees, Topic:
Environmental Protection, Case studies, Safety Health and Mechanical engineering field, Mechanical engineering
Environment audits. sub-field, mechanical engineering professional ethics;
Prerequisite: none mechanical design, manufacturing process; force, structure and
machine; material; fluid mechanics, energy and heat
Textbooks :
1. Charles A. Wentz, Safety, Health and Environmental Pre-requisite(s): -
Protection, McGraw Hill, 1998. References:
2. Asfahl, C.R., Rieske, D. W., Sixth Edition Industrial Safety 1. Wickert Jonathan, and Kemper Lewis. An introduction to
and Health Management, Pearson Education, Inc., 2010. mechanical engineering. Cengage learning, 2012.
3. United Kingdom - Health and Safety Executive, http:// 2. Avallone, Eugene A., Theodore Baumeister, and Ali
www.hse.gov.uk/ Sadegh. Marks’ Standard Handbook For Mechanical
4. National laws and regulations related to the K3 Manage- Engineers (Standard Handbook for Mechanical Engi-
ment System and the Environment. neers). Mcgraw-Hill Professional, 2006.
5. Related Journal (http://www.journals.elsevier.com/safe- 3. Grote, Karl-Heinrich, and Erik SCPL. Antonsson. Springer
ty-science/) etc, related standards and publications. handbook of mechanical engineering. Vol. 10. Springer
Science & Business Media, 2009.
ENGINEERING DRAWING
ENME601002
2 credits
153
Learning Outcome(s): 3. R.A. Higgins, Property of Engineering Materials, Edward

Arnold - 1994
Course participants are able to transfer geometric component
4. Flinn & Trojan, Engineering Materials and Their Applica-
by drawing according to standard draw which is recognized
tions, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.- 1995
by International Standard Organization (ISO). Students
5. James A. Jacobs & Thomas F. Kilduff, Engineering Mate-
understand the theory and procedure of engineering drawing
rial Technology, Prentice- Hall, Inc. - 2004
based on ISO standard. Students are able to read, interpret, and
transfer 2D/3D geometric draw from component or construc-
tion. Students are able to draw the orthogonal projection based ENGINEERING STATICS
on ISO standard. ENME602004
2 credits
Topic:
Illustration: Function and benefit of Engineering Drawing;
To understand the concept of force and force equilibrium in
SAP; Measurement and Evaluation; Introduction to drawing
some construction so the student can calculate and analyze the
equipment; Basic definition of geometric, paper format, draw
equilibrium of construction by using static equilibrium law.
regulation, line, field, line configuration, basic geometric form;
Visualization geometric: Skew projection and isometric, func- Topic:
tion and line types, configuration geometric form; Orthogonal
Basic principle of engineering statics/Newton Law. Arrange-
Projection: Projection standard, viewing concept, width display
ment and decomposition of force in plane and space. Static equi-
principle; Advanced orthogonal projection: Circle region
librium law. Support and support reaction. Frame construction.
concept, special region concept, trimming concept, display
width, refraction. Pre-requisite(s): Introduction to Mechanical Engineering,
Engineering Drawing
Pre-requisite(s): -
References:
References:
1. Beer, Ferdinand P, Mechanics for Engineers: STATICS, Mc
1. ISO 1101, Technical Drawings, International Organization
GrawHill.
for Standardization.
2. Hibbeler RC, Mechanics of Materials, 10th ed., Prentice
2. A.W. Boundy, Engineering Drawing , McGraw-Hill Book
Hall, 2016.
Company
3. Riley, F William, Engineering mechanics: STATICS, John
3. Colin Simmons & Dennis Maguire, Manual of Engineer-
wiley & sons
ing Drawing, Edward Arnold
4. Hamrock, Fundamental of Machine Element, Mc Graw-
4. Takeshi S. G., Sugiarto Hartanto, Menggambar Mesin,
Hill.
Pradnya Paramita, 1983
5. Shigley, Joseph Edward, Mechanical Engineering Design,
5. Warren J. Luzadder, Fundamentals of Engineering Draw-
McGrawHill.
ing, Prentice-Hall, Inc.
6. Kurowski, P.M., Finite Element Analysis for Design Engi-
6. Giesecke-Mitchell-Spencer-Hill-Dygdon-Novak, Techni-
neers, SAE International, 2004
cal Drawing, Prentice Hall Inc.
ENGINEERING MATERIAL MECHANICAL VISUALIZATION AND MODEL-

ENME603005 ING
3 credits ENME603006
Learning Outcome(s): 2 credits
Engineering materials are one of the basic knowledge in field Learning Outcome(s):
of design, especially in mechanical engineering. From the
It is expected that students will have the basic ability to effec-
discussion of the behavior of several materials, the students
tively describe the information content of a component unit
are expected to have the overview about several thing that has
effectively; able to do 2D and 3D modeling and visualization
to be the concern related to the working process or the speci-
with the help of computers and translate in the form of working
fic need. The students are expected to have the basic ability
drawings that can be used as a guide to the process and can be
to identify and explain the nature and behavior of materials
correctly understood by the parties concerned.
related to the treatment in working process and specific need.
Topic:
Topic:
Functions and Benefits of Working Drawings in the Design
Atomic structure, crystalic material, metal and non metal
Process and Production Process; Surface Workmanship Quality
material, process, phase diagram and solidificatiom, heat
and Tolerance: Standards & Markings of Workmanship Quality
treatment process, mechanical behavior of crystalic material,
Classification; Standards & Markings of Work Tolerance
elastic material, plastic deformation, crystal plasticity, method
Classification; Welding Construction, Standards & Marking
of material mechanical testing, dislocation, strengthening,
Types of Camps and Welding Works; Line Chart; 2D and 3D
failure and remaining lifetime of material, introduction to
Geometry Representation Methods; Introduction to Modeling
mechanical crack and steel mechanical structure behavior,
Software System Interfaces; 2D and 3D Modeling, Manipulation
material structure degradation, corrosion process, corrosion
and Visualization.
prevention, Oxidation, wear and erotion, concrete material
behavior, wood, cement and its structure behavior. Pre-requisite(s):
Engineering Drawing, Introduction of Mechanical Engineer-
Pre-requisite(s): -
ing
References:
References:
1. Kalpakjian, Manufacturing Engineering and Technology
1. A.W. Boundy, Engineering Drawing, McGraw-Hill Book
– 6th Ed., Digital Designs- 2006
Company
2. Thomas H. Courtney, Mechanical Behavior of Materials –
154 2nd Ed, Waveland Press. - 2005
ing Drawing – 4th Ed, Elsevier. 2012. 6th Edition, 2010, Mc Graw Hill
3. ISO 1101, Mechanical Engineering Drawings, Interna- 3. Kreyszig, E, Advanced Engineering Mathematics 10th
tional Organization for Standardization. Edition, John Wiley and Sons
MATERIAL SELECTION AND MANUFACTURING
PROCESS
5. Japanese Industrial Standard, Technical Drawing for
ENME604010
Mechanical Engineering, Japanese Standards Associa-
4 CREDITS
tion.
ing, Prentice-Hall, Inc.. To give the knowledge, understanding and competence about
the theory, application method and product manufacturing
MEASUREMENT AND METROLOGY
process technology that consist of: characteristic and how the
ENME605015
process work, process constraint, force and energy that needed
2 credits
in process, the effect of the process parameter to the product
quality and the relation between process and material to the
Measurment and Metrology course is knowledge to study material characterisc that needed in every process.
the concept of metrology and measurement in industry and
Topic:
the applicaton of metrology and its tools. This course is study
the relevance of the theory to the engineering application and Manufacturing process and production system, materials in
manufacturing industry. This course will give the ability to the manufactur, theory and method in metal casting, theory and
student to understand the theory and application of engineer- method of bulk formation, theory and method of sheet metal
ing measurement and metrology in mechanical engineering forming, theory and method of powder metallurgy, theory
application and method of machining/metal cutting process, theory and
precess of product surface quality improvement, theory and
Topic:
method of joining, theory and method of prototyping process,
The basic concept of measurement and metrology, measure- characteristic of engineering materials, correlation of material
ment terminology and systems, industrial measurement and and process characteristic, process parameter control of mate-
system terminology, temperature measurement, pressure rial, Design of material selection and manufacturing process
and flow measurement, force, stress, data acquisition, motion that related to the market needs (assignment).
measurement : position, velocity, vibration and acceleration,
Pre-requisite(s): Engineering Materials
types of sensors/transducer, transfer function, FFT and filter-
ing, uncertainty analysis, geometric and dimension calibration, References:
room dimention, metrology (length measurement), surface 1. Ashby, Material selection in Mechanical Design, 4th ed.,
texture, roughnes and roundness, flatness and straightness, Butterworrth Heinneman, 2010
angle measurement, introduction to CMM. 2. Ashby, Material selection in Mechanical Engineering,
3rd ed., Butterworth Heinneman, 2005
Pre-requisite(s): -
3. John A. Schey, Introduction to Manufacturing Processes,
References: McGraw Hill, 1999
1. Busch, Ted, Fundamentals of Dimensional Metrology, 4. Degarmo, E. Paul, Materials and Processes in
4th Ed, Delmar Publishers Manufacturing, Prentice Hall Int. Inc, 10th edition, 2010
2. Fargo F.T., Curtis, M.A., Handbook of Dimensional 5. Kalpakjian, S, Manufacturing Engineering and
Measurement, 5th Ed, Industrial Press. 2013. Technology, McGraw Hill 7th edition, 2013.
3. Slocum, A., Precision Machine Design, SME Press, 1992. 6. Buku Panduan Praktikum Proses Produksi, Departemen
4. Raldi Artono Koestoer, Pengukuran Teknik, Departemen Teknik Mesin FTUI
Teknik Mesin FTUI.
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS ENME603007
ENME600013 4 credits
4 CREDITS Learning Outcome(s):
The aim of this subject is student can calculate and analyze the
Complete student’s anylitical ability. Students understand and stress in construction. Student able to solve the defelection and
able to use the advances mathematical concepts in order to solve indeterminate statics.
the engineering problems.
Topic:
Topic:
Moment and internal force diagram. Characteristics of energy.
Introduction to differential equation, 1st order differential equa- Deformation, stress & strain. Stress due to normal force, shear,
tion, 2nd order differential equation, higher order differential bending moment and torsion. Stress distribution, combination
equation, vector analysis, vector differential, grad operation, of stress. Deflection/beam deformation. Indeterminate static
divergence and culr, vector integration, laplace transform, construction. Column. Energy method. Construction of thin
laplace transform to solve the differential equation, fourrier and thick wall, rotating disc.
transform, convulsion, numerical method, root of equation,
Pre-requisite(s): Mechanical Drawing, Engineering Statics
numerical differentiation, numerical integral.
References:
Pre-requisite(s): Calculus, Linear Algebra
1. Timoshenko, Strength of Material, 1965
References: 2. Belyaev, Strength of Material, MIR Publisher, 1979
1. Croft, A, et.al, Mathematics for Engineers, 3rd Edition, 3. Propov, Mechanic of Material, Prentice Hall, 1976
2008, Prentice Hall 4. Hibbeler RC, Mechanics of Materials, 10th ed., Prentice
2. Chapra S.C., Canale, Numerical Methods for Engineer, Hall, 2016.
155
5. Riley, F William, Engineering mechanics: STATICS, John 6. Basic Biomechanics, Susan J. Hall, McGraw Hill, USA
wiley & sons 7. Biomechanics, Kreighbaum, Barthels, Burgees Publish-
6. Hamrock, Fundamental of Machine Element, Mc Graw- ing, USA
Hill. 8. Biomechanics in Ergonomics, Shrawan Kumar, Taylor &
Francis INC, USA
BASIC THERMODYNAMICS
9. Biomechanics Circulation, Y.C. Fung, Springer, USA
ENME603008
10. Biomechanics Mechanical Properties, Y.C. Fung, Springer,
4 credits
USA
11. Biomechanics of the Upper Limbs, Andris Freivalds, CRC
This course introduces the basic concept of thermodynamics
Press, USA
and its application in real life and gives the understanding
12. Skeletal Tissue Mechanics, Martin,Burr,Sharkey, Springer,
about the design of thermodynamics system.
USA
T o p i c : 13. Biomedical Engineering Principles, David Cooney,
Scope and basic understanding of thermodynamics system, Marcel Dekker INC, USA
temperature concept, pressure, thermodynamics equilibrium,
reversible/irreversible process, zero law of thermodynamics
ENGINEERING PROGRAMMING
and absolute temperature, first law of thermodynamics, second
ENME600017
law of thermodynamics, thermodynamics equation, gas power
2 credits
cycle, gas compressor, combustion engine cycle, internal
combustion engine , simple gas turbine cycle, brayton’s cycle,
stirling’s cycle, steam power cycle, refrigeration, carnot’s cycle, Understanding the basic knowledge of computational and
simple rankine’s cycle, rankine’s cycle with modification, biner engineering programming, able to make computational and
cycle, phsycometrich chart, cooling tower, real gas, real gas programming techniques simple, able to solve engineering
equation, enthalpy and entrophy. problems with engineering programming.
Pre-requisite(s): - Topic:
References: Introduction to programming languages, Basics of algorithms,
1. Michael J. Moran, Howard N. Shapiro, Fundamentals of Basics of computing, Software for computing and programming
Engineering Thermodynamics, 8th Edition, Wiley, 2014. techniques, Development of computing and programming with
2. Reynolds W.C., Perkins H.C., Engineering Thermody- case studies
namics, Mc. G. Hill .
Pre-requisite(s): -
3. Zemansky , Aboot , van Ness, Basic Engineering Thermo-
dynamics, McGraw Hill References:
4. Kenneth Wark Jr. Thermodynamics , Mc.Graw Hill
Computer Programming with MATLAB, J. Michael Fitzpatrick,
5. H.D. Baehr, Termodynamik , Springer Verlag
Ákos Lédeczi, Fitzle, 2013
Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python:
LIFE SCIENCE FOR ENGINEERS
With Application to Understanding Data, John V. Guttag, The
ENME606024
MIT Press, 2016
2 credits
Learning Outcome(s): BASIC FLUID MECHANICS
ENME604011
This course will study the basic knowledge and introduction to
4 credits
the aspect of life organism that have close relation to mechanical
engineering field. The student will get the broad perspec-
tive of life science application in mechanical engineering. Fluid meachanic are one of the applied mechanical science
branch that will be used to investigate, analyse, and learn the
Topic:
nature and the behavior of fluids. Fluid that will be explored
Introduction to cell, chemical aspect in biology: acid, carbohi- could be a moving or stationary fluid. Fluid Mechanics course
drat, lipid, protein, nucleat acid; bioenergy and metabolism: intends to complement the ability of a student to be able to
aerobic and anaerobic respiration, photosynthesis; animal apply the basic laws of fluid mechanics in practical engineering
control system, termoregulation and homestasis; biomechanics, calculations of fluid mechanics and be able to analyze the
animal locomotion, scale effect; food and farm; environmental behavior of the fluid and developing knowledge in the field of
conservation, air, water, life science consideration in mechanical fluid mechanics.
design
Topic:
Pre-requisite(s): -
Fluid and its nature, fluid statics, the relative balance, concept
References: and basic equations of fluid flow, dynamic of flow, the equation
1. Alexander, R. McNeill. Principles of animal locomotion. of fluid motion (Newton, Euler, Navierstokes), Basic Equation
Princeton University Press, 2003. of Fluid Dynamics (Continiuty, Energy and momentum),
2. Karp, G. Cell and Molecular Biology, 5th ed., John Wiley dimentional analysist and hydraulic similarity, ideal fluid
and Sons, Inc. flow, viscous flow, viscous flow: transition from laminar into
3. Berger, S. et al. Introduction to Bioengineering, Oxford turbulent flow, fully developed turbulent flow, flow around
University Press submerged objects, general characteristic of outside flow,
4. Cunningham, William P., and Mary Ann Cunningham. concept and characteristic of layer in closed flow, measurement
Principles of environmental science: inquiry & applica- and visualization of flow, pressure measurement concept, flow
tions. McGraw-Hill, 2011. and capacity, flow measurement devices ( Pitot tube, Venturi,
5. Cosentino, Carlo, and Declan Bates. Feedback control in orifice, Nozzel, HWA, LDV), Flow visualization method.
systems biology. CRC Press, 2011.
156
Pre-requisite(s): - References:
1. Chapra, Steven C. and Canale, Raymond P. Numerical
References:
Methods for Engineers 6th edition. New York: McGraw-
1. Munson, B.R., Fundamentals of Fluid Mecha-nics 7th Ed,
Hill, 2010.
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2012
2. Kreyszig, Erwin. Advanced Engineering Mathematics
2. Smits, A.J., A, Physical Introduction to Fluid Mechanics,
10th edition. Danvers: John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
3. Sedgewick R., Phillippe F, An Introduction to the Analy-
3. Kumar, SCPL.L., Engineering Fluid Mechanics, Eurasia
sis of Algorithms, Addison Wesley.
Publishing House Ltd., 2010
4. Cheney W., Kincaid D., Numerical Mathematics and
MECHANICAL DESIGN Computing, Cole Publishing
ENME604012
CONTROL SYSTEM
4 credits
ENME605019
4 credits
Give the understanding about the application of engineering Learning Outcome(s):
mechanic science and material strength in machine element.
System Control is a science that discusses methods for
The students have the basic competence to design the machine
controlling the value of system parameters, so that it is in accor-
element.
dance with what is desired. The system parameters referred to
Topic: in this subject are physical quantities, which can be in the form
of position, velocity, rotation, acceleration of pressure, flow
Basic mechanical design review, design of joint : welding, solder,
rate, temperature, and other process variables. This subject
adhesive bonding, rivet, pin, bolt, nut, thread, axel, shaft, hub,
aims to make students understand the basics, analysis, design
roller & lauch bearing, lubrication, wear and friction, spring,
techniques and compensation systems of control systems,
break, fixed and unfixed clutch, chain, belt, basic of gear,
and be able to choose the right control system (controller) for
straight & tilt bearing, Final Assignment : Design process
a mechanical system.
consist of the understanding of purpose, load and calculation
of machine element. Topic:
Pre-requisite(s): Mechanical Modelling and Visualization; Introduction to Full Systems; Laplace transform; Laplace
Strength of Materials Transformation; Solution of Ordinary Linear Differential
Equation (problem of initial value); Mathematical Modeling
References:
I-IV; Full Action: PID Controller, Electronic Controller,
1. Hamrock, Fundamental of Machine Element, 3rd ed, CRC
Pneumatic Controller and Hydraulic Controller; Analysis of
Press, 2013
Transient Responses I and II; Analysis of the Root Place of
the TKA; Control System Design with the help of the TKA
10th ed, McGraw-Hill., 2014
Method; Frequency Response Analysis; Stability Analysis;
3. Sularso, Dasar Perencanaan & Pemilihan Elemen Mesin,
MATLAB Practicum; Control System Design with the help
of Frequency Response; Discrete Time and Z-Transformation
4. Hibbeler RC, Mechanics of Materials, 10th ed., Prentice
Systems; PID Control and Robust Control Introduction; State
Hall, 2016.
Spatial Analysis I-II; Control System Design in the State Room;
5. Riley, F William, Engineering Mechanics: STATICS, John
Liapunov Stability Analysis and Optimal Quadratic Control.
wiley & sons
Pre-requisite(s): Engineering Mathematics, Basic Physics 1,
NUMERICAL METHODS Basic Physics 2
ENME600016
2 credits References:
Learning Outcome(s): 1. Ogata, Katsuhiko., Modern Control Engineering, 5th ed,
Prentice-Hall. 2009.
The objectives of this course is that the student can understand
2. Golnaraghi, F and Kuo, B. C., Automatic Control System,
and able to apply the process and method (algorithm) of engi-
9th Ed, Wiley, 2010.
neering numerical method in computer-based computation
3. Francis H, Raven., Automatic Control Engineering, 5th
and to understand the parameters that influence the speed and
ed. McGraw-Hill,1995.
accuracy of calculation.
4. Cheng, David SCPL., Analysis of Linear System,
Topic: Addison–Wesley P. C., Inc.
Introduction to numerical method and programming: simple KINEMATICS AND DYNAMICS
mathematical modeling, programming and software, struc- ENME600009
tural programming, modular programming, iterative method; 4 credits
Function: function and function value, Taylor and Maclaurin Learning Outcome(s):
series, approximation and error; Root of equation: graphical
Students have the ability to understand the key concept of
method, Bisection method, False-Position method, Newton
kinematics and dynamics of mechanical system and capable
– Raphson method, Secant method, Bairstow method; Linear
to analyze the movement, velocity, acceleration force and
algebra equation system: Gauss elimination, Gauss-Jordan
equilibrium.
elimination, Decomposition and transformed matrices; Curve
– Fitting: Least – Square regression, Interpolation; Numerical Topic:
Integral: Trapezoid method, Simpson method, Double Integral;
Vector velocity analysis, free body diagram, linier motion,
Differential equation: Finite Divided Difference, Euler method,
velocity polygon, 2D motion, rectangular coordinates, N-T and
Runge – Kutta method; Ordinary Diffrential Equation System
pole, relative motioan and velocity of 2 coincide/relate point,
Pre-requisite(s): - Coriolis acceleration and stiff body kinematics, Inertia Force,
Statics, particle system, works, energy, impuls, linear-angular
157
momentum, stiff body motion, works and energy, relative understading from the students about several heat and mass
motion, rotating mass balancing and back & forth motion, cam transfer mechanism between two systems if the temperature
dynamics and Gyroscope. gradient ocure and the students able to calculate the heat
transfer rate. The students capable to solve numbers of heat
Pre-requisite(s): Engineering Statics
transfer problems using non-dimensional parameter.
References:
Topic:
1. Meriam & Kraige, Engineering Mechanics. 7th ed, Wiley
New York. 2012. Fundamental of heat transfer, conduction heat transfer
2. Holowenko, Dynamics of Machinery, John Wiley, 1995. (1 dimentional and 2 dimentional), numerical analysis in
3. Beer & Johnston, Mechanics for Engineer, Dynamics, 11th conduction heat transfer/unsteady state, forced convection
ed. Dynamics, Mc Graw-Hill, 2015. heat transver, free convection heat transfer, boiling and
condensation, heat exchanger, radiation, fundamental of mass
LABORATORY EXPERIMENT OF PRODUCTION
transfer, steady state molecul diffusion, unsteady state molecul
PROCESS
diffusion, convection mass transfer, convection mass transfer
ENME600007
correlation, mass transfer apparatus.
1 CREDITS
Learning Outcome(s): Pre-requisite(s): Basic Thermodynamics
This subject is a complement to the Manufacturing Process and References:
Material Selection, with a focus on practical aspects. With this 1. Frank P Incropere, David P De Witt, Fundamental heat
subject, students are expected to gain practical skills regarding and mass transfer, 7th Ed., Wiley, 2011, New York
the product manufacturing process, from the technological 2. Holman JP, Heat Transfer, 10th ed, Mc Graw-Hill, 2009.
aspects to the material. 3. Koestoer, RA, Perpindahan Kalor untuk Mahasiswa
Teknik, Salemba Teknika, 2003.
Topic:
4. Welty R James, Wicks Charless, Wilson Robert, Funda-
Practicum by using manual machining tools for bench work mentals of Momentum, Heat, and Mass Transfer, 6th Ed.
such as lathe, drill, milling, saws, etc .; welding practicum; rapid Wiley, 2014.
prototyping practicum 5. Cengel, Yunus, Heat Transfer a Practical Approach, 2nd
Ed. Mc Graw Hill, 2003, Singapore.
Pre-requisite(s): Material Selection and Manuf. Process
6. Kreith Frank, Bohn Mark, Principles of Heat Transfer, 7th
References: Ed. CL Engineering, 2010.
1. Buku Panduan Praktikum Proses Produksi, Departemen
ENERGY CONVERTION SYSTEM 1
Teknik Mesin FTUI.
ENGE605018
4 credits
LABORATORY EXPERIMENT OF MEASUREMENT Learning Outcome(s):
AND METROLOGY
ENME600008 Energy Convertion System 1 is applied science and engineering
1 credits of basic fluid science which studies the utilization of charac-
Learning Outcome(s): teristic, behavior and properties of fluid and its flow behavior
in various fluid machines i.e. rotodynamics, reciprocating,
This subject is a complement to Measurement and Metrology,
hydraulic and pneumatic system. The course is intended
with a focus on aspects of practicum. With this subject, students
to equip student to understand characteristic of turbo fluid
are expected to get practical knowledge about metrology,
machines, hydraulic and pneumatic system and to be able to
various types of sensors and transducers and how to use them
calculate and design a fluid system.
in a measurement system.
Topic:
Topic:
Basic Thermo fluid in a Fluid System; Energy Transfer from
Practicum using metrology measurement tools; practicum use
Fluid to Rotor; Lagrangian and Eularian Approach; Energy
of various types of sensors such as temperature and pressure.
Transfer Components; Impulse and Reaction; Turbo machinery
Pre-requisite(s): Measurement and Metrology Analysis with Flow; Operational Aspects of Rotodynamic
Machinery; Hydraulic Similarities on Fluid Machinery;
References:
Reciprocating Machinery: Classification, Main Component
1. Busch, Ted, Fundamentals of Dimensional Metrology, 4th
and Operating; Discharge and Coefficient Discharge; Work
Ed, Delmar Publishers
and Power; Basic Hydraulic Machines; Hydraulic Machines;
2. Fargo F.T., Curtis, M.A., Handbook of Dimensional
Hydraulic Accumulator; Hydraulic Intensifier, Hydraulic Press;
Measurement, 3rd Ed, Industrial Press.
Hydraulic Crane; Hydraulic lift; Pneumatic System: Basic Laws,
3. Slocum, A., Precision Machine Design, SME Press, 1992.
Pressure Drop Losses, Basic Control Valve of Pneumatic Circuit.
4. Raldi Artono Koestoer, Pengukuran Teknik, Departemen
Teknik Mesin FTUI. Pre-requisite(s): Basic Thermodynamics, Basic Fluid
Mechanics
HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
ENME605017 References:
4 CREDITS 1. Harinaldi, Sistem Fluida
2. Dixon, S.L, Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics of
This course studies about the heat and mass transfer mecha- Turbomachinery, 7th Edition, Butterworth-Heinemann,
nism within a volume control system due to the temperature 2013
gradient, this course strictly related to the basic thermody-
3. Esposito, A., Fluid Power with Application, 7th Edition,
namics course. The purpose of this course is to develop the
Prentice Hall, 2008
158
4. Mobley, R.K, Fluid Power Dynamics, Newnes Butter- The objective of this course is to give the understanding of
worth-Heinemann, 2000 basic concept and practical application on electrical power
engineering. Student also studies the general understanding
5. Giles, R.V, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics, 4th Edition
of electrical power engineering terms and can work in team
Schaum’s Outline Series, Mc-Graw-Hill, 2013
effectively.
MECHATRONICS
Topic:
ENME606022
4 credits Linear approach and signal analysis; History of development
Learning Outcome(s): and basic physics of electrical power generationt Electrome-
chanical energy conversion; Single phase and Triple phase
This course provides the ability to design electrical-mechanical
Transformator; Three phase generation..
that properly meet the needs of a process specification and a
design that given in a laboratory scale with the mechanical, Pre-requisite(s): -
electrical theory and automation control.
References:
Topic: 1. J. David Irwin and David V. Kerns, Jr., Introduction to
Electrical Engineering, Prentice Hall, 1995.
Mechatronics concept and theory, electronics analog system,
2. R.D. Shultz and R.A. Smith, Introduction to Electric Power
electronis analog components, electronics digital system,
Engineering, John Wiley &Sons, New York, 1988.
analog and digital interface, sensors and actuators (electric
3. Zuhal, Dasar Tenaga Listrik dan Elektronika Daya
motor, pneumatic, hydraulic), principles of microprocessor and
microcontroller, microcontroller based control system theory, LABORATORY EXPERIMENT FOR ELECTRICAL
C/C++ programming for electrical-mechanical for control, POWER ENGINEERING
programmable logic controller (PLC), Laboratory activity. ENME600010
1 credits
Pre-requisite(s): Basic Physics 1, Basic Physics 2
References:
The laboratory is intended to introduce electric power basic
1. Smaili A. dan Mrad F., Applied Mechatronics, Oxford
concept to electrical engineering students : motor and generator
University Press, 2007
includes DC or AC transformator
2. Sabri Cetinkunt, Mechatronics, Wiley, 2006
3. Histand, M.B., & Alciatore, D.G., Introduction to Mecha- Topic:
tronics and Measurement System 4th ed, McGraw-Hill,
Watt meter, volt meter, amp meter and transformer. Motor &
2011.
generators DC. Reading of 3 phase circuit power either with
4. Fraser, C. dan Milne, J, Electromechanical Engineering,
balanced or unbalanced load. One and three phase circuit
An Introduction, IEEE Press, McGraw-Hill, New York,
testing for Y & Δ. Power Transformer, solving by using open
1994.
loop and closed loop circuit test. Autotransformer.
5. Gandjar K, Hand-out Mekatronika, DTMUI, 2007
Pre-requisite(s): Electrical Power Engineering
MECHANICAL VIBRATION
2 credits 1. J. David Irwin and David V. Kerns, Jr., Introduction to
Learning Outcome(s): Electrical Engineering, Prentice Hall, 1995.
2. R.D. Shultz and R.A. Smith, Introduction to Electric Power
The students have an understanding of the key points and
Engineering, John Wiley &Sons, New York, 1988.
concepts of the mechanical vibrations of mechanical systems
3. Zuhal, Dasar Tenaga Listrik dan Elektronika Daya
and have the basic competence to analyze the vibration behavior
and what parameters can be controlled in order to vibration DESIGN ASSIGNMENT 1
damping. ENME600001
2 credits
Topic:
Fundamental of mechanical vibration in mechanical system,
Student has the ability to design the system and mechanical
oscillatory motion, free vibration, harmonic vibration, transient
product using previous knowledge and skill. From this course,
vibration, system with 2 degree of freedom and system witih
student can work in team, communicate, report, present and
multi degree freedom, lumped parameters system and continue
defend the final project.
system, Lagrange equation, random and non-linier vibration.
Topic:
Pre-requisite(s):
Engineering Mathematics, Kinematics and Dynamics Fundamental of mechanical design process; team work in
design; process planning, understanding the problem and
References:
development of engineering specification; Concept Generation,
1. Meriam & Kraige. Engineering Mechanics, Dynamics.
Evaluation and Selection; Product Design Phase; Engineering
Wiley New York. 8th ed.2015.
Economics
2. Holowenko. Dynamics of Machinery.John Wiley.1995.
3. William T.Thomson. Theory of Vibration with application, Pre-requisite(s):
5th Ed. Prentice Hall India.1997.
Mechanical Design, Material Selection and Manufacturing
4. Beer & Johnston. Mechanics for Engineer- Dynamics, 11th
Process
ed. Mc-Graw-Hill. 2015.
References:
ELECTRICAL POWER ENGINEERING
1. David G.Ullman. The mechanical design process, 4th ed.
ENME606023
McGraw-Hill. 2009.
2 CREDITS
2. George Dieter. Engineering Design: A Material and
159
Processing Approach, 3rd ed. McGraw-Hill. 2000. work, quality of maintenance system, basic theory of vibration
3. G.Pahl and W.Beitz. Engineering Design: A Systematic and engine condition, basic of engine condition monitoring,
Approach, 3rd ed. Springer. 2007. vibration monitoring device in several mechanical systems and
engine condition analysis.
ENERGY CONVERTION SYSTEM 2
Pre-requisite(s): Mechanical Vibration
ENGE606021
Learning Outcome(s): 1. Niebel, B.W., Engineering Maintenance Management,
Marcel Dekker, Inc. 1994
This course discusses about the energy resources, type and clas-
2. Higgin, L.R., Maintenance Planning and control, Mc
sification of energy, energy conversion, energy consumption,
Graw Hill Book Company, 1998
basic concept of energy conversion, power resources and classi-
3. Mishra, R.C., and SCPL. Pathak, Maintenance Engineer-
fication of energy conversion enginess. The students understand
ing and Management, PHI, 2004
the energy source, type of energy conversion engine, conversion
4. Bruel & Kjaer. Handbook of Vibration & Condition Moni-
and conservasion of energy system, and also capable to perform
toring
a basic calculation of energy conversion engine performance
and critical consideration of energy conversion. DESIGN ASSIGNMENT 2
ENME600002
Topic:
2 credits
Definition of energy and energy resources, type and energy Learning Outcome(s):
classification, law and equation in energy conversion, energy
Student have ability to produce the prototype from the previous
profile (resources, reserves and the world’s and Indonesia’s
design in Design Assignment 1. Student can work in team,
energy needs), basic concept of energy conversion system,
manage the project and present the final project.
power resources and classification of energy conversion engine,
fuel in energy conversion, renewable energy, non-renewable Topic:
energy, classification of combustion engine, calculation for
Product Generation, Evaluation and Performance; Project
internal combustion engine performance, steam power plant,
Management; Product Evaluation or Mechanical System for
fluid machinery, cooling engine classification, thermodynamic
Cost, Manufacutring, Assembling etc; Technopreneurship
cycle of cooling engine, energy conversion method in vehicle,
consideration.
industry and building.
Pre-requisite(s): Design Assignment 1
Pre-requisite(s): Basic Thermodynamics, Basic Fluid Mechan-
ics, Heat and Mass Transfer References:
1. David G.Ullman. The mechanical design process, 4th ed.
References:
McGraw-Hill. 2009.
1. Kreith, F, Goswami, DY, Energy Conversion (Mechanical 2. George Dieter. Engineering Design: A Material and
Engineering), CNC Press, 2007 Processing Approach.2000.
3. G.Pahl and W.Beitz. Engineering Design: A Systematic
2. Kreith, F, Goswami, DY, Energy management and Conser-
Approach. Springer, 3rd ed. Springer. 2007.
vation Handbook, CNC Press, 2007
3. Patrick, D.R., et.al, Energy Conservation Guidebook, 3rd Special Subjects Mechanical
ed. Fairmont Press 2014 Engineering Study Program
4. Dincer, I., Rosen, Thermal Energy Storage: Systems and
Applications 2nd ed, Wiley, 2010 SEMINAR
ENME600004
5. Panduan Praktikum Prestasi Mesin Konversi energi, 1 credits
Departemen Teknik Mesin versi 2003. Depok 2003. Learning Outcome(s):
MAINTENANCE AND CONDITION MONITOR- Student can communicate in verbal or written with final project
ING pjroposal; able to formulate the problems and objectives of the
ENME606020 research, conduct theoretical review to formulate the hypothe-
3 credits sis, design the research method for empirical proof and present
Learning Outcome(s): the preliminary result to the supervisor
This course gives the understanding and the ability to analyze Topic:
a system and design a system for maintenance and its proce-
dure to improve the efficiency and reliability within a system. Problem description, basic concept of research with assumption
To give the understanding and competence to develop and and constraint; making preliminary report, conducting the
implementation of vibration monitoring and engine condition preparation, literature review and research methodology;
so that the mechanical system reach the optimum performance. present final report with structured report, language, graphical
presentation, table etc, reference and clarity.
Topic:
Pre-requisite(s):
Quality, Reliability and Maintainability, maintenance system
strategy, failure analysis, design of maintenance system and Passed 110 CREDITS and GPA > 2.00 without Grade E
scheduling, maintenance system organization, condition ON THE JOB TRAINING
monitoring and condition based maintenance, computer based ENME600003
maintenance system, total productive maintenance (TPM) and 2 CREDITS
its implementation, the effectiveness measurement of total Learning Outcome(s):
productive maintenance, reliability based maintenance system,
planning;measurement and standardization of maintenance The course is intended to provide opportunity for gaining
160
experience in industries and applying mechanical engineering scientific research activities which related to fluid flow.
knowledge. Able to perform management tasks and engineer-
Topic:
ing technique according to field of interest.
Statistics Diagnostic Flow, Calibration in Flow Measurement;
Topic:
Momentum Sensing Meter (orifice plate, venturi, nozzle meters);
Management and Engineering according to the field of interest. Positive Displacement Flow Meter (Nutating Disc, Sliding Vane,
Presentation of internship results and report. Gear meters, etc.); Electromagnetic and Ultrasonic Flow Meters;
Compressible Flow Meter ( Wet Gas and Wind Anemometer);
Pre-requisite(s): Passed 95 SKS and GPA > 2.00
Principles Local Velocity Measurement in Liquid and Gases;
FINAL PROJECT Hot Wire Anemometry; Based Laser Velocimetry (LDV, PIV);
ENME600005 Principles of Flow Visualization, Flow Visualization conven-
5 CREDITS tional; Shadowgraphs and Schliern Technique; Interferometry
Learning Outcome(s): Technique; Light Sheet Based Technique ; Image Processing and
Computer Assitested Method.
Students are able to conduct design and analysis the object of
system that related to the mechanical engineering field Pre-requisite(s): Basic Fluid Mechanics
Topic: References:
1. Yang ,W.J, Handbook of Flow Visualization, Taylor and
Synthesizing various lectures taken by students to design or
Francis. 2001
to solve engineering problems. Preparing a written report of
2. Baker, R.C., Flow Measurement Handbook: Industrial
the synthesis.
Designs, Operating Principles, Performance and Applica-
Pre-requisite(s): Passed 120 Credits and GPA >= 2.00 tions, Cambridge University Press, 2005
CFD APPLICATION
Elective Subjects Mechanical
Engineering Study Program ENME803107
4 CREDITS
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE Learning Outcome(s):
ENME803105 Understanding the basic principles of CFD and having the basic
4 credits knowledge in applying CFD (Computational Fluid Dynamic)
Topic:
Student is expected to have competency and expertise in the
field of his interest of internal combustion engine working Prediction-rule Principles, Numerical Solutions: Advantages
principle and theory and is able to design and do construction and Disadvantages; Mathematical Description of Physical
calculation. Phenomena; Basic Nature of Coordinates; Discretization
Method; Volume-set Application on Heat Conduction Problem;
Topic: Convection and Diffusion; Two-Dimension Discretization
Actual Cycle of Internal Combustion Engine; Fuel System; Equations; Three-Dimension Discretization Method; Special
Ignition and Combustion in Spark Ignition Engine and Procedure Needs; Some of Constraints Associated with the
Compressed Ignition Engine; Some Basic Characteristics and Representation of Pressure-gradient Factors, Continuity
Calculations; Basic Engine Design; Determination of Engine’s Equations Representation; Stayered Grid; SIMPLE Algorithm;
Main Components; Kinematics and Dynamics Analysis of the Revision of SIMPLER algorithm; Final Solutions: Basic
Motion; Calculation and Planning of Lubrication and Cooling Properties of Iterative Numerical Procedures; Sourceterm
System. Linearization, Irregular Geometries, Preparation and Testing
a Computer Programs.
Pre-requisite(s): Basic Thermodynamics
Pre-requisite(s): Basic Fluid Mechanics, Engineering Program-
References: ming
1. Guzela L, Onder, C., Introduction to Modelling and
Control of Internal Combustion Engines, 2nd Edition, References:
Springer, 2014 1. Suhas V. Patankar, 1980, Numerical Heat Transfer and
2. Heywood, J., Internal Combustion Engines Fundamental, Fluid Flow, McGraw Hill.
McGraw Hill, 2011 2. C.A.J. Fletcher, 1996, Computational Techniques for Fluid
3. Taylor, C.F., Internal Combustion Engines, in Theory and Dynamics, 2nd edition, Springer Verlag
Practice, M.I.T Press, England, 1985. 3. A.D. Gosman et al., 1985, Computer Aided Engineering
4. Khovakh, M., Motor Vehicle Engines, MIR Publisher, Heat Transfer dan Fluid Flow, John Wiley & Sons.
Moscow, 1971. VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
APPLIED FLOW MEASUREMENT AND VISUAL- SYSTEM
IZATION ENME801113
ENME803106 4 CREDITS
4 credits Learning Outcome(s):
Learning Outcome(s): This subject equips students with an understanding and basic
Applied flow diagnostic study measurement and visualization competency in designing an air system with an increasing need
techniques which have wide application both in industry and for good air quality. Considering lately it is necessary to have
laboratory. The course give basic competency for the student to more knowledge of the air conditioning system such as aspects
be bale to understand various measurement and visualization of air flow velocity problems in the room, noise, odor, all of
methods and to design appropriate flow diagnostic system in which are included in Indoor Air Quality (IAQ). This subject
process installation in industry or experimental set up in a will also be given an understanding of the types of ozone
161
friendly refrigerants including the technical implementation apply supporting analytical data to develop operations and
of retroophytic air conditioning systems. maintenance changes designed to improve energy efficiency
and reduce operating cost.
Topic:
Topic:
This subject equips students with an understanding and basic
competency in designing an air system with an increasing need Energy Auditing Basics, Energy Accounting and Analysis,
for good air quality. Considering lately it is necessary to have Understanding the Utility Bill, Energy Economics, Survey
more knowledge of the air conditioning system such as aspects Instrumentation, The Building Envelope Audit, The Electrical
of air flow velocity problems in the room, noise, odor, all of System Audit, The Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning
which are included in Indoor Air Quality (IAQ). This subject Audit, Upgrading HVAC Systems for Energy Efficiency Verifi-
will also be given an understanding of the types of ozone cation of System Performance, Maintenance and Energy Audits,
friendly refrigerants including the technical implementation Self-Evaluation Checklists, World-class Energy Assessmeents,
of retroophytic air conditioning systems. and Water Conservation.
Pre-requisite(s): Basic Thermodynamics, Basic Fluid Mechanics Pre-requisite(s): Basic Thermodynamics, Basic Fluid Mechanics
References: References:
1. Ronald Howell, Harry J.Sauer, Jr and William J.Coad : 1. Albert Thumann, William J. Younger, Terry Niehus,
Principles of HVAC, ASHRAE 1998. Handbook of Energy Audits, Eighth Edition, The Fair-
2. Carrier : Handbook of HVAC mont Press, 2010.
3. ASHRAE Standard 2. Moncef Krarti, Energy Audit of Building Systems: An
4. Overseas Vocational Training Association Employment Engineering Approach, Second Edition, CRC Press, Taylor
Promotion Corporation : Fundamentals of refrigeration & Francis Group, 2010.
and Air Conditioning.
FIRE DYNAMICS AND MODELLING
CLEAN ROOM ENME803134
4 CREDITS Learning Outcome(s):
Sudents understand the various stages of fires and provide basic
Provide an understanding of the basic knowledge of clean knowledge methods and techniques applied in the analysis
room systems and its application in buildings, hospital and of fire development, and develop students’ ability to critically
pharmaceutical industries. Understanding of the concept of air analyze the methods of practical application. This course also
cleanliness, ventilation and fresh air exchange, application of aims to improve the ability to understand and analyze the
laminar flow, the air pressure in the chamber and measuring fires model.
systems, validation and its control.
Topic:
Topic:
Introduction to the process of combustion, premixed flame and
Indoor environment: human psychological and physiological diffusion flame, ignition and spread of fire, classification of fires
aspects, BEAM IAQ assessment; Air quality: air cleanliness, and the influence of the geometry of the room. Calorimetry fire:
ambient air quality, rationale for standards; Indoor air heat release rate, mass loss rate and the relationship between
pollutants: gaseous pollutants, airborne particulate, VOCs, time and heat release rate, the growth of fire in the room, as
radon, biological contaminants; Indoor air movement: air well as testing methods. The dynamics of the flame: fire plume
flow in confined and unconfined spaces, filtration systems; and flame (flame), a high flame, the flame height correlation.
Instrumentation and measurement techniques; Control
measures: improved IAQ by HVAC system design, removal
of contaminants. References:
1. Dougal Dysdale, An Introduction to Fire Dynamics, 3rd
Pre-requisite(s): Basic Thermodynamics, Basic Fluid Mechanics
Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2011.
References: 2. James G. Quintiere, Fundamentals of Fire Phenomena,
1. ASHRAE : HVAC Design Manual for Hospitals and Clin- John Wiley & Sons, Ltd ISBN: 0-470-09113-4, 2006
ics Second Edition, 2013 3. Bjorn Karlsson, and James G. Quintiere, “Enclosure Fire
2. W. Whyte, Clean Room Technology Fundamentals of Dynamics”. CRC Press LLC, 2000.
Design, Testing and Operation, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., 4. SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering 5th
2001 edition, Springer, 2016
3. John D. Spengler, J.M.Samet, J.F McCarthy, Indoor Air 5. Thierry POINSOT, Denis VEYNANTE, Theoretical and
Quality Handbook, McGrawHIll, 2001. Numerical Combustion.
6. Jurnal dan standar terkait.
ENERGY AUDIT
ENME803124 – COMPOSITE PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
4 credits ENME803145
Learning Outcome(s): 4 credits
This course focuses on the theory, techniques and practices of
analyzing energy aspects of building operations and correlating Provide expertise and competence to students in the field of
a building envelope’s interaction with the mechanical systems. designing and manufacturing of parts / mechanical construc-
Students will perform a detailed energy audit of a state-of-the- tion using composite materials. This course provides an under-
art commercial building design using energy modeling simula- standing of composite materials, including the characteristics,
tion software and develop energy conservation strategies, such testing, manufacturing process, and special applications in the
as thermal storage, that can be applied to heating, cooling, engineering field.
and ventilating equipment to reduce utility bills. Students will
162
Topic: and Inventory; Engineering Quality, Quality Control, Quality

Function Deployment (QFD) , Total Quality Management; Qual-
Composite Type, Material, Properties, Mechanics; Knowledge
ity Management System (8 Quality Management Principles,
and Characteristics of Fiber Composite, Strength, Hardness,
International Standard Quality Management System: ISO 9001,
and the composite thermal expansion; Theory of Combination
ISO 9004, ISO TS 16949, the International Management System
Fiber and Matrix; Matrix Composite Characterization; Laminar
Standard: ISO 14001, OHSAS 18001); System And Process
Theory On Axis and Off Axis; Composite Product Design,
Improvement: Cause - Effect Analysis, FMEA (Failure Mode
Composite Fabrication Technique ; Testing Method; Future
and Effect Analysis), Lean Six Sigma.
Applications.
Pre-requisite(s): Mechanical Design
Pre-requisite(s): Engineering Materials, Mechanical Design
References:
References:
1. Hitomi, Katsundo. Manufacturing System Engineering.
1. Brent Strong, Fundamentals Of Composites Manufactur-
Taylor & Francis. 2001
ing: Materials, Methods and Applications - Technology &
2. TQM : A Cross Functional Prespective, Rao, CARR,
Engineering – 2007
Dambolena, Kopp, Martin, Rafii, Schlesinger, John Willey,
2. By Daniel Gay, Suong V . Hoa, Stephen W. TsaiTranslated
1996
by Stephen W Tsai Contributor Suong V. Hoa, Stephen W.
3. TQM, Text, Cases and Readings, Joel E. Ross, St. Lucie
Tsai, Composite materials: Design and application, 2nd :
Press 100 E. Linton Blvd Suite 403 B Delray Beach, FL
CRC Press 2007
33483
3. Soemardi,T.P. Diktat Mekanika komposit, Fabrikasi dan
Testing. FTUI.2003. MICROFABRICATION AND PRECISION MANU-
4. Composites ASM handbook No 21 FACTURING
ENME803161
DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT OF EDUCA-
4 credits
TIONAL PRODUCTS
ENME803147
4 CREDITS of MEMS (micro Electro mechanical system) at this time that
Learning Outcome(s): has wide application of the biomedic system, sensors and
micro-electronic devices (electronic devices). This course
Understand the basics and process of designing and developing
giving understanding of manufacturing techniques and basic
educational products in the industry of teaching aids, educa-
structure mechanics in a product and also the micro-character-
tional products, and game aids.
ization of the process fabrication conducted in the laboratory.
Topic: This course provides a basic competency of the principles in
the design techniques which control the movement of the size
Brainstorming and expressing ideas and opinions, Innovation
or dimensions in a very small if compared with the size of the
and Theme Development, Basics of Toy Product Design, Basic
object that is designed and produced the correct design and the
Engineering and Mechanical Design, Basic Theory for Sketch-
development machine and a precision mechanism
ing, Sketch Drawing Modeling Process, Design Aesthetics,
Manufacturing Theory and Material Selection for Game Topic:
Props, Basic Theory of Making Prototype, Portfolio Design,
Introduction to Engineering Micro Fabrication; Lithography:
Presentation and Idea Pitching.
The design aspect, macredits making, etching technique
Pre-requisite(s): Engineering Materials, Mechanical Design (And Wet Etching Dry Etching); Deposisi Engineering:
Chemistry and Chemicals; Electroplating, Micromolding,
References:
Beam Processing; Microscaling consideration); Transport
1. Karl Urlich, Steven Eppinger, 2015, Product Design Devel-
Processes and Metrology in the micro-scope; Lab Practice and
opment Flow, 6th Edition, McGraw Hill.
Applications, Philosophy Precision Manufacturing; kinematic
2. Donald A. Norman, 2005, Emotional Design, 1st Edition,
concept; Pro and contra Flexures Design; Materials for Precision
Basic Books.
Components; Self Calibration Concept; Manufacturing Process
3. Michael Michalko, 2006, Thinkertoys : A Hanbook of
which is Important in Precision Manufacturing, Precision
Creative Thinking Techniques, 2nd Edition, Ten Speed
Instruments; Basic Concept of Tolerance on Dimensions and
Press.
geometric.
QUALITY AND PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT Pre-requisite(s): Engineering Materials, Mechanical Design,
SYSTEM Engineering Programming
ENME803154
Learning Outcome(s): 1. Madou, M.J. Fundamentals of microfabrication: the
science of miniaturization, CRC Press, 2002.
Provide knowledge, understanding and ability to perform
2. McGeough, J (Ed.), Micromachining of Engineering Mate-
management, analysis and improvement of production systems
rials, Marcel Dekker, 2002, ISBN 0-8247-0644-7
in the manufacturing industry with the principles of efficiency
3. Mainsah, E., Greenwood J.A. and Chetwynd D.G. Metrol-
and effectiveness, and able to understand and implement and
ogy and properties of engineering surfaces, Kluwer
develop policies and procedures are needed to improve and
Academic Publ., 2010
control the various processes.
4. Gardner J.W. and Hingle H.T. (Ed.) From Instrumentation
Topic : to Nanotechnology, Gordon and Breach Science Publish-
ers, 1991, ISBN 2-88124-794-.
Introduction to Manufacturing Systems, Manufacturing
5. Korvink J.G. and Greiner A. Semiconductors for Micro-
Principles, Resources, Production Process and Production
and Nanotechnology – An Introduction for Engineers,
Organization, Production Lay-Out, Design, Scheduling and
WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH, 2002, ISBN 3-527-30257-3.
Production Process Control; Productive Maintenance, Logistics
6. Mark J. Jackson, Microfabrication and nanomanufactur-
163
ing. Taylor and Francis, 2006 OIL AND GAS DRILLING EQUIPMENT
ENME803195
MODERN VEHICLE TECHNOLOGY
4 credits
ENME803167
4 credits
Learning Outcome(s): Provide additional insights regarding the implementation of
basic knowledge of engineering competence that is at the core
of oil and gas drilling techniques. Competencies expected of
Students understand the concept of manufacturing technology
graduates capable of developing the engine with value added
and control systems on the vehicle so as to: • Analyze the condi-
technical knowledge of oil and gas drilling equipment that is
tion of current technological advances to make fundamental
ready to be trained and shaped to be easily and immediately
changes in vehicle design a sustainable future.
adapt to work without the awkwardness of the world’s E / P oil
• Design process to create an automatic control system that
and gas fields in general and in particular oil and gas drilling.
helps in controlling the vehicle.
Thus it has the advantages of graduates and a wider choice in
• Designing vehicles with electronic control systems that can
the real world of work later. Objectives and learning outcomes
improve vehicle performance.
to be achieved:
• Describes the integration of vehicle control systems and
1. Enabled students to know the basic tools and their func-
mechanicalelectrical interaction possibilities for the design
tions and how each is needed in an oil and gas drilling
of future vehicles.
operations.
Topic: 2. Students capable of explaining the technique of oil and
gas drilling operations and its other related aspects such
Knock control, Linear solenoid idle speed control, Sequential
as equipment used, safety issues, safety equipment, emer-
fuel injection, Distributorless ignition, Self-diagnosis for fail-
gency and environmental issues.
safe operation, Crankshaft angular position measurement for
3. Student s have a pret ty good understanding of the
ignition timing, Direct mass air flow sensor, Variable valve
knowledge of drilling equipment and its operation so as
phasing, Hybrid Electric Vehicles and Electric Vehicle.
to participate in an oil and gas drilling operations with
Pre-requisite(s): Engineering Materials, Mechanical Design, confidence and readiness to increase knowledge and
Engineering Programming skills later on after graduation.
References: Topic:
1. Julian Happian-Smith, “ An Introduction to Modern Vehi-
Intro to oil / gas well, oil / gas Exploration, exploitation and
cle Design”, Butterworth- Heinemann Linacre House,
production, drilling rig, the terminology, the problem of drill-
Jordan Hill, Oxford OX2 8DP, ISBN 07506 5044 3.
ing, drilling fluid, drilling oil and gas in the system, hoisting
2. Heinz Hei s ler, “Advance Vehicle Technology”, Society of
system equipments, equipments rotating system, circulating
Automotive Engineers, Inc. ISBN 07680 1071 3.
system equipments, power system equipments, blowout
3. Fuhs, Allen E., “Hybrid vehicles and the future of personal
prevention system equipments, well design, equipments and
transportation”, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group, ISBN-
operations for safety and efficiency, process and equipments
13: 978-1-4200-7534-2, ISBN-10: 1-4200- 7534-9.
for cementing, drilling preparation, drilling operations, drilling
4. Lino Guzzella and Christopher H. Onder, “Introduction
and process problems (drill string vibration and whirling, collar
to Modeling and Control of Internal Combustion Engine
failure, etc.) artificial lift methods and equipments, visit to the
Systems”, Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, ISBN 978-3-
field of oil and gas drilling.
642-10774-0 e-ISBN 978-3-642- 10775-7, DOI 10.1007/978-
3-642-10775-7, Library of Congress Control Number: Pre-requisite(s): Engineering Materials, Mechanical Design
2009940323.
References:
5. Iqbal Husain, “ELECTRIC and HYBRID VEHICLES
Design Fundamentals”, CRC PRESS Boca Raton London 1. Don A. Gorman, Jerry W. Meyer, “Drilling Equipment
New York Washington, D.C., ISBN 0-203-00939-8 Master and Operations”, Action Systems Inc., Dallas, Texas – USA.
e-book ISBN, International Standard Book Number
2. Adam T. Bourgoyne, Martin E. Chenevert, et. al., “Applied
0-8493-1466-6 (Print Edition), Library of Congress Card
Drilling Engineering”, Society of Petroleum Engineers,
Number 2002041120.
Richarson, Texas – USA.
6. Ali Emadi, “Handbook of Automotive Power Electronics
and Motor Drives”, Taylor & Francis Group, CRC Press is 3. Nguyen J.P., “Drilling-Oil and Gas Field Development
an imprint of Taylor & Francis Group, ISBN 0-8247-2361-9. Techniques”, Institut Français du Pétrole Publication, 1996
7. Nicolas Navet and Françoise Simonot- Lion, “Automotive
Embedded Systems Handbook”, CRC Press Taylor & 4. Kermit E. Brown, “The Technology of Artificial Lift
Francis Group, 6000 Broken Sound Parkway NW, Suite Methods”, Volume 2a, Petroleum publishing Co., 1980
300, ISBN-13: 978-0-8493-8026-6, ISBN-10: 0-8493-8026-X 5. Amanat U.C., “Oil Well Testing handbook”, Elsevier, 2004
8. Paul Nieuwenhuis and Peter Wells, “The automotive
industry and the environment A technical, business and 6. Amanat U.C., “Gas Well Testing handbook”, Elsevier, 2004
social future”, Woodhead Publishing ISBN 1 85573 713 2, JET AND ROCKET PROPULSION
CRC Press ISBN 0-8493-2072-0, CRC Press order number: ENME803196
WP2072. 4 CREDITS
9. Simon Tung, Bernard Kinker, and Mathias Woydt,” Auto- Learning Outcome(s):
motive Lubricant Testing and Advanced Additive Devel-
opment”, ASTM 100 Barr Harbor Drive PO Box C700, West Students understand the concept of thrust / propulsion related
Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959,ISBN: 978- 0-8031-4505-4. to the resistance of aircraft or flying vehicles. (thrust required);
10. James Larminie, John Lowry, “Electric Vehicle Technol- understand the concept and workings of a gas turbine and
ogy Explained”, Oxford Brookes University, Oxford, UK, rocket engine; understand the characteristics of propeller
Acenti Designs Ltd.,UK. ISBN 0-470-85163-5. (turboprop), turbofan, and jet (including rocket) propulsion
164
systems on the performance of aircraft or other flying vehicles. Pre-requisite(s): -

Topics: References: -
The concept of the propulsion system which is influenced by the INDUSTRIAL SEMINAR (MK Merdeka)
aerodynamic design of the aircraft (aircraft motion resistance ENME601103
and the 4 main forces of lift, weight, thrust and drag); How gas 2 credits
turbines and rocket engines work; The propulsion character- Learning Outcome(s):
istics of various types of aircraft propulsion systems, namely, Understand the development of the industry and the prob-
propeller (turboprop), jet and turbofan. lems it faces in general.
Pre-requisite(s): - Topic:
Special topics in the industrial field that have not been
References:
covered in other subjects.
1. J. D. Anderson, Aircraft Performance and Design,
McGraw-Hill. Pre-requisite(s): -
2. Anthony Giampaolo, Gas Turbine Handbook: Principles
References: -
and Practices, The Fairmont Press.
3. D. P. Mishra, Fundamentals of Rocket Propulsion, CRC INTERNSHIP A
Press. ENME601108
4. Rolls Royce, The Jet Engine, Rolls Royce PLC. 3 credits
RISK MANAGEMENT
ENME803174 Students gain insight and experience activities in industry
4 credits and the work experiences related to non-engineering aspects.
Topic:
Fast information flow and the presence of regulatory and super-
Special topics in the non-engineering industrial sector that have
visory concerns, management requires understanding and
not been covered in other subjects.
measuring risk. Risk management sets standards for combining
different information, collecting data, calculating risk measures Pre-requisite(s): Have undergone a minimum of 4 semesters
and creating timely reporting tools for management. This of lectures, or have obtained a minimum of 72 credits with a
course directs students to understand how complex ricredits GPA> 2.0. Activities carried out by monitoring and evaluation
on a large scale can be measured and managed. by the Internship Coordinator.
Topic: References: -
Introduction to risk management, Value at Risk - VaR Risk SPECIAL TOPIC 1
measures for various asset classes, Monte Carlo Simulation, ENME601104
VaR Validation and Extremes, Regulatory Environment 25 years 4 credits
of risk related regulations, Multifactor models Discussion of Learning Outcome(s):
multifactor analysis, Review of industry leading risk manage-
Students gain insight and experience of activities in national /
ment systems , Operational Risk and its Basel II requirements.
international competitions, or community, or entrepreneurship,
Pre-requisite(s): - or industry and the work experiences.
References: Topic:
1. Jorion, Philippe, Value at Risk: The New Benchmark for
Special topics in fields that have not been covered in other
Managing Financial Risk, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill, 2007
subjects.
2. Roger Lowenstein, When Genius Failed, Random House,
2000 Pre-requisite(s): Have undergone at least 2 semesters of
lectures, or have obtained a minimum of 36 credits with a GPA>
PROJECT MANAGEMENT (MK Merdeka)
2.0. Activities carried out by monitoring and evaluation by the
ENME601101
Special Topic Subject Coordinator.
2 credits
Learning Outcome(s): References: -
Understand project management in engineering in general.
SPECIAL TOPIC 2
Topic: ENME601105
4 credits
Special topics in project management that have not been
covered in other subjects.
Pre-requisite(s): -
References: - or industry and the work experiences.
ENTREPRENEURSHIP (MK Merdeka) Topic:
ENME601102
2 credits
subjects.
Understanding entrepreneurship in general. Pre-requisite(s): Have undergone at least 2 semesters of
Topic:
Special topics in the field of entrepreneurship that have not Special Topic Subject Coordinator.
been covered in other subjects.
165
References: - of Algorithms, Addison Wesley.

ADVANCED ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 4. Cheney W., Kincaid D., Numerical Mathematics and
ENME802002 Computing, Cole Publishing
2 credits
ADVANCED THERMODYNAMICS
ENME801101
The purpose of this subject is to develop students’ analytical 4 credits
skills. Students understand and are able to use advanced engi- Learning Outcome(s):
neering mathematical concepts in solving applied engineering
Provide further understanding of the science of thermodynam-
problems.
ics and its applications so that students are able to design and
Topic: conduct a basic research mapun able to complete the analysis
involves the calculation of the thermodynamic system correctly
Introduction to Differential Equations; Differential Equation
and systematically in order to find the best solution gentang
Order 1; Differential Equation of Order 2; High Order Differ-
effectiveness of the use of substances and energy, especially in
ential Equations; Vector Analysis; Differential Vector; Grad,
the ‘engineering design’ by motto: ‘Low entropy production’,
Divergence and Curl Operations; Vector Integral; Laplace
‘high thermal efficiency’ and ‘low pollution effect’.
transform; Solving Differential Equations using Laplace
Transform; Fourier transform; Convolution Topic:
Pre-requisite(s): - Basic Thermodynamics and Gas Dynamics, Equilibrium of
Thermodynamics System, Thermodynamics properties of
References:
System, Thermodyamics of ideal gas mixture, review of chemi-
1. Chapra, Steven C. and Canale, Raymond P. Numerical cal thermodynamics, review of chemical kinetics, conservation
Methods for Engineers 6th edition. New York: McGraw- equation for multicomponent reaction system, pre-mixed
Hill, 2010. laminar flames, method of measuring flame velocity (bunsen
burner), flame quenching, flamability limit of premixed lami-
nar flame, gaseous diffusion flame and combustion of single
liquid droplet, combustion in compression ignition engine,
3. Sedgewick R., Phillippe F, An Introduction to the combustion in spark ignition engine, combustion research
Analysis of Algorithms, Addison Wesley. in hydrocarbon oxygen mixture, engine research, combus-
tion-generated emission, experimental method : preseure
measurement and recording; temperature measurement and
Computing, Cole Publishing
recording; combustion photography and flame speed detection;
ENGINEERING COMPUTATION spectrographic method; chemical analysis technique (NDIR,
ENME802004 FID, Gaschromatography).
2 credits
Pre-requisite(s): -
References:
The purpose of this subject is that students know well and
be able to apply the processes and methods (algorithms) of 1. Holmann, J.P., Thermodynamics, Intl. Student Edition,
calculation (numerical and analytic) engineering in the real McGraw Hill, 2005.
computer-based computing world and parameters that affect
2. Kenneth Wark Jr. Thermodynamics, McGraw Hill, 2003.
the speed and accuracy of the calculation results.
3. Francis F. Huang, Engineering Thermodynamics, MaxWell
Topic:
Macmillan Intl. Edition, 2000.
Numerical Method: Equation roots, Numerical Diffential,
4. H.D. Baehr, Termodynamik, Springer Verlag
Numerical Integral; Partial Differential Equation Solution.
Introduction to Computer Applications: Algorithms and 5. K. Stephan, Termodynamik, Grundlagen und technishe
Algorithm Analysis; Computational Complexity; Types of Anwendung-en, Band 1, Band Springer Verlag.
Algorithms; Number Optimization and Representation; Over-
6. Bejan, Adrian, Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics,
flow and Underflow; Error and Formula Error in Numerical;
Wiley – interscience, 2nd Edition, 1997
Root of Eq. Finite Divided Difference Method in calculating
Equation Derivation; Numerical Integration; ODE and ODE ADVANCED FLUID DYNAMICS AND HEAT
systems in Computing Applications; Fast Fourier Transform; TRANSFER
PDE in Computational Applications: Solutions of Elliptic, ENME801102
Parabolic, and Hyperbolic Equations with Numerical Methods; 4 credits
Application of Elliptic, Parabolic, and Hyperbolic PDE equation Learning Outcome(s):
techniques; Monte Carlo in Computing Applications.
Enhance the ability of students in the study of fluid mechanics
Pre-requisite(s): - in more detail so as to conduct research or the application of
science in industrial applications. Studying the mechanism of
References:
heat transfer in a control volume due to the existence of the
1. Chapra, Steven C. and Canale, Raymond P. Numerical temperature difference and concentration as well as the involve-
Methods for Engineers 6th edition. New York: McGraw- ment of one, two or three phases at the tim simultaneously.
Hill, 2010.
Topic:
2. Kreyszig, Erwin. Advanced Engineering Mathematics 10th
Viscous flow of Newtonian fluid, membrane boundary flow,
edition. Danvers: John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
Non-Newtonian Fluid Flow, Two-Multi Phase Flow, Particle
3. Sedgewick R., Phillippe F, An Introduction to the Analysis Displacement Flow, Porous Media and Fluidized Beds, Turbu-
166
lent Flow and Mixing, Jet, Chimney, Energy and Momentum 5. Jens Pohl, Building Science: Concept and Application,
Equatio, one-two-three dimension conduction heat transfer, Wiley-Blackwell, 2011.
heat transfer on extended surface.
6. Samuel Manzello, Encyclopedia of Wildfires and Wild-
Pre-requisite(s): - land-Urban Interface (WUI) Fires, Springer, 2020.
References: 7. Undang-Undang Bangunan Gedung Republik Indone-
sia, Peraturan terkait, dan SNI.
1. Frank P Incropere, David P De Witt, Fundamental heat
and mass transfer, 5th Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1996, MATERIAL AND MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
New York ENME801140
4 credits
2. Holman JP, Heat Transfer, 9th, Mc Graw Hill, 2003.
3. Koestoer, RA, Perpindahan Kalor untuk Mahasiswa
The course provides understanding and basic competence
of theory, application method and product manufacturing
4. Welty R James, Wicks Charless, Wilson Robert, Funda- processes that covers: working principle, process characteristics,
mentals of Momentum, Heat, and Mass Transfer, 3rd Ed. process limitations, work and force due to the process, parame-
John Wiley & Sons, 1996, New York ters that affects to the process and the relation of material with
the process that needed for certain process.
5. Cengel, Yunus, Heat Transfer a Practical Approach, 2nd
Ed. Mc Graw Hill, 2003, Singapore. Topic:
6. Kreith Frank, Bohn Mark, Principles of Heat Transfer, Manufacturing Process and Production Systems; Materials
6th Ed. Brooks/cole, 2001, USA in Manufacturing; Theory and Method of Casting Processes;
Theory and Method of Bulk Deformation Processes; Theory
7. Abbott I R, Theory of Wing Section, Dover Publications.
and Method of Metal Forming Processes; Theory and Method
8. Bird R B, Transport Phenomena, John Wiley & Sons. of Powder Metalurgy Processes; Theory and Method of Mate-
rial Machining/ Cutting Processes; Theory and Method for
FIRE AND BUILDING SCIENCE Enhancing Manufactured Surface Quality; Theory and Method
ENME802133
of Joining Processes; Theory and Method of Prototyping; Engi-
4 credits
neering Material Characteristics; The Relation between Process
Characteristics and Material Characteristics; The Parameter
Students understand the basic and important parameters in Control of Process for Material; Assignment in Manufacturing
the process of fire (fire), the phenomenon of fire dynamics Process and Material Selection for Market Needs.
and fire hazards. Students will also learn the science of fire
Pre-requisite(s): -
both for indoors and outdoors. To strengthen understanding
of fire science in buildings, students will also study building References:
science, which relates to building requirements, which include
1. Michael Ashby dan Kara Jhonson, Materials and
safety, health, comfort, and ease of access for normal operating
Design: Arts and science in material selection in product
conditions and fire emergencies. The basic phenomenon
design,Butterowrth-Heinemann, 2002
of fires in nature that propagates to buildings or vice versa
(wildland-urban interface or WUI fires) will also be studied 2. Michael Ashby, Material selection in Mechanical Design,
in this lecture. Butterworrth Heinneman,2005
Topic: 3. John A. Schey, Introduction to Manufacturing Processes,
McGraw-Hill, 1999
Basic laws of aerothermochemistry such as combustion thermo-
dynamics, fluid mechanics, heat transfer, combustion chemical 4. Degarmo, E. Paul, Materials and Processes in Manufac-
reactions, rate of heat release, calculation of fire dynamics, flame turing, Prentice Hall Int. Inc, 8th edition, 2005
and flame propagation indoors and outdoors. Building sciences
PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT METH-
relating to the fulfillment of safety, health, comfort, and ease of
ODOLOGY
access requirements both under normal operating conditions
ENME801141
and fire emergencies. This lecture course is also equipped with
4 credits
experimental activities in the laboratory to understand ignition
behavior, premixed and non-premixed flame phenomena,
combustion of solids and liquids, plumes formation, smoke Provide an understanding and mastery of the theory and
production, flame and flame propagation, and fire dynamics methodology of design and product development include:
in the room to represent fire conditions building. planning, concept development, system design, detailed design,
testing and screening, production ramp-up, in a series of factors
Pre-requisite(s): -
to consider overall product development.
References:
Topic:
1. Drysdale, D., An Introduction to Fire Dynamics, John
Product Planning: Needs Identification Methods; Product
Wiley & Sons Ltd, 1985.
Selection Method (Feasibility Study); Business Specifications:
2. James G. Quintiere, Fundamentals of Fire Phenomena, Concept Development and Selection; Aspects of Engineering
John Wiley & Sons, Ltd ISBN: 0-470-09113-4, 2006 in Product Development and Manufacturing (Process,
Material, Thermal, Durability) Non- Technical Aspects in
3. SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering 5th
Product Development and Manufacturing; basic Design for
edition, Springer, 2016
Manufacturing and Assembly; Calculation of Economics of
4. Turn, S.R., An Introduction to Combustion 2nd Edition, Product Development.
McGraw-Hill, Inc. 2000.
167
Pre-requisite(s): - Concepts and methods of manufacturing systems.

References: Pre-requisite(s): -
1. Karl T.Ulrich. Product Design and Development, 3rd References:
edition, Mc.Graw Hill 2004.
1. Wagoner R., Chenot J.-L, Fundamentals of Metal Form-
2. Dieter, G.E., Engineering Design, 3rdedition, Mc.Graw ing, John Wiley & Sons, Inc,2003
Hill 2000
2. Degarmo P., Materials and Process in Manufacturing,
MANUFACTURING INFORMATION SYSTEM Prentice Hall, 2004
MANAGEMENT
3. Schey J., Introduction to Manufacturing Process,
ENME801150
McGraw-Hill, 2004
4 credits
Learning Outcome(s): 4. Thomas E Vollman, Manufacturing Planning and
Control, McGraw Hill 1997
Provides understanding of the theory, method and application
of information technology systems, management, and develop- 5. Stanley B. Gershwin, Manufacturing System Engineer-
ment of the concept of knowledge-based information systems ing, Prentice Hall, 1993
(Knowledge Management System) and capable to apply in the
6. John M. Nicholas, Competitive Manufacturing Manage-
manufacturing industry.
ment, 1997
Topic:
VEHICLE ENGINEERING AND HEAVY EQUIP-
Introduction to Information Systems; State of The Art Utiliza- MENT
tion Information System; Theory and System Methodology; ENME801163
Database Management Systems; System Design I: Overview 4 credits
functionality, enabling Technology (Automated Solution Learning Outcome(s):
Assessments Quality, Multi Data Representation, Database
This course provides the latest technology from the four-
Technology and XML); Design System II: (Database Design,
wheeled passenger vehicle, especially with covering all aspects
Information Input, Output Information); Case Study: Documen-
of engineering in a vehicle. Lectures given vehicle engineering
tation automation and Reporting System for Manufacturing;
with the aim that students have basic competence to do the engi-
Introduction Knowledge Base Engineering, Concepts and
neering on the four-wheeled passenger vehicle in particular.
Methodology in the KBE (System Specialists, Neural Network);
KBE application.. Topic:
Pre-requisite(s): - Vehicle Kinematics & Dynamics; mover and transmission
system; Breaking Systems, Wheel and Suspension; Security
References:
System: Active and passive at the time experiencing issues.
1. Raymond McLeod Jr., Strategic information Manage-
Pre-requisite(s): -
ment: Challenges and Strategies in Managing Informa-
tion System; 3rd Edition, Butterworth-Heinnemen, 2003. References:
2. Cortada, James. Total Quality Management, McGraw 1. Bosch Automotive Handbook, Sixth Editions, 2006
Hill Book Co.
2. Gillespie, Thomas D., Fundamentals of Vehicle Dynam-
3. Ake, Kevin et al. Information Technology for Manufac- ics, 2004
turing: Reducing Costs and Expanding Capabilities,
3. Hei s ler, Heinz. Advanced Vehicle Technology, 2004
CRC Press, 2003.
4. Hermann, Hans. SAE Handbook of Automotive Engi-
4. Cecelja, Franco, Manufacturing Information and
neering, 2004
Data System: Analysis Design and Practice, Butter-
worth-Heinnemen, 2001. 5. Miliken, William F., Douglas L. Milliken, Maurice Olley,
Chassis Design: Principles and Analysis, 2004
MANUFACTURING SYSTEM AND PROCESSES
ENME801151 6. Pacejka, Hans B. Tire & Vehicle Dynamics, SAE, 2006
4 credits
Learning Outcome(s): PRIME MOVER AND POWERTRAIN SYSTEM
ENME801164
Students are expected to know and be able to apply the conven- 4 credits
tional manufacturing process technology and non-conventional Learning Outcome(s):
for the manufacture of a product and the parameters which
inflence it is devoted to the metal forming processes, machin- Students have the competency and skill in the principles and
ing, rapid prototyping process. In addition, knowing, and theory of prime mover including internal combustion motor,
understanding the existing production systems in the industry. electric motor, hybrid motor which are connected to the
powertrain system; understand and are able to calculate the
Topic: construction and design.
Materials in Manufacturing: Theory and Method of Casting Topic:
Process (Metal Casting); Theory and Method of Bulk Formation
Processes: Theory and Method of Formation Process Material Combustion motor technology; reciprocating/rotary piston
Sheet (Sheet Metal Forming): Theory and Methods of Powder engine; electric motor technology (AC/DC motor); hybrid motor
Metallurgy Process (Powder Metalurgy); Theory and Methods system; serial/parallel hybrid; transmission system: MT, AT,
for Machining Processes / Cutting Materials: Theory and DCT, CVT; battery technology
Methods of Product Surface Quality Improvement process: Pre-requisite(s): -
168
References: This course also provides the expertise so that students are able
to do drying modeling, to design and analyze the system for
1. Heywood, J., Internal Combustion Engines Fundamen-
various materials (solid and solvent) so that the drying process
tal, McGraw Hill, 1989
can be suitably selected for particular product.
2. Khovakh, M., Motor Vehicle Engines, MIR Publisher,
Topic:
Moscow, 1971.
Heat Transfer Review; Type and Application of Heat Exchang-
3. Bosch Automotive Handbook, SixthEditions, 2006
ers; Practgical Design of Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger (Ther-
4. Gillespie, Thomas D., Fundamentals ofVehicle Dynam- mal and Mechanical); Manufacturing Cost Estimation; Heat
ics, 2004 Exchangers; Operation and Monitoring of Heat Exchangers
(Fouling And Vibration); Maintenance of Heat Exchangers;
5. Heiszler, Heinz. Advanced VehicleTechnology, 2004
Corrossion on Heat Eschangers; Heat Exchanger Design Soft-
6. Hermann, Hans. SAE Handbook ofAutomotive Engi- ware; Presentation and Laboratory Practice of Heat Exchangers.
neering, 2004 Review Transfer Phenomena (Momentum, Heat and Mass);
Drying Principles and Basics; Mathematical Modeling of
COMBUSTION ENGINEERING Drying System; Classification and Selection of Dryer, Post-Har-
ENME804110
vest Drying and Storage of Grain; Rotary Drying; Vacuum
4 CREDITS
Drying; Fluidized Bed and Spouted Bed Drying; Drum Dryer;
Spray Drying, Freeze Drying; Conveyor Drying; Solar Drying;
Combustion Engineering provide basic competency to investi- Enrgy Optimization in Drying System; Drying System Design.
gate, analyze and learn about the process of combustion of fuel,
Pre-requisite(s):
and the nature and behavior of flame. The course provides basic
understanding to apply the laws of basic aerothermochem- Heat and Mass Transfer, Basic Fluid Mechanics
istry in the engineering calculation of practical combustion
References:
engineering. The student is expected to be able to analyze the
combustion behavior of a flame and to develop knowledge in
and mass transfer, 7th Ed.,John Wiley & Sons, 2011, New
the field of combustion engineering.
York
Topic: 2. Holman JP, Heat Transfer, 10th, Mc Graw Hill,2009.
3. Smith Eric, Thermal Design of Heat Exchanger, John
Important Meaning of Combustion Study; Basic Reaction and
Wiley & Sons, 1996, New York
Stoikhiometry of Combustion; Gas Fuel (BBG); Liquid Fuel,
Solid Fuel; Basic Thermochemistry and Fluid Dynamics of
mentals of Momentum, Heat, and Mass Transfer, 6th Ed.
Combustion; Principles of Conservation of Mass and Conti-
John Wiley & Sons, 2014, New York.
nuity; Turbulence Premixed Flame Structure; Detonation;
Combustion Technology; Fixed-Bed Combustion, Suspension,
Ed. Mc Graw Hill, 2003,Singapore.
Fluidized- Bed; Study on Flame and Combustion Technology;
Minimum Temperature Self-ignition (Auto/ Self-Ignition);
Ed. Brooks/cole, 2010, USA
Flammability Limit; Fire spread, Fire Suppression Material,
7. Rohsenow Warren, Hartnett James, Cho Young, Hand-
Combustion and the environment.
books of Heat Transfer, 3rd Ed., Mc Graw Hill, 1998, New
Pre-requisite(s): Basic Thermodynamics, Basic Fluid Mechanic York.
References: AERODYNAMICS ENGINEERING
1. Turn, S.R., An Introduction to Combustion, 3rd Edition, ENME804111
McGraw-Hill, Inc. 2011 4 credits
2. Borman, G.L., and Ragland, K.W., Combustion Engineer- Learning Outcome(s):
ing, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, Inc. 2011.
Aerodynamic Engineering is an advanced course of Fluid
3. Griffi ths, J.F., and Barnard, J.A., Flame and Combustion,
Mechanics which focusing on aeronautics applications.
3rd Edition, Blackie Academic and Professional, 1995.
Through the course students is expected to be able to under-
4. Glassman, I., Combustion, 5th Edition, Academic Press,
stand the fundamental principles and basic equations of aero-
2014.
dynamics and to apply them in the process of airfoil design and
5. Warnatz, J., Maas, U., and Dibble R.W., Combustion, 2nd
to understand performance characteristics of the airfoil. Student
Edition, Springer-Verlag, 1998.
is able to understand the phenomenon of incompressible flow
HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER ENGINEERING through the airfoil and finite wings. Student is expected to
ENME804109 be able to have an understanding of subsonic and supersonic
4 credits compressible flow phenomena through aerofoil and other
Learning Outcome(s): compressible flow phenomena.
The course objective is to provide understanding of the heat Topic:
exchangers used in many industrial processes and power
Introduction on Aerodynamics; Basic and Principle Equations;
plants as the application of heat transfer. This course provides
Incompressible flow; Airfoil Aerodynamics Characteristics;
a basic competency to know main heat exchanger types and to
Finite Wings; Incompressible Flow through Airfoil; Incom-
understand and able to select suitable heat exchanger type for
pressible Flow through Finite Wings; Airfoil in Compressible
current applications. Student is also expected to understand
Flow; Wings and Wings-Body Combination in Compressible
basic factors in designing heat exchangers, to estimate size
Flow; Airfoil Design; Double Surface; Vortex Lift; Secondary
and price and know and choose the type of heat exchanger.
Flow and Viscous Effect; Other Phenomena in Compressible
Provide basic understanding and various parameters on the
Flow; Normal Shock Wave; Oblique Shock Wave; Expansion
drying process so that students can perform calculations and
Wave; Supersonic Wave.
analysis of various drying techniques and their applications.
169
Pre-requisite(s): Practice”, Spon Press, 2003.

3. The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, (ANSI
Basic Thermodynamics, Basic Fluid Mechanics
A.17.1-2000), “American National Standard Safety Code
References: for Elevator, Dumbwaiters, Escalators and Moving
1. A.M. Kuethe and C.Y. Chow, Foundations of Aerodynam- Walks”, ANSI A.17.1-1971
ics, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2009.
ENERGY SYSTEM OPTIMIZATION
2. B.W. McCormick, Aerodynamics, Aeronautics, and Flight
ENME802103
Mechanics, 6th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,Inc., 2010.
4 credits
3. J Anderson, Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, 5th Edition,
McGraw Hill, 2011.
This course provides an understanding of mathematical model-
REFRIGERATION ENGINEERING
ing, simulation and optimization of energy systems through
ENME803108
technical and economical approach. The course is intended
4 credits
to equip student with the ability to understand mathematical
model, simulation and optimization of thermal systems.
Refrigeration engineering course provides basic competency for
Topic:
the student to be able to do the simulation software to design
a cooling system and equipments involved with a very close Workable System Design; Economical Evaluation; Determina-
relationship with the Industrial and engineering users. Hence tion of Mathematical Equations; Thermal Equipment Modeling;
student will have understanding in design and development System Simulation; System Optimization: Objective Function,
of cooling system and ability to evaluate and analyze its Constraints; Lagrange Multipliers: Lagrange multiplier to
performance, especially on clod storage. complete the optimization process; Dynamics, Geometric and
Linear Programming; Mathematical Model of Thermodynam-
Syllabus:
ics Properties; Big System Simulation under Steady Condition;
Principles of Refrigeration and Heat Pump, Terminology and Big Thermal System Simulation; Calculation of Variables in
Units; Mechanical Vapor Compression Refrigeration Engine; Optimum Conditions.
Heat Trasnfer in Refrigeration System; ph Diagram Calculation
in Refrigeration Cycle; Refrigeran, Lubricant, Salt and the Envi-
ronment; Compressors; Condenser and Evaporator; Refrigera- References:
tion Piping System and Equipments; Automatic Control System 1. Stoecker, W.F. Design of Thermal System, 3rd Edition,
and Safety Equipments; Air Properties; Psychrometric and its Mc.Graw Hill Book Co, 2011.
process; Absorption Refrigeration; Alternative refrigeration 2. Boehm,R.F., Design of Analysis of Thermal System, John
Cycles (adsorption, gas compression, and ejector); Display Wiley&Sons,1987.
Case, Prefabricated Cold Storage and Cold Storage, Cold Room 3. Yogesh Jaluria, Design and Optimization of Thermal
Calculations. Systems, 2nd Edition, Mc.Graw Hill Book Co, 2007.
Pre-requisite(s): Basic Thermodynamics FIRE SAFETY ANALYSIS
ENME804138
References:
4 CREDITS
1. ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamental, ASHRAE Atlanta,
1995.
2. Kuehn, Ramsey and Therkeld, Thermal Environmental Students have comprehensive knowledge of technical analysis
Engineering, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 1998. related to the design of fire safety systems. These capabilities
3. Threkeld,JL., Thermal Environmental Engineering, Pren- include the ability to identify and quantify fire ricredits and
tice Hall. hazards, provide design options, develop design evaluation
4. ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamental, ASHRAE Atlanta, concepts, apply fire calculation and modeling methods,
2001 determine boundary conditions and constraints in design and
5. ASHRAE Handbook of Refrigeration, ASHRAE, Atlanta, analysis. relating to being able to evaluate the performance of
2002. a fire protection system and knowing and being able to plan
the maintenance of a fire protection system.
MECHANICAL SYSTEM FOR BUILDING
ENME804118 Topic:
4 credits
Development of performance-based fire protection system
design, smoke management system design concepts, evacuation
This subject equips students with basic understanding and time analysis and life-saving facilities, fire safety in buildings,
competence in designing mechanical systems for buildings that risk management, fire modeling and national and international
include ventilation and air conditioning systems, plumbing, fire regulations in the field of Fire Safety Engineering.
protection, and dirty water treatment.
Topic:
References:
The form of the task of designing the utility system of a 1. Dougal Dysdale, An Introduction to Fire Dynamics 3rd
multi-storey building. Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2011.
References: 3. Rasbach, D.J., et al., Evaluation of Fire Safety, John Wiley
1. Stein, Benjamin, Reynolds, John S., Grondzik, Walter T., and Sons, 2004.
Kwok, Alison G., “Mechanical and Electrical Equipment 4. A.H. Buchanan, Fire Engineering Design Guide, New
for Building”, John Wiley and Sons, 2006. Zealand, 2001.
2. Gina Barney, “Elevator Traffic Handbook, Theory and 5. SNI, ASTM, NFPA, rules and standards
170
DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURE AND ASSEMBLY with computer assisted. The principle of data exchange between
ENME804148 CAD/CAM systems also tool path design using computer for
4 CREDITS prismatic and sculptured model. Lectures CAD / CAM are
Learning Outcome(s): provided with the aim that students have the understanding
and applying technology of CAD / CAM: starting the process
Provide knowledge, understanding and competence in the
from design to production process with the computers assis-
product design process which is considering, including factor
tance.
and oriented on: material, manufacturing capability and
assembling process. Therefore the product is expected to have Topic:
made ease of manufacture and assembly.
Overview of CAD / CAM System; Hardware & Software
Topic: System of CAD / CAM; Interactive Tools and Computer Graph-
ics Concepts, Geometric Modeling: Type & Representation of
Review of the materials selection and processes, product
mathematical model Curve, Surface & Solid ; Data Exchange in
design for manual assembly, design for automated assembly,
CAD / CAM system; Manufacturing Processes: Manufacturing
PCB design for manufacture and assembly, machining process
Process Review Type and Parameter Calculation machining,
design, injection molding, sheet metal forming processes,
Lab. practice of CAD; CNC Technology; Tool Path Generation
die-casting.
Method in the CAM system; Control ‘quality of machinery’ in
Pre-requisite(s): Engineering Materials, Mechanical Design the CAM system; Computer Aided Process Planning-CAPP;
Postprocessing; Lab. practice of CAM.
References:
Pre-requisite(s): Eengineering Programming
Boothroyd, Product Design for Manufacture and Assembly
3rd Ed, CRC Press, 2010 References:
1. Kiswanto G., Handout CAD/CAM, Diktat kuliah, 2004.
NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL 2. Choi B. K., Jerard R. B., Sculptured Surface Machining,
ENME804149 3. Zeid, I., CAD/CAM Theory and Practice, McGraw-Hill,
4 credits 2009.
Learning Outcome(s): 4. Chang, T. -C., Computer Aided Manufacturing, 3rd ed,
This course provides competency to students to complete the Prentice-Hall, 2005.
issue of application of vibration on the mechanical structure 5. Korem, Y., Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems,
of the construction, and plate or vessel (vessel), perform the McGraw-Hill
calculation of vibration reducer system design, system and MANUFACTURING PERFORMANCE ASSES-
engine holder enhancing of production equipment. Finally MENT
students have to make basic vibration measurements; forecasts ENME804156
predicted the damage engine, the vibration analysis of the 4 credits
data signal and the vibration spectrum and carry out machine Learning Outcome(s):
performance diagnosis based on data analysis of vibration data
and other data related Provide knowledge about the basic concepts of performance
assessment of manufacturing industry relating to product
Topic: performance, process, manufacturing system and its relation
Mechanical vibration with Many Degrees Freedom; Vibration to manufacturing excellence. At the end of this course, students
on the Structure Construction; Vibration on plate and body are expected to understand the methodologies and assessment
shell (Vibration Plate and Shell); Vibration Isolation; Designing tools manufacturing performance and are able to identify,
Vibration Absorber; Engineering Vibration Measurement; assess and analyze the performance of the manufacturing
Vibration spectrum analysis; Performance Diagnostic Machine. industry increase.
Pre-requisite(s) : Mechanical Vibration Topic:
References: Introduction, Traditional Performance Methodology & Tool:

1. Jerry H.G., “Mechanical and Structural Vibrations”, John Dupont Financial Performance, Basic Performance Measure-
Wiley, 2004 ment process & tools: Data collection techniques, chart, graph
2. Demeter G.F., “Mechanical and Structural Vibrations”, & diagram, Process Improvement methodologies & tools:
John Wiley, 1995 Process Capability, Measurement System Analysis (MSA), QFD,
3. Kenneth G.M., “Vibration Testing: Theory and practice FMEA, six sigma & lean six sigma, Industry specific/ generic
2nd ed”, Wiley, 2008 standards & best practices, Manufacturing Maturity model
4. Werner Soedel, “Vibrations of Shells and Plates”, 3rd concept & measurements, Case study of Industrial performance
edition – revised and expanded, Marcel Dekker, INC., Measurement (assignment & evaluation)
2004 Pre-requisite(s): Eengineering Materials, Mechanical Design
5. Randall R.B., “Frequency Analysis”, Brüel & Kjær, 1987
6. Jens T.B., “Mechanical Vibration and Shock Measure- References:
ment”, Brüel & Kjær, 1980 1. US Departement of Energy, United Sates of America,
Performance Based Management, 2005 Oak Ridge Asso-
CAD/CAM ciated Universities,. “How to Measure Performance, A
ENME804155 Hand Book of Techniques and Tools”
4 credits 2. “World Class Manufacturing Performace Measures”
Learning Outcome(s): 3. Harold T.Amrine, John A.Ritchey, Prentice Hall Inter-
This lecture will discussed about technology of CAD, CAM, national Edition, “Manufacturing Organization and
Integration of CAD / CAM application in the industry and Management”
the emphasis on: the principles modeling and surface curve 4. Will Kaydos, Productivity Press Portland Oregon, “
geometry (Geometric modeling), design of 2D and 3D models Measuring, Managing and Maximizing Performance”
171
AUTOMATION AND ROBOTICS ENME804197

Provide expertise and competence to students in the field of
Automation and Robotics course discusses technology and
design and development of lifting equipment and construction
application in the automation industry and the design and
equipment
control the robot emphasizes: understanding the types of
automation systems, particularly in the manufacturing Topic:
industry and the mechanism, the design and development of
Introduction and Scope of Construction Equipment; Tractor,
automation system that emphasizes the 3 things: reliability,
Bulldozer, Dump Truck and shovel; Construction Equipment
quality and cost and the understanding robot control system.
Mechanical Concept; Heavy equipment system: Pneumatic
Automation and Robotics Lectures given with the aim that
and Hydraulic; Basic Machine-lifting machinery and materials
students have an understanding in the implementation
transporter; Cranes, hoist and conveyor; forklift: Moving Walks,
of technology Automation and Robotics, especially in the
Escalators, and Elevators
manufacturing industry.
Topic:
References:
Automation System; Classification Type Manufacturing
1. ASME. Handbook of Materials Handling.
Automation machinery; Actuator; Sensor System; PLC Control
2. Mc.Guiness. Mechanical and Electrical Equiment for
System in the Manufacturing Automation machinery; Robot-
Building.
cs: Definitions and Principles of Robot; Spatial Descriptions:
Definitions and Principles, Methods and Applications Spatial AIRCRAFT DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE
descriptions; Forward Kinematics: Definition, Principles and ENME804198
The Forward Kinematics; Jacobians: Speed, explicit shape, defi- 4 credits
nition and principle of inverse Kinematics; Dynamic: The form Learning Outcome(s):
of explicit, Acceleration and inertia; Control system ronbotic:
Explain aircraft flying techniques, Explain the design concepts
PID control, the Joint Space Control, Operational Control and
of an aircraft, Explain the design stages of an aircraft, Determine
Space Force Control; Robot Design Assignment.
aircraft design requirements, Analyze aircraft performance,
Pre-requisite(s): Engineering Programming Analyze the advantages and disadvantages of an aircraft design
References: Topic:
1. Craig J., Introduction to Robotics 3rd ed, Prentice Hall,
The evolution of aircraft design, design requirements of an
2004.
aircraft, aircraft design concepts, aircraft aerodynamics, aircraft
2. Heath L., Fundamentals of Robotics, Theory and Applica-
propulsion systems, aircraft performance in steady flight
tions, Prentice Hall, 1985.
conditions, aircraft performance in accelerated flight conditions,
3. Koren Y., Robotics for Engineer, McGraw Hill, Intl Edition,
aircraft design which includes aspects of aerodynamics and its
1985.
components, the technique of flying an airplane.
4. Lentz K. W. Jr., Design of Automatic Machinery, Van
Nostrand Reinhold, 1985. Pre-requisite(s): Engineering Materials, Mechanical Design
5. Schilling R. J., Mikell P., Fundamentals of Robotics, Anal-
References:
ysis and Control, Prentice Hall, 2000.
6. Kiswanto G., Otomasi dan Robotika, Diktat Kuliah
McGraw-Hill
Departemen Teknik Mesin, 2004.
2. Daniel Raymer, Aircraft Design, American Institute of
RAILWAY VEHICLE ENGINEERING Aeronautics and Astronautics.
ENME804168 3. Mohammad H. Sadraey, Aircraft Design: A Systems Engi-
4 credits neering Approach, Wiley.
Learning Outcome(s): 4. John P. Fielding, Introduction to Aircraft Design,
Provide the knowledge and design of rail vehicle. Cambridge.
5. Egbert Torenbeek, Advanced Aircraft Design: Concep-
Topic:
tual Design, Analysis and Optimization of Subsonic Civil
Engineering and economic analysis of rail vehicles; body Airplanes, Wiley.
structures and rail vehicles; structural analysis of flat car;
ADVANCED WELDING ENGINEERING
coupler analysis; electrical and pressurized water; analysis and
ENME804190
modeling of the bogie; axle; wheel; brake and pivot; suspension
4 credits
system and driving quality; dynamic load analysis; fatigue
and cracks in rail vehicles; models of rail vehicles and track
geometry; modeling components of rolling stock; response rail Provide knowledge, understanding of the theories, principles
vehicle on the track tangent; lateral stability of the rail vehicle on and design as well as the assessment of the quality of welding
the track tangent; response rail vehicle on a curved trajectory; and welding applications.
wheel wear; rail vehicle dynamics.
Topic:
Introduction, review of welding term and definition, welding
References: process type, standard power source, Oxy-gas welding, Shield
Metal Arc Welding (SMAW), Gas Tungsten Arc Welding
Simon Iwnicki, handbook of railway vehicle dynamics, CRC
(GTAW), Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW), Submerged Arc
Press, Taylor & Francis Group, 2006.
Welding (SAW), Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW), Resistance
HANDLING AND CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT welding, Friction Stir Welding, Other welding process: laser,
172
electron beam, plasma, Cutting and other edge preparation Handbook, Second Edition, Springer-Verlag, 2016, ISBN
processes, surfacing and spraying, Brazing and soldering, 978-642-54600-6.
Joining processes for plastics, ceramics and composites, 2. Mitsuru Osaki, Nobuyuki Tsuji, Tropical Peatland System,
Welding metal: Ferrous-based metal, non-ferrous-based metal, Springer – Japan, 2016.
Material behavior during welding process, Testing materials 3. National Wildfire Coordinating Group, Guide to Wild-
and the weld joint, Non Destructive Examination (NDE), land Fire Origin and Cause Determination, PMS 412,
DT (Destructive Test), Heat treatment of base materials and NFES 1874, 2016.
welded joints, Basic of welding design, Residual stresses and 4. SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering 5th
distortion, Welding Symbol, Behavior of welded structures edition, Springer, 2016
under different types of loading, Design of welded structures 5. Jurnal Ilmiah terkait.
under static and dynamic loading, welding defects, Design of
THERMAL POWER GENERATION
welded pressure equipment, Welding Performance Qualifica-
ENME803104
tion Record (WPQR), Welding Procedure Specification (WPS),
4 credits
Welding automation.
The course objective is to provide an understanding of the basic
References: principles of power generation, and basic competency in the
1. Sindo Kou, Welding Metallurgy, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2002. design and development of power generation systems.
2. ASME Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications
Topic:
3. AWS D1.1., Structural Welding (Steel)
4. Technical Manual TM 5-805-7. Welding Design, Proce- Industrial Power Plant and Steam System: Boiler, Steam Turbine,
dures and Inspection Headquarters, Department of the Gas Turbine; Cogeneration Engineering, Instrumentation and
Army.1985 Main Tools; Performance and Reliability Factors; Economical
5. Lloyds Register. Welding Procedures, Inspections and Aspects, Environmental Aspects: Settings and Prevention.
Qualifications.
FOREST AND LAND FIRES
References:
ENME804136
1. Tyler G. Hicks, Power Plant Evaluation and Design Refer-
4 credits
ence Guide, McGraw Hill, 1986.
2. Sill and Zoner, Steam Turbine Generator Process Control
Students have comprehensive knowledge about the under- and Diagnostics, Wiley Higher Ed., 1996.
standing of forest fires, land fires, the basic concepts of forest 3. Saranavamuttoo et.al, Gas Turbine Theory, 6th Edition,
and land fires, factors related to the occurrence of forest and Prentice Hall, 2008.
land fires and their prevention and mitigation efforts. In the 4. Black and Veath-Power plant engineering , Philips
learning process students will learn various types of vegetation Keameh–Power generation handbook
in tropical forests and peat; identify environmental factors 5. Steam Generators by Babcock Willcock
such as the availability of fuel capable, weather, topography, 6. Borman, G.L., and Ragland, K.W., Combustion Engineer-
and human activity factors that influence ignition, smoldering, ing, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, Inc. 2011.
flammability, rate of heat release, rate of fire spread, rate of
smoke production, and rate of potential fire hazard rating.
MECHANICAL FAILURE
ENME803143
Students will also learn various methods of early fire detection,
4 credits
calculation of heat release and emissions from forest and land
fires, as well as efforts to prevent and handle forest and land
fires. This course provides an understanding and competence about
principles and modes of mechanical failure may occur and
Topic:
should be avoided so that should be considered in the design
Tropical forests and peat in Indonesia, general understanding, of mechanical, including buckling, Corrosion, fatigue, creep,
types of forests in Indonesia, climatological conditions, and melting, fracture, thermal, and wear.
social environment. Statistics of forest fires in Indonesia and
Topic:
the world. Basic concepts and factors related to forest and
land fires. Tropical peat in Indonesia, understanding, types, Theory and Buckling Mode (Torsional-lateral, Plastic, Dynamic),
characteristics and hydrological environment. Weather factors, Theory and Corrosion mode (Metal, Non-Metal, Glass); Corro-
topography, vegetation types, topography and human activity sion Prevention; Theory and Fatigue Failure Mode; Theory and
factors in the process of forest and land fires. Characterization creep mode; Theory and Melting Mode; Theory and Type of
of potential, assessment of ricredits and dangers of forest and Fracture mode, Theory and the thermal failure mode; Theory
land fires: (ignition), flammability, rate of heat release, rate of and Wear mode; Failure Analysis and Prevention to: Buckling,
fire spread, rate of production of hazardous fumes and gases, Corrosion, Fatigue, creep, Melting, Fracture, Thermal, and Wear
and fire hazard rating. Early detection techniques for fires by
remote sensing (satellite imagery) in the form of hot spots, trace
particulates, hazardous gas emissions, and haze. Forest and References:
land fire prevention and prevention strategies. Laboratory scale 1. Jack A Collins, Materials Failure in Mechanical Design,
practicum uses an integrated peat fire analyzer available at the Wiley - Interscience, 1993
Thermodynamics Laboratory to study peat fires propagation 2. S. Suresh, Fatigue of Materials, Cambridge University
rates and the resulting emissions and extinguishing methods. Press, 1998
3. M Jansenn, J. Zuidema, Fracture Mechanics, VSSD, 2006
4. Arthur J. McEvily, Metal Failures : Mechanisms, Analysis
References: and Prevention, 2013
1. Laslo Pancel and Michael Kohl, Tropical Forestry
173
MACHINE VISION SYSTEM References: -

ENME803153
4 credits SPECIAL TOPIC 4
Learning Outcome(s): ENME601107
4 credits
Methods and applications monitoring the production process Learning Outcome(s):
by using visual-based camera technology, image processing, for Students gain insight and experience of activities in national
the purpose of introducing the feature: product identification, / international competitions, or community, or entrepreneur-
selection and product screening, and quality control. With the ship, or industry and the work experiences.
completion of this course, students have the ability to apply
and develop the visual method of monitoring the production Topic:
process in the industry for the purpose. Special topics in fields that have not been covered in other
subjects.
Topic:
Pre-requisite(s): Have undergone at least 2 semesters of
Basic Machine Vision Method: Binary Image, Binary Morphol- lectures, or have obtained a minimum of 36 credits with a GPA>
ogy and Gray-Scale, Texture analysis; Identification Method 2.0. Activities carried out by monitoring and evaluation by the
feature; image Processing Method Smart / Intelligent, Image Special Topic Subject Coordinator.
Processing System (Prolog); Control Equipment / Instruments
Interface (Instruments, Signal, Protocol, PLC) ; Method Intro- References: -
duction Color image; Machine Vision Applications. EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN
Pre-requisite(s): Engineering Programming ENME802003
4 credits
References: Learning Outcome(s):
1. J.R. Parker, Algorithms for Image Processing and
Computer Vision 2nd ed, Wiley, 2010 This course provides knowledge about the methods of
2. Butchelor B. G., Whelan P. F.,Intelligent Vision System for planning, implementing and reporting research in the field
Industry, Springer, 2012 of engineering so that it is able to apply standard scientific
3. E.R. Davies, Machine Vision : Theory, Algorithm, Practi- principles in the preparation of the final project in particular as
calities, Morgan Kauffman, 2004 well as in a scientific work that results from research in general.
4. Micheul S, Lawrence O’Gorman, Michael J S Practical Through this subject, students are expected to be able to manage
Algorithms for Image Analysis : Description, Examples a study that starts from the planning stage, correctly applies
and Code, , Cambride Univ. Press, 2000 the design and construction procedures of the apparatus, and
5. Rafael Gonzales, et.al, Digital Image Processing using applies instrumentation and measurement systems, executes
Matlab, McGraw Hill, 2010. and analyzes and interprets the data with appropriate statistical
6. A.S. Baskoro, Handout Sistem Machine Vision, Diktat rules. In addition, students are also expected to be able to
kuliah, 2011. write scientific texts with good techniques, be able to make a
bibliography correctly, find the right reference sources.
INTERNSHIP B
ENME601109 Topic:
3 credits Introduction: Introduction to Research Design; Approaches
Learning Outcome(s): to Solving Problems (Problem Solving Approaches); Research
Students gain insight and experience activities in industry Project Planning; Design and Application of Measurement
and the work experiences related to non-engineering aspects. Systems: Measuring System Functional Elements, Measure-
ment System Performance Characteristics, System Accuracy
Topic: (Uncertainty) Analysis; Design and Construction of Research
Special topics in the non-engineering industrial sector that have Apparatus; Experimental Planning; Experiment Execution:
not been covered in other subjects. Apparatus construction, Debugging apparatus, Datasheet and
Logbooks; Data Analysis and Interpretation; Communication
Pre-requisite(s): Have undergone a minimum of 4 semesters Engineering: Principles of Communication of Raw Engineering,
of lectures, or have obtained a minimum of 72 credits with a Reports, Papers, and Research Results Articles. Introduction to
GPA> 2.0. Activities carried out by monitoring and evaluation Academic Writing; Rhetoric Analysis on Scientific Manuscripts,
by the Internship Coordinator. Critical Behavior and Arguments on Academic Writing, Tech-
References: - niques for Writing Scientific Manuscripts, Writing Scientific
Manuscripts, Peer Review and Revision of Scientific Manu-
SPECIAL TOPIC 3 scripts, Finding Sources of Scientific References, Synthesis of
ENME601106 Scientific Manuscripts, Delivering papers as a result of learning
4 credits this course.
Students gain insight and experience of activities in national Pre-requisite(s): -
/ international competitions, or community, or entrepreneur- References:
ship, or industry and the work experiences.
1. Montgomery, D.C., Design and Analysis of Experiments,
Topic: (5th ed.), John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 2001
subjects. 2. Coleman, H.W., Steele, G.W.Jr., Experimentation and
Uncertainty Analysis for Engineers, (2nd ed.), John
Pre-requisite(s): Have undergone at least 2 semesters of Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1999
2.0. Activities carried out by monitoring and evaluation by the 3. Doebelin, E.O., Engineering Experimentation: Planning,
Special Topic Subject Coordinator. Execution, Reporting, McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, 1995
174
4. Kirkup, Les., Experimental Method: An Introduction to strategies, design of passive fire protection systems, fire
the Analysis and Presentation of Data, John Wiley and modeling for the design of passive protection systems. This
Sons Australia, Ltd., Queensland, 1994 course will study various physical and chemical phenomena
that are relevant to various hardware and software of a fire
5. Lipson, C, Sheth, N.J., Statistical Design and Analysis of
protection system such as automatic sprinklers, gas-shaped
Engineering Experiments, Mc-Graw Hill Kogakusha,
agents, foam systems and chemical powders. Fire protection
Ltd., Tokyo, 1973
installation system complies with applicable standards. Fire
6. Ross, V. A Brief Guide to Critical Writing. Philadelphia, resistant material and installation.
PA : Critical Writing Program. 2015.
Pre-requisite(s): -
7. Graff, G., Birkenstein, C. As He Himself Puts It : The Art
References:
of Quoting “They Say / I Say” : The Moves That Matter
in Academic Writing. New York. 2006 1. SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering 5th edition,
Springer, 2016
8. Rheingold, H. Net Smart : How To Thrive Online.
Cambridge, Mass : MIT Press. 2012. 2. Fire Protection Association, Passive Fire Protection
Handbook, 2011
DATA ANALYTICS
ENME802006 3. Tewarson A, Khan MM (1991) The Role of Active and
2 credits Passive Fire Protection Techniques in Fire Control,
4. Suppression and Extinguishment. Fire Safety Science
Know how to identify, collect, and test multivariate data 3:1007–1017. doi:10.3801/IAFSS.FSS.3-1007
before conducting analysis. Can distinguish statistical analysis
5. Jurnal dan standar terkait
techniques available and determine which is most suitable for
a particular purpose. Use appropriate techniques in analyzing MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OF
data and in obtaining statistical summary results to help make BULDING
management decisions. Verifying the results of the analysis ENME802131
with assumptions that will be considered in the analysis. Apply 4 credits
a variety of techniques to real data sequences using computer Learning Outcome(s):
applications (eg MS Excel, Origin, Matlab, Tableau) and present
Building Mechanical System is a subject that provides special-
the results in appropriate reports that are easily understood
ization and understanding expertise in mechanical systems
by non-statists.
systems found in modern buildings that are increasingly
Topic: demanding from the sophistication, efficiency, and use of
energy that is more efficient.
Review statistics and probabilities, Factor and Component
Design experiments, multiple samples and estimates, Analysis Topic:
of variance, models and diagnoses, Stepwise and Discriminant
Building Mechanical Systems in General; Plumbing System:
Regression, Canonical and Conjoining Analysis, and Non-para-
SNI, Calculation, and Dirty Water Treatment; Energy Systems in
metric Statistics.
Buildings; BuildingAutomation System; Fire Fighting Systems:
Pre-requisite(s): - Hydrant and Sprinkler System; Lifts and Escalators: Types of
Lifts, Round Trip Time, Handling Capacities, Waiting Time,
References:
System Installation and Control; Types of Escalator Types,
1. A Modern Introduction to Probability and Statistics: Applications and Installations.
Understanding Why and How by Dekking, Kraaikamp,
Lopuhaa, and Meester.
References:
2. Montgomery, D. C., & Runger, G. C. (2010). Applied
statistics and probability for engineers. John Wiley & Sons. 1. Mechanical System for Building.
3. Härdle, W., A. Werwatz, M. Müller, and S. Sperlich (2004). 2. Handbook of HVAC.
Nonparametric and Semiparametric Models. Springer.
3. ASHRAE Journal
4. Cox, T. F. (2005). An introduction to multivariate data
4. NFPA
analysis. London: Hodder Arnold.
5. Mechanical Installation in Building.
5. Hair, Black, Babin, Anderson, and Tatham. Multivariate
Data Analysis, 6th Edition. Prentice Hall. 6. SNI Plambing
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM 7. SNI Hydrant, Sprinkler dan APAR.
ENME802131
4 credits
DESIGNING AND MANUFACTURING TECHNOL-
OGY INTEGRATION
ENME802142
Students are able to understand the fire protection system that 4 credits
is both passive and active. Learning Outcome(s):
Topic: Provide an understanding of competence and capability in
designing and manufacturing process by utilizing peracangan
Fire compartmentalization, Passive fire protection strategies,
/ includes latest design and manufacturing system CAD /
natural ventilation systems for controlling smoke and heat due
CAM and reverse engineering and prototype development
to fire, fire resistant materials and their installation, integration
to improve efficiency and accelerate the production process,
of automatic fire protection systems for passive fire protection
reduce errors, improve quality and reduce production costs.
175
Topic: motive Engineering Lightweight, Functional, and Novel

Materials”, Taylor & Francis Group, 6000 Broken Sound
System Overview of CAD / CAM; Hardware & Software
Parkway NW, Suite 300, ISBN 978-0-7503-1001-7.
Systems CAD / CAM: Geometric Modelling: Type a mathe-
matical representation of the model curve, surface and solid 3D 3. Giancarlo Genta, Lorenzo Morello, “The Automotive Chas-
modeling methods and manipulation of 3D models; exchange of sis Vol. 1: Components Design”, Springer Science+Business
data within and between sistem-CAD/ CAM; CAD Laboratory Media B.V., ISBN: 978-1-4020-8674-8 e-ISBN: 978-1-4020-
Activity; Technology CNC; Tool Path Generation Method-CAM 8676-2.
systems;
4. David A. Crolla, “Automotive Engineering Powertrain,
Control ‘quality of machining’ (machined surface quality) in Chassis System and Vehicle Body”, Butterworth-Heine-
the system-CAM: Computer-Aided Process Planning CAPP; mann is an imprint of Elsevier, Linacre House, Jordan Hill,
postprocessing; Practice CAM: 3D geometry measurements, Oxford OX2 8DP, UK ISBN: 978-1-85617-577-7.
principles and measurement based Coordinate Measuring
5. Nick Tucker and Kevin Lindsey, “An Introduction to
Machine (CMM), the method of filtration data, the identification
Automotive Composite”, Rapra Technology Limited, ISBN:
of boundary features, modeling and manipulation of point-
1-85957- 279-0.
based 3D models, 3D models for the modularization of the
prototype, prototype and rapidprototyping method, discreti- 6. Jason C. Brown, A. John Robertson, and Stan T. Serpento,
zation model, principles and application of SLS and SLM. “Motor Vehicle Structures: Concepts and Fundamentals”,
Butterworth-Heinemann Linacre House, Jordan Hill,
Pre-requisite(s): -
Oxford OX2 8DP, ISBN 0750651342
References:
7. Liang Yun · Alan Bliault · Johnny Doo, WIG Craft
1. Kunwoo Lee, Principles of CAD / CAM / CAE, Prentice and Ekranoplan, “Ground Effect Craft Technology”,
Hall, 2003 ISBN 978-1-4419-0041-8 e-ISBN 978-1-4419-0042-5, DOI
10.1007/978-1-4419-0042-5, Springer New York Dordrecht
2. Gandjar K, Hand out CAD/ CAM, DTMUI, 2007
Heidelberg London.
3. Connie L. Doston, Fundamentals of Dimensional Metrol-
8. Mat thew Huang, “Vehi c le Crash Mechanics”, CRC Press
ogy, Delmar Learning, 2006
LLC, International Standard Book Number 0-8493-0104-1.
4. Ali K. Kamrani. Emad A Nasr, Rapid Prototyping: Theory
9. Ahmed A. Shabana, Khaled E. Zaazaa and Hiroyuki
and Practice, Birkhauser, 2006
Sugiyama, “Railroad Vehicle Dynamics a Computational
5. Patri K. Venivinod, Weyin Ma, Rapid Prototyping: Laser Approach”, CRC Press is an imprint of the Taylor & Francis
Based and Other Technologies, 2003. Group, ISBN 978-1-4200-4581-9.
VEHICLE FRAME AND BODY ENGINEERING VEHICLE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENME802165 ENME803166
4 credits 4 credits
Learning Outcome(s): Learning Outcome(s):
Provides the understanding of several concepts related to Students understand the basic features of the vehicle control
design and analysis of vehicle frame such as: A brief under- system that has the ability to: Describes a simple method for
standing in the history of vehicle design development; Under- the analysis of vehicle suspension systems and components;
standing the different possible scenarios for vehicle design and Describes the vehicle suspension system design requirements
interactivity of the process in the design and manufacture of and how to achieve it; Analyze the various factors and issues
vehicles, as well as various types of vehicle structure and its that affect the design of suspension of driving; Understand the
use.; Understand how the load can be analyzed simply and with mechanics of the vehicle wheel; Describes recent developments
the use of computers as well as a simple structural analysis in control of the braking system and braking system design and
that highlights the processes involved in vehicle structures.; material needs an efficient; Analyze the influence of the steering
Understanding the basic concepts related to the aerodynamic system characteristics to the vehicle motion
vehicle body and the basic calculations required in the form of
Topic:
an aerodynamic vehicle design
Introduction of the role of vehicle suspension systems, factors
Topic:
that affect the design, definitions and terminology in vehicle
Introduction to Innovation and breakthrough discoveries suspension systems, suspension mobility mechanisms,
in the fild of automotive and industrial development of the different types of suspension, kinematics analysis, the analysis
automotive world today. Understanding the concept of loading center of rotation (roll center analysis), geometric style as well
on the vehicle structure, various types of chassis, structural as lateral, suspension components. The basis of the braking
analysis with a simple method of surface structure (Simple system. Regulation, function and terms of use brake system,
Structural Surface method) and method of computing the brake system components and confiurations as well as the
skeletal structure, aerodynamic force, reducing the lift force kinematics of the braking system. Consideration of adhesion
(drag force reduction), stability and concept of calculation of force proportional to the brake system and braking effiiency.
the vehicle body dynamics computation Deformation, lateral force and slip angle on the tire when the
vehicle is running. Penikungan characteristics (cornering
Pre-requisite(s): -
characteristics) according to Fiala theoretical approach to the
References: mathematical model and the effect is due to air pressure in tires.
1. Heinz Hei s ler, “Advance Vehicle Technology”, Society of Pre-requisite(s): -
Automotive Engineers, Inc. ISBN 0 7680 10713.
References:
2. Brian Cantor, Patrick Grant and Colin Johnston, “Auto-
1. Heinz Heisler, “Advance Vehicle Technology”, Society of
176
Automotive Engineers Inc. ISBN 0 7680 1071 3 future, Second Edition”, Oxford University Press, 2005.
2. Giancarlo Genta, Lorenzo Morello, “The Automotive Chas- 3. Walker J and Jenkins N, “Wind Energy Technology”, Wiley
sis Vol. 1: Components Design”, Springer Science+Business Unesco Energy Engineering Series, 1997.
Media B.V., ISBN: 978-1-4020-8674-8 e-ISBN: 978- 1-4020-
4. Manwell JF, McGowan, JG and Rogers, AL., “Wind Energy
8676-2.
explained: Theory, Design and Application”, Wiley. 2nd
3. Giancarlo Genta, Lorenzo Morello, “The Automotive Edition. ISBN0-470-01500-4, 2010
Chassis Vol. 1: System Design”, Springer Science+Business
5. Cruz, J., “Ocean Wave Energy: Current Status and Future
Media B.V., ISBN: 978-1-4020-8673-1 e-ISBN: 978-1- 4020-
Perspectives”, Springer-Berlin, 2007.
8675-5.
6. Falnes, J., “Ocean Waves and Oscillating Systems:
Linear Interactions Including Wave-Energy Extraction”,
Chassis System and Vehicle Body”, Butterworth-Heine-
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2002.
mann is an imprint of Elsevier, Linacre House, Jordan Hill,
Oxford OX2 8DP, UK ISBN: 978-1-85617-577-7. 7. Baker AC, “Tidal Power”, Peter Peregrinus Ltd, 1981.
MARITIME ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT
ENME802181
Curriculum for Fast Track Programme
4 credits (S1 and S2)
Mechanical Engineering Fast Track Course
This course provides knowledge about technologies for ocean
transportation and the application of ocean-based energy Code Course SKS
sources. This course also aims to equip students with under-
standing of maritime opportunities that can be developed with 7 Semester
th
the use of technology. ENME600002 Design Assignment II* 2

Topic: ENME600004 Seminar* 1
Classification of ship based on its function, aspects to consider ENME600003 On the Job Training* 2
in ship designing, history of development of off-shore structure, ENME801001 Applied Engineering Mathemat- 2
ocean environment, typesof off-shore structure: fixed design ics
and floating design, mooring and anchoring system, force ENME802004 Engineering Computation 2
calculation of off-shore structure, FPSO
Specialization Course 8
Pre-requisite(s): -
Sub Total 17
References: 8th Semester
1. Research Council National Research Council, NEW ENME600005 Final Project* 5
Mining in the Outer Continental Shelf and in the Deep
ENME802002 Experiment Design 2
Ocean, University Press of the Pacific, 2005
ENME802006 Data Analytics 2
2. Arthur H. Johnson, Michael D. Max, William P. Dillon,
ENME802003 Academic Writing 2
Natural Gas Hydrate - Arctic Ocean Deepwater Resource
Potential, Springer, 2013 Specialization Course 8
3. Khaligh, Alireza and Onar, Omer C., Energy Harvesting: Sub Total 19
Solar, Wind, and Ocean Energy Conversion Systems, CRC 9th Semester
Pr I Llc, 2009 ENME800005 Scientific Publication 2
OCEAN ENERGY ENME802007 Project Design 2
ENME803182
Elective Course 4
4 credits
Learning Outcome(s): Sub Total 8
This course provides knowledge about technologies and prin- 10th Semester
ciples related to the design of renewable ocean energy system ENME800007 Thesis 6
Topic: Elective Course 4
Introduction to renewable ocean energy, introduction to wind Sub Total 10

turbine, tidal system and tidal energy system, OTEC, ocean *Subjets of S1 program which can not be transfered to S2
flows, methods of economic/financial assessment for off-shore program
renewable energy system, wind energy, momentum theory and
the limit of wind power output, tidal flow and its conversion
to mechanical energy, description of wave energy sources,
instruments of wave energy and instruments for simulation.
Pre-requisite(s): -
References:
1. Twidell, J. and Weir, T., “Renewable Energy Resources.
Second Edition”, Taylor and Francis Group, 2006.
2. Boyle, G., “Renewable energy power for a sustainable
177
Bahan Kajian on Mechancial Engineering Study Porgram
Bahan Kajian Code Subjects Credits

Energy Convertion and Conservation ENME801101 Basic Thermodynamics 4
System ENME801102 Advanced Fluid Dynamics and Heat Transfer 4
ENME801113 Ventilation and Air Conditioning System 4
ENME803105 Internal Combustion Engine 4
ENME803106 Applied Flow Measurement and Visualization 4
ENME803108 Refrigeration Engineering 4
ENME803182 Ocean Energy 4
ENME803195 Oil and Gas Drilling Equipment 4
ENME803196 Jet and Rocket Propulsion 4
ENME804109 Heat and Mass Transfer Engineering 4
ENME804110 Combustion Engineering 4
ENME803124 Energy Audit 4
Mechanical System for Building ENME803124 Energy Audit 4
ENME801113 Ventilation and Air Conditioning System 4
ENME802132 Building Mechanical and Electrical System 4
ENME803115 Clean Room 4
ENME804118 Mechanical System for Building 4
ENME803108 Refrigeration Engineering 4
Fire Safety Technology ENME803134 Fire Dynamics and Modelling 4
ENME802131 Fire Protection System 4
ENME801113 Air Conditioning and Ventilation System 4
ENME804138 Fire Safety Analysis 4
ENME804137 Fire Investigation Engineering 4
ENME803174 Risk Management 4
ENME804139 Fire Protection in Industrial Process 4
ENME803135 Fire Fighting Techniques and Strategies 4
Product Design and Manufacrure ENME801140 Material and Manufacturing Process 4
ENME801141 Design Methodology and Product Development 4
ENME802142 Designing and Manufacturing Technology Integration 4
ENME803143 Mechanical Failure 4
ENME801150 Manufacture Information System Management 4
ENME801151 Manufacture System and Process 4
ENME803144 Mechanical System Dynamics 4
ENME803145 Composte Product Development 4
ENME803146 Finite Element and Multiphysics 4
ENME803147 Educational Product Design and Development 4
ENME804148 Design for Manufacture and Assemby 4
ENME804155 CAD/CAM 4
ENME804156 Manufacturing Performance Assesment 4
ENME804197 Handling and Construction Equipment 4
178
Otomation Technology and Micro- ENME802152 Otomation and Robotics 4

fabrication System ENME803153 Machine Vision System 4
ENME803161 Micro-machining 4
ENME803154 Quality and Production Management System 4
ENME804162 Laser Assisted Process 4
Advanced Vehicle Technology ENME803196 Jet and Rocket Propulsion 4
ENME801163 Vehicle Engineering and Heavy Duty Equipment 4
ENME801164 Prime Mover and Powertrain System 4
ENME802165 Vehicle Frame and Body Engineering 4
ENME803166 Vehicle Control System 4
ENME804112 Turbomachinery 4
ENME804119 Accoustics 4
ENME804149 Noise and Vibration Control 4
ENME804168 Railway Vehicle Engineering 4
Minor in Mechanical Engineering

Pre-requisite: Mathematics, Physics, Engineering Drawing
Odd Semester Even Semester
Code Subjects Credits Code Subjects Credits
Mandatory Subjects, 24 SKS
ENME603005 Engineering Material 3 ENME602004 Engineering Statics 2
ENME604010 Material Selection and 4 ENME603006 Mechanical Modelling and Visualiza- 2
Manuf. Process tion
ENME603007 Strength of Materials 2 ENME604011 Basic Fluid Mechanics 4
ENME603008 Basic Thermodynamics 4 ENME606020 Maintenence and Condition Monitor- 3
ing
Subtotal 13 Subtotal 11
Elective, Mechanical Engineering
ENME605017 Heat and Mass Transfer 4 ENME604012 Perancangan Mekanika 4
ENME605021 Energy System Convertion 1 4 ENME600009 Kinematika dan Dinamika 4
ENME606025 Mechatronics 4 ENME605022 Energy System Convertion 2 4
ENME605014 Mechanical Vibration 2 ENME600001 Design Assignment I (Conceptual de- 2
sign)
ENME605015 Measurement and Metrology 2 Elective 4
Elective 4
Elective, Fire Safety Engineering
ENME801113 Air Conditioning and Ventila- 4 ENME804138 Fire Safety Analysis 4
tion System
ENME803134 Fire Dynamics and Modelling 4 ENGE600012 HSE 2
ENME605017 Heat and Mass Transfer 4
179
Undergraduate Program in Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering

4. Study Programme Undergraduate Program in Naval Architecture and Marine Engineer-
ing
5. Vision and Mission Vision:
To become the center of excellent research and education services in
Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering.
Mission:
To conduct research and research-based education for the development
of science and technology in the field of Naval Architecture and Marine
Engineering, and to conduct research and education and use it to
improve quality life and humanity.
6. Classes Regular
8. Accreditation / Recognition BAN-PT: “A” Accreditated
International assessment by Asean University Network-Quality
Assurance (AUN-QA)
9. Language(s) of Instruction Bahasa Indonesia, English
11, Entry Requirements High school /equivalent, or D3 / Polytechnique / equivalent, AND
pass the entrance exam.
Semester
Regular 8 17
1. Provide graduates in Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering with the qualification of expected learning
outcomes.
2. Contribute to the development of science and technology in the field of Naval Architecture and Marine Engineer-
ing through continuous research.
3. Contribute to improving the quality of society and industry.
Bachelor of Engineering with abilities of analyze and design of ship buildings, marine systems, and marine transpor-
tation, with considering an aspect of energy conservation to meet the sustainable development goals.
180

1. Able to apply basic knowledge of mathematics, basic science and information technology needed to achieve
competence in the field of Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering.
2. Able to design ship buildings, marine systems, marine transportation, considering the aspect of energy conservation
to meet the expected outcomes within realistic boundaries, as well as to recognize and/or utilize local and national
potential resources with global insight.
3. Able to carry out experiments, digging information and analyze data, report the results of experiments by applying
statistical rules
4. Able to think critically, creatively, and innovatively in identifying, formulating, analyzing and solving shipping
technical problems
5. Able to apply modern methods, skills and technical tools needed for engineering practices such as the selection of
materials and processes, and the design of computer-aided ships
6. Able communicate effectively both visually, in writing and verbally
7. Able to design, plan, complete and evaluate tasks within the existing constraints
8. Able to work effectively both individually and in teams across disciplines or across cultures
9. Able to take responsibility and adhere to the ethics of the engineering profession and entrepreneurship which is
characterized by innovation and independence.
10. Able to carry out the lifelong learning process including access to knowledge related to relevant contemporary
issues.
i University General Subjects 9 6%
iv Elective Subjects 26 18,1 %
v Special Subjects (On The Job Training, Seminar, Undergraduate Thesis) 8 5,6 %
Total 144 100 %
Career Prospects
Graduates of Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering study have devoted themselves to various fields such as:
• Engineer at the shipyard
• Superintendent in shipping companies
• Shipping consultant
• Designers in the ship design office
• Appraisers at insurance companies
• Engineers in oil and gas companies
• Analyst at the Ministry of Maritime Affairs and Fisheries
• Analyst at the Ministry of Transportation
• Analysts at the Customs
• Surveyors at classification institutions
181
Flow Diagram of Expected Learning Outcomes

Undergraduate Program in Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering
182
Flow Diagram of Subject Courses Undergraduate Program in Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering
183
184
185
186
Subject Structure Undergraduate ENMR605011 Fluid and Piping System of Ship 2

Program in Naval Architecture and ENMR605013 Ship Manufacturing Process 2
Marine Engineering ENMR605014 Welding Engineering 2
ENMR606020 Ship Power Generation 2
Code Subject SKS
ENMR606018 Ship Machinery and Equipment 2
1st Semester Elective, Internship A 3
UIGE600004 Religion 2 Subtotal 19
UIGE600003 English 2 6 Semester
th
ENGE600001 Calculus 1 3 ENMR600003 Ship Design Assignment 3 3

ENGE600005 Basic Physics 1 (Mechanic & Heat) 3 ENMR607023 Survey and Inspection of Ship 2
ENGE600006 Laboratory Experiment for Basic 1 ENMR605015 Ship Electrical System 3
Physics 1
ENMR605016 Engine Room Layout Design 2
ENMR601001 Introduction to Naval Architec- 2
ture and Marine Engineering ENMR606021 Ship Maintenance and Repair 2
ENME601002 Engineering Drawing 2 Elective, Internship B 3
ENGE600004 Linier Algebra 4 Elective 4
2 nd Semester 7 Semester
th
UIGE600006 MPKT 5 ENMR600005 Seminar 1
ENGE600009 Basic Chemistry 2 ENMR600004 On the Job Training 2
ENGE600002 Calculus 2 3 ENMR605012 Ship Financing and Insurance 2
ENGE600007 Basic Physics 2 (Electrical, 3 ENME600009 Health, Safety and Environment 2

Magnet, Wave, and Optic) Elective 4
ENGE600008 Laboratory Experiment for Basic 1 Elective 4
Physics 2 Subtotal 15
ENME602004 Engineering Statics 2 8th Semester
ENMR603003 Ship Material 2 ENMR600006 Final Project 5
ENMR602002 Ship Modelling and Visualization 2 Elective 4
Subtotal 20 Elective 4
3rd Semester Subtotal 13
ENME600013 Engineering Matematics 4 Total 144
ENME603008 Basic Thermodynamics 4
ENMR603004 Ship Building Theory 2 Elective Subjects Undergraduate
ENMR603005 Ship Structure 1 2 Program In Naval Architecture And
ENME600009 Kinematics and Dynamics 4 Marine Engineering
ENMR604011 Basic Fluid Mechanics 2
ENME600017 Computational Mathematics 2 Code Subject SKS
Subtotal 20 Odd Semester
4th Semester ENME803183 Marine and Offshore Structure 4
ENMR604005 Heat Transfer 2 ENME803185 Maritime Law and regulation 4
ENMR604007 Ship Machinery 2 ENME804192 Supply Chain Technology 4
ENMR604008 Ship Structure 2 2 ENME804193 Cold Storage Technology 4
ENMR604009 Ship Resistance and Propulsion 4 ENME803184 Marine Transportation and Port 4
ENMR604010 Ship Hydrodynamics 2 Management
ENME601108 Internship A (content: Project 4
ENME600016 Numeric Method 2
Management and Entrepreneur-
ENGE600010 Statistic and Probability 2 ship)
ENMR600001 Ship Design Assignment 1 3 ENMR601104 Special Topic 1 4
Subtotal 19 ENME601105 Special Topic 2 4
5th Semester ENME801002 Advanced Engineering Mathe- 4
ENMR606017 Ship Vibration 2 matics*
ENMR600002 Ship Design Assignment 2 4 ENME802004 Engineering Computation* 4
187
ENME801102 Advanced Fluid Dynamics and 4

Heat Transfer*
Processes*
Even Semester
ENME804186 Special Ship Project 4
ENME804187 Ship Production Optimization 4
ENME804189 Maritime Safety 4
ENME804191 Port Operation and Planning 4
ENME802103 Energy Optimization System 4
ENMR607022 Air Conditioning and Refrigera- 4
tion System of Ship
ENME601109 Internship B (content: Industrial 4
Seminar and Entrepreneurship)
ENME802003 Experimental Design* 4
ENME802006 Data Analytics* 4
ENME802181 Maritime Engineering and 4
Management*
ENME803182 Ocean Energy* 4
*For Fast-Track Program Only

Transition Rules
1. The 2020 curriculum is implemented starting in the Odd
Semester 2020/2021. In principle, after the 2016 Curricu-
lum is implemented, only subjects in the 2020 Curriculum
will be opened.
2. Class of 2019 and previously followed the 2020 curricu-
lum with transitional rules.
3. A transitional period of 1 year, in the academic year
2020/2021, is implemented for subjects where the semes-
ter placement changes (from Even to Odd, or vice versa),
if necessary, will be opened in both semesters during the
transition period (Academic Year 2020 / 2021).
4. For students who have not passed the compulsory subjects
in the 2016 Curriculum, are required to take the same or
equivalent subjects in the 2020 Curriculum. )
5. If there is a change in the SKS for the course, the number
of SKS taken into account in graduation is the number of
the SKS at the time the course was taken. Same or equal
subjects with different SKS weights, if repeated or newly
taken will be listed with a new name and calculated with
new SKS weights.
6. If the compulsory subjects in the 2016 Curriculum are
removed and there is no equivalence in the 2020 Curric-
ulum then for students who have passed these courses,
they will still be counted as compulsory subjects in the
calculation of passing 144 SKS. Students who have not
passed the course can take new compulsory subjects or
elective courses in the 2020 Curriculum to complete 144
credits.
188
Subject Eqivalent Table Mechanical Engineering Study Program

2016 2020
CODE SUBJECTS CREDIT CODE SUBJECT CREDIT
UIGE600001 MPKT A 6 UIGE600006 MPKT 5
UIGE600002 MPKT B 6 Elective
UIGE600020-48 Sport / Art 1 Elective
ENMR606019 Ship Electrical System 2 Elective
UIGE600003 English 3 UIGE600003 English 2
ENMR602002 Ship Modelling and Visual- 3 ENMR602002 Ship Modelling 2

ization and Visualiza-
tion
ENME602004 Engineering 2
Statics
ENME600018 Computational 2
Mathematics
ENMR600001 Ship Design Assignment 1 2 ENMR600001 Ship Design As- 3
signment 1
ENMR604006 Thermofluids 4 ENMR604011 Basic Fluid Me- 2
chanics
ENMR604005 Heat Transfer 2
ENMR605012 Engineering Economic 2 ENMR605012 Ship Financing 2

and Insurance
ENME601108 Internship A 3
ENME600006 Industrial Seminar 2 ENME601109 Internship B 3
ENMR605015 Ship Electrical System 2 ENMR605015 Ship Electrical 3

System
ENMR607022 Air Conditioning and Refrig- 4 ENMR607022 Elective, Air 4
eration System of Ship Conditioning and
Re f r i g e r a t i o n
System of Ship
ENMR604008 Ship Structure 2 4 ENMR604008 Ship Structure 2 2
ENMR606020 Ship Power System 2 ENMR606020 Ship Power Gen- 2

eration
ENMR607023 Survey and Inspection of 2 ENMR607023 Survey and In- 4
Ship spection of Ship
ENME804187 Ship Production and Man- 4 ENME804187 Ship Production 4
agement Optimization
ENMR601104 Special Topic 1 4
ENMR601105 Special Topic 2 4
ENME804192 Supply Chain 4

Technology
ENME804193 Cold Storage 4
Technology
ENME804191 Port Operation 4
and Planning
189
Syllabus Undergraduate Program References : -
in Naval Architecture and Marine LAB EXP FOR BASIC PHYSICS

ENGE600006
Engineering 1 credits
Learning Outcome(s) :
RELIGION
ENME600004 Able to explain the basic concepts of mechanics and thermo-
2 credits dynamics, and be able to apply them in an effort to under-
Learning Outcome(s) : stand natural phenomena and human engineering, including
their applications, be able to apply mathematics, science, and
Provide an understanding of the religious values and see the
basic engineering and civil engineering specialization to be
problems from various aspects of life, so that student care
used in solving complex civil engineering problems.
about the social realities they face.
Topic:
Topic:
Meaning and religion that apply in scientific and theological
discourse; History and origins of religion; The main dimen-
Motion, Applications of Newton’s Laws, Kinetic Energy and
sions of religion such as divinity, prophethood, scripture,
ritual, salvation, social ethics and eschatology; Socio-religious
Mass, Linear Momentum, Rotation, Rolling Motion, Torka,
dimension; Religion and state; Inter-religious relations.
Pre-requisite(s) : - Waves, Gravity, Statics and Elasticity, Fluid Mechanics,
References : Guidebook from UI
ENGLISH modynamics.
ENME600003
Pre-requisite(s): -
2 credits
Learning Outcome(s) : References:
Able to communicate in English orally and in writing with 1. Halliday, Resnick, dan Walker, Principles of Physics 10th
correct English grammar rules. Edition, Wiley, 2014.
Topic: 2. Serway Jewett, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 9th
Edition, Thomson Brooks/Cole, 2013.
English grammar, writing and conversation.
Pre-requisite(s) : -
References : -
INTRODUCTION TO MARINE ENGINEERING
CALCULUS 1 ENMR601001
ENGE600001 2 credits)
Provides basic competence of ship building and structure and
Able to use the basic concepts of calculus related to -a function the approach to ship designing.
of one variable, the derivative and integration of the function
Topic:
of one variable in order to solve its applied problems.
History of Ship Building; Types of water bulding: the Classifi-
Topic :
cation of Society and the International Agency; Ship Building
Introduction, Functions and Limits, The Derivative, Applica- and Construction; main dimension: Ship Motion; Ship Design
tions of the Derivative, The Definite Integral, Applications of Process; Stabil- ity: resistance and Propulsion; Tonnage; Ship
The Definte Integral, Transcendental Functions, Techniques building method. Historical of ship machinery, main engines,
of Integration, Indeterminate Forms and Improper Integrals. auxiliary engines, the engine room layout.
Prerequisite(s): - Pre-requisite(s): -
D. Varberg, E. J. Purcell, S.E. Rigdon, Calculus, 9th ed., Pear- 1. GM Kok, A.C. Nierich., Bangunan Kapa[ , MARTECH
son, Prentice Hall, 2007.
2. D A Taylor, Introduction to Marine Engineering.1996
Additional eferences:
ENGINEERING DRAWING
ENME601002
dental, 12th ed., Addison–Wesley Pearson, 2009.
2 credits
Learning Outcomes :
2012.
Course participants are able to transfer geometric component
BASIC PHYSICS 1 (MECHANIC & HEAT)
by drawing according to standard draw which is recognized
ENGE600005
by International Standard Organization (ISO). Students
3 credits
understand the theory and procedure of engineering drawing
Learning Outcome(s) : -
based on ISO standard. Students are able to read, interpret, and
Topic: transfer 2DI3D geometric draw from component or construc-
tion. Students are able to draw the orthogonal projection based
190
on ISO standard. application in engineering, Students are able to explain the

classification and state of matter, unit and measurement
Topic:
uncertainty, and dimensional analysis of measurement units.
Introduction to drawing equipment; Basic definition of geomet-
Topic:
ric, paper format, draw regulation, line, field, line configuration,
basic geometric form; Visualization geometric: Skew projection Material and measurements, atoms, molecules and ions,
and isometric, function and line types, configuration geometric stochiometry, water phase reactions and solution stochiom-
form; Orthogonal Projection: Projection standard, viewing etry, thermochemistry, chemical equilibrium, acid and base
concept, width display principle; Advanced orthogonal projec- equilibrium, electrochemistry, chemical kinetics, and chem-
tion: Circle region concept, special region concept, trimming ical applications.
concept, display width, refraction.
References :
References : -
1. ISO 1101, Technical Drawings, International Organization
Modern Applications, 8th Ed. Prentice Hall Inc, New
York, 2001.
2. A.W. Boundy, Engineering Drawing , McGraw-Hill Book
Company 2. John McMurry, Robert C. Fay, Chemistry (3rd ed.),
3. Colin Simmons & Dennis Maguire, Manual of Engineer- Prentice Hall, 2001.
McGraw-Hill, 2003.
5. Warren J. Luzadder, Fundamentals of Engineering Draw- CALCULUS 2
ing, Prentice-Hall, Inc. ENGE600005
6. Giesecke-Mitchell-Spencer-Hill-Dygdon-Novak, Techni- 3 credits
cal Drawing, Prentice Hall Inc. Learning Outcome(s) :
LINEAR ALGEBRA Students are able to use the concepts of sequences, series, conic
ENGE600004 incisional equations and the basic concepts of calculus which
4 SKS involve the function of two or three variables to solve their
Course Learning Outcomes: applied problems, are able to apply mathematics, science, and
Students are able to calculate linear system problems to solve basic engineering as well as civil engineering specialization
engineering problems. to be used in solving civil engineering problems that are
complex.
Topic:
Topic:
Systems of linear and matrix equations, Determinants, Euclid
vector spaces, Common vector spaces, eigenvalues and eigen- Line and series are infinite, Test for convergence of positive
vectors, inner product spaces, Diagonalization and General series and series of signs, rank series and operations, Taylor
Linear Transformation. and Mc Laurin series, Cone slices, Calculus in polar coordi-
nates, Derivatives, limits and continuity of multi-function
Pre-requisite(s): -
functions, Derivative and gradient sequences, Rules chain,
Textbooks: tangent plane and surface approximation, Lagrange multi-
1. Elementary Linear Algebra, Howard Anton & Chris plier method. Double fold integrals in Cartesian coordinates
Rorres, 11th edition, 2014 and polar coordinates, Triple fold integrals in Cartesian
2. Gilbert Strang, Introduction to linear algebra 3rd edition coordinates, cylindrical coordinates and sphere coordinates,
Wellesley Cambridge Press, 2003 Application double fold and fold integrals 3.
MPKT Pre-requisite(s) : Calculus 1
UIGE600006
References :
5 credits
Learning Outcome(s) : 1. D. Varberg, E. J. Purcell, S.E. Rigdon, Calculus, 9th ed.,
This course aims to develop student participation to increase
awareness of social, national, and environmental issues based 2. Thomas, Kalkulus Edisi Ketiga Belas Jilid 2 , Erlangga,
on faith, piety, character, and academic ethics in the context of 2019.
developing science and technology.
BASIC PHYSICS 2 (ELECTRIC, MAGNET, OPTIC
Topic: AND WAVE)
ENGE600007
Logic, Philosophy of Science and Pancasila; Morals and
3 credits
Character; Society and Culture in Indonesia
Topic:
References : Guidebook from UI
BASIC CHEMISTRY
References : -
ENGE600009
2 credits LAB EXP FOR BASIC PHYSICS 2
Learning Outcome(s) : ENGE600008
1 credits
Students are able to analyze basic chemical principles for
191
Students are able to apply the basic concepts of electrical Types of materials and their applications in industry, properties
physics, magnetism, waves, and optics to solve problems in of materials in various industries such as naval industry, heat
the engineering field, Students are able to explain the classifi- treatment, diffusion of materials, phase diagram, dislocation
cation and state of matter, unit and measurement uncertainty, and strengthening mechanism, materials failure, corrosion and
and dimensional analysis of units of measurement. degradation of materials, stress-strain diagram, elastic-plastic
deformation, compressive deformation, shear stress and
Topic:
torsional stress, material hardness, destructive and non-de-
Unit, Magnitude, Vector, Electric Charge, Electric Field, Gauss structive testing.
Law, Electric Potential, Capacitance, Electric Current, Resis-
Pre-requisite(s): -
tance, Direct Current, Magnetic Field Due to Electric Current,
Magnetic Field Source, Induced GGL, Inductance, Alternating References:
Current, Electromagnetic Waves , Light Properties and Propa- 1. Callister W. D., Introduction to Material Science and Engi-
gation, Optics Geometry. neering, John Wiley and sons, 2007
2. Hibbeler R. C., Statics and Machanics of Materials, Pren-
tice Hall, 2004
References : 3. Muckle W., Strength of Ship’ss Structure, Edward Arnold
Ltd, 1975.
1. Halliday, Resnick, dan Walker, Principles of Physics 9th
4. Wessel J. K., Handbook of Advanced Material, John Wiley
and sons, 2004
2. Serway Jewett,Physics for Scientists and Engineers 9th
SHIPS VISUALIZATION AND MODELING
Edition, Thomson Brooks/Cole, 2013.
ENMR602002
3. Giancoli, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 4th Edition, 3 credits
Pearson, 2008. Learning Outcome(s):
ENGINEERING STATICS This subject focus on the procedure of preparing a lines plan
ENME602004 drawing that represents the shape of the ship’s hull. This
2 credits subject also provide hands on experience to the student on how
Learning Outcome(s) : ship lines plan is prepared and discuss the characteristics of
underwater characteristic of the ship hulls.
Understand the concepts of force and force equilibrium in
various constructs so that they are able to calculate and analyze Topic:
construction equilibrium based on the law of static equilibrium
Drawing Lines Plan; Optimizing the main dimensions and
Topic: coefficients on ship designs with restric- tions on ship type;
Method of Nederlandsche Scheepsbouw Proefstatioen (NSP);
Basic principles of structural statics / Newton’s Law.
Data Form Meth- od; Body Plan & Lines Plan. Interpreting the
Arrangement and decomposition of style in a field and space.
Hydrostatic Curve; HSC calculations use the Simpson method;
Static equilibrium law. Footsteps and footing reactions. Truss
Read the calculated hydrostatic curve. Interpreting the Bonjen
construction.
Curve; Calculating the Bonjean curve; Reading the calculated
Pre-requisite(s): - None Bonjean curve. Interpreting Cross Curve; Counting Cross
Curve; Read Cross Curve that has been calculated.
References: -
1. Beer, Ferdinand P, Mechanics for Engineers: STATICS, Mc Pre-requisite(s): -
GrawHill.
References:
2. RC Hibbeler, Mechanics of Materials, 10th ed., Prentice
1. Tupper E.C., Basic Ship Theory, Butterworth Heinemann,
Hall, 2016.
2001
3. Riley, F William, Engineering mechanics: STATICS, John
2. David Watson, Practica[ Ship Design.Elsevier Science.1998
wiley & sons
3. V. Bertram, H.Schneekluth, Ship design for Efficiency and
4. Hamrock, Fundamental of Machine Element, Mc Graw-
Economy, Butterworth Heinemann, 1998
Hill.
4. Tupper E.C. dan W. Muckle, Introduction to Nava[ Archi-
tecture, Butterworth Heinemann, 1996
McGrawHill.
5. T.C. Gillmer, Modern Ship Design, US Naval Institute,
6. Kurowski, P.M., Finite Element Analysis for Design Engi-
1975.
neers, SAE International, 2004
6. Manual Autocad dan Maxsurf 12.02
SHIP MATERIALS ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
ENMR603003
ENME600013
3 credits
4 credits
Students are expected to understand available material
This course aims to complete student’s anylitical ability.
options depending on the operation requirement of the ships,
Students understand and are able to use the advanced mathe-
encompassing both qualitative and quantitative understanding.
matical concepts in order to solve engineering problems.
Qualita- tive understanding includes properties of materials
which are used for ship structure. Quantitative understanding Topic:
includes calculation of properties of materials which may
Introduction to differential equation, 1st order differential equa-
change due to external influences such as elongation that results
tion, 2nd order differential equation, higher order differential
from a loading.
equation, vector analysis, vector differential, grad operation,
Topic: divergence and curl, vector integration, laplace transform,
laplace transform to solve the differential equation, fourrier
192
transform, convulsion, numerical method, root of equation, worth, Heinemann, 2000.

numerical differentiation, numerical integral 4. Dr C B Barrass, Ship stabi[ity notes & examp[e,3rd edition
Butterworth, Heinemann, 2001
Pre-requisite(s): Calculus 2
5. E.C. Tupper & K.J. Rawson, Basic ship Theory, Butter-
References: worth, Heinemann, 2001.
1. Croft, A, et.al, Mathematics for Engineers, 3rd Edition, 6. M.A. Talahatu, Hidrodinamika kapal I & II, FTUI. 1998.
2008, Prentice Hall
SHIP STRUCTURE 1
2. Chapra S.C., Canale, Numerical Methods for Engineer,
ENMR603005
6th Edition, 2010, Mc Graw Hill
2 credits
3. Kreyszig, E, Advanced Engineering Mathematics 10th
Edition, John Wiley and Sons
Provides an understanding for calculating transversal and
BASIC THERMODYNAMICS
longitudinal constructions, profile and plate selection
ENME603008
4 credits Topic:
Stress and strain torsion (torque) and calculation of moment
This course introduces the basic concept of thermodynamics inertia; axial force, shear force and bending moment; Calcula-
and its application in real life and gives the understanding tion of reaction cross-beam and diagrams, axial and moment
about the design of thermodynamics system. diagrams; Analysis of stress and strain fields; Beams Deflection
I; Beams Deflection II: Static; column; energy method; cylinder
Topic:
walls thick and thin; theory of plate; analysis of ship structures;
Scope and basic understanding of thermodynamics system, longitudinal and transversal strength of ships; calculation of
temperature concept, pressure, thermodynamics equilibrium, midship strength; Bending and torsion on the Hull Girder;
reversibleIirreversible process, zero law of thermodynamics Calculation of Cross Sec- tion, Bending and Buckling on the
and absolute temperature, first law of thermodynamics, panels; concept of fatigue.
second law of thermodynamics, thermodynamics equation,
Pre-requisite(s): -
gas power cycle, gas compressor, combustion engine cycle,
internal combustion engine, simple gas turbine cycle, brayton’s References:
cycle, stirling’s cycle, steam power cycle, refrigeration, carnot’s 1. Dr. Yong Bai, Marine Structura[ Design. Elsevier
cycle, simple rankine’s cycle, rankine’s cycle with modification, Science.2003
biner cycle, phsycometric chart, cooling tower, real gas, real gas 2. Tupper E.C., Basic Ship Theory, Butterworth Heinemann,
equation, enthalpy and entrophy. 2001
3. B. Baxter, Naval Architecture Examples and theory,
Pre-requisite(s): Physics (Mechanics and Thermal)
Charles Griffin & Co.
References: 4. Biro Klasifikasi Indonesia
1. Michael J. Moran, Howard N. Shapiro, Fundamentals of 5. Lloyd’s Register Rules and Regulations
Engineering Thermodynamics, 8th Edition, Wiley, 2014.
KINEMATICS AND DYNAMICS
2. Reynolds W.C., Perkins H.C., Engineering Thermody-
ENME600009
namics, Mc. G. Hill .
4 credits
3. Zemansky , Aboot , van Ness, Basic Engineering Thermo-
dynamics, McGraw Hill
4. Kenneth Wark Jr. Thermodynamics , Mc.Graw Hill Students have the ability to understand the key concept of
5. H.D. Baehr, Termodynamik , Springer Verlag kinematics and dynamics of mechanical system and capable
to analyze the movement, velocity, acceleration force and
SHIP BUILDING THEORY
equilibrium.
ENMR603004
2 credits Topic:
Vector velocity analysis, free body diagram, linier motion,
Provides an understanding about hydrostatic and dynamic velocity polygon, 2D motion, rectangular coordinates, N-T and
stability calculation pole, relative motioan and velocity of 2 coincideIrelate point,
Coriolis acceleration and stiff body kinematics, Inertia Force,
Topic:
Statics, particle system, works, energy, impuls, linear-angular
Lines Plan calculation and methodology; Bouyancy system; momentum, stiff body motion, works and energy, relative
Metasentra, Static Stability: Calcula- tion of hydrostatic curves motion, rotating mass balancing and back & forth motion, cam
and cross curves; docking, Ship crashes out, inclining test, ship dynamics and Gyroscope.
launching, Wave Theory; Ship Hydrodynamics; Foil shape;
Pre-requisite(s): Physics of Mechanics & Heat
Theory of Ship Motion; Plan Steering: Dynamic Stability:
Theory of Stationary and Non-Stationary on a Ship Motion; Textbooks:
Calculation of Critical Condi- tions Due to shaky ship; Impact 1. Meriam & Kraige, Engineering Mechanics. 7th ed, Wiley
loading. New York. 2012.
2. Holowenko, Dynamics of Machinery, John Wiley, 1995.
Pre-requisite(s): Ship Visualization and Modelling
3. Beer & Johnston, Mechanics for Engineer, Dynamics, 11th
References: ed. Dynamics, Mc Graw-Hill, 2015.
1. Bryan Barrass & Dr Derrett, ship stabi[ity for master and
BASIC FLUID MECHANICS
mates.2006
ENMR604011
2. A.B Brain, Ship hydrostatics and stabi[ity, Butterworth,
2 credits
Heinemann, 2003.
3. Volker Bertram, Practica[ ship hydrodynamics, Butter-
193
Fluid mechanics is a branch of applied mechanics used to inves- Pre-requisite(s): -

tigate, analyze and study the nature and behavior of fluids. The
References:
fluid being studied can be a fluid that is moving or stationary.
Topic: and mass transfer, 7th Ed., Wiley, 2011, New York
2. Holman JP, Heat Transfer, 10th ed, Mc Graw-Hill, 2009.
Fluid and its Properties; Fluid Statics; Relative Balance; Basic
Concepts and Equations in Fluid Flow; Flow Dynamics: Motion
Equations (Newton, Euler, Navierstokes); Basic Equations
of Fluid Dynamics (Continuity, Energy and Momentum);
Dimensional Analysis and Hydraulic Similarity; Ideal Fluid
Wiley, 2014.
Flow; Viskos flow; Viskos Flow: Transition from Laminar
Flow to Turbulent Flow; Turbulent Flow Full Development;
Ed. Mc Graw Hill, 2003, Singapore.
Flow Around Submerged Objects: General Characteristics of
Outside Flow.
Ed. CL Engineering, 2010.
Pre-requisite(s): -
SHIP MACHINERY
References: ENMR604007
1. Munson, B.R., Fundamentals of Fluid Mecha-nics 7th Ed, 2 credits
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2012 Learning Outcome(s):
2. Smits, A.J., A, Physical Introduction to Fluid Mechanics,
Understanding of types and concept of the main system,
supporting system, lubrication system, and refrigeration system
3. Kumar, SCPL.L., Engineering Fluid Mechanics, Eurasia
of a ship machinery
Publishing House Ltd., 2010
Topic:
COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
ENME600017 Basic concept of diesel engine, combustion process, four and
2 credits two stroke engine theory, types of engine, performance of diesel
Learning Outcome(s): engine, turbo charger, engine ratings, machinery components,
supporting system of machines, starting systems, fuel system,
Understand the basic knowledge of computational and
lubrication system, refrigeration system, engine propeller
engineering programming, able to make computational and
matching, experiment for diesel engine performance testing.
programming techniques simple, able to solve engineering
problems with engineering programming. Pre-requisite(s): Basic Thermodynamics
Topic: References:
Introduction to programming languages, Basics of algorithms, D A Taylor, Introduction to Marine Engineering.1996
Basics of computing, Software for computing and programming
SHIP STRUCTURE 2
techniques, Development of computing and programming with
ENMR604008
case studies
4 credits
Pre-requisite(s): - Learning Outcome(s):
References: Provides knowledge and understanding of the types of
construction on the ship structure and competence to design
1. Computer Programming with MATLAB, J. Michael
ship structures
Fitzpatrick, Ákos Lédeczi, Fitzle, 2013
Topic:
2. Introduction to Computation and Programming Using
Python: With Application to Understanding Data, John V. Bottom Structure: Ship hull and section system; Bulk head
Guttag, The MIT Press, 2016 and girder; deck, Coaming and super structure: fore peak and
after peak construction: Construction of Tankers; Gas Carrier
HEAT TRANSFER
Ship Con- struction: Doors and Windows; Fire Protection;
ENME604005
Cabin Construction: Construction of loading and unloading
2 credits
Equipments; Painting and Corrosion Prevention.
Pre-requisite(s): Ship Structure 1
This subject studies the mechanism of heat and mass transfer
in a volume control because of differences in temperature and References:
this subject has a close relationship with basic thermodynamics. 1. D. J. Eyres, Ship Construction, 5th edition. Butter-
The aim of this course is for students to be able to understand worth-Heinemann. 2011
the various mechanisms of heat and mass energy transfer 2. D. Taylor, Merchant Ship Construction, Prentice Hall
between two systems, when there is a temperature difference 3. Biro Klasifikasi Indonesia
and be able to calculate the rate of heat transfer. Able to solve 4. Lloyd’s Register Rules and Regulations
various problems of heat transfer and mass using dimensionless
SHIP RESISTANCE AND PROPULSION
parameters.
ENMR604009
Topic: 4 credits
Basics of heat transfer; Conduction Heat Transfer (1 Dimen-
sion and 2 Dimension); Numerical Analysis of Conduction / Provides an understanding for the calculation of ships resis-
Unsteady State Heat Transfer; Forced Convection Heat Transfer; tance and propulsion, both theoretically and by using a model
Free convection heat transfer.
Topic:
194
Ship force; Ship Resistance Comparative Law; Frictional References:

resistance: wave resistance; pressure resistance: Air resistance; 1. Chapra, Steven C. and Canale, Raymond P. Numerical
Effect of Ship Shape; Resistance predictions with Model Methods for Engineers 6th edition. New York: McGraw-
Test; Wake Fric- tion: Thrust reduction; Ship resistance in Hill, 2010.
Bad Weather: The principle of Hydrofoil Ship; coefficient of 2. Kreyszig, Erwin. Advanced Engineering Mathematics
propulsion; Calculation of Propeller Design with Form Data 10th edition. Danvers: John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
and Wageningen Graphs.. 3. Sedgewick R., Phillippe F, An Introduction to the Analy-
Pre-requisite(s): -
References: Computing, Cole Publishing
1. J. P. Ghose, R. P. Gokarn, Basic Ship Propulsion, 2004
STATISTICS AND PROBABILISTICS
2. Dave Gerr, The Propeller Handbook, McGraw-Hill
ENGE600010 / ENGE610010
Professional, 2001
2 credits
3. Sv. Aa. Harva[d, Resistance and Propu[sion of Ships, 1983
Learning Outcomes:
4. C. Gallin, Ships and Their Propulsion System, Lohmann
& Stolterfoht Students can handle quantitative data / information start-
ing from the descriptive stage (collection, organization and
SHIP HYDRODYNAMICS
presentation) to the inductive stage which includes forecasting
ENMR604010
and drawing conclusions based on the relationship between
2 credits
variables for decision making.
Topic:
Students are expected to understand basic knowledge on ship
hydrodynamics, waves, and viscous flow Introduction to Statistics for Technical Studies: The role of
statistics and their application in engineering, Statistical
Topic:
problem solving methods, Descriptive Statistics, Data collec-
Basic of fluid, hydrostatic pressure, basic of hydrodynamics, tion, data organizing, frequency distribution, graphic presen-
theory of linear wave, Bernoulli equation and dynamic pres- tation, Central tendency measures, dispersion measures,
sure, effect of wave force on the body of ship, mass addition, moments, skewness, kurtosis, qualitative data; Probability
equation for seakeeping, viscous lift and drag, friction and Theory: Basic concepts and definitions, probabilities, combi-
streamline endurance, buff bodies, and Navier Stoke equation. nations of events, random variables; Probability Distribution:
Mathematical model of distribution, continuous and discrete
Pre-requisite(s): - Ship Building Theory
probabilities, probability density functions (PDF), binomial
References: distribution, Poisson distribution, normal distribution (gauss-
1. White, F. Fluid Mechanics. 5th ed. New York, NY: McGraw- ian), chi square distribution; Sampling: The usefulness and
Hill, 2002. ISBN: 9780072831801. advantage of sampling, the distribution of the sampling from
2. Smits, A. J. A Physical Introduction to Fluid Mechan- the average value, the distribution of the percentage sampling;
ics. New York, NY: John Wiley & Sons, 1999. ISBN: Estimation: Basic definitions and concepts, Estimating inter-
9780471253495. vals, Estimating average values of populations, Estimating
3. Bhattacharyya, F. Dynamics of Marine Vehicles. New population percentages, Estimating population variances,
York, NY: John Wiley & Sons, 1978. ISBN: 9780471072065 Determining sample sizes to estimate; Hypothesis testing:
General procedures for hypothesis testing; Hypothesis test
1 sample at average value: Hypothesis test 1 sample at vari-
NUMERICAL METHOD ance, Hypothesis test 2 sample at variance, Hypothesis test 2
ENME600016
sample at average value, Hypothesis test 2 sample at percent-
2 credits
ages, Objectives and procedures ANOVA, sample ANOVA,
table ANOVA; Regression: The basic concepts of simple linear
The objective of this course is so that students can understand regression analysis, Test relations and prediction intervals in
and apply the process and method (algorithm) for engineering linear regression analysis
numerical computation based on computer and parameters that
Pre-requisite(s): none
affect speed and accuracy of the results.
References:
Topic:
1. Harinaldi, Basic Principles of Statistical Engineering and
Introduction to numerical method and programming, simple Science, Erlangga, 2004
mathematical modeling, programming and software, struc- 2. Montgomery, DC., And Runger, GC., Applied Statistics
tured programming, modular programming, iterative method, and Probability for Engineers, John Wiley Sons, 2002
function, Taylor and Maclaurin series, approximation and error,
SHIP DESIGN ASSIGNMENT 1
solutions to system of linear equations, Graphical method,
ENMR600001
bisection method, false-position method, Newton - Raphson
3 credits
method, Secant method, Bairstow method, linear algebra
system of equations: Gaussian elimination, Gauss-Jordan elim-
ination, decomposition, matrix transformation, Curve - Fitting: Understanding of ship design procedures and monitoring.
Least - Square regression, Interpolation; Numerical integral:
Topic:
Trapezoidal method, Simpson method, multiple integral; Dif-
ferential equation: Finite Divided Difference, Euler method, Design Analysis (owner requirement based); study literature;
Runge - Kutta method; Ordinary differential equation initial finding: Displacement, main dimension, and shape of
ship, finding power driven; linesplan skecth and monitong of
Pre-requisite(s): Calculus 1, Calculus 2 and Engineering
calculation CSA (Curve of Sectional Area); general plan sketch
Mathematics
(GA); initial assessment payload and unloading space, stability,
195
hull arise, trim; free and unloading space estimates; watertight drawing systems, bilga systems, ballast systems, fire extinguish
bulkhead positioning for passenger ships. system,supporting system (auxiliary motor), fuel system,
lubrication system, cooling system, compressed air systems,
Pre-requisite(s): Ship Building Theory
domestic systems, tanker loading and unloading systems.
References:
Pre-requisite(s): Basic Fluid Mechanics
1. B. Baxter, Teach Yourself Naval Architecture, The English
Universities Press. Signifi cant Ships, RINA References:
2. M.A Talahatu, Teori Merancang Kapal. FTUI 1998. 1. A.Keith Escoe. Piping and Pipeline Assesment Guide.
Elsevier Inc. 2006
SHIP VIBRATION
2. Dixon, S.L, Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics of
ENMR606017
Turbomachinery, 4th Edition, Pergamon Press, 2005
2 credits
3. Esposito, A., Fluid Power with Application, 5th Edition,
Prentice Hall, 2003
Understanding of engine vibration system and vibration source 4. Mobley, R.K, Fluid Power Dynamics, Newnes Butter-
detection worth-Heinemann, 1999
5. Giles, R.V, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics, 2nd Edition
Topic:
Schaum’s Outline Series, Mc- Graw- Hill, 1994
Engine vibration system: free vibration, damping, transient
SHIP MANUFACTURING PROCESS
vibrations, forced vibrations, vibrations with two degrees of
ENMR605013
freedom, torsional vibration, lateral and longitudinal in ship
2 credits
propulsion system; Experimental measurement of vibration
Pre-requisite(s): Kinematics and Dynamics
This course aims to study the ship manufacturing process in
References: general, the process of forming and shaping, the manufacturing
1. L.C. Burrill, Ship vibration: simp[e methods of estimating of ship’s plate, and the machining process.
critica[ frequencies, North East Coast Institution of Engi-
Topic:
neers and Shipbuilders. 1935
2. Meriam & Kraige. Engineering Mechanics. Vol-2, Dynam- Ship manufacturing process (ship planning & Mouldloft, Sand
ics. Wiley New York.4th eds.1998. Blasting & Primer Coating, Keel Lay- ing, Fabrication, Assem-
3. Holowenko. Dynamics of Machinery.John Wiley.1995. bly, Erection, Outfitting, Painting, Leakage Test, Launching,
4. William T.Thomson. Theory of Vibration with application. Sea Trial, De- livery), Forming and shaping process (Rolling,
Prentice Hall India.1972. Forging, Extrusion, Sheet Metal Forming), Manufac- turing
5. Beer & Johnston.Mechanics for Engineer-Dynamics. of ship’s plate (surface roughness, surface treatment, surface
Mc-Graw-Hill.1976. coating, surface cleaning), Machining process (machining
fundamentals, turning, milling, broaching, sawing, & filing)
SHIP DESIGN ASSIGNMENT 2
ENMR600002 Pre-requisite(s): -
4 credits
References:
Kalpakjian S., Manufacture Engineering and Technology,
Understanding the calculation and monitoring of supporting
Pearson Springer, 2009
system for ships designing
WELDING ENGINEERING
Topic:
ENMR605014
Ship displacement methode; determine main dimension and 2 credits
coefficient; determine lines plan, hydrostatic calculation, main Learning Outcome(s):
section plan, profile and bulkhead plan, design of air condirt- This course aims to study basic knowledges in welding,
ioning system, ship maintenance design, communication joining, cutting. Students are expected to achieve the basic
devices election, navigate devices election, safety plan competences of welding engineering.
Pre-requisite(s): Ship Design Assignment 1 Topic:
Basic knowledge of welding, joining and cutting (Oxy -gas
References:
welding dan SMAW, GTAW dan GMAW, SAW, FCAW and
1. B. Baxter, Teach Yourse[f Nava[ Architecture, The English
friction welding, types of cutting, Brazing, soldering and
Universities Press. Signifi cant Ships, RINA
joining), terminologies and definitions, welding design and
2. M.A Talahatu, Teori Merancang Kapal. FTUI 1998.
its calculations (Weld joint, non destructive test, and destruc-
FLUID AND PIPING SYSTEM OF SHIP tive test, Heat treatment of base materials and welded joints)
ENMR605011
Pre-requisite(s): -
2 credits
Learning Outcome(s): References:
1. Harsono W., T. Okumura, Teknologi Pengelasan Logam,
Understanding types of fluid system, piping system, and
PT Pradnya Paramita Jakarta Cetakan ke-10, 2008.
practical aspects on the Ship Construction
2. American Welding Society, AWS D1.1ID1.1M:2004,
Topic: Structural Welding Code - Steel, 19thedi-
Positive displacement of fluid engines, hydrolic system,pneu- SHIP POWER GENERATION
matic power systems. Experimental of water piping system, air ENMR606020
piping system, pump impeller, Pelton turbine. Piping systems 2 credits
on ships and marine construction, type of pipe material, pipe Learning Outcome(s):
fittings, valves, tanks, sea-chest, standards and methods of
196
Students can understand the principles of power system of Pre-requisite(s): Ship Design Assignment 2
the ship, including the current and the future trends.
References:
Topic: 1. B. Baxter, Teach Yourse[f Nava[ Architecture, The English
Universities Press. Signifi cant Ships, RINA
The need for ship power system, current and future trends
2. M.A Talahatu, Teori Merancang Kapal. FTUI 1998.
(fossil fuel, carbon emission, international regulations, system
and consumption of ship energy, efficiency management of ship SHIP SURVEY AND INSPECTION
energy), conventional power system (diesel and biofuel, LNG ENMR607023
and CNG, dual-fuel, gas turbine), non- con- ventional power 4 credits
system (nuclear energy, wind energy, solar energy, Organic Learning Outcome(s):
Rankine Cycle (ORC)), system of electric ship (principles of
Understanding of types of class survey, statutory approval and
electric ship, types of electric ship application, hybrid ship)
ship operation
Pre-requisite(s): Thermofluids
Topic:
References:
Statutory survey; Class survey; Hull survey; Loadline survey,
1. K.C. Weston, Energy Conversion, PWS Publisher
Inclining experiment; Damage survey; Machinery Installations
2. D.Y. Goswani, F. Kreith, Energy Conversion, CRC Press
survey; Electrical & Genset survey; Seatrial procedure.
3. A.W. Culp, Principle of Energy Conversion, McGraw-Hill
Pre-requisite(s): -
SHIP MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT
ENMR606018 References:
2 credits 1. D. Benkovsky, Technology of ship repairing, MIR
Learning Outcome(s): Publisher.
2. Piero Caridis, Inspection, Repair, and Maintenance of
Understanding of theory, system, and working principle of
Ship Structures, Witherby & Co.Ltd, 2001
ship equipment
3. Shields S., et.al, Ship Maintenance : A Quantitative
Topic: Approach, IMARES, 1996
4. Biro Klasifikasi Indonesia
Anchoring and mooring equipment supplies; loading and
5. Lloyd’s Register Rules and Regulations
unloading equipment; Water-tight windows and doors; Venti-
lation Equipment: Safety Equipment: Equipment Navigation SHIP ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
and Communi- cations; Firefighting Equipment: Equipment ENMR605015
Ship Steering; Oil Separator Equipment: Pumps and System 3 credits
Installation. Learning Outcome(s):
Pre-requisite(s): - Understanding of the principles, operations, and applications
of electronic systems of ships
References:
1. H. McGeorge, Marine Auxiliary Machinery, Butterworth Topic:
Heinemann, 2001.
Basic of electronics: Passive Components: Semiconductors: Elec-
2. D.A. Taylor, Introduction to Marine Engineering, Butter-
tronic Components; Digital Sys- tems; Digital Combinational
worth Heinemann, 1996
circuit; Digital Sequential circuit; PLC; Electronics Simple Plan;
SHIP DESIGN ASSIGNMENT 3 basic theory of DC circuit: basic theory of AC electrical circuits,
ENMR600003 working principle of DC motors, Types of MDC; operation of
3 credits the MDC, the working principle of AC Motor, Various kinds
Learning Outcome(s): of MAC, MAC operation: principle of generator, voltage drop
generator; generator no-load and under load; Parallel generator;
Understanding of calculation and monitoring of ship engine
Introduction of the application on ship; Electric propulsion
design
and PTO.
Topic:
Pre-requisite(s): Electrical System of Ships
Engine and tools selection (auxilary engine); electrical load
References:
balance; Detailed drawings; Design of Ship Engine Room
1. John Bird, Electrical & Electronic Principle and Technol-
Layout; transmission system, reduction gear and shafting;
ogy. Jhon Bird.2003
Construction of a propeller and propeller maching; ship piping
2. John C Payne, The Marine Electronical & Electronics
systems for engine and hull; fire extinguishing system; steer-
Bible, John Pyne.1993
ing system; ventilation system; calculation, selection and layout
of the marine cable; load analysis and design one-line diagram SHIP MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
of electrical & Wiring Diagram instalasi including lighting ENMR606021
vessels and equipment. Bilga system design and Engine Room 2 credits
Bilga System (Oily-Water Bilge Sys- tem); Design System Reply: Learning Outcome(s):
Fire System Design: Design of Fuel System: Engine Lubrication
Students are able to understand the maintenance and control
System Design: Design of Engine Cooling System: Air Pressure
of ship’s engine system.
System Design; Domestic Fresh Water System Design Air & Sea;
Sanitary Disposal System Design: the design of loading and Topic:
unloading systems; Ship Electrical Load Analysis: Calculation
Introduction to reliability system, reliability Fundamental
and selection of the number and capacity of Genset & Shore
Review of the concept, simple system Network Modelling,
Connection: the calculation and selection of battery capacity;
Network Modelling System, Introduction to Markov and
List Equipment Code
Monte Carlo Simula- tion, Discrete Markov Chains and Markov
197
Continuous Process. Public Review: Economic and Reli- ability, Special Subjects
Maintenance Strategy. Functions of Manual Maintenance; Parts
List and Stock; Preparation of Schedule Maintenance: Main- SEMINAR
tenance Document Preparation; Engine Room Maintenance, ENME600004
Main- tenance of Inventory: The Role of Engine Builders Tips 1 credits
andTools: Spare-Parts. Learning Objective(s):
Pre-requisite(s): -Engine Room Layout Design, Ship Manu- Student can communicate in verbal or written with final project
facturing Process pjroposal; able to formulate the problems and objectives of the
research, conduct theoretical review to formulate the hypothe-
References:
sis, design the research method for empirical proof and present
1. D. Benkovsky, Technology of ship repairing, MIR
the preliminary result to the supervisor
Publisher.
2. Piero Caridis, Inspection, Repair, and Maintenance of Topic:
Ship Structures, Witherby & Co.Ltd, 2001
3. Shields S., et.al, Ship Maintenance : A Quantitative Problem description, basic concept of research with assumption
Approach, IMARES, 1996 and constraint; making preliminary report, conducting the
preparation, literature review and research methodology;
SHIP FINANCING AND INSURANCE present final report with structured report, language, graphical
ENMR605012 presentation, table etc, reference and clarity.
2 credits
Learning Outcome(s): Pre-requisite(s): Passed 110 CREDITS and GPA > 2.00 without
Grade E
Students are able to understand the concepts of ship invest-
ment financing and maritime insurance as one of the ways References: -
of controlling risk and the concept of financing and maritime ON THE JOB TRAINING
investment feasibility. ENME600003
Topic: 2 credits
Learning Objective(s):
Pembiayaan investasi maritime; analisis model pembiayaan;
kelayakan investasi suatu projek; asuransi dibidang maritim; The course is intended to provide opportunity for gaining
experience in industries and applying mechanical engineering
Pre-requisite(s): - knowledge. Able to perform management tacredits and engi-
neering technique according to field of interest.
References:
Topic:
The International Handbook of Shipping Finance: Theory and
Management and Engineering according to the field of inter-
Practice 1st ed. 2016 Edition by Manolis G. Kavussanos (Editor),
est. Presentation of internship results and report
Ilias D. Visvikis (Editor)
HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT Prerequisite(s): Passed 95 CREDITS and GPA > 2.00
ENGE600012
2 credits
FINAL PROJECT
ENME600005
5 credits
Understanding the importance of Occupational Health and Learning Objective(s):
Safety and Environmental Protection (K3LL), understand-
Students are able to conduct design and analysis the object of
ing K3LL regulations and legislation, understanding K3LL
system that related to the mechanical engineering field
management systems, understanding the risks and preven-
tion of work accidents, understanding toxic and dangerous Topic:
objects and materials and their handling, understanding
K3LL tools . Synthesizing various lectures taken by students to design or
to solve engineering problems. Preparing a written report of
Topic: : the synthesis.
K3LL introduction, K3LL regulations and legislation, K3LL
management system, Occupational risk and accident preven- Prerequisite(s): Passed 128 CREDITS and GPA > 2.00 without
tion, Toxic and dangerous substances and their handling and Grade E
handling, K3LL tools
Electives Subjects
Prerequisite(s): -
MARINE AND OFFSHORE STRUCTURE
References: ENME803183
Environmental, Safety, and Health Engineering, Gayle 4 credits
Woodside and Dianna Kocurek, Wiley, 2008 Learning Objective(s):
Additional eferences: Provide the knowledge, understanding of the theory and

1. George B. Thomas Jr., Thomas’ Calculus Early Transcen- principles of building offshore include the type, function, and
dental, 12th ed., Addison–Wesley Pearson, 2009. offshore construction technology and techniques in performing
2. Howard Anton, Calculus, 10th ed., John Wiley and Sons, design structure.
2012. Topic:
Types of Offshore; Construction and Offshore Structures;
Calculation of Style and Power Offshore: Safety Requirements;
Construction Semi-submersible; Single Buoy Mooring; FPSO;
198
Offshore Main- tenance and Repair. 6. House, D.J, Cargo Work for Maritime Operation, Butter-
Prerequisite(s): -
CARGO COOLING TECHNOLOGY
References:
ENME804193
1. Cliff Gerwick, Construction of Marine and Off-shore
4 credits
Structures, CRC Press 1999
2. Subrata Chakrabarti, Handbook of Offshore Engineering,
Providing knowledge and understanding in the use of cool-
Elsevier Science, 2005
ing and air conditioning equipment circulation technology;
3. Yong Bai, Marine Structural Design, Elsevier Science, 2003
cold storage and low temperature logistics.
MARITIME LAW AND REGULATION
Topic:
ENME803185
Basic principles for estimating cold storage loads, calculation
4 credits
of cooling capacity for various types of cold storage, and
other topics of evaporative cooling, principles for designing
Provide knowledge and understanding of the laws and regula- low-cost refrigeration bases.
tions on maritime activities both nationally and internationally.
Pre-requisite(s): -
Topic:
References:
Introduction of maritime law; Regulation of Marine Pollution Rao, C.G. Engineering for Storage of Fruits and Vegetables:
Prevention and Control; SOLAS; Pre- vention of Collisions Cold Storage, Controlled Atmosphere Storage, Modi-
Regulations; ISM Code; Statutory Rules; Passenger Ship Regu- fied Atmosphere Storage. Academic Press, 2015, ISBN:
lations; Tanker Regulations; Offshore Regulations: Accident 0128033657,9780128033654
Rescue Regulations; Other IMO rules. Accident prevention
SEA AND PORT TRANSPORTATION MANAGE-
regulations; Risk assessment and analysis.
MENT
Pre-requisite(s): - ENME803184
4 credits
References:
Learning Objective(s) :
1. International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution
From Ships (MARPOL), International Maritime Organi- Provides knowledge and understanding of various manage-
sation Publications ment approaches sea transportation and port activities which
2. International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea also include risk factors, safety, and economy.
(COLREG), International Maritime Organisation Publica-
Topic :
tions
3. International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea Sea Transportation Demand Trends; Sea Transportation Market
(SOLAS), International Maritime Organ- isation Publica- Research; Inter Mode Transportation System; Port Loading
tions and Unloading Systems, Determination of Sea Transportation
4. International Safety Management Code (ISM Code) Guide Types, Cargo Storage and Warehousing Systems, Agency
Book, International Maritime Organ- isation Publications Systems, Cargo Surveys, Shipping Company Economic Calcu-
5. Churchil R.R. dan Lowe A.V, The Law of the Sea, MUP lations, Customs.
1999
Pre-requisite(s): -
SUPPLY CHAIN TECHNOLOGY
References:
ENME804192
1. P. Lorange, Shipping Management, Institution for ship-
4 credits
ping Research.
2. Patrick Alderton, Reeds Sea Transport : Operation and
Provides the knowledge and understanding of various manage- Management, Adlard Coles, 2008
ment approaches, maritime transport and port activities which 3. Patrick Alderton, Port Management and Operations,In-
also include risk factors, safety, and economy. forma Business Publishing, 2005
4. Svein Kristiansen, Maritime Transportation : Safety
Topic:
management and Risk analysis,
Sea Transport Demand Trend: Marine Transportation Market 5. Butterworth-Heinemann, 2004
Research; Inter Mode Transport Sys- tem; System loading and 6. M. Stopford, Maritime Economics, Routledge, 1997
unloading, Types of Sea Transport, Warehousing and Storage 7. House, D.J, Cargo Work for Maritime Operation, Butter-
Cargo Sys- tems, SystemsAgency, Survey Charge, Corporate worth Heinemann, 2005
Sailing economic calculation, Customs.
INTERNSHIP A
Pre-requisite(s): - ENME601108
3 credits
References:
Students gain insight and experience activities in industry
ping Research.
and the work experiences related to non-engineering aspects.
Management, Adlard Coles, 2008 Topic:
3. Patrick Alderton, Port Management and Operations,In- Special topics in the non-engineering industrial sector that
forma Business Publishing, 2005 have not been covered in other subjects.
Pre-requisite(s): Have undergone a minimum of 4 semesters
management and Risk analysis, Butter- worth-Heine-
of lectures, or have obtained a minimum of 72 credits with a
mann, 2004
GPA> 2.0. Activities carried out by monitoring and evalua-
5. M. Stopford, Maritime Economics, Routledge, 1997
199
tion by the Internship Coordinator. ENGINEERING COMPUTATION

ENME802004
References: -
2 credits
SPECIAL TOPIC 1 Learning Outcome(s):
ENME601104
The purpose of this subject is that students know well and
4 credits
be able to apply the processes and methods (algorithms) of
calculation (numerical and analytic) engineering in the real
Students gain insight and experience of activities in national
computer-based computing world and parameters that affect
/ international competitions, or community, or entrepreneur-
Topic:
Topic:
Special topics in fields that have not been covered in other Numerical Method: Equation roots, Numerical Diffential,
subjects. Numerical Integral; Partial Differential Equation Solution.
Introduction to Computer Applications: Algorithms and
Algorithm Analysis; Computational Complexity; Types of
Algorithms; Number Optimization and Representation; Over-
flow and Underflow; Error and Formula Error in Numerical;
Special Topic Subject Coordinator.
Root of Eq. Finite Divided Difference Method in calculating
References: - Equation Derivation; Numerical Integration; ODE and ODE
systems in Computing Applications; Fast Fourier Transform;
SPECIAL TOPIC 2
PDE in Computational Applications: Solutions of Elliptic,
ENME601105
Parabolic, and Hyperbolic Equations with Numerical Methods;
4 credits
Application of Elliptic, Parabolic, and Hyperbolic PDE equation
techniques; Monte Carlo in Computing Applications.
Students gain insight and experience of activities in national
/ international competitions, or community, or entrepreneur- Pre-requisite(s): -
References:
Topic:
subjects.
Hill, 2010.
Special Topic Subject Coordinator. 3. Sedgewick R., Phillippe F, An Introduction to the
Analysis of Algorithms, Addison Wesley.
References: -
ADVANCED ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
ENME802002
2 credits ADVANCED FLUID DYNAMICS AND HEAT
Learning Outcome(s): TRANSFER
ENME801102
The purpose of this subject is to develop students’ analytical
4 credits
skills. Students understand and are able to use advanced engi-
neering mathematical concepts in solving applied engineering
problems. Enhance the ability of students in the study of fluid mechanics
in more detail so as to conduct research or the application of
Topic:
science in industrial applications. Studying the mechanism of
Introduction to Differential Equations; Differential Equation heat transfer in a control volume due to the existence of the
Order 1; Differential Equation of Order 2; High Order Differ- temperature difference and concentration as well as the involve-
ential Equations; Vector Analysis; Differential Vector; Grad, ment of one, two or three phases at the tim simultaneously.
Divergence and Curl Operations; Vector Integral; Laplace
Topic:
transform; Solving Differential Equations using Laplace
Transform; Fourier transform; Convolution Viscous flow of Newtonian fluid, membrane boundary flow,
Non-Newtonian Fluid Flow, Two-Multi Phase Flow, Particle
Pre-requisite(s): -
Displacement Flow, Porous Media and Fluidized Beds, Turbu-
References: lent Flow and Mixing, Jet, Chimney, Energy and Momentum
Equatio, one-two-three dimension conduction heat transfer,
heat transfer on extended surface.
Hill, 2010. Pre-requisite(s): -
2. Kreyszig, Erwin. Advanced Engineering Mathematics References:
3. Sedgewick R., Phillippe F, An Introduction to the and mass transfer, 5th Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1996,
Analysis of Algorithms, Addison Wesley. New York
4. Cheney W., Kincaid D., Numerical Mathematics and 2. Holman JP, Heat Transfer, 9th, Mc Graw Hill, 2003.
200
Teknik, Salemba Teknika, 2003. References:

1. Lars Larsson dan Rolf Eliasson, Principles of Yacht Design,
International MarineIRagged Moun- tain Press, 2007
mentals of Momentum, Heat, and Mass Transfer, 3rd
2. Dave Gerr, The Elements of Boats Strength, International
Ed. John Wiley & Sons, 1996, New York
MarineIRagged Mountain Press, 1999
5. Cengel, Yunus, Heat Transfer a Practical Approach, 2nd 3. Norman L. Skene, dan Marnard Bray, Elements of Yacht
Ed. Mc Graw Hill, 2003, Singapore. Design, Sheridan house, 2001
4. Steve Killing dan Doug Hunter, Yacht Design Explained :
6. Kreith Frank, Bohn Mark, Principles of Heat Transfer,
A Sailors Guide to the Principles and Practices of Design,
6th Ed. Brooks/cole, 2001, USA
W.W Norton and Company, 1998
7. Abbott I R, Theory of Wing Section, Dover Publications. 5. S. Sleight, Modern Boat Building, Conway Maritime Press.
8. Bird R B, Transport Phenomena, John Wiley & Sons. SHIP PRODUCTION OPTIMIZATION
ENME804187
MATERIAL AND MANUFACTURING 4 credits
PROCESSES Learning Outcome(s):
ENME801140
4 credits Provides knowledge and understanding of the various shipyard
Learning Outcome(s): management and technique.
The course provides understanding and basic competence Topic:
of theory, application method and product manufacturing
Shipyard Layout; Ship Process Production; Steel Stock Yard
processes that covers: working principle, process character-
Planning; Crane Calculation: Jamo- rang Calculation At Each
istics, process limitations, work and force due to the process,
Stage Production: Make Work Schedule: Work Break Down
parameters that affects to the process and the relation of
Structure; Integrated Hull Outfitting and Painting; Advanced
material with the process that needed for certain process.
Outfiting; Group Technology Methods for Ship Production;
Topic: Ship launching; Ship trials.
Manufacturing Process and Production Systems; Materials Pre-requisite(s): -
in Manufacturing; Theory and Method of Casting Processes;
References:
Theory and Method of Bulk Deformation Processes; Theory
1. D.J. Eyres, Ship Construction, Butterworth- Heinemann,
and Method of Metal Forming Processes; Theory and Method
2007
of Powder Metalurgy Processes; Theory and Method of Mate-
2. R.Shenoi, Ship Production Technology, Univ. Of South-
rial Machining/ Cutting Processes; Theory and Method for
ampton.
Enhancing Manufactured Surface Quality; Theory and Method
3. National Research Council, Shipbuilding Technology and
of Joining Processes; Theory and Method of Prototyping; Engi-
Education, National Academy Press, 1996
neering Material Characteristics; The Relation between Process
Characteristics and Material Characteristics; The Parameter MARITIME SAFETY
Control of Process for Material; Assignment in Manufacturing ENME804189
Process and Material Selection for Market Needs. 4 credits
Pre-requisite(s): - Learning Outcome(s):
References: Provides knowledge and understanding of maritime safety
through regulations, management and development of mari-
1. Michael Ashby dan Kara Jhonson, Materials and
time transportation technology.
Design: Arts and science in material selection in product
design,Butterowrth-Heinemann, 2002 Topic:
2. Michael Ashby, Material selection in Mechanical SOLAS: general provision, construction, safety equipment,
Design, Butterworrth Heinneman,2005 communication radio, safety navigation, freight, management
for ship safety, MARPOL Annex I-V, maritime safety, threats
3. John A. Schey, Introduction to Manufacturing Processes,
from maritime trading, threats from shipping, evolution of
McGraw-Hill, 1999
maritime safety, implementation of ISPS code, safety planning.
4. Degarmo, E. Paul, Materials and Processes in Manufac-
Pre-requisite(s): -
turing, Prentice Hall Int. Inc, 8th edition, 2005
References:
SPECIAL SHIP PROJECT 1. Jones. S. Maritime Security: A practical Guide, the nauti-
ENME804186
cal institute 2012
4 credits
2. Consolidate Edition, MARPOL, International Maritime
Organization, 2006
Provide the knowledge, understanding of ship design for 3. Consolidate Edition, SOLAS, International Maritime
special purposes. Organization, 2004
Topic: ADVANCED WELDING ENGINEERING
ENME804190
Typology and special ship purposes; Material to special Ship,
4 credits
Design Considerations; Calculation of loading; Calculation of
Ship Quantities; Computation Structures: Propulsion Systems;
Motion System; Safety and Navigation System; Stability Provide knowledge, understanding of the theories, principles
Calculation. and design as well as the assessment of the quality of welding
and welding applications.
Pre-requisite(s): -
201
Topic: 4 credits
process type, standard power source, Oxy-gas welding, Shield This course provides an understanding of mathematical model-
Metal Arc Welding (SMAW), Gas Tungsten Arc Welding ing, simulation and optimization of energy systems through
(GTAW), Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW), Submerged Arc technical and economical approach. The course is intended
Welding (SAW), Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW), Resistance to equip student with the ability to understand mathematical
welding, Friction Stir Welding, Other welding process: laser, model, simulation and optimization of thermal systems.
electron beam, plasma, Cutting and other edge preparation
Topic:
processes, surfacing and spraying, Brazing and soldering,
Joining processes for plastics, ceramics and composites, Workable System Design; Economical Evaluation; Determina-
Welding metal: Ferrous-based metal, non-ferrous-based metal, tion of Mathematical Equations; Thermal Equipment Modeling;
Material behavior during welding process, Testing materials System Simulation; System Optimization: Objective Function,
and the weld joint, Non De- structive Examination (NDE), Constraints; Lagrange Multipliers: Lagrange multiplier to
DT (Destructive Test), Heat treatment of base materials and complete the optimization process; Dynamics, Geometric and
welded joints, Basic of welding design, Residual stresses and Linear Programming; Mathematical Model of Thermodynam-
distortion, Welding Symbol, Behavior of welded structures ics Properties; Big System Simulation under Steady Condition;
under different types of loading, Design of welded structures Big Thermal System Simulation; Calculation of Variables in
under static and dynamic loading, welding defects, Design of Optimum Conditions.
welded pressure equipment, Welding Performance Qualifica-
Pre-requisite(s): Basic Thermodynamics, Basic Fluid
Mechanics
Welding automation.
References:
Pre-requisite(s): -
1. Stoecker, W.F. Design of Thermal System, 3rd Edition,
References:
Mc.Graw Hill Book Co, 2011.
1. Sindo Kou, Welding Metallurgy, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2002.
2. ASME Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications 2. Boehm,R.F., Design of Analysis of Thermal System, John
3. AWS D1.1., Structural Welding (Steel) Wiley&Sons,1987.
4. William A. Bowditch, Welding Fundamentals 5th Edition,
3. Yogesh Jaluria, Design and Optimization of Thermal
Goodheart-Willcox, 2011.
Systems, 2nd Edition, Mc.Graw Hill Book Co, 2007.
5. Technical Manual TM 5-805-7. Welding Design, Proce-
dures and Inspection Headquarters. SHIP AIR CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERA-
6. Lloyds Register. Welding Procedures, Inspections and TION SYSTEM
Qualifications. ENMR607022
4 credits
PORT PLANNING AND OPERATIONS
ENME804191
4 credits Students are able to analyze the design of air conditioning and
Learning Outcome(s): refrigeration system on the ship
Port Planning and Operations is a lecture that emphasizes Topic:
the process of planning the layout and operation of ports in
accordance with commodities managed based on the principle Basic principles of refrigeration and air conditioning processes.
of green-port development. Diagrams Psikrometri, ducting system design, heating
system design, ventilation system design, system design of air
Topic: conditioning and refrigeration, technical specifications and
troubleshooting, ISO standards and the Class
Sea transportation: Facilities and commodities, Port functions
in maritime transportation, types of ports and sea terminals, Pre-requisite(s): -
stages in port planning, principles of integrated port plan-
ning, planning and design of port water areas., Conventional References:
general cargo terminals, Container terminals, Oil & liquid gas 1. James Harbach, Marine Refrigeration and Air Condition-
terminals, Dry bulk cargo terminals, Green port developments, ing, Cornell Maritime Press, 2005
Conventional general cargo terminals, Container terminals, 2. N. Larsen, Marine Air Conditioning Plant, Butter-
Oil & liquid gas terminals, Dry bulk cargo terminals, Green worth-Heinemann, 2001
port developments. 3. Jones W.P., Air Conditioning Engineering, Butter-
worth-Heinemann, 2001
Pre-requisite(s): -
INTERNSHIP B
References: ENME601109
1. Ligteringen, (1999), Ports and Terminals, Faculty of Civil 3 credits
Engineering and Geosciences Department of Hydraulic Learning Outcome(s):
and Geotechnic Engineering Section Hydraulic Engineer-
ing, Technische Universiteit Delft. Students gain insight and experience activities in industry
2. Velsink, H., (1994), Ports and Terminals: Planning and and the work experiences related to non-engineering aspects.
Functional Design, Faculty of Civil Engineering Hydrau- Topic:
lic Engineering Group, Delft University of Technology.
3. Bose, J.W., (2011), Handbook of Terminal Planning, Special topics in the non-engineering industrial sector that have
Springer-Verlag New York not been covered in other subjects.
ENERGY SYSTEM OPTIMIZATION Pre-requisite(s): Have undergone a minimum of 4 semesters

ENME802103 of lectures, or have obtained a minimum of 72 credits with a
202
GPA> 2.0. Activities carried out by monitoring and evaluation Logbooks; Data Analysis and Interpretation; Communication
by the Internship Coordinator. Engineering: Principles of Communication of Raw Engineering,
Reports, Papers, and Research Results Articles. Introduction to
References: -
Academic Writing; Rhetoric Analysis on Scientific Manuscripts,
SPECIAL TOPIC 3 Critical Behavior and Arguments on Academic Writing, Tech-
ENME601106 niques for Writing Scientific Manuscripts, Writing Scientific
4 credits Manuscripts, Peer Review and Revision of Scientific Manu-
Learning Outcome(s): scripts, Finding Sources of Scientific References, Synthesis of
Scientific Manuscripts, Delivering papers as a result of learning
this course.
or industry and the work experiences. Pre-requisite(s): -
Topic: References:
Special topics in fields that have not been covered in other 1. Montgomery, D.C., Design and Analysis of Experiments,
subjects. (5th ed.), John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 2001
Pre-requisite(s): Have undergone at least 2 semesters of 2. Coleman, H.W., Steele, G.W.Jr., Experimentation and
lectures, or have obtained a minimum of 36 credits with a Uncertainty Analysis for Engineers, (2nd ed.), John
GPA> 2.0. Activities carried out by monitoring and evaluation Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1999
by the Special Topic Subject Coordinator.
3. Doebelin, E.O., Engineering Experimentation: Planning,
References: - Execution, Reporting, McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, 1995
SPECIAL TOPIC 4 4. Kirkup, Les., Experimental Method: An Introduction to
ENME601107 the Analysis and Presentation of Data, John Wiley and
4 credits Sons Australia, Ltd., Queensland, 1994
Students gain insight and experience of activities in national / Engineering Experiments, Mc-Graw Hill Kogakusha,
international competitions, or community, or entrepreneurship, Ltd., Tokyo, 1973
or industry and the work experiences.
6. Ross, V. A Brief Guide to Critical Writing. Philadelphia,
Topic: PA : Critical Writing Program. 2015.
Special topics in fields that have not been covered in other 7. Graff, G., Birkenstein, C. As He Himself Puts It : The Art
subjects. of Quoting “They Say / I Say” : The Moves That Matter
in Academic Writing. New York. 2006
lectures, or have obtained a minimum of 36 credits with a 8. Rheingold, H. Net Smart : How To Thrive Online.
GPA> 2.0. Activities carried out by monitoring and evaluation Cambridge, Mass : MIT Press. 2012.
by the Special Topic Subject Coordinator.
DATA ANALYTICS
References: - ENME802006
2 credits
EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN Learning Outcome(s):
ENME802003
4 credits Know how to identify, collect, and test multivariate data
Learning Outcome(s): before conducting analysis. Can distinguish statistical analysis
techniques available and determine which is most suitable for
This course provides knowledge about the methods of
a particular purpose. Use appropriate techniques in analyzing
planning, implementing and reporting research in the field
data and in obtaining statistical summary results to help make
of engineering so that it is able to apply standard scientific
management decisions. Verifying the results of the analysis
principles in the preparation of the final project in particular
with assumptions that will be considered in the analysis. Apply
as well as in a scientific work that results from research in
a variety of techniques to real data sequences using computer
general. Through this subject, students are expected to be able
applications (eg MS Excel, Origin, Matlab, Tableau) and present
to manage a study that starts from the planning stage, correctly
the results in appropriate reports that are easily understood
applies the design and construction procedures of the appara-
by non-statists.
tus, and applies instrumentation and measurement systems,
executes and analyzes and interprets the data with appropriate Topic:
statistical rules. In addition, students are also expected to be
Review statistics and probabilities, Factor and Component
able to write scientific texts with good techniques, be able to
Design experiments, multiple samples and estimates, Analysis
make a bibliography correctly, find the right reference sources.
of variance, models and diagnoses, Stepwise and Discriminant
Topic: Regression, Canonical and Conjoining Analysis, and Non-para-
metric Statistics.
Introduction: Introduction to Research Design; Approaches
to Solving Problems (Problem Solving Approaches); Research Pre-requisite(s): -
Project Planning; Design and Application of Measurement
References:
Systems: Measuring System Functional Elements, Measure-
ment System Performance Characteristics, System Accuracy 1. A Modern Introduction to Probability and Statistics:
(Uncertainty) Analysis; Design and Construction of Research Understanding Why and How by Dekking, Kraaikamp,
Apparatus; Experimental Planning; Experiment Execution: Lopuhaa, and Meester.
Apparatus construction, Debugging apparatus, Datasheet and
2. Montgomery, D. C., & Runger, G. C. (2010). Applied
203
statistics and probability for engineers. John Wiley & Sons. Edition. ISBN0-470-01500-4, 2010
3. Härdle, W., A. Werwatz, M. Müller, and S. Sperlich (2004). 5. Cruz, J., “Ocean Wave Energy: Current Status and Future
Nonparametric and Semiparametric Models. Springer. Perspectives”, Springer-Berlin, 2007.
4. Cox, T. F. (2005). An introduction to multivariate data 6. Falnes, J., “Ocean Waves and Oscillating Systems:
analysis. London: Hodder Arnold. Linear Interactions Including Wave-Energy Extraction”,
5. Hair, Black, Babin, Anderson, and Tatham. Multivariate
Data Analysis, 6th Edition. Prentice Hall. 7. Baker AC, “Tidal Power”, Peter Peregrinus Ltd, 1981.
MARITIME ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT
ENME802181
4 credits
This course provides knowledge about technologies for ocean
transportation and the application of ocean-based energy
sources. This course also aims to equip students with under-
standing of maritime opportunities that can be developed with
the use of technology.
Topic:
Classification of ship based on its function, aspects to consider
in ship designing, history of development of off-shore structure,
ocean environment, typesof off-shore structure: fixed design
and floating design, mooring and anchoring system, force
calculation of off-shore structure, FPSO
Pre-requisite(s): -
References:
1. Research Council National Research Council, NEW
2. Arthur H. Johnson, Michael D. Max, William P. Dillon,
Natural Gas Hydrate - Arctic Ocean Deepwater Resource
Potential, Springer, 2013
3. Khaligh, Alireza and Onar, Omer C., Energy Harvesting:
Solar, Wind, and Ocean Energy Conversion Systems, CRC
Pr I Llc, 2009
OCEAN ENERGY
ENME803182
4 credits
This course provides knowledge about technologies and prin-
ciples related to the design of renewable ocean energy system
Topic:
Introduction to renewable ocean energy, introduction to wind
turbine, tidal system and tidal energy system, OTEC, ocean
flows, methods of economic/financial assessment for off-shore
renewable energy system, wind energy, momentum theory and
the limit of wind power output, tidal flow and its conversion
to mechanical energy, description of wave energy sources,
instruments of wave energy and instruments for simulation.
Pre-requisite(s): -
References:
1. Twidell, J. and Weir, T., “Renewable Energy Resources.
Second Edition”, Taylor and Francis Group, 2006.
2. Boyle, G., “Renewable energy power for a sustainable
future, Second Edition”, Oxford University Press, 2005.
3. Walker J and Jenkins N, “Wind Energy Technology”, Wiley
Unesco Energy Engineering Series, 1997.
204
Bahan Kajian on Naval Architecture And Marine Engineering

Bahan Kajian Code Subjects Credits
Ship Design ENME803183 Offshore Building 4
ENME804186 Special Ship 4
ENME804187 Ship Production Optimization 4
ENME804189 Marine Safety 4
Ship System ENME804193 Cargo Cooling Technology 4
ENMR607022 Ship Air Conditioning and Refrigeration 4
Sea Transportation System ENME804192 Supply Chain Technology 4
ENME804191 Port Operational and Planning 4
ENME803185 Marine Law and Regulation 4
Minor in Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering

Pre-requisite: Mathematics, Physics, Engineering Drawing
Odd Semester Even Semester
Code Subjects Credits Code Subjects Credits
Mandatory Subjects, 24 SKS
ENMR601001 Introduction of Naval Archi- 2 ENMR602002 Ship Visualization and Modelling 2
tecture and Marine Engineer-
ing
ENMR603004 Ship Building Theory 2 ENMR604009 Ship Resistance and Propulsion 4
ENMR605013 Ship Manufacturing Process 2 ENMR604008 Ship Stucture 2 2
ENMR603005 Ship Stucture 1 2 ENMR604007 Ship Engine 2
ENMR606018 Auxiliary Ship Engine 2 ENMR604010 Ship Hidrodynamics 2
ENMR607023 Ship Survey and Inspection 2
Elective (Ship Design and Construction)
ENME803183 Offshore Building 4 ENME804187 Ship Production Optimization 4
ENME804186 Special Ship 4
Elective (Ship System)
ENME804193 Cargo Cooling Technology 4 ENMR607022 Ship Air Conditioning and Refrigera- 4
tion
ENME803182 Ocean Energy 4
Elective (Ship Transportation)
ENME803185 Marine Law and Regulation 4 ENME804191 Port Operational and Planning 4
ENME804192 Supply Chain Technology 4
205
Undergraduate Program in Electrical Engineering


4. Program Title Undergraduate Program in Electrical Engineering
5. Vision and Mission Vision
“to become a leading study programme that is able to provide the
solutions to the problems and challenges at the national and global level”
Mission
The department has defined its mission to
1. Deliver education based on the concept of good university
governance to produce graduates who are knowledgeable,
internationally minded, and have an entrepreneurial spirit.
2. Organize facilities, funding, and participation in applied research
and new findings that can provide solutions to national and global
problems.
3. Apply appropriate sciences and technologies in community service
activities that meet the needs of the communities and industries.
6. Class Regular, Parallel, International
8. Accreditation Status BAN-PT: A-accredited and AUN-QA International Assessment
9. Language(s) of Instruction Bahasa Indonesia and English for International Class
11, Entry Requirements High school /equivalent or polytechnic/equivalent and pass the
entrance exam
Semester
Regular 8 16
1. To produce graduates that will have autonomous professional profile as follows:
2. Become a professional graduate who has technical, managerial, and entrepreneurial skills as well as global
insight, and as an active learner who follows the latest developments in science and technology in the field of
Electrical Engineering.
3. Become a graduate with character, ethics, and care for the environment.
14. Graduate Profiles:
Engineering Graduates that can analyze and design the systems in the field of Electrical Engineering that can provide
solutions to problems in society in accordance with professional ethics.
206

Electrical Engineering Graduates are expected to have the following learning outcomes:
1. Able to design components, systems, or processes to meet the need for solutions to technical problems within
realistic limits, considering aspects, including legal, economic, environmental, social, political, health and safety,
as well as their sustainability potential.
2. Able to plan task units within existing limits as part of the process of completing engineering activities.
3. Able to formulate complex engineering problems, and then apply effective methods and tools to solve them.
4. Able to investigate experimental data designed to solve complex problems.
5. Able to identify the need for lifelong learning, including access to knowledge related to relevant current issues.
6. Able to solve complex problems in the field of electrical engineering by applying modern engineering methods,
skills, and tools as well as information technology.
7. Able to apply knowledge of mathematics, physics, information communication technology (ICT) and engineering
to solve complex problems in the field of electrical engineering.
8. Able to communicate effectively both orally and in writing.
9. Able to play an effective role in a multi-disciplinary team, with integrity, critical thinking, creative, innovative to
achieve individual and collective goals.
10. Able to be responsible to the community and fulfill professional ethics in carrying out engineering activities.

i University General Subjects 9 6,3%
ii Faculty Subjects 18 12,5%
iii Core Subjects 88 61,1%
iv Elective Subjects 29 20,1
Total 144 100 %
Career Prospects
Graduates of this study program can work in various types of companies such as the electric power industry, telecommunica-
tions and information technology, electronics, oil and gas, education, government, health industry, banking, and other related
industries.
207
LEARNING OUTCOMES
208
Learning Outcome Matrix of Mandatory Subjects
209
Course Flow Diagram
210
Course Structure Undergraduate ENEE604023-MB Algorithm and Programming 3

Program (Regular/Parallel) in Electrical Subtotal 20
Engineering 5 Semester
th
ENEE605024 Introduction to Telecommuni- 3

Code Course SKS cation System
1st Semester ENEE605025 Telecommunication System 1
Laboratory
UIGE600010-15 Religion 2
ENEE605026 Electronic Circuits 2 2
UIGE600003 English 2
ENEE605027 Control Engineering 3
ENGE600003 Calculus 4
ENEE605028 Control Engineering Labora- 1
ENGE600004 Linear Algebra 4
tory
ENGE600007 Physics of Electricity, Magne- 3
ENEE605029 Embedded System 2 3
tism, Optics, and Waves
ENEE605030 Embedded System Laboratory 1
tism, Optics, and Waves ENEE605031 Modeling anda Machine 3
Laboratory Learning
ENEE601001 Introduction to Electrical 2 ENEE605032-MB Innovation and Entrepreneur- 2
Engineering ship
Subtotal 18 ENGE600012-MB Health, Safety & Environment 2
2 nd Semester Subtotal 21
UIGE600001 Integrated Characteristic 5 6th Semester
Building ENEE606033 Electrical Engineering Project 2
ENGE600005 Physics of Mechanics and Heats 3 Design 1
ENGE600006 Laboratory of Mechanics and 1 ENEE606034-MB Internship 2
Heats Physics MB Major Elective Course 8
ENEE602002 Probability and Statistics 4 MB Electives 4
ENEE602003 Electric Circuit 1 3 Subtotal 16
ENEE602004 Vector Analysis and Complex 2 7 Semester
th
Variable
ENEE607035 Electrical Engineering Project 3
ENEE602005-MB Fundamentals of Digital System 3 Design 2
and Laboratory
ENEE607036 Pra-Bachelor Thesis 2
Subtotal 21
MB Major Elective Course 8
3rd Semester MB Electives 2
ENEE603006 Electric Circuit 2 3 Subtotal 15
ENEE603007 Electric Circuit Laboratory 1 8 Semester
th
ENEE603008 Engineering Mathematics 4 ENEE608037 Bachelor Theses 4

ENEE603009 Physics of Semiconductor 2 MB Major Elective Course 5
ENEE603010 Advanced Linear Algebra 2 MB Electives 2
ENEE603011 Electromagnetics 4 Subtotal 11
ENEE603012 Electric Measurements 2 TOTAL 144
ENEE603013 Electric Measurement Labora- 1
tory Elective Courses of Electric Power
ENEE603014-MB Basic Computer and Laboratory 3 Engineering Field
Subtotal 22
4th Semester Code Course SKS
ENEE604015 Electronic Circuits 1 2 6 Semester
th
ENEE604016 Electronic Circuits Laboratory 1 ENEE606101 Energy Conversion and Renew- 2

able Energy
ENEE604017 Signal and Systems 3
ENEE606102 Power Electronics and Labora- 3
ENEE604018 Electric Power Engineering 3
tory
ENEE604019 Electric Power Engineering 1
ENEE606103 Management and Engineering 2
Laboratory
Economics
ENEE604020 Numerical Computation 2
Subtotal 7
ENEE604021 Electrical Materials 2
7th Semester
ENEE604022 Embedded System 3
211
ENEE607104 Electric Power System and 3 Subtotal 10

Laboratory 8 Semester
th
ENEE607105 High Current & Voltage Engi- 3 ENEE608308 Signal Processing and Multime- 3
neering and Laboratory dia Service
ENEE607106 Building Electrical Installation 2 ENEE608309 Special Topics of Telecommu- 2
ENEE607107 Special Topics of Electric Power 2 nication
Engineering 1 Subtotal 5
Subtotal 10
8th Semester
Elective Courses of Control Engineering
ENEE608108 Smart Grid 2
Field
ENEE608109 Electric Power System Protec- 2 Code Course SKS
tion
6 Semester
th
ENEE608110 Special Topics of Electric Power 2

Engineering ENEE606401 Electric Motor Control System 3
Subtotal 6 ENEE606402 Adaptive and Predictive 3
Control System
Elective Courses of Electronic ENEE606403 Industrial Automation System 2
Engineering Field Subtotal 8
7 Semester
th
Code Course SKS
ENEE607404 Mechatronics 3
6th Semester
ENEE607405 Knowledge-based System 3
ENEE606201 Design of Electronic Circuits 3
ENEE607406 Robotic System 2
ENEE606202 Advanced Electronic Devices 3
ENEE607407 Special Topics of Control 2
ENEE606203 Design of Electronics Instru- 2 Engineering 1
mentation
Subtotal 10
Subtotal 8
8 Semester
th
7th Semester
ENEE608408 Autonomous Vehicle System 3
ENEE607204 Optoelectronic Devices 3
ENEE608409 Special Topics of Control 2
ENEE607205 Design of VLSI Circuits 3 Engineering
ENEE607206 Introduction to Nanoelectronics 2 Subtotal 5
ENEE607207 Special Topics of Electronics 1 2
Course Structure of International
Subtotal 10
8th Semester
ENEE608208 Advanced Embedded System 3 Code Course SKS
ENEE608209 Special Topics of Electronics 2 1 Semester
st
Subtotal 5 ENGE610003 Calculus 4

Elective Courses of Telecommunication ENGE610007 Physics (Electric, Magnet, 3
Optic, and Wave)
Engineering Field
ENGE610008 Physics (Electric, Magnet, 1
Code Course SKS Optic, and Wave) Laboratory
6 Semester
th ENGE610004 Linear Algebra 4
ENEE611001 Introduction to Electrical 2
ENEE606301 Digital Communication 3
Engineering
ENEE606302 Telecommunication System 3
ENEE611002 Fundamentals of Digital System 3
Devices
and Laboratory
ENEE606303 Optical Communications 2
ENEE611003 Academic Writing 2
Subtotal 8
Subtotal 19
7th Semester
2 Semester
nd
ENEE607304 Antenna and Propagation 3

ENGE610005 Physics (Mechanics and Heat) 3
ENEE607305 Wireless Communication and 3
ENGE610006 Physics (Mechanics and Heat) 1
Convergence Networks
Laboratory
ENEE607306 Capita Selecta of Telecommuni- 2
ENEE612003 Basic Computer and Laboratory 3
cation Ecosystems
ENEE612004 Probability and Statistics 4
ENEE607307 Special Topics of Telecommuni- 2
cation 1
212
ENEE612005 Vector and Complex Variable 2 ENEE616037 Electrical Engineering Project 2

Analysis Design 1
ENEE612006 Electric Circuit 1 3 ENEE616038 Introduction to Nanoelectronics 2
ENEE612007 Physics of Semiconductor 2 ENEE616039 Electric Power System and 3
ENEE612008 Engineering Mathematics 4 Laboratory
Subtotal 22 ENEE616040 Telecommunication System 3

Devices
3rd Semester ENEE616041 Internship 2
ENEE613009 Electric Circuit 2 3 ENEE616042 Innovation and Entrepreneur- 2
ENEE613010 Electric Circuit Laboratory 1 ship
ENEE613011 Signal & Systems 3 Subtotal 20
ENEE613012 Electromagnetics 4 7 Semester
th
ENEE613013 Introduction to Telecommuni- 3 ENGE610012 Health, Safety & Environment 2

cation System ENEE617043 Electrical Engineering Project 3
ENEE613014 Telecommunication system 1 Design 2
Laboratory ENEE617044 Optoelectronic Devices 2
ENEE613015 Electronic Circuits 1 2 ENEE617045 Pra-Bachelor Thesis 2
ENEE613016 Electronic Circuits Laboratory 1 Electives 3
ENEE613017 Electrical Measurements 2 Subtotal 12
ENEE613018 Advanced Linear Algebra 2
8th Semester
Subtotal 22
ENEE618047 Bachelor Thesis 4
4 Semester
th
Electives 2
ENEE614019 Control Engineering 3 Subtotal 6
ENEE614020 Control Engineering Labora- 1 Total 144
tory
ENEE614021 Electronic Circuits 2 2 Course Syllabus of University Subjects
ENEE614022 Electrical Measurements 1 INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING
Laboratory UIGE6000061/UIGE6100061
ENEE614023 Numerical Computation 2 5 credits
ENEE614024 Electrical Materials 2 Syllabus :
ENEE614025 Embedded System 1 3 The Integrated Character Building is part of the Higher
ENEE614026 Electrical Power Engineering 3 Education Personality Development Lecture which is held
for students which contains elements of the internalization
ENEE614027 Electrical Power Engineering 1
of basic life values, interaction/relationship skills, nationality
Laboratory
and academic skills as the basis for student personality to
ENEE614028 Algorithm and Programming 3 carry out learning according to scientific disciplines.
Subtotal 21 MPKT is carried out in the form of a series of learning
5 Semester
th
UIGE610005-9 Religion 2 include participation in lectures/seminars, internships, field
work practices, social work, sports and/or arts activities and
ENEE616029 Modeling and Machine 3 other forms of activities that have the main goal of equipping
Learning students with soft skills and proven by portfolio documents.
ENEE615030 Embedded System 2 3 The form of this learning activity is different from the MPKT
ENEE615031 Embedded System Laboratory 1 courses that have been carried out at the previous UI.
ENEE615032 Power Electronics and Labora- 3 The material provided at MPKT aims to form a human thinking
tory pattern with values and morals to create a human personality
ENEE615033 Electric Motor Control System 3
ENEE615034 Wireless Communication and 3 The material provided includes 9 UI values, national, state and
Convergence Networks citizen values b
ased on Pancasila. Solving problems in science,
ENEE615035 Electronic Instrumentation 2 technology, health, and humans as natural managers by using
Design reasoning and utilizing Information and Communication
Subtotal 20 Technology (ICT) to achieve the final objectives of this module.
6th Semester Lecture activities are carried out using an online student-
centered learning (SCL) approach which can use the
UIGE610001 Integrated Characteristic 5 following methods: experiential learning (EL), collaborative
Building learning (CL), problem-based learning (PBL), question-based
ENEE616036 Autonomous Vehicle System 3 learning, and project based learning. The use of these various
methods is carried out through group discussion activities, 213
• Speak confidently, ask questions in and contribute to
is Indonesian.
• Improve their reading skills through extensive reading
non-academic activities (C3, A5)
material;
• Develop skills in connecting ideas using appropriate
creatively, and innovatively and have intellectual
transitions and conjunctions;
curiosity to solve problems at the individual and group
presentation on an academic topic using appropriate
• CPL 3: Able to provide alternative solutions to various
organization, language and visual aids;
problems that arise in the community, nation, and
Learning Method : Active learning, Contextual language
learning, small group discussion.
ethics (C2, A5)
Prerequisite :
Course Learning Outcomes :
1. Students Learning Orientation/Orientasi Belajar
• CPMK 1: After completing this course, students are
Mahasiswa (OBM)
able to apply self-regulated learning characteristically
communication technology (C4, A4)
Syllabus :
ethics (C2, A5)
in pursuing integrated and comprehensive knowledge
through analysis of science problems, technology based
on the role of nature manager by using good and correct
Indonesian and information technology and current
• CPMK 4: After completing this course, students are able Listening to a lecture and notetaking, Listening to a news
to plan creative activities to solve problems in society broadcast, Listening to a short story) Speaking: (Participating
and the world of work/industry by showing creativity, in discussions and meetings, Giving a presentation) Writing:
critical thinking, collaborative self-discipline using good (Writing a summary of a short article Describing graphs
and correct Indonesian as well as the latest information and tables, Writing an academic paragraph, Writing a basic
and communication technology (C5, A5) academic essay (5 paragraphs).
Prerequisite : - ISLAMIC STUDIES
UIGE6000010/UIGE610005
ACADEMIC WRITING
2 credits
UIGE610002
2 credits
The Objectives : The cultivation of students who have concern for social,
To activate students, English so that they will be able to
communicate effectively in English;
skills.
continue learning on their own after taking the MPK program Course participants are expected to do the following when
(to develop independent learners) faced with a problem or issue which they must solve :
Main Competencies : 1. Analyze the problem based on the Islamic values they
adopted;
• Listen to, understand and take notes of key information
in academic lectures of between 5-10 minutes length; 2. Analyze the problem by implementing active learning
214

expectations.
Syllabus :
HINDU STUDIES
UIGE6000013/UIGE610008
2 credits
Jesus Christ by continuing to be responsible of his faith in life the enforcement of justice, Awareness of and obeying the Rita
in church and society. / Dharma.
Syllabus : BUDDHIST STUDIES
UIGE6000014/UIGE610009
2 credits
technology and art; harmony between religions; Society,
Culture, Politics, Law: the substance of theses studies will be Syllabus :
in the society.
CHRISTIAN STUDIES and environment), harmony between religion (religion is a
UIGE6000012/UIGE610007 blessing for all mankind, the essence of the religious plurality
2 credits and togetherness), community (the role of religious society in
General Instructional Objectives : creating a prosperous independent society, the responsibility
of religious society in the realization of human rights and
participation in line with the study to help improve and build
our country.
Learning Objectives : law, the function of religion in the legal profession).
Course participants are expected to do the following when KONG HU CU STUDY
faced with a problem or issue which they must solve: UIGE6000015/UIGE610010
2 credits
2. Analyze the problem by implementing active learning Syllabus of Faculty Subjects
stages
CALCULUS 1
3. Discuss the problem by using proper and correct ENGE600001/ENGE610001
Indonesian language 3 credits
Syllabus : Course Learning Outcomes:
History (Historical terms): Status of the Bible, the existence Able to use the basic concepts of calculus related to -a function
of God and Morality, Christ the Savior, the Holy Spirit as of one variable, the derivative and integration of the function
215
of one variable in order to solve its applied problems. engineering problems.

Graduates Learning Outcomes: Syllabus :
Able to apply mathematics, science, basic engineering, and Introduction, Functions and Limits, Derivatives, Derived
engineering specialization to be used in solving complex Applications, Indeterminate Integral, Integral Applications,
engineering problems. Infinite Row, and Series. Derivatives with many variables,
Duplicate Integral (2 and 3), Duplicate Integral Application.
Syllabus :
Introduction, Functions and Limits, The Derivative, Applica- Prerequisite: None
tions of the Derivative, The Definite Integral, Applications of
Textbooks:
The Definte Integral, Transcendental Functions, Techniques
of Integration, Indeterminate Forms and Improper Integrals. Main :
D. Varberg, E. J. Purcell, S.E. Rigdon, Calculus, 9th ed.,
Prerequisite: None
Pearson, Prentice Hall, 2007.
Textbooks:
Main reference: tal, 12th ed., Addison – Wesley Pearson, 2009.
LINEAR ALGEBRA
ENGE600004/ENGE610004
Additional eferences: 4 SKS
1. George B. Thomas Jr., Thomas’ Calculus Early Transcen- Course Learning Outcomes:
dental, 12th ed., Addison–Wesley Pearson, 2009. Students are able to calculate linear system problems to solve
2. Howard Anton, Calculus, 10th ed., John Wiley and Sons, engineering problems.
2012.
CALCULUS 2
ENGE600002/ENGE610002
an engineering specialization to be used in solving complex
3 SKS
Syllabus :
Students are able to use the concepts of sequences, series, conic
sections, and the basic concepts of calculus which involve the Linear Systems and matrix equations, Determinants, Euclid
function of two or three variables to solve their applied prob- vector spaces, Common vector spaces, eigenvalues and eigen-
lems. vectors, inner product spaces, Diagonalization and General
Linear Transformation.
Prerequisite: None
an engineering specialization to be used in solving complex Textbooks:
engineering problems. 1. Elementary Linear Algebra, Howard Anton & Chris
Rorres, 11th edition, 2014
Syllabus: :
2. Gilbert Strang, Introduction to linear algebra 3rd edition
Wellesley Cambridge Press, 2003
operation on operations, Taylor and MacLaurin series, Conic MECHANICAL AND HEAT PHYSICS
sections , Calculus in polar coordinates, Derivatives, limits, ENGE600005 / ENGE610005
and continuity of multi-variables functions, Directional 3 credits
derivatives and gradients, Chain Rule, Tangent planes and Course Learning Outcomes:
Able to explain the basic concepts of mechanics and thermo-
dynamics, and be able to apply them to understand natural
phenomena and human engineering, including their applica-
tions.
Prerequisite: Calculus 1
Textbooks:
Erlangga, 2019. Syllabus:
CALCULUS Units, Magnitudes and Vectors, Motion Along Straight Lines,
ENGE600003/ENGE610003 Motion in Two and Three Dimensions, Newton’s Laws of
4 SKS Motion, Applications of Newton’s Laws, Kinetic Energy, and
Course Learning Outcomes: Work, Potential Energy and Energy Conservation, Center of
Students are able to use the basic concepts of calculus involv-
ing functions of one to three variables to solve their applied
problems.
Graduates Learning Outcomes: Kinetic Theory of Gas, Heat Engine, Entropy, and Law II Ther-
modynamics.
an engineering specialization to be used in solving complex Prerequisite: none
216
ENGE600007 / ENGE610007
Syllabus:
3 credits
Syllabus:
Textbooks:
Prerequisite: none 2. Park, Chan S. 2016. Contemporary Engineering Econom-
Textbooks :
2. Serway Jewett, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 9th STATISTICS AND PROBABILISTICS
Edition, Thomson Brooks / Cole, 2013. ENGE600010 / ENGE610010
3. Giancoli, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 4th 2 credits
Edition, Pearson, 2008. Course Learning Outcomes:
BASIC CHEMISTRY Students are able to handle quantitative data/information
ENGE600009 / ENGE610009 starting from the descriptive stage (collection, organization,
2 credits and presentation) to the inductive stage, which includes fore-
Course Learning Outcomes: casting and drawing conclusions based on the relationship
Students are able to analyze the principe of basic chemistry between variables for decision making.
Graduates’ Learning Outcomes: 1. Apply descriptive statistics and probability theory to data
Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering to processing and serving
be used in solving complex engineering problems. 2. Apply probability distribution to data processing and
serving
Syllabus:
Material and measurements, atoms, molecules and ions, sion making
stochiometry, water phase reactions and solution stochiom- 4. Apply hypothesis test samples for decision making
Syllabus:
ical applications. Introduction to Statistics for Engineering Studies, Probabil-
Prerequisite: none
tion Probability, Sampling, Estimation, Hypothesis testing,
Textbooks : Hypothesis test 1 sample at an average value, Regression
Prerequisite: none
York, 2001. Textbooks :
2. John McMurry, Robert C. Fay, Chemistry (3rd ed.), 1. Harinaldi, Basic Principles of Statistical Engineering and
Prentice Hall, 2001. Science, Erlangga, 2004
3. Raymond Chang, Williams College, Chemistry (7th ed.), 2. Montgomery, DC., And Runger, GC., Applied Statistics
McGraw-Hill, 2003. and Probability for Engineers, John Wiley Sons, 2002
ENGINEERING ECONOMY HSE PROTECTION
ENGE600011 / ENGE610011 ENGE600012 / ENGE610012
217
2 credits application in the field of electrical engineering, exploration

Course Learning Outcomes: of electrical technologies.
Upon completion of this subject students are expected to be Prerequisites: none
able to carried out hazard identification, and characterization,
Textbook:
to propose appropriate methods for risk reduction and miti-
1. Diktat Pengantar Teknik Elektro UI
gation, and to design safety management system. The student
2. Dr. Raymond B. Landis, “Studying Engineering: A Road
is also expected to improve their awareness on industrial
Map to a Rewarding Career, Chapter 2”, 3rd edition,
safety and health, and understanding on safety regulation
Discovery Press, 2019
PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
ENEE602002/ENEE612004
1. Students are expected to understand safety, health and
4 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes:
principal in engineering code of ethics.
2. Students are expected to be able to carry out process of Able to explain the stapes and methods in data processing and
risk assessments by considering risk factors in the impact analysis as well as the principle of uncertainty in data; able to
of hazards on people, facilities, and the surrounding use data representation/modeling methods; able to apply data
community and environemt. representation/modeling methods in engineering, especially
3. Students are expected to understand the regulatory electrical engineering.
framework and standard related to the stages of life cycle
Topics:
of machine, building structure, construction, and process.
4. Students are able to design and propose an effective General concepts of probability and statistics, population,
hazard communication, management and engineering sample, data preparation and explanation (frequency distri-
control, and risk mitigation through an engineering bution, data presentation in tables/graphs, mean, standard
assignment project. deviations, variances, medians), random variables (discrete,
5. Students are able to identify the knowledge required continuous), types of probabilities, various types of probability
to perform risk assesment, investigation and design distributions, sampling methods, sampling distributions, Bayes’
improvement through a multidisiplinary case of incident Theorem, mean inference (point estimation, interval estimation,
and accident. maximum likelihood estimation), variance inference (variance
estimation, hypothesis), and proportion inference (proportion
Syllabus:
estimation, hypothesis, goodness of fit), Optimization, least
Introduction to SHE Regulation and Standards, SHE Percep- squared method, linear regression (single, multiple), correlation
tion (Risk and Environment), Identification, Assessment and
Prerequisites: none
Management, Construction, machinery and Noise hazards,
Process safety hazard and analysis technique, Fire and explo- Textbook:
sion hazard, Electrical hazard, Toxicology in the Workplace, 1. R. Lyman, Michael Longnecker, “An Introduction to
Ergonomy Aspect, Hazard communication to employees, Statistical Methods & Data Analysis”,7th Edition, Cengage
Environmental Protection, Case studies, Safety Health and Learning, 2016.
Environment audits. 2. Irwin Miller, Marylees Miller, “Mathematical Statistics
with Application”, 8th Edition, Pearson Education, 2014.
Prerequisite: none
3. Richard L. Scheaffer, Linda J. Young, “Introduction to
Textbooks : Probability and Its Applications”, Cengage Learning, 2010.
1. Charles A. Wentz, Safety, Health and Environmental
Protection, McGraw Hill, 1998.
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS 1
ENEE602003/ENEE612006
3 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes:
www.hse.gov.uk/ Able to apply analysis techniques of complex electrical circuit;
4. National laws and regulations related to the K3 Manage- able to apply electrical circuit analysis methods; able to perform
ment System and the Environment. analysis of electrical circuit variables.
Topics:
Current, voltage, power and energy; voltage source, current
Electrical Engineering Course source (free/ bound), resistor, and capacitor; series and parallel
resistive circuits; RL, RC, RLC circuits; node analysis, super-
INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL ENGINEER- node, mesh, supermesh; the superposition theorem, source
ING transformation, and Thevenin-Norton; operational amplifier;
ENEE601001/ENEE611001 time and frequency response of the RLC circuit
2 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes: Prerequisite: Calculus, Physics (Electricity, MWO).
Able to describe the profession and mindset of engineer, able to Textbook:

describe the scope of the field of electrical engineering, able to 1. James W. Nilsson, Susan A. Riedel, “Electric Circuits,
show a simple application in the field of electrical engineering (Chapter 1-9)”, 10th Edition, Pearson, 2015.
2. David E. Johnson, Johnny R. Johnson, John L. Hilburry,
Topics: Peter D. Scott, “Electric Circuit Analysis, (Chapter 1-8)”, 3rd
The profession and role of the engineer in the field of electrical Edition, Wiley, 1997.
engineering, innovation and entrepreneurship in the field of VECTOR ANALYSIS COMPLEX VARIABLE
electrical engineering, mindset of the engineer, science and
218
ENEE602004/ENEE612005 series and transformation; Fourier series analysis; active filter

2 CREDITS circuit; 4 poles circuits
Learning Outcomes:
Prerequisite: Electric Circuit 1
Able to explain the concepts of differential and integral vectors;
Textbook:
able to describe the application of differential and integral
1. James W. Nilsson, Susan A. Riedel, “Electric Circuits,
vectors in solving electrical engineering problems, able to
(Chapter 10-18)”, 10th Edition, Pearson, 2015.
apply appropriate mathematical operations on differential and
2. David E. Johnson, Johnny R. Johnson, John L. Hilburry,
integral vectors, able to apply mathematical operations methods
Peter D. Scott, “Electric Circuit Analysis, (Chapter 9-17)”,
in complex variables and functions
3rd Edition, Wiley, 1997.
Topics:
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT LABORATORY
Differential vector, gradient, hessian, jacobian, divergence, curl, ENEE603007/ENEE613010
integral vector, line integral, Green theorem, surface integral, 1 CREDITS
Gauss and Stokes divergence theorem, complex variabel and Learning Outcomes:
function, complex differential and integral.
Able to explain the phenomenon of electric circuit variables, able
Prerequisite: Calculus to calculate electrical circuit variables using node, supernode,
mesh, supermesh methods, able to analyze complex electrical
Textbook:
circuit responses.
1. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics
(chapter 9, 10, 13, 14, 15)”, 10th Edition, Wiley Publisher Topics:
2010.
Analysis of nodes, supernode, mesh, supermesh; superposition
2. Glyn James, “Advanced Modern Engineering Mathemat-
theorem, source transformation, Thevenin-Norton, 3-phase
ics (Chapter 3, )”, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2011.
circuit; inductance circuit; 4 poles circuit; active filter circuit
FUNDAMENTAL OF DIGITAL SYSTEM & LABO-
Prerequisite: Electric Circuits 1
RATORY
ENEE602005-MB/ENEE611002 Textbook: Modul Praktikum Rangkaian Listrik – Laboratorium
3 CREDITS Tegangan Tinggi dan Pengukuran Listrik.
Learning Outcomes:
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
Able to explain the components of a digital system circuit, able ENEE603008/ENEE612008
to use simple digital circuit design methods, able to analyze a 4 CREDITS
logic circuit. Learning Outcomes:
Topics: Able to describe ordinary differential equations with constant/
non-constant or linear/non-linear coefficients, partial differ-
Boolean Algebra Principles and applications; Interface Logic
ential equations, discrete differential equations, able to derive
Families; Number System & Data Encoding; Basic Logic
solutions of ordinary differential equations, able to apply
Circuits; Basic Modular Design of Combinational Circuits; Basic
the method of laplace/fourier/z transformation in solving
Modular Design of Sequential Circuits.
differential equations
Practical work: Module 1-Introduction and introduction to
Topics:
Digital Circuit Basics, Module 2 - Boolean
Ordinary Differential Equations (Constant and Non-Constant
Algebra and Elementary logic gates, Module 3 – Karnaugh
Coefficient, linear, non-linear), Partial Differential Equations,
Map, Module 4 – complex logic gate, Module5 - Decoder and
Discrete Differential Equations, Laplace Transforms, Fourier
Encoder, Module 6 - Multiplexer and De-multiplexer, Module
Transforms, Z Transformations
7- Digital Arithmetic Circuit, Module 8 - Flip-Flop and Latch,
Module 9-Registers and Counters, Module 10 – Group Project Prerequisite: Vector Analysis and Complex Variables
Prerequisite: none Textbook:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”,
Textbook:
10th Edition, Wiley Publisher 2010.
1. M. Morris R. Mano, Charles R. Kime, Tom Martin, Logic
& Computer Design Fundamentals, 5th ed, Prentice Hall,
ics”, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2011.
2015
2. Ronald J. Tocci, Neal S. Widmer, and Gregory L. Moss, PHYSICS OF SEMICONDUCTOR
Digital Systems: Principles and Applications, 11th Ed., ENEE603009/ENEE612007
Prentice Hall, 2010 2 CREDITS
3. Modul Praktikum Dasar Sistem Digital Learning Outcomes:
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS 2 Able to explain the principles of semiconductor physics, able
ENEE603006/ENEE613009 to apply the concepts of semiconductor physics in the analysis
3 CREDITS of semiconductor devices.
Learning Outcomes:
Topics:
Able to apply laplace transform in electrical circuit analysis
bond, Crystal, defect, band structures, mechanical properties,
including deriving transfer function, able to apply filter design
optical properties, heterostructures, nanostructure, polirized
method and its analysis method using fourier transformation,
semiconductor, magnetic semiconductor
able to analyze 3-phase electric circuit.
Prerequisite: Physics (Electricity, MWO).
Topics: Electric power calculation; 3 phase ecircuits, laplace
transformation; circuit analysis with laplace transforms; Fourier Textbook:
219
1. Marius Grundmann, “The Physics of Semiconductors: 1. Rudy Setiabudy, “Pengukuran Besaran Listrik,” LP-FEUI,
An Introduction Including Devices and Nanophysics”, 2007.
Springer-Verlag, 2006. 2. Klaas B. Klaassen, “Electronic Measurement and Instru-
2. Massimo Rudan,” Physics of Semiconductor Devices, 2nd mentation,” Cambridge University Press, 1996.
edition”, Springer-Verlag, 2018.
ELECTRIC MEASUREMENTS LABORATORY
ADVANCED LINEAR ALGEBRA ENEE603013/ENEE614022
ENEE603010/ENEE613018 1 CREDIT
2 CREDITS Learning Outcomes:
Learning Outcomes:
Capable of measuring electrical quantities; Able to choose the
Able to apply matrix decomposition and differentiation measuring instrument to suit the needs of measurement topics:
techniques, able to apply matrix operation techniques in data
Topics: Gauge 1 phase, 3 phase measurement tool, the tool
analysis, able to apply optimization methods.
to measure the energy and power, grounding measuring
Topics: instrument
matrix geometry analysis (length, distance, angle, orthonormal, Prerequisite: Electric Measurements
orthogonal), matrix decomposition (Cholesky decomposition,
Textbook:
SVD, eigen decomposition), vector calculus (matrix gradient,
computation), optimization (problem statements, computa- Modul Praktikum Pengukuran Besaran Listrik - Laboratorium
tional optimization, gradient descent), applications Matrix Tegangan Tinggi dan Pengukuran Listrik.
Operations (PCA)
BASIC COMPUTER AND LABORATORY
Prerequisite: Calculus, Linear Algebra ENEE603014-MB/ENEE612003
3 CREDITS
Textbook:
Learning Outcomes:
1. Marc Peter Deisenroth, A. Aldo Faisal, Cheng Soon Ong,
“Mathematics for Machine Learning”, Cambridge Univer- Able to explain computer systems (hardware, software,
sity Press, 2019. networks), able to explain the principles of algorithm design,
2. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, able to apply algorithm design methods: Pseudocode; Flow
10th Edition, Wiley Publisher 2010. chart; Iteration; Selection/Branching; Able to analyze the results
of the algorithm design
ELECTROMAGNETICS
ENEE603011/ENEE613013 Topics:
4 CREDITS
The history of the computer, computer hardware Components,
Learning Outcomes:
operating systems, computer networks; Pseudocode; Flowchart;
Able to describe the concept of electromagnetic fields (elec- Looping; Selection/Branching; Matlab Script; Structure and
trostatic, magnetostatic, dynamic fields, plane waves), able control in the C language
to explain the application of electromagnetic concepts in the
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of Digital System and Laboratory
field of electrical engineering, able to apply electromagnetic
field analysis methods in certain applications of electrical Textbook:
engineering 1. Alan Evans, Kendall Martin, Mary Anne Poatsy, “Tech-
nology in Action (TiA),” 12th Edition, PrenticeHall, 2015.
Topics: Electrostatic, Magneto-static, Electromagnetic dynamic,
2. Gary b. Shelly Misty e. Vermaat and, “Discovering
Plane Waves, Maxwell’s Laws, Electromagnetic Interference,
Computers 2011: Living in a Digital World,” Course Tech-
transmission line
nology, Cengage Learning, 2011.
Prerequisite: Vector Analysis and Complex Variables 3. Deitel & Deitel, “C How to Program,” 8th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2015.
Textbook:
1. Fawwaz T Ulaby, Umberto Ravaioli, “Fundamental of ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT 1
Applied Electromagnetics, 7th edition”, Pearson, 2015. ENEE604015/ENEE613015
2. William H. Hayt, Jr., John A. Buck, “Engineering Electro- 2 CREDITS
magnetics, 6th edition”, Mc Graw-Hill, 2001. Learning Outcomes:
ELECTRIC MEASUREMENTS Able to apply analysis methods in the design of simple elec-
ENEE603012/ENEE613017 tronic circuits, able to analyze the response of simple electronic
2 CREDITS circuits
Learning Outcomes:
Topics:
Able to explain the basics of electrical measurement; Able
Diode circuits, bipolar circuits of junction transistor, MOSFET
to apply correct and safe measurement techniques; Able to
circuits, transistor power supply circuit configurations,
evaluate measurement results
MOSFET power supply circuit configurations, transistor
Topics: Introduction of measuring instruments, the fault/ applications, and frequency responses
error in measurement, the security and safety in Electrical
Measurements, Measuring Electrical Quantities in General,
measurement of Grounding Prisoners (Grounding Resistance), Textbook:
an Oscilloscope, a Digital gauge Prerequisite: Electronics
Boylestad R, Nashhelsky L, “Electronic Devices and Circuit
Circuits.
Theory 9th Edition”, Prentice Hall, 2006.
Textbook:
220
ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT LABORATORY Topics: Transformator, generator, motor

ENEE604016/ENEE613016
Prerequisite: Electric Power Engineering
1 CREDIT
Learning Outcomes: Textbook:
Able to use experiment tools properly, able to understand the Modul Praktikum Teknik Tenaga Listrik- Laboratorium
variables of electronic circuit, able to practice the workings of Konversi Energi Tenaga Listrik
diodes, transistors, circuit configurations, frequency responses,
NUMERICAL COMPUTATION
and amplifiers
ENEE604020/ENEE614023
Topics: Diode circuits, transistor circuits, transistor power 2 CREDITS
supply circuit configurations, transistor applications, frequency Learning Outcomes:
responses, and amplifier circuits.
Able to make numerical computational algorithm, able to
Prerequisite: Electronic Circuit 1 analyze the results of numerical computational.
Textbook: Topics:
Modul Praktikum Rangkaian Elektronika – Laboratorium Designing numerical computation for root search, solving
Elektronika. linear equation systems, curve fitting searches, integrals and
differentials, ordinary differential equations, Interpolation,
SIGNAL AND SYSTEM optimization
ENEE604017/ENEE613011
3 CREDITS Prerequisite: Advanced Linear Algebra
Learning Outcomes:
Textbook:
Able to explain signals (discrete, continuous), systems and
Steven Chapra, Raymond Canale. “Numerical Methods for
methods of transformation, able to apply methods of transfor-
Engineer 7th Edition”, McGraw Hill. 2014.
mation and analysis of continuous and discrete systems, able
to analyze the response of filter designed ELECTRICAL MATERIAL
ENEE604021/ENEE614025
Topics:
2 CREDITS
Signal and system definitions, Linear Time Invariant (LTI) Learning Outcomes:
Continuous and discrete systems, time domain representation
Able to explain the general properties of electrical materials,
and Fourier LTI systems, applications, Discrete Time Fourier
able to classify types of electrical materials based on their prop-
Series (DTFS), Discrete Time Fourier Transform (DTFT), Laplace
erties and characteristics, able to examine the characteristics
and z transformation applications, filter applications
and specifications of various types of electrical materials in
Prerequisite: Engeneering Mathematics an application
Textbook: Topics:
1. Simon Haykin & Barry Van Veen, “Signals and System”,
Atoms in solids; Dielectric Polarization; Dielectric losses;
2nd Edition John Wiley & Sons Publisher, 2005.
Classification of electrical materials: solids, ceramics, polymers;
2. Alan V. Oppenheim, Alan S. Willsky, S. Hamid Nawab,
Insulation material: gas and liquid; material characteristics:
“Signals and Systems”, Prentice Hall; 2nd Edition, 1996.
conductivity, thermal, electrical, optical; Damage to insulation,
ELECTRIC POWER ENGINEERING optical material
ENEE604018/ENEE614026
Prerequisite: Physics of Semiconductor, Electric Circuit 1
3 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes: Textbook:
1. Rudy Setiabudy, “Material Teknik Listrik”, UI Press, 2007
Able to identify problems of generation, transmission and
2. R. E. Hummel, “Electronic Properties of Materials”, Third
distribution of electric power system, transformers, motors,
Edition, Springer, 2000
generators; able to provide recommendations for components
in an electric power system EMBEDDED SYSTEM 1
ENEE604022/ENEE614025
Topics:
3 CREDITS
Electric power system, electric power generation, transmission Learning Outcomes:
and distribution, transformator, motor, generator
Able to explain the components of embedded systems, micro-
Prerequisite: Electric Circuit 1 and 2 processors, microcontrollers; able to implement Asembly /
C programming in embedded systems; able to choose the
Textbook:
programming method according to need
S. J. Chapman, “Electric Machinery and Power System Funda-
Topics:
mentals,” McGraw-Hill Science/ Engineering/Math, 2001.
Microprocessor Addressing Mode; Assembly/C Programming
ELECTRIC POWER ENGINEERING LABORATORY Language for microprocessors, microcontroller architecture,
ENEE604019/ENEE614027
Input Output, serial communication, ADC, interruptions,
1 CREDIT
microcontroller programming
Learning Outcomes:
Prerequisite: Basic Computer and Laboratory
Able to practice the working of transformer, generator, motor;
able to use measuring devices, able to analyze the performance Textbook:
of electric power system components 1. Manuel Jimenez, Rogelio Palomera, Isidoro Couvertier,
“Introduction to Embedded System Using Microcontrol-
221
ler and the MSP 430”, Springer, 2014. lation-Modulation, Multiplexing (OFDM), Antenna Design,
2. Perry Xiao,”Designing Embedded Systems and IOT with Transmission Channels.
ARM MBED”, Wiley, 2018.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Telecommunication System
3. Steven F. Barret, “Embedded System Design with Atmel
AVR Microcontroller – Part I & II”, Morgan & Claypol,2010. Textbook:
ALGORITHM AND PROGRAMMING Laboratory Workbook–Telecommunication Engineering
ENEE604023-MB/ENEE614028 Laboratory.
3 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes:
ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 2
ENEE605026/ENEE614021
Able to apply concepts: Modular; Iteration and Recursion; Sort- 2 CREDITS
ing; Searching; Arrays; pointers; Linked List, able to analyze Learning Outcomes:
programming results in C language, able to recommend a Able to apply methods of analysis and design of electronic
programming design. circuits, able to analyze the performance of electronic circuit
designs, able to provide recommendations for electronic
Topics: Modular; Iteration and Recursion; Sorting; Searching;
circuit designs for certain purposes
Array; Pointers; Linked List; Static and Dynamic Data Structure
in C Language Topics:
Prerequisite: Basic Computer and Laboratory Power amplifier circuit, digital circuit with digital bipolar
circuit, high-order active filter, oscillator circuit, Schmidt
Textbook:
Trigger, and voltage regulators
1. Thomas H. Cormen, “Introduction to Algorithms”, 3rd
Edition, MIT Press, 2009 Prerequisite: Electronic Circuits 1
2. Robert Sedgewick & Kevin Wayne, “Algorithms”, 4th Ed.,
Textbook:
Addison-Wesley Professional, 2011
Boylestad R, Nashhelsky L (2006), Electronic Devices and
INTRODUCTION TO TELECOMMUNICATION
Circuit Theory 9th Edition, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, USA.
SYSTEM
ENEE605024/ENEE613013 CONTROL ENGINEERING
3 CREDITS ENEE605027/ENEE614019
Learning Outcomes: 4 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes:
Able to explain the parts in the telecommunications equip-
ment system, able to identify concepts and technologies in Able to explain the concept of discrete & continuous control
the telecommunications system (modulation, transmission, techniques and their methodology, able to apply discrete and
numbering techniques) continuous system analysis methods with block diagrams, Time
Response, stability and steady-state errors, root locus, frequency
Able to explain the parts of telecommunications system, able
response, able to choose control design methods (discrete and
to identify concepts and technology in telecommunications
continuous) with according to the model and needs
systems (modulation, transmission, numbering techniques),
able to choose a design of telecommunications system that Topics:
suits the needs.
Continuous and discrete control system models, Block
Topics: diagrams; response time; stability; steady-state error, root
locus; frequency response, controller design with root locus;
Introduction to Telecommunications, Analog and Digital
controller design with bode diagram, discrete / continuous
Communication Systems and Devices. Telecommunications
state-space model, controller design in discrete / continuous
Networks, Distortion, Decibel Principles (dB), Switching,
state-space model
Signaling, Queing and Routing Theory, Numbering Tech-
niques, Transmission Lines: Wired and Wireless, Analog Prerequisite: Signal and System
Modulation Principles: Amplitude and Frequency Modulation
Textbook:
Prerequisite: Signal and System, Electromagnetics 1. N. Nise, “Control Systems Engineering”, 9th Edition,
Wiley, 2019.
Textbook:
2. Katsuhiko Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering” 5th
1. Simon Haykin, “Communication Systems”, 5th Edition,
Edition, Pearson, 2010.
John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2008.
3. Charles L. Phillips,H. Troy Nagle, Aranya Chakrabortty,
2. Roger L. Freeman, “Telecommunication Systems Engi-
“Digital Control System: analysis and design, 4th edition”,
neering”, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2004.
Pearson, 2015.
TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM LABORATORY
ENEE605025/ENEE613014
CONTROL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
ENEE605028/ENEE614021
1 CREDIT
1 CREDIT
Learning Outcomes:
Learning Outcomes:
Able to use telecommunication system measuring tools, able
Able to apply time response analysis method, system stability
to practice basic concepts of telecommunication system, able
and steady-state error, root locus, frequency response, controller
to choose design of telecommunication system
design with root locus, controller design with Bode diagram,
Topics: state-space, able to analyze control system design performance,
able to provide alternative controller design methods
Multimedia information, Analog to Digital Conversion
(ADC)-Digital to Analog Conversion (DAC), Information Topics:
encodings, Digital Modulation-Demodulation, Analog Modu-
222
Time response, system stability and steady error, root locus, 2. Ethem Alpaydin, “Introduction to Machine Learning”,
frequency response, controller design with root locus, controller 2nd Edition, MIT Press, 2010
design with bode diagram, state-space 3. Harold Klee, Randal Allen,” Simulation of Dynamic
Systems with MATLAB and Simulink”, CRC Press, 2011
Prerequisite: Control Engineering
INNOVATION AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Textbook:
ENEE605032/ENEE616042
Laboratory Workbook–Control Systems Laboratory. 2 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes:
EMBEDDED SYSTEM 2
ENEE605029/ENEE615030 Able to perform analysis and make business plans in expertise/
3 CREDITS product innovation in accordance with the development of
Learning Outcomes: information technology; Able to implement entrepreneurial
concepts and skills in the field of electrical engineering
Being able to describe the components of the IoT system, being
able to explain the application of a practical IoT system, being Topics:
able to choose the right technology in the design of the IoT
Innovation, engineering business, Charging for Expertise,
Topics: Think, Plan, Act Like Entrepreneur, Making a Business Success-
ful, Taking the Initiative, Enabling an E-Business, Providing
Basics of Internet of Things, sensors, actuators, data commu-
Outsourced Services & Building a Contracting Business, guest
nications, data communication protocols, radio layer, modem
lecture
layer, MAC layer, cloud computing configuration for IoT
networks (azzure and aws) Prerequisite: none
Prerequisite: Embedded System 1 Textbook:
1. New Venture Creation – Entrepreneurship for the 21st
Textbook:
Century, 6th Edition, J.A. Timmons and S. Spinelli,
1. Daniel Chew, “The Wireless Internet of Things”, Wiley,
McGraw-Hill Irvin, 2004.
2019
2. Materi kuliah yang diberikan oleh praktisi wirausaha
2. Perry Xiao,” Designing Embedded Systems and IOT with
ARM MBED”, Wiley, 2018. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROJECT DESIGN 1
ENEE606033/ENEE616037
EMBEDDED SYSTEM LABORATORY 2 CREDITS
ENEE605030/ENEE615031
Learning Outcomes:
1 CREDIT
Learning Outcome: Able to define product requirements and specifications, able
to understand technical, financial and standard aspects in
Able to implement programming methods in Assembly/C
engineering products, able to understand aspects of market
language in embedded systems for certain applications, able to
needs in planning, able to prepare electrical engineering
analyze embedded system designs, able to investigate design
project proposals
performance
Topics:
Topics: Microcontroller on Development Board, programming
using assembly/C language Entrepreneurship, product engineering ideas, needs analysis,
product specifications, technical feasibility, financial feasibility,
Prerequisite: Embedded System 1
engineering and product standards, business canvas, market-
Textbook: ing, project proposal writing techniques
Modul praktikum Prerequisite: Embedded System 2, Modeling and Machine
Learning
MODELING AND MACHINE LEARNING
ENEE605031/ENEE616029 Textbook:
3 CREDITS 1. Bruce R. Barringer, R. Duane Ireland, “Entrepreneurship:
Learning Outcomes: Successfully Launching New Ventures”, 4th Edition, Pear-
son, 2012.
Able to explain the concept of data reduction, able to apply
2. Bruce R. Barringer, R. Duane Ireland, “Entrepreneurship:
the PCA method in data reduction, able to use the matrix
Successfully Launching New Ventures”, 4th Edition, Pear-
decomposition method, able to apply optimization methods in
son, 2012.
modeling, able to derive dynamic models from the data, able to
3. Tim Clark, Alexander Osterwalder, Yves Pigneur, “Busi-
choose a model evaluation method, able to choose a machine
ness Model: YOU”, Wiley, 2012.
learning method according to the problem
4. Paul Swamidass,” Engineering Entrepreneurship from
Topics: Idea to Business Plan”, Cambridge University Press, 2016.
5. Pedoman Teknis Penulisan Tugas Akhir Mahasiswa
Data reduction, PCA, Optimization, dynamic and data Universitas Indonesia.
modeling, dynamic model parameter estimation, supervised
and unsupervised learning, clustering, classification, model ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PROJECT DESIGN 2
evaluation, MSE, MAP, use of machine learning software ENEE607035/ENEE60704433 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes:
Prerequisite: Numerical Computation
Able to work in a team, able to present the results of the design
Textbook: in oral and written, able to design technology in the field of
1. Jeremy Watt, Reza Borhani, Anngelos K. Katsaggelos, electrical engineering
“Machine Learning Refined: Foundations, Algoritms, and
Applications”, Cambridge University Press, 2016. Topics: Project Implementation
223
Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering Project Design 1 Topics:

Textbook: Basic concepts of management, types of organization, organi-
zational resources, economic concepts, correlation of money
Harvey F. Hoffman, “The Engineering Capstone Course:
and time values, comparative studies, replacement analysis,
Fundamentals for Students and Instructors”, Springer 2014.
basics of energy management, energy costs, calculation of
energy potential
Course of Electric Power Engineering
Field Prerequisite: -
Textbook:
ENERGY CONVERSION AND RENEWABLE 1. William G. Sullivan, Elin M. Wicks, James T. Luxhoj,
ENERGY “Engineering Economy,” 13th Edition, Pearson Education
ENEE606101 International, 2006.
2 CREDITS 2. Andrew C. Paine, John V. Chelsom, Lawrence R.P. Reavill,
Learning Outcomes: “Management for Engineers,” John Wiley and Sons, 1996.
Able to describe various types of energy resources for electric ELECTRIC POWER SYSTEM AND LABORATORY
power generation, able to calculate various energy potential ENEE607104/ENEE616039
for electric power generation, able to analyze the process of 3 CREDITS
electrical energy conversion, able to recommend the technology Learning Outcomes:
of electrical energy supply.
Able to calculate the parameters of the electric power network,
Topics: able to model the components of the electric power system,
Fundamental of Energy Conversion, Energy Resources, able to analyze the flow of power in the electric power system,
Renewable Energy, Electric Power Conversion Technolo- able to analyze short circuit disturbances in the electric power
gies, Thermal Power Plants, Non-Thermal Power Plants. system, able to analyze the stability of the system, able to design
Prerequisite: Electric Power Engineering. an electric power system with an approach simulationIntroduc-
tion of electric power systems, components of electric power
Textbook: systems, power flow analysis, short circuit analysis, system
1. Djiteng Marsudi, “Pembangkitan Energi Listrik,” Pener- stability analysis, economic dispatch
bit Erlangga, 2005.
2. Abdul Kadir, “Pembangkitan Tenaga Listrik,” Penerbit Prerequisite: Electric Power Engineering
UI, 1996. Textbook:
3. D. Yogi Goswami, ‎Frank Kreith, “Energy Conversion,”
Penerbit CRC Press, 2007. B.M. Weedy, B.J. Cory, “Electric Power Systems,” 4th Edition,
4. Bent Sørensen, “Renewable Energy Conversion, Trans- John Wiley and Sons, 2001.
mission and Storage,” Elsevier, 2007. HIGH CURRENT & VOLTAGE ENGINEERING
POWER ELECTRONICS AND LABORATORY AND LABORATORY
ENEE606102/ENEE615032 ENEE607105
3 CREDITS 3 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes: Learning Outcomes:
Able to explain the philosophy of power electronics equipment, Able to explain the phenomenon of high electric and magnetic
able to calculate parameters in the power electronics circuit, fields, able to test electric power equipment, able to analyze the
able to design power electronic system application occurrence of interference due to high field phenomena, able to
provide design solutions for high voltage technology
Topics:
Topics:
Power electronics introduction, power electronics components,
AC-AC conveters, AC-DC converters, DC-DC converters, DC-AC The concept of high voltage, high voltage testing, high voltage
converters, power electronics applications generation, direct current and alternating current testing,
electrical equipment testing
Prerequisite: Electric Power Engineering.
Prerequisite: Electric Power Engineering
Textbook:
1. Muhammad H. Rashid, “Power Electronics Circuit, Textbook:
Devices and Applications,” Prentice Hall Fourth Edition, 1. Artono Arismunandar, “Teknik Tegangan Tinggi,” Prad-
2013. nya Paramita, Jakarta, Cetakan ke-7, 1994.
2. Modul Praktikum Elektronika Daya - Laboratorium 2. E. Kuffel, W.S. Zaengl, “High Voltage Engineering Funda-
Konversi Energi Listrik mentals,” Pergamon Press, 1984.
3. Modul Praktikum Teknik Arus dan Tegangan Tinggi -
MANAGEMENT AND ENGINEERING ECONOMY Laboratorium Tegangan Tinggi dan Pengukuran Listrik.
ENEE606103
3 CREDITS BUILDING ELECTRIC INSTALLATION
Learning Outcomes: ENEE607106
2 CREDITS
Able to classify energy fields, able to calculate the economics Learning outcomes:
of electricity, able to analyze the comparison of alternative
technologies, able to analyze the latest technology in the Able to make building electric installations plan; Able to
field of energy conversion, able to analyze the technical and calculate the parameters of electrical installations in buildings;
economical aspects of energy project, able to provide technical Able to provide a building electrical installation design that
and economic technology solutions in the energy and electricity suits the needs
sector
224
Topics: 2015
Basic of electrical installation, electrical installation compo- SPECIAL TOPICS OF ELECTRIC POWER
nents, electrical installation requirements, electrical installation ENEE608109-MB
security, lighting technology, security and safety technology, 2 CREDITS
and electrical installation procedures for buildings Learning Outcomes:
Prerequisite: Electric Power Engineering Able to explain current issues related to the electric power
engineering field
Textbook:
1. William K Y Tao, Richard R Janis, “Mechanical and Elec- Topics:
trical System in Building,” Prentice Hall 1997.
Presentation of practitioners and academics in electric powe
2. Brian Scaddan, “Electrical Installation Work”. Elsevier
engineering fields
Publishing, 2005.
Prerequisite: -
SPECIAL TOPICS OF ELECTRIC POWER ENGI-
NEERING Textbook: -
ENEE607107
2 CREDITS Course of Electronic Engineering Field
Learning Outcomes:
DESIGN OF ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS
Able to identify problems, technology and current issues in the ENEE606201
field of electric power engineering 3 CREDITS
Topics: Learning Outcomes:
Presentation of material from practitioners and academics in Able to design prototype of electronic circuit for several appli-
the field of electric power engineering cations with the required specifications
Prerequisite: - Topics:
Textbook: - Review of Fundamentals of Devices and Circuits. Overall

Design Process. The Design of the Power Supply and Overall
SMART GRID Power Management. The Analogue World and Preprocessing of
ENEE608108 Signals. Essentials of the Data Conversion Process. Processing
2 CREDITS of the Digital Information. Role of Simulation as a Tool for
Learning Outcomes: Design Confirmation. Signal Integrity and Clock Distribution,
Able to explain the concept of a smart grid and its difference PLL and Frequency Synthesisers, Signal Sources. System on a
with conventional systems, able to evaluate smart grid infra- Chip (SoC) Concepts. Prototyping and Testing of the Product/
structure, able to provide smart grid design solutions Release of a Design and Documentation.
Topics: Prerequisite: Electronic Circuits 2
Definitions, characteristics, and advantages of smart grids, Textbook:

smart grid differences with conventional systems, data Nihal Kularatna, “Electronic Circuit Design: From Concept to
communication infrastructure, smartgrid standards, smart Implementation”, CRC Press, 2019
grid applications in distribution systems
ADVANCED ELECTRONIC DEVICES
Prerequisite: Electric Power Engineering ENEE606202
Textbook: 3 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes:
Salman K. Salman, “Introduction to the Smart Grid: Concepts,
Technologies and Evolution”, The Institution of Engineering Able to explain semiconductor device fabrication processes;
and Technology, 2017. Able to use fabrication process design tools; Able to design
semiconductor fabrication processes in microelectronic devices.
ELECTRIC POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION
ENEE608109 Topics:
2 CREDITS History of the semiconductor industry, semiconductor mate-
Learning Outcomes: rials, crystal growth and wafer preparation, contamination
Able to explain the philosophy of electric power system control, oxidation, lithography, diffusion, ion implantation,
protection, able to calculate electrical protection systems, able etching, deposition, use of Supreme ver.4
to evaluate the electric power system protection, able to design Prerequisite: Electronic Circuits 2
electric power system protection
Textbook:
Topics: 1. Peter Van Zant, “Microchip Fabrication,” 8th Edition,
Philosophy of electric power system protection, types of International Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2004.
protection relays, the working principle of protection relays, 2. Modul Praktikum Fabrikasi divais semikonduktor - Labo-
the setting of protection relays, coordination principles of ratorium Elektronika
protection relays DESIGN OF ELECTRONICS INSTRUMENTATION
Prerequisite: Electric Power Engineering ENEE606203/ENEE615035
2 CREDITS
Textbook: Learning Outcomes:
G.E.C. Alsthom, “Protective Relays Application Guide,” U.K., Able to design electronic instrumentation
225
Topics: DESIGN OF VLSI CIRCUITS

ENEE607205
Industrial electronics instrumentation technology, medical
3 CREDITS
electronic instrumentation, RF electronic instrumentation, IoT
Learning Outcomes:
electronic instrumentation
Able to design VLSI circuits
Prerequisite: Electronic Circuits 2
Topics:
Textbook:
Review semiconductor device fabrication on CMOS, Design
Halit Eren, “Electronic Portable Instruments: Design and rules, Scale of Lambda, Asynchrony, Logic Gate Design,
Applications”, CRC Press, 2003 Inverter, NAND, NOR, Full custom design, Semi custom
design, Validation, Packaging / IO, Design for fabrication, error
OPTOELECTRONIC DEVICES
modeling and test design, Coding for synthesis, Estimated
ENEE607204
characteristics and circuit performance, High level design opti-
3 CREDITS
mization, Programmable logic array, CMOS subsystem Design,
Learning Outcomes:
Properties of Logic: Area, Power, Delay, Time optimization,
Able to explain the working principles of passive and active Sequential engine, and regular VLSI Structure.
photonics, able to apply mathematical and physical principles to
calculate photonic device variables, able to determine photonic
device variables, able to formulate problems in optoelectronic Textbook:
device design
N. Weiste & Kamran Eshraghian, “Principles of CMOS VLSI
Topics: Design: A perspective,” Second Edition, Addison Wesley 2002.
Theory of light: Snellius’s law, Fresnel’s law, Maxwell’s law, INTRODUCTION TO NANOELECTRONICS
Fermat’s equation, polarization, diffraction, NA, attenuation, ENEE607206-MB/ENEE616039
mode understanding, dispersion, dispersive power, resolving 2 CREDITS
power, free spectral range, coherence, vectors, matrix Jones, Learning Outcomes:
passive photonic devices: and optics, grating, polarisator; Active
Able to analyze the latest developments in the field of electronics
photonic devices: laser diode, LED and photodetector.
and photonics; Able to analyze the workings of nanoelectronic
Prerequisite: Electronic Circuits 2 and nanofotonic devices.
Textbook: Topics:
1. B.E.A. Saleh and M.C. Teich, “Fundamentals of Photon-
Nano technology and its application in electronics, from
ics,” New York, NY: John Wiley and Sons, 1991. ISBN:
micro to nano, miniaturization of electronic devices, transistor
0471839655.
dimension scaling, the workings of single electron transistors,
2. D. Griffiths, “Introduction to Quantum Mechanics,”
molecular electronics principles, fabrication and characteriza-
Second Edition, Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall,
tion of nano devices, nano technology and its applications in
1995, ISBN: 0131118927.
the field of photonics, the workings of single- photon detector,
3. Modul Praktikum Pilihan - Laboratorium Elektronika
how the OLED works
OPTOELECTRONIC DEVICES
ENEE617044
2 CREDITS Textbook:
Learning Outcomes: 1. Massimiliano Di Ventra, et al. Introduction to NST ch.11
Kluwer Acad. Publisher 2004.
Able to explain the working principles of passive and active
2. Vladimir V. Mitin, Viatcheslav A. Kochelap, Michael A.
photonics, able to apply mathematical and physical principles to
Stroscio, “Introduction to Nanoelectronics”, Cambridge
calculate photonic device variables, able to determine photonic
device variables, able to formulate problems in optoelectronic
device design SPECIAL TOPICS OF ELECTRONICS
ENEE6072017
Topics:
2 CREDITS
Theory of light: Snellius’s law, Fresnel’s law, Maxwell’s law, Learning Outcomes:
Fermat’s equation, polarization, diffraction, NA, attenuation, Able to explain current issues related to the electronic field
mode understanding, dispersion, dispersive power, resolving
Topics:
power, free spectral range, coherence, vectors, matrix Jones,
passive photonic devices: and optics, grating, polarisator; Active Presentation of practitioners and academics in electronic fields
photonic devices: laser diode, LED and photodetector
Prerequisite: -
Textbook: -
Textbook:
1. B.E.A. Saleh and M.C. Teich, “Fundamentals of Photon-
ADVANCED EMBEDDED SYSTEM
ENEE608208
ics,” New York, NY: John Wiley and Sons, 1991. ISBN:
3 CREDITS
0471839655.
Learning Outcomes:
2. D. Griffiths, “Introduction to Quantum Mechanics,”
Able to design embedded systems with the latest methods
Second Edition, Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall,
1995, ISBN: 0131118927. Topics:
3. Modul Praktikum Pilihan - Laboratorium Elektronika
Characteristics of embedded systems; minimum microcontrol-
ler system design; hardware and software data communication;
226
sensor data acquisition and actuators. to provide application solutions for optical communication
technology.
Prerequisite: Embedded System and Electronic Circuits 2
Topics:
Textbook:
Structure and optical fiber waveguide, signal degradation in
Perry Xiao, “Designing Embedded Systems and the Internet of
on optical fiber, optical sources, optical components, optical
Things (IoT) with the ARM® Mbed™”, Wiley, 2018
coherent fiber communication; the techniques of modern
SPECIAL TOPICS OF ELECTRONICS systems; The techniques and coding theory; Performance
ENEE608209 analysis of optical communication systems
2 CREDITS
Prerequesite: Introduction to Telecommunication System.
Learning Outcomes:
Able to explain current issues related to the electronic field Textbook:
1. Govind P. Agrawal, “Fiber-Optic Communication
Topics:
Systems”, 3rd Edition, Wiley Interscience, 2002.
Presentation of practitioners and academics in electronic fields 2. G. Keiser, “Optical Fiber Communications”, 3rd Edition,
McGraw Hill, 2000.
Prerequisite: -
ANTENNAS AND PROPAGATION
Textbook: -
ENEE607304
3 CREDITS
Course of Telecommunication Learning outcomes:
Engineering Field Able to describe wave propagation and transmission system
DIGITAL COMMUNICATION and its implications on the performance of communication
ENEE606301 systems; Able to explain various mechanisms of propagation
3 CREDITS of electromagnetic waves; Able to explain the working prin-
Learning Outcomes: ciple of antenna and antenna performance parameters; Being
able to describe the various types of antenna as a means for
Able to analyze telecommunication phenomenon using simula- transmitting signals; Able to calculate the performance of the
tion devices, able to provide solutions for digital communication simple antenna systems which good in theory or application;
technology applications Able to calculate the performance of a single element antenna
Topics: such as a dipole, yagi, antenna loop, funnels, slot antenna and
micro-strip antenna; Able to design a simple antenna and
Mathematic for telecommunication, information theory, coding measure it; able to analyze the types of wave propagation and
tehcniques, signal processing for telecommunication, Digital select the correct antenna for wireless communication system,
Modulation: ASK, FSK, and PSK, channel capacity analysis. able to design simple antennas
Prerequisite: Introduction to Telecommunication System Topics:
Textbook: Working principles of the basic parameters of antenna, the
1. Martin Sibley, “Modern Telecommunications: Basic Prin- antenna measurement techniques, several types of antennas:
ciples and Practices”, CRC Press, 2018. dipole antenna, monopole, antenna stacking, aperture antenna
2. V. K. Khanna, “Digital Communications”, S. Chand & and antenna with reflector. Radio wave propagation (ground
Company Ltd. 2009. surface wave, wave, wave, space sky wave, and microwave and
TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM DEVICES millimeter wave);
ENEE606302/ENEE616040 Prerequisite: Introduction to Telecommunication System.
3 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes: Textbook :
1. Constantine A. Balanis, “Antenna Theory, Analysis and
Able to analyze the sub-system of communications devices, able Design,” Third Edition, John Willey and Son, Inc., 2005.
to analyze transmission channel, equalizer, resonator, filter, 2. Saunders R. Simon, “Antennas and Propagation for Wire-
amplifier, LNA, oscillator, mixer, able to analyze amplifier, less Communication Systems,” First Edition, John Wiley
LNA, ascillator, and mixer, able to design sub system of active and Son, Inc., 1999.
communications devices 3. Jurnal IEEE transaction Antenna and Propagation
Topics: Pasif RF devices, Active RF devices WIRELESS COMMUNICATION AND CONVER-
Prerequesite: Introduction to Telecommunication System GENCE NETWORKS
ENEE607305/ENEE615034
Textbook: 3 CREDITS
1. D. M. Pozar, “Microwave Engineering”, Addison-Wesley, Learning Outcomes:
1998.
2. Gonzalez, “Microwave Transistor Amplifiers: Analysis Able to explain concepts, techniques and components of
and Design”, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 1997. wireless and mobile communication, able to apply wireless
communication analysis methods, able to analyze the perfor-
OPTICAL COMMUNICATIONS mance of various mobile wireless communication systems,
ENEE606303 able to provide alternative solutions for mobile wireless
2 CREDITS communication technology applications
Learning Outcomes:
Topics:
Able to explain transmission channel using fiber and its
principle; able to explain component of optical communication Overview of Wireless Communications, Cellular Concept/
systems; able to analyze optical communication system, Able Fundamentals, Large Scale Fading/Path Loss, Small Scale
227
Fading, Modulation Techniques, Equalization, Diversity, Chan- Textbook:

nel Coding / Error Control Coding Overview, Multiple Access, 1. Guojun Lu, “Communication and Computing for Distrib-
Emerging Wireless Technologies: WLAN, 3G and WCDMA, 4G uted Multimedia Systems,” John Wiley and Sons
and LTE, Mobile Adhoc Networks, Body Area Networks and 2. Luis Correia, “Mobile Broadband Multimedia Networks,”
Mobile Health, Future Wireless System. Elsevier, UK, 2006
3. Multimedia Signals and Systems: Basic and Advanced
Prerequisite: Introduction to Telecommunication System
Algorithms for Signal Processing, Second Edition
Textbook:
SPECIAL TOPICS OF TELECOMMUNICATION
1. Martin Sauter, “From GSM to LTE-Advanced Pro and 5G:
ENEE608309
An Introduction to Mobile Networks and Mobile Broad-
2 CREDITS
band”, John Wiley & Sons, 2017.
Learning Outcomes:
2. Savo G. Glisic, “Advanced Wireless Communications and
Able to explain current issues related to the telecommunica-
Internet: Future Evolving Technologies, 3 edition”, John
tion field
Wiley & Sons, 2017.
3. T. S. Rappaport, “Wireless Communications: Principles Topics:
and Practice”, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Presentation of practitioners and academics in telecommuni-
Hall, 2nd Ed., 2002. cation fields
CAPITA SELECTA OF TELECOMMUNICATION Prerequisite: -
ECOSYSTEMS
Textbook: -
ENEE607306-MB
2 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes:
Course of Control Engineering Field
Able to describe the latest issues related to telecommunications ELECTRIC MOTOR CONTROL SYSTEM
systems (technical, regulatory, industrial, business), able to ENEE606401/ENEE615033
provide evaluations of the latest technology of telecommunica- 3 CREDITS
tions systems, able to provide solutions for the latest technology Learning Outcomes:
application of telecommunications systems Able to analyze the components of the electric drive control
Topics: Lecturing from telecommunication engineer and system; able to evaluate the performance of the electric drive
expert. system by simulation; Able to design simple motor drive
systems
Textbook: -
Topics:
SPECIAL TOPICS OF TELECOMMUNICATION
ENEE608307 Electric drive systems, electric motor modeling (DC, PMSM,
2 CREDITS IM), power transfer circuits (3 phase inverter PWM), brushless
Learning Outcomes: DC servo motors, speed and position controllers, reference
Able to explain current issues related to the telecommunica- frame concepts, vector controllers, electric drive system
tion field simulations.
Topics: Prerequisite: Control Engineering

Presentation of practitioners and academics in telecommuni- Textbook:
cation fields 1. Peter Vas, “Electrical Machines and Drives: A Space-Vec-
Prerequisite: - tor Theory Approach”, Oxford University Press UK, 1993.
2. Peter Vas, “Sensorless Vector and Direct Torque Control”,
Textbook: - Oxford University Press, 1998.
SIGNAL PROCESSING AND MULTIMEDIA ADAPTIVE AND PREDICTIVE CONTROL
SERVICES SYSTEM
ENEE608308 ENEE606402
3 CREDITS 3 CREDITS
Able to identify adaptive and predictive models and applica-
Able to explain concept of broadband multimedia services, tions; able to analyze discrete control systems, the stability of
able to apply analytical methods to a multimedia signal, able non-linear systems using the Lyapunov method; able to evaluate
to evaluate the dynamics of multimedia signals, able to provide the performance of adaptive and predictive control systems;
solutions for multimedia signal applications able to design adaptive and predictive discrete controllers
Topics: Topics:
The basic concepts of adaptive and predictive control, recursive
Multimedia concept, sinal processing based model: Probability, parameter estimation, pole placement method, minimum
Bayes Inference, Least Square Error, Wiener-Kolmogorov variance method, dynamic matrix control, algorithmic control
Filters, Adaptive Filter: Kalman, RLS, LMS; Linear Prediction model, generalized predictive control, predictive control of
Models, Hidden Markov Models, Eigenvector Analysis, state space model
Principal Component Analysis and Independent Component
Analysis, Machine Learning, Signal Processing for Multimedia Prerequisite: Control Engineering
application and telecommunication system. Textbook:
Prerequesite: Introduction to Telecommunication System. 1. P.E. Wellstead and M.B. Zarrop, “Self-tuning Systems:
228 Control and Signal Processing”, John Wiley and Sons,
1991. analysis of the use of methods of control, as a system of BPNN

2. J.M. Maciejowski, “Predictive control with constraints”, identifcation of neural network-based systems: representation
Prentice Hall, 2000 of data and the use of BPNN as identifcation system, program
development system identifcation using the BPNN full-based
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION SYSTEM
system, the development of BPNN and analysis theory and its
ENEE606403
application, program development system control using the
2 CREDITS
BPNN full system integration based BPNN.
Learning Outcomes:
Able to explain important components in industrial automation
systems, able to describe technical specifications and perfor- Textbook:
mance of industrial automation systems, able to evaluate the 1. Lefteri H.,Tsoukalas and Robert E. Uhrig, “Fuzzy and
performance of industrial automation systems, able to design Neural Approaches in Engineering”, John Wiley & Sons,
simple industrial automation systems Inc., Singapore, 1997.
2. John Yen and Reza Langari, “Fuzzy Logic, Intelligence,
Topics:
Control and Information”, Prentice Hall, Inc. New Jersey,
Important components of industrial automation systems, 1999.
sensors, actuators, data communication systems, automation
ROBOTIC SYSTEM
control methods, industrial control system modules (DCS, PLC),
ENEE607406
cyber security of industrial automation.
2 CREDITS
Prerequisite: Control Engineering Learning Outcomes:
Textbook: Being able to identify the needs of robotics components; Able
1. Shimon Y. Nof, “Handbook of Automation”, Springer, to analyze robot kinematics; Able to evaluate the robotics drive
2009 system; Able to design an integrated control system on a simple
2. Terry Bartelt, “Industrial Control Electronics: Devices, robotics system; Able to design robotics kinematics.
Systems, and Applications”, Thomson Delmar Learning,
Topics:
2006
Robotics automation system components (actuators, sensors,
MECHATRONICS
controllers), principle of robotics system working, robot kine-
ENEE607404-MB
matics, robotics control systems (position control) based on
3 CREDITS
robot kinematics, interconnecting robotics system components,
Learning Outcomes:
robot design techniques, robot programming, simulation using
Able to analyze the control components; able to analyze the OpenGL, introduction to high level robot
limitations of mechatronic system components; able to design
an integrated control system on a simple mechatronic system;
able to design mechatronic systems for robotics applications by Textbook:
accommodating the limitations of components 1. Robotika: desain, kontrol, dan kecerdasan buatan, pener-
bit Andi, karangan Endra Pitowarno, 2006.
Topics:
2. Introduction to Robotics: mechanics and control, 3rd
Introduction of mechatronic systems, characteristics and Edition, John Craig, Pearson, 2009.
limitations of mechatronic systems Methods for increasing
SPECIAL TOPICS OF CONTROL 1
the reliability of mechatronic system components, mechatronic
ENEE608407
system design, electromechanical system modeling, design
2 CREDITS
and development of application software, compliant control,
Learning Outcomes:
telerobotics, bilateral control.
Able to explain current issues related to the control engineer-
Prerequisite: Control Engineering ing
Textbook: Topics:
Robert Bishop, “Mechatronics and Introduction”, 2006. Presentation of practitioners and academics in control engi-
neering
KNOWLEDGE-BASED SYSTEM
ENEE607405 Prerequisite: -
3 CREDITS
Textbook: -
Learning Outcomes:
AUTONOMUS VEHICLE SYSTEM
Able to apply algorithms in programming languages for
ENEE608408/ENEE616036
knowledge-based systems; Able to identify knowledge-based
3 CREDITS
dynamic system models; Able to analyze the performance
Learning Outcomes:
of artificial neural networks; Able to design algorithms in a
knowledge-based system application Able to explain the components of an autonomous vehicle
control system, able to implement the control system design on
Topics:
an autonomous vehicle, able to analyze the performance of the
The working system of neurons, cells, artifcial neural network autonomous vehicle control system components
architecture (JST); the learning method is JST; back propa-
Topics:
gation neural networks (BPNN); algorithms and analysis of
programming error, function of BPNN in Matlab; optimization Vehicle dynamic systems, vehicle navigation systems, vehicle
of parameters; application of BPNN program asthe system iden- wheel drive systems, autonomous vehicle simulation systems
tifer of the pattern, the system control based neural network: an
229
Textbook:
Prerequisite: Have passed 120 credits
1. Hong Cheng, “Autonomous Intelligent Vehicles: Theory,
Algorithms, and Implementation”, Springer-Verlag, 2011. References:
2. Jitendra R. Raol, Ajith K. Gopal, “Mobile Intelligent 1. Pedoman Teknis Penulisan Tugas Akhir Mahasiswa
Autonomous System”, CRC Press, 2013. Universitas Indonesia.
2. IEEE Citation Reference.
SPECIAL TOPICS OF CONTROL 2
3. Ivan Stojmenovic, “How To Write Research Articles in
ENEE608408-MB
Computing and Engineering Disciplines,” IEEE Transac-
2 CREDITS
tions on Parallel And Distributed Systems, Vol. 21, No. 2,
Learning Outcomes:
February 2010.
Able to explain current issues related to the control engineer-
ing BACHELOR THESIS
ENEE618037/ENEE608047
Topics:
4 CREDITS
Presentation of practitioners and academics in control Learning Outcomes:
engineering
Able to design systems, components and processes; able to carry
Prerequisite: - out research plan; able to analyze the results of research; able
to present research results in a bachelor thesis defense
Textbook: -
Topics: none
ACADEMIC WRITING
ENEE611003 Prerequisite: seminar
2 CREDITS
Referencees:
Learning Outcomes:
Able to make proposals and scientifc papers for publication. Universitas Indonesia.
2. IEEE Citation Reference.
Topics: Systematics of scientifc writing; experimental variables
3. Ivan Stojmenovic, “How to Write Research Articles in
and sets up; statistical analysis tools; The use of the Bahasa
Indonesia in scientifc works; The use of English languages in
tions on Parallel and Distributed Systems, Vol. 21, No. 2,
scientifc works; Word processing software; styling; referencing
February 2010.
tools
Prerequisite: none
Textbook:
Ranjit Kumar, Research Methodology: A Step by Step Guide
for Beginners, 3rd ed. Sage Publication, 2012
Robert a. Day and Barbara Gastel, How to Write and Publish a
Scientifc Paper, 6th ed. Greenwood Press, London, 2006
Special Course
INTERNSHIP
ENEE607034/ENEE616041
2 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes:
In this course students will undertake work internships in
industries or laboratories related to the field of electrical engi-
neering. In this course students are expected to be able to apply
the technical knowledge they have gained during previous
lectures and new material provided by practical work advisers.
Students are also expected to be able to show professionalism
in working, including the ability to work together in teams,
disciplined behavior, responsibilities, initiatives & interests,
leadership, able to participate in teams to complete work; able
to present the results of internship
Topics: none
Prerequisite: Have passed the 90 credits
PRA-BACHELOR THESIS
ENEE607036/ENEE617045
2 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes:
Able to make proposal for designing a system, component,
and process; able to write a research proposal; able to present
research proposals.
Topics: none
230
Undergraduate Program in Computer Engineering


4. Program Title Undergraduate Program in Computer Engineering
To be an excellent and competitive study program in education and
research in the field of Computer Engineering to contribute to society
nationally and globally.
Mission
The department has defined its mission to
1. Preparing graduates of computer engineering study program
that is highly intellectual, innovative, adaptive to the needs of the
society with ethics and integrity, has a spirit of nationality, and able
to compete globally.
2. Conducting quality education and research, including improving
community service, and being able to answer national and global
challenges by responding, and providing solutions to problems in
the community.
6. Class Regular
8. Accreditation Status BAN-PT: Accreditation-Excellent
AUN: More than adequate (5)
IABEE: General Accreditation
11, Entry Requirements High Shool /equivalent graduates and pass the entrance selection
12. Duration for Study 8 (eight) semesters or 4 (four) years
Semester
Regular 8 16
Produce graduates who have professional profiles as follows:
1. Become a professional who is capable of designing, analyzing and developing systems, processes and applications
in the field of computer engineering to produce alternative solutions to the problem in their fields.
2. To be an inclusive computer engineer professional, including being part of stakeholders who have concern for the
development of computer technology that has an impact on improving people’s quality of life
3. Become an individual or professional who has innovation and entrepreneurial spirit with integrity and ethics.
14. Graduate Profile:
Bachelor of Engineering who is able to design information networks and computer-based systems systematically
using standard methods in accordance with professional ethics
231

1. Able to design intelligent and secure computer technology systems based on user’s needs in various fields of life
(C6)
2. Able to design information network plan (C6)
3. Able to design hardware for computer based system (C6)
4. Able to design software for computer based system (C6)
5. Able to design algorithm and implement it in programming (C6)
6. Able to implement the basic principles of mathematics, physics, and statistic in solving computer-engineering
problems (C4)
7. Able to use spoken and written language of Bahasa Indonesia and English in academic and nonacademic activities
(C3, A5)
8. Have integrity and able to think critically, creatively, and innovatively and have the intellectual knowledge to solve
problems in individual and group level (C4, A4)
9. Able to utilize communication information technology(C3)
10. Able to provide alternatives of solutions for various problems within the society, country, and nation (C4, A2)
11. Able to identify the various entrepreneurship efforts characterized with innovation and independence based on
ethics (C4, A5)
ii Basic Engineering Subjects 16 11,11%
iii Electrical Engineering Department Subjects 9 6,25%
iv Computer Engineering Core Subjects 78 56,14%
v Electives 24 13,89%
vi Special Subjects (Practical Work, Seminars, Thesis) 8 5,56%
Total Credit Hours to Graduate 144 100 %
Employment Prospects
The program graduates are needed in almost all fields of work, e.g. industry, services, banking and all
fields requiring the application IT (Information technology). Some professional profiles that are suited
to this program’s graduate are IT Manager, Project Manager, Program Manager, Programmer, System
Analyst, Software Developer, Data Analyst, Product Specialist, Software Engineer, Computer Hardware
Engineer, System Administrator, IT Support, etc.
232
Block Diagram of Expected Learning Outcomes (ELO)
233
Flow Diagram for Achieving ELO in Computer Engineering Undergraduate Program
234
235
236
Course Structure Undergraduate Sub Total 22

Program in Computer Engineering 5 Semester
th
ENCE605018 Software Engineering 3

Code Subject SKS ENCE605019 Real Time System and IoT and 3
Laboratory
1st Semester
ENCE605020 Computer Networks Security 3
and Laboratory
ENCE605021 Telecommunication Networks 3
ENGE600003 Calculus 4 and Laboratory
ENGE600007 Physics (Electricity, MWO) 3 ENCE605022 Modern Computer Architec- 2
ENGE600008 Physics (Electricity, MWO) 1 ture
Laboratory ENCE605023 Probability and Stochastic 2
ENCE601001 Basic Programming and 3 Process
Laboratory ENCE605024 Signal Theory and System 2
ENEE605033 Fundamental of Digital System 3 Analysis
and Laboratory Electives 3
Sub Total 18 Sub Total 21
2 nd Semester 6th Semester
UIGE600001 Integrated Character Building 5 ENCE606025 Computer Engineering Project 2
ENGE600004 Linear Algebra 4 Design 1
ENGE600005 Physics (Mechanics and 3 ENCE606026 Multimedia Signal Processing 3
Thermal) ENCE606027 Artificial Intelligence 3
ENGE600006 Physics (Mechanics and 1 ENCE606028 Internship 2
Thermal) Laboratory
ENCE606029 Entrepreneurship in Informa- 2
ENCE602002 Computer Organization and 3 tion Technology
Architecture
ENCE606030 Professionalism and Ethics in 2
ENCE602003 Advanced Programming and 3 Information Technology
Laboratory
Electives 6
Sub Total 19
Sub Total 20
3rd Semester 7th Semester
ENCE603004 Digital System Design and 3 ENCE607031 Computer Engineering Project 3
Laboratory Design 2
ENCE603005 Discrete Structures 3 ENCE607032 Seminar 2
ENCE603006 Computer Networks and 4 Electives 9
Laboratory
Sub Total 14
ENCE603007 Object Oriented Programming 3
8th Semester
and Laboratory
ENCE607033 Bachelor Thesis 4
ENCE603008 Basics of Electronic Circuit 2
Electives 6
ENCE603009 Electric Circuit 2
Sub Total 10
ENCE603010 Statistics 3
Total 144
Sub Total 20
4th Semester
Electives Computer Engineering
ENCE604011 Advanced Linear Algebra 2
ENCE604012 Cyber-physical System and 3
Program
Laboratory
Code Subject SKS
ENCE604013 Algorithm Analysis 3
ENCE604014 Operating System 2 5 Semester
th
ENCE604015 Design and Management 4 ENCE605034 Big Data Technology 3

of Computer Networks and Sub Total 3
Laboratory 6 Semester
th
ENCE604016 Database System and Labora- 3

ENCE600035 Cloud Computing 2
tory
ENCE600036 Human Computer Interaction 2
ENEE603008 Engineering Mathematics 4
ENCE600037 Wireless Technology 2
ENCE604017 Electric and Electronic Circuit 1
Laboratory Sub Total 6
237
courses. For the transition period, students of Class

6th Semester
2019 and earlier can still repeat MPKT A and B
ENCE607038 Geospatial Technology 2 courses.
ENCE607039 Capita Selecta in Computer 2 11. Special rules for Class of 2017 (and before): IT Project
Engineering Management course is open for the Class of 2017
(and before) during the transition period. If a student
ENCE607040 Professional Engineer Develop- 2
does not pass the course in the transition period,
ment - 1
then it is mandatory to take Computer Engineering
ENCE607041 Regulation & Public Policy on ICT 3 Project Design 1 (in even semester 2021/2022) and
Sector Computer Engineering Project Design 2 (in Odd
Sub Total 9 Semester 2022/2023). Class of 2018 and 2019 remains
obliged to take Computer Engineering Project
6 Semester
th
Design 1 &2.
ENCE607042 Blockchain Technology 3
ENCE607043 Professional Engineer Develop- 2
ment - 2
ENCE607044 Cryptography 2
ENCE607045 VLSI Design 2
Sub Total 9
Transition Guidance
1. Curriculum 2020 is implemented starting from the
Even Semester 2020/2021. In principle, after the 2020
Curriculum is implemented, only courses in the
2020 Curriculum will be opened.
2. The 2020 curriculum is effective from the class of
2020.
3. Class of 2019 and previous will participate in Curric-
ulum 2020 with transition rules.
4. A transition period of 1 year is applied, namely from
the Even Semester of the academic year 2020/2021 to
the Odd Semester of the academic year 2021/2022.
5. For courses that change in the location of the semes-
ter in Curriculum 2020 (from Even to Odd, or vice
versa), if necessary, will be opened in both semesters
during the transition period.
6. For students who have not passed the compulsory
courses in curriculum 2016, it is required to take the
same or equivalent compulsory courses in curricu-
lum 2020 (refer to Table of Equality Courses).
7. In the event of a change in the credit (SKS) of the
course, then the number of SKS taken into account is
the number of SKS at the time the course was taken
last.
• For example, the same course or equivalent has a
different SKS, if repeated will be listed with a new
name and calculated with the weight of the new
SKS.
8. New compulsory courses in Curriculum 2020 that
do not have equality to the Curriculum 2016, are not
required to be taken by students of the class of 2019
and earlier.
9. If the compulsory courses in Curriculum 2016 are
removed and there is no equality in Curriculum
2020, for students who have passed the course, then
it is still counted as a mandatory course in the calcu-
lation of SKS for graduation (144 SKS). For students
who have not passed the course, he/she can take a
new compulsory course or electives in Curriculum
2020 to complete 144 SKS.
10. Special rules for Integrated Character Building
(MPKT A and B) courses: For the transition period,
MPKT (5 credits) courses should only be taken by
students of the Class of 2020. For students of class
2019 and previously who have passed one of the
238 MPKT A or B courses, do not have to take both
Table of Equality Courses in Undergraduate Chemical Engineering Study Program in Curriculum

2016 and Curriculum 2020
Name of Courses in Curriculum SKS Semester Name of Courses in Curriculum SKS Semester
2016 2016 2020 2020
MPKT A 6 2 Integrated Character Building 3 2
MPKT B 6 1
Introduction to Computer Engineering 3 2 Basic Programming and Laboratory 3 1
+Lab.
Advanced Programming 3 3 Advanced Programming and Labora- 3 2
tory
Vector Analysis and Complex Variables 2 3 Advanced Linear Algebra 2 4
Embedded Systems 1 2 5 Cyber Pyhsical Systems and Labora- 3 4

tory
Algorithm 3 4 Algorithm Analysis 3 4
Operating Systems 3 5 Operating Systems 2 4
Embedded Systems 2 and Laboratory 3 6 Real Time Systems and IoT and Lab- 3 5
oratory
Telecommunication Networks 3 6 Telecommunication Networks and 3 5
Laboratory
Probability and Stochastic Process 3 5 Probability and Stochastic Process 2 5
Signal and Systems 3 4 Signal Theory and System Analysis 2 5
Project Management in IT 3 8 Computer Engineering Project Design 2 6

1
Computer Engineering Project Design 2 7
2
Data Analysis Engineering 3 P-1 Artifial Intelligence 3 6
Wireless Technology 1 4 Wireless Technology 2 P-6
Human Computer Interaction 4 4 Human Computer Interaction 2 P-6
Capita Selecta in Computer Engineering 2 6 Capita Selecta in Computer Engi- 2 P-7

neering
239
Fast-Track Curriculum (S1 and S2) Course structure Fast Track Program
Students of Computer Engineering Undergraduate Program for Bachelor of Computer Engineering
can join fast track program to master degree. The curricu-
lum structure for the fast track program for Semester 1 up and Master of Electrical Engineering
to Semester 6 is similar to the regular program, while for Majoring in Data Engineering and
Semester 7 to Semester 10 is differentiated based on the major
chosen for the Graduate Program
Business Intelligence
Course structure for Fast Track Program 7th Semester
Bachelor of Computer Engineering ENCE607031 Design of Computer Engineer- 3
ing Project 2
and Master of Electrical Engineering
ENCE607032 Seminar 2
Majoring in Cyber Security and Future ENEE801001 Data Processing and Analytic 4
Internet ENEE801002 Research Methodology 4
7th Semester ENEE801601 Digital Enterprise Software 2

Architecture
ENCE607031 Design of Computer Engineer- 3
ing Project 2 ENEE801603 Imaging Technology and 2
Computer Vision
ENCE607032 Seminar 2
Sub Total 17
ENEE801001 Data Processing and Analytic 4
8 Semester
th
ENEE801002 Research Methodology 4
ENEE801401 Network Security and Data 2
Protection ENEE802604 Big Data Technology and 3
Architecture
ENEE801402 Advanced Network Computer
Systems ENEE802605 Advanced Artificial Intelli- 2
gence
Sub Total 17
ENEE802606 Advance Data Engineering 2
8 Semester
th
Sub Total 11
9th Semester
ENEE802405 Security Operation and 2
Incident Handling ENEE801602 Business Analytics and 2
Visualization
ENEE802406 Network & Digital Forensics 2
ENEE803003 Technology Innovation and 3
ENEE802407 Convergence Information 2 Entrepreneurship
Network NG
ENEE803608 Enterprise Cyber Threat 2
Sub Total 14 Analysis
9th Semester ENEE803609 Advanced IT Project Manage- 2
ENEE801403 Network Security and Data 2 ment
Protection Elective Course 2
ENEE803003 Technology Innovation and 3 Sub Total 11
Entrepreneurship
10th Semester
ENEE803408 Cyber Threat Intelligence and 2
Incident Analysis ENEE802607 Ethics and Professionalism 2
ENEE803409 Security Risk Assessment and 2 Elective Course 2
Analysis ENEE804004 Thesis 4
Elective Course 2 ENEE804005 Publication 2
10th Semester TOTAL 49
ENEE802404 Applied Cryptography & 3
Blockchain Technology Course Syllabus of University Subject
Elective Course 2
INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING
ENEE804004 Thesis 4 UIGE6000061/UIGE6100061
ENEE804005 Publication 2 5 credits
Sub Total 11 Syllabus :
TOTAL 49 The Integrated Character Building is part of the Higher
Education Personality Development Lecture which is held
for students which contains elements of the internalization
of basic life values, interaction/relationship skills, nationality
and academic skills as the basis for student personality to
240 carry out learning according to scientific disciplines.
MPKT is carried out in the form of a series of learning communications. (C4, A4)
• CPMK 4: After completing this course, students are able
include participation in lectures/seminars, internships, field
to plan creative activities to solve problems in society
work practices, social work, sports and/or arts activities and
and the world of work/industry by showing creativity,
other forms of activities that have the main goal of equipping
critical thinking, collaborative self-discipline using good
and correct Indonesian as well as the latest information
and communication technology (C5, A5)
Prerequisite : -
The material provided at MPKT aims to form a human
thinking pattern with values and morals to create a ACADEMIC WRITING
human personality by having critical, logical, creative, UIGE610002
innovative thinking, and having intellectual curiosity and 2 credits
an entrepreneurial spirit. The material provided includes The Objectives :
9 UI values, national, state and citizen values based on
To activate students, English so that they will be able to
Pancasila. Solving problems in science, technology, health,
and humans as natural managers by using reasoning and
utilizing Information and Communication Technology (ICT) To enable students to develop the learning strategies and
to achieve the final objectives of this module. study skills needed to finish their study successfully and o
continue learning on their own after taking the MPK program
Lecture activities are carried out using an online student-
(to develop independent learners)
• Listen to, understand and take notes of key information
learning, and project based learning. The use of these various
in academic lectures of between 5-10 minutes length;
methods is carried out through group discussion activities,
material;
communication technology (C4, A4) After attending this subject, students are expected to capable
ethics (C2, A5) Syllabus :
• CPMK 3: After completing this course, students are Study Skills : (Becoming an active learner, Vocabulary
able to apply self-regulated learning characteristically Building: word formation and using the dictionary Listening
in pursuing integrated and comprehensive knowledge strategies Extensive reading) Grammar: (Revision of Basic
through analysis of science problems, technology based grammar Types of sentences Adjective clauses, Adverb
on the role of nature manager by using good and correct clauses Noun clauses, Reduced clauses) Reading: (Reading
Indonesian and information technology and current skills: skimming, scanning, main idea, supporting ideas,
241
Note-taking Reading popular science arti-cle, Reading an in the society.

CHRISTIAN STUDIES
Listening to a lecture and notetaking, Listening to a news
UIGE6000012/UIGE610007
broadcast, Listening to a short story) Speaking: (Participating
2 credits
in discussions and meetings, Giving a presentation) Writing:
and tables, Writing an academic paragraph, Writing a basic Cultivating students with comprehensive Christian
academic essay (5 paragraphs). knowledge and teaching in the midst of the struggle and
ISLAMIC STUDIES
participation in line with the study to help improve and build
UIGE6000010/UIGE610005
our country.
2 credits
General Instructional Objectives : Learning Objectives :
The cultivation of students who have concern for social, Course participants are expected to do the following when
na-tional and countrys issues based on Islamic values which faced with a problem or issue which they must solve:
skills.
stages
Indonesian language
Syllabus :
adopted;
of God and Morality, Christ the Savior, the Holy Spirit as
stages;
3. Discuss and express their thoughts and ideas by using Knowledge of Science, Church and service, Ecclesiology,
proper and correct Indonesian language in discussion Spiritual and enforcement of Christian Human Rights and
and academic writing. the world of ethics: Christian Ethics, Christian and worship,
Syllabus : expectations.
Islam history: the meaning of Islam, the characteristic of HINDU STUDIES
Islam, the sources of Islamic teachings, Muhammad SAW UIGE6000013/UIGE610008
as prophet and history figure, introduction of Islam in 2 credits
Indonesia, the teaching essence of Islam: the basic principle
Syllabus :
live, eschatology and work ethics, human’s basic rights and Hindu religion, Hindu history), Source and scope of Hinduism
obligation, social structure in Islam: sakinah mawaddah and (the Veda as the source of Hindu religion teachings, the scope
ramhah family, the social implication of family life, Mosque of the teachings in Hindu religion), The concept of the God
and the development of Islam, zakat and the economic (Brahman) according to the Veda, the Path to Brahman (Catur
empowerment of the people, Islam society, Science: reason Marga Yoga, Mantra and Japa), Human Nature (The purpose of
and revelation in Islam, Islam’s motivation in development of human life, Human’s duties, obligations, and responsibilities
science, science characteristics, source of knowledge, IDI (each both individually or collectively), Ethics and morality
Faculty and Department/Study Program). (Principles teaching, self-control), in-depth understanding of
CATHOLIC STUDIES
understanding of the Sarasamuschaya), The Role of Hinduism
UIGE6000011/UIGE610006
in science, technology, and art (Hinduism benefits in science
2 credits
and technology in accordance with each department, benefit
/ the role of Hinduism in the arts), Cohesion and community’s
To help deliver students as intellectual capital in implementing prosperity /independence (Benefits of unity in the religious
lifelong learning process to become scientists with mature plurality, independent community (kerthajagathita) as a
personality who uphold humanity and life. common goal, Tri Pitakarana), Culture as an expression of
Be scholars who believe in God according to the teachings of
Jesus Christ by continuing to be responsible of his faith in life
/ Dharma.
Syllabus :
BUDDHIST STUDIES
Almighty God and the God teachings; Man, Morals, science UIGE6000014/UIGE610009
technology and art; harmony between religions; Society, 2 credits
Syllabus :
of the Catholic faith: the personal dimension, the dimension Almighty God and the God Study (Faith and piety, Divine
of Jesus Christ, the dimension of the Church, and Community Philosophy/Theology), Human (Human Nature, Human
dimension. Dimensions are implemented in the following Dignity, Human Responsibility), Moral (Implementation of
themes: People, Religion, Jesus Christ, the Church, and Faith Faith and Piety in everyday life), Science, Technology and Art
242
(Faith, Science and Charity as a unity, the Obligation to study sections , Calculus in polar coordinates, Derivatives, limits,
and practice what you are taught, Responsibility for nature and continuity of multi-variables functions, Directional
and environment), harmony between religion (religion is a derivatives and gradients, Chain Rule, Tangent planes and
blessing for all mankind, the essence of the religious plurality Approximations, Lagrange multipliers. Double integrals in
and togetherness), community (the role of religious society in Cartesian coordinates and polar coordinates, triple integrals
creating a prosperous independent society, the responsibility in Cartesian coordinates, cylindrical coordinates and spheri-
of religious society in the realization of human rights and cal coordinates, Applications of double and triple Integral.
fair), Politics (Religion contribution in the political life of nation Textbooks:
and country), Law (Raise awareness to obey and follow God’s 1. D. Varberg, E. J. Purcell, S.E. Rigdon, Calculus, 9th ed.,
law, the role of religion in the formulation and enforcement of PEARSON, Prentice Hall, 2007.
law, the function of religion in the legal profession). 2. Thomas, Calculus Thirteenth Edition Volume 2,
Erlangga, 2019.
KONG HU CU STUDY
UIGE6000015/UIGE610010 CALCULUS
2 credits ENGE600003/ENGE610003
4 SKS
Syllabus of Faculty Subjects Course Learning Outcomes:
CALCULUS 1 Students are able to use the basic concepts of calculus involv-
ENGE600001/ENGE610001 ing functions of one to three variables to solve their applied
3 credits problems.
Course Learning Outcomes: Graduates Learning Outcomes:
Able to use the basic concepts of calculus related to -a function Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering and
of one variable, the derivative and integration of the function an engineering specialization to be used in solving complex
Syllabus : Duplicate Integral (2 and 3), Duplicate Integral Application.
The Definte Integral, Transcendental Functions, Techniques Textbooks:
Prerequisite: None D. Varberg, E. J. Purcell, S.E. Rigdon, Calculus, 9th ed.,
Textbooks:
Pearson, Prentice Hall, 2007. LINEAR ALGEBRA
ENGE600004/ENGE610004
2012.
CALCULUS 2
ENGE600002/ENGE610002 Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering and
3 SKS an engineering specialization to be used in solving complex
Course Learning Outcomes: engineering problems.
Students are able to use the concepts of sequences, series, conic Syllabus :
function of two or three variables to solve their applied prob- vector spaces, Common vector spaces, eigenvalues and eigen-
lems. vectors, inner product spaces, Diagonalization and General
Graduates Learning Outcomes: Linear Transformation.
Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering and Prerequisite: None
an engineering specialization to be used in solving complex Textbooks:
engineering problems. 1. Elementary Linear Algebra, Howard Anton & Chris
Syllabus: : Rorres, 11th edition, 2014
Infinite sequences and infinite series, Test for convergence 2. Gilbert Strang, Introduction to linear algebra 3rd edition
of positive series and alternating series, Power series and Wellesley Cambridge Press, 2003
operation on operations, Taylor and MacLaurin series, Conic MECHANICAL AND HEAT PHYSICS
243
ENGE600005 / ENGE610005 Course Learning Outcomes:

3 credits Students are able to analyze the principe of basic chemistry
Course Learning Outcomes: for application in engineering.
Able to explain the basic concepts of mechanics and thermo- Graduates’ Learning Outcomes:
dynamics, and be able to apply them to understand natural Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering to
phenomena and human engineering, including their applica- be used in solving complex engineering problems.
tions.
Syllabus:
Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering and stochiometry, water phase reactions and solution stochiom-
an engineering specialization to be used in solving complex etry, thermochemistry, chemical equilibrium, acid and base
engineering problems. equilibrium, electrochemistry, chemical kinetics, and chem-
ical applications.
Syllabus:
Prerequisite: none
Motion in Two and Three Dimensions, Newton’s Laws of Textbooks :
Motion, Applications of Newton’s Laws, Kinetic Energy, and 1. Ralph H. Petrucci, General Chemistry: Principles and
Work, Potential Energy and Energy Conservation, Center of Modern Applications, 8th Ed. Prentice Hall Inc., New
Mass, Linear Momentum, Rotation, Rolling Motion, Torque, York, 2001.
Angular Momentum, Oscillation, Mechanical and Sound 2. John McMurry, Robert C. Fay, Chemistry (3rd ed.),
Waves, Gravity, Statics and Elasticity, Fluid Mechanics, Prentice Hall, 2001.
Temperature, Heat, Law I Thermodynamics, Ideal Gas and 3. Raymond Chang, Williams College, Chemistry (7th ed.),
Kinetic Theory of Gas, Heat Engine, Entropy, and Law II Ther- McGraw-Hill, 2003.
modynamics.
ENGINEERING ECONOMY
Prerequisite: none ENGE600011 / ENGE610011
3 credits
Textbooks:
Edition, Wiley, 2014. Students are able to analyze the economic and financial feasi-
2. Serway Jewett, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 9th bility of making economic practice decisions.
Edition, Pearson, 2008 Able to apply the principles of technical management and
decision making based on economic considerations, in indi-
vidual and group, as well as in project management.
PHYSICS
ENGE600007 / ENGE610007 Syllabus:
3 credits
Introduction to Engineering Economics, Time Value of Money,
Students are able to apply the basic concepts of electrical Rate of Return Analysis, Effects of Inflation, Benefit Cost &
physics, magnetism, waves, and optics to solve problems in Break-Even Point Analysis, Sensitivity Analysis, Depreci-
the engineering field. ation, Tax Analysis, Cost Estimation & Allocation, Capital
Budgeting & Replacement Analysis.
Prerequisite:
1. Civil Engineering : -
Syllabus: 4. Industrial Engineering : must pass the introductory
Unit, Magnitude, Vector, Electric Charge, Electric Field, Gauss
Law, Electric Potential, Capacitance, Electric Current, Resis-
6. Bioprocess Engineering : -
tance, Direct Current, Magnetic Field Due to Electric Current,
Magnetic Field Source, Induced GGL, Inductance, Alternating Textbooks:
Current, Electromagnetic Waves, Light Properties and Propa- 1. Blank, Leland and Tarquin, Anthony. 2018. Engineering
gation, Optical Geometry. Economy 8th Ed. McGraw Hill.
Prerequisite: none
Textbooks : 3. White, Case and Pratt. 2012. Principles of Engineering
1. Halliday, Resnick, and Walker, Principles of Physics 9th Economic Analysis 6th ed. John Wiley and Sons.
ENGE600010 / ENGE610010
2 credits
Students are able to handle quantitative data/information
BASIC CHEMISTRY
starting from the descriptive stage (collection, organization,
ENGE600009 / ENGE610009
and presentation) to the inductive stage, which includes fore-
2 credits
244
casting and drawing conclusions based on the relationship 1. Charles A. Wentz, Safety, Health and Environmental
between variables for decision making. Protection, McGraw Hill, 1998.
1. Apply descriptive statistics and probability theory to data
processing and serving
www.hse.gov.uk/
serving
sion making
Syllabus: Electrical Engineering Department
Introduction to Statistics for Engineering Studies, Probabil- Subjects
tion Probability, Sampling, Estimation, Hypothesis testing, FUNDAMENTAL OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS AND
Hypothesis test 1 sample at an average value, Regression LABORATORY
ENEE602005
Prerequisite: none 3 CREDITS
Textbooks : Learning Outcomes:
1. Harinaldi, Basic Principles of Statistical Engineering and Able to explain the components of a digital system circuit, able
Science, Erlangga, 2004 to solve mathematical logic circuits, able to apply digital circuit
2. Montgomery, DC., And Runger, GC., Applied Statistics concepts, able to use simple digital circuit design methods
Topics:
HSE PROTECTION
ENGE600012 / ENGE610012 Boolean Algebra Principles and applications; Interface Logic
2 credits Families; Number System & Data Encoding; Basic Logic
Course Learning Outcomes: Circuits; Basic Modular Design of Combinational Circuits; Basic
Modular Design of Sequential Circuits.
Upon completion of this subject students are expected to be
able to carried out hazard identification, and characterization, Practical work: Module 1-Introduction and introduction to
to propose appropriate methods for risk reduction and miti- Digital Circuit Basics, Module 2 - Boolean
gation, and to design safety management system. The student Algebra and Elementary logic gates, Module 3 – Karnaugh
is also expected to improve their awareness on industrial Map, Module 4 – complex logic gate, Module5 - Decoder and
safety and health, and understanding on safety regulation Encoder, Module 6 - Multiplexer and De-multiplexer, Module
framework and standards as well as environmental program. 7- Digital Arithmetic Circuit, Module 8 - Flip-Flop and Latch,
Graduate Learning Outcomes: Module 9-Registers and Counters, Module 10 – Group Project
1. Students are expected to understand safety, health and Prerequisite: none
principal in engineering code of ethics. Textbook:
2. Students are expected to be able to carry out process of 1. M. Morris R. Mano, Charles R. Kime, Tom Martin, Logic
risk assessments by considering risk factors in the impact & Computer Design Fundamentals, 5th ed, Prentice Hall,
of hazards on people, facilities, and the surrounding 2015
community and environemt. 2. Ronald J. Tocci, Neal S. Widmer, and Gregory L. Moss,
3. Students are expected to understand the regulatory Digital Systems: Principles and Applications, 11th Ed.,
framework and standard related to the stages of life cycle Prentice Hall, 2010
of machine, building structure, construction, and process. 3. Modul Praktikum Dasar Sistem Digital
4. Students are able to design and propose an effective ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
hazard communication, management and engineering ENEE603008
control, and risk mitigation through an engineering 4 CREDITS
assignment project. Learning Outcomes:
5. Students are able to identify the knowledge required
to perform risk assesment, investigation and design Upon completing this course, students are expected to be able
improvement through a multidisiplinary case of incident to describe ordinary differential equations with constant/
and accident. non-constant, linear/nonlinear coefficients, partial differential
equations, discrete differential equations (C3); Able to derive
Syllabus: solutions of ordinary differential equations and partial differ-
Introduction to SHE Regulation and Standards, SHE Percep- ential equations (C4); Able to apply the Laplace/Fourier/Z trans-
tion (Risk and Environment), Identification, Assessment and formation method in the derivation of solutions to differential
Management, Construction, machinery and Noise hazards, equations (C3); Able to explain the optimization concept of a
Process safety hazard and analysis technique, Fire and explo- mathematical problem (C2); And able to solve mathematical
sion hazard, Electrical hazard, Toxicology in the Workplace, problems using the linear programming method/infinite
Ergonomy Aspect, Hazard communication to employees, optimization method (C4 ).
Environmental Protection, Case studies, Safety Health and Topics:
Environment audits.
Ordinary Differential Equations (Constant and Inconstant
Prerequisite: none Coefficients, linear, non-linear), Partial Differential Equations,
Textbooks : Discrete Differential Equations, Laplace Transform, Fourier
245
Transform, z Transformation, unconstrained optimization, using high-level languages with procedural types. After
linear programming attending this course, it is expected that students will be able to
design complex procedural computer programs with dynamic
Textbook:
data structures (C6), be able to demonstrate a critical, creative,
and innovative attitude and respect other people in the group
10th Edition, Wiley Publisher 2010.
to solve common problems and group assignments. Advanced
Programming (C3, A3) , and able to use computer programming
ics”, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2011.
software for complex programs proficiently (C3).
Computer Engineering Subjects Topics:
BASIC PROGRAMMING AND LABORATORY Data structures: linked list, queue, stack, tree; Problem-solv-
ENCE601001 ing strategies: searching, sorting; Recursion; Multi-thread-
3 CREDITS ing, parallel programming
Learning Outcomes: Prerequisite: Basic Programming and Laboratory
This course is given for the first semester student of the Textbook:
Computer Engineering Study Program. In this course, students
are introduced to ways of thinking and solving problems by 1. Deitel & Deitel, “C How to Program”, 8th Edition, Pearson
creating algorithms, then translating those algorithms into International Edition, 2015.
programming languages that can be run by computers. After DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN AND LABORATORY
attending this course, students are expected to be able to make ENCE603004
simple procedural computer programs (C3) and be able to use 3 CREDITS
computer-programming software proficiently (C3). Learning Outcomes:
Topics:
Introduction to Computers, Algorithms, Pseudocode, Intro- In this course, it will discussed the principles in designing
duction to C language, Controlling programs in C language, digital systems. After following this course, the student is
Structured programs in C language, Functions, Arrays, Poin- expected to be able to design and analyze sequential and
ters, Struct, Union, Enumeration Pointer combinational circuit using a hardware modeling language
Prerequisite: - definition language (HDL) and able to do synthesis into the
Textbook: PLD, CPLD and FPGA-like.
1. Deitel & Deitel, “C How to Program”, 8th Edition, Pearson Topics:
International Edition, 2015.
Review of Sequential Circuit Design; VHDL; Control and data-
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION & ARCHITECTURE path design; Design with programmable logic; System design
ENCE602002 constraints; Fault models, testing, and design for testabil-
3 CREDITS ity; Laboratory
Learning Outcomes:
Prerequisite: Basic Programming and Laboratory
This course discusses the architecture and organization of
computer systems. Upon completing this course, students will Textbook:
be able to design software based on a particular microprocessor 1. Charles h. Roth, Jr., Lizy K John, Digital Systems Design
organization and architecture (C4) and be able to use spoken Using VHDL, 2007
language well for presentations on problems in organization 2. Bryan mealy, Fabrizio Tappero, Free Range VHDL,
and computer architecture (C3). freerangefactory.org
3. Digital System Design Lab Modules
Topics:
DISCRETE STRUCTURES
Introduction, History of Microprocessor, Designing for ENCE603005
Performance, Top Level view of Computer System, Processor 3 CREDITS
Organization; Memory; Peripheral subsystems; Fundamental Learning Outcomes:
of Assembly Programming; Addressing Modes; Data Transfer;
Arithmetic and Logic Instruction, Program Control, Program- In this course students will learn the basic principles of discrete
ming the Microprocessor mathematics and apply it to examine and study the modern
computing techniques and build a foundation for analyzing
Prerequisite: Basic Programming and Laboratory problems in computer engineering and developing solutions.
Textbook: After following this course, the student will be able to create sets
1. W. Stallings, “Computer Organization and Architecture”, and functions, applying the techniques of proof, as well as being
10th Edition, Pearson International, 2015 able to use the theory of graph, tree, iteration and recursion in
2. Brey, Barry B, The Intel Microprocessors: 8086/8088, various cases of problems in the field of computer engineering
80186/80188, 80286, 80386, 80486, Pentium, Pentium Pro Topics:
Processor, Pentium II, Pentium III, Pentium 4, and Core2
with 64-bit Extensions, 8th Ed., PHI Inc, USA, 2011. set; relation; function; Boolean algebra; proofing techniques;
basic proof; graph; tree; iteration; recursion
ADVANCED PROGRAMMING AND LABORA-
TORY Prerequisite: Basic Programming and Laboratory, Fundamen-
ENCE602003 tal of Digital System and Laboratory
3 CREDITS Textbook:
Learning Outcomes : 1. Kenneth h. Rosen, “Discrete Mathematics and Its Appli-
This is an advanced course for learning how to program cations”, 7th Edition , McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/
computers. In this course, you will learn about programming Math; 2011
246
2. Richard Johnsonbaugh, “Discrete Mathematics”, will be able to describe the properties of materials and the
7th Edition, Pearson Intl. Edition, Prentice-Hall, NJ, 2009 operation of a basic electronics component, such as a diode,
transistors, op-amps, filters etc.
COMPUTER NETWORKS AND LABORATORY
ENCE603006 Topics:
4 CREDITS
Electronics Materials, diodes, bipolar transistors and; MOS
Learning Outcomes:
transistor circuit, timing, and power; Storage cell Architecture;
In this course, students learn topics about computer networks Operational Amplifiers
that are discussed comprehensively from layer 1 to layer 7.
Prerequisite: Physics (Electricity, Magnetism, Waves and
After attending this course, students are able to configure and
Optics)
implement simple computer networks according to existing
protocol standards, are able to apply the concept of VLAN, Textbook:
Inter VLAN Routing , LAN Redundancy, Dynamic Addressing,
1. Robert Boylestad Louis Nashelsky, & “Electronic
LAN Security, Wireless LAN and Static Protocol Routing in a
Devices And Circuit Theory”, Ninth Edition, Prentice Hall,
simple network
Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, Columbus, Ohio, 2006.
Syllabus :
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT
Network Architecture and Topology, Network Protocols and ENCE603009
Communications; OSI and TCP/IP Layers; Physical Layer, Data 2 CREDITS
Link Layer, Ethernet Switching; Transport Layer, Application Learning Outcomes :
Layer; IPv4 Addressing; IPv6 Addressing; Subnetting; VLANs
In this course, students will learn the basic electrical circuits. At
and Inter-VLAN Routing; Ether Channel; FHRP; DHCPv4;
the end of this course, students will be able to analyze simple elec-
DHCPv6; LAN Security; Wireless LANs; Static Protocol Routing
tronic and electrical circuits using appropriate techniques,
Prerequisites: Fundamental of Digital System and Laboratory analyze the resistive circuits, their AC and DC properties as
the basics of electrical engineering.
Textbooks:
1. A. Tanenbaum, “Computer Networks”, Prentice Hall, 5th Topics:
Eds, 2010
Introduction, resistive circuits, depend-
2. CISCO Networking Academy Program: Network Funda-
ent sources and op. amps, analysis methods, energy–stor-
mentals, CCNA Exploration ver 4, http://cisco.netacad.net
age elements, first–order circuits, second–order circuits, sinu-
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING AND soidal sources and phasors, AC steady–state analysis,
LABORATORY AC steady–state power.
ENCE603007
Prerequisites : Physics (Electricity, Magnetism, Waves and
3 CREDITS
Optics)
Learning Outcomes:
Textbook:
In this course, students will learn how to create programs
1. D . E. Johnson, J. R. Johnson, et.all. , “Electric Circuit Anal-
with object -oriented concepts. After completing the course,
ysis”, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall International, Inc., 1997,
students will be able to implement the design of software
(Chapters 1-9).
into the languages of oriented object programming; Being
2. J. W. Nilsson, S.A. Riedel, “Elec-
able to declare the concept of oriented object programming
tric Circuits”, 10th Edition, Prentice Hall Interna-
(class, constructor, scope of variables); Able to describe basic
tional Inc., 2014.
objects (arrays, array lists, object collections, iterators); able
to describe the concept of class design (coupling, cohesion STATISTICS
, refactoring, inheritance, polymorph, substitution); able to ENCE603010
implement GUI-based programming , exception handling and 3 CREDITS
multithreading. Learning Outcomes :
Syllabus: In this course, students will learn the basics of statistics and
how to apply it in data processing. After attending this course,
Java Language Elements; Java Language Operation; Defining
students will be able to analyze data based on statistical tech-
and Using Class; System, Strings, String Buffer, Math &
niques (C4) and be able to use written language well to present
Wrapper Classes; Array; Class & Inheritance; Graphical User
data analysis problems using statistical methods (C3). Students
Interface & Event Driven Design; Exceptions; Collections;
will be able to analyze data descriptions quantitatively; Able to
Threads and Javadoc
analyze curves and average values, median values, frequency
Prerequisites: Advanced Programming and Laboratory distributions), able to explain the relationship between statistics
and probability, probability distributions and their types, able
Textbooks:
to apply population parameter estimation methods and prob-
1. David J. Barnes, “Objects First with Java: A Practical Intro-
ability distributions, able to explain linear regression methods
duction to Using BlueJ “, 5th Ed., Pearson, 2011
and their applications to data, able to apply linear regression
2. Bart Baesens et.al., “Beginning Java Programming: The
method and correlation analysis.
Object-Oriented Approach”, Wrox , 2015
Topics:
BASICS OF ELECTRONICS CIRCUITS
ENCE603008 Descriptive Statistics: Tables & Graph, Averages, Variability,
2 CREDITS Normal Distribution, Correlation, Regression, Inferential
Learning Outcomes: Statistics: Populations, Samples, and Probability, Sampling
Distribution of the Mean, Z-test, Estimation, T-test
In this course students will learn the basic electronics compo-
nents as well as its circuitry. At the end of this course, students Prerequisites : -
247
Textbook: and also some classical algorithms that can be applied to

1. Robert S. Witte and John S. Witte, “Statistics”, 11th ed., various problems in the field of computer engineering. After
Wiley, 2017 attending this course, students will be able to evaluate the
2. Ronald E. Walpole, et.al, “Probability & Statistics for Engi- application of classical algorithms for certain tasks (C5), be
neers & Scientists”, 9th ed., Prentice Hall, 2012 able to use spoken and written language well to present the
results of research on the application of algorithms (C3) and
ADVANCED LINEAR ALGEBRA
be able to provide alternative solutions to problems from an
ENCE604011
algorithm point of view (C3, A2 ).
2 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes: Topics:
In this course, students will learn advanced linear algebra Basic algorithm analysis; Algorithm Strategy; Classic algo-
techniques for data processing. After attending this course, rithms for general tasks ; Analysis and design of algorithms
students will be able to apply advanced algebraic techniques for special applications ; Algorithm complexity.
to process complex data (C3) and be able to show a critical,
Prerequisites: Advanced Prog ramming and Labora-
creative, and innovative attitude and respect other people in
tory, Discrete Structures
the group to solve common problems and group assignments.
Advanced Linear Algebra (C3, A3 ) Textbooks:
Topic: 1. Thomas H. Cormen , “Introduction to Algorithms”, 3rd
Edition, MIT Press, 2009
Discrete probability for high-dimensional vector spaces; matri-
ces and graphs to model the data; geometric approaches to OPERATING SYSTEM
eigen decompositions; least-squares; principal components ENCE604014
analysis; data visualization 2 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes:
Prerequisites: Linear Algebra
This course discusses the basic principles of early and current
Books Subjects:
generation operating systems. After attending this course,
1. Howard Anton, Chris Rorres, Anton Kaul, Elementary
students will be able to evaluate a resource management
Linear Algebra, Applications Version, 12th Edition, Wiley,
algorithm for a computer system (C5), be able to analyse the
2019
advantages and disadvantages of various memory management
2. Marc Peter Deisenroth, A. Aldo Faisal, Cheng Soon Ong,
techniques (C4), be able to conceptualize an efficient computer
Mathematics for Machine Learning, Cambridge Univer-
system resource management system (C3), and be able to
sity Press, 2020
describes the architecture of a distributed system (C2).
3. Joel Grus, Data Science from Scratch, 2 nd ed., Oreilly , 2019
Topics:
CYBER-PHYSICAL SYSTEM AND LABORATORY
ENCE604012 Operating Systems Structures; Process; Thread; CPU Sched-
3 CREDITS uling; Concurrency; Memory-system management, storage
Learning Outcomes: management; distributed system architectures
In this course, students learn to design embedded systems Prerequisite: Computer Organization and Architecture 
(hardware and software) using a microcontroller for special
Textbooks:
applications. After taking this course, students are able to
1. Abraham Silberschatz, “Operating System Concepts”, 9th
design hardware for a cyber physical system (a system that is
Ed., Dec. 17, 2012
the interface between the physical world and the internet) (C6);
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Modern Operating Systems”,
able to design software for a cyber physical system (a system
Pearson, Mar. 20, 2014
that becomes the interface between the physical world and the
internet) (C6) DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT COMPUTER
Topics:
NETWORK AND LABORATORY
ENCE604015
Characteristics of embedded systems; Basic software tech- 4 CREDITS
niques for embedded applications; Parallel input and output; Learning Outcomes:
Asynchronous and synchronous serial communication;
In this course, students will study how to design a network
Periodic interrupts, waveform generation, time measurement;
with the large scale by considering aspects of scalability and
Data acquisition, control, sensors, actuators; Laboratory
reliability. After completing this course, students will be able
Prerequisite: Computer Organization & Architecture, Digital to implement the various techniques LAN redundancy and
System Design and Laboratory Link Aggregation to improve scalability and reliability of the
network , capable of using OSPF and EIGRP routing protocol
Textbook:
in scale of large network, and capable of designing network
1. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems, Second
WAN and the Internet as well as applying the principles and
Edition, Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Prentice Hall, 2006
procedures of management network.
2. Lee & Seshia , “ Introduction to Embed-
ded Systems-A Cyber-Physi- Topic:
cal Systems Approach “ , 2nd edition, UC-Berkeley , 2015
Network Scalability; LAN redundancy; Link Aggregation;
ALGORITHM ANALYSIS Wireless LAN; OSPF Multiaccess and Multiarea; EIGRP. Hier-
ENCE604013 archical Network Design; WAN technologies; Point to Point and
2 CREDITS Frame Relay Connections; Broadband Solution; Internet VPN;
Learnig outcomes: Network Monitoring; Troubleshooting the networks; Network
In this course, students learn how to evaluate algorithms performance evaluation. Project: Designing computer networks
248
in a corporate organization. menting the software life cycle with the desired level of risk
in implementing the system (C6) and be able to use written
Prerequisites: Computer Networks and Laboratory
language well in software engineering project documentation,
Books Subjects: which consists of planning, design, testing, and software
1. James D. McCabe, “Network Analysis, Architecture, and maintenance (C3)
Design”, 3nd Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2007
Topics:
2. CISCO, CCNA Networking Academy, https://www.
netacad.com Definitions, processes and problems in software engineering;
3. Huawei ICT Academy, HCIA Routing & Switching, Artifacts and Roles in the Unified Software Development
https://e.huawei.com/en/talent/#/ Process (USDP); Traditional Processes: Waterfall Model, Spiral
Model, Incremental Model; Agile Processes: XP, TDD, Scrum;
DATABASE SYSTEM AND LABORATORY
UML diagrams; Software Development Documentation: Soft-
ENCE604016
ware Validation & Verification Plan (SVVP), Software Quality
3 CREDITS
Assurance Plan (SQAP), Software Configuration Management
Learning Outcomes:
Plan (SCMP), Software Project Management Plan (SPMP),
In this course, students will learn the concepts of database Software Design Document (SDD), software test documentation
systems and their applications. After attending this course, (STD) ); Various implementation and collaboration procedures
students are able to design structured databases in software in software development; System Testing: Blackbox, Whitebox,
design and implement them into SQL database systems, able to Systematic Testing, and the risk of ignoring testing; Software
optimize data processing in database systems using SQL and maintenance: Type of maintenance, Standard Maintenance
able to implement consistent data-based multi-user applications. Procedure.
Topics: Database systems; Event-driven and concurrent Prerequisites: Object Oriented Programming and Laboratory
programming; Using application programming interfaces
Textbooks:
Prerequisites: Discrete Structures 1. Ian Sommerville, Software Engineering, 10th Ed., Pear-
son, April 3, 2015
Textbooks:
2. Robert C. Martin, Agile Software Development, Princi-
1. Ramez Elmasri, Shumatt B. Navathe, Fundamentals of
ples, Patterns, and Practices, Pearson 2013
Database Systems, 7th ed., Pearson, June 18, 2015
2. Avi Silberschatz et al., “Database System Concepts”, 6th REAL TIME SYSTEM AND IOT AND LABORA-
Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2011. TORY
ENCE605019
ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB 3 CREDITS
ENCE604017
Learning Outcomes:
1 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes: After attending this course, students will be able to design
real-time embedded systems connected to the Internet (IoT) by
In this course, students learn practically the components
paying attention to energy saving and mobile and networking
and basic circuits of electronics and electrical circuits. After
(C6) needs; and able to use hardware and software for real time
following this practicum, students are able to analyze simple
system (C3)
electrical and electronic circuits based on physical phenomena
(C4), and are able to use hardware and software for electrical Topics:
and electronic circuit analysis (C3).
Real-time operating system design; Operating systems for
Topics: mobile devices; Support for concurrent processing; Implemen-
tation strategies for complex embedded systems; Techniques
Module 1-Introduction; Module 2-Diode; Module 3-BJT Ampli-
for low-power operation; Mobile and networked embedded
fiers; Module 4-FET Amplifier; Module 5-Op-Amp Amplifier;
systems; Advanced input / output issues; Computing platforms
Module 6-Filter; Module 7-basic Electricity; Module 8-Mesh and
for embedded systems; Practice
Node analysis of Linearity; Module 9-Thevenin and Norton
Superposition Analysis; Prerequisites: Operating System, Cyber-Physical System and
Laboratory
Prerequisites: Electrical Circuits, Basic of Electronics Circuits
Books Subjects:
Textbooks:
1. Peter Marwedel , Embedded System Design: Embedded
1. Robert Boylestad Louis Nashelsky, & “Electronic Devices
Systems, Foundations of Cyber-Physical Systems, and the
And Circuit Theory”, Ninth Edition, Prentice Hall, Upper
Internet of Things, 3rd ed, Springer International Publish-
Saddle River, New Jersey, Columbus, Ohio, 2006.
ing, 2018
2. D . E. Johnson, J. R. Johnson, URet.all. , “Electric Circuit
2. Xiaocong Fan, Real-Time Embedded Systems: Design
Analysis”, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall International, Inc.,
Principles and Engineering Practices, Elsevier, 2015
1997, (Chapters 1-9).
3. Sam Siewert & John Pratt, Real-time embedded compo-
3. J. W. Nilsson, S.A. Riedel, “Electric Circuits”, 10th Edition,
nents and systems with Linux and RTOS, Mercury Learn-
Prentice Hall International Inc., 2014.
ing and Information, 2016
4. Module electrical and electronic Circuit Teaching
COMPUTER NETWORKS SECURITY AND LABO-
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING RATORY
ENCE605018
ENCE605020
3 CREDITS
3 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes:
Learning Outcomes:
In this course, students will learn how to design software with
This course studies security techniques in computer networks.
the right steps and be able to document it. After attending
After attending this course, students are able to analyze and
this course, students will be able to design software by imple- 249
implement security aspects on computer networks, able to Prerequisites: Computer Organization and Architecture
analyze data security and integrity and perform protection,
Books Subjects:
able to apply authentication and cryptography techniques
in network security; and perform troubleshooting related to 1. John L. Hennessy, David A. Patterson, Computer
network security cases Architecture: A Quantitative Approach, 6 th ed., Morgan
Kaufmann, 2017.
Topics:
PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESS
ecurity and integrity of Data; Vulnerabilities; Resource Protec-
ENCE605023
tion; Private & Public Key Cryptography; Authentication;
2 CREDITS
Network and Web Security.
Learning Outcomes:
Prerequisites: Design and Management of Computer Networks In this course, students will learn the basics of probability
and Laboratory theory and stochastic processes (random processes). After
attending this course, students will be able to analyze data
Textbooks:
by applying the concepts of probability and stochastic
1. W. Stallings, “Network Security Essentials: Application
processes (C4). In this course, students will learn how to
and Standards, 5/E, Prentice Hall, 2013.
model, analyze, and simulate stochastic systems.
2. R.R.Panko, Corporate Computer and Network Security,
Prentice-Hall, 2004 Topics:
3. M.E.Whitman and H.J.Mattord, Principles of Information
Introduction to probability, discrete random variables, contin-
Security, Thomson Course, 2003
uous random variables, cumulative distribution function,
TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK AND LAB bivariate random variables, random vectors, Gaussian random
ENCE605021 vectors, random process, Markov Chains, Mean convergence.
3 CREDITS
Prerequisite: Calculus, Linear Algebra, Statistics
Learning Outcomes:
Textbooks:
This course will discuss the telecommunication network
1. John A. Gubner, “Probability and Random Processes for
system. After this course, students are able to describe principle
Electrical and Computer Engineers”, Cambridge Univer-
and basic method of telecommunication engineering and the
sity Press, 2006
usage of the telecommunication devices in network system,
2. Steven Kay, “Intuitive Probability and Random Processes
able to describe modulation techniques and multiplexing;
Using Matlab”, Springer, 2006
able to describe the usage of the telecommunication devices
3. Saeed Ghahramani, “Fundamentals of Probability with
in network system.
Stochastic Process”, 4th ed., CRC Press, 2019
Topics:
SIGNAL THEORY AND SYSTEM ANALYSIS
Introduction to Telecommunications Engineering, Modulation ENCE605024
Techniques (Amplitude and frequency); Digital Modulation; 2 CREDITS
Multiplexing Techniques; Coding; Telephony System; Telecom- Learning Outcomes:
munication device technology
In this course, students learn to analyze signals in a system and
Prerequisites: Computer Network and Laboratory, Signal apply basic techniques (manipulation/filter, transformation) to
Theory and System Analysis a signal. After following this course, students will be able to
make programs for signal processing systems (C6); able to apply
Textbooks:
signal processing techniques to analyze systems (C4); and able
1. S. Haykin, “Communication Systems”, 5th Edition, John
to use software to analyze signal (C3)
Wiley & Sons Inc., 2008.
2. R.L. Freeman, “Telecommunication Systems Engineer- Topics:
ing”, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2004.
Fundamental analysis of signals and systems, focusing on
MODERN COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE discrete-time and continuous-time representations (singular
ENCE605022 functions, complex exponentials and geometrics, Fourier
2 CREDITS representations, Laplace and Z transformations, sampling) and
Learning Outcomes: representations of linear, time-invariant systems (difference
and differential equations) , block diagram, system function,
In this course, students will study the architecture of modern
pole and zero, convolution, impulse and step response,
computers, including learning the techniques applied to
frequency response).
modern computers to speed up their performance. After
attending this course, students will be able to design solutions Prerequisites: Engineering Mathematics
to simple programming problems based on modern computer
Textbooks:
architecture (C4) and be able to use spoken language well
1. Simon Haykin and Barry Van Veen. 2002. Signals and
to present problems in modern computer architecture (C3).
Systems (2nd. ed.). John Wiley & Sons, Inc., USA.
Students will “be able to analyze processor design with
2. Luis F. Chaparro, Aydin Akan, Signals and Systems Using
pipelining (C4), be able to design program implementations on
MATLAB, Academic Press, 2019
parallel processors and multicore processors (C4) and be able
to describe the architecture of distributed systems and their COMPUTER ENGINEERING PROJECT DESIGN 1
level of parallelism (C2). ENCE606025
2 CREDITS
Topics:
Learning Objectives:
Pipelining, Input / Output interfacing and communication,
Computer Engineering Project Design Courses 1 and Computer
Peripheral subsystems, Multi / Many-core architectures,
Engineering Project Design 2 are the main design courses
Distributed system architectures
250
(capstone design) in the Computer Engineering Undergraduate Learning Objectives:

Study Program, where students will work in a team to create IIn this course, students will learn basic machine learning
system designs that can solve complex engineering problems techniques, such as regression, clustering and classification.
and must integrate the knowledge and skills that have been At the end of this course, students are expected to be able
obtained in previous lectures. The design that is made also to design solutions to data processing problems using a
needs to take into account the impact on the environment, machine learning approach (C4) and be able to work together
legal, social and economic community. In this Computer Engi- in teams to complete machine learning (A3) projects.
neering Project Design 1 course, we will discuss managerial
Topics:
principles in IT projects and how to make a design proposal for
Pattern Recognition and Artifical Neural Networks Introduc-
an engineering project. After attending this course, students
tion, Back-propagation Algorithm, Unsupervised Learning,
are expected to be able to design a computer engineering
Principal Component Analysis.
project that is supported by theory and knowledge in the field
of computer networks, software and hardware with social, Prerequisites: Linier Algebra, Advanced Programming and
economic and cost constraints, which are managed according Laboratory.
to the correct managerial stages and processes (C6), able to
Textbooks:
demonstrate positive attitude critical, creative, and innovative
1. Christopher M. Bishop, Pattern Recogni-
and respects others in the Computer Engineering Design Proj-
tion and Machine Learning, Springer, 2011.
ect 1 (C3, A3) group and is able to provide alternative problem
2. John D. Kelleher, Brian Mac Namee, and Aoife D’Arcy,
solving to various problems that arise in the community, nation,
Fundamentals of Machine Learning for Predictive Data
and state in the Computer Engineering Design Project 1 (C3)
group , A2) ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN INFORMATION TECH-
Topics:
NOLOGY
ENCE606029
Proje ct m a n agement pr i nc iples; R i sk, dependabi l- 2 CREDITS
ity, safety and fault tolerance; IT Project Collaboration strate- Learning Outcomes:
gies; Relevant tools, standards and/or engineering constraints. In this course students learn the basic concepts of project
management and marketing that are specialized in the
Prerequisites: Cyber-Physical System and Laboratory,
field of Information Technology. After completing this
Computer Network and Laboratory, Advanced Programming
course, students are able to implement entrepreneur-
and Laboratory.
ial skills and concepts in information technology innovation
Textbooks: in the form of business plans in the form of product innovation
1. K. Schwalbe, “Information Technology Project Manage- and expertise in accordance with the development of informa-
ment”, 7th Edition, Course Technology, 2013. tion technology.
2. W.S. Humphrey, “Introduction to the Team Software Topics:
Process”, Addison Wesley 2000. Charging for Expertise, Think, Plan, Act Like Entrepre-
3. Modul Desain Proyek Teknik Komputer neur, Making a Successful Business, Taking the Initiative,
Enabling an E-Business, Providing Outsourced Services &
MULTIMEDIA SIGNAL PROCESSING
Building a Contracting Business, guest lecture
ENCE606026
Prerequisite: none
3 CREDITS
Textbooks:
Learning Outcomes:
1. Bill Aulet, Disciplined Entrepreneurship: 24 Steps to a
In this course students will learn multimedia signal processing Successful Startup, Wiley, 2013
technology to support the delivery of multimedia information
PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS IN INFORMA-
through the Internet. At the end of this course, the student will
TION TECHNOLOGY
be able to perform analysis of multimedia signals in the network
ENCE606030
using appropriate techniques. Students will be able to describe
2 CREDITS
components in multimedia files, multimedia compression
Learning Outcomes:
techniques, are able to perform analysis and processing of
multimedia data such as image, sound and video. Students will In this course, students will learn knowledge about profession-
also be able to apply a digital image processing algorithm to alism and ethics in the field of information technology. After
analyze the information in it. attending this course, students are able to analyze professional
and ethical attitudes in accordance with the rules and laws in
Topics:
Information Technology (C3, A3) and are able to show a critical,
Introduction to Multimedia network, Coding and compression creative, and respectful attitude towards others in the group to
of Multimedia Signals (im-ages, sounds, video), improvement solve common problems in the task of Ethics Professionalism in
the quality of an image, image processing, image Segmen- Technology ( C3, A3). Students will be able to analyze profes-
ta-tion, representation and description, object recognition. sional codes of ethics from several influential IT professional
organizations in the world, able to elaborate on the relationship
Prerequisites: Advanced Programming, Signal Theory and
between professional ethics and applicable law, able to elaborate
System Analysis
on the role and benefits of professional organizations for their
Textbooks: members and the wider community; able to explain the current
1. J.N. Hwang, “Multimedia Networking: From Theory to IT job classification, able to elaborate on the importance of
Practice,” Cambridge University Press, 2009. professional certification in the IT field; able to identify and
2. R.C. Gonzalez and R.E. Woods, Digital Image Processing, formulate solutions to problems related to professionalism and
3rd Edition, Prentice-Hall, 2007. ethics within the scope of work in the IT field.
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE Topic: ‘
ENCE606027
Ethics; Job,Professional and Professional; Profession in infor-
3 CREDITS 251
mation technology; IT expert organization and code of conduct; Topic:

cyber ethics; intellectual property rights; Internet crime
In accordance with the topics agreed by the internship company,
Prerequisite: - adjusted to the field of knowledge of Computer Engineering.
1. ACM Code of Ethics and Porfessional Conduct, https://
Prerequisite: Passed 85 credits.
www.acm.org/about-acm/acm-code-of-ethics-and-pro-
fessional-conduct; Textbook: None.
2. IEEE Code of Ethics, https://www.ieee.org/about/corpo-
rate/governance/p7-8.html
SEMINAR
ENCE607032
3. British Computer Society Code of Conduct, https://www.
2 CREDITS
bcs.org/media/2211/bcs-code-of-conduct.pdf.
Learning Outcomes:
4. George W. Reynolds, “Ethics in Information Technology”
5th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2015. Students are able to make system design proposals, compo-
5. Frank Bott, “Professional Issues in Information Technol- nents, and processes related to Computer Engineering; and
ogy”, British Computer Society, 2005. able to write a research proposal; and able to present research
6. Undang Undang Informasi dan Transaksi Elektronik (UU proposals.
ITE) – diunduh di EMAS UI
Topics:
COMPUTER ENGINEERING PROJECT DESIGN 2
Introduction, Background, Objectives, Research Limits, Liter-
ENCE607031
ature Study, Design.
3 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes: Prerequisite: Passed 114 credits.
Computer Engineering Project Design Courses 1 and Computer Textbooks:
Engineering Project Design 2 are the main design courses 1. Rector Decree (Keputusan Rektor Universitas Indone-
(capstone design) in the Computer Engineering Undergraduate sia) No. 2143/SK/R/UI/2017 about Technical Guidelines
Study Program, where students will work in a team to create for Writing the Final Project of University of Indonesia
system designs that can solve complex engineering problems Students (Pedoman Teknis Penulisan Tugas Akhir Maha-
and must integrate knowledge and skills acquired in previous siswa Universitas Indonesia)
lectures. The design that is made also needs to take into account 2. IEEE Citation Reference.
the impact on the environment, legal, social and economic 3. Ivan Stojmenovic, “How To Write Research Articles in
community. In this Computer Engineering Project Design 2 Computing and Engineering Disciplines,” IEEE Transac-
course, students will work in teams to realize design propos- tions on Parallel And Distributed Systems, Vol. 21, No. 2,
als into practical applications into a product/system. After February 2010.
taking this course, students are expected to be able to design a
computer engineering project that is supported by theory and BACHELOR THESIS
knowledge in the field of computer networks, software and ENCE608033
hardware with social, economic and cost constraints, which 4 CREDITS
is managed based on the project stages that have been made Learning Outcomes:
and based on ethics (C6) able to demonstrate a critical, creative, After going through this course, students are expected to
innovative attitude and respect for others in the group in the be able to create and present system designs, components,
Computer Engineering Design Project 2 (C3, A3) and able to and processes in the field of embedded systems or computer
provide alternative problem solving to various problems that networks within a research framework, implement them in the
arise in the community, nation, and state in the design project form of hardware and/or software and test and evaluate the
group (C3, A2). results. Students are also expected to be able to use spoken and
Topics: written language well in communicating and in thesis books,
as well as being able to provide alternative solutions to various
Design revision, design execution, evaluation problems that arise in the community, nation, and state in the
Prerequisites: Computer Engineering Project Design 1 implementation of research designs
Textbooks: -
Topics:
Special Subjects Design Evaluation, Design Implementation, Analysis, Conclu-
sions, Abstract
INTERNSHIP
ENCE606028 Prerequisite: Seminar
2 CREDITS Textbooks:
Learning Outcomes: 1. Rector Decree (Keputusan Rektor Universitas Indone-
In this course students undertake work internships in industries sia) No. 2143/SK/R/UI/2017 about Technical Guidelines
or labs related to computer engineering. Students are expected for Writing the Final Project of University of Indonesia
to be able to apply the technical knowledge they have gained Students (Pedoman Teknis Penulisan Tugas Akhir Maha-
from previous lectures and the new material of knowledge siswa Universitas Indonesia)
provided by their supervisor. Students are also expected to be 2. IEEE Citation Reference.
able to demonstrate working professionalism, which includes 3. Ivan Stojmenovic, “How To Write Research Articles in
the ability to work together in teams, disciplined behavior, Computing and Engineering Disciplines,” IEEE Transac-
responsibilities, initiatives & interests, leadership, commend- tions on Parallel And Distributed Systems, Vol. 21, No. 2,
able attitude / behavior, and the potential to develop. Able to February 2010.
participate in teams to complete the work. Students are expected
to convey the internship results and present it in front of the
examiner panels.
252
Computer Engineering Electives DevOps practice, continuous integration and deployment as

well as its automation. Trends in cloud computing such as: Edge
Subjects Computing. FOG Computing and microservices.
BIG DATA TECHNOLOGY Prerequisite: Database System and Laboratory
ENCE605034
Textbooks:
3 CREDITS
1. Cloud Computing Design Patterns, Thomas Erl, Robert
Learning Outcomes:
Cope, Amin Naserpour, Prentice Hall, 2015, ISBN:978-0-
This course will discuss the technology used to solve the Big 13-385856-3
Data problems in various field (e.g. Internet, Telecommuni-
References:
cation, Retail). Students will be able to manage (collection,
1. Cloud service documentation from AWS, Google, Micro-
preparation, processing, validation, interpretation) and analyze
soft Azure
the data with amount size and has a random structure.
2. www.openstack.org, www.cncf.io
Topics:
HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION
Into to Data Engineering, Hadoop Architecture, The Hadoop ENCE606036
Distributed Filesystem, Setting Up Hadoop Cluster, Admin- 2 CREDITS
istering Hadoop, MapReduce Framework, Developing a Learning Outcomes:
MapReduce Application, Hive Database, Spark Processing,
In this course, students learn and apply HCI theory and
Big Data Analytic Project
analytical approach in producing a prototype of human and
Prerequisites: Database System and Laboratory, Object computer interaction that is high quality, effective, and efficient.
Oriented Programming and Laboratory After following this course, the student will be able to design
and analyse an interface of computer-based systems.
Textbooks:
1. Jure Leskovec, Anand Rajaraman, Jeff Ullman, Mining of Topics:
Massive Datasets, Cambridge University Press, 2014
Factors in HCI; input and output devices; interaction; interaction
2. Tom White,”Hadoop: The Definition Guide”, Third
design; HCI in software process; design rules; implementation
Edition, O’Relly, 2012
support; evaluation techniques; universal design
3. Benjamin Bengfort, Jenny Kim, Data Analytics with
Hadoop: An Introduction for Data Scientists, O’Reilly Prerequisite: Software Engineering
Media, 2016
Textbooks:
CLOUD COMPUTING 1. A.J. Dix, J.E. Finlay, G.D. Abowd and R. Beale,
ENCE606035 “Human-Computer Interaction”, Third Edition, Prentice
2 CREDITS Hall, USA, 2003.
Learning Objectives: 2. B. Shneiderman and C. Plaisant, “Designing The User
Interface: Strategies for Effective Human Interaction”,
At the end of the course, students will be able to explain
Fifth Edition, Pearson-Addison Weasley, 2010.
models of cloud services and delivery (IaaS, PaaS, and SaaS),
virtualization technology influence to cloud development, WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY
and related terminologies. Students also able to deploy cloud ENCE606037
services model using public cloud providers such as AWS, 2 CREDITS
Google Compute and Microsoft Azure. Learning Outcomes:
Students will be able to design and deploy a typical data center In this course, students learn the basics of wireless technology
by implementing cloud infrastructure components such as including how it works, the techniques, and the standard-
compute, storage, network, load balancer and DNS. Student ization on wireless and mobile networks. After attending
will be able to deploy and manage software applications such this course, students are able to explain the basics of wireless
as Java and Python as a platform, and able to deploy necessary technology, techniques on wireless networks, IEEE 802.11,
security measures to the cloud system. 802.15 technology standards and able to analyze the projections
of future wireless technology.
Topics:
Topics:
Basics of cloud computing architecture, and its economic
foundation including SLA, pricing scheme and mitigating 802.11 Technology (Wireless LAN); 802.15 Technology (Blue-
single-point-of-failures. Basic concepts of the technology tooth, Zigbee, WPAN)
includes software defined architecture, virtualization and
Prerequisites: Telecommunication Networks and Laboratory
cloud service. Infrastructure as a Service (Iaas) as the lowest
level infrastructure of cloud computing. Containers, Virtual Textbooks:
Machine, JVM, Docker, Kubernetes. Public cloud infrastruc- 1. Eldad Perahia, “Next Generation Wireless LANs: 802.11n
tures such as AWS, Google Computer, Microsoft Azure, etc. and 802.11ac,” 2nd Edition, Cambridge University Press;
Service Models: Metal as a Service (MaaS), Platform as a Service 2 edition, June 24, 2013
(PaaS) and Web Service(Middleware) technology in cloud 2. Al Petrick, “IEEE 802.11 Handbook: A Designer’s
computing. Distributed storage such as Ceph, SWIFT, HDFS, Companion,” 2nd Edition, IEEE Standards Information
NAS, SAN, Zookeeper.Also object-storage technology such as Network, 2005
Amazon S3, virtualisasi block-storage and cloud API storage
GEOSPATIAL TECHNOLOGY
model, as well as integrating the cloud storage services into
ENCE607038
an application. The concept of security in cloud computing,
2 CREDITS
including high availability, load balancing, data security, and
network security. The concepts of cloud automation such as
253
Through this lecture students can explain and analyze infor- a. The weekly comprehensive log of activities signed by the
mation on the surface of the Earth from the image of geospatial industry Supervisor/team leader (LOG-book format as per
satellites that utilize electromagnetic wave radiation either the department specified). This Log should be reported
transmitted or reflected by its surface. per week to the lecturer as part of the monitoring process.
Topics: b. Final report on results of activities and other achievements
(certification/draft patent/design document/engineering)
History & Scope of Geospatial Technology, Source of Geospatial
Data, Electromagnetic Radiation, Mapping Cameras, Digital c. Self-evaluation and evaluation of the supervisor/team
Imagery, Image Interpretation, Geographic Information leader in the industry (defined department) at the end of
System (GIS), Geospatial Earth Observation Satellites, Active the activity.
Microwave, Lidar, Thermal Imagery, Image Resolution, Hyper-
5. The portfolio at point 3 above is used in the assessment
spectral data, Apps. in Geospatial Tech.: Change Detection,
section of the achievement of this special course.
Plant Sciences, Land Use and Land Cover, City Planning,
Disaster Assessment. Prerequisite: already pass 85 credits
Prerequisite: Basic Programming and Laboratory REGULATION & PUBLIC POLICY ON ICT SECTOR
ENCE607041
Textbooks:
3 CREDITS
1. J.D. Bossler, J.R. Jensen, R.B. McMaster, C. Rizos,”Manual
of Geospatial Science and Technology,” CRC Press, 2001.
2. J.B. Campbell and R.H. Wynne, “Introduction to Remote In this course, will be discussed on the fundamentals of drafting
Sensing”, 5th Edition, The Guildford Press, NY, 2011. and developing public policy and regulation, especially in the
3. Canadian Centre for Remote Sensing, “Fundamental of era of rapid information technology and communication (ICT)
Remote Sensing” development. After attending this lecture, students will be able
to explain the fundamentals of public policy, telecommunica-
CAPITA SELECTA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING
tions laws and regulations, and the governance of the Internet.
ENCE607039
In this lecture will also be discussed examples of applicative
2 CREDITS
regulations and policies in the field of telecommunications
and the Internet, while anticipating the speed of change and
In this lecture, students will learn the latest topics in the the dynamics that occur in the community as an implication
industry in computer engineering. After attending this lecture, of ICT development.
students are able to analyze industry developments in the field
Topics:
of computer engineering and problems faced in general.
Public administration, significance of public policy, research
Topics:
and method of research policy, comparative study policy,
Latest computer technology concepts; Latest computer tech- introduction to telecommunications laws and regulations,
nology applications; Tradeoff on new technology in computer economic Review of telecommunication regulations, key
engineering; Recent problems in Computer Engineering issues of telecommunication regulation, understanding Inter-
Prerequisites: none net governance, stakeholders Internet governance, Internet
governance process.
Textbooks: none (to be given later)
Prerequisites: -
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER DEVELOPMENT 1
ENCE6007049 Textbooks:
2 CREDITS 1. Ian Walden,“Telecommunications Law and Regulation”,
Learning Objectives: Oxford University Press, 2012
2. Jovan Kurbalija, “Tentang Tata Kelola Internet: Sebuah
Students can demonstrate the internalization of teamwork,
Pengantar”, APJII, 2011
project management, and ability to demonstrate technical skills.
3. Riant Nugroho, “Public Policy: Dinamika Kebijakan,
Topics: Analisis Kebijakan, Manajemen Kebijakan”, Elex Media
Komputindo, 2012
1. Integrated professional activities are carried out inde-
pendently in an organization/industry oriented to BLOCKCHAIN TECHNOLOGY
engineering projects that apply accumulated skills during ENCE608042
the learning process in the course. 3 CREDITS
2. This activity is a continuation of the work of practice and
is carried out in part time between 10 -16 hours per week Able to implement a business process using blockchain tech-
with long activities between 10-14 weeks (1 semester of nology. Able to evaluate various consensus algorithms. Able to
lectures). Due to the nature of the part-time activities, implement smart contracts into the blockchain.
students can manage their schedules flexibly along with
Topics:
their coursework activities.
History of Blockchain, Trust models, Cryptography and Hash
3. Prior to doing an internship, students must make a Letter
functions, consensus mechanisms, Smart contracts, assets,
of Agreement between the three parties (organization/
blockchain regulation.
industry, university and student) which contains a work
plan as well as the rights and obligations of students during Prerequisite: Database System and Laboratory
the internship in the organization/industry.
Textbooks:
4. Students must submit a portfolio of integrated Professional 1. “Architecture for Blockchain Applications”, Ingo Weber,
development activities in the form of: Mark Staples, and Xiwei Xu, Springer, 2019
2. “Programming Bitcoin: Learn How to Program Bitcoin
254
from Scratch”, Jimmy Song, Oreilly, 2019 6. Stinson, Douglas R. Cryptography: theory and practice.
3. “Blockchain: Blueprint for a New Economy”, 1st Edition, CRC press, 2005.
Melanie Swan, Oreilly, 2015
VLSI DESIGN
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER DEVELOPMENT 2 ENCE608045
ENCE608043 2 CREDITS
2 CREDITS Learning Objectives:
Students are able to explain the process stages in CMOS design,
Students can demonstrate their ability to professional certifi- implement Scale of Lambda design, evaluate the characteristics
cation related to computer engineering. and performance of power transistor circuits and digital CMOS,
and explain high-level design optimization techniques
Certification Acknowledgment
Topics:
1. The certifications that are recognized:
Mixed-signal circuits; Design parameters issues; Circuit
a. Standard Competency of Indonesian National Work
modelling & Simulation methods
(Standard Kompetensi Kerja Nasional Indonesia, SKKNI) with
KKNI level 6 for related field Prodi. Prerequisite: Fundamental of Digital System and Laboratory
b. Special certification from international industry Textbooks:
certification body with Associate level for related field. 1. N.E. Weste and K. Eslughian, “Principle of CMOS VLSI
Design”, Addison-Wesley, 1985.
3. The certification in question has a standardized reference
2. F.M. Berti, “Analog Design For CMOS VLSI System”,
document evaluated.
Kluwer Academic Publisher, 2006.
4. Students submit proof of certification following supporting
documents (standard competency reference) to be evalu-
ated by the assessment committee.
Competition Acknowledgment
1. Students submit proof of participation in the competi-
tion in the form of a certificate or statement from the organizer
2. Students show evidence that competition achieve-
ments are obtained during her/his academic status as a student.
3. Assessment is carried out based on a rubric that is
adjusted to the type of competition being entered
CRYPTOGRAPHY
ENCE608044
2 CREDITS
Students are able to import the concepts of classical cryp-
tography, the basics of cryptanalysis, modern cryptography
symmetric and asymmetric key, as well as its implementation
for information system security.
Topics:
Fundamentals of Cryptographic mathematics, classical
cryptographic algorithms, advanced classical cryptographic
algorithms, Cryptoanalysis basics, mathematical cryptography
structure algebra, Modern Block Chiper: Advanced Encryption
Standard (AES), Symmetric cryptography application, modern
RSA key asymmetric algorithm, asymmetric cryptographic
application, Certificate Authority/Public Key Infrastructure
Prerequisite: Basic Programming and Laboratory
Textbooks:
1. Forouzan, Behrouz A., and Debdeep Mukhopadhyay.
Cryptography and Network Security (Sie). McGraw-Hill
Education, 2011.
2. Stallings, William. “Cryptography and Network Security.
2005.” ISBN: 0-13-187316-4.
3. Attaway, Stormy. Matlab: a practical introduction to
programming and problem solving. Butterworth-Heine-
mann, 2013.
4. Hoffstein, Jeffrey, et al. An introduction to mathematical
cryptography. Vol. 1. New York: springer, 2008.
5. Menezes, Alfred J., Paul C. Van Oorschot, and Scott A.
Vanstone. Handbook of applied cryptography. CRC press,
1996.
255
Undergraduate Program in Biomedical Engineering

3. Programme Tittle Undergraduate Program in Biomedical Engineering
4. Class Regular
6. Accreditation / Recognition Good accreditation by BAN PT
9. Entry High school / equivalent, AND pass the entrance exam.
Requirements
Semester
Regular 8 16
Biomedical Engineering Graduates that are capable of design devices and technology in biomedical field which
support the industry and health services.
Biomedical Engineering Graduates are expected to have the following competence:
1. Able to design hardware and software which is required in biomedical engineer field.
2. Able to overcome general and specific problem in biomedical engineering field.
3. Able to design technology based on medical data related to human physiology.
4. Able to design biomedical engineering principles.
5. Able to apply mathematics, science, engineering and OHS principles to solve biomedical engineering problem.
6. Able to think critically, creatively, and innovatively and have an intellectual curiosity to solve problems in the
individual and group level.
7. Possess entrepreneur spirit characterized in innovation and independence based on ethics.
8. Able to use spoken and written Bahasa Indonesia and English well for academic and non-academic activities.
9. Able to give alternative solution for the problem occurring in environment, society, and nation.
10. Able to operate and use the information communication technology (ICT).

i University General Subjects 9 6.25%
ii Faculty Subjects 18 12.5%
iii Expertise Subjects 84 58,3%
iv Elective Subjects 25 17,36%
v Special Subjects (KP, Seminar, and Undergraduate Thesis) 8 5.56%
Total 144 100 %
Career Prospects
Graduates from Biomedical Engineering Study Program can work in various types of companies and health industries,
information technology, education, government or regulator, and other industries related to health facilities, such as hospitals
and health clinics.
256
Learning Outcomes
257
Learning Outcomes
No KKNI Level 6 General Competency Output
1 Able to apply their expertise Able to design system, component, • Undergraduate Thesis
and use science, technology, and/ or process n biomedical engineering • Paper
or art in their respective fields field • Publication, including a sum-
in solving problems and able to mary article of undergraduate
adapt to any situation faced Able to apply tecnique, skill and mod- thesis with journal format on
ern assist tools such as hardware and UI repository.
software required in biomedical engi- • Internship training report
neering
Able to design imaging technique for

biomedical engineering
2 Able to master theoretical con- Able to design biomedical engineering • Undergraduate Thesis
cept in certain knowledge of a principles • Paper
field in general and deep spe- • Publication, including a sum-
cialized theoretical concept in in Able to apply basic mathematics, mary article of undergraduate
said field and able to formulate chemistry, and physics to solve bio- thesis with journal format on
problem-solving procedures medical engineering problem UI repository.
• Internship training report.
3 Able to make the correct deci- Able to think critically, creatively, and • Undergraduate Thesis
sion based on information and innovatively and have an intellectual • Paper
data, and able to give instruc- curiosity to solve problems in the in- • Publication, including a sum-
tion in choosing from a variety of dividual and group level mary article of undergraduate
solution alternatives both inde- thesis with journal format on
pendently and in group. Able to give alternative solution for UI repository.
the problem occuring in environment, • Internship training report
society, and nation
4 Be responsible for their own work Able to give alternative solution for • Undergraduate Thesis
and can be given responsibility in the problem occuring in environment, • Paper
achieving organization’s output society, and nation • Publication, including a sum-
mary article of undergraduate
Possess entrepreneur spirit character- thesis with journal format on
ized in innovation and independence UI repository.
based on ethics • Internship training report.
258
Flow Diagram of Subjects
259
Course Structure Undergraduate ENBE604017 Modeling of Medical System 3

Program in Biomedical Engineering ENEE604017 Signals and Systems 3
ENEE603014 Basic Computer and Labora- 3
Code Subject SKS tory
Sub Total 20
1 Semester
st
5 Semester
th
ENBE605018 Medical Imaging Technology 3

ENBE605019 Biomechanics 3
ENBE605020 Biomaterial 3
ENGE600003 Basic Chemistry 2
ENBE605021 Basic to Biomedical Automa- 3
tion System
tism, Optics, and Waves
ENEE604020 Numerical Computation 2
tism, Optics, and Waves Elective Course 5
Laboratory Sub Total 19
ENBE601001 Engineering Biology and 3 6 Semester
th
Laboratory
ENBE606022 Medical Signal Processing 3
ENEE602005 Digital System and Labora- 3
tory ENBE606023 Biomedical Sensor Design 3
Sub Total 20 ENBE606024 RF Medical Devices and 3

Microwave Systems
2 nd Semester
ENBE606025 Biomedical Engineering 2
UIGE600001 Integrated Characteristic 5 Project Design 1
Building Subject
ENBE606026 Standard and Regulations of 2
ENGE600005 Physics of Mechanics and 3 Biomedical Engineering
Heats
Elective Course 8
ENGE600006 Physics of Mechanics and 1
Sub Total 21
Heats Laboratory
ENGE600004 Linear Algebra 4 7th Semester
ENBE602002 Basic Chemistry Laboratory 1 ENBE607027 Biomedical Engineering 3
Project Design 2
ENBE602003 Engineering Drawing 3
ENBE607028 Seminar 2
ENBE602004 Introduction to Medical 3
Informatics ENBE607029 Internship 2
Sub Total 20 Elective Course 6

Sub Total 13
3rd Semester
th
Semester
ENBE603005 Engineering Mathematics 1 3
ENBE608030 Bachelor Thesis 4
ENBE603006 Statistics and Probablity of 3
Biomedical Engineering Elective Course 6
ENBE603007 Analog Electronics 3 Sub Total 10
ENBE603008 Basic of Anatomy and 3 Total 144
Physiology
ENBE603009 Introduction to Biomedical 3
Electives Subjects for Biomedical Study
Engineering Program
ENBE603010 Electric Circuit 3
ENBE603011 Analog Electronics Labora- 1 Code Subject SKS
tory ENBE605031 Medical Communication System 3
ENBE603012 Biomedical Engineering 2 ENBE605032 Health, Safety & Environment for 2
Ethics Hospital
Sub Total 21 ENBE607033 Biomedical Special Topic 1 3
4 Semester
th ENBE607034 Immune Engineering 3
ENBE604013 Engineering Mathematics 2 4 ENBE607035 Basic Thermodynamics 3
ENBE604014 Electromagnetics 3 ENBE607036 Artificial Intelligent 3
ENBE604015 Introduction to Biomedical 1 ENBE606037 Biomedical Embedded System 4
Engineering Laboratory ENBE606038 Biomedical Embedded System 1
ENBE604016 Introduction to Biomedical 3 Laboratory
Instrumentation ENBE608039 Biomedical Special Topic 2 3
260

ENBE608040 Bioinformatics and Genomics 3
ENBE608041 Medical Therapy Technology 3 • CPMK 1: After completing this course, students are
Elective subjects can also be taken across study programs, in studying critically, logically, creatively, innovatively
departments, and faculties. For students to take subjects through analysis of societal problems, nation, state,
from other faculty, they must follow Universitas Indonesia and Pancasila ideology based on self-understanding as
regulation and procedure. individuals and members. the community by using good
Course Sylabus of University Subjects communication technology (C4, A4)
INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING • CPMK 2: Able to identify various entrepreneurial efforts
UIGE6000061/UIGE6100061 characterized by innovation and independence based on
5 credits ethics (C2, A5)
Syllabus : • CPMK 3: After completing this course, students are
The Integrated Character Building is part of the Higher able to apply self-regulated learning characteristically
Education Personality Development Lecture which is held in pursuing integrated and comprehensive knowledge
for students which contains elements of the internalization through analysis of science problems, technology based
of basic life values, interaction/relationship skills, nationality on the role of nature manager by using good and correct
and academic skills as the basis for student personality to Indonesian and information technology and current
carry out learning according to scientific disciplines. communications. (C4, A4)
MPKT is carried out in the form of a series of learning • CPMK 4: After completing this course, students are able
activities outside the formal class. activities carried out to plan creative activities to solve problems in society
include participation in lectures/seminars, internships, field and the world of work/industry by showing creativity,
work practices, social work, sports and/or arts activities and critical thinking, collaborative self-discipline using good
other forms of activities that have the main goal of equipping and correct Indonesian as well as the latest information
students with soft skills and proven by portfolio documents. and communication technology (C5, A5)
The form of this learning activity is different from the MPKT Prerequisite : -
ACADEMIC WRITING
The material provided at MPKT aims to form a human thinking UIGE610002
pattern with values and morals to create a human personality 2 credits
by having critical, logical, creative, innovative thinking, and The Objectives :
The material provided includes 9 UI values, national, state and To activate students, English so that they will be able to
citizen values b
ased on Pancasila. Solving problems in science, communicate effectively in English;
technology, health, and humans as natural managers by using To enable students to develop the learning strategies and
reasoning and utilizing Information and Communication study skills needed to finish their study successfully and o
Technology (ICT) to achieve the final objectives of this module. continue learning on their own after taking the MPK program
Lecture activities are carried out using an online student- (to develop independent learners)
centered learning (SCL) approach which can use the Main Competencies :
learning (CL), problem-based learning (PBL), question-based • Listen to, understand and take notes of key information
learning, and project based learning. The use of these various in academic lectures of between 5-10 minutes length;
methods is carried out through group discussion activities, • Improve their listening skills through various listening
independent assignment exercises, presentations, writing materials and procedures;
discussion forums. The language of instruction in this lecture • Speak confidently, ask questions in and contribute to
is Indonesian. small group discussions;
Graduate Learning Outcomes : • Use different reading strategies needed to the effective
readers;
in Indonesian and English both for academic and • Improve their reading skills through extensive reading
non-academic activities (C3, A5) material;
• CPL 2: Have integrity and are able to think critically, • Develop skills in connecting ideas using appropriate
creatively, and innovatively and have intellectual transitions and conjunctions;
curiosity to solve problems at the individual and group • Work as part of a group to prepare and deliver a 25-minute
level (C4, A3) presentation on an academic topic using appropriate
• CPL 3: Able to provide alternative solutions to various organization, language and visual aids;
problems that arise in the community, nation, and • Write a summary of a short academic article;
country (C4, A2)
communication technology (C3) • Write a short essay.
• CPL 5: Able to identify various entrepreneurial efforts Learning Method : Active learning, Contextual language
characterized by innovation and independence based on learning, small group discussion.
ethics (C2, A5)
261
Prerequisite : 2 credits
1. Students Learning Orientation/Orientasi Belajar
Mahasiswa (OBM) To help deliver students as intellectual capital in implementing
ENGLISH
UIGE600003
2 credits Be scholars who believe in God according to the teachings of
in the society.
2 credits
skills.
adopted;
expectations.
Syllabus :
HINDU STUDIES
UIGE6000013/UIGE610008
2 credits
262
and technology in accordance with each department, benefit CALCULUS 2

/ the role of Hinduism in the arts), Cohesion and community’s ENGE600002/ENGE610002
prosperity /independence (Benefits of unity in the religious 3 SKS
plurality, independent community (kerthajagathita) as a Course Learning Outcomes:
Students are able to use the concepts of sequences, series, conic
sections, and the basic concepts of calculus which involve the
function of two or three variables to solve their applied prob-
lems.
/ Dharma.
BUDDHIST STUDIES
UIGE6000014/UIGE610009 Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering and
2 credits an engineering specialization to be used in solving complex
Syllabus :
Syllabus: :
of religious society in the realization of human rights and
democracy), Culture (the responsibility of religious society in Prerequisite: Calculus 1
Erlangga, 2019.
KONG HU CU STUDY
4 SKS
Syllabus of Faculty Subjects Course Learning Outcomes:
Students are able to use the basic concepts of calculus involv-
CALCULUS 1 ing functions of one to three variables to solve their applied
ENGE600001/ENGE610001 problems.
3 credits
Syllabus :
Textbooks:
Prerequisite: None
Textbooks:
LINEAR ALGEBRA
ENGE600004/ENGE610004
2012.
263
Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering and Law, Electric Potential, Capacitance, Electric Current, Resis-
an engineering specialization to be used in solving complex tance, Direct Current, Magnetic Field Due to Electric Current,
engineering problems. Magnetic Field Source, Induced GGL, Inductance, Alternating
Syllabus :
Linear Systems and matrix equations, Determinants, Euclid
Prerequisite: none
vector spaces, Common vector spaces, eigenvalues and eigen-
vectors, inner product spaces, Diagonalization and General Textbooks :
Linear Transformation. 1. Halliday, Resnick, and Walker, Principles of Physics 9th
Prerequisite: None
Textbooks: Edition, Thomson Brooks / Cole, 2013.
1. Elementary Linear Algebra, Howard Anton & Chris 3. Giancoli, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 4th
Rorres, 11th edition, 2014 Edition, Pearson, 2008.
BASIC CHEMISTRY
ENGE600009 / ENGE610009
MECHANICAL AND HEAT PHYSICS 2 credits
ENGE600005 / ENGE610005 Course Learning Outcomes:
3 credits Students are able to analyze the principe of basic chemistry
Course Learning Outcomes: for application in engineering.
Able to explain the basic concepts of mechanics and thermo- Graduates’ Learning Outcomes:
dynamics, and be able to apply them to understand natural Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering to
phenomena and human engineering, including their applica- be used in solving complex engineering problems.
tions.
Syllabus:
Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering and stochiometry, water phase reactions and solution stochiom-
an engineering specialization to be used in solving complex etry, thermochemistry, chemical equilibrium, acid and base
engineering problems. equilibrium, electrochemistry, chemical kinetics, and chem-
ical applications.
Syllabus:
Prerequisite: none
Motion in Two and Three Dimensions, Newton’s Laws of Textbooks :
Motion, Applications of Newton’s Laws, Kinetic Energy, and 1. Ralph H. Petrucci, General Chemistry: Principles and
Work, Potential Energy and Energy Conservation, Center of Modern Applications, 8th Ed. Prentice Hall Inc., New
Mass, Linear Momentum, Rotation, Rolling Motion, Torque, York, 2001.
Angular Momentum, Oscillation, Mechanical and Sound 2. John McMurry, Robert C. Fay, Chemistry (3rd ed.),
Waves, Gravity, Statics and Elasticity, Fluid Mechanics, Prentice Hall, 2001.
Temperature, Heat, Law I Thermodynamics, Ideal Gas and 3. Raymond Chang, Williams College, Chemistry (7th ed.),
Kinetic Theory of Gas, Heat Engine, Entropy, and Law II Ther- McGraw-Hill, 2003.
modynamics.
ENGINEERING ECONOMY
Prerequisite: none ENGE600011 / ENGE610011
3 credits
Textbooks:
Edition, Wiley, 2014. Students are able to analyze the economic and financial feasi-
2. Serway Jewett, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 9th bility of making economic practice decisions.
Edition, Pearson, 2008 Able to apply the principles of technical management and
decision making based on economic considerations, in indi-
vidual and group, as well as in project management.
PHYSICS
ENGE600007 / ENGE610007 Syllabus:
3 credits
Introduction to Engineering Economics, Time Value of Money,
Students are able to apply the basic concepts of electrical Rate of Return Analysis, Effects of Inflation, Benefit Cost &
physics, magnetism, waves, and optics to solve problems in Break-Even Point Analysis, Sensitivity Analysis, Depreci-
the engineering field. ation, Tax Analysis, Cost Estimation & Allocation, Capital
Budgeting & Replacement Analysis.
Prerequisite:
Syllabus: 4. Industrial Engineering : must pass the introductory
Unit, Magnitude, Vector, Electric Charge, Electric Field, Gauss
264
5. Chemical Engineering : - 5. Students are able to identify the knowledge required

6. Bioprocess Engineering : - to perform risk assesment, investigation and design
Textbooks:
and accident.
Economy 8th Ed. McGraw Hill. Syllabus:
Introduction to SHE Regulation and Standards, SHE Percep-
Process safety hazard and analysis technique, Fire and explo-
STATISTICS AND PROBABILISTICS sion hazard, Electrical hazard, Toxicology in the Workplace,
ENGE600010 / ENGE610010 Ergonomy Aspect, Hazard communication to employees,
2 credits Environmental Protection, Case studies, Safety Health and
Course Learning Outcomes: Environment audits.
Students are able to handle quantitative data/information Prerequisite: none
Textbooks :
casting and drawing conclusions based on the relationship
between variables for decision making.
Graduate Learning Outcomes: and Health Management, Pearson Education, Inc., 2010.
1. Apply descriptive statistics and probability theory to data 3. United Kingdom - Health and Safety Executive, http://
processing and serving www.hse.gov.uk/
2. Apply probability distribution to data processing and 4. National laws and regulations related to the K3 Manage-
serving ment System and the Environment.
3. Apply the principles of sampling and estimation for deci- 5. Related Journal (http://www.journals.elsevier.com/safe-
sion making ty-science/) etc, related standards and publications.
Syllabus:
Course Syllabus of Biomedical
Introduction to Statistics for Engineering Studies, Probabil-
Engineering
ity Theory, Dasar Basic concepts and definitions, Distribu- ENGINEERING BIOLOGY AND LABORATORY
tion Probability, Sampling, Estimation, Hypothesis testing, ENBE601001
Hypothesis test 1 sample at an average value, Regression 3 CREDITS
Prerequisite: none Learning Outcomes:
Textbooks : After completing this course, students will be able to analyze

1. Harinaldi, Basic Principles of Statistical Engineering and comprehensive knowledge from engineering biology to
Science, Erlangga, 2004 biomedical engineering and health sciences (C4).
2. Montgomery, DC., And Runger, GC., Applied Statistics Topics:
Molecules of cell, structure and function of protein, metabo-
HSE PROTECTION lism in cell, changes in cell: constituent of life molecule design,
ENGE600012 / ENGE610012 biochemistry and genetic revolution, DNA, biochemistry
2 credits linkages with biodiversity, protein synthesis from nucleate
Course Learning Outcomes: acid to amino acid sequence, RNA polymerase to ribosome
Upon completion of this subject students are expected to be for protein synthesis, the difference between prokaryotic
able to carried out hazard identification, and characterization, and eukaryotic; catalyst reaction to cell: protease, nucleoside
to propose appropriate methods for risk reduction and miti- monophosphate kinases; mechanical chemistry on cell: how
gation, and to design safety management system. The student protein motors convert chemical energy into mechanical
is also expected to improve their awareness on industrial work.
safety and health, and understanding on safety regulation Prerequisites: None
Textbook:
Graduate Learning Outcomes: 1. Alberts, 2003, Molecular Biology of the cell.
1. Students are expected to understand safety, health and 2. Lodish, 2004, Molecular cell biology.
principal in engineering code of ethics. BASIC DIGITAL SYSTEM AND LABORATORY
2. Students are expected to be able to carry out process of ENEE602005
risk assessments by considering risk factors in the impact 3 CREDITS
of hazards on people, facilities, and the surrounding Learning Outcomes:
community and environemt. This lecture aims to enable students to apply various levels
3. Students are expected to understand the regulatory of design and implementation of digital systems using simple
framework and standard related to the stages of life cycle logic gates, logic function components, to simple memory
of machine, building structure, construction, and process. units. This lecture covers several practicums in the design,
4. Students are able to design and propose an effective implementation, and verification of digital logic series.
hazard communication, management and engineering
control, and risk mitigation through an engineering Topics:
assignment project. 265
Introduction to logic gates AND, OR and NOT; Combina- 3 CREDITS

tional, Multiplexer and Decoder logic circuit: Full Adder, Learning Outcomes:
binary memory unit: SR latch, D and JK flip-flops, sequential
After this course, students are expected to:
circuit: Ripple Counter, Register and Counter: Universal Shift
1. Able to understand the basic concept of information tech-
register, Ring counter and BCD counter, design and simula-
nology for application in the medical field.
tion.
2. Able to implement information basic method by combin-
Prerequisites: None ing basic knowledge of programming to acquire, orga-
nize, combine, and analyze health data sources.
Textbook:
1. M. Morris Mano, “Digital Design,” 4th Edition (Interna- Topics:
tional Edition), Prentice-Hall, 2007.
Introduction to Medical Informatics, Controlled Medical
2. Robert Dueck, ”Digital Design with CPLD Applications
Terminology, The Electronic Health Record (EHR), Health
and VHDL,” Delmar Cengage Learning; Second Edition,
Information Systems in Clinical Settings, Health Informa-
2004, ISBN-10: 1401840302, ISBN-13: 978-1401840303.
tion Systems in Public Health, Informatics Issues in Virtual
3. M.M. Mano andC.R. Kime,” Logic and Computer Design
Healthcare, Telemedicine, and Expert Systems, Medical Infor-
Fundamentals,” Third Edition (International Edition),
matics and Clinical Decision Making, Future Technologies,
Prentice-Hall, 2004.
Fundamental Algorithms & Methods of Medical Informatics,
BASIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY Medical Data Resources: Acquisition, Processing, and Classi-
ENBE602002 fication.
1 CREDIT
Prerequisites: None
Topics:
Textbook:
Physical and chemical properties; Separation and purification
1. Biomedical Informatics: Computer Applications in Health
of the substance; Identification of alkali metal ions, alkaline
Care and Biomedicine (Health Informatics) 4th ed. 2014
earth, ammonium, sulfate, iodid, bromide and nitrate; acid-
Edition.
base titration; metal and acid reaction; Water crystals
2. Method in Medical Informatics: Fundamentals of Health-
ENGINEERING DRAWING care Programming in Perl, Python, and Ruby, Jules
ENBE602003 Berman, CRC Press 2010.
3 CREDITS
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 1
Learning Outcomes:
ENEE603005
Students are able to change geometry component by drawing
3 CREDITS
according to the drawing standard of International Standard
Learning Outcomes:
Organization (ISO). Students understand the drawing theory
and procedures based on ISO standard. Students have After completing this course, students are expected to have
the ability to read, interpret and moving 2D/3D geometry the ability to use matrix, Singular Value Decomposition
images from components or construction. Students are (SVD), complex function on electric circuit, implement Cauchy
able to draw orthogonal projection based on ISO standard. Riemann method on Laplace and Pois son equation, use
Students are able to draw orthogonal projection based on ISO Cauchy integral method on Cartesius coordinate and polar.
standard and bale to model the drawing using mathematical
Topics:
calculation.
Number and complex function, polar form, De Moivre theory,
Topics:
dot multiplication and cross limit complex function, derivative,
Function and benefit of engineering drawing; SAP; measure- del, gradient, divergence, curl in complex function, analytical
ment and evaluation; Introduction to drawing tools; under- and harmonic function, Cauchy-Riemann equation, Laplace
standing basic geometry, paper format, drawing rules, line, and Poisson, complex integral, Cauchy integral and residue
plane, line configuration, basic shape geometry; geometric integration, real integrals using complex function, vector on
visualization, isometric and unsymmetrical projection, func- two dimension and three dimension space, vector operation,
tion and type of lines, geometric configuration shape, orthog- dot and cross product, matrix operation, Eigen value problem,
onal projection, projection standard, viewing concept, width canonical reduction, SVD.
of view principle, advance orthogonal projection, the concept
Prerequisites: Calculus.
of circumpolar regions, the concept of special areas, cutting
concept, wide display and refraction. Textbook:
Prerequisites: None
9th Edition, Wiley Publisher 2006
Textbook: 2. Glyn James, “Advanced Modern Engineering Mathemat-
1. ISO 1101, Technical Drawings, International Organization ics”, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall Publisher 1999
2. A.W. Boundy, Engineering Drawing, McGraw-Hill Book
BIOMEDICAL STATISTIC AND PROBABILITY
ENBE603006
Company.
3 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes:
ing Drawing, Edward Arnold.
4. Warren J. Luzadder, Fundamentals of Engineering Draw- Students have ability to analyze probability and stochastic
ing, Prentice- Hall, Inc. concept; to use probability and stochastic concept to solve
5. Giesecke-Mithcell-Spencer-Hill-Dygdon-Novak, Techni- engineering problem in general and biomedical engineering
cal Drawing, Prentice Hall Inc. problem specifically.
INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL INFORMATICS Topics:
ENBE602004
266
Probability concept, random variables and probability distri- OGY

bution, mathematic expectancy, probability distribution func- ENBE603009
tion, probability transformation, stochastic process, random 3 CREDITS
walk, spectrum, mean square estimation, entropy, Markov Learning Outcomes:
process, central limit theorem.
After finishing this course, students are expected to have the
Prerequisites: None following abilities:
Textbook: 1. explain the concept of engineering system application to
1. Guojun Lu, “Communication and Computing for Distrib- solve human biology problems (C2).
uted Multimedia Systems”, John Wiley and Sons
2. explain the concept of devices for monitoring human
2. Luis Correia, “Mobile Broadband Multimedia Networks’,
physiology signals (C2).
Elsevier, UK, 2006
3. apply the basic principles of engineering to the biomed-
ELECTRONIC ANALOG
ical field (C3).
ENBE603007
3 CREDITS Topics:
Learning Outcomes:
Basics of biomedical engineering, biomaterials, biomechanics,
After finishing this course, students are expected to: Medical Instrumentation, Imaging, Biosensors, Bioinformat-
ics, Bioelectric Phenomena.
1. be able to explain, characterize diode, FET, JFET, MOSFET,
VMOS, CMOS, and MESFET; Prerequisites: None
2. able to analyze BJT application sequence: small-signal Textbook:
model and large-signal for electronic circuit and able to 1. The Biomedical Engineering Handbook, J.D. Bronzino &
analyze FET application circuit. D.R. Peterson, 4th Ed., CRC Press, 2015.
2. Standard Handbook of Biomedical Engineering and
3. Able to design analog electronics networks.
Design, M. Kutz, McGraw-Hill, 2003.
Topics: 3. The biomedical Engineering Handbook, Biomedical
Signals, Imaging and Informatics. J.D. Bronzino & D.R.
Diode basic principles, transistor circuit, FET, JFET, MOSFET,
Peterson,CRC Press, 2014
VMOS, CMOS, MESFET, BJT common source circuit, common
4. Wang, Biomedical Sensors and Measurements, 2011
base, common emitter, and common collector, BJT applica-
5. Ibrahim, K. S., G. Gurusubramanian, Zothansanga, R. P.
tions, small signal and large signal BJT model; current and
Yadav, N. S. Kumar, S. K. Pandian, P. Borah, S. Mohan,
voltage amplifier; MOSFET depletion and enhancement type,
Bioinformatics – A Student’s Companion, Springer 2017
FET application.
Prerequisites: -
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
ENBE603010
Text Books 3 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes:
Boylestad R, Nashhelsky L, “Electronic Devices and Circuit
Theory” 9th Edition Prentice Hall, New Jersey, USA, 2006 After finishing this course, students are expected to be able to
use star and delta circuit, calculate current phase, conductor,
BASIC ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
three-phase electric power system, electric circuit complex
ENBE603008
frequency, and use Laplace and Fourier transformation and
3 CREDITS
its invers on electric circuit.
Learning Outcomes:
Topics:
After finishing this course, students are expected to have the
ability to analyze the human body structure and the physio- Balanced three-phase sequence, complex frequency, magnetic
logical function of the human body. clutched circuit; Laplace transformation, Laplace transforma-
tion circuit, frequency selection, active filter sequence, two
Topics:
polar sequence, Fourier series review, circuit with Fourier
The understanding of the human anatomy, Cytology and transformation, resistive circuit, dependent sources and
Histology, Osteology, Arthrology, Myology, Digestive System, opamp, analysis method, energy saving element, order 1
Respiratory System, Blood Circulatory System, Muscle circuit, order 2 circuit, sources and fasor sinusoidal, analysis
System, Bone System, Hormone System, Urine System, Nerve the AC steady-state, AC steady-state power condition.
System, Reproduction System, Body Immunity System, Skin
Prerequisites: None
System.
Textbook:
Prerequisites: None
1. James W. Nilsson, Susan A. Riedel, “Electric Circuits”, 6th
Textbook: Edition, Prentice Hall International, Inc., 2000 (Chapter
1. Marieb EN and Hoen K. Human. Anatomy & Physiology. 11-18)
10th ed.Elsevier Inc. 2015 2. David E. Johnson, Johnny R. Johnson, JohnL. Hilburry,
2. Tortora GJ et al. Principles of Anatomy & Physiology : 1st Peter D. Scott, “Electric Circuit Analysis”, 3rd Edition,
Asia-Pacific Ed. John Wiley & Sons Australia Ltd.2015 Prentice Hall International, Inc., 1997 (Chapter 10-17)
3. Martini FH, Nath JL, Bartholomew E. Fundamentals of
ELECTRONIC ANALOG LABORATORY
Anatomy & Physiology, 10th Edition. 2015
ENBE603011-MB
4. Sherwood L. Human Physiology, From Cells to System. 7th
1 CREDIT
ed. Brook/Cole. 2016
Learning Outcomes:
INTRODUCTION TO BIOMEDICAL TECHNOL-
After finishing this course, students are expected to able to
267
design one stage, two stages, and multi stages of amplifier apply the Maxwell Law 1, 2, 3, and 4. Students can interpret
sequence and multi vibrator, oscillator, and op amp circuit. physical concept in biomedical engineering field.
Topics: Topics:
The defining experiment of device characteristic, diode Static Electricity, Magnetic Field, Maxwell Equation, Electro-
circuit, amplifier one stage, compound transistor stages, multi magnetic Wave, Wave Propagation, Wave Characteristic on
vibrator circuit, oscillator circuit, op amp circuit. Different medium, Wave Transmission, Matching Impedance,
Radiation.
Prerequisites: Electrical Circuit
Prerequisites: Calculus, Engineering Mathematics
Textbook:
Textbook:
Electrical Circuit Laboratory Module
1. Stuart M. Wentworth, “Fundamentals of Electromagnet-
ETHICS OF BIOMEDICAL TECHNOLOGY ics with Engineering Applications,”John Wiley, 2005.
ENBE603012 2. William H. Hayt and John A. Buck, “Engineering Electro-
2 CREDITS magnetics,” McGraw-Hill Companies: 6th Ed. 2001..
Learning Outcomes:
INTRODUCTION TO BIOMEDICAL TECHNOL-
1. Able to explain the ethic and ethical code in medical field
OGY LABORATORY
both in the international level and in Indonesia.
ENBE604015
2. Able to explore the ethics problem in medical field.
1 CREDIT
Topics: Learning Outcomes:
The procedures and ethics that must be followed while plan- After completing this course, students are able to:
ning to conduct experiment on subject of animal and human;
1. Conducting experiments on instrumentation related to
the ethical dilemma in biomedical engineering research and
biomedical engineering (C3)
the importance of considering all sides of the problems; the
health technology impact for the society; several equality 2. Conducting experiments on software related to biomedi-
concept for gender, culture, and ethic. cal engineering (C3)
Prerequisites: None 3. Conducting experiments related to biosensor (C3).
Textbook: Topics:
1. Ethics, Research Methods and Standards in Biomedical
Tensimeter untuk tekanan darah, EKG, USG, Ventilator,
Engineering, Monique Frize, Publisher: Morgan & Clay-
Karakterisasi Material, Database bioinformatika, immunologi
pool, 2011.
virtual lab, dan Biosensor.
2. Ethics and Community in the Health Care Professions,
Michael Parker, Publisher: Routledge, 1999. Prerequisites: Introduction to Biomedical Technology
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2 Textbook:
ENBE604013
Biomedical Engineering Laboratory Module
4 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes: INTRODUCTION TO BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMEN-
After finishing this course, students are expected to imple-
TATION
ENBE604016
ment the Green theory, Gauss and Stoke divergence for
3 CREDITS
line and surface integral to determine series convergence
Learning Outcomes:
to convert function towards Taylor series, MacLaurin and
Fourier, and use function linearization, use Laplace, Fourier, After finishing this course, students are expected to have the
and Z transformation. following abilities:
1. Menganalisis sistem pengukuran biomedis
Topics:
2. Menganalisis beragam jenis pengukuran sistem kardio-
The use and operation of vector, Derivative, del, gradient, vaskular, sistem respirasi, dan sistem saraf.
divergence and curl from vector, line, surface integral, Gauss 3. Menganalisis faktor-faktor keselamatan pasien yang
divergence, Stoke and Green theory, the use in electromag- harus diperhatikan dalam pengukuran
netic field, definition of order, series, type of series, series test,
Topics:
ratio test, integral test, comparison test, root test, Raabe test,
Gauss test, Taylor and MacLaurin series, Fourier series in Introduction to biomedical instrumentation; basic trans-
complex form, Laplace, Fourier, and Z transformation. ducer principle (active and passive transducer, transducer for
biomedical application; source of bioelectric potentials; elec
Prerequisites: Calculus
trodes; the cardiovascular system; cardiovascular measure-
Textbook: ment; measurement in respi ratory system; noninvasive
1. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”9th diagnostic instrumentation; measurement in nervous system;
Edition, Wiley Publisher 2006 sensory and behavioral measurements; electrical safety of
2. Glyn James, “Advanced Modern Engineering Mathemat- medical equipment; role of laser in healthcare.
ics”, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall Publisher 1999
Prerequisites: None
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD THEORY
Textbook:
ENBE604014
1. Andrew G. Webb - Principles of Biomedical Instrumenta-
3 CREDITS
tion-Cambridge University Press (2018)
Learning Outcomes:
2. Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement, Leslie
After finishing this course, students are expected to able to Cromwell, Fred J. Weibel and Erich A. Pleiffer, Prentice
268
Hall, New Jersey. pseudo code, Introduction to programming language C,

3. Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation, RS Khanpur, programming process on programming language C, struc-
Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2003. tured program for programming language C.
MODELING OF MEDICAL SYSTEM Prerequisites: None
ENBE604017
Textbook:
3 CREDITS
1. A. Evans, K. Martin, and M. A. Poatsy, “Technology in
Learning Outcomes:
Action (TiA),” 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall, 2006.
After completing this course, students are able to analyze a 2. G. B. Shelly and M. E. Vermaat, “Discovering Comput-
system model for certain physiological cases (C4). ers 2011: Living in a Digital World,” Course Technology,
Cengage Learning, 2011.
Topics:
3. Deitel & Deitel, “C How to Program,” 5th Edition, Pearson
Physiological complexity, physiological process modeling, Education, 2007.
systems modeling, data modeling, parametric modeling,
MEDICAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGY
parametric model estimation, bioelectric phenomena, intro-
ENBE605018
duction to MATLAB Simulink and SymBiology, and simula-
3 CREDITS
tion case studies.
Learning Outcomes:
Prerequisites: Basic Anatomy and Physiology
After this course, students are expected to:
Textbook: 1. Able to design medical imaging techniques for applica-
1. Cobelli C and Carson ER, Introduction to Modeling in tions in the health sector (C6)
Physiology and Medicine. 1st ed. A volume in Biomedical 2. Able to recommend medical image processing techniques
Engineering. 2008 for applications in the health sector (C5)
2. Enderle, J. D., Bioelectric Phenomena, Elsevier 2012
Topics:
3. https://www.mathworks.com/support/learn-with-mat-
lab-tutorials.html Introduction to Medical Imaging Technologies (X-Ray and
CT, MRI, Ultrasound, PET and SPECT, Electrical Impedance
SIGNAL AND SYSTEM
Tomography), Image formation and Reconstruction (Acqui-
ENEE604017
sition, Digitization, Image Reconstruction Methods), Image
3 CREDITS
Enhancement (Fundamentals of enhancement techniques,
Learning Outcomes:
Image enhancement with linear, nonlinear, fixed, adaptive,
After completing the lecture, students are expected to be able and pixel-based methods), Image Segmentation and Anal-
to analyze the results of the process and signal transformation ysis (Fundamentals of Medical Image Segmentation, Image
into Fourier, Laplace and Hilbert functions, be able to design preprocessing and acquisition artifacts, Thresholding, Edge-
simple filters, sample signals into discrete (Z transform), be based techniques, Region-based segmentation, Classification,
able to design IRR and FIR filters on continuous systems. Morphological Methods for Biomedical Image Analysis),
Image Visualization (2-dimensional visualization, 3-dimen-
Topics:
sional visualization methods: surface rendering, volume
Fourier transformation and its characteristics, Discrete Time rendering, Algorithm for 3-D visualization), Image Manage-
Fourier Transformations and its characteristics, continuous ment (Fundamentals of Standards Compression Storage and
time system, Laplace transformation and its characteristics. Communication, Image archive and retrieval, three-dimen-
System function, windows, filter design. Hilbert transforma- sional compression).
tion. Discreet time signals, sampling, reconstruction theory,
Prerequisites: None
Z-transformation and its characteristics. System function,
discreet simulation of continuous system, windows, IIR and Textbook:
FIR filter design. 1. Joseph D. Bronzino, The Biomedical Engineering Hand-
book, Third Edition, “Medical Devices and Systems,”
Prerequisites: None
CRC Press: 2006, Section II.
Textbook: 2. Avinash C. Kak and M. Slaney, “Principle of Computer-
1. Simon Haykin and Barry Van Veen, “Signals and System”, ized Tomographic Imaging,” IEEE Press: 1999.
2nd Edition John Wiley & Sons Publisher, 2003 3. Isaac Bankman, “Handbook of Medical Imaging:
2. Alan V. Oppenheim, Ronald W. Schafer, and John R. Processing and Analysis Management,” Academic Press:
Buck, “Discrete-Time Signal Processing”, Prentice Hall; 2000, CA, USA.
2nd Edition, 1998 4. E. S. Gopi, “Digital Signal Processing for Medical Imaging
Using Matlab,” Springer:2013, New York.
BASIC COMPUTER AND LABORATORY 5. Medical Image Processing, Reconstruction and Resto-
ENEE603014
ration: Concepts and Methods, Jirí Jan, CRC Press: Taylor
3 CREDITS
& Francis Group 2006, Boca Raton, FL, USA.
Learning Outcomes:
Tambahan:
After completing this course, students are expected to: 6. Handbook of Medical Imaging, Vol. 2: Medical Image
Processing and Analysis, M. Sonka & J.M. Fitzpatrick,
1. Explain the hardware and software of a computer system. SPIE Press, 2009, Washington, USA
2. Design a simple algorithm in the form of pseudocode and 7. Biomedical Image Processing, Thomas M. Deserno,
implement the algorithm into a programming language. Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 2011
8. Biomedical Signal and Image Processing, Kayvan Najar-
Topics: ian and Robert Splinter, CRC Press: Taylor & Francis
Introduction to computer system, Introduction to computer Group 2012, Boca Raton, FL, USA.
hardware, Introduction to computer software, algorithm, BIOMECHANICS 269
ENBE605019 3. designing a controller on an example of a biomedical system

3 CREDITS (C6)
Learning Outcomes:
Topics:
After completing this course, students are able to design
Basic concept of biomedical system system-model-simula-
applied biomechanics, as well as biomechanics applications
tion, biomedical system state space equations and transfer
in various biomedical and clinical problems (C6)
functions, model analysis via simulation, identification of
Topics: biomedical system model parameters, parameter estimation
methods, biomedical system model simulation, biomedical
Newton Law, Fluid Mechanics, Bernoulli, Drag Forces, Reyn-
system optimization models, PID control and optimal design,
old Number, Static System Mechanic and Moving System,
biomedical automation system design, biomedical automation
the Body’s Kinetic and Force and the influence on Movement
system simulation and analysis.
and Stability, Basic Mathematics on Movement, Analysis and
Instrumentation on body motion, the Basic concept of the Prerequisites: None
human body bone and muscle mechanics, ergometry, the
Textbook:
Basic concept of energy.
1. Automatic Control Systems in Biomedical Engineering,
Prerequisites: None Springer Verlag, 2018
2. Control Systems Engineering 6th ed, John Wiley & Sons,
Textbook:
2011
1. N. Ozkaya, and M. Nordin, “Fundamental of Biome-
3. Feedback Control of Dynamic Systems 7th, Pearson, 2015
chanics: Equilibrium, Motion and Deformation”, 2nd Ed.,
4. Control Engineering: MATLAB Exercises, Springer
Springer, 1998.
Verlag, 2019
2. E. Okuno, and L. Fratin, “Biomechanics of the Human
5. Control Theory in Biomedical Engineering: Applications
Body”, Springer, 2013.
in Physiology and Medical Robotics, Academic Pres, 2020.
BIOMATERIALS
NUMERICAL COMPUTATION
ENBE605020
ENEE604020
3 CREDITS
3 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes:
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students are expected to be able to:
Able to design algorithms with computational methods.
1. Explain the basic concept of biomaterial and its charac-
Topics:
teristics.
Biner Computing System, computer memory, algorithm and
2. Use modern analysis technique for biomaterial character-
system efficiency, the dynamics and Monte Carlo, Stochastic
ization.
and random, error and error reduction.
3. Analyze the issue in surface area and toxicity.
Prerequisites: Engineering Mathematics
4. Recommend suitable biomaterials for applications in
Textbook:
biomedical engineering.
1. Wen Shen, “An Introduction to Numerical Computation,”
5. Design the material process and cost analysis. World Scientific Publishing, 2016.
2. T.A. Driscoll and R.J. Braun, “Fundamental of Numerical
Topics:
Computation,” SIAM, 2018.
Introduction and Overview/Importance of biomaterials,
MEDICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
Classes of Materials Used in Medicine, Metalic Biomaterials,
ENBE606022
Polymeric Materials and composite, Ceramic biomaterials,
3 CREDITS
Biodegradable materials, Soft and Hard tissue replacement,
Learning Outcomes:
Tissue Engineering, Surface Properties and characteriza-
tion of Biomaterials, Surface & Protein Interactions, Dental After completing this course, students are expected to:
Implants, Biosensors, Biodevices, Targeted drug delivery,
1. Able to analyze medical signal processing methods
Biomaterials corrosion and degradation.
2. Able to analyze medical image processing methods
Prerequisites: None
3. Able to apply medical signal and image processing methods
Textbook:
using MATLAB software
1. J.Y. Wong and J.D. Bronzino, “Biomaterials”, CRC Press,
2007. 4. Able to use correct Indonesian language in presenting
2. D. Sihm, “Introduction to Biomaterials”, World Scientific, ideas/opinions.
2006.
Topics:
BASIC BIOMEDICAL AUTOMATION SYSTEM
Introduction to medical image and signal processing, Fourier
ENBE605021
transform application, Image Filtering, Enhancement, and
3 CREDITS
Restoration, edge detection and image segmentation, Wavelet
Learning outcomes:
transform, artificial neural network recognition, deep learn-
After finishing this course, students are able to: ing recognition, basic signal processing EEG, ECG, PET, CT, X
-Ray, MRI, Ultrasound and SEM.
1. analyze stability, transient response, and steady-state error
in a control system (C4) Prerequisites: Signal and System
2. choose a control system design method according to the Textbook:
control problem (C5) 1. Kayvan Najarian and Robert Splinter, “Biomedical Signal
270
and Image Processing, 2nd Ed”, Taylor & Francis, 2012 sis for new project proposals, Introduction to the concept of
2. E. S. Gopi “Digital Signal Processing for Medical Imaging entrepreneurship, Marketing risk analysis. Understanding
Using Matlab”, Springer, 2013 of project and project management, organizational structure,
function management, leadership in the project environment,
DESIGN OF BIOMEDICAL SENSORS
conflict management, investment analysis, control analysis
ENBE606023
for infrastructure development, cost and wealth allocation,
3 CREDITS
risk management and quality management, work break-
Learning Outcomes:
down structure, scheduling, resource budgeting, controlling
After completing this course, students will be able to design (S-curve), Engineering Economics (NPV, IRR, BEP), TOR of
biosensors for medical applications (C6) technical proposals.
Topics: Prerequisites: None
The basis of the sensor which includes sensor characteristics, Textbook:
sensor calculation technology, and biocompatibility of the
1. H. Kerzner, “Project Management: A System Approach
sensor, Physical sensor which includes resistance sensor,
to Planning, Scheduling and Controlling’, John Willey &
inductive sensor, capacitive sensor, piezoelectric sensor,
Sons, 2009.
magnetoelectric sensor, photoelectric, and thermoelectric
sensor, optical sensor, Chemical sensor includes ion sensor 2. J.R. Meredith, S.J. Mantel, Jr. “Project Mangement: A
, gas sensors, humidity sensors, sensor arrays, and sensor Managerial Approach’, 6th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
networks, and biosensors including catalytic biosensors, 2006.
affinity biosensors, cell and tissue biosensors, biochips, and
3. G. Pahl and W.Beitz, Engineering Design: A Systematic
nano-biosensors.
Approach, 3rd ed. Springer, 2007.
Prerequisites: None
4. Leland Blank, Anthony Tarquin - Engineering Econo-
Textbook: my-McGraw-Hill Science_Engineering_Math (2011)
1. Enderle J., Bronzino J. - Introduction to biomedical engi-
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING STANDARD AND
neering-AP (2011).
REGULATION
2. Wang, P. Q. Liu. Biomedical Sensor and Measurement.
ENBE606026
Springer (2011).
2 CREDITS
RF MEDICAL SYSTEM DEVICE AND MICRO- Learning Outcomes:
WAVE
After completing this course, students are expected to:
ENBE606024
3 CREDITS 1. Able to recommend biomedical engineering standards
Learning Outcomes: and regulations
2. Able to recommend patient safety and security stan-
1. Able to design RF and microwave devices and circuits
dards.
2. Able to develop microwave technology in the future in
Indonesia Topics:
Topics: Medical devices design and manufacturing control, ISO
13485, How to Manufacture Good Health Device (CPAKB) di
Introduction to microwave engineering, Transmission line
Indonesia, International Standard for Medical Devices: IEC
theory, Transmission Line and Waveguide, Network analysis,
60601; EC Medical device directed (MDD), Medical devices
Impedance matching and tuning, Microwave Resonators,
design and control in the hospital.
Microwave power dividers and couplers, Microwave Filters,
Noise in Microwave Circuits & Active RF Components, Patient safety and the biomedical engineer, Risk management,
Microwave Amplifier, Microwave Oscillators and Mixers. Patient safety best practices model, Hospital safety program,
System approach to medical device safety, Electromagnetic
Prerequisites: Electromagnetic Field Theory
interference in the hospital; Electrical safety in the hospital;
Textbook: Accident investigation, Medical devices Failure modes, acci-
1. Microwave Engineering, David M. Pozar, Publisher: John dents and liability.
Wiley & Sons, 4th Ed. 2012.
Prerequisites: None
2. RF & Microwave Design Essentials, Matthew M.
Radmanesh, Publisher: AuthorHouse, 2007. Textbook:
1. National Institutes of Health (NIH), Ethical Guidelines &
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING PROJECT DESIGN 1
Regulations.
ENBE606025
2. 2. International Organization for Standardization (ISO).
2 CREDITS
IEC 60601 Series.
Learning outomes:
3. 3. Ethics, Research Methods and Standards in Biomedical
After completing this course, students are expected to be able Engineering, Monique Frize, Publisher: Morgan & Clay-
to handle general and specific problems in the field of biomed- pool, 2011.
ical engineering (C6).
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING PROJECT DESIGN 2
Topics: ENBE607027
3 CREDITS
Engineering design concepts, engineering design process,
Learning outcomes:
selection of objects/tools needed, selection and decision
making, Introduction to marketing, Business organization, Students have capability to design the development concept in
accounting management, Business Finance, Business Analy- biomedical project and its implementation.
271
Topics: 4 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes:
Biomedical engineering project design
After completing the study, students are expected to be able
Prerequisite: Biomedical Engineering Project Design 1
to design and plan a guided research and be able to write the
Textbook: results of their research in a scientific paper in the form of a
1. H. Kerzner, “Project Management: A System Approach thesis book. Students are expected to be able to think critically,
to Planning, Scheduling and Controlling’, John Willey & creatively, and innovatively and have intellectual curiosity
Sons, 2009. to provide alternative solutions to existing problems. Under
2. J.R. Meredith, S.J. Mantel, Jr. “Project Mangement: A the guidance of a lecturer, students are expected to integrate
Managerial Approach’, 6th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, and implement their concept and write their research results
2006. into scientific writing in the form of undergraduate thesis
3. G. Pahl and W.Beitz, Engineering Design: A Systematic book. Students are also expected to present and defend their
Approach, 3rd ed. Springer, 2007. concept and findings in front of a panel of examiners on thesis
4. Leland Blank, Anthony Tarquin - Engineering Econo- examination day.
my-McGraw-Hill Science_Engineering_Math (2011).
Syllabus: Not Available
Special Subjects Prerequisites: Earns more than 120 credits
SEMINAR Textbook:
ENBE607028 1. Technical Guidance for Universitas Indonesia Students’
2 CREDITS Final Project
Learning Outcomes: 2. IEEE Citation Reference
3. IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems,
After finishing this course, students are expected to be able to Vol. 21, No. 2, Feb. 2010, “How To Write Research Articles
design and analyze a guided research, and able to write the in Computing and Engineering Disciplines”
findings of said research into a scientific writing in the form
of seminar book. Students are expected to think critically, Elective Courses for Biomedical
creatively, and innovatively and have intellectual curiosity to
provide alternative solutions to existing problems. Students Engineering
are also expected to show their research in front of lecturers.
MEDICAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
Topics: Not Available ENBE605031
3 CREDITS
Prerequisites: Earns more than 114 credits.
Learning Outcomes:
Textbook: After completing this course, students are expected to be
1. Technical Guidance for Universitas Indonesia Students’ able to recommend wired/wireless medical communication
Final Project systems
2. IEEE Citation Reference
Topics:
3. IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems,
Vol. 21, No. 2, February 2010, “How To Write Research Introduction to medical communication system, e-healthcare
Articles in Computing and Engineering Disciplines” and telemedicine. Several special topics will be delivered
include body-centric wireless communications, electromag-
INTERNSHIP netic properties and modeling of the human body, portable
ENBE607029
wearable devices, medical implant communication systems,
2 CREDITS
e-healthcare infrastructure, wireless body area network,
Learning Outcomes:
mobile-based telemedicine system, and wireless power tech-
In this course, students are be expected to participate in an nology in medical devices.
internship in industries, institutions, or laboratories related
Prerequisites: None
to biomedical engineering. Upon completion of this course,
students are expected to be able to combine and implement Textbook:
engineering knowledge that they have learnt before with 1. E-Healthcare Systems and Wireless Communications:
new knowledge given by their supervisors. Students are also Current and Future Challenges, Mohamed K. Watfa,
expected to be able to show professional conduct such as Publisher: IGI Global, 2012.
teamwork, discipline, responsibility, initiative, and interest, 2. Antennas and Propagation for Body Centric Wireless
leadership, and improvement prospect. Communications, P.S. Hall, Publisher: Artech House,
2006.
Topics: Not Available
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE) FOR
Prerequisites:
HOSPITAL
Earn 90 credits. Internship locations are industries, institu- ENBE605032
tions, and laboratories connected to biomedical engineering 2 CREDITS
with appointed supervisors and person in charge that can Learning Outcomes:
guide the students daily. The choice of companies or laborato- After completing this course, students are expected to:
ries will start with an administrative process in the Biomedi- 1. 1. apply the principles of occupational safety and health in
cal Engineering Study Program. the hospital environment (C3)
2. 2. express the concept of the application of policies related
Textbook: Not Available to occupational safety and health in the health care facil-
UNDERGRADUATE THESIS ity environment (C3).
ENBE608030 Syllabus:
272
Patient safety and the biomedical engineer; Risk management; 1. apply the laws and basic concepts of thermodynamics,
Patient safety best practices model; Hospital safety program; thermodynamic processes, and equations of state (C3).
System approach to medical device safety; Electromagnetic
2. design thermodynamic systems and information tech-
interference in the hospital; Electrical safety in the hospital;
nology needed to achieve competence in the discipline of
Accident investigation; Medical devices Failure modes, acci-
Biomedical Engineering (C6).
dents and liability
Topics:
Prerequisites: None
Scope and basic understanding of thermodynamics system,
Textbook:
temperature concept, pressure, thermodynamics equilibrium,
1. Kemenkes RI, Pedoman manajemen Risiko di Fasilitas
reversible/irreversible process, zero law of thermodynamics
Pelayanan Kesehatan, 2013.
and absolute temperature, first law of thermodynamics,
2. Joseph Dyro (ed.), Clinical Engineering Handbook, Else-
second law of thermodynamics, thermodynamics equation,
vier Academic Press, 2004.
gas power cycle, gas compressor, combustion engine cycle,
3. Keputusan Menteri Kesehatan Republik Indonesia
internal combustion engine, simple gas turbine cycle, bray-
Nomor: 1087/Menkes/Sk/Viii/2010 Tentang Standar
ton’s cycle, stirling’s cycle, steam power cycle, refrigeration,
Kesehatan Dan Keselamatan Kerja Di Rumah Sakit
carnot’s cycle, simple rankine’s cycle, rankine’s cycle with
4. Myer Kutz, Biomedical Engineering and Design Hand-
modification, biner cycle, phsycometrich chart, cooling tower,
book (Volume 2: Applications), McGraw Hill, New York,
real gas, real gas equation, enthalpy and entrophy.
2nd edition, 2009.
5. Improving Patient safety: Insights from American, Prerequisite: Basic Chemistry
Australian and British Healthcare, ECRI Europe, 2012.
Textbook:
6. Elizabeth Mattox, Medical Devices and Patient Safety,
1. Moran, Michael J. and Shapiro, Howard N. Fundamentals
AACN Journals Vol. 32, No.4 Agust 2014.
of Engineering Thermodynamics 5th edition. Danvers:
BIOMEDICAL SPECIAL TOPIC 1 John Wiley & Sons, 2006.
ENBE607033 2. Cengel, Yunus A. and Boles, Michael A. Thermodynamic:
3 CREDITS an Engineering Approach 5th edition. Boston: McGraw-
Learning Outcomes: Hill, 2006.
After completion this course, students are expected to be able ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
to review the latest developments in biomedical engineering ENBE607036
covering aspects of technology, business and regulation. 3 CREDITS
Learning outcomes:
Topics:
At the end of the course, students are expected to:
The latest issues on technology, application, business, and 1. analyze mathematical model and statistics in basic intro-
regulation aspects in the health field. duction
2. use good learning method either supervised or unsuper-
Prerequisites: None
vised algorithm in pattern recognition, classification and
Textbook: None clustering
IMMUNE ENGINEERING Topics:
ENBE607034
Basic pattern recognition, artificial neural networks (ANN),
3 CREDITS
supervised learning (generative/discriminative learning,
Learning outcomes:
parametric/non-parametric learning, neural networks,
After completing this course, students are able to make basic support vector machines); unsupervised learning (clustering,
application concepts in the field of biomedical technology dimensionality reduction, kernel methods), learning theory
using the principles of immunology (C4). (bias/variance tradeoffs; VC theory; large margins), Principal
Component Analysis, current application in machine learn-
Topics:
ing.
The principles in immunity, includes innate and adaptive
Prerequisite:
immunity; antibody and antigen interaction; hipersensitivity;
autoimmune and host defense; vaccine; immune regulation; Engineering Mathematics 2, Biomedical Statistics and Proba-
immune response against microbiological infection; diag- bililty, Numeric Computation, Basic Computer and Program-
nostic methods of infection; synthetic biology; biomimetic; ming
personalized medicine; in vitro diagnostic.
Textbook:
Prerequisite: Engineering Biology and Laboratory 1. Christopher Bishop, “Pattern Recognition and Machine
Learning,” Springer, 2006.
Textbook:
2. Richard Duda, Peter Hart and David Stork, “Pattern Clas-
1. Delves PJ, et al, 2017, Roitt’s Essential Immunology, Wiley
sification,” 2nd ed. John Wiley &Sons, 2001.
Blackwell.
3. Tom Mitchell, “Machine Learning,” McGraw-Hill, 1997.
2. Silvestre R and Torrado e, 2018, Metabolic Interaction in
Infection, Springer. BIOMEDICAL EMBEDDED SYSTEM
ENBE606037
BASIC THERMODYNAMICS 4 CREDITS
ENBE607035
Learning Outcomes:
3 CREDITS
Learning outcomes: This course teaches students to design medical application
from embedded system. By the end of the course, students
should be able to design the concept of developing embedded
273
system and plan the implementation by using programming bioinformatics approach (C4).
language such as Assembly Language, C Programming
Topics: Fundamental information of genome along with its
Language and other Programming Language.
database and software; sequencing technology; nucleotide
Topics: Specification and Model for Embedded System, analysis; DNA marker analysis; RNA analysis; wet lab appli-
Sensor and Actuator, Programming Language for Embedded cation related to bioinformatics; pathway and GO annotation
System, Operation System for Embedded System, Evaluation system; molecular analysis of protein; biological system.
and Validation for Embedded System.
Prerequisite: Engineering Biology and Laboratory.
Prerequisites: None
Textbook:
Textbook: 1. Ibrahim KS, et al, 2017, Bioinformatics-A Student’s
Companion. Springer. Singapore.
1. J. Liu, “Real-Time Systems”, Prentice Hall, 2000.
2. Keith JM. 2017. Bioinformatics Volume II: Structure, Func-
2. P. A. Laplante, “Real-Time Systems Design and Analysis - tion, and Application. Humana Press. New York.
An Engineer’s Handbook”, 2nd Edition, IEEE Press, 1997. 3. Li X, et al. 2018. Non-Coding RNAs in complex diseases.
Springer. Singapore.
BIOMEDICAL EMBEDDED SYSTEM LABORA-
TORY MEDICAL THERAPY TECHNOLOGY
ENBE606038 ENBE600040
1 CREDITS 3 CREDITS
Students have capability to create 16 bits and 32bits Intel Able to analyze cancer and tumor issues and their treatment
Microprocessor program and 8051 Microcontroller (8 bits) solution with radiotherapy and thermal therapy methods.
using low level language and design microcontroller 8051-
Topics:
based embedded system.
Radiotherapy: Radioisotope physics principle, several cancer
Topics: Assembly programming for 8086/8088 Intel Micropro-
and tumor, radiotherapy method for benign and malig-
cessor; Assembly and interface programming microcontroller
nant cancer. Thermal Therapy: RF Ablation and Microwave
in LED, Switch, LCD, Keypad; Stepper Motor Assembly and
Coagulation, Hyperthermia Method, Ultrasound Thermal
interface programming. Mid test project: Assembly program
Therapy.
development for Microprocessors 8086/8088. Final test proj-
ect: Embedded systems development for Microcontroller 8051. Prerequisites: None
Prerequisites: Digital Circuit and Laboratory, Basic Computer Textbook:
and Programming 1. Peter Hoskin, “Radiotherapy in Practice - Radioisotope
Therapy,” Oxford University Press, 2007.
Textbook:
2. E.G. Moros, Physics of Thermal Therapy - Fundamentals
1. Digital Laboratory, “Microprocessor and Microcontroller and Clinical Applications, CRC Press, 2012.
Laboratory Modules”
2. The Intel Microprocessors 8086/8088, 80186/80188, 80286,
80386, 80486, Pentium, Pentium Pro Processor, Pentium
II, Pentium III, Pentium IV Architecture, Programming,
and Interfacing, 7th Edition, Brey, Barry, B., PHI Inc, USA,
2006
3. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems, 2nd
Edition, Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Prentice Hall, 2006
BIOMEDICAL SPECIAL TOPIC 2
ENBE600039
3 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes:
Able to figure out the latest development of biomedical engi-
neering including the technology, business, and regulation
aspects.
Syllabus:
The latest issues on technology, application, business, and
regulation aspects in the health field.
Prerequisites: None
Textbook: None
BIOINFORMATICS AND GENOMICS
ENBE600041
3 CREDITS
Learning outcomes:
After completing this course, students are expected to be able
to conclude the results of genomic data analysis through the
274
Undergraduate Program in Metallurgical & Materials Engineering


Double Degree: Universitas Indonesia & Partner Universities
Double Degree: Universitas Indonesia & Partner Universities
4. Name of Study Program Undergraduate Program in Metallurgy and Materials Engineering
5. Vission and Mission Vision:
To be a research-based center of excellence, as well as referral center
and solution provider for problems in the field of metallurgical and
materials engineering in national and global levels
Mission:
• To provide broad access to education and research for the public and
industry
• To produce high quality graduates with strong academic back-
ground and comprehensive skills in process technology, material
engineering and design, who are capable of undertaking active and
dynamic role in national, regional and international arenas
• To perform quality Tridharma (three duties) relevant to the national
and global challanges.
• To create conducive academic environment to support the vision of
the Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering
6. Type of Class Reguler, Paralel, International

7. Awarding Degree Sarjana Teknik (S.T.)
Double Degree: Sarjana Teknik (S.T.) and
Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng.)
9. Accreditation / Recognition BAN-PT: Excellent
AUN-QA: Accredited
IABEE: Accredited
10. Language Course Bahasa (Indonesia) and English
11. Learning Scheme (Full Time / Part Time) Full Time
12. Entry High school graduate/equivalent, or Vocational/Polytechnique/
Requirements Community College
11. Term of Study Programmed for 4 years
Semester
Regular 8 16
13. Aims of the programme
1. To produce high quality graduates with a strong academic foundation
2. To produce graduates who are comprehensively capable in process technology and material engineering
3. To produce graduates who are able to contribute an active and dynamic role in the national, regional and interna-
tional community.
Bachelor of Engineering who is able to engineer materials that are environmentally friendly to improve the
performance of manufactured products, material protection and development of advanced materials based on the
utilization of material resources optimization; has strong adaptability, character and integrity; and able to contribute
an active, dynamic and ethical role at the national and international level
275

The graduates of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering will have the following outcomes:
1. Able to implement the knowledge of mathematic and science in problems of metallurgy and materials technology
process
2. Able to design and characterize the materials, manage and evaluate the engineering process according to the
appropriate application and standard
3. Able to design an experiment and analyze the data
4. Able to implement the principle of processing and refining on primary and secondary material resources, and
environmentally friendly manufacturing technology
5. Able to implement the principle of advance materials development based on local natural resources
6. Able to implement the principle of material degradation prevention and failure analysis of materials
7. Able to utilize modern engineering devices
8. Able to communicate effectively in writing and oral, in individual activity or in the multicultural and multidisci-
plinary teams
9. Able to identify, analyze, and solve engineering problem responsibly in the society in accordance with existing
limits
10. Able to learn independently and sustainably (long-life learning), adapt and innovate in dynamic work environ-
ment
16. Course Composition
No. Type of Courses Credits Percentage
i Basic University Courses 9 6,25 %
ii Basic Engineering Courses 22 15,28 %
iii Metallurgical and Materials Engineering Courses 77 53,47%
iv Elective Courses 28 19,44%
v Internship, Seminar, Final Year Projects 8 5,56 %
Total 144 100 %
Total Credit Hours to Graduate 144 credits
Job Prospects
Graduates of this study program can work in various sectors both private, state-owned and government such as in the auto-
motive industry, manufacturing, heavy equipment, mining, oil and gas, research and development fields such as Pertamina,
LIPI, BATAN, BPPT, LAPAN, Ministry of Industry, and Ministry of Energy and Mineral Resources.
276
Expected Learning Outcomes Matrix
277
278
Course Flowchart for Learning Outcome Achievement

Bachelor Program Metallurgical & Materials Engineering
279
280
281
Course Type Distribution in Curriculum 2020
282
Course Correlation in Curriculum 2020
283
Course Structure for Undergraduate ENMT604019 Materials Characterization 1

Metallurgical & Materials Engineering Laboratory
Sub Total 18
Program (Regular & Parallel Class)
5th Semester
ENMT605020 Extractive Metallurgy 3
Code Subject SKS
ENMT605021 Iron & Steel Making 2
1st Semester
ENMT605022 Materials Selection 2
UIGE600004 Religious Studies 2
ENMT605023 Materials Joining 3
UIGE600003 English for Academic Writing 2
ENMT605024 Metal Manufacturing Process 4
ENMT605025 Polymer Manufacturing Process 3
ENGE600005 Physics - Mechanics and Heat 3
ENMT606026 Corrosion Laboratory 1
ENGE600006 Physics - Mechanics and Heat 1
ENMT607937- Elective 3
Laboratory
51
ENGE600009 Basic Chemistry 2
Sub Total 20
ENMT601001 Engineering Drawing 2
6 Semester
th
ENMT601002 Introduction to Engineering 2

ENMT606027 Failure Analysis 3
Materials
ENMT606028 Engineering Design of Products 3
ENMT601003 Basic Chemistry Laboratory 1
and Process
Sub Total 18
ENMT606029 Ceramics Technology 3
2 Semester
nd
ENMT606030 Composite Technology 3
UIGE600006 Integrated Character Building 5
ENMT606031 Metal Manufacturing Laboratory 1
Subject
ENMT606032 Extractive Metallurgy Laboratory 1
ENGE600007 Physics - Electricity, MWO 3
60
ENGE600008 Physics - Electricity, MWO 1
Sub Total 19
Laboratory
ENMT602004 Materials Physic 1 2
7 Semester
th
ENMT607033 Technopreneurship 2
ENMT602005 Static & Mechanic of Materials 3
ENMT607034 Internship 2
ENMT602006 Thermodynamics of Materials 3
ENMT607035 Seminar 2
Sub Total 20
3rd Semester 49
ENGE600004 Linear Algebra 4 Sub Total 20
ENMT603007 Electrochemistry 3 8 Semester
th
ENMT603008 Materials Physic 2 3 ENMT600038 Final Project 4

ENMT603009 Characterization of Materials 3 ENMT608950- Elective 7
ENMT603010 Chemical Characterization of 2 60
Materials Sub Total 11
ENMT603011 Numerical Computation 2 Total 144
ENMT603012 Introduction to Fluids Mechanics 2
and Heat Transfer Resume
Sub Total 19 Semester Course Prerequisite
4th Semester 4 HSE Protection Minimum 50
credits
ENGE600012 HSE Protection 2
4 Materials Physic 3 Termodynamics
ENMT604013 Data Analysis and Scientific 3
of Materials,
Writing
Introduction to
ENMT604014 Materials Physics 3 2 Fluid Mechanics
ENMT604015 Corrosion & Protection of Metals 3 4 Capita Selecta, Technol- Minimum 50
ENMT604016 Polymer Materials 3 ogy, and Society credits
ENMT604017 Mineral Processing 3 4 Corrosion & Protection Electrochemistry
of Metals
ENMT604018 Heat Treatment and Surface 1
Engineering 4 Polymer Materials
284
Prerequisite List For Curriculum 2020 Courses

4 Mineral Processing Materials Physics
1
4 Materials Characteriza- Characterization
Code Subject SKS
tion Laboratory of Materials 1 Semester
st
4 Chemical Character- Materials ENMT607939 Special Alloyed Steels 2

ization of Materials Characterization
ENMT607940 Biomaterial 2
Laboratory Laboratory
ENMT607941 Engineering Ethics 2
5 Extractive Metallurgy Mineral Process-
ing ENMT607942 Computational Materials 2
5 Iron & Steel Making Mineral Process- ENMT607943 High Temperature Corrosion 2
ing ENMT607944 Electron Microscopy 2
5 Heat Treatment and Materials Physic 3 ENMT607945 Polymer Compounding 2
Surface Engineering ENMT607946 Quality Management Systems 2
5 Metal Manufacturing Materials Physic 3 ENMT607947 Advanced Solidification 2
Process
ENMT607948 Special Processing and Assembly 2
5 Polymer Manufacturing Polymer Materials Technologies
Process
ENMT607949 1st Term Advanced Internship 3
5 Corrosion Laboratory Corrosion &
Protection of ENMT803918 Risk Based-Inspection and 3
Metals Integrity
6 Data Analysis and Minimum 90 ENMT803919 Advanced Polymer Manufactur- 3
Scientific Writing credits ing
6 Materials Selection Characterization ENMT803920 Electronic Materials 3
of Materials, ENMT803921 Nanotechnology 3
Materials Physics
2 Semester
nd
2, Materials
Physics 3 ENMT608950 Industrial Ecology 2
6 Materials Joining Characterization ENMT608951 Concrete Corrosion 2
of Materials, ENMT608952 Energy Materials 2
Materials Physics ENMT608953 Refractory Materials 2
3
ENMT608954 Mechanics of Material Forming 2
6 Ceramics Technology Materials Physics
3 ENMT608955 Industrial Mechanic Equipment 2
6 Composite Technology Polymer Materials ENMT608956 Material Standardization 2
6 Metals Manufacturing Metal Manufac- ENMT608957 Polymer Recycling Technology 2
Laboratory turing Process ENMT608958 Rubber Technology 2
6 Extractive Metallurgy Extractive ENMT608959 Quenching Technology 2
Laboratory Metallurgy ENMT608960 2nd Term Adv. Internship 3
7 Failure Analysis Materials ENMT804922 Advanced Manufacture 3
Selection
ENMT804923 Smart Materials 3
7 Engineering Design of Metal Manu-
Products facturing ENMT804924 Advanced Extractive Metallurgy 3
Process, Polymer ENMT804925 Advanced Surface Engineering 3
Manufacturing
Process, Ceramics
Technology,
Composite Tech-
nology, Materials
Selection
7 Technopreneurship Minimum 100
credits
7 Internship Minimum 100
credits
7 Seminar Minimum 105
credits
8 Final Project Minimum 125
credits
285
1st Term Nanotechnol- Metal (for fast-

Recom- ogy Manufactur- track / by
Semes- ing Process, department
Course Prerequisite mended
ter Polymer approval)
Semester
Manufactur-
1st Term Special Alloyed Iron & Steel 7 ing Process,
Steels Making Ceramics
1st Term Biomaterial Corrosion & 5 or 7 Technology,
Protection of Composite
Metals Technology
1st Term Engineering 5 or 7 2nd Term Industrial Mineral 6 or 8
Ethics Ecology Processing
1st Term Computational Numerical 5 or 7 2nd Term Concrete Corrosion & 8
Materials Computation Corrosion Protection of
1st Term High Tempera- Corrosion & 5 or 7 Metals
ture Corrosion Protection of 2nd Term Energy Mate- 6 or 8
Metals rials
1st Term Electron Character- 5 or 7 2nd Term Refractory Ceramics 8
Microscopy ization of Materials Technology
Materials 2nd Term Mechanics Metal Manu- 6 or 8
1st Term Polymer Polymer 5 or 7 of Material facturing
Compounding Materials Forming Process
1st Term Quality Data Analysis 7 2nd Term Industrial Metal Manu- 6 or 8
Management and Scientific Mechanic facturing
Systems Writing Equipment Process
1st Term Advanced Materials 5 or 7 2nd Term Material Stan- Character- 6 or 8
Solidification Physic 3 dardization ization of
1st Term Special Materials 7 Materials
Processing Selection 2nd Term Polymer Polymer 8
and Assembly Recycling Manufactur-
Technologies Technology ing Process
1st Term 1st Term Minimum 125 2nd Term Rubber Tech- Polymer 8
Advanced credits nology Manufactur-
Internship ing Process
1st Term Risk Based-In- Characteriza- (for fast- 2nd Term Quenching Heat Treat- 6 or 8
spection and tion of Materi- track / by Technology ment and
Integrity als, Corrosion department Surface
& Protection approval) Engineering
of Metals 2nd Term 2nd Term Minimum 125
1st Term Advanced Polymer (for fast- Advanced credits
Polymer Manu- Manufactur- track / by Internship
facturing ing Process department 2nd Term Advanced Metal (for fast-
approval) Manufacture Manufactur- track / by
1st Term Electronic Metal (for fast- ing Process, department
Materials Manufactur- track / by Polymer approval)
ing Process, department Manufactur-
Polymer approval) ing Process,
Manufactur- Ceramics
ing Process, Technology,
Ceramics Composite
Technology, Technology
Composite 2nd Term Smart Materials Metal (for fast-
Technology Manufactur- track / by
ing Process, department
Polymer approval)
Manufactur-
ing Process,
Ceramics
Technology,
Composite
Technology
286
2nd Term Advanced Extractive (for fast-

Extractive Metallurgy track / by
Metallurgy department
approval)
2nd Term Advanced Heat Treat- (for fast-
Surface Engi- ment and track / by
neering Surface department
Engineering approval)
Transition Policy from Curriculum 2016 to Curriculum 2020

1. The Curriculum 2020 takes effect from the Second Term 2020/2021. After this curriculum is implemented, only the subjects
in the Curriculum 2020 will be counted for the graduation: any subject in the Curriculum 2016 follows the transition rules.
2. Transition rules will be valid for 1 (one) year, starting from the Second Term of 2020/2021 until the First Term 2021/2022
for any subject changing in its place (from the first term to second term or vice versa). If it is necessary, the subject will be
opened in both semesters.
3. Students who have not passed the compulsory subjects in the Curriculum 2016 are required to take the same or equivalent
subjects in the Curriculum 2020.
4. If there is a change in the credit hours, the credits at the first time the subject taken will be considerred. The same or
equivalent subjects with different credit hours, if repeated or newly taken, will be counted with the new name and credit
hours.
5. The equivalence subjects for Curriculum 2016 and Curriculum 2020 can be seen in the Equivalency Table. Any unlisted
subject in the Curriculum 2016 has been removed and is no longer offered.
6. If the compulsory subjects in the Curriculum 2016 are removed and there are no equivalencies in the Curriculum 2020:
a. For students who have passed the subjects, the subjects will be counted as compulsory credits with the same name and
credit hours.
b. For students who have not passed the subjects, students can take new compulsory subjects or elective subjects with the
new name and credit hours.
7. If a subject has a reduction in the credit hours while the student has already taken the subject required for the graduation,
then the student is still allowed to graduate even though the total number of credits is less than the required one.
Equivalency of Curriculum 2016 and 2020

No Course Name in Curriculum 2016 Credits Course Name in Curriculum 2020 Credits
1 Academic Writing 3 Academic Writing 2
2 Integrated Character Building A 6 Integrated Character Building 5
3 Integrated Character Building B 6
4 Statistics & Probability 2 Data Analysis and Scientific Writing 2
5 Physical Metallurgy 1 4 Materials Physics 1 2
6 Materials Physics 2 3
7 Testing of Materials 2 Characterization of Materials 3
8 Tech. of Microstructural Analysis 2
9 Chemical Characterization 2 Characterization of Materials 2
10 Polymer Chemistry 4 Polymer Materials 3
12 Mineral Processing 4 Mineral Processing 3
13 Transport Phenomenon 3 Introduction to Fluids Mechanics and Heat 2
Transfer
14 Industrial Management 2 Technopreneurship 2
15 Polymer Technology 3 Polymer Manufacturing Process 3
16 Tech. of Microstructural Analysis Laboratory 1 Materials Characterization Laboratory 1
17 Testing of Materials Laboratory 1
18 Chemical Characterization Laboratory 1
19 Metal Manufacturing Process Laboratory 2 Metals Manufacturing Laboratory 1
20 Engineering Design of Products 3 Engineering Design of Products and Process 3
21 Capita Selecta 2 Technopreneurship 2
22 Fracture Mechanics & Failure Analysis 4 Failure Analysis 3
Other subjects that are not listed in this table do not change except for the subject code and
curriculum code (full list is given in the SIAK-NG website) 287
Course Syllabus of University Subjects Course Learning Outcomes:

INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING through analysis of societal problems, nation, state,
UIGE600001/UIGE610001 and Pancasila ideology based on self-understanding as
5 credits individuals and members. the community by using good
Syllabus : and correct Indonesian and the latest information and
The Integrated Character Building is part of the Higher communication technology (C4, A4)
Education Personality Development Lecture which is held • CPMK 2: Able to identify various entrepreneurial efforts
for students which contains elements of the internalization characterized by innovation and independence based on
of basic life values, interaction/relationship skills, nationality ethics (C2, A5)
and academic skills as the basis for student personality to • CPMK 3: After completing this course, students are
carry out learning according to scientific disciplines. able to apply self-regulated learning characteristically
in pursuing integrated and comprehensive knowledge
MPKT is carried out in the form of a series of learning activities through analysis of science problems, technology based
outside the formal class. activities carried out include partici- on the role of nature manager by using good and correct
pation in lectures/seminars, internships, field work practices, Indonesian and information technology and current
social work, sports and/or arts activities and other forms of communications. (C4, A4)
activities that have the main goal of equipping students with • CPMK 4: After completing this course, students are able
soft skills and proven by portfolio documents. The form of to plan creative activities to solve problems in society
this learning activity is different from the MPKT courses that and the world of work/industry by showing creativity,
have been carried out at the previous UI. critical thinking, collaborative self-discipline using
The material provided at MPKT aims to form a human think- good and correct Indonesian as well as the latest infor-
ing pattern with values and morals to create a human person- mation and communication technology (C5, A5)
ality by having critical, logical, creative, innovative thinking, Prerequisite: None
and having intellectual curiosity and an entrepreneurial
spirit. The material provided includes 9 UI values, national, CALCULUS 2
state and citizen values based
on Pancasila. Solving prob- ENGE600002/ENGE610002
lems in science, technology, health, and humans as natural 3 SKS
managers by using reasoning and utilizing Information and Course Learning Outcomes:
Communication Technology (ICT) to achieve the final objec- Students are able to use the concepts of sequences, series,
tives of this module. conic sections, and the basic concepts of calculus which
Lecture activities are carried out using an online student-cen- applied problems.
tered learning (SCL) approach which can use the following
methods: experiential learning (EL), collaborative learning Graduates Learning Outcomes:
(CL), problem-based learning (PBL), question-based learning, Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering
and project based learning. The use of these various methods and an engineering specialization to be used in solving
is carried out through group discussion activities, indepen- complex engineering problems.
dent assignment exercises, presentations, writing papers in Syllabus :
Indonesian and interactive discussions in online discussion Infinite sequences and infinite series, Test for convergence
forums. The language of instruction in this lecture is Indo- of positive series and alternating series, Power series and
nesian. operation on operations, Taylor and MacLaurin series, Conic
Graduates Learning Outcomes: sections , Calculus in polar coordinates, Derivatives, limits,
• CPL 1: Able to use spoken and written language in Indo- and continuity of multi-variables functions, Directional
nesian and English both for academic and non-academic derivatives and gradients, Chain Rule, Tangent planes and
activities (C3, A5) Approximations, Lagrange multipliers. Double integrals in
• CPL 2: Have integrity and are able to think critically, Cartesian coordinates and polar coordinates, triple integrals
creatively, and innovatively and have intellectual curios- in Cartesian coordinates, cylindrical coordinates and spheri-
ity to solve problems at the individual and group level cal coordinates, Applications of double and triple Integral.
(C4, A3) Prerequisite: Calculus 1
problems that arise in the community, nation, and coun- Academic Writing
try (C4, A2) UIGE610002
• CPL 4: Able to take advantage of information communi- 3 SKS
cation technology (C3) The objectives of the English component of the MPK
• CPL 5: Able to identify various entrepreneurial efforts program are :
characterized by innovation and independence based on 1. To activate students, English so that they will be able to
ethics (C2, A5) communicate effectively in English;
2. To enable students to develop the learning strategies and
study skills needed to finish their study successfully and
o continue learning on their own after taking the MPK
program (to develop independent learners)
Main Competencies :
288
By the end of the course, students should be able to: and academic writing.
• listen to, understand and take notes of key information in Syllabus :
academic lectures of between 5-10 minutes length;
• improve their listening skills through various listening Islam history: the meaning of Islam, the characteristic of
materials and procedures; Islam, the sources of Islamic teachings, Muhammad SAW
• speak confidently, ask questions in and contribute to small as prophet and history figure, introduction of Islam in
group discussions; Indonesia, the teaching essence of Islam: the basic principle
• use different reading strategies needed to the effective of Islam teachings, the unity of Allah, worship prac-tice in
readers; live, eschatology and work ethics, human’s basic rights and
• improve their reading skills through extensive reading obligation, social structure in Islam: sakinah mawaddah and
material; ramhah family, the social implication of family life, Mosque
• develop skills in connecting ideas using appropriate and the development of Islam, zakat and the economic
transitions and conjunctions; empowerment of the people, Islam society, Science: reason
• work as part of a group to prepare and deliver a 25-minute and revelation in Islam, Islam’s motivation in development
presentation on an academic topic using appropriate of science, science characteristics, source of knowledge, IDI
organization, language and visual aids; (each Faculty and Department/Study Program).
• write a summary of a short academic article; CATHOLIC STUDIES
• write an expository paragraph; UIGE600011/UIGE610006
• write a short essay. 2 SKS
Learning Method : General instructional objectives :
Active learning, Contextual language learning, small group 1. To help deliver students as intellectual capital in imple-
discussion. menting a lifelong learning process to become scientists
with mature personalities who uphold humanity and
Prerequisite : life.
• Students Learning Orientation/Orientasi Belajar Maha- 2. Be scholars who believe in God according to the teach-
siswa (OBM) ings of Jesus Christ by continuing to be responsible for
• UI English Proficiency Test his faith in life in church and society.
English Syllabus :
UIGE600003
3 SKS Almighty God and the God teachings; Man, Morals, science
Learning Objectives : After attending this subject, students technology and art; harmony between religions; Society,
are expected to capable of use English to support the study in Culture, Politics, Law: the substance of theses studies will
university and improve language learning independently. be addressed by integrating the four dimensions of the
teachings of the Catholic faith: the personal dimension, the
Syllabus : Study Skills : (Becoming an active learner, Vocabu- dimension of Jesus Christ, the dimension of the Church, and
lary Building: word formation and using the dictionary Community dimension. Dimensions are implemented in the
Listening strategies Extensive reading) Grammar: (Revision following themes: People, Religion, Jesus Christ, the Church,
of Basic grammar Types of sentences Adjective clauses, and Faith in the society.
Adverb clauses Noun clauses, Reduced clauses) Reading:
(Reading skills: skimming, scanning, main idea, supporting CHRISTIAN STUDIES
ideas, Note-taking Reading popular science article, Reading UIGE600012/UIGE610007
an academic text) Listening: (Listening to short conversa- 2 SKS
tions, Listening to a lecture and notetaking, Listening to a General instructional objectives :
news broadcast, Listening to a short story) Speaking: (Partic-
ipating in discussions and meetings, Giving a presentation) Cultivating students with comprehensive Christian knowl-
Writing: (Writing a summary of a short article Describing edge and teaching in the midst of the struggle and the fight
graphs and tables, Writing an academic paragraph, Writing a of the nation while also discussing the student’s participation
basic academic essay (5 paragraphs). in line with the study to help improve and build our country.
ISLAMIC STUDIES Learning Objectives:

UIGE600010/UIGE610005 Course participants are expected to do the following when
2 SKS faced with a problem or issue which they must solve:
General instructional objectives : The cultivation of 1. Analyze the problem based on the Christian values
students who have concern for social, na-tional and coun- 2. Analyze the problem by implementing active learning
trys issues based on Islamic values which is applied in the stages
development of science through intellectual skills. 3. Discuss the problem by using proper and correct Indone-
Learning Objectives : Course participants are expected to sian language
do the following when faced with a problem or issue which Syllabus :
they must solve :
1. Analyze the problem based on the Islamic values they History (Historical terms): Status of the Bible, the existence
adopted; of God and Morality, Christ the Savior, the Holy Spirit as
2. Analyze the problem by implementing active learning existence reformer and outlook on the world: Faith and
stages; Knowledge of Science, Church and service, Ecclesiology,
3. Discuss and express their thoughts and ideas by using Spiritual and enforcement of Christian Human Rights and
proper and correct Indonesian language in discussion the world of ethics: Christian Ethics, Christian and worship,
289
Christianity and politics, Christian love and social reality: Course Syllabus of Faculty Subjects
Christian Organizations, Students and Service, Christian
and expectations.
HINDU STUDIES CALCULUS 1
2 SKS 3 credits
Syllabus :
Able to use the basic concepts of calculus related to -a
Hindu religion, Hindu history), Source and scope of Hindu- function of one variable, the derivative and integration of
ism (the Veda as the source of Hindu religion teachings, the the function of one variable in order to solve its applied
scope of the teachings in Hindu religion), The concept of the problems.
God (Brahman) according to the Veda, the Path to Brahman
(Catur Marga Yoga, Mantra and Japa), Human Nature (The
Introduction, Functions and Limits, The Derivative, Applica-
purpose of human life, Human’s duties, obligations, and
responsibilities both individually or collectively), Ethics and
morality (Principles teaching, self-control), in-depth under-
standing of the scripture (deep understanding of the Bhaga-
wadgita, deep understanding of the Sarasamuschaya), The Syllabus :
Role of Hinduism in science, technology, and art (Hinduism Introduction, Functions and Limits, The Derivative, Applica-
benefits in science and technology in accordance with each tions of the Derivative, The Definite Integral, Applications of
department, benefit / the role of Hinduism in the arts), Cohe- The Definte Integral, Transcendental Functions, Techniques
sion and community’s prosperity /independence (Benefits of Integration, Indeterminate Forms and Improper Integrals.
of unity in the religious plurality, independent community
(kerthajagathita) as a common goal, Tri Pitakarana), Culture Prerequisite: None
as an expression of Hindu religious practice, Contribution to Textbooks:
the Hindu religion teachings in the political life of nation and
country, laws and the enforcement of justice, Awareness of Main reference:
and obeying the Rita / Dharma. D. Varberg, E. J. Purcell, S.E. Rigdon, Calculus, 9th ed.,
BUDDHIST STUDIES
UIGE600014/UIGE610009 Additional eferences:
2 SKS 1. George B. Thomas Jr., Thomas’ Calculus Early Transcen-
Syllabus : 2. Howard Anton, Calculus, 10th ed., John Wiley and Sons,
Almighty God and the God Study (Faith and piety, Divine 2012.
Philosophy/Theology), Human (Human Nature, Human CALCULUS 2
Dignity, Human Responsibility), Moral (Implementation of ENGE600002/ENGE610002
Faith and Piety in everyday life), Science, Technology and Art 3 SKS
(Faith, Science and Charity as a unity, the Obligation to study Course Learning Outcomes:
and practice what you are taught, Responsibility for nature Students are able to use the concepts of sequences, series,
and environment), harmony between religion (religion conic sections, and the basic concepts of calculus which
is a blessing for all mankind, the essence of the religious involve the function of two or three variables to solve their
plurality and togetherness), community (the role of religious applied problems.
society in creating a prosperous independent society, the
responsibility of religious society in the realization of Graduates Learning Outcomes:
human rights and democracy), Culture (the responsibility Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering
of religious society in the realization of critical thinking and an engineering specialization to be used in solving
(academic), work hard and fair), Politics (Religion contribu- complex engineering problems.
tion in the political life of nation and country), Law (Raise Syllabus :
awareness to obey and follow God’s law, the role of religion Infinite sequences and infinite series, Test for convergence
in the formulation and enforcement of law, the function of of positive series and alternating series, Power series and
religion in the legal profession). operation on operations, Taylor and MacLaurin series, Conic
KONG HU CU STUDIES sections , Calculus in polar coordinates, Derivatives, limits,
UIGE600015/UIGE610010 and continuity of multi-variables functions, Directional
2 SKS derivatives and gradients, Chain Rule, Tangent planes and
Syllabus : Cartesian coordinates and polar coordinates, triple integrals
Textbooks:
290
PEARSON, Prentice Hall, 2007. Syllabus:

2. Thomas, Calculus Thirteenth Edition Volume 2, Units, Magnitudes and Vectors, Motion Along Straight Lines,
Erlangga, 2019. Motion in Two and Three Dimensions, Newton’s Laws of
CALCULUS
ENGE600003/ENGE610003
4 SKS
involving functions of one to three variables to solve their
Kinetic Theory of Gas, Heat Engine, Entropy, and Law II
applied problems.
Thermodynamics.
Prerequisite: none
and an engineering specialization to be used in solving Textbooks:
complex engineering problems. 1. Halliday, Resnick, and Walker, Principles of Physics 10th
Syllabus :
Infinite Row, and Series. Derivatives with many variables,
Prerequisite: None
PHYSICS
Textbooks: ENGE600007 / ENGE610007
3 credits
Main reference:
Additional: the engineering field.
George B. Thomas Jr., Thomas’ Calculus Early Transcenden- Graduate Learning Outcomes:
tal, 12th ed., Addison – Wesley Pearson, 2009. Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering
LINEAR ALGEBRA complex engineering problems.
ENGE600004/ENGE610004
4 SKS Syllabus:
Course Learning Outcomes: Unit, Magnitude, Vector, Electric Charge, Electric Field,
Students are able to calculate linear system problems to solve Gauss Law, Electric Potential, Capacitance, Electric Current,
engineering problems. Resistance, Direct Current, Magnetic Field Due to Electric
complex engineering problems. Prerequisite: none
Syllabus : Textbooks :
Linear Systems and matrix equations, Determinants, Euclid 1. Halliday, Resnick, and Walker, Principles of Physics 9th
vector spaces, Common vector spaces, eigenvalues and eigen- Edition, Wiley, 2011.
vectors, inner product spaces, Diagonalization and General 2. Serway Jewett, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 9th
Linear Transformation. Edition, Thomson Brooks / Cole, 2013.
Prerequisite: None
Textbooks:
BASIC CHEMISTRY
1. Elementary Linear Algebra, Howard Anton & Chris
ENGE600009 / ENGE610009
2 credits
Students are able to analyze the principe of basic chemistry
MECHANICAL AND HEAT PHYSICS for application in engineering.
ENGE600005 / ENGE610005
Graduates’ Learning Outcomes:
3 credits
Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering to
be used in solving complex engineering problems.
modynamics, and be able to apply them to understand Syllabus:
natural phenomena and human engineering, including their Material and measurements, atoms, molecules and ions,
applications. stochiometry, water phase reactions and solution stochi-
base equilibrium, electrochemistry, chemical kinetics, and
chemical applications.
291
Textbooks : Textbooks :
1. Ralph H. Petrucci, General Chemistry: Principles and 1. Harinaldi, Basic Principles of Statistical Engineering and
Modern Applications, 8th Ed. Prentice Hall Inc., New Science, Erlangga, 2004
York, 2001. 2. Montgomery, DC., And Runger, GC., Applied Statistics
2. John McMurry, Robert C. Fay, Chemistry (3rd ed.), and Probability for Engineers, John Wiley Sons, 2002
HSE PROTECTION
ENGE600012 / ENGE610012
McGraw-Hill, 2003.
2 credits
ENGINEERING ECONOMY Course Learning Outcomes:
ENGE600011 / ENGE610011 Upon completion of this subject students are expected to
3 credits be able to carried out hazard identification, and character-
Course Learning Outcomes: ization, to propose appropriate methods for risk reduction
Students are able to analyze the economic and financial and mitigation, and to design safety management system.
feasibility of making economic practice decisions. The student is also expected to improve their awareness on
industrial safety and health, and understanding on safety
regulation framework and standards as well as environmen-
tal program.
individual and group, as well as in project management. Graduate Learning Outcomes:
1. Students are expected to understand safety, health and
Syllabus:
principal in engineering code of ethics.
2. Students are expected to be able to carry out process of
risk assessments by considering risk factors in the impact
community and environemt.
3. Students are expected to understand the regulatory
Prerequisite: framework and standard related to the stages of life
1. Civil Engineering : - cycle of machine, building structure, construction, and
2. Environmental Engineering : - process.
3. Naval Engineering : - 4. Students are able to design and propose an effective
4. Industrial Engineering : must pass the introductory hazard communication, management and engineering
Economic course and have completed 38 credits control, and risk mitigation through an engineering
5. Chemical Engineering : - assignment project.
6. Bioprocess Engineering : - 5. Students are able to identify the knowledge required
to perform risk assesment, investigation and design
Textbooks:
1. Blank, Leland and Tarquin, Anthony. 2018. Engineer-
and accident.
ing Economy 8th Ed. McGraw Hill.
2. Park, Chan S. 2016. Contemporary Engineering Syllabus:
Economics 6th Ed. Pearson. Upper Saddle River. Introduction to SHE Regulation and Standards, SHE
3. White, Case and Pratt. 2012. Principles of Engineering Perception (Risk and Environment), Identification, Assess-
Economic Analysis 6th ed. John Wiley and Sons. ment and Management, Construction, machinery and Noise
hazards, Process safety hazard and analysis technique, Fire
STATISTICS AND PROBABILISTICS and explosion hazard, Electrical hazard, Toxicology in the
ENGE600010 / ENGE610010
Workplace, Ergonomy Aspect, Hazard communication to
2 credits
employees, Environmental Protection, Case studies, Safety
starting from the descriptive stage (collection, organization, Prerequisite: none
and presentation) to the inductive stage, which includes
Textbooks :
forecasting and drawing conclusions based on the relation-
ship between variables for decision making.
Graduate Learning Outcomes: 2. Asfahl, C.R., Rieske, D. W., Sixth Edition Industrial Safety
1. Apply descriptive statistics and probability theory to and Health Management, Pearson Education, Inc., 2010.
data processing and serving 3. United Kingdom - Health and Safety Executive, http://
2. Apply probability distribution to data processing and www.hse.gov.uk/
serving 4. National laws and regulations related to the K3 Manage-
3. Apply the principles of sampling and estimation for ment System and the Environment.
decision making 5. Related Journal (http://www.journals.elsevier.com/safe-
4. Apply hypothesis test samples for decision making ty-science/) etc, related standards and publications
Syllabus:
Probability, Sampling, Estimation, Hypothesis testing,
Hypothesis test 1 sample at an average value, Regression
Prerequisite: none
292
Course Syllabus of Metallurgical and 2 credits

Syllabus:
Material Engineering Subjects Introduction to crystal, crystal lattice, Bravais lattice, Miller
index, crystal projections / stereography, Wulff Net, crystal
Engineering Drawing symmetry, crystal defects
ENMT601001
2 credits Prerequisite: -
Syllabus:
References:
Illustration: Function and beneft of Engineering Drawing;
1. Borchardt-Ott, W.; Crystallography; Springer; 1995
Measurement and Evaluation; Introduction to drawing
2. McKie, D. and McKie, C.; Essential of Crystallography;
equipment; Basic definition of geometric, paper format, draw
Blackwek Scientific; 1986
regulation, line, feld, line confguration, basic geometric form;
3. William D Callister; Materials Science and Engineering,
Visualization geometric: Skew projection and isometric,
an Introduction; john Wiley and Sons; 2004
function and line types, confguration geometric form;
4. Robert W Cahn and Peter Haasen; Physical Metallurgy;
Orthogonal Projection: Projection standard, viewing concept,
1996
width display principle; Advanced orthogonal projection:
Circle region concept, special region concecpt, trimming Statics and Mechanics of Materials
concept, display width, refraction ENMT602005
3 credits
Prerequisite: -
Syllabus:
References: Basic principle in statics and mechanis of materials, basic
1. ISO 1101, Technical Drawings, International Organiza- procedures, scalar and vectors, addition and operations,
tion for Standardization. vector products, force vector, moment, cross product. Equiv-
2. A.W. Boundy, Engineering Drawing , McGrawHill Book alent system, moment couple. Equilibrium mechanics, equi-
Company librium conditions, free-body diagram. Simple trusses, joint
3. Colin Simmons & Dennis Maguire, Manual of Engineer- method, zero-force member, section methods, frame and
ing Drawing, Edward Arnold machine. Center of mass and gravitations, inertia moment,
4. Warren J. Luzadder, Fundamentals of Engineering Parallel axis theorem, Center of mass and inertia moment of
Drawing, Prentice-Hall, Inc. composite. Internal loading of a structure member, moment
5. Giesecke-Mitchell-Spencer-Hill-Dygdon-Novak, Techni- and shear diagram, relation of distributed loading, shear
cal Drawing, Prentice Hall Inc. and moment. Stress concept, Normal stress, allowes stress,
simple connection, deformation and strain. Stress and
Introduction to Engineering Materials strain diagram, stress strain behvavior in ductile and brittle
ENMT601002
materials. Hooke law, strain energi and Poisson ratio. Saint
2 credits
Vernon principle, elastic deformation. Superposition princ-
Syllabus:
ipe. Thermal stress, crcluar shaft torsion deformation. Power
(1) Types of engineering materials and their applications;
transmission. Twist angle. Bending deformation in straight
(2) Structures of engineering materials; (3) Properties of
member, flexure formula, assymetrical bending, shear
material; (4) Manufacturing and Processing of Metallic
formula, stress shear for column, pressure in thin walled
Materials; (5) Steel and iron: production and properties; (6)
vessel. Stress plane transformation, Mohr cycle. Column and
Aluminium: production and properties;(7) Other non-ferrous
Buckling design. Critical loading. Inelastic Buckling.
alloys: production and properties; (8) Polymer: processing
and properties; (9) Ceramic: processing and properties; (10) Prerequisite: -
Composite: processing and properties
References:
Prerequisite: - 1. Hibbeler, Russel C., Engineering mechanics,statics, 8th
Ed., Macmillan Publishing Company,Inc.
References:
2. Hibbeler, Russel C., Mechanical of Materials,Prentice
1. Bondan T. Sofyan, Pengantar Material Teknik, Penerbit
Hall International Inc., 1997
Salemba Teknika, 2010
3. Ferdinant L. Singer, Ilmu Kekuatan Bahan, Penerbit
2. W.D. Callister, Materials Science and Engineering: An
Erlangga, 1981
Introduction, 6th ed., John Wiley & Sons, 2003
4. Beer, F.P. and Johston, E.R., Mechanics of Materials,
3. William F. Smith, Introduction to Materials Science and
McGraw-Hill, 1983
Engineering
Thermodynamics of Materials
Basic Chemistry Laboratory ENMT602006
ENMT601003
3 credits
1 credits
Syllabus:
Syllabus:
Equilibrium of reaction in component systems .Basic
Physical and chemical properties; Separation and purifi-
principle in thermodynamics of materials, zeroth law of
cation of substances; Identification of alkaline metal ions,
thermodynamics, first law of thermodynamics, second law
alkaline earth, ammonium, sulfate, iodide, bromide and
of thermodynamics and third law of thermodynamics.
nitrate; Acid-base titration; Metal and acid reactions; Crystal
Enthalpy, entropy and free energy concepts. Thermodynam-
water.
ics balance and materials balance. Heat balance. Thermo-
Prerequisite: Basic Chemistry dynamics phase equilibrium, phase equilibrium in one
component system. Free energy as a function of temperature
References:
and pressure. Equilibrium of vapor phase and conden-
Basic Chemistry Laboratory Module
sation phase. Gas behavior and gases reactions. Solvent
Materials Physics phenomena, Raoul’t law, Henry law, Gibb-Duhem equation,
ENMT602004 1 solvent free energy, regular solvent. Equilibrium of reaction
293
in component systems, condensated solvent, equilibrium optical and electron microscopes, Special measurements;
reaction in component system with condensated solvent. micro-hardness, coating thickness, roughness, Quantitative
Phase diagrams. metallography; grain size, volume fraction of phases and
precipitates, electron interaction with samples, advanced
Prerequisite: -
microstructural analysis: SEM, TEM, FIB, EBSD, XRD, XRF,
References: OES.
1. David . R. Gaskell, Introduction to Metallurgcal Ther-
Prerequisite: -
modynamics, 4td. ed., CRC. Taylor and Francis Groups ,
2008. References:
2. D, V. Ragone , “Thermodynamics of Materials “ Vol 1 1. Davis H.E., G.E. Troxell, G.F.W. Hauck; The Testing of
and 2 , John Wiley &Sons New York, 1995. Engineering Materials; Mc Graw-Hill; 1982
2. ASM; Mechanical Testing of Metal; 1983
Electro-Chemistry
3. Lous Cartz, Non Destructive Testing; ASM International;
ENMT603007
1995
3 credits
4. Vernon john; Testing of Materials; 1992
Syllabus:
5. Andreas Ohsner and Holm Altenbach; Properties and
Basic concepts and applications of electrochemistry, and
Characterization of Modern Materials; 2017
conductivity solution, Faraday’s law, and their application.
6. Callister, William D. 2007. Materials Science and Engi-
Elektrode electrochemical cell (definition, potential, equation
neering, John Wiley & Sons.
Nerst, electrical double layer, the polarization, the meas-
7. Der Voort, Van. 1984. Metallography Principles and
urement of potential, free energy and electrode potential,
Practice, McGraw-Hill Book Company.
equilibrium potential), the reference electrode,Construction
8. Goodnew, Peter J; Humphrey, John. 2000. Electron
Pourbaix diagram and its application. Electrochemical
Microscopy and Analysis, CRC Press
kinetics, electrode reaction speed, mixed potential theory,
9. Petzow, Gunter. 1991. Metallographic Etching, University
Evans-diagram, the mixed-potential diagram
Microfilms.
Prerequisite: - 10. ASM Handbook Vol 9 – Metallography and Microstruc-
tures, ASM International
References:
11. Zhang, Sam; Li, Lin; Kumar, Ashok. 2008. Materials
1. J.O.M. Bockris and A.K.N. Reddy; Modern Electrochem-
Characterization Techniques, CRC Press.
istry vol 1 & 2; Penum Rosetta Edition; 1997
12. Schwartz, A.J.; Kumar, M.; Adams, B.L.; Field, D.P. 2009.
2. Bard Faulkner and Larry R; Electrochemical Methods
Electron Backscatter Diffraction in Materials Science,
Fundamental and Application; Willey; 1980
Springer US
3. Piron; The Electrochemistry of Corrosion; NACE; 1991
Chemistry Materials
Materials Physics 2 ENMT603010
ENMT603008
2 credits
3 credits
Syllabus:
Syllabus:
Basic principles of atomic and molecular bonding, material
Dislocation theory: screw and edge, solid solution: substi-
classification, solid structure: crystalline, amorphous.
tution and interstition (impurities and alloys), plastic and
Introduction to the chemistry of metals, polymers, ceram-
elastic deformation theories, mechanical and physical
ics, composites, semiconductors and advanced materials.
properties of metals: strength, hardness, toughness, wear ,
Classification and nomenclature of organic compounds; type
fatigue, creep, basic of fracture mechanics. Case study.
of organic reaction; polymer structure, polymerization, and
Prerequisite: - molecular weight; polymer type. Overview of the structure
and physiochemical properties of materials, concept of
References:
material analysis (qualitative and qualitative), principles
1. Robert W Cahn and Peter Haasen; Physical Metallurgy;
of instrumentation analysis (theory, principles of tools and
1996
work, interpretation of outputs and their use); methods of
2. D. Hull and D.J. Bacon; Introduction to Disclocation 4th
separation using chromatography; spectroscopy (mass, UV
Ed.; Butterworth-Heinman; 2001
/ VIS, infrared-FTIR, emissions, XRF and spark emission,
3. Smallman R.E. and Bishop R.J.; Metal and Materials;
and some other sophisticated equipments; thermal (TGA,
Butterworth-Heinmann; 1995
DTA / DSC, MFI and Vicat), and strategy in characterizing
Characterization of Materials materials.
ENMT603009
Prerequisite: -
3 credits
Syllabus: References:
Introduction to material testing, Review of mechanical 1. Ralph J. Fessenden and Joan S. Fessenden. Organic
behavior of materials, Data analysis and presentation of test Chemistry, 5th edition, 1994, Brooks Cole: Pacific Grove.
results, Testing procedures, Testing machine and instru- CA
ments, Standardization of materials testing, Destructive 2. G. Challa, Polymer Chemistry – An Introduction, 1993,
testing (tensile, compression, shear, fatigue, stress relaxation, Ellis Horwood Limited series in Polymer Science, UK
and wear), Non-destructive (visual, penetrant, ultrasonic,
Numerical Computation
radiography, eddy current and magnetic particle). Tech-
ENMT603011
niques of microstructure analysis, Phase formation and
3 credits
general characteristic of material structures, Microstructure
Syllabus:
of steel; stable and metastable phases and the formation
Introduction to numerical methods, type of number,
and mechanism, Microstructure of non-ferrous alloys;
type of data, basic principles of computing, mathematical
aluminum, copper, titanium, Macrostructure, Sampling tech-
models. Type of errors, accuracy, propagation of errors,
294 niques, Samples preparation, Observation techniques with
precision. Non linear equation problems, Bisection method, Articles, Strategy and Steps, Wiley-Blackwell, Hoboken,
Regula-False method, Newton Raphson method and Secant 2009
method. Linear equation systems, Gauss method, Gauss-Jor-
Materials Physics 3
dan method and Gauss Seidel method. Ordinary differential
ENMT604013
equations, Euler Methods, Eigen systems, Runge Kutta
3 credits
method. Numerical integration methods, Trapezoid meth-
Syllabus:
ods, Simpson 1/3, Simpson 3/8. Advanced computational
Phase rules, binary phase diagram, free energy diagram,
methods, Stochastic methods, Dynamic Particle Methods.
introduction to ternary phase diagram, introduction to phase
Nano Scale Computations. Application of numerical methods
transformation and interface, solidification process, homogen
in metallurgical and materials engineering problems: Fluid
and heterogen nucleation, nucleation rate, alloy solidification
motions, Heat Transfers, Grain Boundaries, Solidification,
process, diffusional transformation, age hardening, eutectic
Band Gap Calculation, Strenght of materials, Partcile
transformation, non-diffusional transformation, martensitic
Dynamics.
transformation.
Prerequisite: -
Prerequisite: Termodynamics of Materials, Introduction to
References: Fluid Mechanics
1. Applied Numerical Methods with Matlab for Engineers
References:
and Scientists, Steven C. Chapra, Third Edition, McGraw-
1. Porter, D. A and Easterling, K.E, Phase Transformation in
Hill, 2012.
Metals and Alloys, 3rd. ed., CRC Press, 2009.
2. Numerical and Analytical Methods with MATLAB®
2. ASM, ASM Handbook Vol. 3, Alloy Phase Diagram,
for Engineers and Scientists, William Bober, CRC Press,
Ohio, 2010
2014.
3. R.W. Cahn and P. Haasen (eds), Physical Metallurgy,
3. Numerical Methods in Engineering with MATLAB, Jaan
North-Holland, 1996
Kiusalaas, Cambrideg University Press, 2005.
4. M. Flemings, Solidification Processing, McGraw Hill,
Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer New York, 1974
ENMT603012
Corrosion & Protection of Metals
2 credits
ENMT604015
Syllabus:
3 credits
Fluid flow concept, laminar flow, momentum conservation,
Syllabus:
turbulent flow, energy balance, fluid flow application,
Principles of corrosion, kinetics of corrosion, polarization,
transient heat flow & heat transfer: conduction, convection,
passivation, measurement of corrosion rate, metallurgical
and radiation heat transfer.
aspects, corrosion tests, forms of corrosion, high temperature
Prerequisite: - corrosion, cathodic protection, anodic protection, coating,
inhibition, materials selection and design, monitoring and
References:
inspection, analysis of corrosion driven-damage, standards
1. Porer D.R. and Geiger G.H.; Transport Phenomena in
related to corrosion
Material Processing; Addison Wesley; 1998
2. Sindo Kou; transport Phenomena and Material Process- Prerequisite: Electrochemistry
ing; John Wiley; 1996
References:
Data Analysis and Scientific Writing 1. Jones DA; Principles & Prevention of Corrosion; Mc
ENMT604013 /ENMT614013 Milan Pubs; 1992
2 credits 2. Fontana; Corrosion Engineerng 3rd Ed; 1992
Syllabus: 3. Roberge Pierre R; Handbook of Corrosion Engineerin;
Scientific understanding, research methodology, problem Mc Graw-Hill; 1999
formulation, hypothesis, literature review, data collection
Polymer Materials
and processing, preparation of research proposals and
ENMT604016
presentation of scientific papers. Descriptive statistics, prob-
3 credits
ability, probability distribution, random variable, descrete
Syllabus:
probability distribution, continuous probability distribution,
Chemical bonding, reactive species in organic chemistry.
sampling distribution, estimation, one and two sample test
The classification of organic compounds. Organic compunds
of hypothesis, simple linear regression, applied statistics in
nomeclature. Isomer and assymmetric configuration
engineering.
in organic chemistry, conjugation in organic chemistry.
Prerequisite: - Nucleophilic SN1 and SN2 substitution reaction. Electro-
pile and Nucleophile addition reaction. Other reactions
References:
in organic chemistry. Introductory of polymer materials.
1. Devore, J.L., Probability and Statistics for Engineering
Polymer chain configuration and type of polymers. Relation
and The Sciences (5th Ed.), Duxbury, 2000
between polymer chain structure and its properties. Reactiv-
2. Barnes J.W, Statistical Analysis for Engineers and Scien-
ity of polymer chains. Polymerization reaction of substitution
tists, a Computer- Based Approach, McGraw-Hill, 1994
and condensation.
3. Donald H.S, Statistics, A First Course (6thEd), McGraw-
Hill, 2001 Prerequisite: -
4. Walpole, Ronald E, Probability & Statistics for Engineers
References:
& Scientist, 8th Ed, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2007.
1. G. Challa, Polymer Chemistry – An Introduction, 1993,
5. Kothari, C.R., Research Methodology, Methods and
Ellis Horwood Limited series in Polymer Science, UK
Techniques, New Age International (P) Ltd., Publishers,
2. Young R.J. and Lovell P.A., Introduction to Polymers, 2nd
New Delhi, 2004
edition, 1997, Chapman & Hall, Cambridge, UK
6. Cargill, M. and O’Connor, P., Writing Scientific Research
3. Cheremisinoff N.P., Polymer Characterization – Labora- 295
tory Techniques and Analysis, 1996, Noyes Publication, Materials Characterization Laboratory Module
New Jersey, USA
Extractive Metallurgy
4. Morton-Jones D.H., Polymer Processing, 1994, Chapman
ENMT605020
& Hall, UK
4 credits
Mineral Processing Syllabus:
ENMT604017 Basic principles of extractive metallurgy (pyrometallurgy,
3 credits hydrometallurgy and electrometallurgy). Process/treatment
Syllabus: process of ore to be extracted. Leaching method of oxide and
Understanding mineralogy, classifcation of minerals, sulfide ores, Bayer process, Al, Au leaching by cyanidation
mineral properties, mineral that has economic value. (Leaching; precipitation techniques; ion exchange; solvent
Terminology and basic concepts of processing mineral / ore, extraction; reverse osmosis). Electrometallurgy (Electro
potential sources of mineral / ore that can be processed in winning and electro refining). Molten salt electro winning.
a technically and economically, the processes of size reduc- Hall process. Electro winning of Mg, Ti. Secondary metals.
tion (comminution): The process of crushing, screening, Obtaining metals from scrap and secondary sources by
grinding, the classifcation process, process of separation / using pyro-, hydro-, and electrometallurgy. Pyrometallurgy,
concentration: Gravity concentration: Concentration Heavy mineral separation, slag, blast furnace, raw materials, reac-
Jigging Flowing Film, Media Separation, Flotation process, tions, material balance, iron ore, roasting, smelting, refining
Magnetic Separation, High Tension Separation, Dewatering of Sn, Ni, Cu, Zn, Pb.
and Thickening process
Prerequisite: Mineral Processing
Prerequisite: Materials Physics 1
References:
References: 1. Pehlke, Robert D., Unit Processes in Extractive Metal-
1. Sorell. The Rocks and Minerals of the World, Collins, lurgy, Elsevier Pub., New York, 1973
1982 2. J. J. Moore., Chemical Metallurgy, Butterworth- Heine-
2. Hulburt, Jr. Manual of Mineralogy, John Willey and Sons, mann, London, 1981
1979 3. J. D. Gilchrist., Extractive Metallurgy, Pergamon., 2nd ed.,
3. B.A. Wills, Mineral Processing Technology, 4th ed., Oxford, Pergamon Press, 1980
Pergamon Press, 1988
Iron & Steel Making
4. Gilchrist J.D., Extraction Metallurgy, Pergamon Press,
ENMT605021
London, 1980
2 credits
5. Gill C.B., Non Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy, John Wiley
Syllabus:
and Sons Inc., 1980
Kinetics and thermodynamics, blast furnace, direct reduc-
Heat Treatment & Surface Engineering tion, desulphurization and dephosporization process,
deoxidation, degassig, BOF steel making, EAF steel making,
ENMT605022
secondary metallurgy, continuous casting
3 credits
Syllabus: Prerequisite: Mineral Processing
Definition of heat treatment, phase transformation and
References:
microstructure, TTT and CCT diagram, the influence of heat-
1. John Peacey and Bill Davenport, The Iron Blast Furnace,
ing and cooling rate, stable and metastable microstructure,
Pergamon, 1979
hardenability, the influence of alloying element, hardening,
2. Geerdes et al, Modern Blast furnace Ironmaking, an
softening, temper brittleness, distortion and its prevention,
Introduction, 2009
carburization, nitro-carburizing, nitriding, boronizing,
3. A.Biswas, Principles of Blast Furnace Ironmaking,
non-ferrous heat treatment, surface hardening, surface
Theory and Practice, 1981
deposition, various heat-treating furnace and its atmosphere,
4. Babich et al, iron Making, RWTH Aachen, 2008
deviation in heat treatment process, special heat treatment,
5. W.R. Irving: Continous Casting of Steels, Institute of
case study of heat treatment and surface engineering
Metals, 1993
Prerequisite: Materials Physic 3
Materials Selection
References: ENMT605022/ENMT605122
1. Bill Bryson; Heat Treatment Selection and Application of 2 credits
Tool Steel; Hanser Gardner Publication; 1997 Syllabus:
2. ASM Practical Heat treatting; ASM International; 2006 Classification of technical materials, factors and systematics
3. ASM Handbook Vol. 4; ASM International; 1991 of design and material selection, material selection criteria,
material property chart and performance index, design for
Materials Characterization Laboratory
corrosion resistance, design for the use of high temperature
ENMT604018
materials and design for wear and fatigue resistant materials,
1 credits
design for plastics and composites as well as the selection of
Syllabus:
various types of carbon steel, cast iron and alloy steels (tool
Tensile, hardness, wear and impact testing for some technical
steels, stainless steels, heat resistant steels, wear-resistant
materials, non-destructive testing (penetrant and magnetic
steels, selection of super alloys (super alloys), and case
particles), metallographic sample preparation (cutting,
studies on material selection.
sanding, polishing and etching techniques), microstructure
analysis of metal structures (ferrous and non-ferrous) with Prerequisite: Materials Characterization, Materials Physic
optical microscope 2, Materials Physic 3
Prerequisite: Characterization of Materials References:
1. Ashby, M. F, Materials Selection in Mechanical Design,
References:
296 2nd ed., Cambridge Uni. Press., Oxford, 1999
Materials Joining 1985

ENMT606028 3. John Campbell, Castings, Second Edition, Elsevier
3 credits Butterworth-Heinemann, 2004
Syllabus:
Polymer Manufacturing Process
Arc welding methods: SMAW, FCAW, SAW, ESW, GMAW,
ENMT605024
PAW. Electric resistance methods: spot welding, Seam
3 credits
welding, Projection welding, Flash welding. Pressure
Syllabus:
welding methods: Cold butt welding, Explosive welding,
Basic principle and characteristics of polymer materials, as
Diffusion welding, Forge welding, Ultrasonic welding,
well as the fabrication methods of polymer raw materials
Friction welding. Other welding methods: Oxy-Acetylene
into ready-to-use products, relationship between structure
welding, Thermite welding, Electron Beam welding, Laser
and behavior of polymer molecules; thermal, chemical, opti-
Beam welding, Underwater welding, Soldering, Brazing.
cal, and electrical properties of polymer materials; polymer
Welding design, standard and calculation (WPS) AWS,
rheology; fabrication process (formulation, continuous and
ASME, EN. Welding metallurgy for carbon steel, alloy steel,
discontinuous formation, and product finalization) of ther-
cast iron, non ferrous materials. Welding defects. Polymer
moplastic, thermoset, and rubber; and study case of polymer
joining: thermal bonding, cementing, adhesive bonding and
product technology on packaging (rigid and flexible),
mechanical fastening.
automotive, electronics, and construction applications.
Prerequisite: Characterization of Materials, Materials
Prerequisite: Polymer Materials
Physics 3
References:
References:
1. Larry F. Jeffus; Welding Principles and Applications
2. Kou; Welding Metallurgy 2nd Edition; John Wiley and
Sons; 2005
3. Easterling; Introduction to Physical Metallurgy of
3. Cheremisinoff N.P., Polymer Characterization – Labora-
Welding; Butterworth and Co; 1992
tory Techniques and Analysis, 1996, Noyes Publication,
4. David A. Grewell; Plastics and Composites Welding
New Jersey, USA
Handbook
5. Alphonsus V.V. pocius; Adhesion and Adhesive Technol-
& Hall, UK
ogy
6. Winarto & Anis; Lecture notes; 2007 Corrosion Laboratory
ENMT605025
Metal Manufacturing Process 1 credits
ENMT605023
Syllabus:
4 credits
Corrosion cells, Measurement of the Corrosion Potential
Syllabus:
of Several Metals, Stainless steel Polarization, Cathodic
The forming of metals as a part of design process and
Protection, Surface Engineering.
manufacture; fundamentals of metal casting (mould, molten
metal, solidification), mould (sand, ceramic, metal), pouring Prerequisite: Corrosion & Protection of Metals
system (pattern, riser, pressure and unpressure, chill) and its
References:
simulation, solidification of cast iron and aluminum, liquid
treatment for ferrous metals (inoculation, Mg treatment) Corrosion Laboratory Module
and nonferrous (modifier, grain refiner), various methods of
Failure Analysis
casting, casting defect; common principle of solid forming
ENMT606027 /ENMT616027
of a metal, techniques of metal forming through: pressing,
1 credits
forging, rolling, extrusion, wire drawing, sheet metal form-
Syllabus:
ing; thermo-mechanical processing (TMP). General principle
Aspects of failure engineering and its analysis, sources/
of powder metallurgy, powder fabrication and mechanism
factors contributing the material’s failure, explanation of
of powder forming, powder characteristics and characteriza-
failure factors, types of fractures, stress system and residual
tion, mechanical alloying, pre-compaction process, compac-
stress, theories of fracture mechanics and introduction to
tion, precursor characteristic, sintering and powder consol-
the risk-based inspection, failure due to: fatigue, creep, wear,
idation, full density processing, sintering equipment and
brittleness, heat treatment, residual stress, corrosion and
related aspects, application of powder metallurgy products.
environment, case study.
Laboratory: (1) Sand particle size distribution, water content
calculation, additive substance (bentonite) content in mould, Prerequisite: Materials Selection
sand flowablity, relation of water and additive content in
References:
sand with permeability, shear and compressive strength of
1. Wulpi, D. J., Understanding How Components Fail, ASM,
sand, (2) utilization of simulation software in calculation and
1998
design of casting, (3) Design of inlet and riser, mould making
2. Charlie, R. B and Ashok, C., Metallurgical Failure Analy-
from patterns, making of the core of the mould, melting and
sis, McGraw-Hill Inc., 1993
pouring of molten metal to the mould, analysis of casting
3. French, D. N., Metallurgical Failure in Fossil Fired
defect, analysis of casting product related to the alloying
Boilers, John Wiley & Sons, 1983
element and casting process.
Engineering Design of Products
ENMT607034
References: 4 credits
1. Heine, R. W. et.al., Principles of Metal Casting, McGraw- Syllabus:
Hill Pub., New Delhi, 1986 Introduction to Engineering Design, total design activity,
2. Surdia, T. Teknologi Pengecoran Logam, P. Paramita, group dynamics and design management, problem identif- 297
cation and design specifcation, creativity and the conception Engineering and Science, Chapman Hall, 1993
of design, modeling, optimallisation, materials and process 3. Bryan Harris, Engineering Composites Materials, 2nd
selection, design communication and presentation. Eddtion, Institute of Materials Communication Ltd, 1999
Prerequisite: Metals Manufacturing Laboratory
Metal Manufacturing Process, Polymer Manufacturing ENMT606031
Process, Ceramics Technology, Composite Technology, 1 credits
Materials Selection Syllabus:
Sand size distribution, calculation of water content, content
References:
of additives (bentonite) in molds, sand flowability, rela-
1. Saptono, Rahmat. First Lecture on Engineering Design.
tionship between water content and additives in sand with
Universitas Indonesia, 2006
permaebility, shear strength and strength of sand pressure,
2. Hurst, Kenneth S., Engineering Design Principles, 1st
use of simulation software for calculation and casting design,
Ed., Arnold, New York, 1999
design making inlet systems and enhancers, making sand
3. Pugh, Stuart, Total Design, Integrated Methods for
molds from patterns, making core molds, the process of
Successful Product Engineering., Addison-Wesley
melting and pouring molten metal into molds, analysis
Publisher Ltd., Edinburgh 1991
of casting defects, analysis of casting products related to
4. Dym, Clive L and Patrick Little, Engineering Design,
alloying elements and casting processes. Metal Transforma-
A-Project-Based Introduction, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.,
tion Module: Solid cylindrical metal stressing, Sheet metal
2000
rolling, Sheet metal formation includes non-simulative sheet
5. Dieter, G. E., Engineering Design, A Material and
testing (tensile testing for n and r values) and sheet simula-
Processing Approach, 2nd ed., McGraw Hill., 1991
tive testing (sheet stretching and pulling, dome height limit
6. Ashby, M. F, Materials Selection in Mechanical Design,
(LDH) and ratio limits withdrawal (LDR).
2nd ed., Cambridge Uni. Press., Oxford, 1999
Prerequisite: Metal Manufacturing Process
Ceramics Technology
ENMT606029 References:
3 credits Metals Manufacturing Laboratory Module
Syllabus:
Extractive Metallurgy Laboratory
Introduction to ceramics (general), crystal structure, glass
ENMT606032
structure, phase diagrams, phase transformations. Properties
1 credits
of ceramics: thermal, optical, mechanical, electrical and
Syllabus:
magnetic fields, as well as the dielectric nature. Manufac-
Metal extraction testing and electrometallurgical (e.g.
ture of ceramic technology and applications: conventional
Electroplating, froth flotation)
ceramic (aluminum-silicate; clay, glaze); cement and concrete;
glass and advanced ceramics (advanced ceramics). The Prerequisite: Extractive Metallurgy
processes for modern ceramics, ceramic thin film, ceramic
References:
for field application of mechanical, electronic, optical and
Extractive Metallurgy Laboratory Module
magnetic. -Based ceramic matrix composites. Refractory
ceramics. Refractory raw materials, types of refractories: Technopreneurship
refractory system Alumininum - silica, silica refractories, ENMT607035
refractory magnesite, chromite refractories, refractory 2 credits
carbon, special refractories. Manufacture of refractories, the Syllabus:
use of refractory metals in the industry and others, as well as Introduction to technopreneurship and business, business
the failure mechanism of refractory. idea and opportunity identification, business idea feasibility,
development of effective business model, writing of busi-
Prerequisite: Materials Physics 3
ness plan, management of marketing, operational, human
References: resources and finance.
1. Kingery et al, Introduction to Ceramics, 2nd ed., John
Prerequisite: Minimum of 100 credits obtained
Wiley & Sons., 1976
2. Hummel AF, Phase Equilibria in Ceramic Systems, References:
Marcel Dekker Inc, 1984 1. Simmons, J. & Spinelli, S. (2012). “New Venture Creation:
Entrepreneurship for the 21st Century”, (9th ed.). New
Composite Technology
York: McGraw-Hill Irwin
ENMT606030
2. Barringer, B. R., & Ireland, R. D. (2010). Entrepreneurship:
3 credits
Successfully launching new ventures. Upper Saddle
Syllabus:
River, N.J: Prentice Hall.
The concept, definition and clarification of the composite,
3. Osterwalder, A., Pigneur, Y., & Clark, T. (2010). Business
matrix and reinforcement type for composites, metal matrix
model generation: A handbook for visionaries, game
composite, polymer matrix composite, ceramic matrix
changers, and challengers. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
composite, fiber composite nature. Reinforced fibers and
4. William, B. K., Sawyer, S. C., Berston, S., (2013). Business:
Whiskers, the rule of mixtures, the interface in composite
A Practical Introduction. Upper Saddle River, N.J:
materials, interfacial area, interfacial wettability, interfacial
Prentice Hall
bonding.
Prerequisite: Polymer Materials
Internship
ENMT607036
References: 2 credits
1. Hull, D., An Introdution to composite Materials, Syllabus:
Cambridge Uni. Press, 1981 A minimum of one month of in the job training. The result
2. Mattew, F.L. and R.D. Rawlings, Composite Materials: of internship is submitted as written report and presented
298
before the job training assembly References:

1. J. Park R.S. Lakes, Biomaterials: An Introduction 3rd
Edition, Springer, NY, 2007
References: 2. J.R. Davis, Handbook of Materials for Medical Devices,
ASM International , Metal Park OH, 2003
Seminar 3. S. Shang, L. Woo, Selecting Materials for Medical Prod-
ENMT607037
uct in Handbook of Materials Selection Edited by Myer
1 credits
Kutz, John Wiley and Sons, NY, 2002.
Syllabus:
Final assignment writing guide including initial research, Engineering Ethics
abstract writing guide, research methodology, type of refer- ENMT607941
ences, discussion, also conclusion. To make scientifc paper 2 credits
from existing fnal report which then be presented according Syllabus:
to certain journal term or final assignment proposal pres- Ethical theories and tools: basic ethical theories such as
entation. consequentialism, deontology, and virtue ethics, but also
more modern theories such as discourse ethics, feminist
ethics as well as theories about justice and equal opportu-
References: - nities. Decision-making models and frameworks within
engineering ethics.
Final Project
ENMT607038 Case Study: Analysis of examples of situations which engi-
4 credits neers may encounter in their professional life with the help
Syllabus: of the studied ethical theory. Interview with professionally
Implementation/application of various lectures taken by active engineers on ethical issues they have encountered
students on integration in a research to solve a problem in during their career
metallurgy and material engineering feld. The research
Prerequisite: -
result is presented in a form of scientifc report and presented
in front of the judging lecturers. References:
1. Seebauer, E.G. and Barry, R.L. Fundamental of Ethics for
Scientists and Engineers (New York: Oxford University
References: - Press, 2001).
2. Martin, M.W. and R. Schinzinger. Ethics in Engineering.
Elective Courses 4 th Edition. (McGrawHill, Inc., 2005).
3. Harris Jr., C.E., Pritchard, M.S., Rabins, M.J., Engineering
Special Alloyed Steels Ethics, Concepts, and Cases: 4th edition (California:
ENMT607939 Wadsworth Learning, 2009).
2 credits 4. Whitbeck, Caroline. Ethics in Engineering – Practice and
Syllabus: Research: 2nd edition (Cambridge: Cambridge Univer-
Classifcation and utilisation of special steels and super sity Press, 2011).
alloys, alloying element and microstructure of alloy steels
and super alloys, stainless steels (ferritic, austenitic, duplex, High Temperature Corrosion
martensitic, precipitation-hardening stainelss steels), heat ENMT607943
resistant steels, wear resistant steels, tool steels, other alloy 2 credits
steels, super alloys (Co- and Ni- based alloys) Syllabus:
Thermodynamics of metal oxidation reactions, Ellingham
Prerequisite: Iron & Steel Making Diagram, Structure oxide (corrosion products) and non-sto-
References: ichiometri stoichiometri, oxide-type and n-type p, Pill-
1. J.R. Davis, Stainless Steel, ASM Specialty Hand Book, ingBedworth ratio, oxide growth mechanisms: diffusion and
1994 migration, the kinetics of oxide growth rate: Wagner-para-
2. J.R. Davis, Heat Resistant Materials, ASM Specialty bolic, logarithmic, linear, aspects of the morphology of the
HandBook, 1997 oxide layer (corrosion products), high temperature corrosion
3. Tool Steel Handbook, Fifth Edition, Geoge Roberts, ASM, in specifc environments: salt melt (hot corrosion), boiler,
1998 carburizing / metal dusting, sulfdisasi and thermal cycling,
4. E.F. Bradley, Super Alloy A Technical Guide, ASM high temperature corrosion protection method: material
International, 1998 selection, high temperature resistant alloys, coating / surface
treatment
Biomaterial
ENMT607940 Prerequisite: Corrosion & Protection of Metals
Syllabus: 1. N. Birks and G.H. Meier, “Introduction to High Tempera-
Overview of Biomaterials and Their Use in Medical Devices, ture Oxidation of Metals”, Cambridge University Press,
Physical and Mechanical Requirements for Medical Device 2006
Materials, Metallic Materials, Corrosion of Metallic Implants 2. D.John Young, “High Temperature Oxidation and Corro-
and Prosthetic Devices, Failure Analysis of Metallic Ortho- sion of Metals”, Publisher: Elsevier Science, 2008.
pedic Implants, Ceramic Materials, Polymeric Materials, 3. Per Kofstad, “High Temperature Corrosion”, Elsevier
Adhesives, Coatings, Biomaterials for Dental Applications, Applied Science, 1988
Tarnish and Corrosion of Dental Alloys, Friction and Wear of
Dental Materials Polimer Compounding
ENMT607945
Prerequisite: Corrosion & Protection of Metals 2 credits
299
Syllabus: results of the internship are presented in the form of a report

Introduction to polymers and their products. Process- and presented before the internship examination
ing-related polymer properties. Polymer rheological theory.
Prerequisite: Minimum of 110 credits hours during the
Stages and types of machine processes of polymer products.
break
Injection molding. Extrusion (blown film, callendering,
blow molding and thermoforming). Composite (Reinforcing References: -
process. Laminating process)
Risk Based-Inspection and Integritiy
Prerequisite: Polymer Materials ENMT807946/ENMT817946
3 credits
References:
Syllabus:
1. Edward.A.Muccio, Plastic Processing Technology, ASM
Definition & Definition: Asset Integrity & Risk Based Inspec-
International, ISBN:9780871704948
tion. Policy: Production Level Policy and Health, Safety &
Quality Management System Environment (HSE) Considerations. Strategy / Prioritiza-
ENMT607946 tion: Based on Priority Scale. Program Planning: Program
2 credits Planning. Hazard / Threat Identification: Identification of
Syllabus: Potential Threats. Damage Mechanism: Damage Mechanism.
General, process approach, relation to ISO 9004, adaptation Probability of Failure: Failure Opportunity. Consequence of
with other system such health safety and environment Failure: Consequences of Failure. Asset Register: Naming
management. The terms on quality management system Facilities / Equipment. Risk Assessment: Risk Assessment.
are including; scope of implementation, regulating model, Program Implementation: Program Implementation. Data
term and defnition, terms of documentation, management Compilation-Evaluation-Interpretation: Compilation,
responsibility, resources management, product realization, Evaluation & Interpretation of Data. Corrective Actions &
performance measurement, analysis and monitoring and Recommendations: Corrective actions & Recommendations.
also enhancement of sustainable system including internal Inspection Interval: Inspection time period. Inspection
audit, prevention and correction action. Methods: Inspection Methods. Inspection Scope: Inspection
Scope. Inspection Work package: Inspection Work Details.
Prerequisite: Data Analysis and Scientific Writing
Prerequisite: -
References:
1. ISO Standard 9000:2000 series including ISO 9000, 9001 References:
and ISO 9004, ISO 19011 1. Chapter 008, Risk-Based Inspection Technique by
Mohamed El-Reedy (Author) Publisher: Gulf Professional
Rubber Technology
Publishing (17 July 2012) ASIN: B00DGSWO4S
ENMT608958
2 credits Computational Materials
Syllabus: ENMT607942
Introduction to rubber, type and characteristics on raw 2 credits
materials and rubber prodcut, additives in rubber product, Syllabus:
equipment and manufacturing process for rubber product, Basic computational techniques: methods of solving linear
testing method for raw materials and rubber product, equations, methods of solving differential equations and
application and development of rubber product other methods, Other advanced computational methods:
Monte carlo method, stochastic, metropolis. Computational
Prerequisite: Polymer Manufacturing Process
domains in material engineering: the macro domain (FEM),
References: the meso domain (coarse graining), molecular dynamics,
M.Morton, Rubber Technology, Springer, 1999 the nanoscale domain (quantum mechanics approximation),
the macro domain, finite element computing (FEM). Weak
Special Processing and Assembly Technologies formulation: finite element node, mesh element, procedure.
ENMT607948
Linear interpolation function: parameter function and
2 credits
interpolation function. One-dimensional analysis. FEM
Syllabus: Materials Selection
continued. Two-dimensional analysis Three-dimensional
The importance of economy and technology in assembly
problem Isoparametric element Solution and finite element
manufacturing. Production technology and economic
equation, Galerkin Method. FEM examples on ABAQUS.
prerequisites for automatic as wellas manualassembly.
Meso computation (phase field method). Phase field method,
Design technical issues related to assembly. Equipment and
spinodal decomposition using the Cahn Hillard method.
techniques used for different part operations in assembly.
Thermodynamics and Thermodynamics are irreversible
Production philosophy and assembly systems. Industrial
processes. Meso computation uses molecular dynamics.
robot technology related to flexible automatic assembly.
Nano Computing (Density Functional Theory) I & II
Dissassembly.Prerequisite:
References:
Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing: Materials, References:
Processes, and Systems By Mikell P. Groove 1. Olukeke Oluwole, Finite Element Modelling for Materials
Engineers Using MATLAB, Springer, London 2011 .
General Apprenticeship 2. LAMMPS Tutorials, https://icme.hpc.msstate.edu
ENMT607949
3. Toulouse, Julien, Introduction to density-functional
2 credits
theory. “ (2015)
Syllabus:
Apprenticeship at an institution for at least 3 months. The
300
Electronic Materials 2. Metals Handbook, 9th Edition, Vol. 15, Casting, ASM
ENMT807948/ENMT817948 International, Materials Park, Ohio, 1988.
3 credits 3. W. Kurz & D. J. Fisher, Fundamentals of Solidification,
Syllabus: Trans Tech Publications, Aedermannsdorf, Switzerland,
The basic principles of semiconductor devices such as ther- 1992.
moelectric, piezoelectric, LED, solar cells. Basic integrated 4. J.A. Dantzig and M. Rappaz, Solidification, CRC Press,
circuit process. 2017
5. D.M. Stefanescu, Science and Engineering of Casting
Prerequisite: -
Solidification, Springer US, 2015
References:
Nanotechnology
1. Gordon McComb, Electronics for Dummies
ENMT607947
2. C. Hamaguchi, Basic Semiconductor Physics
3 credits
3. B.G. Yacobi, Semiconductor Materials – An Introduction
Syllabus:
to Basic Principles
Definition and scope, solid surface physical chemistry,
4. Stephen W. Fardo & Dale R. Patrick, Electricity and
nanostructures (zero, one and two-dimensional: 0D, 1D, 2D),
Electronic Fundamentals
special nano materials, fabrication processes (lithography,
5. William J. Greig, Integrated Circuit Packaging, Assembly
nanolithography, soft-lithography, assembly ), characteri-
and Interconnections
zation (structural, physical and chemical) and applications
6. Vasilis F. Pavlidis and Eby G. Friedman, Three-Dimen-
(chemical sensors, biosensors, MEMS / Microelectromechan-
sional integrated Circuit Design
ical systems, DNA chips, photonic crystals).
Electron Microscopy Prerequisite: -
ENMT607944
Syllabus: 1. Drexler, K. Eric (1986). Engines of Creation: The
Introduction to optics, principles of image formation, light Coming Era of Nanotechnology. Doubleday. ISBN
microscopy techniques, principles of fluorescence, digital 978-0-385-19973-5.
imaging, confocal microscopy, TIRF, STORM/PALM, STED, 2. Drexler, K. Eric (1992). Nanosystems: Molecular
FRET-FLIM, and FRAP techniques, structured illumination, Machinery, Manufacturing, and Computation. New
two-photon fluorescence, second harmonic generation, York: John Wiley & Sons. ISBN 978-0-471-57547-4.
vibrational imaging, scanning probe microscopy (SPM) tech- 3. Prasad, S. K. (2008). Modern Concepts in Nanotech-
niques, atomic force microscopy (AFM), electron microscopy nology. Discovery Publishing House. pp. 31–32. ISBN
(SEM, TEM and STEM), and X-ray microscopy/microCT. 978-81-8356-296-6.
Prerequisite: Characterization of Materials Industrial Ecology
ENMT608950
References:
2 credits
1. “Fundamentals of Light Microscopy and Electronic
Syllabus:
Imaging” by Douglas B. Murphy and Michael W. David-
Views on Industrial Ecology, Life-Cycle Assessment: Method
son (ISBN: 047169214X)
Basics, Environmental Evaluation and Advanced Methods,
2. “Transmission Electron Microscopy: A Textbook for
Aggregate Materials Flows, Environmental Policy Strategies
Materials Science (4 Vol. set)” by David B. Williams and
C. Barry Carter (ISBN: 0387765026) Prerequisite: Mineral Processing
3. “Atomic Force Microscopy” by Peter Eaton and Paul West
References:
(ISBN: 0199570450)
1. T.E. Graedel and B.R. Allenby, “Industrial Ecology”,
4. “Physical Principles of Electron Microscopy: An Intro-
AT&T, Prentice Hall, New Jersey 1995.
duction to TEM, SEM, and AEM” by Ray F. Egerton
2. T.E. Graedel and B.R. Allenby, “Design for Environ-
(ISBN: 1441938370)
ment”, AT&T, Prentice Hall, New Jersey 1996.
5. “Low Voltage Electron Microscopy: Principles and
3. UNEP, Life Cycle Assessment: What it is and how to do
Applications” by David C. Bell and Natasha Erdman
it, UN Publication, Paris 1996.
(ISBN: 111997111X)
4. MIT Open course
6. “MicroComputed Tomography: Methodology and
5. Yale University https://environment.yale.edu/
Applications” by Stuart R. Stock (ISBN: 1420058762)
courses/2015-2016/detail/884/
Advanced Solidification Concrete Corrosion
ENMT607947
ENMT608951
2 credits
2 credits
Syllabus:
Solidification processes thermodynamics, kinetics and Syllabus:
morphology of alloy solidification, Redistribution of the Cement characteristics: type of cement, water/cement ratio,
Solute and Scheil equation, solidification path, cooling porosity, permeability; transfer process on cement: porosity
curve analysis, competitive growth, columnar and equiaxed and water composition; transfer mechanism, water diffusion
transition, eutectic growth, coupled zone and eutectic struc- and migration; cement degradation: acid attack, sea water
ture modification, Micro-macro segregation, Solidification attack; corrosion mechanism inside cement: electrochemis-
simulation. try aspect, carbonate induced corrosion, chloride induced
corrosion, stray-current induced corrosion, stress corrosion
cracking, hydrogen induced cracking; corrosion prevention:
References: inhibitor, surface engineering, material selection, cathodic
1. M. Flemings, Solidification Processing, McGraw Hill, protection, inspection and monitoring, repair.
New York, 1974
Prerequisite: Corrosion & Protection of Metals 301
References: Prentice Hall, 2001

1. Luca Bertolini, Bernhard Elsener Pietro Pedeferri, Rob 5. Smith Eric, Thermal Design of Heat Exchanger, Jon
Polder. Corrosion of Steel in Concrete, Prevention,Diag- Willey & Son, 1996, New York.
nosis, Repair, Willey-VCH, 2004
Materials Standardization
2. P.M. Chess, Cathodic Protection of teel in Concrete,
ENMT608956
E&FN spon, Great Britain, 1998
2 credits
Refractory Materials Syllabus:
ENMT608953 Introduction, characteristics of standards, organization for
2 credits standards, ISO structure and development, metal classifica-
Syllabus: tion, ASTM, JIS, BS, DIN, NACE, AWS, and API standards
Introduction, acid refractory, basic refractory, neutral refrac-
Prerequisite: Characterization of Materials
tory, bricks refractory, monolithic refractories, fused cast
refractories, insulating refractories, refractory application References:
in ferrous, non-ferrous, heat treatment, ceramics, glass, and 1. Peter Smith, Piping Materials Selection & Applications,
other industries Gulf Professional Publishing, Elsevier, 2005
2. Mohinder Nayyar, “Piping Handbook”, 7th Ed., McGraw-
Prerequisite: Ceramics Technology
Hill Professional; 1999, ISBN: 0070471061
References:
Polymer Recycling Technology
1. Kingery et al, Introduction to Ceramics, 2nd ed., John
ENMT608957
Wiley & Sons., 1976
2 credits
2. Hummel AF, Phase Equilibria in Ceramic Systems,
Syllabus:
Marcel Dekker Inc, 1984
National and international regulations on polymer recycling.
Mechanics of Material Forming Polymer material cycle. The polymer industry classification
ENMT608954 in Indonesia. Polymeric and ecological products. The basic
Syllabus: principle of recycling. Stages and types of processes /
Review of Stress and Strain, Energy-Balance Analysis, machinery for recycling polymer products. The choice of the
Force-Balance Analysis, Upper Bound Analysis, Slip Line method for recycling the polymer product. Chemical and
Field Analysis, Finite Element Analysis, Circle Grid Analysis, physical engineering of polymer recycled products. Case
Distortion and Deformations Analysis. study of recycling of polymer products (polyethylenterep-
tate-PET, PE & PP, polystyrene-styrofoam, PVC, polyacrylate,
Prerequisite: Metal Manufacturing Process
thermoplastic enjineering-ABS, rubber and thermoset)
References:
Prerequisite: Polymer Manufacturing Process
1. W. Hosford and R.M. Caddel, Metal Forming: Mechanics
and Metallurgy 4th Edition, Cambridge University Press, References:
Cambridge, 2011. Edward.A.Muccio, Plastic Processing Technology, ASM
2. Z. Marciniak, J.L. Duncan, S.J. Hu, Mechanics of Sheet International, ISBN:9780871704948
Metal Forming 2nd Edition, Butterworth-Heinemann,
Polymer Recycling Technology
Oxford, 2002.
ENMT608958/ENMT618958
3. S. Kobayashi, S. Oh, T. Altan, Metal Forming and the
2 credits
Finite Element Method, Oxford University Press, Oxford,
Syllabus:
1989.
National and international regulations on polymer recycling.
4. R.J. Shipley and D.A. Moore, “Analysis of Distortion and
Polymer material cycle. The polymer industry classification
Deformation” in ASM Metals Handbook Volume 11:
in Indonesia. Polymeric and ecological products. The basic
Failure Analysis and Prevention, ASM Internationals,
principle of recycling. Stages and types of processes /
Metal Parks OH, 2002.
machinery for recycling polymer products. The choice of the
Industrial Mechanic Equipment method for recycling the polymer product. Chemical and
ENMT608955 physical engineering of polymer recycled products. Case
2 credits study of recycling of polymer products (polyethylenterep-
Syllabus: tate-PET, PE & PP, polystyrene-styrofoam, PVC, polyacrylate,
Code and Standard, Pipes and Pipe Fittings, Special Items, thermoplastic enjineering-ABS, rubber and thermoset)
Valves, Pipe Connection to Process Equipments (Tanks,
Prerequisite: -
Pressure Vessels, Heat Exchangers, Columns, Pumps,
Compressors), Piping System for Oil, Gas, LNG, Geothermal, References:
Water, Chemical, Piping System for Instrumentation, Piping 1. Edward.A.Muccio, Plastic Processing Technology, ASM
and Instrument Diagram (P & ID), Plot Plan, Isometric, Cross International, ISBN:9780871704948
Section, Pipe Fabrication Drawings, Process Pipes, Utility
Pipes, Onshore and Offshore
Quenching Technology
ENMT608959
Prerequisite: Metal Manufacturing Process 2 credits
Syllabus:
References:
Introduction, comparison of conventional and advanced
1. Peter Smith, Piping Materials Selection & Applications,
cooling processes, types of advanced cooling media
Gulf Professional Publishing, Elsevier, 2005
2. Mohinder Nayyar, “Piping Handbook”, 7th Ed., McGraw- Prerequisite: Heat Treatment and Surface Engineering
Hill Professional; 1999, ISBN: 0070471061
References:
3. Tyler G. Hicks, Power Plant Evaluation & Design Refer-
1. Handbook of Quenchatnts and Quenching Technology
ence Guide, McGraw Hill, 1986
2. Quenching technology: a selected overview of the
302 4. Saranavamutto et. al., Gas Turbine Theory, 5th Ed.,
current state-of-the-art. Mat. Res. vol.8 no.4 São Carlos Prerequisite: -

Oct./Dec. 2005
References:
Industrial Apprenticeship 1. G. Challa, Polymer Chemistry – An Introduction, 1993,
ENMT608060 Ellis Horwood Limited series in Polymer Science, UK
6 credits 2. Young R.J. and Lovell P.A., Introduction to Polymers, 2nd
Syllabus: edition, 1997, Chapman & Hall, Cambridge, UK
Apprenticeship in an industry for at least 3 months. The 3. Cheremisinoff N.P., Polymer Characterization – Labora-
results of the apprenticeship are submitted in the form of a tory Techniques and Analysis, 1996, Noyes Publication,
report and presented before the apprenticeship examination New Jersey, USA
committee 4. Morton-Jones D.H., Polymer Processing, 1994, Chapman
& Hall, UK
Prerequisite: Minimum of 110 credit hours during the
break Advanced Polymer Manufacturing
ENMT808062 /ENMT808062
References: -
2 credits
Advanced Manufacturer Syllabus:
ENMT808061/ENMT818061
Polymer production fabrication process (formulation,
3 credits
shaping and finalization). Purpose and finalization process
Syllabus: for polymer product types (deflashing, smoothing and
polishing, sawing and cutting, drilling, grinding and
Metal forming as part of the design and manufacturing
sanding, routing, milling & turning, tapping & threading,
process; general principles, phenomena and mechanisms
cleaning, annealing, assembling, and decoration). Types of
related to metal casting; molds (sand, ceramics, metals),
assembly processes (mechanical joining, welding and adhe-
gating systems and simulations, freezing of cast iron and
sive bonding). Type of decoration process (painting, plating,
aluminum processes, liquid treatment for ferrous metals
thermal spray coating, vacuum metalizing, hotstamping,
(inoculation, Mg treatment) and non-ferrous (modifiers,
coloring). Machinery and process construction mechanisms.
grain refiner), various casting methods cast defects (casting
The process of finalizing the manufacture of polymer
defects); general principles, phenomena and mechanisms for
products. Case studies on the fabrication process for product
the formation of solid phase metals, through the processes of
packaging (rigid and flexible), automotive, electronics and
forging, rolling, extrusion, withdrawal, sheet metal form-
construction equipment.
ing, and thermo-mechanical treatment. Phenomenon and
mechanism in powder metallurgy, metal powder fabrication Prerequisite: -
and powder forming mechanism, powder characteristics
References:
and characterization, mechanical alloying, pre-compacting
process, compacting, feed characteristics, sintering process
and powder consolidation, full density processing, sintered
equipment type and related aspects, application and use
of powder metallurgical products. Case study of process
3. Cheremisinoff N.P., Polymer Characterization – Labora-
selection and evaluation of manufacturing processes.
tory Techniques and Analysis, 1996, Noyes Publication,
Prerequisite: - New Jersey, USA
References:
& Hall, UK
1. Heine, R. W. et.al., Principles of Metal Casting, McGraw-
Hill Pub., New Delhi, 1986
2. Surdia, T. Teknologi Pengecoran Logam, P. Paramita,
ENMT808963/ENMT818963
1985
3. John Campbell, Castings, Second Edition, Elsevier Syllabus:
Butterworth-Heinemann, 2004
Introduction and definition of smart materials, properties of
Advanced Polymer Manufacturing materials, current developments in materials and technology,
ENMT808062/ENMT808z062 applications in various fields and functionalities: multiferoic
2 credits and magnetoelectric materials for spintronics, concept of
smart materials for photovoltaic, piezo and electro-active
Syllabus:
materials, shape-remember materials ( shape memory alloys
Polymer production fabrication process (formulation, and polymers), and smart coatings.
shaping and finalization). Purpose and finalization process
Prerequisite: -
for polymer product types (deflashing, smoothing and
polishing, sawing and cutting, drilling, grinding and References:
sanding, routing, milling & turning, tapping & threading,
Igor A. Luk’yanchuk and Daoud Mezzane, Smart Materials
cleaning, annealing, assembling, and decoration). Types of
for Energy, Communications and Security, Springer Science
assembly processes (mechanical joining, welding and adhe-
+ Business Media B.V. Dordrecht, 2007.
sive bonding). Type of decoration process (painting, plating,
thermal spray coating, vacuum metalizing, hotstamping,
coloring). Machinery and process construction mechanisms.
The process of finalizing the manufacture of polymer
products. Case studies on the fabrication process for product
packaging (rigid and flexible), automotive, electronics and
construction equipment.
303
Advanced Surface Engineering

Energy Materials ENMT808966/ENMT818966
ENMT808964/ENMT818964
3 credits
2 credits
Syllabus:
Syllabus:
Basic surface engineering, conventional surface engineering,
Overview of materials and materials related energy: society’s
advanced surface engineering, surface coating, surface
present needs and future energy demands on conventional
modification, thin film characterization.
energy sources and systems, including fossil fuels and then
focus on alternate renewable energy. Synthesis of materials: Prerequisite: -
Solid state, sol-gel, gas phase (CVD/ALD). Synthesis of bulk
References:
and nanomaterials, chemical properties of energy-relevant
1. Chattopadhyay et al, Green Tribology, ASM Intenational,
materials at the nanoscale. Crystal field theory for solid-state
2014.
materials. Semiconductors and their use in energy relevant
2. H.O. Pierson, Handbook of Chemical Vapor Deposition,
applications. Materials related energy with applications
Noyes Publication, 2000
in energy storage, batteries and related areas. Advanced
3. D.M. Mattox, Handbook of Physical Vapor Deposition,
concept in fuel cells, supercapacitors, thermoelectrics,
Elsevier, 2010
solar cells, solar heat, batteries and other renewable energy
4. J.P. Davim, Materials and Surface Engineering, Wood-
sources and possible future hydrogen storage and nanotech-
head Publishing, 2012
nology in energy.
5. A.S. Hamdy, Handbook of Smart Coating for Materials
Prerequisite: - Protection, Woodhead Publ, 2014
References:
1. Bent Sørensen: Renewable Energy, Physics, Engineering,
Environmental Impacts, Economics & Planning, 4th Ed.,
Elsevier, Burlington, MA (2011).
2. Radu D. Rugescu: Solar Energy, Intech, Vukovar, Croatia
(2010)
3. Zekai Şen: Solar Energy Fundamentals and Modeling
Techniques, Springer-Verlag London Limited (2008)
4. Aldo Vieira da Rosa: Fundamentals of Renewable Energy
Processes, ElsevierAcademic Press, Burlington, MA
(2005)
Advanced Extractive Metallurgy

ENMT808965/ENMT818965
3 credits
Syllabus:
Waste characterization for process raw materials. Inno-
vation of wet metallurgical processes (hydrometallurgy)
and hot metallurgy (pyrometallurgy) for low-grade raw
materials and energy efficiency: reaction mechanisms and
applications, such as metal extraction with plasma, micro-
waves. Metal recycling process. Processing slag, dust and
metallurgical ash particles. Processing and utilization of
by-products (by product): slag utilization, cross processing,
fly ash processing. Acquisition of metals from process wastes
(such as tailings, residues, sludges): mineral processing from
tailings, recovery of metals from red mud, recovery of metals
from waste sludges. New technology for metal recycling.
Prerequisite: -
References:
S. Ramachandra Rao, Resources Recovery and Recycling
from Metallurgical Waste, waste Management Series vol. 7,
Oxford, 2006.
Related publications in journals e.g. Metallurgical and Mate-
rials Transaction, B; Journal of Metals, Hydrometallurgy, etc.
304
Curriculum of International Program Sub Total 18

Metallurgical and Materials Engineering 5 Semester
nd
ENMT615020 Extractive Metallurgy 4

Code Subject SKS ENMT615021 Heat Treatment and Surface 3
1st Semester Engineering
UIGE600004 Religion 2 ENMT615022 Iron & Steel Making 2
UIGE600003 English 2 ENMT615023 Metal Manufacturing Process 4
ENGE600001 Calculus 1 3 ENMT615024 Polymer Manufacturing Process 3
ENGE600005 Physics - Mechanics and Heat 3 ENMT615025 Corrosion Laboratory 1
ENGE600006 Physics - Mechanics and Heat 1 ENMT607939- Elective 1 3
Laboratory 53
ENGE600009 Basic Chemistry 2 Sub Total 20
ENMT601001 Engineering Drawing 2 6 Semester
rd
ENMT601002 Introduction to Engineering 2 ENMT616026 Ceramics Technology 3

Materials ENMT616027 Composite Technology 3
ENMT601003 Basic Chemistry Laboratory 1 ENMT616028 Data Analysis and Scientific 2
Sub Total 18 Writing
2 nd Semester ENMT616029 Materials Joining 3
UIGE600006 Integrated Character Building 5 ENMT616030 Materials Selection 3
Subject ENMT616031 Extractive Metallurgy Laboratory 1
ENGE600002 Calculus 2 3 ENMT616032 Metals Manufacturing Labora- 1
ENGE600007 Physics - Electricity, MWO 3 tory
ENGE600008 Physics - Electricity, MWO 1 ENMT608954- Elective 2 2
Laboratory 68
ENMT602004 Materials Physic 1 2 ENMT608954- Elective 3 2
68
ENMT602005 Static & Mechanic of Materials 3
Sub Total 20
ENMT602006 Thermodynamics of Materials 3
7rd Semester
Sub Total 20
ENMT617033 Engineering Design of Products 4
3rd Semester ENMT617034 Failure Analysis 3
ENGE610004 Linear Algebra 4 ENMT617035 Technopreneurship 2
ENMT613007 Characterization of Materials 3 ENMT610036 Internship 2
ENMT613008 Chemical Characterization of 2 ENMT610037 Seminar 1
Materials
ENMT607939- Elective 4 2
ENMT613009 Electrochemistry 3 53
ENMT613010 Introduction to Fluids Mechanics 2 ENMT607939- Elective 5 2
ENMT613011 Materials Physic 2 3 53
ENMT613012 Numerical Computation 3 ENMT607939- Elective 6 2
ENGE610004 Linear Algebra 4 53
4th Semester 8 Semester

rd
ENMT610038 Final Project 4

ENGE610012 HSE Protection 2
ENMT614013 Capita Selecta, Technology, and 2
68
Society
ENMT614014 Corrosion & Protection of Metals 3
68
ENMT614015 Materials Physic 3 3
ENMT614016 Mineral Processing 3 68
ENMT614017 Polymer Materials 3 Sub Total 10
ENMT614018 Characterization Laboratory 1 Total 144
ENMT614019 Chemical Characterization of 1
Materials Laboratory
305
Elective Courses 2st Semester

ENMT608950 Industrial Ecology 2
Code Subject SKS ENMT608951 Concrete Corrosion 2
1 Semester
st
ENMT608952 Energy Materials 2
ENMT607939 Special Alloyed Steels 2 ENMT608953 Refractory Materials 2
ENMT607940 Biomaterial 2 ENMT608954 Mechanics of Material Forming 2
ENMT607941 Engineering Ethics 2 ENMT608955 Industrial Mechanic Equipment 2
ENMT607942 Computational Materials 2 ENMT608956 Material Standardization 2
ENMT607943 High Temperature Corrosion 2 ENMT608957 Polymer Recycling Technology 2
ENMT607944 Electron Microscopy 2 ENMT608958 Rubber Technology 2
ENMT607945 Polymer Compounding 2 ENMT608959 Quenching Technology 2
ENMT607946 Quality Management Systems 2 ENMT608960 2nd Term Adv. Internship 3
ENMT607947 Advanced Solidification 2 ENMT804922 Advanced Manufacture 3
ENMT607948 Special Processing and Assembly 2 ENMT804923 Smart Materials 3
Technologies ENMT804924 Advanced Extractive Metallurgy 3
ENMT607949 1st Term Advanced Internship 3 ENMT804925 Advanced Surface Engineering 3
ENMT803918 Risk Based-Inspection and 3
Integrity
ENMT803919 Advanced Polymer Manufactur- 3
ing
ENMT803920 Electronic Materials 3
ENMT803921 Nanotechnology 3

4. If there is a change in the credit hours, the credits at the first time the subject taken will be considered. The same or equivalent
subjects with different credit hours, if repeated or newly taken, will be counted with the new name and credit hours.
credit hours.
b. For students who have not passed the subjects, students can take new compulsory subjects or elective subjects with the
new name and credit hours.
7. If the credit hour of a subject has been reduced while the student has already taken the subject required for the graduation,
306

No Course Name in Curriculum 2016 Credits Course Name in Curriculum 2020 Credits
1 Academic Writing 3 Academic Writing 2
2 Integrated Character Building A 6 Integrated Character Building 5
3 Integrated Character Building B 6
4 Statistics & Probability 2 Data Analysis and Scientific Writing 2
6 Materials Physics 2 3
7 Testing of Materials 2 Characterization of Materials 3
8 Tech. of Microstructural Analysis 2
9 Chemical Characterization 2 Characterization of Materials 2
10 Polymer Chemistry 4 Polymer Materials 3
12 Mineral Processing 4 Mineral Processing 3
13 Transport Phenomenon 3 Introduction to Fluids Mechanics and Heat 2
Transfer
14 Industrial Management 2 Technopreneurship 2
15 Polymer Technology 3 Polymer Manufacturing Process 3
16 Tech. of Microstructural Analysis Laboratory 1 Materials Characterization Laboratory 1
17 Testing of Materials Laboratory 1
18 Chemical Characterization Laboratory 1
19 Metal Manufacturing Process Laboratory 2 Metals Manufacturing Laboratory 1
20 Engineering Design of Products 3 Engineering Design of Products and Process 3
21 Capita Selecta 2 Technopreneurship 2
22 Fracture Mechanics & Failure Analysis 4 Failure Analysis 3
Other subjects that are not listed in this table do not change except for the subject code and
curriculum code (full list is given in the SIAK-NG website)
307
Undergraduate Program in Architecture


For Double Degree Program: Universitas Indonesia & Partner
Universities
For Double Degree Program : Universitas Indonesia & Partner
Universities
4. Program Undergraduate Program in Architecture
5. Vision and Mission of Study Program Vision: “Establishing a high-quality Architecture Education Institution
that receives national and international recognition, to foster future
leaders who are critical, knowledgeable, and creative thinkers, with
sensibility to local wisdom and environment sustainability.”
Mission: “Establishing the Architecture Education institutional system
with excellent productivity towards the implementation of Tridarma in
higher education.”
6. Class Reguler, Parallel, International
7. Degree Offered Sarjana Arsitektur (S.Ars.), for Double Degree: Sarjana Arsitektur
(S.Ars) and Bachelor of Architecture (B.Arch)
8. Accreditation / Recognition Accredited A by BAN-PT dan internationally assessed by AUN-QA
9. Language of Instruction Bahasa Indonesia and English Full Time
10. Study Scheme (Full time/Part time) Full Time
11. Entry Requirement SMA Graduate/equal or D3/Polytechnique graduate
12. Period of Study 4 years
Semester Total Semester Weeks / semester
Regular 8 17
1. Education: creating architecture graduates who master certain competencies in accordance with the level of
education in a superior and quality manner.
2. Research: encouraging excellent research works that are able to compete at the regional and international levels.
3. Community Service: encouraging the application of architectural knowledge in the form of the empowerment of
the community
Sarjana Arsitektur is a graduate who has the ability to design architecture with respect to context and local needs
and is based on the application of basic knowledge of architecture. Graduate of this program are expected to have the
ability as:
• The Initiator – able to provide solutions to spatial problems critically and creatively with respect to local context
and needs
• The Designer – have the skill in assembling architectural elements and materials, have an understanding of built
aspects, and have a sensibility in creating meaningful architectural design
• The Communicator – able to communicate ideas through words, writings, drawings, modeling and other media.
• The Collaborator – able to work together with various stakeholders to propose creative solutions for real problems.
308
15. Graduates Competencies:

A bachelor Architect will have graduate competencies as follow:
1. Able to create architectural design by integrating basic architectural knowledge, applying design and communica-
tion skill, applying ability for imagination, creative thinking, innovation and three-dimensional thinking.
2. Able to synthesize the knowledge of architectural history and theories, including knowledge on art, culture and
humanities that could influence the quality of architectural design.
3. Able to integrate analysis of the context into architectural design.
4. Able to analyse the needs and characteristics of the users and integrate them as the basis to define contextual and
functional requirements on different types of space.
5. Able to construct the basic knowledge of architectural design methods.
6. Able to integrate the basic knowledge of structure, material, construction and building technology into architec-
tural design.
7. Able to integrate the basic knowledge of natural and environmental system into a sustainable architecture design.
8. Aware of various roles of architects in the society.
9. Able to gather information, formulate, analyse and synthesize problems that are related to architecture.
10. Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering into the solution of complex technical problems.
11. Have integrity, able to demonstrate critical, creative, and innovative thinking, and have intellectual curiosity in
solving the problems both at individual and group levels.
12. Able to offer alternative solutions towards various problems in the society, the community, and the nation.
13. Able to utilize information and communication technology.
14. Able to use verbal and written language in Bahasa Indonesia and English fluently in academic and non-academic
activities.
15. Able to identify various innovative and independent entrepreneurial endeavours with respect to ethics.
I University General Subjects 9 6.25 %
II Basic Engineering Subjects 10 6.94 %
III Architecture Core Course 81 56.25 %
IV Specialization Course - -
V Electives 38 26.39 %
VI Undergraduate Thesis or Final Project 6 4.17 %
Total 144 100 %
Total Credits for Graduation 144 sks
Job Opprtunity
Graduates of Strata-1 Architecture Program UI hold a Sarjana Arsitektur with pre-professional qualifications. The
graduate can or will be able to work as an intern in a professional practice or to continue on to a Professional Architectural
Education Program (PPARS) (Architect). To obtain professional certification, a graduate has to perform an internship
and pass the qualification assessment by the professional association (IAI/Indonesian Institute of Architects).
A graduate holding a Sarjana Arsitektur UI can work in various fields of the construction industry such as architecture, interior
design or construction supervision. In addition to pursuing a career in the architectural field, graduates are able to develop a
career as an assessor for project feasibility studies, building and environmental management, to work in the building materials
industries as well as working in the public sector related to government buildings, construction and the built environment. In
addition to these areas, graduates can also work in various fields of work that employ creative abilities and critical thinking skills.
309
Diagram of Graduate Compentencies
310
Course Diagram in Achieving Compentencies

Undergraduate Program in Architecture
311
312
Curriculum Structure Undergraduate

8th Semester
Program in Architecture Undergraduate Thesis/Final
ENAR600008 6
Project
Code Subject SKS Elective * 3
1st Semester Elective * 3
UIGE600003 English 2 Elective * 3
UIGE600004 Religion 2 Sub Total 15
ENGE600001 Calculus 1 3 Total 144
ENAR600009 Introduction to Architecture 3 *) Students are required to take 2 courses outside of the
ENAR600001 Basic Design 1 5 Undergraduate Architecture Program with the approval of
ENAR600015 Digital Design Media 3 the Academic Supervisor and Credit Transfer Team. Students
can take Minor packages outside the Undergraduate Archi-
Sub Total 18
tecture Program with the approval of the Academic Supervi-
2 nd Semester sor and Credit Transfer Team.
UIGE600006 Integrated Character Building 5 **) Students can take an exchange program with a partner
ENGE600004 Linear Algebra 4 university for a maximum of 40 credits with the approval of
ENAR600002 Basic Design 2 7 the Academic Advisor and the Credit Transfer Team
History and Theory of As the application of Merdeka Belajar, students can take elec-
ENAR600010 3
Architecture 1 tives in the form of internship, excursion/research project,
Sub Total 19 community engagement, community development, etc.
3rd Semester Students who want to pursue a double degree with partner
university should learn two years at the Department of
ENGE600005 Mechanics and Thermal Physics 3 Architecture Universitas Indonesia and two years in partner
ENAR600003 Architectural Design 1 7 university.
ENAR600011 Design Methods 3 Elective Introduction to Sustainability is mandatory for those
ENAR600012 Building Technology 1 3 planning to take double degree in Curtin University or QUT
History and Theory of ***) Design Studies is mandatory for students taking Final
ENAR600013 3
Architecture 2 Project
Sub Total 19
4 Semester
th
Electives Course
ENAR600004 Architectural Design 2 8
ENAR600014 Building Technology 2 3 Code Elective Course SKS
Elective * 3 ENAR600018 Acoustics 3
Elective * 3 ENAR600019 Architecture and Spatial 3
Elective * 3 Ethnography
Sub Total 20 ENAR600020 Architecture and Text 3
5th Semester ENAR600021 Coastal Architecture 3
ENAR600005 Architectural Design 3 9 ENAR600022 Ethnic Architecture 3
ENAR600016 Building Technology 3 3 ENAR600023 Architecture, City, and Power 3

Elective * 3 ENAR600024 Architecture, Media and Context 3
Elective * 3 ENAR600025 BIM: Project Documentation - 3
Basic
Sub Total 18
ENAR600026 Diagram and Architecture 3
6 Semester
th
ENAR600027 Urban Ecology 3

ENAR600028 Digital Fabrication 3
ENAR600017 Introduction to Urban Context 3
ENAR600029 High Rise Building Facades 3
Elective * 3
ENAR600030 Photography 3
Elective * 3
ENAR600031 Geometry Architecture 3
Sub Total 18
ENAR600032 Field Study 3
7th Semester
ENAR600033 Independent Study 3
ENAR600034 Design Study*** 3
Elective * 3
ENAR600035 Capita Selecta 3
Elective * 3
Elective * 2
Sub Total 17 313
ENAR600036 Internship/Community Outreach 3 2 nd Semester

ENAR600037 Everyday and Architecture 3 ENGE610004 Linear Algebra 4
ENAR600038 2D Digital Design 3 ENAR612002 Basic Design 2 7
Communication History & Theory of Architecture
ENAR613010 3
ENAR600039 3D Digital Design 3 1
Communication Elective 3
ENAR600040 Lifecycle Environment 3 Sub Total 17
ENAR600041 Introduction to Spatial Analysis 3
3rd Semester
ENAR600042 Interior Design 3
ENAR613003 Architectural Design 1
ENAR600043 City Planning 3
History & Theory of Architecture
ENAR614013
ENAR600044 Urban Design Principles 3 2
ENAR600045 Architectural Psychology 3 ENAR613011 Design Methods
ENAR600046 Real Estate 3 ENAR613012 Building Technology 1
ENAR600047 Project Feasibility Study 3 Elective 3
ENAR600048 Lighting Design 3 Sub Total 19
ENAR600049 Site Planning and Design 3 4th Semester
ENAR600050 Urban Housing Theory 3 ENAR614004 Architectural Design 2 8
ENAR600051 Special Topic of Collaboration 3 ENAR614014 Building Technology 2 3
ENAR600052 Special Topic on Architectural 3 Elective 3
Design Elective 3
ENAR600053 Special Topic on Urban Design 3 Elective 3
ENAR600054 Special Topic on Urban Housing 3 Sub Total 20
and Settlement
5 Semester
th
ENAR600055 Special Topic on Architectural 3

History, Theory and Criticism ENAR615005 Architectural Design 3 9
ENAR600056 Special Topic on Building 3 ENAR615016 Building Technology 3 3

Technology UIGE610004 Religion 2
ENAR600057 Building Utility 3 Elective 3
ENAR600058 Tectonic Workshop 3 Elective 2
Sub Total 19
Elective courses open to study programs outside
architecture/interior architecture: 6th Semester
ENGE610002 Architectural Design 4 9
Code Elective Course SKS
ENAR610008 Introduction to Urban Context 3
ENAR600021 Coastal Architecture 3
ENAR600023 Architecture, City, and Power 3
Elective 3
ENAR600027 Urban Ecology 3
Sub Total 20
ENAR600047 Project Feasibility Study 3
7th Semester
Curriculum Structure Undergraduate Elective 3
Architecture International Program Elective 3
Elective 2
Code Subject SKS
Sub Total 17
1st Semester
8 Semester
th
ENGE610005 Physics (Mechanics and Thermal) 3 Undergraduate Thesis/Final

6
UIGE610002 Academic Writing 3 Project
ENAR611009 Introduction to Architecture 3 Elective 3
ENGE610001 Calculus 1 3 Elective 3
ENAR611001 Basic Design 1 5 Elective 2
ENAR612015 Digital Design Media 3 Sub Total 14
Sub Total 20 Total 144
314
*) Students are required to take 2 courses outside of the

Undergraduate Architecture Program with the approval of
Course Structure at Curtin University
the Academic Supervisor and Credit Transfer Team. Students
can take Minor packages outside the Undergraduate Archi- Code Course Title Credits
tecture Program with the approval of the Academic Supervi-
Year 3-Semester 5 (July)
sor and Credit Transfer Team.
COMS1010 Academic and Professional 25
**) Students can take an exchange program with a partner Communications
university with the approval of the Academic Advisor and
the Credit Transfer Team ARCH2022 Architectural Contexts Studio 25
ARCH2023 Architectural Contexts Methods 25
***) Elective Introduction to Sustainability is mandatory for
those planning to take double degree in Curtin University or ARCH2004 Architecture and Identity 25
QUT Sub Total 100
As the application of Merdeka Belajar, students can take elec- Year 3-Semester 6 (February)
tives in the form of internship, excursion/research project, ARCH3026 Architectural Discourse and 25
community engagement, community development, etc. Spatial Intelligence Studio
For students taking single degree, all 144 credits will be ARCH3027 Architectural Discourse and 25
taken in Universitas Indonesia. Students who want to pursue Spatial Intelligence Methods
a double degree with partner university should learn two
ARCH3009 Urban Contexts 25
years at the Department of Architecture Universitas Indone-
sia and two years at partner university. ARCH3006 Environmental and Technological 25
Systems in Architecture 1
Electives Courses Sub Total 100
Year 4-Semester 7 (July)
Code Elective Course SKS ARCH3024 Architectural Design and 25
ENAR610018 Acoustics 3 Technical Integration Studio
ENAR610020 Ethnic Architecture 3 ARCH3025 Architectural Design and 25
ENAR610021 Architecture, City and Power 3 Technical Integration Methods
ENAR610022 Heritage Architecture 3 ARCH3007 Environmental and Technological 25
Systems in Architecture 2
ENAR610026 Photography 3
ARCH3009 Architecture, Theory and 25
ENAR610029 2D- Digital Design Communica- 3
Critique
tion
Sub Total 100
ENAR610030 3D- Digital Design Communica- 3
tion Total Credits taken at Curtin 300
University
ENAR610031 Life Cycle Environment 3
ENAR610035 Site Planning and Design 3 Course Structure at Queensland
ENAR610040 Lighting Design 3
University of Technology (QUT)
ENAR610044 Introduction to sustainability*** 3
ENAR610045 Independent Study 3 QUT Study Plan – February Entry
ENAR610046 Design Studies**** 3
Code Subject
Year 1 - February (First Semester at QUT)
ENAR610048 Internship 3
DYB102 Impact Lab 2: People
ENAR610052 Topic on Architectural Design 3
DAB311 Systems and Structures
ENAR610053 Topic on Urban Studies 3
DAB301 Architectural Design : Commercial
ENAR610054 Topic on Urban Housing & 3
Settlement One Elective Unit
ENAR610055 Topic Architecture History, 3 Year 1 - July (Second Semester at QUT)
Theory & Critic DAB212 Small Scale Building Construction
ENAR610056 Topic on Building Technology 3 DAB302 Architectural Design 6: Communities
ENAR610057 Field Study 3 DAB303 Integrated Architectural Technology
***) Design Study are mandatory for students taking Final DAB312 Building Services
Project Year 2 - February (Third Semester at QUT)
DYB201 Impact Lab 3: Planet
DYB112 Spatial Materiality
DAB200 Modern Architecture
315

DAB312 One unit from the Impact Lab Unit Options having intellectual curiosity and an entrepreneurial spirit.
List:: The material provided includes 9 UI values, national, state
• DYB301 Impact Lab 4: Purpose OR and citizen values based on Pancasila. Solving problems
in science, technology, health, and humans as natural
• KKB341 Work Integrated Learning 1 OR managers by using reasoning and utilizing Information
• KKB350 Creative Industries Study Tour and Communication Technology (ICT) to achieve the final
objectives of this module.
QUT Study Plan – July ntry Lecture activities are carried out using an online student-
Code Subject following methods: experiential learning (EL), collaborative
Year 1 - July (First Semester at QUT)
learning, and project based learning. The use of these various
DYB102 Impact Lab 2: People methods is carried out through group discussion activities,
DAB303 Integrated Architectural Technology independent assignment exercises, presentations, writing
DAB212 Small Scale Building Construction
One Elective Unit is Indonesian.
Year 1 - February (Second Semester at Graduate Learning Outcomes:
QUT) • CPL 1: Able to use spoken and written language
DYB112 Spatial Materiality in Indonesian and English both for academic and
DAB200 Modern Architecture non-academic activities (C3, A5)
DAB311 Systems and Structures creatively, and innovatively and have intellectual
DAB301 Architectural Design 5: Commercial curiosity to solve problems at the individual and group
Year 2 - July (Third Semester at QUT) level (C4, A3)
DAB302 Architectural Design 6: Communities problems that arise in the community, nation, and
DYB201 Impact Lab 3: Planet country (C4, A2)
DAB312 Building Services • CPL 4: Able to take advantage of information
Select one unit from the Impact Lab Unit • CPL 5: Able to identify various entrepreneurial efforts
Options List: characterized by innovation and independence based on
• DYB301 Impact Lab 4: Purpose OR ethics (C2, A5)
• KKB341 Work Integrated Learning 1 OR Course Learning Outcomes:

• KKB350 Creative Industries Study Tour able to apply self-regulated learning characteristically
individuals and members. the community by using good
Course Syllabus of University Subjects and correct Indonesian and the latest information and
communication technology (C4, A4)
INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING • CPMK 2: Able to identify various entrepreneurial efforts
UIGE600001/UIGE610001 characterized by innovation and independence based on
5 credits ethics (C2, A5)
Syllabus: • CPMK 3: After completing this course, students are
The Integrated Character Building is part of the Higher in pursuing integrated and comprehensive knowledge
Education Personality Development Lecture which is held through analysis of science problems, technology based
for students which contains elements of the internalization on the role of nature manager by using good and correct
of basic life values, interaction/relationship skills, nationality Indonesian and information technology and current
and academic skills as the basis for student personality to communications. (C4, A4)
carry out learning according to scientific disciplines. • CPMK 4: After completing this course, students are able
MPKT is carried out in the form of a series of learning to plan creative activities to solve problems in society and
activities outside the formal class. activities carried out the world of work/industry by showing creativity, critical
include participation in lectures/seminars, internships, field thinking, collaborative self-discipline using good and
work practices, social work, sports and/or arts activities and correct Indonesian as well as the latest information and
other forms of activities that have the main goal of equipping communication technology (C5, A5)
students with soft skills and proven by portfolio documents. Prerequisites :
courses that have been carried out at the previous UI. None

316
ACADEMIC WRITING ISLAMIC STUDIES

UIGE610002 UIGE600010/UIGE610005
2 credits 2 credits
The objectives of the English component of the MPK General instructional objectives :
program are :
1. To activate students, English so that they will be able to
2. To enable students to develop the learning strategies and
skills.
study skills needed to finish their study successfully and
o continue learning on their own after taking the MPK Learning Objectives :
program (to develop independent learners)
Main Competencies : faced with a problem or issue which they must solve :
By the end of the course, students should be able to :
adopted;
• Listen to, understand and take notes of key information in
academic lectures of between 5-10 minutes length;
stages;
proper and correct Indonesian language in discussion and
• Speak confidently, ask questions in and contribute to small
academic writing.
group discussions;
• Use different reading strategies needed to the effective Syllabus :
readers;
Islam history: the meaning of Islam, the characteristic of Islam,
the sources of Islamic teachings, Muhammad SAW as prophet
material;
and history figure, introduction of Islam in Indonesia, the
• Develop skills in connecting ideas using appropriate
teaching essence of Islam: the basic principle of Islam teach-
transitions and conjunctions;
ings, the unity of Allah, worship prac-tice in live, eschatology
• Work as part of a group to prepare and deliver a
and work ethics, human’s basic rights and obligation, social
25-minute presentation on an academic topic using appro-
structure in Islam: sakinah mawaddah and ramhah family, the
priate organization, language and visual aids;
social implication of family life, Mosque and the development
of Islam, zakat and the economic empowerment of the people,
Islam society, Science: reason and revelation in Islam, Islam’s
motivation in development of science, science characteristics,
Learning Method : Active learning, Contextual language source of knowledge, IDI (each Faculty and Department/Study
learning, small group discussion. Program).
Prerequisite :
1. Students Learning Orientation/Orientasi Belajar Maha-
CATHOLIC STUDIES
UIGE600011/UIGE610006
siswa (OBM)
2 credits
ENGLISH General instructional objectives :
UIGE600003 1. To help deliver students as intellectual capital in
2 credits implementing lifelong learning process to become
scientists with mature personality who uphold humanity
The objectives :
and life.
After attending this subject, students are expected to be 2. Be scholars who believe in God according to the teachings
capable of using English to support the study in university of Jesus Christ by continuing to be responsible for his faith
and improve language learning independently. in life in church and society.
Study Skills : (Becoming an active learner, Vocabulary Almighty God and the God teachings; Man, Morals, science
Building: word formation and using the dictionary Listening technology and art; harmony between religions; Society,
strategies Extensive reading) Grammar: (Revision of Basic Culture, Politics, Law: the substance of theses studies will be
grammar Types of sentences Adjective clauses, Adverb addressed by integrating the four dimensions of the teachings
clauses Noun clauses, Reduced clauses) Reading: (Reading of the Catholic faith: the personal dimension, the dimension
skills: skimming, scanning, main idea, supporting ideas, of Jesus Christ, the dimension of the Church, and Community
Note-taking Reading popular science arti-cle, Reading an dimension. Dimensions are implemented in the following
academic text) Listening: (Listening to short conversations, themes: People, Religion, Jesus Christ, the Church, and Faith in
Listening to a lecture and notetaking, Listening to a news the society.
317
CHRISTIAN STUDIES BUDDHIST STUDIES

UIGE600012/UIGE610007 UIGE600014/UIGE610009
2 credits 2 credits
General instructional objectives : Syllabus :

Cultivating students with comprehensive Christian knowl- Almighty God and the God Study (Faith and piety, Divine
edge and teaching in the midst of the struggle and the fight Philosophy/Theology), Human (Human Nature, Human
of the nation while also discussing the student’s participa- Dignity, Human Responsibility), Moral (Implementation of
tion in line with the study to help improve and build our Faith and Piety in everyday life), Science, Technology and
country. Art (Faith, Science and Charity as a unity, the Obligation
to study and practice what you are taught, Responsibility
for nature and environment), harmony between religion
Course participants are expected to do the following when (religion is a blessing for all mankind, the essence of the
faced with a problem or issue which they must solve: religious plurality and togetherness), community (the role
1. Analyze the problem based on the Christian values of religious society in creating a prosperous independent
2. Analyze the problem by implementing active learning society, the responsibility of religious society in the
stages realization of human rights and democracy), Culture (the
3. Discuss the problem by using proper and correct responsibility of religious society in the realization of critical
Indonesian language thinking (academic), work hard and fair), Politics (Religion
contribution in the political life of nation and country), Law
Syllabus :
(Raise awareness to obey and follow God’s law, the role
History (Historical terms): Status of the Bible, the existence of religion in the formulation and enforcement of law, the
of God and Morality, Christ the Savior, the Holy Spirit as function of religion in the legal profession).
KONG HU CU STUDY
UIGE600015/UIGE610010
2 credits
and expectations. Course Syllabus of Faculty Subjects
HINDU STUDIES CALCULUS 1
2 credits 3 credits
Syllabus : Able to use the basic concepts of calculus related to -a
Hindu religion, Hindu history), Source and scope of function of one variable, the derivative and integration of
Hinduism (the Veda as the source of Hindu religion the function of one variable in order to solve its applied
teachings, the scope of the teachings in Hindu religion), problems.
The concept of the God (Brahman) according to the Veda, Graduates Learning Outcomes:
the Path to Brahman (Catur Marga Yoga, Mantra and Japa), Able to apply mathematics, science, basic engineering, and
Human Nature (The purpose of human life, Human’s engineering specialization to be used in solving complex
duties, obligations, and responsibilities both individually engineering problems.
or collectively), Ethics and morality (Principles teaching,
self-control), in-depth understanding of the scripture (deep Syllabus :
understanding of the Bhagawadgita, deep understanding Introduction, Functions and Limits, The Derivative, Applica-
of the Sarasamuschaya), The Role of Hinduism in science, tions of the Derivative, The Definite Integral, Applications of
technology, and art (Hinduism benefits in science and The Definte Integral, Transcendental Functions, Techniques
technology in accordance with each department, benefit / of Integration, Indeterminate Forms and Improper Integrals.
the role of Hinduism in the arts), Cohesion and community’s
Prerequisite: None
plurality, independent community (kerthajagathita) as a Textbooks:
Main reference:
the enforcement of justice, Awareness of and obeying the
Rita / Dharma. Additional eferences:
2012.
318
CALCULUS 2 Graduates Learning Outcomes:

ENGE600002/ENGE610002 Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering
3 SKS and an engineering specialization to be used in solving
Course Learning Outcomes: complex engineering problems.
Students are able to use the concepts of sequences, series,
Syllabus :
conic sections, and the basic concepts of calculus which
Linear Systems and matrix equations, Determinants, Euclid
vector spaces, Common vector spaces, eigenvalues and eigen-
applied problems.
vectors, inner product spaces, Diagonalization and General
Graduates Learning Outcomes: Linear Transformation.
Prerequisite: None
complex engineering problems. Textbooks:
Syllabus :
sections , Calculus in polar coordinates, Derivatives, limits, MECHANICAL AND HEAT PHYSICS
and continuity of multi-variables functions, Directional ENGE600005 / ENGE610005
derivatives and gradients, Chain Rule, Tangent planes and 3 credits
Approximations, Lagrange multipliers. Double integrals in Course Learning Outcomes:
Cartesian coordinates and polar coordinates, triple integrals Able to explain the basic concepts of mechanics and ther-
in Cartesian coordinates, cylindrical coordinates and spheri- modynamics, and be able to apply them to understand
cal coordinates, Applications of double and triple Integral. natural phenomena and human engineering, including their
applications.
Textbooks:
Erlangga, 2019. Syllabus:
CALCULUS Motion in Two and Three Dimensions, Newton’s Laws of
ENGE600003/ENGE610003
4 SKS
involving functions of one to three variables to solve their
applied problems.
Graduates Learning Outcomes: Kinetic Theory of Gas, Heat Engine, Entropy, and Law II
Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering Thermodynamics.
Prerequisite: none
Textbooks:
Syllabus :
Infinite Row, and Series. Derivatives with many variables,
Prerequisite: None Edition, Pearson, 2008
Textbooks: ELECTRICAL MAGNETIC, OPTICAL AND WAVE
PHYSICS
Main reference:
ENGE600007 / ENGE610007
3 credits
Additional: Students are able to apply the basic concepts of electrical
George B. Thomas Jr., Thomas’ Calculus Early Transcenden- the engineering field.
tal, 12th ed., Addison – Wesley Pearson, 2009.
LINEAR ALGEBRA Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering
ENGE600004/ENGE610004 and an engineering specialization to be used in solving
4 SKS complex engineering problems.
Students are able to calculate linear system problems to solve Syllabus:
engineering problems. Unit, Magnitude, Vector, Electric Charge, Electric Field,
319
Gauss Law, Electric Potential, Capacitance, Electric Current, 6. Bioprocess Engineering : -

Textbooks:
Prerequisite: none ics 6th Ed. Pearson. Upper Saddle River.
Textbooks :
Edition, Wiley, 2011. STATISTICS AND PROBABILISTICS
2. Serway Jewett, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 9th ENGE600010 / ENGE610010
Edition, Thomson Brooks / Cole, 2013. 2 credits
3. Giancoli, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 4th Course Learning Outcomes:
Edition, Pearson, 2008. Students are able to handle quantitative data/information
BASIC CHEMISTRY
ENGE600009 / ENGE610009
2 credits
Students are able to analyze the principe of basic chemistry Graduate Learning Outcomes:
for application in engineering. 1. Apply descriptive statistics and probability theory to
serving
Syllabus: decision making
Material and measurements, atoms, molecules and ions, 4. Apply hypothesis test samples for decision making
Syllabus:
Probability, Sampling, Estimation, Hypothesis testing,
Prerequisite: none Hypothesis test 1 sample at an average value, Regression
Textbooks : Prerequisite: none
Textbooks :
1. Harinaldi, Basic Principles of Statistical Engineering and
York, 2001.
Science, Erlangga, 2004
McGraw-Hill, 2003. HSE PROTECTION
ENGE600012 / ENGE610012
ENGINEERING ECONOMY
2 credits
ENGE600011 / ENGE610011
3 credits
Upon completion of this subject students are expected to
be able to carried out hazard identification, and character-
ization, to propose appropriate methods for risk reduction
feasibility of making economic practice decisions.
Graduate Learning Outcomes: The student is also expected to improve their awareness on
Able to apply the principles of technical management and industrial safety and health, and understanding on safety
decision making based on economic considerations, in regulation framework and standards as well as environmen-
individual and group, as well as in project management. tal program.
Syllabus: Graduate Learning Outcomes:
Introduction to Engineering Economics, Time Value of 1. Students are expected to understand safety, health and
Money, Combining Factors, Interest Rates, Money Worth environmental aspect as an integral part of fundamental
Analysis, Rate of Return Analysis, Effects of Inflation, Benefit principal in engineering code of ethics.
Cost & Break-Even Point Analysis, Sensitivity Analysis, 2. Students are expected to be able to carry out process of
Depreciation, Tax Analysis, Cost Estimation & Allocation, risk assessments by considering risk factors in the impact
Capital Budgeting & Replacement Analysis. of hazards on people, facilities, and the surrounding
Prerequisite:
3. Students are expected to understand the regulatory
framework and standard related to the stages of life
cycle of machine, building structure, construction, and
process.
4. Students are able to design and propose an effective
320
hazard communication, management and engineering Prerequisites: -

References:
assignment project.
1. James O’Gorman, ABC of Architecture, University of
Pennsylvania Press, 1998
2. Marcus Vitruvius Pollio, Decem Libri de Architectura,
BiblioBazaar, 2008
and accident.
3. Adrian Forty, Words and Buildings: a Vocabulary of Modern
Syllabus: Architecture, Thames and Hudson, 2004
Introduction to SHE Regulation and Standards, SHE 4. Yusuf B. Mangunwijaya, Wastu Citra, Gramedia Pustaka
Perception (Risk and Environment), Identification, Assess- Utama, 1988
ment and Management, Construction, machinery and Noise 5. Martin Heidegger, Building Dwelling Thinking, in Poetry,
hazards, Process safety hazard and analysis technique, Fire Language, Thought, HarperPerennial, 1975
and explosion hazard, Electrical hazard, Toxicology in the 6. M. Merleau-Ponty, Phenomenologie de la Perception Chapter
Workplace, Ergonomy Aspect, Hazard communication to II, Routledge & Kegan Paul Ltd, 1962
employees, Environmental Protection, Case studies, Safety 7. Edward T. Hall, The Hidden Dimension, Doubleday, 1966
HISTORY AND THEORY OF ARCHITECTURE 1
Prerequisite: none ENAR600010/ENAR613010
Textbooks : 3 CREDITS
1. Charles A. Wentz, Safety, Health and Environmental Learning Objective:
Protection, McGraw Hill, 1998. Student should be able to understand the history of modern
2. Asfahl, C.R., Rieske, D. W., Sixth Edition Industrial Safety architecture from 1750s to present.
Syllabus:
This course is a survey of modern architecture history
www.hse.gov.uk/
from 1750s to present, with main focus on the development
of modern architecture. This course also discusses the
relationship between the development of architecture and
its socio-cultural, political, and technological contexts. This
ty-science/) etc, related standards and publications
course also investigates principles in architecture and design.
It emphasizes on several important moments in the develop-
Course Description: Required Courses ment of modern architecture, and provide knowledge on the
INTRODUCTION TO ARCHITECTURE theories that are relevant to modern architecture.
ENAR600009/ENAR611009 Prerequisites: -
3 CREDITS
Learning Objective: References:
Student should be able to understand basic principles in 1. Kenneth Frampton, Modern Architecture: A Critical History
architecture, including basic theories, the relationship 3rd Ed, Thames & Hudson, 1997
between architecture and human, architecture and nature, 2. Leonardo Benevolo, History of Modern Architecture, Volume
architecture and aesthetic, and architecture and technology; I & II, MIT Press, 1979
able to understand the position of architecture position 3. Iain Borden, Architecture and the Sites of History, Interpre-
among other disciplines. tations of Buildings and Cities, Butterworth Architecture,
1995
Syllabus: 4. William J.R. Curtis, Modern Architecture since 1900, Third
What is architecture? (Introduction: Architecture as Edition, Phaidon Press, 2002
discourse, career in architecture, arkhe + tekton; tekhne; Laug- 5. Diane Ghirardo, Architecture After Modernism, Thames &
ier primitive hut and the idea of shelter) Aesthetic (propor- Hudson, 1996
tion; rhythm; scale; golden rules; aesthetic trinity of classic 6. Spiro Kostof, A History of Architecture, Settings & Rituals,
Greek; Mandala and Maya; Taoism and nature, mathematical 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, 1994
pattern in geometry). 7. Bernd Evers & Christof Thoenes (eds.), Architectural
Form and Space (Plato and form; type and how Quatrèmere Theory: from the Renaissance to the Present, Taschen, 2003
de Quincy mimic nature; form and function; various DESIGN METHODS
views on space and the different meaning of raum and ENAR600011/ENAR613011
spatium) Materiality and Materialization (re-investigating 3 CREDITS
tekhne; the importance of understanding the characteristic Learning Objective:
and potential of material, tectonic which does not limit to Student should be able to understand the basic thinking and
construction). methods of designing built environment; student should be
Context (understanding of natural environment, artificial able to explain the basic thinking and apply one of the design
environment, and built environment; our existence and place methods through writings and drawings.
according to Heidegger; material and context) Human and Syllabus:
relationship with others I (the importance of understanding Theory and method of thinking; phenomenology, semiotic;
human for designer; understanding of human being; theory and method of identifying problems; architectural
body, senses and space; personal space according to Hall) observation, design knowledge, factual, deontic, instrumen-
Human and relationship with others II (space, the presence
and the remoteness of people, the meaning of place for
human) Architects as profession.
321
tal, black box, clear box; theory and method of understand- 12. M. Nanda Widyarta, Mencari Arsitektur Sebuah Bangsa;
ing problems, analysis and synthesis; Theory and methods of Sebuah Kisah Indonesia, Wastu Laras Grafika, 2007
problem solving. 13. Yulia Nurliani Lukito, Exhibiting Modernity and Indonesian
Vernacular Architecture, Springer VS, 2016
Prerequisites:
Student has taken Introduction to Architecture DIGITAL DESIGN MEDIA
ENAR600015/ENAR612015
References:
3 CREDITS
1. Christoper Alexander, Notes on The Synthesis of Form,
Learning Objective:
Harvard University Press,1994
Student should be able to express, explore, investigate and
2. Don Koberg & Tim Bagnall, The Universal Traveller: a Soft
communicate architectural ideas by using digital media.
System Guide to Creativity, Problem Solving, & the Process of
Reaching Goals, Crisp Learning, 1991. Syllabus:
3. Gunawan Tjahjono, Metode Perancangan: Suatu Pengantar Introduction to techniques and variety of digital media
untuk Arsitek dan Perancang, 1998 which can be applied to represent architectural ideas,
4. Jean-Pierre Protzen & David J. Harris, The Universe investigate the basic abilities of various digital tools, choos-
of Design: Horst Rittel’s Theories of Design and Planning, ing the appropriate digital tools and techniques to express,
Routledge, 2010 explore or investigate certain architectural ideas, studying
the workflow of digital and analog media as a part of the
HISTORY AND THEORY OF ARCHITECTURE 2
architectural design process.
ENAR600013/ENAR614013
3 CREDITS Prerequisites: -
Learning Objective:
References:
Student should be able to demonstrate knowledge of history
1. L Farrelly, Basic Architecture: Representation Techniques.
of architecture in Indonesia from the end of 19th century to
London, Thames&Hudson, 2008
20th century
2. B Kolarevic, (Ed), Architecture in the Digital Age: Design and
Syllabus: Manufacturing, Spon Press, 2003
This course is a survey of history of architecture in Indonesia 3. P Laseau, Architectural Representation Handbook: Traditional
from the end of 19th century to 20th century. Various influ- and Digital Techniques for Graphic Communication, McGraw-
ences from overseas–India, China, Middle East and Western Hill Companies, 2000
–take part in the development of architecture in Indonesia.
BASIC DESIGN 1
Therefore it is important to understand Indonesian archi-
ENAR600001/ENAR611001
tecture and its relation with Non-Western and Western
5 CREDITS
architecture, and architecture of various ethnic groups in
Learning Objective:
Indonesia. Through discussion and analysis of buildings,
Student should be able to produce 2D and 3D works as
drawings, photos and written materials, this course empha-
creative responses towards contexts by appplying basic
sizes on the interdependence among architecture, human,
knowledge of visual art and design; Student should be
tropical climate, socio-culture background, politics and the
able to acquire and apply basic 2D and 3D representational
development of technology in Indonesia.
techniques.
Prerequisites: -
Syllabus:
References: Basic knowledge of visual art and design, basic knowledge of
1. Adolf Heuken SJ, Tempat-Tempat Bersejarah di Jakarta, aesthetic; basic knowledge of space; visual elements: shape,
Yayasan Cipta Loka Caraka, 1997 color, texture, etc; basic principles of composition; introduc-
2. Helen Jessup, Dutch Architectural Visions of the Indonesian tion to art history and its role in the making of art; basic
Tradition, Muqarnas v. 3, 1985, pp: 138-61. drawing techniques: expression drawing; shape drawing
3. Kemas Ridwan Kurniawan, Postcolonial History of Archi- (natural and manmade objects); basic modeling and assem-
tecture and Urbanism of Indonesian Tin Mining in Muntok bling techniques; understanding characteristics of media and
Bangka, VDM, 2011 materials; perceiving visually and communicating what is
4. Abidin Kusno, Behind the Postcolonial: Architecture, Urban perceived; display and layout techniques.
Space and Political Cultures in Indonesia, Routledge, 2000
Prerequisites: -
5. Scott Mirelles, Historical Photographs of Batavia
6. Rudolph Mrazek, Engineers of Happy Land: Technology and References:
Nationalism in a Colony, Princeton University Press, 2002 1. Louis Fisher Rathus, Understanding Art, Prentice Hall,
7. Peter J.M Nas (ed.), The past in the Present: Architecture in 1994
Indonesia, NAi Publishers, 2006 2. Claire Holt, Art in Indonesia, Continuity and Changes,
8. Pauline Rosmaline, Designing Colonial Cities: the Making Cornel University,Ithaca and London, 1967
of Modern Town Planning in the Dutch East Indies and Indo- 3. Johannes Itten, The Elements of Color, John Wiley & Sons,
nesia 1905-1950, International Institute for Asian Studies 1970
the Newsletter 57, 2011 4. Harvard Anarson, History of Modern Art: Painting, Sculp-
9. Iwan Sudradjat, A Study of Indonesian Architectural History, ture, Architecture & Photography, Prentice Hall, 1998
Ph.D Thesis at the Department of Architecture, Univer- 5. Kimberly Elam, Geometry of Design: Studies in Proportion
sity of Sydney, 1991 and Composition, Princeton, 1998
10. Yulianto Sumalyo, Arsitek Kolonial Belanda dan Karya-kary- 6. Gyorgy Kepes, Structure in Art and in Science, George
anya, Gama Press, 1992 Braziller, 1965
11. Gunawan Tjahjono (ed), The Indonesian Heritage Series, 7. Frank D. K. Ching, Architecture: Form, Space & Order, John
Archipelago Press, 1998. Wiley & Son, 1997
8. John Heskett. Design: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford:
322
Oxford University Press, 2002. • Communication Techniques

BASIC DESIGN 2 In practice, Design Projects accommodate learning mate-
ENAR600002/ENAR612002 rials from several courses: Architectural Design, Building
7 CREDITS Technology, and Introduction to Urban Context, within the
Learning Objective: following order:
Student should be able to produce spatial works as creative
• Design Project 1 integrates Architectural Design 1 and
responses towards contexts by applying knowledge of visual
Building Technology 1
art and design and employed various 2D and 3D represen-
tation techniques; Student should be able to communicate • Design Project 2 integrates Architectural Design 2 and
architectural ideas by using appropriate techniques and Building Technology 2
media.
Syllabus: Building Technology 3
Basic knowledge of relationship among space, human and
time; Exploration of visual elements, non-visual elements
Introduction to Urban Context
(audio, kinesthetic) and moving elements (kinetics); creating
spatial ideas as response to contexts; principles of architec- Gradual acquitison of knowledge and ability is structured
tural communication, basic architectural communication within each stage of learning in Architectural Design in each
techniques: projection drawing, orthographic drawing, semester.
perspective drawing; modeling and assembling techniques;
model making; understanding characteristics of media and
DESIGN PROJECT 1
materials; communicating object and space for various Design Project 1 focuses on the design of space for human
purpose and audiences; communicate human activity space. self. Design Project 1 is an integration of knowledge on
spatial design, based on the understanding of the relation-
Prerequisites:
ship between human and space, basic structural logic, and
Student has taken Basic Design 1
basic principles of environmental comfort within spatial
References: design. Design Project 1 consist of learning activities
1. Francis D.K. Ching, Drawing & Perceiving: A Visual performed in two courses which complement each other,
Dictionary of Architecture, John Wiley & Sons, 1996 Architectural Design 1 and Building Technology 1.
2. Francis D.K. Ching, Architectural Graphics, 2nd Ed, John
Wiley & Sons, 2002
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 1
ENAR600003/ENAR613003
3. Francis DK Ching, Drawing: A Creative Process, Wiley,
7 CREDITS
1989
Learning Objective:
4. Paul Laseau and Norman Crewe, Visual Notes for Archi-
Student should be able to design a space for a single person,
tects and Designers, Wiley, 1986
through understanding the relationship between human and
5. Jeffrey Balmer, Michael T. Swisher, Diagramming the Big
space.
Idea: Methods for Architectural Composition, Routledge, 2012
6. Mark Basinger, Drawing Ideas, Random House, 2013 Syllabus:
7. Don Norman, The Design of Everyday Things, Basic Books, Architectural Design 1 is an early and critical stage to intro-
2013 duce students to architecture through imaginative, creative,
8. Atelier Bow Wow, Graphic Anatomy, Toto, 2007 and innovative spatial design. Architectural knowledge
9. Joy Monice Malnar, Sensory Design, University of Minne- encompasses basic comprehension about the personal spatial
sota Press, 2004 meaning and experience, interaction between human body
10. Peter Zumthor, Atmospheres: Architectural Elements, and spatial quality, understanding of site and surrounding
Surrounding Objects, Birkhauser, 2006 context as experienced by human body. Design activities
consists of information gathering, formulation of design
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
problem, analysis, and making critical decisions to formulate
Architectural design courses are the studio courses at the
an active strategy toward human space, ability to think
Department of Architecture. The studios denote learning
three-dimensionally through spatial design exploration, and
locations as well as learning methods. At the end of studio-
communicating design ideas. Design exercises consist of:
based learning process, students should be able to demon-
Designing a simple space for a single person that is materi-
strate their ability to think critically and creatively, which
alized through 1:1 scaled model; Designing a space for an
can be assessed from their ability to explain and present
episode of human life.
his/her design ideas. Architectural Design learning process
is implemented through Design Projects, which are direct Prerequisites:
manifestations of integration of knowledge, consisting of: Students have taken Basic Design 2
Students have taken or are taking Building Technology 1
• Factual knowledge: understanding and formulating
design problems which are abstract, qualitative, and References:
related to socio-cultural aspects of human/space activities. 1. Bruno Zevi, Architecture as Space: How to Look at Architec-
ture, 1993.
• The context and the environment of living space, ranging
2. Donlyn Lyndon and Charles W. Moore, Chambers For A
from micro/local/personal space, family, community, to
Memory Palace, MIT Press, 1994
urban/rural environment.
3. Edward T. Hall, The Hidden Dimension, Peter Smith
• Technical aspects such as structure (statics), tectonics Publications, 1992
(including building materials), building physics, and 4. Francis DK Ching, Architecture: Form, Space and Order,
building systems.
• Design Methods 323
Wiley, 1996. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 2

5. Karen Franck & Bianca Lepori, Architecture Inside Out, ENAR600004/ENAR614004
Academy Press, 2000. 8 CREDITS
6. Michael Pollan, A Place of My Own. Penguin Press, 2008. Learning Objective:
7. Steen Eiler Rasmussen, Experiencing Architecture, MIT Students should be able to design a dwelling as a living
Press, 1959. space for core social unit through tectonic approach and by
8. Yi-Fu Tuan, Space and Place: The Perspective of Experience, thorough consideration of the life cycle and daily activities of
University of Minnesota Press, 1981 the core social unit.
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY 1 Syllabus:
ENAR600012/ENAR613012 Architectural Design 2 proposes critical issues of human
3 CREDITS living space in urban community context, through the design
Learning Objective: of a dwelling. Design knowledge herewith includes the
Students should be able to understand basic technical aspects understanding concept of dwelling, observation and analysis
of structure, material, construction, and building comfort; of core social unit, formulating spatial program based on
should be able to formulate technical design process and understanding of the needs of core social unit, development
integration of structure and construction technologies into of spatial idea through tectonic exploration as the art of join-
a functionally effective whole; should be able to produce a ing and exploration of spatial composition as an integration
report of analysis and synthesis of all aspects of building of part-whole that appropriately accommodate the programs,
technology. which are implemented into an integrated spatial design
and communicated by complying with standard principles
Syllabus:
of architectural communication. Design exercises consist
Structure in nature; Basic principle sof structure and
of: Comprehensive precedent analysis of good dwelling;
construction (logic of structure, basic mechanics); Site context
designing dwelling space for core social unit.
(natural elements that influence building); Building material
(material use and position in building, material property Prerequisites:
values that influence comfort); Basic building physics Students have taken Architectural Design 1
(building orientation, environmental influence to comfort); Students have taken or are taking Building Technology 2
Introduction to basic structure and construction principles of
References:
simple building; Introduction to working drawing.
1. Martin Heidegger, Building Dwelling Thinking, in Poetry,
Prerequisites: - Language, Thought, HarperPerennial, 1975
2. Adam Sharr with Simon Unwin, Heidegger’s Hut, in ARQ
References:
(Architectural Research Quarterly) Vol.5 No.1, 2001
1. Mario Salvadori, Why Building Stands Up, W.W. Norton &
3. J Macgregor Wise, Home: Territory and Identity pp. 391-396,
Company, 2002
in INTIMUS Interior Design Theory Reader, 2006
2. W. O. Kilmer, Construction Drawings and Details for
4. Norberg Schulz, The Concept of Dwelling – Introduction,
Interiors: Basic Skills, John Wiley and Sons, 2003
Rizzoli International Publications,1985
3. Bjorn N Sandaker, Arne P Eggen, and Mark R Cruvellier,
5. Hannah Arendt, The Human Condition - Chapter I & II,
The Structural Basis of Architecture: Second Edition, Rout-
University of Chicago Press, 1958
ledge, 2011
6. A. Rapoport, House Form and Culture - Chapter II Alter-
4. Forest Wilson, Structure: The Essence of Architecture, Van
native Theories of House Form & Chapter III Socio-cultural
Nostrand Reinhold Company, 1971
Factors and House Form, pp. 18-82, Prentice Hall Inc, 1969
5. Mark Dekay and G. Z. Sun Brown, Wind & Light: Architec-
7. Kenneth Frampton, Studies in Tectonic Culture: The Poetics
tural Design Strategies: 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2014
of Construction – Chapter I Introduction: Reflections on the
6. Francis DK Ching, Building Construction Illustrated, Wiley,
Scope of the Tectonic, MIT Press, 2001
2014
8. Charles Moore, Gerrad Allen, Donlyn Lyndon, Assem-
7. Edward Allen and Joseph Iano, The Architect Studio
bling A Room, in The Place of Houses, University of Califor-
Companion: Rules of Thumb for Preliminary Design, Wiley
nia Press, 2000
and Sons, 2002
9. Francis D. K. Ching, Architecture: Form, Space and Order,
8. Ken Parsons, Humn Thermal Environments: The effects of
Wiley, 2014
Hot, Moderate, and Cold Environments on Human Health,
10. Erik H. Erikson, Life Cycle Completed – Chapter 3 Major
Comfort, and Performance, CRC, 2014
Stages in Psychosocial Development, W. W. Norton &
9. Pete Silver and Will McLean, Introduction to Architectural
Company, 1998
Technology. Laurence King, 2013
11. Jonathan Hill, Immaterial Architecture – House and Home,
DESIGN PROJECT 2 Routledge, 2006
Design Project 2 is about designing space for core social unit 12. Peter Zumthor, Atmospheres: Architectural Environments,
(family, a couple, etc). Design Project 2 integrates knowledge Surrounding Objects, Birkhäuser Architecture, 2006
on spatial design based on the idea dwelling, the analysis
of family life cycle and daily activities, application of basic
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY 2
ENAR600014/ENAR614014
structural principles and constructions of low rise building,
3 CREDITS
building systems, and principle of building physics. Design
Learning Objective:
Project 2 integrates the learning activities performed in two
Students should be able to understand technical aspects
courses that complement each other, Architectural Design 2
of structure, material, construction, and building comfort
and Building Technology 2.
for low rise building; should be able to formulate technical
design process and integration of structure, construction
technologies and building systems into a functionally
effective whole; should be able to produce a report of analysis
324 and synthesis of all aspects of building technology.
Syllabus: References:
Identification of all aspects of building technology in a 1. Chris Abel, Architecture, Technology and Process, Architec-
simple low rise building that include: structural logic, build- tural Press, 2004.
ability, and comfort; Introduction to in-depth knowledge 2. Ed van Hinte et al, Smart Architecture, 101 Publishers,
on the materiality of material, construction techniques and 2003.
details; Dimension and configuration of materials and their 3. Robert Kronenburg & Filiz Klassen, Theory, Context,
relation to structure and construction of simple building; Design and Technology – Trasnportable Environments 3,
Elements of air conditioning and lighting in a building; Taylor & Francis, 2006.
Introduction to basic knowledge of building utility; Creating 4. Pete Silver and Will McLean, Introduction to Architectural
technical documentations (working drawing). Technology, Laurence King Publishing, 2013.
5. Bjorn Sandaker, On Span and Space: Exploring Structures in
Prerequisites:
Architecture, Routledge, 2008
Students have taken Building Technology 1
6. Branko Kolarevic and Ali Malkawi, Performative Architec-
Students have taken or are taking Architectural Design 2
ture : Beyond Instrumentality, Spon Press, 2005
References:
1. Francis DK Ching, Building Construction Illustrated, Wiley,
ENAR600016/ENAR615016
2014
3 CREDITS
2. Arthurs Lyons, Materials for Architect & Builders, Butter-
Learning Objective:
worth-Heinemann, 2008
Students should be able to understand technical aspect of
3. Graham Bizley, Architecture in Details, Architectural
structure, material, construction, and building comfort for
Press, 2008
advanced building (high rise/wide span building); should
4. Andrea Deplazes, Constructing Architecture: Materials
be able to formulate technical design process and integration
Processes Structures, A Handbook, Birkhauser, 2008
of structure, construction technology and utility system as
5. Gail Peter Borden, Material The Typology of Modern
a functionally effective whole; should be able to formulate
Tectonics, Wiley, 2010
utility system, transportation and communication system,
6. Thomas Schropfer, Material Design, Birkhauser Architec-
building maintenance and safety; should be able to perform
ture, 2010
technical documentation and to create analysis/synthesis
7. Norbert Lechner, Heating, Cooling, Lighting: The Sustainable
report from all aspect of building technology; should be able
Design Methods for Architect, Wiley, 2013
to understand energy conservation issues and ecological
8. Charlie Wing, How Your House Works: a Visual Guide to
sustainability.
Understanding and Maintaining Your Home, Updated and
Expanded, RSMeans, 2012 Syllabus:
9. Corky Binggeli, CorkyBuilding Systems for Interior Design- Advanced building structure (wide span and/or high rise);
ers, John Wiley & Sons, 2003 Building system, advanced utility system (comfort, transpor-
tation, communication, maintenance, and building safety);
DESIGN PROJECT 3
Sustainable building energy conservation; Basic knowledge
Design Project 3 is studio that focuses on aspects of build-
of ecological sustainability issues.
ability and building performances. Design Project 3 is an
integration of design knowledge through technological Prerequisites:
approach, implementation of structural principles, construc- Students have taken Building Technology 2
tion and material, building supporting system and the Students have taken or are taking Architectural Design 3
use of technology in the design process. Design Project 3
References:
integrates the learning activities performed in two courses
1. Yonca Hurol, The Tectonic sof Structural Systems: An
that support each other, Architectural Design 3 and Building
Architectural Approach, Routledge, 2015
Technology 3.
2. D Schodek, Structures, 7th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2013
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 3 3. Chris Lefteri, Materials for Design, Laurance King
ENAR600005/ENAR615005 Publishing, 2014
9 CREDITS 4. Bjarke Ingels, Big, Hot To Cold: an Oddsey of Architectural
Learning Objective: Adaptation, Taschen, 2015
Students should be able to design a building based on the 5. Farshid Moussavi, The Function of Form, Harvard Gradu-
development of technological ideas. ate School of Design, 2009
6. William McDonough and Michael Braungart, The
Syllabus:
Upcycle: Beyond Sustainability: Design for Abundance, North
Architectural Design 3 proposes the critical issues on the
Point Press, 2013
aspects of buildability and building performance. Design
7. Rob Thompson, Sustainable Materials, Processes and Produc-
knowledge includes the development of advanced tectonic
tion, Thames and Hudson, 2013
ideas, encompassing exploration of material, detail and
8. Wolfgang Schueller, Highrise Building Structures, John
construction, and the development of architectural ideas
Wiley and Sons, 1977
based on building performance and system. Knowledge of
9. Thomas Hootman, Net Zero Energy Design: A Guide for
site and environment includes the contextual explanation
Commercial Architecture, Wiley, 2012
of design through the understanding of the site physical
10. Pete Silver and Will McLean, Structural Engineering for
condition and consideration of sustainability. Knowledge
Architect: A Handbook, Laurence King, 2014
on the role of technology in architectural design process in
11. Esther Rivas Adrover, Deployable Structures, Laurance
terms of representation, modeling and simulation.
King, 2015
Prerequisites: 12. Dwi Tangoro, Utilitas Bangunan, UI Press, 2004
Students have taken Architectural Design 2
Students have taken or are taking Building Technology 3
325
DESIGN PROJECT 4 11. Jane Jacobs, The Death and Life of Great American Cities,
Design Project 4 focuses on the design of public space. It Random House, 1961
integrates architectural typology-based design method, 12. Bernard Tschumi, Architecture and Limits I-III, in Nesbitt,
issue-based design and basic knowledge of urban context. Theorizing a New Agenda for Architecture hal. 150-167,
Design Project 4 integrates the learning activities performed Princeton Architectural Press, 1996
in two courses that support each other, Architectural Design 13. Bauman Lyons Architects, How to be a Happy Architect,
4 and Introduction to Urban Context. Black Dog Publishing, 2008
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 4 INTRODUCTION TO URBAN CONTEXT
ENAR600006/ENGE610002 ENAR600017/ENAR610008
9 CREDITS 3 CREDITS
Learning Objective: Learning Objective:
Students should be able to design public space through Student should be able to know and understand basic knowl-
architectural typology-based design approach, issue-based edge about physical urban forms, and able to implement and
design approach and creative exploration of architectural apply building rules and codes in design building in urban
form and spatial quality. context.
Syllabus: Syllabus:
Architectural Design 4 proposes the critical issues of human Basic principles and issues on urban physical forms: Cities,
living space with socio-cultural complexities as found growth and development, urban physical form and urban
in urban/suburban context, through two approaches: a) physical development, planned and unplanned urban
top-down approach through the exploration of design ideas development, site planning and design.
based on typology, and b) bottom-up approach through
Prerequisites: Students have taken or are taking Architec-
exploration of issue-based design ideas. Design knowledge
tural Design 4
herewith consist of the understanding of the concept of
public, analysis of functional types, spatial programming, References:
the concept of institution and how it is elaborated into 1. Journal of the American Planning Association (sesuai topik
spatial design, the formulation of initial statement based bahasan)
on issues, development of architectural programs and how 2. Jane Jacobs, The Death and Life of Great American Cities,
they are elaborated into spatial design. Knowledge of site Random House, 1961
and environment includes the contextual explanation of 3. Spiro Kostof, The City Assembled: The Elements of Urban
the design through the understanding toward site physical Form Through History, Thames and Hudson, 1992
condition, urban socio-cultural context, and consideration of 4. Richard T LeGates and Frederic Stout (eds.), The City
sustainability. Reader, Routledge, 2003
5. Lewis Mumford, The Urban Prospect, Harvest Book, 1968
Design assignments consist of: Designing space within social
environment context with a close kinship; Designing space in ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 5
more complex urban environmental context. ENAR600007/ENAR617007
9 CREDITS
Prerequisites:
Learning Objective:
Students have taken Architectural Design 3
Students should be able to create architectural design based
Students have taken or are taking Introduction to Urban
on particular design method; should be able to produce
Context
design ideas that demonstrate buildability and compliance
References: to general building codes; should be able to demonstrate the
1. Adrian Forty, Words and Buildings: A Vocabulary of Modern application of advanced knowledge of structural principles,
Architecture, Chapter ‘Space’, hal. 256-275, Thames & tectonic principles of construction detail and building utility
Hudson, 2000 system.
2. Yi-Fu Tuan, Space and Place: The Perspective of Experience,
Syllabus:
University of Minnesota Press, 1981
Designing with particular approach or method within
3. Henri Lefebvre, The Production of Space, Blackwell, 1991
design units. Design units offered may include but not
4. Jeremy Till, Architecture Depends, MIT Press, 2009
limited to: typology-based design; evidence-based design;
5. Karen Franck & Bianca Lepori, Architecture Inside Out,
architectural design as part of urban context; architectural
Academy Press, 2000
design with technology, computation, or parametric
6. Giulio Carlo Argan, On the Typology of Architecture, in
approach. Knowledge and implementation of building codes
Nesbitt, Theorizing a New Agenda for Architecture hal.
that include safety, security, health, comfort, and accessi-
240-246, Princeton Architectural Press, 1996
bility. Design communication that comply with standard
7. Jonathan D. Sime, Creating Places or Designing Spaces,
drawing convention. Awareness and understanding of role
Journal of Environmental Psychology, Vol 6, hal. 49-63,
of various disciplines of design, construction, mechanical
1986
and electrical in architectural design process.
8. Andrew Ballantyne, What is Architecture?, Routledge,
2002 Prerequisites:
9. Aaron Betsky & Erik Adigard, Architecture Must Burn: Students have taken Architectural Design 4
Manifestos for the Future of Architecture, Gingko Press, 2001
References:
10. Robert Venturi & Denise Brown, Learning from Las Vegas,
1. Bryan Lawson, How Designers Think, Architectural Press,
MIT Press, 1977
2005.
2. Michael Hensel, Performance-Oriented Architecture:
Rethinking Architectural Design and the Built Environment,
326
Wiley, 2013. tectural Design 5

3. Bernard Leupen, Time-Based Architecture, 101 Publishers, 2. References:
2005. 3. John Zeisel, Inquiry by Design, W. W. Norton & Company,
4. Herman Hertzberger, Space and the Architects, 101 2006
Publishers, 2000 4. I. Border and K. Ruedi, The Dissertation: an Architecture
5. Referensi lain yang relevan dengan masing-masing unit Student’s Handbook, Oxford University Press, 2000.
perancangan. 5. John Zeisel, Inquiry by Design, W. W. Norton & Company,
2006
UNDERGRADUATE THESIS
6. Iain Border and Katarina Ruedi, The Dissertation: an
ENAR600008/ENAR610008
Architecture Student’s Handbook, Oxford University Press,
6 CREDITS
2000.
Learning Objective:
7. Murray Fraser, Design Research in Architecture, Ashgate
Student should be able to identify, study and communicate
Publishing, 2013
issues within specific area of study related to architecture;
able to develop basic skills in scientific reading, researching
and writing; able to develop understanding of research as an
Course Description: Elective Courses
activity that requires systematic and logical thinking; able ACOUSTICS
to develop critical understanding of various architectural ENAR600018/ENAR610018
issues. 3 CREDITS
Syllabus: Learning Objective:
The thesis begins with an inquiry into what the student Student should be able to understand basic principles of
wishes to study in depth. It involves the understanding of acoustic in space and environment; able to conduct analysis
issues and explanation of the understanding with limited in order to create good acoustic design.
depth level. At this level, the student is neither required to Syllabus:
solve a problem nor create or invent something new that Basic acoustics, characteristics of sounds, acoustic criteria in
would contribute to the discipline architecture. Simple space, sound intensification and sound isolation, environ-
investigation is performed through literature search and/ mental noise.
or case studies. Originality. Modes of writing: descriptive,
narrative, explanatory Prerequisites: -
Prerequisites: References:
Students have earned 114 credits and have taken Architec- 1. Leslie L. Doelle & Lea Prasetio, Akustik Lingkungan,
tural Design 4 Erlangga,1993
2. PH Parkin & HR Humpreys, Acoustics Noise and Buildings,
References: Faber and Faber Ltd, 1984
1. John Zeisel, Inquiry by Design, W. W. Norton & Company, 3. Finarya Legoh & Siti Hajarinto, References AKUSTIK,
2006 2002
2. David Evans & Paul Gruba, How To Write A Better Thesis
Dissertation, Springer, 2014 INTRODUCTION TO SPATIAL ANALISIS
3. F. Crews. The Random House Handbook, ed, pgs 10-114, ENAR600051
McGraw-Hill Higher Education,1992 3 CREDITS
4. I. Border and K. Ruedi, The Dissertation: an Architecture Learning Objective:
Student’s Handbook, Oxford University Press, 2000. This course trains students with spatial and quantitative
5. T. Y. Hardjoko, Panduan Meneliti dan Menulis Ilmiah, data analysis to answer simple and basic urban planning
Departemen Arsitektur Universitas Indonesia, 2005 problems. This course uses active, case-based learning with a
focus on spatial data analysis using geographic information
FINAL PROJECT systems (GIS). Students will be required to attend classes,
ENAR600008/ENAR610008 complete exercises and independent assignments in the first
6 CREDITS half of the semester. On the second half, students will have to
Learning Objective: propose a planning issue to be solved using GIS.
Student should be able to identify, study and communicate
issues within specific area of study related to architecture; Syllabus:
able to develop basic skill in analyzing and synthetizing Students will be taught to use of GIS to obtain, store, manage,
theory and demonstrate it through design; able to develop present and analyse spatial and quantitative data to help
understanding of research as an activity that requires urban architects and planners. This course uses computer
systematic and logical thinking; able to develop critical aids with ESRI ArcGIS software and internet networks to
understanding of various architectural issues. connect students with the UI distance learning system,
namely EMAS. This course will use Indonesian for regular
Syllabus: classes and English for International Special Classes (KKI).
The thesis begins with an inquiry into what the student
wishes to study in depth. It involves the understanding of References:
issues and explanation of the understanding with limited 1. Allen, D. W. (2013). GIS Tutorial 2: Spatial Analysis
depth level, which is demonstrated through architectural Workbook. Third Edition. Redlands, CA: ESRI Press.
design. 2. Banai-Kashani, R. (1989). A New Method for Site
Suitability Analysis: The Analytic Hierarchy Process.
Prerequisites: Environmental Management, 13(6), 685-693.
1. Students have earned 114 credits and have taken Archi- 3. Gorr, W. L., & Kurland, K. S. (2013). GIS Tutorial 1: Basic
Workbook, 10.1 Edition. Fifth Edition. Redlands, CA:
327
ESRI Press. system, the effect of island- sea interactions to coastal

4. Lu, D., Mausel, P., Brondízio, E., & Moran, E. (2004). living-livelihood, spatial planning, facilities and architecture
Change Detection Techniques. International Journal of of coastal areas, the dynamics of dwelling and dwelling form
Remote Sensing, 25(12), 2365-2401. in Indonesian coastal areas, climate change and disaster risk
5. Malczewski, J. (2004). GIS-based Land-Use Suitability in Indonesian coastal area, spatial-temporal-cultural changes
Analysis: A Critical Overview. Progress in Planning, and eco-anthroposystem in certain Indonesian coastal area,
62(1), 3-65. the role of architects in coastal spatial planning and the
6. McLafferty, S. L. (2003). GIS and Health Care. Annual future of coastal architecture.
Review of Public Health, 24(1), 25-42. Mitchell, A. (1999).
Prerequisites:
The ESRI Guide to GIS Analysis: Geographic Patterns &
Student have taken Design Methods.
Relationships
7. (Vol. 1). Redlands, CA: ESRI. References:
8. Mitchell, A. (2005). The ESRI Guide to GIS Analysis: 1. Abimanyu Takdir Alamsyah, Regionisme dalam Penataan
Spatial Measurements & Statistics (Vol. 2). Redlands, CA: Permukiman di Gugus Pulau Mikro, unpublished doctoral
ESRI. dissertation, PSIL Universitas Indonesia, 2006
2. Abimanyu Takdir Alamsyah, Menata Permukiman Pulau-
ARCHITECTURE AND TEXTS
Laut, Mempertahankan Keberlanjutan Bertanahair Kepulauan,
ENAR600020
Pidato pengukuhan Guru Besar Universitas Indonesia.
3 CREDITS
Depok, 2009
Learning Objective:
3. Michael R. Bloomberg and Amanda M. Burden, Urban
Introducing architecture as text that can be read and
Waterfront Adaptive Strategies in Waterfront Vision &
interpreted based on the relationship between the text and
Enhancement Strategy, NYC Planning, 2013
its context, as well as providing tools (methods) for reading
4. Subandono Diposaptono and Budiman, Tsunami, Penerbit
architecture as text.
Buku Ilmiah Populer, 2006
Syllabus: 5. Charles Moore and Jane Lidz, Water + Architecture,
“Il n’y a pas de hors-texte” (nothing outside the text). This is Thames and Hudson Ltd, 1994
a sentence stated by the philosopher Jacques Derrida. Text is 6. Malcolm Newson, Land, Water and Development: River
often unserstood as a written communication. However, in Basin Systems and their Sustainable Development, Rout-
the context of this course, the text is not limited to written ledge,1992
words. For example, facial expressions, advertisements, 7. Koen Olthuis and David Keuning, Float!. Building on
traffic signs, painting are also texts. The word “text”, the Water to Combat Urban Congestion and Climate Change,
word which has connection with the word “texture” and Frame Publishers, 2010
“context”, comes from the Latin word texere, which means 8. Djoko Pramono, Budaya Bahari, Gramedia Pustaka
knit. This course is an introduction to architecture as a text. Utama, 2005
This course give us knowledge, how to read architecture 9. Alan P. Trujillo and Harold V. Thurman, Essentials of
as text, How do we read architecture as a knitting between Oceanography, Ninth Edition, Pearson Education Ltd, 2008
architectural works and architects, including society 10. Heather Vies and Tom Spencer, Coastal Problems: Geomor-
condition and so on. phology, Ecology and Society at the Coast, Edward Arnold,
1995
Prerequisites: -
11. Ary Wahyono, AR Patji, SS Laksono, R. Indrawasih,
References: Sudiyono dan Surmiati Ali, Hak Ulayat Laut di Kawasan
1. Roland Barthes, Mythologies, Vintage Classics, 2000 Indonesia Timur, Media Presindo Yogjakarta, 2000
2. John D Caputo (ed.), Deconstruction in a Nutshell: a
ETHNIC ARCHITECTURE
Conversation with Jacques Derrida, Fordham University
ENAR600020/ENAR610020
Press, 1997
3 CREDITS
3. Umberto Eco, A Theory of Semiotics, Indiana University
Learning Objective:
Press, 1976
Student should be able to understand various aspects of
4. Joel Gilberthorpe, What is a Text?: on the Limits of a Text
architecture which arise from ethnic groups’ traditions in
as an Object of Knowledge (http://www.arts.mq.edu.au/
order to explain and analyse elements and principles of
documents/NEO_Article_5_2009_Joel_Gilberthorpe.pdf)
architecture from particular ethnic group; able to compre-
COASTAL ARCHITECTURE hend the phenomena of ethnic architecture in general and to
ENAR600019 analyze architecture tradition of particular ethnic group.
3 CREDITS
Syllabus:
Learning Objective:
Understanding of principles and elements of ethnic architec-
Student should be able to understand the relationship
ture, forming factors, symbolic classification, cosmological
between spatial temporal, cultural, and eco-athropomorphic
view and worldview, space, place, time, meaning, anthropo-
systems changes in coastal areas. Such understanding would
morphic.
contribute to awareness to integrate eco-anthroposystem
ideas into architectural design in coastal areas; Student Prerequisites: -
should be able to systematically express their own under-
References:
standing and awarenees of design issues in coastal context.
1. Amos Rapoport, House Form and Culture, Englewood
Syllabus: Cliffs, 1960
Water and architecture, basic understanding and knowl-
edge of coastal area, continental area, sea, archipelago,
spatial-temporal-cultural aspects, coastal eco-anthropo-
328
2. N. Egenter, Architectural Anthropology, Structura Mundi, Improve the Human Condition Have Failed, Yale University
1996 Press, 1998
3. John Hutchinson (ed.), Anthony D. Smith (ed.), Ethnicity, 12. James Holston, The Modernist City: an Anthropological
Oxford University Press, 1996 Critique of Brasilia, The University of Chicago Press, 1989
4. Roxanna Waterson, The Living House: An Anthropology of 13. Janice E. Perlman, Favela: Four Decades of Living on the Edge
Architecture in Southeast Asia, Oxford University Press, in Rio de Janeiro, Oxford University Press, 2010
1990 14. Mike Davis, Evil Paradise: Dreamworlds of Neoliberalism,
5. Rodney Needham , Symbolic Classification, Scott Fores- The New Press, New York, 2007
man Trade, 1979 15. Nezar AlSayyad & Ananya Roy, Urban Informality: Trans-
6. J. Fox (ed.), Inside Austronesian House, The Australian national Perspectives from the Middle East, Latin America and
National Uni- versity, 1993 South Asia, New York: Lexington Book, 2004
7. Bourdier & N.AlSayyad (eds), Tradition, Dwellings and 16. Rafi Segal and Eval Weizman, Civilian Occupation: the
Settlements: Cross-cultural Perspectives. University Press of Politics of Israeli Architecture, Babel and Verso, 2003
America, 1989 17. Teresa Caldeira, City of Wall, University of California
Press, 2000
ARCHITECTURE, CITY AND POWER
18. Don Mitchell, The Right to the City: Social Justice and the
ENAR600021/ENAR610021
Fight for Public Space, The Guildford Press, 2003
3 CREDITS
19. Edward S. Popko, Transition: A Photographic Documentation
Learning Objective:
of a Squatter Settlement, McGraw-Hill, 1978
Student should be able to understand the role of architecture,
20. Justin Mc Guirk, Radical Cities: Across Latin America in
planning and design within and between urban contexts;
Search of New Architecture, London: Verso, 2014
should be able to improve their understanding on the
21. David Harvey, Rebel Cities: From The Right to The City to
relationship between built environmental design and power;
The Urban Revolution, London: Verso, 2012
should be able to increase awareness of the intertwining
22. Marshall Berman, All That is Solid Melt into Air: The
relationship between architecture, social aspects, political
Experience of Modernity, New York: Penguin Books, 1982
aspects, economy, and culture; should be able to understand
23. Leopold Lambert, Weaponized Architecture: The Impossibil-
that built environment is conceived out of, and would yield
ity of Innocence, DPR-Barcelona, 2013
particular power relation amongst the users in a specific
24. Andy Merrifield, Metromarxism: A Marxist Tale of the City,
context.
New York: Routledge, 2001
Syllabus: 25. Nezar AlSayyad & Mejgan Massoumi (eds), Fundamen-
The role of architecture and planning in the broader context. talist City? Religiousity and the Remaking of Urban Space,
The relationship between design and power. Syllabus is London: Routledge, 2011
prepared according to the themes related to the aforemen- 26. Edward W. Soja, Seeking Spatial Justice, University of
tioned relationship, which includes the following themes: Minnesota Press, 2010
Architecture and consumption, poverty and inequality; 27. Faranak Mirahtab & Neema Kudva (eds), Cities of the
informality, disasters, theme parks/leisure, space of colonial/ Global South Reader, Routledge, 2015
post-colonial/nation/globalization/ neoliberalism; spatial 28. Etienne Turpin, et.al, Jakarta: Architecture & Adaptation,
enclaves/zone/segregation based on gender, race and Jakarta: Universitas Indonesia Press, 2013 (esp. chapters
ethnicity, social class, religion, spatial justice; housing and Introduction and sections on interviews)
infrastructure. 29. AbdouMaliq Simone, Jakarta Drawing the City Near,
Prerequisites: -
30. and various movies related to themes and learning
References: objectives
1. Benedict Anderson, Language and Power: Exploring Political
ARCHITECTURE, MEDIA AND CONTEXT
Culture in Indonesia, Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1990
ENAR600033
(esp. chapter “The Idea of Power in Javanese Culture”)
3 SKS
2. James D Faubion, Michel Foucoult: Power, Essential Works of
Learning Objective:
Foucault 1954-1984, New York: The New Press, 1997
The course is concerned with how media operates in
3. Kim Dovey, Framing Spaces: Mediating Power in Built Form,
architecture and bring forward various scales and contexts
New York: Routledge, 1999
of architectural projects. We consider scale as both a phys-
4. Lawrence Vale, Architecture, Power and National Identity,
ical attribute of objects and spaces and as ideology – as an
Routledge, 2002 (2nd ed)
operative idea – about relationships, which are both internal
5. Abidin Kusno, Behind the Postcolonial: Architecture, Urban
and external to the architectural object and/or field. Scale in
Space and Political Culture in Indonesia, Routledge, 2000
architecture always implies context, whether the context is
6. Abidin Kusno, After the New Order: Space, Politics and
implied in objects, landscapes or urban fabrics. Therefore,
Jakarta, University of Hawaii Press, 2013
this course also examines the dynamic and complex relation-
7. Brenda S.A Yeoh, Contesting Space in Colonial Singapore:
ship between media, scale and architecture. We will look at
Power Relations and the Urban Built Environment, Singa-
architecture as media and embodiments of particular ideas
pore University Press, 2003
and values—and at the impact that communication media
8. Nezar AlSayyad (ed), Forms of Dominance: On the Architec-
have had on the practice of architecture and the way we
ture and Urbanism of Colonial Enterprise, Avebury, 1992
experience our built environments.
9. Gwendolyn Wright, The Politics of Design in French
Colonial Urbanism, Chicago: The University of Chicago Understanding architecture as an embodiment of ideas
Press, 1991 and there is a deep connection between the communication
10. David Harvey, Spaces of Hope, University of California media used such as pictures, photos and films of architec-
Press, 2000 tural practices and the way we understand space. Students
11. James C. Scott, Seeing Like a State: How Certain Schemes to explore how understanding media in architecture and
329
related contexts helps us to understand architecture and Syllabus:

is able to transfer theoretical knowledge into architectural Introduction to BIM in architecture; model development,
applications and criticism. information and database handlinge, basic analysis and
documentation.
Syllabus:
This lecture deals with how media operate in architecture Prerequisites: -
and is used in various contexts and scales. There is an References:
introduction to history and theory about media and archi- 1. Eastman, C., Eastman, C.M., Teicholz, P. and Sacks, R.,
tecture and traces the use of media in architecture as well BIM Handbook: A Guide to Building Information Modeling
as understanding the relationship between architectural for Owners, Managers, Designers, Engineers and Contractors.
theory and practice and the meaning of space. In general, John Wiley & Sons, 2011
the discussion includes the use of media in architecture 2. Kensek, K, and Noble, D., Building Information Modeling:
and art, media in the Renaissance & Classicism era, several BIM in Current and Future Practice, John Wiley & Sons,
observational techniques and new views on space, Collage & 2014
Montage in architecture, photography and representation in 3. Holzer, D, The BIM Manager’s Handbook: Guidance for
Architecture, film and architecture, reading media contexts Professionals in Architecture, Engineering and Construction,
and scales such as miniature and Megastructure, signs and John Wiley & Sons
semiotics in architecture, and society of spectacle.
DIAGRAM AND ARCHITECTURE
Prerequisites: - ENAR600049
3 CREDITS
References:
Learning Objective:
1. Moore, Charles and Allen, Gerald. Dimensions. Space,
Students are introduced with the advanced theory of
shape & scale in architecture, (McGraw-Hill, 1977)
diagram in architecture, providing the understanding
2. Colomina, Beatriz. “The Media House.” Assemblage, no.
on the role of diagram as part of design process, both as
27 (1995)
representation or as part of design thinking. Students were
3. Jonathan Crary, Techniques of the observer: on vision
given insights on the different phases and complexity in
and modernity in the nineteenth century, the MIT Press,
constructing a diagram based on relevant information
1992
within a design process. Students are introduced to various
4. Sergei M. Eisenstein, Yve-Alain Bois, and Michael
forms of diagram, depending on the different aims and
Glenny. “Montage and Architecture.” Assemblage, no. 10
contexts of design.
(1989).
5. Colin Rowe and Fred Koetter, “Collage city and the Syllabus:
reconquest of time,” in Collage City (MIT Press, 1978), Diagrams as design thinking, diagramming as observa-
118-149; “Excursis” (images): 151-177. tional or active responses, organising informations for
6. James Ackerman, “On the Origins of Architectural diagram-making, diagramming practices, diagramming
Photography” In Kester Rattenbury, Ed., This is Not systems, diagram as performative, diagram as design propo-
Architecture: Media Constructions (New York: Routledge, sition and/or design activism.
2002): 26-35.
Prerequisites:
7. Giuliana Bruno, “Site-seeing: Architecture and the
Student has taken Architectural Design 2.
Moving Image” Wide Angle 19:4 (1997): 8-24.
8. Benjamin, Walter. 1969. ‘The Work of Art in the Age of References:
Mechanical Reproduction,’ Illuminations. Ed. H. Arendt. 1. Alison and Peter Smithson, The Charged Void: Architecture,
(New York: Schocken) pp. 217–251. New York: The Monacelli Press, 2001
9. Susan Steward, “ Miniature,” in On Longing: Narratives 2. Bernard Tschumi, Notations: Diagrams and Sequences.
of the Miniature, the Gigantic, the Souvenir, the Collec- London: Artifice Press, 2014
tion (John Hopkins U.P., 1984). 3. Denis Wood, Everything Sings: Maps for a Narrative Atlas,
10. Rem Koolhaas, Delirious New York (New York: Monaceli Los Angeles: Siglio, 2011
Press, 1978). 4. Doina Petrescu, ‘The Indeterminate Mapping of the
11. Debord, Guy. 1994. The society of the spectacle. New York: Common’, Field Journal 1 (1), 2007
Zone Books. 5. Edward R Tufte, Envisioning Information, Cheshire,
12. Baudrillard‬, Jean. 1994. Simulacra and Simulation, ‬ Ed. Connecticut: Graphics Pr, 1990
Sheila Faria Glaser‬, Michigan: University of Michigan 6. Judith Wasserman, ‘A World in Motion: The Creative
Press.‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬‬ Synergy of Lawrence and Anna Halprin’, Landscape
13. Venturi, Denise Scott Brown, Steven Izenour, Learning Journal 31 (1/2): 33–52, 2012
From Las Vegas 7. Julienne Hanson, Decoding Homes and Houses, Cambridge:
14. Roland Barthes, “Semiology and Urbanism,” in Joan Cambridge University Press, 2003
Ockman (ed), Architecture Culture 1943-1968 (New York: 8. Katie Lloyd Thomas, ‘Building While Being in It: Notes
Rizzoli, 1993), pp. 412-418. on Drawing “Otherhow”’. In Altering Practices: Feminist
15. Henri Lefebvre, The Production of Space, Blackwell, 1991. Politics and Poetics of Space, edited by Doina Petrescu,
London ; New York: Routledge, 2007
BIM: BASIC PROJECT DOCUMENTATION
9. Mark Garcia, The Diagrams of Architecture: AD Reader,
ENAR600050
Chichester: Wiley, 2010
3 CREDITS
10. Michael T Swisher, Diagramming the Big Idea: Methods for
Learning Objective::
Architectural Composition, New York: Routledge, 2012
Student should be able to use Building Information Modeling
11. Peter Eisenman, Diagram Diaries, London: Thames &
software in designing, developing and documenting basic
Hudson, 1999
architectural design.
12. Petra Kempf, You Are the City: Observation, Organization
and Transformation of Urban Settings, Baden: Lars Muller
330 Publishers, 2009
13. Roger H Clark and Michael Pause, Precedents in Archi- Pergamon Press, 1997
tecture: Analytic Diagrams, Formative Ideas, and Partis, 2. Amos Rapoport, The Meaning of The Built Environment:
Hoboken, N.J: Wiley, 2004 A Non Verbal Communication Approach, Sage Publication,
14. Sadler, Simon. 1999. The Situationist City. New Ed edition. 1982
Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press. 3. Graham Haughton et al, Sustainable Cities, Cromwell
15. Stan Allen, Points+lines: Diagrams and Projects for the City, Press, 1994
New York: Princeton Architectural Press, 1999 4. Iftikar Ahmed, ed, Beyond Rio: The Environmental Crisis
and Sustainable Livelihoods in the third world, MacMilan
HERITAGE ARCHITECTURE
Press, 1995.
ENAR610022
5. Moh. Soeryani, ed, Lingkungan: Sumberdaya Alam dan
3 CREDITS
Kependudukan dalam Pembangunan, UI Press, 1987
Learning Objective:
Student should be able to understand the definition and DIGITAL FABRICATION
issues in heritage and conservation of architecture from the ENAR600024
past, in particular heritage building and heritage site. 3 CREDITS
Learning Objective:
Syllabus:
Student should be able to use digital fabrication equip-
Introduction to heritage architecture, including tangible and
ment as a part of design process using various modeling
intangible aspects, Outstanding Universal Value from heri-
approaches and tools.
tage building and heritage site. Discussion on critical issues
related to heritage in architecture and city. Introduction Syllabus:
to conservation strategies including data collection, docu- Introduction to fabrication process in architectural design,
mentation, planning, protection, development and reuse of modeling technique, parametric approach.
heritage building and heritage site. Discussion on precedents
Prerequisites:
of conservation in Indonesia.
Student have taken Design and Digital Media; Have basic
Prerequisites: - skill in using architectural modeling software (Rhinoceros,
CAD, SketchUp)
References:
1. Bernard M Feilden, Conservation of Historic Building, References:
Butterworth-Heinemann Ltd, 1994 1. L. Iwamoto, Digital Fabrication: Architectural and Material
2. Pengantar Panduan Konservasi Bangunan Bersejarah Masa Techniques, Princenton Architectural Press, 2009
Kolonial, Pusat Dokumentasi Arsitektur dan Badan 2. B. Kolarevic ed, Architecture in The Digital Age: Design and
Pelestarian Pusaka Indonesia, 2011 Manufacturing. Spon Press, 2003
3. Undang-undang Republik Indonesia Nomor 11 Tahun 3. Mode Lab, n.d. Foundations: Grasshopper Primer Third
2010 tentang Cagar Budaya Edition.
4. Peraturan Daerah Daerah Khusus Ibukota Jakarta 4. B. Peters and P. Terri, Inside Smart Geometry: Expanding the
Nomor 9 Tahun 1999 Tentang Pelestarian dan Peman- Architectural Possibilities of Computational Design, Wiley &
faatan Lingkungan dan Bangunan Cagar Budaya Sons Ltd, 2013
5. Amorim, Luiz et. Al. ‘Preserving Space’. Proceedings 6th
HIGH RISE BUILDING FAÇADE
International Space Syntax Symposium, Istanbul, 2007 pp.
ENAR600025
032-01 – 032-14.
3 CREDITS
6. Jean-Paul Corten et.al, Heritage As An Asset for Inner-City
Learning Objective:
Development: An Urban Manager’s Guide Book, Ammers-
Student should be able to master the principles of high rise
foort: Cultural Heritage Agency, nai010 Publishers, 2015
building façade including aesthetics, technical, and environ-
7. Fernando Diez, ‘Heritage’, dalam Cairns, Stephen,
mental aspects.
Crysler, Greig C., Heyne, Hilde. The SAGE Handbook of
Architectural Theory. SAGE Publications, 2012, pp 274 – 86. Syllabus:
8. Peter J. Larkham, ‘Conflict and Conservation’ in Conser- The essence of building façade of high rise building (resis-
vation and the City, Routledge, 1996, pp 3 – 30. tance to earth quakes, lateral force/wind and water resis-
9. Adolf SJ Heuken, Tempat-tempat Bersejarah di Jakarta, Cipta tance); Façade design; Material and technology for façade
Loka Caraka, 1997 detailing; Green façade.
URBAN ECOLOGY Prerequisites: -
ENAR600023
References:
3 CREDITS
1. Wolfgang Schueller, Struktur Bangunan Bertingkat Tinggi,
Learning Objective:
PT Eresco, 1989
Student should be able to understand principles of ecological
2. Mario Camp, Skycrapers: An Architectural Type of Modern
architecture, architectural works which consider socio-cul-
Urbanism, Birkhauser, 2000
tural values, environmental sustainability, and holistic mode
3. Hart, Henn, and Sontag, Multi-Storey Buildings in Steel,
of thought in designing a building or an area.
Granada Publishing, 1978
Syllabus: 4. Details in Architecture
Ecological functions that are able to ‘provides’ for the 5. The Images Publishing Group, Creative Detailing by Some
primary needs of city inhabitants, including clean water, of The World’s Leading Architects, The Images Publishing
waste disposal management, air pollution, transportation, Group Pty Ltd, 2004
and green spaces.
Prerequisites: -
References:
1. Amos Rapoport, Human Aspects of Urban Form: Towards
a Man Environment Approach to Urban Form and Design, 331
INTRODUCTION TO SUSTAINABILITY Syllabus:

ENAR610044 Understanding visual communication principles through
3 CREDITS two-dimensional medium, lighting, principles of zone
Learning Objective: system, principles of visual graphics, exposure management,
To introduce students to sustainable development related to and photo image perfection.
architecture: an awareness and understanding of the ecology
Prerequisites: -
of our globe that consists of human survival as social beings
and their intervention over nature (equity & economy) and References:
nature’s laws; students are to understand inconsiderate 1. Michael Freeman, The Photographer’s Eyes, Focal Press,
massive human activities exploiting nature that causes both 2007
man-made as well as natural disasters. 2. Michael Freeman, Perfect Exposure, Focal Press, 2009
3. Michael Freeman, The Photographer’s Story, Focal Press,
Syllabus:
2012
Global warming, green architecture, conflicting and
4. Graham Clarke, The Photograph, Oxford University Press,
competing ideas on sustainability, sustainable environments
1997
(living creatures, place & stuff), human life cycle space,
5. Marita Sturken & Lisa Carthwright, Practice of Looking”.
social aspects of the built environment, cradle-to-cradle and
Oxford University Press, 2nd edition, 2009
upcycle.
6. Soeprapto Soedjono, Pot-Poutrri Fotografi, Universitas
Prerequisites: - Trisakti, 2007
References: GEOMETRY AND ARCHITECTURE
1. Abraham, John, (2017). “An Inconvenient Sequel” – The ENAR600027
Science, History, and Politics of Climate Change” In the 3 CREDITS
Guardian 15 November 2017 uploaded 27 January 2018. Learning Objective:
2. Meyer, Robinson, (2017). An Inconvenient Time for An Student should be able to understand the role of geometry
Inconvenient Sequel. In: The Atlantic Monthly, July 26, 2017 as a basis of architectural form; should be able to explore
3. Nijhius, Michelle, (2017) “What’s Missing from an various possible uses of geometry as the critical tools of
Inconvenient Sequel,” Al Gore’s New Climate Change analysis of existing architectural works and in the process of
Documentary?” in The New Yorker, July 29, 2017, generating architectural design works.
uploaded 27 January 2018.
Syllabus:
4. Al Gore on Inconvenient Truth, Ten Years Later. Climate
Development of knowledge on geometry and its implication
State Oct 28, 2017, 27 minutes https://www.youtube.com/
for the development of architectural ideas and creativity;
watch?v=tr1vp23guOE
geometry and classical aesthetics of architecture; Euclidean
5. Al Gore on “An Inconvenient Sequel” Climate change
and non-Euclidean geometry in architecture; geometry and
“ends with a victory for humanity”. Jul 24, 2017, 14:13
the concept of ideal city; geometry, music, and architecture;
minutes https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tx-
geometry and perception; topology in architecture; geometry
2l2du7Tdg
in nature; exploration of the mechanism of geometry in shap-
6. Al Gore: The innovation community’s role in solving the
ing a design work and its potential for further development.
Climate Crisis July 25, 2018, 34:56 minutes https://www.
youtube.com/watch?v=Vcjk_X8S5WY Prerequisites: -
7. McDonough, William, and Michael Braungart, Cradle to
References:
Cradle: ‘Remaking the Way We Make Things. (New York:
1. Vitruvius, Ten Books on Architecture, Dover Publications,
North Point Press, 2002).
1960
8. William McDonough: “Design as Optimism” Talks at
2. Colin Rowe, Mathematics of an Ideal Villa, MIT Press, 1976
Google. May 8, 2017, 56:39 minutes https://www.youtube.
3. Peter Davidson & Donald L. Bates, Architecture after
com/watch?v=6pg6OxQ7vOg
Geometry, Architectural Design, 1999
9. Global Shared Prosperity | William McDonough at
4. Irenee Scalbert, Archis, Towards a Formless Architecture:
the CGI 2016 Annual Meeting. September 21, 2016 8:50
The House of the Future by A+P Smithson, Archis, 1999
minutes https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Qloqi_
5. D’Arcy Thompson, On Growth and Form, Dover Publica-
N36LY
tions, 1992
10. Resource Abundance by Design, Wiliam McDonough
6. Jane Jacobs, The Death and Life of Great American Cities,
at WEF, October 17, 2014, 21.44 minutes https://www.
RandomHouse, 1961
youtube.com/watch?v=OcO1O99UoUs
7. Elizabeth Martin, Architecture as a Translation of Music in
11. William McDonough explains steel’s place in his ‘Cradle
Pamphlet Architecture 16, Princeton Architectural Press,
to Cradle’ concept June 26, 2018, 30:54 min https://www.
1994
youtube.com/watch?v=OLPyADxFudM
12. Schumacher, E.F. (1973). Small is Beautiful: Economics FIELD STUDY
as if People Mattered.” Chapter 5, “A Question of Size.” ENAR600057/ENAR610057
London: Blond and Briggs, Ltd. http://sciencepolicy. 3 CREDITS
colorado.edu/students/envs_5110/small_is_beautiful.pdf Learning Outcomes:
Students are able to analyze architectural phenomena and
PHOTOGRAPHY
/ or practices in a context of both natural and socio-cultural
ENAR600026/ENAR610026
environments that are obtained through experience or field
3 CREDITS
observations. Students are able to demonstrate this knowl-
Learning Objective:
edge in the form of reports and documentation.
Students are able to produce photography works with artistic
elements and architectural photography communication Syllabus:
through photographic process and photo-essays. Introduction to the field context, both the natural environ-
332
ment and the socio-cultural system; architectural observa- INTERNSHIP

tion approaches and their context; measurement, documen- ENAR600048/ENAR610048
tation and representation methods; planning activities and 3 CREDITS
compiling the results of field observations. Learning Objective:
Students should be able to understand the processes of
Precondition: -
planning, implementation and evaluation of engineering
Textbooks: Relevant references to the topic offered.
activities; to demonstrate knowledge on teamwork of
INDEPENDENT STUDY relevant disciplines in professional practice; to demonstrate
ENAR600045/ENAR610045 knowledge on the processes of planning, design and imple-
3 CREDITS mentation of a built environment; to get involved as assistant
Learning Objective: designer/planner, assistant field project officer, assistant field
Students should be able to demonstrate advanced architec- supervisor, or community architect.
tural knowledge on particular topic and to implement the
Syllabus:
knowledge into the development of ideas of architectural
Real project management process in a company, architecture
intervention.
consultant or organization. Techniques of writing simple
Syllabus: proposal and reporting field work. Techniques of presenta-
Advanced studies on architectural knowledge in particular tion, Method of managing material, data, equipment, human
context; development of architectural intervention ideas resources and coordination among stakeholders in engineer-
based on thorough inquiry of contexts and theoretical ing planning and implementation activities.
inquiry on related topic.
Prerequisites: -
Prerequisites: -
References: -
References: Relevant references to the topic offered.
DESIGN STUDY EVERYDAY AND ARCHITECTURE
ENAR600028
ENAR600046/ENAR610046
3 CREDITS
3 CREDITS
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
Student should be able to understnd the existence of every-
Students should able to develop basic skills on reading,
day phenomena as an approach to architecture; should
inquiry and writing a scientific writing related to design
be able to define the position of architecture discipline in
activities.
responsing to various phenomena of everyday living space.
Syllabus:
Syllabus:
Communicating design process through a writing that
Understanding and historical background of the concept of
complies with scientific writing requirements; Communicat-
the ‘everyday’ in architecture; domestic space; aesthetic in
ing systematically literature review, development of design
architecture and the ‘everyday’, the concept of an ideal city
methods and design process through in writing.
and its relation to the ‘everyday’; cyber space and virtual
Prerequisites: Student has passed Architectural Design 4 space; the phenomenon of the ‘everyday‘ in urban space: a
and is taking Final Project. participatory approach in architecture.
References: Prerequisites: -
1. John Zeisel, Inquiry by Design, W. W. Norton & Company,
References:
2006
1. Steven Harris & Deborah Berke (eds.), Architecture of the
Everyday, Princeton Architectural Press, 1997
Dissertation, Springer, 2014
2. Sarah Wigglesworth & Jeremy Till (eds.), The Everyday
3. F. Crews. The Random House Handbook, ed, pgs 10-114,
and Architecture, Architectural Design, 1998
McGraw-Hill Higher Education,1992
3. Michel de Certeau, The Practice of Everyday Life, Univer-
4. Borden and K. Ruedi, The Dissertation: an Architecture
sity of California Press, 1998
Student’s Handbook, Oxford University Press, 2000.
4. Malcolm Miles, The Uses of Decoration: Essays in the
5. T. Y. Hardjoko, Panduan Meneliti dan Menulis Ilmiah,
Architectural Everyday, Wiley, 2000
Departemen Arsitektur Universitas Indonesia, 2005
5. Arnstein, Ladder of Citizen Participation, 1969
CAPITA SELECTA
ENAR600047/ENAR610047
2D DIGITAL DESIGN COMMUNICATION
ENAR600029/ENAR610029
3 CREDITS
3 CREDITS
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:
Students should be able to expand their knowledge on
Student should be able to use 2D digital drawing media in
various topics that support acquisition of architectural
architectural design process; should be able to choose and
knowledge and design skills.
use various way and technique in drawing for particular
Syllabus: purpose.
Selected topics that are relevant to architectural knowledge,
Syllabus:
design skills and their recent development.
Drawings in CAD and NURBS, pixel base drawing, vector
Prerequisites: - base drawing, architectural representation and diagram.
Prerequisites: Student have taken Basic Design 2
References:
1. Hamad M.M, Autocad 2010 Essentials, Jones and Bartlett,
333
2010 INTRODUCTION TO SPATIAL ANALISIS

2. Robert McNeel & Associates, Rhinoceros: NURBS Model- ENAR600051
ling for Windows, USA, 1998 3 CREDITS
3. H Sondermann, Photoshop in Architectural Graphics, Learning Objective:
SpringerWienNewYork, 2009 This course trains students with spatial and quantitative
data analysis to answer simple and basic urban planning
3D DIGITAL DESIGN COMMUNICATION
problems. This course uses active, case-based learning with a
ENAR600030/ENAR610030
focus on spatial data analysis using geographic information
3 SKS
systems (GIS). Students will be required to attend classes,
Learning Objective:
complete exercises and independent assignments in the first
Student should be able to understand the concept of render-
half of the semester. On the second half, students will have to
ing/visualization in architecture and interior, including
propose a planning issue to be solved using GIS.
framing, lighting and material. Student should be able to use
3D Digital Environment to produce drawing in developing Syllabus:
and communicating design idea. Students will be taught to use of GIS to obtain, store, manage,
present and analyse spatial and quantitative data to help
Syllabus:
urban architects and planners. This course uses computer
Introduction to framing, using vRay for exterior and interior
aids with ESRI ArcGIS software and internet networks to
framing, using naturang light, artificial light, material and
connect students with the UI distance learning system,
texture, post-production
namely EMAS. This course will use Indonesian for regular
Prerequisites: - classes and English for International Special Classes (KKI).
1. ChaosGroup Youtube Channel: https://www.youtube. 1. Allen, D. W. (2013). GIS Tutorial 2: Spatial Analysis
com/user/ChaosGroupTV/playlists Workbook. Third Edition. Redlands, CA: ESRI Press.
2. Alex Hogrefe’s Architectural Graphic Tutorials: https:// 2. Banai-Kashani, R. (1989). A New Method for Site
visualizingarchitecture.com Suitability Analysis: The Analytic Hierarchy Process.
Environmental Management, 13(6), 685-693.
LIFE CYCLE ENVIRONMENT
3. Gorr, W. L., & Kurland, K. S. (2013). GIS Tutorial 1: Basic
ENAR600031/ENAR610031
Workbook, 10.1 Edition. Fifth Edition. Redlands, CA:
3 CREDITS
ESRI Press.
Learning Objective:
4. Lu, D., Mausel, P., Brondízio, E., & Moran, E. (2004).
Student should be able to evaluate environmental feasibility
Change Detection Techniques. International Journal of
for the users, based on their life cycles: birth, infancy, early
Remote Sensing, 25(12), 2365-2401.
childhood, childhood, adolescence, adulthood, old age,
5. Malczewski, J. (2004). GIS-based Land-Use Suitability
death, in terms of places and rites.
Analysis: A Critical Overview. Progress in Planning,
Syllabus: 62(1), 3-65.
Introduction, overview and definition to life-cycle envi- 6. McLafferty, S. L. (2003). GIS and Health Care. Annual
ronment in urban and rural/traditional environment; Review of Public Health, 24(1), 25-42. Mitchell, A. (1999).
psychology of pregnant mother, birth environment, house, The ESRI Guide to GIS Analysis: Geographic Patterns &
hospital, and maternity hospital, rites of birth, infant and Relationships
his/her parent environment; sensory development of infant, 7. (Vol. 1). Redlands, CA: ESRI.
psychological development of a child; playing environment 8. Mitchell, A. (2005). The ESRI Guide to GIS Analysis:
and unwritten rules of playing, home environment, vicinity, Spatial Measurements & Statistics (Vol. 2). Redlands, CA:
and pre-school; parent and childecare; adolescence and rites, ESRI.
adolescence space; adult production space and marital rites;
INTERIOR DESIGN
working environment; elderly; death space and rites.
ENAR600034
Prerequisites: - 3 CREDITS
Learning Objective:
References:
Student should be able to have knowledge about concept,
1. Koentjaraningrat, Ritus-Ritus Peralihan di Indonesia, Balai
principles, elements, and systems in interior space that
Pustaka, 1979
support human comfort, safety, and well-being, with consid-
2. A.Van Gennep, The Rites of Passage, (Terjemahan M.
eration of human factors in the design process.
Viadon dan G), University of Chicago Press, 1960
3. Erik H Erickson, Life Cycle Completed, WW Norton & Syllabus:
Company, 1997 Principles and issues in interior design, elements of interior
4. Howard E. Gruber and J Jacques Voneche, The Essential space, atmosphere and spatial perception, material and
Piaget, Gruber, NY: Basic Book, 1977 interior construction, spatial comfort factors, human factors
5. Saya S Shiraishi, Young Heroes, Cornell University Press, and universal design, interior space typology.
1997.
Prerequisites: -
6. Film: Not One Less, 1999; Freedom Writers, 2007;The Human
Body: The Incredible Journey from Birth to Death (BBC, The References:
Original BBC TV Series Plus: The Making of The Human 1. Binggeli,Corky, Building Systems for Interior Designer,
Body), Human Instinct (BBC, The Complete Series) Wiley, 3rd edition, 2016
2. Caan, Sashi. Rethinking Design and Interiors: Human Beings
in the Built Environment. Laurence King Publishing, 2011.
3. Dodsworth, Simon. Fundamental of Interior Design, Ava
Publishing, 2009
334
4. Farrelly, Lorraine. Construction+Materiality. Ava Publish- City to Green City: The Legacy of Ebenezer Howard, Balti-
ing, 2009 more: The John Hopkins University Press, 2002
5. Leydecker, Sylvia. Designing Interior Architecture: Concept, 10. The Congress for the New Urbanism. 2001. Charter.
Typology, Material, Construction. Basel. Birkhauser, 2013 11. Robert Caro, The Power Broker: Robert Moses and the Fall of
6. Mesher, Lynne. Basic Interior Design: Retail Design. Ava New York, Vintage, 1975
Publishing, 2009 12. Marshall Berman, All That is Solid Melts into Air, Penguin
Book, 1988
CITY PLANNING
13. James Scott, Seeing Like a State: How Certain Schemes to
ENAR600036
Improve the Human Condition Have Failed, Yale University
3 CREDITS
Press, 1999
Learning Objective:
14. Nezar AlSayyad (ed), Forms of Dominance: On the Architec-
Student should be able to understand history and theory of
ture and Urbanism of the Colonial Enterprise, Avebury, 1992
urban planning though historical survey and/or through
15. Lisa Peattie, Planning: Rethinking Ciudad Guayana, Univer-
key themes; should be able to understand (1) how urban
sity of Michigan Press, 1987
space works (based on historical context) based on spatial
16. James Holston, The Modernist City: An Anthropological
planning research; (2) key paradigms in urban planning
Critique of Brasilia, University of Chicago Press, 1989
thinking. This subject is arranged around principle that
17. June Manning Thomas and Marsha Ritzdorf (eds), Urban
history of urban planning is a theory of urban planning that
Planning and the African American Community: In the
is bounded by planning ethics.
Shadows, SAGE Publication, Inc, 1996
Syllabus: 18. Kenneth T. Jackson, Crabgrass Frontier: The Suburbaniza-
Syllabus is arranged following a chronological order that tion of the United States, Oxford University Press, 1987
is divided by 5 sections: (1) reflection towards design ideas, 19. St Clare Drake & Horace R. Cayton, Black Metropolis:
origin and design practice; industrial city and housing A Study of Negro Life in a Northern City, University of
question; spatial order exploration; (2) Modernist City; Colo- Chicago Press, 1993.
nial and Post-Colonial experiments; (3) Sub-urban dream 20. Edward Banfield, Unheavenly City Revisited, Waveland
(legacy of American city planning); from ghetto to city role Press, 1990
model (racial and ethnic control); (4) City and citizenship in 21. Susan S Fainstein & Scott Campbell, Reading in Planning
different historical moments; spatial rules and arrangements Theory, Wiley-Blackwell, 2011
(basic rules of design); urban crisis, urban management, and 22. Lewis Mumford, The City in History: Its Origin, Its Trans-
business city; building a world class city in global south; (5) formation and Its Prospects, A Harvest/HBJ Books, 1961
compatible theories in design and justice; see design over 23. Stephen Graham & Simon Marvin, Splintering Urbanism:
neo-liberalism: paradigm occurs in planning. Networked Infrastructures, Technological Mobilities, and the
Urban Condition, 2001
As an alternative, syllabus could also interrupt this chrono-
24. Aihwa Ong & Ananya Roy (eds), Worlding Cities and the
logical order and arrange as a survey class that arrange these
Art of Being Global, Wiley-Blackwell, 2011
materials in key themes, such as: Empire; Colonial/Post-co-
25. Patsy Haley, E.A Silva, et.al, “Routledge Handbook on
lonial; Modernity and Alternatives; Pacific Rim Capitalism
Planning Research Methods” Routledge, 2015.
Transnational Urbanism; Race/Ethnic, Planning and Real
26. Faranak Mirahtab, Cities in the Global South Reader,
Estate; City and Village; Marginality; Re-building A City;
Routledge, 2014.
Entrepreneur City; Dystopia Planning and Post-city.
URBAN DESIGN PRINCIPLES
Prerequisites: -
ENAR600032
References: 3 CREDITS
1. Selected articles from Journal of Planning Theory & Learning Objective:
Practices; Cities, Space & Polity, International Journal on Student should be able to understand urban spatial design
Urban Regional Research; Journal of Planning Education and theory and its application into urban physical design; able
Research; Journal of Urban Studies; Journal of Urban Forum; to understand urban design method, inquiry, and design
Journal of Urban History, Environment and Urbanization; research, know various perspectives and approaches in
Antipode; Journal of Planning Literature urban design; able to understand basic principles of urban
2. Paul H. Gleye, “City Planning versus Urban Planning: spatial design and able to interpret it into certain case of
Resolving Profession’s Bifurcated Heritage,” in Journal of urban area.
Planning Literature, 2015, Vol 30(1), 3-17.
Syllabus:
3. John Friedmann. Planning in the Public Domain: From
Principles of ordering system in two and three-dimension
Knowledge to Action, 1987
(vista, type, scale, precedent). Urban spatial condition and
4. Peter Hall, Cities of Tomorrow: An Intellectual History
spaces between buildings, theory of urban spatial and urban
of Urban Planning and Design in the Twentieth Century,
typology, elements of urban design, conceptual exploration
Blackwell Publishing, 2002 (3rd ed)
and basic research method through urban design enquiry
5. Friedrich Engels, The Housing Question, Lawrence and
and design research, environmental and spatial planning
Wishart, Ltd, 1942
study. Component of urban design as control of process in
6. Mike Davis, Planet of Slum, Verso, 2007
forming the physical environment of urban space (land use,
7. Dolores Hayden, Redesigning the American Dream: The
building intensity, setbacks, building coverage, building
Future of Housing, Work, and Family Life, W.W Norton &
coefficient, building envelope, open green spaces, circu-
Company, 2007 (2nd ed)
lation, parking, infrastructure, conservation and visual/
8. Christine Boyer, Dreaming the Rational City: The Myth of
townscape corridor).
American City Planning, MIT Press, 1986
9. Kermit C Parsons & David Schuyler (eds), From Garden Prerequisites: -
References:
335
1. Hamid Shirvani, Urban Design Process, Van Nostrand Process), basic knowledge on property rental and sales
Reinhold Co, 1987 project’s cash-flow (short and long term project) and simple
2. Ali Madanipour, Design of Urban Space: an Inquiry into a feasibility study.
Socio-Spatial Process, John Wiley and Sons, 1996
Prerequisites: -
3. Gideon S. Golany, Ethics and Urban Design: Culture, Form
and Environment, Wiley, 1995 References:
4. Matthew Carmona, et al, Public Places - Urban Spaces, 1. Mike A. Miles, et.al, Real Estate Development: Principles and
Architectural Press, 2003 Process, Urban Land Institute, 2000
5. Ray Gindroz, The Urban Design Handbook: Techniques and 2. Carl Gunther, Real Estate Fundamentals (Study Guide), 1995
Working Methods, W.W. Norton and Company, 2003 3. Hartono Poerbo, Tekno Ekonomi Bangunan Bertingkat
6. Geoffrey Broadbent, Emerging Concepts in Urban Space Banyak, Djambatan, 1993
Design, Taylor and Francis, 1995 4. Ralph Basile, et.al, Downtown Development Handbook,
7. Congress for the New Urbanism, Charter of the New Urban Land Institute, 2000
Urbanism, McGraw-Hill Professional, 1999 5. Adrienne Schmitz, Residential Development Handbook, 3rd
8. Allan B. Jacobs, The Great Streets, The MIT Press, 1995 ed, Urban Land Institute, 2004
9. Roger Trancik, Finding Lost Space Theories of Urban Design, 6. Dean Schwanke, Mixed Used Development Handbook, 2nd
Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, New York, 1986 ed, Urban Land Institute, 2003
10. Christopher Alexander, The Oregon Experiment, Oxford
PROJECT FEASIBILITY
ENAR600039
11. Yoshinobu Ashinara, The Aesthetics Townscape, MIT Press,
3 CREDITS
1984
Learning Objective:
12. Edmund Bacon, Design of Cities, Thames and Hudson,
Student should be able to propose a project plan and explain
1967.
the feasibility of a project, or program development in a clear,
13. Kevin Lynch, The Image of The City, MIT Press 1960
comprehensive and systematic manner.
14. Kevin Lynch, What is Time and Place, MIT Press 1972
Syllabus:
ARCHITECTURAL PSYCHOLOGY
Basic knowledge which covers the requirement analysis,
ENAR600037
technical and environmental feasibility, time feasibility,
3 CREDITS
socio-cultural aspects, legal feasibility, market and economic
Learning Objective:
feasibility, exercise on issue formulation, SWOT analysis,
Student should be able to use basic conceptual knowledge of
scope, activities types and products, strategy, operational
psychological process to identify and analysis human need
standard procedure, analyzing organizational plans,
in using built environment and outdoor space.
human resources and management, calculating market and
Syllabus: economic possibility, as well as legal feasibility in relation to
Relationship between architecture and human behavior, institutional consequences.
motivation, needs, and value as basis of human actions,
Prerequisites: -
Gestalt perception, Ecological perception (Gibson), Affor-
References:
dances and its implementation in architecture, definition of
cognition and its implementation in architecture, personal Novom, Martin L. The Fundraising Feasibility Study: It’s Not
space, privacy, territoriality, crowding, post occupancy About the Money. Hoboken, New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons
evaluation (POE). Inc, 2007.
Prerequisites: - Suad Husnan, Studi Kelayakan Proyek Bisnis, Yogyakarta: UPP
STIM YKP, 2014.
References:
1. Bell, Fischer and Greene, Environmental Psychology, Kasmir, Jakfar, Studi Kelayakan Bisnis, Jakarta: Kencana
Harcourt Publisher, 1996 Prenada Media Group, 2013.
2. Bryan Lawson, The Language of Space, Architectural Press,
2001
LIGHTING DESIGN
ENAR600040/ENAR610040
3. Byron Mikellides, Architecture for People: Exploration in a
3 CREDITS
New Humane Environment, 1980
Learning Objective:
4. Wolfgang F.E. Preisser, Harvey Z. Rabinowitz, Edward T.
Student should be able to design lighting fixtures and ambi-
White, Post-Occupany Evaluation, Van Nostrad Reinhold,
ence for interior and exterior uses, using artificial as well as
1988
natural lights through a critical, active collaborative learning
5. Dak Kopec, Environmental Psychology for Design ,
process based on functional and aesthetical problems.
Fairchild Books, 2012
Syllabus:
REAL ESTATE
Basic lighting, color, natural light, artificial light, light distri-
ENAR600038
bution, interior lighting, exterior lighting (façade of a house
3 CREDITS
and high rise), urban lighting.
Learning Objective:
Student should be able to demonstrate knowledge on real Prerequisites: -
estate, and its relation to architecture and built environment.
References:
Syllabus: 1. William M.C. Lam, Perception and Lighting as Formgivers
Definition of real estate, planning and development process for Architecture, McGraw-Hill, 1977
of real estate (the eight phases of Real Estate Development 2. Norbert Lechner, Heating Lighting Cooling, 2nd edition,
translated by PT RajaGrafindo Persada, 2007
3. John E Flyinn, Architectural Interior System, Van Nostrand
336
Reinhold Environmental Engineering Series, Van Nostrand Having the ability to solve design problems by collaborating
Reinhold Company, 1971 with students from several fields of study. Having insights
about engineering in the future.
SITE PLANNING AND DESIGN
ENAR600035/ENAR610035 Syllabus:
3 CREDITS Study the development of design and engineering; the
Learning Objective: application of contemporary engineering; developments in
Student should be able to implement basic principles of site some other disciplines that affect architectural design.
and environmental planning in an integrated way.
Precondition: -
Syllabus:
Textbooks: Relevant references to the topic offered.
Principles and issues in site planning, mass orientation, natu-
ral site condition, role of outdoor elements, topographical SPECIAL TOPIC ON ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
study of site and environment, trees and vegetation, typol- ENAR600052/ENAR610052
ogy and analysis of site planning, site and environmental 3 CREDITS
design method. Learning Objective:
Prerequisites: - Students should be able to demonstrate knowledge on
References: current architectural discourse and its implementation in
1. Joseph DeChiara & Lee L. Koppelman, Standard Perancan- architectural design.
gan Tapak, Penerbit Erlangga, 1994
Syllabus:
2. Albert J. Rutledge, Anatomy of a Park: The Essentials of
Studies on the development of contemporary architectural
Recreation Area Planning and Design, ASLA, 1971
theories; the development of architectural design methods;
3. William A. Mann, Landscape Architecture, An Illustrated
the development of architectural representation techniques;
History in Timeless, Site Plans and Biography, 1993
the development in other relevant disciplines that have
4. Geoffrey & Susan Jellicoe, The Landscape of Man, Shaping
impacts of the development of architectural design theories
the Environment From Prehistory to the Present Day, Thames
and methods.
and Hudson Ltd,1995
5. Charles W. Moore et al, The Poetics of Gardens, MIT Press, Prerequisites: -
1993
6. Francis DK Ching, Architecture: Form, Space and Order,
Erlangga, 1996 SPECIAL TOPIC IN URBAN DESIGN
ENAR600053/ENAR610053
3 CREDITS
URBAN HOUSING THEORY
Learning Objective:
ENAR600042
Students should be able to demonstrate knowledge on
3 CREDITS
current urban design discourse and its implementation in
Learning Objective:
urban design.
Student should be able to analyze the impact of housing,
planning, and development in urban setting. Syllabus:
Studies on the development of urban design theories; the
Syllabus:
development of urban design methods; studies on current
Housing problems in an urban setting, studies on typology
issues that are relevant to urban design; the development in
and housing area, methods and building typology, studies
other relevant disciplines that have impacts on the develop-
on economics and management of housing, studies on
ment of urban design theories and methods.
planning and design of urban housing.
Prerequisites: -
Prerequisites: -
References:
1. Norma L. Newmark & Patricia J. Thompson, Self, Space & SPECIAL TOPIC ON URBAN HOUSING AND
Shelter: An Introduction to Housing. New York: Harper and SETTLEMENT
Row, Publisher, Inc., 1977 ENAR600054/ENAR610054
2. John F. C. Turner, Housing By People: Towards Autonomy 3 CREDITS
in Building Environtments, Marion Boyars Publishers Ltd, Learning Objective:
1976 Students should be able to demonstrate knowledge on
3. Graham Towers, At Home in The City: An Introduction to current development of urban housing and settlement.
Urban Housing Design, 2005
4. Paul Balchin & Maureen Rhoden. Housing: The Essential Syllabus:
Foundations, Routledge, New York 2003 Studies on the development of urban housing and settlement
5. Abidin Kusno, Politik Ekonomi Perumahan Rakyat dan theories; studies on current issues that are relevant to urban
Utopia Jakarta, 2012 housing and settlement.
SPECIAL TOPIC OF COLLABORATION Prerequisites: -

ENAR600058/ENAR610058 References: Relevant references to the topic offered.
3 CREDITS SPECIAL TOPIC ON ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY,
Learning Outcomes: THEORY AND CRITICISM
ENAR600055/ENAR610055
3 CREDITS
Learning Objective:
Students should be able to demonstrate historical and theo-
337
retical knowledge on the development of architecture. Poetics of Construction in Nineteenth and Twentieth Century
Architecture, MIT Press, 2001
Syllabus:
2. Richard Weston, Material, Form and Architecture, Yale
Studies of architectural history throughout various periods
of time; the development of discourse on architectural
3. Markus Heinsdorff, Die Bambusbauten, The Bamboo Archi-
history and theory.
tecture, Design with Nature, Design Media Publishing, 2013
Prerequisites: - 4. Francis DK Ching, Building Construction Illustrated, Wiley,
2014
SPECIAL TOPIC ON BUILDING TECHNOLOGY
ENAR600056/ENAR610056
3 CREDITS
Learning Objective:
Students should be able to demonstrate knowledge on
current discourse on sustainability and its implementation
on architectural design.
Syllabus:
Studies on the development of theories on bulding technol-
ogy and sustainable environment; studies on relevant issues
of sustainability; architectural design innovative practice
related to sustainability; innovation on building structure,
construction, material and systems.
Prerequisites: -
BUILDING UTILITY
ENAR600043
3 CREDITS
Learning Objective:
Student should be able to explain utility system in high-rise
and wide span building that support the building to function
well from the perspective of user safety and comfort.
Syllabus:
Clean, grey, and black water system, artificial ventilation
system, artificial lighting system, audio system, CCTV,
telephone, lightning rod, vertical transportation system,
building cleaning system.
Prerequisites: -
References:
1. John S Reynolds and Benjamin Stein, Mechanical and
Electrical Equipement for Buildings, John Willey and
Sons, 1999
2. Ken Yeang, The Skyscraper Bioclimatically Considered,
Academy Press, 1998
3. Esmond Reid, Understanding Building, MIT Press, 1984
4. Hartono Poerbo, Utilitas Bangunan: Buku Pintar untuk
Mahasiswa Arsitektur-Sipil, Djambatan, 1992
TECTONIC WORKSHOP
ENAR600044
3 CREDITS
Learning Objective:
Students should be able to produce construction design
based on tectonic knowledge and to realize the design by
applying making skills.
Syllabus:
Design through material exploration approach; materiality of
materials; construction, construction skills and techniques;
detail and finishing.
Prerequisites: -
References:
1. Kenneth Frampton, Studies in Tectonic Culture: The
338
Transition Rules
1. The 2020 curriculum will be implemented starting in the Odd Semester 2020/2021. In principle, after the 2020 Curriculum
is implemented, only subjects contained in the 2020 curriculum will be offered.
2. Class of 2019 and earlier should follow the 2020 curriculum with transitional rules.
3. A transitional period takes place for 1 year, which is in the academic year of 2020/2021. For courses with changes in the
semester placement (from Even to Odd, or vice versa), if necessary, these courses will be opened in both semesters during
the transition period (Academic Year 2020 / 2021).
4. If there is a change of a subject’s credit, the number of credits calculated for graduation is the number of credits at the time
the courses are taken by the student. Students taking or re-taking the subject after the 2020 Curriculum takes effect will
have the subject listed with the new subject name with new subject credit numbers.
5. If a required subject in the 2016 Curriculum is removed without its equivalence in the 2020 Curriculum, then credits
obtained from such subject will still be counted as the required subjects in the calculation of total 144 credits for grad-
uation. Students who have not passed the course can take other newly required subjects or elective courses in the 2020
Curriculum to complete their 144 credits.
6. Students who have not passed the compulsory subjects in the 2016 Curriculum, are required to take the same or equiva-
lent subjects in the 2020 Curriculum. The 2016 Curriculum courses not listed in the transition table below means that they
have not changed in the 2020 Curriculum, both the name and the numbers of the credits.
7. Students from 2019 class and before who haven’t passed Sports/Arts in Curriculum 2016 may change it with electives.
Similarly, students from 2018 class and before who haven’t passed the Physics (Mechanical and Thermal) Laboratory
subject can also change it with electives.
8. The Digital Design Media subject and History and Theory of Architecture 2 are now offered in the odd semester, while
History and Theory of Architecture 1 is now available in the even semester. Students from 2018 class and before who
haven’t passed any of these subjects should retake them in the new semester placement.
Table 8. Subject Equivalence of 2016 Curriculum and 2020 Curriculum for Undergraduate Architecture Program
Credit Credit
No. Subject name in Curriculum 2016 Subject name in Curriculum 2020
2016 2020
Integrated Character Building A 6
1. Integrated Character Building (MPKT) 5
Integrated Character Building B 6
2. English 3 English 2
3. Sports/Arts 1 Can be changed into Electives 1-3
4. Physics (Mechanical and Thermal) Laboratory 1 Can be changed into Electives 1-3
339
Undergraduate Program in Interior Architecture


4. Program Undergraduate Program in Interior Architecture
5. Vision and Mission of Study Program Vision: “To establish an excellence in Higher Education Institutions in
Interior Architecture with national and international recognition, in
order to nurture future leaders who think critically, act prudently and
creatively with global insights and respect to the local wisdom and
environmental sustainability.”
Mission: “To develop the system for Higher Education Institutions in

Interior Architecture and to maintain its excellence in productivity in
order to conduct Higher Education Tridarma.”
6. Class Reguler, Parallel
7. Degree Offered Sarjana Arsitektur (S.Ars.)
8. Accreditation / Recognition Accredited A by BAN-PT dan internationally assessed by AUN-QA
9. Language of Instruction Bahasa Indonesia and English
10. Study Scheme (Full time/Part time) Full Time
11. Entry Requirement SMA Graduate/ equal or D3/ Politeknik
12. Period of Study 4-year Program
Semester Total Semester Weeks / semester
Regular 8 17
13. Aims of the Program
1. Education: promoting graduates of interior architecture who master certain competencies in accordance with the
level of education in a superior and quality manner.
2. Research: encouraging superior scientific research works that are able to compete at the international level.
3. Community Service: encouraging the implementation of practical/applied knowledge to the community in the
form of empowerment.
Sarjana Arsitektur Interior is a graduate who has the ability to design interior architectural works with respect to
context and local needs and based on the application of basic knowledge of interior architecture. Graduates are
expected to demonstrate the ability as:
1. An Initiator – able to provide solutions to spatial problems critically and creatively with respect to local contexts
and needs.
2. A Designer – have the skill in assembling interior architectural elements and materials, have an understanding of
buildability aspects, and have sensitivity in creating meaningful interior architectural design.
3. A Communicator – able to communicate ideas verbally and through writings, drawings, models and other media.
4. A Collaborator – able to work together with various stakeholders in the society to propose creative solutions for
real problems.
340
15. Graduate’s Competencies:

An Arsitektur Interior graduate has the expected learning outcomes as follow:
1. Able to create interior architectural design based on interiority by integrating basic interior architectural knowl-
edge, applying design and communication skill, applying ability for imagination, creative thinking, innovation
and three-dimensional thinking.
2. Able to synthesize the knowledge of interior architectural history and theories, including knowledge on art,
culture and humanities that could influence the quality of interior architectural design.
3. Able to analyze context in which interior architecture is designed and integrate it through design that responds
appropriately to the context.
4. Able to analyze the needs and characteristics of the users, knowledge of ergonomics and anthropometric and
integrate them as the basis to define contextual and functional requirement on different types of interior space.
5. Able to construct the basic knowledge of interior architectural design methods.
6. Able to construct the basic knowledge of structural systems, construction, and building technology aspects that
are relevant to interior architectural design.
7. Able to construct the basic knowledge of materials both technically and in relation to tactility and human experi-
ence in interior space.
8. Able to integrate the basic knowledge of natural and environmental systems into a sustainable interior architec-
tural design.
9. Aware of various roles of interior architects in the society and professional aspects of interior architecture.
10. Able to gather information, formulate, analyze and synthesize problems that are related to interior architecture.
11. Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering into the solution of complex technical problems.
12. Have integrity, able to demonstrate critical, creative, and innovative thinking, and have intellectual curiosity in
solving the problems both at individual and group levels.
13. Able to offer alternative solutions towards various problems in the society, the community, and the nation.
14. Able to utilize information and communication technology.
15. Able to use verbal and written language in Bahasa Indonesia and English fluently in academic and non-academic
activities.
16. Able to identify various innovative and independent entrepreneurial endeavors with respect to ethics.
I University General Subjects 9 6.25 %
II Basic Engineering Subjects 10 6.94 %
III Architecture Core Course 84 58.33%
IV Specialization Course - -
V Electives 35 24.31%
VI Undergraduate Thesis or Final Project 6 4.17 %
Total 144 100 %
Job Opportunity
A graduate is able to work as an interior architect in the design of interior spaces of residential buildings; commercial build-
ings; hospitals and other public buildings. S/he can also work as a design principal in an interior design consultancy, act as a
corporate designer or a designer of movie, TV, theater sets as well as working as an academic and as a critic.
341
Graduate’s Competencies/ Learning Outcomes Network
342
343
344
Course Diagram in Achieving Compentencies

Undergraduate Program in Interior Architecture
345
346
347
Curriculum Structure Undergraduate Sub Total 17

Interior Architecture Program 8 Semester
th
Undergraduate Thesis/Final
ENAI600008 6
Code Subject SKS Project
Elective * 3
1st Semester
Elective * 3
Elective * 2
Sub Total 15
Total 144
ENAI600001 Basic Design 1 5
ENAR600009 Introduction to Architecture 3 *) Students are required to take 2 courses outside of the
ENAI600015 Digital Design Media 3 Undergraduate Architecture Program with the approval of
the Academic Supervisor and Credit Transfer Team. Students
Sub Total 18 can take Minor packages outside the Undergraduate Archi-
2 Semester
nd tecture Program.
UIGE600006 Integrated Character Building 5 Students can take an exchange program/ credit earning
ENGE600004 Linear Algebra 4 with a partner university with the approval of the Academic
Advisor and the Credit Transfer Team.
ENAI600002 Basic Design 2 7
History and Theory of Architec- As the application of Merdeka Belajar, students can take elec-
ENAI600010 3 tives in the form of internship, excursion/research project,
ture 1
Sub Total 19 community engagement, community development, etc.
***) Design Study is required as elective for students who
3rd Semester
choose to take Final Project
ENGE600005 Mechanics and Thermal Physics 3
ENAI600003 Interior Architectural Design 1 7 Electives
ENAR600011 Design Methods 3
Code Elective Course SKS
History and Theory of Interior
ENAI600012 3 ENAI600019 Acoustics 3
Architecture
ENAI600013 Building Technology 1 3 ENAI600020 Anatomy of Space 3
Sub Total 19 ENAI600021 Art Appreciation 3
4 Semester
th ENAI600022 Furniture Design 3
ENAI600023 Lifestyle and Interior Architec- 3
ENAI600004 Interior Architectural Design 2 8
ture
ENAI600014 Building Technology 2 3
ENAI600024 Field Study 3
ENAI600018 Ergonomics 3
ENAI600025 Independent Study 3
Elective * 3
ENAI600026 Design Study** 3
Elective * 3
ENAI600027 Internship/ Community 3
Sub Total 20
Outreach
5th Semester ENAI600028 2D Digital Design Communica- 3
ENAI600005 Interior Architectural Design 3 9 tion
ENAI600016 Building Technology 3 3 ENAI600029 3D Digital Design Communica- 3
Elective * 3 tion
Elective * 3 ENAI600030 Materiality in Interior Architec- 3
ture
Sub Total 18
ENAI600031 Spatial Object 3
6 Semester
th
ENAI600032 Architectural Psychology 3

ENAI600033 Exhibition Space and Narrative 3
Furniture: Context, Response,
ENAI600017 3 ENAI600034 Art and Architecture 3
Object
Elective * 3 ENAI600035 Lighting Design in Interior 3
Elective * 3 Architecture
Sub Total 18 ENAI600036 Special Topic on Interior Archi- 3
tecture
7 Semester
th
ENAI600037 Special Topic of Collaboration 3

Elective * 3
Elective * 3
Elective * 2
348
UIGE6000061/UIGE6100061
5 credits
Prerequisite : -
ACADEMIC WRITING
UIGE610002
2 credits
The Objectives :
citizen values b
Main Competencies :
readers;
material;
level (C4, A3)
country (C4, A2)
ENGLISH
UIGE600003
2 credits
349

in the society.
2 credits
skills.
adopted;
expectations.
Syllabus :
HINDU STUDIES
UIGE6000013/UIGE610008
2 credits
350
the enforcement of justice, Awareness of and obeying the Rita function of two or three variables to solve their applied prob-
/ Dharma. lems.
BUDDHIST STUDIES Graduates Learning Outcomes:
UIGE6000014/UIGE610009
2 credits
Syllabus : engineering problems.
Almighty God and the God Study (Faith and piety, Divine Syllabus: :
Philosophy/Theology), Human (Human Nature, Human Infinite sequences and infinite series, Test for convergence
Dignity, Human Responsibility), Moral (Implementation of of positive series and alternating series, Power series and
Faith and Piety in everyday life), Science, Technology and Art operation on operations, Taylor and MacLaurin series, Conic
Erlangga, 2019.
KONG HU CU STUDY
4 SKS
Course Syllabus of Faculty Subjects Course Learning Outcomes:
3 credits problems.
Textbooks:
ENGE600004/ENGE610004
2012.
CALCULUS 2
351
vector spaces, Common vector spaces, eigenvalues and eigen- Prerequisite: none
Textbooks :
Prerequisite: None Edition, Wiley, 2011.
Textbooks:
Wellesley Cambridge Press, 2003 BASIC CHEMISTRY
ENGE600009 / ENGE610009
2 credits
ENGE600005 / ENGE610005
3 credits
tions.
Syllabus:
stochiometry, water phase reactions and solution stochiom-
Syllabus: ical applications.
Textbooks :
York, 2001.
McGraw-Hill, 2003.
modynamics.
ENGINEERING ECONOMY
Prerequisite: none
ENGE600011 / ENGE610011
ENGE600007 / ENGE610007
Syllabus:
3 credits
Syllabus:
Textbooks:
352
2. Park, Chan S. 2016. Contemporary Engineering Econom- Syllabus:

Introduction to SHE Regulation and Standards, SHE Percep-
STATISTICS AND PROBABILISTICS Process safety hazard and analysis technique, Fire and explo-
ENGE600010 / ENGE610010 sion hazard, Electrical hazard, Toxicology in the Workplace,
2 credits Ergonomy Aspect, Hazard communication to employees,
Course Learning Outcomes: Environmental Protection, Case studies, Safety Health and
Environment audits.
starting from the descriptive stage (collection, organization, Prerequisite: none
Textbooks :
casting and drawing conclusions based on the relationship
between variables for decision making.
Graduate Learning Outcomes: 2. Asfahl, C.R., Rieske, D. W., Sixth Edition Industrial Safety
1. Apply descriptive statistics and probability theory to data and Health Management, Pearson Education, Inc., 2010.
processing and serving 3. United Kingdom - Health and Safety Executive, http://
2. Apply probability distribution to data processing and www.hse.gov.uk/
serving 4. National laws and regulations related to the K3 Manage-
3. Apply the principles of sampling and estimation for deci- ment System and the Environment.
sion making 5. Related Journal (http://www.journals.elsevier.com/safe-
4. Apply hypothesis test samples for decision making ty-science/) etc, related standards and publications.
Syllabus:
Interior Architecuture Required Courses
ity Theory, Dasar Basic concepts and definitions, Distribu- INTRODUCTION TO ARCHITECTURE
tion Probability, Sampling, Estimation, Hypothesis testing, ENAR600009
Hypothesis test 1 sample at an average value, Regression 3 CREDITS
Learning Objective:
Prerequisite: none
Student should be able to understand basic principles in archi-
Textbooks : tecture, including basic theories, the relationship between archi-
1. Harinaldi, Basic Principles of Statistical Engineering and tecture and human, architecture and nature, architecture and
Science, Erlangga, 2004 aesthetic, and architecture and technology; able to understand
2. Montgomery, DC., And Runger, GC., Applied Statistics the position of architecture position among other disciplines.
Syllabus:
HSE PROTECTION
ENGE600012 / ENGE610012 What is architecture? (Introduction: Architecture as discourse,
2 credits career in architecture, arkhe + tekton; tekhne; Laugier primitive
Course Learning Outcomes: hut and the idea of shelter)
Upon completion of this subject students are expected to be Aesthetic (proportion; rhythm; scale; golden rules; aesthetic
able to carried out hazard identification, and characterization, trinity of classic Greek; Mandala and Maya; Taoism and nature,
to propose appropriate methods for risk reduction and miti- mathematical pattern in geometry)
gation, and to design safety management system. The student Form and Space (Plato and form; type and how Quatrèmere
is also expected to improve their awareness on industrial de Quincy mimic nature; form and function; various views on
safety and health, and understanding on safety regulation space and the different meaning of raum and spatium)
Materiality and Materialization (re-investigating tekhne; the
Graduate Learning Outcomes: importance of understanding the characteristic and potential
1. Students are expected to understand safety, health and of material, tectonic which does not limit to construction)
principal in engineering code of ethics. Context (understanding of natural environment, artificial
2. Students are expected to be able to carry out process of environment, and built environment; our existence and place
risk assessments by considering risk factors in the impact according to Heidegger; material and context)
of hazards on people, facilities, and the surrounding Human and relationship with others I (the importance of
community and environemt. understanding human for designer; understanding of human
3. Students are expected to understand the regulatory being; body, senses and space; personal space according to Hall)
framework and standard related to the stages of life cycle
of machine, building structure, construction, and process. Human and relationship with others II (space, the presence
4. Students are able to design and propose an effective and the remoteness of people, the meaning of place for human)
hazard communication, management and engineering Architects as profession
assignment project. Prerequisitest: -
5. Students are able to identify the knowledge required References:
to perform risk assesment, investigation and design 1. James O’Gorman, ABC of Architecture, University of Penn-
improvement through a multidisiplinary case of incident sylvania Press, 1998
and accident. 2. Marcus Vitruvius Pollio, Decem Libri de Architectura, Biblio
Bazaar, 2008 353
3. Adrian Forty, Words and Buildings: a Vocabulary of Modern 2. Don Koberg & Tim Bagnall, The Universal Traveller: a Soft
Architecture, Thames and Hudson, 2004 System Guide to Creativity, Problem Solving, & the Process of
4. Yusuf B. Mangunwijaya, Wastu Citra, Gramedia Pustaka Reaching Goals, Crisp Learning, 1991.
Utama, 1988 3. Gunawan Tjahjono, Metode Perancangan: Suatu Pengantar
5. Martin Heidegger, Building Dwelling Thinking, in Poetry, untuk Arsitek dan Perancang, 1998
Language, Thought, HarperPerennial, 1975 4. Jean-Pierre Protzen & David J. Harris, The Universe of
6. M. Merleau-Ponty, Phenomenologie de la Perception Chapter Design: Horst Rittel’s Theories of Design and Planning, Rout-
II, Routledge & Kegan Paul Ltd, 1962 ledge, 2010
7. Edward T. Hall, The Hidden Dimension, Doubleday, 1966
HISTORY AND THEORY OF INTERIOR ARCHI-
HISTORY AND THEORY OF ARCHITECTURE 1 TECTURE
ENAR600010 ENAI600013
3 CREDITS 3 CREDITS
Learning Objective: Learning Objectives:
Student should be able to understand the history of modern Students should be able to have an understanding architecture
architecture from 1750s to present. history and its relation to interior design history and art history,
and also theories that are evolved in the development of interior
Syllabus:
architecture.
This course is a survey of modern architecture history from
Syllabus:
1750s to present, with main focus on the development of
modern architecture. This course also discusses the relationship Interior and interiority; relationship between body and space;
between the development of architecture and its socio-cultural, types in interior architecture; sign and society; design in society;
political, and technological contexts. This course also investi- semiotics in design; critical regionalism; locality issue in design,
gates principles in architecture and design. It emphasizes on development of interior representation.
several important moments in the development of modern
Prerequisites:
architecture, and provide knowledge on the theories that are
relevant to modern architecture. Student has taken History and Theory of Architecture 1
Prerequisites: - References:
1. Shashi Caan Being, Rethinking Design and Interiors: Human
References:
Beings in the Built Environment, Laurence King Publishing,
1. Kenneth Frampton, Modern Architecture: A Critical History
2011.
3rd Ed, Thames & Hudson, 1997
2. Christine McCarthy, Toward a Definition of Interiority, in
2. Leonardo Benevolo, History of Modern Architecture, Volume
Space and Culture, Vol. 8, 2005, pp. 112-125
I & II, MIT Press, 1979
3. Mark Kingwell, Mark Taylor and Julieanna Preston,
3. Iain Borden, Architecture and the Sites of History, Interpreta-
Tables, Chairs, and Other Machines for Thinking, in Intimus,
tions of Buildings and Cities, Butterworth Architecture, 1995
by Mark Taylor and Julieanna Preston (eds.), Wiley-Acad-
4. William J.R. Curtis, Modern Architecture since 1900, Third
emy, 2006, pp. 173-179
Edition, Phaidon Press, 2002
4. Gaston Bachelard, The Dialectics of Outside and Inside,
5. Diane Ghirardo, Architecture After Modernism, Thames &
in Intimus, by Mark Taylor and Julieanna Preston (eds.),
Hudson, 1996
Wiley-Academy, 2006, pp. 22-25
6. Spiro Kostof, A History of Architecture, Settings & Rituals,
5. Ed Hollis, The Secret Lives of Buildings: From the Ruins of the
2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, 1994
Parthenon to the Vegas Strip in Thirteen Stories, Picador, 2010.
7. Bernd Evers & Christof Thoenes (eds.), Architectural
6. Michel Foucault, Discipline and Punish: The Birth of The
Theory: from the Renaissance to the Present, Taschen, 2003
Prison (Chapter on Disciplining the Docile Bodies) 2nd ed,
DESIGN METHODS Vintage Books, 1995
ENAR600011 7. Neil Leach (ed), Rethinking Architecture: A Reader in Cultural
3 CREDITS Thepry (Articles by Umberto Eco and Roland Barthes), Rout-
Learning Objective: ledge, 1997
8. Jean Baudrillaed, System of Objects, Verso Books, 2006
Student should be able to understand the basic thinking and
9. Evans, Robin “The Developed Surface: An Enquiry into
methods of designing built environment; student should be
the Brief Life of an Eighteenth Century Drawing Tech-
able to explain the basic thinking and apply one of the design
nique”, in Translations from Drawing to Building and Other
methods through writings and drawings.
Essays, London: Architectural Association, 1997): 195-231.
Syllabus:
DIGITAL DESIGN MEDIA
Theory and method of thinking; phenomenology, semiotic; ENAR600015
theory and method of identifying problems; architectural 3 CREDITS
observation, design knowledge, factual, deontic, instrumental, Learning Objective:
black box, clear box; theory and method of understanding
Student should be able to express, explore, investigate and
problems, analysis and synthesis; Theory and methods of
communicate architectural ideas by using digital media.
problem solving.
Syllabus:
Prerequisites:
Introduction to techniques and variety of digital media which
Student has taken Introduction to Architecture
can be applied to represent architectural ideas, investigate the
References: basic abilities of various digital tools, choosing the appropriate
1. Christoper Alexander, Notes on The Synthesis of Form, digital tools and techniques to express, explore or investigate
Harvard University Press,1994 certain architectural ideas, studying the workflow of digital
354 and analog media as a part of the architectural design process.
Prerequisites: understanding characteristics of media and materials; commu-

nicating object and space for various purpose and audiences;
Student has taken Basic Design 2
communicate human activity space.
References:
Prerequisites:
1. L Farrelly, Basic Architecture: Representation Techniques.
London, Thames & Hudson, 2008 Student has taken Basic Design 1
2. B Kolarevic, (Ed), Architecture in the Digital Age: Design and
References:
Manufacturing, Spon Press, 2003
1. Francis D.K. Ching, Drawing & Perceiving: A Visual Dictio-
3. P Laseau, Architectural Representation Handbook: Traditional
nary of Architecture, John Wiley & Sons, 1996
and Digital Techniques for Graphic Communication, McGraw-
2. Francis D.K. Ching, Architectural Graphics, 2nd Ed, John
Hill Companies, 2000
Wiley & Sons, 2002
BASIC DESIGN 1 3. Francis DK Ching, Drawing: A Creative Process, Wiley, 1989
ENAI600001 4. Paul Laseau and Norman Crewe, Visual Notes for Architects
5 CREDITS and Designers, Wiley, 1986
Learning Objective: 5. Jeffrey Balmer, Michael T. Swisher, Diagramming the Big
Idea: Methods for Architectural Composition, Routledge, 2012
Student should be able to produce 2D and 3D works as creative
6. Mark Basinger, Drawing Ideas, Random House, 2013
responses towards contexts by applying basic knowledge of
7. Don Norman, The Design of Everyday Things, Basic Books,
visual art and design; Student should be able to acquire and
2013
apply basic 2D and 3D representational techniques.
8. Atelier Bow Wow, Graphic Anatomy, Toto, 2007
Syllabus: 9. Joy Monice Malnar, Sensory Design, University of Minne-
sota Press, 2004
Basic knowledge of visual art and design, basic knowledge of
10. Peter Zumthor, Atmospheres: Architectural Elements,
aesthetic; basic knowledge of space; visual elements: shape,
Surrounding Objects, Birkhauser, 2006
color, texture, etc; basic principles of composition; introduction
to art history and its role in the making of art; basic drawing INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
techniques: expression drawing; shape drawing (natural and
Interior architectural design courses are the studio courses at
manmade objects); basic modeling and assembling techniques;
the Department of Architecture. The studios denote learning
understanding characteristics of media and materials; perceiv-
locations as well as learning methods. At the end of studio-
ing visually and communicating what is perceived; display and
based learning process, students should be able to demonstrate
layout techniques.
their ability to think critically and creatively, which can be
Prerequisites: - assessed from their ability to explain and present his/her
design ideas. Interior Architectural Design learning process
References:
is implemented through Design Projects, which are direct
1. Louis Fisher Rathus, Understanding Art, Prentice Hall, 1994
manifestations of integration of knowledge, consisting of:
2. Claire Holt, Art in Indonesia, Continuity and Changes, Cornel
• Factual knowledge: understanding and formulating design
University,Ithaca and London, 1967
problems which are abstract, qualitative, and related to
3. Johannes Itten, The Elements of Color, John Wiley & Sons,
socio-cultural aspects of human/space activities
1970
• The context and the environment of interior living space,
4. Harvard Anarson, History of Modern Art: Painting, Sculp-
ranging from micro/local/personal space, family, commu-
ture, Architecture & Photography, Prentice Hall, 1998
nity, to urban/rural environment
5. Kimberly Elam, Geometry of Design: Studies in Proportion
• Technical aspects such as structure, tectonics (including
and Composition, Princeton, 1998
building materials), building physics, building systems,
6. Gyorgy Kepes, Structure in Art and in Science, George
and building utilities that are relevant to the interior design.
Braziller, 1965
• Design methods
7. Frank D. K. Ching, Architecture: Form, Space & Order, John
• Communication techniques
Wiley & Son, 1997
8. John Heskett. Design: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford: In practice, Design Projects accommodate learning materials
Oxford University Press, 2002. from several courses: Interior Architectural Design, Building
Technology, and Furniture: Context, Response and Object,
BASIC DESIGN 2 within the following order:
ENAI600002
• Design Project 1 integrates Interior Architectural Design 1
7 CREDITS
and Building Technology 1
Learning Objective:
• Design Project 2 integrates Interior Architectural Design 2
Student should be able to produce spatial works as creative and Building Technology 2
responses towards contexts by applying knowledge of visual • Design Project 3 integrates Interior Architectural Design 3
art and design and employed various 2D and 3D representation and Building Technology 3
techniques; Stu- dent should be able to communicate architec- • Design Project 4 integrates Interior Architectural Design 4
tural ideas by using appropriate techniques and media. and Furniture: Context, Response, Object
Syllabus: Gradual acquisition of knowledge and ability is structured
within each stage of learning in Architectural Design in each
Basic knowledge of relationship among space, human and
semester.
time; Exploration of visual elements, non-visual elements
(audio, kinesthetic) and moving elements (kinetics); creating DESIGN PROJECT 1
spatial ideas as response to contexts; principles of architectural
Design Project 1 focuses on the design of space for human
communication, basic architectural communication techniques:
self. Design Project 1 is an integration of knowledge on spatial
projection drawing, orthographic drawing, perspective draw-
design, based on the understanding of the relationship between
ing; modeling and assembling techniques; model making;
human and space, basic structural logic, and basic principles of 355
environmental comfort within spatial design. Design Project 1 influence comfort); Basic building physics (building orientation,
consist of learning activities performed in two courses which environmental influence to comfort); Introduction to basic
complement each other, Interior Architectural Design 1 and structure and construction principles of simple building;
Building Technology 1. Introduction to working drawing.
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 1 Prerequisites: -
ENAI600003
References:
7 CREDITS
1. Mario Salvadori, Why Building Stands Up, W.W. Norton &
Company, 2002
Student should be able to design a space for a single person, 2. W. O. Kilmer, Construction Drawings and Details for Interi-
through understanding the relationship between human ors: Basic Skills, John Wiley and Sons, 2003
and space. 3. Bjorn N Sandaker, Arne P Eggen, and Mark R Cruvellier,
The Structural Basis of Architecture: Second Edition, Rout-
Syllabus:
ledge, 2011
Interior Architectural Design 1 is an early and critical stage 4. Forest Wilson, Structure: The Essence of Architecture, Van
to introduce students to architecture through imaginative, Nostrand Reinhold Company, 1971
creative, and innovative spatial design. Architectural 5. Mark Dekay and G. Z. Sun Brown, Wind & Light: Architec-
knowledge encompasses basic comprehension about the tural Design Strategies: 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2014
personal spatial meaning and experience, interaction between 6. Francis DK Ching, Building Construction Illustrated, Wiley,
human body and spatial quality, understanding of site and 2014
surrounding context as experienced by human body. Design 7. Edward Allen and Joseph Iano, The Architect Studio
activities consists of information gathering, formulation of Companion: Rules of Thumb for Preliminary Design, Wiley
design problem, analysis, and making critical decisions to and Sons, 2002
formulate an active strategy toward human space, ability to 8. Ken Parsons, Humn Thermal Environments: The effects of
think three-dimensionally through spatial design exploration, Hot, Moderate, and Cold Environments on Human Health,
and communicating design ideas. Comfort, and Performance, CRC, 2014
9. Pete Silver and Will McLean, Introduction to Architectural
Design exercises consist of: Designing a simple space for a single
Technology. Laurence King, 2013
person that is materialized through 1:1 scaled model; Designing
a space for an episode of human life. DESIGN PROJECT 2
Prerequisites: Design Project 2 is about designing space for core social unit
(family, a couple, etc). Design Project 2 integrates knowledge on
Students have taken Basic Design 2
spatial design based on the idea dwelling, the analysis of family
Students have taken or are taking Building Technology 1 life cycle and daily activities, application of basic structural
principles and constructions of low rise building, building
References:
systems, and principle of building physics. Design Project 2
1. Bruno Zevi, Architecture as Space: How to Look at Architec-
integrates the learning activities performed in two courses
ture, 1993.
that complement each other, Interior Architectural Design 2
2. Donlyn Lyndon and Charles W. Moore, Chambers For A
and Building Technology 2.
Memory Palace, MIT Press, 1994
3. Edward T. Hall, The Hidden Dimension, Peter Smith Publi- INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 2
cations, 1992 ENAI600004
4. Francis DK Ching, Architecture: Form, Space and Order, 8 CREDITS
Wiley, 1996. Learning Objectives:
5. Karen Franck & Bianca Lepori, Architecture Inside Out,
Students should be able to design a dwelling as a living space
Academy Press, 2000.
for core social unit through tectonic approach and by thorough
6. Michael Pollan, A Place of My Own. Penguin Press, 2008.
consideration of the life cycle and daily activities of the core
7. Steen Eiler Rasmussen, Experiencing Architecture, MIT
social unit.
Press, 1959.
8. Yi-Fu Tuan, Space and Place: The Perspective of Experience, Syllabus:
Interior Architectural Design 2 proposes critical issues of
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY 1 human living space in urban community context, through the
ENAI600012 design of a dwelling. Design knowledge herewith includes the
3 CREDITS understanding concept of dwelling, observation and analysis
Learning Objectives: of core social unit, formulating spatial program based on
understanding of the needs of core social unit, development
Students should be able to understand basic technical aspects of
of spatial idea through tectonic exploration as the art of joining
structure, material, construction, and building comfort; should
and exploration of spatial composition as an integration of
be able to formulate technical design process and integration
part-whole that appropriately accommodate the programs,
of structure and construction technologies into a functionally
which are implemented into an integrated spatial design and
effective whole; should be able to produce a report of analysis
communicated by complying with standard principles of
and synthesis of all aspects of building technology.
architectural communication.
Syllabus:
Prerequisites:
Structure in nature; Basic principle of structure and construc-
Students have taken Interior Architectural Design 1
tion (logic of structure, basic mechanics); Site context (natural
elements that influence building); Building material (material Students have taken or are taking Building Technology 2
use and position in building, material property values that
References:
356
1. Martin Heidegger, Building Dwelling Thinking, in Poetry, 6. Thomas Schropfer, Material Design, Birkhauser Architec-
Language, Thought, HarperPerennial, 1975 ture, 2010
2. Adam Sharr with Simon Unwin, Heidegger’s Hut, in ARQ 7. Norbert Lechner, Heating, Cooling, Lighting: The Sustainable
(Architectural Research Quarterly) Vol.5 No.1, 2001 Design Methods for Architect, Wiley, 2013
3. J Macgregor Wise, Home: Territory and Identity pp. 391-396, 8. Charlie Wing, How Your House Works: a Visual Guide to
in INTIMUS Interior Design Theory Reader, 2006 Understanding and Maintaining Your Home, Updated and
4. Norberg Schulz, The Concept of Dwelling – Introduction, Expanded, RSMeans, 2012
Rizzoli International Publications,1985 9. Corky Binggeli, Corky Building Systems for Interior Design-
5. Hannah Arendt, The Human Condition - Chapter I & II, ers, John Wiley & Sons, 2003
University of Chicago Press, 1958
DESIGN PROJECT 3
6. Rapoport, House Form and Culture - Chapter II Alternative
Theories of House Form & Chapter III Socio-cultural Factors Design Project 3 focuses on buildability and performances
and House Form, pp. 18-82, Prentice Hall Inc, 1969 of interior space. Design Project 3 is an integration of design
7. Kenneth Frampton, Studies in Tectonic Culture: The Poetics knowledge through the understanding of existing technological
of Construction – Chapter I Introduction: Reflections on the context, exploration of technological aspects, application of
Scope of the Tectonic, MIT Press, 2001 structural principles, construction and materials and building
8. Charles Moore, Gerrad Allen, Donlyn Lyndon, Assembling support system into interior design process. Design Project 3
A Room, in The Place of Houses, University of California integrates the learning activities in two courses that support
Press, 2000 one another, Interior Architectural Design 3 and Building
9. Francis D. K. Ching, Architecture: Form, Space and Order, Technology 3.
Wiley, 2014
10. Erik H. Erikson, Life Cycle Completed – Chapter 3 Major
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 3
ENAI600005
Stages in Psychosocial Development, W. W. Norton &
9 CREDITS
Company, 1998
11. Jonathan Hill, Immaterial Architecture – House and Home,
Routledge, 2006 Students should be able to design public interior space through
12. Peter Zumthor, Atmospheres: Architectural Environments, exploration on development of technology ideas in interior
Surrounding Objects, Birkhäuser Architecture, 2006 architecture.
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY 2 Syllabus:
ENAI600014
Interior Architecture Design 3 proposes critical issues on the
3 CREDITS
aspect of buildability and interior space performance. Design
knowledge consists of design as a response to technological
Students should be able to understand technical aspects of aspects of existing interior space condition; program devel-
structure, material, construction, and building comfort for opment based on analysis of existing technological context;
low rise building; should be able to formulate technical design development of advanced tectonic ideas, including material
process and integration of structure, construction technologies development, detail, and construction; development of interior
and building systems into a functionally effective whole; should architecture ideas based on its performance and building
be able to produce a report of analysis and synthesis of all system. Design assignment consists of: interior space design
aspects of building technology. based on exploration of technological aspects, such as materials,
assembly techniques, portable/ flexible furniture, etc.; Interior
Syllabus:
space design as a response to the existing building context in
Identification of all aspects of building technology in a simple medium to large scale.
low rise building that include: structural logic, buildability, and
Prerequisite:
comfort; Introduction to in-depth knowledge on the materiality
of material, construction techniques and details; Dimension and Students have taken Interior Architectural Design 2
configuration of materials and their relation to structure and
Students is taking Building Technology 3
construction of simple building; Elements of air conditioning
and lighting in a building; Introduction to basic knowledge of References:
building utility; Creating technical documentations (working 1. Mark Taylor, Julieanna Preston (eds), Intimus: Interior
drawing). Design Theory Reader, Academy Press, 2006
2. Mark Kingwell. “Tables, Chairs and Other Machines for
Prerequisites:
Thinking,” in Intimus, Queen’s Quarterly, 2005
Students have taken Building Technology 1 3. Peter Opsvik, Rethinking Sitting, W. W. Norton & Company,
2009
Students have taken or are taking Interior Architectural Design
4. Eva Maria Herrmann, Marcus Kaiser, Tobias Katz,
2
Furnishing, Zoning: Spaces, Materials, Fit Out, Birkhauser,
References: 2014
1. Francis DK Ching, Building Construction Illustrated, Wiley, 5. Sylvia Leydecker, Designing Interior Architecture: Concept,
2014 Typology, Material, Construction,
2. Arthurs Lyons, Materials for Architect & Builders, Butter- 6. Corky Binggeli, Building Systems for Interior Designers,
worth-Heinemann, 2008 Wiley, 2009
3. Graham Bizley, Architecture in Details, Architectural Press, 7. Lisa Godsey, Interior Design Materials and Specification,
2008 Fairchild Books, 2012
4. Andrea Deplazes, Constructing Architecture: Materials 8. Sally Augustin, Place Advantage: Applied Psychology for Inte-
Processes Structures, A Handbook, Birkhauser, 2008 rior Architecture, John Wiley & Sons, 2009
5. Gail Peter Borden, Material The Typology of Modern Tecton-
ics, Wiley, 2010
ENAI600016 357
3 CREDITS 1. Mark S Sanders and Ernest J. McCormick. Human Factors

Learning Objectives: in Engineering and Design, McGraw Hill, Singapore, 1992
2. Galen Cranz, The Chair: Rethinking Culture, Body and
Students should be able to understand advanced technical
Design, W & W Norton Company, 2000
aspects of structure, material, construction, and building
3. R. S. Bridger, Introduction to Ergonomics, Routledge-Taylor
comfort that are relevant to interior architecture design
& Francis, London, 2003
approach in order to respond the architectural existing
4. Pheasant, Stephan. Bodyspace: Anthropometry, Ergonomics
condition; should be able to formulate technical design process
and the Design of Work. Taylor & Francis, London, 2003
and integration of technological aspects of interior space that
5. H. E. Kroemer, Ann D. Kroemer, Office Ergonomics, Taylor
consist of structural system, construction technology, materials
& Francis, London, 2001
and utility system into a functionally effective whole; should
6. Edward Steinfeld, Jordana L. Maisel, Universal Design,
be able to create technical documentation and create analysis/
Wiley, New Jersey, 2012
synthesis report from all aspects of building technology; should
be able to understand energy conservation issues and ecological DESIGN PROJECT 4
sustainability in interior context.
Design Project 4 focuses on the design of public space. It inte-
Syllabus: grates architectural typology-based design method, issue-based
design and basic knowledge of urban interior. Design Project
Building technology aspects that are relevant to the design
4 integrates the learning activities performed in two courses
approach through fitting out, remodeling, renovating, retro-
that support each other, Interior Architectural Design 4 and
fitting, extension. Understanding and responding to existing
Furniture: Context, Response, Object.
structure condition. Understanding the utility of existing condi-
tion and modifying it on basis of design necessities. Knowledge INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 4
of materials in terms of detail and construction, relationship ENAI600006
between material and acoustics, lighting and maintenance, as 9 CREDITS
well material innovation and development of advance material. Learning objectives:
Communication of technological aspects, such as, furniture,
Students develop their ability in designing interiors of public
fixture and other interior entirety.
space through architectural typology- based design approach
Prerequisites: and issue-based design approach, by considering urban interior
knowledge as well creatively exploring ideas on form and
Students have taken Building Technology 2
space quality.
Students have taken or are taking Interior Architectural Design
Syllabus:
3
Interior Architectural Design 4 proposes the critical issues of
References:
human interior living space with socio-cultural complexities
1. Gary Gordon, Interior Lighting, Wiley, 2003
as found in urban/suburban interior context, through two
2. Corky Binggeli, Building Systems for Interior Designers,
approaches: a) top-down approach through the exploration of
Wiley, 2009
design ideas based on typology, and b) bottom- up approach
3. Lisa Godsey, Interior Design Materials and Specification,
through exploration of issue-based design ideas. Urban interior
Fairchild Books, 2012
knowledge consists of comprehension on interior concepts of
4. John E. Flynn, Arthur W. Segil, Architectural Interior
urban scale. Design knowledge includes the understanding
System: Lighting, Accoustics, Air Conditioning, Van Nostrand
of the concept of public, analysis of functional interior types,
Reinhold, 1992
spatial programming, the concept of institution and how it
5. Deplazes, Constructing Architecture: Materials, Process,
is elaborated into interior spatial design, the formulation of
Structures, A. Basel: Birkhauser, 2005
initial statement based on issues, development of architectural
6. Atelier Bow Wow, Graphic Anatomy Atelier Bow-Wow, Toto,
programs and how they are elaborated into interior spatial
2007
design. Knowledge of site and environment includes the
7. Christian Schittich, In Detail: Interior Spaces: Space, Light,
contextual explanation of the design through the understand-
Material, Birkhauser, 2002
ing toward site physical condition, socio-cultural context or
8. Blaine Brownell, Transmaterial: A Catalog of Materials That
urban-scaled interior space, and consideration of sustainability.
Redefine our Physical Environment (1, 2, & 3), Princeton
Architectural Press, 2005, 2008, & 2010 Design assignments consist of: Designing interior space within
social environment context with a close kinship; Designing
ERGONOMICS
interior space in more complex urban environmental context.
ENAI600018
3 CREDITS Prerequisite:
Students have taken Interior Architectural Design 3
Students should be able to understand and apply the basic Students have taken or are taking Building Technology 3
concept of ergonomics and human factors and anthropometry
References:
in interior design as well universal design.
1. Adrian Forty, Words and Buildings: A Vocabulary of Modern
Syllabus: Architecture, Chapter ‘Space’, hal. 256-275, Thames &
Hudson, 2000
Basic principles of ergonomics and human factors; basic princi-
2. Yi-Fu Tuan, Space and Place: The Perspective of Experience,
ples of anthropometry; application of ergonomics and human
factors in the design of built environment; basic principles of
3. Henri Lefebvre, The Production of Space, Blackwell, 1991
universal design.
4. Jeremy Till, Architecture Depends, MIT Press, 2009
Prerequisites: - 5. Karen Franck & Bianca Lepori, Architecture Inside Out,
Academy Press, 2000
References:
6. Giulio Carlo Argan, On the Typology of Architecture, in
358
Nesbitt, Theorizing a New Agenda for Architecture hal. Knowledge and implementation of building and interior codes
240-246, Princeton Architectural Press, 1996 that include safety, security, health, comfort, and accessibility.
Design communication that comply with standard drawing
7. Jonathan D. Sime, Creating Places or Designing Spaces, Jour- convention. Awareness and understanding of role of various
nal of Environmental Psychology, Vol 6, hal. 49-63, 1986 disciplines of design, construction, mechanical and electrical
8. Andrew Ballantyne, What is Architecture?, Routledge, 2002 in interior architectural design process.
9. Aaron Betsky & Erik Adigard, Architecture Must Burn:
Prerequisites:
Manifestos for the Future of Architecture, Gingko Press, 2001
10. Robert Venturi & Denise Brown, Learning from Las Vegas, Students have taken Interior Architectural Design 4
MIT Press, 1977
References:
11. Bernard Tschumi, Architecture and Limits I-III, in Nesbitt,
1. Stewart Brand, How Buildings Learn: What Happens After
Theorizing a New Agenda for Architecture hal. 150-167, Princ-
They’re Built, Penguin Books, 1995
eton Architectural Press, 1996
2. Sally Stone and Graeme Brooker, Re-Readings: Interior
12. Suzie Attiwill & Rochus Urban Hinkel, Urban Interior:
Architecture and the Design Principles of Remodelling Existing
Informal Explorations, Interventions and Occupations, Spur-
Buildings, RIBA Publishing, 2014
buchverlag, 2011
3. Adrian Forty, Words and Buildings: a Vocabulary of Modern
13. Christine McCarthy, “Before the Rain: Humid Architec-
Architecture, Thames and Hudson, 2004
ture,” Space and Culture, 6, 337, 2003
4. Fred Scott, On Altering Architecture, Routledge, 2008
14. Graeme Brooker, Key Interiors since 1900, Laurence King,
5. Charles Bloszies, Old Buildings New Designs: Architectural
2013
Transformations, Princeton Architectural Press, 2011
FURNITURE: CONTEXT, RESPONSE, OBJECT 6. Julianna Preston, Interior Atmosphere, Architectural
ENAI606017 Design series, May/June 2008
3 CREDITS 7. Peter Zumthor, Atmospheres: Architectural Environments,
Learning Objectives: Surrounding Objects, Birkhäuser Architecture, 2006
8. Edward Dimendberg, Diller Scofidio + Renfro: Architecture
Students should be able to understand the concepts, functions,
After Images, University Of Chicago Press, 2013
and construction of furniture; able to understand theories and
9. Atelier Bow Wow, Graphic Anatomy Atelier Bow-Wow, Toto,
methods to develop furniture concept and design.
2007
Syllabus: 10. Christopher Gorse and David Highfield, Refurbishment
and Upgrading of Buildings, Spon Press, 2009
This course encourages student to learn about furniture and its
11. Corky Binggeli, Building Systems for Interior Designers, John
existence in a space. Furniture is observed as a tool to connect
Wiley & Sons, 2009
space that is located between human bodies, as in a building
or on a broader scope. Furniture is observed as functional UNDERGRADUATE THESIS
objects that occupy the space. Students are expected to learn ENAI600008
and criticize a priori knowledge on furniture, so that they can 6 CREDITS
consider a new perspective in designing furniture. Learning Objectives:
Prerequisites: Student should be able to identify, study and communicate
issues within specific area of study related to architecture;
Students have taken or are taking Interior Architecture Design 4
able to develop basic skills in scientific reading, researching
References: and writing; able to develop understanding of research as an
1. Galen Cranz, The Chair, Rethinking Culture, Body and Design, activity that requires systematic and logical thinking; able to
W. W. Norton & Company, 2000 develop critical understanding of various architectural issues.
2. Christopher Natale, Furniture Design and Construction for
Syllabus:
the Interior Designer, Fairchild Pub, 2009
3. Jim Postell, Furniture Design, Wiley, 2007. The thesis begins with an inquiry into what the student wishes
4. M. F. Ashby, Kara Johnson, Materials and Design: The Art to study in depth. It involves the understanding of issues and
and Science of Material Selection in Product Design, Elsevier, explanation of the understanding with limited depth level. At
2002 this level, the student is neither required to solve a problem
nor create or invent something new that would contribute to
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN 5
the discipline architecture. Simple investigation is performed
ENAI600007
through literature search and/or case studies. Originality.
9 CREDITS
Modes of writing: descriptive, narrative, explanatory or
Learning Objective:
argumentative.
Students should be able to design interior architecture based
Prerequisites:
on particular design method; should be able to produce design
ideas that demonstrate buildability and compliance to general Students have earned 114 CREDITS and have taken Interior
building and interior codes; should be able to demonstrate Architectural Design 4
the application of knowledge on the principles of building
References:
technology that are relevant to interior architectural design.
Syllabus: 2006
Designing with fitting out, remodelling, renovating, retrofitting,
or extension approach within design units. Design units
offered may include but not limited to: typology-based
design (commercial, educational, hospitality); designing
4. Border and K. Ruedi, The Dissertation: an Architecture
based on adaptive reuse; evidence-based design; designing
with technological, computational, or parametric approach. 359
5. T. Y. Hardjoko, Panduan Meneliti dan Menulis Ilmiah, Depar- Dissection method in anatomy as an approach to analyze space,
temen Arsitektur Universitas Indonesia, 2005 understanding the parts, the characteristics, the relationship
among one another and how together they create a working
FINAL PROJECT
system of space; Anatomy of domestic space: domestic service
ENAI600008
space, space saving strategy, flow, and flexibility; Anatomy of
6 CREDITS
public space: hierarchy and public space organization, back and
Learning objectives:
front separation, grid; Anatomy of space for special needs: the
Student should be able to identify, study and communicate concept of enabling environment, architecture for users with
issues within specific area of study related to architecture; able limited vision, hearing difficulty, limited mobility, architecture
to develop basic skill in analyzing and synthetizing theory and for children with special needs (such as ADHD, autism, mental
demonstrate it through design; able to develop understanding retardation).
of research as an activity that requires systematic and logical
Prerequisites: -
thinking; able to develop critical understanding of various
architectural issues. References:
1. Jean Baudrillard, Structures of Interior Design in The Domes-
Syllabus:
tic Space Reader, University of Toronto Press, 2012
The thesis begins with an inquiry into what the student wishes 2. Karel Teige, The Minimum Dwelling, MIT Press, 2002
to study in depth. It involves the understanding of issues and 3. Jeremy Till & Tatjana Schneider, Flexible Housing, Rout-
explanation of the understanding with limited depth level, ledge, 2007
which is demonstrated through architectural design. 4. Erving Goffman, Front and Back Region in Everyday Life in
Everyday Life Reader by Ben Highmore, Routledge, 2001
Prerequisites:
5. Jos Boys, Doing Disability Differently: An alternative hand-
Students have earned 114 CREDITS and have taken Interior book on architecture, dis/ability and designing for everyday life,
Architectural Design 5 Routledge, 2014
References: ART APPRECIATION
1. John Zeisel, Inquiry by Design, W. W. Norton & Company, ENAI600021
2006 3 CREDITS
2. Border and K. Ruedi, The Dissertation: an Architecture Learning Objectives:
Students should be able to understand art and art appreciation
and to apply this practice through delivering experience (sense
2006
and aesthetic) and understanding (concept and theory) of art
4. Iain Border and Katarina Ruedi, The Dissertation: an Archi-
works; on basis of formal-technic criteria; should be able to
tecture Student’s Handbook, Oxford University Press, 2000.
demonstrate a comprehension on theories through interpretive
5. Murray Fraser, Design Research in Architecture, Ashgate
view of visual and spatial art works that are relevant to interior
Publishing, 2013
architecture; understand context of art gallery and curatorial
process.
Course Description: Elective Courses
Syllabus:
ACOUSTICS
ENAI600019 Art and art appreciation. Critic and art appreciation. Aesthetic
3 CREDITS principles. Art history timeline. Visual elements in visual
Learning Objectives: artwork. Spatial art, multisensory art, public art. Introduction
to art and national gallery. The role in art. Curating.
Student should be able to understand basic principles of acoustic
in space and environment; able to conduct analysis in order to Prerequisites: -
create good acoustic design. References:
Syllabus: 1. E H Gombrich, The Story Of Art, Paidon Press, 1995
2. Immanuek Kant, The Critique Of Judgement, Oxford
Basic acoustics, characteristics of sounds, acoustic criteria in University Press, 2009
space, sound intensification and sound isolation, environmental 3. Maurice Merleau-Ponty, Phenomenology Of Perception,
noise. Routledge, 2002
Prerequisites: - 4. Thierry de Duve, Kant After Duchamp, MIT Press, 1996
5. L H Hanks, J Hale & S Macleod, Making: Narratives, Archi-
References: tectures, Exhibitions, (Museum Meaning), Routledge, 2012
1. Leslie L. Doelle & Lea Prasetio, Akustik Lingkungan, 6. Joshua C Taylor, Learning To Look, University of Chicago
Erlangga,1993 Press, 1957
2. PH Parkin & HR Humpreys, Acoustics Noise and Build-
ings, Faber and Faber Ltd, 1984 FURNITURE DESIGN
3. Finarya Legoh & Siti Hajarinto, Buku Ajar Akustik, 2002 ENAI600022
3 CREDITS
ANATOMY OF SPACE Learning Objectives:
ENAI600020
3 CREDITS Students should be able to understand the basic principles of
Learning Objectives: designing furniture as disposable items that serve as forming
element of spatial quality, in relation to architectural design,
Students should be able to master the principles in disassem- space and interiority.
bling the elements and system of a space in terms of user’s
needs. Syllabus:
Furniture as disposable objects with certain prerequisites based
360 Syllabus:
on the intention behind the design. Interiority and spatial Students should be able to demonstrate advanced architectural
quality as inseparable aspects of furniture design. After such knowledge on particular topic and to implement the knowledge
comprehension is established, the learning process will include: into the development of ideas of architectural intervention.
basic furniture construction and furniture construction that
Syllabus:
shapes the space quality.
Advanced studies on architectural knowledge in particular
Prerequisites: -
context; development of architectural intervention ideas based
References: on thorough inquiry of contexts and theoretical inquiry on
1. Joyce Ernest, The Technique of Furniture Making, B.T. Bats- related topic.
ford Liminted, 1970
Prerequisite:
2. Sunset Series for Furniture Making, Cabinet and Book Shelves
Making, Bedroom Storage; Kitchen Storage. References: Relevant references to the topic offered.
3. Ernest Scott, The Mitchell Beazley Illustrated Encyclopaedia
of Working in Wood: Tools - Methods - Materials – Classic,
DESIGN STUDY
ENAI6000236
Mitchell Beazley, 1992
3 CREDITS
LIFESTYLE AND INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE Learning Objectives:
ENAI600023
Students should able to develop basic skills on reading, inquiry
3 CREDITS
and writing a scientific writing related to design activities.
Syllabus:
Students should be able to understand the role of lifestyle in
interior and its application. Communicating design process through a writing that complies
with scientific writing requirements; Communicating system-
Syllabus:
atically literature review, development of design methods and
Lifestyle principles in society and in interior design. The design process through in writing.
development of style from the beginning of modern period
Prerequisite:
until now and its role in interior design. Appropriate style in
society and its effect in interior design. Student has passed Interior Architectural Design 4 and is
taking Final Project.
Prerequisites: -
References:
References:
1. Idi Subandy Ibrahim, Lifestyle Ecstasy: Kebudayaan Pop
2006
dalam Masyarakat Komoditas Indonesia, Jalasutra, 2004
2. Jean Baudrillard, The Consumer Society: Myths and Struc-
tures 1st Ed, Sage Publications Ltd, 1998
3. Dominic Strinati, An Introduction to Theories of Popular
Culture 2nd Ed, Routledge, 2004
4. I. Borden and K. Ruedi, The Dissertation: an Architecture
4. Agus Sachari & Yan Yan Sunarya, Modernisme: Sebuah
Tinjauan Historis Desain Modern, Balai Pustaka, 1999
5. T. Y. Hardjoko, Panduan Meneliti dan Menulis Ilmiah, Depar-
5. David Chaney, Life Style: Key Ideas, Routledge, 1996.
temen Arsitektur Universitas Indonesia, 2005
6. Francois Baudot, Styles: Compendium of Interiors, Assou-
line, 2005 INTERNSHIP
ENAI600027
FIELD STUDY
3 CREDITS
ENAI600024
3 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes: Students should be able to understand the processes of plan-
ning, implementation and evaluation of engineering activities;
Students are able to analyze architectural phenomena and
to demonstrate knowledge on teamwork of relevant disciplines
/ or practices in a context of both natural and socio-cultural
in professional practice; to demonstrate knowledge on the
environments that are obtained through experience or field
processes of planning, design and implementation of a built
observations. Students are able to demonstrate this knowledge
environment; to get involved as assistant interior designer,
in the form of reports and documentation.
assistant field project officer, assistant field supervisor, or
Syllabus: community interior architect.
Introduction to the field context, both the natural environment Syllabus:
and the socio-cultural system; architectural observation
Real project management process in a company, architecture
approaches and their context; measurement, documentation
consultant or organization. Techniques of writing simple
and representation methods; planning activities and compiling
proposal and reporting field work. Techniques of presenta-
the results of field observations.
tion, Method of managing material, data, equipment, human
Prerequisite: - resources and coordination among stakeholders in engineering
planning and implementation activities.
Textbooks:
Prerequisite: -
Relevant references to the topic offered.
References: -
INDEPENDENT STUDY
ENAI600025 2D DIGITAL DESIGN COMMUNICATION
3 CREDITS ENAI600028
Learning Objectives: 3 CREDITS
361
Learning Objectives: 5. Blaine Brownell, Material Strategies: Innovative Applications

in Architecture, Princeton Architectural Press, 2012
Student should be able to use 2D digital drawing media in
6. Michael Bell and Jeannie Kim, ed, Engineered transparency:
architectural design process; should be able to choose and use
the technical, visual, and spatial effects of glass, Princeton
various way and technique in drawing for particular purpose.
Architectural Press, 2009
Syllabus: 7. Andrea Bruno, et al, Featuring Steel: Resources Architecture
Reflections, Arcelor Mittal, 2009
Drawings in CAD and NURBS, pixel base drawing, vector base
8. Sigfried Giedion, Mechanization Takes Command: A Contri-
drawing, architectural representation and diagram.
bution to Anonymous History, W.W. Norton, 1948
Prerequisites: 9. Innovation in Glass, Corning: Corning Glass Museum, 1999
10. Sheila Kennedy, KVA: Material Misuse, Architectural
Student have taken Basic Design 2
Association, 2001
References: 11. Klaus-Michael Koch with Karl J. Habermann, Membrane
1. Hamad M.M, Autocad 2010 Essentials, Jones and Bartlett, Structures: Innovative Building with Film and Fabric, Prestel,
2010 2004
2. Robert McNeel & Associates, Rhinoceros: NURBS Model- 12. Christian Schittich, et al, Glass Construction Manual,
ling for Windows, USA, 1998 Birkhauser, 2007
3. H Sondermann, Photoshop in Architectural Graphics, Spring- 13. Thomas Schropfer, Material Design: Informing Architecture
erWienNewYork, 2009 by Materiality, Birkhauser, 2011
14. Toshiko Mori, Immaterial Ultramaterial, George Brazillier,
3D DIGITAL DESIGN COMMUNICATION 2002
ENAI600029
3 CREDITS SPATIAL OBJECTS
Learning Objectives: ENAI600031
3 CREDITS
Student should be able to use 2D digital modelling tool in Learning Objectives:
architectural design process; should be able to choose and use
various way and technique in digital modelling; should be able Students should be able to understand and identify spatial
to create appropriate graphical representation for the model. objects with potential in creating the quality of interior space;
develop spatial object design ideas within interior architecture
Syllabus: context and realize it into prototype.
Polygon and NURBS-based digital model, inter-platform Syllabus:
exchange, from 2D representation to 3D model, rendering
techniques. Understanding of spatial object and its role in producing spatial
quality; creative methods to develop spatial object design; mate-
Prerequisites: rials, tools, techniques and technology in the making of spatial
Student have taken Basic Design 2 objects; developing the design of spatial objects; realization of
design into prototype.
References:
1. Chaos Group Youtube Channel: https://www.youtube. Prerequisites: -
com/user/ChaosGroupTV/playlists References:
2. Alex Hogrefe’s Architectural Graphic Tutorials: https:// 1. Michalko, Michael. Thinkertoys. Berkeley, Calif.: Ten Speed
visualizingarchitecture.com Press, 2006
MATERIALITY IN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE 2. Moore, Rowan. Why We Build.
ENAI600030 3. Gorman, Carma. The Industrial Design Reader. New York:
3 CREDITS Allworth Press, 2003
Learning Objectives: 4. Meikle, Jeffrey L. Design In The USA. Oxford: Oxford
Students should be able to understand material as an essential 5. Yelavich, Susan, and Elio Caccavale. Design As Future-Mak-
part of thinking and design process. ing.
Syllabus: 6. Rodgers, Paul, and Alex Milton. Product Design. London:
Laurence King, 2011
Conceptual understanding of material through the idea of 7. Aspelund, Karl. The Design Process. Fairchild Books.
materiality; Relationship between material and human body, 8. Norman, Donald A. The Psychology of Everyday Things.
space and senses; Tectonic and detail of material; Material New York: Basic Books, 1988
innovation in interior architecture. 9. Karl. T. Ulrich & Steven D. Epingger. Product Design Devel-
Prerequisites: - opment. 3rd Edition. Mc Graw-Hill. 2004
10. Dieter. Design Engineering, 3rd edition, Mc.Graw Hill, 2000
References: 11. James G. Bralla. Design For Excellence. McGrawHill, 1996
1. Kenneth Frampton, Studies in Tectonic Culture: The Poetics 12. Milton D. Rosenav, Jr. et. al. The PDMA Handbook of New
of Construction in Nineteenth and Twentieth Century Architec- Product Development, John Willey & Sons, 1996
ture, The MIT press, 1995 13. Hamid Noor & Russel Radford. Production & Operation
2. K Lloyd Thomas (ed), Material Matters: Architecture and Management, McGrawHill, 1995
Material Practice, Routledge, 2007
3. Martin Bechtold, Innovative Surface Structures: Technologies ARCHITECTURAL PSYCHOLOGY
and Applications, Taylor & Francis, 2008 ENAI600032
4. Blaine Brownell, Transmaterial: A Catalog of Materials That 3 CREDITS
Redefine our Physical Environment (1, 2, & 3), Princeton Learning Objectives:
Architectural Press, 2005, 2008, & 2010
362 Student should be able to use basic conceptual knowledge of
psychological process to identify and analysis human need in 15. Porter Abbott, H, The Cambridge Introduction to Narrative,
using built environment and outdoor space. Cambridge University Press, 2002
16. Potteiger, M and Purington, J, Landscape Narratives: Design
Syllabus:
Practices for Telling Stories, John Wiley and Sons, 1998
Relationship between architecture and human behavior,
ART AND ARCHITECTURE
motivation, needs, and value as basis of human actions, Gestalt
ENAI600034
perception, Ecological perception (Gibson), Affordances and
3 CREDITS
its implementation in architecture, definition of cognition and
its implementation in architecture, personal space, privacy,
territoriality, crowding, post occupancy evaluation (POE). Students should be able to understand the potential of art in
architectural space; create art in architectural setting.
Prerequisites: -
Syllabus:
References:
1. Bell, Fischer, Greene, Environmental Psychology, Harcourt Art and architecture, Art Nouveau and Art Deco, Bauhaus,
Publisher, 1996 International style, Cubism, Surealism, etc, Art and Architec-
2. Bryan Lawson, The Language of Space, Architectural Press, ture installation, installation in the setting: Happy Art; detail
2001 in architectural element.
3. Byron Mikellides, Architecture for People: Exploration in a
Prerequisites: -
New Humane Environment, 1980
4. Wolfgang F.E. Preisser, Harvey Z. Rabinowitz, Edward T. References:
White, Post-Occupany Evaluation, Van Nostrad Reinhold,
1. Cinthya Maris Dantzic, Design Dimensions, An Introduc-
1988
tion to the Visual Surface, Prentice Hall College Div, 1990
5. Dak Kopec, Environmental Psychology for Design, Fairchild
Books, 2012 2. Maly and Dietfried Gerhardus, Cubism and Futurism: The
evolution of the self-sufficient Picture, Phaidon Oxford
EXHIBITION SPACE AND NARRATIVE
ENAI600033 3. Arsen Pohribny, Abstract Painting, Phaidon Oxford
3 CREDITS
4. “The Ideal Place” in Art and Design Magazine No.42
5. Chris Drury, Silent Spaces, Thames and Hudson Ltd, 1989
Students should be able to understand the basic principles of
exhibition space design through narrative approach and critical 6. Fiedler Jeannine and Peter Feierabend, Bauhaus,
thinking towards the interpretive experiences of objects. Konemann, 1999
Syllabus: 7. Booqs,1000 Details in Architecture, Belgium, 2010
Various types of exhibition space, the process of designing 8. William Hardy, A Guide to Art Nouveau Style, World
exhibition space to create meaningful experiences of objects, Pubns, 1996
ideas, and information in physical spaces and virtual spaces.
Exhibition space types, exhibition, museum, pop-up event. 9. Patrick Lowry, The Essential Guide to Art and Design,
Narrative approach in spatial design. Development of curatorial Hodder & Stoughton, 1997
concept, designing display strategies, graphic and materials. LIGHTING DESIGN IN INTERIOR ARCHITEC-
Prerequisites: - TURE
ENAI600035
References: 3 CREDITS
1. Martin M Pegler, Visual Merchandising and Dislplay, Bloms- Learning Objectives:
bury Academic, 2011
2. David Dernie, Exhibition Design, Laurence King Publisher, Student should be able to design lighting fixtures and ambi-
2006 ence for interior uses, using artificial as well as natural lights
3. Pam Locker, Basic Interior Design : Exhibition Design, Ava through a critical, active collaborative learning process based
Publishing, 2011 on functional and aesthetical problems.
4. Reesa Greenberg, Bruce W.Ferguson and Sandy Nairne, Syllabus:
Thinking About Exhibitions, Routledge, 1996
5. Kossman De Jong, Engaging Space: Exhibition Design Basic lighting, color, natural light, artificial light, light distribu-
Explored, Frame Publisher, 2012 tion, interior lighting, exterior lighting (façade of a house and
6. Bryan Lawson, Language of Space, Routledge, 2001 high rise), urban lighting.
7. L H Hanks, J Hale & S Macleod, Making: Narratives, Archi- Prerequisite: -
tectures, Exhibitions, (Museum Meaning), Routledge, 2012
8. David Dean, Museum Exhibition, Routledge, 1996 References:
9. Kathleen McLean, Planning for People in Museum Exhibi- 1. William M.C. Lam, Perception and Lighting as Formgivers
tions, Association of Science-Technology Centers, 1993 for Architecture, McGraw-Hill, 1977
10. Nigel Holmes, The Best in Diagrammatic Graphics, Rotovi-
sion, 1996 2. Norbert Lechner, Heating Lighting Cooling, 2nd edition,
11. Giles Velarde, Designing Exhibitions 2nd ed, Gower Pub, 2001 translated by PT RajaGrafindo Persada, 2007
12. Stephanie Weaver, Creating Great Visitor Experiences: A 3. John E Flyinn, Architectural Interior System, Van
Guide for Museums, Parks, Zoos, Gardens & Libraries, Rout- Nostrand Reinhold Environmental Engineering Series,
ledge, 2008 Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, 1971
13. John H Falk, Identity and the Visitor Experience, Routledge,
2009 SPECIAL TOPIC ON INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE
14. Nina Simon, The Participatory Museum, Museum 2.0, 2010 ENAI600036
363
3 CREDITS 7. Students from the 2018 class or earlier who have not
Learning Objectives: passed the Physics (Mechanical and Thermal) Laboratory
in Curriculum 2016 should take any Elective subject in the
Students should be able to demonstrate knowledge on current
2020 Curriculum.
discourse on interiority and interior architecture.
8. The Digital Design Media and History and Theory of
Syllabus:
Architecture 2 subjects are now offered in the odd semes-
Studies on the development of theories on interiority; current ter, while History and Theory of Architecture 1 is now
issues on interior architecture and interiority; the development available in the even semester. Students from the 2018
in other relevant disciplines that have impacts of the develop- class and before who have not passed any of these subjects
ment of interior architectural design theories and methods. should retake them in its new semester placement.
Prerequisite: -
References:
SPECIAL TOPIC OF COLLABORATION
ENAI600037
3 CREDITS
Learning Outcomes:
Having the ability to solve design problems by collaborating
with students from several fields of study. Having insights
about engineering in the future.
Syllabus:
Study the development of design and engineering; the applica-
tion of contemporary engineering; developments in some other
disciplines that affect architectural design.
Prerequisite: -
Textbooks:
Transition Rules
1. The implementation of 2020 curriculum will start at
the Odd Semester 2020/2021. In principle, after the 2020
Curriculum is implemented, only the subjects listed in
the 2020 curriculum will be offered.
2. Class of 2019 and earlier should follow the 2020 curricu-
lum by referring to the transition rules.
3. The transition period takes place for one year in the
academic year of 2020/2021. When necessary, courses
with changes on its semester’s placement (from Even to
Odd, or vice versa) will be opened in both semesters of
the transition period (Academic Year 2020 / 2021).
4. If there is a change in a subject’s credit, the number of
credits that will be calculated for graduation are the
number of credits applied when the students took the
course. Students who need to retake such subjects after
the 2020 Curriculum is implemented will acquire the
subjects with its new credit numbers.
5. If a compulsory subject in the 2016 Curriculum is removed
without any equivalence in the 2020 Curriculum, then
credits obtained from such subject will still be included
in the calculation of total 144 credits required for gradua-
tion. Students who have not passed such course can take
either newly required subjects or other elective courses in
the 2020 Curriculum to complete their 144 credits.
6. Students who have not passed the compulsory subjects
in the 2016 Curriculum will need to take the similar or
equivalent subjects in the 2020 Curriculum. The 2016
Curriculum courses that are not listed in the transition
table below will have a similar name and credit numbers
364 in the 2020 Curriculum.
Table 8. Subject Equivalence of 2016 Curriculum and 2020 Curriculum for Undergraduate Interior Architecture Program
Credit Credit
No. Subject name in Curriculum 2016 Subject name in Curriculum 2020
2016 2020
Integrated Character Building A 6
1. Integrated Character Building (MPKT) 5
Integrated Character Building B 6
2. English 3 English 2
3. Sports/Arts 1 Can be changed into Electives 1-3
4. Physics (Mechanical and Thermal) Laboratory 1 Can be changed into Electives 1-3
365
Undergraduate Program in Chemical Engineering

1. Awarding Institution a. Regular and Parallel: Universitas Indonesia

b. International Program:
- Double Degree: Universitas Indonesia and Partner University
- Single Degree: Universitas Indonesia
2. Host Institution a. Regular and Parallel: Universitas Indonesia
- Double Degree: Universitas Indonesia and Partner University
- Single Degree: Universitas Indonesia
4. Program Tittle Undergraduate Program in Chemical Engineering
Becoming a superior and competitive Chemical Engineering Study
Program, through efforts to educate the nation’s life to improve
people’s welfare, thus contributing to the development of Indonesian
and world society
Missions
• Providing broad and fair access, as well as quality education and
teaching in Chemical Engineering;
• Organizing quality Tridharma activities that are relevant to national
and global challenges;
• Creating graduates of Chemical Engineering who are of high
quality, noble character, and able to compete globally;
• Creating an academic climate that can support the realization of the
vision of the Department
6. Class Regular, Parale, International
7. Final Award a. Regular and Parallel: Sarjana Teknik (ST)
- Double Degree: Sarjana Teknik (S.T) And Bachelor of Engineering
(B.ENG)
- Single Degree: Sarjana Teknik (ST)
8. Accreditation / Recognition Accredited: BAN-PT (Excellent), JABEE and IABEE
Assessment: AUN QA
9. Language(s) of Instruction • Regular and Parallel: Bahasa Indonesia
• International Program: English
11. Entry • Regular and International Program: High Shool / equivalent
Requirements • Parallel: High School /Equivalent, or D3 / Polytechnique / Equiva-
lent, and Pass The Entrance Exam.
12. Study Duration 8 (eight) Semesters or 4 (Four) years
Semester
Regular 8 16
13. Aims of the program is to provide the highest quality education so that graduates have:
1. Able to apply their knowledge in working in the field of chemical process technology
2. Able to develop themselves as industrial planners and managers
3. Able to contribute to science and technology

Graduates of The Undergraduate Program of PSTK-FTUI should be able to contribute to the field of chemical engi-
neering by applying chemical engineering principles with careful consideration of the engineering, economic, social,
health and safety, energy, environment, sustainability, and ethical aspects; able to think critically, communicate
effectively, and work in together in a multidisciplinary team.
366

1. Able to communicate effectively, using spoken and written languages in Indonesian and English both for
academic and non-academic activities
2. Able to work in a multidisciplinary team.
3. Capable of critical, creative, and innovative thinking, and also have the intellectual ability to solve problems
independently and interdependently.
4. Capable of utilizing communication information technology
5. Able to apply knowledge of mathematics and science in solving engineering problems.
6. Able to apply mass and energy balances, thermodynamics, transport phenomena, and chemical reaction engi-
neering concepts in solving chemical engineering problems.
7. Able to use modern chemical engineering tools.
8. Able to conducts experiments and analyze the data obtained.
9. Able to design components, systems, processes, and products related to the chemical engineering profession with
careful consideration of the engineering, economic, social, health and safety, energy, environment, sustainability,
and ethical aspects.
10. Able to provide solutions to various problems that occurred wherever they live and work.
11. Able to identify the kind of entrepreneurial approach needed based on innovation, self-reliance, and ethics.
12. Continuously develop oneself to contribute in solving local and global problems.
16. Classification of Courses

ii Basic Engineering Subjects 25 17,36%
iii Core Subjects 75 52,08%
iv Elective Subjects 26 18,06%
v Special Subject (Internship, Seminar, Undergraduate Thesis or Skripsi) 9 6,25%
Total 144 100 %
A graduate of the Chemical Engineering Study Program at UI can be described as a “Universal Engineer” as they
learn the basics of engineering such as thermodynamics, reaction kinetics, and reactor design, separation processes, as well as
transport phenomena (momentum, energy, and mass). Graduates of Chemical Engineering Department at UI have contributed
in the following areas: energy (oil and gas industry), engineering contractor companies (engineering, procurement, construction,
and trial operation), chemical industry (petrochemicals, bulk, and specialty chemicals), research and development of process
and/or chemical products, and processing and synthesis of food products and pharmaceuticals.
367
The Network of Expected Learning Outcome (ELO)
368
369
370
Courses Structure of Undergraduate ENCH600019

Chemical Reaction Engineering
3
1
Program in Chemical Engineering for
ENCH600020 Chemical Process Simulation 3
Regular and Parallel Class Program Elective 3 3
Sub Total 19
Code Subject SKS
6th Semester
1 Semester
st
ENCH600021 Process Control 3
ENCH600022 Unit Operation Process Lab II 1
UIGE600003 English 2 Chemical Reaction Engineering
ENGE600003 Calculus 4 ENCH600023 3
2
ENGE600007 Physics (Electricity, MWO) 3 ENCH600024 Process Equipment Design 3
ENGE600008 Physics (Electricity, MWO) Lab 1 ENCH600025 Chemical Product Design 4
ENGE600009 Basic Chemistry 2 Elective 4 3
Introduction to chemical Elective 5 3
ENCH600001 2
engineering
Sub Total 20
ENCH600002 Communication Skills 2
7 Semester
th
Sub Total 18
ENCH600026 Industrial Project Management 2
2 nd Semester
ENCH600027 Plant Design 4
ENCH600028 On The Job Training (Internship) 2
ENGE600004 Linear Algebra 4
Research Methodology &
Physics (Mechanics and ENCH600029 2
ENGE600005 3 Seminar
Thermal)
Elective 6 3
Physics (Mechanics and Ther-
ENGE600006 1 Elective 7 3
mal) Lab
ENGE600010 Statistic and Probability 2 Elective 8 3
ENCH600003 Organic Chemistry 3 Elective 9 2

Organic and Basic Chemistry Sub Total 21
ENCH600004 1
Lab 8 Semester
th
Sub Total 19 ENCH600030 Capita Selecta 2

3rd Semester ENCH600033 Undergraduate Thesis 5
ENCH600005 Numerical Computation 3 Sub Total 7
Instrumental Analytical Total 144
ENCH600006 3
Chemistry
ENCH600007 Physical Chemistry 3 List of Elective Courses in Odd Semester
ENCH600008 Phys. & Anal. Chem. Lab 1
Code Subject SKS
ENCH600009 Mass and Energy Balance 3
Odd Semester
ENCH600010 Transport Phenomena 3
ENCH800014 Oleochemical Industry 3
Elective 1 3
ENCH800015 Food Technology 3
Sub Total 19
ENCH800016 Protein Engineering 3
4th Semester
ENCH800017 Herbal Technology 3
Chemical Engineering Model-
ENCH600011 3 ENCH800018 Composite Material 3
ling
ENCH600012 Fluid and Particle Mechanics 3 ENCH800019 Applied Thermodynamics 3
Chemical Engineering Thermo- ENCH800020 Dynamic System 3
ENCH600013 4
dynamics ENCH800021 Thermodynamic Properties of 3
ENCH600014 Heat Transfer 3 Hydrocarbon
ENCH600015 Process Engineering Drawing 2 ENCH800022 Lubricant Technology 3
ENCH605016 Material Science & Corrosion 3 ENCH800023 Cryogenic Technology 3
Elective 2 3 ENCH800024 Combustion Technology 3
Sub Total 21 ENCH800025 Plasma and Ozone Technology 3
5th Semester ENCH800026 Heterogeneous Catalytic 3
ENGE600011 Engineering Economics 3 ENCH800027 Sustainable Energy 3
ENGE600012 HSE Protection 2 ENCH800028 Risk Management 3
ENCH600017 Mass Transfer 4 ENCH800029 Electrochemical Technology 3
ENCH600018 Unit Operation Process Lab I 1
371
ENCH800030 Extraction Technology & Isolation 3 8th Semester

for Natural Products ENCH600033 Undergraduate Thesis 4
ENCH800031 Special Topic 1 3 ENCH600030 Capita Selecta 2
Advanced Transport Phenome-
ENCH800002 3
non
Advanced Chemical Reaction
ENCH800003 3
List of Elective Courses in Even Semester Engineering
Advanced Chemical Engineering
ENCH800004 3
Code Subject SKS Modelling
Elective 7 3
Even Semester
Total 18
ENCH800032 Storage and Packing Technology 3
9th Semester
ENCH800033 Bioinformatics 3
ENCH800005 Research Methodology 3
ENCH800034 Drugs and Cosmetics Technology 3
ENCH800006 Pre-Thesis 4
ENCH800035 Petroleum Processing 3
Elective 8 3
ENCH800036 Petrochemical Processing 3
Elective 9 3
ENCH800037 Photocatalytic Technology 3
Total 13
ENCH800038 Microalgae Cultivation and 3
Development Technology 10th Semester
ENCH800039 Waste Management and Preven- 3 ENCH800007 Thesis 4
tion ENCH800008 Research Publication 2
ENCH800040 Hydrocarbon Exploration and 3 Total 6
Production
ENCH800041 Plant Utility and Maintenance 3
ENCH800042 Transportation and Utilization of 3 Curriculum 2020 for Fast-Track
Natural Gas Undergraduate to Doctor in Chemical
ENCH800043 Mixing Technology 3 Engineering Study Program
ENCH800044 Problem Solving Skills 3
Placement of Fast Track Undergraduate to Doctor Courses
ENCH800045 Polymer Technology 3
in Chemical Engineering Study Program from Chemical
ENCH800046 Genetically Modified Organism 3 Engineering Undergraduate Program
ENCH800047 Controlled Drug Release Tech- 3
nology Code Subject SKS
ENCH800048 Special Topic 2 3 7 Semester
th
ENCH800049 Biomass Thermochemical 3 ENCH600027 Natural Gas Processing 3

Conversion
ENCH600028 Industrial Project Management 2
ENCH800050 Basic Computer Programming 3
ENCH600029 Plant Design 4
ENCH600031 Internship 2
Curriculum 2020 for Fast-Track Research Methodology &
Undergraduate to Master in Chemical ENCH600032
Seminar
2
Engineering Study Program ENCH800001

3
Termodynamics
Curriculum 2020 for Fast-Track Undergraduate to Elective 5 3
Master in Chemical Engineering Study Program
Elective 6 3
Code Subject SKS Total 22
7th Semester 8th Semester
ENCH600027 Natural Gas Processing 3 ENCH600033 Undergraduate Thesis 4
ENCH600028 Industrial Project Management 2 ENCH600030 Capita Selecta 2
ENCH600029 Plant Design 4 Advanced Transport Phenome-
ENCH800002 3
non
ENCH600031 Internship 2
Research Methodology & ENCH800003 3
ENCH600032 2 Engineering
Seminar
Advanced Chemical Engineering ENCH800004 3
ENCH800001 3 Modelling
Termodynamics
Elective 7 3
Elective 5 3
Total 18
Elective 6 3
Total 22
9th Semester
372
ENCH800005 Research Methodology 3 Advanced Transport Phenome-

ENCH800002 3
ENCH800006 Pre-Thesis 4 non
Elective 8 3 ENCH800004 3
Modelling
Elective 9 3
ENCH80000X Elective 7 3
Periodic Seminar in Research
ENCH900001 8 Total 18
Group
Total 21 9th Semester
10th Semester
ENCH800007 Thesis 4
ENCH800008 Research Publication 2
ENCH900002 Research Proposal 6
Total 13
Total 12
11th Semester 10 Semester
th
Publication 1 – International ENCH800007 Thesis 4

ENCH900003 6
Conference ENCH800008 Research Publication 2
Total 6 Total 6
12 Semester
th
ENCH900004 Research Defense 10

Total 10 Placement of Fast Track Undergraduate to Doctor
Courses in Chemical Engineering Study
13th Semester
Publication 2 – International
ENCH900005 8
Journal Code Subject SKS
14th Semester ENBE600029 Bioprocess Waste Treatment 3
Publication 3 – International ENBE600030 Industrial Project Management 2
ENCH900006 8
Journal
ENBE600031 Plant Design 4
ENCH900007 Doctoral Promotion 6
ENBE600033 Internship 2
Total 14
Research Methodology &
ENBE600034 2
Seminar
Placement of Fast Track Undergraduate to Master Advanced Chemical Engineering
ENCH800001 3
Courses in Chemical Engineering Study Program Termodynamics
from Bioprocess Engineering Undergraduate Elective 5 3
Program Elective 6 3
Total 22
Code Subject SKS 8 Semester
th
7th Semester ENBE600035 Undergraduate thesis 4

ENCH600027 Natural Gas Processing 3 ENBE600032 Capita Selecta 2
ENCH600028 Industrial Project Management 2 Advanced Chemical Reaction
ENCH800003 3
ENCH600029 Plant Design 4 Engineering
ENCH600031 Internship 2 ENCH800002 3
non
Research Methodology & Advanced Chemical Engineering
ENCH600032 2 ENCH800004 3
Seminar Modelling
ENCH800001 3 ENCH80000X Elective 7 3
Termodynamics
Total 18
Elective 5 3
Elective 6 3 9th Semester
Total 22 ENCH800005 Research Methodology 3
8th Semester
ENBE600035 Undergraduate Thesis 4
ENBE600032 Capita Selecta 2
Periodic Seminar of Research
Advanced Chemical Reaction ENCH900001 8
ENCH800003 3 Group
Engineering
Total 21
373
10th Semester
ENCH800007 Thesis 4
ENCH900002 Research Proposal 6
Total 12
11th Semester
ENCH900003 6
Conference
Total 6
12 Semester
th

Total 10
13th Semester
ENCH900005 8
Journal
Total 8
14 Semester
th
ENCH900006 8
Journal
Total 14
Transition Guidance from Curriculum 2016 to 2020 for Regular and Parallel
Undergraduate Class
1. New curriculum 2020 will be applied effectively from Odd Semester 2020/2021. In principle, after curriculum 2020 is
implemented, then only courses from this new curriculum will be opened.
2. For class 2019 and above will follow these transition rules.
odd Semester while in the previous curriculum in even Semester (vice versa), then this course can be held (if necessary) in
both semesters.
are not listed in the equivalence table have not changed, both in names and credits.
Table of Equality Courses in Undergraduate Chemical Engineering Study Program in Curriculum 2016 and Curriculum 2020

No Semester Semester
2016 2016 2020 2020
1 MPKT A (Integrated Character 2 6 MPKT Terintegrasi (Integrated 2 5
Building A) Character Building)
2 MPKT B (Integrated Character 1 6
Building B)
3 MPK Bahasa Inggris (English) 3 3 MPK Bahasa Inggris (English) 1 2
4 Pengantar Teknik Kimia (Intro- 2 3 Pengantar Teknik Kimia 1 2
duction to Chemical Engineering (Introduction to Chemical
Engineering)
5 Biologi Molekular (Molecular 4 3 Biokimia (Biochemistry) Elective 3
Biology) (Odd)
6 Pengolahan Gas Bumi (Natural 7 3 Pengolahan Gas Bumi (Natural Elective 3
Gas Processing) Gas Processing) (Odd)
374
7 MPK Olah raga/seni (Sport/Art) 1 1 MPK Olah raga/seni (Sport/Art) - -

8 Skripsi (Undergraduate Thesis) 8 4 Skripsi (Undergraduate Thesis) 8 5
9 Statistik & Probabilistik (Statistic 4 2 Statistik & Probabilistik (Statistic 2 2
and Probability) and Probability)
5. When there is a change in the course credits, then the number of graduation credits counted in is the number of credits
when it was taken. The same or equivalent courses, when are equated with different credits, if retaken, or just taken, will
be acknowledged under a new name and credits.
6. When a compulsory subject in the curriculum 2016 is deleted, and there is no equivalence in the curriculum 2020 then:
a. For students who have passed these subjects, the credits that are achieved will be counted in the calculation of gradua-
tion 144 credits.
b. For students who did not pass these courses, they can take new compulsory courses or choose elective subjects in the
curriculum 2020 to complete 144 credits.
7. In addition to changes in curriculum structure from 2016 to 2020, there are also the addition of several elective courses:
Teknologi Elektrokimia), Teknologi Pencampuran (Mixing Technology), Teknologi Pengembangan dan Pemanfaatan
Mikroalga (Microalgae Cultivation and Development Technology), Teknologi Ekstraksi dan Isolasi Bahan Alam
(Extraction & Isolation Technology for Natural Products), Konversi Termokimia Biomassa (Biomass Termochemical
Conversion Technology), Modifikasi Genetik Makhluk Hidup (Genetically Modified Organism), and Dasar Pemrograman
Computer (Basic Computer Programming)
Course Structure of Undergraduate ENCH610010 Transport Phenomena 3

Program in Chemical Engineering for ENCH610011 Fluid and Particle Mechanics 3
International Class ENCH610012
Chemical Engineering Thermo-
4
dynamics
Code Subject SKS ENCH610013 Material Science and Corrosion 3
Sub Total 20
1st Semester
4th Semester
Health, Safety and Environmen-
ENGE610012 tal Protection Chemical Engi- 2
Physics (Electric, Magnet, Wave neering Modeling
ENGE610007 3
& Optic)
ENCH610014 Heat Transfer 3
Physics (Electric, Magnet, Wave &
ENGE610008 1 ENCH610015 Mass Transfer 3
Optic) Laboratory
ENGE610009 Basic Chemistry 2 ENCH610016 Process Engineering Drawing 4
ENGE610010 Statistics and Probabilistic 2 ENCH610017 Chemical Process Simulation 2
Introduction to Chemical ENCH610018 Biochemistry 3
ENCH610001 3
Engineering ENCH610019 3
ENCH610002 Communication Skills 3 Sub Total 20
2 Semester
nd
ENGE610011 Engineering Economics 3
UIGE610002 Academic Writing 2 ENCH610020 Unit Operation Laboratory 1 1
ENGE610004 Linear Algebra 4 ENCH610021 Chemical Reaction Engineering 1 3
ENGE610005 Physics (Mechanics and Thermal) 3 ENCH610022 Natural Gas Processing 3
Physics(Mechanics and Thermal) Elective 1 3
ENGE610006 1
Laboratory
Elective 2 3
ENCH610003 Organic Chemistry 3
Elective 3 3
ENCH610004 Basic Chem. and Org. Chem. Lab. 1
Sub Total 19
ENCH610005 Physical Chemistry 3
6th Semester
ENCH610006 Mass and Energy Balances 3
Sub Total 20
ENCH610023 Process Control 3
3rd Semester ENCH610024 Unit Operation Laboratory 2 1
ENCH610007 Numerical Computation 3 ENCH610025 Chemical Reaction Engineering 2 3
Instrumental Analytical Chem- ENCH610026 Process Equipment Design 3
ENCH610008 3
istry
ENCH610027 Chemical Product Design 4
Phys. Chem. and Anal. Chem.
ENCH610009 1 Sub Total 19
Lab.
375
7th Semester ENCH800038 Microalgae Cultivation and 3

ENCH610028 Industrial Project Management 2 Development Technology
ENCH610029 Plant Design 4 ENCH800039 Waste Management and Preven- 3
tion
ENCH610030 Capita Selecta 2
ENCH800040 Hydrocarbon Exploration and 3
ENCH610031 On the Job Training 2
Production
Research Methodology and
ENCH610032 2 ENCH800041 Plant Utility and Maintenance 3
Seminar
Elective 4 3 ENCH800042 Transportation and Utilization of 3
Natural Gas
Elective 5 3
ENCH800043 Mixing Technology 3
Sub Total 18
8th Semester
ENCH610033 Final Project 4
ENCH800046 Genetically Modified Organism 3
Elective 6 2
Elective 7 2
nology
Sub Total 8
ENCH800048 Special Topic 2 3
Total 144
ENCH800049 Biomass Thermochemical 3
Conversion
List of Elective Courses in Odd Semester ENCH800050 Basic Computer Programming 3
Code Subject SKS Courses Structure of Undergraduate

Odd Semester Program in Chemical Engineering at
Partner Universities
ENCH800015 Food Technology 3
ENCH800016 Protein Engineering 3 Couse Structure in Chemical Engineering at Monash
University
ENCH800017 Herbal Technology 3
ENCH800018 Composite Material 3 3rd Year Courses
ENCH800019 Applied Thermodynamics 3 Code Semester 5 (in July) Credits
ENCH800020 Dynamic System 3 CHE3162 Process control 6
ENCH800021 Thermodynamic Properties of 3 CHE3164 Reaction engineering 6
Hydrocarbon
CHE3166 Process design 6
ENCH800022 Lubricant Technology 3
Choose one stream 6
ENCH800023 Cryogenic Technology 3
Subtotal 24
ENCH800024 Combustion Technology 3
Code Semester 6 (in February) Credits
ENCH800025 Plasmaand Ozone Technology 3
CHE3162 Chemistry and chemical 6
ENCH800026 Heterogeneous Catalytic 3 thermodynamics
ENCH800027 Sustainable Energy 3 CHE3164 Sustainable processing I 6
ENCH800028 Risk Management 3 CHE3166 Separation processes 6
ENCH800029 Electrochemical Technology 3 Transport phenomena and 6
ENCH800030 Extraction Technology & Isolation 3 numerical methods
for Natural Products Subtotal 24
ENCH800031 Special Topic 1 3 4th Year Courses
Code Semester 7 (in July) Credits
List of Elective Courses in Even Semester CHE4162 Particle technology 6
Code Subject SKS CHE4170 Design project 12
Even Semester Choose one stream 6

Subtotal 24
ENCH800032 Storage and Packing Technology 3
ENCH800033 Bioinformatics 3 Code Semester 8 (in February) Credits
ENCH800034 Drugs and Cosmetics Technology 3 CHE4161 Engineers in society 6
ENCH800035 Petroleum Processing 3 CHE4180 Chemical engineering project 12
ENCH800036 Petrochemical Processing 3 Choose one stream 6
ENCH800037 Photocatalytic Technology 3 Subtotal 24
376
Elective Courses CHE 414 Proc Syn & Design II 12.5

3rd Year CHE 411 Advanced Process Control 12.5
Code Courses Credits CHE 491 Research Project 12.5
Biotechnology Stream CHE 493 Research Project 12.5
CHE3171 Bioprocess technology 6 Optional Unit 12.5
Nanotechnology and Materials Stream Optional Unit 12.5
CHE3172 Nanotechnology and materials I 6 Subtotal 100
Sustainable Processing Stream
Elective Courses
CHE3175 Process engineering 6
Code Courses Credits
4th Year CHE 374 Mineral processing 12.5
CHE 475 Petroleum processing 12.5
CHE 39 Special topics (biochemical 12.5
Biotechnology Stream engineering
BCH2011 Structure and function of cellular 6 CHE 493 Research project 12.5
biomolecules
CHE 477 Computational fluid dynamics 12.5
CHE4171 Biochemical engineering 6
CHE 313 Fundamentals of ari pollution 12.5
Nanotechnology and Materials Stream control
CHE4172 Nanotechnology and materials II 6
MTE2541 Nanostructure of materials 6 Couse Structure in Chemical Engineering at
University of Queensland
Sustainable Processing Stream
CHE4173 Sustainable processing II 6 3rd Year Courses
ENE3608 Environmental impact and 6
management systems
CHEE3004 Unit operations 2
Couse Structure in Chemical Engineering at Curtin CHEE3005 Reaction engineering 2
University CHEE3006 Process and control system 2
synthesis
3rd Year Courses
CHEE3007 Process modeling and dynamics 2
Code Semester 5 (in July) Credits Subtotal 8
CHE 223 Thermodynamics 25
CHE 324 Fluid & Particle Processes 25
CHE 4002 Environmental risk assessment 2
CHE 325 Reaction Engineering 25
CHE 4009 Transport phenomena 2
CHE 328 Process Instrumentation & 25
Control CHE 4001 Principles of biological 2
engineering
Subtotal 100
Part B2 Advanced Elective 2
Subtotal 8
CHE 322 Process Plant Engineering 25
4th Year Courses
CHE 312 Proc Syn & Design 1 12
CHE 479 Advanced Special Topics 6
CHE 423 Process Economics & 4
CHE Mass Transfer Operations 24 Management
CHE 421 Risk Management CHE 422 Advanced Separation Processes 2
Subtotal CHE 499 Design Project (Lectures/ 2
Code Semester 7 (in July) Credits Feasibility Studies)
CHE 423 Process Economics & 25 Subtotal 8
Management Code Semester 8 (in February) Credits
CHE 422 Advanced Separation Processes 25 Part B2 Advanced Elective 2
CHE 499 Design Project (Lectures/ 50 Part B2 Advanced Elective 2
Feasibility Studies)
Part B2 Advanced Elective 2
Subtotal 100
Subtotal 6
CHE 481 Process Laboratory Projects 25
377
Elective Courses

Part B2 Advanced Electives
CHEE4003 Special Topics A 2
CHEE4005 Polymer rheology & processing 2
CHEE4006 Process and control system 2
synthesis
CHEE4007 Process modeling and dynamics 2
CHEE4012 Industrial wastewater & solid 2
waste management
CHEE4015 Special Topics VII 2
CHEE4020 Biomolecular engineering 2
CHEE4021 Particle design & processing 2
CHEE4022 Principles of adsorption 2
CHEE4024 Energy systems in sustainable 2
development
CHEE4028 Metabolic engineering 2
CHEE4301 Cell & tissue engineering 2
CHEE4302 Nanomaterials and their charac- 2
terization
CHEE4101 Electrochemistry and corrosion 2
CHEE4102 Systems engineering & design 2
management
CHEE4103 Advanced product design 2
method
Part B3 Process Engineering Electives
CHEE2005 Chemical product design 2
CHEE3008 Special Topics C 12.5
CHEE3301 Polymer engineering 12.5
CHEE3305 Biomaterials: Materials in 12.5
Medicine
CHEM2002 Biophysical chemistry
CIVL3150 Modeling of environmental
systems
MINE2201 Physical & chemical processing
of minerals
378
Transition Guidance from Curriculum 2016 to 2020 for International Undergraduate

Class
both semesters.
Table of Equality Courses in Undergraduate Chemical Engineering Study Program in Curriculum 2016 and Curriculum 2020

2016 2016 2020 2020
1 MPKT A (Integrated Character
2 6
Building A) MPKT Terintegrasi (Integrated
2 5
2 MPKT B (Integrated Character Character Building)
1 6
Building B)
3 Academic Writing 3 3 MPK Bahasa Inggris (English) 1 2
4 Introduction to Chemical Introduction to Chemical
2 3 1 2
Engineering Engineering
5 Biologi Molekular (Molecular Elective
4 3 Biokimia (Biochemistry) 3
Biology) (Odd)
6 Pengolahan Gas Bumi (Natural Pengolahan Gas Bumi (Natural Elective
7 3 3
Gas Processing) Gas Processing) (Odd)
7
Sport/Art 1 1 Sport/Art - -
8
Undergraduate Thesis 8 4 Undergraduate Thesis 8 5
when it was taken. The same or equivalent courses, when are equated with different credits, if retaken, or just taken will
be acknowledged under a new name and credits.
a. For students who have passed these subjects, the credits that are achieved will be counted in the calculation of
graduation 144 credits.
b. For students who did not pass these courses, they can take new compulsory courses or choose elective subjects in
Mikroalga (Microalgae Cultivation and Development Technology), Teknologi Ekstraksi dan Isolasi Bahan Alam
(Extraction & Isolation Technology for Natural Products), Konversi Termokimia Biomassa (Biomass Termochemical
Conversion Technology), Modifikasi Genetik Makhluk Hidup (Genetically Modified Organism), dan Dasar
Pemrograman Computer (Basic Computer Programming)
379
SYLLABUS OF UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM IN CHEM- ing critically, logically, creatively, innovatively through
ICAL ENGINEERING FOR REGULER, PARALEL AND analysis of societal problems, nation, state, and Pancasila
INTERNATIONAL CLASSES ideology based on self-understanding as individuals
and members. the community by using good and correct
Course Sylabus of University Subjects Indonesian and the latest information and communication
INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING technology (C4, A4)
UIGE600001/UIGE610001 • CPMK 2: Able to identify various entrepreneurial efforts
5 credits characterized by innovation and independence based on
ethics (C2, A5)
Syllabus : • CPMK 3: After completing this course, students are able to
The Integrated Character Building is part of the Higher apply self-regulated learning characteristically in pursu-
Education Personality Development Lecture which is held ing integrated and comprehensive knowledge through
for students which contains elements of the internalization analysis of science problems, technology based on the role
of basic life values, interaction/relationship skills, nationality of nature manager by using good and correct Indonesian
and academic skills as the basis for student personality to and information technology and current communications.
carry out learning according to scientific disciplines. (C4, A4)
• CPMK 4: After completing this course, students are able
MPKT is carried out in the form of a series of learning to plan creative activities to solve problems in society and
activities outside the formal class. activities carried out the world of work/industry by showing creativity, critical
include participation in lectures/seminars, internships, field thinking, collaborative self-discipline using good and
work practices, social work, sports and/or arts activities and correct Indonesian as well as the latest information and
other forms of activities that have the main goal of equipping communication technology (C5, A5)
The form of this learning activity is different from the MPKT Prerequisite : -
courses that have been carried out at the previous UI. ACADEMIC WRITING
The material provided at MPKT aims to form a human UIGE610002
thinking pattern with values and morals to create a human 2 credits
personality by having critical, logical, creative, innovative The objectives of the English component of the MPK
thinking, and having intellectual curiosity and an entrepre- program are :
neurial spirit. The material provided includes 9 UI values, 1. To activate students, English so that they will be able to
national, state and citizen values based on Pancasila. Solving communicate effectively in English;
problems in science, technology, health, and humans as natu- 2. To enable students to develop the learning strategies and
ral managers by using reasoning and utilizing Information study skills needed to finish their study successfully and
and Communication Technology (ICT) to achieve the final o continue learning on their own after taking the MPK
objectives of this module. program (to develop independent learners)
Lecture activities are carried out using an online Main Competencies :

student-centered learning (SCL) approach which can use the By the end of the course, students should be able to:
following methods: experiential learning (EL), collaborative • Listen to, understand and take notes of key information in
learning (CL), problem-based learning (PBL), question-based academic lectures of between 5-10 minutes length;
learning, and project based learning. The use of these • Improve their listening skills through various listening
various methods is carried out through group discussion materials and procedures;
activities, independent assignment exercises, presentations, • Speak confidently, ask questions in and contribute to small
writing papers in Indonesian and interactive discussions in group discussions;
online discussion forums. The language of instruction in this • Use different reading strategies needed to the effective
lecture is Indonesian. readers;
Graduate Learning Outcomes : material;
• CPL 1: Able to use spoken and written language in Indo- • Develop skills in connecting ideas using appropriate
nesian and English both for academic and non-academic transitions and conjunctions;
activities (C3, A5) • Work as part of a group to prepare and deliver a
• CPL 2: Have integrity and are able to think critically, 25-minute presentation on an academic topic using appro-
creatively, and innovatively and have intellectual curiosity priate organization, language and visual aids;
to solve problems at the individual and group level (C4, • Write a summary of a short academic article;
A3) • Write an expository paragraph;
• CPL 3: Able to provide alternative solutions to various • Write a short essay.
problems that arise in the community, nation, and country Learning Method :
(C4, A2)
• CPL 4: Able to take advantage of information communica- Active learning, Contextual language learning, small group
tion technology (C3) discussion.
• CPL 5: Able to identify various entrepreneurial efforts Prerequisite : Students Learning Orientation/Orientasi
characterized by innovation and independence based on Belajar Mahasiswa (OBM)
ethics (C2, A5)
• CPMK 1: After completing this course, students are able to
apply self-regulated learning characteristically in study-
380
ENGLISH faith in life in church and society.

UIGE610003
Syllabus :
2 credits
Learning Objectives : Almighty God and the God teachings; Man, Morals, science
technology and art; harmony between religions; Society,
After attending this subject, students are expected to
Culture, Politics, Law: the substance of theses studies will
capable of use English to support the study in university and
be addressed by integrating the four dimensions of the
improve language learning independently.
teachings of the Catholic faith: the personal dimension, the
Syllabus : dimension of Jesus Christ, the dimension of the Church, and
Community dimension. Dimensions are implemented in the
following themes: People, Religion, Jesus Christ, the Church,
and Faith in the society.
grammar Types of sentences Adjective clauses, Adverb CHRISTIAN STUDIES
clauses Noun clauses, Reduced clauses) Reading: (Reading UIGE600012/UIGE610007
skills: skimming, scanning, main idea, supporting ideas, 2 credits
Note-taking Reading popular science arti-cle, Reading an General instructional objectives :
Cultivating students with comprehensive Christian knowl-
Listening to a lecture and notetaking, Listening to a news
edge and teaching in the midst of the struggle and the fight
of the nation while also discussing the student’s participation
in line with the study to help improve and build our country.
and tables, Writing an academic paragraph, Writing a basic Learning Objectives :
ISLAMIC STUDIES faced with a problem or issue which they must solve:
UIGE600010/UIGE610005 1. Analyze the problem based on the Christian values
2 credits 2. Analyze the problem by implementing active learning
General instructional objectives : stages
Indonesian language
is applied in the development of science through intellectual Syllabus :
skills.
Learning Objectives : of God and Morality, Christ the Savior, the Holy Spirit as
adopted;
stages;
and expectations.
proper and correct Indonesian language in discussion HINDU STUDIES
and academic writing. UIGE600013/UIGE610008
2 credits
Syllabus :
Syllabus :
Islam, the sources of Islamic teachings, Muhammad SAW Hindu religion, Hindu history), Source and scope of Hindu-
as prophet and history figure, introduction of Islam in ism (the Veda as the source of Hindu religion teachings, the
Indonesia, the teaching essence of Islam: the basic principle scope of the teachings in Hindu religion), The concept of the
of Islam teachings, the unity of Allah, worship prac-tice in God (Brahman) according to the Veda, the Path to Brahman
live, eschatology and work ethics, human’s basic rights and (Catur Marga Yoga, Mantra and Japa), Human Nature (The
obligation, social structure in Islam: sakinah mawaddah and purpose of human life, Human’s duties, obligations, and
ramhah family, the social implication of family life, Mosque responsibilities both individually or collectively), Ethics and
and the development of Islam, zakat and the economic morality (Principles teaching, self-control), in-depth under-
empowerment of the people, Islam society, Science: reason standing of the scripture (deep understanding of the Bhaga-
and revelation in Islam, Islam’s motivation in development wadgita, deep understanding of the Sarasamuschaya), The
of science, science characteristics, source of knowledge, IDI Role of Hinduism in science, technology, and art (Hinduism
(each Faculty and Department/Study Program). benefits in science and technology in accordance with each
department, benefit / the role of Hinduism in the arts), Cohe-
CATHOLIC STUDIES sion and community’s prosperity /independence (Benefits
UIGE600011/UIGE610006
of unity in the religious plurality, independent community
2 credits
(kerthajagathita) as a common goal, Tri Pitakarana), Culture
General instructional objectives :
as an expression of Hindu religious practice, Contribution to
1. To help deliver students as intellectual capital in imple-
the Hindu religion teachings in the political life of nation and
menting lifelong learning process to become scientists
country, laws and the enforcement of justice, Awareness of
with mature personality who uphold humanity and life.
and obeying the Rita / Dharma.
2. Be scholars who believe in God according to the teach-
ings of Jesus Christ by continuing to be responsible of his
381
BUDDHIST STUDIES applied problems.

UIGE600014/UIGE610009
2 credits
Syllabus :
Almighty God and the God Study (Faith and piety, Divine complex engineering problems.
Syllabus :
and environment), harmony between religion (religion
is a blessing for all mankind, the essence of the religious
plurality and togetherness), community (the role of religious
society in creating a prosperous independent society, the
responsibility of religious society in the realization of
human rights and democracy), Culture (the responsibility
of religious society in the realization of critical thinking
(academic), work hard and fair), Politics (Religion contribu- Prerequisite: Calculus 1
tion in the political life of nation and country), Law (Raise
Textbooks:
awareness to obey and follow God’s law, the role of religion
in the formulation and enforcement of law, the function of
religion in the legal profession).
KONG HU CU STUDY Erlangga, 2019.
UIGE600015/UIGE610010
CALCULUS
2 credits
ENGE600003/ENGE610003
4 SKS
Syllabus Of Basic Engineering Subjects Students are able to use the basic concepts of calculus
CALCULUS 1 involving functions of one to three variables to solve their
ENGE600001/ENGE610001 applied problems.
3 credits Graduates Learning Outcomes:
Course Learning Outcomes: Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering
Able to use the basic concepts of calculus related to -a and an engineering specialization to be used in solving
function of one variable, the derivative and integration of complex engineering problems.
the function of one variable in order to solve its applied
problems. Syllabus :
Graduates Learning Outcomes: Applications, Indeterminate Integral, Integral Applications,
Introduction, Functions and Limits, The Derivative, Applica- Infinite Row, and Series. Derivatives with many variables,
tions of the Derivative, The Definite Integral, Applications of Duplicate Integral (2 and 3), Duplicate Integral Application.
of Integration, Indeterminate Forms and Improper Integrals. Prerequisite: None
Introduction, Functions and Limits, The Derivative, Applica- Main reference:
Additional:
Prerequisite: None
Textbooks: tal, 12th ed., Addison – Wesley Pearson, 2009.
Main reference: LINEAR ALGEBRA
D. Varberg, E. J. Purcell, S.E. Rigdon, Calculus, 9th ed., ENGE600004/ENGE610004
Pearson, Prentice Hall, 2007. 4 SKS
Additional eferences: Course Learning Outcomes:
1. George B. Thomas Jr., Thomas’ Calculus Early Transcen- Students are able to calculate linear system problems to solve
dental, 12th ed., Addison–Wesley Pearson, 2009. engineering problems.
2. Howard Anton, Calculus, 10th ed., John Wiley and Sons, Graduates Learning Outcomes:
2012. Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering
CALCULUS 2 and an engineering specialization to be used in solving
ENGE600002/ENGE610002 complex engineering problems.
3 SKS Syllabus :
Course Learning Outcomes: Linear Systems and matrix equations, Determinants, Euclid
Students are able to use the concepts of sequences, series, vector spaces, Common vector spaces, eigenvalues and eigen-
conic sections, and the basic concepts of calculus which vectors, inner product spaces, Diagonalization and General
382 involve the function of two or three variables to solve their
Linear Transformation. Edition, Thomson Brooks / Cole, 2013.

Prerequisite: None
Textbooks:
BASIC CHEMISTRY
ENGE600009 / ENGE610009
2 credits
MECHANICAL AND HEAT PHYSICS for application in engineering.
ENGE600005 / ENGE610005
3 credits
modynamics, and be able to apply them to understand Syllabus:
natural phenomena and human engineering, including their Material and measurements, atoms, molecules and ions,
applications. stochiometry, water phase reactions and solution stochi-
Syllabus: Textbooks :
Units, Magnitudes and Vectors, Motion Along Straight Lines, 1. Ralph H. Petrucci, General Chemistry: Principles and
Motion in Two and Three Dimensions, Newton’s Laws of Modern Applications, 8th Ed. Prentice Hall Inc., New
Motion, Applications of Newton’s Laws, Kinetic Energy, and York, 2001.
Work, Potential Energy and Energy Conservation, Center of 2. John McMurry, Robert C. Fay, Chemistry (3rd ed.),
Mass, Linear Momentum, Rotation, Rolling Motion, Torque, Prentice Hall, 2001.
Angular Momentum, Oscillation, Mechanical and Sound 3. Raymond Chang, Williams College, Chemistry (7th ed.),
Waves, Gravity, Statics and Elasticity, Fluid Mechanics, McGraw-Hill, 2003.
ENGINEERING ECONOMY
Kinetic Theory of Gas, Heat Engine, Entropy, and Law II
ENGE600011 / ENGE610011
Thermodynamics.
3 credits
Prerequisite: none Course Learning Outcomes:
Textbooks:
feasibility of making economic practice decisions.
Edition, Wiley, 2014. Graduate Learning Outcomes:
2. Serway Jewett, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 9th Able to apply the principles of technical management and
Edition, Thomson Brooks / Cole, 2013. decision making based on economic considerations, in
3. Giancoli, Physics for Scientists and Engineers 4th individual and group, as well as in project management.
Syllabus:
ELECTRICAL MAGNETIC, OPTICAL AND WAVE Introduction to Engineering Economics, Time Value of
PHYSICS Money, Combining Factors, Interest Rates, Money Worth
ENGE600007 / ENGE610007 Analysis, Rate of Return Analysis, Effects of Inflation, Benefit
3 credits Cost & Break-Even Point Analysis, Sensitivity Analysis,
Course Learning Outcomes: Depreciation, Tax Analysis, Cost Estimation & Allocation,
Students are able to apply the basic concepts of electrical Capital Budgeting & Replacement Analysis.
Prerequisite:
Graduate Learning Outcomes: 2. Environmental Engineering : -
Able to apply mathematics, science, and basic engineering 3. Naval Engineering : -
and an engineering specialization to be used in solving 4. Industrial Engineering : must pass the introductory
complex engineering problems. Economic course and have completed 38 credits
Syllabus:
6. Bioprocess Engineering : -
Gauss Law, Electric Potential, Capacitance, Electric Current, Textbooks:
Resistance, Direct Current, Magnetic Field Due to Electric 1. Blank, Leland and Tarquin, Anthony. 2018. Engineer-
Current, Magnetic Field Source, Induced GGL, Inductance, ing Economy 8th Ed. McGraw Hill.
Alternating Current, Electromagnetic Waves, Light Proper- 2. Park, Chan S. 2016. Contemporary Engineering
ties and Propagation, Optical Geometry. Economics 6th Ed. Pearson. Upper Saddle River.
Prerequisite: none
Textbooks :
ENGE600010 / ENGE610010
2 credits
Course Learning Outcomes: 383
Students are able to handle quantitative data/information Prerequisite: none

Textbooks :
Graduate Learning Outcomes: and Health Management, Pearson Education, Inc., 2010.
1. Apply descriptive statistics and probability theory to 3. United Kingdom - Health and Safety Executive, http://
data processing and serving www.hse.gov.uk/
2. Apply probability distribution to data processing and 4. National laws and regulations related to the K3 Manage-
serving ment System and the Environment.
3. Apply the principles of sampling and estimation for 5. Related Journal (http://www.journals.elsevier.com/safe-
decision making ty-science/) etc, related standards and publications.
Syllabus:
Chemical Engineering Courses
Introduction to Statistics for Engineering Studies, Probability INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Theory, Dasar Basic concepts and definitions, Distribution ENCH600001
Probability, Sampling, Estimation, Hypothesis testing, 3 CREDITS
Hypothesis test 1 sample at an average value, Regression Learning Objectives:
Prerequisite: none Able to distinguish chemical engineering from other
techniques, able to explain the development of chemical
Textbooks : engineering, understand the basics of chemical engineering
1. Harinaldi, Basic Principles of Statistical Engineering and and existing process systems, and able to do simple mass and
Science, Erlangga, 2004 energy balance calculations and know the criteria of process
2. Montgomery, DC., And Runger, GC., Applied Statistics equipment.
Syllabus:
HSE PROTECTION Introduction to Chemical Engineering (understanding and
ENGE600012 / ENGE610012 history); Profile, employment, and contribution of Chemical
2 credits Engineering; Code of Ethics of the Chemical Engineering
Course Learning Outcomes: profession; Chemical engineering processes (units and
Upon completion of this subject students are expected to dimensions and basic process systems); Chemical engineer-
be able to carried out hazard identification, and character- ing equipment; The flow of chemical engineering processes
ization, to propose appropriate methods for risk reduction in certain industries
The student is also expected to improve their awareness on Prerequisites: -
industrial safety and health, and understanding on safety Textbooks:
regulation framework and standards as well as environmen- 1. Chemical Process Industries, McGraw Hill, 1984.
tal program. 2. R.M., Felder and R.W. Rosseau, Elementary Principles of
Graduate Learning Outcomes: Chemical Processes, 3rd Edition, Wiley, 2005.
1. Students are expected to understand safety, health and 3. R. Schizininger and M.W. Martin, Introduction to
environmental aspect as an integral part of fundamental Engineering Ethics, Mc. Graw-Hill, 2000.
principal in engineering code of ethics. COMMUNICATION SKILLS
2. Students are expected to be able to carry out process of ENCH600002
risk assessments by considering risk factors in the impact 2 CREDITS
of hazards on people, facilities, and the surrounding Learning Objectives:
community and environemt. Able to plan communication products through audience
3. Students are expected to understand the regulatory analysis, then compile them into a coherent and logical
framework and standard related to the stages of life sequence of messages, and can present them effectively using
cycle of machine, building structure, construction, and appropriate technology media.
process.
4. Students are able to design and propose an effective Syllabus:
hazard communication, management and engineering Effective communication, audience analysis, writing process,
control, and risk mitigation through an engineering making memos, making summaries / abstracts, structure of
assignment project. technical papers, oral presentation.
5. Students are able to identify the knowledge required Prerequisites: -
improvement through a multidisiplinary case of incident Textbooks:
and accident. Donald R. Woods, Communicating effectively, McMaster
University Bookstore, 1996
Syllabus:
Introduction to SHE Regulation and Standards, SHE ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Perception (Risk and Environment), Identification, Assess- ENCH600003
ment and Management, Construction, machinery and Noise 3 CREDITS
hazards, Process safety hazard and analysis technique, Fire Learning Objectives:
and explosion hazard, Electrical hazard, Toxicology in the Able to apply the concepts and laws of analytical, organic,
Workplace, Ergonomy Aspect, Hazard communication to and physical chemistry and apply them in solving everyday
employees, Environmental Protection, Case studies, Safety problems.
384 Health and Environment audits.
Syllabus: 3 CREDITS
Naming of organic compounds; The role of structure and Learning Objectives:
stereochemistry in the physical/chemical properties of Able to apply the concepts and laws of analytical, organic,
an organic compound; Cracking reactions or alkane free and physical chemistry and apply them in solving everyday
radicals; Alkene polymerization; Aromatic electrophilic problems.
substitution in benzene; Ubtstitution reaction and elimina-
Syllabus:
tion; Acylation and esterification reaction; Dehydration-po-
Process skills workshop; Electrochemistry; Potentiometry;
lymerization reaction
Atomic absorption spectroscopy; Infrared molecular spec-
Prerequisites: - troscopy; Gas chromatography;
Textbooks: Prerequisites: -
1. Fessenden, alih bahasa: A. Hadiyana Pujatmaka, Kimia
Textbooks:
Organik, edisi Kedua Erlangga 1986
1. D. A. Skoog, et.al., Fundamentals of Analytical Chemis-
2. Morrison, RT and Boyd, RN, Organic Chemistry, 6th ed.,
try 9th., Cengage Learning, Inc., 2013.
Prentice Hall 1998
2. G. D. Christian and J. E. O’ Reilly, Instrumental Analysis,
3. Organic Chemistry Lecture Note.
7th. Ed., Allyn Bacon Inc., 2003.
BASIC AND ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LAB 3. D.A. Skoog, et al. Principles of Instrumental Analysis 7th
ENCH600004 Ed. Cengage Learning, Inc. 2016.
1 CREDITS 4. D.L. Pavia, et al. Introduction to Spectroscopy 5th Ed.
Learning Objectives: Cengage Learning, Inc. 2014
Able to make a preliminary report, conduct experiments in
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
the laboratory, analyze data from the results of practicum
ENCH600007
and explain the phenomena that occur from the results of
3 CREDITS
practicum done, which are outlined in the form of a final
report.
Able to apply basic principles, laws, and theories related
Syllabus: to gases, liquids, equilibrium, and solutions in solving
Physical and Chemical Properties; Separation and Refining problems in the field of physical chemistry; Able to solve
of Compounds; Metal Reaction with Acid; Crystal Water; problems in the form of working groups by applying stages
Suspension Formation Reaction; Identification of Hydro- of problem-solving.
carbon Compounds; Alcohol and phenol identification;
Syllabus:
Identification of Carbonyl Compounds; Carbohydrate; Lipid
The nature of gases and liquids: Definition, laws of ideal
Analysis; Extraction and Identification of Fatty Acids from
gases and real gases, use of gas laws, gas kinetics theory
Corn Oil
(velocity, collisions, average free way), phase diagrams,
Prerequisites: - critical conditions, viscosity; Chemical reaction equilibrium:
Definition, homogeneous equilibrium constant, factors
Textbooks:
affecting equilibrium constant, heterogeneous equilibrium,
1. Brown, T.L., et al., Chemistry The Central Science, 8th
Le Chatelier’s principle, effect of P on K, effect of T on K;
ed., Prentice Hall, 2000.
Ideal solution: Definition, type of solution, solution concen-
2. Morrison, R.T., R. N. Boyd, Organic Chemistry, 6th ed.,
tration, Raoult’s law, Henry’s law, case examples, partial
molar volume, vapor pressure, boiling point, freezing point,
3. Vogel’s Qualitative Inorganic Analysis, 7th ed., 1996.
and solution osmosis pressure; Electrolyte solutions: Defini-
4. Penuntun Praktikum Kimia Dasar dan Kimia Organik,
tion, colligative properties, electrolytic conductance, factors
Teknik Kimia FTUI.
affecting conductance, case examples, ion migration, Hittorf’s
NUMERICAL COMPUTATION law and transport numbers; Chemical Reaction Kinetics:
ENCH600005 Basic understanding, first, second, third order reactions,
3 CREDITS reversible, parallel, consecutive reactions, chain reactions,
Learning Objectives: Arrhenius equations and activation energies, collision theory
Able to solve chemical process problems with computational of bimolecular reactions, transition form theory; Surface
methods. phenomena: Basic understanding, surface tension, mono-
layer and multilayer adsorption, catalytic reaction kinetics,
Syllabus:
heterogeneous reaction order, catalytic reaction inhibitors,
Programming with Pascal and Fortran; Regression; Systems
temperature effects on heterogeneous reactions.
of linear algebraic equations; Numerical integration; Finding
the roots of non-linear algebraic equations’ The system Prerequisites: -
of non-linear algebraic equations; An explicit method for
Textbooks:
solving first-order differential equations;
1. Levine, I.N., Physical Chemistry, 6th ed., McGraw-Hill,
Prerequisites: - 2008.
2. Atkins & de Paula, Atkin’s Physical Chemistry, 9th ed.,
Textbooks:
Oxford University Press, 2009
1. Handouts dari dosen
2. Constantinides, Alkis. 2008. “Numerical Methods PHYSICAL & ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY LAB
for Chemical Engineers with Mathlab Applications”. ENCH600008
Pearson Education, United States. 1 CREDITS
3. Bismo, S. & Muharam, Y. 2015. “Metode Numerik dengan Learning Objectives:
Pemrograman Fortran dan Pascal”. Able to compile a preliminary report which is a theory that
supports the practicum module; carry out experiments in
INSTRUMENTAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY the laboratory; and compile the final report that contains the
ENCH600006 385
results of processing and analysis of experimental data and of an isothermal system; Macroscopic balance of non-isother-
an explanation of the phenomena that occur mal systems; Macroscopic balance sheet of multi-component
systems
Syllabus:
Isothermic adsorption; Effect of concentration and Prerequisites:
temperature on the reaction rate; Colligative nature of the Pengantar Teknik Kimia; Kalkulus (Introduction to Chemical
solution; Determination of chemical equilibrium constants; Engineering; Calculus)
Determination of gas molecular weight; Volumetric analysis;
Textbooks:
Potentiometric methods; Visible light spectrophotometry;
1. Referensi wajib: R.B. Bird, W.E. Stewart, and E.N. Light-
The conductometry method; Gas chromatography
foot, Transport Phenomena, John Wiley and Sons, New
Prerequisites: York, 2nd edition, 2002.
Kimia Dasar, Kimia Fisika dan Kimia Analitik Instrumen- 2. Referensi pilihan: Harry C. Hershey, Robert S. Brodkey,
tal/ Basic Chemistry, Physical Chemistry and Instrumental Transport Phenomena: A Unified Approach, Vol. 1,
Analytical Chemistry McGraw-Hill, New York, 1987, pp. 847.
Textbooks: CHEMICAL ENGINEERING MODELLING
1. Petunjuk Praktikum Kimia Fisika TGP-FTUI 1989. ENCH600012
2. Penuntun Praktikum Kimia Fisika dan Kimia Analitik, 3 CREDITS
Departemen Teknik Kimia FTUI Learning Objectives:
3. D. A. Skoog, et al., Fundamentals of Analytical Chem- Able to develop mathematical equations from chemical
istry 5th., Saunders College Publishing, 1998 atau edisi process systems; able to solve mathematical equations that
terbaru describe chemical process systems.
4. Shoemaker, D.P., C.W. Garland, J.W. Nibler, Experiments
Syllabus:
in Physical Chemistry, ed. 6, Mc-Graw Hill, 1996.
An explicit method for solving ordinary differential equa-
5. Atkins & de Paula, Atkin’s Physical Chemistry, 9th ed.,
tions; Finite difference method for solving ordinary & partial
Oxford University Press, 2009
differential equations; Empirical Model; Phenomenological
MASS AND ENERGY BALANCE model for multi-component separation systems; Phenomeno-
ENCH600009 logical model for chemical reaction systems; Phenomenologi-
3 CREDITS cal model for reactor systems;
Prerequisites:
Able to use basic principles in chemical engineering for
Komputasi Numerik/Numerical Computation
mass and energy calculations, which will form the basis of
calculations for many operating units and processes in the Textbooks:
chemical/bioprocess industry; Formulate and solve problems 1. Constantinides, A. dan Mostouvi, N., Numerical Meth-
in the form of mass and energy balance sheets related to ods for Chemical Engineers with MATLAB Applications,
chemical processes. Prentice Hall, 1999.
2. Davis, M.E., Numerical Methods and Modeling for
Syllabus:
Chemical Engineer, John Willey & Sons, New York, 1984.
The scope of the mass and energy balance sheet; Mass
3. Rice, G.R. dan Duong D.D., Applied Mathematics and
balance without chemical reactions and multi-unit systems;
Modeling for Chemical Engineers, John Willey & Sons,
Mass balance of chemical reactions; Biological reaction mass
New York, 1995.
balance; Chemical / biological reaction mass based on the
4. Tosun, I., Modeling in Transport Phenomena: A Concep-
component mass balance and element mass balance; General
tual Approach, Elsevier, 2002.
chemical energy balance; Energy balance of chemical
reactions FLUID AND PARTICLE MECHANICS
ENCH600013
Prerequisites: -
3 CREDITS
Textbooks: Learning Objectives:
1. Himmelblau D.M. Basic Principles and Calculation in Able to apply the basic concepts of fluid mechanics and apply
Chemical Engineering, 7th ed, Prentice Hall 2004. them in solving real problems. In addition, students are able
2. Pauline Doran, Basic Principles of Bioprocess Engineer- to apply the principles of fluid mechanics (press. Continuity,
ing, Wiley VCH, 2006. Bernoulli, etc.), to solve problems in the unit process through
3. Sumber data: Perry’s Chemical Handbook dan lainnya energy and force calculations, etc., especially in fluid flow
yang terkait data physical and chemical properties systems in piping, rate measuring devices and transportation
tools fluid, as well as in fluid-solid flow systems (fluidization,
TRANSPORT PHENOMENA
filtration, sedimentation, movement of particles in the gas.
ENCH600010
3 CREDITS Syllabus:
Learning Objectives: Fluid property; Static fluid and its application; The basic
Able to identify and explain and analyze the phenomena of equation of fluid flow (mass & press balance. Continuity,
momentum, mass, and heat transfer through the application energy balance and press. Bernoulli); Press application.
of microscopic and macroscopic balances. Bernoulli for flow rate measurement; Friction Loss of fluid
flow through pipes, porous media, fluid transport devices:
Syllabus:
pumps, compressors, turbines; High-speed gas flow;
Preliminary; Viscosity; Thermal Conductivity and Diffusiv-
Movement of particles through fixed and fluidized beds and
ity; Shell’s momentum balance and Shell’s energy balance;
Filtration; Sedimentation of particles in a liquid
Shell mass balance; The equation of change; Mass transfer,
momentum, and energy with two independent variables; Prerequisites:
The transfer of momentum, energy, and mass in a turbulent
Transport Phenomena
386 flow; Movement between two phases; Macroscopic balance
Textbooks: ing”, Vol.2, Pergamon Press, 1989.

1. Noel de Nevers, Fluid Mechanics for Chemical Engi- 6. Donald R. Woods, Problem based learning: How to gain
neers, 2nd Ed., McGraw-Hill, 1991. the most from PBL, McMaster University, Hamilton,
2. Bruce R. Munson, Donald F. Young, Theodore H. Okiishi, 1994.
Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics, John Wiley & Sons,
PROCESS ENGINEERING DRAWING
2006.
ENCH600016
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS 3 CREDITS
ENCH600014 Learning Objectives:
4 CREDITS Able to manually draw process flow diagrams, P&ID and
Learning Objectives: plant layouts, recognize the use of software for drawing,
Able to apply heuristics of problem solving skills and basic understand, and be able to read the meaning of images.
concepts of thermodynamics to solve various thermody-
Syllabus:
namic triggers in the Problem-Based Learning (PBL) learning
Introduction to drawing techniques; Basics of drawing
format; able to increase the ability to direct learning inde-
technique; Block Process Flow Diagram; Symbols basic
pendently (self-directed learning) at the individual or group
symbols of equipment Chemical industry and process flow;
level
Process Flow Diagram (PFD); Equipment symbols, pipes,
Syllabus: instrumentation; Piping and Instrumentation Diagram
PVP properties of pure compounds, process trajectories, (P&ID); Software for drawing; Plant Plots & Plant Layouts;
steamed tables (Trigger 1); Steady and non-steady system Piping Route and Isometric Drawing; Spool Drawing and Bill
energy balance (Trigger 2); Cyclic processes: Rankine cycle of Materials (BOM). Bill of Quantity (BOQ)
for energy generation and refrigeration cycle (Trigger 3);
Prerequisites: -
Ideal system phase equilibrium and the activity coefficient
approach (Trigger 4); Phase equilibrium at high pressure: Textbooks:
a coefficient of fugacity approach through the cubic state 7. W. Boundy, Engineering Drawing, McGraw-Hill Book
equation (Trigger 5); Reaction balance (Trigger 6) Company
Prerequisites:
Neraca Massa dan Energi/Mass and Energy Balance
9. ISO 1101, Mechanical Engineering Drawings, Interna-
Textbooks: tional Organization for Standardization
1. M.J. Moran and H.N. Saphiro, Fundamentals of Engi- 10. Japanese Industrial Standard, Technical Drawing for
neering Thermodynamics, 2nd/3rd ed., Wiley. Mechanical Engineering, Japanese Standard Association.
2. J.M. Smith, H.C. Van Ness, and M.M. Abbott, Introduc- 11. Warren J. Luzadder, Fundamentals of Engineering
tion to Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics, 6th/7th Drawing, Prentice-Hall, Inc.
ed., McGraw Hill.
3. Kamarza Mulia dan Praswasti PDK Wulan, Diktat
Termodinamika Teknik Kimia. MATERIAL SCIENCE & CORROSION
4. Donald R. Woods, Problem-Based Learning: How to ENCH600017
gain the most from PBL, McMaster Bookstore, Hamilton, 3 CREDITS
Ontario, Canada, 1994. Learning Objectives:
5. Internet sites, books, manuals, software instructions, and Able to understand the role of material selection in designing
other reliable sources of information. equipment; able to understand the properties of materials;
able to understand corrosion: the process, prevention, testing
HEAT TRANSFER
and protection; Calculate and design simple corrosion
ENCH600015
protection
3 CREDITS
Learning Objectives: Syllabus:
Able to analyze the phenomenon of heat transfer and apply it History of Material Science in human civilization; Applica-
to solve problems in the heat transfer process unit. tion of Material Science in Chemical Engineering; Atoms,
Molecules, Chemical Bonds and their correlation with mate-
Syllabus:
rial properties; Crystal Structure; Phase Diagrams and their
Skills Workshop Review which includes: The importance of
relationship to metal making; Material Mechanical Proper-
self-assessment, awareness of the thought process, prob-
ties and Test Equipment; Metals and alloys; Corrosion and
lem-solving strategies and work skills in groups; Steady
Chemical Industry; Basic concepts of corrosion, electrochem-
conduction; Induction Conduction; Natural Convection;
istry, polarization, passivity; Types of corrosion-mechanisms
Forced Convection; Radiation; Heat Exchanger
and their prevention; Cathodic Protection and Corrosion
Prerequisites: Inhibitors & Monitoring
Peristiwa Perpindahan/ Transport Phenomena
Prerequisites: -
Textbooks:
Textbooks:
1. Holman, J.P., “Perpindahan Kalor (alih bahasa: E. Jasjfi),
Ilmu Bahan dan Teknologi Bahan (Lawrence H.Van Vlack
Edisi ke-6, Penerbit Erlangga, Jakarta 1993.
diterjemahkan oleh Ir. Sriati Djaprie, M.E.,M.Met), Bagian
2. Mc. Adam, W. H., “Heat Transmission”, 3rd Ed.,
Pendahuluan.
Mc.Graw-Hill International Book Company, 1981.
3. Kern, D. Q., “Process Heat Transfer”, Mc.Graw-Hill MASS TRANSPORT
International Book Company, 1984. ENCH600018
4. Treybal, R.E., “Mass Transfer Operation”, McGraw-Hill 3 CREDITS
International Book Company, 1984. Learning Objectives:
5. Coulson, J.M. dan Richardson, J.R., “Chemical Engineer- Able to use basic technical principles for the calculation of
387
major mass transfer operations: Distillation, Absorption, 1987.

Extraction, Humidification and Drying. 5. Widodo, W. P., Slamet, Diktat Kuliah Kinetika dan
Perancangan Reaktor Kimia, TGP-FTUI, 2002.
Syllabus:
6. CRE course onlines:
Introduction; Distillation; Drying / Humidification; Absorp-
7. http://www.engin.umich.edu/~cre/344/
tion; Extraction; Leaching
8. http://ocw.mit.edu/OcwWeb/Chemical-Engineer-
Prerequisites: ing/10-37Spring-2007/CourseHome/
Termodinamika Teknik Kimia; Peristiwa Perpindahan (Ther-
CHEMICAL PROCESS SIMULATION
modynamics of Chemical Engineering; Trasport Phenomena)
ENCH600021
Textbooks: 3 CREDITS
1. Treyball, “Mass Transfer Operation”, MGH, 1984. Learning Objectives:
2. McCabe and Smith, “Unit Operation for CE”, JWS, 1989. Able to use the latest chemical engineering software to create
3. Coulson and Richardson, “Chemical Engineering”, steady-state and dynamic simulations and able to manipu-
Pergamon, 1991. late variable processes and unit topology processes in the
4. Geankoplis, “Transport Processes and Unit Operation”, chemical industry.
Syllabus:
UNIT OPERATION PROCESS LAB I Steady-state and dynamic models; Stream; Heat exchangers
ENCH600019 equipment; Piping equipment and rotating equipment;
1 CREDITS Separation Equipment; Columns and Towers; Reactor; Refrig-
Learning Objectives: eration system; PID Controller Selection for Temperature,
Students practice operating the equipment of fluid mechan- Pressure, Level and Flow; Cascade Controller; Model Testing
ics and heat transfer units and able to analyze experimental and Adjustment of PID Controllers
data obtained through written reports.
Prerequisites: -
Syllabus:
Textbooks:
Introduction of miniature forms of tools and Laborato-
1. Fogler, H.S., Elements of Chemical Reaction Engineering,
ry-scale Chemical Engineering Process Operation Units;
Prentice-Hall.
Application of various principles of displacement events,
2. Douglas, J. M., Conceptual Design of Chemical Processes,
fluid mechanics, heat transfer given in lectures on the
McGraw-Hill, 1998.
Process equipment and Chemical Engineering Operations
3. Peter, M.S, and K.D. Timmerhaus, Plant Design and
Unit
Economic for Chemical Engineering 4th Edition,
Prerequisites: McGraw-Hill, 1991.
Fluid and Particle Mechanics, Heat Transfer 4. HYSYS Steady State Model and Tutorial.
5. SuperPro Designer User Guide and Tutorial, Inteligent,
Textbooks:
Inc.
Buku Petunjuk Praktikum Proses dan Operasi Teknik Kimia
1, DTK FTUI. PROCESS CONTROL
ENCH600022
CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING 1 3 CREDITS
ENCH600020
3 CREDITS
Able to design a single loop control system and connect the
dynamics of the process with performance.
Able to understand the basic concepts of chemical reaction
kinetics (reaction rates, reaction mechanisms), both for Syllabus:
homogeneous and heterogeneous reactions, and are able Introduction to Process Control; Objectives and Benefits
to determine the equation of reaction rates and understand of Control; Principles of Mathematical Modeling; Process
surface phenomena and catalysis. Control Modeling and Analysis; Dynamic Behavior of a Typi-
cal Process System; Empirical Model Identification; Feedback
Syllabus:
loop; PID controller; PID Control Settings; Stability Analysis;
Basic Concepts of Chemical Kinetics and Thermodynamics
of Chemical Reactions; Molecular Reaction; Homogeneous Prerequisites:
Elementary Reactions: Data Modeling and Analysis; Homo- Mass and Energy Balance, Numerical Computation
geneous Non-Elementary Reactions; Kinetics of Heteroge-
Textbooks:
neous Reactions; Heterogeneous Catalytic Reaction Data
1. T. Marlin, Process Control: Designing Processes and
Analysis; Effects of External Diffusion on Heterogeneous
Control Systems for Dynamic Performance, 2nd Edition,
Catalytic Reactions; Diffusion and Reaction; Case Study in
McGraw-Hill, New York, 2000.
the Methanol & Sulfuric Acid Industry; Case Study in the
2. Carlos A. Smith, Armando B. Corripio, Principles and
Fertilizer Industry
Practice of Automatic Process Control, John Wiley &
Prerequisites: Sons, 1985, ISBN 0-471-88346-8 2.
Kimia Fisika (Physical Chemistry) 3. D. E Seborg, T. F. Edgar, D. A. Mellichamp, Process
Dynamics and Control, John Wiley & Sons, 1989, ISBN
Textbooks:
0-471-86389-0 3.
1. H. Scott Fogler, Elements of Chemical Reaction Engineer-
4. Ogata, Katsuhiko, Teknik Kontrol Automatik (Sistem
ing, Prentice-Hall, 4th Edition, 2006.
Pengaturan), Jilid 1, Penerbit Erlangga, 1985, Bandung.
2. O. Levenspiel, Chemical Reaction Engineering, 3rd
5. Bequette, R. W., Process Dynamics: Modeling, Analysis,
Edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1999.
and Simulation, Prentice Hall, 1998.
3. S.H., Fogler, and LeBlanc, Strategies for Creative Problem
6. Luyben, William L., Process Modeling, Simulation
Solving, Prentice-Hall, 1995.
and Control for Chemical Engineers, Second Edition,
388 4. K. J. Leidler, Chemical Kinetics, 3rd ed., Harper Publish,
McGraw-Hill International Edition, 1990. PROCESS EQUIPMENT DESIGN

7. Kuo, Benjamin C., Automatic Control Systems, Sixth ENCH600025
Edition, Prentice-Hall International Editions, 1991. 3 CREDITS
8. Stephanopoulos, George, Chemical Process Control: Learning Objectives:
An Introduction to Theory and Practice, Prentice-Hall Able to design chemical process equipment in accordance
International, 1984. with applicable standards. Syllabus: Pumps, compressors,
piping, pressure vessels and tanks, distillation columns, heat
UNIT OPERATION PROCESS LAB 2
exchangers.
ENCH600023
1 CREDITS Syllabus:
Learning Objectives: Introduction to process design; Fluid Transportation: Piping
Students practice operating the equipment of fluid mechan- systems, pump designs, compressors; Distillation Column
ics and heat transfer units and able to analyze experimental Design; Heat Exchanger Design: Double pipe HE, Shell and
data obtained through written reports. Tube, SHTE; Vessel Design
Syllabus: Prerequisites:
Introduction of miniature forms of tools and Laborato- Fluid Mechanics and Particles; Heat Transfer; Mass Transfer;
ry-scale Chemical Engineering Process Operation Units; Material Science & Corrosion
Application of various principles of mass transfer and
Textbooks:
process control events to the Process Equipment and Chemi-
1. Kern, D. Q., “Process Heat Transfer”, Mc.Graw-Hill
cal Engineering Operations Unit.
International Book Company, 1984.
Prerequisites: 2. Ludwid, Applied Process Design for Chemical and
Perpindahan Massa dan Pengendalian Proses (Mass Transfer Petrochemical Plant, Vol. 2, Gulf Publishing Co.
and Process Control) 3. Towler, G. and Sinnott, R., Chemical Engineering Design:
Principles, Practice and Economics of Plant and Process
Textbooks:
Design, Elsevier, 2008.
Buku Petunjuk Praktikum Proses dan Operasi Teknik 2,
Departemen Teknik Kimia UI. CHEMICAL PRODUCT DESIGN
ENCH600026
CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING 2
4 CREDITS
ENCH600024
3 CREDITS
Able to use the knowledge gained from several previous
subjects to be applied to the design of a complete chemical
Able to understand the basic concepts of chemical reactor
product which includes: Needs, Ideas, Selection and Manu-
design, do the basic design of chemical reactors, and conduct
facture, Supply Chain, Intellectual Property Rights, HSE, and
analysis to determine the types and operating conditions of
Economics; Students have problem-solving skills and work in
chemical reactors.
teams; Students are capable of entrepreneurship
Syllabus:
Syllabus:
The basic concept of chemical reactor design; Ideal-Isother-
Understanding of consumer needs, product specifications,
mal Reactor Design; Non-Isothermal Reactor Design; Visi-
creating and selecting product concepts, product formula-
tation to industry or guest lectures; RTD concept to analyze
tions, product manufacturing, supply chains, economics
flow patterns in ideal and non-ideal reactors; Concentration
is based on various models of non-ideal reactors and analyz- Prerequisites:
ing the profile of real (non-ideal) reactor paths. Neraca Massa dan Energi; Mekanika Fluida dan Partikel;
Perpindahan Kalor; Perpindahan Massa ; Teknik Reaksi
Prerequisites:
Kimia; Ekonomi Teknik (Mass and Energy Balance; Fluid
Chemical Reaction Engineering 1
Mechanics and Particles; Heat Transfer; Mass Transfer;
Textbooks: Chemical Reaction Engineering; Engineering Economics)
1. H. Scott Fogler, Elements of Chemical Reaction Engineer-
Textbooks:
ing, Prentice-Hall, 4th Edition, 2006.
1. Cussler, L., G.D. Moggridge, Chemical Product Design,
2. O. Levenspiel, Chemical Reaction Engineering, 3rd
Cambridge University Press, 2011.
Edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1999.
2. Seider W.D., Seader J.D., Lewin D.R., Product and Process
3. S.H., Fogler, and LeBlanc, Strategies for Creative Problem
Design Principles, Synthesis, Analysis and Evaluation,
Solving, Prentice-Hall, 1995.
Wiley and Sons Inc., 2009.
4. E. B. Nauman, Chemical Reactor Design, Optimization,
3. Wesselingh J.A., Kiil, S. and Vigild M.E., Design and
and Scale up, McGraw-Hill, 2002.
Development of Biological, Chemical, Food and Pharma-
5. Widodo, W. P., Slamet, Diktat Kuliah Kinetika dan
ceutical Products, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., 2007.
Perancangan Reaktor Kimia, TGP-FTUI, 2002.
4. Ulrich K.T., Eppinger S.D., Product Design and Develop-
6. CRE course onlines
ment, 5th edition, McGraw Hill.
7. http://www.engin.umich.edu/~cre/344/
5. Birgit Kamm, Patrick R. Grubber, Michael Kamm, Biore-
8. http://ocw.mit.edu/OcwWeb/Chemical-Engineer-
fineries – Industrial Processes and Products, Wiley-VCH,
ing/10-37Spring-2007/CourseHome/
Swiss, 2005.
9. O. Levenspiel, Tracer Technology Modeling the Flow of
6. Peter, M.S. and K.D. Timmerhaus, Plant Design and
Fluids in Fluid Mechanics and its Applications Vol. 96.
Economic for Chemical Engineering 4th edition,
10. Series Editor: R. Moreau Madylam, Springer, 2012.
McGraw Hill, 1991.
7. Dolgui A., Soldek J. and Zaikin O., Supply Chain Opti-
mization: Product/Process Design, Facility Location and
Flow Control, Springer, 2005.
8. Douglas, J.M., Conceptual Design of Chemical Processes, 389
McGraw Hill, 1998. Technology, Academic Press, 2009

9. Kirk-Othmer, Enyclopedia of Chemical Technology, 3rd 11. Lydersen BK, Bioprocess Engineering: System, Equip-
edition, McGraw Hill, 1991. ment and Facilities, John & Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York,
10. Perry’s Chemical Handbook 1993.
12. Peter, M. S. dan K. D. Timmerhaus, Plant design and
INDUSTRIAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Economic for Chemical Engineering, 4th Ed., McGraw
ENCH600028
Hill.
2 CREDITS
13. SuperPro Designer Manual. Intelligen, Inc
Able to apply project management concepts in their field of CAPITA SELECTA
work well. ENCH600030
2 CREDITS
Syllabus:
Concept of Project-Production; Project Life Cycle; Project
able to make a summary of the material presented by guest
Selection; Project Planning; Project Implementation; Project
lecturers
Completion & Evaluation
Syllabus:
Prerequisites:
Held by inviting competent guest lecturers in the fields
Engineering Economics
according to the needs in each study program (may vary in
Textbooks: each semester)
Suharto, Imam, Manajemen Proyek, 1990
Prerequisites:
PLANT DESIGN passed 90 credits
ENCH600029
Textbooks: -
4 CREDITS
able to theoretically design a factory/industry by explore
Special Courses
information from books, journals and the internet to find INTERNSHIP
the latest solutions in product and factory design with due ENCH600031
regard to standards and regulations 2 CREDITS
Syllabus: Learning Objectives:
Conceptual design of processes/plants, process development At the end of the lecture, students have real knowledge
flow diagrams, heuristic synthesis and analysis of processes, and experience in the field of oil and gas, petrochemical,
process simulations, rule of thumb design of process tools pharmacy, oleochemical, and other chemical industries that
and construction meters, heat/process integration, plant involve aspects of technology, processes, operations, and
layouts, and economic analysis management.
Prerequisites: Syllabus: -
Process Control, Process Equipment Design, Chemical Prerequisites:
Process Simulation, Engineering Economics Already taken at least 110 CREDITS (minimum D) with GPA
Textbooks: 2,0
1. Douglas, J. M., 1998, Conceptual Design of Chemical Textbooks: -
Processes, McGraw-Hill.
2. Seider W. D., Seader J. D., Lewin D. R., Sumatri Widagdo, RESEARCH METHOD & SEMINAR
2008, Product and Product Design Principles. Synthesis, ENCH600032
Analysis and Evaluation, Wiley and Sons Inc, 3 edition. 2 CREDITS
3. Turton, R., R. C. Bailie, W. B. Ehiting and J. A. Shaeiwitz, Learning Objectives:
1998, Analysis, Synthesis, and Design of Chemical Able to determine the right method for research activities
Process, Prentice-Hall as well as express ideas, processes, and results of scientific
4. Gavin Towler, R K Sinnott, 2012, Chemical Engineering research verbally and in writing
Design: Principles, Practice and Economics of Plant Syllabus:
and Process Design, Butterworth-Heinemann, Second Introduction, techniques to identify problems and form
Edition. hypotheses, logical and critical thinking, scientific writing
5. Peter, M. S, and K. D. Timmerhaus, Ronald West, and techniques, research proposal writing techniques, research
Max Peters, 2002, Plant Design and Economic for Chemi- design techniques, presentation techniques, data collection
cal Engineering, 5 Edition, McGraw-Hill. techniques, analyze and present the results.
6. Biegler L. T, I. E, Grossmann and A. W. Westerberg,
1997, Systematic Methods for Chemical Process Design, Prerequisites:
Prentice-Hall. Already taken at least 90 CREDITS (minimum D) with IPK
7. Branan, C., 1998, Rule of Thumb for Chemical Engineers 2,0
: A manual of quick, accurate solutions to everyday Textbooks:
process engineering problems, 2nd edition, Gulf Publish- 1. Handout
ing, Co. 2. Research proposal format from various institutions
8. Wallas, Stanley M. 1990, Chemical Process Equipment :
Selection and Design, Buther Worths. UNDERGRADUATE THESIS
9. Ed Bausbacher, Roger Hunt, 1993, Process Plant Layout ENCH600033
and Piping Design, Prentice Hall; 1 edition 4 CREDITS
10. CHEMCAD Manual, HEATEXET Manual, HYSYS/ Learning Objectives:
UNISIM ManualBerk, Z, Food Process Engineering and Able to analyze and solve chemical technology problems
390
and present them in oral and written forms in the form of Paul Singh, and Dennis R. Heldman.
scientific papers. 4. Academic Press
5. Introduction to Food Process Engineering by P. G. Smith.
Syllabus:
Springer
Materi skripsi sesuai dengan Syllabus penelitian yang
6. Fundamentals of Food Process Engineering by Romeo T.
diambil
Toledo. Springer
Prerequisites:
PROTEIN ENGINEERING
Metodologi Penelitian dan Seminar
ENCH800016
Textbooks: 3 CREDITS
1. Pedoman Teknis Penulisan Tugas Akhir Mahasiswa Learning Objectives:
Universitas Indonesia. Able to determine protein engineering strategies for the
2. IEEE Citation Reference. benefit of separation, biocatalysts and medic.
3. Ivan Stojmenovic, “How To Write Research Articles in
Syllabus:
Introduction, Protein docking methods, Protein tagging
strategies, Gen synthesis design, Enzyme stabilization,
February 2010.
Molecular exploration, Protein engineering, Case study.
4. Buku petunjuk praktis pelaksanaan MK. Skripsi, Depok,
1999. Prerequisite:
Organic Chemistry
Textbook:
Elective Courses 1. Protein Engineering in Industrial Biotechnology, Lilia
Alberghina, Harwood academic publishers, 2005
ELECTIVE COURSES IN ODD SEMESTER 2. Proteins: Biotechnology and Biochemistry by Dr. Gary
OLEOCHEMICAL INDUSTRY Walsh. Wiley
ENCH800014 3. Protein engineering and design by Sheldon J. Park,
3 CREDITS Jennifer R. Cochran. CRC Press
Learning Objectives: 4. Protein Engineering and Design by Paul R. Carey.
Able to know the various processes that commonly used Academic Press
in the oleochemical industry, and able to make a plan to 5. Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice. Wiley-Liss
develop the produce of oleochemicals from vegetable oils. HERBAL TECHNOLOGY
Syllabus: ENCH800017
Fatty acids, biodiesel, paints and polymers, detergents, soaps, 3 CREDITS
fatty alcohol, glycerin, oils and fats, oil and greese, the devel- Learning Objectives:
opment of oleochemicals, vegetable oil processing, vegetable Able to explain the development of herbal technology, herbal
oil technology in the process. separation technology, herbal formulation basis, herbal regu-
lation, and distinguish with other pharmaceutical products
Prerequisites:
Organic Chemistry Syllabus:
Definition and basic concepts of herbs, herbal materials,
Textbook: herbal separation technology, herbal formulations, herbal
Oleochemical Manufacture and Applications by Frank D. regulation.
Gunstone, Richard J. Hamilton. Blackwell
Prerequisites:
FOOD TECHNOLOGY Organic Chemistry
ENCH800015
3 CREDITS Textbook:
Learning Objectives: The Complete Technology Book on Herbal Perfumes &
able to understand the processes of making food in the Cosmetics by H. Panda. National Institute of Industrial
food industry, which includes the selection, handling, and Research 2003
processing of raw materials, the operating unit of food COMPOSITE MATERIAL
production, packaging, storage, and control of the process ENCH800018
from the beginning stage to the end. 3 CREDITS
Introduction, physical properties of raw materials, the basic Able to: Explain the characteristics of composite materials
concepts of energy and mass transfer, reaction kinetics, and compare it with conventional materials; Explain the
process control. Mixing, filtration, centrifugation, extraction manufacturing process, and research development of
and membrane processes, adsorption and ion exchange composite materials.
column, with the temperature settings, drying, preservation, Syllabus:
packaging, food storage, and hygiene. The position of composite materials in materials science in
Prerequisites: - general, common characteristics of composite materials, the
type of composite based on the composition, the types of
Textbook: polymer matrix and reinforcement, the role of surface treat-
1. Zeki Berk, Food Process Engineering and Technology, ment in the strength of composite materials, manufacturing
Academic Press, Elsevier 2009 processes, durability, the process of splicing and repair of
2. Food Technology: an introduction by Anita Tull. Oxford composite materials, code and standards for application of
University Press, 2002 composite materials, the development of composite materials
3. Introduction to Food Engineering by R. Paul Singh, R. research.
391
Prerequisites: two-phase systems, water-hydrocarbon system behavior,

Organic Chemistry product specifications in the disposal lease of hydrocarbon
Textbook: Prerequisites:
1. Fiber-reinforced Composites (Materials Engineering, Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics
Manufacturing and Design), P. K. Mallick, Marcel
Textbook:
Dekker, Inc., 1993.
1. Wayne C. Edmister, Byung Ik Lee, Applied hydrocarbon
2. Handbook of Plastics, Elastomers, and Composites, 3rd
thermodynamics, Volume 1, Gulf Publishing Company
ed., Charles A. Harper, McGraw-Hill, 1996.
(1988), Houston, Texas.
3. Reinforced Plastics - Theory and Practice, 2nd ed., M. W.
2. John M. Campbell, Gas Conditioning and Processing,
Gaylord, Chaners Books, 1974.
Vol. 1, 8th Edition Campbell Petroleum Series 2001.
APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS
LUBRICANT TECHNOLOGY
ENCH800019
ENCH800022
3 CREDITS
3 CREDITS
Students are able to analyze problems of thermodynamics
Able to explain the working principles of lubrication,
based on a thorough review including fundamental aspects
lubricant function, and several parameters of the quality
of thermodynamics, experimental, and green chemistry,
and lubricant classification, lubricant chemical, and its
based on current information from scientific journals
production technology, either mineral lubricant, synthesis
Syllabus: and vegetal.
The case study of industrial thermodynamic, example cycle
Syllabus:
processes, phase equilibrium, and chemical reaction equilib-
Principles of lubrication on friction and wear phenomena
rium to process and product engineer; friendly solvents such
on the two surfaces of solid objects are moving together;
as supercritical CO2 and ionic liquid
mode lubrication: hydrodynamic and elastohydrodynamic;
Prerequisites: lubricants: mineral, synthetic, and vegetable; additives,
Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics formulations, degradation, contamination, and maintenance
of lubricants; latest development of lubricant technology.
Textbook:
1. References relevant to a given problem Prerequisites:
2. Mulia, K dan Wulan, PPDK, Buku Teks Termodinamika Organic Chemistry
Kimia
Textbook:
DYNAMIC SYSTEM 1. E. Richard Booster, Handbook of Lubricant: Theory and
ENCH800020 Practice of Tribology, Vol. I, Vol. II, Vol. III, CRC Press
3 CREDITS (1984), Inc., Boca Raton, Florida
Learning Objectives: 2. Mervin H. Jones, Industrial Tribology: The Practical
Able to build dynamic models of process systems, biological, Aspect of Friction, Lubricant, and Wear, Elsevier Scien-
industrial, social and economic. tific Publishing Co., New York, 1983.
3. J. Halling, Principle of Tribology, Macmillan Press Ltd.,
Syllabus:
London, 1978
Introduction to dynamical systems, causal loops, model and
4. Handout
validation, analysis, case study.
CRYOGENIC TECHNOLOGY
Prerequisites:
ENCH800023
3 CREDITS
Textbook: Learning Objectives:
1. Forrester, J. W., 2002, Principles of Systems, Productivity Able to explain the various processes to liquefy gas in
Press cryogenic technology
2. Goodman, Michael R., 1998, Study Notes in System
Syllabus:
Dynamics, Productivity Press
History and development of cryogenic, cryogenic scope
3. Richardson, George P. and Pugh III, Alexander L., 1999,
of work. Refrigeration and liquefaction of natural gas, air,
Introduction to System Dynamics Modeling, Pegasus
oxygen, nitrogen, helium, neon, and argon.
Communications
4. Andersen, David, etc., Introduction to Computer Prerequisites:
Simulation - A System Dynamics: Systems Thinking and Chemical engineering thermodynamics
Modeling for a Complex World, McGraw-Hill
Textbook:
SYSTEM OF HYDROCARBON 1. Timmerhaus, K.D., Cryogenic Process Engineering,
ENCH800021 Plenum Press 1989, New York.
3 CREDITS 2. Barron, Randall. Cryogenic Systems, McGraw Hill, 1985,
Learning Objectives: New York.
Able to predict the magnitude of thermodynamic properties
COMBUSTION TECHNOLOGY
of hydrocarbons and the phase condition, either manually or
ENCH800024
using software calculations.
3 CREDITS
Introduction to hydrocarbon thermodynamics properties, Able to explain the phenomenon of combustion and resolve
basic thermodynamic concepts, P-V-T data correlations, the problems that rendered correctly.
physical properties of hydrocarbon fluids, computing aided
Syllabus:
392 thermodynamics properties, the vapor-liquid behavior of
Chemical kinetics and combustion, the flame, premix flame, of the corresponding want to know the nature of the target,
diffusion flame, the combustion process applications. the catalyst test methods, methods of development of the
catalyst, and reaction products.
Prerequisite:
Transport Phenomena, Chemical Reaction Engineering 1, Prerequisites:
Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics Chemical Reaction Engineering 1
Textbook: Textbook:
1. Warnatz, J., Maas, U. dan Dibble, R.W., Combustion: 1. Nasikin M, Susanto BH, “Katlaisis Heterogen”, UI Press,
Physical and Chemical Fundamentals, Modeling and 2010
Simulation, Experiments, Pollutant Formation, 2nd ed., 2. Satterfield, C. N., heterogeneous Catalysis in Industrial
Springer, Heidelberg, 1999. Practice, McGraw-Hill Inc., New York, 1991.
2. Turns, S.R., An Introduction to Combustion: Concepts 3. Rase, F. R., Commercial Catalyst, CRC Press, New York,
and Applications, 2nd ed, McGraw-Hill, 2000. 1991
3. Glassman, I., Combustion, Academic Press, 1997. 4. Richardson, T, J., Principles of Catalyst Development,
4. El-Mahallawy dan el-Din Habik, S., Fundamental and Plenum Press, New York, 1989
Technology of Combustion, Elsevier, 2002. 5. Thomas J.M. And WJ Thomas, Principles and Practice
5. Combustion, T. J. Poinsot and D. P. Veynante, in Ency- of Heterogeneous Catalysis, VCH, Weinhem, Germany,
clopedia of Computational Mechanicsedited by Erwin 1997
Stein, René de Borst and Thomas J.R. Hughes, 2004 John 6. Emmet, R. H., Catalysis, Reinhold Publishing Corpora-
Wiley & Sons, Ltd. tion, New York, 1961
6. Introduction to Combustion, Concepts and Applications,
Stephen R. Turns, 2nd edition, McGraw Hill, 2000
7. Introduction to Combustion Phenomena, A. Murty SUSTAINABLE ENERGY
Kanury, Gordon and Breach Science Publishers, 1975 ENCH800027
8. Heat Transfer from Burners, Charles E. Baukal, in Indus- 3 CREDITS
trial Burners Handbook, edited by Charles E. Baukal, Learning Objectives:
CRC Press, 2004. Able to explain the relationship of energy with a social
aspect, economic and environmental and sustainability
PLASMA AND OZONE TECHNOLOGY
concepts, and able to analyze the performance of tech-
ENCH800025
no-economy and the continuity, especially fossil energy
3 CREDITS
system, new, and renewable.
Able to explain the physics and chemistry phenomena of Syllabus:
plasma formation and release of electromagnetic energy and Concept of sustainability and sustainable energy, energy
the use of plasma and ozone technology. hierarchy, energy linkages with economic, environmental
and social, fossil energy/fuels and Impacts, global climate
Syllabus:
change and its mitigation, conversion, transportation/distri-
Basic phenomena and physical-chemical processes of gases
bution and storage, the analysis method of energy sustain-
that are given an electrical charge (corona discharge), the
ability: LCA, sustainability index, hydrogen and fuel cells
generation process or formation of ozone, role and use of
and nuclear energy, solar energy (PV and thermal), wind and
plasma technology and ozone in chemical engineering
ocean, hydropower, bioenergy, geothermal energy, energy
processes, the potential of ozone technology in control tech-
efficiency and conservation, carbon capture, and storage
nology environmental pollution, the ozone generator module
manufacturing equipment. Prerequisites:
Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics or Biochemical
Prerequisite:
Engineering
Physics Electricity Magnetism
Textbook:
Textbook:
1. Jefferson W. Tester, et al., Sustainable Energy: Choosing
1. E. T. Protasevich: “Cold Non-Equilibrium Plasma”,
Among Options, MIT Press, 2005.
Cambridge International science Publishing, Cambridge,
2. Godfrey Boyle, et al., Energy Systems and Sustainability:
1999.
Power for a Sustainable Future,
2. Rice, R. G., and M. E. Browning: “Ozone Treatment of
3. Oxford University Press, 2003.
Industrial Water water”, Notes Data Corporation, Park
4. E. Cassedy S, Prospects for Sustainable Energy: A critical
Ridyl, 1981.
assessment, Cambridge University Press, 2000.
3. Metcalf & Eddy, Inc. (Tchobano-glous, G., and FL
5. DeSimone et al., Eco-Efficiency. The Business Link to
Burton): “Wastewater Engineering: Treatment, Disposal,
Sustainable Development, MIT Press, 1997.
and Reuse”, McGraw-Hill Book. Co., Singapore, 1991.
6. D. Elliot, Energy, Society, and Environment, Technology
HETEROGENEOUS CATALYST for a sustainable future, Rouledge, 1997
ENCH800026 7. Miller, G. T., Environment Science. Sustaining Earth,
3 CREDITS Wardworld Publish Co. 1993
RISK MANAGEMENT
Able to explain the phenomenon of basic concepts heteroge-
ENCH800028
neous catalysts and its application
3 CREDITS
The general property of catalyst, thermodynamic of the reac- Able to explain and apply risk management in a risk
tion with catalyst, the distribution of the catalyst based on assessment.
the type of reaction, the core function is active, the method
Syllabus:
of selecting catalysts for certain reactions, characterization
Introduction to the risk, the basic principles and guidelines 393
concerning risk, risk management standards, risk assess- ation techniques and isolation of natural materials
ment, risk analysis, risk analysis and simulation, simulation
Prerequisite: -
of the risk with Montecarlo method, the risk of using
software simulation crystal ball. Textbook:
1. Rydberg, Cox, & Musikas. Solvent Extraction Principles
Prerequisites: -
and Practice 2nd Edition. Marcel Dekker, Inc. 2004.
Textbook: 2. Meireles, M. Angela A. Extracting Bioactive Compounds
J. F. A. Stoner, Management, 1986 for Food Products: Theory and Applications. CRC Press –
Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. 2009.
ELECTROCHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY
3. Rostagno, Mauricio A. & Prado, Juliana M. Natural
ENCH800029
Product Extraction: Principles and Applications. RSC
3 CREDITS
Publishing. 2013.
Able to understand the basic principles of electrochemical SPECIAL TOPIC 1
technology and apply them in the design of electrochemical ENCH800031
systems for various applications. 3 CREDITS
Syllabus: BIOCHEMISTRY
Basic electrochemical principles and electrochemical cell 3 CREDITS
concepts; electrochemical cell thermodynamics (Nernst
equation, Pourbaix diagram, etc.); electrochemical cell
kinetics (the mechanism of electrochemical redox reactions, able to describe the relationship of structure and chemical
Marcus theory, Butler-Volmer model, etc.); polarization/ compounds in living things, including the functions, synthe-
overpotential on electrochemical cells (ohm polarization, sis processes and metabolism of these chemical compounds
activation polarization, concentration polarization, etc.); that occur in living things.
the phenomenon of mass transfer in electrochemical cells
Syllabus:
(migration, diffusion, convection, etc.); electrochemical
analysis (voltammetry, chronoamperometry, AC impedance, Introduction to cells and tissues; Membranes and organelles;
etc.); electrode-electrolyte interface phenomena (double layer The role of DNA and protein; Energy in cells; Nucleic acid;
theory, surface capacitance, ion adsorption, etc.); semiconduc- Structure and replication of DNA and RNA; Transcription
tor electrodes (photoelectrochemical); and various electro- and translation; Amino acid; Synthesis and structure of
chemical applications (fuel cells, solar cells, batteries, etc.) proteins; Enzyme; Metabolism
Prerequisite: Prerequisites: -
Physical Chemistry, Thermodynamics of Chemical Engineer-
Textbooks:
ing, Chemical Reaction Engineering 1
1. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry & eBook by Albert
Textbook: Lehninger, David L. Nelson and Michael M. Cox (Jun 15,
1. Keith B. Oldham dan Jan C. Myland. Fundamentals 2008)
of Electrochemical Science, Academic Press, Inc., 1st 2. Biochemistry (3rd Edition) by Christopher K. Mathews,
Edition, London, 1994. Kensal E. van Holde and Kevin G. Ahern (Dec 10, 1999)
2. Richard G. Comption dan Craig E. Banks. Understand- 3. Bruckner, Monica Z. Basic Cellular Staining.Serc.
ing Voltammetry, 3rd Edition, World Scientific, London, carleton.edu.
2018 4. Aryulina, D., Manaf, S., Muslim, C., & Winarni, E.W.
3. Norio Sato. Electrochemistry at Metal and Semiconduc- 2007. BIOLOGI 3. Jakarta : Esis. Binur
tor Electrodes, 1st Edition, Elsevier Science & Technol- 5. Robi. 2011. Teknologi RNA Interference. Retrieved from
ogy, Oxford, 1998. Campbell, Reece. 2009. Biology. Sansome Street, San
4. Marcel Pourbaix. Atlas of Electrochemical Equilibria in Francisco: Pearson Benjamin Cummings.
Aqueous Solutions, 2nd Edition, NACE International,
Brussels, 1974
5. Allen J. Bard, Martin Stratmann, and all authors. NATURAL GAS PROCESSING
Encyclopedia of Electrochemistry, 1st Edition, John Wiley ENCH800033
& Sons, New York 2007 3 CREDITS
EXTRACTION & ISOLATION FOR NATURAL Learning Objectives:
PRODUCTS TECHNOLOGY
ENCH800030 able to design natural gas refineries for piped gas, pressur-
3 CREDITS ized natural gas, or LNG if given a fluid composition that
Learning Objectives: reaches the surface of the reservoir.
Able to compare various principles that relate to extraction Syllabus:
technology and isolation of natural materials; Determine
extraction and / or isolation techniques appropriate for Introduction and terms in Natural Gas Processing; Physical
certain natural materials; Developing process skills to solve Properties of Hydrocarbon Fluid; Hydrocarbon Water
problems related to the field of extraction technology and System; Hydrate; Dew Point Control Unit; AGRU; Absorption
natural material isolation Dehydration Unit; Adsorption Dehydration Regeneration
Unit; Heavy Hydrocarbon Recovery Unit; LNG Processing
Syllabus:
Natural substances and secondary metabolites, Variety of
natural material products, Selection and preparation of mate-
rials for extraction, Selection and preparation of materials for
isolation, Natural material extraction techniques, Fraction-
394
Prerequisites: Chemical Process Simulation PETROLEUM PROCESSING

ENCH800035
Textbooks:
3 CREDITS
1. Gas Conditioning and Processing Vol. 1
Able to explain petroleum characteristics and its refined
product and the stages of the process from various petro-
leum processing technologies.
ELECTIVE COURSES IN EVEN SEMESTER
Syllabus:
PACKAGING AND STORAGE TECHNOLOGY
Introduction terminology, oil composition, thermal prop-
ENCH800032
erties of petroleum, chemical processing of petroleum
3 CREDITS
processing, distillation, hydrogenation and dehydrogenation,
Learning Objective :
cracking processes, the processes of reforming, gas process-
Students are able to describe characteristics, packaging and
ing and petroleum light products, product improvement.
storage food technology, the relation between storage and
packaging with quality of food, describe factors affecting Prerequisites:
deviation of food qualities as well as able to choose storage Fluid and Particle Mechanics, Thermodynamics, Mass
methods and packaging types which is appropriate to food Transfer.
materials.
Textbook:
Syllabus: 1. James G. Speight, The Chemistry and Technology of
hydratase, material storage technology and food products, Petroleum, 5th Edition. CRC Press, 2014.
deviation of food material qualities, microbial contami- 2. Mark J. Kaiser, Arno de Klerk, James H. Gary and Glenn
nant, purpose and function of food packaging, interaction E. Handwerk, Petroleum Refining: Technology, Econom-
between food packaging and packaging material types ics, and Markets, 6th Edition. CRC Press, 2019.
3. D. S. J. Jones, Elements of Petroleum Processing, John &
Prerequisite : -
Sons Wiley
Textbook :
PETROCHEMICAL PROCESSING
1. Examining Food Technology by Anne Barnett. Heine-
ENCH800036
mann Secondary,1996
3 CREDITS
2. Julianti, Sri. The Art of Packaging. Gramedia Pustaka
Utama. 2014.
Able to explain the development of petrochemical prod-
3. Han, Jung H., et al. Innovations in Food Packaging.
ucts and raw material potential, upstream / downstream
Elsevier. 2005.
petrochemical production lines (olefin center, aromatic
BIOINFORMATICS center, and the pathways of methane) and the major produc-
ENCH800033 tion processes of several petrochemical industries through
3 CREDITS methane, olefins and aromatics; able to analyze the impact
Learning Objective : of industrial processes and petrochemical products to the
Are able to explore database and programs to be applied in environment.
genetic engineering sectors, proteomic etc
Syllabus:
Syllabus : History of the general petrochemical products development
Database, genomics, genetic molecular, phylogeny, protein and raw material potential, the scope of the petrochemical
structure, metabolism and tissues industry, petrochemical classification process, the type and
processing raw materials into petrochemical products, the
Textbook:
details of various petrochemical industry: olefins center,
1. Bioinformatics by Shalini Suri. APH Publishing, 2006
aromatics and the center line of methane, industrial and
2. Bioinformatics: A Primer by Charles Staben and Staben.
environmental impact of products petrochemicals.
Jones & Bartlett Publishers, 2005
Prerequisites:
DRUGS AND COSMETICS TECHNOLOGY
Organic Chemistry
ENCH800034
3 CREDITS Textbook:
Syllabus: 1. Martyn V. Twigg, “Catalyst Handbook”, 2nd Ed., Wolfe
Definition of drugs and cosmetics, types of skins and char- Pub. Ltd.
acteristics, cosmetic types, ethics and regulation of drugs 2. Lewis T. Hatch, Sami Matar, “From Hydrocarbon to
and cosmetics, new drug development technology, process Petrochemical”.
technology in drug and cosmetics industries, packaging 3. Wells, Margaret G., “Handbook of Petrochemicals and
technology of drugs and cosmetics technology. Processes”, Gower Publishing Company Ltd., 1991.
4. Pandjaitan Maraudin, Industri Petrokimia dan Pengaruh
Prerequisite:
Lingkungan, Gadjah Mada University Press, 2002.
Organic Chemistry
PHOTOCATALYSIS TECHNOLOGY
Textbook:
ENCH800037
1. Handbook of Cosmetic Science and Technology by
3 CREDITS
Andre O. Barel, Marc Paye, Howard I. Maibach. INFR-
MA-HC 2009
Able to understand the basic concepts and photocatalysis
2. Biodesign: The Process of Innovating Medical Technolo-
and apply them in the various simple daily problem, espe-
gies by Stefanos Zenios, Josh Makower , Paul Yock , Todd
cially related to environment, health, and energy.
J. Brinton, Uday N. Kumar, Lyn Denend, Thomas M.
Krummel. Syllabus:
395
The basic concept photocatalysis processes, thermodynam- Syllabus:

ics and kinetics of photocatlytic process, semiconductor Introduction to microalgae, microalgae cultivation process,
photocatalyst materials, the basic parameters of photocatlytic microalgae harvesting techniques, the process of extracting
process, Photocatalyst Nanomaterial Engineering, photocat- microalgae into algal oil and its residues, economic analysis
lytic applications for degradation of organic pollutants and of the development and utilization of microalgae.
heavy metals, photocatalysis applications for self-cleaning
Prerequisites:
and anti fogging, photocatalysis applications for anti-bac-
terial and cancer therapy, photocatalysis applications for Textbook:
engineering ‘daily life tools’, photocatalysis applications in 1. Richmond, Amos, et al. 2013. Handbook of Microalgal
renewable energy sector, solar detoxification engineering Culture: Applied Phycology and Biotechnology, 2nd Ed.
with photocatalysis, intensification of photocatalysis process. John Wiley and Sons
2. E.W. Becker. 1994. Microalgae: Biotechnology and Micro-
Prerequisites:
biology. London, Cambridge University Press.
POLLUTION PREVENTION
Textbook:
ENCH800039
1. M. Schiavello, Heterogeneous Photocatalysis, John Wiley
3 CREDITS
& Sons, 1997.
2. A. Fujishima, K. Hashimoto, and T. Watanabe, TiO2
Able to explain the concepts of pollution prevention and able
Photocatalysis: Fundamentals and Applications, BKC Inc.
to design the waste treatment system.
Japan, 1999.
3. J.B. Galvez, et.al., Solar Detoxification, Natural Sciences, Syllabus:
Basic and Engineering Sciences, UNESCO. Introduction to the concept of pollution prevention, wastewa-
4. M. Kaneko, I. Okura, Photacatalysis Science and Technol- ter treatment outline and preparation, wastewater treatment
ogy, Springer USA, 2002. in physical, biological, and chemical as well as the operating
5. C.A. Grimes, G.K. Mor, TiO2 Nanotube Arrays: Synthe- unit, bioremediation, bioseparation and biodegradation,
sis, Properties, and Applications, Springer, New York, advanced oxidation processes, the handling of waste gas,
2009. waste handling B3, solid waste handling, effluent treatment,
6. Paper-paper dan bahan lain dari berbagai Jurnal Ilmiah gas, is unconventional.
dan website.
Prerequisites:
EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION OF HYDRO- Chemical Reaction Engineering 1.
CARBON
Textbook:
ENCH800040
1. Freeman, H. M., Industrial Pollution Prevention Hand-
3 CREDITS
book, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1995.
2. Eckenfelder, W. W., Jr.., Industrial Water Pollution
Students are able to explain the economic concept of natural
Control. 3rd ed. McGraw-Hill International Editions,
gas and analyze the 4e economy.
New York, 2000.
Syllabus: 3. Metcalf & Eddy. (Revised by Tchobanoglous, G. & F. L.
Introduction of hydrocarbon, life cycle of field development, Burton). Waste Water Engineering: Treatment, Disposal,
hydrocarbon form and hydrocarbon property and reservoir, Reuse, 3rd ed., McGraw-Hill, Singapore, 1991.
hydrocarbon exploration: geology, geophysics, and drilling, 4. Heinson R. J. & R. L. Cable. Source and Control of Air
field appraisal, reservoir development, drilling development, Pollution. Prentice Hall. New Jersey. Of 1999.
hydrocarbon production, HSE, hydrocarbon economy and 5. Legislation on the prevention of pollution and waste
lease, coal and hydrocarbon unconventional (CBM, Shale gas, management.
and Hydrate Gas) 6. Journals, the Internet.
Prerequisites:- UTILITIES AND PLANT MAINTENANCE
ENCH800041
Textbook:
3 CREDITS
1. Frank Jahn et all, 2008, Hydrocarbon Exploration and
Production, Developments in Petroleum Science, second
Able to explain the strategy of plant and utility maintenance.
edition
2. Babusiauz et al., 2004, Oil and Gas Exploration and Syllabus:
Production. Reserves, Cost and Contracts, IFP-Technip, Plant maintenance strategy: maintenance program, main-
3. M. Kelkar, 2008, Natural Gas Production Engineering, tainability, reliability, planning and scheduling
PennWell Publications
Prerequisite:
4. Norman J. Hyne, 2001, Nontechnical Guide to Petroleum
Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics
Geology, Exploration, Drilling and Production, Pennwell
Books, 2 edition. Textbook:
1. Dhillon, B.S., Engineering Maintenance: A Modern
MICROALGAE CULTIVATION AND DEVELOP-
Approach, CRC Press, 2002.
MENT TECHNOLOGY
2. Higgins, L.R., Mobley, R.K. dan Smith, R., Maintenance
ENCH800038
Engineering Handbook, McGraw-Hill, 2002.
3 CREDITS
3. Sanders, R.E., Chemical Process Safety, Elsevier, 2005.
4. Palmer, D., Maintenance Planning and Scheduling
Able to have insight into the use of microalgae from the
Handbook, McGraw-Hill, 1999.
cultivation process to its conversion into products of high
economic value; able to develop the utilization of microalgae
by using a variety of technologies that are currently develop-
396 ing.
TRANSPORTATION AND UTILIZATION OF Precondition: -

NATURAL GAS Textbooks:
ENCH800042
1. Woods, D. R., 1994, Problem based learning: How to gain
3 CREDITS
the most from PBL, McMaster University, Hamilton, ON
L8S 4L8.
Able to analyze several options for the use of natural gas for
2. Journal or articles related to each PBL problem.
both energy and feedstocks
POLYMER TECHNOLOGY
Syllabus:
ENCH800045
Overview of natural gas: nature and quality, historical
3 CREDITS
milestones, environmental aspects, international issues, and
structure of the natural gas industry; transportation and
Able to develop an understanding of the basic principles
storage of natural gas in the gas phase and liquid phase;
of polymer synthesis and characterization, so that they can
natural gas utilization: gas as fuels, gas to synfuels and
understand, solve polymer problems found in daily life and
chemicals, gas to wires/power
in industry, and can keep abreast of developments in the
Prerequisite: - latest polymer technology.
Textbook: - Syllabus:
The concept of polymers, Synthesis and kinetics of polymer-
MIXING TECHNOLOGY ization, Polymer solutions, Characterization, Plastic manu-
ENCH800043
facturing processes.
3 CREDITS
Learning Objectives: Prerequisite:
Able to understand the basic principles of mixing technology Organic Chemistry
and apply them in the design of mixing systems for various
Textbooks:
applications in industry.
1. Billmeyer, F.W, 2011, Textbook of Polymer Science,3rd
Syllabus: edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Definition of mixing, basic principles and basic concepts of 2. Young, R.J. and Lovell, P.A, 2011, Introduction to Poly-
mixing; mixing and mixing mechanism, mixing thermody- mers, R.J.Lovell, 3rd edition, CRC Press. Taylor & Francis
namics, mixing fluid flow, friction in mixing, etc.), types of Group, Boca Raton, FL 33487-2742.
mixing (gas-liquid, liquid-liquid, liquid-solid, suspension, 3. Seymour, R.B, 1989, Polymers for Engineering Applica-
emulsification), mixing techniques (agitation, blending, tions, ASM International.
mixing, particle size reduction, sear etc.), mixing equipment 4. Crawford, R.J, 1998, Plastic Engineering, 3rd edition,
both batch and continuous (mixer type, drainage type, etc.), Butterworth-Heinemann, Woburn, MA 01901-2041.
mixing monitoring and control. Examples of the application 5. Woods, D. R., 1994, Problem based learning: How to gain
of blending in the chemical, pharmaceutical, cosmetic and the most from PBL, McMaster University, Hamilton, ON
food industries. L8S 4L8.
Prerequisites:
Physical Chemistry, Fluid Mechanics and Materials Science GENETICALLY MODIFIED ORGANISM
ENCH800046
Textbooks:
3 CREDITS
1. Handbook of Industrial Mixing: Science and Practice
edited by Edward L. Paul, Victor A. Atiemo-Obeng,
Students are able to plan the design of transgenic organisms
Suzanne M. Kresta, John Wiley and Sons Inc. Publication
for purposes in the fields of food, pharmacy and health,
(2003).
energy, or the environment as one of the supporting knowl-
2. Food Mixing: Principles and Applications, edited by P.
edge in Bioprocess Technology courses
J. Cullen, Ireland, John Wiley and Sons Inc. Publication
(2007). Syllabus:
3. Pharmaceutical Blending and Mixing 1st Edition by P. J. Gene expression and function, genome, introduction and
Cullen (Editor), Rodolfo J. Romañach (Editor), Nicolas development of GMO organisms, genome modification
Abatzoglou (Editor), Chris D. Rielly, John Wiley and Sons techniques, methods of analyzing GMO organisms, GMO
Inc. Publication (2015).. organisms in food, GMO organisms in pharmacy and health,
GMO organisms in energy, GMO organisms in the field the
PROBLEM SOLVING SKILLS environment, and the latest research and applications related
ENCH800044
to GMO organisms.
3 CREDITS
Able to develop an understanding of the Problem Based Genetic Engineering
Learning (PBL) learning method in order to be able to direct
Textbooks:
their own learning (independent learning), communicate
1. Harvey Lodish, Arnold Berk, Chris A. Kaiser and Monty
effectively and work in groups; able to develop the ability to
Krieger. W. H. Molecular Cell Biology. 6th edition.
think critically, creatively, innovatively and have the intellec-
FreemanS
tual ability to solve problems effectively both individually
2. T. A. Brown. 2010. Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis. 6th
and in groups
edition. Willey Blackwell: Hongkong.
Syllabus: 3. Jurnal ilmiah terbaru terindeks scopus
Introduction to PBL, individual problem-solving concepts,
problem-solving concepts in groups
397
DRUG CONTROLLED RELEASED TECHNOLOGY 4. Piet Schenkelaars, Value-added chemicals from biomass,
ENCH800047 Pira International Ltd, 2012
3 CREDITS
BASIC COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
Learning Objective:
ENCH800050
Able to describe the principle of control drug release or
3 CREDITS
bioactive compound for medical purposes and utilize the
principle to apply control drug released technology
Syllabus:
Polymeric biomaterial that is easily degradable, various
methods to drug encapsulation and bioactive compounds in
nano/microsphere, diffusion and permeation, the strategy of
control released, case study
Prerequisite:
Organic Chemistry
Textbook:
1. Juergen Siepmann et al. (ed.) Fundamentals and Applica-
tions of Controlled Release Drug Delivery, Springer
2. Clive Wilson and Patrick Crowley (ed.) Controlled
Release in Oral Drug Delivery, Springer
3. Hong Wen and kinam Park (ed.) Oral Controlled Release
Formulation Design and Drug Delivery, Wiley, 2010.
4. WM Saltzman, Drug Delivery: Engineering Principles
for Drug Therapy, Oxford University Press, 2001.
5. Nissim Garti, Delivery and controlled release of bioactives in
foods and nutraceuticals, CRC Press, 2008.
SPECIAL TOPIC 2
ENCH800048
3 CREDITS
BIOMASS TERMOCHEMICAL CONVERSION
TECHNOLOGY
ENCH800049
3 CREDITS
Able to understand the chemical characteristics of biomass
and the basic principles of thermo-chemical biomass conver-
sion technology and its application in the design of biomass
thermochemical conversion systems to produce fuels and
chemicals.
Syllabus:
Chemical characteristics of biomass, biomass classification,
thermo-chemical conversion through pyrolysis (fast pyrol-
ysis, slow pyrolysis, co-pyrolysis, hydrodeoxygenation,
catalytic pyrolysis, catalytic co-pyrolysis, pyrolysis reactor),
thermo-chemical conversion through biomass gasification,
thermo-chemical conversion through biomass ligation ,
physical and chemical analysis of biomass feed and biomass
thermo-chemical conversion products, pyrolysis for the
manufacture of biofuels and chemicals, biomass gasification
for the manufacture of synthetic gases, liquefaction of
biomass for the manufacture of biofuels.
Prerequisites:
Organic Chemistry, Heat Transfer, Chemical Reaction
Techniques 1
Textbooks:
1. Robert C. Brown, Thermochemical processing of
biomass: conversion into fuels, chemicals and power, 2nd
edition, Wiley Series in Renewable Resources, 2019
2. Mark Crocker, Laurie Peter, Ferdi Schuth, Tim Z. Zhao,
Heinz Frei, Thermochemical conversion of biomass to
liquid fuels and chemicals, RSC Publishing, 1st edition,
2010
3. James Clark and Fabien Deswarte, Introduction to
chemicals from biomass, 2nd edition, John Wiley and
Sons, 2015
398
Undergraduate Program in Bioprocess Engineering

1. Awarding Institution - Universitas Indonesia

2. Host Institution - Universitas Indonesia
4. Program Tittle Undergraduate Program in Bioprocess Engineering
Becoming a superior and competitive Bioprocess Engineering Study
Program, through efforts to educate the nation’s life to improve
people’s welfare, thus contributing to the development of Indonesian
and world society
Missions
• Providing broad and fair access, as well as quality education and
teaching in Bioprocess Engineering;
• Organizing quality Tridharma activities that are relevant to
national and global challenges;
• Creating graduates of Bioprocess Engineering who are of high
quality, noble character, and able to compete globally;
• Creating an academic climate that can support the realization of
the vision of the Department
6. Class Regular
7. Final Award Sarjana Teknik (S.T.)
8. Accreditation / Recognition Accredited: BAN-PT (Excellent), JABEE and IABEE
Assessment: AUN QA
11. Entry High Shool / Equivalent
Requirements
12. Study Duration 8 (eight) Semesters or 4 (Four) years
Semester
Regular 8 16
13. Aims of the program is to provide the highest quality education so that graduates have:
1. Able to apply their knowledge in working in the field of chemical process technology
2. Able to develop themselves as industrial planners and managers
3. Able to contribute to science and technology

Graduates of The Undergraduate Program of PSTK-FTUI should be able to contribute to the field of chemical engi-
neering by applying chemical engineering principles with careful consideration of the engineering, economic, social,
health and safety, energy, environment, sustainability, and ethical aspects; able to think critically, communicate
effectively, and work in together in a multidisciplinary team.
399

1. Able to communicate effectively, using spoken and written languages in Indonesian and English both for
academic and non-academic activities
2. Able to work in a multidisciplinary team.
3. Capable of critical, creative, and innovative thinking, and also have the intellectual ability to solve problems
independently and interdependently.
4. Capable of utilizing communication information technology
5. Able to apply knowledge of mathematics and science in solving engineering problems.
6. Able to apply mass and energy balances, thermodynamics, transport phenomena, and chemical reaction engi-
neering concepts in solving chemical engineering problems.
7. Able to analyze problems related to biochemical reaction engineering
8. Able to use modern bioprocess engineering tools.
9. Able to conducts experiments and analyze the data obtained.
10. Able to design components, systems, processes, and products related to the bioprocess engineering profession
with careful consideration of the engineering, economic, social, health and safety, energy, environment, sustain-
ability, and ethical aspects.
11. Able to provide solutions to various problems that occurred wherever they live and work.
12. Able to identify the kind of entrepreneurial approach needed based on innovation, self-reliance, and ethics.
13. Continuously develop oneself to contribute in solving local and global problems.
I University General Subjects 9 6,25%
II Basic Engineering Subjects 25 17,36%
III Core Subjects 75 52,08%
IV Elective Subjects 26 18,06%
V Special Subject (Internship, Seminar, Under- 9 6,25%
graduate Thesis or Skripsi)
Total 144 100 %
A graduate of Bioprocess Engineering Study Program at UI can be contributed in the following areas: pharmaceuticals,
cosmetics and biotechnology industries, engineering contractor companies (engineering, procurement, construction, and trial
operation), renewable energy, and environmental treatment industry, government officer, education, etc.
400
401
402
Mapping Table for Achieving ELO in the Chemical Engineering Undergraduate Program
403
404
List of Course
Code Name of Course Credit
University Courses (9 Credits)
UIGE600006 MPK Terintegrasi / Integrated Character Building 5
UIGE600003 MPK Bahasa Inggris / English 2
UIGE600004 MPK Agama / Religion 2
Faculty Courses (25 Credits)
ENGE600003 Kalkulus / Calculus 4
ENGE600004 Aljabar Linear / Linear Algebra 4
ENGE600005 Fisika Mekanik dan Panas / Physics (Mechanics and Thermal) 3
ENGE600006 Praktikum Fisika Mekanik dan Panas / Physics (Mechanics and Ther- 1
mal) Lab
ENGE600007 Fisika Listrik, Magnet, Gelombang dan Optik / Physics [Electricity, 3
Magnetic, Wave, Ophtics (MWO)]
ENGE600008 Praktikum Fisika Listrik, Magnet, Gelombang dan Optik / Physics 1
(Electricity, MWO) Lab
ENGE600009 Kimia Dasar / Basic Chemistry 2
ENGE600010 Statistik dan Probablitas / Statistic and Probability 2
ENGE600011 Ekonomi Teknik / Engineering Economics 3
ENGE600012 Kesehatan, Keselamatan Kerja & Lindung Lingkungan / HSE Protection 2
Special Courses (9 Credits)
ENBE600029 Kerja Praktek / On The job Training (Internship) 2
ENBE600030 Metodologi Penelitian dan Seminar / Research Methodology & Seminar 2
ENBE600032 Skripsi / Undergraduate Thesis 5
Biprocess Engineering Courses (75 Credits)
ENBE600001 Pengantar Teknik bioproses / Introduction to bioprocess engineering 2
ENBE600002 Kecakapan Komunikasi / Communication Skills 3
ENBE600003 Praktikum Kimia Dasar dan Kimia Organik / Basic & Organic Chemistry 1
Lab
ENBE600004 Kimia Organik / Organic Chemistry 2
ENBE600005 Komputasi Numerik / Numerical Computation 3
ENBE600006 Kimia Nalaitik Intrumental / Instrumental Analytical Chemistry 3
ENBE600007 Kimia Fisika / Physical Chemistry 3
ENBE600008 Praktikum Kimia Fisika dan Kimia Analitik / Physic Chemistry & Ana- 1
lytics Lab
ENBE600009 Neraca Massa dan Energi / Mass and Energy Balance 3
ENBE600010 Biokimia / Biochemistry 3
ENBE600011 Peristiwa Perpindahan dalam Sistem Hayati / Transport Phenomena in 3
Biologycal System
ENBE600012 Mekanika Fluida dan Partikel / Fluid and Particle Mechanics 3
ENBE600013 Kultur Sel / Cell Culture 3
ENBE600014 Perpindahan Kalor / Heat Transfer 3
ENBE600015 Praktikum Biokimia / Biochemistry Laboratory 2
ENBE600016 Rekayasa Genetik / Genetic Engineering 3
ENBE600017 Termodinamik Sistem Hayati / Thermodynamic in Biologycal System 3
ENBE600018 Teknik Reaksi Biokimia / Biochemical Reaction Engineering 3
ENBE600019 Separasi / Separation 3
ENBE600020 Praktikum Unit Operasi Bioproses I / Bioprocess Unit Operation Lab I 1
ENBE600021 Simulasi Sistem Bioproses / Bioprocess System Simulation 3
ENBE600022 Praktikum Unit Operasi Bioproses I / Bioprocess Unit Operation Lab II 1
ENBE600023 Rekayasa Bioreaktor / Bioreactor Engineering 3
ENBE600024 Perancangan Alat Bioproses / Bioprocess Equipment Design 3
405
ENBE600025 Perancangan Produk Hayati / Bio Product Design 4

ENBE600026 Pengendalian Bioproses / Bioprocess Control 3
ENBE600027 manajemen Proyek industry / Industrial Project Management 2
ENBE600028 perancangan Pabrik / Plant Design 4
ENBE600031 kapita Selekta / Capita Selecta 2
Elective Courses (26 Credits)
Mata Kuliah Pilihan 1 / Elective 1 3
406
Curriculum Structure Undergraduate ENBE600020 Bioprocess Unit Operation Lab I 1

Bioprocess Engineering ENBE600021 Bioprocess System Simulation 3
Elective 3 3
Code Subject SKS Elective 4 3
1 Semester
st Sub Total 21
UIGE600003 English 2 6th Semester
UIGE600004 Religion 2 ENBE600022 Bioprocess Unit Operation Lab II 1
ENGE600003 Calculus 4 ENBE600023 Bioreactor Engineering 3
ENGE600007 Physics (Electricity, MWO) 3 ENBE600024 Bioprocess Equipment Design 3
ENGE600008 Physics (Electricity, MWO) Lab 1 ENBE600025 Bio Product Design 4
ENGE600009 Basic Chemistry 2 ENBE600026 Process Control 3
Introduction to bioprocess Elective 5 3
ENBE600001 2
engineering Elective 6 3
ENBE600002 Communication Skills 2
Sub Total 20
Sub Total 19
7 Semester
th
Calculus 2 nd Semester ENBE600027 Industrial Project Management 2

UIGE600006 Integrated Character Building 5 ENBE600028 Plant Design 4
ENGE600004 Linear Algebra 4 ENBE600029 On The job Training (Internship) 2
ENGE600005 Physics (Mechanics and Thermal) 3 Research Methodology &
ENBE600030 2
Physics (Mechanics and Thermal) Seminar
ENGE600006 1
Lab Elective 7 3
ENGE600010 Statistic and Probability 2 Elective 8 3
ENBE600003 Basic & Organic Chemistry Lab 1 Elective 9 3
ENBE600004 Organic Chemistry 3 Sub Total 19
Sub Total 19 8 Semester
th
3rd Semester ENBE600031 Capita Selecta 2

ENBE600032 Undergraduate Thesis 5
ENBE600005 Numerical Computation 3
Sub Total 7
Instrumental Analytical Chem-
ENBE600006 3 Total 144
istry
ENBE600007 Physical Chemistry 3
Physic Chemistry & Analytics
ENBE600008
Lab
1 Elective Courses
ENBE600009 Mass and Energy Balance 3
Code Odd Semester SKS
ENBE600010 Biochemistry 3
Transport Phenomena in Biology-
ENBE600011 3 ENCH800015 Food Technology 3
cal System
Sub Total 19 ENCH800016 Protein Engineering 3
4th Semester ENCH800017 Herbal Technology 3
ENCH800018 Composite Material 3
ENBE600012 Fluid and Particle Mechanics 3
ENBE600013 Cell Culture 3 ENCH800019 Applied Thermodynamics 3
ENBE600014 Heat Transfer 3 ENCH800020 Dynamic System 3
ENBE600015 Biochemistry Laboratory 1 ENCH800021 Thermodynamic Properties of 3

Hydrocarbon
ENBE600016 Genetic Engineering 3
Thermodynamic in Biologycal
ENBE600017 3 ENCH800023 Cryogenic Technology 3
System
Elective 1 3 ENCH800024 Combustion Technology 3
Elective 2 3 ENCH800025 Plasmaand Ozone Technology 3
Sub Total 21 ENCH800026 Heterogeneous Catalytic 3
5th Semester ENCH800027 Sustainable Energy 3
ENGE600011 Engineering Economics 3 ENCH800028 Risk Management 3
ENGE600012 HSE Protection 2 ENCH800029 Electrochemical Technology 3
Biochemical Reaction Engineer- ENCH800030 Extraction and Isolation for 3
ENBE600018 3
ing Natural Products Technology
ENBE600019 Separation 3 ENCH800031 Special Topic 1 3
407
ENCH800031 Natural Gas Processing 3 Elective 9 3

Even Semester Subtotal 19
ENCH800034 Storage and Packing Technology 3 9th Semester
ENCH800035 Bioinformatics 3 ENCH800006 Research Methodology 3
ENCH800036 Drugs and Cosmetics Technology 3 ENCH800007 Pre-Thesis 4
ENCH800037 Petroleum Processing 3 Elective 10 3
ENCH800038 Petrochemical Processing 3 Elective 11 3
ENCH800039 Photocatalytic Technology 3 Subtotal 13
ENCH800040 Hydrocarbon Exploration and 3 10th Semester
Production ENCH800008 Thesis 4
ENCH800041 Waste Management and Preven- 3 ENCH800055 Research Publication 2
tion Subtotal 6
ENCH800042 Microalgae Cultivation and 3
Development Technology
ENCH800044 Transportation and Utilization of 3 Courses Placement of Fast Track Undergraduate
Natural Gas to Doctor Courses in Chemical Engineering
Study Program from Bioprocess Engineering
ENCH800045 Mixing Technology 3 Undergraduate Program
ENCH800047 Polymer Technology 3 Code Subject SKS
ENCH800048 Genetically Modified Organism 3 7 Semester

th
ENCH800049 Controlled Drug Release Tech- 3 ENBE600027 Industrial Project Management 2

nology ENBE600028 Plant Design 4
ENCH800050 Special Topic 2 3 ENBE600029 On The job Training (Internship) 2
ENCH800051 Biomass Thermochemical 3 Research Methodology &
ENBE600030 2
Conversion Technology Seminar
ENCH800052 Basic Computer Programming 3 ENCH800001 Advanced Chemical Engineering 3
ENCH800053 Bioprocess Engineering Model 3 Elective 7 3
ENCH800054 Bioprocess Engineering Drawing 2 Elective 8 3

Subtotal 19
Courses Placement of Fast Track Undergraduate to 8th Semester
Master Courses in Chemical Engineering Study ENBE600031 Capita Selecta 2
Program from Bioprocess Engineering Undergradu-
ate Program ENBE600032 Undergraduate Thesis 5
ENCH800003 3
non
Code Subject SKS
7th Semester ENCH800004 3
Engineering
ENBE600027 Industrial Project Management 2 Advanced Chemical Engineering
ENCH800005 3
ENBE600028 Plant Design 4 Modelling
ENBE600029 On The job Training (Internship) 2 Elective 9 3
Research Methodology & Subtotal 19
ENBE600030 2
Seminar 9th Semester
ENCH800001 Advanced Chemical Engineering 3 ENCH800006 Research Methodology 3
Elective 7 3 ENCH800007 Pre-Thesis 4
Elective 8 3 Elective 10 3
Subtotal 19 Elective 11 3
8th Semester ENCH900003 Research Group Periodic Seminar 8
ENBE600031 Capita Selecta 2 Subtotal 21
ENBE600032 Undergraduate Thesis 5 10th Semester
Advanced Transport Phenome- ENCH800008 Thesis 4
ENCH800003 3
non
ENCH800004 3 ENCH900005 Research Proposal 6
Engineering
Advanced Chemical Engineering Subtotal 12
ENCH800005 3
Modelling
408
11th Semester
ENCH900007 6
Conference
Subtotal 6
12th Semester
Subtotal 10
13th Semester
ENCH900010 8
Journal
Subtotal 8
14 Semester
th
ENCH900011 8
Journal
Subtotal 14
409
Transition Guidance from Curriculum 2016 to 2020 for Regular Undergraduate Class
both semesters.
Table of Equality Courses in Undergraduate Bioprocess Engineering Study Program in Curriculum 2016 and Curriculum 2020

2016 2016 2020 2020
1 MPKT A (Integrated Character 2 6 MPKT Terintegrasi (Integrated 2 5
Building A) Character Building)
2 MPKT B (Integrated Character 1 6
Building B)
3 MPK Bahasa Inggris (English) 3 3 MPK Bahasa Inggris (English) 1 2
4 - - - Praktikum Kimia Dasar dan 2 1
Kimia Organik (Basic and Organic
Chemistry Lab)
5 Pengantar Teknik Bioproses (In- 1 3 Pengantar Teknik Bioproses 1 2
troduction to Bioprocess Engineer- (Introduction to Bioprocess
ing) Engineering)
6 Biologi Molekular (Molecular 3 3 Biokimia (Biochemistry) 3 3
Biology)
7 Biologi sel (Cel Biology) 2 3 Teknik Reaksi Biokimia (Biochem- 5 3
istry Reaction Engneering) - -
8 Biokatalisis 5 3
9 Rekayasa Biokimia 5 3
10 Bioenergetika (Bioenergetica) 5 2 Termodinamika Sistem Hayati 4 3
(Thermodynamic in Biological
System)
11 MPK Olah raga/seni (Sport/Art) 1 1 MPK Olah raga/seni (Sport/Art) - -
12 Skripsi (Undergraduate Thesis) 8 4 Skripsi (Undergraduate Thesis) 8 5
13 Statistik & Probabilistik (Statistic 4 2 Statistik & Probabilistik (Statistic 2 2
and Probability) and Probability)
when it was taken. The same or equivalent courses, when are equated with different credits, if retaken, or just taken, will be
acknowledged under a new name and credits.
a. For students who have passed these subjects, the credits that are achieved will be counted in the calculation of graduation
144 credits.
Mikroalga (Microalgae Cultivation and Development Technology), Teknologi Ekstraksi dan Isolasi Bahan Alam (Extraction
& Isolation Technology for Natural Products), Konversi Termokimia Biomassa (Biomass Termochemical Conversion
Technology), Modifikasi Genetik Makhluk Hidup (Genetically Modified Organism), dan Dasar Pemrograman Computer
(Basic Computer Programming)
410
Course Sylabus of University Subjects individuals and members. the community by using good
UIGE6000061/UIGE6100061
5 credits
Prerequisite : -
ACADEMIC WRITING
UIGE610002
2 credits
The Objectives :
citizen values b
Main Competencies :
readers;
material;
level (C4, A3)
country (C4, A2)
ENGLISH
UIGE600003
2 credits
411

in the society.
2 credits
skills.
adopted;
expectations.
Syllabus :
HINDU STUDIES
UIGE6000013/UIGE610008
2 credits
412
/ Dharma. lems.
UIGE6000014/UIGE610009
2 credits
Erlangga, 2019.
KONG HU CU STUDY
4 SKS
3 credits problems.
Textbooks:
ENGE600004/ENGE610004
2012.
CALCULUS 2
413
Textbooks :
Textbooks:
ENGE600009 / ENGE610009
2 credits
ENGE600005 / ENGE610005
3 credits
tions.
Syllabus:
Textbooks :
York, 2001.
McGraw-Hill, 2003.
modynamics.
ENGINEERING ECONOMY
Prerequisite: none
ENGE600011 / ENGE610011
ENGE600007 / ENGE610007
Syllabus:
3 credits
Syllabus:
Textbooks:
414
2. Park, Chan S. 2016. Contemporary Engineering Econom- Introduction to SHE Regulation and Standards, SHE Percep-
ics 6th Ed. Pearson. Upper Saddle River. tion (Risk and Environment), Identification, Assessment and
3. White, Case and Pratt. 2012. Principles of Engineering Management, Construction, machinery and Noise hazards,
Economic Analysis 6th ed. John Wiley and Sons. Process safety hazard and analysis technique, Fire and explo-
Ergonomy Aspect, Hazard communication to employees,
ENGE600010 / ENGE610010
Environmental Protection, Case studies, Safety Health and
2 credits
Environment audits.
Prerequisite: none
starting from the descriptive stage (collection, organization, Textbooks :
and presentation) to the inductive stage, which includes fore- 1. Charles A. Wentz, Safety, Health and Environmental
casting and drawing conclusions based on the relationship Protection, McGraw Hill, 1998.
between variables for decision making. 2. Asfahl, C.R., Rieske, D. W., Sixth Edition Industrial Safety
www.hse.gov.uk/
serving
sion making
Bioprocess Engineering Courses
Syllabus:
INTRODUCTION TO BIOPROCESS ENGINEER-
Introduction to Statistics for Engineering Studies, Probabil- ING
ity Theory, Dasar Basic concepts and definitions, Distribu- ENBE600001
tion Probability, Sampling, Estimation, Hypothesis testing, 3 CREDITS
Hypothesis test 1 sample at an average value, Regression Learning Objectives:
Prerequisite: none Able to explain the scope of bioprocess technology and indus-
Textbooks : tries related to.
1. Harinaldi, Basic Principles of Statistical Engineering and Syllabus:
Science, Erlangga, 2004
2. Montgomery, DC., And Runger, GC., Applied Statistics Microbial Structure, Microbial Growth, Nutrition & Culture
and Probability for Engineers, John Wiley Sons, 2002 Media, Control. ; Biochemistry, physiology, stoichiometry and
growth kinetics and metabolism. ; Basic genetic engineering
HSE PROTECTION of prokryot and mushrooms. ; Food Industry, Health Industry;
ENGE600012 / ENGE610012 Energy industry.
2 credits
Course Learning Outcomes: Prerequisites: -
Upon completion of this subject students are expected to be Textbooks:

able to carried out hazard identification, and characterization, 1. Hand Out/diktat perkuliahan dari dosen
to propose appropriate methods for risk reduction and miti- 2. Mosler, N. S, Modern Biotechnology, John Wiley & Sons,
gation, and to design safety management system. The student 2009
is also expected to improve their awareness on industrial 3. Bioprocess Engineering: Basic Concepts by Michael
safety and health, and understanding on safety regulation Shuler. Pearson
framework and standards as well as environmental program. COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Graduate Learning Outcomes: ENBE600002
1. Students are expected to understand safety, health and 2 CREDITS
environmental aspect as an integral part of fundamental Learning Objectives:
principal in engineering code of ethics. Able to plan communication products through audience anal-
2. Students are expected to be able to carry out process of ysis, then compile them into a coherent and logical sequence of
risk assessments by considering risk factors in the impact messages, and can present them effectively using appropriate
of hazards on people, facilities, and the surrounding technology media.
3. Students are expected to understand the regulatory Syllabus:
framework and standard related to the stages of life cycle Effective communication, audience analysis, writing process,
of machine, building structure, construction, and process. making memos, making summaries / abstracts, structure of
4. Students are able to design and propose an effective technical papers, oral presentation.
hazard communication, management and engineering
control, and risk mitigation through an engineering Prerequisites: -
assignment project. Textbooks:
to perform risk assesment, investigation and design Donald R. Woods, Communicating effectively, McMaster
improvement through a multidisiplinary case of incident University Bookstore, 1996.
and accident. BASIC AND ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LAB
Syllabus: ENBE600003 415
1 CREDITS Chemical Engineers with Mathlab Applications”. Pearson

Learning Objectives: Education, United States.
3. Bismo, S. & Muharam, Y. 2015. “Metode Numerik dengan
Able to make a preliminary report, conduct experiments in
Pemrograman Fortran dan Pascal”.
the laboratory, analyze data from the results of practicum and
explain the phenomena that occur from the results of practicum INSTRUMENTAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
done, which are outlined in the form of a final report. ENBE600006
3 CREDITS
Syllabus:
Physical and Chemical Properties; Separation and Refining
Able to apply the concepts and laws of analytical, organic,
of Compounds; Metal Reaction with Acid; Crystal Water;
and physical chemistry and apply them in solving everyday
Suspension Formation Reaction; Identification of Hydrocarbon
problems.
Compounds; Alcohol and phenol identification; Identification
of Carbonyl Compounds; Carbohydrate; Lipid Analysis; Syllabus:
Extraction and Identification of Fatty Acids from Corn Oil
Process skills workshop; Electrochemistry; Potentiometry;
Prerequisites: - Atomic absorption spectroscopy; Infrared molecular spectros-
copy; Gas chromatography;
Textbooks:
1. Brown, T.L., et al., Chemistry The Central Science, 8th ed., Prerequisites: -
Textbooks:
2. Morrison, R.T., R. N. Boyd, Organic Chemistry, 6th ed.,
1. D. A. Skoog, et.al., Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry
9th., Cengage Learning, Inc., 2013.
3. Vogel’s Qualitative Inorganic Analysis, 7th ed., 1996.
2. G. D. Christian and J. E. O’ Reilly, Instrumental Analysis,
7th. Ed., Allyn Bacon Inc., 2003.
Teknik Kimia FTUI
3. D.A. Skoog, et al. Principles of Instrumental Analysis 7th
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Ed. Cengage Learning, Inc. 2016.
ENBE600004 4. D.L. Pavia, et al. Introduction to Spectroscopy 5th Ed.
3 CREDITS Cengage Learning, Inc. 2014.
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
Able to apply the concepts and laws of analytical, organic, ENBE600007
and physical chemistry and apply them in solving everyday 3 CREDITS
problems. Learning Objectives:
Syllabus: Able to apply basic principles, laws, and theories related to
gases, liquids, equilibrium, and solutions in solving problems
Naming of organic compounds; The role of structure and
in the field of physical chemistry; Able to solve problems in the
stereochemistry in the physical/chemical properties of an
form of working groups by applying stages of problem-solving.
organic compound; Cracking reactions or alkane free radicals;
Alkene polymerization; Aromatic electrophilic substitution in Syllabus:
benzene; Ubtstitution reaction and elimination; Acylation and
The nature of gases and liquids: Definition, laws of ideal gases
esterification reaction; Dehydration-polymerization reaction
and real gases, use of gas laws, gas kinetics theory (velocity,
Prerequisites: - collisions, average free way), phase diagrams, critical conditions,
viscosity; Chemical reaction equilibrium: Definition, homoge-
Textbooks:
neous equilibrium constant, factors affecting equilibrium
constant, heterogeneous equilibrium, Le Chatelier’s principle,
Organik, edisi Kedua Erlangga 1986
effect of P on K, effect of T on K; Ideal solution: Definition, type
2. Morrison, RT and Boyd, RN, Organic Chemistry, 6th ed.,
of solution, solution concentration, Raoult’s law, Henry’s law,
Prentice Hall 1998
case examples, partial molar volume, vapor pressure, boiling
3. Organic Chemistry Lecture Note.
point, freezing point, and solution osmosis pressure; Electro-
NUMERICAL COMPUTATION lyte solutions: Definition, colligative properties, electrolytic
ENBE600005 conductance, factors affecting conductance, case examples,
3 CREDITS ion migration, Hittorf’s law and transport numbers; Chemical
Reaction Kinetics: Basic understanding, first, second, third
order reactions, reversible, parallel, consecutive reactions, chain
Able to solve chemical process problems with computational reactions, Arrhenius equations and activation energies, collision
methods. theory of bimolecular reactions, transition form theory; Surface
phenomena: Basic understanding, surface tension, monolayer
Syllabus:
and multilayer adsorption, catalytic reaction kinetics, heteroge-
Programming with Pascal and Fortran; Regression; Systems neous reaction order, catalytic reaction inhibitors, temperature
of linear algebraic equations; Numerical integration; Finding effects on heterogeneous reactions.
the roots of non-linear algebraic equations’ The system of
Prerequisites: -
non-linear algebraic equations; An explicit method for solving
first-order differential equations; Textbooks:
1. Levine, I.N., Physical Chemistry, 6th ed., McGraw-Hill,
Prerequisites: -
2008.
Textbooks: 2. Atkins & de Paula, Atkin’s Physical Chemistry, 9th ed.,
1. Handouts dari dosen Oxford University Press, 2009
2. Constantinides, Alkis. 2008. “Numerical Methods for
416
PHYS. & ANAL. CHEM. LAB processes and metabolism of these chemical compounds that
ENBE600008 occur in living things.
1 CREDITS
Syllabus:
Introduction to cells and tissues; Membranes and organelles;
Able to compile a preliminary report which is a theory that
The role of DNA and protein; Energy in cells; Nucleic acid;
supports the practicum module; carry out experiments in
Structure and replication of DNA and RNA; Transcription and
the laboratory; and compile the final report that contains the
translation; Amino acid; Synthesis and structure of proteins;
results of processing and analysis of experimental data and an
Enzyme; Metabolism
explanation of the phenomena that occur
Prerequisites: -
Syllabus:
Textbooks:
Isothermic adsorption; Effect of concentration and temperature
on the reaction rate; Colligative nature of the solution; Deter-
Lehninger, David L. Nelson and Michael M. Cox (Jun 15,
mination of chemical equilibrium constants; Determination
2008)
of gas molecular weight; Volumetric analysis; Potentiometric
2. Biochemistry (3rd Edition) by Christopher K. Mathews,
methods; Visible light spectrophotometry; The conductometry
Kensal E. van Holde and Kevin G. Ahern (Dec 10, 1999)
method; Gas chromatography
3. Bruckner, Monica Z. Basic Cellular Staining.Serc.carleton.
Prerequisites: edu.
4. Aryulina, D., Manaf, S., Muslim, C., & Winarni, E.W. 2007.
Kimia Dasar, Kimia Fisika dan Kimia Analitik Instrumental/
BIOLOGI 3. Jakarta : Esis. Binur
Basic Chemistry, Physical Chemistry and Instrumental
5. Robi. 2011. Teknologi RNA Interference. Retrieved from
Analytical Chemistry
Campbell, Reece. 2009. Biology. Sansome Street, San Fran-
Textbooks: cisco: Pearson Benjamin Cummings
1. Petunjuk Praktikum Kimia Fisika TGP-FTUI 1989.
TRANSPORT PHENOMENA IN BIOLOGYCAL
2. Penuntun Praktikum Kimia Fisika dan Kimia Analitik,
SYSTEM
Departemen Teknik Kimia FTUI
ENBE600011
3. D. A. Skoog, et al., Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry
3 CREDITS
5th., Saunders College Publishing, 1998 atau edisi terbaru
4. Shoemaker, D.P., C.W. Garland, J.W. Nibler, Experiments
in Physical Chemistry, ed. 6, Mc-Graw Hill, 1996. Able to identify and explain and analyze the phenomena of
5. Atkins & de Paula, Atkin’s Physical Chemistry, 9th ed., momentum, mass, and heat transfer through the application
Oxford University Press, 2009 of microscopic and macroscopic balances.
MASS AND ENERGY BALANCE Syllabus:
ENBE600009
Preliminary; Viscosity; Thermal Conductivity and Diffusivity;
3 CREDITS
Shell’s momentum balance and Shell’s energy balance; Shell
mass balance; The equation of change; Mass transfer, momen-
Able to use basic principles in chemical engineering for mass tum, and energy with two independent variables; The transfer
and energy calculations, which will form the basis of calcula- of momentum, energy, and mass in turbulent flow; Movement
tions for many operating units and processes in the chemical/ between two phases; Macroscopic balance of an isothermal
bioprocess industry; Formulate and solve problems in the system; Macroscopic balance of non-isothermal systems;
form of mass and energy balance sheets related to chemical Macroscopic balance sheet of multi-component systems
processes.
Prerequisites:
Syllabus:
Pengantar Teknik Kimia; Kalkulus (Introduction to Chemical
The scope of the mass and energy balance sheet; Mass balance Engineering; Calculus)
without chemical reactions and multi-unit systems; Mass
Textbooks:
balance of chemical reactions; Biological reaction mass balance;
1. Rubenssien, D, Bioflued Mechanics, Elsevier Academic
Chemical / biological reaction mass based on the component
Press, 2012
mass balance and element mass balance; General chemical
2. Konsool, Signal and System for Bioengineer,Academic
energy balance; Energy balance of chemical reactions
Press, 2nd Ed, 2012
Prerequisites: - 3. Sekar V, Transport Phenomena of Food and Biological
Material, CRC,2000
Textbooks:
4. R. B. Bird, W. E. Stewart dan E. N. Lightfoot, Transport
1. Himmelblau D.M. Basic Principles and Calculation in
Phenomena, John Wiley, 1965.
Chemical Engineering, 7th ed, Prentice Hall 2004.
5. J.R. Welty et al., Fundamentals of Momentum, Heat and
2. Pauline Doran, Basic Principles of Bioprocess Engineer-
Mass Transfer, 3rd ed., Wiley, 2984.
ing, Wiley VCH, 2006.
6. Brodkey, R. S dan RC Herskey, Transport Phenomena,
3. Sumber data: Perry’s Chemical Handbook dan lainnya
McGraw-Hill, 1998
yang terkait data physical and chemical properties
FLUID AND PARTICLE MECHANICS
BIOCHEMISTRY ENBE600012
ENBE600010
3 CREDITS
3 CREDITS
Able to apply the basic concepts of fluid mechanics and apply
Able to describe the relationship of structure and chemical
them in solving real problems. In addition, students are able
compounds in living things, including the functions, synthesis
417
to apply the principles of fluid mechanics (press. Continuity, Edisi ke-10, Penerbit Erlangga, Jakarta 2010.
Bernoulli, etc.), to solve problems in the unit process through 2. Bergman, T.L. et al. “Fundamentals of Heat & Mass Trans-
energy and force calculations, etc., especially in fluid flow fer”, Edisi ke-8, John Wiley & Sons, New York 2017.
systems in piping, rate measuring devices and transportation 3. Cengel, Yunus A. “Heat and Mass Transfer: Fundamentals
tools fluid, as well as in fluid-solid flow systems (fluidization, & Applications”, Edisi ke-5, McGraw Hill, Singapore 2014.
filtration, sedimentation, movement of particles in the gas. 4. Cengel, Yunus A. “Introduction to Thermodynamics &
Heat Transfer”, Edisi ke-2, McGraw Hill, United States
Syllabus:
2009.
Fluid property; Static fluid and its application; The basic equa-
BIOCHEMISTRY LAB
tion of fluid flow (mass & press balance. Continuity, energy
ENBE600015
balance and press. Bernoulli); Press application. Bernoulli for
2 CREDITS
flow rate measurement; Friction Loss of fluid flow through
pipes, porous media, fluid transport devices: pumps, compres-
sors, turbines; High-speed gas flow; Movement of particles Able to compile a preliminary report on the theory that
through fixed and fluidized beds and Filtration; Sedimentation supports the practicum module, carry out experiments in the
of particles in a liquid laboratory, process and analyze experimental results data,
explain phenomena that occur, and, compile the final report
Prerequisites:
Syllabus:
Peristiwa Perpindahan (Transport Phenomena)
Physical and chemical properties; Separation and purification
Textbooks:
of substances; Reaction of metals with acids; Crystal Water;
1. A. W. Nienow, Bioreactor and Bioprocess Fluid Dynamics
Identification of hydrocarbon compounds; Identification of
- Wiley, 1 edition (April 15, 1993)
alcohols and phenols; Identification of protein compounds;
2. Noel de Nevers, Fluid Mechanics for Chemical Engineers,
Nucleic acid; Carbonyl; Carbohydrate; Lipid analysis; Extraction
2nd Ed., McGraw-Hill, 1991.
and identification of fatty acids from corn oil; Bacterial culture
3. Bruce R. Munson, Donald F. Young, Theodore H. Okiishi,
Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics, John Wiley & Sons, Prerequisites:
2006.
Kimia organik, Biokimia, dan Kultur sel (Organic Chemistry,
CELL CULTURE Biochemistry, and Cell Culture)
ENBE600013
Textbooks:
3 CREDITS
Organik, Erlangga 1986
Able to apply the basic principles of cell culture at an industrial 2. Morrison, RT and Boyd, RN, Organic Chemistry, 6th ed.,
level Prentice Hall 1998.
3. Vogel, Practical Organic Chemistry
Syllabus:
Cell types (prokaryotes and eukaryotes); Cell structure; Departemen Teknik Kimia, FTUI
Introduction to cell culture; Cell culture procedures; Media 5. Moran, L. dan Masciangioli, T. Keselamatan dan
Development grows; Bioprocess cell line development Keamanan Laboratorium Kimia, the National Academies
Press, 2010
Prerequisites:
6. Brown, T.L., H. E. LeMay and B.E. Bursten, Chemistry, ed.
Biokimia (Biochemistry) 8, Prentice Hall, 2000.
7. Vogel, Analisis Anorganik Kualitatif, PT. Kalman Media
Textbooks:
Pustaka, 1985.
1. Cell Culture Engineering (Advances in Biochemical Engi-
neering Biotechnology) by Wei Shu Hu (Editor). Springer
Lehninger, David L. Nelson and Michael M. Cox (Jun 15,
2. Cell Culture Engineering VI by Michael J. Betenbaugh.
2008)
Springer
9. Biochemistry (3rd Edition) by Christopher K. Mathews,
HEAT TRANSFER Kensal E. van Holde and Kevin G. Ahern (Dec 10, 1999)
ENBE600014
GENETIC ENGINEERING
3 CREDITS
ENBE600016
3 CREDITS
Able to analyze the phenomenon of heat transfer and apply it Learning Objectives:
to solve problems in the heat transfer process unit.
Able to apply the concepts and techniques of genetic and
Syllabus: protein engineering to apply them for cloning and protein
production
Skills Workshop Review which includes: The importance
of self-assessment, awareness of the thought process, prob- Syllabus:
lem-solving strategies and work skills in groups; Steady
Introduction; Basic techniques for genetic engineering, DNA
conduction; Induction Conduction; Natural Convection; Forced
cutting and unification; Simple genetic engineering in bacteria;
Convection; Radiation; Heat Exchanger
Mutagenesis; Application of genetic engineering technology
Prerequisites:
Prerequisites:
Peristiwa Perpindahan/ Transport Phenomena
Biokimia (Biochemistry)
Textbooks:
Textbooks:
1. Holman, J.P., “Perpindahan Kalor (alih bahasa: E. Jasjfi)”,
1. Primrose SB, Twyman RM, and Old RW. “Principles of
418
Gene Manipulation” sixth edition, Blackwell science Ltd. reaction; Enzymatic reaction; Cell Review; Kinetics of cell
2001 growth; Respiration, Photosynthesis, Biosynthesis; Displace-
2. An Introduction to Genetic Engineering by Desmond S. T. ment through cell membranes; Stoichiometry of cell growth &
Nicholl (Jun 23, 2008). Cambridge University Press energy requirements
3. Genetic Engineering: Manipulating the Mechanisms of
Prerequisites:
Life (Genetics & Evolution) by Russ Hodge and Nadia
Rosenthal (May 2009). Facts on File Kimia Fisika (Physical Chemistry)
4. Principles of Gene Manipulation and Genomics by Sandy
Textbooks:
B. Primrose and Richard Twyman. Wiley-Blackwell
1. James E. Bailey, David F. Ollis, Biochemical Engineering
5. Introduction to Biotechnology and Genetic Engineering
Fundamentals, McGraw-Hill International Editions,
by A. J. Nair. Jones & Bartlett Publishers
second edition, 1986.
6. Gene Cloning & DNA Analysis, T.A. Brown. 2016. Wiley
2. Douglas S Clark, Harvey W Blanch, Biochemical Engi-
– Black Will.
neering, Marcel Dekker Inc, 1997.
THERMODYNAMIC IN BIOLOGICAL SYSTEM
ENBE600017
SEPARATION
ENBE600019
3 CREDITS
3 CREDITS
Able to apply the basic concepts of thermodynamics and princi-
Able to apply the concepts of separation techniques in the
ples of energy transformation involving living organisms; able
biological production system.
to apply heuristics of problem solving skills and basic concepts
of thermodynamics to solve various thermodynamic problems; Syllabus:
able to increase the ability to direct learning independently
Separation concept; The concept of mass transfer; Distillation;
(self - directed learning) at the individual or group level
Absorption and Stripping; Extraction; Leaching; Membrane
Syllabus: Process; Ion Exchange; Crystallization; Bubble and Foam
Separation; Chromatography; Ultrafiltation and Reverse
Energy Transformation (Energy, System and Environment
osmosis; Dialysis membrane membrane; Separation process
Distribution, Energy Consumption, carbon, energy and life);
selection strategy
1st Law of Thermodynamics (Energy in, work, application
of law 1, enthalpy, standard state, heat capacity and energy Prerequisites:
conversion in living things); 2nd Law of Thermodynamics
Peristiwa Perpindahan (Transport Phenomena)
(Entropy, Entropy of the universe, isothermal system, 3rd law
and biology, Irreversibility and life); Gibbs Energy Theory and Textbooks:
its application to biological systems; Equilibrium ties in the 1. Warren L. McCabe, Julian C. Smith, Peter Harriot. Unit
biological system; Border Biodynamic system thermodynamics Operation of Chemical Engineering, Mc. Graw Hill. 1993
2. Coulson and Richardson’s Chemical Engineering:
Prerequisites:
Chemical Engineering Design v. 6 (Coulson & Rich-
Neraca Massa dan Energi (Mass and Energy Balance) ardson’s chemical engineering) by R.K. Sinnott. Butter-
worth-Heinemann Ltd
Textbooks:
1. Haynie, D.T., Biological Thermodynamics, Cambridge PRAKTIKUM UNIT OPERASI BIOPROSES 1
University Press, 2008. ENBE600020
2. Hammes, G.G., Thermodynamics and Kinetics for The 1 CREDITS
biological sciences, Wiley-Interscience, 2000. Learning Objectives:
3. Stockar U.V., Biothermodynamics: The Role of Thermody-
Able to operate the process equipment and plan an activity or
namics in Biochemical Engineering, EFPL Press, 2013.
experiment, can analyze and explain the phenomena that occur
4. J.M. Smith, H.C. van Ness, and M.M. Abbott, Introduction
in each practicum module activity
to Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics, 6th/7th ed.,
McGraw Hill. Syllabus:
5. Donald R. Woods, Problem-Based Learning: How to
gain the most from PBL, McMaster Bookstore, Hamilton, Fluid Circuit Mechanics; Conduction heat transfer in multiple
Ontario, Canada, 1994 pipe systems; Filtration Process; The process of fluidization and
6. Situs internet, buku, manual, petunjuk piranti lunak, dan its influence in the heat transfer system; Fermentation process
sumber-sumber informasi lainnya yang dapat dipercaya. in the Biofermentor reactor system;
BIOCHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING Prerequisites:

ENBE600018 Separasi, Mekanika Fluida dan Partikel, dan Teknik Reaksi
3 CREDITS Biokimia (Separation, Fluid Mechanics and Particles, and
Learning Objectives: Biochemical Reaction Engineering)
Able to apply biochemicalreaction engineering processes in Textbooks:
solving bioprocess problems 1. Buku Petunjuk Praktikum Proses dan Operasi Bioproses
Syllabus: 1, DTK FTUI
2. Literatur untuk mata kuliah
Review of catalysts and biocatalysts; Enzyme classification
and activity; Biocatalyst immobilization techniques; Factors BIOPROCESS SYSTEM SIMULATION
affecting biocatalysis performance; The kinetics of ordinary ENBE600021
reactions and the kinetics of biocatalytic reactions; Enzyme 3 CREDITS
production and recovery product techniques; Application Learning Objectives:
of biocatalysis in industry; Non-elementary homogeneous 419
At the end of the lecture, students can design the stages of the Syllabus:
solution of the problem given correctly
Distillation column, tray, and packing; Absorption, tray and
Syllabus: packing columns; Adsorption, tray and packing columns; Batch
and continuous extraction; Evaporation, filtration, crystalliza-
Benefits and position of Bioprocess Simulation; Software
tion, and centrifugation
requirements (Installation, Unit structure, Task, Economic,
etc.); Simple system: Fermentation and Filtration; Registration Prerequisites:
of pure components available / not available in the software;
Mekanika Fluida dan Partikel, Separasi, Perpindahan Kalor
Mixed component registration; Selecting Units; Case Study:
Galactosidase Textbooks:
1. Kern, D. Q., “Process Heat Transfer”, Mc.Graw-Hill Inter-
Prerequisites:
national Book Company, 1984.
Komputasi Numerik (Numerical Computation) 2. Wallace & Ludwig, Applied Process Design for Chemical
and Petrochemical Plant, Vol. 2, Gulf Publishing Co.
Textbooks:
1. SuperPro Designer Manual, Intelligen, Inc. BIO PRODUCT DESIGN
2. Biorefineries – Industrial Processes and Products: Status ENBE600025
Quo and Future Directions (Volume 1-2), by Birgit Kamm 4 CREDITS
and Patrick R. Gruber. Learning Objectives:
BIOPROCESS UNIT OPERATION LAB II Able to theoretically design a factory/industry by explore
ENBE600022 information from books, journals and the internet to find the
1 CREDITS latest solutions in product and factory design with due regard
Learning Objectives: to standards and regulations
Students are able to operate the process equipment and or Syllabus:
experiment, can analyze and explain the phenomena that occur
Understanding of consumer needs, product specifications,
in each practicum module activity.
creating and selecting product concepts, product formulations,
Syllabus: product manufacturing, supply chains, economics
Absorption process; Flow control; Wet Wetted Colum; Pressure Prerequisites:
Control; Biofilter / CO2 Biofixation
Perancangan Alat Proses (Equipment Process Design), Ekonomi
Prerequisites: Teknik (Engineering Economics)
Separasi,Pengendalian Proses, Teknik Reaksi Biokimia (Sepa- Textbooks:
ration, Process Control, Biochemical Reaction Engineering) 1. Cussler, L., G. D. Moggridge, 2011, Chemical Product
Design, Cambridge University, 2 edition
Textbooks:
2. Ulrich K. T., Eppinger S. D., 2003, Product Design and
Buku Petunjuk Praktikum Proses dan Operasi Bioproses 1, Development, 3rd ed., McGraw-Hill
DTK FTUI 3. Seider W. D., Seader J. D., Lewin D. R., Soemantri Widagdo,
2008, Product and Product Design Principles. Synthesis,
BIOREACTOR ENGINEERING Analysis and Evaluation, Wiley and Sons Inc, 3 edition
ENBE600023
4. Wesselingh, J.A., et al., 2007, Design and Development of
3 CREDITS
Biological, Chemical, Food, and Pharmaceutical Products,
John Wiley & Sons.
At the end of the lecture, students are able to design bioreactors.
PROCESS CONTROL
Syllabus: ENBE600026
3 CREDITS
Ideal reactor; Stirred vessel reactor; Bubble column reactor;
Silent/trickle bed reactors; Fluidization reactor;
Able to design a single loop control system and connect the
Prerequisites:
dynamics of the process with performance.
Teknik Reaksi Biokimia (Biochemical Reaction Engineering)
Syllabus:
Textbooks:
Introduction to Process Control; Objectives and Benefits of
1. Blanch HW and DS Clark, Biochemical Engineering,
Control; Principles of Mathematical Modeling; Process Control
Marcel Dekker Inc., New York, 1997.
Modeling and Analysis; Dynamic Behavior of a Typical Process
2. Bailey JE and Ollis, Biochemical Engineering Fundamen-
System; Empirical Model Identification; Feedback loop; PID
tal, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, 1986.
controller; PID Control Settings; Stability Analysis;
3. John Viladsen, Jens Nielsen, Gunar Liden, Bioreaction
engineering fundamental, springer, 2011 Prerequisites:
4. K Schugerl, KH Bellgardt, Bioreaction Engineering
Neraca massa dan energi, Komputasi Numerik (Mass and
Modelling and Control
Energy Balance, Numerical Computation)
BIOPROCESS EQUIPMENT DESIGN Textbooks:
ENBE600024
1. T. Marlin, Process Control: Designing Processes and
3 CREDITS
Control Systems for Dynamic Performance, 2nd Edition,
McGraw-Hill, New York, 2000.
Able to design biological process equipment. 2. Carlos A. Smith, Armando B. Corripio, Principles and
Practice of Automatic Process Control, John Wiley & Sons,
420
1985, ISBN 0-471-88346-8 2. Edition.

3. D. E Seborg, T. F. Edgar, D. A. Mellichamp, Process 5. Peter, M. S, and K. D. Timmerhaus, Ronald West, and Max
Dynamics and Control, John Wiley & Sons, 1989, ISBN Peters, 2002, Plant Design and Economic for Chemical
0-471-86389-0 3. Engineering, 5 Edition, McGraw-Hill.
4. Ogata, Katsuhiko, Teknik Kontrol Automatik (Sistem 6. Biegler L. T, I. E, Grossmann and A. W. Westerberg, 1997,
Pengaturan), Jilid 1, Penerbit Erlangga, 1985, Bandung. Systematic Methods for Chemical Process Design, Pren-
5. Bequette, R. W., Process Dynamics: Modeling, Analysis, tice-Hall.
and Simulation, Prentice Hall, 1998. 7. Branan, C., 1998, Rule of Thumb for Chemical Engineers :
6. Luyben, William L., Process Modeling, Simulation A manual of quick, accurate solutions to everyday process
and Control for Chemical Engineers, Second Edition, engineering problems, 2nd edition, Gulf Publishing, Co.
McGraw-Hill International Edition, 1990. 8. Wallas, Stanley M. 1990, Chemical Process Equipment :
7. Kuo, Benjamin C., Automatic Control Systems, Sixth Selection and Design, Buther Worths.
Edition, Prentice-Hall International Editions, 1991. 9. Ed Bausbacher, Roger Hunt, 1993, Process Plant Layout
8. Stephanopoulos, George, Chemical Process Control: An and Piping Design, Prentice Hall; 1 edition
Introduction to Theory and Practice, Prentice-Hall Inter- 10. CHEMCAD Manual, HEATEXET Manual, HYSYS/
national, 1984 UNISIM ManualBerk, Z, Food Process Engineering and
Technology, Academic Press, 2009
INDUSTRIAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT
11. Lydersen BK, Bioprocess Engineering: System, Equipment
ENBE600027
and Facilities, John & Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1993.
2 CREDITS
12. Peter, M. S. dan K. D. Timmerhaus, Plant design and
Economic for Chemical Engineering, 4th Ed., McGraw
able to apply project management concepts in their field of Hill.
work well. 13. SuperPro Designer Manual. Intelligen, Inc
Syllabus: CAPITA SELECTA
ENBE600031
Concept of Project-Production; Project Life Cycle; Project
2 CREDITS
Selection; Project Planning; Project Implementation; Project
Completion & Evaluation
Able to make a summary of the material presented by guest
Prerequisites:
lecturers
Ekonomi Teknik (Engineering Economics)
Syllabus:
Textbooks:
Held by inviting competent guest lecturers in the fields
Suharto, Imam, Manajemen Proyek, 1990 according to the needs in each study program (may vary in
each semester)
PLANT DESIGN
ENBE600028 Prerequisites:
4 CREDITS
Passed 90 Credits
Textbooks: -
Able to theoretically design a factory/industry by explore
information from books, journals and the internet to find the
latest solutions in product and factory design with due regard
Special Courses
to standards and regulations INTERNSHIP
Syllabus: ENBE600029
2 CREDITS
Conceptual design of processes/plants, process development Learning Objectives:
flow diagrams, heuristic synthesis and analysis of processes,
process simulations, rule of thumb design of process tools and At the end of the lecture, students have real knowledge and
construction meters, heat/process integration, plant layouts, experience in the field of oil and gas, petrochemical, pharmacy,
and economic analysis oleochemical, and other chemical industries that involve
aspects of technology, processes, operations, and management.
Prerequisites:
Syllabus: -
Pengendalian Proses, Perancangan Alat Proses, Simulasi Sistem
Kimia, Ekonomi Teknik (Process Control, Process Equipment Prerequisites:
Design, Chemical Process Simulation, Engineering Economics) Already taken at least 110 credits (minimum D) with GPA 2,0
Textbooks: Textbooks: -
1. Douglas, J. M., 1998, Conceptual Design of Chemical
Processes, McGraw-Hill. RESEARCH METHOD & SEMINAR
2. Seider W. D., Seader J. D., Lewin D. R., Sumatri Widagdo, ENBE600030
2008, Product and Product Design Principles. Synthesis, 2 CREDITS
Analysis and Evaluation, Wiley and Sons Inc, 3 edition. Learning Objectives:
3. Turton, R., R. C. Bailie, W. B. Ehiting and J. A. Shaei-
witz, 1998, Analysis, Synthesis, and Design of Chemical Able to determine the right method for research activities as
Process, Prentice-Hall well as express ideas, processes, and results of scientific research
4. Gavin Towler, R K Sinnott, 2012, Chemical Engineer- verbally and in writing
ing Design: Principles, Practice and Economics of Plant
and Process Design, Butterworth-Heinemann, Second Syllabus:
421
Introduction, techniques to identify problems and form ning stage to the end.
hypotheses, logical and critical thinking, scientific writing
Syllabus:
techniques, research proposal writing techniques, research
design techniques, presentation techniques, data collection Introduction, physical properties of raw materials, the basic
techniques, analyze and present the results. concepts of energy and mass transfer, reaction kinetics, process
control. Mixing, filtration, centrifugation, extraction and
Prerequisites:
membrane processes, adsorption and ion exchange column,
Already taken at least 90 credits (minimum D) with IPK 2,0 with the temperature settings, drying, preservation, packaging,
food storage, and hygiene.
Textbooks:
1. Handout Prerequisites: -
2. Research proposal format from various institutions
Textbook:
UNDERGRADUATE THESIS 1. Zeki Berk, Food Process Engineering and Technology,
ENBE600032 Academic Press, Elsevier 2009
5 CREDITS 2. Food Technology: an introduction by Anita Tull. Oxford
Learning Objectives: University Press, 2002
3. Introduction to Food Engineering by R. Paul Singh, R.
Able to analyze and solve chemical technology problems and
Paul Singh, and Dennis R. Heldman.
present them in oral and written forms in the form of scientific
4. Academic Press
papers.
5. Introduction to Food Process Engineering by P. G. Smith.
Syllabus: Springer
6. Fundamentals of Food Process Engineering by Romeo T.
Materi skripsi sesuai dengan Syllabus penelitian yang diambil
Toledo. Springer
Prerequisites:
PROTEIN ENGINEERING
Metodologi Penelitian dan Seminar ENCH800016
3 CREDITS
Textbooks:
Universitas Indonesia. Able to determine protein engineering strategies for the benefit
2. IEEE Citation Reference. of separation, biocatalysts and medic.
3. Ivan Stojmenovic, “How To Write Research Articles in Syllabus:
Computing and Engineering Disciplines,” IEEE Transac- Introduction, Protein docking methods, Protein tagging
tions on Parallel And Distributed Systems, Vol. 21, No. 2, strategies, Gen synthesis design, Enzyme stabilization,
February 2010. Molecular exploration, Protein engineering, Case study.
4. Buku petunjuk praktis pelaksanaan MK. Skripsi, Depok,
Prerequisite:
1999.
Organic Chemistry
Elective Courses in Odd Semester Textbooks:
OLEOCHEMICAL INDUSTRY 1. Protein Engineering in Industrial Biotechnology, Lilia
ENCH800014 Alberghina, Harwood academic publishers, 2005
3 CREDITS 2. Proteins: Biotechnology and Biochemistry by Dr. Gary
Learning Objectives: Walsh. Wiley
3. Protein engineering and design by Sheldon J. Park, Jenni-
Able to know the various processes that commonly used in the fer R. Cochran. CRC Press
oleochemical industry, and able to make a plan to develop the 4. Protein Engineering and Design by Paul R. Carey.
produce of oleochemicals from vegetable oils. Academic Press
Syllabus: 5. Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice. Wiley-Liss
Fatty acids, biodiesel, paints and polymers, detergents, soaps, HERBAL TECHNOLOGY
fatty alcohol, glycerin, oils and fats, oil and greese, the devel- ENCH800017
opment of oleochemicals, vegetable oil processing, vegetable 3 CREDITS
oil technology in the process. Learning Objectives:
Prerequisites: Able to explain the development of herbal technology, herbal

separation technology, herbal formulation basis, herbal regu-
Organic Chemistry lation, and distinguish with other pharmaceutical products
Textbook: Syllabus:
1. Oleochemical Manufacture and Applications by Frank D.
Gunstone, Richard J. Hamilton. Blackwell Definition and basic concepts of herbs, herbal materials, herbal
separation technology, herbal formulations, herbal regulation.
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
ENCH800015 Prerequisites:
3 CREDITS Organic Chemistry
Textbook:
Able to understand the processes of making food in the food
industry, which includes the selection, handling, and process- The Complete Technology Book on Herbal Perfumes & Cosmet-
ing of raw materials, the operating unit of food production, ics by H. Panda. National Institute of Industrial Research 2003
packaging, storage, and control of the process from the begin- COMPOSITE MATERIAL
422
ENCH800018 Press
3 CREDITS 2. Goodman, Michael R., 1998, Study Notes in System
Learning Objectives: Dynamics, Productivity Press
3. Richardson, George P. and Pugh III, Alexander L., 1999,
Able to: Explain the characteristics of composite materials and
Introduction to System Dynamics Modeling, Pegasus
compare it with conventional materials; Explain the manu-
Communications
facturing process, and research development of composite
4. Andersen, David, etc., Introduction to Computer Simula-
materials.
tion - A System Dynamics: Systems Thinking and Model-
Syllabus: ing for a Complex World, McGraw-Hill
The position of composite materials in materials science in THERMODYNAMICS PROPERTIES OF HYDRO-
general, common characteristics of composite materials, the CARBON
type of composite based on the composition, the types of poly- ENCH800021
mer matrix and reinforcement, the role of surface treatment in 3 CREDITS
the strength of composite materials, manufacturing processes, Learning Objectives:
durability, the process of splicing and repair of composite
Able to predict the magnitude of thermodynamic properties
materials, code and standards for application of composite
of hydrocarbons and the phase condition, either manually or
materials, the development of composite materials research.
using software calculations.
Prerequisites:
Syllabus:
Organic Chemistry
Introduction to hydrocarbon thermodynamics properties, basic
Textbook: thermodynamic concepts, P-V-T data correlations, physical
1. Fiber-reinforced Composites (Materials Engineering, properties of hydrocarbon fluids, computing aided thermo-
Manufacturing and Design), P. K. Mallick, Marcel Dekker, dynamics properties, the vapor-liquid behavior of two-phase
Inc., 1993. systems, water-hydrocarbon system behavior, product speci-
2. Handbook of Plastics, Elastomers, and Composites, 3rd fications in the disposal lease of hydrocarbon
ed., Charles A. Harper, McGraw-Hill, 1996.
Prerequisites:
3. Reinforced Plastics - Theory and Practice, 2nd ed., M. W.
Gaylord, Chaners Books, 1974. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics
APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS Textbook:
ENCH800019 1. Wayne C. Edmister, Byung Ik Lee, Applied hydrocarbon
3 CREDITS thermodynamics, Volume 1, Gulf Publishing Company
Learning Objectives: (1988), Houston, Texas.
2. John M. Campbell, Gas Conditioning and Processing, Vol.
1, 8th Edition Campbell Petroleum Series 2001.
based on a thorough review including fundamental aspects of
thermodynamics, experimental, and green chemistry, based on LUBRICANT TECHNOLOGY
current information from scientific journals ENCH800022
3 CREDITS
Syllabus:
Able to explain the working principles of lubrication, lubricant
processes, phase equilibrium, and chemical reaction equilib-
function, and several parameters of the quality and lubricant
rium to process and product engineer; friendly solvents such
classification, lubricant chemical, and its production technology,
as supercritical CO2 and ionic liquid
either mineral lubricant, synthesis and vegetal.
Prerequisites:
Syllabus:
Principles of lubrication on friction and wear phenomena on
Textbook: the two surfaces of solid objects are moving together; mode
1. References relevant to a given problem lubrication: hydrodynamic and elastohydrodynamic; lubri-
2. Mulia, K dan Wulan, PPDK, Buku Teks Termodinamika cants: mineral, synthetic, and vegetable; additives, formulations,
Kimia degradation, contamination, and maintenance of lubricants;
latest development of lubricant technology.
DINAMIC SYSTEM
3 CREDITS
Organic Chemistry
Textbook:
Able to build dynamic models of process systems, biological,
1. E. Richard Booster, Handbook of Lubricant: Theory and
industrial, social and economic.
Practice of Tribology, Vol. I, Vol. II, Vol. III, CRC Press
Syllabus: (1984), Inc., Boca Raton, Florida
2. Mervin H. Jones, Industrial Tribology: The Practical
Aspect of Friction, Lubricant, and Wear, Elsevier Scientific
Publishing Co., New York, 1983.
Prerequisites: 3. J. Halling, Principle of Tribology, Macmillan Press Ltd.,
London, 1978
4. Handout
Textbook:
CRYOGENIC TECHNOLOGY
1. Forrester, J. W., 2002, Principles of Systems, Productivity
423
ENCH800023 generation process or formation of ozone, role and use of plasma

3 CREDITS technology and ozone in chemical engineering processes, the
Learning Objectives: potential of ozone technology in control technology environ-
mental pollution, the ozone generator module manufacturing
Able to explain the various processes to liquefy gas in cryogenic
equipment.
technology
Prerequisite:
Syllabus:
Physics Electricity Magnetism
History and development of cryogenic, cryogenic scope of
work. Refrigeration and liquefaction of natural gas, air, oxygen, Textbook:
nitrogen, helium, neon, and argon. 1. E. T. Protasevich: “Cold Non-Equilibrium Plasma”,
Cambridge International science Publishing, Cambridge,
Prerequisites:
1999.
Chemical engineering thermodynamics 2. Rice, R. G., and M. E. Browning: “Ozone Treatment of
Industrial Water water”, Notes Data Corporation, Park
Textbook:
Ridyl, 1981.
1. Timmerhaus, K.D., Cryogenic Process Engineering,
3. Metcalf & Eddy, Inc. (Tchobano-glous, G., and FL Burton):
Plenum Press 1989, New York.
“Wastewater Engineering: Treatment, Disposal, and
2. Barron, Randall. Cryogenic Systems, McGraw Hill, 1985,
Reuse”, McGraw-Hill Book. Co., Singapore, 1991.
New York.
HETEROGENEOUS CATALYST
COMBUSTION TECHNOLOGY
ENCH800026
ENCH800024
3 CREDITS
3 CREDITS
Able to explain the phenomenon of basic concepts heteroge-
Able to explain the phenomenon of combustion and resolve the
neous catalysts and its application
problems that rendered correctly.
Syllabus:
Syllabus:
The general property of catalyst, thermodynamic of the
chemical kinetics and combustion, the flame, premix flame,
reaction with catalyst, the distribution of the catalyst based
diffusion flame, the combustion process applications.
on the type of reaction, the core function is active, the method
Prerequisite: of selecting catalysts for certain reactions, characterization of
the corresponding want to know the nature of the target, the
Transport Phenomena, Chemical Reaction Engineering 1,
catalyst test methods, methods of development of the catalyst,
and reaction products.
Textbook:
Prerequisites:
1. Warnatz, J., Maas, U. dan Dibble, R.W., Combustion: Phys-
ical and Chemical Fundamentals, Modeling and Simula- Chemical Reaction Engineering 1
tion, Experiments, Pollutant Formation, 2nd ed., Springer,
Textbook:
Heidelberg, 1999.
1. Nasikin M, Susanto BH, “Katlaisis Heterogen”, UI Press,
2. Turns, S.R., An Introduction to Combustion: Concepts
2010
and Applications, 2nd ed, McGraw-Hill, 2000.
2. Satterfield, C. N., heterogeneous Catalysis in Industrial
3. Glassman, I., Combustion, Academic Press, 1997.
Practice, McGraw-Hill Inc., New York, 1991.
4. El-Mahallawy dan el-Din Habik, S., Fundamental and
3. Rase, F. R., Commercial Catalyst, CRC Press, New York,
Technology of Combustion, Elsevier, 2002.
1991
5. Combustion, T. J. Poinsot and D. P. Veynante, in Encyclo-
4. Richardson, T, J., Principles of Catalyst Development,
pedia of Computational Mechanicsedited by Erwin Stein,
Plenum Press, New York, 1989
René de Borst and Thomas J.R. Hughes, 2004 John Wiley
5. Thomas J.M. And WJ Thomas, Principles and Practice of
& Sons, Ltd.
Heterogeneous Catalysis, VCH, Weinhem, Germany, 1997
6. Introduction to Combustion, Concepts and Applications,
6. Emmet, R. H., Catalysis, Reinhold Publishing Corpora-
Stephen R. Turns, 2nd edition, McGraw Hill, 2000
tion, New York, 1961
7. Introduction to Combustion Phenomena, A. Murty
Kanury, Gordon and Breach Science Publishers, 1975 SUSTAINABLE ENERGY
8. Heat Transfer from Burners, Charles E. Baukal, in Indus- ENCH800027
trial Burners Handbook, edited by Charles E. Baukal, 3 CREDITS
CRC Press, 2004. Learning Objectives:
PLASMA AND OZONE TECHNOLOGY Able to explain the relationship of energy with a social aspect,
ENCH800025 economic and environmental and sustainability concepts, and
3 CREDITS able to analyze the performance of techno-economy and the
Learning Objectives: continuity, especially fossil energy system, new, and renewable.
Able to explain the physics and chemistry phenomena of Syllabus:
plasma formation and release of electromagnetic energy and
Concept of sustainability and sustainable energy, energy
the use of plasma and ozone technology.
hierarchy, energy linkages with economic, environmental and
Syllabus: social, fossil energy/fuels and Impacts, global climate change
and its mitigation, conversion, transportation/distribution
Basic phenomena and physical-chemical processes of gases
and storage, the analysis method of energy sustainability:
LCA, sustainability index, hydrogen and fuel cells and nuclear
424
energy, solar energy (PV and thermal), wind and ocean, Textbook:
hydropower, bioenergy, geothermal energy, energy efficiency 1. Keith B. Oldham dan Jan C. Myland. Fundamentals of
and conservation, carbon capture, and storage Electrochemical Science, Academic Press, Inc., 1st Edition,
London, 1994.
Prerequisites:
2. Richard G. Comption dan Craig E. Banks. Understanding
Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics or Biochemical Voltammetry, 3rd Edition, World Scientific, London, 2018
Engineering 3. Norio Sato. Electrochemistry at Metal and Semiconductor
Electrodes, 1st Edition, Elsevier Science & Technology,
Textbook:
Oxford, 1998.
4. Marcel Pourbaix. Atlas of Electrochemical Equilibria in
Among Options, MIT Press, 2005.
2. Godfrey Boyle, et al., Energy Systems and Sustainability:
Brussels, 1974
Power for a Sustainable Future, Oxford University Press,
5. Allen J. Bard, Martin Stratmann, and all authors. Encyclo-
2003.
pedia of Electrochemistry, 1st Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
New York 2007
4. DeSimone et al., Eco-Efficiency. The Business Link to EXTRACTION & ISOLATION FOR NATURAL
Sustainable Development, MIT Press, 1997. PRODUCTS TECHNOLOGY
5. D. Elliot, Energy, Society, and Environment, Technology ENCH800030
for a sustainable future, Rouledge, 1997 3 CREDITS
6. Miller, G. T., Environment Science. Sustaining Earth, Learning Objectives:
Wardworld Publish Co. 1993
Able to compare various principles that relate to extraction tech-
RISK MANAGEMENT nology and isolation of natural materials; Determine extraction
ENCH800028 and / or isolation techniques appropriate for certain natural
3 CREDITS materials; Developing process skills to solve problems related to
Learning Objectives: the field of extraction technology and natural material isolation
Able to explain and apply risk management in a risk assessment. Syllabus:
Syllabus: Natural substances and secondary metabolites, Variety of
natural material products, Selection and preparation of mate-
Introduction to the risk, the basic principles and guidelines
rials for extraction, Selection and preparation of materials for
concerning risk, risk management standards, risk assessment,
isolation, Natural material extraction techniques, Fractionation
risk analysis, risk analysis and simulation, simulation of the risk
techniques and isolation of natural materials
with Montecarlo method, the risk of using software simulation
crystal ball. Prerequisite: -
Prerequisites: - Textbook:
1. Rydberg, Cox, & Musikas. Solvent Extraction Principles
Textbook:
and Practice 2nd Edition. Marcel Dekker, Inc. 2004.
J. F. A. Stoner, Management, 1986 2. Meireles, M. Angela A. Extracting Bioactive Compounds
for Food Products: Theory and Applications. CRC Press –
ELECTROCHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. 2009.
ENCH800029
3. Rostagno, Mauricio A. & Prado, Juliana M. Natural Prod-
3 CREDITS
uct Extraction: Principles and Applications. RSC Publish-
ing. 2013.
Able to understand the basic principles of electrochemical
SPECIAL TOPIC 1
technology and apply them in the design of electrochemical
ENCH800031
systems for various applications.
3 CREDITS
Syllabus:
NATURAL GAS PROCESSING
Basic electrochemical principles and electrochemical cell ENCH800033
concepts; electrochemical cell thermodynamics (Nernst 3 CREDITS
equation, Pourbaix diagram, etc.); electrochemical cell kinetics Learning Objectives:
(the mechanism of electrochemical redox reactions, Marcus
Able to design natural gas refineries for piped gas, pressurized
theory, Butler-Volmer model, etc.); polarization/overpotential
natural gas, or LNG if given a fluid composition that reaches
on electrochemical cells (ohm polarization, activation polar-
the surface of the reservoir.
ization, concentration polarization, etc.); the phenomenon of
mass transfer in electrochemical cells (migration, diffusion, Syllabus:
convection, etc.); electrochemical analysis (voltammetry,
Introduction and terms in Natural Gas Processing; Physical
chronoamperometry, AC impedance, etc.); electrode-electrolyte
Properties of Hydrocarbon Fluid; Hydrocarbon Water System;
interface phenomena (double layer theory, surface capacitance,
Hydrate; Dew Point Control Unit; AGRU; Absorption Dehydra-
ion adsorption, etc.); semiconductor electrodes (photoelectro-
tion Unit; Adsorption Dehydration Regeneration Unit; Heavy
chemical); and various electrochemical applications (fuel cells,
Hydrocarbon Recovery Unit; LNG Processing
solar cells, batteries, etc.)
Prerequisites:
Prerequisite:
Chemical Process Simulation
Physical Chemistry, Thermodynamics of Chemical Engineer-
ing, Chemical Reaction Engineering 1 Textbook:
1. Maddox, R.N. dan Morgan, D.J., Pengondisian dan
425
pemrosesan gas, Vol 4: Mengolah gas dan sulfur pemuli- 2. Biodesign: The Process of Innovating Medical Technolo-
han, Campbell Petroleum Series, 1998. gies by Stefanos Zenios, Josh Makower , Paul Yock , Todd
2. Kohl, A. dan Nielsen, R., pemurnian gas, Edisi ke-5, Gulf J. Brinton, Uday N. Kumar, Lyn Denend, Thomas M.
Publishing Company, 1997. Krummel.
3. Kidnay, A.J. dan Parrish, W.R., Fundamentals of natural
PETROLEUM PROCESSING
gas processing, Taylor & Francis, 2006
ENCH800037
3 CREDITS
Elective Courses in Even Semester Able to explain petroleum characteristics and its refined
product and the stages of the process from various petroleum
PACKAGING AND STORAGE TECHNOLOGY processing technologies.
ENCH800034
3 CREDITS Syllabus:
Learning Objective: Introduction terminology, oil composition, thermal properties
Students are able to describe characteristics, packaging and of petroleum, chemical processing of petroleum processing,
storage food technology, the relation between storage and pack- distillation, hydrogenation and dehydrogenation, cracking
aging with quality of food, describe factors affecting deviation processes, the processes of reforming, gas processing and
of food qualities as well as able to choose storage methods and petroleum light products, product improvement.
packaging types which is appropriate to food materials. Prerequisites:
Syllabus: Fluid and Particle Mechanics, Thermodynamics, Mass Transfer.
Hydratase, material storage technology and food products, Textbook:
deviation of food material qualities, microbial contaminant, 1. James G. Speight, The Chemistry and Technology of
purpose and function of food packaging, interaction between Petroleum, 5th Edition. CRC Press, 2014.
food packaging and packaging material types 2. Mark J. Kaiser, Arno de Klerk, James H. Gary and Glenn
Prerequisite : - E. Handwerk, Petroleum Refining: Technology, Econom-
ics, and Markets, 6th Edition. CRC Press, 2019.
Textbook : 3. D. S. J. Jones, Elements of Petroleum Processing, John &
1. Examining Food Technology by Anne Barnett. Heine- Sons Wiley
mann Secondary,1996
2. Julianti, Sri. The Art of Packaging. Gramedia Pustaka PETROCHEMICAL PROCESSING
Utama. 2014. ENCH800038
3. Han, Jung H., et al. Innovations in Food Packaging. Else- 3 CREDITS
vier. 2005. Learning Objectives:
BIOINFORMATICS Able to explain the development of petrochemical products and

ENCH800035 raw material potential, upstream / downstream petrochem-
3 CREDITS ical production lines (olefin center, aromatic center, and the
Learning Objective: pathways of methane) and the major production processes of
several petrochemical industries through methane, olefins and
Are able to explore database and programs to be applied in aromatics; able to analyze the impact of industrial processes
genetic engineering sectors, proteomic etc and petrochemical products to the environment.
Syllabus: Syllabus:
Database, genomics, genetic molecular, phylogeny, protein History of the general petrochemical products development
structure, metabolism and tissues and raw material potential, the scope of the petrochemical
Textbook: industry, petrochemical classification process, the type and
1. Bioinformatics by Shalini Suri. APH Publishing, 2006 processing raw materials into petrochemical products, the
2. Bioinformatics: A Primer by Charles Staben and Staben. details of various petrochemical industry: olefins center,
Jones & Bartlett Publishers, 2005 aromatics and the center line of methane, industrial and
environmental impact of products petrochemicals.
DRUGS AND COSMETICS TECHNOLOGY
3 CREDITS Organic Chemistry
Syllabus:
Textbook:
Definition of drugs and cosmetics, types of skins and charac- 1. Martyn V. Twigg, “Catalyst Handbook”, 2nd Ed., Wolfe
teristics, cosmetic types, ethics and regulation of drugs and Pub. Ltd.
cosmetics, new drug development technology, process technol- 2. Lewis T. Hatch, Sami Matar, “From Hydrocarbon to
ogy in drug and cosmetics industries, packaging technology Petrochemical”.
of drugs and cosmetics technology. 3. Wells, Margaret G., “Handbook of Petrochemicals and
Prerequisite: Processes”, Gower Publishing Company Ltd., 1991.
4. Pandjaitan Maraudin, Industri Petrokimia dan Pengaruh
Organic Chemistry Lingkungan, Gadjah Mada University Press, 2002.
Textbook: PHOTOCATALYSIS TECHNOLOGY
1. Handbook of Cosmetic Science and Technology by Andre ENCH800037
O. Barel, Marc Paye, Howard I. Maibach. INFRMA-HC 3 CREDITS
426 2009
Learning Objectives: 3 CREDITS

Able to understand the basic concepts and photocatalysis and
apply them in the various simple daily problem, especially Able to explain the concepts of pollution prevention and able
related to environment, health, and energy. to design the waste treatment system.
Syllabus: Syllabus:
The basic concept photocatalysis processes, thermodynamics Introduction to the concept of pollution prevention, wastewater
and kinetics of photocatlytic process, semiconductor photocat- treatment outline and preparation, wastewater treatment in
alyst materials, the basic parameters of photocatlytic process, physical, biological, and chemical as well as the operating
Photocatalyst Nanomaterial Engineering, photocatlytic unit, bioremediation, bioseparation and biodegradation,
applications for degradation of organic pollutants and heavy advanced oxidation processes, the handling of waste gas, waste
metals, photocatalysis applications for self-cleaning and anti handling B3, solid waste handling, effluent treatment, gas, is
fogging, photocatalysis applications for anti-bacterial and unconventional.
cancer therapy, photocatalysis applications for engineering
Prerequisites:
‘daily life tools’, photocatalysis applications in renewable energy
sector, solar detoxification engineering with photocatalysis, Chemical Reaction Engineering 1.
intensification of photocatalysis process.
Textbook:
Prerequisites: 1. Freeman, H. M., Industrial Pollution Prevention Hand-
2. Eckenfelder, W. W., Jr.., Industrial Water Pollution Control.
Textbook: 3rd ed. McGraw-Hill International Editions, New York,
1. M. Schiavello, Heterogeneous Photocatalysis, John Wiley 2000.
& Sons, 1997. 3. Metcalf & Eddy. (Revised by Tchobanoglous, G. & F. L.
2. A. Fujishima, K. Hashimoto, and T. Watanabe, TiO2 Burton). Waste Water Engineering: Treatment, Disposal,
Photocatalysis: Fundamentals and Applications, BKC Inc. Reuse, 3rd ed., McGraw-Hill, Singapore, 1991.
Japan, 1999. 4. Heinson R. J. & R. L. Cable. Source and Control of Air
3. J.B. Galvez, et.al., Solar Detoxification, Natural Sciences, Pollution. Prentice Hall. New Jersey. Of 1999.
Basic and Engineering Sciences, UNESCO. 5. Legislation on the prevention of pollution and waste
4. M. Kaneko, I. Okura, Photacatalysis Science and Technol- management.
ogy, Springer USA, 2002. 6. Journals, the Internet.
5. C.A. Grimes, G.K. Mor, TiO2 Nanotube Arrays: Synthesis,
MICROALGAE CULTIVATION AND DEVELOP-
Properties, and Applications, Springer, New York, 2009.
MENT TECHNOLOGY
6. Paper-paper dan bahan lain dari berbagai Jurnal Ilmiah
ENCH800042
dan website.
3 CREDITS
EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION OF HYDRO- Learning Objectives:
CARBON
Able to have insight into the use of microalgae from the culti-
ENCH800040
vation process to its conversion into products of high economic
3 CREDITS
value; able to develop the utilization of microalgae by using a
variety of technologies that are currently developing.
Students are able to explain the economic concept of natural
Syllabus:
gas and analyze the 4e economy.
Introduction to microalgae, microalgae cultivation process,
Syllabus:
microalgae harvesting techniques, the process of extracting
Introduction of hydrocarbon, life cycle of field development, microalgae into algal oil and its residues, economic analysis of
hydrocarbon form and hydrocarbon property and reservoir, the development and utilization of microalgae.
hydrocarbon exploration: geology, geophysics, and drilling,
Prerequisites: -
field appraisal, reservoir development, drilling development,
hydrocarbon production, HSE, hydrocarbon economy and Textbook:
lease, coal and hydrocarbon unconventional (CBM, Shale gas, 1. Richmond, Amos, et al. 2013. Handbook of Microalgal
and Hydrate Gas) Culture: Applied Phycology and Biotechnology, 2nd Ed.
John Wiley and Sons
Prerequisites:-
2. E.W. Becker. 1994. Microalgae: Biotechnology and Micro-
Textbook: biology. London, Cambridge University Press.
1. Frank Jahn et all, 2008, Hydrocarbon Exploration and
UTILITIES AND PLANT MAINTENANCE
Production, Developments in Petroleum Science, second
ENCH800043
edition
3 CREDITS
2. Babusiauz et al., 2004, Oil and Gas Exploration and
Production. Reserves, Cost and Contracts, IFP-Technip,
3. M. Kelkar, 2008, Natural Gas Production Engineering, Able to explain the strategy of plant and utility maintenance.
PennWell Publications
Syllabus:
Geology, Exploration, Drilling and Production, Pennwell Plant maintenance strategy: maintenance program, maintain-
Books, 2 edition. ability, reliability, planning and scheduling
POLLUTION PREVENTION Prerequisite:
ENCH800041
427
Textbook: ing (PBL) learning method in order to be able to direct their own
1. Dhillon, B.S., Engineering Maintenance: A Modern learning (independent learning), communicate effectively and
Approach, CRC Press, 2002. work in groups; able to develop the ability to think critically,
2. Higgins, L.R., Mobley, R.K. dan Smith, R., Maintenance creatively, innovatively and have the intellectual ability to solve
Engineering Handbook, McGraw-Hill, 2002. problems effectively both individually and in groups
Syllabus:
4. Palmer, D., Maintenance Planning and Scheduling Hand-
book, McGraw-Hill, 1999. Introduction to PBL, individual problem-solving concepts,
TRANSPORTATION AND UTILIZATION OF
NATURAL GAS Precondition: -
ENCH800044
Textbooks:
3 CREDITS
Able to analyze several options for the use of natural gas for L8S 4L8.
both energy and feedstocks 2. Journal or articles related to each PBL problem.
Syllabus: POLYMER TECHNOLOGY
ENCH800047
Overview of natural gas: nature and quality, historical
3 CREDITS
milestones, environmental aspects, international issues, and
structure of the natural gas industry; transportation and storage
of natural gas in the gas phase and liquid phase; natural gas Able to develop an understanding of the basic principles
utilization: gas as fuels, gas to synfuels and chemicals, gas to of polymer synthesis and characterization, so that they can
wires/power understand, solve polymer problems found in daily life and
in industry, and can keep abreast of developments in the latest
Prerequisite: -
polymer technology.
Textbook: -
Syllabus:
MIXING TECHNOLOGY
The concept of polymers, Synthesis and kinetics of polymer-
ENCH800045
ization, Polymer solutions, Characterization, Plastic manufac-
3 CREDITS
turing processes.
Prerequisite:
Able to understand the basic principles of mixing technology
and apply them in the design of mixing systems for various Organic Chemistry
applications in industry.
Textbooks:
Syllabus: 1. Billmeyer, F.W, 2011, Textbook of Polymer Science,3rd
edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Definition of mixing, basic principles and basic concepts of
2. Young, R.J. and Lovell, P.A, 2011, Introduction to Poly-
mixing; mixing and mixing mechanism, mixing thermody-
mers, R.J.Lovell, 3rd edition, CRC Press. Taylor & Francis
namics, mixing fluid flow, friction in mixing, etc.), types of
Group, Boca Raton, FL 33487-2742.
mixing (gas-liquid, liquid-liquid, liquid-solid, suspension,
3. Seymour, R.B, 1989, Polymers for Engineering Applica-
emulsification), mixing techniques (agitation, blending, mixing,
tions, ASM International.
particle size reduction, sear etc.), mixing equipment both
4. Crawford, R.J, 1998, Plastic Engineering, 3rd edition,
batch and continuous (mixer type, drainage type, etc.), mixing
Butterworth-Heinemann, Woburn, MA 01901-2041.
monitoring and control. Examples of the application of blending
in the chemical, pharmaceutical, cosmetic and food industries.
Prerequisites: L8S 4L8.
Physical Chemistry, Fluid Mechanics and Materials Science
GENETICALLY MODIFIED ORGANISM
Textbooks:
ENCH800048
1. Handbook of Industrial Mixing: Science and Practice
3 CREDITS
edited by Edward L. Paul, Victor A. Atiemo-Obeng,
(2003). Students are able to plan the design of transgenic organisms for
2. Food Mixing: Principles and Applications, edited by P. purposes in the fields of food, pharmacy and health, energy,
J. Cullen, Ireland, John Wiley and Sons Inc. Publication or the environment as one of the supporting knowledge in
(2007). Bioprocess Technology courses
3. Pharmaceutical Blending and Mixing 1st Edition by P. J.
Syllabus:
Cullen (Editor), Rodolfo J. Romañach (Editor), Nicolas
Abatzoglou (Editor), Chris D. Rielly, John Wiley and Sons Gene expression and function, genome, introduction and
Inc. Publication (2015).. development of GMO organisms, genome modification
techniques, methods of analyzing GMO organisms, GMO
PROBLEM SOLVING SKILLS
organisms in food, GMO organisms in pharmacy and health,
ENCH800046
3 CREDITS
environment, and the latest research and applications related
to GMO organisms.
Able to develop an understanding of the Problem Based Learn-
Prerequisite:
428
Genetic Engineering Textbooks:

1. Robert C. Brown, Thermochemical processing of biomass:
Textbooks:
conversion into fuels, chemicals and power, 2nd edition,
Wiley Series in Renewable Resources, 2019
Krieger. W. H. Molecular Cell Biology. 6th edition. Free-
manS
Heinz Frei, Thermochemical conversion of biomass to
liquid fuels and chemicals, RSC Publishing, 1st edition,
edition. Willey Blackwell: Hongkong.
2010
3. Jurnal ilmiah terbaru terindeks scopus
3. James Clark and Fabien Deswarte, Introduction to chemi-
DRUG CONTROLLED RELEASED TECHNOLOGY cals from biomass, 2nd edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2015
ENCH800049 4. Piet Schenkelaars, Value-added chemicals from biomass,
3 CREDITS Pira International Ltd, 2012
Learning Objective:
BASIC COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
Able to describe the principle of control drug release or bioactive ENCH800052
compound for medical purposes and utilize the principle to 3 CREDITS
apply control drug released technology
PEMODELAN TEKNIK BIOPROSES
Syllabus: ENCH800053
3 CREDITS
Polymeric biomaterial that is easily degradable, various meth-
ods to drug encapsulation and bioactive compounds in nano/
microsphere, diffusion and permeation, the strategy of control Able to develop mathematical equations from biochemical
released, case study process systems; able to solve mathematical equations that
describe biochemical process systems.
Prerequisite:
Syllabus:
Organic Chemistry
An explicit method for solving ordinary differential equations;
Textbook:
Finite difference method for solving ordinary & partial differ-
1. Juergen Siepmann et al. (ed.) Fundamentals and Applica-
ential equations; Empirical Model; Phenomenological model
tions of Controlled Release Drug Delivery, Springer
for multi-component separation systems; Phenomenological
2. Clive Wilson and Patrick Crowley (ed.) Controlled Release
model for chemical reaction systems; Phenomenological model
in Oral Drug Delivery, Springer
for reactor systems
Formulation Design and Drug Delivery, Wiley, 2010. Prerequisites:
4. WM Saltzman, Drug Delivery: Engineering Principles for
Komputasi Numerik (Numerical Computation)
Drug Therapy, Oxford University Press, 2001.
5. Nissim Garti, Delivery and controlled release of bioactives in Textbooks:
foods and nutraceuticals, CRC Press, 2008. 1. Constantinides, A. dan Mostouvi, N., 1. Numerical Meth-
ods for Chemical Engineers with MATLAB Applications,
SPECIAL TOPIC 2
ENCH800050
2. Davis, M.E., Numerical Methods and 2. Modeling for
3 CREDITS
Chemical Engineer, John Willey & Sons, New York, 1984.
BIOMASS TERMOCHEMICAL CONVERSION 3. Rice, G.R. dan Duong D.D., Applied 3. Mathematics and
TECHNOLOGY Modeling for Chemical Engineers, John Willey & Sons,
ENCH800051 New York, 1995.
3 CREDITS 4. Tosun, I., Modeling in Transport Phenomena: 4. A Concep-
Learning Objectives: tual Approach, Elsevier, 2002.
Able to understand the chemical characteristics of biomass and PROCESS ENGINEERING DRAWING
the basic principles of thermo-chemical biomass conversion ENCH800054
technology and its application in the design of biomass thermo- 3 CREDITS
chemical conversion systems to produce fuels and chemicals. Learning Objectives:
Syllabus: Able to manually draw process flow diagrams, P&ID and plant
layouts, recognize the use of software for drawing, understand,
and be able to read the meaning of images.
thermo-chemical conversion through pyrolysis (fast pyrol-
ysis, slow pyrolysis, co-pyrolysis, hydrodeoxygenation, Syllabus:
catalytic pyrolysis, catalytic co-pyrolysis, pyrolysis reactor),
Introduction to drawing techniques; Basics of drawing tech-
thermo-chemical conversion through biomass gasification,
nique; Block Process Flow Diagram; Symbols basic symbols of
equipment Chemical industry and process flow; Process Flow
Diagram (PFD); Equipment symbols, pipes, instrumentation;
thermo-chemical conversion products, pyrolysis for the manu-
Piping and Instrumentation Diagram (P&ID); Software for
facture of biofuels and chemicals, biomass gasification for the
drawing; Plant Plots & Plant Layouts; Piping Route and Isomet-
manufacture of synthetic gases, liquefaction of biomass for the
ric Drawing; Spool Drawing and Bill of Materials (BOM). Bill
manufacture of biofuels.
of Quantity (BOQ)
Prerequisites:
Prerequisites: -
Organic Chemistry, Heat Transfer, Chemical Reaction Tech-
Textbooks:
niques 1
1. W. Boundy, Engineering Drawing, McGraw-Hill Book
429
Company
3. ISO 1101, Mechanical Engineering Drawings, Interna-
tional Organization for Standardization
4. Japanese Industrial Standard, Technical Drawing for
Mechanical Engineering, Japanese Standard Association.
ing, Prentice-Hall, Inc
430
Undergraduate Program in Industrial Engineering

Program specification

2. Host Institution Universitas Indonesia
4. Program Tittle Undergraduate Program in Industrial Engineering
5. Vision and Mission The vision of the industrial engineering undergraduate program of the
Universitas Indonesia is to be the leading study program in Indonesia
in developing the field of industrial engineering to design, improve and
install a complex and integrated industrial system through a systematic
problem-solving process by using analytical, computational and experi-
mental methods to improve productivity and sustainable quality.
The mission of the industrial engineering undergraduate program of

the Universitas Indonesia is to implement an industrial engineering
higher education program with international awareness, supported
by internationally competitive research and provide adaptive, useful,
and professional community service to support Indonesia’s sustainable
development.
6. Class Regular, parallel, international, Fast Track
7. Final Award Bachelor of Engineering
8. Accreditation / Recognition Accreditation Excellent by BAN-PT and international Assessment by
AUN-QA
9. Language(s) of Instruction Indonesian and English
11. Entry High School graduate/equivalent or D3/Polytechnic graduate and pass
Requirements the entrance exam
12. Study Duration Scheduled for four years
Semester
Regular 8 16
13. Aims of the study program
1. Apply industrial engineering knowledge to design, improve, and install integrated industrial systems to enhance
the organization’s global competitive advantage.
2. Provide professional skills and knowledge to succeed in the preferred profession.
3. Provide the ability to work effectively and ethically as a leader, team member, and as an individual to make better
improvement in the organization.
An industrial engineer that has roles in designing, improving, and installing a complex and integrated industrial
system through a systematic problem-solving process using various analytical, computational, and experimental tools
and methods to improve productivity and quality.
431
Bachelor of Industrial Engineering has expected learning outcomes as follow:
1. The ability to apply mathematics, science, and engineering principles

2. The ability to design and implement research and research projects, as well as analyzing and interpreting data.
3. The ability to design, implement and improve the performance of an integrated system, component, or process to
meet realistic constraints such as economics, environment, social, politics, law, ethics, human factors, health and
safety, manufacturing feasibility, and sustainability
4. The ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems.
5. The ability to use modern and required techniques, skills, and tools in engineering practice
6. The ability to be active in a multi-disciplinary team.
7. The ability to work professionally and have ethical responsibilities
8. Has a broad understanding of the impact of engineering problem-solving in global, economic, environmental, and
social contexts.
9. The ability to study independently and continuously (lifelong learning)
10. The ability to communicate using spoken and written languages in Indonesian and English for both academic and
non-academic activities (UI’s competence)
11. The ability to use information and communication technology (UI’s Competence)
12. The ability to identify a variety of entrepreneurial efforts that are characterized by ethical innovation and self-sus-
tained (UI’s competence)
13. The ability to critical, creative, and innovative thinking and has the intellectual curiosity to solve problems at indi-
vidual and group levels (UI’s competence)
14. The ability to provide alternative solutions to various problems that arise in the community, nation, and state of
Indonesia (UI’s competence).
16. Curriculum composition
No. Types of teaching eyes Credits Percentage
I Compulsory courses at the university level 9 6,25%
II Compulsory courses at the faculty level 21 14,58%
III Compulsory courses at the study program 83 57,64%
level
IV Elective courses 24 16,67%
V Special courses (internship and undergrad- 7 4,86%
uate thesis)
Total 144 100%
Job Prospects
Graduates of industrial engineering Universitas Indonesia are directed to have strong and systematic problem-solving skills
with a multi-disciplinary approach in an industrial engineering scientific framework. The science of Industrial Engineering
itself is unique engineering filed because it involves a multi-disciplinary approach. Graduates of this study program have been
working on manufacturing and public and private services industries in the field of production management, human resources,
maintenance systems, logistics and supply chain management, finance and banking, management, and I.T. consulting services.
432
Expected Learning Outcome Interconnection
Fig. 1 Competencies Network for Industrial Engineering Study Program
433
434
Flowchart of courses to attain the expected learning outcomes

in the Bachelor of Industrial Engineering
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
Fig. 2 Course Mapping for Expected Learning Outcome

Course Flowchart
Fig. 3. Course Diagram to attain the competency of Bachelor program in Industrial Engineering
443
Curriculum Structure Reguler/Parallel ENIE615024 Product Design 2

Class Undergraduate Industrial ENIE615025 Industrial Project Design 3
Engineering ENIE615026 Supply Chain System 3
ENIE615027 Industrial Simulation 3
Code Subject SKS ENIE615028 Information Systems 3
1st Semester ENIE615029 Multivariate Statistics 3
UIGE600003 English 2 ENIE615030 Industrial Marketing 2
ENGE600001 Calculus 1 3 Subtotal 22
ENIE601001 Introduction to Industrial 2 6th Semester
Engineering
ENIE616031 Industrial Engineering Design 3
ENIE601002 Introduction to Economics 2
ENIE601003 Material Sciences 2 Lab
UIGE600004 Religion 2 Electives 3
ENIE601004 Probability Theory 2 Electives 3
ENIE601005 Algorithm and Computation 3 Electives 3
2 Semester
nd
7 Semester
th
ENGE600004 Linear Algebra 4 ENIE617033 Internship 2

ENGE600005 Mechanics and Thermal Physics 3 ENGE610012 Occupational, Health, Safety & 2
UIGE600006 MPKT S 5 Environment
ENIE612006 Engineering Drawing 2 ENIE617034 Special Topics in Industrial 2
Engineering
ENIE612007 Basic Statistics 2
Electives 3
Electives 3
Electives 3
Subtotal 22
Subtotal 15
3rd Semester
8 Semester
th
ENGE600007 Optics, Electricity and Wave 3

ENIE608030 Final Project in Industrial 5
Physics
Engineering
ENIE603008 Engineering Economics 2
Electives 3
ENIE603009 Work Design, Methods, and 3
Electives 3
Standards + Lab
Subtotal 11
ENIE603010 Production Process + Lab 3
Total 144
ENIE603011 Industrial Statistics + Lab 3
ENIE603012 Linear Programming 3
Course Structure for International Class
ENIE603013 Mathematical Optimization 2
of Industrial Engineering
ENIE603014 Cost Accounting 2
Subtotal 21
Code Subject SKS
4th Semester
1 Semester
st
ENIE604015 Production Planning and Inven- 3

tory Control + Lab
ENIE605016 Quality Systems 3
ENIE611001 Introduction to Industrial 2
ENIE604017 Human Factor in Engineering & 3
Engineering
Design + Lab
ENIE611002 Introduction to Economics 2
ENIE604018 Operations Research 3
ENIE611003 Material Science 2
ENIE604019 Organizational Design and 3
Industrial Psychology UIGE610004 Religion 2
ENIE604020 Systems Modeling + Lab ENIE611004 Probability Theory 2
ENIE604021 Reliability and Maintenance 2 ENIE611005 Logic and Algorithm 3
ENIE604022 Data Analytics and Visualization 2 Subtotal 18
Subtotal 22 2 nd Semester
5 Semester
th ENGE610004 Linear Algebra 4
ENIE615023 Facilities Design and Material 3 ENGE610005 Mechanics and Thermal Physics 3
444 Handling
UIGE610006 MPKT S 5 ENGE610012 Occupational, Health, Safety & 2

ENIE612006 Engineering Drawing 2 Environment
ENIE612007 Basic Statistics 2 ENIE617034 Special Topics in Industrial 2

Engineering
Electives 3
Electives 3
Subtotal 22
Electives 3
3rd Semester Subtotal 15
ENGE610007 Optics, Electricity and Wave 3 8 Semester
th
Physics
ENIE618030 Final Project in Industrial 5
ENIE613008 Engineering Economics 2 Engineering
ENIE613009 Work Design, Methods, and 3 Electives 3
Standards + Lab
Electives 3
ENIE613010 Production Process + Lab 3
Subtotal 11
ENIE613011 Industrial Statistics + Lab 3
Total 144
ENIE613012 Linear Programming 3
ENIE613013 Mathematical Optimization 2
ENIE613014 Cost Accounting 2
Subtotal 21
4th Semester
ENIE614015 Production Planning and Inven- 3
tory Control + Lab
ENIE615016 Quality Systems 3
ENIE614017 Human Factor in Engineering & 3
Design + Lab
ENIE614018 Operations Research 3
ENIE614019 Organizational Design and 3
Industrial Psychology
ENIE614020 Systems Modeling + Lab 3
ENIE614021 Reliability and Maintenance 2
ENIE614022 Data Analytics and Visualization 2
Subtotal 22
5th Semester
ENIE615023 Facilities Design and Material 3
Handling
ENIE615024 Product Design 2
ENIE615025 Industrial Project Design 3
ENIE615026 Supply Chain System 3
ENIE615027 Industrial Simulation 3
ENIE615028 Information Systems 3
ENIE615029 Multivariate Statistics 3
ENIE615030 Industrial Marketing 2
Subtotal 22
6 Semester
th

Lab
Electives 3
Electives 3
Electives 3
Sub Total 13
7 Semester
th
ENIE617033 Internship 2
445
2. The enforcement of the transitional period is one year, i.e., in Even Semester Year 2020 / 2021 and Odd Semester Year 2021 /
2022. During this transition period, if a course in curriculum 2020 is in odd semester while in previous curriculum in even
semester (vice versa), then this course can be held (if necessary) in each semester of Year 2020 / 2021.
3. For students who have not passed the compulsory courses in curriculum 2016, they are required to take the same or equiv-
alent course in curriculum 2020. Equivalence courses can be seen in the table below. All courses in the curriculum 2016 that
4. When there is a change in the number of course credits, then the number of graduation credits that be counted in, is the
number of credits when it was taken. If a student took the same or equivalent courses whose credits or names have changed,
then it will be acknowledged under a new name or a new credit. (Please course equivalence table).
5. When a compulsory subject in the curriculum 2016 is deleted and there is no equivalence in the curriculum 2020 then:
144 credits.
curriculum 2020 to complete 144 credits. This selected course(s) will be counted as elective one(s), even though this course is
originally a compulsory subject in the Curriculum 2020.
No Name of the Course in 2016 Credits in Name of the Course in 2020 Credits in
Curriculum 2016 Curriculum 2020
1 Plant Layout 3 Facilities Design and Material Handling 3
2 Product Design + Lab 3 Product Design 2
3 Maintenance System 2 Reliability and Maintenance 2
4 Industrial Simulation + Lab 3 Industrial Simulation 3
5 Project Management 2 Industrial Project Design 3
6 Supply Chain Management 3 Supply Chain Systems 3
7 Industrial Engineering Design + Lab 3 Industrial Engineering Design 3
Industrial Engineering Design Lab 1
446
UIGE6000061/UIGE6100061
5 credits
Prerequisite : -
ACADEMIC WRITING
UIGE610002
2 credits
The Objectives :
citizen values b
Main Competencies :
readers;
material;
level (C4, A3)
country (C4, A2)
ENGLISH
UIGE600003
2 credits
447

in the society.
2 credits
skills.
adopted;
expectations.
Syllabus :
HINDU STUDIES
UIGE6000013/UIGE610008
2 credits
448
/ Dharma. lems.
UIGE6000014/UIGE610009
2 credits
Erlangga, 2019.
KONG HU CU STUDY
4 SKS
3 credits problems.
Textbooks:
ENGE600004/ENGE610004
2012.
CALCULUS 2
449
Textbooks :
Textbooks:
ENGE600009 / ENGE610009
2 credits
ENGE600005 / ENGE610005
3 credits
tions.
Syllabus:
Textbooks :
York, 2001.
McGraw-Hill, 2003.
modynamics.
ENGINEERING ECONOMY
Prerequisite: none
ENGE600011 / ENGE610011
ENGE600007 / ENGE610007
Syllabus:
3 credits
Syllabus:
Textbooks:
450
2. Park, Chan S. 2016. Contemporary Engineering Econom- Introduction to SHE Regulation and Standards, SHE Percep-
ics 6th Ed. Pearson. Upper Saddle River. tion (Risk and Environment), Identification, Assessment and
3. White, Case and Pratt. 2012. Principles of Engineering Management, Construction, machinery and Noise hazards,
Economic Analysis 6th ed. John Wiley and Sons. Process safety hazard and analysis technique, Fire and explo-
Ergonomy Aspect, Hazard communication to employees,
ENGE600010 / ENGE610010
Environmental Protection, Case studies, Safety Health and
2 credits
Environment audits.
Prerequisite: none
starting from the descriptive stage (collection, organization, Textbooks :
and presentation) to the inductive stage, which includes fore- 1. Charles A. Wentz, Safety, Health and Environmental
casting and drawing conclusions based on the relationship Protection, McGraw Hill, 1998.
between variables for decision making. 2. Asfahl, C.R., Rieske, D. W., Sixth Edition Industrial Safety
www.hse.gov.uk/
serving
sion making
Courses at Industrial Engineering Study
Syllabus: Program
ity Theory, Dasar Basic concepts and definitions, Distribu- INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL ENGINEER-
tion Probability, Sampling, Estimation, Hypothesis testing, ING
Hypothesis test 1 sample at an average value, Regression ENIE611001
2 credits
Prerequisite: none Learning Objectives :
Textbooks : Able to provide introduction and view of basic concepts on
1. Harinaldi, Basic Principles of Statistical Engineering and the scope of the science of industrial engineering that can be
Science, Erlangga, 2004 applied in the real world either in the manufacturing industry
2. Montgomery, DC., And Runger, GC., Applied Statistics or services.
Syllabus:
HSE PROTECTION
ENGE600012 / ENGE610012 The history and development of industrial engineering disci-
2 credits plines, industrial engineering and systems, production systems,
Course Learning Outcomes: work measurement, location and layout of facilities, operation
methods, material movement, distribution and route determi-
Upon completion of this subject students are expected to be nation, production planning, and controlling quality control.
able to carried out hazard identification, and characterization,
to propose appropriate methods for risk reduction and miti- Prerequisite: -
gation, and to design safety management system. The student Teaching Book:
is also expected to improve their awareness on industrial 1. Groover, M. P. (2007). Fundamentals of modern manufac-
safety and health, and understanding on safety regulation turing: materials processes, and systems. John Wiley &
framework and standards as well as environmental program. Sons.
Graduate Learning Outcomes: 2. Kibbe, R. R., Neely, J. E., Meyer, R. O., White, W. T.,
1. Students are expected to understand safety, health and Bonkoski, M., & Bradshaw, P. (2006). Machine tool prac-
environmental aspect as an integral part of fundamental tices. Pearson Prentice Hall.
principal in engineering code of ethics. 3. Wayne C. Turner et al. (1993). Introduction to Industrial
2. Students are expected to be able to carry out process of Engineering, third volume (translation), Prentice-Hall.
risk assessments by considering risk factors in the impact 4. De Garmo Ernest Paul, Black, J. T., & Kosher, R. A. (1990).
of hazards on people, facilities, and the surrounding Materials and processes in manufacturing. Macmillan.
community and environemt. INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS
3. Students are expected to understand the regulatory ENIE611002
framework and standard related to the stages of life cycle 3 credits
of machine, building structure, construction, and process. Learning Objectives :
4. Students are able to design and propose an effective
hazard communication, management and engineering Able to explain the principles and problems in economic
control, and risk mitigation through an engineering sciences, both microeconomics and macroeconomics.
assignment project. Syllabus:
to perform risk assesment, investigation and design Ten Principles of Economics, Thinking Like an Economist,
improvement through a multidisiplinary case of incident The Market Forces of Supply and Demand, Elasticity and
and accident. Its Application, Consumers, Producers, and The Efficiency
of Markets, The Costs of Production, Firms in Competitive
Syllabus: 451
Markets, Measuring a nation’s Income, Production and Growth, 2005

Saving, Investment, and the Financial System, Tools of Finance,
LOGIC AND ALGORITHMS
The Monetary System, Open-Economy Macroeconomics: Basic
ENIE611005
Concepts, Aggregate Demand, and Aggregate Supply
3 credits
Prerequisite: - Learning objectives:
Teaching book: Able to implement computational techniques, i.e., the ability
1. Mankiw, N. G. (2014). Principles of Economics. Cengage to use advanced functions in spreadsheets, the ability to
Learning. perform simulations by using spreadsheets, the ability to solve
2. Kishtainy, N., et al. (2012). The Economics Book: Big Ideas, mathematical programming models with Solver in Excel, the
Simply Explained. Dorling Kindersley Ltd. ability to use automation in spreadsheets, the ability to describe
3. Kishtainy, N. (2014). Economics in Minutes: 200 Key computer algorithms, design, and analysis of algorithm and the
Concepts Explained in an Instant. Quercus Publishing. ability to use one of the computer programming languages.
4. Economic development-related journals.
Syllabus:
MATERIAL SCIENCE
Advanced functions in the spreadsheet, Monte Carlo simula-
ENIE611003
tion, Solver in a spreadsheet Macros and VBA, Flow chart and
2 credits
pseudocode, Java, or Python basics.
Prerequisite: -
Students are expected to understand the processing, charac-
teristics, and application of engineering materials. Structure Teaching Book:
and bonding in materials, material processing for all types of 1. Walkenbach, J. (2010). Excel 2010 Power Programming
engineering materials, as well as a basic concept in materials with VBA (Vol. 6). New York: Wiley.
testing. 2. Sedgewick, R., & Wayne, K. (2007). Algorithms and data
structures. Princeton University, C.O.S., 226.
Syllabus:
ENGINEERING DRAWING
Overview of Materials, Crystal Structure, Defects in Solids,
ENIE612006
Diffusion, Mechanical properties and Strengthening, Mech-
2 credits
anism, Failure, Phase Diagram, and Equilibrium, Material
Selection, Measurement and Inspection, Ceramics, Polymers,
Composites, Electrical Properties, Semiconductors and Growth, Able to draw objects on 2 and 3 dimensions based on the
Biomaterials. principles of engineering either manually, as well as in a virtual
environment.
Prerequisite: -
Syllabus:
Teaching book:
Introduction to drawing techniques, orthographic projection
Callister Jr, W. D., & Rethwisch, D. G. (2012). Fundamentals of
images, perspective drawing, Axonometric projection (Isomet-
Materials Science and Engineering: an integrated approach.
ric), drawing assembly, AutoCAD, Autodesk Inventor.
John Wiley & Sons.
Prerequisite: -
PROBABILITY THEORY
ENIE611004 Teaching book:
3 credits
Robertson and Bertling. (2013). How to Draw. Design Studio
Press
Able to explain the principles of probability and application in
solving problems concerning industrial engineering.
BASIC STATISTICS
ENIE612007
Syllabus: 2 credits
Introduction to probability, sample and event space, conditional
probability, Bayes theorem, random variables, discrete and Able to summarize, present, interpret and analyze data and
continuous random variable, cumulative distribution functions, information to support a valid and reliable conclusion in the
expectations, combined probability distribution, introduction decision-making situation in which there are elements of
to Bernoulli and Poisson processes, several discrete probability uncertainty and variation.
distributions, several continuous probability distributions,
Syllabus:
Central Limit Theorem,
Introduction to statistical and data analysis, descriptive
Prerequisite: -
statistics, sampling theory, central limit theorem, introduction
Teaching Book: to inference statistics, estimation, hypothesis testing, Linear
1. Walpole, R. E., Myers, R. H., Myers, S. L., & Ye, K. (2012). regression analysis and correlation, Nonparametric method.
Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists, 9th
Prerequisite: probability theory
Edition, Pearson.
2. Devore, J. L. (2016). Probability and Statistics for Engineer- Teaching Book:
ing and the Sciences. Cengage Learning. 1. Walpole, R. E., Myers, R. H., Myers, S. L., & Ye, K. (2012).
3. Montgomery, D. C., & Runger, G. C. (2011). Applied statis- Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists, 9th
tics and probability for engineers. John Wiley & Sons. Edition, Pearson.
4. Dekking, F. M. C. Kraaikamp, H. P. Lopuhaa, and L. E. 2. Devore, J. L. (2016). Probability and Statistics for Engineer-
Meester, A Modern Introduction to Probability and Statis- ing and the Sciences. Cengage Learning.
tics: Understanding Why and How, Springer, London, 3. Montgomery, D. C., & Runger, G. C. (2011). Applied statis-
452
tics and probability for engineers. John Wiley & Sons. a coitional machine, theory and welding process.
4. Harinaldi. (2006) Statistical Principles for Engineering and
Prerequisite: Introduction to Industrial engineering
science. Brian G.
Teaching Book:
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
1. Groover, M. P. (2007). Fundamentals of modern manufac-
ENIE613008
turing: materials processes, and systems. John Wiley &
2 credits
Sons.
2. Kibbe, R. R., Neely, J. E., Meyer, R. O., White, W. T.,
Able to apply mathematical technique and graphic from vector Bonkoski, M., & Bradshaw, P. (2006). Machine tool prac-
analysis and physical principles that required for static balance. tices. Pearson Prentice Hall.
3. E. Paul DeGarmo, J. Black, A. Kohser. (1988) Material and
Syllabus:
Processes in Manufacturing, 7th edition. Macmillan.
Force Vectors, Particle Balance, Force Resultant, Structure 4. S. Kalpakjian (1989). Manufacturing Engineering and Tech-
Analysis, Internal Forces, Friction, Centre of Gravity and nology. Addison Wesley.
Centroid, Inertia Moment. 5. Boothroyd, G., and Knight, W. (1989). Fundamentals of
Machining and Machine Tools, 2nd edition, Dekker.
Prerequisite: Mechanics and Thermal Physics
6. Lab Module
Teaching Book:
INDUSTRIAL STATISTICS + LAB
1. Meriam, J. L., & Kraige, L. G. (2012). Engineering mechan-
ENIE6130011
ics: dynamics (Vol. 2). John Wiley & Sons.
3 credits
2. Hibbeler, R.C. (2013). Engineering Mechanics: Statics. 13th
Edition. Pearson Prentice Hall
Able to explain various statistical methods in the branch of
WORK DESIGN, METHODS, AND STANDARDS + Design of Experiments (D.O.E.), to be able to design experiments
LAB and statistics Quality Control (S.Q.C.), that follow the assump-
ENIE613009
tions and rules of statistics so that the conclusions taken can
3 credits
be used as a basis in the decision making process.
Syllabus:
Course participants can measure, analyze, design, and increase
the effectiveness and efficiency of human work through meth- Experimental design, inferential statistics, Analysis of Variance
ods improvements and work standards. (ANOVA), Randomized Complete Block Design (RCBD), Latin
Square, General factorial Designs, 2k Design, Random models, and
Syllabus:
Mixed models, Nested Design, Introduction to Statistics Quality
Introduction and a general introduction to work planning Control (S.Q.C.), Control Chart.
Analysis, Problem Solving Tools, Operation Analysis, Man-Machine
Prerequisite: Basic Statistics
chart, and Flow Process chart, Manual Work Design, Workplace,
Equipment, and Tool design, work Environment design, Time study, Teaching Book:
Lab, Performance Rating and Allowances, Standard Data, work 1. Montgomery, Douglas C. (2013). Design and analysis of
Sampling, Predetermined Time study, Wage Design, Training and experiments 8th Edition. John Wiley & Sons.
Learning Curves. 2. Montgomery, Douglas C. (2009). Statistical Quality control
6th Edition. New York: John Wiley & Sons.
Prerequisite: Probability theory
3. Walpole, R. E., Myers, R. H., Myers, S. L., & Ye, K. (2012).
Teaching Book: Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists, 9th
1. Andris, F., & Benjamin, N. (2004). Standard and Work Design Edition, Pearson.
Method. Mcgraw-Hill, New York & London.
LINEAR PROGRAMMING
2. MacLeod, D. (2006). The Ergonomics Kit for General Industry.
ENIE6130012
C.R.C. Press.
3 credits
3. Ralph, M. B. (1980). Motion and Time Study: Design and
Measurement of Work. John Wiley and Sons.
Capable of designing a problem-solving solution by implement-
PRODUCTION PROCESS + LAB ing mathematical models for engineering and management
ENIE613010
issues.
3 credits
Learning objectives: Syllabus:
Able to know the basics of production process related to the type Introduction to Linear Program, Simplex, Duality and
of material used, the process of production processes related Sensitivity Analysis, Transportation Problem, Assignment
to the manufacturing process based on the materials used and Problem, Network Problem, Integer Programming, Multi-Goal
machining processes and tools used. Mathematical Programming, Network.
Syllabus: Prerequisite: -
The basics of production processes, casting process, plastic Teaching Book:
forming process, Metal forming process, Metal plate forming 1. Hillier, F. S. (1967). Introduction to Operations Research:
process, production process for Wood Working, Theory and Frederick S. Hillier and Gerald J. Lieberman. Holden-Day.
explanation of machining process, the theory, and technology 2. Winston, W. L., & Goldberg, J. B. (2004). Operations
of sculpture and cutting, practicum of Wood Working Process Research: Applications and Algorithms (Vol. 3). Belmon-
module, theory and grinding process, basic theory and concepts teCalif Calif: Thomson/Brooks/Cole.
of C.N.C., practicum module Metal Working Process, machin- 3. Taha, H. A. (2011). Operations Research: An Introduction
ing and operation Machining, cutting process of material with (Vol. 790). Pearson/Prentice Hall.
453
MATHEMATICAL OPTIMIZATION production line balance, and production scheduling, enterprise

ENIE613013 resource planning system.
2 credits
Prerequisite: Production process + practicum
Teaching Book:
Able to model, analyze, and solve the problems related to
1. Arnold, J. T., Chapman, S. N., & Clive, L. M. (2011). Intro-
industrial systems by using nonlinear complex mathematical
duction to materials management. Pearson Higher Ed.
models.
2. Chapman, S. N. (2006). The Fundamentals of production plan-
Syllabus: ning and control. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson.
3. Fogarty, D. W., Blackstone, JH, & Hoffman. T. R. (1991).
Integer and Combinatorial Optimization, Convex Optimi-
Production and Inventory Management. Cincinnati, Ohio:
zation, Semi-definite Programming, Robust Optimization,
South West Publishing Co.
Stochastic Programming, Graphs, and Network Optimization
QUALITY SYSTEM
ENIE614016
Teaching Book: 3 credits
1. Bazaraa, M. S., Sherali, H. D., & Shetty, C. M. (2013). Learning objectives:
Nonlinear programming: Theory and Algorithms. John Able to design a quality improvement system that can guarantee
Wiley & Sons. and improve the quality of products and processes continuously
2. Kallrath, J. (Ed.). (2013). Modeling languages in mathe- based on fact (number) with a mathematical approach (statistics)
matical optimization (Vol. 88). Springer Science & Busi- considering the national and international quality standards.
ness Media.
3. The Yang, X. S. (2008). Introduction to mathematical opti- Syllabus:
mization: from linear programming to metaheuristics. 3 Pillars of quality: continuous improvement, customer focus
Cambridge International Science Publishing. and total participation, PDCA concept, seven tools and seven
COST ACCOUNTING new tools, process mapping techniques, standard roles, internal
ENIE613014 standards(S.O.P., WI) and external (ISO, JIS), Lean Six Sigma.
2 credits Prerequisite: Human factors in engineering design
Teaching Book:
Course participants understand accounting principles and can 1. A. Al. (2002). The Six Sigma Way Team Fieldbook,
calculate accounting problems systematically and present them McGraw-Hill, New York
as a financial report. They should also be able to analyze and 2. Katsuya Hosotani (2000). Q.C. Problem Solving Approach:
evaluate the conditions of the company based on those reports. Solving Workplace Problems the Japanese Way, 3A Corpo-
Syllabus: ration, Tokyo
3. Tague, Nancy R. (2015) The Quality Toolbox. ASQ Quality
Introduction to accounting and accounting standards used in Press. Milwaukee. Wisconsin.
Indonesia, accounting cycles, financing structures, introduction
to depreciation systems, cost analysis in production volumes, HUMAN FACTORS IN ENGINEERING AND
Activity Based Costing, budget processes, budgets, and their DESIGN + LAB
assumptions, cost control mechanisms. ENIE614017
3 credits
Prerequisite: Introduction to Economic sciences Learning objectives:
Teaching Book: Being able to have knowledge and expertise in the science of
1. Lanen, W., Anderson, S., & Maher, M. (2013). Fundamentals human factors that encompasses the physical, cognitive, and
of cost accounting. McGraw-Hill Education. environmental aspects of students as a basis for designing and
2. Horngren, Charles T. (2012). Cost Accounting: A Managerial improving the quality of products, processes, workstations,
Emphasis, 14/E. Pearson Education. and organizations.
3. Marshall, David H., Wayne W. McManus, and Daniel F.
Viele. (2013). Accounting: What the numbers mean. Vol. 9. Syllabus:
McGraw-Hill. Introduction to human factors in engineering and design,
PRODUCTION PLANNING AND INVENTORY Physical ergonomics, Anthropometry applied (Applied Anthro-
CONTROL + LAB pometry), Human Information Processing, Signal Detection
ENIE614015 Theory, user interface design, Cognitive test, lighting and
3 credits climate, noise and vibration, Safety in Human Factors: Hazard
Learning objectives: Identification and Analysis
Able to design, implement and evaluate production planning Prerequisite: Work planning, working methods, and standards
and inventory control system that is integrated with produc- + practicum
tion flow supervision, production scheduling, and internal Teaching Book:
processes resulting in a high-quality product at the right time 1. Sanders, M. S., & McCormick, E. J. (1993). Human factors in
and low price. engineering and design, 7th Edition. Mcgraw-Hill Education.
Syllabus: 2. Wickens, C. D., Lee, J. D., Liu, Y., & Becker, S. G. (2003). An
Introduction to Human factors Engineering. Pearson.
Introduction to production planning and control of inventories, 3. Bridger, R. (2017). Introduction to human factors and ergonom-
demand forecasting, aggregate planning & disaggregated ics. C.R.C. Press.
and production master schedule, material management: 4. Stanton, N. A., Hedge, A., Brookhuis, K., Salas, E., &
Material needs planning, Inventory control, labor scheduling, Hendrick, H. W. (Eds.). (2004). Handbook of human factors
454
and ergonomics methods. C.R.C. Press. Prerequisite: Basic statistics, probability theory
5. Journals and articles related to Human Factors
Teaching Book:
OPERATIONS RESEARCH 1. Harrell, Charles, Ghosh, Biman K., and Bowden, Jr., Royce
ENIE614018 O., (2000). Simulation Using Promodel, McGraw-Hill Higher
3 credits Education, New York.
Learning objectives: 2. Jerry Banks, Carson II, John S. Et All (2014). Discrete Event
System Simulation (5th edition), Pearson.
Able to have knowledge and expertise to use mathematical opti-
3. Law, Averill M (2014). Simulation Modeling and Analysis
mization models that can be transformed into deterministic and
(Fifth Edition), Mcgraw Hill.
stochastic in solving problems of engineering and management.
RELIABILITY AND MAINTENANCE
Syllabus: ENIE614021
Dynamic programming (deterministic), dynamic program- 2 credits
ming (stochastic), Markov chain, decision analysis, game Learning objectives:
theory, Nonlinear programming, queue theory, optimization Course participants understand the important aspects of the
simulation maintenance system management and the type of approach
that is currently used in the industry. Capable of designing
Prerequisite: Linear Programming
equipment maintenance or machine-based scheduling preven-
Teaching Book: tive Maintenance concept.
1. Taha, H. A. (2017). Operations Research: An introduction, 10th
Syllabus:
Edition. Pearson Education.
2. Hillier, F & Lieberman, G. (20 15). Introduction to Operation Reliability. Organizing for Maintenance Operations. Paper-
Research, 10th Edition. Mcgraw-Hill Education. work Control. Maintenance Job Planning and Scheduling.
ORGANIZATIONAL DESIGN AND INDUSTRIAL Maintenance Work Measurement and Standards. Preventive
PSYCHOLOGY Maintenance Measuring and Appraising Maintenance
ENIE603004 Performance. Total Productive Maintenance. Maintenance
3 credits Management in Action
Learning objectives: Prerequisite: probability theory
Capable of designing a team-based organizational structure
with a division of roles and job descriptions. Course participants Teaching Book:
can analyze the influencing factors of designand organization 1. Mann, Jr., L. (1978). Maintenance Management. Lexington
management in the industry, including human capital assets. Books
2. Nakajima, Seiichi. (1988). Introduction to Total Productive
Syllabus: Maintenance.
Introduction to organizational and industrial psychology, 3. Levitt, J. (2003). Complete Guide to preventive and predic-
understanding and insight into industrial and organizational tive maintenance. Industrial Press Inc.
psychology, workforce selection and placement, labor training DATA ANALYTICS AND VISUALIZATION
and development, occupational conditions and occupational ENIE614022
psychology, corporate leadership, organizational and work- 2 credits
ing groups, organizational development and culture, work Learning objectives:
weighing Being able to explain data better, presents clear evidence of
the findings to the intended audience, and tells the data story
Work motivation, job satisfaction, stress, and occupational
and clearly describes the points you want to convey through
safety, consumer psychology.
the graph.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Industrial engineering
Syllabus:
Teaching Book:
Introduction to Data Analytics And Visualization, Data-Driven
1. Robbins, S. P. (2017). Organizational behavior, 17th Edition.
Organization, Data Ingestion, And Data Quality, Mining
Pearson Education.
Frequent Itemset, Finding Similar Item, Clustering, Value
2. Munandar, A. S. (2001). Industrial and organizational
of Visualization, Information Visualization, Data For Data
psychology. Jakarta: UI Press
Graphics, Design Principles, Storytelling, Multivariate Displays,
SYSTEM MODELING AND LAB Visualization of Multidimensional Data, Visualization of
ENIE614020 Networks, Tools/Systems For Data Analytics And Visualization
3 credits
Learning objectives: Prerequisite: Industrial Statistics + practicum
Able to choose and model the right modeling approach based Teaching Book:
on scope, type, limitation of various approaches modeling 1. Evans, J. R. (2016). Business Analytics. Pearson Higher Ed.
and simulation system according to the general modeling and 2. Sosulski, K. (2018). Data Visualization Made Simple: Insights
simulation methodology. into Visual Becoming. New York: Routledge
Syllabus: FACILITIES PLANNING AND MATERIAL
HANDLING
Modeling concepts, the general methodology of system Model- ENIE615023
ing: conceptualization, development, Simulation and analysis 3 credits
of simulated results, examples of cases of modeling, validation
Learning objectives: able to design factory layout and its
and verification of discrete modeling, user-requirement
facilities that optimize material movement and minimize costs.
methodology, report drafting techniques, and presentation of
modeling results. Syllabus:
455
Design function, the outline of planning procedures, process supply contracts, information roles in supply chains, supply
design, Material Flow planning, Analytical Engineering, chain integration, distribution strategies, strategic alliances,
relationship planning between activities, production, and outsourcing strategies.
manufacturing services, calculation, of space area, allocation
Prerequisite: Production planning and Inventory Control
of areas, material transporting equipment, preparation of plant
building. Factory site Selection. Teaching Book:
1. Simchi-Levi, D., Kaminsky, P., Simchi-Levi, E., & Shankar,
Prerequisite: production planning and Inventory Control
R. (2008). Designing and managing the supply chain:
Teaching Book: concepts, strategies, and case studies. Tata McGraw-Hill
1. Heragu, S. (2016). Facilities Design 4th edition. Boca Raton, Education.
FL: C.R.C. Press. 2. Chopra, S., & Meindl, P. (2007). Supply chain Manage-
2. Apple, J.M. (1977). Plant Layout and Material Handling. New ment. Strategy, planning & operation. In Das summa
York: The Ronald Press Company. summarum des Management (pp. 265-275). Gabler.
3. Tompkins, J. A., White, J. A., Bozer, Y. A., & tanchoco,
INDUSTRIAL SIMULATION
J.M.A. (2010). Facilities Planning 4th edition. Danvers: John
ENIE616027
Wiley & Sons, Inc.
3 credits
PRODUCT DESIGN Learning objectives:
ENIE615024
Able to design computer simulation based on complex indus-
2 credits
trial systems and to implement feasibility analysis based on
the simulation.
Able to design a new product-service concept in the form of
Syllabus:
minimum viable product based on a market research.
Continuous Modeling Concept, Continuous Modeling Meth-
Syllabus:
ods, Causal Loop Diagram, Stock-Flow Diagram, Behaviours
Ideation, Strategic Brand Management, Costumer Needs over Time, Scenario Development, Model Verification and
Identification, Product Specification, Product Concept, Testing Validation.
the Concept, Product Architecture, Design for Manufacturing,
Prerequisite: Simulation Modeling + Lab
Design for Assembly, Prototyping, Product Development
Project Teaching Book:
Prerequisite: Human Factors in Engineering and Design + Lab 1. Few, S. (2006). Information dashboard design: The effective
visual communication of data (Vol. 2). Sebastopol, CA:
Teaching Book:
O’reilly.
1. Ulrich, Karl T., Eppinger, Steven D. (2011). Product Design
and Development 5th Edition. McGraw-Hill Education 2. Harrell, C., Bowden, R., & Ghosh, B. K. (2000). Simulation
2. Kahn, Kenneth B., Kay, Sally Evans, Slotegraaf, Rebecca J., using promodel. McGraw-Hill Higher Education.
Uban, Steve. (2013). The PDMA Handbook of New Prod- INFORMATION SYSTEM
uct Development. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons. ENIE6150218
3. Dieter, George E., Schmidt, Linda C. (2012). Engineering 3 credits
Design 5th Edition. McGraw-Hill Education Learning objectives:
INDUSTRIAL PROJECT DESIGN Able to plan an information system by paying attention to the
ENIE615025 flow of existing information to achieve a competitive company.
3 credits The initial information system is created through database
Learning objectives: management that will generate important information and
Able to design the scheduling of industrial projects and their analysis that will support the decision making to be taken.
allocation of resources effectively and efficiently.
Syllabus:
Syllabus:
Introduction to management information systems. MIS/IT as a
System theory, PMDA Organization project, project resources, competitive advantage. I.T. and Electronic Commerce. Database
staff organization and project team, time Management, Critical and database management. System Analysis and Design. M.I.S.
Path Method, PERT, Project graphs, cost control. and its relationship with R.Q.M. and Q.S. CBIS. Accounting
Prerequisite: Surgery Research Information System. Decision Support System. Executive
Information System. Marketing, Manufacturing Information
Teaching Book: System. Financial, Human Resource Information System.
Kerzner, Harold T. (2013). Project Management: A System Prerequisite: organization and Industrial psychology
Approach to Project Planning, Scheduling, and Controlling
11th edition. John Wiley & Sons. Teaching Book:
1. Dym, C., & Little, P. (2005). Engineering Design: A mate-
SUPPLY CHAIN SYSTEMS
rial and processing approach.
ENIE616026
2. Heller, E. D. (1971). Value Management: Value engineering
3 credits
and cost reduction. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.
3. Cross, N., (1994). Engineering Design Methods: Strategies
Able to determine effective and efficient supply chain system for Product Design, John Wiley & Son, New York
design solutions based on product, market, and customer 4. Miles, L. D. (2015). Techniques of value analysis and engi-
characteristics. neering. Miles Value Foundation.
Syllabus: 5. Raven, A. D. (1971). Profit improvement by value analysis,
value engineering and purchase price analysis.
456 Inventory management and Risk Pooling, network Planning,
MULTIVARIATE STATISTICS 4. Miles, L. D. (2015). Techniques of value analysis and engi-

ENIE615029 neering. Miles Value Foundation.
3 credits 5. Raven, A. D. (1971). Profit improvement by value analysis,
Learning objectives: value engineering, and purchase price analysis.
Able to design research, build a research model, analyze SPECIAL TOPIC IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
data, and interpret research results using proper multivariate ENIE617034
methods and data set characteristics. 2 credits
Syllabus:
Able to explain the development of industry and its engineer-
Introduction to Multivariate methods, Data characteristics, ing, business opportunities, and the problems faced in general.
exploratory factor analysis, multiple regression analysis, double
discriminant analysis, logistic regression, conjoin analysis, Syllabus:
cluster analysis, multidimensional scaling, Correspondence Held by inviting a competent guest lecturer in the field to suit
Analysis, structured Equation Model (Introduction), confir- the needs of each course (can be different in each Semester).
matory factor analysis, structured equation model testing,
multiple variant analysis. Prerequisite: -
Prerequisite: Industrial Statistics + practicum Teaching Book: -
Teaching Book: Special Lecture

Hair, et al. (2014). Multivariate Data Analysis. To Pearson. INTERNSHIP
INDUSTRIAL MARKETING ENIE617033
ENIE615030 2 credits
2 credits Learning objectives:
Learning objectives: Able to explain the application of various scientific engineering
Students can conduct market research based on marketing mix industry in the world of employment and reflecting on what
and perform segmentation analysis, targeting, and positioning has been studied during the lecture
of a brand in a digital marketing ecosystem Syllabus:
Syllabus: Prerequisite: refer to internship standard procedure
Marketing strategies and plans, information collection and Teaching Book: -
demand forecasting, market research, market analysis, Business
Analytics, Brand Equity and Positioning, pricing strategies, Digital FINAL PROJECT IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
marketing. ENIE618035
5 credits
Prerequisite: organization and Industrial psychology Learning Objectives :
Teaching Book:
1. Kotler, Philip, Keller, Kevin Lane (2015). Marketing Able to raise the problem and opinion in a scientific discussion
Management 15th. Pearson. systematically, clearly, and correctly. Able to compile ideas/
2. Chaffey, Dave, Ellis-Chadwick, Fiona (2018). Digital solutions/opinions in scientific writing following the rules of
Marketing: Strategy, Implementation, and Practice. Pear- scientific writing integrating science that has been studied.
son Education Limited
Syllabus:
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING DESIGN + LAB
ENIE616031 - ENIE616032
The science of Industrial engineering to solve a real-world
3 + 1 credit
case study
Able to design an effective and efficient solution in the form Prerequisite:
of integrated services and manufacturing products following
Teaching book:
the needs and characteristics of the industry in the studied; the
1. Manual of the Universitas Indonesia thesis
solution was developed in a structured design team that works
2. Technical guideline for Universitas Indonesia student
with professionals and has ethical responsibilities.
final assignment.
Syllabus: 3. IEEE Citation Reference.
4. Ivan Stojmenovic, “How to Write Research Articles in
Product lifecycle, project management for product develop-
Computing and Engineering discipline,” IEEE Transac-
ment, Canvas Business model, ergonomic design, Alpha and Beta
Prototyping, financial model, design for manufacturing, design for
February 2010.
environment, distribution system, recycling system.
Prerequisite: Product design, industry marketing Elective Courses
Teaching Book: INTERPERSONAL SKILLS
1. Dym, C., & Little, P. (2005). Engineering Design: A mate- 3 credits
rial and processing approach. Learning Objective(s):
2. Heller, E. D. (1971). Value Management: Value engineering
and cost reduction. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company. Course participants are able to implement the principles of
3. Cross, N., (1994). Engineering Design Methods: Strategies effective communication and behavior standard according to
for Product Design, John Wiley & Son, New York ethics and habits in a professional level of organization.
457
Syllabus: Text Book(s):

1. Root, Franklin R. 1978. International Trade Investment.
Basics of Communication Science. Reading and Controlling
Cincinnati: South-Western Publishing Co.
Body Language. Listening and Inquiring Skill to Facilitate,
2. Grubel, Herbert G. 1981. International Economics, Home-
Development of Presentation Materials, Presentation Prepa-
wood: Richard D. Irwin Co.
ration, Processing the Question and Answer Session, Formal
3. Shapiro, Alan C. 2003. Multinational Financial Manage-
Writing Skill (Proposal, Report, Letter, Correspondence,
ment. Hoboken: John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Manner), and Effective Reading.
INNOVATION MANAGEMENT
Pre-requisite(s): -
3 credits
Text Book(s): Learning Objective(s):
1. Interpersonal Skills in Organizations, 3rd Edition, De Janasz, Course participants are able to understand the concept and
Suzanne C, Karen O. Dowd and eth Z. Schneider, McGraw- steps in developing innovation within organization.
Hill International Edition. New York. 2009.
Syllabus:
PRODUCT LIFE CYCLE MANAGEMENT
State of the art ‘Innovation’, Innovation Development Strategy,
3 credits
Country Innovation, Process Innovation, Innovation Devel-
opment Procedure, Technology Empowerment to Develop
Course participants are able to understand the product life Innovation.
cycle and its role in creating company’s innovation strategy.
Pre-requisite(s): -
Syllabus: Product Life Cycle Concept, Product Life Cycle
Text Book(s):
Phase Management, PLM and Innovation Strategy, Product
1. Cooper, R.G. (2007), Winning at New Products, 3rd Edition.
Development Strategy in Enterprise.
2. Schilling, M.A. (2010). Strategic Management of Technological
Pre-requisite(s): Product Design innovation, 3rd Edition, McGrawHill.
3. Trott, P. (2008). Innovation Management and New Product
Text Book(s):
Development, 4th Edition.
1. Stark, J, (2011). Product Life Cycle Management, 21th Century
4. Tidd, J., Bessant, J., Pavitt, K. (2001). Managing Innovat ion –
Paradigm for Product Realisation, 2nd Edition. Springer.
Integrat ing Technological, Market and Organisational Change,
2. Grieves, M. (2005). Product Lifecycle Management. Driving
Second Edition, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., West Sussex,
the Next Generation of Lean Thinking, McGrawHill.
England.
MACROERGONOMICS CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT
3 credits
3 credits
Students are expected to evaluate the design of a working
Course participants are able to understand the role and
system consisting of variables that interacts with hardware
function of customer relationship management in improving
and software in internal physical environments, external
organization’s/company’s competitiveness.
environments, and organizational structures.
Syllabus:
Topic:
Concept and Procedure of CRM Implementation in Organiza-
Introduction to the ergonomic macro, methods and tools used
tion, CRM Process Management, Managing Networks for CRM
in the analysis of work and design systems, introduction of
performance CRM Success Measurement, Best Practices of CRM
integration of organizations in the context of productivity,
Implementation, Managing supplier partner relationships, IT
safety, health and quality of work life.
for CRM
Pre-requisite(s): Human Factors in Engineering and Design
Pre-requisite(s): Information System
Text Book(s):
Textbooks:
1. Hendrick, W.H,. Kleiner, Brian, (2002). Macroergonomics:
1. Peppers, D. (2011). Managing Customer Relationships: A Stra-
Theory, Methods, and Applications (Human Factors and Ergo-
tegic Framework, John Wiley & Sons.
nomics)
2. Francis Buttle (2009). Customer Relationship Manage-
2. Stanton, N,. Hedge, A, (2005). Handbook of Human Factors
ment, Elsevier.
and Ergonomics Methods, CRC Press LLC.
LEAN OPERATIONS
FINANCE AND INVESTMENTS 3 credits
3 credits
Course participants are able to understand the concept of
Course participants possess the knowledge about industrial
effective manufacturing process.
finance and investments in general and multinational including
international trading and finance. Syllabus:
Syllabus: History and Concept of Lean Operations and Manufacturing,
Strategy and Procedure of Lean Manufacturing Implementa-
International Trade Theory, Trade Policies, Monetary and
tion, Toyota Production System
Payment System, Market and Exchange Mechanism, Interna-
tional Investment, Multinational Finance, Foreign Investment Pre-requisite(s): Production System
Analysis.
Text Book(s):
Pre-requisite(s): 1. Wilson, L. (2009). How to Implement Lean Manufactur-
ing, McGrawHill.
458
2. Askin, R.G., (2002). Design and Analysis of Lean Produc- 2. Donald Gross, John F. Shortle, James M. Thompson and
tion System, John Wiley & Sons. Carl M. Harris, “Fundamentals of Queueing Theory”,
3. Pascal, D. (2007). Lean Production Simplified, Productiv- New York: Wiley, 2008
ity Press.
DATA MINING
RECONFIGURABLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEM 3 credits
3 credits Learning Objective(s):
Course participants are able to organize the extraction, process,
Course participants are able to understand the concept of manu- and data analysis in a right way to make decisions.
facturing facility analysis and planning and the differences
Syllabus:
compared to models of manufacturing system and supported
with laboratory work. Concept and Process of Data Mining, Algorithm in Data
Mining, Data Mining Application in Organization.
Syllabus:
Pre-requisite(s): Statistics and Probability, Industrial Statistics.
General RMS Characteristics, Enabling Technologies and
Reconfigurable Characteristics, Reconfigurable Machines. Text Book(s):
Pre-requisite(s): Production System 1. Nisbet, R. (2009). Handbook of Statistical Analysis and
Data Mining Applications, Elsevier.
Text Book(s):
SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
1. Meyers, F.E., Stephens, M.P. (2005). Manufacturing Facili-
3 credits
ties Design and material Handling, 3rd Ed. Prentice-Hall.
LINEAR AND STOCHASTIC PROGRAMING
Course participants are able to understand the basics of system
3 credits
engineering management in industries to be able to cultivate a
design process, installation, management and termination of
Students understand and master the theory and fundamen- a complex system.
tals of linear and stochastic programming, capable of using
Syllabus:
advanced techniques in linear and stochastic programing
and can apply both linear and stochastic programming and Concept and methodology of industrial system engineering.
use the software to solve linear and stochastic programming System Life-Cycle: Concept –Development – Production –
problems and tools. Benefit and Support – End of System. Vee-Model. Processes in
System Life Cycle: Technical Process. Project Process. Organi-
Syllabus:
zation Process and Acquisition Process of Goods and Services.
Introduction, The geometry of Linear Models, The Simplex System Value and Life Cycle Costing. The Role of Modeling and
Method, Duality Theory, The Interior point Method, Modeling Simulation in System Engineering.
Languages, Sensitivity Analysis, Advanced Models and Meth-
Pre-requisite(s): System Modeling
ods, Two-stage Stochastic Optimization, Chance-Constrained
Programming. Text Book(s):
1. Cecilia Haskins, CSEP, Kevin Forsberg, CSEP and Michael
Prerequisite: -
Krueger, CSEP. Systems Engineering Handbook: A Guide For
Teaching Book: System Life Cycle Processes And Activities, version 3.1, 2007
1. D. Bertsimas and J.N. Tsitsiklis, Introduction to Linear 2. Kossiakoff, Alexander and William N. Sweet. Systems
Optimization, Athena Scientific (1997). Engineering Principles and Practice. John Wiley & Sons.
2. John R. Birge and Francois Louveaux. Introduction to Hoboken – New Jersey, 2003.
Stochastic Programming (Springer Verlag, 1997). 3. ISO/IEC 15288 Standard for Systems Engineering. Inter-
3. Alexander Shapiro, Darinka Dentcheva, and Andrzej national Organization Standard (ISO).
Ruszczynski. Lectures on Stochastic Programming –
ENTERPRISE COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS
Modeling and Theory (SIAM, 2009)
3 credits
QUEUING THEORY Learning Objective(s):
3 credits
Course participants are able to analyze company’s internal and
external factors for setting up company strategy for achieving
Students understand and master simple queue models, network competitive advantage through value innovation and strategic
queues and cycle queues. Students are also expected to master position and capabilities development.
the completion techniques of the queue model and translate the
Syllabus:
real issue into the queue model.
Understanding Industry Profitability, The Vertical Boundaries
Syllabus:
of the Firm, Strategic Positioning for Competitive Advantage,
Introduction, Simple Markovian model, Advanced Markovian Leveraging Market Power to Grow, Risk Management, Compet-
model, Networks, Series, Cyclic Queues, Networks, Series, itor and Competition, Competitive Intelligence
Cyclic Queues, Fluid Models, Stability and Optimization,
Textbooks:
Traffic, Dependency.
1. Besanko, David. 2007. Economics of Strategy, Willey, 4th
Prerequisite: - edition.
2. Sharp, S. 2009. How to minimize risk, avoid surprise, and
Teaching Book:
grow your business in a changing world. John Willey.
1. Leonard Kleinrock, “Queueing Systems Volume I:
3. Porter, M. 2008. The Five Competitive Forces That Shape
Theory”, New York: Wiley, 1975.
Strategy. Harvard Business Review
459
4. Porter, M. 1998. Competitive Strategy: Techniques for Students understand the principles of design thinking and
Analyzing Industries and Competitors. Free Press. understand how implementation and benefits in the process
5. Carbal, Luis. 2000. Introduction to Industrial Organiza- of designing, decision making and problem solving
tion, MIT Press
Syllabus:
ADVANCED OPTIMIZATION
Philosophy of Design Thinking, Steps and Phases in Design
3 credits
Thinking, Design Centric Culture, User Centric Design, Lean
UX, Design Thinking and Problem Solving
Course participants are able to design and implement various
Prerequisite: -
heuristic and meta-heuristic optimization algorithms to solve
problems in industrial engineering field. Teaching Book:
1. Tim Brown, Change by Design: How Design Thinking
Syllabus:
Transforms Organizations and Inspires Innovation,
Introduction to Optimization. Complexity Theory. Basics of Harper Collins Publisher, 2009
Heuristic. Hill Climbing Algorithm. Greedy Algorithm, Simu- 2. Thomas Lockwood, Design Thinking: Integrating Inno-
lated Annealing, Tabu Search, Genetic Algorithm, Challenge vation, Customer Experience, and Brand Value, Allworth
Counter Techniques, Multi-destinations metaheuristic. Press, 2009
3. Jeff Gothelf, Lean UX: Applying Lean Principles to
Pre-requisite(s): Operation Research
Improve User Experience, 2013
Textbook:
BUSINESS PROCESS REENGINEERING
1. Zbigniew Michalewicz,. David B. Fogel (2004). How to
3 credits
Solve It: Modern Heuristics, Springer.
Learning objective(s):
2. Essentials of Metaheuristics, Sean Luke (2009). Essentials
of Metaheuristics, Lulu, available at http://cs.gmu. edu/∼- Course participants are able to design a system by using busi-
sean/book/metaheuristics/ ness process reengineering which could measure and assure
3. Andries P. Engelbrecht (2007) Computational Intelligence, the quality and speed of an organization’s operation process
An introduction, John Wiley & Sons, England. based on facts by using mathematical approaches, simulations
and information stream compared to worldwide best-practice.
HUMAN DIGITAL MODELING AND SIMULA-
TION Syllabus:
3 credits
Reengineering: The Path to Change, Rethinking Business
Process, Business Process Reengineering, BPR in Service Indus-
Course participants are able to model digital human and try, Manufacturing Industry and Information Technology, BPR
simulate it to obtain more effective and efficient work design methodology, Business Process Simulation, Business Process
Management.
Syllabus:
Textbooks:
Anthropometry, Human Factors and Ergonomics in Health-
1. Rengineering Corporation , Michael Hammer & James
care, Ergonomics Modelling & Usability Evaluation, Human
Champy, Harper-London (2006)
Factors, Ergonomics and Safety in Manufacturing and Service
2. Business Process Reengineering–Text and Cases, R
Industries. Introduction to Jack Software and Motion Capture.
Radhakrisnan, PHI-New Delhi (2010)
Textbooks:- 3. The Practical Guide to Business Process Reengineering
1. Duffy, G V. 2010. Advances in Applied Digital Human using IDEF0, Feldmann Clarence.G, (1998), Donet Publish-
Modelling. CRC Press. ing New York
2. Jack Software Module dari Ergonomic Centre 4. Process Mapping: How to Reengineer your Business
Process., Hunt, Daniel.V., (1996), John Wiley and Sons Inc,
DECISION UNCERTAINTIES AND RISK New York
3 credits
5. Process Innovation, Reengineering work through infor-
mation technology, Davenport, Harvard Business School
Course participants are able to analyze risks and uncertainties Press 2004.
based on statistical tools accurately to make decision
HEURISTIC METHODS IN OPTIMIZATION
Syllabus: 3 credits
Concept and Decision-Making Process, Uncertainty Theory,
Risks Analysis Prerequisites: Statistics and Probability, Indus- Course participants are able to design heuristic and meta-
trial Statistics heuristic algorithms to solve optimization problems with
single or multiple objectives. Course participants are also
Prerequisite(s): Statistics and Probability
able to design parallel and hybrid metaheuristic algorithm.
Textbooks: These meta-heuristic algorithms would be implemented in a
programming language.
1. Parmigiani, G. (2009). Decision Theory: Principles and
Approaches, John Wiley. Syllabus:
2. Yoe, C. (2011). Principles of risk analysis: decision making Introduction, Single-Solution Based Metaheuristics, Popula-
under uncertainty. CRC press. tion-Based Metaheuristics, Population-Based Metaheuristics,
Metaheuristics for Multiobjective Optimization, Hybrid
DESIGN THINKING Metaheuristics, Parallel Metaheuristics.
3 credits
Learning objectives: Textbooks:
460
1. El-Ghazali Talbi, Metaheuristics: From Design to Imple- Students are able to design business models and supply chain
mentation, Wiley:2009 models built on the basis of a circular economic concept that
is characterized by the imputation of material inputs, waste,
CONSTRAINT PROGRAMMING
energy by ensuring material and energy within a closed system
3 credits
loop
Syllabus:
Course participants are able to build a constraint programming
model, and to understand how solver constraint programming Introduction to the circular economy, history of concept devel-
works and its advance methods in increasing efficiency. opment, sustainable issues, Butterfly Diagram, Economy Sharing,
Closed-Loop Supply Chain, Reuse-remanufacturing-Recycling,
Syllabus:
Products Durability
Propositional Logic, Modeling problems as SAT, Automated
Prerequisite: -
Reasoning: preliminaries, Resolution, Systematic Search,
Stochastic Local search, Constraint Satisfaction Problems, Teaching Book:
Search Algorithms, Constraint type, Advanced technique,
1. Weetman, C., 2016. A circular economy handbook for
Modeling.
business and supply chains: Repair, remake, redesign,
Textbooks: rethink. Kogan Page Publishers.
1. Rina Dechter, Constraint Processing, 2003, Morgan Kauff-
SERVICES SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
mann.
3 credits
2. Edward Tsang, Foundations of Constraint Satisfaction.
Books On Demand: 2014.
Students can understand the specificity of the service sector in
STATISTICAL LEARNING
terms of initial design, management, measurement methods of
3 credits
quality of performance of workers, and the method of measur-
ing customer satisfaction, starting from service encounter, to the
Students are able to explain the machine learning Framework needs of managers in the service sector to combine marketing,
and apply a supervised learning with a focus on regression and technology, workers and information to be able to compete.
classification.
Syllabus:
Syllabus:
Introduction to service engineering, new services development,
Linear and polynomial regression, logistic regression and technology on services, establishment of service companies,
linear discriminant analysis; cross-validation and the bootstrap, operations management services, quality services, capacity
model selection and regularization methods (ridge and lasso); planning and Model queuing, forecasting demand on services,
nonlinear models, splines and generalized additive models; inventory management services.
tree-based methods, random forests and boosting; support-vec-
Prerequisite:-
tor machines. Some unsupervised learning methods are
discussed: principal components and clustering (k-means and Teaching Book:
hierarchical).
Fitzsimmons, J. A., & Fitzsimmons, M. J. (1994). Service manage-
Prerequisite: ment for competitive advantage. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill.
Teaching Book: LEAN LOGISTICS
3 credits
1. James, G., Witten, D., Hastie, T. and Tibshirani, R., 2013.
An introduction to statistical learning (Vol. 112, p. 18).
New York: springer. Students are able to evaluate manufacturing and logistics
systems and propose improvements using the lean approach.
INTELLIGENT PRODUCT-SERVICE SYSTEM
3 credits Syllabus:
Purpose of Learning:
Introduction, 7 Waste, Lean Manufacturing, lean Supply Chain,
Students are able to explain the framework of the product lean Six Sigma, Toyota Production Systems
system-intelligent services and then propose a form of imple-
Prerequisite:
mentation improvement on the given case study.
Teaching Book:
Syllabus:
Baudin, M., 2005. Lean logistics: the nuts and bolts of delivering
Digital Marketing, ICT-based consumer needs analysis, Value
materials and goods. CRC press.
Proposition, Stakeholders Management, crowdsourcing
Prerequisite:
FORECASTING METHOD
3 credits
Teaching Books: Learning objectives:
1. Van Halen, C., Vezzoli, C. and Wimmer, R., 2005. Methodol- Students are able to use forecasting methods to historical data
ogy for product service system innovation: how to develop available and choose the best forecasting method in favor of
clean, clever and competitive strategies in companies. decision making.
Uitgeverij Van Gorcum.
Syllabus:
CIRCULAR ECONOMY FOR BUSINESS AND
Introduction, Sales and Operation Planning, historical Data,
SUPPLY CHAIN
Moving averages, Winter Method, ARIMA, error
3 credits
Learning objectives: Prerequisite:
461
Teaching Book: Paul Turner, British Informatics Society Limited (BISL),

Swindon, UK, 2010.
1. Makridakis, S., Wheelwright, S.C. and Hyndman, R.J., 2008.
2. Business Analysis Techniques: 72 Essential Tools for
Forecasting methods and applications. John wiley & sons.
Success, James Cadle, Debra Paul, Paul Turner, British
TECHNOLOGY ADOPTION-BASED SYSTEM Informatics Society Limited (BISL), Swindon, UK, 2010.
DYNAMICS
SERVICE MANAGEMENT
3 credits
3 credits
Learning objectives: Learning objectives:
Students are able to compile, analyze results and present a Students are expected to understand the basic concept of
continuous model of technological adoption process using service management that exists in the service industry and
dynamic system modeling to evaluate the impact of techno- manufacturing industry, making service management as one
logical adoption on complex systems of the operations that will support the enterprise to be superior
to compete from the others.
Syllabus:
Syllabus:
Theory of Planned Behavior, Technology Acceptance model,
Bass Diffusion model, diagram system, causal Loop Diagram, Introduction, concept value in service management, service
Stock-Flow diagram, model formulation, model testing, strategy, information technology.
scenario analysis
Prerequisite:
Prerequisite:-
Teaching Book:
Teaching Book: 1. Service Management An Integrated Approach to Supply
1. Sterman, John D., 2000, Business Dynamics: Systems Chain Management and Operations / Cengiz Haksever,
Thinking and Modeling for a Complex World, McGraw- Barry Render, 2013
Hill, USA. 2. Service Science The Foundations of Service Engineering
2. Morecroft, John D. W., 2015, Strategic Modelling and Busi- and Management / Robin G. Qiu, 2014
ness Dynamics: A Feedback System Approach, Wiley and 3. Service Management / Prof. H. R. Appannaiah, DR. P. N.
Sons, USA. Reddy, DR. H. V. S. Raghavan, 2010.
AGENT BASED MODELING HUMAN FACTORS IN INTELLIGENT TRANS-
3 credits PORT SYSTEM
Learning Objectives: 3 credits
Students understand the concepts and methodology of agent-
based modeling as well as using agent-based modeling tools Students are able to design vehicle and transportation systems
to create simple models. involving human factors, related to their needs and limits by
recognizing the basic-based vehicle design principles of human
Syllabus:
factors involving the function – the design functions to be a
The basic concept of Agent-based modeling, Exploration of good and accountable design approach according to the needs
a wide variety of ABM cases historically, conceptualization of the user.
model: ODD Overview, Design Concepts and Details, model
Syllabus:
development, Verification, validation and replicationofL Mode,
scenario analysis Vehicle types, vehicle parts, general vehicle user characteristics,
selection specifications, Concept design
Prerequisite:-
Prerequisite:
Teaching Book:
1. The Big Book of Simulation Modeling. Multimethod Teaching Book:
Modeling with AnyLogic, Andrei Borshchev 1. Barfield, Woodrow; Thomas A. Dingus. 1997. Human
2. AnyLogic in Three Days: Modeling and Simulation Text- Factors in Intelligent Transportation Systems. 1st Edition.
book, Ilya Grigoryev Florida: CRC Press.
2. Smith, Julian Happian. 2002. Introduction to Modern
MODEL-BASED DECISION MAKING Vehicle Design. 1st Edition. England: Reed Educational
3 credits
and Professional Publishing.
3. Nemeth, Christopher P. 2004. Human Factors Methods for
Students are able to apply a variety of management models Design (Making Systems Human-Centered). 1st Edition.
that include frameworks, methods and management tools to Florida: CRC Press.
solve problems that arise in conducting system engineering
CHANGE MANAGEMENT
and presenting the solution well
3 credits
Syllabus: Learning objectives:
Model Based Decision Making, Mental Model, Frameworks as Students are able to provide answers through strategy
a Model, Models and Tools for Questioning Structure, Tools recommendation and change Management Activity series in
for Generating Alternatives, Tools for Prioritizing, Tools for accordance with the needs and characteristics of the industry.
Deployment, Tools for Monitoring and Control, Case Study
Syllabus:
Analysis
Pengantar Change Management, Case Studies of Change Manage-
Prerequisite:
ment Success Factors, The Dimensions of Change, Preparing for
Teaching Book: Organisational Change, Seven Steps to Change – A Systematic
1. Business Analysis, 2nd Edition, James Cadle, Debra Paul, Approach, Implementing Change Management
462
Prerequisite:- Renewables and Resource Utilizations, Green Logistics and

SCM, Eco-Innovation, Best Practices in Sustainable Manufac-
Teaching Book:
turing.
1. Cameron, Green 2012: Making Sense of Change Manage-
ment, 3rd Edition, Kogan Page Pre-requisite(s): Production System
2. Gallavan, 2012: Strategy, Innovation and Change, Oxford
Text Book(s):
INTRODUCTION TO TECHNOPRENEURSHIP 1. Seliger, G. (2011). Advances in Sustainable Manufacturing,
3 credits Springer.
Learning objectives: 2. Jovane, F. (2010). The Manufuture Road: Towards Competitive
and Sustainable High- Adding-Value Manufacturing, Springer.
Students are able to explain the steps in starting a digital start
3. Allen, D.T. (2012). Sustainable Engineering: Concepts, Design
up and designing the canvas business model
and Case Studies, Prentice-Hall.
Syllabus: 4. Hermosilla, J.C. (2009). Eco-Innovation: When Sustainability
and Competitiveness Shake Hands.
Introduction to technology entrepreneurship, business model
Canvas, case study, pitching, venture capital, failure of digital ENERGY MANAGEMENT
start up 3 credits
Prerequisite:
Students understand the principles of energy management
Teaching Book:
including energy supply and demand so that students can
1. Mankani, D., 2003. Technopreneurship: The Successful cultivate a “sense” of the importance of energy and include it
entrepreneur in The new economy. Pearson/Prentice Hall. as a factor in decision making.
MARITIME LOGISTICS Syllabus: Energy and civilization, energy sources and
3 credits sustainability, future of energy, economic analyst and life
Learning objectives: cycle cost, life cycle analysis, lighting, ventilation and cooling
system, sustainable transportation system, effective energy
Students are able to design, analyze, and improve the perfor-
management program, effective energy Management program,
mance of the maritime logistics system in general, and container
Modeling policies and energy planning
terminals as well as scheduled cruise (liner) in particular.
Prerequisite: -
Syllabus:
Teaching Book:
Maritime Economy, containerization, scheduled sailing, Berth
1. John Randolph and Gilbert M. Masters, Energy for
Allocation problem, Quay Crane allocation problem, Stacking
Sustainability, Technology, Planning, Policy. Island Press,
problem, Stowage Planning, Integration phase, Intermodality,
2008
Synchomodality, LPG supply chain, Fuel supply chain, Integ-
2. Barney L. Capehard, Wayne C. Turner, and William J.
tation phase.
Kennedy, Guide to Energy Management 6th ed. CRC
Prerequisite: - Press, the Fairmont Press, 2008
3. Wayne C. Turner and Steve Doty, Energy Management
Teaching Book: Handbook 6th ed. CRC Press, the Fairmont Press, 2007
1. Duinkerken, M., & Günther, H.-O. (2007). Container 4. Politic of Energy, 2007
Terminals and Cargo Systems. Berlin: Springer Berlin 5. Papers and related publications
Heidelberg. http://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-49550-5
2. Inst, G. (1987). Indonesia ’ s Sea Transport System - A INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE
Series of Maps, 491–502. 3 credits
3. Ligteringen, H., & Velsink, H. (2014). Ports and Terminals. Learning objectives:
Delft: Delft Academic Press.
Students understand and master the data collection and
4. Meisel, F. (2009). Seaside Operations Planning in Container
processing techniques, as well as the extraction techniques from
Terminals. http://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-7908-2191-8
existing data, especially in the field of industrial engineering.
5. 5. Notteboom, T., & Rodrigue, J. P. (2009). The future of
containerization: Perspectives from maritime and inland Syllabus:
freight distribution. GeoJournal, 74(1), 7–22. http://doi.
Introduction, variable and Operator type, Loops and Arrays,
org/10.1007/s10708-008-9211-3
object and class, Data sorting, asymptotic Notation, recurrences,
6. 6. Stahlbock, R., & Voß, s. (2008). Operations research
quicksort, Randomized algorith
at container terminals: A literature update. OR Spectrum,
30(1), 1-52 http://doi.org/10.1007/s00291-007-0100-9 Prerequisite:-
SUSTAINABLE MANUFACTURING AND INNO- Teaching Book:
VATION
1. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest,
3 credits
Clifford Stein, “Introduction to Algorithm”, The MIT Press,
Cambridge, Massachusetts London, England
Course participants are able to understand the environmental
NUMERIC METHODS AND APPLICATIONS
and sustainability aspects of manufacturing process and
3 credits
their roles in increasing the competitiveness of enterprise and
innovation development.
Syllabus:
The students understand in Logic the numerical engineering
Concept and Sustainability Process in manufacturing process. equipment to solve various problems in the form of mathemat-
Green Manufacturing (Remanufacturing, Reuse, Recycling), ics and physics that are widely encountered in engineering and
463
even social and economic sciences. Tough solutions become 10th Semester
very easy through dynamic system approaches that introduce
iterating techniques or those in computer science do looping ENIE800008 Publication 2
techniques. Therefore, it takes the systematic steps according ENIE800009 Thesis 4
to the way the computer thinks logic in achieving the solution. Subtotal 6
Various examples of applications are devoted to solving the
problems of industrial engineering.
Course Structure for Bachelor, Master and
Syllabus: Doctoral Fast Track Student in Industrial
engineering
Function theory, such as looking for an average number, the
Code Subject SKS
influence of linearization function of many ranks, looking for
root or point-zero functions, interpolation and extrapolation; 7 Semester
th
calculating the area and volume of an object without form with ENIE607033 Internship 2
a numerical approach based on integration formula; solves
Occupational, Health, Safety &
the system of equations with many variables, including the ENGE600012 2
Environment
simulation of the equation system models
Special Topics in Industrial
ENIE607034 2
Prerequisite: - Engineering
Textbooks: ENIE801001 Systems Thinking 3
1. Burden, Richard L. dan J Douglas Faires dan Albert C. ENIE801002 Industrial Systems Engineering 3
Reynolds. 1981. Numerical Analysis. Boston: Prindle, ENIE801003 Operation Management 3
Weber and Schmidt.
2. Hombeck, Robert W. 1975. Numerical Methods. New ENIE801004 Advanced Operations Research 3
York: Quantum Publishersd, Inc Subtotal 18
3. Chapra, Steven C dan Raymond P. Canale. 2002. Numeri- 8th Semester
cal Methods for Engineers. Boston: McGraw Hill Co.
Final Project in Industrial
4. McCalla, Thomas Richard. 1967. Introduction to Numeri- ENIE608035 5
Engineering
cal Methods and Fortran Programming. New York: John-
Electives 3
Wiley & Sons Research Methodology 2
ENIE801005 Advanced Statistics 3
Course Structure for Bachelor and Master Fast
Track student in Industrial engineering ENIE801006 Mandatory Course for Track 3
Mandatory Course for Track 3
Code Subject SKS
Subtotal 19
7th Semester
9th Semester
ENIE600029 Internship 2
Mandatory Course for Track 3
Occupational, Health, Safety &
ENGE600012 2 Elective Course for Track 3
Environment
ENIE801001 Systems Thinking 3 ENIE801007 Elective Course for Track 3
ENIE801004 Advanced Operation Research 3 Thesis Proposal 2
ENIE801003 Operation Management 3 ENGE900001 Advanced Research Methodology 4
ENIE801002 Industrial Systems Engineering 3 ENIE900001 Research Focus I 4
8 Semester
th 10 Semester
th
Final Project in Industrial ENIE800008 Publication 2

ENIE608030 5
Engineering ENIE800009 Thesis 8
Special Topics in Industrial Qualitative and Quantitative
ENIE608031 2 ENGE900002 4
Engineering Analysis
Electives 3 ENIE900002 Research Focus II 4
ENIE801005 Research Methodology 2 Subtotal 18
ENIE801006 Advanced Statistics 3 11th Semester
Mandatory Course for Track 3 ENIE900004 Research Proposal 6
Mandatory Course for Track 3 Publication – International
ENIE900006 4
Subtotal 21 Conference
9th Semester Subtotal 10
Mandatory Course for Track 3 12 Semester
th
Elective Course for Track 3 ENIE900007 Research Result Examination 10

Elective Course for Track 3 Subtotal 10
ENIE800007 Research Proposal 2 13 Semester
th
Subtotal 11
464
ENIE900008 8
Journal
Subtotal 8
14 Semester
th
ENIE900010 Doctoral Promotion 6

Subtotal 6
465
dergraduate Program
466
Professional Program
Architect
4. Program Professional Program for Architect
5. Vision and Mission Vision: “To be a high-quality architectural Institution that receives
national and international recognition, to foster graduates with good
design knowledge and skills as professional architects that have profes-
sional ethics and sensibility to environment sustainability.”
Mission:
Organizing professional architectural education programs that:
1. generates creativity and design innovation with a sustainable
approach
2. responds to the changing social, cultural and technological conditions
3. prepares graduates to become professional architects
6. Class Regular
7. Degree Offered Arsitek (Ar.)
8. Accreditation / Recognition Accredited from BAN-PT
11. Entry Graduated from Undergraduate Architecture Program
Requirements
12. Duration of Study 1 year
Semester Total Semester Weeks/Semester
Regular 2 16-17
Short (optional) - -
13. Aims of the study programme
1. Mastering code of ethics and code of conduct for Architect;
2. Mastering Architect professional services to community, such as making preliminary design, permit documents,
design development to complete construction documents;
3. Mastering the principles of professional architect service administration;
4. Mastering code of conformity regarding professional services to client, local regulations and other disciplines
related to building construction.
14. Profi le of Graduates:
Graduates with the ability to design professionally based on relevant requirements (code compliance) in order to meet
the competency needs as an architect determined by Ikatan Arsitek Indonesia (IAI).

1. Able to create architectural design that complies to codes related to services to clients, compliance to local building
codes, and technical aspects building structure and construction, mechanical and electrical.
2. Able to manage architectural consultation service that comprises of preliminary design, building permit, and
design development.
3. Able to integrate knowledge of ethical codes and architects’ professional codes of conduct into professional practice.
4. Able to integrate knowledge on theory of architecture and sustainability into professional practice.
5. Able to explain the principles of consultation administration and project management.
I University General Subjects 0 0%
II Basic Engineering Subjects 0 0%
III Architecture Core Subjects 21 87,5%
IV Electives 3 12,5%
Total 24 100%
467
Job Opportunity
Graduates of this program can work in various fields within the construction industry, as architects or supervisors implement-
ing construction. Then they can also work as researchers and lecturers in educational institutions related to architecture. In
addition graduates can also work in the fields of urban design, real estate, building maintenance, building feasibility audits,
appraisers for project feasibility studies, building managers, housing and settlements and the environment, working in indus-
try of materials and building elements, and working in the government sectors in matters of building management, building
construction and relating to the built environment.
468
NETWORK OF COMPETENCIES
DETAIL NETWORK OF COMPETENCIES
469
Course Diagram for Achieving ELO in the Professional Program for Architect
470
Course Structure Professional Program 3. Kensek, Karen, and Douglas Noble, Building Informa-
tion Modeling: BIM in Current and Future Practice, John
for Architect Wiley & Sons, 2014
4. Holzer, Dominik, The BIM Manager’s Handbook: Guid-
Code Subject SKS ance for Professionals in Architecture, Engineering and
1st Semester Construction, John Wiley & Sons, 2016
ENAR701001 Design Project 1 6 5. Ching, D.K, and Barry S.Onouye, Douglas Zuberbuhler,
ENAR701003 Professional Ethics and Practice 3 Building Structure Illustrated (2nd edition). John Wiley
& Sons, 2014.
ENAR701004 Technology & Sustainable 3
Environment 6. American Institute of Architects, The Architect’s Hand-
Sub Total 12 book of Professional Practice (15th edition), 2013
2 Semester
nd 7. RIBA Handbook for Practice Management (9th edition),
2013
ENAR702002 Design Project II 6
ENAR702005 Architectural Design Theory 3 8. Schittich, C, In Detail, Cost-Effective Building, Economic
Concepts and Constructions, Birkhauser, 2007
Elective* 3
9. Buku Pedoman Hubungan Kerja antara Arsitek dengan
Sub Total 12
Pengguna Jasa, Ikatan Arsitek Indonesia
Total 24
10. Undang – undang Nomor 6 Tahun 2017 tentang Arsitek
*Student can also take required and elective courses available
in Master of Architecture Program or other programs at the 11. Undang – undang Nomor 2 Tahun 2017 tentang Jasa
Department which are equal to courses for the Professional Konstruksi
Program. 12. Undang – undang Nomor 11 Tahun 2010 tentang Cagar
Budaya
Elective Courses
13. Undang – undang Nomor 28 Tahun 2002 tentang Bangu-
nan Gedung
Code Subject Credit
ENAR700006 BIM: Project Documentation 3 14. Peraturan Pemerintah Nomor 15 Tahun 2021 tentang
Peraturan Pelaksanaan UU Nomor 6 Tahun 2017 tentang
Arsitek
15. Peraturan Pemerintah Nomor 16 Tahun 2021 tentang
Syllabus Professional Program for Peraturan Pelaksanaan UU Nomor 28 Tahun 2002 tentang
Architect Bangunan Gedung
Design Project I 16. Peraturan Menteri PUPR Nomor 14 Tahun 2017 tentang
ENAR701001 Persyaratan Kemudahan Bangunan Gedung
6 SKS 17. Peraturan Menteri PUPR Nomor 11 Tahun 2014 tentang
Learning Objectives: Pengelolaan AIr Hujan pada Gedung dan Persilnya
Students can demonstrate a professional skill in architecture 18. Peraturan Menteri PUPR Nomor 02 Tahun 2015 tentang
technical drawing, applicable to various design stages and Bangunan Gedung Hijau
construction schemes. Students show confidence to perform
the responsible design skill, respectful to social, cultural, 19. Peraturan Menteri PUPR Nomor 18 Tahun 2010 tentang
historical, environmental, and economic values. Adequate Pedoman Revitalisasi Kawasan
knowledge of tectonic is necessary as proof of evidence of the 20. Peraturan Menteri PU Nomor 26 Tahun 2008 tentang
design buildability. Understanding legal aspects of architec- Persyaratan Teknis Sistem Proteksi Kebakaran pada
ture services shall lead architects to take good care of their Bangunan Gedung dan Lingkungan
client’s needs under lawful performances.
21. Peraturan Menteri PU Nomor 30 Tahun 2006 tentang
Syllabus: Pedoman Teknis Fasilitas dan Aksesibilitas pada Bangu-
Professional ethics; relationship of architect and the client nan Gedung dan Lingkungan
is focused on understanding, expression or presentation of 22. Peraturan Daerah Provinsi DKI Nomor 1 Tahun 2014
ideas and service to clients as outlined in preliminary design tentang Rencana Detail Tata Ruang dan Peraturan Zonasi
products; understanding of local building codes; producing
Bill of Quantity (BQ); administration of architecture consul- 23. Peraturan Daerah Provinsi DKI Nomor 7 Tahun 2010
tation including the preparation of contracts and payment for tentang Bangunan Gedung
services; the role of Building Information Modeling (BIM) in 24. Peraturan Gubernur Provinsi DKI Nomor 118 Tahun 2020
design practice. tentang Izin Pemanfaatn Ruang
Prerequisites: - 25. Peraturan Gubernur Provinsi DKI Nomor 135 Tahun 2019
References: tentang Pedoman Tata Bangunan
1. Hall, Dennis J (ed), Architectural Graphic Standards 26. Peraturan Gubernur Provinsi DKI Nomor 200 Tahun2015
(12th edition), American Institute of Architects, 2016 tentang Akses Pemadam Kebakaran
2. Emmitt, Stephen, Design Management for Architects, 27. Peraturan Gubernur Provinsi DKI Nomor 38 Tahun 2012
(2nd edition), Wiley-Blackwell, 2014 tentang Bangunan Gedung Hijau
471
28. Peraturan Kepala Dinas DKI Jakarta (Perkadis) Nomor 3 Delivery, John Wiley, London, 2010
Tahun 2014
5. Laden, Gerhard Haus, DE Saldanka, Michael, Liedl,
29. Pedoman Detail Teknis Ketatakotaan Pemerintah Daerah Peter, Climate Skin, Building Skin Concept that can do
Provinsi DKI Jakarta 1995 more with less energy, Birkhauser, Basel.
Professional Etchics and Practice 6. Meisel Arie, LEED Materials, A Resource Guide to Green
ENAR701003 Building, Princeton Press, New York, 2010
3 SKS
7. Applebay Paul, Integrated Sustainable Design of Build-
ings, Earthscan, London, 2011
Student should be able to demonstrate understanding of
8. Williams Daniel E, Sustainable Design, Ecology, Archi-
architects as profession and normative aspects of professional
trecture and Planning, John Wiley & Sons Inc, New
practice; Student should be able to understand the relation-
Jersey, 2007
ship between formal architecture education in university and
further professional process to become architect, according to Design Project II
national and international agreement. ENAR702002
6 SKS
Syllabus:
Architect profession, architectural project, architectural firm;
Students shouLd be able to understand and apply the
description about architectural practice where professional
knowledge of design presentation techniques, ethics, code
ethics become the main guide for conduct.
of compliances relating to the preliminary design through
Professional ethics: understanding of law implication, code design development for the purposes of building permit,
of ethics, professional code of conduct; knowledge on the project administration and project management at consultant
existing resources to understand the emerging issues in which relate to the production and documentation of draw-
architectural practice. Relationship with professional regu- ings, details, and building specification; Students should be
lation: Regulation and code of ethics used by Ikatan Arsitek able to demonstrate knowledge of various building materials.
Indonesia (IAI), and international recommendation/policy
Syllabus:
which is agreed by all the members of Union Internationale
des Architectes (UIA). Professional ethics; relationship between architect and engi-
neer and other related experts which is focused on collabo-
Pre-requisites: -
rative work, application of engineering standard which is
References: demonstrated in complete tender document including work-
1. Kode Etik Ikatan Arsitek Indonesia (IAI) ing drawings, technical specification and implementation,
2. Dokumen Union Internationale des Architectes (UIA) and budget planning; the role of Building Information Model-
3. Landasan Etika Profesi ing (BIM) in design practice.
Technology and Sustainable Environment Pre-requisite: -
ENAR701004
References:
3 SKS
Learning Objectives: 1. Hall, Dennis J. (ed), Architectural Graphic Standards
(12th edition), American Institute of Architects, 2016
Students should be able to perform an analysis on various
approaches and strategies in building technology and the 2. Emmitt, Stephen, Design Management for Architects,
design of built environment towards sustainable environ- (2nd edition), Wiley-Blackwell, 2014
ment.
3. Kensek, Karen, and Douglas Noble, Building Informa-
Syllabus: tion Modeling: BIM in Current and Future Practice, John
Wiley & Sons, 2014
Environmental sustainable building technology principles;
building technology, engineering, construction process, and 4. Holzer, Dominik, The BIM Manager’s Handbook: Guid-
building sevice and their impact on environmental sustain- ance for Professionals in Architecture, Engineering and
ability; relationship among climate, built environment, Construction, John Wiley & Sons, 2016
construction, energy consumption and human well-being;
5. Ching, D.K, and Barry S.Onouye, Douglas Zuberbuhler,
application of building technology strategy in design project
Building Structure Illustrated (2nd edition). John Wiley
that complies with relevant building and environmental stan-
& Sons, 2014.
dard and regulation.
6. American Institute of Architects, The Architect’s Hand-
Pre-requisites:
book of Professional Practice (15th edition), 2013
References:
7. RIBA Handbook for Practice Management (9th edition),
1. Kifert, Charles J, Sustainable Construction, Green Build- 2013
ing Delivery, John Wiley & Sons Inc, New Jersey, 2013
8. Schittich, C, In Detail, Cost-Effective Building, Economic
2. Sarte, S Bry, Sustainable Infrastructure, The Guide to Concepts and Constructions, Birkhauser, 2007
Green Enhgineering and Design, John Wiley & Sons Inc,
9. Buku Pedoman Hubungan Kerja antara Arsitek dengan
New Jesey, 2010
Pengguna Jasa, Ikatan Arsitek Indonesia
3. Slessor, Catherine, Sustainable Architecture and High
10. Undang – undang Nomor 6 Tahun 2017 tentang Arsitek
Technology, Eco Tech, Thames & Hudson, 1997
11. Undang – undang Nomor 2 Tahun 2017 tentang Jasa
4. Stephen, Bougolah, Holcine & Shapler, Environmental,
Konstruksi
Technology and Sustainability, Taylor & ign and el 2006
472
12. Undang – undang Nomor 11 Tahun 2010 tentang Cagar References:

Budaya
1. Stephen Cairns, Greig C Crysler, Hilde Heynen. The
13. Undang – undang Nomor 28 Tahun 2002 tentang Bangu- SAGE Handbook of Architectural Theory. SAGE Publi-
nan Gedung cations, 2012.
14. Peraturan Pemerintah Nomor 15 Tahun 2021 tentang 2. Michael Hays, Architecture Theory since 1968, MIT
Peraturan Pelaksanaan UU Nomor 6 Tahun 2017 tentang Press, 1998.
Arsitek
3. Kate Nesbitt, Theorizing a New Agenda of Architecture:
15. Peraturan Pemerintah Nomor 16 Tahun 2021 tentang An Antology of Architectural Theory 1965-1995. Prince-
Peraturan Pelaksanaan UU Nomor 28 Tahun 2002 tentang ton Architectural Press, 1996.
Bangunan Gedung
4. Charles Jenks & Karl Kropf, Theories and Manifestos of
16. Peraturan Menteri PUPR Nomor 14 Tahun 2017 tentang Contemporary Architecture. John Wiley and Sons, 1997.
Persyaratan Kemudahan Bangunan Gedung
5. Vitruvius. The Ten Books on Architecture, trans by M. H.
17. Peraturan Menteri PUPR Nomor 11 Tahun 2014 tentang Morgan. New York: Dover Publications, 1960.
Pengelolaan AIr Hujan pada Gedung dan Persilnya
6. D’Arcy Thompson, On Growth and Form. 1961.
18. Peraturan Menteri PUPR Nomor 02 Tahun 2015 tentang
7. Aaron Betsky & Erik Adigard, Architecture Must Burn.
Bangunan Gedung Hijau
Gingko Press, 2000.
19. Peraturan Menteri PUPR Nomor 18 Tahun 2010 tentang
8. A+P Smithson. Irenee Scalbert, Towards a Formless
Pedoman Revitalisasi Kawasan
Architecture: The House of the Future, 1999.
20. Peraturan Menteri PU Nomor 26 Tahun 2008 tentang
BIM: PROJECT DOCUMENTATION
Persyaratan Teknis Sistem Proteksi Kebakaran pada
ENAR700006
Bangunan Gedung dan Lingkungan
3 SKS
21. Peraturan Menteri PU Nomor 30 Tahun 2006 tentang Learning Objectives:
Pedoman Teknis Fasilitas dan Aksesibilitas pada Bangu-
Student should be able to use Building Information Modeling
nan Gedung dan Lingkungan
tool in the design, development, and documentation of archi-
22. Peraturan Daerah Provinsi DKI Nomor 1 Tahun 2014 tectural design.
tentang Rencana Detail Tata Ruang dan Peraturan Zonasi
Syllabus:
23. Peraturan Daerah Provinsi DKI Nomor 7 Tahun 2010
Introduction to BIM in architecture; model development,
tentang Bangunan Gedung
information and database handling, analysis and documen-
24. Peraturan Gubernur Provinsi DKI Nomor 118 Tahun 2020 tation.
tentang Izin Pemanfaatn Ruang
Pre-requisites: -
25. Peraturan Gubernur Provinsi DKI Nomor 135 Tahun 2019
References:
tentang Pedoman Tata Bangunan
1. Eastman, C., Eastman, C.M., Teicholz, P. and Sacks, R.,
26. Peraturan Gubernur Provinsi DKI Nomor 200 Tahun2015 BIM Handbook: A Guide to Building Information Modeling
tentang Akses Pemadam Kebakaran for Owners, Managers, Designers, Engineers and Contractors.
John Wiley & Sons, 2011
27. Peraturan Gubernur Provinsi DKI Nomor 38 Tahun 2012
2. Kensek, K, and Noble, D., Building Information Modeling:
tentang Bangunan Gedung Hijau
BIM in Current and Future Practice, John Wiley & Sons, 2014
28. Peraturan Kepala Dinas DKI Jakarta (Perkadis) Nomor 3 3. Holzer, D, The BIM Manager’s Handbook: Guidance for
Tahun 2014 Professionals in Architecture, Engineering and Construction,
John Wiley & Sons
29. Pedoman Detail Teknis Ketatakotaan Pemerintah Daerah
Provinsi DKI Jakarta 1995 Capita Selecta
ENAR700007
Architectural Design Theory 3 SKS
ENAR702005
3 SKS
Learning Objectives: Students should be able to expand their knowledge on various
topics that support the mastery of professional architecture
Students are able to perform critical analysis to architectural
competence.
ideas in classic and contemporary architectural literature, and
able to identify the relationship between theory and practice Syllabus:
in architectural design practice.
Selected topics that are relevant to the mastery of professional
Syllabus: architecture competence and the development of architecture
knowledge
The development in the mechanism of generating architec-
ture from classical architecture to contemporary architecture; Prerequisite: -
current ideas on the discourses of architectural design theoru
and practice; multidisciplinary approach (art, mathematics,
natural sciences, social sciences) in architectural theory and
design.
Pre-requisite:-
473

4. Program Professional Education Program for Engineers
5. Vision and Mission Vision :
To Produce Professional engineers who are dignified, have a high entre-
preneurial spirit, and competencies that are following the requirements
set both at national and regional level.
Mission :
a. Carrying out Professional Education Programs following engi-
neering principles, ethics, and professional standards;
b. Encouraging competence, technical skills, and professional
responsibilities starting from the stage
c. Designing up to implementation in various engineering
profession activities;
d. Equipping managerial skills and a dignified entrepreneurial
spirit.
6. Class type Special Class
7. Final Award Insinyur (Ir)
8. Accreditation Status Accredited BAN-PT
9. Language of Instruction Indonesia
10. Study Scheme (Full Time / Part-Time) Full Time
11. Entry Pass the entrance selection test (SIMAK-UI), and Bachelor (S1) gradu-
Requirements ates from the field of Engineering and equals
12. Study Duration Scheduled for one years
Semester Type Number of
Number of weeks/semesters
semester
Special 2 16
To produce engineers who can master the code of ethics and the behavior of engineers; mastering engineering
technical skills including developing designs and completing various technical and procurement documents; and
mastering the code of compliance, whether it concerns services to clients, compliance with regulations, and engineer-
ing issues such as safety, environment and sustainability
Professional Engineers with the ability to design and solve problems in engineering areas based on technological
advancement in accordance to the professional ethics.
15. Expected Learning Outcomes (ELO - KKNI Level 7) :

1. Able to manage engineering resources under its responsibility comprehensively by utilizing science and technol-
ogy to produce technical steps in the strategic development of the organization in its field of work.
2. Able to research to make strategic decisions with full accountability and responsibility for all aspects under the
responsibility of their area of expertise.
3. Able to solve problems with science and technology.
4. Generate added value and benefits for the community in the field of engineering through monodisciplinary and
multidisciplinary approaches.
No. Types of Subjects Credits Percentage
I University General Subjects 0 0%
II Basic Engineering Subjects 0 0%
III Compulsory Study Program 24 100%
IV Electives 0 0%
Total 24 100%
474
Job prospects
Graduates from this study program as a professional engineers, can work in a variety of sectors and industrial fields including
the energy sector and power generation, information technology, construction, chemistry, electronics, oil & gas, telecommu-
nications, education, and other related industries. Graduates who have worked before having the opportunity to advance
their career paths to a higher level. Participants who have been declared to have passed the Study Program of Professional
Education Engineer receive an Engineer Degree from Higher Education and are entitled to use the engineering professional
title abbreviated “Ir” then can take the Professional Engineer Competency Assessment conducted by professional engineers
associations such as PII (Persatuan Insinyur Indonesia) to obtain a Certificate Competence as a professional engineer and Surat
Tanda Registrasi Insinyur (Registered Engineer License)
475
Expected Learning Outcomes (ELO)
476
Curriculum Flow Diagram

477
Course Structure Professional Program 3. R.S. Naagarazan, Professional Ethics and Human Values,
New Age International (P) Limited, Publisher, 2006
for Engineers
Professionalism
ENIR701002
Code Subject SKS
2 SKS
1st Semester Course Learning Outcomes :
ENIR701001 Code of Ethics and Ethics of 2 1. Understand how to implement planning and design to
Engineers give added value.
ENIR701002 Professionalism 2
2. Understand in respect of health, safety, and environmen-
ENIR701003 Health, Safety and Environment 2 tal preservation.
ENIR701004 Case Study 4 3. Understand the influence of technical and non-technical
Sub Total 10 factors and the implementation of professional ethics in
the implementation of work.
2 nd Semester
ENIR702005 Engineering Practices 12 4. Understand the Engineering Standard.
ENIR702006 Seminar 2 5. Understand how to conduct data analysis and evaluation.
Sub Total 14 6. Able to recognize the ability, weakness and strength of
Total 24 work space.
7. Able to work together in a team in a limited period of
time.
Syllabus Professional Education
8. Able to perform feasibility and appropriateness selection
Program for Engineers for decision making process.
Code of Ethics and Ethics of Engineers 9. Able to communicate and coordinate.
ENIR701001
2 SKS Syllabus :
Course Learning Outcomes : 1. Definition of professionalism
1. Understanding the meaning of professional, profession- 2. The characteristics of professionalism and professional
alism,ethical code, and code of rules for engineering code of ethics
behavior. 3. Professionals in various fields of engineering as well as
2. Understanding competency and engineering body of certificates of expertise.
knowledge. 4. Several regional and global professional organizations
3. Recognizing engineer ethics responsibility, sensitivity, and professional engineer standards in various engineer-
and care on duty, function, responsibility, and accounting fields
ability. 5. Some management standards: Quality Management
4. Understanding the Indonesia Engineer Ethics Code Standards (ISO 9000); Production Management System
(TQM, SixcSigma); Occupational Safety and Health
5. Able to discuss the dilemma faced during decision Management Standards, OSHAS 18000; Environmental
making process in regards to Engineering Ethics Code Management Standard (ISOc14000)
6. Able to increase conscience sensibility in handling ethi- 6. Various regulations related to the profession and engi-
cal issues in engineering neering work, including regarding copyright, the scope
7. Able to prepare decision making draft in addressing of copyright, copyright protection, IPR
engineering ethics cases (formulize, prepare supporting 7. Case studies and the ability to identify technical prob-
data, prepare the choice of a solutions and recommenda- lems, find out methods of solving problems, make work
tions). plans including providing professional solutions related
Syllabus : to professional ethical dilemmas
Preliminary; Understanding of Ethics and Engineering; Prerequisite : -

Catur Karsa - Sapta Dharma; Various Professional Ethics and Textbooks :
Ethics; Professional Certification Standards; Regulations and
Regulations in the field of Engineering; Case studies related to 1. Bennett, F. Lawrence. The Management of Engineering:
ethical code practices; Discussion and Presentation Human, Quality, Organizational, Legal, and Ethical
Aspects of Professional Practice. New York: John Wiley
Prerequisite : - &Sons, Inc., 1996
Textbooks : 2. Harris JR., Charles E., et.al. Engineering Ethics : Concepts
1. Charles E. Harris “Engineering Ethics Concepts and and Cases. Belmont : Wadswort
Cases”, Fourth Eddition, Wadsworth, Cengage Learning, 3. Fleddermann, Charles B. Engineering Ethics. Upper
2009. Saddle River, NJ. : Prentice Hall - Engineering Source,
2. Charles B. Fleddermann, “Engineering Ethics”, Univer- 1999
sity of New Mexico, Prentice Hall, 2012. 4. Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology.
2000. Annual Report.New York, 2000
478
5. Etika Enjiniring Ed. 2 Penerbit Erlangga Method of selecting and determining case studies; Systematic
preparation of case study reports; Case study 1 presentation
Safety, Health, Work and Environmental
(code of ethics & professional ethics of engineers); Case study
ENIR701003
2 presentation (engineering professionalism); Exposure to
2 SKS
case study 3 (K3L in the field of engineering); Final discussion
of case study results.
1. Able to identify the purpose of each safety, health, work
Prerequisite : -
safety and environment policy, procedures,and benefit in
their line of work. Textbooks :
2. Able to demonstrate their understanding on the back- 1. Donohue, E. Willian, Krasner, Leoanard. (1995), Hand-
ground of investigation concept and report system by book of Psychological Skills Training. Boston: Allyn and
using the ICS (Incident Command System) method. Bacan.
3. Able to do evaluation based on behavior industry in 2. Santrock, J. Jhon. 1993. Adolescence : An Introduction.
implementing predetermined investigative procedures. Wisconsin:
4. Able to provide insight on “Emergency Preparedness 3. Undang-undand Republik Indsonesia Nomor 11 Tahun
Process & System Concept”, thus enabling them to 2014 Tentang Keinsinyuran
prepare Emergency Preparedness System in their work.
Engineering Practices
5. Able to understand the stages needed to be taken in ENIR702005
implementing the Health, Safety and Environmental and 12 SKS
Work Safety and what should be done in each stages. Course Learning Outcomes :
6. Have an awareness in the form of responsible behavior in 1. Understand the engineering philosophy through experi-
carrying out health, safety and work ence by conducting on the job training.
Syllabus : 2. Understand the trend on engineering science through
their experience in their on the job training.
K3L Management Systems; New Paradigm SHE Management;
Risk Management; Fire Management; Lost Control Manage- 3. Have an understanding on industry system or engineer-
ment; Behavior Management; Safety Audit dan Inspection; ing system through the use of said systems in their indus-
Incidents Investigation; Emergency Response Management; try or company where the students conduct their on the
Chemical Hazards; Ergonomic and Work Physiology; Physical job training.
Dangers in Industry; Safety Engineering; Industrial Psychol-
4. Able to solve problems in their on the job training.
ogy; Industrial Toxicology; Industrial Ventilation; Industrial
Hygiene Basic. 5. Able to write complete report on how appropriate engi-
neering report in accordance with the desired term of
Prerequisite : -
reference by the end user of the engineering service.
Textbooks :
6. Able to present and communicate their engineering
1. International Safety Rating System (ISRS7) Omega Work- results as part of their on the job training outputs.
book Best Practice Process Assessment.
Syllabus :
2. Manajemen Pengendalian Kerugian edisi ketiga, Frank
Work as an “engineer” under the supervision of professional
E. Bird. Jr, George L. Germain, & M Douglas Clark
engineers in the company/industry and try to record various
3. Risk Reduction and Emergency Preparedness, WHO matters related to the philosophy of engineering, the direction
six year sztrategy for the health sector and community and development of engineering, and the industrial system
development referred to by the company; Also playing a role in solving
problems in the company under the supervision of profes-
Case Study
sional engineers in the company where the practice works;
ENIR701004
Conduct presentation and communication from the results of
4 SKS
practical work reports.
Prerequisite : -
1. Encouraged to have analytical abilities towards practical
engineering issues arising. Textbooks :
2. Able to independently develop ideas and solutions and 1. Fleddermann, c., B., 2006. Etika Enjiniring. Edisi kedua,
implement their theoretical knowledge in solving prob- Percetakan PT Gelora Aksara Pratama, judul asli ‘Engi-
lems. neering Ethics’ second ed. Penterjemah Bob Sabran dan
Shirley Affandy, Penerbit Erlangga.
3. Able to prepare themselves in handling crisis situation in
various professional engineering/industry environment 2. Post, J.E., Frederick, W.C., Lawrence, A.T., and Weber, J.,
(in accordance to UU-11). 1996. Business and Society - Corporate Strategy, Public
Policy, Ethics. Eight edition,McGraw- Hill Inc.
4. Able to comprehend multidiscipline communication and
have an appreciation to other discipline. 3. Barrie, D.S., Paulson, B. C., Sudinarto, 1993. Manajemen
KonstruksiProfessional, Penerbit Erlangga Jakarta.
5. Understand the core problem and essence and how to
address engineering problems. 4. Keraf, S., 1996. Pasar Bebas Keadilan dan Peran Pemer-
intah Telaah AtasEtika Politik Ekonomi Adam Smith.
Syllabus :
Penerbit Kanisius Yogyakarta.
Preliminary; Introduction and definition of case studies;
479
5. Persatuan Insinyur Indonesia, 2004. Bakuan Kompetensi

InsinyurProfessional PIl, Jakarta.
6. Suyitno, B.M., 2004. Etika Profesi, PIl Cabang Surakarta.
7. Wigjosubroto, S., 1999. Etika Professional Pengalaman
dan Permasalahan.Badan Kejuruan Mesin PIl Jakarta.
Seminar
ENIR702006
2 SKS
1. Understand the Term of Reference (TOR) as speaker in
seminar, workshop, or discussion.
2. Understand the requested general theme and the
subtheme.
3. Able to compile materials.
4. Able to convey said materials consecutively and structur-
ally within the allocated time frame.
5. Able to understand and answer questions.
6. Able to have a discussion and communicate
Syllabus :
Conduct public dissemination activities related to engineer-
ing aspects. Activities can take the form of presentations as
resource persons at seminar forums, symposia, panel discus-
sions, workshops, conferences or public lectures.
Prerequisite : -
Textbooks :
480
481
Master Program
Master Program
Energy System Engineering
Double Degree : Universitas Indonesia dan partner university
Double Degree : Universitas Indonesia dan partner university
4. Program Title Master Program in Energy System Engineering
5. Vision and Mission Vision :
Become an excellent master degree program in the field of Energy
System Engineering at the National and International levels, especially
at the Southeast Asian level
Mission :
1. Preparing graduates who can study throughout life, able to adapt to
the world of work, moral, leadership-minded, and able to compete
in the international market.
2. Producing useful work in the field of Energy Systems Engineer-
ing through academic and research programs structured in the
Program Master.
3. Prepare the resources of educators who have competencies follow-
ing their specific and prospective fields in a multidisciplinary
perspective.
6. Class type Special Class

7. Final Award Insinyur (Ir)
8. Accreditation Status BAN – PT (accredited “Excellent”)
9. Language of Instruction Indonesia
11. Entry Pass the entrance selection test (SIMAK-UI), and Bachelor (S1) gradu-
Requirements ates from the field of Engineering and equals
12. Study Duration Scheduled for one years
Semester Type Number of
semester
Reguler 4 16
The Energy Systems Engineering Study Program at the Masters level aims to produce a Masters in Engineering that is
capable of designing, analyzing and applying energy technology concepts to solve problems in the energy sector, by
integrating several related sciences.

Masters in Engineering capable of being able to design and planning energy systems and the infrastructure and making
policy of energy sector by analysis deep and wide to supporting the development of sustainable energy systems in the
national and international.
482
Master Program
15. Expected Learning Outcomes (ELO ) :

Masters in Energy Systems Engineering has the following Expected Learning Outcomes :
1. Can analyze energy needs
2. Able to conduct energy audits
3. Able to optimize energy use
4. Able to do energy efficiency and conservation
5. Able to manage and prepare research designs and conduct applied research in the field of energy engineering
6. Able to analyze energy policy
7. Able to develop new and renewable energy technologies
8. Being able to apply engineering knowledge to the development of energy models in support of policies in the
energy sector
9. Able to develop entrepreneurship in the energy sector
10. Able to work together in teams and provide professional services to the community
No. Types of Subjects Credits Percentage
I Compulsory courses at the study program 26 62%
level
II Elective courses 16 38%
Total 42 100%
Job Prospects
Graduates of this study program can work on :
1. Government Institutions, such as Kementerian Energi dan Sumber Daya Mineral (ESDM), Ministry of Kementerian Badan
Usaha Milik Negara (BUMN), Kementerian Keuangan as employees and policymakers.
2. Educational Institutions, such as Universities, Institutes, Politics and, Colleges of Technology as Lecturers and Researchers.
3. Private Business Institutions / Professionals engaged in Energy Systems Engineering as Professionals.
4. State-Owned Enterprises, such as Pertamina, PLN.
483
484
Master Program
Expected Learning Outcomes (ELO)

Master Program
Flowchart of courses to attain the expected learning outcomes

in the Master of Energy System Engineering
485
Master Program
486
Master Program
487
Master Program
Course Structure Master Program in Syllabus Master Program in Energy

Energy System Engineering System Engineering
Advanced Mathematics
Code Subject SKS
ENES801001
1st Semester 4 CREDITS
ENES801001 Advanced Engineering Mathe- 4 Course Learning Outcomes :
matics The purpose of this course is to provide students with mathe-
ENES801002 Sustainable Energy Systems 4 matical-based analysis and modeling skills so that students are
expected to be able to use various analytical tools (modeling)
ENES801003 Energy Technology 4
to perform calculations, analyzes and simulations related to
Sub Total 12 energy.
2 Semester
nd
Syllabus :
ENES802004 Technical Research Method 2
The Advanced Engineering Mathematics course provides
Elective 1 4 analytical or modeling tools to support policy making, gene-
Elective 2 4 rally based on mathematical equations and can be used to
perform data analysis or simulations that are generally related
Sub Total 10
to energy. The scope of the material taught includes the IO
3rd Semester model, SAM, CGE, Econometric Model, Demand Model, Supply
Model, Projection Model and Optimization Model
ENES803005 Energy Planning and Policy 4
Prerequisite : -
Elective 3 4
Textbooks :
Elective 4 4
1. Subhes C. Bhattacharyya - Energy Economics_ Concepts,
Sub Total 12
Issues, Markets And Governance-Springer (2011 & 2019)
4th Semester 2. Purnomo Yusgiantoro, Ekonomi Energi, Teori dan Praktek,
ENES804006 Master Thesis 6 2018
ENES804007 Scientific Publications 2 3. Munasinghe, Energy Policy Analysis and Modelling, 1993
Sub Total 8 Sustainable Energy System
ENES801002
Total 44
4 CREDITS
Elective Courses
This course provides an overview of the development of
Code Subject SKS energy technology, energy sources and the use of appropri-
ate energy today. The scope or syllabus taught in this course
ENES802008 Energy Modelling and Policy 4 includes evaluation, energy sources and use, sustainable
Analysis energy, energy and fossil fuels and fossil energy, nuclear
ENES803017 Energy Economy 4 power, biomass energy, transportation services, industrial
ENES802011 Engineering Material and Mate- 4 energy use, synergized complex systems, and energy selec-
rial Structure tion. . Learning is carried out using interactive lecture meth-
ods, and active learning, namely small group discussions and
ENES802012 Energy Materials 4 problem-based learning. Assessment for this course is done
ENES803020 Energy Conservation 4 through individual assignments, group assignments, quizzes,
ENES803021 Solar Cell and Fuel Cell 4 midterm exams, and final semester exams. The courses are
delivered in Indonesian.
ENES802013 Smartgrid and distributed 4
generation Syllabus :
ENES802014 Renewable Energy 4 Prerequisite :
ENES803015 Energy Regulations and Markets 4 Textbooks :
1. Sustainable Energy: Choosing Among Options by Jeffer-
Students can also take elective courses through courses across son W. Tester, Elisabeth M. Drake, Michael J. Driscoll,
departments and departments. Taking these cross courses Michael W. Golay, William A. Peters
must follow the rules in the Faculty of Engineering Univer-
sitas Indonesia. Energy Technology
ENES801003
4 CREDITS
The learning outcomes of this subject is students are able to
explain the resources, processes, applications, and technolo-
gies related to energy conversion.
Syllabus :
488
Master Program
Introduction, Power Plant and Electricity Distribution, Heat Elective Courses

and Heat Exchanger, Earth and Geothermal Energy, Origin
of Fossil Fuel, Fossil Energy, Sun Energy, Mid Test, Electric Energy Modelling and Policy Analysis
Technology, Energy Mass Transformation, Nucleosynthesis, ENES802008
Nuclear Energy, Alternative Energy: Wind and Water, Energy, 3 CREDITS
Economy dan Environment, Energy Mix of 21st Century, Course Learning Outcomes :
Final Test.
The learning outcomes of this subject is able to explain prob-
Prerequisite : - lems regarding energy sector policies, understand modeling
analysis tools, and use them to analyze these problems and
Textbooks :
make energy plans/models.
1. Energy Technology and Directions for the Future by
Syllabus :
John R. Fanchi,
Introduction, Incorporation of the National Energy Plan,
2. Sumber Energi Terbarukan Berbasis Negara Kepulauan
Regulatory Modeling Analysis of Energy Policy, Energy
oleh Adi Surjosatyo
Balance, Revenue Projection, Optimization Models, The Elec-
Methodology Research tricity Subsector, Mid Test, The Fuelwood Subsector, Sectoral
ENES802004 Integration: Price Calculation, Relations of Macroeconomic
3 CREDITS and Energy, Energy Sector Models, Implementation : Institu-
Course Learning Outcomes : tional Arrangements, Application of Analysis Process, Appli-
cation of Policy Analysis Results, Final Test.
The learning outcomes of this subject is students can explain
how to work scientifically and can make research proposals Prerequisite : -
and research designs.
Textbooks :
Syllabus :
1. Menuju Era Energi Terbarukan, Rinaldy Dalimi.
Introduction, Engineering Research, Review and Literature
Research, Proposal Research, Expenditure Design, Statisti-
Energy Economy
ENES803017
cal Analysis One and Two Dimensions, Statistical Analysis
3 CREDITS
Multi-Dimensional, Mid Test, Two Parameter Optimization
Methods, Multi Parameter Optimization Methods, Survey
Research Method, Research Methodology Standards and The learning outcomes of this subject is students can explain
Technique Research, Abstract Writing, Writing Paper and theoretical and empirical topics related to the needs, supply
Review, Poster Presentation and Patents, Publication, Final and price of energy, as well as the environmental conse-
Test. quences on energy consumption and production, and the
policies that affect these things.
Prerequisite : -
Syllabus :
Textbooks :
Introduction, Energy Leading Economic Development, Policy
1. Research Methods for Engineers By David V. Thiel
for Economic and Energy Development, Energy Supply
2. Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques By C. and Demand, Leading Economy: Case Study on Economic
R. Kothari Development, Energy Conservation and Efficiency, Mid Test,
Economy Crisis Infrastructure, Land Use and Energy Lead-
Energy Planning and Policy
ing Economic Development, Building Urban Energy Center,
ENES803005
Building Green Economy, Energy Flakes Revolution, Final
3 CREDITS
Test.
Prerequisite : -
The learning outcomes of this subject is students are able to
review existing energy policies and plan new policies based Textbooks :
on economic, environmental, and political aspects.
1. The Energy Economy: Practical Insight to Public Policy
Syllabus : and Current Affairs By David J. Robinson.
Introduction, Statistical Review on Energy Modelling, Model Energy Materials
Use in Decision Making, Method for Model Evaluation, ENES802012
Communication Problem in Energy Policy Analysis, Model- 4 CREDITS
ling Energy Demand in Short and Middle Term, Energy Course Learning Outcomes :
Model and Technology Review, Mid Test, Electricity Develop-
Students can explain materials related to the energy field and
ment in the Future, Production Modelling, Price Production
their applications, use relevant methods for material synthesis
Decision, Analysis and Energy Demand Modelling, Using
and characterization, explain the electronic structure of mate-
Energy Modelling for Business Decision, Model Compari-
rials used in the renewable energy field.
son for Policy and Energy Planning, Validation Problem and
Energy Model Assessment, Final Test. Syllabus :
Prerequisite : - Introduction, Introduction to Engineering Materials, Material
Synthesis, Crystal Theory, Review of Subject, Mid Test, Semi-
Textbooks : E. Kreyzig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics
conductors, Energy Conservation, Advanced Energy Materi-
10th Edition, John Wiley, 2006 als, Advanced Material Characterization, Review of Subject,
Final Test.
Prerequisite : -
489
Master Program
Textbooks : Solar Cell nanotechnology. John Wiley and Sons. 2014

1. Bent Sørensen: Renewable Energy, Physics, Engineering, 4. D. Stolten, B. Emonts: Fuel Cell Science and Engineering:
Environmental Impacts, Economics & Planning, 4th Ed., Materials, Process, Systems, and Technology. Woodhead
Elsevier, Burlington, MA (2011). Publishing. 2012.
2. Radu D. Rugescu: Solar Energy, Intech, Vukovar, Croatia 5. R. O’Hare, S.W. Cha, W.G. Colella. B. Fritz: Fuel Cell Find-
(2010). amental. John Wiley and Sons. 2016
3. Zekai Şen: Solar Energy Fundamentals and Modeling 6. J. Topler, J. Lehmann: Hydrogen and Fuel Cell: Technolo-
Techniques, Springer-Verlag London Limited (2008). gies and Market Perspectives. Springer. 2015
4. Aldo Vieira da Rosa: Fundamentals of Renewable Energy SMARTGRID AND DISTRIBUTED GENERATION
Processes, Elsevier Academic Press, Burlington, MA ENES802013
(2005). 4 CREDITS
Energy Conservation
ENES803020 The learning outcomes of this subject is students can explain
4 CREDITS programming and protection of Smartgrid and distributed
Course Learning Outcomes : generation, the concept of distribution, stability, and quality
of generating networks.
Students can explain the specific material used as energy stor-
age, the basic principles of energy storage in the material, and Syllabus :
choose the right material and suitable for a particular energy
Introduction, What, Why, How, If and When is Smart Grid,
storage application.
Smart Grid more than Technology, From Smart Grid to Smart
Syllabus : Energy Uses, Equity Implications of Smart Grid, Renewable
Energy Prospects, Vision dan Mission of Smart Grid, Mid
Basic Principles of Batteries, Type of Battery, Battery Synthe-
Test, Manifestation Potential Renewable and Distributed
sis, Review of Subject, Mid Test, Battery Capacity, Battery
Power Plants, Rules of Microgrids, Renewable Energy Integra-
Application, Battery Development Opportunities, Review of
tion, Software Infrastructure and Smart Grid, Smart Pricing
Subject, Final Test.
, Success in the Smart Grid, Effects of Smart EVs, Final Test.
Prerequisite : -
Prerequisite : -
Textbooks :
Textbooks :
1. J.O. Besenhard, C. Daniel: Handbook of Battery Materials
1. Smart Grid: Integrating Renewable, Distributed & Effi-
2nd edition. Wiley-VCH. (2011).
cient Energy oleh Fereidoon Perry Sioshansi
2. H.A. Kiehne: Battery Technology Handbook 2nd edition.
Renewable Energy
(2003)
ENES802014
3. M.K. Gulbinska: Lithium-ion Battery Materials and Engi- 4 CREDITS
neering: Current Topics and Problem from the Manufac- Course Learning Outcomes :
turing Perspective. (2011)
4. J.T. Warner: The Handbook of Lithium Ion Battery Pack energy sources and their applications, fossil energy problems
Design: Chemistry, Components, Types, and Terminol- and solutions, technology, and renewable energy sources.
ogy. Elsevier Science. (2015)
Syllabus :
Solar Cell and Fuel Cell
Introduction, Renewable, Indonesia’s Renewable Energy
ENES803021
Sources, How Recycling Saves Energy, Industrial Raw Mate-
4 CREDITS
rials from Waste, Recycling Chemicals, Mid Test, Alternative
Vehicles for Indonesia, Environmentally Friendly Building
Students can explain advanced concepts about solar cells and Design, Biomass and Future Needs, Final Test.
fuel cells, including the material used and its development.
Prerequisite : -
Syllabus :
Textbooks :
Introduction, Introduction to Solar Cells and Fuel Cells, Solar
1. Renewable Energy: Sources and Methods oleh Anne E.
Cells, Fuel Cells, Synthesis Method of Solar Cells, Synthesis
Maczulak.
Method of Fuel Cells, Review of Subject, Mid Test, Solar Cell
Application, Fuel Cell Application, Solar Cell and Fuel Cell Energy Regulations and Markets
Opportunities, Review of Subject, Final Test. ENES802015
4 CREDITS
Prerequisite : -
Textbooks :
1. S. Fonash: Solar Cell Device Physics. Academic Press. the electric power system from an interdisciplinary point of
2010. view, which deals with policy, regulation, markets, and the
economy.
2. L. Fara, M. Yamaguchi: Advanced Solar Cell Materials,
Technology, Modeling, and Simulation. Engineering Syllabus :
Science. 2013.
Introduction, Understanding of the Electric Industry, from
3. A. Tiwari, R. Boukherroub, M. Sharon, R. Richardson: arrangements for battles (Competition), Rebuilding Indonesia’s
490
Master Program
Electricity Industry, Energy Competition, Regulation Levels

for Transmission and Distribution, Competition Support, Mid
Test, Load Balancing and Power Delivery, Ensuring Reliabil-
ity in Superior Markets, Role of Countries in Electricity Regu-
lation and Markets, Standard Cost Coverage, Rebuilding and
Environmental Safety, Programs for Public Communities in
Competitive Markets, Prospects of Restructuring, Final Test.
Prerequisite : -
Textbooks :
1. Currents: Electricity Markets and Public Policy oleh
Timothy J. Brennan, Karen L. Palmer, Salvador A. Marti-
nez
Master Thesis
ENES804006
4 CREDITS
491
Master Program
Study Program Magister of Urban and Regional Planning

1. Degree Awarding Institution Universitas Indonesia
2. University/Institution Universitas Indonesia
4. Major Name Study Program Magister of Urban and Regional Planning
5. Mission and Vision Vision: “to become the center for development of multidisciplinary
science with a focus on the application of smart cities and urban
economic development based on the noble values of Indonesia, in the
field of urban and Regional Planning at the National and International
Levels.”
Mission:
1. Prepare graduates who are capable of lifelong learning, able to
adapt to the field of work, have a good morals and leadership qual-
ities, able to compete on the international market.
2. Produce useful work in the field or Urban and Regional Plan-
ning through structured academic and research programs at the
post-graduate level (master).
3. Prepare planners who have competence in accordance with their
specific and prospective fields in an interdisciplinary perspective.
6. Type of Class Regular
7. Awarding Degree Magister Perencanaan Wilayah dan Kota (M.PWK.)
8. Educational Accreditation BAN-PT: Accreditation Good
9. Language Bahasa Indonesia
10. Learning Scheme (full/part time) Full Time
11. Requirements Bachelor degree/equal
12. Study Period Scheduled for 2 years
Type Semester Total Semester Weeks per Semester
Reguler 4 17
In between (optional)
1. Creating urban planners that are able to support city residents to have a sustainable life (by optimizing existing
resources), both in terms of social. Economic. health, cultural. Political. Ecological and security aspects.
2. Emphasize aspects of the application of information technology. Community participation and appropriate theory
and practice in the planning process.
3. Increase understanding of human settlements and urban planning issues so they can provide for and anticipate
the needs of their citizens.
Masters in Urban and Regional Planning who are able to produce substantives. Technical and administrative qualified
urban panners. Bu considering the impacts of interventions on a city scape in social, economic, cultural, political, and
security aspects from time to time.
15. Learning Outcomes (CPL):

Master in Urban and Regional Planning has the following learning outcomes:
4. Able to analyze the growth and development of the city with appropriate approaches and appropriate technologies;
5. Able to predict the needs of an increasing complex city;
6. Able to test plans and policies using various urban method and technologies in an effort to improve and maintain
the quality of life of the population;
7. Able to evaluate plans activities that can improve services to underprivileged residents;
8. Able to propose research designs and conduct applied research in the field of urban planning;
9. Able to conclude urban planning solutions and their documents in solving urban problems.
492
Master Program

No. Type of Course Credits Percentage
I University Course
II Faculty Course
III Required Structural Course 18 42,8%
IV Elective Course 14 33,3%
V Special Course: Thesis 8 19,1%
VI Publication 2 4,8%
Total 42 100%
Total SCS (Semester Credit System) 42 Credits
Job Prospects
Graduates of this study program can work in:

1. Government Institutions, such as Ministry of National Development Planning of the Republic of Indonesia/National Devel-
opment of Planning Agency (BAPPENAS), The Ministry of Agrarian and Spatial Planning/National Land Agency (BPN) of
the Republic of Indonesia, Regional Development of Planning Agency (BAPPEDA), State- Owned Company In all regions in
Indonesia that uses urban and regional planning experts (Adhi Karya, Hutama Karya, etc.).
2. Private Business/Professional Institutions engages in urban planning. Both from Indonesia (Arkonin, etc.) and outside
Indonesia (Aecom, dll)
3. State owned and private research institutes. Such as: LIPI, PULSE LAB Jakarta
4. Entrepreneur in Urban Planning
493
Master Program
Network of Competencies
Figure 1. Course Diagram in Achieving Competencies for

Master Program in Urban and Regional Planning
494
Master Program
Table 1 Matrix 0 Study Program Master of Urban and Regional Planning
495
Master Program
Matrix 0A
ATTITUDE FORMULATION
Every graduate of academic. Vocational and professional education programs must have
the following attitudes:
a. Fear God Almighty and be able to show a religious attituded;
b. Upholding human values in carrying out tasks based on religion, morals and ethics;
c. Contribute to the quality improvement of life in society, nation, state, and the progress
of civilization based on Pancasila;
d. Act as citizens who are proud and live their homeland, have nationalism and a sense of
responsibility to the country and nation;
e. Respects the diversity of cultures, views, religions, and beliefs, as well as the opinions
or original findings of others;
f. Work together and have social sensitivity and concern for society and the environment;
g. Obey the law and discipline in the life of society and the state;
h. Internalize academic values, norms, and ethics;
i. Demonstrate a responsible attitude towards work in the field of expertise independent-
ly; and Internalize the spirit of independence, struggle, and entrepreneurship.
496
Master Program
General Skills Formula
497
Master Program
498
Master Program
Matrix 1
Table 2 Matrix 1 Master of Urban and Regional Planning
499
500
Master Program
Matrix 2
Master’s Study Program in Urban and Regional Planning
Table 3 Study Program Master of Urban and Regional Planning

Master Program
501
Master Program
502
Master Program
503
Master Program
504
Master Program
505
Master Program
506
Master Program
507
Master Program
508
Master Program
509
Master Program
510
Master Program
511
Master Program
512
Master Program
513
Master Program
514
Master Program
515
Master Program
516
Master Program
517
Master Program
Curriculum Structure Magister of Urban Infrastructure and Transportation Planning

and Regional Planning ENCV803602 Infrastructure Asset Management 3
ENUP80010 Infrastructure and Regional 3
Code Subject SKS Development
1st Semester ENCV801502 Transportation System 3
ENUP80001 Planning Method and Theory 3 ENCV802501 Transportation Economy 3
ENUP80002 Urban and Regional Analysis 3 ENCV802502 Transport Planning and Policy 3
ENUP80003 Urban Theory and History 3 ENCV803508 Logistics Transportation 3
ENUP80004 Urban Planning Law 3 ENCV801601 Project Investment and Finance 3
Sub Total 12
2 nd Semester Course Syllabus
ENUP80005 Urban Physical Planning 3
Elective Course 3
Syllabus of Required Courses Program
Elective Course 3 Master of Regional and Urban Planning
Sub Total 9 Planning Method and Theory
ENUP80001
3rd Semester
3 Credits
ENUP80006 Plan Making Studio 5
Objectives :
Elective Course 3
Understand the theory of change, combining elements of
ENUP80007 Pre-Thesis 4 engineering, policy, politics, and narrative for planning.
Sub Total 12 Understanding evolution and interconnectedness between
key planning approaches and theoretical perspectives on
4th Semester them, including comprehensive (rational) planning; addi-
tional, strategic, and communicative planning; advocacy and
ENUP80008 Thesis 4
equality planning; and radical/rebel planning.
ENUP80009 Scientific Publication 2
Syllabus:
Elective Course 3
Elements of general planning knowledge, purpose and mean-
Sub Total 9 ing of planning, planning theory, planning timeframe, global
dimension of planning, professional values and ethics, fair-
Total 42
ness, diversity and social justice, governance and stakeholder
participation, and community members in planned change.
List of Elective Courses Preconditions: -
Textbooks:
Code Subject SKS 1. Bracken, I. (2014). Urban planning methods: Research and
Urban Spatial Planning policy analysis. Routledge.
ENAR800009 Urban Studio 1 5 2. Wang, X., & Hofe, R. (2008). Research methods in urban
and regional planning. Springer Science & Business
ENAR800021 Urban Studio 2 5 Media.
ENAR800015 Urban Design Theory 3 3. Ethics and Professional Conduct https://www.planning.
ENAR800011 Property Workshop 1 5 org/ethics/ethicscode/ and APA Ethical Principles in
Planning, https://www.planning.org/ethics/ethicalprin-
ENAR800023 Property Workshop 2 3
ciples/.
ENAR800038 Housing Policy 3 4. Friedmann, John. (2005). Planning cultures in transition.
ENAR800016 Urban Housing and Settlement 3 In Comparative Planning Cultures, Bishwapriya Sanyal,
Theory ed. (pp. 53-68). Routledge.
5. Banerjee, T. (2005). Understanding planning cultures:
Urban Environmental Planning The Kolkata paradox. In Comparative Planning Cultures,
ENAR800032 Energy Efficient Building 3 Bishwapriya Sanyal, ed. (pp. 169-188). Routledge.
ENAR800013 Architecture and Sustainability 5 6. Fainstein, Susan. 2010. “Introduction: Toward an Urban
Workshop 1 Theory of Justice,” in The Just City (pp. 1-22). Ithaca, NY:
Cornell University Press
ENCV800402 Water Resources Management 3
ENCV8022704 Urban Water and Waste Quality 3 Urban and Regional Analysis
Management ENUP80002
3 Credits
ENCV803402 Watershed (DAS) Health Audit 3
Objectives :
ENCV802402 Advanced Water Building Design 3
ENCV802105 Environmental Audit 3 Understand common methods of urban planning analysis,
both using primary and secondary data. Have the knowledge
ENCV802202 Life Cycle Analysis (LCA) 3 and skills to define a region and describe and analyze the
518 demographic, social, and economic conditions of a region.
Master Program
Syllabus: Narratives on Urban China.” In Urban Theory Beyond

the West, Edensor, T., and M. Jayne (Eds.). New York, NY:
Defining and mapping regions, analyze demographic data,
Routledge. (pp. 47-64).
introduction to SPSS, measure economic data, collect and
ethics primary data, quantitative data analysis. 9. Abu-Lughod, J.L. 1993. “The Islamic City: Historic Myth,
Islamic Essence, and Contemporary Relevance.” In Urban
Preconditions: -
Development in the Muslim World, Amirahmadi, H. and
Textbooks: S.S. El-Shakhs (Eds.). New Brunswick, NJ: Center for
Urban Policy Research. (pp. 11-36)
1. Marisa Zapata’s Engaging the Future: Forecasts, Scenar-
ios, Plans, and Projects. 10. King, A.D. 2015. “Colonialism and Urban Development.”
In Cities of the Global South Reader, Miraftab, F. and N.
2. Isserman, A. M. (2007). Forecasting to learn how the
Kudva (Eds.). New York, NY: Routledge. (pp. 29-39).
world can work. Engaging the future: Forecasts, scenar-
ios, plans, and projects. 11. Frank, A.G. 1989 (1966 reprint). “The Development of
Underdevelopment.” Monthly Review. 41 (2): 37-45.
Urban Theory and History
ENUP80003 Urban Planning Law
3 Credits ENUP80004
3 Credits
Objectives :
Objectives :
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
Students will be able to use the legal framework in planning
1. Understand generally about the history of cities and
process. Students will be able to emphasize the role of urban
human effort in the development plan of the city;
planning law in formulating local government strategies to
2. Identify major events, movements, ideas, and people tackle the social, economic, and physical issues between local
that have significantly influenced the city and the urban government, central government, the private sectore, and the
planning professions; local community.
3. Create links between urban development, urban plan- Syllabus:
ning, and the power of society that shape a community
The legal framework in urban planning, the legal balance
in an urban area.
between government’s interest in promoting the general
4. Create links between theoretical aspects and urban stud- welfare through land-use regulation and the interest of
ies and current best practice in urban planning private property owners in optimizing their personal satis-
faction and property value.
5. Engage in current debates and/or discussion about cities
and its historical plan. Preconditions: -
Syllabus: Textbooks:
Introductory and The Early History of City; Industrialization, 1. Undang-Undang Nomor 26 Tahun 2007 Tentang Pena-
Major Urban Theory, and The Origins of Urban Planning; taan Ruang
Modernism, Suburbanization, and City Conflicts; and Post-
2. Undang-Undang Nomor 34 Tahun 2009 Tentang Pedoman
modernism, Economic Knowledge, and Globalization.
Pengelolaan Kawasan Perkotaan
Preconditions: -
3. Peraturan Menteri Dalam Negeri Nomor 1 Tahun 2008
Textbooks: Tentang Pedoman Perencanaan Kawasan Perkotaan
1. Garvin, Alexander (2002). The American City: What 4. Peraturan Menteri Dalam Negeri Nomor 1 Tahun 2007
Works and What Doesn’t. New York: McGraw Hill. ISBN Tentang Penataan Ruang Terbuka Hijau Kawasan Perko-
978-0-07-137367-8. (A standard text for many college and taan
graduate courses in city planning in America)
Urban Physical Planning
2. Brenner, N. and C. Schmid. 2015. “Towards a New Episte- ENUP80005
mology of the Urban?” City. 19 (2-3): 151-182. 3 Credits
3. The City in History, Lewis Mumford, 1961 Objectives :
4. Town Planning in practice, Raymond Unwin, 1909 By the end of the course, students will be able to:
5. “The City Shaped: Urban Patterns and Meanings 1. Understand the contemporary and effective city plan-
Through History”, Spiro Kostof, 2nd Edition, Thames ning.
and Hudson Ltd, 1999 ISBN 978-0-500-28099-7
2. Understand the physical city planning decision-making
6. The American City: A Social and Cultural History, process
Daniel J. Monti, Jr., Oxford, England and Malden, Massa-
3. Learn how to use Adobe Software to communicate plan-
chusetts: Blackwell Publishers, 1999. 391 pp. ISBN 978-1-
ning analysis and construct professional reports.
55786-918-0.
4. Learn how to use digital spatial data to create effective
7. Garvin, Alexander (2002). The American City: What
maps.
Works and What Doesn’t. New York: McGraw Hill. ISBN
978-0-07-137367-8. (A standard text for many college and Syllabus:
graduate courses in city planning in America)
Land use control, built environment, interpretation and
8. Pow, C-P. 2012. “China Exceptionalism? Unbounding map-making skills, pIntroduction to urban planning soft-
519
Master Program
wares, site-scale and regional-scale natural system analysis, 1. Schwabish, Jonathan. 2017. Better Presentations: A Guide
socio-economic analysis, site engineered analysis, site layout, for Scholars, Researchers, and Wonks. Columbia Univer-
and small-scale area planning. sity Press.
Preconditions: 2. Ryser, Judith and Franchini, Teresa. International Manual
of Planning Practice – ISOCARP Publication
Student has taken Design Methods, City and Regional Anal-
ysis, Theory and History of Urban, and Urban Planning Law 3. AICP Code of Ethic and Professional Conduct.
Textbooks: 4. Duhl, L.J. & Sanchez, A.K. 1999. Healthy Cities and The
City Planning Process. WHO Publication
1. Urban Development: The Logic Of Making Plans, Lewis
D. Hopkins, Island Press, 2001. ISBN 978-1-55963-853-1 5. Speck, Jeff. 2018. Walkable City Rules: 101 Steps to Making
Better Places. Island Press.
2. Planning for the Unplanned: Recovering from Crises
in Megacities, by Aseem Inam (published by Routledge 6. Toderian, Brian. 2019. 10 keys to making a great city plan.
USA, 2005). ISBN 978-0-415-95130-2 Planetizen Magazine. https://www.planetizen.com/
node/80720/10-keys-making-great-city-plan
3. Planning the Twentieth-Century American City, Chris-
topher Silver and Mary Corbin Sies (Eds.), Johns Hopkins 7. UN Habitat, 2015. International Guidelines of urban and
University Press, 1996 territorial planning. https://www.uclg.org/sites/default/
files/ig-utp_english.pdf
4. City Planning According to Artistic Principles, Camillo
Sitte, 1889 8. Kode Etik Perencana, IAP
5. Nino, F. S. (2016, October 20). The New Urban Agenda: Key 9. Standar Kompetensi Kerja Nasional Indonesia (SKKNI),
Commitments. Retrieved October 23, 2017, from http:// Permenakertrans No. 177/2015.
www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/blog/2016/10/
10. Permen ATR No. 1 dan No 16 Tahun 2018 tentang
newur banagenda/
Pedoman Penyusunan RTRW dan RDTR/PZ
6. Gabbatt, A. (2017, August 28). What makes Houston
11. Permen PUPR No. 6 Tahun 2006 tentang RTBL Perkotaan
so vulnerable to serious floods? Retrieved October 23,
2017, from http://www.theguardian.com/us-news/2017/ Thesis
aug/28/houston- harvey-risk-floods-analysis ENUP80008
8 Credits
7. Chapter 3: The City Image and Its Elements in Lynch, K.
(1960). The image of the city (Vol. 11). MIT press. Objectives :
8. Chapter 1: Framing the Land Use Planning Process in Able to find, study and communicate issues in a special study
Berke, P., Godschalk, D. R., Kaiser, E. J., & Rodriguez, D. area related to architecture. Able to develop further skills in
(2006). Urban land use planning. University of Illinois reading, research and writing a thesis. For the research thesis
Press. track: a thesis that no more than 20,000 words. For the thesis
design track: the draft is accompanied by a thesis that no
9. Miles, M. E., Berns, G. L., Eppli, M. J., & Weiss, M. A.
more than 10,000 words and a portfolio design that provides a
(2007). Real estate development: principles and process:
comprehensive overview of the design process.
Urban Land Institute. Urban Land Institute.
Syllabus:
• Chapter 3: Developers and Their Partners
Defining the issues discussed, clearly formulated research
• Chapter 13: Stage Three: The Feasibility Study Supple-
questions, the purpose of conducting the research. Theoret-
mental:
ical base, choosing a strategy or method, revealing facts and
Plan Making Studio synthesizing materials that lead to answers to research ques-
ENUP80006 tions, conclusions.
5 Credits
Preconditions: Have taken the course
Objectives :
Textbooks:
Students will be able to collect the required data, analyze the
Scientific Publication
city as a system and/or organism. Students will be able to esti-
ENUP80009
mate the urban growth and the needs of urban development
2 Credits
as well as to integrate various data into a reliable planning
concept. In addition, student will be able to construct an infor- Objectives :
mative report.
Students will be able to produce a scientific writing on the
Syllabus: results of studies or the research with a decent quality to be
published in national or international level dissemination
Urban planning products, Urban Planning processes and
forums.
procedures, Data and Planning, Digital Data Processing,
Analysis and Projection Techniques in planning, Multilevel, Syllabus:
cross-sector, and inter-actor planning concepts, Urban Plan-
The rules of scientific writing; various modes of scientific
ning Scenarios, Urban Development Priorities, Criticism and
writing; the argument formulation strategy in scientific writ-
Innovation of City Planning.
ing that clearly shows the position on existing knowledge;
Preconditions: publication procedures in national/international seminars/
conferences; publication procedures in international reputa-
Student has taken Physical Planning at The City Scale
ble journals; article review in internationally reputed journals
Textbooks: in architecture-related fields.
520
Master Program
Preconditions: - learning from study case in Jakarta and/or Bodetabek areas.

Students are encouraged to explore the complexities of urban
Textbooks: - problems faced by Jakarta as a megacity, including (for exam-
ple) density, urbanization, flooding, energy, and climate
Elective Course Description change. It is hoped that these issues will be able to trigger
Urban Studio 1 student’s creativity to produce innovative and scientifically
ENAR800009 justified city design, both from social and environmental
5 Credits perspective.
Objectives : Syllabus:
Provides the urban design principle’s basics of analysis and Advancing from the Urban Design Studio 1, in this studio,
skills in stages, starting from arranging elements of urban students are asked to explore various aspects of urban design
spatial planning to setting control tools for the use of urban connectivity through re-designing mixed use (residen-
space in a certain extent, with studio objects/cases like strips tial-commercial) project. Students are triggered to redesign
or mixed-used environments/areas. Students are introduced an area that is undergoing a transition process because of the
to the basics of urban design practice using the results of an radical changes that are happening. The studio was organized
in-depth and sharp analysis of regional contexts and issues. with the initial premise that public spaces play an important
role in creating a comfortable and lively city, but its design
Syllabus: “platform” still needs to rely on user aspirations. This studio’s
challenge is the position of urban design that must give
The selected site is a part of road or an area that is complex
respect and attention to other aspects behind the architec-
enough and has a variety of factors and city elements so that
tural form and the physical condition of the city. In addition,
it can provide opportunities for students to do “multiple anal-
in completing urban design projects, students are required to
ysis”. The students should understand and apply the idea of
use “local character” as a keyword.
“place making” both in the private and public space, open
spaces, and buildings, to be able to realize individual and Preconditions: Completed Urban Design Studio 1
community/public needs. Critical examination in a wider
scale and context of various types of cities plans and regu- Textbooks:
lations, including master plans, zoning, UDGL, etc., is also 1. Protzen, Jean-Pierre and Harris, David J., Universe of
included in the course. Design: Horst Rittel’s Theories of Design and Planning,
Preconditions: - London and New York: Routledge (2010)
Textbooks: 2. Rutz, Werner: Cities and Towns in Indonesia, Stuttgart:

Gebruder Borntraeger (1987)
1. Carmona, Matthew et.al, Public Spaces Urban Spaces.
Oxford: Architectural Press, 2003 3. Ricky Burdett (Editor), Deyan Sudjic (Editor), 2010,
Living in the Endless City: The Urban Age Project by
2. Gehl, Jan, How to Study Public Life, Copenhagen: Island the London School of Economics and Deutsche Bank’s,
Press, 2013 Alfred Herrhausen Society, Phaidon Press
3. Hester, Randolph T., Design for Ecological Democracy, 4. Ricky Burdett (Editor), Deyan Sudjic (Editor) 2008. the
Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, 2010 Endless City, Phaidon Press
4. Shane, Graham, Recombinant Urbanism. Great Britain: 5. Mohsen Mostafavi (Author), Gareth Doherty (Author),
John Wiley & Sons, 2005 2010, Harvard University Graduate, Ecological Urban-
ism, Lars Muller Publishers
5. Jacobs, Allan B., Looking at Cities. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press, 1985 6. Charles Montgomery (2014). Happy City: Transforming
Our Lives Through Urban Design, Farrar Straus Giroux
6. Krier, Rob, Urban Space. New York: Rizzoli Int. Publica-
tion, 1970 7. Abeyasekere, S. (1987). Jakarta: A History, Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
7. Lynch, Kevin, Good City Form. Cambridge, MA: MIT
Press., 1984 8. Certeau, M.D. (1984). The Practice of Everyday Life.
Berkeley: University of California Press.
8. Larice, Michael, Urban Design Reader, London: Rout-
ledge, 2012 9. Silver, C. (2011). Planning the Megacity: Jakarta in the
Twentieth Century. New York: Routledge
9. National Association of City Transportation Officials,
Urban Street Design Guide, Copenhagen: Island Press, 10. Tunas, D. (2008). The Spatial Economy in the Urban Infor-
2013 mal Settlement. Netherland: International Forum on
Urbanism
10. Rossi, Aldo, The Architecture of the City. Cambridge,
MA: MIT Press, 1982 Urban Design Theory
ENAR800015
Urban Studio 2
3 Credits
ENAR800021
5 Credits Objectives :
Objectives : Describing how built-environment planning and design
contribute to the establishmen of a good city through analy-
By taking advantage of the UI Depok campus location in
sis of both traditional and contemporary urban design theory,
a satellite city of Jakarta, the studio’s main objective is to
as well as an analysis of how and under what circumstances
broaden students’ insight, understanding, knowledge and
urban design theory is formulated; Questioning how the idea
skills (mastery) on the principles of sustainable urban design,
521
Master Program
of urban design may improve the physical character of the ha area development. Product property (physical rules that
built-environment and why it is hoped that it will support apply). Project funding & procurement scheme: e.g. mortgages.
improvement of the quality of life in cities and peri-urban Rights and obligations of developers & local governments
areas; Conducting social and spatial analysis of the built (developer: on site, off site, pay cash, etc. Local government:
environment; analyzing and criticizing the perceptual and tax holidays, incentives, city facilities, etc.). Implementation
performative aspects in urban design. plan (rights & obligations + development time schedule)
Syllabus: (2) Development of urban facilities related to property devel-
opment (public-private development): Investigation/explo-
Reviewing the understanding of urban design, including
ration of a public project through recovery opportunities by
historical studies and discourses on what is meant by “good
incorporating property development elements in it such as
city” through the views of theorists, as follows: cosmological
the development of educational areas /science center, MRT/
beliefs, formalists, functionalists, picturesque, organics, utopi-
busway/tollway associated with property development along
ans, livability, and ecological. Questioning the “performance
its route. Procurement of city facilities and infrastructure.
dimension” in urban design theory and understanding the
relationship between urban design and perceptual/visual/ Preconditions:
social dimensions. Once students are introduced to the theo-
Completed Real Estate Workshop 1
retical view, then they will explore different ways of interpret-
ing and understanding the urban environment. Discussing Textbooks:
about how urban environments mean different things to
Adjusting to the offered topic.
different people, depending on their cultural, economic, racial
and gender backgrounds. Brief reviewing the relationship Housing Policy
between urban design activities and the political-economic ENAR800038
context of the urban development process. 3 Credits
Preconditions: - Objectives :
Textbooks: Able to explore policy as a series of concepts that underlie the
implementation of the housing sector in the country, includ-
1. R. Legates, The City Reader, 2nd ed, Routledge, 1999
ing among others: understanding, objectives, characteristics,
2. Henri Pirenne, The Medieval Cities: Their Origins and motives, scope, and implementation. Discusses housing policy
the Revival of Trade, Princeton University Press, 1969 and its relation to political, social, economic, cultural, and
environmental aspects and practices towards implementation
3. Aristoteles, The Politics (especially Book III and Book
practices, including in the scope of architecture and the city.
VII), Penguin Classics, revised edition, 1981
Syllabus:
Property Workshop 1
ENAR800011 Indonesia as an archipelagic country: developing country,
3 Credits economic disparity and urban formation; Urbanization,
migration: Indonesia demographic characteristic; constitution
Objectives :
of society; Housing demand & supply (formal & informal
Studying the relationship between architecture and real sectors); Politics of the state and housing policy: Typology
estate activities in a small-scale project. Related to the space of housing provision in Indonesia (legal aspect; mode of
innovation for human activities such as new building types, consumption; mode of production); Housing economy and
lifestyles, market segmentation, and others. finance; Land policy; Housing technology; Housing policy in
Asian countries
Syllabus:
Preconditions: -
The dream & the product; the products (precedence): residen-
tial property, commercial/ retail property, office building/ Textbooks:
property for working; money matters/ feasibility study; the
1. H Arendt, The Human Condition, The University of
products & the users/ lifestyle; management aspects of a
Chicago Press, 1958, pp. 7-17
property product; The proposed products (future): residential
property, commercial/ retail property, office building/ prop- 2. M Heidegger tr by Albert Hofstadler, Kerper & Row,
erty for working; finance & management. Poetry, Language, Thought, Publishing Inc., 1971, pp.
145-161
Preconditions: -
3. M Foucault, S. During (ed.), ‘Space. Power and knowl-
Textbooks:
edge’, The Cultural Studies Reader Second Edition, Rout-
Property Workshop 2 ledge, 1999: 134-41
ENAR800023
4. Henri Lefebvre translated by Donald Nicholson-Smith,
3 Credits
The Production of Space, Blackwell, 1991, Chapter 1, pp.
Objectives : 26-52
Studying the relationship between urban architecture and 5. P Bourdieu, Outline of A Theory of Practice, Cambridge
real estate activities in a large-scale project which is related to University Press, 1977, pp. 72-95
urban management, public and private sectors role in urban
6. M De Certeau tr by Steven F. Rendall, The Practice of
development, repositioning and revitalizing an area, and
Everyday Life, University of California Press, 1984, pp.
others.
29-42 and 91-110
Syllabus:
7. Kendig HalL, ‘Housing Careers, Life Cycle and Resi-
(1) Private sector/commercial development project, about 50 dential Mobility : Implications for the Housing Market’,
522
Master Program
Urban Studies, 1984, 21, 271-283 5. Abidin Kusno, Politik Ekonomi Perumahan Rakyat dan
Utopia Jakarta, 2012
8. Michael Haan & Thomas Perks. ‘The Housing Careers of
Older Canadians: An Investigation Using Cycle 16 of the Energy Efficient Building
General Social Survey’. Canadian Studies in Population ENAR800032
Vol. 35.2, 2008, pp. 223–242 3 Credits
9. K. D. Willis, Squatter Settlements, Elsevier Ltd, 2009 Objectives :
10. Brian Sullivan & Ke Chen. ‘Design for Tenant Fitout: A Students understand the theoretical principles of energy-effi-
Critical Review of Public Housing Flat Design in Hong cient building and can apply them to design climate-respon-
Kong’. Habitat Intl. Vol 21. No 3, 1997, pp. 291-303 sive and energy-efficient buildings.
11. Leland Blank and Anthony Tarquin. Engineering Econ- Syllabus:

omy: Seventh Edition, McGraw Hills, 2012 Renewable energy, climate and sites, solar geometry, passive
12. B Harsman & J Quigley, Housing Markets & Housing cooling, shading, natural & artificial light, and solar panels.
Institutions in a Comparative Perspective”. Housing Preconditions: -
Markets & Housing Institutions, Kluwer Academic, 1991,
pp.1-29 Textbooks:
13. Fashbir N Sidin, Housing Policy Systems in South and 1. Donal Watson, The Energy Design Handbook, The
East Asia, Palgrave Macmillan, 2002, pp.161-176 American Institute of Architecture Press, 1993
14. John F.C Turner and Robert Fichter, Freedom to Build, 2. Klaus Daniels, The Technology of Ecological Building,
Collier Mcmillan, 1972 English translation by Elizabeth Schwaiger, Birkhauser
Verlag, Berlin 1994
15. John F.C Turner, Housing By People: Towards Autonomy
in Building Environments, The Value of Housing, 1976, 3. Norbert Lechner, Heating Cooling Lighting, 2nd edition,
pp. 53-74. translated, PT Raja Grafindo Persada, 2007
16. A T Alamsyah, Menata pemukiman Pulau-Laut. Pidato Architecture and Sustainability Workshop 1
Pengukuhan Guru Besar UI, 2008 ENAR800013
5 Credits
17. Mayor Michael R Bloomberg and Amanda M.Burden,
Coastal climate resilience, Urban waterfront adaptive Objectives :
strategies, Department of City Planning, 2013 Students can develop and apply building technology theory
18. A T Alamsyah, Regionalisme dalam Penataan in a small-scale design research project.
Permukiman di Gugus Pulau Mikro, Disertasi, PSIL UI, Syllabus:
2006
Preconditions: -
19. Diposaptono, Subandono, Budiman, Hidup Akrab
dengan Gempa dan Tsunami, Penerbit Buku Ilmiah Textbooks:
Populer, 2008 1. Dominique Gauzin-Muller, Sustainable Architecture and
Urban Housing and Settlement Theory Urbanism, Birkhausser, 2002
ENAR800016 2. Earl R. Babbie, The Practice of Social Research, Belmont:
3 Credits Wadsworth Publ. Co.Inc, 1973
Objectives : 3. Giancolli DC. General Physics, Prentice Hall Inc, 1984
Able to analyze the impact of housing development planning 4. James Ambrose, Simplified Design for Building Sound
in urban areas. Control, John Wiley & Sons, 1995
Syllabus: 5. Leslie L Doelle and Lea Prasetio, Akustik Lingkungan,
Housing problems in urban areas, study of typology and Erlangga, 1993
housing environment, construction methods and typology, 6. KE Watt, Understanding the Environment, UC Press,
economic studies and housing management, urban housing 1982
planning and design studies.
7. SFPE Handbook, Society of Fire Protection Engineering.
Preconditions: -
Water Resources Management
Textbooks: ENCV800403
1. Norma L. Newmark & Particia J. Thompson, Self, Space 3 Credits
and Shelter: An Introduction to Housing. New York: Objectives :
Harper and Row, Publisher, Inc. 1977
Students are able to work independently or work together in
2. John F.C. Turner, Housing by People: Towards Autonomy teams to carry out assessments (evaluating complex design
in Building Environments, Marion Boyars Publishers processes or results) on various aspects of the scope of Water
Ltd, 1976 Resources Management in solving water resource problems
3. Graham Towers, At Home in The City: An Introduction and be able to present the results of the assessment in the form
to Urban Housing Design, 2005 of systematic documents and able to communicate orally.
4. Paul Bachin & Maureen Rhoden. Housing: The Essential Syllabus:

Foundations, Routledge, New York 2003 Students are trained with the ability to understand:
523
Master Program
1. Aspects of water resources management principles and Watershed (DAS) Health Audit
policies (in Indonesia) and their developments; ENCV803402
3 Credits
2. Aspects and models of Integrated Water Resources
Management (IWRM) both on a national and interna- Objectives :
tional scale;
1. Able to apply a rapid assessment of the health of a
3. Aspects of management based on government regula- watershed based on the Center for Watershed Protection
tions and policies related to 3 (three) pillars of natural method,
resource management, namely Utilization, Control of
2. Able to categorize watershed health status based on
Water Damage, Conservation;
impermeable land cover, water quality, and diversity of
4. Supporting aspects of water resources management macrozoobenthos, and
which include hydro-economy;
3. Able to provide follow-up recommendations for improv-
5. Natural resource management case (or project), selected ing watershed health.
in a Water Resources Management Area or river basin
Syllabus:
Preconditions: -
1. Land Use Planning,
Textbooks:
2. Land Conservation,
1. Regulation of the Minister of Public Works. Number:
3. Borders of Waters,
11A/PRT/M/2006 about the Criteria and Determination
of River Basin. 4. Ideal Tread Design,
2. IWRM Resources. http://www.gwp.org/en/The-Chal- 5. Erosion & Sedimentation Control,
lenge/IWRM-Resources/
6. Rain Management,
3. GWP IWRM ToolBox: Useful Tool for Academia. http://
www.gwp.org/gwp-inaction/ news-and-Activities/ 7. Liquid Waste Management,
GWP-IWRM-ToolBox-A-useful-tool-for-academia-/ 8. Stakeholder Concern.
4. Mays, Larry W., 1996. Water Resources Handbook. Preconditions: -
McGraw-Hill. TEKNIK SIPIL PROGRAM MAGISTER 149
Textbooks:
5. Loucks, Eric D., 1998. Water Resources and the Urban
Environment. ASCE. Advanced Water Building Design
ENCV802402
6. Several national, provincial, and regional regulations 3 Credits
and policies related to Water Resources Management.
Objectives :
Urban Water and Waste Quality Management
ENCV8022704 Students are able to calculate dimensional requirements,
3 Credits evaluate the strength and stability of important water struc-
tures in the supplementation system through open channels,
Objectives : drainage and small reservoirs and calculate the dimensions of
Students are able to predict (C5) the carrying capacity and physical models for various scale sizes.
load on surface water with water quality modeling software. Syllabus:
Syllabus: 1. Lingkup dan definisi;
Introduction to urban water management in urban spatial 2. Prinsip kerja sistim suplesi melalui saluran terbuka:
planning and infrastructure; Types of resources, water allo- Perancangan bendung, pintu air slus (sluice gate), bangu-
cation and water availability; Critical of water quality and nan ukur, bangunan bagi;
water use in infrastructure perspective; Water quality and
urban effluent load in causality and health risk relationship; 3. Prinsip kerja sistem saluran drainase; -Perancangan
Calculation of the pollution load of solid waste and liquid jaringan saluran drainase mikro; Perancangan drainase
waste; Determination of the capacity and load on surface jalan raya;
water; Calculation of Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) in 4. Perancangan bangunan air pelengkap: crossworks,
water bodies; Technological and policy interventions in urban diversions, drop structures), tanggul, perkuatan tebing
water and sewage quality control; Water quality modeling dan sayap jembatan (wing wall);
(QUAL2E, Epanet, Aquatox..); Application of water quality
management cases for cities using software. 5. Jenis dan sistem kerja waduk kecil: Perancangan kebutu-
han dimensi, pelimpah ogee dan syphon, pompa;
Preconditions: -
6. Model skala dan similitude
Textbooks:
Preconditions:
1. Spoon R (2015), Water Quality Management Handbook,
Ingram Publisher. Fluid Mechanics, Hydraulics, PIK 1, PIK 2
2. Aley R (2007) Water Quality Control Handbook, WEF Textbooks:

Press. 1. Ven T. Chow (1959) Open Channel Hydraulics (reprinted
3. Wang LK et al. (2012) Advances in Water Resources 2009)
Management, Springer (ebook). 2. Bureau of Reclamation (1987) Design of Small Dams,
524 United States Department of The Interior
Master Program
Environmental Audit ENCV803602

ENCV802105 3 Credits
3 Credits
Objectives :
Objectives :
1. Able to identify and analyze infrastructure asset manage-
Able to conduct audits and prepare environmental audit ment processes.
reports
2. Able to explain infrastructure asset management and
Syllabus: provide illustrations of asset management implemen-
tation on infrastructure to achieve sustainability in the
Definitions, principles, concepts and environmental policies
infrastructure sectors.
in Environmental Auditing. Legal Basis for Environmental
Audit Policies and Regulations. AL Basic Principles (Defin- Syllabus:
ing main issues and audit scope). Understanding ISO 1400:
Infrastructure asset management, asset evaluation, asset valu-
Improved Environmental Management and Sustainable
ation, optimization in asset management, asset allocation, risk
Development. Review of the Environmental Management
management on infrastructure assets.
Plan and Environmental Management Plan. Basic Princi-
ples of Auditing (Basic principles, procedures, hierarchies Preconditions: -
and processes in environmental auditing). Types of Audits
Textbooks:
(Revenue audits, waste audits, process audits). Audit Method
(procedure for determination, weight, importance and valu- 1. Rice, M. R, DiMeo, R.A., Porter, M.P. (2012) Nonprofit
ation in environmental audit). Audit Documents. Audit Case Asset Management. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
Studies (case document studies).
2. Schneeweis, T., Crowder, G. B., Kazemi, H. (2010) The
Preconditions: - New Science of Asset Allocation. John Wiley & Sons.
Textbooks: Infrastructure and Regional Development
ENCV80010
1. “Audit and Reduction Manual for Industrial Emissions
3 Credits
and Wastes”; United Nations Environment Programme,
Industry and Environment Office, United Nations Indus- Objectives :
trial Development Organization. ISBN: 92-807-1303-5
1. Able to identify and analyze the infrastructure develop-
2. “Moving Ahead with ISO 14000”, Improving Environ- ment of a region related to the regional economy.
mental Management and Advancing Sustainable Devel-
2. Able to explain the concept of the relationship between
opment; edited by: Philip A. Marcus & John T. Willig,
planning and infrastructure development in an area and
Wiley Series in Environmental Quality Management
its relationship to the regional economy.
John Wily & Sons, Inc, 1997, ISBN 0-471-16877-7.
Syllabus:
3. “Panduan Audit Sistem Manajemen Mutu dan/atau
Lingkungan”; SNI 19-19011-2005. Badan Standardisasi Preliminary; Regional Development Theory; Developing the
Nasional Concept of Transport Spatial Planning and Strategic Areas;
Determining the Area of Influence of Infrastructure; Urban
Life Cycle Analysis (LCA)
and Rural Area Development; Development and Spatial Plan-
ENCV802202
ning of Coastal Areas; Future Spatial Planning; Developing
3 Credits
Economic Corridors; Regional Connectivity; ASEAN Regional
Objectives : Connectivity; Regional Development Financing; Infrastruc-
ture in Regional Development; Case study of Infrastructure
Able to use a set of models to conduct an assessment of
in Regional Development.
sustainable solid waste management.
Preconditions: -
Syllabus:
Textbooks:
Overview Integrated Solid Waste Management, concept of
sustainable solid waste management, IWMS (case studies 1. Bambang Susantono, Ph.D. Infrastructure and Regional
and analysis) development, element of IWM, solid waste Development in Indonesia. 2015. Delft Academic Press.
generation and composition, waste collection, central sorting, ISBN: 978-90-6562-323-2.
biological treatment, thermal treatment, landfilling, material
2. Prof. Dr. Rahardjo Adisasmita, M.Ec. Ekonomi Tata
recycling, model: STAN 2, Prognosis, and IWM 2.
Ruang Wilayah. 2014. Graha Ilmu. ISBN: 978-602-262-225-
Preconditions: - 3.
Textbooks: 3. Wong, Cecilia. Indicators for Urban and Regional Plan-
ning: The Interplay of Policy and Methods. 2006. The
1. Integrated Solid Waste Management, Geroge Tchobano-
RTPI Library Series. ISBN: 0-415-27452-4.
glous, Hilary Theisen, Samuel A. Vigil, McGraw Hill
International Edition, 1993. 4. Stevenson, Deborah. Cities and Urban Cultures. 2003.
Open University Press. ISBN: 0-335-20844-4.
2. Handbook of Solid Waste Management, George Tcho-
banoglous, Frank Kreith, McGraw Hill, 2002. 5. Ed: Taylor, Peter J, Derudder, Ben, Saey, Pieter and Witlox,
Frank. Cities in Globalization: Practices, Policies and
3. Integrated Solid Waste Management: A Life Cycle Inven-
Theories. Routledge Taylor and Francis Group. ISBN:
tory, Forbes McDougall, Peter White, Marina Franke,
978-0-415-40984-1.
Peter Hindle, Blackwell Science, 2001.
Transportation System
Infrastructure Asset Management
525
Master Program
ENCV801502 Publishing
3 Credits
Transportation Planning and Policy
Objectives : ENCV802502
3 Credits
Students can analyze the components of the transportation
system from various dimensions, as well as the latest issues Objectives :
related to the Indonesian and global transportation systems;
Able to bring out the uniqueness and originality of the
Students can design transportation systems that include oper-
proposal in creating the transportation policy.
ating, demand, and supply systems that meet the needs.
Syllabus:
Syllabus:
Transportation Policy Formulation; framework for assessing
Overview of the transportation system. Characterization and
transport policy – land use, accessibility, air pollution, noise,
categorization of transportation systems for single mode and
accidents and sustainability. Transport planning and policy
dual mode. Factors (influence) in the transportation system
and interaction with spatial planning. Institutional arrange-
(planning, design, investment, operation, maintenance).
ments for transportation planning and management. Risk,
Demand system (Sistem Permintaan). Supply System (Sistem
uncertainty and complexity in determining transportation
Pasokan). Issues of equality, accessibility, environment, econ-
policy. Transport policies at the local, regional, metropolitan
omy and disability.
and national levels; logistics transportation policy
Preconditions: -
Preconditions: -
Textbooks:
Textbooks:
1. Grava, S., 2003. Urban Transportation System, McGraw-
1. Schiller, P., Bruunm, E. and Kenworthy, J., 2010. An Intro-
Hill.
duction to Sustainable Transportation: Policy, Planning
2. Manheim, M., 1979. Fundamentals of Transportation 1st ed., Routledge.
Systems Analysis. Vol 1: Basic Concept 1st ed., The MIT
2. Morichi, S. and Acharya, S.R., 2013. Transport Develop-
Press.
ment in Asian Megacities: A New Perspective, Springer.
3. Blunden, W. and Black, J., 1984. The Land-Use / Transport
3. Rodrigue, J.-P., Comtois, C. and Slack, B., 2009. The Geog-
System 2nd ed., Pergamon-Press
raphy of Transport Systems 3rd ed., Routledge.
Transportation Economy
4. Stopher, P. and Stanley, J., 2014. Introduction to Transport
ENCV802501
Policy: A Public Policy View, Edward Elgar Pub.
3 Credits
Logistics Transportation
Objectives :
ENCV803508
1. Able to use economic, social impact, in the process of 3 Credits
solving the complex transportation problems,
Objectives :
2. Able to analyze the demand and supply of transportation
Able to bring out the uniqueness and originality of the
systems based on economic theory and traveler behavior,
proposal in creating the transportation policy
3. Able to analyze the economic investment of short-term
Syllabus:
and long-term transportation projects including the
measurement of externality costs and their financing Transportation Policy Formulation; framework for assessing
aspects. transport policy – land use, accessibility, air pollution, noise,
accidents and sustainability. Transport planning and policy
Syllabus:
and interaction with spatial planning. Institutional arrange-
Introduction to transport economics; the concept of demand ments for transportation planning and management. Risk,
and supply of transportation systems (demand and supply). uncertainty and complexity in determining transportation
Spatial issues: movement, transport and location. Transpor- policy. Transport policies at the local, regional, metropolitan
tation demand, costs and direct benefits of transportation and national levels; logistics transportation policy
and cost recovery. External costs of transportation: conges-
Preconditions: -
tion, pollution, accidents and social impacts. Transportation
investment: basics of pricing, subsidies, competence between Textbooks:
transportation systems, understanding of investment deci-
1. Schiller, P., Bruunm, E. and Kenworthy, J., 2010. An Intro-
sions (BCR, IRR and NPV).
duction to Sustainable Transportation: Policy, Planning
Preconditions: - 1st ed., Routledge.
Textbooks: 2. Morichi, S. and Acharya, S.R., 2013. Transport Develop-
ment in Asian Megacities: A New Perspective, Springer.
1. Kenneth Button, 2010., Transport Economics 3rd edition,
Edward Elgar Publisher. 3. Rodrigue, J.-P., Comtois, C. and Slack, B., 2009. The Geog-
raphy of Transport Systems 3rd ed., Routledge.
2. Stuart Cole, 2005, Applied Transport Economics. Policy,
management & decision making 3rd edition, Kogan Page. 4. Stopher, P. and Stanley, J., 2014. Introduction to Transport
Policy: A Public Policy View, Edward Elgar Pub.
3. Quinet, E, Vickerman, R dan Vickerman RW, 2005. Prin-
ciple of Transport Economic, Edward Elgar Publisher Project Investment and Finance
ENCV801601
4. McCarthy, P. 2007, Transportation Economics Theory and
3 Credits
Practice: A Case Study Approach, 2nd edition, Blackwell
526
Master Program
Objectives :
Able to determine advanced concepts and appropriate prin-
ciples to provide solutions to complex problems in the field of
specialty in accordance with the practice of Civil Engineering
(ELO 4 – Technical Specialization)
Syllabus:
Preconditions: -
Textbooks:
1. Leland Blank, Anthony Tarquin. Engineering Economy,
7th edition. McGraw Hill. 2012
2. Finnerty, John D. (2007). Project Financing: Asset-Based
Financial Engineering. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., ISBN-13:
978-0-470-08624-7
3. Gatti, Stevano. (2008). Project Finance in Theory and
Practice. Elsevier. Academic Press
527
Master Program
Master in Civil Engineering


2. Teaching Institution Faculty of Engineering University Indonesia
3. Programme Tittle Graduate Program in Civil Engineering
4. Class Regular
5. Final Award Magister Teknik (M.T.)
6. Accreditation / Recognition BAN-PT: A – accredited ; Assessed by AUN-QA
9. Entry Bachelor Degree (S1) – Engineering, Mathematics and Science; Pass the
Requirements Master Degree Entrance Exam
Semester
Regular 4 16
Master of Civil Engineering who has technical specialization and able to develop and apply Civil Engineering knowl-
edge professionally and ethically
1. Problem Recognition and Solving: Select appropriate advanced concepts and principles to solve complex problems
in a specialty area appropriate to the practice of civil engineering. (L4)
2. Experiment: Select appropriate experiments, and analyze the results in the solution of civil engineering problems.
(L4)
3. Technical Specialization: Select appropriate advanced concepts and principles to solve complex problems in a
specialty area appropriate to the practice of civil engineering. (L4)
4. Sustainability: Analyze the sustainable performance of complex civil engineering projects from a systems
perspective. (L4)
5. Communication: Analyze effective communication to technical and nontechnical audiences. (L4)
6. Lifelong Learning: Analyze new knowledge, skills, and attitudes relevant to civil engineering acquired through
self-directed learning. (L4)
i Study Program Subjects 9 22%
ii Specialization Subjects 12-21 30-53%
iii Elective Subjects 3-9 7.5-22.5%
iv Pre-Thesis, Thesis, Scientific Publications 10 25%
Total 40 100 %
Total Credit Hours to Graduate 40 Credits
528
Master Program
Learning Outcomes
Flow Diagram of Subjects – Graduate Program on Civil Engineering
529
Master Program
530
Master Program
531
Master Program
Curriculum Structure of Graduate ENCV 802 403 Water Infrastructure Observation 3

Program on Civil Engineering Maintenance Operational System
ENCV 802 404 Environmental Fluid Mechanics 3
Code Subject SKS Transportation Courses
1st Semester ENCV 802 501 Transportation Economics 3
ENCV 801 101 Applied Math 3 ENCV 802 502 Transportation Planning and 3
ENCV 801 102 Engineering System & Value 3 Policy
Structural Courses ENCV 802 503 Transportation Safety 3
ENCV 801 201 Advanced Material Mechanics 3 Project Management Courses dan Infrastructure
ENCV 801 202 Structural Dynamics 3 Management Courses

Geotechnical Courses ENCV 802 601 Project Time and Cost Manage- 3
ment
ENCV 801 301 Advanced Soil Mechanics 3
ENCV 802 602 Project Quality and Risk Manage- 3
ENCV 801 302 Advanced Geotechnic Investiga- 3
ment
tion
ENCV 802 603 Procurement, Contract Adminis- 3
Water Resource Management Courses
tration and Claim
ENCV 801 401 Groundwater Hydraulics 3
Construction Management Courses
ENCV 801 402 Engineering Hydrology 3
ENCV 802 601 Project Time and Cost Manage- 3
Transportation Courses ment
ENCV 801 501 Traffic Engineering and Control 3 ENCV 802 602 Project Quality and Risk Manage- 3
ENCV 801 502 Transportation Systems 3 ment
Construction Management Courses ENCV 8026 03 Procurement, Contract Adminis- 3
tration and Claim
ENCV 801 601 Project Investment and Finance 3
ENCV 802 604 Policy and Safety plan in 3
ENCV 801 602 Project Management 3
Construction
Total credits Semester 1 Major - 12
Construction Safety Engineering Management Courses
Structure
ENCV 802 605 Risk and Cost of Safety 3
Geotechnic ENCV 802 604 Policy and Safety plan in 3
Construction
Water Resource Management Total credits Semester 1 Major - 12
Structure
Transportation Total credits Semester 1 Major - 12
Geotechnic
PM / CM / IM / CSEM Total credits Semester 1 Major - 12
Water Resource Management
2 nd Semester
ENCV 802 103 Research Metodology 3
Transportation
Structural Courses
ENCV 802 201 Plate and Shell 3 Project Management
ENCV 802 202 Finite Element Method 3 Total credits Semester 2 Major - 12
ENCV 802 203 High Rise Building Structure 3 Construction Management
ENCV 802 204 Advanced Steel Structure 3 Total credits Semester 2 Major - 12
Infrastructure Management
ENCV 802 205 Special Topics on Structural 3
Engineering Total credits Semester 2 Major - 12
Construction Safety Engineering
ENCV 802 206 Earthquake Resistance Building 3
Management
Structure
Geotechnical Courses
ENCV 802 301 Slope Stabilization and Soil 3
Improvement 3rd Semester
ENCV 802 302 Environmental Geotechnics 3 ENCV 800 104 Pre - Thesis 4
ENCV 802 303 Numerical Methods in Geotech- 3 Structural Courses
nical Engineering
ENCV 803 201 Bridge Structure 3
Water Resource Management Courses
ENCV 803 202 Advance Reinforce Concrete 3
ENCV 802 401 Water Resources Management 3 Technology
ENCV 802 402 Water Infrastructure Design 3 ENCV 803 203 Prestressed Concrete Structure 3
532
Master Program
ENCV 803 204 Offshore Structure 3 Total credits Semester 2 Major - 7

Construction Management
Geotechnical Courses
ENCV 803 301 Adv. Foundation Engineering & 3 Infrastructure Management
Deep Excavation
ENCV 803 302 Dynamics & Earthquake in 3 Construction Safety Engineering
Geotechnics Management
ENCV 803 303 Special Topics in Geotechnics 3 Total credits Semester 2 Major - 7
Water Resource Management Courses Environmental Engineering
ENCV 803 401 Ecohydrology 3 4th Semester

ENCV 800 105 Thesis 8
ENCV 803 402 Watershed Vulnerability Assess- 3
ment ENCV 800 106 Scientific Publications 2
ENCV 803 403 Water Damage Management 3 Total credits Semester 1 Major - 6
Transportation Courses Structure
ENCV 803 501 Transportation Model 3
Geotechnic
ENCV 803 502 Public Transportation Planning 3 Total credits Semester 1 Major - 6
and Control Water Resource Management
ENCV 803 503 Advanced Road Geometric 3 Total credits Semester 1 Major - 6
Design Transportation
ENCV 803 504 Advanced Road Pavement 3 Total credits Semester 1 Major - 6
Engineering PM / CM / IM / CSEM
ENCV 803 505 Advanced Road Pavement 3 Total 40
Materials
ENCV 803 506 Road Preservation Strategy 3 Course Syllabus of Graduate Program on
ENCV 803507 Railway Transportation Planning 3 Civil Engineering
ENCV 803 508 Logistic Transportation 3
Applied Math
ENCV 803 509 Environmental-Asset and Safety 3 ENCV 801 101
3 Credits
ENCV 803 510 Railway Infrastructure Construc- 3
tion and Rehabilitation Competence in Curriculum: Prior knowledge for problem
Infrastructure Management Courses recognation & solving
ENCV 803 601 Legal and Institutional Frame- 3 Learning Objectives :

work 1. Students should be able to implement procedures to find
ENCV 803 602 Infrastructure Asset Management 3 solutions of differential equations, equations which are
common in civil science discipline, both analytically and
Construction Management Courses numerically
ENCV 803 603 Project Stakeholder and Commu- 3 Syllabus: Introduction: Role of mathematics in the civil
nication engineering disciplines, review procedures to solve systems
Construction Safety Engineering Management Courses of equations and numerical procedure for calculating differ-
ential and integral; Differential equations classification;
ENCV 803 604 Construction Safety Plan, 3
Analytical solutions of linear differential equations; Ordinary
Administration and Report
differential equation numerical solution: Predictor-corrector
ENCV 803 605 Construction Safety Monitoring 3 method, Runge-Kutta Method; Partial differential equation
and Control numerical solution: finite difference method, finite element
ENCV 803 606 Safety Audit and Accident 3 method.
Investigation Prerequisites:
Text Books:
Structure
1. Erwin Kreyszig (2011) Advanced Engineering Mathemat-
Total credits Semester 1 Major - 10 ics Tenth Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
Geotechnic 2. Chapra, Steven C.; Canale, Raymond P. (2015) Numerical
Total credits Semester 1 Major - 10 Methods for Engineers, Seventh Edition, McGraw-Hill
Water Resource Management 3. Michael D. Greenberg (1998) Advanced Engineering
Total credits Semester 1 Major - 10 Mathematics Second Edition, Prentice Hall
Transportation Engineering System & Value
Total credits Semester 2 Major - 10 ENCV 801 102
Project Management 3 Credits
Competence in Curriculum: Prior knowledge for problem
recognation & solving
533
Master Program
Learning Objectives : Able to evaluate system engineering Learning Objectives: Students should be able to apply the
including analysing, simulating and optimizing to produce a knowledge from the specificity / specialization that has
better designed and more valuable system engineering. been gained in preliminary studies, analyze the results and
describe it orally (presentation) and written (seminar book)
Syllabus: Course Overview; Introduction to Systems Defini-
tions & Concepts; Introduction to Sustainability Development; Syllabus: -
Optimization and Reliability, Design & Operation, Decision
Prerequisites: Research Methodology
Making; Issues on Human, Organizational and Technology;
Value Engineering and Innovation; New Product Develop- Text Books : -
ment; System Dynamic and Simulation (MCS)
Thesis
Prerequisites: ENCV 800 105
4 Credits
Text Books:
1. M.A. Berawi, (2014), Aplikasi Value Engineering pada Competence in Curriculum: Prior knowledge for WA2 (prob-
industri konstruksi, UI Press, Jakarta. lem analysis), WA3 (design/development of solutions) , WA5
2. M.A. Berawi (2015), Rekayasa Inovasi Mega Proyek Infra- (modern tool usage), WA6 (the engineer and society), WA7
struktur, UI Press Jakarta. (environment and sustainability), WA9 (individual and team
3. Value World, Journal of Society of American Value Engi- work) dan WA10 (communication) and WA12 (lifelong learn-
neers (SAVE International), USA. ing)
4. Kaufman, JJ & Woodhead, RM (2006), Stimulating Innova-
tion in products and Services, John & Willey Interscience.
1. Able to integrate the knowledge specificity of Civil Engi-
5. Blanchard, B S (1997). System Engineering Management,
neering in the design and implementation stage of the
Wiley-Interscience
research to solve a problem, able to analyze and interpret
6. Buede, DM (2009), The Engineering Design of Systems:
research data to obtain valid conclusions
Models and Methods, Wiley-Interscience
2. Able to explain the results of the research in the form of a
7. Ulrich, Karl T. and Eppinger, Steven D (2004) Product
scientific paper (thesis) and presentation
Design and Development, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill, New
York Syllabus: -
Research Methodology Prerequisites: Research Methodology and Seminar
ENCV 802 103
Text Books:
3 Credits
Competence in Curriculum: Prior knowledge for research/
ENCV 800 106
experiment dan WA10 (communication)
2 Credits
Competence in Curriculum: Prior knowledge untuk WA10
1. Able to explain the thinking concept of research method
(communication)
and apply them in selecting the appropriate research
methodology and in preparing the research proposal Learning Objectives:
2. Able to explore the uniqueness and originality of the 1. Students should be able to explain the results of his/her
proposed research (uniqueness of civil engineering prob- research in the scientific literature using a proper Indone-
lems) sian / English language according to the intended stan-
dard of writing journals / proceedings.
Syllabus: Methodological principles, research characteristic
and process, quantitative and qualitative research paradigm, Syllabus: -
scientific method, problem statement, construct hypotheses,
critical and logic thinking, research strategy, data collection Prerequisites: Thesis
techniques and analysis techniques, scientific paper, seminar Text Books:
drafting guidance with potential mentors
Prerequisites:
Course Syllabus of Structure
Text Books:
Specialization
1. Nazir, Moh, Metode Penelitian, Ghalia Indonesia,2003 Prestressed Concrete Structure
2. Keputusan Rektor UI No 628, Pedoman Teknis Penulisan ENCV 803 203
Tugas Akhir Mahasiswa Universitas Indonesia, 2008 3 Credits
3. FTUI, Pedoman Penulisan Thesis, 2006
4. Yin.Robert k, Studi Kasus Desain dan Metode, Rajagraf- Competence in Curriculum: Technical Specialization,
indo Persada, 2008 Communication
5. Riduwan, Skala pengukuran variable-variabel penelitian, Learning Objectives:
Alfabeta, 2002
6. Tan, W. (2008). Practical Research Methods (Third Edition 1. Students should be able to design pre-stressed concrete
ed.). Singapore: Prentice Hall according to the standard regulations, in buildings and
long span bridges using factored Strength (Load and
Pre-Thesis Resistance Factored Design, LRFD), serviceability
ENCV 800 104
4 Credits Syllabus:
Competence in Curriculum: Prior knowledge for Research/ Prestressed material review and how to design for bending
Experiment, WA10 (communication) and WA12 (lifelong based on Serviceability Limit State Design (SLSD) method.
learning) Load and factored strength design in the aspect of bending,
534 shear and torsion. Serviceability limit on the aspect of deflec-
Master Program
tion. Statically indeterminate structure. Loss of prestressing 2. Clough R.W. Penzien J., Dynamic of Structures, McGraw-
force due to friction and wobbling, Elastic shortening of Hill, 1993
concrete, anchor slip, creep and shrinkage of concrete, along
Earthquake Resistance Building
with the relaxation of prestressing steel. Analysis of the
ENCV 802 206
columns and beams prestressed meeting point; analysis of
3 Credits
prestressed anchor zone. Application in buildings and long
span bridges. external prestressing, and special applications Competence in Curriculum: Technical Specialization
in cable stayed bridge.
Learning Objectives: Students should be able to analyze the
Prerequisites: - effect of earthquakes on civil engineering buildings and able
to design earthquake proof buildings
Text Books:
1. SNI 03-2874-2002: “Tata cara perencanaan struktur beton Syllabus: Introduction : aspects of earthquake, causes, fault,
untuk bangunan gedung”, Badan Standardisasi Nasional, wave, damage mechanism, size of the earthquake; Character-
2002. istics of ground motion and response spectrum; Architectural
2. SNI T-14-2004: “Perencanaan struktur beton untuk Considerations on the earthquake resistant structural system;
jembatan”, Badan Standardisasi Nasional, 2004. Building dynamic response; Equivalent Static Analysis: The
3. ACI 318-02 & ACI 318R-02: “Building code requirements principle of equivalent static seismic forces, Equivalent static
for structural concrete and commentary”, American procedure according to SNI standard; Advanced Equivalent
Concrete Institute, 2002. Static Analysis: The principle of equivalent static seismic
4. AASHTO: “Standard specifications for highway bridges”, forces; Equivalent static procedure according to SNI standard;
American Association of State Highway and Transporta- Lateral stability and drift design; Seismic design of floor
tion Officials, 17th Edition, 2002. diaphragms; The design concept of capacity and ductility in
5. Y. Guyon: “Limit state design of prestressed concrete”, earthquake planning; Portal structural seismic design and
Applied Science Publishers, Essex, 1974. detailing: beams, columns, beam-column joint; Advanced
6. A.S.G. Bruggeling: “Structural concrete; Theory and its seismic Structure Design & detailing portal: beams, columns,
application”, A.A. Balkema, Rotterdam, 1991. beam-column joint; Advanced seismic Structure Design &
7. R. Chaussin, A. Fuentes, R. Lacroix, J. Perchat: “Prestressed detailing portal : beams, columns, beam-column joint; Shear
concrete”, Presses de l’Ecole National des Ponts et Chauss- wall structure seismic design and detailing; Advanced shear
ees, Paris, 1992. wall structure seismic design and detailing; Double structural
8. T.Y. Lin, N.H. Burns: “Design of prestressed concrete seismic design and detailing: portal and sliding walls
structures”, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1992.
Prerequisites:
9. R. Walther, B. Houriet, W. Isler, P. Moia: “Cable stayed
bridges”, Thomas Telford, London, 1988. Text Books:
10. ACI Committee 209, “Prediction of creep, shrinkage, and 1. Farzad Naeim, the Seismic Design Handbook, 1989
temperature effects in concrete structures”, ACI-209R-92, 2. Paulay and Priestly, Seismic Design of Reinforced
ACI Manual of Concrete Practice. Concrete and Masonry Buildings, 1992.
11. F.X. Supartono: “Beton Pratekan”, Seminar HAKI untuk 3. Chopra, Dynamic of Structures, 1995.
Konstruksi Beton dan Baja berdasarkan SNI-2002, Pekan- 4. BSN, Tata Cara Perencanaan Ketahanan Gempa untuk
baru, 5 Oktober 2004. Bangunan Gedung, SNI 03-1726-2002
12. F.X. Supartono: “External prestressing for building struc- 5. BSN, Tata Cara Perencanaan Struktur Beton untuk
tural repair”, FIP International Symposium, Johannes- Bangunan Gedung, SNI 03-2843-2002
burg, South Africa, 9 – 12 March 1997. 6. BSN, Tata Cara Perencanaan Struktur Baja untuk Bangu-
13. F.X. Supartono: “Jembatan cable stayed”, Seminar nan Gedung, SNI 03-1729-2002
jembatan cable stayed, Direktorat Jendral Binamarga,
Jakarta, Maret 1996.
Finite Element Method
ENCV 802 202
14. F.X. Supartono: “Jembatan segmental beton pratekan
3 Credits
dengan cara kantilever”, Short course “Perencanaan dan
teknologi konstruksi jembatan”, Semarang, 11 Maret 1996. Competence in Curriculum: Technical Specialization
Structural Dynamics Learning Objectives:
ENCV 801 202 1. Able to apply finite element method (FEM) for 3-dimen-
3 Credits sion elastic problem and 2-dimension solid elastic (plane
stress and strain)
Competence in Curriculum: Technical Specialization
2. Able to use finite element method package, and create sub
Learning Objectives: Students should be able to analyze civil routine matrix of element strength.
engineering buildings subjected to dynamic forces.
Syllabus:
Syllabus: Dynamic load types, structures and responses;
Introduction, FEM definition and concept, variation methods,
structural modeling as a single-degree-of-freedom (SDOF)
Galerkin and Ritz solution, shape function, model displace-
system; SDOF free vibration; SDOF Forced vibration: harmonic
ment and mixed, one-dimensional element (lD) bars and beam
dynamic loads, periodic and erratic loads; Response analysis
of Euler Bernoulli, 2D isoperimetric element (plane stress,
to SDOF using numerical integration method; generalization
plain strain), 3D isoperimetric element, stiffness and time
of SDOF; modelling of Multi-Degrees-of-Freedom (MDOF),
matrix, Gauss and Hammer numeric integration, application
static condensation applications; eigen problem; forced vibra-
programming packages in 2D and 3D elastic problem, task of
tion on harmonic loading, spectra responses.
making subroutine elements (2D and 3D) and their incorpora-
Prerequisites: tion in a PCFEAP (Personal Computer Finite element Analysis
program) main program.
Text Books:
1. Chopra A.K., Dynamics of Structures, Prentice Hall, 1995 Prerequisite: Applied Mathematics
535
Master Program
Reference Book: Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition and Solv-

1. Zienkiewicz, O.C., & R.L. Taylor, The Finite Element Method, ing, Technical Specialization
voLl, 5th eds, McGraw Hill,2006
2. R.D. Cook, Malkus, M.E. P1esha, Concepts and Applica-
1. Able to identify modern and future concrete technology,
tion of Finite Element Analysis, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.,
especially high-performance and/or high-grade concrete,
4th eds, 2006
2. Able to design high quality concrete mix to achieve
3. KATILI, Irwan, Metode Elemen Hingga untuk Pelat
specific performance according to applicable legislation,
Lentur, UI Press-2003.
to be applied in high-rise buildings and long span bridges.
4. KATILI, Irwan, Metode Elemen Hingga untuk Analisis
3. Able to design reinforced concrete structural components
Tegangan, UI Press-2008
include shear walls, beams coupling, boundary elements,
Advanced Mechanics of Material beam-column panel connection.
ENCV 801 201
Syllabus:
3 Credits
• Modern and future concrete, technology, engineering and
Competence in Curriculum: Technical Specialization behavior according to SNI (DOE) and ACI; Abrams-FXS
formulation; Feret and Bolomey formulations. Concrete
rheology; FXS model for concrete rheology; Visco elastic
Able to deeply analyze the structure response due to static behavior of concrete rheology and its application in creep
load or temperature with considering material and structure and shrinkage of concrete; FXS models of non-Newtonian.
properties in elastic and inelastic condition. • Reinforced concrete design for bending, axial, shear and
torsion and confined concrete structure.
Syllabus: Mechanical properties of materials; Stress-strain
• Various research and developments; comparison of condi-
theory; Temperature- stress strain relationship; Inelastic
tions based on SNI, ACI and NZS
material properties; Application methods of energy; Torque;
• Design: Ductile structure wall, beam coupling, boundary
Asymmetric moment on straight beam; Central shear on
elements, connection panel of portal beams and columns;
beam with a cross section of thin walls; Curved beams; Beam
shear strength, adhesion and stiffness of connection panel;
over elastic foundation.
Mechanisms and behavior of elastic and inelastic. Diago-
Prerequisite: nal press field theory; Modified compression field theory.
• Models strut and tie; and applications in the design of
Reference Book:
concrete structures.
1. Boresi A.P. et all, Advance 1. Mechanics of Material, John
Wiley & Sons, Inc, 1993 Prerequisite:
2. R.C. Hibbeler, Mechanics of Materials, Prentice Hall, 2002
Reference Book:
Advanced Steel Structure 1. ACI: “ACI Manual of Concrete Practice”, American
ENCV 802 204 Concrete Institute, 2015.
3 Credits 2. ACI Committee Report 363 R-92: “State of the Art Report
on High Strength Concrete”, 1992.
3. Ken W. Day: “Concrete Mix Design, Quality Control and
Learning Objectives: Specification”, E & FN Spon, 1995.
4. Krishna Raju: “Design of Concrete Mixes”, CBS Publish-
Able to design steel structure component that includes connec- ers, 1985.
tion design, girder plate, portal and composite structure on 5. A.M. Paillere: “Application of Admixtures in Concrete”, E
simple high-rise building using elastic and plastic method. & FN Spon, 1995.
Syllabus: The calculation of continuous means with plastic 6. T. Paulay and M.J.N. Priestley: “Seismic Design of Rein-
method. Beam-Columns. Theory and Analysis of girders forced Concrete and Masonry Buildings”, A Wiley-Inter-
plate on building. Advance connection techniques. Portal and science Publication, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1992.
gable frame design. Steel composite structure and steel-con- 7. J.B. Mander: “Seismic Design of Bridge Piers”, A Thesis
crete composite structures in simple high-rise buildings. submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for
Pre-stressed steel-concrete composite structures and applica- the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Civil Engineering
tion of Preflex system in building. Cold form section / Light at the University of Canterbury, University of Canterbury,
Gage Member. Christchurch, New Zealand, 1983.
8. ACI Committee 318: “Building Code Requirements for
Prerequisite: Structural Concrete, ACI 318-14”, American Concrete
Reference Book: Institute, Detroit, 2014.
1. Salmon C.G. and Johnson J.E., Steel Structures: Design 9. “International Building Code”, International Code Coun-
and Behavior, Fourth Edition, Harper Collins Publishers, cil, 2015
1996 10. Persyaratan beton structural untuk bangunan gedung,
2. Bresler B. Lin T.Y., Scalzi J.B., Design of Steel Structures, SNI 2847 : 2013
John Wiley & Sons- Toppan Co., 1968 11. Beban minimum untuk perancangan bangunan gedung
3. Segui William T., LRFD Steel Design, ITP-PWS Publishing dan struktur lain, SNI 1727 : 2013
Co., Boston, 1994 12. P.C. Cheung, T. Paulay and R Park: “Interior and Exterior
4. SNI-03-1729-2021, Badan Standarisasi Indonesia, Tata Reinforced Concrete Beam-Column Joint of a Prototype
Cara Perencanan Struktur Baja untuk Bangunan Gedung, Two-Way Frame with Floor Slab Design for Earthquake
Standar, 2002 Resistance”, Research Report 89-2, Department of Civil
Engineering, University of Canterbury, Christchurch,
Concrete Technology & Adv. Reinforced Concrete New Zealand, 1989.
ENCV 803 202 13. M.P. Collins and D. Mitchell: “Prestressed Concrete Struc-
3 Credits tures” Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1991.
536
Master Program
14. Mac Gregor, J.G., Reinforced Concrete: Mechanics and 8. Prichard, B., Bridge Design for Economy and Durability,
Design, 6th. Edition, Pearson, 2012 Concept for New, Strengthened and Replacement Bridges,
Thomas Telford, London, 1992
Offshore Structure
ENCV 803 204 Highrise Structural Building
3 Credits ENCV 802 203
3 Credits
Able to design offshore buildings structures.
1. Able to apply the procedures for design and technology
Syllabus: Types of offshore buildings; Construction and of pre-stressed concrete according to the standard regula-
Structures of offshore building; Fixed and floating design, tions that apply to buildings and long span bridge.
Strength and force calculations of offshore building; Safety 2. Able to apply procedures for the design-based methods
requirements; Semi-submersible construction; Single Buoy of Load Design and PBKT factored strength, Load and
Mooring; FPSO; Maintenance and Repair of offshore building. Resistance Factored Design (LRFD), as well as the limits
of serviceability on various aspects of strength, stability
Prerequisite: -
and deflections, as well as pre-stressed anchor zones.
Reference Book:
Syllabus:
1. Subrata Chakrabarti, Handbook of Offshore Engineering,
Elsevier Science, 2005 Definition, history, and basic concept of pre-stressed concrete;
2. Yong Bai, Marine Structural Design, Elsevier Science, 2003 Typical use of pre-and posttensioning technology; Mate-
3. Cliff Gerwick, Construction of Marine and Off-shore rial properties of concrete and soft reinforcing steel and
Structures, CRC Press 1999 pre-stress. Pre-stresses losses; Analysis of bending due to the
workload (section are not linear elastic fractured); Ultimate
Bridge Design strength of pre-stressed concrete cross section; Design of
ENCV 803 201
pre-stressed concrete cross section; Design of flexible cross
3 Credits
section; Camber and deflection; Pre-stressed continuous beam
Competence in Curriculum: Technical Specialization analysis; Shear strength in pre-stressed beams; Bond and
anchorage of pre-stressing steel; Applications for pre-stressed
concrete slab. Application of pre-stressed concrete on bridge.
1. Able to analyze the development of bridge structure that
Criteria for design of high-rise buildings; Load: gravity, wind
includes determining the location and layout, know the
and earthquakes; System Structure: Retention of gravity and
structural system and types of steel and concrete bridge.
lateral bracing; Modeling and Analysis. Frame planning
2. Able to design upper and lower bridge structure and plan
(concrete and steel) and sliding walls and double system.
the bridge construction method.
Prerequisite:
Syllabus: The development and history of bridge; Bridge loca-
tion and layout; Load regulation on highways and railways; Reference Book:
Bridge structural system: top and bottom structure and foun- 1. SNI 03-2874-2002:”Tatacara Perencanaan Struktur Beton
dation and support, bridge type geometry; wooden bridge; untuk Bangunan Gedung”, Badan Standarisasi Nasional,
steel bridge: rolled and plate girders, composite, orthotropic 2002
deck, bridge frame, arch, suspension, cable stay; concrete 2. Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete (ACI
bridges: bridge plate, deck girder, box girder, pre-stressed 318-05), Reported by ACI Committee 318
segmental bridges, reinforced concrete frame, frame, arch, 3. Lin, T.Y. & Burn, Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures,
cable stay and pre-stressed bridge; substructures, pier and Third Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1982
abutment; analysis and design of bridges: bridge load, load 4. Nilson, A., Design of Prestressed Concrete, 2nd Edition, John
distribution on stringers, longitudinal beams and floor Wiley & Sons, 1987
beams, pre-stressing effects, structural analysis and design; 5. Edward G. Nawy, Prestressed Concrete, A Fundamental
load on the substructure, soil pressure, seismic design; Design Approach, 2nd edition, Prentice Hall, 1996
placement. 6. Podolny, W. and Muller, JM., Construction and Design of
Prestressed Concrete Segmental Bridges, John Wiley & Sons,
Prerequisite:
1982
Reference Book: 7. Tata Cara Perencanaan Struktur Baja untuk Bangunan Gedung,
1. MS Troisky, Planning and Design of Bridges, John Wiley SNI 03-1729-2002, BSN, 2002
& Sons, Inc, New York, 1994 8. Specification for Structural Steel Buildings, ANSI/AISC 360-
2. SNI No. 1725-1989-F, Departemen Pekerjaan Umum, 05
Pedoman Perencanaan Pembebanan Jembatan Jalan Raya 9. Seismic Provision for Structural Steel Buildings, ANSI/AISC
3. Departemen Pekerjaan Umum, Peraturan Perencanaan 341- 05
Teknik Jembatan – Bridge Management Systems, 1992, 10. Prequalified Connections for Special and Intermediate
4. RM Barker, JA Puckett, Design of Highway Bridges, based Steel Moment Frames for Seismic Applications, ANSI/
on AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, John AISC 385-05
Wiley & Sons, New York, 1997
Plate and Shells
5. PP Xanthakos, Theory and Design of Bridges, John Wiley
ENCV 802 201
& Sons, New York, 1994
3 Credits
6. N Taly, Design of Modern Highway Bridges, The McGraw-
Hill Company, Inc., New York, 1998 Competence in Curriculum: Technical Specialization
7. Mathivat, J., The Cantilever Construction of Prestressed
Concrete Bridges, John Wiley & Sons, 1983
1. Able to apply finite element method to analyze and
537
Master Program
designing of plate and shells structure. ing, Experiment/Research

Syllabus: Plates: Plates formulation; Plate element with shear Learning Objectives:
deformation; Kirchoff element; Test validation and perfor- 1. Able to formulate complex geotechnical investigation
mance of plate element; Shell: geometric description, the program
principle of virtual work and forms variation, isoperimetric
Syllabus:
elements, facet-plan element type; Design and analysis of
shell structure; concept of plate and shell structures, type and General introduction of Advanced Experimental Laboratory
shape of the structure shells, Some aspects of FEA for shell that associated with Geotechnics; introduction, understand-
structure, Design and analysis: roof structure; cylindrical ing and usage of test results using a Dilatometer, Pressureme-
shell, gable HP, Folded Plate, Dome; Structure of tank with ter, Plat Bearing, Swelling, Geotechnical instrumentation,
circular pre-stressing; silos and bunkers. Centrifuge, Triaxial UU/CU/CD, Long-Term Consolidation,
Triaxial Cyclic. Further introduction and testing in the labo-
Prerequisite: -
ratory by means of triaxial CU and swelling; as well as field
Reference Book: tests with Pressuremeter.
1. I. Katili, Metode Elemen Hingga untuk Pelat Lentur,
Prerequisite:
Penerbit Universitas; 2003
2. David P. Billington, Thin Shell Concrete Structures, Reference Book:
Second Edition, McGraw Hill Book Company, New York, 1. Geotechnical Engineering Portable Handbook; Robert W.
1982 Day, McGraw-Hill, 2000.
2. Geotechnical Engineering, S Joseph Spigolon, Phd, PE,
Special Topics in Structural Engineering
McGraw-Hill, 2001.
ENCV804101
3. American Society of Testing and Material Annual Book of
3 Credits
ASTM standards, ASTM, 1989.
Competence in Curriculum: Technical Specialization 4. Soil Mechanics, 7th Ed., R.F. Craig, 2004.
Learning Objectives: Slope Stabilization and Soil Improvement
1. Knowing the latest technology or topics on structure ENCV 802 301
specificity as well as the development of structural knowl- 3 Credits
edge in the future.
Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition & Solving;
Syllabus: Selected topics in structure specificity. Experiments/Research, Technical Specialization, Sustainabil-
ity.
Prerequisite:
Reference Book: Selected Journal/Book
1. Able to create synthesis of complex slope stabilization
solution and the necessary strengthening.
Course Syllabus of Geotechnics
Specialization Syllabus: Slope stability analysis of finite and infinite with
method of fellinius, bishops, and other methods; Analysis of
Advanced Soil Mechanics avalanches by using software; Avalanche hazard analysis and
ENCV 801 301 slope improvement / strengthening: soil nailing; strengthen-
3 Credits ing retaining wall structure; Soil improvement: stabilization
by mechanical means (dynamic compaction, vibro flotation /
Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition and Solv- compaction) vertical drainage with sand post (sand pile and
ing sand drained), stabilization with chemicals, injection method.
Learning Objectives: Able to formulate the behavior of kinds Prerequisite: Soil Mechanics
of soil and soil condition.
Reference Book:
Syllabus: 1. Bowles, J.E., Foundation Analysis and Design, McGraw-
Critical state of soil mechanics; Effects of testing on soil shear Hill Book Co., Singapore.
strength; Effective stress and total stress approach; Loading 2. Ingels, O.G. and Metcalf, J.B., Soil Stabilization, Butter-
and unloading; Short-term and long-term behavior; Further worths, Australia.
consolidation; The use of horizontal drainage. Unsaturated 3. Muni Budhu, Soil Mechanics & Foundations, 3rd Ed., John
soil mechanics; Differences in behavior of saturated and Wiley & Sons. Inc, 2011.
unsaturated soil; Soil constitutive model. 4. Soil Mechanics, 7th Ed., R.F. Craig, 2004.
5. Duncan & Wright, Soil Strength and Slope Stability. John
Prerequisite: Wiley and Sons. 2005.
Reference Book: 6. Abramson, et al., Slope Stability and Stabilization Meth-
1. Soil Mechanics, 7th Ed., R.F. Craig, 2004. ods, 2nd Ed. John Wiley and Sons. 2002.
2. Muni Budhu. Soil Mechanics 3rd Edition. 2011 Environmental Geotechnics
3. Braja M. Das. Principal of Geotechnical Engineering 6th ENCV 802 302
Edition. 2010 3 Credits
4. Potts & Zdravkovic, Finite Element in Geotechnical Engi-
neering. 1999. Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition & Solving,
Sustainability; Technical Specialization
Advanced Geotechnical Investigation
ENCV 801 302 Learning Objectives:
3 Credits 1. Able to make synthesis of geotechnical solution from
complex environmental issue.
Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition and Solv-
538
Master Program
Syllabus: Prerequisite:
Geotechnical aspects: landfill geotechnical structure, behav- Reference Book:
ior and properties of garbage, geosynthetic applications for 1. Geotechnical Engineering Portable Handbook; Robert W.
landfill, cover land, landfill geotechnical analysis and design, Day, McGraw Hill, 2000.
long-term behavior of landfills; Type of soil and groundwater 2. Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice; Terzaghi, K. &
pollution, contaminated soil sampling, transfer of contami- Peck, R.B., John Wiley and Sons Ltd, New York, 1967.
nants in ground water, type of soil and groundwater contain- 3. Foundation Analysis and Design; Bowles, J.E, McGraw-
ment, type of soil and groundwater remediation. Hill Book Co. Singapore, 1997.
4. Foundation Engineering Handbook; Winterkorn, H.F. &
Prerequisite:
Fang, H.Y., van Nostrand Reinhold, Ltd. 1975.
Reference Book: 5. Analytical and Computer Methods in Foundation Engi-
1. Oweis, I.S., “Geotechnology of Waste Management, 2nd neering; Bowles, J.E, McGraw-Hill Inc., 1977.
Ed.” PWS Publishing Company, 1998. 6. Elements of Foundation Design, Smith, G.N, Pole, E.L,
2. Abramson, et al., Slope Stability and Stabilization Meth- Granada Publishing Ltd., 1980.
ods, 2nd Ed. John Wiley and Sons. 2002. 7. Smith & Paul. Soil Mechanics & Foundation
Numerical Method in Geotechnical Engineering Diynamics & Earthquake in Geotechnic
ENCV 802 203 ENCV 803 302
3 Credits 3 Credits
Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition and Solv- Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition and Solv-
ing, Experiments and Research ing, Sustainability, Technical Specialization.
Learning Objectives: Learning Objectives:
1. Able to determine, executing, and analyzing the result of 1. Able to create synthesis solution of various problem of
complex geotechnics issue. geotechnics against earthquake and able to formulate
machine foundation solution.
Syllabus:
Syllabus: Dynamic on soil; Basic vibration; Wave in elastic
Introduction to numerical methods in geotechnical engineer-
medium; Dynamic soil properties; Vibration foundation;
ing; Geotechnical considerations; Constitutive law for geolog-
Effect of earthquake on the ground; Seismic lateral earth pres-
ical media; Finite element in linear and non-linear material;
sure; Liquefaction; Engine foundation above pole; Vibration
Stress strain law in elastic-plastic and elasto-visco-plastic
theory; Waves in an elastic medium; Dynamic properties of
condition; Soil mechanics model with critical conditions (crit-
the soil; foundations and vibration. Introduction to the prob-
ical states); Completion of finite difference method and finite
abilistic analysis of earthquake hazard; Amplification anal-
element in the beam foundation and elastic plate; Analysis of
ysis of ground earthquake; Liquefaction phenomenon; Slope
consolidation on soft ground and seepage; Some historical
stability analysis of earthquake; Analysis of lateral earth
case. Geotechnical case analysis using numerical methods,
pressure due to earthquake. The introduction of soil improve-
and interpret the analysis result.
ment methods in order to lower the vibration and earthquake
Prerequisite: - effects on the ground.
Reference Book: Prerequisite:
1. Bowles, J.E., Foundation Analysis and Design, McGraw-
Reference Book:
Hill Book Co., Singapore.
1. S.L. Cramer, Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering, Pren-
2. PottS, D.M. and Zaravkovic, L., Finite Element Analysis in
tice Hall, 1996.
Geotechnical Engineering, Thomas Telford Ltc., London.
2. Braja M. Das, Principles of Soil Dynamics, PWS-KENT
3. Naylon, D.J., and Pande, G. N., Simpson, B., and Tabb, R.,
Publishing Co., 1993
Finite Elements in Geotechnical Engineering, Pineridge
3. Chopra A.K., Dynamics of Structures, Prentice Hall, 1995
Press, Swansea, UK.
4. Desai, C.S., and Christian, J.T., Numerical Methods in Special Topics in Geotechnics
Geotechnical Engineering, Mc-Graw-Hill Inc., USA. ENCV 803 303
3 Credits
Adv. Foundation Engineering & Deep Excavation
ENCV 803 301 Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition & Solving,
3 Credits Experiments/Research, Technical Specialization.
Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition and Solv- Learning Objectives:
ing, Experiment/Research, Technical Specialization. 1. Able to formulate solutions for complex soil-structure
interaction.
2. Able to formulate the behavior of different kinds of rocks
1. Able to make synthesis of complex deep excavation solu-
and rock mass conditions.
tion
3. Able to formulate solutions for slope stability of rock mass.
Syllabus:
Syllabus:
Lateral deep foundations; Construction and analysis of
General introduction: Soil Structure Interaction; Buried struc-
diaphragm walls; Constitutive soil models and character-
ture and sheet pile wall and shallow foundation; SSI model-
istics of compressible soil; Mat foundation application; The
ling in Plaxis 3D program; 3D plaxis application on the sheet
construction methods for large diameter bored pile; Interpre-
pile wall and pile group; The use of geotextile in high vacuum
tation result of loading test; Deep foundations lateral capacity;
to accelerate the consolidation process; The use of other addi-
construction and analysis of diaphragm walls; Geotechnical
tives to enhance the strength of the soil; The use of high pres-
work surveillance method.
sure to perform injection for structure test strength associated
539
Master Program
with the sub structure. Prerequisite: Transportation Engineering

Prerequisite: Reference Book:
1. Grava, S., 2003. Urban Transportation System, McGraw-Hill.
Reference Book:
2. Manheim, M., 1979. Fundamentals of Transportation Systems
1. Journal ASCE, yang berkaitan dengan Soil Strucuture
Analysis. Vol 1: Basic Concept 1st ed., The MIT Press.
Interaction
3. Blunden, W. and Black, J., 1984. The Land-Use / Transport
2. Canadian Geotechnical Journal yang berkaitan dengan
System 2nd ed., Pergamon-Press
Soil Structure Interaction
3. Journal ASCE yang berkaitan dengan Stabilisasi Tanah Transportation Economics
4. Canadian Geotechnical Journal yang berkaitan dengan ENCV 802 501
stabilisasi tanah 3 Credits
5. Non-destructive test Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition and
Solving, Sustainability
Course Syllabus of Transportation Learning Objectives:
Specialization 1. Able to use economy, social impact, in the process of
problem solving of complex transportation.
Traffic Control Engineering 2. Able to analyze the demand and supply of transport
ENCV 801 501 systems based on economic theory and behavior of the
3 Credits traveler.
Competence in Curriculum: Technical Specialization 3. Able to analyze the economic investment of transporta-
tion short-term and long-term project including measure-
Learning Objectives: ment of the cost of externalities and financing aspects.
1. Students should be able to analyze traffic condition and
characteristics using mathematical models and micro Syllabus:
and macro modeling techniques as a tool for traffic flow Introduction to transport economics; Concept of demand and
analysis. supply of transport systems. Spatial problems: movement,
Syllabus: Introduction; Characteristics of Humans; Vehicles transport and location. Transport demand, costs and direct
and traffic infrastructure in traffic analysis; Junction control; benefits of transport and recovery costs. External costs of
Traffic flow surveys; Volume of traffic characteristic. Charac- transport: congestion, pollution, accidents and social impact.
teristics of traffic flow speed. Analysis of traffic flow density. Transportation investment: the basics of pricing, subsidy,
Queues analysis and bottle neck theory. Models of traffic flow; competence between transportation systems, understanding
Analysis of shock wave traffic management. investment decisions (BCR, IRR and NPV).
Prerequisite: Prerequisite:
Reference Book: Reference Book:

1. Mannering, F. and Kilareski, W., 1998. Principle of Highway 1. Kenneth Button, 2010., Transport Economics 3rd edition,
Engineering and Traffic Analysis, Willey & Sons. Edward Elgar Publisher.
2. May, A.D., 1990. Traffic Flow Fundamental, United State of 2. Stuart Cole, 2005, Applied Transport Economics. Policy,
America: Prentice-Hall, Inc. management & decision making 3rd edition, Kogan Page.
3. McShane, W., Roess, R. and Prassas, E., 1998. Traffic Engi- 3. Quinet, E, Vickerman, R dan Vickerman RW, 2005.
neering, Prentice-Hall, Inc. Principle of Transport Economic, Edward Elgar Publisher
4. Taylor, M.A.P. and Young, W., 1988. Traffic Analysis: New 4. McCarthy, P. 2007, Transportation Economics Theory and
Technology and New Solutions, Hodder Arnold. Practice: A Case Study Approach, 2nd edition, Blackwell
5. MKJI, 1997. Manual Kapasitas Jalan Indonesia, Kementrian Publishing
Pekerjaan Umum. Transportation Planning and Policy
6. Wohl, M. and Martin, B., 1967. Traffic System Analysis for ENCV 802 502
Engineers and Planners, McGraw-Hill. 3 Credits
Transportation System Competence in Curriculum: Experiment/Research, Techni-
ENCV 801 502 cal
3 Credits
Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition and Solv- 1. Able to bring the uniqueness and originality from sugges-
ing tion of transportation policy arrangement.
Learning Objectives: Syllabus: Transport Policy Formulation; framework for
1. Able to analyze the components of transport system from assessing transport policy - land use, accessibility, air pollu-
various dimensions, as well as the latest issues related to tion, noise, accidents, and sustainability. Planning and
the Indonesian and global transport system. transport policies and interaction with layout. Institutional
2. Able to design a transportation system that includes an arrangements for transportation planning and management.
operating system, which meets the demand and supply Risks, uncertainties and complexities in setting transporta-
aspects of sustainability. tion policy. Transport policy at the local, regional, metropoli-
Syllabus: Transportation system overview. Characterization tan and national; logistics transport policy.
and categorization of transportation system for single and Prerequisite:
dual mode. (Influence) Factors in the transportation system
(planning, design, investment, operation, maintenance). Reference Book:
System Demand. Supply systems. Issues of equality, accessi- 1. Shciller, P., Bruunm, E. and Kenworthy, J., 2010. An Intro-
bility, environmental, economic and disability. duction to Sustainable Transportation: Policy, Planning 1st ed.,
540
Master Program
Routledge. Public Transport Management and Planning

2. Morichi, S. and Acharya, S.R., 2013. Transport Development ENCV 803 502
in Asian Megacities: A New Perspective, Springer. 3 Credits
3. Rodrigue, J.-P., Comtois, C. and Slack, B., 2009. The Geogra-
phy of Transport Systems 3rd ed., Routledge.
4. Stopher, P. and Stanley, J., 2014. Introduction to Transport Learning Objectives:
Policy: A Public Policy View, Edward Elgar Pub. 1. Students are able to plan and design public transport
system operation.
Transportation Safety
ENCV 802 503 Syllabus:
3 Credits
Overview of public transport systems. Regulatory Frame-
Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition and Solv- work, Public Transport Category and Mode of Technology,
ing, Sustainability Components of public transportation system. Modern and
efficient public transport system. Institutional Aspects. Plan-
ning of public transport networks. Route and Corridor Selec-
1. Students able to design prevention program and trans-
tion of public transportation. Operational Design. Financial
portation safety measures, road transportation (C5) and
planning and pricing. Contract system mechanism
perform simple road transport audit.
Prerequisite: Transportation Engineering, Transportation
Syllabus:
System
Introduction: The problem of road safety in Indonesia, road
Reference Book:
safety policy, and the introduction of road safety engineer-
1. Giannopoulos, G., 1990. Bus Planning and Operation in
ing. Data accidents: Development of road traffic accident
Urban Areas: A Practical Guide, Gower Pub Co.
data. The factors that cause accidents: factors of road users,
2. Vuchic, V., 2005. Urban Urban Transit; Operation, Planning
vehicles factor and road and environment factor. Analytical
and Economics., Willey & Sons.
approaches: starting point, macroscopic study, multivariate
3. Bunting, M., 2004. Makling Public Transport Work, McGill-
study and evaluation of the effectiveness of efforts to improve
Queen’s University Press.
road safety. Handling of road engineering: the roadside
4. ITDP, 2007. Bus Rapid Transit Planning Guide, Institute for
hazard management, the protection system, safety at road
Transportation & Development Policy
works and the introduction of a road safety audit. Transport
safety: the safety of railways, air transport safety and the Advanced Road Geometry Design
safety of shipping. ENCV 803 503[
3 Credits
Prerequisite: Has already taken Road Geometric Design or
following matriculation subjects of Road Geometric Design in Competence in Curriculum: Technical Specialization
Strata 1.
Reference Book: 1. Able to design road geometry, road supporting facility,
1. Fricker, J. and Whitford, R., 2004.Fundamentalsof Trans- junction, geometric and parking facility with considering
portation Engineering: A Multimodal System Approach certain aspects regarding road safety.
2. Evans, L., 2004. Traffic Safety, Science Serving Society
3. Tjahjono, T., 2011. Analisa Keselamatan Lalu Lintas Jalan, Syllabus: Introduction: basic of road geometric design asso-
Lubuk Agung. ciated with cross-section of the road, visibility, horizontal
4. Serial Rekayasa Keselamatan Jalan. Panduan Teknis 1. alignment, vertical alignment and alignment harmonization.
Rekayasa Keselamatan Jalan; Panduan Teknis 2. Manaje- Special aspects of road design: climbing lane, safety ramp
men Hazard Sisis Jalan; Panduan Teknis 3. Keselamatan (escape ramp), crossing lane on railways. Crossroads: Design
di Lokasi Pekerjaan Jalan. Direktorat Jenderal Bina consideration, Priority crossing, roundabout, Intersection
Marga, Kementerian Pekerjaan Umum Republik Indone- with traffic signal control devices and non-level intersection.
sia. Tahun 2012 Signs, markings and delineation: design considerations, sign
design, markings and delineation. Safety fence: design consid-
Transportation Modelling erations, types of safety fence, rigid safety fence design, semi-
ENCV 803 501 rigid and flexible. Termination railing and fencing transition,
3 Credits crash cushion / attenuator. Parking and terminal: design
considerations, Parking design, public transport passenger
terminal and cargo terminal.
ing
Prerequisite: Has already taken Road Geometric Design or
following matriculation subjects of Road Geometric Design in
1. Able to make a model based on transportation infrastruc-
Strata 1.
ture network.
Reference Book:
Syllabus:
1. AASHTO, 2004. A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways
Human characteristics; Vehicle and infrastructure in trans- and Streets, Amerincan Association of State and Highway
portation analysis; Junction control; Traffic flow survey; Transportation Officials.
Characteristics of: volume of traffic flow, traffic flow speed 2. Lamm, R., 1999. Highway Design and Traffic Engineering
and density; Analysis of queue and bottlenecks theory; Traffic Handbook, McGraw-Hill.
flow models; Shock wave analysis; Traffic Management. 3. Tjahjono, T., 2011. Analisa Keselamatan Lalu Lintas Jalan,
Lubuk Agung.
Prerequisite: -
4. DMRB, 2006b. Geometric Design of Major/Minor Priority
Reference Book: - Junction, Department for Transport, UK: Design Manual
for Roads and Bridges, Vol 6, Sec 1.
541
Master Program
5. DMRB, 2006c. Geometric Design of Roundabout, Department Learning Objectives:

for Transport, UK: Design Manual for Roads and Bridges, 1. Being able to analyze the nature and characteristics of the
Vol 6, Sec 1. material due to stress and strain as well as the technology
6. DMRB, 2006d. Geometric Layout of Signal Controlled Junctions of road pavement materials
and Signalised Roundabouts, Department for Transport, UK:
Syllabus:
Design Manual for Roads and Bridges, Vol 6, Sec 1.
7. DMRB, 2006e. Layout of Grade Seperation Junction, Depart- 1. Asphalt concrete modeling: pavement response model
ment for Transport, UK: Design Manual for Roads and and performance model.
Bridges, Vol 6, Sec 2.
2. Asphalt rheology: mixed asphalt rheology model, rheol-
8. AusRoads, 2003. Rural Road Design: A Guide to the Geomet-
ogy of asphalt binding material characterization of
ric Design of Rural Roads, Australian Roads.
damage resistance; Stiffness characterization: modulus
9. AusRoads, 2007. Urban Road Design: A Guide to the Geomet-
characterization of asphalt and asphalt concrete materi-
ric Design of Major Urban Roads., Australian Roads.
als;
10. NCHRP, 1992. NCHRP Report 350: Recommended Procedure
for the Safety Performance Evaluation of Highway Features, 3. Concrete asphalt damage models: deflection model,
National Cooperative Highway Research Program. fatigue model;
11. DIER Tasmania, 2005. Road Safety Barrier Design: Guide Part
4. Characteristics of asphalt concrete mixes :;
A and B, Transport Tasmania.
5. Stiffness characteristics, Deflection / wave characteris-
Advanced Pavement Engineering
tics;
ENCV 802 504
3 Credits 6. Characteristics of fatigue and water content, load and
temperature effects. The rheological model of asphalt
binder and the use of modified binder;
7. Use of additives for improving the quality of asphalt and
1. Able to investigate and conducting experiment of flexible
asphalt concrete: polymers, recycled materials. Waste and
and rigid road pavement.
by product materials. Complex and resilient modulus of
2. Able to calculate the thickness of road pavement based
indirect tensile test, a developmental model in making
on Mechanistic-Empirical Pavement Design principle
concrete asphalt models
with considering the nature and rheology of material due
to load from traffic and environment condition so it has Prerequisite: Material properties, Pavement Structure Design
Long Term Pavement Performance (LTPP) and fulfill the
criteria provided. Reference Book:
Syllabus: 1. Correia, A. ed., 1993. Flexible Pavements. Proceedings of

the European Symposium Euroflex.
1. Review of various types of road pavement in terms of
approach and basic planning analysis, various forming 2. Huang, Y., 2004. Pavement Analysis and Design 2nd ed.,
materials related to the nature and basic characteristics, Prentice-Hall, Inc.
the main factor of planning Strain stress analysis for 3. oung, J., Mindness, S., Bentur, A. and Gray, R., 1997. The
bending pavement; Science and Technology of Civil Engineering Materials,
2. Stress and strain analysis for rigid pavement; Material Prentice-Hall, Inc.
characterization is based on modulus, physical character- 4. Kim, Y., 2008. Modeling of Asphalt Concrete 1st ed.,
istics and deformation; McGraw-Hill
3. Loading and types and characteristics of loading; Road Pavement Maintenance
4. Use software to calculate pavement thickness. Flexible ENCV 803 506
pavement design based on Empirical and Mechanistic 3 Credits
principles; Competence in Curriculum: Technical Specialization
5. Rigid pavement design Learning Objectives:
Prerequisite: Material Properties, Pavement Design 1. Students able to design road maintenance programs
Reference Book: based on road and bridge preservation models on a
1. Direktorat Jenderal Bina Marga, 2013. Manual Desain network or regional scale through knowledge of inspec-
Perkerasan Jalan. No 02/BM/2013, Kementrian Pekerjaan tion, evaluation, and pavement management.
Umum. Syllabus:
2. Huang, Y., 2004. Pavement Analysis and Design 2nd ed.,
Prentice-Hall, Inc. 1. Problems in road maintenance
3. Dawson, A., 2004. Pavement Unbound, Taylor and Francis. 2. The description and definition of road maintenance uses
4. Papagiannakis, A. and Masad, E., 2008. Pavement Design a field manual to identify all types of pavement problems
and Materials, Willey & Sons. and their causes to get an accurate pavement evaluation.
5. Correia, A. ed., 1993. Flexible Pavements. Proceedings of the
European Symposium Euroflex 3. Analysis and evaluation for project and network level
pavement management and procedures for implementa-
Advanced Pavement Materials tion
ENCV 803 505
3 Credits 4. The method for calculating road conditions, pavement
condition prediction
5. Road maintenance methods and criteria with project and
542
Master Program
network approaches and service cost analysis logistics facility locations using knowledge of the plan-
ning framework of the transportation system of goods;
6. Preventive maintenance programs or road preserva-
and
tion; asset management: frameworks, tools, programs,
systems of sustainability, 2. Able to identify the city’s logistics system and its regula-
tory strategy.
7. Pavement maintenance and road maintenance manage-
ment programs. Syllabus: Introduction to logistics and distribution (logistics
system components, logistics evolution, the role of logistics,
8. New technology in maintenance and materials for road
national logistics systems); framework of logistics and distri-
maintenance.
bution planning (modes of transportation, commodities,
Prerequisite: Pavement Structure Planning planning horizon, planning framework, integrated systems,
maritime logistics, and intermodal transportation; distri-
Reference Book:
bution channels (physical vs trading distribution channels,
1. Shahin, M Yo, (2004), Pavement Management for Airports, channel types and structures, channel selection, physical
Roads, and Parking Lots, Springer, 2007 isbn 0387234659, networks, operational networks , strategic networks, logistics
9780387234656 Springer, 2007 costs, theories about planning transportation demand for
goods with a four step model, location model theories, theo-
2. David G. Peshkin, Todd E. Hoerner, Kathryn A. Zimmer-
ries about city logistics, last mile delivery.
man ,(2004), Optimal Timing of Pavement Preventive
Maintenance Treatment Applications, Report 523, Trans- Prerequisite:
portation Research Board.
Reference Book:
3. Garber, NJ., Hoel, LA., (2009), Traffic and Highway Engi-
1. Rodrigue, J.P. (Copy right 1998-2013). The Geography of
neering, Cengange Laerning, Canada.
Transport Systems. http://people.hofstra.edu/geotrans
4. Fwa, TF., (2004), The Handbook of Highway Engineering,
2. Daskin, M.S. (1995). Network and discrete location.
CRC Press Taylor and Francis Group,
Models, algorithms, and applications. John Wiley &
Railways Transportation Planning Sons,Inc
ENCV 803 507
3. Rushton, A., Croucher,P. and Baker, P. (2006). The Hand-
3 Credits
book of logistics and distribution management.
Competence in Curriculum: Technical Specialization United Kingdom: Kogan Page Limited
Learning Objectives: 4. Goulias, K.G. (2003). Transportation Systems Planning.
1. Able to plan and design the construction of buildings Methods and Applications. CRC Press
above and below railways and at the base of the bridge.
5. K.W. Ogden. (1992). Urban Goods Movement. A Guide to
2. Able to plan railways geometric
Policy and Planning. Ashgate Publishing Limited
3. Know the strategy in constructing railways and its equip-
ment with support from transportation and construction 6. Taniguchi , E. and Thompson, R. G. (2008). Innovations in
knowledge. City Logistics. Nova Science Publishers, Inc
Syllabus: Introduction to the history of technological devel- 7. Taniguchi, E., Thompson, R.G., Yamada,T. dan Duin, V.R.
opment of railways and train transportation system. Planning (2001). City logistics. Network modelling and intelligent
criteria; Speed and double load, classification and space limits transport systems. Oxford,UK : Pergamon
the room for railways, railways structure (superstructure
Assets - Environment and Safety
and substructure), Terms and conditions for level crossings.
ENCV 803 509
Geometric design of railways; width and gauge widening,
3 Credits
connections, wedel, curved requirements and rail elevation.
Equipment, retrofitting, ventilating equipment and other Competence in Curriculum: WA1 (engineering knowledge),
works in tunnel construction. Function of signs, signals, tele- WA2 (problem analysis), dan WA4 (investigation)
communications, CTC, operational (one lane or two lanes,
station design, goods emplacement and containers, classifi-
Students able to identify railway assets through understand-
cation, signals and traffic control systems, emplacement and
ing subsystems: the required infrastructure and facilities are
station supporting facilities.
linked to the operation of urban, inter-urban and freight /
Prerequisite: logistics railroads. Capable of analyzing the application of
safety management systems including occupational health
Reference Book:
and the environment
1. Bonnett, C., 2005. Practical Railway Engineering 2nd ed.,
Imperial College Press Syllabus:
2. Subarkah, I., 1981. Jalan Kereta Api, Idea Dharma.
1. History of Railways
3. PJKA, 1985. Perencanaan Konstruksi Jalan Rel: Peraturan
Dinas No. 10, Perusahaan Jawatan Kereta Api 2. Introduction
Logistics Transportation 3. Safety
ENCV 803 508
4. sset Management
3 Credits
Next is elaborated in the following lectures:
1. Infrastructure
2. Natural characteristic of Railway
1. Able to assess the system of allocation and selection of
543
Master Program
3. Basic Operations of Railway (Train Planning and Sched- Hydrological model system and classification; Hydrological
uling, Signaling) phenomena in volume control, Work equation for various
hydrological processes on volume control in the atmosphere;
4. Business Process
Work equation for various hydrological processes in the
5. nfrastructure and Facilities subsurface; Work equation for various hydrological processes
on the surface; Basic and applied principles of hydrograph;
Prerequisite:
Flood tracking through the dam; Flood tracking through
Reference Book: channels; Hydrological statistics; Frequency analysis; Hydrol-
ogy design; Hydrologic design reconstruction of water
Construction & Rehabilitation of Railway Infrastruc- damage control infrastructure; Hydrology design effective-
ture ness of water damage control infrastructure.
ENCV 803 510
3 Credits Prerequisite: Fluid Mechanics
Competence in Curriculum: Technical Specialization Reference Book:
1. Bedient, Philip B. and Huber, Wayne C., 2002. Hydrology
and Floodplain Analysis. Third Edition. Prentice-Hall,
1. Know the construction method for railways repair, able to
Inc. USA.
monitor and assess the necessary repair and maintenance
2. Chow, Ven Te, Maidment, David R. and Mays, Larry W.,
of railways.
1988. Applied Hydrology. McGraw-Hill Book Company,
Syllabus: Singapore.
Railways infrastructure construction: Geo technology for Groundwater Hydraulics
subgrade, embankment, train lane, and mechanization for ENCV 801 401
track construction; Maintenance and repair of railways; 3 Credits
General aspects in the maintenance of railways infrastruc-
Competence in Curriculum: Experiment/Research, Techni-
ture, rail grinding and re-profiling, tamping machines, stone
cal Specialization, Communication, Lifelong learning.
blowing, ballast profiling and stabilization, mechanized track
maintenance train, ballast cleaner, formation rehabilitation Learning Objectives:
technologies; Inspection methods, methods of monitoring 1. Able to weighing the alternatives of land use establish-
and detection methods; Monitoring substructure, vehicle for ment based on the formulation of the recharge / discharge
recording railways conditions, railways condition recording characteristic and spatial distribution pattern of ground-
system. water in an area.
2. Able to prepare a paper on the alternative of land use
Prerequisite
establishment in a region with the characteristics of the
Reference Book: groundwater flow in the known area, and present it orally.
1. EAPA, 2014. Asphalt in Railway Tracks, European Ashpalt
Syllabus: Concept of groundwater conservation; Role of
Pavement Association.
groundwater flows quantification for civil engineering for
2. Gomes Correia, A., Momoya, Y. and Tatsuoka, F., 2007.
conservation; Hydraulic head; Hydraulic conductivity; Calcu-
Design and Construction of Pavements and Rail Tracks –
lation of flux (q) using Darcy’s law; The law of mass conser-
Geotechnical Aspects and Processed Materials, Taylor and
vation in a controlled volume space; Land property; General
Francis (CRC Press).
equation of groundwater flow, Radial flow formulation; Effect
3. Coenraad, E., 2001. Modern Railway Track 2nd ed.,
of pump network pumping on limited aquifer; Calculation of
MRT-Production.
K and S value based on data from pumping tests; Formula-
4. Waters, J. and Selig, E., 1995. Track Geotechnology and
tions of the basic flow net theory equation; Flow net classical
Substructure Management, Thomas Telford Publishing
method application; Flowline concept application on the field;
Regional groundwater; Numerical solution for differential
Course Syllabus of Water Resources equations; MODFLOW package usage; Project task
Management Specialization Prerequisite:
Engineering Hydrology Reference Book:
ENCV 801 402 1. Groundwater 3rd Edition, R. Allan Freeze and John A.
3 Credits Cherry, Prentice Hall, 1990
Competence in Curriculum: Technical Specialization, 2. Applied Hydrogeology 2nd Edition, C.W. Fretter, Merril
Communication, Lifelong Learning Publishing Co, 1988
3. Hidrolika Aliran pada Media Berpori, Hand out, Herr
Learning Objectives: Soeryantono, 2014
1. Assess the effectiveness of flood mitigation infrastruc- 4. Manual SEEP2D, ASRI
ture in controlling water destructive force, based on the 5. Manual Modflow, ASRI
analysis of the results of reconstruction of hydrological 6. Dynamics of Porous Media Edisi 1, Jacob Bear, Dover, 1988
design using deterministic and stochastic hydrological 7. Chapra, Steven C.; Canale, Raymond P. (2015) Numerical
model (C5). Methods for Engineers, Seventh Edition, McGraw-Hill
2. Self-organizing in independent and groups work, so as Environmental Fluid Mechanics

to demonstrate the mastery of course competencies in the ENCV 802 404
form of a systematic written document and oral presen- 3 Credits
tations that are effective and efficient (A4). Competence in Curriculum: Technical Specialization,
Syllabus: Sustainability, Communication, Lifelong learning.
544 Learning Objectives:

Master Program
1. Able to formulate equations of advection dispersion that GWP-IWRM-ToolBox-A-useful-tool-for-academia-/

accommodate chemical decay and precipitation in phys- 4. Mays, Larry W., 1996. Water Resources Handbook.
ics (sink / source), McGraw-Hill.
2. Able to write a paper about the model of dispersion of 5. Loucks, Eric D., 1998. Water Resources and the Urban
pollutants in water surface and underground, and pres- Environment. ASCE.
ent it orally. 6. Beberapa Peraturan dan Kebijakan Nasional, Provinsi,
dan Daerah terkait Pengelolaan Sumber Daya Air.
Syllabus:
Hydraulics Structures
Chemical and physical properties of contaminants and water;
ENCV 802 402
Conservative form of mass conservation equations; General
3 Credits
solutions; Particular solution; Advection dispersion equation
that change in space and time for perfectly mixed systems; Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition and Solv-
Analytic solution system advection dispersion equations ing, Communication, Lifelong Learning.
changing space and time for the system perfectly mixed
systems; Numerical finite difference method; Numerical solu-
1. Students are able to calculate the dimensions needed,
tion of advection dispersion equations that change in space
evaluating the strength and stability of important water-
and time for perfectly mixed systems; Advection dispersion
works that are in suppletion system through open chan-
equation system varies with time and space for the imperfect
nel, drainage and small reservoir and calculating the
mixed system; Advection dispersion analytic equation solu-
physical model dimension for various scale.
tion that change in space and time for an imperfect mixed
system; Numerical solution of advection dispersion equations Syllabus: 1. Scope and definitions; 2. Suppletion system work
that change in space and time for an imperfect mixed system. principle through open channels: - weirs design, sluice gate,
measuring building, dividing building; 3. The principle of
Prerequisite:
drainage channels system; - Micro drainage channel network
Reference Book: design; -Highway drainage design; 4. The design of comple-
1. Chapra, Steven C. (1997) Surface Water-Quality Model- mentary waterworks: Crossworks, diversions, drop struc-
ing, International Edition, McGraw-Hill tures), embankments, strengthening of the cliff and bridge
2. Fischer, Hugo B.; List, E. John; Koh, Robert C. Y.; Imberger, wing (wing wall); 5. Type and working system of reservoirs:
Jorge; Brooks, Norman H. (1979) Mixing in Inland and dimension requirements design, ogee and siphon spillway,
Coastal Waters, Academic Press, Inc. pump; 6. Scale model and similitude.
3. Chapra, Steven C.; Canale, Raymond P. (2015) Numerical
Prerequisite: Fluid Mechanics, Hydraulics, Water Engineer-
Methods for Engineers, Seventh Edition, McGraw-Hill
ing 1, Water Engineering 2
Water Resource Management
Reference Book:
ENCV 802 401
1. Ven T. Chow (1959) Open Channel Hydraulics (reprinted
3 Credits
2009)
Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition and Solv- 2. Bureau of Reclamation (1987) Design of Small Dams,
ing, Sustainability, Communication, Lifelong Learning. United States Department of The Interior
Learning Objectives: Ecohydrology
1. Able to work independently and in teams to assess (evalu- ENCV 803 401
ate the process or complex design results) various aspects 3 Credits
of Water Resources Management (MSDA) in solving the
problem of water resources and is able to present the
ing, Sustainability, Communication, Lifelong Learning.
results of the assessment in the form of a written system-
atic document and able to present it verbally. Learning Objectives:
1. Able to assess the harmony between existing condition
Syllabus:
with green infrastructure concept, eco urban village, and
Students are given the provision to understand: 1. The prin- environmental construction (Low Impact Development –
ciples aspect and policy of water resources management (in LID).
Indonesia) and its development; 2. Aspects and models of 2. Able to give recommendation based on 3 green infrastruc-
Integrated Water Resources Management/IWRM for both ture integration, eco urban village, and environmental
national and international scale; 3. Management aspect based construction (Low Impact Development – LID).
on regulation and government policy related to three (3) pillars
Syllabus: Green Infrastructure, Eco Urban Village, Low
of water resource management which is utilization, water
Impact Development
destructive force controlling, and conservation; 4. Supporting
aspects of water resources management which includes hydro Prerequisite:
economy; 5. Case management of water resources (or project)
Reference Book:
inside a Water Resource Management Area or basin.
Prerequisite: -
Water Damage Management
ENCV 803 403
Reference Book: 3 Credits
1. Peraturan Menteri Pekerjaan Umum. Nomor: 11A/
Competence in Curriculum: Experimentation, Sustainability
PRT/M/2006 tentang Kriteria dan Penetapan Wilayah
Introduction & Troubleshooting; Continuity; Communication
Sungai.
2. IWRM Resources. http://www.gwp.org/en/The-Chal- Learning Objectives:
lenge/IWRM-Resources/
Students who are able to work independently also in groups to
3. GWP IWRM Toolbox: Useful Tool for Academia. http://
conduct an assessment of various aspects related to damaged
www.gwp.org/gwp-inaction/news-and-Activities/ 545
Master Program
water (water related disasters) and are able to provide the Engineering Specialization
results of the assessment in the form of written documents
that are installed and able to communicate them verbally. (C5) Project Investment and Finance
ENCV 801 601
Syllabus: Green Infrastructure, Eco Urban Village, Low
3 Credits
Impact Development
Prerequisite:
ing
Reference Book:
Watershed Vulnerability Assessment
1. Able to implement the principle of project funding in
ENCV 803 402
analyzing the risks associated with the projects financing
3 Credits
and evaluate project funding.
2. Able to analyze cases of investment and projects financ-
ing, Sustainability, Communication, Lifelong Learning.
ing in real world.
Syllabus:
1. Able to apply health rapid assessment device of a water-
shed based on Center Method for Watershed Protection. Basics of engineering economics; Basics of engineering
2. Able to categorize the health status of the watershed based economic analysis; Decision-making in engineering econom-
on waterproof land cover, water quality, and macrobentos ics; Inflation, depreciation, tax and sensitivity analysis;
diversity, and introduction of project funding; Structure of project funding;
3. Able to provide recommendations for further action to Sources of project funding; Risks in project financing; Proj-
improve the health of the watershed. ect funding modelling; Introduction of sharia-based project
funding.
Syllabus: 1. Land use planning, 2. Soil Conservation, 3.
Border Bodies of Water, 4. Ideal Design Tread, 5. Erosion & Prerequisite:
Sedimentation Control, 6. Rain Management, 7. Liquid Waste
Management, 8. Stakeholders Concern Reference Book:
1. Leland Blank-Anthony Tarquin. Engineering Economy,
Prerequisite: 7th edition. McGraw Hill. 2012
2. Finnerty, J. D. (2007). Project Financing: Asset-Based
Reference Book:
Financial Engineering. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., ISBN-13:
Operation & Maintenance of Hydraulics Structures 978-0-470-08624-7
ENCV 802 403 3. Gatti, S. (2008). Project Finance in Theory and Practice.
3 Credits Elsevier. Academic Press
Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition and Solv- Project Management
ing, Sustainability, Communication, Lifelong learning. ENCV 801 602
3 Credits
1. Able to perform waterworks technical audit that produce Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition and Solv-
physical condition of waterworks. ing
2. Able to give follow up recommendation to expedite the
operational of waterworks and preserve its sustainability.
1. Ability to make synthesis (identification, evaluation,
Syllabus: and implementation strategy) solution of the problems
associated with the entire group knowledge on project
Students are given the provision of: 1. Suppletion system audit
management.
that covers: dam, sluice gate, measuring building, dividing
2. Able to applying the knowledge of concept of thinking in
building; 2. Drainage channel system audit that covers: micro
project management to analyze the problem in the proj-
drainage channel network; - road drainage; 3. Complimentary
ect, acquire the solution and implement it.
building that related to river audit: levee, retrofitting bridge
cliff and wing, cross-structure, dodging-structure, threshold, Syllabus: Project management overview; Initiation and scope
crib; 4. Polder work system audit that includes reservoir, spill- management; Time management; Cost management; Human
way and pump. Resource Management; Quality management; Communi-
cations management; Risk management; Management of
Prerequisite:
procurement of goods and services; Execution & Control;
Reference Book: Control & Closing.
1. Je Van Zyl (2014) Introduction to Operation and Mainte-
Prerequisite:
nance of Water Distribution Systems EDITION 1, Water
Research Commission Reference Book:
2. Suyono Sosrodarsono, Masateru Tominaga, 1994, 1. Kerzner, Harold, Project Management, John Wiley &
Perbaikan dan Pengaturan Sungai, Pradnya Paramita, Sons, Inc., 2006.
Jakarta 2. Project Management Institute, A Guide to Project Manage-
3. Desain of small (1987), United States Department of the ment Body of Knowledge, 2013
Interior 3. Baguley, Philip, Managing Successful Projects, Pitsman
4. Buku pedoman manual OP bendungan besar Publishing, 1995.
4. Barker, Stephen and Cole, Rob, Brilliant Project Manage-
Course Syllabus of Construction/Project/ ment, Pearson Education Limited, 2007.
Infrastructure /Construction Safety 5. Barkley, Bruce T. and Saylor, James H., Customer-driven
Project Management, McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1994.
546
Master Program
6. Cleland, David I., Project Management – Strategic Design 5. Cost and Value Management in Projects, Ray R.Venkatara-
& Implementation, McGraw Hill, 1999. man, John Wiley and Sons
7. Cleland, David I. ND King, William R. (ed), Project 6. PMBOK, PMI, 5th edition, 2012, PMI
Management Handbook, Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1988. 7. Control of Risk, A guide to the systematic management of
8. Gilbreath, Robert D., Winning at Project Management, Risk from Construction, CIRIA
John Willey & Sons, Inc, 1986. 8. Dell’Isola Alphonse Value Engineering Practical Appli-
9. Grey, Stephen, Practical Risk Assessment for Project cation for design, construction, maintenance and Opera-
Management, John Willey & Sons, Inc., 1995. tion, RS Mean
10. Hollick, Malcolm, An Introduction to Project Evaluation, 9. Brooks, Martin, Estimating and tendering for construc-
Longman Cheshire Pty Limited, 1993. tion works, Elsevier
11. McGhee, Pamela and McAliney, Peter, Painless Project 10. Practice Standard for Earned Value Management, PMI
Management, John Willey & Sons, Inc., 2007. 11. Smith, Jim & Jaggar, David Building Cost Planning for the
12. Newton, Richard, Project Management Step by Step, Pear- design Team, , Elsevier, Butterworth-Heinemann
son Education Limited, 2006. 12. Kerzner, Harold, Project Management, John Wiley &
13. Nicholas, John M., Managing Business & Engineering Sons, Inc., 2006.
Projects, Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1990. 13. Project Management Institute, A Guide to Project Manage-
14. O’Connell, Fergus, Fast Projects, Pearson Education ment Body of Knowledge, 2013
Limited, 2007.
Quality and Risk Management
15. Project Management Institute, Project Management Jour-
ENCV 802 602
nals.
3 Credits
16. Verma, Vijay K., Human Resource Skills for the Project
Manager, Project Management Institute, 1996. Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition and Solv-
17. Verma Vijay K., Organizing Projects for Success, Project ing, Technical Specialization
Management Institute, 1995.
Time and Cost Management 1. Able to make synthesis (Identification, Evaluation, and
ENCV 802 601 strategic implementation) solution of issue regarding
3 Credits quality and risk management in construction project.
Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition and Solv- Syllabus:
ing, Technical Specialization
Definition and benefits of quality and risk management, as
Learning Objectives: well as the influence of risk in achieving the quality of the
1. Able to make synthesis (identification, evaluation, and project; Quality of the project which includes the identifi-
implementation strategy) solution of problems related to cation of needs and standards so as to achieve the expected
the management of time and costs in construction proj- quality; Documenting project implementation process and
ects. evaluate the process and work result in accordance to plan;
2. Able to arrange project scheduling, critical path analysis Evaluation of the project results and provide the innovation
and how to manage the critical path. and know the issues regarding quality management; Risks
3. Able to estimate the cost and arrange budget structure of that could cause failure in project quality achievement;
a project, controlling, optimizing cash flow and calculat- Planning and potential risk identification during the project;
ing profit and loss in a project. Various methods and software to analyze the identified risks
priorities; identification of various actions (risk response) in
Syllabus:
order to minimize the impact of risk; Supervision to know
Time Management: the indication of deviation with risk management approach;
Application of risk management that has been used on vari-
Defining activities based on WBS and work packages; Rela-
ous types of projects.
tionship between activity, Activity sequence; Determining the
activity of which may be done in parallel and must be done Prerequisite:
sequentially; Definition of the resources required to perform
Reference Book:
activities, including the competencies required; Time duration
1. Project Management Institute (2013), A Guide to Project
used for completing activities, Developing project schedule.
Management Body of Knowledge, 5th edition.
Cost Management: 2. Wideman, R.M., Risk Management. A Guide to Managing
Project Risk and Opportunities, 1992, Project Management
Quantity surveyor task and cost estimator, Estimation
Institute
process, budgeting, controlling, and earned value manage-
3. AS/NZS ISO 3100:2009. Risk Management – Principles and
ment (EMV).
guidelines. 2009. Standards New Zealand.
Prerequisite: Have knowledge of: 1) Project integration 4. Kerzner, Harold (2010). Project Management Best Prac-
management (project lifecycle, project change management, tices: Achieving Global Excellence, 2nd Edition. Hoboken,
2) Project scope management (scope statement, WBS, RAM, New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
etc.) 5. Flanagan, R, George Norman. (1993). Risk Management
and Construction. Oxford, Blackwell Scientific Publica-
Reference Book:
tion.
1. Skill and Knowledge of Cost Engineering, AACE 2004
6. Total Quality Management Handbook
2. Hougan, Gregory Effective Work Breakdown Structure,
Management Concepts , , Procurement Management, Contract & Claim
3. Boussabaine Halim A., Whole Life-cycle Costing, Risk Administration
and Risk Responses, , Blackwell Publishing ENCV 802 603
4. Potts, Keith, Construction Cost Management, , Taylor & 3 Credits
Francis
Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition and Solv- 547
Master Program
ing, Technical Specialization Competence in Curriculum: Technical Specialization,

Communication
1. Able to make synthesis (identification, evaluation, and Learning Objectives:
implementation strategy) solution of problems related to
1. Able to identify and analyze the process of HR management
procurement management, contract administration and
and communication of construction projects
claims on construction projects.
2. Able to manage project procurement as well as able to 2. Able to manage the organization and human resources
make the project contract. needed during the project;
Syllabus: Planning and procurement strategy; Contract plan- Syllabus:
ning; Tender evaluation and selection; Selection and arrange-
1. HRM organizational functions;
ment of procurement procedures strategy; Type of contracts
and arrangement of agreement in work contract; Contracts 2. The scope and depth of HRM;
closing and litigation; Legal and regulatory aspects involved
3. HR planning;
in procurement process; Legal and regulatory aspects
involved in the process of contract administration; Validation 4. Develop the Human Resource Plan;
of work contracts.
5. Project Organization;
Prerequisite:
6. Job Des, RAM / RACI, Job Analysis, Job value / position
Reference Book: weight;
1. Project Management Institute. (2013). A Guide to the Project
Management Body of Knowledge: (4th ed.). Project Manage- 7. Acquire project team (Get the project team);
ment Institute. 8. Procurement and placement of human resources;
2. Huston, C. H., “Management of Project Procurement”,
McGraw-Hill, New York, 1996 9. Develop project team (Developing the project team);
3. Bower, D., “Management of Procurement”. Thomas 10. The process of increasing competence;
Telford, London, 2003
4. Clough, R.H “Construction Contracting” John Wiley and 11. Manage project team (Manage project teams);
Sons, 1994 12. Project Team Performance Evaluation;
5. Lysons, K. “Purchasing”, Pitman Publishing, 1996
13. Communication Management, Process, Document Flow;
Legal and Institutional Framework Project Performance Report;
ENCV 803 601
3 Credits 14. Stakeholders Management;
Competence in Curriculum: Problem Recognition and Solv- 15. Measurement and evaluation of project performance;
ing Calculate Project Overhead Cost

1. Able to apply knowledge of various regulations and poli- Reference Book:
cies in the field of infrastructure to resolve the legal issues
in the case of infrastructure projects. 1. Project Management Institute (2013), A Guide to Project
Management Body of Knowledge, 5th edition.
Syllabus: State institutions related to infrastructure; Laws and
regulations related to infrastructure; Authority of central and 2. Kerzner, Harold (2010). Project Management Best Prac-
regional government; Contract law; Land law (the provision tices: Achieving Global Excellence, 2nd Edition. Hobo-
of land for construction of public interest), Law of corpora- ken, New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
tion; GCG and corruption; Supporting law/related (business 3. Szymanski, Robert A. Szymanski, Donald P. Pulschen,
ethics, business competition, etc.); Case study of legal aspects Donna M. (1995) Computers and Information Systems.
related to infrastructure.
4. Armstrong, Michael (2008), Strategic Human Resources
Prerequisite: Management; A Guide to Action, 4th Edition, London:
Reference Book: Kogan Page.
1. UUD 1945 and Amendments; Infrastructure Asset Management
2. Jimly Asshidiqie, Konstitusi Ekonomi, Penerbit Kompas, ENCV 803 602
Jakarta, 2010. 3 Credits
3. Kementerian Perencanaan Pembangunan Nasional/
Badan perencanaan Pembangunan Nasional, Kumpulan Competence in Curriculum: Technical Specialization
Peraturan Terkait Kerjasama Pemerintah dan Swasta (KPS), Learning Objectives:
Direktorat Pengembangan Kerjasama Pemerintah dan 1. Able to identify and analyze the process of infrastructure
Swasta, Jakarta, 2012. asset management
4. Fred B.G Tumbuan, Indonesian Unincorporated Business 2. Able to describe infrastructure asset management and
Entities and the Limited Liability Company, Penerbit PT. Eles give an illustration in implementations of asset manage-
Media Komputindo-Kompas Gramedia, Jakarta 2011. ment in an infrastructure to achieve sustainability in the
5. Taryana Soenandar, Prinsip-prinsip Unidroit sebagai Hukum infrastructure sector.
Kontrak dan Penyelesaian Sengketa Bisnis Internasional,
Penerbit Sinar Grafika, Jakarta, 2004 Syllabus: Infrastructure Asset Management, Asset evalu-
ation, Asset valuation, Optimization in asset management,
Project Stakeholders and Communications Asset allocation, Risk management in infrastructure assets.
ENCV 803 603
548 3 Credits Reference Book:
Master Program
1. Rice, M. R, DiMeo, R.A., Porter, M.P. (2012) Nonprofit dures

Asset Management. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
8. Able to identify unsafe actions on construction projects
2. Schneeweis, T., Crowder, G. B., Kazemi, H. (2010) The New
Science of Asset Allocation. John Wiley & Sons, In 9. Able to identify unsafe conditions of construction proj-
ects
Construction Safety, Administration and Reporting
ENCV 803 604 10. Able to carry out K3 Construction inspection in accor-
3 Credits dance with agreed procedures
Competence in the curriculum: Technical Specialization 11. Able to prepare K3 Audit documents
Learning objectives : 12. Can compile K3 investigation documents
1. Able to develop a strategy for implementing the Construc- Prerequisite: -
tion Safety Plan
Reference Book
2. Able to create a construction safety administration and
1. Textbook : Sistem Manajemen Keselamatan pada Proyek
reporting system
Konstruksi
Syllabus:
2. UU No 1 Tahun 1970
1. Able to commit to the implementation of RK3K
2. Being able to determine the scope
4. Permen PU No 21 / 2019
3. Able to set indicators for implementation of RK3K
5. SE Mentri PU No 11 / 2019
4. Able to determine the tasks and responsibilities of the
work group implementing RK3K
Construction Safety Monitoring and Evaluation
ENCV 803 605
5. Able to determine the resources needed 3 Credits
6. Able to develop a strategy for implementing RK3K Competence in the curriculum: Technical Specialization
7. Can determine the format of the report Learning objectives :
8. Able to prepare report results 1. Able to carry out observation / monitoring strategies for
K3 implementation in the Construction / Infrastructure
9. Able to distribute report results
Project based on the RK3K that has been prepared
Prerequisite: -
2. Able to evaluate the K3 implementation process based on
Reference Book the approved RK3K
1. Textbook : Sistem Manajemen Keselamatan pada Proyek 3. Able to document the approved RK3K monitoring and
Konstruksi evaluation activities
2. UU No 1 Tahun 1970 Syllabus:
3. UU No 2 Tahun 2017 1. Able to set standards and indicators to assess the process
of implementing OHS programs
2. Being able to collect data and make observations of
the implementation of the activities / processes of the
Accident Safety and Investigation Audit selected activities to be compared with the standards /
ENCV 803 606 indicators (both qualitative and quantitative) that have
3 Credits been determined
Competence in the curriculum: Technical Specialization 3. Able to observe changes in the environment and collect
data for the assessment of the influence of the environ-
Learning objectives :
ment on the activities being carried out
1. Able to carry out audits on construction / infrastructure
4. Able to carry out data analysis and results sentiment to
projects based on the prepared RK3K
make judgments and conclusions about the process of
2. Able to carry out K3 accident investigations implementing OHS
3. Able to prepare OHS Audit and Investigation documents 5. Able to take decisions to take action (including corrections
and adjustments to activities, as well as re-planning).
Syllabus:
6. Able to convey all the results of monitoring, control and
1. Able to determine the objectives, scope and criteria of the
follow-up to the parties concerned as a form of account-
audit Able to determine the scope
ability and further decision making process.
2. Able to determine the auditor officer
7. Able to evaluate the K3 Construction implementation
3. Able to review documents and audit preparations program
4. Able to carry out audits 8. Able to check the completeness of the K3 Construction
program
5. Able to prepare and communicate audit reports
9. Able to reassess the appropriateness of the K3 Construc-
6. Able to follow up on Audit results tion program
7. Able to Identify K3 Construction investigation proce- 549
Master Program
10. Able to review the suitability of the methods and systems 1. Textbook : Sistem Manajemen Keselamatan pada Proyek
used in the implementation of K3 Construction Konstruksi
11. Able to document the approved RK3K monitoring and 2. UU No 1 Tahun 1970
evaluation activities
Prerequisite: -
Reference Book
Policy and RK3K
Konstruksi
ENCV 802 604
2. UU No 1 Tahun 1970 3 Credits
3. UU No 2 Tahun 2017 Competence in the curriculum: Technical Specialization,
Communication
1. Able to evaluate the application of SMK3 policies
OHS Risk and Costs
ENCV 802 605 2. Able to evaluate the WBS structural structure of complex
3 Credits civil engineering construction buildings
Competence in Curriculum: Technical Specialization, Suita- 3. Able to analyze risks and potential hazards that occur /
inability have an impact on workplace accidents, as well as plan
their control
4. Able to analyze risks and potential hazards that occur
1. Able to evaluate the structure of WBS structural struc-
/ have an impact on workplace accidents, and plan for
tures in complex civil / infrastructure construction
control
buildings
Syllabus:
2. Able to do an analysis of risks and potential hazards that
occur / have an impact on workplace accidents, and plan 1. Able to evaluate OHS policies based on Law No 1/1970
for control
2. Able to evaluate OHS policies based on UUJK No 2/2017
3. Able to analyze targets and programs based on selected
3. Able to evaluate OHS policies based on ISO and OHSAS
risk controls
4. Able to evaluate the policy guidelines for K3 standard
4. Able to analyze resource requirements based on program
procedures at the level of the construction company
goals that have been prepared
5. Able to evaluate the WBS structural system for complex
5. Able to analyze the costs required based on the goals of
civil / infrastructure engineering buildings
the K3 program
6. Able to Arrange WBS structure up to level 6
6. Able to make safety plan documents along with K3 costs
7. Able to compile identifying potential risks / hazards
Syllabus:
based on the WBS structure that has been prepared
1. Able to identify the system structure of WBS
8. Able to analyze risk
2. Able to evaluate the WBS structural system
9. Able to recommend controlling selected risks / hazards
3. Able to develop a WBS structural system
10. Able to create OHS targets and work programs based on
4. Able to identify potential hazards and OHS risks selected risk controls
5. Able to analyze potential hazards and risks 11. Able to identify the resource requirements needed from
the program objectives that have been prepared
6. Able to carry out risk control
12. Able to create WBS documents
7. Able to make targets of each risk control
13. Able to make risk documents and program targets
8. Able to make a program of each target that is formed
14. Able to make RK3K / safety plan documents
9. Can identify the resources of each target and program
that has been prepared Prerequisite: -
10. Able to analyze the resources of each target and program Reference Book
that has been prepared
11. Being able to analyze the unit price of resources that have Konstruksi
been determined from the target program formed
12. Able to create a K3 cost structure
13. Able to make details of K3 costs
14. Able to make K3K plan documents and K3 costs
Prerequisite: -
550 Reference Book

Master Program
Graduate (Master) Program on Environmental Engineering


2. Teaching Institution Faculty of Engineering University Indonesia
3. Programme Tittle Graduate Programme in Environmental Engineering
4. Class Regular
5. Final Award Graduate (Master) Program in Environmental Engineering (M.T)
6. Accreditation / Recognition Good
9. Entry Undergraduate (S1) or DIV graduates from university or Polytechnique
Requirements with B accreditation from BAN-PT specified from sains and technology
major:
A. Environmental Engineering
B. Civil Engineering
C. Chemical Engineering/ Bioprocess Engineering
D. Chemistry
E. Biology
F. Nuclear Engineering
G. Metalurgy Engineering
H. HSE (Public Health)
Semester
Regular 4 16
11. Aims of the programme is :
to produce environmental engineering master graduate that able analyze in depth, designing complex product,
process or system in the field of water engineering, solid waste, air pollution, also contributing in fulfilling the
Sustainable Development Goals
1. Environmental Engineering Master graduate who has a career in planning, design, implementation, evaluation,
and environmental engineering system to support Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)
2. Environmental Engineering Master graduate with ethics, professionalism, and capable develop their abilities in
response to the dynamic development environmental engineering field.
1. Analyze a possible solution to a complex, question, or issue relevant to environmental engineering (L4)
2. Select appropriate experiments and analyze the result in the solution of environmental engineering problem (L4)
3. Select appropriate advanced concepts and principles to solve complex problem in a specialty area appropriate to
the practice of environmental engineering (L4)
4. Analyze the sustainable performance of complex environmental engineering project from a system perspective
(L4)
5. Analyze effective communication to technical and nontechnical audiences (L5)
6. Analyze new knowledge, skills, and attitudes relevant to environmental engineering acquired through self-di-
rected learning (l4)
551
Master Program

i University General Subjects - -
ii Basic Engineering Subjects - -
iii Core Subjects 12 30.0%
iv Mata Kuliah Specialization 15 37.5%
v Elective 3 7.5%
vi Scientific Publication, Pre Master Thesis, Master Thesis 10 25.0%
Total 40 100 %
552
Master Program
Learning Outcome
553
554
Master Program
Flow Diagram Of Subject to Reach ELO in Environmental Engineering Master Programme specialization :
Water Quality Technology and Engineering
Master Program
555
Master Program
556
Flow Diagram Of Subject to Reach ELO in Environmental Engineering Master Programme specialization:
Environmental Quality Management
557
Master Program
Master Program
558
Master Program
559
Master Program
Flow Diagram of Subjects in Environmental Engineering Master Programme

Environmental Quality Management specialization
560
Master Program
Flow Diagram of Subjects in Environmental Engineering Master Programme

Water Quality Technology and Engineering specialization
561
Master Program
Curriculum Structure in Environmental Engineering Master Programme
Subjects Code Semester 1 SKS MKL SKS TRKA

ENEV 801 101 Environmental Data Analysis 3 3
ENEV 801 102 Environmental Risk Management 3 3
ENEV 801 201 Environmental Quality Management 3 P
ENEV 801 202 Solid Waste Treatment Technology 3 P
ENEV 801 301 Advanced Water Engineering P 3
ENEV 801 302 Instrumentation and Measurement of Environmental Quality P 3
Compulsory Course Environmental Quality Management 12
Compulsory Course Water Quality Technology and Engineering 12
ENEV 802 103 Research Method 3
ENEV 802 104 Special Topic for Environmental Engineer 3
ENEV 802 201 Waste to Energy 3 P
ENEV 802 202 Advanced Water Engineering 3 P
ENEV 802 301 Urban Wastewater Quality Management P 3
ENEV 802 302 Sustainable Environmental Infrastructure P 3
ENEV 800 105 Pre Master Thesis 2 2
ENEV 803 201 Emission Control 3 P
ENEV 803 301 Contamination and Environmental Remediation P 3
Elective 3 3
Total 8 8
ENEV 800 106 Master Thesis 4 4
ENEV 800 107 Scientific Publication 2 2
Total 9 8
Information :
MKL : Environmental Quality Management Specialization
TRKA : Water Quality Technology and Engineering
Elective Courses
Subjects Code Elective Courser Odd Semester SKS
ENEV 803 106 Environmental System Dynamics 3
Subjects Code Elective Courser EvenSemester SKS
ENEV 802 105 Environmental Audit 3
562
Master Program
Syllabus of Master Program on ecology, statistics and epidemiology
Environmental Engineering Competence in Curriculum:

1. Able to analyze possible solutions to problems, questions
Environmental Data Analysis
or complex issues relevant to environmental engineering
ENEV 801 101
(ELO 1)
3 Credits
Learning Outcomes: 2. Able to carry out continuous performance analysis of
1. Able to analyze environmental data by applying probabi- work in the Environmental Engineering field from a
listic distribution and Monte Carlo methods. systemic point of view (ELO 4)
2. Able to correlate three variables or more by analyzing the
Syllabus:
multivariate in order to explain environmental phenom-
enon. Introduction to Environmental Risk (Concepts, principles
and uses of environmental risks; Typology of risks and
Competence in Curriculum:
their management methods; Techniques and methods of
1. Able to determine advanced concepts and appropriate risk calculation; Integrated risk assessment), Ecological Risk
principles to provide solutions to complex problems in Assessment (ERA) - Ecotoxicology (Introduction of ERA; ERA
Environmental Engineering field (ELO 3), techniques and calculation methods), Human Risk Assess-
ment (HRA) - Toxicology (Introduction of HRA; Techniques
2. Conducting an analysis of effective communication to
and calculation methods), Application of Environmental
technical and non-technical audiences (ELO 5)
Risk Assessment in Industry (Chemical risk assessment in
Syllabus: the environment; Application of environmental risk in cases
of pollution in soil, water, air; Use of pollutant fate transport
Probability Distribution (1) probability distribution (discrete
software)
and continuous): normal distribution, Central Limit theorem,
t-distribution and Fisher’s F-distribution, gamma and other Prerequisite: Environmental Chemistry
distributions. (2) Application of data analysis on the probabil-
References:
ity of distribution to the environment, such as the distribution
of particle size, the detection limit of environmental analysis; 1. Easton, Thomas. 2013. Taking Sides: Clashing Views on
Hypothesis test (1) Type I error, Type II error, level of signif- Environmental Issues 15th Edition. McGraw-Hill/Dush-
icance, (2) Final test one and final test two. Parametric tests kin.
of significance to non-parametric tests and the Monte Carlo
2. Simon, Ted, 2016, Environmental Risk Assessment: A
method (3) Application of hypothesis testing in the analysis
Toxicological Approach 1st Edition, CRC Press; 1 edition
of environmental data, such as adjusting environmental stan-
dards and so on; Regression analysis (1) Multiple regression 3. EPA’s Framework for Human Health Risk Assessment to
- calculations from the field of regression, partial correlation Inform Decision Making, 2014
and multiple correlation (2) nonlinear regression (3) Appli-
4. EPA’s Risk-Screening Environmental Indicators (RSEI)
cation of regression analysis in environmental data, such as
Methodology, Version 2.3.4. 2015
calibration of environmental analysis; Time series (1) Intro-
duction-meaning of the stochastic process: the whole random 5. Landis, W. Et.al., 2010. Introduction to Environmental
process, the balanced process, the auto-regression process Toxicology: Molecular Substructures to Ecological Land-
and the unbalanced process; Principles of Component Anal- scapes, Fourth Edition 4th Edition.CRC Press
ysis (1) Introduction to Analysis of Main-rotated components
6. Hemond, H. and Fechner, E.J., 1999. Chemical Fate and
and complex empirical orthogonal functions, Uncommon
Transport in the Environment 2nd Edition
decomposition values, Analysis of official relationships (2)
Application of PCA in complex environmental data, such as 7. Dupont, R. 2016. Pollution Prevention: Sustainability,
identification of air pollution sources Industrial Ecology, and Green Engineering, Second
Edition 2nd Edition
Prerequisite:
Basic Statistic
Research Method
ENEV 802 103
References: 3 Credits
Learning Outcomes:
1. Linfield C. Brown and Paul Mac Berthouex, Jan 29, 2002,
1. Able to explain the concept of thinking in research meth-
Statistics for Environmental Engineers
ods and apply it on choosing the right research method-
2. Ralph R B Von Frese, John W Olesik, CRC Press, Taylor & ology and on preparing research proposals
Francis Group, 2019, Introduction to Environmental Data 2. Able to explore the uniqueness and originality of research
Analysis for Scientists and Engineers proposals (uniqueness of civil engineering problems)
3. D.R. Helsel and R.M. Hirsch, September 2002, Statistical Competence in Curriculum:
Methods in Water Resources
1. Able to analyze possible solutions to problems, questions
Environmental Risk Management or complex issues relevant to environmental engineering
ENEV 801 102 (ELO 1)
3 Credits
2. Able determine the appropriate form of experimenta-
Learning Outcomes:
tion, and analyze the solutions of environmental
Able to conclude and propose risk reduction strategies based
on the diagnosis results of human health risks and ecological Syllabus: Methodology principles, characteristics and
risks from the sources of activities that emit pollutants. The research processes, quantitative and qualitative research
diagnosis is based on the concepts of toxicology, chemistry, paradigms, scientific methods, problem statements, prepar-
563
Master Program
ing hypotheses, logical and critical thinking, research strat- 2. Able to carry out continuous performance analysis of
egies, data collection techniques and analytical techniques, work in the Environmental Engineering field from a
scientific writing, guidance on the preparation of draft semi- systemic point of view (ELO 4)
nars with prospective supervisors.
Syllabus: Physical and chemical aspects of pollutants in the
Prerequisite: aquatic environment, parameters and water quality standards
References: (stream standard, effluent standard), index of aquatic envi-
ronmental quality (Pollution Index, WQI, Storet), transport of
1. Nazir,Moh, Metode Penelitian, Ghalia Indonesia,2003 pollutants in the aquatic environment (advection, diffusion,
2. Keputusan Rektor UI No 628, Pedoman Teknis Penulisan reaction, ]] water quality protection methods.
Tugas Akhir Mahasiswa Universitas Indonesia, 2008 Physical and chemical aspects of air pollutants, air quality
3. FTUI, Pedoman Penulisan Tesis, 2006 parameters and quality standards (emission standards, ambi-
ent standards), air quality index (ISPU, AQI), air pollutant
4. Yin.Robert k, Studi Kasus Desain dan Metode, Rajagraf- transport (gaussian method), air quality protection methods
indo Persada, 2008
Physical and chemical aspects of soil pollutants, polluted soil
5. Riduwan, Skala pengukuran variable-variabel peneli- criteria, polluted soil index (Average Quality Index, Nemerow
tian,Alfabeta, 2002 Pollution Index, Enrichment Factor), soil quality protection
6. Tan, W. (2008). Practical Research Methods (Third Edition methods
ed.). Singapore: Prentice Hall Prerequisite: Environmental Quality Management
Special Topic for Environmental Engineer References:
ENEV 802 104
3 Credits 1. Mary K. Theodore, Louis Theodore. 2010. Introduction
Learning Outcomes: to Environmental Management. CRC Press
1. Able to explore (C4) the latest specific advanced envi- Solid Waste Treatment Technology
ronmental engineering problems through secondary ENEV 801 202
data and / or primary data (observations, interviews, 3 Credits
measurements, discussions, etc.) by considering public
policies, social impacts and / or business objectives Learning Outcomes:
2. Able to predict (C5) sustainable environmental engineer- 1. Able to apply the knowledge about solid waste treatment
ing solutions to environmental engineering problems in the design process and processing operations
that are explored critically and innovatively
2. Able to communicate and work in the team
Competence in Curriculum: Able to determine advanced
1. Able to analyze possible solutions to problems, questions concepts and principles that are appropriate to provide solu-
or complex issues relevant to environmental engineering tions to complex problems in Environmental Engineering the
(ELO 1) field (ELO 3)
2. Able to determine advanced concepts and principles that Syllabus:
are appropriate to provide solutions to complex problems
in the Environmental Engineering field (ELO 3) Overview of Integrated Solid Waste Management: the concept
of sustainable solid waste management, the development of
Syllabus: Environmental problems on a global, regional IWMS (case studies and analysis), elements of IWM; physical,
and national scale, current air, water, solid waste and land chemical, biological and solid waste generation characteris-
management technologies, decision support support systems tics; biological, mechanical, mechanical-biological processing;
in technology selection, modeling use in decision making. thermal processing, landfilling and coating technology; solid
Prerequisite: Environmental Quality Management waste recirculation; field surveys, structural design and plan-
ning for operating units.
References:
Prerequisite:
According to the selected advanced environmental engineer-
ing issues Integrated Solid Waste Management Planning
References:
Mandatory Courses of Environmental
Quality Management glous, Hilary Theisen, Samuel A. Vigil, McGraw Hill
International Edition, 1993.
Environmental Quality Management
ENEV 801 201 2. Handbook of Solid Waste Management, George Tcho-
3 Credits banoglous, Frank Kreith, McGraw Hill, 2002.
Learning Outcomes: Able to assess and predict the envi- Waste to Energy
ronmental quality of water, air and soil and decide the ENEV 802 201
appropriate method of environmental quality protection for 3 Credits
environmental pollution problem (C5)
Learning Outcomes:
Able to identify problems related to energy in Indonesia, and
1. Able to analyze possible solutions to problems, questions analyze the use of waste as an energy source in order to deter-
or complex issues relevant to environmental engineering mine the waste-to-energy technology.
(ELO 1)
564
Master Program
Able to determine advanced concepts and principles that are Peter Hindle, The Blackwell Science, 2001.
appropriate to provide solutions to complex problems in Envi-
ronmental Engineering the field (ELO 3) Emission Control
ENEV 803 201
Syllabus: 3 Credits
Energy requirements and solid waste management; Charac- Learning Outcomes:
teristics of Solid Waste and Feedstock Preparation for Waste
to Energy; Impact of Waste into energy on the environment Able to analyze and evaluate the types and sources of green-
and social; Biological Treatment Mechanical Technology and house gas emissions caused by solid waste management
Mechanical Recovery Facility; Waste to energy technology activities and the methods to control them.
(Thermal, physicochemical, biological); Air Pollution Control; Competence in Curriculum:
Utilization of gas in the landfill as an energy source; Land-
Gem Method 1. Able to determine advanced concepts and principles that
Prerequisite: in the Environmental Engineering field (ELO 3)
References: 2. Able to carry out continuous performance analysis of
1. McBean, E.A., Rovers, F.A., Farquhar, G.J. 1995. Solid work in the Environmental Engineering field from a
Waste Landfill Engineering and Design. Prentice Hall: systemic point of view (ELO 4)
USA. Syllabus:
2. Tschobanoglous, G. dan Kreith, F. 2002. Handbook of Processes in managing solid waste that produce emissions,
Solid Waste management. 2nd ed. McGraw-Hill USA. Greenhouse Gases, Inventory emissions, Control of emissions
3. Tschobanoglous, G; Theisen, H., dan Vigil, S. 1993. Inte- at the final waste processing site, landfill design for emissions
grated Solid Waste Management. McGraw-Hill USA. control, control of emissions by using technology. Learning is
done through interactive lectures, assignments and assistance.
4. Haug. R.T. 1993. The Practical Handbook of Compost Learning activities are also conducted based on research. The
Engineering. Lewis Publisher: USA. scope of the study are solid waste and its management, emis-
5. Damanhuri,E. dan Padmi, T. 2016. Pengelolaan Sampah sions produced, and its prevention. Indonesian and English
Terpadu. Penerbit ITB: Bandung, Indonesia. are used during the learning process.
Prerequisite:
Life Cycle Assessment Air Pollution

ENEV 802 202 References:
3 Credits
1. Tchobanoglous, G., Thiessen, H., & Vigil, S. (2003). Inte-
Learning Outcomes: grated Solid Waste Management: Engineering Principles
Able to use a set of models to carry out an assessment of and Management Issues. Singapore: McGraw-Hill Inc.
sustainable solid waste management. 2. Nevers, N.D., Air Pollution Engineering, McGraw-Hill,
Competence in Curriculum: USA, 2000
Able to carry out continuous performance analysis of work in 3. US Environmental Protection Agency. (2015). LFG Energy
the Environmental Engineering field from a systemic point of Project Development Handbook
view (ELO 4)
Mandatory Courses of Water Quality
Syllabus:
Technology and Engineering
Overview Integrated Solid waste Management, sustainable
solid waste management, IWMS development (case studies Specialization
and analysis), elements of IWM, solid waste generation and Advanced Water Engineering
composition, waste collection, central sorting, biological ENEV 801 301
treatment, thermal treatment, landfilling, material recycling, 3 Credits
models: STAN 2, Prognosis, and IWM 2
Learning Outcomes: Able to choose and specify the types of
Prerequisite: physical, chemical, and / or biological treatment needed to
Integrated Solid Waste Management Planning recycle water or wastewater with nutrient removal / recovery
as well as refractory / priority / emerging pollutant removal.
References:
glous, Hilary Theisen, Samuel A. Vigil, McGraw Hill Able to determine advanced concepts and principles that are
International Edition, 1993. appropriate to provide solutions to complex problems in the
Environmental Engineering field (ELO 3)
2. Handbook of Solid Waste Management, George Tcho-
banoglous, Frank Kreith, McGraw Hill, 2002. Syllabus:
3. Integrated Solid Waste Management: a Life Cycle Inven- Development of water treatment technology; Challenges,
tory, Forbes McDougall, Peter White, Marina Franke, trends and perspectives in the field of water treatment; Quality
Peter Hindle, Blackwell Science, 2001. standards and impacts of nutrients (organic nitrogen, ammo-
nia, nitrites and nitrates, phosphorus) in the environment;
4. Integrated Solid Waste management : a Life Cycle Inven- Alternative allowance and recovery nutrient technology;
tory, Forbes R. McDougall, Peter R. White, Marina Franke, Biological nutrient recovery processes; constructed wetlands; 565
Master Program
Water recycling; Potential and risks of water recycling; Regu- Syllabus:

lation and quality of recycled water; Refractory / priority /
Introduction to urban water management in spatial planning
emerging pollutant; Adsorption process; Membrane filtra-
and urban infrastructure; Types of resources, designation of
tion process; Advanced oxidation processes (AOPs); Hybrid
water, and availability of water; Statistical water quality; The
process for sustainable water treatment; System and process-
role of water statistics in the management and modeling of
ing level; Technology selection; Aspects of people’s attitudes
water body quality; Critical water quality and water use in
and perceptions; Techno-economic aspects.
an infrastructure perspective; Water quality and urban waste
Prerequisite: loads in relation to causality and health risks; Calculation of
pollution load of solid waste and liquid waste; Effectiveness of
References:
water pollution control plans; Determination of capacity and
1. Qasim, S. R., Zhu, G. (2018). Wastewater treatment and load in surface water; Calculation of Total Maximum Daily
reuse, theory and design examples. Volume 1, Post-treat- Load (TMDL) in water bodies; Technology and policy inter-
ment, reuse, and disposal. Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. ventions in controlling the quality of urban water and waste;
CRC Press. ISBN: 13978-1-138-30094-1 Capacity prediction with water quality modeling (QUAL2E,
Epanet, Aquatox); Application of water quality management
2. Diaz-Elsayed, N., Rezaei, N., Guo, T., Mohebbi, S., &
cases for urban areas using software
Zhang, Q. (2019). Wastewater-based resource recovery
technologies across scale: A review. Resources, Conserva- Prerequisite:
tion and Recycling, 145, 94–112. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
Environmental Chemistry, Domestic Wastewater Treatment
resconrec.2018.12.035
Plant Design, Environmental Data Analysis
3. Grandclément, C., Seyssiecq, I., Piram, A., Wong-Wah-
References:
Chung, P., Vanot, G., Tiliacos, N., … Doumenq, P. (2017).
From the conventional biological wastewater treatment 1. Steven C. Chapra, Waveland Press, 2008, Surface
to hybrid processes, the evaluation of organic micropo- Water-Quality Modeling
llutant removal: A review. Water Research, 111, 297–317.
2. Roger A. Falconer, Routledge, 2018, Water Quality Model-
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.watres.2017.01.005
ling
Instrumentation and Measurement of Environmental
Sustainable Environmental Infrastructure
Quality
ENEV 802 302
ENEV 801 302
3 Credits
3 Credits
Learning Outcomes:
Learning Outcomes:
Able to understand and apply the principle of sustainability
Able to choose the sampling method and instrumentation
in the planning and management of natural resources, infra-
in appropriately analyzing environmental quality based on
structure and problem solving in the field of environmental
examples of environmental media and pollutant substances.
engineering.
Able to carry out continuous performance analysis of work in
Able to determine advanced concepts and principles that are
the Environmental Engineering field from a systemic point of
appropriate to provide solutions to complex problems in the
view (ELO 4)
Environmental Engineering field (ELO 3)
Syllabus:
Syllabus:
Composite water samples, automatic water sampler, air
Various issues and trends in environmental management;
sampling, high volume sampler, passive sampler, particulate
History, background, targets and indicators of Sustainable
matter measurement, noise measurement, gas concentration
development; The principle of sustainable infrastructure;
measurement, metal measurement using AAS and ICP-MS,
Sustainable paradigms in the design process; Pillars / frame-
measurement of organic pollutants with gas chromatogra-
works for sustainable infrastructure development; Green
phy, morphological characterization of material environment
building concepts and criteria; Water supply and appropriate
(SEM, etc), analysis of interrelated environment parameters.
sanitation; Conservation and efficiency of water use; Water
Prerequisite: footprint; Water balance; Low impact development; Green-
house Energy and Gas; Renewable energy; Energy efficiency;
References: -
Green materials; Planning for a sustainable infrastructure
Urban Wastewater Quality Management cycle; Tools for measuring sustainability
ENEV 802 301
Prerequisite:
3 Credits
References:
Learning Outcomes:
1. Ferrer, A. L. C., Thomé, A. M. T., & Scavarda, A. J. (2018).
Able to compare the effectiveness of various urban waste-
Sustainable urban infrastructure: A review. Resources,
water management strategies by using mathematical water
Conservation and Recycling, 128, 360–372. https://doi.
quality modeling as a decision support system to maintain or
org/10.1016/j.resconrec.2016.07.017
improve water quality.
2. Charles J. Kibert.(2016). Sustainable Construction: Green
Building Design and Delivery 4th edition. John Wilye &
Able to carry out continuous performance analysis of work in Sons, Inc.
3. S. Bry Sarte. (2010). Sustainable infrastructure: The Guide
view (ELO 4)
to Green Engineerng and Design. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
566
Master Program
Contamination and Environmental Remediation / RKL and Environmental Management Plan / RPL. Basic
ENEV 803 301 Audit Principles (Basic principles, procedures, hierarchy
3 Credits and processes in environmental auditing). Types of Audits
(Obedience Audit, Waste Audit, Process Audit). Audit Method
Learning Outcomes:
(procedures for determining, weighting, importance and
Able to prepare a design program for land remediation that is valuation in an environmental audit). Audit Documents.
contaminated by the industrial activities or accidents Audit Case Study (review of case documents).
Competence in Curriculum: Prerequisite:
1. Able to determine advanced concepts and principles that References:
1. ”Audit and Reduction Manual for Industrial Emissions
in the Environmental Engineering field (ELO 3)
and Wastes”; United Nations Environment Programme,
2. Able to carry out continuous performance analysis of Industry and Environment Office, United Nations Indus-
work in the Environmental Engineering field from a trial Development Organization. ISBN: 92-807-1303-5
systemic point of view (ELO 4)
2. ”Moving Ahead with ISO 14000”, Improving Environ-
Syllabus: mental Management and Advancing Sustainable Devel-
opment; edited by: Philip A. Marcus & John T. Willig,
Potential activities of contamination of B3 material to the Wiley Series in Environmental Quality Management
environment (soil and groundwater); The types and forms of John Wily & Sons, Inc, 1997, ISBN 0-471-16877-7.
B3 pollutants; The pattern and characteristics of the trip and
the spread of contaminants in the soil; Impacts and risks of 3. “Panduan Audit Sistem Manajemen Mutu dan/atau
pollutants to the environment; the method of eliminating the Lingkungan”; SNI 19-19011-2005. Badan Standarisasi
spread of contaminants in the soil; Methods for recovering Nasional.
land contaminated with B3 material; Physical, Chemical and
Environmental System Dynamics
Biochemical Recovery; Technical design of land and ground-
ENEV 803 106
water remediation; Economic and financial aspects for reme-
3 Credits
diation projects; and examples of the case studies in the field.
Learning Outcomes:
Prerequisite:
1. Able to analyze the basic principles of the environment
Environmental Laboratory, Environmental Microbiology,
as a system with the interaction of environmental compo-
Unit Operation and Process, Hazardous dan Industrial Waste
nents (social, natural and artificial) (C4)
Treatment
2. Able to predict the amount, concentration, level of danger
References:
and the impact of pollutants in the environment (C3)
1. Remediation Engineering: Design Concept, Suthan S.,
CRC Lewis Publisher, 1999;
Able to carry out continuous performance analysis of work in
2. Innovations in Ground Water and Soil Cleanup: From
Concept to Commercialization, National Research Coun-
view (ELO 4)
cil. National Academy Press.1997;
Syllabus:
3. Environmental Hydrogeology, Philip E. LaMoreaux[et
al], CRC Press.2009; Basic understanding of environmental systems with natural,
artificial and social environmental subsystems; The dynam-
4. Pengantar Prinsip Pengelolaan Limbah B3, Firdaus Ali,-
ics of the environmental system (integration of the basic
Global Enviro. 2011
principles of environmental science: interaction, interpe-
dence, diversity, harmony and sustainability); The dynamics
Elective Courses of the physical environment system (material and energy
Environmental Audit cycle, hydrological cycle, food chain and environmental
ENEV 802 105 pollution disturbance); Management model of the physi-
3 Credits cal environment system (determining factors, media and
the interaction of physical components of the environment
Learning Outcomes: in the environmental system); Social system management
Able to conduct audits and prepare environmental audit models (conflict management and environmental mediation);
reports Systems theory (General Theoretical Distinctions, Misunder-
standings, Strengths of Systems Theory, Systems Framework,
Competence in Curriculum: General Systems Theory Principles, System Characteristics,
Able to carry out continuous performance analysis of work in Contingency Theory, The Learning Organization, Applica-
the Environmental Engineering field from a systemic point of tion of system dynamics), Dynamics Theory (Basic system
view (ELO 4) behaviour, Exponential growth, Goal seeking, Oscillation,
S-shaped growth, S-shaped with overshoot, Overshoot and
Syllabus: collapse, Application of system dynamics) Theory Modeling
System, (Model classification, Dynamical Systems, System
Definition, principles, concepts and environmental policies
analysis-System dynamics and thinking, Open Systems,
in the Environmental Audit. Legal Basis for Environmental
General Systems Theory (GST), GST Traits, System Classifi-
Policy and Regulations. AL Principle (Determine the main
cation, Systems Analysis and Modelling, Activity Modelling
issues and scope of the audit). ISO 1400 Understanding:
(IDEFo), Case Study.
Enhancing Environmental Management and Sustainable
Development. Study on Environmental Management Plan Prerequisite:
567
Master Program
References:
1. FTyller Miller, Living in The Environment, McGraw-Hill,
Singapore, 1994
2. Amy, The Polities of Environmental Mediation, Colum-
bia University Press, 1987
3. Fisher dkk, Mengelola Konflik Ketrampilan dan Strategi
Untuk Bertindak, The British Council, Jakarta, 2000
Special Courses
Pre Master Thesis
ENEV 800 105
3 Credits
Learning Outcomes:
Able to apply specificity knowledge / specialization that has
been obtained in conducting initial research, analyzing the
results and describing them verbally through presentation
and seminar books
Experiment, Communication, Lifelong Learning
Syllabus:
Prerequisite: Research Method
References:
Master Thesis
ENEV 800 106
3 Credits
Learning Outcomes:
1. Able to integrate Environmental Engineering knowledge
in designing and conducting research in order to solve
problems, analyze and interpret research data to obtain
valid conclusions
2. Able to analyze and interpret research data to obtain
valid conclusions
3. Able to describe and present the results of research in the
form of scientific papers (Master Thesis)
Research/Experiment, Communication, Lifelong Learning
Prerequisite: Research Method and Pre Master Thesis
References: -
ENEV 800 107
3 Credits
Learning Outcomes:
Able to explain the results of research in scientific writing
using Indonesian / English that is good and correct according
to the standards of writing journals / proceedings intended
Conducting an analysis of effective communication to techni-
cal and non-technical audiences (ELO 5)
Syllabus: academic writing and effective writing
Prerequisite: Master Thesis
References: Relevant references to the research topic in the
Master Thesis
568
Master Program
Master Program in Mechanical Engineering


2. Organizer Institution Universitas Indonesia
4. Study Programme Mechanical Engineering Masters Program
5. Visi dan Misi Prodi VISI
As a center of research and education services that excel in mechanical
engineering
MISI
Carry out research and research-based education for the development
of science and technology in the field of mechanical engineering, and
conduct research and education that seeks its use to improve the level
and quality of people’s lives and humanity.
6. Classes Reguler
7. Final Award Magister Teknik (MT.)
8. Accreditation / Recognition Accreditation of BAN-PT, with status A.
9. Languages Bahasa Indonesia and English
11. Entrance Requirements Bachelor in Engineering, Mathematics and Physics; and pass the
entrance exam
12. Duration of Study Designed for 2 years
semester
Reguler 4 17
Short (opsional) 1 8
1. Producing Mechanical Engineering Masters Program graduates who meet the specified learning outcomes
2. Contribute to the development of scientific and mechanical technology
3. Contribute to improving the quality of society and industry

Masters of Mechanical Engineering who is able to analyze and design energy systems, industrial machinery, building
facilities, and the transportation industry in contributing to meeting the goals of sustainable development.

4. Able to develop logical, critical, systematic and creative thinking through scientific research, the creation of designs
or works of art in the fields of science and technology that pay attention to and apply humanities in accordance with
their fields of expertise, compile scientific conceptions and study results based on rules, procedures and scientific
ethics in the form of a thesis or other equivalent form and uploaded on the university website, as well as papers that
have been published in accredited scientific journals or accepted in international journals
5. Able to carry out academic validation or study according to their area of expertise
in solving problems in the rele-
vant society or industry through developing their knowledge and expertise
6. Able to arrange ideas, results of thought, and scientific arguments responsibly and based on academic ethics, and
communicate them through the media to the wider community
7. Able to identify scientific fields that are the object of research and position them into a research map that is devel-
oped through an interdisciplinary or multidisciplinary approach
8. Able to take decisions in the context of solving problems in developing science and technology that pay attention to
and apply humanities values based on analytical or experimental studies of information and data
9. Able to manage, develop and maintain a network of colleagues, colleagues within the wider research institute and
community
10. Able to increase the learning capacity independently
11. Able to document, store, secure, and rediscover research data in order to ensure validity and prevent plagiarism
12. Able to be responsible to the community and to comply with professional ethics in solving technical problems
13. Able to carry out a lifelong learning process including access to knowledge related to current issues
569
Master Program
As a University of Indonesia student, every graduate of the Mechanical Engineering Masters program also has the
following competencies:
1. Able to use information communication technology;
2. Able to think critically, creatively, and innovatively and have an intellectual curiosity to solve problems at the
individual and group level;
3. Able to use spoken and written languages i n Indonesian and English well for academic and non-academic activities;
4. Having integrity and being able to respect others;
5. Able to identify various entrepreneurial efforts characterized by innovation and independence based on ethics
In the Mechanical Engineering Masters Program 2020 Curriculum, there are 6 (six) Specialization programs that can be
selected by students according to their academic abilities and interests, namely in the Specialization field:
1. Energy Conversion and Conservation
2. Fire and Building Safety Technology
3. Design and Manufacturing
4. Manufacturing and Automation Systems
5. Advanced Vehicle Engineering
6. Maritime Technology and Resources
7.
More specifically, in addition to the 10 items of competency as mentioned above, the graduates of the Master of Engi-
neering Program will have competencies in accordance with their fields of specialization as follows:
1. Competence in the field of Energy Conversion and Conservation: Able to analyze, implement and design mechan-
ical systems that utilize laws and current phenomena and technologies related to the field of Energy Conversion
and conservation.
2. Competence in the field of Fire and Building Safety Technology: able to analyze, implement and design efficient
building utility systems, and performance-based fire safety for buildings and industrial buildings.
3. Competence in the field of Design and Manufacturing: able to analyze, implement and design products and manu-
facturing processes and their assembly by integrating the latest design and manufacturing technology.
4. Competence in the field of Manufacturing and Automation Systems: able to analyze, implement and design manu-
facturing and automation systems used for the process of developing and manufacturing manufactured products
by utilizing the latest manufacturing and automation technology.
5. Competence in the field of Advanced Vehicle Engineering: able to analyze, and design vehicle systems and heavy
equipment for transportation, the construction industry, minerals and energy.
6. Competence in the field of Technology and Maritime Resources: able to analyze, and design systems and apply
maritime technology that is appropriate for sustainable utilization of maritime resources.
i Study Program Mandatory Subjects 10 25,00
ii Specialization Mandatory Subjects 16 40,00
iii Elective Specialization Subjects 8 20,00
iv Publication, Final Projects 6 15,00
Total 40 100 %
Job Prospects
Graduates of the Mechanical Engineering master’s study program have devoted themselves to various fields such as the
energy system industry, industrial machinery, transportation building buildings, educational and research institutions and
other industries
570
Master Program
Learning Outcomes, Mechanical Engineering Masters Program
571
Master Program
Course Flowchart to Achieve Graduate Learning Outcomes
572
Master Program
573
Master Program
574
Master Program
Curriculum Structure
575
Master Program
Subjects Flowchart
During the study period, students of the Mechanical Engineering Masters program can choose
and arrange their courses flexibly according to the amount of credits in each course. The follow-
ing are general scenarios for the subject flow diagram for the Mechanical Engineering Masters
program:
576
Master Program
Curriculum Structure of Mechanical Subtotal 8

Engineering Masters Program 4 Semester
th
ENME800007 Thesis 6
Code Subject SKS Elective Course #2 4
1st Semester Subtotal 10
ENME801002 Advanced Engineering Mathe- 4 Total 44
matics
ENME802004 Engineering Computation 8
Specialization Course #1 4 Energy Conversion and Conservation
Specialization Course #2 4
Code Subject SKS
Subtotal 12
3 Semester
rd
2 nd Semester
ENME802002 Experimental Design 2
ENME803106 Applied Flow Measurement and 4
Visualization
ENME803124 Energy Audit 4
ENME803196 Jet and Rocket Propulsion 4
Subtotal 14
4 Semester
th
3rd Semester
ENME804109 Heat and Mass Transfer Engi- 4
ENME802007 Project Design 2 neering
ENME800005 Scientific Publication 2 ENME804110 Combustion Engineering 4
Elective Course #1 4 ENME804111 Aerodynamics Engineering 4
Subtotal 8 ENME803108 Refrigeration Engineering 4
4th Semester ENME804112 Turbomachinery 4
ENME800007 Thesis 6
Elective Course #2 4
Specialization in Fire and Building
Subtotal 10
Safety Technology
Total 44
Code Subject SKS
Specialization in Energy Conversion and 1 Semester
st
Conservation ENME801002 Advanced Engineering Mathe- 2

matics
Code Subject SKS
ENME802133 Fire and Building science 4
1st Semester
ENME801113 Ventilation and Air Conditioning 4
ENME801002 Advanced Engineering Mathe- 2 System
matics
Subtotal 12
2 nd Semester
ENME801101 Advanced Thermodynamics 4
ENME801102 Advanced Fluid Dynamics and 4
Heat Transfer ENME802006 Data Analytics 2
Subtotal 12 ENME802003 Academic Writing 2
2 nd Semester ENME802131 Fire Protection System 4
ENME802002 Experimental Design 2 ENME802132 Building Mechanical and Electri- 4
cal System
Subtotal 14
3 Semester
rd
ENME802103 Energy Optimization System 4
ENME802007 Project Design 2
ENME800005 Scientific Publication 2
Subtotal 10
3rd Semester
Subtotal 8
4 Semester
th
ENME800007 Thesis 6
577
Master Program
Elective Course #2 4 4th Semester

Subtotal 10 ENME800007 Thesis 6
Total 44 ENME800008 Elective Course #2 4
Elective Courses of Specialization in Fire Subtotal 10
and Building Safety Technology Total 44

Code Subject SKS
Design and Manufacturing
3rd Semester
ENME803134 Fire Dynamics and Modelling 4 Code Subject SKS
ENME803115 Clean Room 4 3 Semester
rd
ENME803116 Plumbing and Waste Water 4 ENME803144 Dynamics of Mechanical System 4

Treatment System ENME803145 Composite Product Development 4
ENME803117 Building Environment Assess- 4 ENME803146 Finite Element and Multiphysics 4
ment
ENME803147 Toy Production Design 4
ENME803135 Fire Fighting Engineering and 4
Strategy ENME803161 Micromachining Process 4
ENME803136 Fire Safety Management in 4 ENME803154 Quality and Production Manage- 4

Building ment System
ENME803174 Risk Management 4
ENME802103 Energy System Optimization 4 4 Semester

th
ENME804118 Mechanical system for Building 4 ENME804148 Design for Manufacturing and 4
Assembly
ENME804119 Accoustics 4
ENME804149 Noise and Vibration Control 4
ENME804137 Fire Investigation Engineering 4
ENME804138 Fire Safety Analysis 4
ENME804156 Manufacturing Performance 4
ENME804139 Fire Protection in Process 4 Assessment
Industry
Specialization in Manufacturing and
Specialization in Design and Automation Systems
Manufacturing
Code Subject SKS
Code Subject SKS
1 Semester
st
1st Semester
ENME801002 Advanced Engineering Mathe- 2
ENME801002 Advanced Engineering Mathe- 2 matics
matics ENME802004 Engineering Computation 2
ENME802004 Engineering Computation 2 ENME801150 Management of Manufacturing 4
ENME801140 Materials and Manufacturing 4 Information System
Processes ENME801151 Manufacturing System and 4
ENME801141 Product Design and Development 4 Processes
Methodology
Subtotal 12
Subtotal 12
2 Semester
nd
2 nd Semester
ENME802152 Automation and Robotics 4
ENME802142 Design and Manufacturing 4
Technology Integration ENME803153 Machine Vision System 4
ENME803143 Mechanical Failure 4 Subtotal 14
Subtotal 14 3 Semester
rd
3 Semester
rd ENME802007 Project Design 2
ENME802007 Project Design 2 ENME800005 Scientific Publication 2
ENME800005 Scientific Publication 2 Elective Course #1 4
Elective Course #1 4 Subtotal 8
Subtotal 8 4 Semester
th
578
Master Program
ENME800007 Thesis 6 Subtotal 10

Elective Course #2 4 Total 44
Subtotal 10
Total 44 Elective Courses of Specialization in
Elective Courses of Specialization in Advanced Vehicle Engineering
Manufacturing and Automation Systems Code Subject SKS
3rd Semester
Code Subject SKS
3rd Semester
ENME803195 Oil and Gas Drilling Equipment 4
ENME803154 Quality and Production Manage- 4
ment System
ENME803174 Risk Management 4 ENME804168 Railway Vehicle Engineering 4
ENME803144 Dynamics of Mechanical System 4 ENME804197 Handling and Construction 4

Equipment
ENME803145 Composite Product Development 4
ENME804198 Aircraft Design and Performance 4
ENME803146 Finite Element and Multiphysics 4
ENME803161 Micromachining Process 4 Specialization in Technology and
4 Semester
th
Maritime Resources
ENME804156 Manufacturing Performance 4 Code Subject SKS
Assessment 1 Semester
st
ENME804148 Design for Manufacturing and 4

Assembly
matics
Specialization in Advanced Vehicle ENME801102 Advanced Fluid Dynamics and 4
Heat Transfer (Maritime)
Engineering
Code Subject SKS Processes (Maritime)
Subtotal 12
1 Semester
st

2 Semester
nd
matics ENME802002 Experimental Design 2

ENME802004 Engineering Computation 2 ENME802006 Data Analytics 2
ENME801163 Vehicle Engineering and Heavy 4 ENME802003 Academic Writing 2
Duty Equipment ENME802181 Maritime Engineering and 4
ENME801164 Prime Mover and Powertrain 4 Management
System ENME803182 Ocean Energy 4
2 nd Semester 3 Semester
rd
ENME802002 Experimental Design 2 ENME802007 Project Design 2

ENME802006 Data Analytics 2 ENME800005 Scientific Publication 2
ENME802003 Academic Writing 2 Elective Course #1 4
ENME802165 Vehicle Frame and Body Engi- 4 Subtotal 8
neering
4 Semester
th
ENME803166 Vehicle Control System 4

ENME800007 Thesis 6
Subtotal 14
3rd Semester
Subtotal 10
Total 44
Subtotal 8
4 Semester
th
ENME800007 Thesis 6
579
Master Program
Elective Courses of Specialization in Numerical Integral; Partial Differential Equation Solution.

Introduction to Computer Applications: Algorithms and
Technology and Maritime Resources Algorithm Analysis; Computational Complexity; Types
of Algorithms; Number Optimization and Representa-
Code Subject SKS tion; Overflow and Underflow; Error and Formula Error in
Numerical; Root of Eq. Finite Divided Difference Method in
3 Semester
rd
calculating Equation Derivation; Numerical Integration; ODE
ENME803183 Marine and Offshore Structure 4 and ODE systems in Computing Applications; Fast Fourier
ENME803184 Sea Transport and Port Manage- 4 Transform; PDE in Computational Applications: Solutions of
ment Elliptic, Parabolic, and Hyperbolic Equations with Numerical
Methods; Application of Elliptic, Parabolic, and Hyperbolic
ENME803185 Maritime Law and Regulation 4 PDE equation techniques; Monte Carlo in Computing Appli-
ENME804192 Supply Chain Technology 4 cations.
ENME804193 Cold Storage Technology 4 Pre-requisite(s): -
4 Semester
th
References:
ENME804186 Special Ship 4 1. Chapra, Steven C. and Canale, Raymond P. Numerical
ENME804187 Ship Production Management 4 Methods for Engineers 6th edition. New York: McGraw-
Hill, 2010.
ENME804189 Maritime Safety 4
ENME804190 Advanced Welding Engineering 4 10th edition. Danvers: John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
ENME804191 Port Operation and Planning 4 3. Sedgewick R., Phillippe F, An Introduction to the Analy-
Description of Courses Computing, Cole Publishing
Experimental Design
Advanced Engineering Mathematics ENME802002
ENME801002
2 SKS
2 SKS
Learning Outcomes:
Learning Outcomes:
This course provides knowledge about the methods of
The purpose of this subject is to develop students’ analytical
planning, implementing and reporting research in the field
skills. Students understand and are able to use advanced
of engineering so that it is able to apply standard scientific
engineering mathematical concepts in solving applied engi-
principles in the preparation of the final project in particu-
neering problems.
lar as well as in a scientific work that results from research
Topic: in general. Through this subject, students are expected to be
able to manage a study that starts from the planning stage,
Introduction to Differential Equations; Differential Equation correctly applies the design and construction procedures of
Order 1; Differential Equation of Order 2; High Order Differ- the apparatus, and applies instrumentation and measurement
ential Equations; Vector Analysis; Differential Vector; Grad, systems, executes and analyzes and interprets the data with
Divergence and Curl Operations; Vector Integral; Laplace appropriate statistical rules. In addition, students are also
transform; Solving Differential Equations using Laplace expected to be able to write scientific texts with good tech-
Transform; Fourier transform; Convolution niques, be able to make a bibliography correctly, find the right
Pre-requisite(s): - reference sources.
References: Syllabus:
1. Chapra, Steven C. and Canale, Raymond P. Numerical Introduction: Introduction to Research Design; Approaches
Methods for Engineers 6th edition. New York: McGraw- to Solving Problems (Problem Solving Approaches); Research
Hill, 2010. Project Planning; Design and Application of Measurement
2. Kreyszig, Erwin. Advanced Engineering Mathematics Systems: Measuring System Functional Elements, Measure-
10th edition. Danvers: John Wiley & Sons, 2011. ment System Performance Characteristics, System Accuracy
3. Sedgewick R., Phillippe F, An Introduction to the Analy- (Uncertainty) Analysis; Design and Construction of Research
sis of Algorithms, Addison Wesley. Apparatus; Experimental Planning; Experiment Execution:
4. Cheney W., Kincaid D., Numerical Mathematics and Apparatus construction, Debugging apparatus, Datasheet
Computing, Cole Publishing and Logbooks; Data Analysis and Interpretation; Commu-
Engineering Computation nication Engineering: Principles of Communication of Raw
ENME802004 Engineering, Reports, Papers, and Research Results Articles.
2 SKS Introduction to Academic Writing; Rhetoric Analysis on
Learning Outcomes: Scientific Manuscripts, Critical Behavior and Arguments on
Academic Writing, Techniques for Writing Scientific Manu-
The purpose of this subject is that students know well and scripts, Writing Scientific Manuscripts, Peer Review and Revi-
be able to apply the processes and methods (algorithms) of sion of Scientific Manuscripts, Finding Sources of Scientific
calculation (numerical and analytic) engineering in the real References, Synthesis of Scientific Manuscripts, Delivering
computer-based computing world and parameters that affect papers as a result of learning this course.
Syllabus :
References:
Numerical Method: Equation roots, Numerical Diffential, 1. Montgomery, D.C., Design and Analysis of Experiments,
580
Master Program
(5th ed.), John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 2001 technique, able to find and to make proper list of reference.
2. Coleman, H.W., Steele, G.W.Jr., Experimentation and
Syllabus:
Uncertainty Analysis for Engineers, (2nd ed.), John Wiley
and Sons, Inc., New York, 1999 Introductoin to academic writing, rhetoric analysis in scien-
3. Doebelin, E.O., Engineering Experimentation: Planning, tific paper, act critically and argumentation in academic writ-
Execution, Reporting, McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, 1995 ing, academic writing techniques, draft scientific paper, peer
4. Kirkup, Les., Experimental Method: An Introduction to review and scientific paper revision, find scientific resources,
the Analysis and Presentation of Data, John Wiley and synthesis scientific paper, present the paper as a result from
Sons Australia, Ltd., Queensland, 1994 this course
Engineering Experiments, Mc-Graw Hill Kogakusha,
Ltd., Tokyo, 1973 References:
6. Ross, V. A Brief Guide to Critical Writing. Philadelphia, 1. Ross, V. A Brief Guide to Critical Writing. Philadelphia, PA :
PA : Critical Writing Program. 2015. Critical Writing Program. 2015.
7. Graff, G., Birkenstein, C. As He Himself Puts It : The Art 2. Graff, G., Birkenstein, C. As He Himself Puts It : The Art
of Quoting “They Say / I Say” : The Moves That Matter in of Quoting “They Say / I Say” : The Moves That Matter in
Academic Writing. New York. 2006 Academic Writing. New York. 2006
8. Rheingold, H. Net Smart : How To Thrive Online. 3. Rheingold, H. Net Smart : How To Thrive Online. Cambridge,
Cambridge, Mass : MIT Press. 2012. Mass : MIT Press. 2012.
Data Analytics Project Design
ENME802006 ENME802007
2 SKS 2 SKS
Know how to identify, collect, and test multivariate data Students are able to practice the design process of products,
before conducting analysis. Can distinguish statistical anal- systems or services based on performance. Performance-based
ysis techniques available and determine which is most suit- design is an approach in the design of energy systems, manu-
able for a particular purpose. Use appropriate techniques in facturing systems, building systems and so on, which can be
analyzing data and in obtaining statistical summary results applied throughout the life cycle (life cyle) process by consid-
to help make management decisions. Verifying the results of ering the fulfillment of physical, functional, environmental,
the analysis with assumptions that will be considered in the financial, economic and psychological, social and psycholog-
analysis. Apply a variety of techniques to real data sequences ical performance criteria. energy and so on. Students under-
using computer applications (eg MS Excel, Origin, Matlab, stand the performance-based design approach that allows the
Tableau) and present the results in appropriate reports that participation of stakeholders in various stages of design and
are easily understood by non-statists. development of products, services, systems or buildings. Thus
it is expected to define the formulation of performance criteria
Topic:
that will be met by the results of the design during the service
Review statistics and probabilities, Factor and Component period. With the performance criteria that must be met, it
Design experiments, multiple samples and estimates, Analy- is possible for alternative solutions to emerge in the design
sis of variance, models and diagnoses, Stepwise and Discrim- process so that the best solutions that can meet performance
inant Regression, Canonical and Conjoining Analysis, and criteria such as cost / benefit analysis, life cycle assessment,
Non-parametric Statistics. optimization, assembly ease, compliance with safety criteria,
ease of manufacture and so on. Students understand Perfor-
Pre-requisite(s): -
mance Based Design to strengthen Final Project / Thesis work
References: and scientific publications.
1. A Modern Introduction to Probability and Statistics:
Topic:
Understanding Why and How by Dekking, Kraaikamp,
Lopuhaa, and Meester. Introduction to the process of thinking design, understand-
2. Montgomery, D. C., & Runger, G. C. (2010). Applied statis- ing problems, the process of formulating performance criteria
tics and probability for engineers. John Wiley & Sons. with stakeholders, developing technical specifications for
3. Härdle, W., A. Werwatz, M. Müller, and S. Sperlich (2004). products / services, developing conceptual design, process
Nonparametric and Semiparametric Models. Springer. calculations and simulations, material selection, dimensional
4. Cox, T. F. (2005). An introduction to multivariate data analysis, cost and benefit analysis), life cycle assessment
analysis. London: Hodder Arnold. and optimization, manufacturing processes / construction
5. Hair, Black, Babin, Anderson, and Tatham. Multivariate processes, assembly, and performance testing.
Data Analysis, 6th Edition. Prentice Hall.
Pre-requisite(s): -
Academic Writing
References:
ENME802003
1. David G Ulman, the Mechanical Engineering Design
2 SKS
Process 6th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2017.
Learning Outcomes:
2. Karl Ulrich and Steven Eppinger and Maria C. Yang,
Student able to understand the basic academic writing to Product Design and Development 7th Edition, McGraw
improve the capability of reading the scientific paper, refer- Hill, 2020.
ence and to write argumentation accurately with the proper 3. Dejan Mumovic, Mat Santamouris, A Handbook of
and proficient language effectively. This course also study the Sustainable Building Design and Engineering an Inte-
critical thinking, propose the argumentation, formulate basic grated Approach to Energy, Health and Operational
reasoning and how to deliver the idea with correct language. Performance, 2nd Edition, 2018, Routledge, London
Student will study how to write the scientific paper with good 4. Brian J. Meacham (Editor), Performance-Based Building
581
Master Program
Regulatory Systems Principles and Experiences, the liquid droplet, combustion in compression ignition engine,
Interjurisdictional Regulatory Collab oration Committee, combustion in spark ignition engine, combustion research
2010 in hydrocarbon oxygen mixture, engine research, combus-
5. Standar dan Jurnal Ilmiah terkait. tion-generated emission, experimental method : preseure
measurement and recording; temperature measurement and
recording; combustion photography and flame speed detec-
ENME800005
tion; spectrographic method; chemical analysis technique
2 SKS
(NDIR, FID, Gaschromatography).
Learning Outcomes:
Pre-requisite(s): -
Students are able to develop logical, critical, systematic and
creative thinking that has been carried out through scientific References:
research and / or the creation of designs in the field of science 1. Holmann, J.P., Thermodynamics, Intl. Student Edition,
and technology that pay attention to and apply the value of McGraw Hill, 2005.
humanities in accordance with their fields of expertise, based 2. Kenneth Wark Jr. Thermodynamics, McGraw Hill, 2003.
on scientific conceptions and study results in accordance 3. Francis F. Huang, Engineering Thermodynamics,
with the rules , scientific procedures and ethics written in MaxWell Macmillan Intl. Edition, 2000.
papers published in accredited scientific journals or accepted 4. H.D. Baehr, Termodynamik , Springer Verlag
in international journals under the guidance of one or more 5. K. Stephan, Termodynamik, Grundlagen und technishe
supervisors. Anwendung-en, Band 1, Band Springer Verlag.
6. Bejan, Adrian, Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics,
Syllabus: -
Wiley – interscience, 2nd Edition, 1997
Pre-requisite(s): Experimental Design
Advanced Fluid Dynamics and Heat Transfer
References: International Journal ENME801102
4 SKS
Thesis Learning Outcomes:
ENME800007
6 SKS Enhance the ability of students in the study of fluid mechan-
Learning Outcomes: ics in more detail so as to conduct research or the application
of science in industrial applications. Studying the mechanism
Students are guided to apply the knowledge and knowledge
of heat transfer in a control volume due to the existence of
they have previously learned to carry out the final project
the temperature difference and concentration as well as the
under the guidance of one or more supervisors. After attend-
involvement of one, two or three phases at the time simulta-
ing this lecture, students are expected to be able to concep-
neously.
tualize the final project by applying existing theories. With
guidance from the supervisor, students are expected to be Syllabus :
able to design, integrate, implement, and analyze concepts
Viscous flow of Newtonian fluid, membrane boundary flow,
and write research findings systematically and scientifically
Non-Newtonian Fluid Flow, Two- Multi Phase Flow, Particle
in the form of a final project book. Students are also expected
Displacement Flow, Porous Media and Fluidized Beds, Turbu-
to be present and defend their concepts and work in front of
lent Flow and Mixing, Jet, Chimney, Energy and Momentum
the examiners in the final project examination forum.
Equatio, one-two-three dimension conduction heat transfer,
Syllabus: - heat transfer on extended surface.
Pre-requisite(s): Has taken min 32 credits Pre-requisite(s): -
References: Guidebook for thesis References:
Advanced Thermodynamics and mass transfer, 5th Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1996, New
ENME801101
York
4 SKS
2. Holman JP, Heat Transfer, 9th, Mc Graw Hill, 2003.
Learning Outcomes:
Provide further understanding of the science of thermo- Teknik, Salemba Teknika, 2003.
dynamics and its applications so that students are able to 4. Welty R James, Wicks Charless, Wilson Robert, Funda-
design and conduct a basic research mapun able to complete mentals of Momentum, Heat, and Mass Transfer, 3rd Ed.
the analysis involves the calculation of the thermodynamic John Wiley & Sons, 1996, New York
system correctly and systematically in order to find the best 5. Cengel, Yunus, Heat Transfer a Practical Approach, 2nd
solution gentang effectiveness of the use of substances and Ed. Mc Graw Hill, 2003, Singapore.
energy, especially in the ‘engineering design’ by motto: ‘Low 6. Kreith Frank, Bohn Mark, Principles of Heat Transfer, 6th
entropy production’, ‘high thermal efficiency’ and ‘low pollu- Ed. Brooks/cole, 2001, USA
tion effect’. 7. Abbott I R, Theory of Wing Section, Dover Publications.
8. Bird R B, Transport Phenomena, John Wiley & Sons.
Syllabus :
Energy System Optimization
Basic Thermodynamics and Gas Dynamics, Equilibrium of
ENME802103
Thermodynamics System, Thermodynamics properties of
4 SKS
System, Thermodyamics of ideal gas mixture, review of chem-
Learning Outcomes:
ical thermodynamics, review of chemical kinetics, conserva-
tion equation for multicomponent reaction system, pre-mixed This course provides an understanding of mathematical
laminar flames, method of measuring flame velocity (bunsen modeling, simulation and optimization of energy systems
burner), flame quenching, flamability limit of premixed lami- through technical and economical approach. The course
nar flame, gaseous diffusion flame and combustion of single is intended to equip student with the ability to understand
582
Master Program
mathematical model, simulation and optimization of thermal Main Components; Kinematics and Dynamics Analysis of the
systems. Motion; Calculation and Planning of Lubrication and Cooling
System.
Syllabus:
Workable System Design; Economical Evaluation; Deter-
mination of Mathematical Equations; Thermal Equipment References:
Modeling; System Simulation; System Optimization: Objec- 1. Guzela L, Onder, C., Introduction to Modelling and
tive Function, Constraints; Lagrange Multipliers: Lagrange Control of Internal Combustion Engines, 2nd Edition,
multiplier to complete the optimization process; Dynamics, Springer, 2014
Geometric and Linear Programming; Mathematical Model of 2. Heywood, J., Internal Combustion Engines Fundamental,
Thermodynamics Properties; Big System Simulation under McGraw Hill, 2011
Steady Condition; Big Thermal System Simulation; Calcula- 3. Taylor, C.F., Internal Combustion Engines, in Theory and
tion of Variables in Optimum Conditions. Practice, M.I.T Press, England, 1985.
4. Khovakh, M., Motor Vehicle Engines, MIR Publisher,
Moscow, 1971.
Mechanics
Applied Flow Measurement and Visualization
References:
ENME803106
1. Stoecker, W.F. Design of Thermal System, 3rd Edition,
4 SKS
Mc.Graw Hill Book Co, 2011.
Learning Outcomes:
2. Boehm,R.F., Design of Analysis of Thermal System, John
Wiley&Sons,1987. Applied flow diagnostic study measurement and visualization
3. Yogesh Jaluria, Design and Optimization of Thermal techniques which have wide application both in industry and
Systems, 2nd Edition, Mc.Graw Hill Book Co, 2007. laboratory. The course give basic competency for the student
to be bale to understand various measurement and visual-
Thermal Power Generation
ization methods and to design appropriate flow diagnostic
ENME803104
system in process installation in industry or experimental set
4 SKS
up in a scientific research activities which related to fluid flow.
Learning Outcomes:
Syllabus :
The course objective is to provide an understanding of the
basic principles of power generation, and basic competency Statistics Diagnostic Flow, Calibration in Flow Measurement;
in the design and development of power generation systems. Momentum Sensing Meter (orifice plate, venturi, nozzle
meters); Positive Displacement Flow Meter (Nutating Disc,
Syllabus:
Sliding Vane, Gear meters, etc.); Electromagnetic and Ultra-
Industrial Power Plant and Steam System: Boiler, Steam sonic Flow Meters; Compressible Flow Meter ( Wet Gas and
Turbine, Gas Turbine; Cogeneration Engineering, Instrumen- Wind Anemometer); Principles Local Velocity Measurement
tation and Main Tools; Performance and Reliability Factors; in Liquid and Gases; Hot Wire Anemometry; Based Laser
Economical Aspects, Environmental Aspects: Settings and Velocimetry (LDV, PIV); Principles of Flow Visualization,
Prevention. Flow Visualization conventional; Shadowgraphs and Schliern
Technique; Interferometry Technique; Light Sheet Based Tech-
nique ; Image Processing and Computer Assisted Method.
Mechanics
Pre-requisite(s): Basic Fluid Mechanics
References:
1. Tyler G. Hicks, Power Plant Evaluation and Design References:
Reference Guide, McGraw Hill, 1986. 1. Yang ,W.J, Handbook of Flow Visualization, Taylor and
2. Sill and Zoner, Steam Turbine Generator Process Control Francis. 2001
and Diagnostics, Wiley Higher Ed., 1996. 2. Baker, R.C., Flow Measurement Handbook: Industrial
3. Saranavamuttoo et.al, Gas Turbine Theory, 6th Edition, Designs, Operating Principles, Performance and Applica-
Prentice Hall, 2008. tions, Cambridge University Press, 2005
4. Black and Veath-Power plant engineering , Philips
CFD Applications
Keameh–Power generation handbook
ENME803107
5. Steam Generators by Babcock Willcock
4 SKS
6. Borman, G.L., and Ragland, K.W., Combustion Engineer-
Learning Outcomes:
Understanding the basic principles of CFD and having the
Internal Combustion Engine
basic knowledge in applying CFD (Computational Fluid
ENME803105
Dynamic)
4 SKS
Learning Outcomes: Syllabus:
Student is expected to have competency and expertise in the Prediction-rule Principles, Numerical Solutions: Advantages
field of his interest of internal combustion engine working and Disadvantages; Mathematical Description of Physical
principle and theory and is able to design and do construction Phenomena; Basic Nature of Coordinates; Discretization
calculation. Method; Volume-set Application on Heat Conduction Prob-
lem; Convection and Diffusion; Two-Dimension Discreti-
Syllabus:
zation Equations; Three-Dimension Discretization Method;
Actual Cycle of Internal Combustion Engine; Fuel System; Special Procedure Needs; Some of Constraints Associated
Ignition and Combustion in Spark Ignition Engine and with the Representation of Pressure-gradient Factors, Conti-
Compressed Ignition Engine; Some Basic Characteristics and nuity Equations Representation; Stayered Grid; SIMPLE Algo-
Calculations; Basic Engine Design; Determination of Engine’s rithm; Revision of SIMPLER algorithm; Final Solutions: Basic
583
Master Program
Properties of Iterative Numerical Procedures; Sourceterm various types of aircraft propulsion systems, namely, propel-
Linearization, Irregular Geometries, Preparation and Testing ler (turboprop), jet and turbofan.
a Computer Programs.
References:
Pre-requisite(s): Basic Fluid Mechanics, Engineering
Programming
McGraw-Hill.
References:
2. Anthony Giampaolo, Gas Turbine Handbook: Principles
1. Suhas V. Patankar, 1980, Numerical Heat Transfer and
and Practices, The Fairmont Press.
Fluid Flow, McGraw Hill.
2. C.A.J. Fletcher, 1996, Computational Techniques for Fluid 3. D. P. Mishra, Fundamentals of Rocket Propulsion, CRC
Dynamics, 2nd edition, Springer Verlag Press.
3. A.D. Gosman et al., 1985, COMPUTER AIDED ENGI-
4. Rolls Royce, The Jet Engine, Rolls Royce PLC.
NEERING Heat Transfer dan Fluid Flow, John Wiley &
Sons. Heat and Mass Transfer Engineering
ENME804109
Energy Audit
4 SKS
ENME803124
Learning Outcomes:
4 SKS
Learning Outcomes: The course objective is to provide understanding of the heat
exchangers used in many industrial processes and power
This course focuses on the theory, techniques and practices of
plants as the application of heat transfer. This course provides
analyzing energy aspects of building operations and correlat-
a basic competency to know main heat exchanger types and to
ing a building envelope’s interaction with the mechanical
understand and able to select suitable heat exchanger type for
systems. Students will perform a detailed energy audit of a
current applications. Student is also expected to understand
state-of-the-art commercial building design using energy
basic factors in designing heat exchangers, to estimate size
modeling simulation software and develop energy conserva-
and price and know and choose the type of heat exchanger.
tion strategies, such as thermal storage, that can be applied
Provide basic understanding and various parameters on the
to heating, cooling, and ventilating equipment to reduce
drying process so that students can perform calculations and
utility bills. Students will apply supporting analytical data
analysis of various drying techniques and their applications.
to develop operations and maintenance changes designed to
This course also provides the expertise so that students are
improve energy efficiency and reduce operating cost.
able to do drying modeling, to design and analyze the system
Syllabus: for various materials (solid and solvent) so that the drying
process can be suitably selected for particular product.
Energy Auditing Basics, Energy Accounting and Analysis,
Understanding the Utility Bill, Energy Economics, Survey Syllabus:
Instrumentation, The Building Envelope Audit, The Electrical
Heat Transfer Review; Type and Application of Heat Exchang-
System Audit, The Heating, Ventilating and Air-Condition-
ers; Practgical Design of Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger
ing Audit, Upgrading HVAC Systems for Energy Efficiency
(Thermal and Mechanical); Manufacturing Cost Estima-
Verification of System Performance, Maintenance and Energy
tion; Heat Exchangers; Operation and Monitoring of Heat
Audits, Self-Evaluation Checklists, World-class Energy
Exchangers (Fouling And Vibration); Maintenance of Heat
Assessmeents, and Water Conservation.
Exchangers; Corrossion on Heat Eschangers; Heat Exchanger
Pre-requisite(s): Basic Thermodynamics, Basic Fluid Design Software; Presentation and Laboratory Practice of
Mechanics Heat Exchangers. Review Transfer Phenomena (Momentum,
Heat and Mass); Drying Principles and Basics; Mathemati-
References:
cal Modeling of Drying System; Classification and Selection
1. Albert Thumann, William J. Younger, Terry Niehus,
of Dryer, Post-Harvest Drying and Storage of Grain; Rotary
Handbook of Energy Audits, Eighth Edition, The
Drying; Vacuum Drying; Fluidized Bed and Spouted Bed
Fairmont Press, 2010.
Drying; Drum Dryer; Spray Drying, Freeze Drying; Conveyor
2. Moncef Krarti, Energy Audit of Building Systems: An
Drying; Solar Drying; Enrgy Optimization in Drying System;
Engineering Approach, Second Edition, CRC Press,
Drying System Design.
Taylor & Francis Group, 2010.
Pre-requisite(s): Heat and Mass Transfer, Basic Fluid
Jet Propulsion and Rocket
Mechanics
ENME803196
4 SKS References:
Learning Outcomes: 1. Frank P Incropere, David P De Witt, Fundamental heat
and mass transfer, 7th Ed.,John Wiley & Sons, 2011, New
Students understand the concept of thrust/propulsion related
York
to the resistance to motion of aircraft or flying vehicles. (thrust
2. Holman JP, Heat Transfer, 10th, Mc Graw Hill,2009.
required); understand the concepts and workings of gas
3. Smith Eric, Thermal Design of Heat Exchanger, John
turbine and rocket engines; understand the characteristics of
Wiley & Sons, 1996, New York
the propulsion system of propellers (turboprop), turbofans,
and jets (including rockets) on the performance of aircraft or
other flying vehicles.
John Wiley & Sons, 2014, New York.
Syllabus : 5. Cengel, Yunus, Heat Transfer a Practical Approach, 2nd
Ed. Mc Graw Hill, 2003,Singapore.
The concept of the propulsion system which is influenced by
the aerodynamic design of the aircraft (aircraft resistance and
Ed. Brooks/cole, 2010, USA
the 4 main forces of lift, weight, thrust and drag); How gas
7. Rohsenow Warren, Hartnett James, Cho Young, Hand-
turbine and rocket engines work; Thrust characteristics of
584 books of Heat Transfer, 3rd Ed., Mc Graw Hill, 1998, New
Master Program
York. Pre-requisite(s): Basic Thermodynamics, Basic Fluid

Mechanics
Combustion Engineering
4 SKS 1. A.M. Kuethe and C.Y. Chow, Foundations of Aerodynam-
Learning Outcomes: ics, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2009.
2. B.W. McCormick, Aerodynamics, Aeronautics, and Flight
Combustion Engineering provide basic competency to inves-
Mechanics, 6th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,Inc., 2010.
tigate, analyze and learn about the process of combustion
3. J Anderson, Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, 5th Edition,
of fuel, and the nature and behavior of flame. The course
McGraw Hill, 2011.
provides basic understanding to apply the laws of basic aero-
thermochemistry in the engineering calculation of practical Refrigeration Engineering
combustion engineering. The student is expected to be able ENME803108
to analyze the combustion behavior of a flame and to develop 4 SKS
knowledge in the field of combustion engineering. Learning Outcomes:
Syllabus: Refrigeration engineering course provides basic competency
for the student to be able to do the simulation software to
Important Meaning of Combustion Study; Basic Reaction and
design a cooling system and equipments involved with a very
Stoikhiometry of Combustion; Gas Fuel (BBG); Liquid Fuel,
close relationship with the Industrial and engineering users.
Solid Fuel; Basic Thermochemistry and Fluid Dynamics of
Hence student will have understanding in design and devel-
Combustion; Principles of Conservation of Mass and Conti-
opment of cooling system and ability to evaluate and analyze
nuity; Turbulence Premixed Flame Structure; Detonation;
its performance, especially on cold storage.
Combustion Technology; Fixed-Bed Combustion, Suspension,
Fluidized- Bed; Study on Flame and Combustion Technology; Syllabus:
Minimum Temperature Self-ignition (Auto/ Self-Ignition);
Principles of Refrigeration and Heat Pump, Terminology and
Flammability Limit; Fire spread, Fire Suppression Material,
Units; Mechanical Vapor Compression Refrigeration Engine;
Combustion and the environment.
Heat Trasnfer in Refrigeration System; ph Diagram Calcula-
Pre-requisite(s): Basic Thermodynamics, Basic Fluid tion in Refrigeration Cycle; Refrigeran, Lubricant, Salt and
Mechanic the Environment; Compressors; Condenser and Evaporator;
Refrigeration Piping System and Equipments; Automatic
Pre-requisite(s): -
Control System and Safety Equipments; Air Properties;
References: Psychrometric and its process; Absorption Refrigeration;
1. Turn, S.R., An Introduction to Combustion, 3rd Edition, Alternative refrigeration Cycles (adsorption, gas compression,
McGraw-Hill, Inc. 2011 and ejector); Display Case, Prefabricated Cold Storage and
2. Borman, G.L., and Ragland, K.W., Combustion Engineer- Cold Storage, Cold Room Calculations.
3. Griffi ths, J.F., and Barnard, J.A., Flame and Combustion,
3rd Edition, Blackie Academic and Professional, 1995. References:
4. Glassman, I., Combustion, 5th Edition, Academic Press, 1. ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamental, ASHRAE Atlanta,
2014. 1995.
5. Warnatz, J., Maas, U., and Dibble R.W., Combustion, 2nd 2. Kuehn, Ramsey and Therkeld, Thermal Environmental
Edition, Springer-Verlag, 1998. Engineering, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 1998.
3. Threkeld,JL., Thermal Environmental Engineering, Pren-
Aerodynamics Engineering
tice Hall.
ENME804111
4. ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamental, ASHRAE Atlanta,
4 SKS
2001
Learning Outcomes:
5. ASHRAE Handbook of Refrigeration, ASHRAE, Atlanta,
Aerodynamic Engineering is an advanced course of Fluid 2002.
Mechanics which focusing on aeronautics applications.
Turbomachinery
Through the course students is expected to be able to under-
ENME804112
stand the fundamental principles and basic equations of aero-
4 SKS
dynamics and to apply them in the process of airfoil design
Learning Outcomes:
and to understand performance characteristics of the airfoil.
Student is able to understand the phenomenon of incom- Students understand the different types of construction of
pressible flow through the airfoil and finite wings. Student is gas and steam turbines, and their characteristics and perfor-
expected to be able to have an understanding of subsonic and mance, including support equipment.
supersonic compressible flow phenomena through aerofoil
Syllabus :
and other compressible flow phenomena.
Characteristics and types of steam and gas turbines to the
Syllabus:
generated power output, the calculation of its performance,
Introduction on Aerodynamics; Basic and Principle Equations; power improvement, condenser performance, combined cycle
Incompressible flow; Airfoil Aerodynamics Characteristics; plant, system vibrations in turbine construction.
Finite Wings; Incompressible Flow through Airfoil; Incom-
pressible Flow through Finite Wings; Airfoil in Compressible
Mechanics
Flow; Wings and Wings-Body Combination in Compressible
Flow; Airfoil Design; Double Surface; Vortex Lift; Secondary References: Thermische Stroomung Machine by Traupel
Flow and Viscous Effect; Other Phenomena in Compressible
Flow; Normal Shock Wave; Oblique Shock Wave; Expansion
FIRE AND BUILDING SCIENCE
ENME802133
Wave; Supersonic Wave. 585
Master Program
4 SKS ozone friendly refrigerants including the technical implemen-

Learning Outcomes: tation of retroophytic air conditioning systems.
Students understand the basic and important parameters in Pre-requisite(s): Basic Thermodynamics, Basic Fluid
the process of fire (fire), the phenomenon of fire dynamics and Mechanics
fire hazards. Students will also learn the science of fire both
References:
for indoors and outdoors. To strengthen understanding of fire
1. Ronald Howell, Harry J.Sauer, Jr and William J.Coad :
science in buildings, students will also study building science,
Principles of HVAC, ASHRAE 1998.
which relates to building requirements, which include safety,
2. Carrier : Handbook of HVAC
health, comfort, and ease of access for normal operating
3. ASHRAE Standard
conditions and fire emergencies. The basic phenomenon
4. Overseas Vocational Training Association Employment
of fires in nature that propagates to buildings or vice versa
Promotion Corporation : Fundamentals of refrigeration
(wildland-urban interface or WUI fires) will also be studied
and Air Conditioning.
in this lecture.
Fire Protection System
Syllabus :
ENME802131
Basic laws of aerothermochemistry such as combustion 2 SKS
thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, heat transfer, combus- Learning Outcomes:
tion chemical reactions, rate of heat release, calculation of
Students are able to understand the fire protection system
fire dynamics, flame and flame propagation indoors and
both passive and active.
outdoors. Building sciences relating to the fulfillment of
safety, health, comfort, and ease of access requirements both Syllabus :
under normal operating conditions and fire emergencies. This
Fire compartmentalization, Passive fire protection strategies,
lecture course is also equipped with experimental activities
natural ventilation systems for controlling smoke and heat
in the laboratory to understand ignition behavior, premixed
due to fire, fire resistant materials and their installation,
and non-premixed flame phenomena, combustion of solids
integration of automatic fire protection systems for passive
and liquids, plumes formation, smoke production, flame and
fire protection strategies, design of passive fire protection
flame propagation, and fire dynamics in the room to represent
systems, fire modeling for the design of passive protection
fire conditions building.
systems. This course will study various physical and chemical
Pre-requisite(s): - phenomena that are relevant to various hardware and soft-
ware of a fire protection system such as automatic sprinklers,
References:
gas-shaped agents, foam systems and chemical powders. Fire
1. Drysdale, D., An Introduction to Fire Dynamics, John
protection installation system complies with applicable stan-
Wiley & Sons Ltd, 1985.
dards. Fire resistant material and installation.
2. James G. Quintiere, Fundamentals of Fire Phenomena,
John Wiley & Sons, Ltd ISBN: 0-470-09113-4, 2006 Pre-requisite(s): -
References:
4. Turn, S.R., An Introduction to Combustion 2nd Edition,
McGraw-Hill, Inc. 2000.
2. Fire Protection Association, Passive Fire Protection Hand-
5. Jens Pohl, Building Science: Concept and Application,
book, 2011
Wiley-Blackwell, 2011.
3. Tewarson A, Khan MM (1991) The Role of Active and
6. Samuel Manzello, Encyclopedia of Wildfires and Wild-
Passive Fire Protection Techniques in Fire Control,
land-Urban Interface (WUI) Fires, Springer, 2020.
4. Suppression and Extinguishment. Fire Safety Science
7. Undang-Undang Bangunan Gedung Republik Indonesia,
3:1007–1017. doi:10.3801/IAFSS.FSS.3-1007
Peraturan terkait, dan SNI.
Ventilation and Air Conditioning System
ENME801113
Building Mechanical and Electrical System
ENME802132
4 SKS
4 SKS
Learning Outcomes:
Learning Outcomes:
Building Mechanical System is a subject that provides special-
competency in designing an air system with an increasing
ization and understanding expertise in mechanical systems
need for good air quality. Considering lately it is necessary to
systems found in modern buildings that are increasingly
have more knowledge of the air conditioning system such as
demanding from the sophistication, efficiency, and use of
aspects of air flow velocity problems in the room, noise, odor,
energy that is more efficient.
all of which are included in Indoor Air Quality (IAQ). This
subject will also be given an understanding of the types of Syllabus:
ozone friendly refrigerants including the technical implemen-
Building Mechanical Systems in General; Plumbing System:
tation of retroophytic air conditioning systems.
SNI, Calculation, and Dirty Water Treatment; Energy Systems
Syllabus : in Buildings; BuildingAutomation System; Fire Fighting
Systems: Hydrant and Sprinkler System; Lifts and Escalators:
Types of Lifts, Round Trip Time, Handling Capacities, Wait-
competency in designing an air system with an increasing
ing Time, System Installation and Control; Types of Escalator
need for good air quality. Considering lately it is necessary to
Types, Applications and Installations.
have more knowledge of the air conditioning system such as
aspects of air flow velocity problems in the room, noise, odor, Pre-requisite(s): Basic Thermodynamics
all of which are included in Indoor Air Quality (IAQ). This
References:
586 subject will also be given an understanding of the types of
Master Program
1. Mechanical System for Building. 2. W. Whyte, Clean Room Technology Fundamentals of

2. Handbook of HVAC. Design, Testing and Operation, John Wiley & Sons Ltd.,
3. ASHRAE Journal 2001
4. NFPA 3. John D. Spengler, J.M.Samet, J.F McCarthy, Indoor Air
5. Mechanical Installation in Building. Quality Handbook, McGrawHIll, 2001.
6. SNI Plambing
Plumbing and Waste Water Treatment System
7. SNI Hydrant, Sprinkler dan APAR.
ENME803116
Fire Dynamics and Modelling 4 SKS
ENME803134 Learning Outcomes:
4 SKS
Plumbing system is a subject that provides specialization
Learning Outcomes:
expertise and understanding of plumbing systems found in
Sudents understand the various stages of fires and provide modern buildings that are increasingly demanding in terms
basic knowledge methods and techniques applied in the anal- of sophistication, efficiency, and more efficient use of energy.
ysis of fire development, and develop students’ ability to criti-
Syllabus :
cally analyze the methods of practical application. This course
also aims to improve the ability to understand and analyze Plumbing system in general, calculation of the need for clean
the fires model. water and hot water, water tanks, plumbing equipment
units, pumps, water hammer applications, sewage treatment
Syllabus:
systems. A water treatment plumbing system for multi-storey
Introduction to the process of combustion, premixed flame buildings and dirty and sewage removal systems and foam
and diffusion flame, ignition and spread of fire, classification pressure effects will be provided.
of fires and the influence of the geometry of the room. Calo-
Pre-requisite(s): -
rimetry fire: heat release rate, mass loss rate and the relation-
ship between time and heat release rate, the growth of fire in References:
the room, as well as testing methods. The dynamics of the 1. Soufyan M. Noerbambang, Takeo Morimura, “Peran-
flame: fire plume and flame (flame), a high flame, the flame cangan dan Pemeliharaan Sistem Plambing”, Pradnya
height correlation. Paramita, 2009.
2. Louis S.Nielsen, “Standard Plumbing Engineering
Design”, McGraw-Hill, 1982,
References: 3. IPC, “International Plumbing Code”, International Code
1. Dougal Dysdale, An Introduction to Fire Dynamics, 3rd Council, 2009.
Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2011. 4. ASPE, “Plumbing Engineering Design Handbook-
2. James G. Quintiere, Fundamentals of Fire Phenomena, Volume 1 & 2”, ASPE, 2004.
John Wiley & Sons, Ltd ISBN: 0-470-09113-4, 2006 5. B.B. Sharp & D.B Sharp, “Water Hammer – Practical Solu-
3. SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering 5th tions”, Butterworth Heinemann, 2003.
edition, Springer, 2016 6. Metcalf & Eddy, “Wastewater Engineering – Treatment
4. Thierry POINSOT, Denis VEYNANTE, Theoretical and and Reuse”, McGraw-Hill Co.,2003.
Numerical Combustion. 7. Shun Dar Lin, “Water and Wastewater Calculation
5. Jurnal dan standar terkait. Manual”, McGraw-Hill, 2007.
8. Michael Frankel, CPD, “Facility Piping Systems Hand-
Clean Room
book - For Industrial, Commercial, and Healthcare Facili-
ENME803115
ties”, McGraw-Hill, 2010.
4 SKS
9. 2012 Uniform Plumbing Code, IIAPMO 2012
Learning Outcomes:
Building Environment Assesment
Provide an understanding of the basic knowledge of clean
ENME803117
room systems and its application in buildings, hospital and
4 SKS
pharmaceutical industries. Understanding of the concept of
Learning Outcomes:
air cleanliness, ventilation and fresh air exchange, application
of laminar flow, the air pressure in the chamber and measur- Students are provided with an understanding to increase the
ing systems, validation and its control. awareness of environmental issues and the impact of build-
ings on the environment and be able to evaluate the ability of
Syllabus:
new and existing buildings to meet a wide range of environ-
Indoor environment: human psychological and physiological mental performance criteria.
aspects, BEAM IAQ assessment; Air quality: air cleanliness,
Syllabus :
ambient air quality, rationale for standards; Indoor air pollut-
ants: gaseous pollutants, airborne particulate, VOCs, radon, Global issues: electrical loading and equivalent CO2 produc-
biological contaminants; Indoor air movement: air flow in tion, ozone depletion and global warming, abusive use of
confined and unconfined spaces, filtration systems; Instru- natural resources; Local issues: demand of electricity, use of
mentation and measurement techniques; Control measures: water, wastewater discharge, recycled material, local environ-
improved IAQ by HVAC system design, removal of contam- mental impact; Building environmental assessment methods;
inants. Assessment of energy use; Energy audit; Indoor issues: indoor
environmental quality factors, current legislation and stan-
dards; Pollutants in buildings; Indoor air quality; Health and
Mechanics
safety; Safety audit; Health audit.
References:
Pre-requisite(s): -
1. ASHRAE : HVAC Design Manual for Hospitals and
Clinics Second Edition, 2013 References:
587
Master Program
1. Energy-Efficient Building Systems Green Strategies for Syllabus :

Operation and Maintenance, Dr. Lal Jayamaha, McGraw-
The form of the task of designing the utility system of a
Hill, 2006.
multi-storey building.
2. Bradon, S.P., and Lombardi, P., (2005) Evaluating Sustain-
able Development in the Built Environment, Blackwell Pre-requisite(s): Basic Thermodynamics, Basic Fluid Mechan-
Science Ltd., Oxford. ics
3. An Environmental Assessment for Existing Building
References:
Developments. Version 5/03, May 2003
1. Stein, Benjamin, Reynolds, John S., Grondzik, Walter T.,
4. An Environmental Assessment for New Building Devel-
Kwok, Alison G., “Mechanical and Electrical Equipment
opments. Version 4/03, May 2003
for Building”, John Wiley and Sons, 2006.
5. Energy audit of building systems : An engineering
2. Gina Barney, “Elevator Traffic Handbook, Theory and
approach, Moncef Krarti, 2nd edition,CRC Press Taylor &
Practice”, Spon Press, 2003.
Francis Group, 2011
3. The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, (ANSI
Fire Fighting Engineering and Strategy A.17.1-2000), “American National Standard Safety Code
ENME803135 for Elevator, Dumbwaiters, Escalators and Moving
4 SKS Walks”, ANSI A.17.1-1971
Learning Outcomes:
Acoustic
This course will provide scientific and practical knowledge ENME804119
on all aspects of the techniques and strategies to effectively 4 SKS
extinguish the fire source. Learning Outcomes:
Syllabus : Provide a basic understanding of the concept of acous-
tic, acoustic systems in buildings as well as the concept of
Forcible Entry, Fire Extinguishing Technique (covers the types
controlling the propagation of sound in the ventilation system
of extinguishing material), Fire Fighting of High Rise Build-
and ventilation.
ing, Safe Work at Heights, Compartment Fires and Tactical
Ventilation and Fire Communication and Mobilization Offi- Syllabus :
cer.
Acoustic fundamentals: fundamental properties of sound
Pre-requisite(s): - and waves, sound propagation and transmission inside
buildings and in air ducts; Acoustic design and planning:
References:
requirements for auditoria, lecture theatres, plant rooms and
1. Delmar Cengage Learning, Firefighter’s Handbook:
etc., directional and spacial impression, reverberation, echo,
Essentials of Firefighting and Emergency Response
silencers, active noise control; Environment impact and local
2nd edition, ISBN-13: 978-1401835750, Delmar Thomson
legislation; Vibration: acoustically driven vibration, control
Learning, 2004
and transmission; Problem investigations: noise and vibration
measurement, data analysis techniques, software packages.
3. Jurnal dan standar terkait Pre-requisite(s): -
Fire Safety Management in Building References:
ENME803136 1. Acoustic Noise Measurement. J. R. Hassall (1979).
4 SKS 2. An Environmental Assessment for Existing Office Build-
Learning Outcomes: ings. BRE (1993).
3. CIBSE Guide B12 Sound Control (1976).
This course will provide scientific knowledge concerning all
4. Concert Halls and Theatres: How they sound. L. L.
aspects of Safety Management in Buildings.
Beranek (1996).
Syllabus : 5. Engineering Principles of Acoustics. D. D. Reynolds (1981).
6. Fundamentals of Acoustics. L. E. Kinsler, A. R. Frey, A. B.
Fire Safety Management, Fire Hazard Identification, Making
Coppens and J. V. Sanders (1982).
Plans Activity, Organizational Structure and Development
7. Handbook of Acoustics, M.J. Crocker, Wiley (1998).
of Human Resources, and Fire Control and Prevention in the
8. ASHRAE HVAC System and Equioment, ASHRAE
building.
Atlanta, 2012
Pre-requisite(s): - 9. Noise Control in Building Services. A. Fry (1988).
References: Fire Investigation Engineering
1. Daniel E. Della-Giustina, Fire Safety Management Hand- ENME804137
book, CRC Press, 2014 4 SKS
2. SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering 5th Learning Outcomes:
This course will provide an understanding and scientific
knowledge of fire investigation within the scope of the legisla-
Mechanical System for Building ture regarding fire safety regulations.
ENME804118
Syllabus :
4 SKS
Learning Outcomes: Compartment Fires, Flame Spread, Forensic Science, Labora-
tory Analytical Techniques, Modelling for helping the investi-
This subject equips students with basic understanding and
gation, and case studies on fire.
competence in designing mechanical systems for buildings
that include ventilation and air conditioning systems, plumb- Pre-requisite(s): -
ing, fire protection, and dirty water treatment.
588
Master Program
References: acteristics and hydrological environment. Weather factors,

1. Drysdale, D., An Introduction to Fire Dynamics, John topography, vegetation types, topography and human activ-
Wiley & Sons Ltd, 1985. ity factors in the process of forest and land fires. Characteriza-
2. James G. Quintiere, Fundamentals of Fire Phenomena, tion of potential, assessment of risks and dangers of forest and
John Wiley & Sons, Ltd ISBN: 0-470-09113-4, 2006 land fires: (ignition), flammability, rate of heat release, rate of
3. SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering 5th fire spread, rate of production of hazardous fumes and gases,
edition, Springer, 2016 and fire hazard rating. Early detection techniques for fires by
4. Jurnal dan standar terkait remote sensing (satellite imagery) in the form of hot spots,
trace particulates, hazardous gas emissions, and haze. Forest
Fire Safety Analysis
and land fire prevention and prevention strategies. Laboratory
ENME804138
scale practicum uses an integrated peat fire analyzer available
4 SKS
at the Thermodynamics Laboratory to study peat fires prop-
Learning Outcomes:
agation rates and the resulting emissions and extinguishing
Students have comprehensive knowledge of technical anal- methods.
ysis related to the design of fire safety systems. These capa-
bilities include the ability to identify and quantify fire risks
and hazards, provide design options, develop design evalu- References:
ation concepts, apply fire calculation and modeling methods, 1. Laslo Pancel and Michael Kohl, Tropical Forestry
determine boundary conditions and constraints in design and Handbook, Second Edition, Springer-Verlag, 2016, ISBN
analysis. relating to being able to evaluate the performance of 978-642-54600-6.
a fire protection system and knowing and being able to plan 2. Mitsuru Osaki, Nobuyuki Tsuji, Tropical Peatland System,
the maintenance of a fire protection system. Springer – Japan, 2016.
3. National Wildfire Coordinating Group, Guide to Wild-
Syllabus :
land Fire Origin and Cause Determination, PMS 412,
Development of performance-based fire protection system NFES 1874, 2016.
design, smoke management system design concepts, evac- 4. SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering 5th
uation time analysis and life-saving facilities, fire safety in edition, Springer, 2016
buildings, risk management, fire modeling and national and 5. Jurnal Ilmiah terkait.
international regulations in the field of Fire Safety Engineer-
Fire Protection in Process Industry
ing.
ENME804139
Pre-requisite(s): Basic Thermodynamics 4 SKS
Learning Outcomes:
References:
1. Dougal Dysdale, An Introduction to Fire Dynamics 3rd This course will provide an understanding and scientific
Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2011. knowledge of fire protection systems in the process industry.
Syllabus :
3. Rasbach, D.J., et al., Evaluation of Fire Safety, John Wiley Fire Hazard identification on Industry, Standard and appli-
and Sons, 2004. cable Law, Fire Protection in Industrial Processes, Evacuation
4. A.H. Buchanan, Fire Engineering Design Guide, New Planning and Mitigation, and Modeling for Fire Hazard
Zealand, 2001. Prediction in Process Industries.
5. SNI, ASTM, NFPA, rules and standards
Pre-requisite(s): -
Forest And Land Fire
References:
ENME804133
1. A.H. Buchanan, Fire Engineering Design Guide, New
4 SKS
Zealand, 2001.
Learning Outcomes:
Students have comprehensive knowledge about the under- edition, Springer, 2016
standing of forest fires, land fires, the basic concepts of forest 3. Jurnal dan standar terkait
and land fires, factors related to the occurrence of forest and
Material and Manufacturing Processes
land fires and their prevention and mitigation efforts. In the
ENME801140
learning process students will learn various types of vegeta-
4 SKS
tion in tropical forests and peat; identify environmental factors
Learning Outcomes:
such as availability of fuel capable, weather, topography, and
human activity factors that influence ignition, smoldering, The course provides understanding and basic competence
flammability, rate of heat release, rate of fire spread, rate of of theory, application method and product manufacturing
smoke production, and rate of potential fire hazard rating. processes that covers: working principle, process character-
Students will also learn various methods of early fire detec- istics, process limitations, work and force due to the process,
tion, calculation of heat release and emissions from forest and parameters that affects to the process and the relation of
land fires, and efforts to prevent and handle forest and land material with the process that needed for certain process.
fires.
Syllabus :
Syllabus :
Manufacturing Process and Production Systems; Materials
Tropical forests and peat in Indonesia, general understanding, in Manufacturing; Theory and Method of Casting Processes;
types of forests in Indonesia, climatological conditions, and Theory and Method of Bulk Deformation Processes; Theory
social environment. Statistics of forest fires in Indonesia and and Method of Metal Forming Processes; Theory and Method
the world. Basic concepts and factors related to forest and land of Powder Metalurgy Processes; Theory and Method of
fires. Tropical peat in Indonesia, understanding, types, char- Material Machining/ Cutting Processes; Theory and Method
589
Master Program
for Enhancing Manufactured Surface Quality; Theory and Practice CAM: 3D geometry measurements, principles and
Method of Joining Processes; Theory and Method of Proto- measurement based Coordinate Measuring Machine (CMM),
typing; Engineering Material Characteristics; The Relation the method of filtration data, the identification of boundary
between Process Characteristics and Material Characteristics; features, modeling and manipulation of point-based 3D
The Parameter Control of Process for Material; Assignment models, 3D models for the modularization of the prototype,
in Manufacturing Process and Material Selection for Market prototype and rapidprototyping method, discretization
Needs. model, principles and application of SLS and SLM.
Pre-requisite(s): - Pre-requisite(s): -
1. Michael Ashby dan Kara Jhonson, Materials and Design 1. Kunwoo Lee, Principles of CAD / CAM / CAE, Prentice
: Arts and science in material selection in product Hall, 2003
design,Butterowrth-Heinemann, 2002 2. Gandjar K, Hand out CAD/ CAM, DTMUI, 2007
2. Michael Ashby, Material selection in Mechanical Design, 3. Connie L. Doston, Fundamentals of Dimensional Metrology,
Butterworrth Heinneman,2005 Delmar Learning, 2006
3. John A. Schey, Introduction to Manufacturing Processes, 4. Ali K. Kamrani. Emad A Nasr, Rapid Prototyping : Theory
McGraw-Hill, 1999 And Practice, Birkhauser, 2006
4. Degarmo, E. Paul, Materials and Processes in Manufac- 5. Patri K. Venivinod, Weyin Ma, Rapid Prototyping : Laser
turing, Prentice Hall Int. Inc, 8th edition, 2005 Based and Other Technologies, 2003.
Product Design and Development Methodology Mechanical Failure
ENME801141 ENME803143
4 SKS 4 SKS
Learning Outcomes:Provide an understanding and mastery Learning Outcomes:
of the theory and methodology of design and product
This course provides an understanding and competence
development include: planning, concept development,
about principles and modes of mechanical failure may occur
system design, detailed design, testing and screening,
and should be avoided so that should be considered in the
production ramp-up, in a series of factors to consider overall
design of mechanical, including buckling, Corrosion, fatigue,
product development.
creep, melting, fracture, thermal, and wear.
Syllabus :
Syllabus:
Product Planning: Needs Identification Methods; Product
Theory and Buckling Mode (Torsional-lateral, Plastic,
Selection Method (Feasibility Study); Business Specifications:
Dynamic), Theory and Corrosion mode (Metal, Non-Metal,
Concept Development and Selection; Aspects of Engineering
Glass); Corrosion Prevention; Theory and Fatigue Failure
in Product Development and Manufacturing (Process, Mate-
Mode; Theory and creep mode; Theory and Melting Mode;
rial, Thermal, Durability) Non- Technical Aspects in Product
Theory and Type of Fracture mode, Theory and the thermal
Development and Manufacturing; basic Design for Manufac-
failure mode; Theory and Wear mode; Failure Analysis and
turing and Assembly; Calculation of Economics of Product
Prevention to: Buckling, Corrosion, Fatigue, creep, Melting,
Development.
Fracture, Thermal, and Wear
Pre-requisite(s): -
References:
References:
1. Karl T.Ulrich. Product Design and Development, 3rd
1. Jack A Collins, Materials Failure in Mechanical Design,
edition, Mc.Graw Hill 2004.
Wiley - Interscience, 1993
2. Dieter, G.E., Engineering Design, 3rdedition, Mc.Graw
2. S. Suresh, Fatigue of Materials, Cambridge University
Hill 2000
Press, 1998
Designing and Manufacturing Technology Integra- 3. M Jansenn, J. Zuidema, Fracture Mechanics, VSSD, 2006
tion 4. Arthur J. McEvily, Metal Failures : Mechanisms, Analysis
ENME802142 and Prevention, 2013
4 SKS
Dynamics of Mechanical System
Learning Outcomes:
ENME803144
Provide an understanding of competence and capability in 4 SKS
designing and manufacturing process by utilizing peracan- Learning Outcomes:
gan / includes latest design and manufacturing system CAD
Provide an understanding and competence in the principles
/ CAM and reverse engineering and prototype development
and methods of dynamic analysis of mechanical systems
to improve efficiency and accelerate the production process,
as an important input in the design process to produce a
reduce errors, improve quality and reduce production costs.
mechanical system that has a better dynamic resistance and
Syllabus : also know the effects they impose on other systems that inter-
act.
System Overview of CAD / CAM; Hardware & Soft-
ware Systems CAD / CAM: Geometric Modelling: Type a Syllabus :
mathematical representation of the model curve, surface
Kinematic Systems: Theory and Principles of Dynamic
and solid 3D modeling methods and manipulation of 3D
Systems: Dynamic Modeling Method: Block Diagrams and
models; exchange of data within and between sistem-CAD/
State-Variable Model: Analysis on Time-Domain System:
CAM; CAD Laboratory Activity; Technology CNC; Tool
Analysis of the Frequency-Domain System; Vibration; Stabil-
Path Generation Method-CAM systems; Control ‘quality of
ity: Dynamic Balance: Dynamic Analysis of Mechanical
machining’ (machined surface quality) in the system-CAM:
Components; Modeling and Analysis control system.
590 Computer-Aided Process Planning CAPP; postprocessing;
Master Program
Pre-requisite(s): - References:
1. William B J Zimmerman, Multiphysics Modeling with
References:
Finite Element Methods, World Scientific Publishing, 2006
1. Palm, Modelling, Analysis, and Controlof Dynamic
2. Barry H V Topping, A. Bittner, Engineering Computa-
Systems, Wiley, 2006
tional Technology, Civil Comp Press, Edinburgh, UK,
2. Harold Joseph dan Ronald Huston, Dynamicof Mechani-
2002.
cal System, CRC, 2002
3. Indra Siswantara, Catatan Kuliah Teknologi Multihysics,
3. Palm, System Dynamics, McGraw-Hill,2007
2008
4. Chapman, Stephen J., Essentials of Matlab Programming,
Thomson Nelson, 2006 Design And Development Of Educational Products
ENME803147
Composite Product Development
4 SKS
ENME803145
Learning Outcomes:
4 SKS
Learning Outcomes: Understand the basics and process of designing and devel-
oping educational products in the industry of teaching aids,
Provide expertise and competence to students in the field
educational products, and game aids.
of designing and manufacturing of parts / mechanical
construction using composite materials. This course provides Syllabus:
an understanding of composite materials, including the char-
Brainstorming and expressing ideas and opinions, Innovation
acteristics, testing, manufacturing process, and special appli-
and Theme Development, Basics of Toy Product Design, Basic
cations in the engineering field.
Engineering and Mechanical Design, Basic Theory for Sketch-
Syllabus: ing, Sketch Drawing Modeling Process, Design Aesthetics,
Manufacturing Theory and Material Selection for Game
Composite Type, Material, Properties, Mechanics; Knowledge
Props, Basic Theory of Making Prototype, Portfolio Design,
and Characteristics of Fiber Composite, Strength, Hardness,
Presentation and Idea Pitching.
and the composite thermal expansion; Theory of Combina-
tion Fiber and Matrix; Matrix Composite Characterization; Pre-requisite(s): Engineering Materials, Mechanical Design
Laminar Theory On Axis and Off Axis; Composite Product
References:
Design, Composite Fabrication Technique ; Testing Method;
1. Karl Urlich, Steven Eppinger, 2015, Product Design Devel-
Future Applications.
opment Flow, 6th Edition, McGraw Hill.
Pre-requisite(s): Engineering Materials, Mechanical Design 2. Donald A. Norman, 2005, Emotional Design, 1st Edition,
Basic Books.
References:
3. Michael Michalko, 2006, Thinkertoys : A Hanbook of
1. Brent Strong, Fundamentals Of Composites Manufactur-
Creative Thinking Techniques, 2nd Edition, Ten Speed
ing: Materials, Methods and Applications - Technology &
Press.
Engineering – 2007
2. By Daniel Gay, Suong V . Hoa, Stephen W. TsaiTranslated Microfabrication and Precision Manufacturing
by Stephen W Tsai Contributor Suong V. Hoa, Stephen W. ENME803161
Tsai, Composite materials: Design and application, 2nd : 4 SKS
CRC Press 2007 Learning Outcomes:
3. Soemardi,T.P. Diktat Mekanika komposit, Fabrikasi dan
This course provides specialization expertise on micro fabri-
Testing. FTUI.2003.
cation processes that are widely used in the manufacture of
4. Composites ASM handbook No 21
MEMS (micro Electro mechanical system) at this time that
Finite Element and Multiphysics has wide application of the biomedic system, sensors and
ENME803146 micro-electronic devices (electronic devices). This course
4 SKS giving understanding of manufacturing techniques and basic
Learning Outcomes: structure mechanics in a product and also the micro-charac-
terization of the process fabrication conducted in the labora-
Provide a basic understanding and skills regarding the prin-
tory. This course provides a basic competency of the principles
ciples of modeling, solution techniques such as ‘finite element
in the design techniques which control the movement of the
method’ and its application in cases of design and engineer-
size or dimensions in a very small if compared with the size
ing analysis. The models studied included physical aspects of
of the object that is designed and produced the correct design
the problem in Thermal, elasticity (plates and shells), acous-
and the development machine and a precision mechanism
tic, and electromagnetic.
Syllabus:
Syllabus :
Introduction to Engineering Micro Fabrication; Lithography:
The introduction of FEA (Finite Element Analysis); Funda-
The design aspect, masks making, etching technique (And
mental FEA I (basic concepts and formulations FEA FEA)
Wet Etching Dry Etching); Deposisi Engineering: Chemistry
FEA Fundamentals II (failure modes, Dynamic Analysis,
and Chemicals; Electroplating, Micromolding, Beam Process-
FEA Capabilities and limitations); Basic Finite Element
ing; Microscaling consideration); Transport Processes and
Modeling: Modeling CAD for FEA; Building a Finite Element
Metrology in the micro-scope; Lab Practice and Applications,
Model: Model simulation and interpretation of results; Ther-
Philosophy Precision Manufacturing; kinematic concept; Pro
mal-Structural; Pressure-Structural; Electromagnetic-Ther-
and contra Flexures Design; Materials for Precision Compo-
mal- Structural; Analysis of Thermal Actuator; Coating
nents; Self Calibration Concept; Manufacturing Process
process: Key elements of Successful Implementation of Tech-
which is Important in Precision Manufacturing, Precision
nology multiphysics; Introduction to CFD and Its Application.
Instruments; Basic Concept of Tolerance on Dimensions and
Pre-requisite(s): - geometric.
Pre-requisite(s): Engineering Materials, Mechanical Design, 591
Master Program
Engineering Programming measures for various asset classes, Monte Carlo Simulation,
VaR Validation and Extremes, Regulatory Environment 25
References:
years of risk related regulations, Multifactor models Discus-
1. Madou, M.J. Fundamentals of microfabrication: the
sion of multifactor analysis, Review of industry leading
science of miniaturization, CRC Press, 2002.
risk management systems, Operational Risk and its Basel II
2. McGeough, J (Ed.), Micromachining of Engineering
requirements.
Materials, Marcel Dekker, 2002, ISBN 0-8247-0644-7
3. Mainsah, E., Greenwood J.A. and Chetwynd D.G. Pre-requisite(s): -
Metrology and properties of engineering surfaces,
References:
Kluwer Academic Publ., 2010
1. Jorion, Philippe, Value at Risk: The New Benchmark for
4. Gardner J.W. and Hingle H.T. (Ed.) From Instrumentation
Managing Financial Risk, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill, 2007
to Nanotechnology, Gordon and Breach Science Publish-
2. Roger Lowenstein, When Genius Failed, Random House,
ers, 1991, ISBN 2-88124-794-.
2000
5. Korvink J.G. and Greiner A. Semiconductors for Micro-
and Nanotechnology – An Introduction for Engineers, Design for Manufacture and Assembly
WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH, 2002, ISBN 3-527-30257-3. ENME804148
6. Mark J. Jackson, Microfabrication and nanomanufactur- 4 SKS
ing. Taylor and Francis, 2006 Learning Outcomes:
Quality and Production Management System Provide knowledge, understanding and competence in the
ENME803154 product design process which is considering, including factor
4 SKS and oriented on: material, manufacturing capability and
Learning Outcomes: assembling process. Therefore the product is expected to have
made ease of manufacture and assembly.
Provides knowledge, understanding and ability to perform
management, analysis and improvement of production Syllabus:
systems in the manufacturing industry with the principles
Review of the materials selection and processes, product
of efficiency and effectiveness, and able to understand and
design for manual assembly, design for automated assembly,
implement and develop policies and procedures are needed
PCB design for manufacture and assembly, machining process
to improve and control the various processes.
design, injection molding, sheet metal forming processes,
Syllabus : die-casting.
Introduction to Manufacturing Systems, Manufacturing Pre-requisite(s): Engineering Materials, Mechanical Design
Principles, Resources, Production Process and Production
References: Boothroyd, Product Design for Manufacture and
Organization, Production Lay-Out, Design, Scheduling and
Assembly 3rd Ed, CRC Press, 2010
Production Process Control; Productive Maintenance, Logis-
tics and Inventory; Engineering Quality, Quality Control, Noise and Vibration Control
Quality Function Deployment (QFD) , Total Quality Manage- ENME804149
ment; Quality Management System (8 Quality Management 4 SKS
Principles, International Standard Quality Management Learning Outcomes:
System: ISO 9001, ISO 9004, ISO TS 16949, the International
This course provides competency to students to complete the
Management System Standard: ISO 14001, OHSAS 18001);
issue of application of vibration on the mechanical structure
System And Process Improvement: Cause - Effect Analysis,
of the construction, and plate or vessel (vessel), perform the
FMEA (Failure Mode and Effect Analysis), Lean Six Sigma.
calculation of vibration reducer system design, system and
Pre-requisite(s): Mechanical Design engine holder enhancing of production equipment. Finally
students have to make basic vibration measurements; fore-
References:
casts predicted the damage engine, the vibration analysis
1. Hitomi, Katsundo. Manufacturing System Engineering.
of the data signal and the vibration spectrum and carry out
Taylor & Francis. 2001
machine performance diagnosis based on data analysis of
2. TQM : A Cross Functional Prespective, Rao, CARR,
vibration data and other data related
Dambolena, Kopp, Martin, Rafii, Schlesinger, John Willey,
1996 Syllabus :
3. TQM, Text, Cases and Readings, Joel E. Ross, St. Lucie
Mechanical vibration with Many Degrees Freedom; Vibration
Press 100 E. Linton Blvd Suite 403 B Delray Beach, FL
on the Structure Construction; Vibration on plate and body
33483
shell (Vibration Plate and Shell); Vibration Isolation; Design-
Risk Management ing Vibration Absorber; Engineering Vibration Measure-
ENME803174 ment; Vibration spectrum analysis; Performance Diagnostic
4 SKS Machine.
Learning Outcomes:
Pre-requisite(s): Mechanical Vibration
Fast information flow and the presence of regulatory and
References:
supervisory concerns, management requires understanding
1. Jerry H.G., “Mechanical and Structural Vibrations”, John
and measuring risk. Risk management sets standards for
Wiley, 2004
combining different information, collecting data, calculat-
2. Demeter G.F., “Mechanical and Structural Vibrations”,
ing risk measures and creating timely reporting tools for
John Wiley, 1995
management. This course directs students to understand how
3. Kenneth G.M., “Vibration Testing: Theory and practice 2nd
complex risks on a large scale can be measured and managed.
ed”, Wiley, 2008
Syllabus: 4. Werner Soedel, “Vibrations of Shells and Plates”, 3rd
edition – revised and expanded, Marcel Dekker, INC.,
592 Introduction to risk management, Value at Risk - VaR Risk
Master Program
2004 2009.
5. Randall R.B., “Frequency Analysis”, Brüel & Kjær, 1987 4. Chang, T. -C., Computer Aided Manufacturing, 3rd ed,
6. Jens T.B., “Mechanical Vibration and Shock Measure- Prentice-Hall, 2005.
ment”, Brüel & Kjær, 1980 5. Korem, Y., Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems,
McGraw-Hill
Laser Assisted Process
ENME804162 Manufacturing Performance Assessment
4 SKS ENME804156
Learning Outcomes: 4 SKS
Learning Outcomes:
Students are expected to understand knowledges related to
fabrication process assisted by laser, and its direct application. Provides knowledge about the basic concepts of performance
Students can understand the science associated with the fabri- assessment of manufacturing industry relating to product
cation process that is assisted with laser technology, and the performance, process, manufacturing system and its rela-
application and direct application of the fabrication process tion to manufacturing excellence. At the end of this course,
assisted by laser technology. students are expected to understand the methodologies and
assessment tools manufacturing performance and are able to
Syllabus :
identify, assess and analyze the performance of the manufac-
Basics of Laser-based Manufacturing Technology; Laser-as- turing industry increase.
sisted Formation Process; the joining process with the help of
Syllabus:
laser technology; Laser Assisted Surface Engineering; Types
of Lasers, Application of Laser Technology, Basics of laser Introduction, Traditional Performance Methodology & Tool:
interactions with materials and Classification of Material Dupont Financial Performance, Basic Performance Measure-
Processes with Laser Technology. ment process & tools: Data collection techniques, chart, graph
& diagram, Process Improvement methodologies & tools:
Pre-requisite(s): -
Process Capability, Measurement System Analysis (MSA),
References: QFD, FMEA, six sigma & lean six sigma, Industry specific/
1. A.M. Hasofer, V.R. Beck, I.D. Bennetts, Risk Analysis generic standards & best practices, Manufacturing Maturity
in Building Fire Safety Engineering, Elsevier Butter- model concept & measurements, Case study of Industrial
worth-Heinemann, 2007. performance Measurement (assignment & evaluation)
2. Ralph W King and John Magid, Industrial Hazard and
Safety Handbook, ISBN: 978-0-408-00304-9
3. SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engineering 5th References:
edition, Springer, 2016 1. US Departement of Energy, United Sates of America,
4. Jurnal dan standar terkait Performance Based Management, 2005 Oak Ridge Asso-
ciated Universities,. “How to Measure Performance, A
CAD/CAM
Hand Book of Techniques and Tools”
ENME804155
2. “World Class Manufacturing Performace Measures”
4 SKS
3. Harold T.Amrine, John A.Ritchey, Prentice Hall Inter-
Learning Outcomes:
national Edition, “Manufacturing Organization and
This lecture will discuss about technology of CAD, CAM, Management”
Integration of CAD / CAM application in the industry and 4. Will Kaydos, Productivity Press Portland Oregon, “
the emphasis on: the principles modeling and surface curve Measuring, Managing and Maximizing Performance”
geometry (Geometric modeling), design of 2D and 3D models
Manufacturing Information System Management
with computer assisted. The principle of data exchange
ENME801150
between CAD/CAM systems also tool path design using
4 SKS
computer for prismatic and sculptured model. Lectures
Learning Outcomes:
CAD / CAM are provided with the aim that students have
the understanding and applying technology of CAD / CAM: Provides understanding of the theory, method and applica-
starting the process from design to production process with tion of information technology systems, management, and
the computers assistance. development of the concept of knowledge-based information
systems (Knowledge Management System) and capable to
Syllabus:
apply in the manufacturing industry.
Overview of CAD / CAM System; Hardware & Software
Syllabus :
System of CAD / CAM; Interactive Tools and Computer
Graphics Concepts, Geometric Modeling: Type & Represen- Introduction to Information Systems; State of The Art Utili-
tation of mathematical model Curve, Surface & Solid ; Data zation Information System; Theory and System Methodology;
Exchange in CAD / CAM system; Manufacturing Processes: Database Management Systems; System Design I: Overview
Manufacturing Process Review Type and Parameter Calcula- functionality, enabling Technology (Automated Solution
tion machining, Lab. practice of CAD; CNC Technology; Tool Assessments Quality, Multi Data Representation, Database
Path Generation Method in the CAM system; Control ‘quality Technology and XML); Design System II: (Database Design,
of machinery’ in the CAM system; Computer Aided Process Information Input, Output Information); Case Study: Docu-
Planning-CAPP; Postprocessing; Lab. practice of CAM. mentation automation and Reporting System for Manufac-
turing; Introduction Knowledge Base Engineering, Concepts
Pre-requisite(s): Engineering Programming
and Methodology in the KBE (System Specialists, Neural
References: Network); KBE application.
1. Kiswanto G., Handout CAD/CAM, Diktat kuliah, 2004.
Pre-requisite(s): -
2. Choi B. K., Jerard R. B., Sculptured Surface Machining,
3. Zeid, I., CAD/CAM Theory and Practice, McGraw-Hill, References:
593
Master Program
1. Raymond McLeod Jr., Strategic information Management : cs: Definitions and Principles of Robot; Spatial Descriptions:
Challenges and Strategies in Managing Information System; 3rd Definitions and Principles, Methods and Applications Spatial
Edition, Butterworth-Heinnemen, 2003. descriptions; Forward Kinematics: Definition, Principles and
2. Cortada, James. Total Quality Management, McGraw Hill The Forward Kinematics; Jacobians: Speed, explicit shape,
Book Co. definition and principle of inverse Kinematics; Dynamic:
3. Ake, Kevin et al. Information Technology for Manufacturing : The form of explicit, Acceleration and inertia; Control system
Reducing Costs and Expanding Capabilities, CRC Press, 2003. ronbotic: PID control, the Joint Space Control, Operational
4. Cecelja, Franco, Manufacturing Information and Data System Control and Space Force Control; Robot Design Assignment.
: Analysis Design and Practice, Butterworth-Heinnemen,
2001.
References:
Manufacturing System and Processes
1. Craig J., Introduction to Robotics 3rd ed, Prentice Hall,
ENME801151
2004.
4 SKS
2. Heath L., Fundamentals of Robotics, Theory and Applica-
Learning Outcomes:
tions, Prentice Hall, 1985.
Students are expected to know and be able to apply the 3. Koren Y., Robotics for Engineer, McGraw Hill, Intl Edition,
conventional manufacturing process technology and 1985.
non-conventional for the manufacture of a product and the 4. Lentz K. W. Jr., Design of Automatic Machinery, Van
parameters which inflence it are devoted to the metal forming Nostrand Reinhold, 1985.
processes, machining, rapid prototyping process. In addition, 5. Schilling R. J., Mikell P., Fundamentals of Robotics, Anal-
knowing, and understanding the existing production systems ysis and Control, Prentice Hall, 2000.
in the industry. 6. Kiswanto G., Otomasi dan Robotika, Diktat Kuliah
Departemen Teknik Mesin, 2004.
Syllabus :
Machine Vision System
Materials in Manufacturing: Theory and Method of Casting
ENME803153
Process (Metal Casting); Theory and Method of Bulk Forma-
4 SKS
tion Processes: Theory and Method of Formation Process
Learning Outcomes:
Material Sheet (Sheet Metal Forming): Theory and Methods
of Powder Metallurgy Process (Powder Metalurgy); Theory Machine Vision Industry Subjects provides the understanding
and Methods for Machining Processes / Cutting Materials: and competency of the principles, methods and applications
Theory and Methods of Product Surface Quality Improvement monitoring the production process by using visual-based
process: Concepts and methods of manufacturing systems. camera technology, image processing, for the purpose of
introducing the feature: product identification, selection and
Pre-requisite(s): -
product screening, and quality control. With the completion
References: of this course, students have the ability to apply and develop
1. Wagoner R., Chenot J.-L, Fundamentals of Metal Forming, the visual method of monitoring the production process in the
John Wiley & Sons, Inc,2003 industry for the purpose.
2. Degarmo P., Materials and Process in Manufacturing, Pren-
Syllabus:
tice Hall, 2004
3. Schey J., Introduction to Manufacturing Process, McGraw- Basic Machine Vision Method: Binary Image, Binary Morphol-
Hill, 2004 ogy and Gray-Scale, Texture analysis; Identification Method
4. Thomas E Vollman, Manufacturing Planning and Control, feature; image Processing Method Smart / Intelligent, Image
McGraw Hill 1997 Processing System (Prolog); Control Equipment / Instru-
5. Stanley B. Gershwin, Manufacturing System Engineering, ments Interface (Instruments, Signal, Protocol, PLC) ; Method
Prentice Hall, 1993 Introduction Color image; Machine Vision Applications.
6. John M. Nicholas, Competitive Manufacturing Management,
1997
References:
Automation and Robotics
1. J.R. Parker, Algorithms for Image Processing and
ENME802152
Computer Vision 2nd ed, Wiley, 2010
4 SKS
2. Butchelor B. G., Whelan P. F.,Intelligent Vision System for
Learning Outcomes:
Industry, Springer, 2012
Automation and Robotics course discusses technology and 3. E.R. Davies, Machine Vision : Theory, Algorithm, Practi-
application in the automation industry and the design and calities, Morgan Kauffman, 2004
control the robot emphasizes: understanding the types of 4. Micheul S, Lawrence O’Gorman, Michael J S Practical
automation systems, particularly in the manufacturing Algorithms for Image Analysis : Description, Examples
industry and the mechanism, the design and development of and Code, , Cambride Univ. Press, 2000
automation system that emphasizes the 3 things: reliability, 5. Rafael Gonzales, et.al, Digital Image Processing using
quality and cost and the understanding robot control system. Matlab, McGraw Hill, 2010.
Automation and Robotics Lectures given with the aim that 6. A.S. Baskoro, Handout Sistem Machine Vision, Diktat
students have an understanding in the implementation of kuliah, 2011.
technology Automation and Robotics, especially in the manu-
Vehicle Engineering and Heavy Duty Equipment
facturing industry.
ENME801163
Syllabus: 4 SKS
Learning Outcomes:
Automation System; Classification Type Manufacturing Auto-
mation machinery; Actuator; Sensor System; PLC Control This course provides the latest technology from the four-
System in the Manufacturing Automation machinery; Robot- wheeled passenger vehicle, especially with covering all
594
Master Program
aspects of engineering in a vehicle. Lectures given vehicle The introduction of the latest innovations and breakthroughs
engineering with the aim that students have basic competence in the automotive field and the development of the auto-
to do the engineering on the four-wheeled passenger vehicle motive industry. Understanding the concept of loading on
in particular. vehicle structures, various types of vehicle frames, structural
analysis using the Simple Structural Surface method and the
Syllabus :
method of computing the skeletal structure. Aerodynamic
Vehicle Kinematics & Dynamics; mover and transmission force, reduction of lift (reduction of drag). Stability and the
system; Breaking Systems, Wheel and Suspension; Security concept of calculating vehicle body dynamics.
System: Active and passive at the time experiencing issues.
Pre-requisite(s): -
Pre-requisite(s): -
References:
References: 1. Heinz Hei s ler, “Advance Vehicle Technology”, Society of
1. Bosch Automotive Handbook, Sixth Editions, 2006 Automotive Engineers, Inc. ISBN 0 7680 10713.
2. Gillespie, Thomas D., Fundamentals of Vehicle Dynamics, 2. Brian Cantor, Patrick Grant and Colin Johnston, “Auto-
2004 motive Engineering Lightweight, Functional, and Novel
3. Hei s ler, Heinz. Advanced Vehicle Technology, 2004 Materials”, Taylor & Francis Group, 6000 Broken Sound
4. Hermann, Hans. SAE Handbook of Automotive Engi- Parkway NW, Suite 300, ISBN 978-0-7503-1001-7.
neering, 2004 3. Giancarlo Genta, Lorenzo Morello, “The Automo-
5. Miliken, William F., Douglas L. Milliken, Maurice Olley, tive Chassis Vol. 1: Components Design”, Springer
Chassis Design : Principles and Analysis, 2004 Science+Business Media B.V., ISBN: 978-1-4020-8674-8
6. Pacejka, Hans B. Tire & Vehicle Dynamics, SAE, 2006 e-ISBN: 978-1-4020-8676-2.
Prime Mover and Power Train System Chassis System and Vehicle Body”, Butterworth-Heine-
ENME801164
mann is an imprint of Elsevier, Linacre House, Jordan
4 SKS
Hill, Oxford OX2 8DP, UK ISBN: 978-1-85617-577-7.
Learning Outcomes:
5. Nick Tucker and Kevin Lindsey, “An Introduction to
Students have the competency and skill in the principles and Automotive Composite”, Rapra Technology Limited,
theory of prime mover including internal combustion motor, ISBN: 1-85957- 279-0.
electric motor, hybrid motor which are connected to the 6. Jason C. Brown, A. John Robertson, and Stan T. Serpento,
powertrain system; understand and are able to calculate the “Motor Vehicle Structures: Concepts and Fundamentals”,
construction and design. Butterworth-Heinemann Linacre House, Jordan Hill,
Oxford OX2 8DP, ISBN 0750651342
Syllabus :
7. Liang Yun · Alan Bliault · Johnny Doo, WIG Craft
Combustion motor technology; reciprocating/rotary piston and Ekranoplan, “Ground Effect Craft Technology”,
engine; electric motor technology (AC/DC motor); hybrid ISBN 978-1-4419-0041-8 e-ISBN 978-1-4419-0042-5, DOI
motor system; serial/parallel hybrid; transmission system: 10.1007/978-1-4419-0042-5, Springer New York Dordrecht
MT, AT, DCT, CVT; battery technology Heidelberg London.
8. Mat thew Huang , “Vehi c le Crash Mechanics”, CRC Press
Pre-requisite(s): - LLC, International Standard Book Number 0-8493-0104-1.
References: 9. Ahmed A. Shabana, Khaled E. Zaazaa and Hiroyuki
1. Heywood, J., Internal Combustion Engines Fundamental, Sugiyama, “Railroad Vehicle Dynamics a Computational
McGraw Hill, 1989 Approach”, CRC Press is an imprint of the Taylor & Fran-
2. Khovakh, M., Motor Vehicle Engines, MIR Publisher, cis Group, ISBN 978-1-4200-4581-9.
Moscow, 1971. Vehicle Control System
3. Bosch Automotive Handbook, SixthEditions, 2006 ENME803166
4. Gillespie, Thomas D., Fundamentals ofVehicle Dynamics, 4 SKS
2004 Learning Outcomes:
5. Heiszler, Heinz. Advanced VehicleTechnology, 2004
6. Hermann, Hans. SAE Handbook ofAutomotive Engineer- Students understand the basic features of the vehicle control
ing, 2004 system that has the ability to;
• Describes a simple method for the analysis of vehicle
Vehicle Frame and Body Engineering suspension systems and components;
ENME802165 • Describes the vehicle suspension system design require-
4 SKS ments and how to achieve it;
Learning Outcomes: • Analyze the various factors and issues that affect the
Prrovide an understanding of various concepts related to design of suspension of driving;
vehicle frame design and analysis, such as: A brief under- • Understand the mechanics of the vehicle wheel;
standing of the history of vehicle design development; Under- • Describes recent developments in control of the braking
standing of vehicle design and interactivity in the vehicle system and braking system design and material needs an
design and manufacturing process, including various types efficient;
of vehicle structures and their uses; Understanding how loads • Analyze the influence of the steering system characteristics
can be analyzed simply and using a computer includes simple to the vehicle motion
structural analysis that focuses on the processes involved in Syllabus :
vehicle structure; Understanding of basic concepts related to
vehicle body aerodynamics and the basic calculations needed Introduction of the role of vehicle suspension systems, factors
to design vehicle body aerodynamics. that affect the design, definitions and terminology in vehicle
suspension systems, suspension mobility mechanisms, differ-
Syllabus : ent types of suspension, kinematics analysis, the analysis
595
Master Program
center of rotation (roll center analysis), geometric style as well 5. Iqbal Husain, “ELECTRIC and HYBRID VEHICLES
as lateral, suspension components. The basis of the braking Design Fundamentals”, CRC PRESS Boca Raton London
system. Regulation, function and terms of use brake system, New York Washington, D.C., ISBN 0-203-00939-8 Master
brake system components and confiurations as well as the e-book ISBN, International Standard Book Number
kinematics of the braking system. Consideration of adhesion 0-8493-1466-6 (Print Edition), Library of Congress Card
force proportional to the brake system and braking effiiency. Number 2002041120.
Deformation, lateral force and slip angle on the tire when the 6. Ali Emadi, “Handbook of Automotive Power Electronics
vehicle is running. Penikungan characteristics (cornering and Motor Drives”, Taylor & Francis Group, CRC Press is
characteristics) according to Fiala theoretical approach to the an imprint of Taylor & Francis Group, ISBN 0-8247-2361-9.
mathematical model and the effect is due to air pressure in 7. Nicolas Navet and Françoise Simonot- Lion, “Automotive
tires. Embedded Systems Handbook”, CRC Press Taylor &
Francis Group, 6000 Broken Sound Parkway NW, Suite
Pre-requisite(s): -
300, ISBN-13: 978-0-8493-8026-6, ISBN-10: 0-8493-8026-X
References: 8. Paul Nieuwenhuis and Peter Wells, “The automotive
1. Heinz Heisler, “Advance Vehicle Technology”, Society of industry and the environment A technical, business and
Automotive Engineers Inc. ISBN 0 7680 1071 3 social future”, Woodhead Publishing ISBN 1 85573 713 2,
2. Giancarlo Genta, Lorenzo Morello, “The Automo- CRC Press ISBN 0-8493-2072-0, CRC Press order number:
tive Chassis Vol. 1: Components Design”, Springer WP2072.
Science+Business Media B.V., ISBN: 978-1-4020-8674-8 9. Simon Tung, Bernard Kinker, and Mathias Woydt,” Auto-
e-ISBN: 978- 1-4020-8676-2. motive Lubricant Testing and Advanced Additive Devel-
3. Giancarlo Genta, Lorenzo Morello, “The Automotive opment”, ASTM 100 Barr Harbor Drive PO Box C700, West
Chassis Vol. 1: System Design”, Springer Science+Business Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959,ISBN: 978- 0-8031-4505-4.
Media B.V., ISBN: 978-1-4020-8673-1 e-ISBN: 978-1- 4020- 10. James Larminie, John Lowry, “Electric Vehicle Technol-
8675-5. ogy Explained”, Oxford Brookes University, Oxford, UK,
4. David A. Crolla, “Automotive Engineering Powertrain, Acenti Designs Ltd.,UK. ISBN 0-470-85163-5.
Chassis System and Vehicle Body”, Butterworth-Heine-
Oil and Gas Drilling Equipment
mann is an imprint of Elsevier, Linacre House, Jordan
ENME803195
Hill, Oxford OX2 8DP, UK ISBN: 978-1-85617-577-7.
4 SKS
Modern Vehicle Technology Learning Outcomes:
ENME803167
Provide an understanding of the implementation of basic
4 SKS
knowledge of technical competence which is the core tech-
Learning Outcomes:
nology of oil and gas drilling equipment. The competencies
SStudents understand the concepts of manufacturing tech- expected of students who have taken this course are gradu-
nology and vehicle control systems to: Analyze the current ates who have added value related to technical knowledge of
state of technological advances so that they can make funda- oil and gas drilling equipment and are ready and able to adapt
mental changes in the design of sustainable vehicles; Design- easily in the world of the oil and gas industry in general and
ing processes to create automated control systems that assist oil and gas drilling in particular. The expected learning objec-
vehicle control; Designing vehicles with electronic control tives and outcomes are as follows: Students know the basic
systems that can improve vehicle performance; Describe the equipment and its functions and how each of these equipment
integration in vehicle control systems and the interaction of is needed in oil and gas drilling operations; Students are able
mechanical and electrical systems that can support the design to explain oil and gas drilling operation techniques as well as
and development of future vehicles various related aspects such as equipment used, safety issues,
safety equipment, environmental issues, and emergency
Syllabus:
conditions; Students have a good understanding of drilling
Knock control, Linear solenoid idle speed control, Sequential equipment and operations so that they can participate in oil
fuel injection, Distributorless ignition, Self-diagnosis for fail- and gas drilling operations in the world of work and are ready
safe operation, Crankshaft angular position measurement for to improve their knowledge and skills while working
ignition timing, Direct mass air flow sensor, Variable valve
Syllabus:
phasing,teknologi kendaraan Hybrid Electric Vehicles and
Electric Vehicle. Introduction to oil/gas wells, Oil/gas exploration, produc-
tion and exploitation, drilling rigs, terminology and drilling
problems of drilling, drilling fluids, oil and gas drilling
References: systems, hoisting system equipment, rotating system equip-
1. Julian Happian-Smith, “ An Introduction to Modern Vehi- ment, circulatin system equipment, power system equipment,
cle Design”, Butterworth- Heinemann Linacre House, blowout prevention systems, well design, equipment and
Jordan Hill, Oxford OX2 8DP, ISBN 07506 5044 3. operations for safety and efficiency, processes and equipment
2. Heinz Hei s ler, “Advance Vehicle Technology”, Society of for cementing, drilling preparation, drilling operations, prob-
Automotive Engineers, Inc. ISBN 07680 1071 3. lems in the drilling process (drill string vibration and whirl-
3. Fuhs, Allen E., “Hybrid vehicles and the future of personal ing, collar failure, etc.) artificial lift methods and equipment,
transportation”, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group, ISBN- visits to the oil and gas drilling industry
13: 978-1-4200-7534-2, ISBN-10: 1-4200- 7534-9.
4. Lino Guzzella and Christopher H. Onder, “Introduction
to Modeling and Control of Internal Combustion Engine References:
Systems”, Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, ISBN 978-3- 1. Don A. Gorman, Jerry W. Meyer, “Drilling Equipment and
642-10774-0 e-ISBN 978-3-642- 10775-7, DOI 10.1007/978- Operations”, Action Systems Inc., Dallas, Texas – USA.
3-642-10775-7, Library of Congress Control Number: 2. Adam T. Bourgoyne, Martin E. Chenevert, et. al., “Applied
2009940323. Drilling Engineering”, Society of Petroleum Engineers,
596
Master Program
Richarson, Texas – USA. dynamics and its components, the technique of flying an
3. Nguyen J.P., “Drilling-Oil and Gas Field Development airplane.
Techniques”, Institut Français du Pétrole Publication, 1996
4. Kermit E. Brown, “The Technology of Artificial Lift Meth-
ods”, Volume 2a, Petroleum publishing Co., 1980 References:
5. Amanat U.C., “Oil Well Testing handbook”, Elsevier, 2004 1. J. D. Anderson, Aircraft Performance and Design,
6. Amanat U.C., “Gas Well Testing handbook”, Elsevier, 2004 McGraw-Hill
2. Daniel Raymer, Aircraft Design, American Institute of
Railway Vehicle Engineering
Aeronautics and Astronautics.
ENME804168
3. Mohammad H. Sadraey, Aircraft Design: A Systems Engi-
4 SKS
neering Approach, Wiley.
Learning Outcomes:
4. John P. Fielding, Introduction to Aircraft Design,
Provides the knowledge and design of rail vehicle. Cambridge.
5. Egbert Torenbeek, Advanced Aircraft Design: Concep-
Syllabus:
tual Design, Analysis and Optimization of Subsonic Civil
Engineering and economic analysis of rail vehicles; body Airplanes, Wiley.
structures and rail vehicles; structural analysis of flat car;
Maritime Engineering and Management
coupler analysis; electrical and pressurized water; analy-
ENME802181
sis and modeling of the bogie; axle; wheel; brake and pivot;
4 SKS
suspension system and driving quality; dynamic load analy-
Learning Outcomes:
sis; fatigue and cracks in rail vehicles; models of rail vehicles
and track geometry; modeling components of rolling stock; This course provides knowledge about technologies for ocean
response rail vehicle on the track tangent; lateral stability of transportation and the application of ocean-based energy
the rail vehicle on the track tangent; response rail vehicle on a sources. This course also aims to equip students with under-
curved trajectory; wheel wear; rail vehicle dynamics. standing of maritime opportunities that can be developed
with the use of technology.
Syllabus :
References:: Simon Iwnicki, handbook of railway vehicle
dynamics, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group, 2006. Classification of ship based on its function, aspects to consider
in ship designing, history of development of off-shore struc-
Material Handling Equipment
ture, ocean environment, typesof off-shore structure: fixed
ENME804197
design and floating design, mooring and anchoring system,
4 SKS
force calculation of off-shore structure, FPSO
Learning Outcomes:
Pre-requisite(s): -
Provides expertise and competence to students in the field of
design and development of lifting equipment and construc- References:
tion equipment 1. Research Council National Research Council, NEW
Syllabus:
Introduction and Scope of Construction Equipment; Tractor, 2. Arthur H. Johnson, Michael D. Max, William P. Dillon,
Bulldozer, Dump Truck and shovel; Construction Equipment Natural Gas Hydrate - Arctic Ocean Deepwater Resource
Mechanical Concept; Heavy equipment system: Pneumatic Potential, Springer, 2013
and Hydraulic; Basic Machine-lifting machinery and materi- 3. Khaligh, Alireza and Onar, Omer C., Energy Harvesting:
als transporter; Cranes, hoist and conveyor; forklift: Moving Solar, Wind, and Ocean Energy Conversion Systems,
Walks, Escalators, and Elevators CRC Pr I Llc, 2009
Pre-requisite(s): Engineering Materials, Mechanical Design Ocean Energy
ENME803182
References:
4 SKS
1. ASME. Handbook of Materials Handling.
Learning Outcomes:
2. Mc.Guiness. Mechanical and Electrical Equiment for
Building. This course provides knowledge about technologies and prin-
ciples related to the design of renewable ocean energy system
Aircraft Design And Performance
ENME804198 Syllabus :
4 SKS
Introduction to renewable ocean energy, introduction to
Learning Outcomes:
wind turbine, tidal system and tidal energy system, OTEC,
Explain aircraft flying techniques, Explain the design concepts ocean flows, methods of economic/financial assessment for
of an aircraft, Explain the design stages of an aircraft, Deter- off-shore renewable energy system,wind energy, momentum
mine aircraft design requirements, Analyze aircraft perfor- theory and the limit of wind power output, tidal flow and its
mance, Analyze the advantages and disadvantages of an conversion to mechanical energy, description of wave energy
aircraft design. sources, instruments of wave energy and instruments for
simulation.
Syllabus:
Pre-requisite : -
The evolution of aircraft design, design requirements of an
aircraft, aircraft design concepts, aircraft aerodynamics, References:
aircraft propulsion systems, aircraft performance in steady 1. Twidell, J. and Weir, T., “Renewable Energy Resources.
flight conditions, aircraft performance in accelerated flight Second Edition”, Taylor and Francis Group, 2006.
conditions, aircraft design which includes aspects of aero- 2. Boyle, G., “Renewable energy power for a sustainable
597
Master Program
future, Second Edition”, Oxford University Press, 2005. 4 SKS

3. Walker J and Jenkins N, “Wind Energy Technology”, Learning Outcomes:
Wiley Unesco Energy Engineering Series, 1997.
Provides knowledge and understanding of the laws and regu-
lations on maritime activities both nationally and internation-
ally.
Edition. ISBN0-470-01500-4, 2010
5. Cruz, J., “Ocean Wave Energy: Current Status and Future Syllabus :
Perspectives”, Springer-Berlin, 2007.
Introduction of maritime law; Regulation of Marine Pollution
6. Falnes, J., “Ocean Waves and Oscillating Systems:
Prevention and Control; SOLAS; Prevention of Collisions
Linear Interactions Including Wave-Energy Extraction”,
Regulations; ISM Code; Statutory Rules; Passenger Ship Regu-
lations; Tanker Regulations; Offshore Regulations: Accident
7. Baker AC, “Tidal Power”, Peter Peregrinus Ltd, 1981.
Rescue Regulations; Other IMO rules. Accident prevention
Marine and Offshore Structure regulations; Risk assessment and analysis.
ENME803183
Pre-requisite : -
4 SKS
Learning Outcomes: References:
1. International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution
Provides the knowledge, understanding of the theory and
From Ships (MARPOL), International Maritime Organi-
principles of building offshore include the type, function, and
sation Publications
offshore construction technology and techniques in perform-
2. International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea
ing design structure.
(COLREG), International Maritime Organisation Publica-
Syllabus : tions
3. International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea
Types of Offshore; Construction and Offshore Structures;
(SOLAS), International Maritime Organisation Publica-
Calculation of Style and Power Offshore: Safety Require-
tions
ments; Construction Semi-submersible; Single Buoy Mooring;
4. International Safety Management Code (ISM Code) Guide
FPSO; Offshore Maintenance and Repair.
Book, International Maritime Organisation Publications
Pre-requisite : - 5. Churchil R.R. dan Lowe A.V, The Law of the Sea, MUP
1999
References :
1. Cliff Gerwick, Construction of Marine and Off-shore Supply Chain Technology
Structures, CRC Press 1999 ENME804192
2. Subrata Chakrabarti, Handbook of Offshore Engineering, 4 SKS
Elsevier Science, 2005 Learning Outcomes:
3. Yong Bai, Marine Structural Design, Elsevier Science, 2003
Providing knowledge and understanding in the use of tech-
Sea Transport and Port Management nology in managing the flow of goods with a focus on the
ENME803184 transportation system and managing the flow of information
4 SKS between organizations in a supply chain.
Syllabus :
Provides the knowledge and understanding of various
Introduction and introduction to supply chains, the role and
management approaches, maritime transport and port activi-
function of transportation in supply chains, intermodal trans-
ties which also include risk factors, safety, and economy.
portation, variability in transport lead time in supply chains,
Syllabus : use of technology in supply chains (Artificial Intelligence,
Advanced Analytics, Internet of Things, Intelligent Things,
Sea Transport Demand Trend: Marine Transportation Market
Conversational Systems)
Research; Inter Mode Transport System; System loading and
unloading, Types of Sea Transport, Warehousing and Storage Pre-requisite : -
Cargo Systems, SystemsAgency, Survey Charge, Corporate
References:
Sailing economic calculation, Customs.
1. Ek Peng Chew. Advances in Maritime Logistics and
Pre-requisite : - Supply Chain Systems, World Scientific Publishing
Company, 2011
References :
2. Robert A. Novack. Transportation: A Global Supply
Chain Perspective, South Western Educational Publish-
ping Research.
ing, 2018
3. Geunes, J. Supply Chain Optimization, Springer, 2005.
Management, Adlard Coles, 2008
4. Lehmacher. W. The Global Supply Chain: How Tech-
3. Patrick Alderton, Port Management and Operations,In-
nology and Circular Thinking Transform Our Future,
forma Business Publishing, 2005
Springer International Publishing, 2017
management and Risk analysis, Butterworth-Heinemann, Cargo Cooling Technology
2004 ENME804193
5. M. Stopford, Maritime Economics, Routledge, 1997 4 SKS
6. House, D.J, Cargo Work for Maritime Operation, Butter- Learning Outcomes:
Providing knowledge and understanding in the use of cool-
Maritime Law and Regulation ing and air conditioning equipment circulation technology;
ENME803185 cold storage and low temperature logistics.
598
Master Program
Syllabus : Provides knowledge and understanding related to the safety

via regulations, management, and development of any forms
Basic principles for estimating cold storage loads, calculation
of maritime transportation technology.
of cooling capacity for various types of cold storage, and
other topics of evaporative cooling, principles for designing Syllabus :
low-cost refrigeration bases.
SOLAS: general provision, construction, safety equipment,
Pre-requisite : - communication radio, safety navigation, freight, manage-
ment for ship safety, MARPOL Annex I-V, maritime safety,
References:
threats from maritime trading, threats from shipping, evolu-
1. ERao, C.G. Engineering for Storage of Fruits and Vege-
tion of maritime safety, implementation of ISPS code, safety
tables: Cold Storage, Controlled Atmosphere Storage,
planning.
Modifie Atmosphere Storage. Academic Press, 2015, ISBN:
0128033657,9780128033654 Pre-requisite(s): -
Special Ship Project References:
ENME804186 1. Jones. S. Maritime Security: A practical Guide, the nauti-
4 SKS cal institute 2012
Learning Outcomes: 2. Consolidate Edition, MARPOL, International Maritime
Organization, 2006
Provides the knowledge, understanding of ship design for
3. Consolidate Edition, SOLAS, International Maritime
special purposes.
Organization, 2004
Syllabus :
Advanced Welding Engineering
Typology and special ship purposes; Material to special Ship, ENME804190
Design Considerations; Calculation of loading; Calculation 4 SKS
of Ship Quantities; Computation Structures: Propulsion Learning Outcomes:
Systems; Motion System; Safety and Navigation System;
Provide knowledge, understanding of the theories, principles
Stability Calculation.
and design as well as the assessment of the quality of welding
Pre-requisite : - and welding applications.
References : Syllabus:
1. Lars Larsson dan Rolf Eliasson, Principles of Yacht Design,
International Marine/Ragged Mountain Press, 2007
process type, standard power source, Oxy-gas welding, Shield
2. Dave Gerr, The Elements of Boats Strength, International
Metal Arc Welding (SMAW), Gas Tungsten Arc Welding
Marine/Ragged Mountain Press, 1999
(GTAW), Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW), Submerged Arc
3. Norman L. Skene, dan Marnard Bray, Elements of Yacht
Welding (SAW), Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW), Resistance
Design, Sheridan house, 2001
welding, Friction Stir Welding, Other welding process: laser,
4. Steve Killing dan Doug Hunter, Yacht Design Explained :
electron beam, plasma, Cutting and other edge preparation
A Sailors Guide to the Principles and Practices of Design,
processes, surfacing and spraying, Brazing and soldering,
W.W Norton and Company, 1998
Joining processes for plastics, ceramics and composites, Weld-
5. S. Sleight, Modern Boat Building, Conway Maritime Press.
ing metal: Ferrous-based metal, non-ferrous-based metal,
Ship Production Optimization Material behavior during welding process, Testing materials
ENME804187 and the weld joint, Non Destructive Examination (NDE),
4 SKS DT (Destructive Test), Heat treatment of base materials and
Learning Outcomes: welded joints, Basic of welding design, Residual stresses and
distortion, Welding Symbol, Behavior of welded structures
Provides knowledge and understanding of the various ship-
under different types of loading, Design of welded structures
yard management and technique.
under static and dynamic loading, welding defects, Design of
Syllabus : welded pressure equipment, Welding Performance Qualifica-
Shipyard Layout; Ship Process Production; Steel Stock Yard
Welding automation.
Planning; Crane Calculation: Jamorang Calculation At Each
Stage Production: Make Work Schedule: Work Break Down Pre-requisite(s): -
Structure; Integrated Hull Outfitting and Painting; Advanced
References:
Outfiting; Group Technology Methods for Ship Production;
1. Sindo Kou, Welding Metallurgy, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2002.
Ship launching; Ship trials.
2. ASME Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications
Pre-requisite : - 3. AWS D1.1., Structural Welding (Steel)
4. William A. Bowditch, Welding Fundamentals 5th Edition,
References :
Goodheart-Willcox, 2011.
1. D.J. Eyres, Ship Construction, Butterworth- Heinemann,
5. Technical Manual TM 5-805-7. Welding Design, Proce-
2007
dures and Inspection Headquarters, Department of the
2. R.Shenoi, Ship Production Technology, Univ. Of South-
Army.1985
ampton.
6. Lloyds Register. Welding Procedures, Inspections and
3. National Research Council, Shipbuilding Technology and
Qualifications.
Education, National Academy Press, 1996
Planning And Operational Port
Maritime Safety ENME804191
ENME804189
4 SKS
4 SKS
Learning Outcomes:
Learning Outcomes:
599
Master Program
Port Planning and Operations is a lecture that emphasizes the 4. Students who take part in the Fast Track Program express
process of planning the layout and operation of ports in accor- their willingness to attend the Academic Program on a
dance with commodities managed based on the principle of Full-Time basis.
green-port development. This course is Shipping Engineering
5. If the Application for Fast Track Scheme can be approved
Elective Courses, which are expected to provide a complete
by the Head of Department / Study Program, the student
understanding for students in planning ports in the realm
concerned will discuss together with the Academic Advi-
of sea transportation. After completing this lecture, students
sor for finalization of the Bachelor of Engineering (S1)
plan the layout and operation of the port in accordance with
and Masters of Engineering (S2) Study Plans.
the principles of green-port development technology.
Students of Engineering Undergraduate Program (S1) who
Syllabus :
have been approved with plans to continue their studies to
Sea transportation: Facilities and commodities, Port functions the Masters Degree in Engineering (S2) by the Chair of the
in maritime transportation, types of ports and sea terminals, Department of Mechanical Engineering, need to immediately
stages in port planning, integrated port planning principles, adjust their study plans in Semesters 7 and 8, especially in
planning and design of port water areas., Conventional taking their S1 Elective Subjects by adjusting themselves with
general cargo terminals, Container terminals, Oil & liquid Obligatory and Elective Subjects at the Masters level in Engi-
gas terminals, Dry bulk cargo terminals, Green port devel- neering according to their specialization.
opments, Conventional general cargo terminals, Container
terminals, Oil & liquid gas terminals, Dry bulk cargo termi-
nals, Green port developments.
Pre-requisite : Welding Engineering
References:
1. Ligteringen, (1999), Ports and Terminals, Faculty of Civil
Engineering and Geosciences Department of Hydraulic
and Geotechnic Engineering Section Hydraulic Engineer-
ing, Technische Universiteit Delft.
2. Velsink, H., (1994), Ports and Terminals: Planning and
Functional Design, Faculty of Civil Engineering Hydrau-
lic Engineering Group, Delft University ofTechnology.
3. Bose, J.W., (2011), Handbook of Terminal Planning,
Springer-Verlag New York
Engineering Magister Through Fast

Track Program
For students who wish and are able to continue their educa-
tion program to the Masters level in Engineering through
the Fast track program, a credit transfer can be made up to
a maximum of 22 credits. The number of credits that can be
transferred is 14 credits from the mandatory subjects and 8
credits from the 2 elective subjects @ 4 credits.
Specialization subjects and optional specialization subjects,
so that credit can be transferred if the subject is in accordance
with the subject in the choice of Specialization in Mechanical
Engineering Masters Program.
Requirements for students to take part in the Fast Track
program are as follows:
1. Expressing his intention to take part in the Fast Track
Program, by writing an Application Letter to the Chair-
person of the Department of Mechanical Engineering
by including a Study Plan in the form of a lesson plan
in Semester 6 to 8 (Undergraduate Engineering Program)
and Semester 1 s.d. 4 (in the Master of Engineering
Program) in accordance with the Specialization in the
Master of Engineering Program, no later than at the
end of Semester 5 of the Bachelor of Mechanical Engi-
neering or Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering
programs.
2. Have excellent academic grades, with a Grade Point
Average (GPA) up to Semester 5, minimum 3.2, and have
graduated from all Basic Subjects.
3. Has a person in charge and or a scholarship to complete
his Bachelor of Engineering and Masters of Engineering
with the Fast Track Scheme.
600
Master Program
Transition Rules
1. The 2020 curriculum is implemented starting in the Odd Semester 2020/2021. In principle, after the 2016 Curriculum is
implemented, only subjects in the 2020 Curriculum will be opened.
2. Class of 2019 and previously followed the 2020 curriculum with transitional rules.
3. A transitional period of 1 year, in the academic year 2020/2021, is implemented for subjects where the semester placement
changes (from Even to Odd, or vice versa), if necessary, will be opened in both semesters during the transition period
(Academic Year 2020 / 2021).
4. For students who have not passed the compulsory subjects in the 2016 Curriculum, are required to take the same or equiv-
alent subjects in the 2020 Curriculum.
5. If there is a change in the credits of the course, the number of credits taken into account in graduation is the number of the
credits at the time the course was taken. Same or equal subjects with different credits, if repeated or newly taken will be
listed with a new name and calculated with new credits.
Table of Equality in S2 Mechanical Engineering Courses
Credits Credits
No Subjects in 2016 Curriculum Subjects in 2020 Curriculum
2016 2020
1 Advanced Mathematics Engineering 4 Advanced Mathematics Engineering 2
2 - - Data Analytics 2
3 Research Design 2 Experimental Design 2
4 - - Project Design 2
5 Scientific Publication 2 Scientific Writing and Publication 2
6 Academic Writing 2 - -
7 Thesis 8 Final Projects 4
601
Master Program
Master Program in Electrical Engineering

4. Programme Title Master Program in Electrical Engineering
5. Study Programme Vision and Mission Vision
To become an institution which can give solutions to both national and
global problems and challenges as well as being independent and excel-
lent in South-East Asia
Mission
a. Organizing education based on good university governance
concept in order to produce graduates who are knowledgeable,
international minded, and have entrepreneurship skills
b. Increasing facility, research funding, and participation in applied
research and new findings which can give solutions to national and
global problems
c. Applying science and appropriate technology to support commu-
nity services based on people and industrial needs
6. Class Reguler, Special
8. Accreditation / Recognition BAN-PT:‌ ‌A-‌ ‌accredited‌ ‌
9. Language (s) of Instruction Bahasa Indonesia dan English (for International class)
11. Entry Requirements Pass the entrance exam, and pass S1/d IV from electrical engineering
study program, mechanical engineering, computer science, informatic
engineering, mathematic, physics, and equivalent program
semester
Reguler 4 16
“Producing master in electrical engineering graduates who can analyse problems, give solutions logically, systemati-
cally and practically supported by the use of appropriate method. The graduates also are wished to design and develop
both software and hardware, and always being up-to-date to the development of technology”

Magister of engineering who is able to analyze and design in-depth on products, process and technology system in
complex electrical engineering based on professional ethics in contributing to sustainable development goals

General Outcomes :
1. Able to generate scientific work effectively, both oral and written
2. Able to provide recommendations as solution to society based on professional ethics in electrical engineering
3. Able to develop themselves for continuous learning, following the development of science, technology and relevant
contemporary issues in the field of electrical engineering.
4. Able to evaluate data by applying data analysis and processing methods.
5. Able to formulate problem solving in the field of electrical engineering using appropriate research methods.
6. Able to develop innovative technology of electrical engineering industry in the industrial era 4.0

1. Able to specify technical and non-technical aspects in the formulation and utilization of the intelligent network-
based electricity industry.
2. Able to recommend strategies to improve efficiency, quality, and power quality in electricity systems based on
intelligent networks.
3. Able to integrate new and renewable energy power plants with smart electricity grid systems.
4. Able to assess strategies and risk mitigation in the development of power systems that are reliable, safe, and envi-
ronmentally friendly.
602
Master Program
Majoring in Telecommunication and Smart Wireless System

1. Able to evaluate the latest technology in the field of telecommunications technology and smart wireless systems
2. Able to design systems and /or devices for smart wireless telecommunications systems
Majoring in Electronic and Intelligent Embedded System

1. Able to design electronic / photonic devices and / or complex electronic systems
2. Able to implement complex smart embedded systems in order to contribute to solving problems in the engineering
field

1. Able to design a comprehensive information and network security system that meets the security standards.
2. Able to evaluate the security incidents handling and forensic methods of digital data that are appropriate.
3. Able to evaluate the development of computer and future Internet technologies.
Majoring in Automation and Data Analytic Engineering

1. Able to design industrial device control systems
2. Able to develop smart automation systems based on data engineering
3. Able to design integrated automation system
Majoring in Data Engineering and Business Intelligence

1. Able to design processing engineering, analysis, and data visualization which is efficient and scalable
2. Able to develop aspects of leadership in the digital economic ecosystem (digital leadership)
Majoring in Telecommunication Management

1. Able to develop policy recommendation and industrial telecommunication strategy and ICT that support the digi-
tal economy
2. Able to develop innovative and visionary traits in the telecommunications and ICT industries in the digital econ-
omy era
3. Able to evaluate technical aspects that support the telecommunications and ICT business infrastructure in the
industrial era 4.0 and digital economy era
4. Able to evaluate laws, policies and regulations oriented towards technological convergence and reinforcement of
digital economy
5. Able to design industrial strategies and technoeconimic-based regulatory policies
6. Able to develop wise leadership aspects and objective in the national telecommunications and ICT sector (vendors,
operatorsm regulators)

1. Able to formulate technical, non-technical and economic aspect in the management of exploitation and the utiliza-
tion of electricity and primary energy industries
2. Able to recommend strategies to in order to improve efficiency, quality and power quality in the management of
electricity systems
3. Able to integrate the the management of new and renewable energy power plants with the electricity grid system
4. Able to recommend strategies and risk mitigation in the development of power systems that are reliable, safe, and
environmentally friendly.
Majoring in Information Network Security Management

1. Able to design a comprehensive physical network infrastructure that meets high security principles
2. Able to recommend information security management in the concept of new technologies for Indonesian national
development
3. Able to evaluate information network security based on technological rules, laws and applied regulations
i Core Subjects 21 47,7%
ii Majoring Course 19 43,2%
iii Optional Course 4 9,1%
Total 44 100 %
Career Prospects
The graduates of this program have been employed in various industrial companies such as power engineering, IT, electronic,
oil & gas, telecommunication and other related inductries. Some of graduates who have been employed before have opportunity
to get promotion of career path to a higher level. Some occupation or job titles that are suitable for this program are electri-
cal engineer, software engineer telecommunication engineer, process engineer, control engineer, instrumentation engineer,
program manager, project manager, technical manager, regulator, professional lecturers and researchers.
603
604
Master Program
Learning Outcomes Flow Diagram

Master Program
FLOW DIAGRAM OF SUBJECTS
MAJORING IN POWER AND SMART SYSTEM
605
Master Program
MAJORING IN TELECOMMUNICATION AND SMART WIRELESS SYSTEM
606
Master Program
MAJORING IN ELECTRONIC AND INTELLIGENT EMBEDDED SYSTEM
607
Master Program
MAJORING IN CYBER SECURITY AND FUTURE INTERNET
608
Master Program
MAJORING IN AUTOMATION AND DATA ANALYTIC ENGINEERING
609
Master Program
MAJORING IN DATA ENGINEERING AND BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE
610
Master Program
MAJORING IN TELECOMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT
611
Master Program
MAJORING IN POWER AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT
612
Master Program
MAJORING IN INFORMATION NETWORK SECURITY MANAGEMENT
613
Master Program
Core Subjects ENEE801402 Advanced Network Computer 2

Systems
Code Subject SKS ENEE801403 Network Security and Data 2
ENEE801001 Data Processing and Analytic 4 Protection
ENEE801002 Research Methodology 4 ENEE802404 Applied Cryptography & Block- 3
chain Technology
Entrepreneurship ENEE802405 Security Operation and Incident 2
Handling
Majoring Course ENEE802406 Network & Digital Forensics 2
Code Subject SKS ENEE802407 Convergence Information 2

Network NG
ENEE801101 Electric Generation Operation 2 Incident Analysis
and Control
ENEE803409 Security Risk Assessment and 2
ENEE801102 Electric Power System Quality 2 Analysis
ENEE801103 Electric Power and Environment 2 Majoring in Automation and Data Analytic Engi-
ENEE802104 Dynamic System and Modeling 2 neering
ENEE802105 Economics Energy and Manage- 3 ENEE801501 Mechatronic System Modeling 2
ment and Control
ENEE802106 Advanced Power Electronics 2 ENEE801502 Industrial Electric Drive System 2
ENEE802107 Renewable Energy and Energy 2 ENEE801503 System Optimization and 2
Storages Optimal Control
ENEE803108 Power System Planning 2 ENEE802504 Advanced Smart Data Compu- 2
tation
ENEE803109 Smart Energy System 2
ENEE802505 Smart System Monitoring and 2
Majoring in Telecommunication and Smart Wire- Data Engineering
less System
ENEE802506 Coordinated and Networked 2
ENEE801201 Signal Processing and applica- 3
Control System
tions
ENEE802507 Special Topics on Automation and 2
ENEE801202 Modern Telecommunication 2
Data Engineering
System
ENEE803508 Industrial Automation System 3
ENEE801203 Modern Radar System 2
and Security
ENEE802204 Modern Antenna Engineering 2
ENEE803509 Advanced Machine Learning for 2
ENEE802205 Smart RF Design 2 Autonomous System
ENEE802206 Terahertz and Optics System 2 Majoring in Data Engineering and Business Intel-
ENEE802207 Sensor Communications System 2 ligence
ENEE803208 Technological Quality of Service 2 ENEE801601 Digital Enterprise Software 2
and Experience Architecture
ENEE803209 Computational Intelligence for 2 ENEE801602 Business Analytic and Visualiza- 2
Communication Engineering tion
Majoring in Electronic and Intelligent Embedded ENEE801603 Imaging Technology and 2
System Computer Vision
ENEE801301 Photonic Device 2 ENEE802604 Big Data Technology and Archi- 3
tecture
ENEE801302 Green Electronic Devices 2
ENEE802605 Advanced Artificial Intelligence 2
ENEE801303 Digital Microelectronic Circuit 2
Design ENEE802606 Applied Data Engineering 2
ENEE802304 Sensor and Actuators 2 ENEE802607 Ethics and Professionalism 2
ENEE802305 Nanoelectronic 2 ENEE803608 Enterprise Cyber Threat Analysis 2
ENEE802306 Advanced Analog Electronic 2 ENEE803609 Advanced IT Project Manage- 2
Circuits ment
ENEE802307 Opto-Electronics Instrumentation 2 Majoring in Telecommunication Management
ENEE803308 System on Chip 2 ENEE801701 Management of Telecommunica- 3
tions System and Digital Business
ENEE803309 IoT and Smart Electronic System 3
ENEE801702 Trend of Digital Technology 3
ENEE802703 Law, Regulation and Telecommu- 3
ENEE801401 Network Security and Reliability 2
nications Policy
614
Master Program
ENEE802704 Strategic Management and

Technoeconomic
3 Course Structure Master
ENEE802705 Telecommunications Conver- 2 Program in Electrical
ENEE802706
gence Service and Infrastructure
Ecosystem and Digital Economic 2
Engineering
ENEE802707 Special Topic of Technology and 2 Majoring in Power and Smart System
Innovation
ENEE803708 Internet of Things (IoT) and 3 Code Subject SKS
Future Network Technology
1st Semester
ENEE803709 Capita Selecta 2
ENEE801801 Control and Operation of Power 3
Generation Plant ENEE801101 Electric Generation Operation 2
and Control
ENEE801802 Economic of Electric Utility 3
Power Generation ENEE801102 Electric Power System Quality 2
ENEE802803 Dynamic Systems and Modeling 3 ENEE801103 Electric Power and Environment 2
ENEE802804 Economics Energy and Manage- 3 Sub Total 14

ment 2 nd Semester
ENEE802805 Strategic Managemen 3 ENEE802104 Dynamic System and Modeling 2
ENEE803806 Electrical Power System Quality 2 ENEE802105 Economics Energy and Manage- 3
ENEE803807 Electric Power System Planning 3 ment
ENEE803808 Energy and Environment 3 ENEE802106 Advanced Power Electronics 2
Majoring in Information Network Security ENEE802107 Renewable Energy and Energy 2

Management Storages
ENEE802901 Information Network Security 2 Elective Course 2
ENEE802902 Information Network Infrastruc- 2 Sub Total 11

ture 3rd Semester
ENEE802903 Computer Based Network 2 ENEE803003 Technology Innovation and 3
Simulation Entrepreneurship
ENEE803904 Network and Application 3 ENEE803108 Power System Planning 2
Security ENEE803109 Smart Energy System 2
ENEE803905 Security Operations and Incident 3 Elective Course 2
Management Security Operations
and Incident Management Sub Total 9
ENEE802906 Cyber Forensic 3 4 Semester

th
ENEE802907 Security Assessment and 3 ENEE804004 Thesis 8

Analysis ENEE804005 Scientific Publication 2
ENEE803908 Cyber Threat Intelligence 2 Subtotal 10
Analysis Total 44
ENEE803909 Security Risk Management & 3
Regulation Majoring in Telecommunication and
Smart Wireless System
Special Subjects
Code Subject SKS
Code Subject SKS
1 Semester
st
ENEE804004 Publication 2
ENEE804005 Thesis 8
ENEE801201 Signal Processing and applica- 3
tions
ENEE801202 Modern Telecommunication 2
System
ENEE801203 Modern Radar System 2
Sub Total 15
2 nd Semester
ENEE802204 Modern Antenna Engineering 2
615
Master Program
ENEE802205 Smart RF Design 2 Majoring in Cyber Security and Future

ENEE802206 Terahertz and Optics System 2 Internet
ENEE802207 Sensor Communications System 2
Code Subject SKS
Elective Course 2
st
3rd Semester ENEE801001 Data Processing and Analytic 4
ENEE803003 Technology Innovation and 3 ENEE801002 Research Methodology 4

Entrepreneurship ENEE801401 Network Security and Reliability 2
ENEE803208 Technological Quality of Service 2 ENEE801402 Advanced Network Computer 2
and Experience Systems
ENEE803209 Computational Intelligence for 2 ENEE801403 Network Security and Data 2
Communication Engineering Protection
Elective Course 2 Sub Total 14
nd
4 Semester
th ENEE802404 Applied Cryptography & Block- 3
ENEE804004 Thesis 8 chain Technology
ENEE804005 Scientific Publication 2 ENEE802405 Security Operation and Incident 2

Handling
Sub Total 10
ENEE802406 Network & Digital Forensics 2
Total 44
ENEE802407 Convergence Information 2
Majoring in Electronic and Intelligent Network NG
Embedded System Elective Course 2

Sub Total 11
rd
1 Semester
st ENEE803003 Technology Innovation and 3
Entrepreneurship
Incident Analysis
ENEE801301 Photonic Device 2
ENEE803409 Security Risk Assessment and 2
ENEE801302 Green Electronic Devices 2 Analysis
ENEE801303 Digital Microelectronic Circuit 2 Elective Course 2
Design
Sub Total 9
Sub Total 14
4 Semester
th
2 nd Semester ENEE804004 Thesis 8

ENEE802304 Sensor and Actuators 2
ENEE804005 Scientific Publication 2
ENEE802305 Nanoelectronic 2
Sub Total 10
ENEE802306 Advanced Analog Electronic 2
Total 44
Circuits
ENEE802307 Opto-Electronics Instrumentation 2 Majoring in Automation and Data
Elective Course 2 Analytic Engineering
Sub Total 10
3rd Semester Code Subject SKS
ENEE803003 Technology Innovation and 3 1 Semester
st
Entrepreneurship
ENEE803308 System on Chip 2
ENEE803309 IoT and Smart Electronic System 3
ENEE801501 Mechatronic System Modeling 2
Elective Course 2 and Control
Sub Total 10 ENEE801502 Industrial Electric Drive System 2
4 Semester
th
ENEE801503 System Optimization and 2
ENEE804004 Thesis 8 Optimal Control
ENEE804005 Scientific Publication 2 Sub Total 14
nd
Total 44 ENEE802504 Advanced Smart Data Compu- 2

tation
616
Master Program
ENEE802505 Smart System Monitoring and 2 Elective Course 2

Data Engineering Sub Total 9
ENEE802506 Coordinated and Networked 2 4 Semester
th
Control System
ENEE804004 Thesis 8
ENEE802507 Special Topics on Automation and 2
Data Engineering ENEE804005 Scientific Publication 2
Elective Course 2 Sub Total 10
Sub Total 10 Total 44
3 Semester
rd

Majoring in Telecommunication
Entrepreneurship Management
ENEE803508 Industrial Automation System 3
and Security Code Subject SKS
ENEE803509 Advanced Machine Learning for 2 1st Semester
Autonomous System
Elective Course 2
Sub Total 10
ENEE801701 Management of Telecommunica- 3
4th Semester tions System and Digital Busines
ENEE804004 Thesis 8 ENEE801702 Trend of Digital Technology 3
ENEE804005 Scientific Publication 2 Sub Total 14
Total 44 ENEE802703 Law, Regulation and Telecommu- 3
nications Policy
Curriculum of Electrical ENEE802704 Strategic Management and 3
Engineering Department Technoeconomic
ENEE802705 Telecommunications Conver- 2
Special Class in Salemba gence Service and Infrastructure
Majoring in Data Engineering and ENEE802706 Ecosystem and Digital Economic 2

ENEE802707 Special Topic of Technology and 2
Business Intelligence Innovation
Sub Total 12
Code Subject SKS
3 Semester
rd
1st Semester
Entrepreneurship
ENEE803708 Internet of Things (IoT) and 3
ENEE801601 Digital Enterprise Software 2 Future Network Technology
Architecture
ENEE803709 Capita Selecta 2
ENEE801602 Business Analytic and Visualiza- 2
Sub Total 8
tion
4 Semester
th
ENEE801603 Imaging Technology and 2
Computer Vision ENEE804004 Thesis 8
Sub Total 14 ENEE804005 Scientific Publication 2
2 nd Semester Sub Total 10
ENEE802604 Big Data Technology and Archi- 3 Total 44
tecture
ENEE802605 Advanced Artificial Intelligence 2
Majoring in Power and Energy
ENEE802606 Applied Data Engineering 2
Management
ENEE802607 Ethics and Professionalism 2
Code Subject SKS
Elective Course 2
Sub Total 11
1 Semester
st

3rd Semester
Entrepreneurship ENEE801801 Control and Operation of Power 3
Generation Plant
ENEE803608 Enterprise Cyber Threat Analysis 2
ENEE801802 Economic of Electric Utility 3
ENEE803609 Advanced IT Project Managemen 2
Power Generation
617
Master Program

2 Semester
nd Total 44
ENEE802803 Dynamic System and Modeling 3
ENEE802804 Economics Energy and Manage- 3
ment
ENEE802805 Strategic Management 3
Sub Total 9
3 Semester
rd

Entrepreneurship
ENEE803806 Electrical Power System Quality 2
ENEE803807 Power System Planning 3
ENEE803808 Energy and Environment 3
Sub Total 11
4 Semester
th
ENEE804004 Thesis 4
Sub Total 6
Total 40
Majoring in Information Network

Security Management
Code Subject SKS

1 Semester
st

ENEE801901 Information Network Security 2
ENEE801902 Information Network Infrastruc- 2
ture
ENEE801903 Computer Based Network 2
Simulation
Sub Total 14
2 Semester
nd
ENEE802904 Network and Application 3

Security
ENEE802905 Security Operations and Incident 3
Management
ENEE802906 Cyber Forensic 3
ENEE802907 Security Assessment and 3
Analysis
Sub Total 12
3 Semester
rd

Entrepreneurship
ENEE803508 Cyber Threat Intelligence 2
Analysis
ENEE803509 Security Risk Management & 3
Regulation
Sub Total 12
4th Semester
ENEE804004 Thesis 8
618
Master Program
Transition Rules
1. The curriculum 2020 is implemented starting in the odd semester 2020/2021. In principle, after curriculum 2020 is imple-
mented, only subjects in the curriculum 2020 will be opened.
2. The curriculum 2020 will be implemented from class of 2020 onwards. Class of 2019 and earlier will folloe curriculum 2020
with transitional rules.
3. An applied transitional period of 1 year, is in the academic year 2020/2021 for subjects that change the academic semester
(from even to odd, or vice versa), if necessary, will be opened in both semester during the transition period (academic year
2020/201)
4. Students who have not passed the compulsory subjects in the curriculum 2016 are required to take the similar or quivalent
subjects in the curriculum 2020. (Se the equality table of curriculum 2020 and 2016. ; courses in the curriculum 2016 which
are not listed in the equality table mean that there is no changes, both in name and in the credits).
5. If there is a change in the credits course, the number of credits taken into graduation is that the the number of credits at the
time the course was taken. Similar or equivalent courses will be counted in different credits, If repeated or newly taken will
be listed with the new name and calculated with new credits.
6. If the compulsory subjects in the curriculum 2016 are removed and there is no equivalency in curriculum 2020, for the
students who passed these courses, then they are still counted as compulsory credit courses for graduation. For students
who have not passed the course, they can take take the new compulsory subjects.
The equality table Master Program in Electrical Engineering
Curriculum 2016 Curriculum 2020 Information

Courses Credit SMT Courses Credit SMT
Applied Mathematics 3 1 Processing and data analysis 4 1 Equivalent
Research Method 3 2 Metodologi Penelitian 4 1 Equivalent
Engineering Project Management 3 3 Technological Innovation and 3 3 Equivalent
and Economics Entrepreneurship
619
Master Program
Syllabus of Master Program in Electrical Markets in the New Knowledge Economy era; Kano Model;
Product and service design; Product and Service valuation;
Engineering Entrepreneurship
Data Processing and Analytic Prerequisite:
ENEE801001
Textbooks:
4 Credits
1. J. Fagerberg, D.C. Mowery, R.R. Nelson, “The Oxford
Learning Outcomes:
Handbook of Innovation”, Oxford University Press, 2006.
Be able to evaluate data by applying AI/Big data analysis 2. M.R. Milson, D. Wilemon, “The Strategy of Managing
methods and able to create mathematical models to design Innovation and Technology”, Prentice Hall, 2007. 3.
optimum systems in the field of electrical engineering R. Mansell, C. Avgerou, D. Quah, R. Silverstone, “The
Oxford Handbook of Information and Communication
Topic:
Technologies”, Oxford University Press, 2007.
AI/Big data & methods: Hypothesis testing (ANOVA), regres-
sion, classification (KNN & Weighted KNN, SOM, LVQ, Majoring in Power and Smart System
BPNN, SVM), Modeling & Design and optimization
Electric Generation Operation and Control
Prerequisite: ENEE801101
Textbooks: 2 Credits
1. Laurene Fausett, “Fundamental of Neural Network”, Learning Outcomes:
Prentice-Hall, 1994. After completing courses, students are able to operate geother-
2. Douglas C. Montgomery, Design and Analysis of Experi- mal and hydro power plants, distribution and power control
ments, 9th ed. Wiley, 2019 systems.
Fundamentals of Machine Learning for Predictive Data Topic:
Analytics: Algorithms, Worked Examples, and Case Stud- Commitment; Generation with limited energy supply; Hydro-
ies, The MIT Press, 2015. thermal Coordination; Production cost model; Control of
Research Methodology generation; Power and energy exchange.
ENEE801002 Prerequisite:
4 Credits
Learning Outcomes: Textbooks:
1. A.J. Wood and B.F. Wollenberg, “Power Generation, Oper-
Be able to explain research problems and the background, be ation and Control”, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc.,
able to explain research designs and the application, be able 1996.
to apply standard scientific writing techniques in scientific
publications, be able to examine important aspects in the Electrical Power System Quality
research process such as literature studies, communication, ENEE801102
be able to write the current research trend proposals in the 2 Credits
field of electrical engineering Learning Outcomes:
Topic: Be able to analyze the operating conditions of the electrical

power system, under the steady-state condition and disrup-
Research Problem; Literature Review and Technical Reading; tion due to swell voltage/sag voltage and harmonic distortion.
Attributions and Citations; Intellectual Property Rights; Ethics
in Engineering Research; Technical Writing and Publishing; Topic:
Research Management and Planning; Research Proposal Transient; Overvoltage; Undervoltage; Interruptions; Sags;
Prerequisite: Swells; Voltage Imbalance; Voltage fluctuations; Waveform
distortion; Power frequency variations; Harmonic Distor-
Textbooks: tion; Voltage Distortion vs Current; Harmonic vs Transient;
1. Dipankar Deb, Rajeeb Dey, Valentina E. Balas, “Engi- Harmonic Control; Filter Design; Benchmarking power
neering Research Methodology: A Practical Insight for quality; Power distribution and power quality; Wiring and
Researchers”, Springer 2019. grounding; Power quality check.
2. C.R. Kothari, “Research Methodology: Methods and
Techniques”, New Age International, 2004 Prerequisite:
3. Pedoman Teknis Penulisan Tugas Akhir Mahasiswa UI Textbooks:
Technology Innovation And Entrepreneurship 1. R.C. Dugan, M.F. Mc.Granaghan, S.Santoso, H.W. Beaty,
ENEE803003 “Electrical Power Sistem Quality”, 2nd Edition, Mc.Graw
3 Credits Hill, 2002.
Learning Outcomes: Electric Power and Environment
Students are able to develop innovative and visionary char- ENEE801103
acter in various industrial sectors in the digital economy era 2 Credits
Learning Outcomes:
Topic:
At the end of the course, students will be able to analyze the
National and Sectoral Innovation Systems; Evolutionary effects of using green energy sources
Theory; R&D management; Technology Diffusion; Innovation
in Service era 4.0; Globalization, national competitiveness and Topic:
economic development; Science Technology and Innovation Global warming is caused by the use of fossil and non-fossil
Policy; Intellectual Property and Standardization; Policies and energy; Solving environmental problems nationally and glob-
620
Master Program
ally; Implementation of the Kyoto Protocol in the form of a N. Mohan, T.M. Undeland, W.P. Robbins, “Power Electronics”,
Clean Development Mechanism; CO2 trading. 3rd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2003.
Prerequisite: Renewable Energy and Energy Storages
ENEE802107
Textbooks:
2 Credits
1. W.W. Nazaroff, L.A. Cohen, “Environment Engineering
Learning Outcomes:
Science”, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2001.
2. R.A. Ristineu, J.J. Kroushaar, “Energi and Environment”, Be able to analyze the appropriate renewable energy system
John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2006. and design an optimal energy storage system both in terms of
capacity and type of plant based on the condition of resource
Dynamic System and Modeling
availability and changing load demands.
ENEE802104
2 Credits Topic:
Learning Outcomes:
Renewable energy is becoming increasingly important as a
Be able to formulate the factors that influence the latest devel- method of reducing environmental impacts that are far lower
opments in the electricity system both technical and non-tech- than conventional energy technologies. Topics to be discussed
nical aspects will focus on power system issues related to the integration of
renewable energy resources into the electricity grid, includ-
Topic:
ing Photovoltaic Systems, Wind Power Systems, Heat and
Introduction to dynamic systems, feedback cycles, multivari- Combined Power (CHP), Solar Concentrates (CSP), Biomass,
able and multi-objective complex models, modeling and simu- Hydropower, Fuel cells / fuel cells, as well as chemical energy
lation, model design, change development, urban dynamics storage systems in the form of batteries and mechanics such
as flywheels
Prerequisite: -
Prerequisite: -
Textbooks:
Textbooks:
Economics Energy And Management
ENEE802105 1. Gilbert M. Masters, “Renewable and Efficient Electric
2 Credits Power Systems”, Wiley-Interscience, 1st Edition, 2004
Learning Outcomes: Handout
Be able to design an energy management system by applying Power System Planning
supply/demand from the management side related to sources, ENEE803108
both fossilized and non-fossilized 2 Credits
Learning Outcomes:
Topic:
Be able to analyze the demand identity of the estimated
Sources of Fossils and Non-Fossils; Power system manage-
changes in economic variables and be able to estimate the reli-
ment: including the generation, transmission and distribution
ability of the system in changing economic conditions.
of electricity; Supply management and supply management
are known as Integrated Resource Planning. Topic:
Prerequisite: - Estimated demand for increased electric power; Long-term
electricity supply; Electricity generation (production) plan-
Textbooks:
ning; Scheduling maintenance of power system generators;
1. J.M. Griffin, H.B. Steele, “Energi Economics and Policy”, Strategic factors of Indonesia’s electricity development; Pros-
Academic Press New York, 1980. pects for electricity development in Indonesia; Electric power
system development model; Optimization method.
2. Zuhal, “Ketenagalistrikan Indonesia”, PT. Ganesha
Prima, April 1995. Prerequisite: -
Advanced Power Electronics Textbooks:
ENEE802106
1. X. Wang, J.R. McDonald, “Modern Power Sistem Plan-
2 Credits
ning”, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1994.
Learning Outcomes:
2. Zuhal, “Ketenagalistrikan Indonesia”, PT. Ganesha
Be able to design applications in the field of high-power semi-
Prima, April 1995
conductor devices in the industrial and military fields.
SMART ENERGY SYSTEM
Topic:
ENEE803109
Introduction to electric power systems and Power Semi- 2 Credits
conductor Switches; Rectifier Diode; Controlled rectifier; Learning Outcomes:
Inverters; Resonant Converters and Switching D.C. for power
Be able to make a holistic/integrated model of energy
supply; Power Conditioners and Uninterruptible Power
management system which includes electricity, heating, cool-
Supplies; Introduction to Motor Drives; D.C. Motor Drives;
ing, industry, buildings and transportation
Synchronous Motor Drives; Residential; Electric utility indus-
try and applications; Optimization of utility interface systems Topic:
with electric power systems.
Introduction to Smart Energy Systems; The Impact of Energy
Prerequisite: - Storage Technology and Renewable Energy Sources on an
Energy Hub System; Storage of Solar Thermal Energy for the
Textbooks:
Housing Sector; Optimal Short-Term Scheduling of Photo-
621
Master Program
voltaic-Powered Multi-Chiller Generators in the Presence of Prerequisite: -

Demand Response Programs; cooling and heating systems
Textbooks:
in buildings, electric vehicles integrated with electricity
networks, dynamic pricing 1. “Telecommunications Breakdown: Concepts of Commu-
nication Transmitted via Software-Defined Radio,”C.
Prerequisite: -
Richard Johnson Jr. and William A. Sethares, Pearson
Textbooks: Prentice Hall, 2004, ISBN 0-13-143047-5
Behnam Mohammadi-Ivatloo, Farkhondeh Jabari, “Opera- 2. Software Engineering by Ian Sommer Ville 7th Edition
tion, Planning, and Analysis of Energy Storage Systems in
3. DigitalCommunications ,. Simon Haykin John Wiley &
Smart Energy Hubs”, Springer; 1st edition, April 2018
Sons
Majoring in Telecommunication and 4. Modern Telecommunications: Basic Principles and Prac-
Smart Wireless System tices 1st Edition Martin J N Sibley, 2018
Modern Radar System
Signal Processing and Applications ENEE801203
ENEE801201 2 Credits
2 Credits Learning Outcomes:
Learning Outcomes:
Be able to evaluate the performance of modern radar systems
Be able to evaluate algorithms from signal processing plat-
forms and use certain smart technology applications Topic:
Topic: Introduction and overview; Radar equations; Propagation

effect and mechanism; Radar clutter; Target reflectivity and
Signal Analysis; Frequency and Transient Response; Discrete fluctuation models; Doppler phenomenon; Radar antenna,
FT - FFT, Z Transform, Correlation & Convolution; Digital transmitter and receiver; Radar Processor; Radar signal
Filter: FIR & IIR; Multi rate signal processing; Advanced processing: detection, false alarm, Doppler processing, radar
transforms: DCT, WHT, Wavelet; Its Applications in signal measurement, tracking and imaging.
Processing; Projects: Object Detection & Recognition; Wire-
less Communication; Radar System; Compression: Audio, Prerequisite: -
Image and Video Textbooks:
Prerequisite: - 1. M.A. Richards, J. A. Sheer and W. A. Holm: “Principles of
Textbooks: Modern Radar,” Scitech Publishing, 2010
1. Emmanuel C. Ifeachor & Barrie W Jervis, “Digital Signal 2. M. Skolnik: “Radar Handbook,” Mc Graw-Hill, 2008
Processing: A Practical Approach”, Second Edition, Pren- Modern Antenna Engineering
tice Hall, 2002. ENEE802204
2. John G Proakis and Dimitris G. Manolakis, “Digital 2 Credits
Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms, and Applica- Learning Outcomes:
tions”, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2005. Able to design modern antenna applications in support of the
3. Dadang Gunawan & Filbert Hilman Yuwono, “Pengola- quality of modern society
han Sinyal Digital dengan Pengolahan MATLAB”, Graha Topic:
Ilmu, 2012.
Introduction and review Maxwell’s eqs in differential and
Modern Telecommunication System integral form. Wave solution; Ideal dipole antenna and basic
ENEE801202 antena parameters. Microstrip antenna: basic properties,
2 Credits design consideration, widebanding, circular polarization,
Learning Outcomes: Microstrip Antenna miniaturization: fundamental limit,
Be able to evaluate the technical aspects of the radio commu- several techniques. Analysis of Array Antenna: linear, planar
nication technology platform system dan circular, Synthesis of Array Antenna. Microstrip antenna
Array, Different type of planar antenna, applications of
Topic: microstrip antenna.
Trends in Telecommunications System, Deterministic Signal Prerequisite: -
Analysis, Random Signal Analysis, Information Theory and
Channel Coding, Digital Modulation and Demodulation, Textbooks:
Spread Spectrum, Intersymbol Interference and Equalization, 1. Microstrip Antenna Design Handbook, Ramesh Garg
Fading Channel Analysis, Channel Modeling and Mobility et.al.
Modeling, FFH, OFDM, MIMO and Channel Capacity , Traf-
fic Modeling, Digital Satellite Communication Systems, Arti- 2. Microstrip and Printed Antennas: New Trends, Tech-
ficial Intelligence / Expert in Telecommunication Systems, niques and Applications, Debatosh Guha et.al., Wiley and
Telecommunications Software Development and Process Son 2011.
Modeling, 5G Mobile Technology (uRLLC, mMTC, eMBB). 3. Practical Microstrip and Printed Antenna Design, Anil
LTE Rail 15. Fiber Technology (FTTH, Radio over Fiber). The Pandey, Artech House, 2019
vision towards 6G. Internet Tactile. Terahertz and VLC (Visi-
ble Light Communications). HAPS (High Altitude Platforms). Smart RF Design
Fundamentals of Internet of Things (IoT). IoT management ENEE802205
planning. LoRA, NB-IoT, Future Network Technology. 2 Credits
622
Master Program

Be able to design RF components for smart endurance systems 1. Building Wireless Sensor Networks: Theoretical and
Practical Perspectives, karya Nandini Mukherjee,
Topic:
Sarmistha Neogy, Sarbani Roy.
Modern Wireless Telecommunication Technology, Single
2. Introduction to Wireless Sensor Networks, karya Anna
Radio Access Network Technology, Multiband RF Trans-
Forster
ceiver, Design of Transmitter, Design of Receiver, Smart RF
Project Design Technological Quality Of Service And Experience
ENEE803208
Prerequisite: -
2 Credits
Textbooks: Learning Outcomes:
1. Matthew M. Radmanesh, “Advanced Rf & Micro- Be able to evaluate QoE and QoS from technology applications
wave Circuit Design: The Ultimate Guide to Superior
Topic:
Design,”Artech House, 2003.
Fundamental Concept of Service Quality. Technical and
2. Ulrich L. Rohde and David P. Newkirk, “RF/Microwave
Non-Technical aspects in Quality measurements. Methods to
Circuit Design for Wireless Applications,” John Wiley
measure QoE, QoS. Quality of Experience in 4G and 5G. Qual-
and Sons, 2000
ity of Physical Experience (QoPE). Innovation Service towards
3. Qizheng Gu, “RF System Design of Transceivers for Wire- 6G. Kano Model to improve Service quality. Case study.
less Communications,” Springers, 2005
Prerequisite: -
Terahertz And Optics System
Textbooks:
ENEE802206
2 Credits 1. Quality of Experience: Advanced Concepts, Applica-
Learning Outcomes: tions and Methods, Sebastian Möller, Alexander Raake,
Springer, 2014.
Able to evaluate the optical network communication compo-
nents and the Terahertz system 2. Quality of Service Mechanisms in Next Generation
Heterogeneous Networks, ed. Abdelhamid Mellouk,
Topic:
John Wiley & Sons, 2013.
Introduction: networks and telecommunication; Types of
Computational Intelligence for Communication
fiber; Physical impairment, Overview of optical communi-
Engineering
cation technology; Design of optical networks, THz Wireless
ENEE803208
Communications, Case Study
2 Credits
Prerequisite: - Learning Outcomes:
Textbooks: Be able to evaluate telecommunications systems that apply
signal processing computiational intelligence
1. G. Keiser, Optical Fiber Communications, McGraw-Hill,
3rd ed., 2000. Topic:
2. R. Ramaswami, Sivarajan, k. and g. Sasaki, “Optical Intro to Biomedical Systems; Bioelectric Signals and Electrode
Networks: A Practical Perspective”, 3rd Edition, Morgan Theory; Biomedical Signal Processing (Signals system, Signal
Kaufman Publishers 2008, 2009, 2010. Transforms, Spectral Analysis and Estimation, Filters) and
Feature Extraction; Computational Intelligence Techniques
3. B. Mukherjee, “Optical WDM Networks (Optical
(Artificial Neural Networks, Support Vector Machines,
Networks),” Springer, 2006. ISBN: 0387290559.
Hidden Markov Models, Fuzzy Systems); Applications in
4. D Saeedkia, Handbook of Terahertz Technology for Cardiology and Heart Disease Diagnosis, Electromyography
Imaging, Sensing and Communications, Elsevier, 16 Jan Signals, Electroencephalogram Analysis, Gait and Movement
2013 Pattern Analysis.
Sensor Communication System Prerequisite: -
ENEE802207
Textbooks:
2 Credits
Learning Outcomes: 1. Rezaul Begg, Daniel T.H. Lai, Marimuthu Palaniswami,
“Computational Intelligence in Biomedical Engineering,”
Be able to design wireless sensor communication that will be
Boca Raton, FL, USA: CRC Press (Taylor & Francis
applied in a variety of relevant services
Group), 2008, ISBN 978-0-8493-4080-2.
Topic:
2. Tavares, João Manuel R.S., Dey, Nilanjan, Joshi, Amit
Introduction to Sensor, Sensor Network Architecture, (Editors.), “Biomedical Engineering and Computational
Information Collection Technique, Radio Communication Intelligence,” Proceedings of The World Thematic
Technique, Network management technique, Multi-hop Conference—Biomedical Engineering and Computa-
communication, Localization Techniques, Sensing/Observa- tional Intelligence, 2018.
tion Technique, Energy Management Engineering, Network
3. Charles S. Lessard, “Signal Processing of Random Phys-
and Information Security, Operating Systems, Programming,
iological Signals,” Morgan & Claypoo, 2006: 1 st Ed.
Design and experiment of sensor communication system
applications 4. Klaus D. Toennies, “Advances in Computer Vision and
Pattern Recognition: Guide to Medical Image Analysis,”
Prerequisite: -
Springer-Verlag London, 2012, ISBN 978-1-4471-2750-5.
623
Master Program
Majoring in Electronic and Intelligent Topic:
Embedded System Instrumentation of an engineering system, component

interconnection and signal conditioning, performance spec-
Photonic Device ification and instrument rating parameters, estimation from
ENEE801301 measurements, analog sensor and transducers, digital and
2 Credits innovative sensing, mechanical transmission components,
Learning Outcomes: stepper motors, continuous drive actuators.
Be able to design and analyze systems and optical devices Prerequisite: -
Topic: Textbooks:
Passive and active optical device designs for sensor and 1. Clarence W. de Silva, Sensors and Actuators, CRC Press,
communication applications using software; Optical system 2016
design for a variety of telecommunications, biomedical and
Nanoelectronic
light sensor applications; Ray optics analysis, wave optics and
ENEE802305
quantum optics for various optical devices; Performance anal-
2 Credits
ysis of optical system applications: telecommunications, and
Learning Outcomes:
several sensors.
Be able to design transistor devices based on tunneling
Prerequisite: -
phenomena and able to follow the latest developments in the
Textbooks: electronics field
1. Bahaa E. A. Saleh, Malvin Carl Teich, “Fundamentals Topic:
of Photonics,” A Wiley-Interscience publication Vol. 32,
Introduction to nanoscience and technology; Development of
Wiley Series in Pure and Applied Optics, ISSN 0277-2493.
electronics from micro to nano; Device miniaturization effect;
Green Electronic Devices Extended traditional CMOS technology; Beyond traditional
ENEE801302 CMOS technology; Introduction to nanoscience and technol-
2 Credits ogy; Development of electronics from micro to nano; Device
Learning Outcomes: miniaturization effect; Extended traditional CMOS technol-
ogy; Beyond traditional CMOS technology; Single electron
Able to design organic LED devices and organic solar cell
transistor; Tunnel FET
Topic:
Prerequisite: -
Introduction of lighting systems from time to time; Introduc-
Textbooks:
tion of OLED technology; Types of OLEDs; OLED characteri-
zation; OLED fabrication techniques; Introduction of lighting 1. Robert Puers, Livio Baldi, Marcel Van de Voorde,
systems from time to time; Introduction of Organic solar cell Sebastiaan E. van Nooten, “Nanoelectronics: Materials,
technology; Types of Organic solar cells; Characterization of Devices, Applications,” John Wiley & Sons, 2017, ISBN
Organic solar cells; Organic solar cell fabrication techniques 978-3-52734-053-8
Prerequisite: - Advanced Analog Electronics Circuits
ENEE802306
Textbooks:
2 Credits
1. Cristian Ravariu, Dan Mihaiescu, “Green Elctronics,” Learning Outcomes:
IntechOpen, ISBN 978-1-78923-304-9.
Be able to design advanced electronic circuits
Digital Microelectronics Circuit Design Topic:
ENEE801303
2 Credits Operational Amplifiers; Oscillators; Phase Locked Loops;
Learning Outcomes: Short Channel Effects and Device Models; CMOS Processing
Technology
Be able to design and analyze microelectronic circuits
Prerequisite: -
Topic:
Textbooks:
Digital circuit basic logic gates, Formation of logic functions,
VLSI fabrication theory: coding. Optimization of logic func- 1. Richard Jaeger, Travis Blalock, “Microelectronic Circuit
tions, validation, Baseband system functions Design, “ McGraw-Hill Higher Education, 2015, ISBN
978-1-25922-714-1
Prerequisite: -
Opto-Electronic Instrumentation
Textbooks:
ENEE802307
1. Richard Jaeger, Travis Blalock, “Microelectronic Circuit 2 Credits
Design,” McGraw-Hill Higher Education, 2015, ISBN Learning Outcomes:
978-1-25922-714-1
Be able to design opto-electronic instrumentation systems for
Sensors and Actuators the measurement of various physical quantities
ENEE802303
Topic:
2 Credits
Learning Outcomes: The characteristic and phenomena of light, opto-electronic
instrumentation systems, basic and various types of interfer-
Be able to apply sensors and actuators to an integrated system-
ometers, fiber optic sensors, integration of various opto-elec-
624
Master Program
tronic components to build instrumentation systems. Textbooks:

Prerequisite: - 1. W. Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security: Prin-
ciples and Practice”, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2003.
Textbooks:
2. O. Goldreich, “Foundations of Cryptography: Basic
1. Measurement and Instrumentation Principles, Alan
Tools”, Cambridge University Press, 2001.
Morris
Advanced Network Computer Systems
2. Fibre Optic Sensor, Francis T. Yu
ENEE801402
System On Chip 2 Credits
ENEE803308 Learning Outcomes:
2 Credits
In this course students learn the latest computer network
Learning Outcomes:
systems and architecture. After taking this course, students
Be able to design an on-chip system by considering design are able to evaluate the performance of a computer architec-
methodology, design requirements, systems and supporting ture design, and are able to analyze the Internet of Things
components, handoff procedures, and design infrastructure technology.
requirements.
Topic:
Topic:
Introduction to Computer Design, Instruction Set, Advanced
Introduction, system on chip (SOC, logic design and HDL on Microarchitecture, Memory-Hierarchy Design, Thread-Level
SoC, SOC synthesis, DFT design for SoC, SOC design verifica- Parallelism, Data-Level Parallelism, Performance-tuning and
tion, SOC physical design and verification, static time analy- Analysis of Modern Applications, Architecture Implementa-
sis, reference design. tion Issues and Analysis, Data Communication Traffic, Lan
Transport and Standards, Internet and Routing Protocols,
Prerequisite: -
Internetworking of Things (IoT).
Textbooks:
Prerequisite: None
1. Veena S. Chakravarthi , A Practical Approach to VLSI
Textbooks:
System on Chip (SoC) Design: A Comprehensive Guide,
Springer International Publishing 2020. 1. Hennessy and Patterson, “Computer Architecture - A
Quantitative Approach”, 6th Edition, 2018.
IoT and Smart Electronic Systems
ENEE803309 2. Andrew Minteer, “Analytics for the Internet of Things
2 Credits (IoT)”, Packt Publishing, 2017
Learning Outcomes:
Network Security and Data Protection
Be able to design smart electronic systems for IoT applications ENEE801403
2 Credits
Topic:
Learning Outcomes:
IoT, Arm Mbed, IoT Enabling Technologies, Arm Mbed Devel-
In this course students learn security standards for various
opment
types and categories of data on the network. After taking this
Prerequisite: Sensor and Actuator course, students are able to evaluate the security system of a
particular data type, and are able to implement a data security
Textbooks:
system that is appropriate to the data type.
1. Perry Xiao, Designing Embedded Systems and the Inter-
Topic:
net of Things (IoT) with the ARM Mbed, IEEE, 2018.
Information Systems Security and Protection Objectives,
Majoring in Cyber Security and Future Control at the Level of Management, Software Control, Access
Control, Legal Aspects of the Security of Information Systems.
Internet Information Systems Security Planning, Network Security
Network Security and Reliability Threats, Defining a Security Policy, Protecting the Network
ENEE801401 and Operating System Services. Secure Data Storage. Moni-
2 Credits toring the Performance of the System, Intrusion Detection
Learning Outcomes: Systems, Reestablishment of Network Systems.
In this course students learn security standards of creating a Prerequisite: None

reliable network. After taking this course, students are able to Textbooks:
design security standards for data storage and data commu-
nication in the network. 1. Sébastien Ziegler, “Internet of Things Security and Data
Protection”, Springer, 2019
Topic:
Applied Cryptography & Blockchain Technology
Introduction to Security and Privacy, Classical Cryptosys- ENEE802404
tems, Cryptanalysis, Stream and Block Ciphers, Modern 2 Credits
Symmetric Key Crypto Systems, Public Key Cryptography, Learning Outcomes:
Public Key Cryptography, RSA and ElGamal, Diffie-Hellman,
Hash functions, Digital Signatures, Key Management and In this course students learn cryptographic and blockchain
Distribution, Web Security (SSL / TLS), Emerging Technolo- technology and their applications. After taking this course,
gies, Ethics. students are able to apply the cryptographic method and are
able to evaluate the blockchain transaction system.
Prerequisite: None 625
Master Program
Topic: Topic:
Digital Trust, Assets, Transactions, Distributed Ledger Tech- Introduction to SDN and NFV, 5G, Software Defined Network-
nology, Types of Network, Components of Blockchain or DLT, ing, Network Functions Virtualization, C-RAN, Network Slic-
Ledger, Blocks, Blockchain, PKI and Cryptography, Private ing, Fronthaul and Backhaul Networks in 5G.
keys, Public keys, Digital Signature, Consensus, Byzantine
Prerequisite: None
Fault, Proof of Work, Poof of Stake, Security, Cryptocurrency,
Digital Tokens. Textbooks:
Prerequisite: None 1. Kazmi, et. al., “Network Slicing for 5G and Beyond
Networks”, Springer, 2019
Textbooks:
2. James M. Anderson, Patricia A. Morreale, “Software
1. Alan T. Norman, “Blockchain Technology Explained”,
Defined Networking”, CRC Press, 2014
2017
Cyber Threat Intelligence And Incident Analysis
Security Operation And Incident Handling
ENEE803408
ENEE802405
2 Credits
2 Credits
Learning Outcomes:
Learning Outcomes:
After taking this course, students are able to deduce accu-
After taking this course, students are able to handle risks and
rate perceptions about the company’s security attitudes and
evaluate vulnerabilities, threats, and network security alerts,
threats, able to analyze the status of future risks by applying
and are able to compare the objectives and common reasons
artificial intelligence.
for using various cybersecurity tools and technologies.
Topic:
Topic:
Introduction to Threat Intelligence, Cyber Threats and Kill
Threat Management; Vulnerability Management; Cyber Inci-
Chain Methodology, Requirements, Planning, Direction,
dent Responses; Security Architecture and Tool Sets
and Review, Data Collection and Processing, Data Analysis,
Prerequisite: None Dissemination and Reporting of Intelligence
Textbooks: Prerequisite: None
1. CISCO CCNA Cyber Operation
(CyberOps) Textbooks:
2. CompTIA Cybersecurity Analyst (CySA +) 1. EC-Council Certified Threat Intelligence Analyst (C |
TIA)
Network and Digital Forensics
ENEE802406 Security Risk Assessment and Analysis
2 Credits ENEE803409
Learning Outcomes: 2 Credits
Learning Outcomes:
In this course students learn digital forensics and networking.
After attending this course, students are able to identify digi- After taking this course, students are able to exploit vulner-
tal traces on the computers and the network, are able to recog- abilities in networks, web applications, wireless, cloud, and
nize forms of attack from digital traces, are able to analyze databases, and are able to compile reports and recommenda-
digital traces and are able to collect legal evidence. tions on prevention strategies for discovered vulnerabilities
Topic: Topic:
Introduction to Digital Forensics and Networks; Windows- Planning and Scoping, Information Gathering, Vulnerability
Based Computer Forensics; Linux Based Computer Foren- Identification, Attacks and Exploits, Penetration Testing Tools,
sics; Forensics in Computer Networks; Forensics on Mobile Reporting and Communication.
Devices.
Prerequisite: None
Prerequisite: None
Textbooks:
Textbooks:
1. EC-Council Security Analyst (ECSA)
1. E. Casey, “Digital Evidence and Computer Crime: Foren-
2. CompTIA PenTest +
sic Science, Computers, and the Internet”, 3rd Edition,
Academic Press, 2011.
Majoring in Automation and Data
2. J. Marcella Jr. and F. Guillossou, “Cyber Forensics: From
Data to Digital Evidence”, Wiley, 2012.
Analytic Engineering
Convergence Information Network NG Mechatronic System Modeling And Control
ENEE802407 ENEE801501
2 Credits 2 Credits
In this course students learn the 5G network architecture Be able to describe the components and working principles
system along with the division of functions. After attend- of mechatronic systems, be able to describe the mathematical
ing this course, students are able to analyze the 5G network models of mechatronic systems, be able to apply the concept
architecture in the future network, and are able to analyze the of mechatronic system modeling in simulations, be able
functions on the network slices. to analyze the performance of mechatronic systems with
controllers, able to recommend the design of mechatronic
626
Master Program
systems 3. Aschepkov, L.T., Dolgy, D.V., Kim, T., Agarwal, R.P., “Opti-
mal Control”, Springer-Verlag, 2016.
Topic:
Advanced Smart Data Computation
Mechatronic system design, mechatronic components,
ENEE802504
sensors, actuators, mechatronic system block diagrams, math-
2 Credits
ematical models (transfer function/state space), PID control
Learning Outcomes:
design, control system simulation, system evaluation
Be able to explain the data engineering process, able to apply
Prerequisite: -
data analysis methods with ML and Deep Learning by using
Textbooks: software, able to analyze the performance of various data
analysis methods, able to choose the right data analysis
1. Devdas Shetty, Ph.D., P.E., Richard A. Kolk, “Mechatron-
method
ics System Design”, Cangage Learning, 2011.
Topic:
2. “Dynamics Of Mechatronics Systems: Modeling, Simula-
tion, Control, Optimization and Experimental Investiga- Machine learning (supervised, unsupervised), neural
tions”, World Scientific Publishing, 2017. networks, training of multi layer neural network, classifica-
tion, deep learning, convolution neural network
Industrial Electric Drive System
2 Credits
Textbooks:
Learning Outcomes:
1. HIan Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, Aaron Courville,
Be able to explain the components in the electric drive system,
“Deep Learning”, MIT Press, 2017
able to explain the working principle of the drive system with
various types of electric machines, able to apply the simula- Smart System Monitoring And Data Engineering
tion method with MATLAB/Simulink on the electric drive ENEE802505
system, able to analyze the performance of the electric drive 2 Credits
system, able to recommend controllers on the electric drive Learning Outcomes:
system
Be able to define the design requirements,able to implement
Topic: the design of monitoring software, able to use a web appli-
cation programming language in a monitoring system, able
Basics of electric engine, AC engine, DC engine, electrical
to do the analysis of the design results, able to recommend
engine mathematical models, system simulation, power elec-
methods for developing a monitoring system
tronics for actuator systems, electric actuator control designs
Topic:
Prerequisite: -
Computer and network, client-server, internet protocol, data
Textbooks:
communication, design methodology, database, GUI, web
1. Shaahin Filizadeh, “Electric Machines and Drives: Prin- application programming, database
ciples, Control, Modeling, and Simulation”, CRC Press,
Prerequisite: -
2013.
Textbooks:
2. Muhammed Fazlur Rahman, Sanjeet K. Dwivedi,
“Modeling, Simulation and Control of Electrical Drives”, 1. Olayinka Omole,”Server Side development with Node.js
The Institute of Engineering and Technology, 2019. and Koa.js Quick Start Guide”, Packt, 2018.
System Optimization and Optimal Control 2. Manuel Amunategui, Mehdi Roopaei, “Monetizing
ENEE801503 Machine Learning: Quickly Turn Python ML Ideas into
2 Credits Web Applications on the Serverless Cloud”, Apress, 2018.
Learning Outcomes:
Advanced Smart Data Computation
Be able to state optimization problems in mathematical equa- ENEE802506
tions, able to apply optimization methods in the design of 2 Credits
optimization systems. Learning Outcomes:
Topic: Be able to describe the concept of Networked and Coordi-
nated Control System, able to formulate Networked and
Various optimization problems and their application, opti-
Coordinated Control System problems, able to implement
mization mathematical models, optimization mathematical
Networked and Coordinated Control System simulation
methods (unconstrained, constrained, linear programming),
methods using MATLAB/Simulink, able to analyze the
optimal control problems, optimal control simulation design,
performance of Networked and Coordinated Control Systems
optimal control system analysis
via simulations, able to design Networked and Coordinated
Prerequisite: - Control Systems System in certain applications
Textbooks: Topic:
1. Hassan Bevrani, Mohammad Fathi, “Optimization in Elements and concepts of Networked and Coordinated
Electrical Engineering”, Springer-Verlag, 2019. Control Systems, wireless control systems, system models,
model analysis, controlling formulas in networks and coor-
2. Mark Levi, “Classical Mechanics With Calculus Of Vari-
dination, stability and performance to control systems, simu-
ations And Optimal Control: An Intuitive Introduction”,
lations
Orient Blackswan, 2016.
Prerequisite: -
627
Master Program
Textbooks: ing, data analysis

1. Eduardo Paciencia Godoy, “Networked Control Systems”, Prerequisite: -
Nova, 2018.
Textbooks:
2. Keyou You, Nan Xiao, Lihua Xie, “Analysis and Design of
1. Prof. Hong Cheng, “Autonomous Intelligent Vehicles:
Networked Control Systems”, Springer-Verlag, 2016.
Theory, Algorithms, and Implementation”, Springer-Ver-
3. Zhong-Kui Li, Zhisheng Duan, “Cooperative Control of lag, 2011.
Multi-Agent Systems: A Consensus Region Approach”,
2. Nilanjan Dey, Sanjeev Wagh, Parikshit N. Mahalle, Mohd.
CRC Press, 2014.
Shafi Pathan, ”Applied Machine Learning for Smart Data
Special Topic on Automation and Data Engineering Analysis”, CRC Press, 2019.
ENEE802507
2 Credits Majoring in Data Engineering and
Learning Outcomes:
Business Intelligence
Be able to explain the needs of automation and data engineer-
ing applications in support of technological advancements, be Digital Enterprise Software Architecture
able to analyze the impacts of automation and engineering ENEE801601
technologies, be able to sort out automation and data engi- 2 Credits
neering technologies according to application needs. Learning Outcomes:
Topic: Be able to design the most appropriate mitigation model

according to the level of risk impact and the results of the
Paper-based explanation and discussion, explanation from analysis of the company’s architecture
the automation and data engineering industry professionals,
exploration of automation and data engineering technology Topic:
issues Software engineering, Risk Management, Introduction to
Prerequisite: - Enterprise Software Architecture (EA), EA structuring and
modelling, enterprise engineering, Service orientation in
Textbooks: Enterprise Engineering (SOA, SoEA): Technological infra-
1. Journals structure for Big Data handling in EA, Cloud computing
opportunities for EA, Flexible (agile) business and informa-
Industrial Automation System and Security tion architectures (SoEA).
ENEE803508
3 Credits Prerequisite: -
Be able to describe SCADA systems (hardware and software), 1. Boris Shishkov, “Designing Enterprise Information
be able to identify the need for SCADA system development, Systems: Merging Enterprise Modeling And Software
be able to identify cyber security issues in system design, Specification”, The Enterprise Engineering Series,
be able to identify current issues in industrial automation Springer, 2020.
systems
2. 2. N Zarvić, R Wieringa., “Designing Enterprise Architec-
Topic: ture Frameworks: Integrating Business Processes with IT
Process control, industry control, application integration Infrastructure”, Apple Academic Press. 2016.
control, SCADA, SCADA protocol, cyber security control 3. 3. Dominic Duggan, “Enterprise Software Architecture
system and Design: Entities, Services, and Resources cover”,
Prerequisite: - Quantitative Software Engineering Series,Wiley-IEEE
Computer Society Pr, Year: 2012
Textbooks:
Business Analysis and Visualization
1. Robert Radvanovsky, Jacob Brodsky, ” Handbook of ENEE801602
SCADA/Control Systems Security, Second Edition”, CRC 2 Credits
Press, 2016. Learning Outcomes:
2. Tyson Macaulay, Bryan L. Singer, ”Cybersecurity for Be able to design an appropriate digital business model
Industrial Control Systems”, CRC Press, 2012.
Topic:
Advanced Machine Learning for Autonomous
System The S curve and the determinants of industry evolution, tools
ENEE803509 for exploring new markets, capturing value: uniqueness and
3 Credits complementary assets, Core concepts in network externali-
Learning Outcomes: ties, Respond to discontinuous technological change.
Be able to portray autonomous systems, be able to analyze the Prerequisite: -

performance of autonomous systems based on data, be able Textbooks:
to recommend data analysis methods in autonomous system
applications 1. Ramesh Sharda, Dursun Delen, and Efraim Turban.
“Business Intelligence: A Managerial Perspective on
Topic: Analytics (3rd Edition) (3rd. ed.)”. Prentice Hall Press,
Autonomous system (definition, application), autonomous USA, 2013.
system components, data acquisition systems, data process- Image Technology and Computer Vision
628
Master Program
ENEE801603 Learning Outcomes:

2 Credits
Be able to evaluate Big Data processing systems
Learning Outcomes:
Topic:
Be able to evaluate image processing methods for certain
applications Natural Language and Formal Language, N-grams and
Language Models, POS Tagging, HMMs, Context-Free
Topic:
Grammars, Parsing, Representing Meaning, Semantic
Image transformation, morphological operation, image filter- Analysis, Machine Learning Approaches to NLP, Summa-
ing, feature characterization, edge detection, template match- rization. Language Processing, Accessing Text Corpora and
ing, advanced topics in image processing, remote sensing, Lexical Resources, Processing Raw Text, Writing Structured
medical imaging Programs, Categorizing and Tagging Words, Learning to
Classify Text, Extracting Information, Analyzing Sentence
Prerequisite: -
Structure, Building Featured-based Grammar, Analyzing the
Textbooks: Meaning of Sentences
1. R.Szeliski, “Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applica- Prerequisite: -
tions”, Springer, 2010.
Textbooks:
2. J.E. Solem, “Programming Computer Vision with Python:
1. Steven Bird, Ewan Klein, and Edward Loper, “Natural
Tools and Algorithms For Analyzing Images”, 1st Edition,
Language Processing with Python”, O’Reilly Media, Inc.,
O’Reilly, 2012.
2009.
Big Data Technology and Architecture
2. 2. Nitin Indurkhya and Fred J. Damerau, “Handbook of
ENEE802604
Natural Language Processing (2nd. ed.)”. Chapman &
3 Credits
Hall/CRC, 2010.
Learning Outcomes:
Ethics and Professionalism
Be able to evaluate Big Data processing systems
ENEE802607
Topic: 2 Credits
Learning Outcomes:
Introduction, Evolution of Big Data Technologies, Data-driven
Paradigm, Big Data Use Case, RDBMS – NoSQL, Data Ware- Be able to analyze the concepts of professionalism and ethics
house-Lake-Virtualization, Data Analytics Life Cycle, Big in the field of computer engineering
Data Processing Architecture, Hadoop and its ecosystem,
Topic:
Apache Spark, Cloud Computing, Visualization
Ethics; Job, profession and professional; Profession in infor-
Prerequisite: -
mation technology; Organization and code of Ethics of IT
Textbooks: experts; cyber ethics; intellectual copyright; Internet crime
1. Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti. “Big Data Science Prerequisite: -
& Analytics: A Hands-On Approach (1st. ed.)”, VPT, 2016.
Textbooks:
2. 2. Somani, A. (Ed.), Deka, G. (Ed.). “Big Data Analytics”.
1. ACM Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct, https://
New York: Chapman and Hall/CRC, 2017.
www.acm.org/about-acm/acm-codeof-ethics-and-pro-
Advanced Artificial Intelligence fessional-conduct
ENEE802605
2. Tavani, Herman t., “Ethics & Technology: Ethical Issues
2 Credits
in an Age of Information and CommunicationTechnol-
Learning Outcomes:
ogy”, John Wiley & Sons, 2004
Be able to design a detection system for certain problems
Enterprise Cyber Threat Analysis
based on machine learning algorithms
ENEE803608
Topic: 2 Credits
Learning Outcomes:
Basic of machine learning. Supervised learning: regression
and classification. Unsupervised learning: clustering. Feature Be able to analyze the data and threat landscape of IT and
extraction for image and signals. Dimension reduction. cyber by applying artificial intelligence
Performance analysis
Topic:
Prerequisite: -
Textbooks: Chain Methodology, Requirements, Planning, Direction, and
Review Data Collection and Processing, Data Analysis, Intel-
1. Aurélien Géron, “Hands-On Machine Learning with
ligence Reporting and Dissemination.
Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow”, O’Reilly, 2017
Prerequisite: -
“Fundamentals of Machine Learning for Predictive Data Textbooks:
Analytics: Algorithms, Worked Examples, and Case
1. Ali Dehghantanha, Mauro Conti, Tooska Dargahi,
Studies”, The MIT Press, 2015.
“Advances in Information Security Vol. 70: Cyber Threat
Applied Data Engineering Intelligence”, Springer, 2018.
ENEE802606
2. CyberEdge Group, “The Threat Intelligence Handbook”,
2 Credits
629
Master Program
CyberEdge Group, LLC 1997 Data Engineering. Cryptocurrency. Blockchain. Cybersecu-

rity.
Advanced IT Project Management
2 Credits
Textbooks:
Learning Outcomes:
1. IEEE Transactions, Journals and Magazine, Accessed in
Be able to design integrated systems based on computer engi-
IEEEXPlore, topic relevant to “Digital Communications
neering expertise
Technology”
Topic:
2. IEEE Conference Proceeding, Accessed in IEEEXPlore,
Introduction; Fundamental of IT Project Management; IT topic relevant to “Digital Communications Technology”
Project Management; Building Great Software Development
Law, Regulation And Telecommunication Policy
Teams; Tools for Great Software Development Teams
ENEE802703
Prerequisite: - 3 Credits
Learning Outcomes:
Textbooks:
The competence built in this course is the ability of students
1. K. Schwalbe, “Information Technology Project Manage-
to understand aspects of international and national law, tele-
ment”, 7th Edition, Course Technology, 2013.
communications regulations and policies, and the standard-
2. 2. W. S Humphrey, “Introduction to the Team Software ization process in the Telecommunications industry.
Process, Addison Wesley, 2000.
Topic:
Majoring in Telecommunication Fundamental theories for Policy making. Management of
Management Technology. Managing Regulation. Traditional telco regula-
tory issues. Contemporary Converged Telco ICT Regulatory
Management of Telecommunications System and issues. International telecommunications organization.
Digital Business Indonesian telecommunications regulations and laws. The
ENEE801701 standardization process at ITU. International standardization
3 Credits body for the telecommunications industry. Case studies of
Learning Outcomes: telecommunications policies and regulations in Indonesia
and the world.
Students are able to understand the basics of management
and develop strategies in the digital industry by using Strate- Prerequisite: -
gic Management theories Textbooks:
Topic: 1. ICT Regulation Toolkit, www.ictregulationtoolkit.org
Digital Economy paradigm. Big Data paradigm. ICT Trade 2. C. Blackman, L.Srivastava, “Telecommunications Regula-
Issue. Cretivity and Innovation in ICT. Technological manage- tion Handbook: 10th Anniversary Edition”, World Bank,
ment aspect for FINTECH industry. E-commerce. Social 2011. https:// openknowledge.worldbank.org
media platform. Strategic Management. HRD Management.
Financial Management. Risk Management. Strategic choice. Strategic Management and Technoeconomics
Canvas Model. Business Ethics. Case study in Telco industry. ENEE802704
Key Management model (Porter Model, BSC, Benchmarking) 3 Credits
Learning Outcomes:
Prerequisite: -
Students are able to develop strategies based on technoeco-
Textbooks: nomic and financial management concepts that are relevant
1. International Journals, White paper, Report with the in the telecommunications and digital industries
topic of “Telco strategy” FR. David, “Strategic Manage- Topic:
ment : Concepts”, Prentice Hall.
Macroeconomic overview. Industrial revolution. Strategic
Trend Of Digital Technology Management. The importance of Vision and Mission. Exter-
ENEE801701 nal Factor and Internal Factor evaluation. Strategy Analysis
3 Credits and Choice. Grand Strategy. SWOT Analysis. QSPM Method.
Learning Outcomes: Technoeconomic in telecommunications and digital industry.
Students are able to understand the basic principles of tele- Financial and accounting for engineering. Understanding
communications network technology and the latest techno- Financial Report. Feasibility Analysis. Technological fore-
logical developments that are relevant to the digital business casting; Engineering Economics. Corporate level strategy.
ecosystem Strategic leadership. Case study of Technoeconomic strategy
in Industrial case and Government Policies. Cost analysis of
Topic: the technological deployment.
Fundamental digital communications system. Evolution Prerequisite: -
Mobile Technology 1G-2G-3G-4G. The concept of 5G Mobile
Technology (uRLLC, mMTC, eMBB). LTE Rel 15. Fiber Tech- Textbooks:
nology (FTTH, Radio over Fiber). NGN Next Generation 1. FR. David, “Strategic Management:Concepts”, Prentice
Network. The vision towards 6G. Tactile Internet. Terahertz Hall,
and VLC (Visible Light Communications). Satellite and HAPS
(High Altitude Platforms). Human-centric Technology. Big 1. Leland T Blank, Anthony J Tarquin, “Basics of Engineer-
ing Economy”, McGraw-Hill, 2014.
630
Master Program
1. IEEE Conference Proceeding, Accessed in IEEEXPlore, 1. Handout

topic relevant to “Technoeconomic”
Internet of Things (IoT) and Future Network Tech-
Telecommunications Convergence Services and nology
Infrastructure ENEE803708
ENEE802705 3 Credits
2 Credits Learning Outcomes:
Learning Outcomes:
Students are able to design and analyze the performance of
Students are able to develop strategies based on techno-eco- IoT technology and future networks in the industrial era 4.0.
nomic concepts and Students are able to understand the prin-
Topic:
ciples of wireless and multimedia technology that shape the
infrastructure and services of smart city convergence TMN Generic Model. eTOM. Traffic Management. Mobile
Network Design. Frequency Planning. Fundamentals of
Topic:
Internet of Things (IoT). IoT management planning. LoRA,
Wireless Communications Practice. Fundamental of Smart NB-IoT, Future Network Technology.
City. Mobile Technology for Smart City. Multimedia for smart
Prerequisite: -
city. Compression Technique and Applications. Quality of
Service (QoS) and Quality of Experience (QoE). Quality of Textbooks:
Perception (QoP). Multimedia Design. Interactive Multimedia
1. T. Plevyak, V. Sahin, “Next Generation Telecommunica-
System. Quality of Experience in 4G and 5G. Quality of Phys-
tions Networks, Services and Management”, Wiley-IEEE
ical Experience (QoPE).
Press, 2010.
Prerequisite: -
2. M. Guizaini, HH Chen, C.Wang, “The Future of Wireless
Textbooks: Networks: Architectures, Protocols, and Services”, CRC
Press 2016
1. T. Rapaport, “Wireless Communications: Principles and
Practice”, Prentice Hall, 2009. Capita Selecta
ENEE803709
2. Smart City Emergence: Cases from Around the World,
2 Credits
ed. L. Anthopolous, Elsevier, 2019
Learning Outcomes:
Ecosystem and Digital Economic
Students are able to develop a vision of leadership and holistic
ENEE802706
insights for students by sharing knowledge with stakeholders
2 Credits
in the telecommunications industry (operators,vendors) and
Learning Outcomes:
government, including in the fields of convergence, macroeco-
Students are able to understand the changing paradigm of nomics, and microeconomics.
technology in the era of the digital economy and be able to
Topic: -
explain the technical and non-technical aspects that shape the
digital economic ecosystem Prerequisite: -
Topic: Textbooks:
ICT ecosystem. Telecommunications economics. Telecom- 1. Handout
munications Policy. Governance and State Organization in
The Digital Era. Spectrum Pricing. Economic Valuation of Majoring in Power and Energy
Technology. ICT business models, policy impact, assessment,
scenarios, socio-economic aspects of user adoption of new
Management
communication technologies. ICT productivity paradox ICT Control and Operation of Power Generation Plant
and telecom technology overviews, new economy, traditional ENEE801801
telecommunication economics, ICT and sustainability and the 3 Credits
importance of the intellectual property. Learning Outcomes:
Prerequisite: - After completing this course, students are able to operate
Textbooks: geothermal and hydro power plants, distribution and power
control systems and build a model of electricity production
1. Handout costs.
Special Topic of Technology and Innovation Topic:
ENEE802707
2 Credits Commitment; Generation with limited energy supply; Hydro-
Learning Outcomes: thermal Coordination; Production cost model; Control of
generation; Power and energy exchange.
The competence built in this course is the ability of students
to understand aspects of international and national law, tele- Prerequisite: -
communications regulations and policies, and the standard- Textbooks:
ization process in the Telecommunications industry.
1. A.J. Wood and B.F. Wollenberg, “Power Generation,
Topic: - Operation and Control”, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons
Prerequisite: - Inc., 1996.
Textbooks: Economic of Electric Utility Power Generation

ENEE801802
631
Master Program
3 Credits itiveness. Students are expected to be able to understand

Learning Outcomes: applied theories and develop strategies relevant to the tech-
nology industry.
At the end of the course, students are able to describe the oper-
ating methods of utility power generation efficiently without Topic:
compromising business development.
The characteristics of strategy management; Strategy in prac-
Topic: tice; Evaluation of external factors; Internal factor analysis;
Strategy and choice analysis; Evaluation and control strategies;
Introduction; Organizational Utility; Target accounting
Quality management; Global Strategy Strategy Management;
principles; Time and money value; Revenue requirements:
Risk management; Business ethics; Strategy at the corporate
fixed charge rate; Economic analysis methods; Electric utility
level; Leadership strategy.
system loads; Operating system; System stability: reserves,
economic characteristics of generating units; Problems with Prerequisite: -
total system analysis; Analysis of renewable energy and stor-
Textbooks:
age; Direct unit comparison; Future development.
1. F.R. David, “Concepts of Strategic Management,” 13th
Prerequisite: -
Edition, Prentice Hall, 2010.
Textbooks:
2. M.A. Hitt, R.D. Ireland, R.E. Hoskisson, “Strategic
1. W.D. Marsh, “Economics of Electric Utility Power Genera- Management: Concepts and Cases: Competitiveness and
tion”, Oxford University Press, 1980. ISBN-10: 019856130X, Globalization”, 9th Edition, South-Western College Pub.,
ISBN-13: 978- 0198561309 2010
2. W.G. Sullivan, E.M. Wicks, J.T. Luxhoj, “Engineering Electrical Power System Quality
Economy”, 13th Edition, Pearson Education Ltd., 2006. ENEE803806
2 Credits
Dynamic System and Modeling
Learning Outcomes:
ENEE802803
3 Credits Be able to analyze the operating conditions of the electrical
Learning Outcomes: power system, under the steady-state condition and disrup-
tion due to swell voltage/sag voltage and harmonic distortion.
Be able to formulate the factors that influence the latest devel-
opments in the electricity system both technical and non-tech- Topic:
nical aspects
Transient; Overvoltage; Undervoltage; Interruptions; Sags;
Topic: Swells; Voltage Imbalance; Voltage fluctuations; Waveform
distortion; Power frequency variations; Harmonic Distor-
Introduction to dynamic systems, feedback cycles, multivari-
tion; Voltage Distortion vs Current; Harmonic vs Transient;
able and multi-objective complex models, modeling and simu-
Harmonic Control; Filter Design; Benchmarking power
lation, model design, change development, urban dynamics
quality; Power distribution and power quality; Wiring and
Prerequisite: - grounding; Power quality check.
Textbooks: - Prerequisite: -
Economics Energy And Management Textbooks:
ENEE802804
1. R.C. Dugan, M.F. Mc.Granaghan, S.Santoso, H.W. Beaty,
3 Credits
“Electrical Power System Quality”, 2nd Edition, Mc.Graw
Learning Outcomes:
Hill, 2002.
Be able to design an energy management system by applying
Electric Power System Planning
supply/demand from the management side related to sources,
ENEE803807
both fossilized and non-fossilized
3 Credits
Topic: Learning Outcomes:
Sources of Fossils and Non-Fossils; Power system manage- Be able to analyze the identity of the demand forecast of
ment: including the generation, transmission and distribution changes in economic variables and be able to estimate the reli-
of electricity; Supply management and supply management ability of the system in changing economic conditions.
are known as Integrated Resource Planning.
Topic:
Prerequisite: -
Estimated demand for increased electric power; Long-term
Textbooks: electricity supply; Electricity generation (production) plan-
ning; Scheduling maintenance of power system generators;
1. J.M. Griffin, H.B. Steele, “Energy Economics and Policy”,
Strategic factors of Indonesia’s electricity development; Pros-
Academic Press New York, 1980.
pects for electricity development in Indonesia; Electric power
2. Zuhal, “Ketenagalistrikan Indonesia”, PT. Ganesha system development model; Optimization method.
Prima, April 1995.
Prerequisite: -
Strategic Management
ENEE802805 Textbooks:
3 Credits 1. X. Wang, J.R. McDonald, “Modern Power System Plan-
Learning Outcomes: ning”, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1994.
This course aims to embed the concept of strategic manage- 2. Zuhal, “Ketenagalistrikan Indonesia”, PT. Ganesha
632 ment to produce business excellence and industrial compet-
Master Program
Prima, April 1995. This course introduces students to the basic concepts behind
the design and scale of server farms using data centers and
Energy and Environment
content switching technology. This course will discuss the
ENEE803808
principles and concepts that necessary to face the most
2 Credits
common challenges faced during the planning, procurement,
Learning Outcomes:
implementation and management of Internet and IP-based
At the end of the course, students will be able to analyze the intranet server farms. In-depth analysis of data center tech-
effects of using green energy source. nology with real scenarios will also be discussed. After
completing this course, students will be able to design, imple-
Topic:
ment and analyze server farm designs. Students will also be
Global warming is caused by the use of fossil and non-fossil able to manage server farms.
energy; Solving environmental problems nationally and glob-
Topic:
ally; Implementation of the Kyoto Protocol in the form of a
Clean Development Mechanism; CO2 trading. Introduction To Server Farms; Server Farm Protocols; Infra-
structure Protocols; Security and Server Load Balancing; Data
Prerequisite: -
Center Design: Designing The Data Center Infrastructure;
Textbooks: Integrating Security Into The Infrastructure; Performance
Metrics of Data Center Devices; Data Center Administration
1. W.W. Nazaroff, L.A. Cohen, “Environment Engineering
and Management; State of the Art Data Center, Procurement.
Science”, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2001.
Prerequisite: -
2. R.A. Ristineu, J.J. Kroushaar, “Energy and Environment”,
John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2006. Textbooks:
1. M. Arregoces, M. Portolani, “Data Center Fundamentals”,
Majoring in Information Network Cisco Press. 2004.
Security Management 2. D. McCabe, “Network Analysis, Architecture and
Information Network Security Design”, 3rd Edition, Morgan Kaufman, 2007.
ENEE801901 3. M. Lankhorst, “Enterprise Architecture at Work:
2 Credits Modeling, Communication and Analysis”, 2nd Edition,
Learning Outcomes: Springer, 2009.
In this course students will learn about the latest issues on 4. M. Liotine, “Mission-Critical Network Planning”, Artech
privacy and security related to information systems. After House, 2003.
completing this course, students are able to describe the
protocols and models of a security system in communication. Computer Based Network Simulation
Students are also able to analyze network vulnerabilities and ENEE801903
apply security systems on the network and the web. In addi- 2 Credits
tion, students will be able to carry out techniques of proof in Learning Outcomes:
cryptography. After completing this course, students are able to describe
Topic: the role of network simulation in new protocol research on
the internet and are able to implement and analyze network
Introduction to Security and Privacy Issues Related to Infor- simulations by using NS (Network Simulator) to conduct
mation Systems; Principles of Confidentiality, Integrity, research in networks.
Availability, Identity and Authentication; Data Protocols
and Integrity; Access Control; Safety Model; Cryptographic Topic:
Systems and Protocols for Privacy; Network & Web Secu- Introduction; Basic network simulation; NS Basics: OTCL,
rity; Intrusion Detection and Prevention; Vulnerability and simple simulation examples (topology, events, marking flows,
Attack; Security Risk Analysis; Disaster Recovery Planning; monitoring a queue), architecture (nodes, links, applica-
Safety Regulations; Safety and ISO17799 Audit; Introduction tions, protocols, packets, loss modules, math support); Event
to Cryptography; Encryption; Classic Encryption Techniques; Scheduler; Network Components; Packet; Post Simulation:
Data Encryption and Block Password Standards; Advanced analyzing tracefile, queue monitor (examples); Best Practice
Encryption Standards; Pseudo-Random Generation; Digital in Network Performance Evaluation Techniques; Ns topol-
Signatures; Two-Party Protocols and Zero-Knowledge. ogy generation, OTCL and C ++, routing (unicast, multicast,
Prerequisite: - network dynamics), multicast transport; NAM network
animator; Further features (abstraction, multicast, RTP /
Textbooks: RTCP, SRM, QoS, Scenario generation, test suites); Developing
1. R.R. Panko, “Corporate Computer and Network Secu- NS: Ns structure, OTCL linkage, adding new applications and
rity”, Prentice Hall, 2004. agents, queue; New protocol for NS: Header file, C ++ code,
necessary changes, the TCL code; Introduction to NS-3
2. W. Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security: Prin-
ciples and Practice”, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2003. Prerequisite: -
3. O. Goldreich, “Foundations of Cryptography: Basic Textbooks:

Tools”, Cambridge University Press, 2001. 1. J. F. Kurose and K. W. Ross, “Computer Networking, A
Information Network Infrastructure Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet”, Addison
ENEE801902 Wesley, 2003
2 Credits 2. A. Law and W. Kelton, “Simulation Modeling and Analy-
Learning Outcomes: sis”, McGraw-Hill, 2001.
633
Master Program
3. R. Jain. “The Art of Computer Systems Performance Prerequisite: -

Analysis: Techniques for Experimental Design, Measure-
Textbooks:
ment, Simulation, and Modeling”, John Wiley and Sons,
New York, 1991. 1. E. Casey, “Digital Evidence and Computer Crime: Foren-
sic Science, Computers, and the Internet”, 3rd Edition,
Network and Application Security
Academic Press, 2011.
ENEE802904
3 Credits 2. A. J. Marcella Jr. and F. Guillossou, “Cyber Forensics:
Learning Outcomes: From Data to Digital Evidence”, Wiley, 2012.
In this course students will learn and practice securing appli- Security Assessment and Analysis
cations and computer networks. After completing this course, ENEE802904
students are able to describe the forms of security attacks 3 Credits
on applications and computer networks, are able to analyze Learning Outcomes:
security problems in applications both desktop-based and
After taking this course, students are able to exploit vulnera-
web-based applications, and are able to implement security
bilities inside the networks, web applications, wireless, cloud,
concepts on applications and computer networks.
and databases, and are able to write reports and recommen-
Topic: dations on prevention strategies for discovered vulnerabilities
Introduction to Computer Application and Network Secu- Topic:
rity; Network Penetration Detection; Web-based Application
Planning and Scoping; Information Gathering; Vulnerability
Penetration Detection; Penetration Detection on Wireless
Identification; Attacks and Exploits; Penetration Testing Tools;
Networks; Safe Encoding in Java; Safe coding in PHP; Build-
Reporting and Communication
ing a Secure Database.
Prerequisite: -
Prerequisite: -
Textbooks:
Textbooks:
1. EC-Council Security Analyst (ECSA)
1. G. McGraw, “Software Security: Building Security In”,
Pearson Education, Inc., 2006. 2. CompTIA PenTest+
2. M. Zalewski, “The Tangled Web: A Guide to Securing Cyber Threat Intelligence Analysis
Modern Web Applications”, No Starch Press, 2011. ENEE803908
2 Credits
Security Operations and Incident Management
Learning Outcomes:
ENEE802905
3 Credits After taking this course, students are able to conclude accu-
Learning Outcomes: rate perceptions about the company’s security attitudes and
threats, able to analyze the status of future risks by applying
After taking this course, students are able to handle risks and
artificial intelligence.
evaluate vulnerabilities, threats, and network security warn-
ings, and are able to compare the objectives and common Topic:
reasons for using various cybersecurity tools and technolo-
gies.
Chain Methodology, Requirements, Planning, Direction,
Topic: and Review, Data Collection and Processing, Data Analysis,
Dissemination and Reporting of Intelligence
Threat Management; Vulnerability Management; Cyber Inci-
dent Responses; Security Architecture and Tool Sets Prerequisite: -
Prerequisite: - Textbooks:
Textbooks: 1. EC-Council Certified Threat Intelligence Analyst (C|TIA)
1. CISCO CCNA Cyber Operation (CyberOps) Security Risk Management and Regulation
ENEE803909
2. CompTIA Cybersecurity Analyst (CySA+)
2 Credits
Cyber Forensic Learning Outcomes:
ENEE802906
This course introduces and explores the aspects of manage-
3 Credits
ment, information network security standards and regu-
Learning Outcomes:
lations. At the end of this course, students are expected to
In this course students will learn digital forensics and comprehend the principles of information security and be able
networking. After attending this course, students are able to apply these principles to design solutions to manage infor-
to identify digital traces on computers and on the network, mation security risks effectively. Students are also expected
able to recognize forms of attack from digital traces, able to to understand how to apply the principles of information
analyze digital traces and able to collect legal evidence. network security management in a broad and contemporary
context. Finally, students are able to manage information
Topic:
networks in accordance with professional standards, ethics,
Introduction to Digital Forensics and Networks; Windows- rules and regulations.
Based Computer Forensics; Linux Based Computer Foren-
Topic:
sics; Forensics in Computer Networks; Forensics on Mobile
Devices. Information Security Policy and Management; Management
of Threats and Weaknesses in Information Networks; Inci-
634
Master Program
dent and Risk Management; Crisis Management and Business

Sustainability; Information Security Awareness and Culture
and Information Network; Implementation Aspects of Infor-
mation Network Security; Legal and Regulatory Aspects of
Information Security; Information Security and Information
Network Certification; SNI ISO/IEC 27001: 2009 Standard.
Prerequisite: -
Textbooks:
1. C.P. Pfleeger, and S.L. Pfleeger, “Security in Computing”,
4th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2008.
2. M. Subramanian, “Network Management Principles &
Practices”, Pearson, 2010.
635
Master Program
Master Program in Biomedical Technology

4. Programme Title Master Program in Biomedical Technology
5. Program Vision and Mission To become a superior study program in education, research and commu-
nity service in the field of Biomedical Technology and be able to contrib-
ute to the development of Indonesian and Global society.
6. Class Reguler
8. Accreditation / Recognition BAN-PT: Accreditation B
9. Language (s) of Instruction Bahasa / English
11. Entry Requirements Pass the entrance exam, graduate from Bachelor/Diploma 4 in Biomed-
ical Engineering, Medical, Engineering, Science, Computer, Pharmacy,
and other subjects of equal.
semester
Reguler 4 16
Producing Masters who are able to design systems, components, or processes in the field of Biomedical Technology
through the design, analysis, development and application of the latest technological concepts in dealing with problems
in the field of biomedical technology.

Master in Engineering that has ability to formulate and solve a complex problem in biomedical engineering field through
research based on innovative technology with inter or multi discipline approach in accordance to professional ethics.
15. Expected Learning Outcomes /Expected Learning Outcomes (ELO ) :

Master in Biomedical Technology graduates are expected to have the following competence:
1. Able to design innovative models of biomedical systems through biomedical engineering principle (C6)
2. Able to compile independent scientific work systematically (C6)
3. Able to formulate a professional management concept for biomedical engineering field (C6)
4. Able to formulate the safety and security in accordance to the standard and regulation of medical equipment (C6)
Beside the above competence, a Master in Biomedical Engineering should also have the following specialized
competence:
Specialization in Biomedical Instrumentation and Medical Imaging:

1. Able to design biomedical instrumentation (C6)
2. Able to develop biomedical sensor (C6)
3. Able to design biomedical automation system (C6)
4. Able to design medical imaging technique (C6)
Specialization in Medical Informatics:

1. Able to develop Hospital Information System (C6)
2. Able to design e-Health and telemedicine system (C6)
3. Able to design Biomedical Information System (C6)
4. Able to develop decision help system and artificial intelligent (C6)
Specialization in Clinical and Hospital Engineering:

1. Able to organize problem solving in biomedical technology (C6)
2. Able to design hospital management (C6)
3. Able to formulate the standard and regulation for medical equipment technology (C6)
4. Able to design Clinical and Hospital technology (C6)
636
Master Program

I Core Subjects 16 36,36%
II Majoring Subject 12 27,27%
III Special Subject 10 22,73%
IV Elective Subject 6 13,64%
Total 44 100 %
Career Prospects
Graduates from Biomedical Engineering Study Program can work in various types of companies and health industries, infor-
mation technology, education, government or regulator, and other industries related to health facilities, such as hospitals and
health clinics.
637
Master Program
Learning Outcomes
638
Master Program
Course Flowchart for Master Program in Program Study of Biomedical Technology
Biomedical Instrumentation and Medical Imaging Specialization
639
Master Program
Medical Informatics Specialization
640
Master Program
Clinical and Hospital Engineering Specialization
641
Master Program
Curriculum Structure ENBE802203 e-Health and Telemedicine 3

ENBE802204 Computational Biology and 3
Biomedical Instrumentation and Medical Bioinformatics
Imaging Specialization Subject Subtotal 14

3 Semester
rd
Code Subject SKS Elective Course 3
1 Semester
st Elective Course 3
ENBE801001 Anatomy and Modelling in 3 Subtotal 6

Physiology 4 Semester
th
ENBE801002 Research Methodology 1 2 ENBE804007 Scientific Publication 2

ENBE801003 Patient Safety Standards and 3 ENBE804008 Final Project 8
Regulations Sub Total 10
ENBE801004 Design and Prototyping Biomed- 3 Total 44
ical System
ENBE801005 Project Management for Biomedi- 3 Clinical and Hospital Engineering
cal Engineering Specialization
Subtotal 14
2 Semester
nd Code Subject SKS
ENBE802006 Research Methodology 2 2 1st Semester
ENBE802101 Biomedical Instrumentation 3 ENBE801001 Anatomy and Modelling in 3
ENBE802102 Biomedical Sensors 3 Physiology
ENBE802103 Medical Imaging and Image 3 ENBE801002 Research Methodology 1 2

Processing ENBE801003 Patient Safety Standards and 3
ENBE802104 Biomedical System Automation 3 Regulations
Subtotal 14 ENBE801004 Design and Prototyping Biomed- 3

ical System
3rd Semester
ENBE801005 Project Management for Biomedi- 3
Elective Course 3 cal Engineering
Elective Course 3 Subtotal 14
4th Semester ENBE802006 Research Methodology 2 2
ENBE804007 Scientific Publication 2 ENBE802301 Hospital Medical Equipment 3
ENBE804008 Final Project 8 ENBE802302 Hospital Engineering 3
Sub Total 10 ENBE802303 Design of Hospital and Health- 3
Total 44 care Facilities
ENBE802304 Clinical Asset and Equipment 3
Medical Informatics Specialization Management System
Subtotal 14
Code Subject SKS
3rd Semester
1st Semester
Elective Course 3
ENBE801001 Anatomy and Modelling in 3
Physiology Elective Course 3
ENBE801002 Research Methodology 1 2 Subtotal 6
ENBE801003 Patient Safety Standards and 3 4 Semester

th
Regulations ENBE804007 Scientific Publication 2

ENBE801004 Design and Prototyping Biomed- 3 ENBE804008 Final Project 8
ical System Sub Total 10
ENBE801005 Project Management for Biomedi- 3 Total 44
cal Engineering
Subtotal 14
2 Semester
nd
ENBE802006 Research Methodology 2 2

ENBE802201 Hospital Information System 3
ENBE802202 Decision Making System and 3
Artificial Intelligent
642
Master Program
Transition Rules
1. Curriculum of 2020 is implemented starting in the Odd Semester 2020/2021. After Curriculum of 2020 is implemented, only
subjects in Curriculum of 2020 will be opened.
2. Class of 2019 and previous class followed the Curriculum of 2020 with transitional rules.
3. A transitional period of 1 year, in the academic year 2020/2021, is implemented for subjects where the semester changes
(from Even to Odd, or vice versa), if necessary, the class will be opened in both semesters during the transition period
4. For students who have not passed the compulsory subjects in Curriculum of 2018 are required to take the same or equiva-
lent subjects in the 2020 Curriculum.
5. If there is a change in the credit (SKS) for the course, the number of credit (SKS) taken in graduation is the number of the
SKS at the time the course was taken. If students are repeated or newly taken same or equal subjects with different credit
(SKS), will be listed with a new name and calculated with new credit (SKS).
6. If the compulsory subjects in Curriculum of 2018 are removed and there is no equivalence in Curriculum of 2020, students
who have passed these courses, it will still be counted as compulsory subjects in the graduation calculation of 44 credits.
For students who have not passed the course, they can take new compulsory subjects or elective courses in Curriculum of
2020 to complete 44 credits.
Equivalence Course in Masters in Biomedical Technology

SKS SKS
No Name of courses in the curriculum 2018 Name of courses in the curriculum 2020
2018 2020
1 Human Body Physiological System Modelling 3 Anatomy and Modelling in Physiology 3
2 Research Methodology 2 Research Methodology 1 2
3 Research Methodology 2 2
Required Specialization Courses
4 Biomedical Instrumentation 1 3 Biomedical Instrumentation 3
5 Medical Imaging 3 Medical Imaging and Image Processing 3
6 Biomedical Instrumentation 2 3 -
7 Special Topic on Biomedical Instrumentation 3 -
8 Hospital Medical Equipment I 3 Hospital Medical Equipment 3
9 Hospital Medical Equipment II 3 Hospital Engineering
10 Regulation and Policy of Clinical Technology 3 -
11 Planning and Design of Health Service Build- 3 Design of Hospital and Healthcare Facilities 3
ing
12 Clinical Engineering Management System 3 Clinical Asset and Equipment Management System 3
13 Planning and Design of Health Service Utility 3 Healthcare Technology Management System 3
14 Hospital Information System and Medical Re- 3 Hospital Information System 3
cord
15 Medical Automation 3 -
16 Telemedicine 3 e-Health and Telemedicine 3
17 Information System-Based Management Skill 3 Hospital Information Management 3
18 Medical Informatics Consultancy 3
19 Computational Biology and Bioinformatics 3
643
Master Program
Subject Syllabus ENBE801003

3 SKS
Learning Outcome:
Study Program Obligatory Subject
Students are able to formulate standards and regulations for
Anatomy and Modelling in Physiology biomedical technology in health care facilities.
ENBE801001
3 SKS Syllabus:
Learning Outcome: In term of focusing the discussion on patient’s safety in term
After completing this course, students are able to: of the implementation of clinical technology in health care
service and the discussion of the role and function of clinical
1. Analyze the results of molecular computing related to the engineers in hospital’s patient’s safety, this subject will pres-
physiology of the human body (C4) ent the following topics of discussion: Patient safety and the
2. Design biomedical system models based on engineering biomedical engineer; Risk management; Patient safety best
principles in accordance with the anatomy and physiol- practices model; Hospital safety program; System approach
ogy of the human body (C6). to medical device safety; Electromagnetic interference in the
hospital; Electrical safety in the hospital; Accident investiga-
Syllabus: tion; Medical devices Failure modes, accidents and liability.
Complexity of physiology, central dogma of molecular biol- Prerequisite: None
ogy, introduction to bioinformatics, molecular docking,
principles of data modeling and modeling, neural systems, Reference Book:
bioelectric phenomena, system modeling, introduction to 1. Joseph Dyro (ed.), Clinical Engineering Handbook, Else-
MATLAB simulink, and case studies. vier Academic Press, 2004
Prerequisite: None book (Volume 2: Applications), McGraw Hill, New
Reference Book: York, 2nd edition, 2009.
1. Cobelli C and Carson ER, Introduction to Modeling in 3. Improving Patient safety: Insights from American,
Physiology and Medicine. 1st ed. A volume in Biomedical Australian and British Healthcare, ECRI Europe,
Engineering. 2008 2012.
2. Thieman, W. J., M. A. Palladino, Introduction to Biotech- 4. Elizabeth Mattox, Medical Devices and Patient Safety,
nology, Pearson 2012 AACN Journals Vol. 32, No.4 August 2014.
3. Ibrahim, K. S., G. Gurusubramanian, Zothansanga, R. P. Design and Prototyping Biomedical System
Yadav, N. S. Kumar, S. K. Pandian, P. Borah, S. Mohan, ENBE801004
Bioinformatics – A Student’s Companion, Springer 2017 3 SKS
4. Tortora, G. J., Derrickson, B., Principles of Anatomy and Learning Outcome:
Physiology, Wiley 2017
5. Enderle, J. D., Bioelectric Phenomena, Elsevier 2012 After completing this course, students are able to develop
6. https://www.mathworks.com/support/learn-with-mat- innovative prototypes.
lab-tutorials.html Syllabus:
Research Methodology 1 Fundamental of Problems and Prototype Design Process;
ENBE801002 Working as a Team in Design; Design Process Planning;
2 SKS Understanding the Problem and Engineering Specifications
Learning Outcome: Development; Concept Generation, Evaluation and Selection;
Product Design Phase; Engineering Economic, Product/
• After completing this course, students will be able
Prototype Design for manual assembly and automatic assem-
to formulate a research proposal (C6) bly design.
Syllabus: Prerequisite: None
Writing the formulation of the research problem and Reference Book:
its background, SotA and Hypotheses, Data collection 1. G.Ullman: The Mechanical Design Process, 4th ed.
methods, abstracts, conclusions, and research propos- McGraw-Hill. 2009.
als.. 2. G. Dieter, Engineering Design: A Material and Processing
Approach, 3rd ed. McGraw-Hill. 2000.
Prerequisite: None 3. G. Pahl and W.Beitz, Engineering Design: A Systematic
Reference Book: Approach, 3rd ed. Springer, 2007.
1. Novikov, A. M. and D. A. Novikov. Research methodol- 4. G. Boothroyd, P. Dewhurst, W.A. Knight: Product Design
ogy from philosophy of science to research design. CRC for Manufac ture and Assembly, 3rd Ed. CRC Press,
Press. 2013 2011.
2. Deb, D., R. Dey, V. E. Balas. Engineering Research Method- Project Management of Biomedical Engineering
ology A Practical Insight for Researchers. Springer. 2019 ENBE802005
3. John D. Enderle, David C. Farden, And Daniel J. Krause; 3 SKS
Advanced Probability Theory for Biomedical Engineers; Learning Outcome:
Morgan&Claypool; 2006
4. Kristina M. Ropella, Introduction to Statistics for Biomed- • Students are able to design a professional management
ical Engineers, Morgan&Claypool; 2007 for biomedical engineering field
Patient Safety Standards and Regulations • Students are able to design project economics aspect, so
644 students are expected to understand the basic theories
Master Program
to support feasibility analysis for investment and service Compression therapy, cryosurgery, auto spirometry device,
development/application for biomedical technology. test stress cardiopulmonary, LabVIEW, clinical chemistry
analyzer, hematology analyzer, EEG, EMG, ECG, dan cardiac
Syllabus:
defibrillators.
Organization in project management, characteristics of
Prerequisite: None
the project cycle and project phases, project management
processes including project management during planning, Reference Book:
execution (monitoring), and control, project scope (WBS), time 1. BCarr, J. J., & Brown, J. M. (2001). Introduction to Biomed-
management, cost management, Gant Chart, S curve, and ical Technology (4th edition). New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
analysis economy. 2. Enderle, J., Blanchard, S., & Bronzino, J. (2000). Introduc-
tion to Biomedical Engineering. San Diego, CA: Academic
Prerequisite: None
Press.
Reference Book: 3. Wang, P., & Liu, Q. (2011). Biomedical Sensors and
1. Project management institute. A Guide to the project Measurement. Hangzhou, Heidelberg: Springer Berlin
management body of knowledge fifth edition. 2013 Heidelberg.
2. Kerzner, H. Project management A System Approach 4. Webster, J. G. (2010). Medical Instrumentation: Applica-
to Planning, Scheduling, and Controlling. Willey tion and Design (4th edition). New Jersey: John Wiley &
Ohio 2002 Sons, Inc.
3. Newnan, D. G., T. G. Eschenbach, J. P. Lavelle. Engi-
Biomedical Sensor
neering Economic Analysis. Oxford University
ENBE802102
Press: Oxford. 2004
3 SKS
Research Methodology 2 Learning Outcome:
ENBE801006 After completing this course, students will be able to design
2 SKS biosensors for medical applications (C6).
Learning Outcome:
Syllabus:
After completing this course, students will be able to
The basis of the sensor which includes sensor characteristics,
compile scientific papers from research results (C6)
sensor calculation technology, and biocompatibility of the
Syllabus: sensor, Physical sensor which includes resistance sensor,
inductive sensor, capacitive sensor, piezoelectric sensor,
How to get research topics (digging information), magnetoelectric sensor, photoelectric, and thermoelectric
appropriateness of research topics, looking for refer- sensor, optical sensor, Chemical sensor includes ion sensor
ences, mapping references and sota), how to do our , gas sensors, humidity sensors, sensor arrays, and sensor
research, simulation and experiment-based research, networks, and biosensors including catalytic biosensors,
continuity of research objects with realization, research affinity biosensors, cell and tissue biosensors, biochips, and
data processing, research proposal writing methods, nano-biosensors.
and methods scientific writing. Prerequisite: None
Prerequisite: None Reference Book:
Reference Book: 1. Enderle J., Bronzino J. - Introduction to biomedical engi-
1. Novikov, A. M. and D. A. Novikov. Research methodol- neering-AP (2011).
ogy from philosophy of science to research design. CRC 2. Wang, P. Q. Liu. Biomedical Sensor and Measurement.
Press. 2013 Springer (2011)
2. Deb, D., R. Dey, V. E. Balas. Engineering Research Method- Medical Imaging and Image Processing
ology A Practical Insight for Researchers. Springer. 2019 ENBE802008
3. John D. Enderle, David C. Farden, And Daniel J. Krause; 3 SKS
Advanced Probability Theory for Biomedical Engineers; Learning Outcome:
Morgan&Claypool; 2006
4. Kristina M. Ropella, Introduction to Statistics for Biomed- Students are able to design medical imaging systems for
ical Engineers, Morgan&Claypool; 2007 certain applications in the medical field.
Syllabus:
Specialization Subject Introduction to Medical Imaging Technologies (X-Ray and
CT, MRI, Ultrasound, PET and SPECT, Electrical Impedance
Biomedical Instrumentation And Tomography), Image formation and Reconstruction (Acqui-
Medical Imaging Specialization sition, Digitization, Image Reconstruction Methods), Image
Enhancement (Fundamentals of enhancement techniques,
Biomedical Intrumentation Image enhancement with linear, nonlinear, fixed, adaptive,
ENBE802101 and pixel-based methods), Image Segmentation and Anal-
3 SKS ysis (Fundamentals of Medical Image Segmentation, Image
Learning Outcome: pre-processing and acquisition artefacts, Thresholding, Edge-
After completing this course, students are able to design based techniques, Region-based segmentation, Classification,
medium and high technology biomedical instrumentation Morphological Methods for Biomedical Image Analysis),
designs in diagnostic and therapeutic services from patients Image Visualization (2-dimensional visualization, 3-dimen-
in health care facilities (C6). sional visualization methods: surface rendering, volume
rendering, Algorithm for 3-D visualization), Image Manage-
Syllabus: ment (Fundamentals of Standards Compression Storage
645
Master Program
and Communication, Image archive and retrieval, three-di- ing Hospital, Regulation from the World Health Organization,
mensional compression), visual imaging and digital, image Hospital Clinical Information System, Hospital Management
transformation, colour representation, image enhancement Information System, Regulation from the Ministry of Health
(domain spatial), image enhancement (frequency domain), regarding Medical Record, ICD 10, Coding, In-CBGs.
convolution and correlation, image segmentation, object
Prerequisite: None
feature characteristics, image compression, pattern recogni-
tion, image restoration, image morphology. Reference Books:
1. Sabarguna, B.S, Sistem Informasi pada Peralatan Medis
Prerequisite: None
Rumah Sakit, UI Press, Jakarta, 2016
Reference Book: 2. Carnivero, J & Fernandez, A, e-Health Handbook, SEIS
1. Handbook of Medical Imaging: Processing and Analysis Technical Secretary’s Of fice: CEFIC Enrique Larreta St., 5,
Management, Isaac Bankman, Academic Press 2000, CA, bajo izda. 28036 –Madrid (Spain)
USA.
Decision Making System and Artificial Intelligence
2. Handbook of Medical Imaging, Vol. 2: Medical Image
ENBE802202
Processing and Analysis, M. Sonka & J.M. Fitzpatrick,
3 SKS
SPIE Press, 2009, Washington, USA.
Learning Outcome:
3. R.C. Gonzalez, R.E. Woods, and S.L. Eddins, “Digital
Image Processing using MATLAB”, 2nd Edition, Gates- After completing this course, students are able to:
mark Publishing, 2009.
• Students are able to assess the results of intelligent deci-
Biomedical System Automation sion support.
ENBE803105
• Students are able to design intelligent decision support
3 SKS
based on the knowledge they have gained.
Learning Outcome:
Syllabus:
After completing this course, students are able to:
Complexity of real-world systems or domains, the need of
1. Analyze stability, transient response and steady-state
decision support tools, Evolution of Decision Support Systems,
error in a control system (C4).
Intelligent Decision Support Systems (IDSS), Knowledge
2. Recommend a control system design method (C5) Discovery in an IDSS: from Data to Models, Post-Processing
and Model Validation.
3. Design controllers in a biomedical system (C6)
Prerequisite: None
Syllabus:
Reference Book:
Introduction, discusses the definition of control systems,
1. Intelligent decision support methods: the science of
configurations, theoretical history and application examples;
knowledge work - DHAR, Vasant; STEIN, Roger, Prentice
Mathematical models of systems in the biomedical field that
Hall, 1997. ISBN: 978-0135199350
can be designed for automated control systems; Mathemati-
2. Decision Support Systems in the Twenty-first Century. -
cal model simulation using MATLAB/Simulink or SCILAB/
MARAKAS, G.M., Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice-Hall,
Xcos; Derivation of mathematical models of continuous and
2003. ISBN: 978-0130922069
discrete linear systems using linearization, laplace transform
3. Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems -
and z methods; Transient response, stability and steady state
TURBAN, E.; ARONSON, J.E.; LIANG T-P, Pearson/Pren-
error (error at steady state); Frequency response analysis;
tice Hall, 2005.Decision Support Systems: concepts and
Root positioning technique; PID controller design; Design of
resources for managers - POWER, Daniel J., Greenwood
controllers for biomedical applications.
Publishing Group, 2002.
Prerequisite: None
e-Health and Telemedicine
Reference Book: ENBE802203
1. Automatic Control Systems in Biomedical Engineering, 3 SKS
Springer Verlag, 2018 Learning Outcome:
2. Control Systems Engineering 6th ed, John Wiley & Sons,
Students are able to design and develop an e-health and tele-
2011
medicine system so that it can be used as an innovative model
3. Feedback Control of Dynamic Systems 7th, Pearson, 2015
in the development of the biomedical technology industry.
4. Control Engineering: MATLAB Exercises, Springer
Verlag, 2019 Syllabus:
5. Control Theory In Biomedical Engineering: Applications
Students will learn medical robotics; telesurgery; microsur-
in Physiology and Medical Robotics, Academic Pres, 2020
gery system; e-health and telemedicine; health for personal;
Medical Informatics Specialization health for emergency systems; information, databases and
global and local health networks; electronic medical record;
Hospital Information System health record for remote areas; e-healthcare opportunities and
ENBE802201 challenges; mhealth user interface design strategy; virtual
3 SKS doctor system for medical applications.
Learning Outcome: Prerequisite: None
After completing this course, students are able to develop Reference Books:
hospital information systems. 1. Eren H and Webster JG, 2016, Telehealth and Mobile
Syllabus: Health, CRC Press
Hospital Law, Regulation from the Ministry of Health regard- Computational Biology and Bioinformatics
646
Master Program
ENBE802204 ENBE802302
3 SKS 3 SKS
Learning Outcome: Learning Outcome:
Students are able to design a system related to biological and After completing this course, students are able to formulate
bioinformatics computing so that it can be used as an alterna- standards, regulations, and safety of medical equipment in
tive method in solving problems related to biomedical data. medical facilities.
Syllabus: Syllabus:
Students will learn the basics of computational biology and Introduction to medical technology; Cleanliness and safety of
bioinformatics related to gene regulation; biological comput- medical electrical devices; studies used in hospitals in support
ing for predictive enhancers; analysis of gene expression using of nystamography diagnostic, audiometry, digital radiogra-
R package; decoding non-coding RNA; hypothetical protein phy, tomography, MRI, spectroscopy, defibrillators and heart
annotation; protein interactions; regulation of transcription and lung machines: artificial hand designs and limb tools for
with statistical modeling; quality control in genomic analysis; prosthesis applications.
modeling non-linear biological phenomena with S-systems;
metabolic engineering; topology assessment for protein. Prerequisite: None
Prerequisite: None Reference Books:

1. Myer Kutz, “Biomedical Engineering and Design Hand-
Reference Books: book (Volume 2: Applications)”, McGraw Hill, New York,
1. Wong KC, 2016, Computational Biology and Bioinformat- 2nd edition, 2009.
ics: Gene Regulation, CRC Press 2. Rudiger K., Klaus-Peter H., Robert P., “Handbook of
Medical Technology’, Springer, Berlin, 2011
Clinical and Hospital Engineering Design of Hospital and Healthcare Facilities
Specialization ENBE802303
3 SKS
Hospital Medical Equipment Learning Outcome:
ENBE802301
3 SKS After completing this course, students are able to design utili-
Learning Outcome: ties and buildings for health services.
After completing this course, students are able to organize Syllabus:

general medical equipment technology for hospital needs. Patient’s safety in health care facilities is the main topic of the
Syllabus: planning and designing building utility program in clinical
environment. In this perspective, a proactive management
Major equipment used by health professional in Hospital. This program is very important to ensure a safe environment for
study includes physiology principles for each clinical technol- the patient, visitor and hospital staff. The topic that will be
ogy equipment, operation principles, main features, method discussed includes: Physical Plant; Heating, Ventilation and
for testing and evaluation for work display and equipment Air Conditioning; Electrical Power in Healthcare Facilities;
security, a review on the equipment population currently Medical Gas System; Radiation Safety; Sanitation; Water
available in market. The clinical technology equipment that System in Healthcare facilities; Fire System in Healthcare
will be discussed in this session are as follow: Facilities; Disaster Planning.
• Fundamental of medical instrumentation system; Prerequisite: None
• Vital sign monitoring; Reference Books:
• External defibrillator; 1. G. D. Kunders, Hospitals Facilities Planning and Manage-
ment, Tata Mc-Graw-Hill, 2005.
• Cardiac Defibrillator; 2. American Institute of Architects. Guidelines for Design
• Ventilator system; and Construction of Hospital and Health CarenFacilities.
Washington, DC, American Institute of Architects, 2001.
• Anaesthesia machine; 3. Kemenkes RI, Pedoman Teknis Bangunan Rumah Sakit
Kelas B, 2012. Kementerian Kesehatan RI, Permenkes No.
• Clinical laboratory equipment
2306 Tahun 2011 tentang Persyaratan Teknis Prasarana
Prerequisite: None Instalasi Elektrikal Rumah Sakit.
Reference Books: Clinical Asset And Equipment Management System
1. John G. Webster (ed. ), Encyclopedia of Medical Devices ENBE802304
and Instrumentation, A John Wiley & Sons, 2nd 3 SKS
edition, 2006. Learning Outcome:
book (Volume 1: Fundamen tals), McGraw Hill, After completing this course, students are able to design
New York, 2nd edition, 2009. management of asset safety and hospital equipment.
3. Myer Kutz, Biomedical Engineering and Design Hand- Syllabus:
book (Volume 2: Applica tions), McGraw Hill,
New York, 2nd edition, 2009. Health system, National Health policy, Equipment mainte-
4. Yadin David (ed.), Clinical Engineering, CRC Press, nance management, logistic support and reliability, Electro-
Washington DC, 2005. magnetic Induction( EMI) to Hospital Equipments .
Hospital Engineering Prerequisite: None

647
Master Program
Reference Books: neering; Basic cell culture and immunochemical engineering

1. Antonny Kelly, Maintenance Planning and Control, for biomaterials and tissue engineering; Cells and biomole-
Butterworth, London 1984. cules for tissue engineering; Transport and vascularization
2. Hans Pleiff veradammann (ed) `Hospital Engineering in in tissue engineering and body response to graphs; Clinical
developing countries, GTZ report , Eschborn, 1986. application of tissue engineering; Bioreactors for tissue engi-
neering; Introduction to artificial cells, Design of artificial
Special Course cells: liposomes and nanoparticles; Embryonic Stem Cells
and Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells; Mesenchymal stem cells;
Scientific Publication Cell engineering for the treatment of diseases; Stem Cells and
ENBE804007 Regenerative Medicine: Commercialization and Treatment
2 SKS Implications.
Learning Outcome:
Prerequisite: None
After completing this course, students are able to arrange
independent scientific works systematically. Reference:
1. Larry L.H and Julian R.J, “Biomaterials, Artificial Organs
Syllabus: and Tissue Engineering”, CRC Press, USA, 2005.
Scientific writing systematics, the use of good and proper 2. Steward S, “Stem Cells Handbook”, Humana Press, New
language in scientific writing, proofread, paper submission Jersey, 2004.
system, review process and scientific paper publishing. 3. Dong L.S, “Introduction to Biomaterials”, Tsinghua
University Press, China, 2005.
Prerequisite: None 4. S.Prakash, “Artificial Cells, Cell Engineering and Ther-
Reference Books: apy”, CRC Press, USA, 2007
1. How to Write & Publish a Scientific Paper, Robert A. Day, Hospital Information Management
Publisher: Oryx Press 5th Ed., 1998. ENB803010
2. Technical Guidance for Universitas Indonesia Students’ 3 SKS
Final Project Learning Outcome:
3. IEEE - Publish a Paper with IEEE (www.ieee.org)
After completing this course, students are able to develop
Thesis sistematic thinking skills and innovative thinking in support-
ENBE804008 ing professional behavior
4 SKS
Learning Outcome: Syllabus:
After completing this course, Health informatics, Electronics patient records and standarss,
Bioinformatics and Technologies, JAVA programming, and
• Students are directed to develop an independent research Medical networks.
under the guidance of a supervisor.
Prerequisite: None
• Students are expected to be able create a research concept
by involving existing theory. Reference:
1. Lukas K Baehler, Bioinformatics – Basics, Applications
• Students are expected to be able to design, integrate, in Biological Sciences and Medicine, Taylor & Francis,
implement and analyse that concept and compile the London, 2005. Deitel, “Java How to Program”, Pearson
research in a systematic scientific work in the form of Education / PHI, 2006.
thesis book 2. Herbert Schildt, The Complete Reference – JAVA, Tata
Syllabus: None McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2005
3. John P Woodward, Biometrics – The Ultimate Reference,
Prerequisite: Have taken and passed a minimum of 24 Dreamtech Publishers, New Delhi, 2003.
credits 4. Orpita Bosu, Bioinformatics – Databases, Tools and Algo-
Reference: rithms, Oxford University Press, 2007.
1. Pedoman Teknis Penulisan Tugas Akhir Mahasiswa Healthcare Technology Management System
Universitas Indonesia ENB803011
2. IEEE Citation Reference 3 SKS
3. IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems, Learning Outcome:
Vol. 21, No. 2, February 2010, “How To Write Research
Articles in Computing and Engineering Disciplines” Students are able to design clinical technology management
strategies by using the basic concepts of strategy management
Elective Course in a health care system.
Syllabus:
Cell and Tissue Engineering
ENB803009 The material to be studied includes the following topics:
3 SKS Clinical engineering: evolution of a discipline; Overview of
Learning Outcome: engineering & engineering services; Introduction to Medical
Technology Management Practices; Strategic planning; Qual-
After completing this course, students are able to summarize
ity & safety management in clinical engineering department;
the latest developments in cell and tissue engineering technol-
Risk factors, safety, and managemet of medical equipment;
ogy to treat diseases, especially degenerative diseases.
Inventory & asset management; Contract & vendor manage-
Syllabus: ment; Technology needs assessment of medical technology;
Technology acquisition; System maintenance management
Introduction to tissue engineering; Scaffolding for tissue engi-
& technical support; Financial Management of Clinical Engi-
648
Master Program
neering Services; Personal Management;Cost-Effectiveness 2. Students are able to validate the performance of specific
and Productivity; Clinical engineering program indicators. models of medical system intelligence.
Prerequisite: None 3. Students are able to develop a computational model in its
application in biomedicine.
Reference:
1. Joseph Dyro (ed.), Clinical Engineering Handbook, Else- Syllabus:
vier Academic Press, 2004.
The basis of Artificial Intelligence (AI) with further empha-
2. Joseph Bronzino, Management of Medical Technology:
sis on machine learning and applying it to medicine, health
A Primer for Clinical Engineers. Boston, Butterworth/
services, and medical equipment. This includes clinical risk
Heinemann, 1992.
stratification, phenotype and biomarker discovery, time series
3. Cram, N. Using Medical Technology Assessment as a Tool
analysis of physiological data, disease progression modeling,
for Strategic Planning, J Clin Eng 24(2): 113-123, 1999.
and patient outcome prediction.
4. AAMI, Recommended Practice for a Medical Equipment
Management Program, American National Standard Prerequisite: None
ANSI/AAMI EQ56, 1999
Reference:
Medical Information Consultation Technique 1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig. 2009. Artificial Intelli-
ENB803012 gence: A Modern Approach (3rd ed.). Prentice Hall Press,
2 SKS Upper Saddle River, NJ, USA.
Learning Outcome: 2. Toby Segaran. 2007. Programming Collective Intelligence
(First ed.). O’Reilly.
After completing this course, students are able to facilitate
3. Tony J. Cleophas and Aeilko H. Zwinderman. 2015.
consultation requests in the biomedical industry.
Machine Learning in Medicine - a Complete Overview.
Syllabus: Springer.
4. Sunila Gollapudi, S. 2016. Practical Machine Learning.
Health service ecosystem; to build sustainable cooperation
Packt Publishing Ltd.
and education; Operational flow: practice of medicine as a
5. Peter Harrington. 2012. Machine Learning in Action.
business; business marketing/ medical informatics consult-
Manning Publications Co., Greenwich, CT, USA.
ing services (business plan).
6. Selected seminal and contemporary readings from
Prerequisite: None peer-reviewed literature such as Proceedings of Machine
Learning in Healthcare, Artificial Intelligence in Medi-
Reference:
cine, IEEE Transactions on Biomedical and Health Infor-
1. Patrick W and Scott McEvoy., “Health IT JumpStart: The
matics, and other relevant venues.
Best First Step Toward and IT Career in Health Informa-
tion Technology”, Wiley, USA, 2012 Health Economic Management
2. Susan Nash, “Be A Successful Consultant: An Insider ENB803015
Guide to Setting Up and Running a Consultancy Practice’, 2 SKS
How To Books Ltd, UK, 2003. Learning Outcome:
Biostatistic Intermediate • Students are able to use economic concepts and princi-
ENB803013 ples in the health industry.
2 SKS
• Students are able to combine the fundamentals of
Learning Outcome:
management, economics and risk in decision making in
After completing this course, students are able to design the health economics market.
research data processing using advanced biostatistics
Syllabus:
combined with specific statistical software.
Basic economics tools, Information and Insurance Market,
Syllabus:
Key players in the health care sectors, Health and Social insur-
Introduction and biostatistics data; Descriptive method; Prob- ance, Trade in Health Service, Health economics evaluation.
ability distribution; Research design; Interval Estimation;
Prerequisite: None
Hoptesis test; Variance Analysis; Presentation and summary
of data; Parametric test hypothesis; Non-parametric test Reference:
hypothesis 1. SThe economics of health and health care / by Sherman
Folland, Allen C. Goodman, Miron Stano.
Prerequisite: None
2. Trade in health services : global, regional, and country
Reference: perspectives / editors, Nick Drager, Desar Vieira.
1. Joaquim P.M, “Applied Statistics Using SPSS, Statistica, 3. Health economics: an introduction to economic evalua-
MATLAB and R”, Springer, Berlin, 2007. tion / Gisela Kobelt.
2. Ronald N.F., Eun S.L., Michael H, “Biostatistoocs: A Guide
Biomedical Signal Processing
to Design, Analysis, and Discovery, Elsevier, USA, 2007.
ENB803016
Intelligent Medical Systems Engineering 3 SKS
ENB803014 Learning Outcome:
3 SKS
After completing this course, students are expected to be able
Learning Outcome:
to design the basis of digital signal processing and to do basic
After completing this course, simulations of signal or image processing and be familiar
with functions in the signal or image processing toolbox (for
1. Students are able to analyze the performance of specific
example Matlab). Students are expected to be able to design
models as applied to biomedical problems
medical imaging and image processing techniques.
649
Master Program
Syllabus:
Signal recognition, visual and digital imaging, image trans-
formation, color representation, image enhancement (spatial
domain), image enhancement (frequency domain), convo-
lution and correlation, image segmentation, object feature
properties, image compression, pattern recognition, image
restoration, image morphology , Wavelet transformation.
Prerequisite: None
Reference:
1. R.C. Gonzalez and R.E. Woods, “Digital Image Process-
ing”, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall, 2002
2. 2. J.W. Leis, “Digital Signal Processing Using Matlab for
Students and Researchers,” John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
3. 3. R.C. Gonzalez, R.E. Woods, and S.L. Eddins, “Digital
Image Processing using MATLAB”, 2nd Edition, Gates-
mark Publishing, 2009.
4. 4. E.S. Gopi, “Digital Signal Processing for Medical Imag-
ing Using Matlab,” Springer, 2013.
650
Master Program
Master Program in Metallurgy and Materials Engineering

1. Awarding Institution Universtas Indonesia
Double Degree: Universitas Indonesia & partner universities
2. Teaching Institution Universtas Indonesia
4. Name of Study Program Graduate Program (Master) in Metallurgical and Materials Engineer-
ing
5. Study Programme Vision and Mission Vision:
To be a research-based center of excellence, as well as referral center for
master level education and research in the field of metallurgical and
materials engineering in national and global levels
Mission:
- Providing a master’s education in metallurgy and material engi-
neering.
- Producing high quality master graduates with a strong academic
background in process technology and material engineering.
- Producing master graduates who are able to play an active and
dynamic role in their community.
6. Type of Class Reguler, Special

7. Awarding Degree Magister Teknik (M.T.)
Double Degree: Magister Teknik (M.T.) dan
Master of Engineering (M.Eng.)
8. Accreditation Status BAN-PT : A
11. Entry Requirements Bachelor (S1) from the same degree, mechanical, chemical, or electrical
engineerings, physics, chemistry or equivalent degree via matricula-
tion
12. Term of Study 2 years
semester
Reguler 4 16
1. Producing high quality master graduates characterized by having an in-depth analytical skills
2. Producing master graduates who are able to design complex products, processes and systems in the fields of metal-
lurgical and material engineering
3. Producing master graduates who are able to play an active role and contribute to meet the goals of sustainable
development
Master of Engineering who has the ability to analyze in depth, designs products, processes, and complex systems in the
field of Metallurgical and Material Engineering and contribute to meeting the goals of sustainable development
651
Master Program
15 Expected Learning Outcomes (ELO):
The Master of Metallurgy and Materials Engineering has the following learning outcomes:
1. Able to apply an in-depth knowledge and principles of engineering
2. Able to design complex components, systems and processes
3. Able to conduct research independently
4. Able to think critically, creatively, and innovatively in solving technical problems in the metallurgical and material
fields
5. Able to study modern engineering methods and approaches that are appropriate to the existing problem
6. Able to manage research / assessment projects and evaluate themselves and the team
7. Able to present scientific works effectively, both oral and written
8. Able to produce works needed by the community in accordance with professional ethics in the fields of metallur-
gical and material engineering
9. Being able to develop themselves for continuous learning, following the development of science, technology and
relevant contemporary issues in the field of metallurgical and material engineering

No. Type of Courses Credit Hours (SKS) Percentage
I Compulsory / Expertise Courses 20 45,45%
II Specialization Courses 12 27,27%
III Elective Courses 3 6,82%
IV Seminar, Scientific Publication & Thesis 9 20,46%
Total 44 100 %
Job Prospects
Graduates of this study program can work in various sectors both private, state-owned and government such as in the automo-
tive industry, manufacturing, heavy equipment, mining, oil and gas, research and development fields such as Pertamina, LIPI,
BATAN, BPPT, LAPAN, Ministry of Industry, and Ministry of Energy and Mineral Resources.
652
Expected Learning Outcome Matrix
Master Program
653
654
Master Program
Flowchart for Learning Outcome Achievement

Master Program in Metallurgical & Materials Engineering
Master Program
655
Master Program
Curriculum Course Structure
Subject Distribution in Curriculum 2020
656
Master Program
Subject Correlation in Curriculum 2020
657
Master Program
Course Structure for Master 2 nd Semester
Program Metallurgical & ENMT802210 Coating & Inhibition

Sub Total
3
3
Materials Engineering 3rd Semester
Compulsory / Expertise Courses ENMT803216 Advanced Corrosion 3
ENMT803217 Cathodic Protection 3
Code Subject SKS Sub Total 6
1st Semester 4th Semester
ENMT801001 Kinetics & Phase Transformation 3 Elective 3
ENMT801002 Engineering Materials 2 Sub Total 3
ENMT801003 Numerical Computation 3 Total 15
Sub Total 8
Electives Courses
2 nd Semester
ENMT802006 Materials Selection & Design 3 Code Electives SKS
ENMT802007 Material Characterization 3 1 Semester
st
ENMT802008 Research Methodology 3 ENMT803920 Nano Technology 3

Sub Total 9 ENMT803921 Electronic Materials 3
3 Semester
rd
ENMT803922 Polymer Products Manufacturing 3
ENMT803011 Advanced Failure Analysis 3 ENMT803923 RBI & Integrity 3
ENMT800013 Seminar of Research Proposal 1 2 nd Semester
Sub Total 5 ENMT804924 Polymer Materials and Deriva- 3
4th Semester tives
ENMT800018 Scientific publication 2 ENMT804925 Advanced Extractive Metallurgy 3
ENMT800019 Thesis 4 ENMT804926 Advanced Surface Engineering 3
Sub Total 6 ENMT804927 Project Management 3
Total 28

Courses
Code Subject SKS
1 Semester
st
ENMT801104 Mechanics of Materials 3

Sub Total 3
2 nd Semester
ENMT802109 Welding Metallurgy 3
Sub Total 3
3rd Semester
ENMT803114 Advanced Composites 3
ENMT803115 Advanced Manufacture 3
Sub Total 6
4 Semester
th
Elective 3
Sub Total 3
Total 15
Corrosion & Protection Specialization

Courses
Code Subject SKS
1st Semester
ENMT801205 Principle of Corrosion 3
Sub Total 3
658
Master Program

4. If there is a change in the credit hours, the credits at the first time the subject taken will be considerred. The same or equiv-
alent subjects with different credit hours, if repeated or newly taken, will be counted with the new name and credit hours.
credit hours.
b. For students who have not passed the subjects, students can take new compulsory subjects or elective subjects with the new
name and credit hours.
7. If the credit hour of a subject has been reduced while the student has already taken the subject required for the graduation,
Curriculum 2019 Curriculum 2020
No
Code Subject Credit Code Subject Credit
1 ENMT800016 Research Paper 2 ENMT800018 Scientific Publication 2
2 ENMT800019 Thesis 8 ENMT800019 Thesis 6
3 ENMT801001 Kinetics and Phase Transformation ENMT801001 Kinetics and Phase Transforma-
3 3
tion
4 ENMT801002 Engineering Materials 2 ENMT801002 Engineering Materials 2
5 ENMT801003 Research Methodology and Compu- ENMT802008 Research Methodology
3 3
tation
6 ENMT801104 Mechanics of Material 3 ENMT801104 Mechanics of Material 3
7 ENMT801205 Principle of Corrosion 3 ENMT801205 Principle of Corrosion 3
8 ENMT802006 Design and Material Selection 3 ENMT802006 Design and Material Selection 3
9 ENMT802007 Material Characterization 3 ENMT802007 Material Characterization 3
10 ENMT802109 Advanced Manufacture 3 ENMT803115 Advanced Manufacture 3
11 ENMT802210 Advanced Corrosion 3 ENMT803216 Advanced Corrosion 3
12 ENMT802211 Coating and Inhibition of Materials ENMT802210 Coating and Inhibition of Materi-
3 3
als
13 ENMT803012 Advanced Failure Analysis 3 ENMT803011 Advanced Failure Analysis 3
14 ENMT803113 Advanced Composite 3 ENMT803114 Advanced Composite 3
15 ENMT803114 Welding Metallurgy 3 ENMT802109 Welding Metallurgy 3
16 ENMT803115 Cathodic Protection 3 ENMT803217 Cathodic Protection 3
17 ENMT803919 Project Management 3 ENMT804927 Project Management 3
18 ENMT803920 Electronic Materials 3 ENMT803921 Electronic Materials 3
19 ENMT803921 Polymer Derivatives ENMT804924 Polymer Materials and Deriva-
3 3
tives
20 ENMT803922 Risk Based Inspection and Integrity ENMT803923 Risk Based Inspection and Integri-
3 3
ty
21 ENMT804923 Advanced Polymer Manufacturing 3 ENMT803922 Polymer Products Manufacturing 3
22 ENMT804924 Advanced Extractive Metallurgy 3 ENMT804925 Advanced Extractive Metallurgy 3
23 ENMT804925 Advanced Surface Engineering 3 ENMT804926 Advanced Surface Engineering 3
24 ENMT804927 Nanotechnology 3 ENMT803920 Nanotechnology 3
Note:
Other subjects that are not listed in this table do not change except for the subject code and curriculum code (full list is
given in the SIAK-NG website)
659
Master Program
Course Syllabus Master Syllabus:

Introduction to computing, basic matlab, logical expressions,
Program in Metallurgical and vectorization, controlling flow with if and while, loops in
Materials Engineering matlab, functions and m-files, test output, matlab program-
ming, binary numbers, floating point numbers, precision of
machines, linear equations , curve fitting, ordinary differen-
Compulsory / Expertise Courses tial equations, statistical and data analysis processes
Kinetics & Phase Transformation Prerequisite: -
ENMT801001
References:
3 SKS
Syllabus: - Applied Numerical Methods with Matlab for Engineers
Introduction to thermodynamics, Thomson effects, diffusion,
Hill, 2012.
interface and energy / surface tension, grain growth kinetics,
grain boundary movements, homogeneous and heteroge- - Numerical and Analytical Methods with MATLAB® for
neous nucleation, continuous and lateral growth, alloy freez- Engineers and Scientists, William Bober, CRC Press, 2014.
ing, equilibrium freezing, non-equilibrium freezing, cellular
- Numerical Methods in Engineering with MATLAB, Jaan
freeze and dendritic freeze, constitutional super-cooling,
Kiusalaas, Cambridge University Press, 2005.
eutectic freezing, eutectic structure, eutectic growth, rod and
lamellar formation, impurity effects, interphase interfaces, Materials Selection & Design
coherent, semi-coherent and non-coherent, interface migra- ENMT802006
tion, sediment growth, kinetic transformation, recrystalliza- 3 SKS
tion, grain formation, grain growth, age hardening, ferrite Syllabus:
and austenite precipitation, pearlite reaction, bainite transfor-
Classification of engineering materials, factors and systematic
mation, martensite transformation, spinodal transformation,
design and selection of materials, material selection criteria,
tempering martensite, case studies.
material property charts and performance indexes, designs
Prerequisite: - for corrosion resistance, designs for the use of high tempera-
ture materials and designs for wear and fatigue resistant
References:
materials , designs for plastics and composites and the selec-
- Porter, D. A and Easterling, K.E, Phase Transformation in tion of various types of steel.
Metals and Alloys, 3rd. ed., CRC Press, 2009.
Prerequisite: -
- ASM, ASM Handbook Vol. 3, Alloy Phase Diagram, Ohio,
References:
2010
- Hurst, Kenneth S., Engineering Design Principles, 1st Ed.,
- R.W. Cahn and P. Haasen (eds), Physical Metallurgy,
Arnold, New York, 1999
North-Holland, 1996
- Pugh, Stuart, Total Design, Integrated Methods for
- M. Flemings, Solidification Processing, McGraw Hill,
Successful Product Engineering., Addison-Wesley
New York, 1974
Publisher Ltd., Edinburgh 1991
Engineering Materials
- Dym, Clive L and Patrick Little, Engineering Design,
ENMT801002
A-Project-Based Introduction, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.,
2 SKS
2000
Syllabus:
- Dieter, G. E., Engineering Design, A Material and
Atomic theory, atomic bonding, bonding system, crystal
Processing Approach, 2nd ed., McGraw Hill., 1991
structure, structure and material properties. Iron material
selection, classification of markings and specifications of - Ashby, M. F, Materials Selection in Mechanical Design,
steel, low alloy steel, heat treatable cabon steel and low alloy 2nd ed., Cambridge Uni. Press., Oxford, 1999
steel, tool steel selection, stainless steel selection, cast iron,
non ferrous material selection. Smart materials, materials in
Material Characterizations
ENMT802007
organic: ceramics and glass, mechanical behavior of ceram-
3 SKS
ics, polymer materials, plastic selection, polymerization and
Syllabus:
composite materials
Introduction, testing procedures and standards, principles
Prerequisite: -
and advanced analysis methods for the chemical composition
References: of engineering materials (AAS, OES, EDS, XPS), identification
of crystal structures (X-ray diffraction), advanced metallogra-
- Bondan T. Sofyan, Pengantar Material Teknik, Penerbit
phy (SEM, EPMA, TEM), and thermal analysis ( DTA, TGA,
Salemba Teknika, 2010
DSC and TMA).
- W.D. Callister, Materials Science and Engineering: An
Prerequisite: -
Introduction, 6th ed., John Wiley & Sons, 2003
References:
- William F. Smith, Introduction to Materials Science and
Engineering - Davis H.E., G.E. Troxell, G.F.W. Hauck; The Testing of
Engineering Materials; Mc Graw-Hill; 1982
ENMT801003 - ASM; Mechanical Testing of Metal; 1983
3 SKS
- Lous Cartz, Non Destructive Testing; ASM International;
660
Master Program
1995 with the proposals submitted in the thesis. The paper

includes: Problems and hypotheses, methodology and
- Vernon john; Testing of Materials; 1992
discussion
- Andreas Ohsner and Holm Altenbach; Properties and
Prerequisite: -
References: -
- Callister, William D. 2007. Materials Science and Engi-
neering, John Wiley & Sons. Scientific publication
ENMT800018
- Der Voort, Van. 1984. Metallography Principles and Prac-
2 SKS
tice, McGraw-Hill Book Company.
Syllabus:
- Goodnew, Peter J; Humphrey, John. 2000. Electron
The research results are written in a journal format and are
Microscopy and Analysis, CRC Press
published minimum in a national journals or in international
- Petzow, Gunter. 1991. Metallographic Etching, University proceedings.
Microfilms.
Prerequisite: -
- ASM Handbook Vol 9 – Metallography and Microstruc-
References: -
Thesis
- Zhang, Sam; Li, Lin; Kumar, Ashok. 2008. Materials
ENMT800019
8 SKS
- Schwartz, A.J.; Kumar, M.; Adams, B.L.; Field, D.P. 2009. Syllabus:
The application / implementation of various courses that are
Springer US
followed in an integrated manner in a study in order to solve
Research Methodology a problem in the field of metallurgical and material engineer-
ENMT802008 ing. Research results are presented in the form of scientific
3 SKS reports and presented in front of a team of examiners.
Syllabus:
Prerequisite: -
Scientific understanding, research methodology, problem
References: -
formulation, hypotheses, literature review, data collection and
processing, preparation of research proposals and presenta-
tion of scientific papers;
Prerequisite: -
Courses
References: Mechanics of Materials
ENMT801104
- Willie Tan, “Practical Research Methods”, Prentice Hall, 3 SKS
2002. Syllabus:
- R. Kumar, Research Methodology, A Stepby-step Guide Introduction to material mechanics, types of material fail-
for Beginner, 3rd ed., SagePub, 2012 ure, material engineering and selection, elastic deformation
Advanced Failure Analysis and strength theory, in-elastic deformation, metal and alloy
ENMT803011 processes, composites, ceramics and glass, polymers, stress
3 SKS and strain concepts, rheological models, plastic deformations,
Syllabus: creep deformation, anisotropic material, material mechanical
test theory, stress-strain properties, tensile behavior tenden-
Definition & purpose of failure analysis, general material fail- cies, interpretation of actual stress-strain, compression test,
ure factors, general procedures in failure analysis techniques, hardness, impact, bending and torque test, plane stress, plane
classification of sources of failure, characteristics & mech- strain, three-dimensional stress state, stress in the octahedral
anism of material failure, ductile fracture, brittle fracture, plane, complex strain states, general forms of failure criteria,
fatigue fracture, as well as failure. criteria, fracture mechanics concepts, fracture toughness
values, application of K values in design and analysis, stress
Prerequisite: -
based fatigue, load cycles, stress-time curves, average stresses,
References: multiaxial stresses , fatigue crack growth, fatigue based on
strain, strain vs. age, average stress effect, estimated age for
- Wulpi, D. J., Understanding How Components Fail, ASM,
structural components chtur and creep.
1998
Prerequisite: -
- Charlie, R. B and Ashok, C., Metallurgical Failure Analy-
sis, McGraw-Hill Inc., 1993 References:
- French, D. N., Metallurgical Failure in Fossil Fired Boil- - Hibbeler, Russel C., Engineering mechanics,statics, 8th
ers, John Wiley & Sons, 1983 Ed., Macmillan Publishing Company,Inc.
Seminar of Research Proposal - Hibbeler, Russel C., Mechanical of Materials,Prentice
ENMT800013 Hall International Inc., 1997
1 SKS
- Ferdinant L. Singer, Ilmu Kekuatan Bahan, Penerbit
Syllabus: Erlangga, 1981
Research proposal presented at the seminar in accordance - Beer, F.P. and Johston, E.R., Mechanics of Materials,
661
Master Program
McGraw-Hill, 1983 Mg treatment) and non-ferrous (modifiers, grain refiner),

various casting methods cast defects (casting defects); general
Welding Metallurgy
principles, phenomena and mechanisms for the formation of
ENMT802109
solid phase metals, through the processes of forging, rolling,
3 SKS
extrusion, withdrawal, sheet metal forming, and thermo-me-
Syllabus:
chanical treatment. Phenomenon and mechanism in powder
Introduction to material joining, classification, basic princi- metallurgy, metal powder fabrication and powder forming
ples and characteristics of electric arc welding processes, their mechanism, powder characteristics and characterization,
advantages and limitations, classification & characteristics of mechanical alloying, pre-compacting process, compacting,
welding machines and welding wires, fluxes and gases, weld- feed characteristics, sintering process and powder consoli-
ing parameters and heat input, basic principles of metallur- dation, full density processing, sintered equipment type and
gical welding, metal transfer in electric arc welding, welded related aspects, application and use of powder metallurgical
joint microstructure, alloying effect, temperature changes in products. Case study of process selection and evaluation of
welds (HAZ), factors affecting the cooling rate of weld metal, manufacturing processes.
weldability of ferrous metals (steel and its alloys, steel) stain-
Prerequisite: -
less and cast iron & non-ferrous (Al, Cu, Mg, Ni, and alloys),
welding defects and prevention, preheating & PWHT, and References:
quality control of welds. Welding case studies.
- Heine, R. W. et.al., Principles of Metal Casting, McGraw-
Prerequisite: - Hill Pub., New Delhi, 1986
References: - Surdia, T. Teknologi Pengecoran Logam, P. Paramita, 1985
- Larry F. Jeffus; Welding Principles and Applications - John Campbell, Castings, Second Edition, Elsevier
Butterworth-Heinemann, 2004
- Kou; Welding Metallurgy 2nd Edition; John Wiley and
Sons; 2005 Principle of Corrosion
ENMT801205
- Easterling; Introduction to Physical Metallurgy of Weld-
3 SKS
ing; Butterworth and Co; 1992
Syllabus:
- David A. Grewell; Plastics and Composites Welding
Electrochemical concepts: basis and application, definition
Handbook
of corrosion, form of corrosion, cost of corrosion, electrical
- Alphonsus V.V. pocius; Adhesion and Adhesive Technol- concepts relevant to corrosion, relevant chemical and elec-
ogy trochemical concepts, prediction of corrosion trends thermo-
dynamically, electrolytes, corrosion kinetics, over-potential
- Winarto & Anis; Lecture notes; 2007
(polarization), passivation , corrosion velocity measurements,
Advanced Composites metallurgical aspects, forms of corrosion, and combined
ENMT803114 potential theory, corrosion testing (weight loss coupon
3 SKS method, electrochemistry).
Syllabus:
Prerequisite: -
Concepts, definitions and classifications of composites, matri-
References:
ces and reinforcement, composite fabrication, mixed laws,
interface and wetting theory, nano composites, composite - Jones DA; Principles & Prevention of Corrosion; Mc
mechanics, geometrical aspects in composites, laminae and Milan Pubs; 1992
laminates, elastic behavior, fiber edge effects, theory lami-
- Fontana; Corrosion Engineering 3rd Ed; 1992
nate, one-way lamina strength, laminate strength, short fiber
composite strength, composite fracture energy and composite - Roberge Pierre R; Handbook of Corrosion Engineering;
case studies. Mc Graw-Hill; 1999
Prerequisite: - Coating & Inhibition
ENMT802210
References:
3 SKS
- Hull, D., An Introdution to composite Materials, Syllabus:
Cambridge Uni. Press, 1981
Coatings: metallic coatings, metallic coatings’ types and clas-
- Mattew, F.L. and R.D. Rawlings, Composite Materials: sifications, protection mechanisms, electroplating and elec-
Engineering and Science, Chapman Hall, 1993 troless plating, anodizing, phosphating, chromatting, hot-dip
galvanizing, service lie prediction, Organic Coating (paints),
- Bryan Harris, Engineering Composites Materials, 2nd
organic coating properties, classification and ‘paints’ formula-
Eddtion, Institute of Materials Communication Ltd, 1999
tions, protection mechanisms, surface preparation standards,
Advanced Manufacture application methods, coating defects and ‘painting’ failures.
ENMT803115 Inhibition; Types, classifications and mechanisms of inhi-
3 SKS bition (anodic, cathodic, and mixture inhibitors), corrosion
Syllabus: inhibitor formulations in general, applications and limitations
(for automotive, water cooling, systems)
Metal forming as part of the design and manufacturing
process; general principles, phenomena and mechanisms Prerequisite: -
related to metal casting; molds (sand, ceramics, metals), gating
References:
systems and simulations, freezing of cast iron and aluminum
processes, liquid treatment for ferrous metals (inoculation, - Jones DA; Principles & Prevention of Corrosion; Mc
662
Master Program
Milan Pubs; 1992 Syllabus:

- Fontana; Corrosion Engineerng 3rd Ed; 1992 Definition and scope, solid surface physical chemistry,
nanostructures (zero, one and two-dimensional: 0D, 1D, 2D),
- Roberge Pierre R; Handbook of Corrosion Engineerin;
special nano materials, fabrication processes (lithography,
Mc Graw-Hill; 1999
nanolithography, soft-lithography, assembly ), characteri-
Advanced Corrosion zation (structural, physical and chemical) and applications
ENMT803216 (chemical sensors, biosensors, MEMS / Microelectromechan-
3 SKS ical systems, DNA chips, photonic crystals).
Syllabus:
Prerequisite: -
Introduction, dilute solutions and water, thermodynamic
References:
aspects of aqueous corrosion, corrosion kinetics, aqueous
corrosion applications in the field (seawater corrosion, under- - Drexler, K. Eric (1986). Engines of Creation: The Coming
ground corrosion, corrosion in the soil environment), corro- Era of Nanotechnology. Doubleday. ISBN 978-0-385-
sion applications for metals other than iron, atmospheric 19973-5.
corrosion, high temperature oxidation reactions, oxidation
- Drexler, K. Eric (1992). Nanosystems: Molecular Machin-
thermodynamics, oxide layer growth, oxide properties and
ery, Manufacturing, and Computation. New York: John
characteristics, pilling-bedworth ratio, oxidation reaction
Wiley & Sons. ISBN 978-0-471-57547-4.
rate, influence of oxygen corrosion pressure in specific envi-
ronments, high temperature carburization, decarburization, - Prasad, S. K. (2008). Modern Concepts in Nanotechnol-
metal dusting, hot corrosion, high temperature corrosion test- ogy. Discovery Publishing House. pp. 31–32. ISBN 978-81-
ing, material protection at temperatures high, high tempera- 8356-296-6.
ture resistant material, coating (aluminizing, chromizing,
siliconizing). Case study of corrosion.
Electronic Materials
ENMT803921
Prerequisite: - 3 SKS
Syllabus:
References:
The basic principles of semiconductor devices such as thermo-
- Jones DA; Principles & Prevention of Corrosion; Mc
electric, piezoelectric, LED, solar cells. Basic integrated circuit
Milan Pubs; 1992
process.
- Fontana; Corrosion Engineerng 3rd Ed; 1992
Prerequisite: -
- Roberge Pierre R; Handbook of Corrosion Engineerin;
References:
Mc Graw-Hill; 1999
- Gordon McComb, Electronics for Dummies
Cathodic Protection
ENMT803217 - C. Hamaguchi, Basic Semiconductor Physics
3 SKS
- B.G. Yacobi, Semiconductor Materials – An Introduction
Syllabus:
to Basic Principles
Basic theory of cathodic protection, protection criteria,
- Stephen W. Fardo & Dale R. Patrick, Electricity and Elec-
cathodic protection system with sacrificial anode, material
tronic Fundamentals
properties of sacrificial anode and its selection, cathodic
protection application of sacrificial anode, cathodic protection - William J. Greig, Integrated Circuit Packaging, Assembly
system impressed current (ICCP), instrument for corrosion and Interconnections
protection, cathodic protection in sea water environment, soil
- Vasilis F. Pavlidis and Eby G. Friedman, Three-Dimen-
, and structure in concrete (cement), material classification,
sional integrated Circuit Design
specific material and environmental relationships, design
instructions for corrosion prevention, SS stainless steel and Polymer Product Manufacturing
super duplex stainless steel resistance properties, corrosion ENMT803922
resistance of commonly used engineering materials (cast 3 SKS
steel, carbon steel, low alloy steel, nickel, aluminum, copper, Syllabus:
zinc, titanium and its alloys, corrosion resistance of non-metal
materials (rubber, plastic, composite, ceramic). Polymer production fabrication process (formulation, forma-
tion and finalization). The purpose and process of finalizing
Prerequisite: - the types of polymer products (deflashing, smoothing and
polishing, sawing and cutting, drilling, grinding and sanding,
References:
routing, milling & turning, tapping & threading, cleaning,
- Jones DA; Principles & Prevention of Corrosion; Mc annealing, assembling, and decoration). Types of assembly
Milan Pubs; 1992 processes (mechanical joining, welding and adhesive bond-
ing). Types of decoration processes (painting, plating, thermal
spray coating, vacuum metalizing, hotstamping, coloring).
- Roberge Pierre R; Handbook of Corrosion Engineering; Machine and process construction mechanism. Finalization
process of making polymer products. Case studies on the
Mc Graw-Hill; 1999
fabrication process of product packaging (rigid and flexible),
Elective Courses automotive, electronics and construction equipment.
Prerequisite: -
Nanotechnology
ENMT803920 References:
3 SKS 663
Master Program
- G. Challa, Polymer Chemistry – An Introduction, 1993, utilization, cross processing, fly ash processing. Acquisition
Ellis Horwood Limited series in Polymer Science, UK of metals from process wastes (such as tailings, residues,
- Young R.J. and Lovell P.A., Introduction to Polymers, 2nd sludges): mineral processing from tailings, recovery of metals
edition, 1997, Chapman & Hall, Cambridge, UK from red mud, recovery of metals from waste sludges. New
technology for metal recycling.
- Cheremisinoff N.P., Polymer Characterization – Labora-
tory Techniques and Analysis, 1996, Noyes Publication, Prerequisite: -
New Jersey, USA References:
- Morton-Jones D.H., Polymer Processing, 1994, Chapman - S. Ramachandra Rao, Resources Recovery and Recycling
& Hall, UK from Metallurgical Waste, waste Management Series vol.
Risk Based-Inspection and Integrity 7, Oxford, 2006.
ENMT803923 - Related publications in journals e.g. Metallurgical and
3 SKS Materials Transaction, B; Journal of Metals, Hydrometal-
Syllabus: lurgy, etc.
Definition & Definition: Asset Integrity & Risk Based Inspec- Advanced Surface Engineering
tion. Policy: Production Level Policy and Health, Safety & ENMT804926
Environment (HSE) Considerations. Strategy / Prioritiza- 3 SKS
tion: Based on Priority Scale. Program Planning: Program Syllabus:
Planning. Hazard / Threat Identification: Identification of
Potential Threats. Damage Mechanism: Damage Mechanism. Basic surface engineering, conventional surface engineering,
Probability of Failure: Failure Opportunity. Consequence of advanced surface engineering, surface coating, surface modi-
Failure: Consequences of Failure. Asset Register: Naming fication, thin film characterization
Facilities / Equipment. Risk Assessment: Risk Assess- Prerequisite: -
ment. Program Implementation: Program Implementation.
Data Compilation-Evaluation-Interpretation: Compilation, References:
Evaluation & Interpretation of Data. Corrective Actions & - Chattopadhyay et al, Green Tribology, ASM Interna-
Recommendations: Corrective actions & Recommendations. tional, 2014.
Inspection Interval: Inspection time period. Inspection Meth-
ods: Inspection Methods. Inspection Scope: Inspection Scope. - H.O. Pierson, Handbook of Chemical Vapor Deposition,
Inspection Work package: Inspection Work Details. Noyes Publication, 2000
Prerequisite: - - D.M. Mattox, Handbook of Physical Vapor Deposition,

Elsevier, 2010
References:
- J.P. Davim, Materials and Surface Engineering, Wood-
- Chapter 008, Risk-Based Inspection Technique by head Publishing, 2012
Mohamed El-Reedy (Author) Publisher: Gulf Professional
Publishing (17 July 2012) ASIN: B00DGSWO4S - A.S. Hamdy, Handbook of Smart Coating for Materials
Protection, Woodhead Publ, 2014
Polymer Materials and Derivatives
ENMT803216 Project Management
3 SKS ENMT804927
Syllabus: 3 SKS
Syllabus:
Industrial strategic approaches in polymer derivatives mate-
rial. General introduction in polymer derivaties (polyblends, The concept of project management system and system
polyalloys, thermoplastic elastomer, polymer matrix compos- approach, engineering systems and procedures, basic plan-
ites, liquid crystal polymer, conductive polymers, pyro and ning,cost estimation and budgeting, project quality manage-
piezo polymers, shape memory polymers. Biodegradable ment, execution and project control,project organization, and
polymer (definition, types, manufacturing process). Polymer context of project management, project communication, and
material selection for polyblends and polyalloys synthesis. project risk management.
Process method selection (physics and chemical) for polymer Prerequisite: -
alloying. Testing and evaluation of polymer alloying. Case
studies. References: -
Prerequisite: -
References: -
Advanced Extractive Metallurg
ENMT804925
3 SKS
Syllabus:
Waste characterization for process raw materials. Innovation
of wet metallurgical processes (hydrometallurgy) and hot
metallurgy (pyrometallurgy) for low-grade raw materials and
energy efficiency: reaction mechanisms and applications, such
as metal extraction with plasma, microwaves. Metal recycling
process. Processing slag, dust and metallurgical ash particles.
Processing and utilization of by-products (by product): slag
664
Master Program
Master Program Materials Integrity Management

2. Teaching Institution Universtas Indonesia
4. Name of Study Program Graduate Program (Master) in materials integrity management
5. Study Programme Vision and Mission Vision:
As a center of excellence for research-based education as well as a center
for reference and problem solutions in the field of material integrity
management on a national and regional level in Southeast Asia
Mission:
- Providing access to education and research in the field of material
integrity management for the public and industry.
- Producing high-quality graduates with strong engineering skills
with comprehensive capabilities in the field of material integrity
management techniques and able to play an active and dynamic
role in the national, regional, and international community.
- Organizing quality tridharma activities that are relevant to national
and global challenges.
- Creating an academic climate that is able to support the realization
of the vision of the study program.
6. Type of Class Special
7. Awarding Degree Magister Teknik (M.T.)
Double Degree: Magister Teknik (M.T.) dan
Master of Engineering (M.Eng.)
8. Accreditation Status BAN-PT: Good
11. Entry Requirements • Meet University Requirements (bachelor’s degree graduate,
register online and pass the screening exam)
• Undergraduate Diplomas from foreign tertiary institutions must
obtain equivalence from the Higher Education, Ministry of
National Education
• Able to read and write in English
• Color blindness is free to entry.
12. Term of Study 2 years
semester
Reguler 4 16
1. Produce graduates who can develop the science of material integrity management through research, professional
practice to produce innovative and tested designs.
2. Produce graduates who are able to design, implement, evaluate and maintain a material integrity management
system in a professional manner.
3. Produce graduates who are able to apply knowledge in the engineering field in the material integrity management
system.
4. Produce graduates who are able to provide alternative solutions to various problems that arise in industrial societ-
ies, the nation and the state.
Master of Engineering Management who has the ability to design, implement, evaluate and maintain an international
quality material integrity management system and uphold professional values.
665
Master Program
15 Expected Learning Outcomes (ELO):
1. Able to develop the science of material integrity management through research, professional practice to produce
innovative and tested designs.
2. Able to design, implement, evaluate and maintain a material integrity management system in a professional
manner.
3. Able to apply engineering knowledge in material integrity management.
4. Able to identify, formulate and solve contemporary problems in the field of material integrity management.
5. Able to solve problems in the field of material integrity management through an interdisciplinary approach with
other engineering fields.
6. Able to manage research in the field of material integrity management which has received national and interna-
tional recognition.
7. Able to provide alternative solutions to various problems that arise in the industrial society, nation and state.
16. COURSES COMPOSITION
I Compulsory / Expertise Courses 31 70,45%
II Specialization Courses 0 0%
IV Seminar, Scientific Publication & Thesis 9 20,46%
Total 44 100 %
Job Prospects
Graduates of the Masters in Material Integrity Management can have careers as consultants / experts in RBI (Risk Based Inspec-
tion) and AIMS (Asset Integrity Management Systems), consultants in government agencies, consultants for the oil and gas
industry, energy, petrochemical, manufacturing and related industries, Inspection managers, Control managers Quality, Safety
manager and other related fields.
666
Expected Learning Outcome Matrix
667
Master Program
668
Master Program
Flowchart for Learning Outcome Achievement

Master Program in Materials Integrity Management
Master Program
669
Master Program
Course Structure for Master Course Syllabus Master

Program Materials Integrity Program in Materials Integrity
Management Management
Compulsory / Expertise Courses Compulsory / Expertise Courses
Code Subject SKS Integrated Materials Engineering
ENMI801001
1st Semester 3 Credits
ENMI801001 Integrated Materials Engineering 3 CLO:
ENMI801002 Integrity System Engineering 2 Students are able to apply material technology in engineering
ENMI801003 Risk Management 3 applications starting from the introduction of material struc-
ture and properties, material product selection and design,
ENMI801004 Computational Methods 3
processing and quality assurance.
Sub Total 12
Syllabus:
2 Semester
nd
Introduction to materials, material types and characteristics,

ENMI802005 Corrosion and Protections 3
material applications, crystallography, phase diagrams and
ENMI802006 Asset Integrity Elements 4 material kinetics. Introduction to material manufacturing
ENMI802007 Inspection Methods and Materi- 3 processes, heat treatment of materials, material treatment and
als Testing splicing techniques as well as material design and selection.
ENMI802008 Research Methodology 3 Pre-requisites:
Sub Total 13 References:
3 Semester
rd
- William D. Callister, Jr., David G. Rethwisch., Materials
ENMI803009 Failure Analysis 3 science and engineering: an introduction /–8th ed.
ENMI803010 Risk Based Inspection 3 - William F. Smith, Introduction to Materials Science and
ENMI803011 Seminar Proposal 1 Engineering
ENMI803012 - Electives I 2 Integrity System Engineering
ENMI803015 ENMI801002
Sub Total 9 3 Credits
CLO:
4th Semester
Students are able to synthesize the preliminary concept of
ENMI800020 Scientific publication 2
Asset Integrity Management in the project.
ENMI800021 Thesis 6
Syllabus:
ENMI804916 - Electives II 2
ENMI804919 Introduction, Management responsibility, AIM Cycle, Failure
Sub Total 8 mechanisms and modes, Asset selection and critical determi-
nation, inspection, testing and preventive maintenance.
Total 44
Pre-requisites:
Electives Courses
References:
Code Electives SKS - Guidelines for Asset Integrity Management, the Ameri-
can Institute of Chemical Engineers, 2017
1 Semester
st
ENMI803912 Study Case I 2 Asset Integrity Element

ENMI802006
ENMI803913 Reliability Engineering 2 3 Credits
ENMI803914 Precision Maintenance 2 CLO:
ENMI803915 Mechanical and Piping Engineer- 2 Students are able to synthesize advanced concept of Asset
ing Integrity Management in a project-based activity.
2 nd Semester Syllabus:
ENMI804916 Study Case II 2
Training in asset integrity and quality assurance, procedure,
ENMI804917 Advanced Health, Safety and 2 quality management, deficiency management, specific integ-
Environment rity management, implementation, metrics, audit and sustain-
ENMI804918 Stochastic Model for Risk 2 able development, and tools.
Management
Pre-requisites:
ENMI804919 Advanced Life Cycle Asset 2
Analysis References:
- Guidelines for Asset Integrity Management, the Ameri-
can Institute of Chemical Engineers, 2017
670
Master Program
Computing Methods Methods of material inspection in Integrity standards. Broken

ENMI801004 Testing. Introduction, testing procedures and standards,
3 Credits principles and advanced analysis methods for the chemi-
CLO: cal composition of engineering materials (AAS, OES, EDS,
XPS), identification of crystal structures (X-ray diffraction),
Students are able to apply model making in solving problems
advanced metallography (SEM, EPMA, TEM), and thermal
in the Materials Integrity Management field by using soft-
analysis (DTA, TGA, DSC and TMA).
ware.
Pre-requisites:
Syllabus:
References:
Introduction to computation, matlab basics, logical expres-
sions, vectorization, flow control with if and while, loops in - Davis H.E., G.E. Troxell, G.F.W. Hauck; The Testing of
matlab, functions and m-files, test output, matlab program- Engineering Materials; Mc Graw-Hill; 1982
ming, binary numbers, floating point numbers, machine
- ASM; Mechanical Testing of Metal; 1983
precision, linear equations, curve fitting, ordinary differen-
tial equations, statistics and process data analysis. - Lous Cartz, Non Destructive Testing; ASM International;
1995
Pre-requisites:
- Vernon john; Testing of Materials; 1992
References:
- Andreas Ohsner and Holm Altenbach; Properties and
- Applied Numerical Methods with Matlab for Engineers
Hill, 2012. - Callister, William D. 2007. Materials Science and Engi-
neering, John Wiley & Sons.
- Numerical and Analytical Methods with MATLAB®
for Engineers and Scientists, William Bober, CRC Press, - Der Voort, Van. 1984. Metallography Principles and Prac-
2014. tice, McGraw-Hill Book Company.
- Numerical Methods in Engineering with MATLAB, Jaan - Goodnew, Peter J; Humphrey, John. 2000. Electron
Kiusalaas, Cambridge University Press, 2005. Microscopy and Analysis, CRC Press
Risk Management - Petzow, Gunter. 1991. Metallographic Etching, University
ENMI801003 Microfilms.
3 Credits
- ASM Handbook Vol 9 – Metallography and Microstruc-
CLO:
Students are able to design an asset integrity and safety
- Zhang, Sam; Li, Lin; Kumar, Ashok. 2008. Materials
management communication system and be able to design
a risk and safety management system implementation in an
organization. - Schwartz, A.J.; Kumar, M.; Adams, B.L.; Field, D.P. 2009.
Syllabus:
Springer US
Risk communication, rick communication report planning,
Research Methodology
case study and evaluation, risk management, standard and
ENMI802008
compliance, risk management components, analysis tech-
3 Credits
niques and managerial systems.
CLO:
Pre-requisites:
Students are able to design independent research, analyze
References: data, formulate methodologies and disseminate research
results by following international research principles.
- Lundgren, Regina E._ McMakin, Andrea H - Risk
communication_ a handbook for communicating envi- Syllabus:
ronmental, safety, and health risks-Wiley (2018) Wiley-
Scientific understanding, research methodology, problem
IEEE Press
formulation, hypotheses, literature review, data collection and
- (Process safety guidelines and concept books) Center processing, preparation of research proposals and presenta-
for Chemical Process Safety (CCPS) - Bow ties in risk tion of scientific papers.
management _ a concept book for process safety-John
Pre-requisites:
Wiley & Sons (2018)
References:
- Ian Sutton - Process risk and reliability management-Gulf
Professional Publishing, Elsevier Inc (2015) - Willie Tan, “Practical Research Methods”, Prentice Hall,
2002.
Inspection Methods and Materials Testing
ENMI802007 - R. Kumar, Research Methodology, A Stepby-step Guide
3 Credits for Beginner, 3rd ed., SagePub, 2012
CLO:
Failure Analyses
Students are able to design inspection methods to analyze ENMI802009
materials from their properties and be able to carry out char- 3 Credits
acterization and testing of materials independently. CLO:
Syllabus: Students able to analyze the failure of a material and prevent
material failure with the principle of fracture mechanics.
671
Master Program
Syllabus: Corrosion and Protections

ENMI802005
Definition & purpose of damage analysis, general material
3 Credits
damage factors, general procedures in damage analysis tech-
CLO:
niques, classification of sources of failure, characteristics &
mechanisms of material failure, ductile fracture, brittle frac- Students are able to identify the corrosion phenomenon and
ture, fatigue fracture, and consequent failure and embrittle- apply it in material engineering preventive measures and be
ment. able to design coating engineering on materials to improve the
performance of the material. Students can analyze or synthe-
Pre-requisites:
size cathodic protection methods as a way of controlling
References: corrosion in aqueous (aqueous) environments. Students can
also perform calculations and design a cathodic protection
- Wulpi, D. J., Understanding How Components Fail, ASM,
system that can be applied in practice. Apart from the Cathodic
1998
Protection method, also the method of design and material
- Charlie, R. B and Ashok, C., Metallurgical Failure Analy- selection. Basic theory of cathodic protection, protection
sis, McGraw-Hill Inc., 1993 criteria, cathodic protection systems with sacrificial anodes,
material properties of sacrificial anodes and their selection,
- French, D. N., Metallurgical Failure in Fossil Fired Boil-
application of sacrificial anode cathodic protection, impressed
ers, John Wiley & Sons, 1983
current cathodic protection systems (ICCP), instruments for
Seminar corrosion protection, cathodic protection in marine, soil envi-
ENMI800011 ronments , and structures in concrete (cement), material clas-
1 Credits sification, specific material and environmental relationships,
CLO: design instructions for corrosion prevention, resistance prop-
erties of stainless steel and super duplex SS materials, corro-
Students are able to express a problem and their opinions in
sion resistance of commonly used engineering materials (cast
the form of working papers / short papers / scientific papers
steel, carbon steel, low alloy steel, nickel, aluminum, copper,
and discuss in a scientific forum / seminar systematically,
zinc, titanium and their alloys, non-metal material corrosion
clearly, orderly and correctly.
resistance (rubber, plastic, composite, ceramic).
Syllabus:
Syllabus:
Working papers / papers submitted in the seminar are in
The concept of electrochemistry: the basis and its application,
accordance with the proposals submitted in the thesis. Papers
definition of corrosion, form of corrosion, cost of corrosion,
include: Problems and hypotheses, methodology and discus-
electrical concepts relevant to corrosion, relevant chemical
sion.
and electrochemical concepts, prediction of the trend of corro-
Pre-requisites: sion by thermodynamics, electrolytes, corrosion kinetics,
over-potential (polarization), passivation , measurement of
References:
corrosion velocity, metallurgical aspects, forms of corrosion,
Scientific Publication and combined potential theory, corrosion testing (weight
ENMI800020 loss coupon method, electrochemistry). Coating: metallic
2 Credits coating, metallic coating type and classification, protection
CLO: mechanism, electroplating and electroless plating, anodiz-
ing, phosphating, chroming, hot-dip galvanizing, service lie
Students are able to disseminate their research results to prediction, Organic Coating (paints), organic coating prop-
seminars or leading scientific meetings. erties, classification and formulations of ‘paints’, their protec-
Syllabus: tion mechanisms, standard of surface preparation, method of
application, coating defects and ‘painting’ failures. Inhibition;
The research results are written in journal format and Types, classification, and mechanism of inhibition (anodic,
published at least in national journals or international cathodic and mixed inhibitors), general corrosion inhibitor
proceedings. formulations, applications and limitations (for automotive,
Pre-requisites: water cooling, systems).
References: Pre-requisites:
Thesis References:
ENMI800021 - Jones DA; Principles & Prevention of Corrosion; Mc
6 Credits Milan Pubs; 1992
CLO:
Students are able to write independent research results into a
written work that follows applicable academic principles. - Roberge Pierre R; Handbook of Corrosion Engineering;
Mc Graw-Hill; 1999
Syllabus:
- Jones DA; Principles & Prevention of Corrosion; Mc
Application / implementation of various courses that are Milan Pubs; 1992
followed in an integrated manner in a research to solve a
problem in the field of Materials Integrity Management. The - Fontana; Corrosion Engineering 3rd Ed; 1992
research results are presented in the form of scientific reports - Roberge Pierre R; Handbook of Corrosion Engineering;
and presented in front of a team of examiners. Mc Graw-Hill; 1999
Pre-requisites: Risk Based Inspection
References: ENMI803010
672
Master Program
3 Credits 2 Credits
CLO: CLO:
Students are able to apply risk-based inspection methods. Students are able to build an Asset Integrity Management
system based on the Analysis of Reliability Techniques.
Syllabus:
Syllabus:
Definition & Definition: Asset Integrity & Risk Based Inspec-
tion. Policy: Policy on Production Level and Health, Safety Methods in Reliability Techniques, Statistics, Implementation.
& Environment (HSE) Considerations. Strategy / Prioritiza-
Pre-requisites:
tion: Based on Priority Scale. Program Planning: Program
Planning. Hazard / Threat Identification: Identification of References:
Potential Threats. Damage Mechanism: Damage Mechanism.
- Ian Sutton - Process risk and reliability manage-
Probability of Failure: Chance of Failure. Consequence of
ment-Gulf Professional Publishing, Elsevier Inc (2015)
Failure: Consequence of Failure. Asset Register: Naming
of Facilities / Equipment. Risk Assessment: Risk Assess- Piping and Mechanical Engineering
ment. Program Implementation: Program Implementation. ENMI803915
Data Compilation-Evaluation-Interpretation: Compilation, 2 Credits
Evaluation & Interpretation of Data. Corrective Actions & CLO:
Recommendations: Corrective Actions & Recommendations.
Students are able to analyze mechanical and piping systems.
Inspection Interval: Inspection period. Inspection Methods:
Inspection Methods. Inspection Scope: Scope of Inspection. Syllabus:
Inspection Work package: Details of Inspection Work.
Introduction to mechanical engineering and design. Intro-
Pre-requisites: duction to mechanical engineering, principles of kinematics
and kinetics of machines, friction and vibration, introduction
References:
to fluid mechanics, heat transfer, basic concepts of stress
- Chapter 008, Risk-Based Inspection Technique by and strain analysis, principles of mechanical engineering
Mohamed El-Reedy (Author) Publisher: Gulf problem solving. Introduction to piping engineering, compo-
nents, piping instrumentation and equipment, piping flow
Elective Courses diagrams, piping materials, piping design and engineering.
Case Study I Pre-requisites:

ENMI803912 References:
2 Credits
CLO: - Jonathan Wickert, Kemper Lewis, Introduction to
Mechanical Engineering, 4th edition, Cengage Learning,
Students are able to build an Asset Integrity Management 2016.
system in real cases.
- Sanjay Kumar Gupta, Perfect knowledge of piping engi-
Syllabus: neering, CreateSpace Independent Pub, 2015.
Students select a case study in their area of interest: the oil
and gas industry which includes planning, commissioning,
document preparation, maintenance, and reporting. Students
choose a case study in their area of interest: The Petrochemi-
cal industry which includes planning, commissioning, docu-
ment preparation, maintenance and reporting.
Pre-requisites:
References:
Case Study II
ENMI803912
2 Credits
CLO:
Students are able to build an Asset Integrity Management
system in real cases.
Syllabus:
Students select a case study in their area of interest: the oil
and gas industry which includes planning, commissioning,
document preparation, maintenance, and reporting. Students
choose a case study in their area of interest: The Petrochemi-
cal industry which includes planning, commissioning, docu-
ment preparation, maintenance and reporting.
Pre-requisites:
References:
Reliability Engineering
ENMI803913
673
Master Program
Master Program in Architecture

1. Degree Awarding University Universtas Indonesia
2. University/Institution Universtas Indonesia
4. Major Name Master of Architecture
5. Vision and Mission Vision: “Establishing a high-quality Architecture Education Institution
that receives national and international recognition, in order to foster
future leaders who are critical, knowledgeable, and creative thinkers,
with sensibility to local wisdom and environment sustainability.”
Mission: “Establishing the Architecture Education institutional system

with excellent productivity towards the implementation of Tridarma in
higher education.”
6. Type of Class Reguler
7. Awarding Degree Magister Arsitektur (M. Ars.) / Master of Architecture
8. Educational Accreditation BAN-PT: Akredited A
10. Learning Scheme (Full Time / Part-Time) Full Time
11. Requirements Bachelor degree
12. Study Period 2 years
semester
Reguler 4 17
Short (opsional)
1. Education: Producing Master of Architecture graduates who master certain competencies in accordance with the
level of education excellence and quality.
2. Research: Encouraging excellent research works, which are able to compete at regional and international levels.
3. Community Service: Encouraging the application of architectural knowledge to the community
Master of Architecture graduates who master knowledge of architecture according to their fields and able to demon-
strate the state of the art and contribution both in their research and design methods.
15. Graduate Outcomes:

Master of Architecture graduates has following competencies:
1. Ability to independently conduct and manage an architectural research in relation to their fields.
2. Ability to synthesize knowledge and exploration methods of architectural phenomena and ability to solve archi-
tectural design problems.
3. Ability to position themselves as individual in relation to others and as part of the society, through behaving and
thinking in support to the success of community life, teamwork, and act responsively to the surrounding environ-
ment.
16. Course composition
I University Course
II Faculty Course
III Required Structural Course 11 27,5%
IV Specialization Course 13 32,5%
V Elective Course 6 15%
VI Special Course (Pre-Thesis, Thesis & Publication) 10 25%
Total 40 100 %
Total SCS (Semester Credit System) 40 Credits
Job Prospects
Graduates can work in the business of architecture practitioners, academics, researchers, policy makers in government, entre-
preneurs and activists in sectors related to human environment.
674
Master Program
Network of Competencies
675
Master Program
Detail Network of Competencies Graduates
676
Master Program
Course Diagram in Achieving Competencies for Master Program in Architecture
677
Master Program
Course Structure Master Program ENAR800031 Architecture, Media, and Context 3

Architecture ENAR800632 Energy Efficient Building 3
ENAR800133 BIM: Building Performance 3
Code Subject SKS Analysis & Assessment
ENAR800334 Computational Design and 3
1 Semester
st
Parametric Modelling
ENAR800001 Advanced Research Methods 3
ENAR800135 Geometry and Architecture 3
ENAR800002 Advanced Architectural Theories 3
ENAR800636 Independent Study 3
ENAR800008 Architectural Design Studio 1 5
ENAR800009 Urban Design Studio 1 5
ENAR800238 Housing Policy 3
ENAR800010 Urban Housing & Settlement 5
ENAR800039 Everyday and Architecture 3
Studio 1
ENAR800040 Project Management 3
ENAR800041 Understanding Phenomenon: 3
ENAR800012 History & Theory Workshop 1 5
Plato to Derrida
ENAR800013 Architecture and Sustainability 5
ENAR800042 City Morphology 3
Workshop 1
ENAR800043 City Planning 3
2 nd Semester
ENAR800044 Architecture Psychology 3
ENAR800003 Advanced Design Methods 3
ENAR800045 Teaching Assistantship 3
ENAR800004 Applied Data Science 2
ENAR800014 Architectural Design Theories 3
Design
ENAR800015 Urban Design Theories 3
ENAR800047 Special Topic on Urban Design 3
ENAR800016 Urban Housing and Settlement 3
ENAR800048 Special Topic on Urban Housing 3
Theories
and Settlement
ENAR800017 Property Theories 3
ENAR800049 Special Topic on Property 3
ENAR800018 Architectural Theory and History 3
ENAR800019 Theory of Architecture and 3 History, Theory and Criticism
Sustainability
ENAR800051 Special Topic on Sustainability 3
ENAR800020 Architectural Design Studio 2 5
ENAR800021 Urban Design Studio 2 5
ENAR800022 Urban Housing and Settlement 5 SUBJECT SYLLABUS
Studio 2
Syllabus of Required Courses
ENAR800024 History and Theory Workshop 2 5 Advanced Research Methods
ENAR800025 Architecture and Sustainability 5 ENAR800001
Workshop 2 3 SKS
3rd Semester
After completing this course, students will be capable to iden-
ENAR800005 Pre-Thesis 4
tify the proper approach for their research on architecture
Elective 3 and built environment. The objective of the course is to train
Elective 3 students to develop their research proposal, with at least the
following components: designing operational research ques-
Sub Total 10
tions, developing relevant literature review, and identifying
4 Semester
th
the proper research design and methods to answer the said
ENAR800006 Scientific Publication 2 research questions.
ENAR800007 Thesis 4 Syllabus:
Sub Total 6 Architectural thinking and research; terminologies (ontology;
Total 40 epistemology); architectural texts and writing styles; research
questions; research arguments; research logic; assumptions
Elective Courses and paradigms; research strategies and tactics, development
of research proposal.
Code Subject SKS Pre-requisites:
ENAR800026 Advanced Spatial Analysis 3 No prerequisites for master’s students. Requires instructors’
ENAR800027 Architecture and Text 3 approval for undergraduate students.
ENAR800028 Coastal Architecture 3 References:
ENAR800029 Ethnic Architecture 3 1. J.M. Bochenski, The Methods of Contemporary Thoughts, ,
Harper Torchbook, 1968
ENAR800030 Heritage Architecture 3 2. G. Broadbent, Design in Architecture: Architecture and the
678
Master Program
Human Sciences, David Fulton Publisher, 2000; 8. Adrian Forty, Words and Buildings, A Vocabulary of
3. Sir Karl Popper, The Logic of Scientific Discovery, Rout- Modern Architecture, Thames and Hudson, 2000
ledge Classic, 2002 9. Bernd Evers and Christof Thoenes (eds), Architectural
4. T. Y.Hardjoko, Panduan Meneliti dan Menulis Ilmiah, Theory from the Renaissance to the Present, Taschen,
Departemen Arsitektur, 2005 2003
5. F. Crews, The Random House Handbook, 3rd ed, Random 10. Michael K Hays, Architecture Theory since 1968, MIT
House, 1980 Press, 1998
6. Edward Tufte, Envisioning Information, Graphics Press, 11. Triatno Y Hardjoko, Urban Kampung. Its Genesis and
1983 Transformation into Metropolis, with particular refer-
7. John Zeisel, Inquiry by Design: Environment/Behavior/ ence to Penggilingan in Jakarta, VDM, 2009
Neuroscience in Architecture, Interiors, Landscape, and 12. Charles Jencks (eds.), Theories and Manifestoes, Acad-
Planning, W. W. Norton, 2006 emy Editions, 1997
8. Linda Groat & David Wang, Architectural Research 13. Keith Jenkins, Re-thinkingHistory, Routledge, 1991
Methods, John Wiley & Sons, 2002 14. Paul Alan Johnson, The Theory of Architecture: Concepts,
9. Murray Fraser (Ed). Design Research in Architecture, Themes & Practices, Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1994
Routledge, 2013 15. Hanno-Walter Kruft, A History of Architectural Theory
10. Philip Plowright, Revealing Architectural Design: Methods, from Vitruvius to The Present, Princeton Architectural
Frameworks, Tools, Routledge, 2014 Press, 1994
11. Bryan Lawson, How Designers Think: The Design Process 16. M Larice and E Mcdonald (eds), Urban Design Reader,
Desmystified, Architectural Press, 2005 Routledge, 2006
12. Hazel Clark dan David Brody (eds), Design Studies: A 17. Henri Lefebvre translated by Donald Nicholson-Smith,
Reader, Berg, 2009. The Production of Space, Blackwell, 1991
13. Nigel Cross, Designerly Ways of Knowing, Birkhauser, 2007 18. Miko E Miles, Gayle Berens, and Marc A Weiss, Real
Estate Development, Urban Land Institue, edisi terakhir
Advanced Architectural Theories
19. M Mostavi at all (eds.), Ecological Urbanism, Lars Muller
ENAR800002
Publisher, 2010
5 SKS
20. Kate Nesbitt (Ed), Theorizing, A New Agenda for Archi-
tecture, An Anthology of Architectural Theory, Prince-
Students are introduced by advanced architectural theories ton Architectural Press, 1996
in general which provide a base for each research specificity, 21. Jean-Pierre Protzen and David J Harris, The Universe of
those are, advanced architectural design (creative process); Design: Horst Rittel’s Theories of Design and Planning,
architecture and humanities, and architecture and technol- Routledge, 2010
ogy (especially sustainability). The focus remains on architec- 22. W Rutz, Cities and Towns in Indonesia: Their Develop-
tural phenomena-aspects of space, place and form; on a scale ment, Current Positions and Functions with Regard to
from private to urban. Administration and Regional Economy, Gebrunger Bort-
traeger, 1987
Syllabus:
23. Christian Norbrg Schulz, Intentions in Architecture, MIT
Architecture as a discipline: space, place/non-place (topia, Press, 1968
utopia, heterotopia, dystopia); Architectural form, design 24. D G Shane, Recombinant Urbanism: Conceptual Model-
thinking and process (positivism, rationalism, tame/wicked ing in Architecture, Urban Design and City Theory,
problem, IBIS, pattern language, diagram); Architecture and Academy Press, 2005
property development (real estate); Socio-cultural aspects in 25. James D Shilling, Real Estate, Oncourse Learning, 2001
architecture: historiography, evolution/ history of human 26. D’Arcy Thompson, On Growth and Form, Cambridge
settlement (human life-cycle space, culture and the politics University Press, 1987
of space); Architecture and sustainability: building physics,
Architectural Design Methods
construction and technology
ENAR800003
Pre-requisites: - 3 SKS
References:
1. Christopher Alexander, Notes on the Synthesis of Form, Exploring the theories and design methods that earn many
Harvard University Press Publication, 1964 critics’s attention in architecture and design world. Students
2. -----, The Appraisal of Real Estate 13th edition, Appraisal can choose appropriate design approach for good architec-
Institute, 2008 tural research that related to architectural design research,
3. Andrew Ballantyne (ed.), Architecture Theory, A Reader urban design, urban settlement and housing, architectural
in Philosophy and Culture, Continuum, 2005 history, theory and critics, property, and building technology.
4. S Bell et.al. Sustainability Indicators: Measuring the The objective is that students can create a comprehensive
Immeasurabel?, Earthscan Publications Ltd, 2000 architectural research proposal.
5. A Bertaud, The Regulatory Environment of Urban Land
Syllabus:
in Indonesia: Constrains Imposed on the Poor and Impact
of World Bank’s Urban Projects, Asia Technical Depart- Research methods: Thinking and studying architecture;
ment, 2003 terminology (ontological, psychological); architectural texts
6. Ricky Burdet eds, Living in the Endless City: The Urban and language styles; research questions, research arguments;
Age Project by the London School of Economics and research logic; assumptions and paradigms; strategy and
Deutsche Bank’s Alfred Herrhausen Society, Paidhon, experiment; creating a research proposal.
2011
Advanced design method: Design research, relation between
7. Stephen Cairns, Greig C Crysler, and Hilde Heynen, The
research and design; thesis statement; forms of architectural
SAGE Handbook of Architectural Theory, Sage Publica-
argumentation; exploration of theories and design methods
tion, 2012
that are well known and received much attention in the world 679
Master Program
of architecture and design. 5. Computational Drawing: From Foundational Exercises to

Theories of Representation (Carl Lostritto, 2019)
Pre-requisites:
6. Doing Research In and On the Digital: Research Methods
No preconditions for participants in the Master of Architec- across Fields of Inquiry (Christina Costa, Jenna Condie
ture Program. Need to get permission from the lecturer for (Ed.), 2018)
participants in the Architecture Undergraduate Program. 7. The Death of Drawing: Architecture in the Age of Simu-
lation (David R. Scheer, 2014)
References:
8. Visualizing Data: Exploring and Explaining Data in the
1. J.M. Bochenski, The Methods of Contemporary Thoughts,
Processing Environment (Ben Fry, 2007)
, Harper Torchbook, 1968
2. G. Broadbent, Design in Architecture: Architecture and Pre-Thesis
the Human Sciences, David Fulton Publisher, 2000; ENAR800005
3. Sir Karl Popper, The Logic of Scientific Discovery, Rout- 4 SKS
ledge Classic, 2002 Learning Objectives:
4. T. Y.Hardjoko, Panduan Meneliti dan Menulis Ilmiah,
Generate a research proposal (for research thesis) or a design
Departemen Arsitektur, 2005
proposal (for design thesis) of a minimum of 4,000 words.
5. F. Crews, The Random House Handbook, 3rd ed, Random
Students who choose a research thesis will produce a research
House, 1980
proposal that contains the results of a theoretical study that
6. Edward Tufte, Envisioning Information, Graphics Press,
shows the level of “mastery” on the research issue, as well
1983
as producing research propositions and methods. Students
7. John Zeisel, Inquiry by Design: Environment/Behavior/
who choose the design thesis will produce a design proposal
Neuroscience in Architecture, Interiors, Landscape, and
containing the results of a theoretical study that shows the
Planning, W. W. Norton, 2006
level of “mastery” on the design issue, as well as producing a
8. Linda Groat & David Wang, Architectural Research
“design statement” that is ready to be followed up and devel-
Methods, John Wiley & Sons, 2002
oped through the design process.
9. Murray Fraser (Ed). Design Research in Architecture,
Routledge, 2013 Syllabus:
10. Philip Plowright, Revealing Architectural Design: Meth-
Formulation of research issues and questions; theoretical
ods, Frameworks, Tools, Routledge, 2014
study through the study of relevant literature; development
11. Bryan Lawson, How Designers Think: The Design
of methods for responding to issues and answering research
Process Desmystified, Architectural Press, 2005
questions.
12. Hazel Clark dan David Brody (eds), Design Studies: A
Reader, Berg, 2009. Pre-requisites: Passed Advanced Design and Research Meth-
13. Nigel Cross, Designerly Ways of Knowing, Birkhauser, ods with minimum score is B
2007
References:
Applied Data Science 1. I. Borden and K. Ruedi, The Dissertation: An Architecture
ENAR800004 Students’ Handbook, Oxford University Press, 2000
2 SKS 2. T. Y. Hardjoko, Panduan Meneliti dan Menulis Ilmiah, Depar-
Learning Objectives: temen Arsitektur Universitas Indonesia, 2005
3. L. Groat & D. Wang, Architectural Research Methods, John
Students can understand the principles of data characteris-
Wiley and Sons, 2002
tics and the foundation of organizing data in architectural
4. F. Crews, The Random House Handbook, 3rd ed, Random
research. In addition, students are expected to be able to apply
House, 1980
digital devices in organizing, analyzing, and representing the
results of data processing. Scientific Publications
ENAR800006
Syllabus:
2 SKS
Understanding the character and variety of data and architec- Learning Objectives:
tural research approaches based on Big Data, recognizing and
Students should be able to produce scientific papers or
applying stages in sorting, organizing, and analyzing various
research with decent quality for being published at dissemi-
categories of data ranging from statistical, text and visual
nation forum in the national or international level.
based, understanding and applying various types of data
visualization and representation in various stages of research Syllabus:
, understand and apply data simulation practices both as a
The principles of scientific writing; various modes of scientific
form of analysis or representation, as well as the introduction
writing; strategy for formulating the argument in the scientific
and application of scripting as a form of data processing auto-
literature that explicitly indicates the position of the existing
mation.
knowledge; procedure of publication in national/interna-
Pre-requisites: Have followed Advanced Architectural tional seminars/conferences; procedures of publications in
Theory international journals; review of articles in internationally
reputable journals that are related to the fields of architecture
References:
1. Decoding the City: Urbanism in the Age of Big Data Pre-requisites: Passed Advanced Design and Research Meth-
(Dietmar Offenhuber, Carlo Ratti (Eds.), 2014) ods Methods.
2. AD Smart Cities: A Spatialised Intelligence (Antoine
References:
Picon, 2015)
1. I. Borden and K. Ruedi, The Dissertation: An Architecture
3. Bit by Bit: Social Research in the Digital Age (Matthew J
Students’ Handbook, Oxford University Press, 2000
Salganik, 2018)
2. T. Y. Hardjoko, Panduan Meneliti dan Menulis Ilmiah, Depar-
4. Code: Between Operation and Narration (Andrea Gleini-
680 ger, Georg Vrachliotis (Ed.), 2012)
Master Program
3. L. Groat & D. Wang, Architectural Research Methods, John 4. Jean-Michel Kantor, “A Tale of Two Bridges: Topology
Wiley and Sons, 2002 and Architecture” in Nexus Network Journal, Volume 7,
4. N. Gough, Blank Spots, Blind Spots, and Methodological Ques- Issue 2, November 2005, pp 13-21
tions in Postgraduate Research, 2002 5. Works and thoughts of Zaha Hadid, Frank Gehry, Rem
Koolhaas, Bernard Tschumi, Stephen Holl, Bjarke Ingels,
Thesis
Julien De Smedt, etc.
ENAR800007
8 SKS Urban Design Studio 1
Learning Objectives: ENAR800009
5 SKS
Students should be able identify, study, and communicate
issues in a specific research area which relates to architecture.
Able to develop advanced mastery in reading, research, and Equipping students with the basics of analysis and skills to
write a thesis. For thesis research section: provide a thesis not apply the urban design rules in stages, starting from arranging
more than 20.000 words. For design thesis section: provide the elements of urban spatial planning to arranging the control
design as well as thesis not more that 10.000 words and design devices of the use of urban space within a certain limit, with
portfolio that gives the whole picture on design research the studio objects/cases is a section of the road (strip) or the
process. environment/mixed-region (mixed-used). Students are intro-
duced to the basic applications of urban design by using the
Syllabus:
results of analyzes which carried out in-depth and sharply on
Defining issue to respond, research questions which are the context and issues of the region.
clearly formulated, and the objectives of the research. Theo-
Syllabus:
retical based, strategy for choosing methods, investigation of
facts and synthesis of materials which lead to the responses to The chosen site is a section of road or complex area and has a
research questions and the conclusion. variety of elements and city elements that can provide oppor-
tunities for students to do “multiple analysis”. Understanding
Pre-requisites: Passed Pre-Thesis
and applying the idea of “ placemaking” in the realm of private
References: and public, open space and buildings, to realize the needs of
1. I. Borden and K. Ruedi, The Dissertation: An Architecture individuals and the community/public. Critically examining
Students’ Handbook, Oxford University Press, 2000 on a broader scale and broader context of various urban plans
2. T. Y. Hardjoko, Panduan Meneliti dan Menulis Ilmiah, Depar- and regulations including master plans, zoning, UDGL, etc.
Prerequisites: -
3. L. Groat & D. Wang, Architectural Research Methods, John
Wiley and Sons, 2002 References:
4. F. Crews, The Random House Handbook, 3rd ed, Random 1. Carmona, Matthew et.al, Public Spaces Urban
House, 1980 Spaces. Oxford: Architectural Press, 2003
2. Gehl, Jan, How to Study Public Life, Copenhagen: Island
Architectural Design Studio 1
Press, 2013
ENAR800008
3. Hester, Randolph T., Design for Ecological Democracy,
5 SKS
Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, 2010
4. Shane, Graham, Recombinant Urbanism. Great Britain:
Students should be able to explore and develop arguments for John Willeys & Sons, 2005
architectural design concepts based on research and design 5. Jacobs, Allan B., Looking at Cities. Cambridge, MA:
method in urban context. Harvard University Press, 1985
6. Krier, Rob, Urban Space. New York: Rizzoli Int. Publica-
Syllabus:
tion, 1970
Developing the logical arguments based on the design 7. Lynch, Kevin, Good City Form. Cambridge, MA: MIT
research, methods and design in the studio that related to the Press., 1984
design concept, issue, keyword, design theory, and program 8. Larice, Michael, Urban Design Reader, London: Rout-
in an urban context based on certain ideas. Data collection is ledge, 2012
based on the external and internal of determining parameters 9. National Association of City Transportation Officials,
that create a space. Identifying the related issues to environ- Urban Street Design Guide, Copenhagen: Island Press,
mental sustainability and the context of the tropical climate, 2013
and program formulation as a spatial journey. Tectonic aspects 10. Rossi, Aldo, The Architecture of the City. Cambridge,
include the shape, structure, and building system. Knowledge MA: MIT Press, 1982
of typology and topology design-based. Consideration of
Urban Housing and Settlement Studio 1
safety and health aspects. Mastering the architectural expres-
ENAR800010
sion aspects include the model, sketch, architectural drawing
5 SKS
and digital media.
Prerequisites: -
Students should be able to design housing project based on
References: market mechanism; design program including market poten-
1. Christopher Alexander, A Pattern Language, Oxford tial research, market economy, location, and types of housing.
Syllabus:
2. Peter Eisenman, Diagram Diaries, Thames & Hudson,
1999 The feasibility study of housing projects includes market
3. William McDonough and Michael Braungart, The UpCy- demand, housing economy; The design process includes
cle: Beyond Sustainability – Designing for Abundance, precedent literature based on overseas and domestic sources;
Melcher Media: A Northpoint Press, 2013 design development; models of housing projects; design
681
Master Program
report including housing economy, technical design includ- 2nd ed. 1931
ing model of the housing project. 8. G W F Hegel tr. A. V. Miller, Hegel’s Phenomenology of Spir-
it,Oxford University Press, 1977
Pre-requisites: -
Architecture and Sustainability Workshop 1
References:
ENAR800013
1. C A Doxiades, Ekistics: An Introduction to the Science of
5 SKS
Human Settlements, Oxford University Press, 1968
2. John Macsai F.A.I.A. et. al., Housing, John Wiley & Sons,
1982. Students should be able to develop and apply building tech-
3. Jörg Blume (ed.), Housing for the Future: Projects in nology theory in a small scale design project research.
Germany 1996, Inter -Nationes, 1996
Syllabus:
4. Direktorat Jenderal Cipta Karya, Dep. PU, Pedoman
Teknik Perencanaan Perumahan Flat dan Maisonette, Thermal comfort measurement and passive cooling, design
1981 and evaluation of natural lighting, noise controlling and eval-
5. DC Corporate Documentation, Real Estate Investment uation method, planning of using alternative energy
Calculations
Prerequisites: -
6. The Dewberry Companies, Land Development: Planning,
Engineering and Surveying, McGraw-Hill, 2004 References:
7. Joshua Kahr and Michael C. Thomsett, Real Estate Market 1. Dominique Gauzin-Muller, Sustainable Architecture and
Valuation and Analysis. John Wiley & Sons, 2005 Urbanism, Birkhausser, 2002
2. Earl R. Babbie, The Practice of Social Research, Belmont:
Property Workshop 1
Wadsworth Publ. Co.Inc, 1973
ENAR800011
3. Giancolli DC. General Physics, Prentice Hall Inc, 1984
5 SKS
4. James Ambrose, Simplified Design for Building Sound
Control, John Wiley & Sons, 1995
Students should be able to learn the relation between architec- 5. Leslie L Doelle and Lea Prasetio, Akustik Lingkungan,
ture and real estate activate in a small scale project. Relating Erlangga, 1993
to the place innovation for human activity like new building 6. KE Watt, Understanding the Environment, UC Press, 1982
type, lifestyle, market segmentation, et cetera. 7. SFPE Handbook, Society of Fire Protection Engineering.
Syllabus: Architectural Design Theories
ENAR800014
The dream & the product; the products (precedence): residen-
3 SKS
tial property, commercial/ retail property, office building/
property for working; money matters/ feasibility study; the
products & the users/ lifestyle; management aspects of a Students should be able to understand and have the ability
property product; The proposed products (future): residential to do critical analysis to architectural ideas in classic and
property, commercial/ retail property, office building/ prop- contemporary architecture, and also able to find the relation
erty for working; finance & management. between discourses of theory and practice in architectural
design.
Prerequisites: -
Syllabus:
References: -
Developments in the mechanism of architectural formation
History and Theory of Architecture 1
from classical to contemporary architecture; current ideas
ENAR800012
in architectural design theory and practice; ideal ideas in
5 SKS
architecture; multidisciplinary approach (art, mathematics,
natural sciences, and social sciences) in architectural theory
Students should be able to master research in history which and design.
are related to historiography and architectural artifact.
Prerequisities: Has attended The Advanced Architectural
Syllabus: Theories subject
Architectural Historiography: use various methodologies References:
to create architectural historiography; Artifact: Heritage of 1. Stephen Cairns, Greig C Crysler, Hilde Heynen. The SAGE
architecture and cities; introducing city/architecture heritage Handbook of Architectural Theory. SAGE Publications, 2012.
as significant artifact to be documented. 2. Michael Hays, Architecture Theory since 1968, MIT Press,
1998.
Prerequisites: -
3. Kate Nesbitt, Theorizing a New Agenda of Architecture:
References: An Antology of Architectural Theory 1965-1995. Princeton
1. Iain Borden and David Dunster (eds), Architecture and the Architectural Press, 1996.
Sites of History: Interpretations of Buildings and Cities, Butter- 4. Charles Jenks & Karl Kropf, Theories and Manifestos of
worth Architecture, 1995 Contemporary Architecture. John Wiley and Sons, 1997.
2. E H Carr, What is History?, Penguin Books, 1961 5. Vitruvius. The Ten Books on Architecture, trans by M. H.
3. Keith Jenkins, Rethinking History, Routledge, 1991 Morgan. New York: Dover Publications, 1960.
4. Hayden White, Tropics of Discourse: Essays in Cultural Criti- 6. D’Arcy Thompson, On Growth and Form. 1961.
cism, The Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978 7. Aaron Betsky & Erik Adigard, Architecture Must Burn.
5. Hayden White, “The Burden of History”, History and Theory, Gingko Press, 2000.
Vol. 5, No. 2 , 1966 pp. 111-134 8. A+P Smithson. Irenee Scalbert, Towards a Formless Architec-
6. Mona Lohanda (ed), Arsip dan Sejarah, ANRI, 1980 ture: The House of the Future, 1999.
7. G W F Hegel tr. J. B. Baillie, Phenomenology of Mind, 1910;
682
Master Program
Urban Design Theories Gugus Pulau Mikro, Disertasi, PSIL UI, 2006
ENAR800015 2. P Bourdieu, Outline of A Theory of Practice, Cambridge
3 SKS University Press, 1977, pp. 72-95
Learning Objectives: 3. Rod Burgess, Petty Commodity Housing or Dweller Control?:
A Critic of John Turner View on Housing Policy, 1978
Describing how environmental planning and design have
4. Michel De Certeau tr by Steven F. Rendall, The Practice
a contribution in the formation of a good urban through
of Everyday Life, University of California Press, 1984, pp.
the analysis of urban design theories both traditional and
29-42 and 91-110
contemporary, as well as an analysis of how and in what
5. M Foucault, ‘Space. Power and knowledge,’ S. During (ed.),
situations the design theories are formulated; Questioning
The Cultural Studies Reader Second Edition, Routledge, 1999,
how urban design ideas can improve the physical character
pp. 134-41
of the environment and why the idea is expected to facilitate
6. A Giddens, The Constitution of Society, University of Cali-
the improvement of the quality of life in urban and peri-ur-
fornia Press, 1984, pp. 1-28
ban areas; Conducting social and spatial analysis of the built
7. A Gilbert and Ann Varley, Landlord and Tenant Housing the
environment; analysis and criticism of the perceptual and
Poor in Urban Mexico, Routledge, 1991, chapter 7&8
performative aspects of urban design.
8. M Haan & Thomas Perks, ‘The Housing Careers of Older
Syllabus: Canadians: An Investigation Using Cycle 16 of the General
Social Survey, Canadian Studies in Population Vol. 35.2,
Review to understanding of urban design. Historical research 2008, pp. 223–242
and discourses on the meaning “good city” through the 9. T Y Harjoko, Penggusuran or Eviction in Jakarta: Solution
view of theorists, for example: cosmological belief, formalist, Lacking of Resolution for Urban Kampung, E-Proceedings,
fungsionalists, picturesques, organics, utopians, livability, http://coombs.anu.edu.au/SpecialProj/ASAA /bienni-
ecological. Questioning “performance dimension” in urban al-conference/2004/Harjoko-T-ASAA2004.pdf, 18.02.2013
design theories and understanding the relation between 10. M Heidegger tr by Albert Hofstadler, Kerper & Row, Poetry,
urban design and perceptual/visual/social dimension. After Language, Thought, Publishing Inc., 1971, pp. 145-161
the students are introduced to theorists point of view, in this 11. H L Kendig, ‘Housing Careers, Life Cycle and Residential
section they will explore various ways of interpretating and Mobility : Implications for the HousingMarket’, Urban Stud-
understanding urban environment. Discussion on how urban ies, 1984, pp. 21, 271-283
environment has different meaning to different people, based 12. Shilpa Ranade, “The Way She Moves, Mapping the Everyday
on their cultural, economy, race, and gender background. Production of Gender and Space in Mumbai”, Economic and
Short review on connection between urban design activity and Political Weekly, Vol. 42, No. 17, Apr. 28 – May 4 2007, pp.
politic-economy context from urban development process. 1519-1526
Prerequisites: Students have taken Advanced Architectural 13. B Sullivan & Ke Chen, ‘Design for Tenant Fitout: A Critical
Theories. Review of Public Housing Flat Design in Hong Kong’, Habitat
Intl. Vol 21. No 3, 1997, pp. 291-303
References: 14. John F.C Turner, Housing By People: Towards Autonomy in
1. R. Legates, The City Reader, 2nd ed, Routledge, 1999 Building Environtments, Marion Boyars Publishers Ltd,
2. Henri Pirenne, The Medieval Cities: Their Origins and the 2000, pp 53-74
Revival of Trade, Princeton University Press, 1969 15. K D Willis, Squatter Settlements, Elsevier Ltd, 2009
3. Aristoteles, The Politics (especially Book III and Book VII),
Penguin Classics, revised edition, 1981 Property Theories
ENAR800017
Urban Housing and Settlement Theories 3 SKS
ENAR800016 Learning Objectives:
3 SKS
Learning Objectives: This course is intended to develop the insight and knowledge
of students in: understanding the role of Real Estate related
Critical understanding of issues and concerns related to hous- development with broad regional spatial aspects; mastering
ing and urban settlements in developing countries, particu- the methods and topics of discussion related to the construc-
larly Indonesia; Understanding of public and private policies tion of a wide-ranging Real Estate; mastering the basics of a
that affect economic development and housing, especially the strong conception and the ability to apply it to various matters
local economy; Provide a review and critique of strategies and relating to broader Real Estate issues and problems.
policies toward low-income groups or the poor in urban areas.
Syllabus:
Syllabus:
The first section will describe the basics and concepts of
Urban settlements and housing in Indonesia; triadic prob- appraisal / valuation. The second part will discuss the issue
lems of knowledge-power-space; the daily life of the urban of regional development related to urban management. In the
community, urban architecture and the habitus of various next sections, various issues related to regional development
community groups in urban areas; career homes of individ- will be studied, namely fundamental construction, and cost
uals, families in accessing housing facilities in urban areas; and benefit analysis, namely risk management techniques,
urban slums and socio-economic and political networks; funding resources and taxation, markets and marketing,
housing finance; housing policy: provider vs enabler; Critical asset / property management. This learning emphasizes on
analysis of Indonesia as an archipelago in relation to settle- understanding the principles and concepts of Real Estate in
ments and the development of coastal areas. the urban context without ignoring methods and technical
Prerequisites: Has attended the Advanced Architectural calculations. Through the particular, students are expected to
Theories subject understand Real Estate development as a concept that can be
used to help with various problems that will be encountered
References: in the workplace.
1. A T Alamsyah, Regionisme dalam Penataan Permukiman di
Prerequisites: Has attended the Advanced Architectural 683
Master Program
Theories. Prerequisites: Has attended the Advanced Architectural

Theories.
References:
1. Michael Ball et.al, The Economics of Commercial Property References:
Markets, Routledge, 1998 1. Edward Allen, Fundamentals of Building Construction: Mate-
2. Sheman J Maisel, Real Estate Investment and Finance, rial and Methods, John Wiley and Sons, 1999
McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1976 2. James Ambrose, Simplified Design of
3. Hugh O. Nourse, Managerial Real Estate Corporate Real Masonry Structures, John Wiley and Sons, 1992
Estate Asset Management, Prentice Hall, 1990 3. Wolfgang Schuller, High Rise Building
4. Mark W. Patterson, Real Estate Portfolios, John Willey & Structure, Krieger Publishing Co, 1986
Sons, Inc, 1995 4. Benjamin Stein, Building Technology: Mechanical and Electri-
cal Systems, John Wiley and Sons, 1995
Architectural Theory and History
5. DS Barrie, Professional Construction Management, Mc.Graw-
ENAR800018
Hill, 1986
3 SKS
6. J.M Boschenski, The Methods of Contem-
porary Thought, Herper and Row,
Students will be introduced to theories related to architecture 1968
and the development of historiography in the world, as well as 7. Graham Haughton, et.al, Sustainable Cities, Cromwell
some historical ideas to examine the theoretical and historical Press, 1995
aspects of their respective research. 8. D. Chiras et.al, Environmental Science: A
Framework for Decision Making, Cummings Publishing,
Syllabus:
1985
Phenomenology, semiology (structuralism, post-structural- 9. Sears-Salinger, Theormodynamics, Kinetic Theory and Statis-
ism, deconstruction), modern and post-modern, colonialism tical Thermodynamics, Wesley, 1975
and post-colonialism, Gender in Architecture
Architectural Design Studio 2
Prerequisites: Has attended the Advanced Architectural ENAR800020
Theories subject 5 SKS
References:
1. Andrew Ballantyne (ed.), Architecture Theory, A Reader in Students should be able to develop the ability in creating space
Philosophy and Culture, Continuum, 2005 as architectural design concept that is defined individually
2. Homi K Bhabha, The Location of Culture, Routledge, 1994 in a specific design theme, which includes the consideration
3. Iain Borden, Barbara Penner; Jane Rendell, (Eds),Gender environment and sustainability.
Space Architecture: An Interdisciplinary Introduction (Archi-
Syllabus:
text), Routledge, 2000
4. Zeynep Celik, Displaying The Orient: Architecture of Islam at Exploration on design concept based on typology. Exploration
Nine- teenth-Century World’s Fairs, University of California on sustainable idea in various contexts. Urban space typology,
Press, 1992 building typology, program and site analysis. Theme and
5. Guy Debord translated by Donald Nicholson Smith, The spatial ideas in ecological concept. Architectural research:
Society of the Spectacle, Black & Red, 2004 translating program in conceptual diagram, layout, circula-
6. M. Foucault, The Archeology of Knowl- edge, Vintage, 1982, tion, space integration by sketches, architectural drawings,
Parts II & III and models. Tectonic exploration: relation between tectonic
7. Terence Hawke, Structuralism and Semiotics, Routledge, theme and architectural typology which relates to design
1997 concept. Verbal and visual communication aspects.
8. Steven Holl, Juhani Pallasmaa, Alberto Perez-Gomez,
Prerequisites: -
Questions of Perception: Phenomenology of Architecture,
William K Stout Pub, 2007 References:
9. Keith Jenkins, Re-thinking History, Routledge, 1991 1. Dominique Hes, Chrisna Du Plessis, Designing for Hope:
10. Neil Leach (ed.), Rethinking Architecture: A Reader in Cultural Pathways to Regenerative Sustainability, Routledge, 2014
Theory, Routledge, 1998 2. Danilo Palazzo, Frederick Steiner, Urban Ecological Design:
11. Edward Said, Orientalism, Penguin, 1977 A Process for Regenerative Places, Island Press, 2012
12. Panayotis Tournikiotis, The Historiography of Modern 3. S. Hernandez, C. A. Brebbia, W. P. De Wilde, editors,
Architecture, The MIT Press, 1999 Eco-Architecture III: Harmonisation between Architecture and
Nature, WIT Press, 2010
Architecture and Sustainability Theories
4. Manuel Castells, “Space of Flows, Space of Places, Materials
ENAR802622
for a City of Urbanism in the Information Age.”, 2004
5 SKS
5. Jiat-Hwee Chang,“Tropical Variants of Sustainable Archi-
tecture: A Postcolonial Perspective,” in The SAGE Handbook
Students should be able to explain building technology of Architectural Theory, SAGE Publications, Ltd, 2012, pp
theory, especially in the field of material, structure, building/ 602-617
environment safety. 6. Fabiano Lemes de Oliveira, “Eco-cities: The Role of Networks
of Green and Blue Spaces” Cities for Smart Environmental
Syllabus:
and Energy Futures, part of the series Energy Systems,
Structural material characteristics, building structure and 2013, pp 165-178
robustness, sustainable development, ecology, building econ- 7. Michael Lindfield and Florian Steinberg, Green Cities.
omy, advanced engineering, management aspect in building Asian Development Bank (ADB) Urban Development
design and maintenance, energy conservation, law and regu- Series, November 2012
lation on built environment.
Urban Design Studio 2
684
Master Program
ENAR800021 and design based on ecological principles.

5 SKS
Prerequisities: Has attended Housing and Urban Settlement
Studio 1.
By taking advantage of the position of the Depok UI campus
References:
which is close to the capital, the studio’s main goal is to
1. J M Bang, Ecovillages: Practical Guide to Sustainable Commu-
broaden students’ insights, understanding, knowledge and
nities, New Society Publishers, 2005
mastery of the principles of sustainable city design, by taking
2. J N Habraken, Support: An Alternative to Mass Housing,
the case of the Jakarta and Bodetabek regions. Students are
Prager Publishers, 1972
encouraged to explore the complexity of issues facing the
3. N Hamdi, Housing Without Houses: Participation, Flexibility,
city of Jakarta as a megacity, among others (for example) is
Enablement, Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1991
the density, urbanization, floods, energy, and climate change.
4. G Minke, Building with Earth: Design and Technology of a
It is expected that these issues will be able to trigger student
Sustainable Architecture, Publishers for Architecture, 2006
creativity to produce innovative urban designs that can be
5. B Saini, ‘Site Development and Sanitary Services’, in H S
scientifically justified, both socially and environmentally.
Murison & J P Lea (eds.), Housing in Third World Countries
Syllabus: Perspectives on Policy and Practice, The Macmillan Press,
Ltd., 1979, pp 89-95
As the continuity in Urban Design Studio 1, in this studio
6. N Sheridan, ‘Energy for the Built Environment’, op. cit., H S
students are asked to do connectivity exploration on various
Murison & J P Lea, pp 100-110
aspects in urban design through re-design project in mixed-
7. Tokyo Student Session, Sustainable Design Book, The 2005
use area (commercial housing). Students are encouraged to
World Sustainable Building Conference in Tokyo, Student
re-design environment that are in the process of transition
Session23-29 September 2005, Tokyo, Japan
because of radical changes. Studio is organized with early
8. United Nations, Guidebook on Biogas Development, Energy
premises that public space plays a significant role to create a
Resourve Development Series No. 21, 1980
comfortable city and life, but the design platform should also
rely on user aspiration. The challenge in this studio is the posi- Property Workshop 2
tion of urban design that has to give rewards and attention to ENAR800023
other aspects in architectural way and also physical reality of 5 SKS
a city. Other than that, in finishing urban design project, the Learning Objectives:
students are challenged to make ‘local character’ as keyword.
Examining the links between urban architecture and real
Prerequisites: Has attended the Urban Design Studio 1. estate activities in a large-scale project related to urban
management, the role of the public and private sectors in the
References:
development of urban areas, repositioning and revitalization
1. Protzen, Jean-Pierre and Harris, David J., Universe of
in a sector, and others.
Design: Horst Rittel’s Theories of Design and Planning,
London and New York: Routledge (2010) Syllabus:
2. Rutz, Werner: Cities and Towns in Indonesia, Stuttgart:
(1) Private sector/commercial development project, devel-
Gebruder Borntraeger (1987)
opment of area around 50 ha. Property product (enacted
3. Ricky Burdett (Editor), Deyan Sudjic (Editor), 2010, Living
physical regulations). Project funding and buying scheme:
in the Endless City: The Urban Age Project by the London
e.g. mortgage. Developers’ and region government’s rights
School of Economics and Deutsche Bank’s, Alfred Herrhausen
and obligations (developer: on site, off site, cash payment, etc.
Society, Phaidon Press
Region government: holiday tax, incentive, public facilities,
4. Ricky Burdett (Editor), Deyan Sudjic (Editor) 2008. the
etc.). Implementation plan (rights and obligations + develop-
Endless City, Phaidon Press
ment’s time schedule)
5. Mohsen Mostafavi (Author), Gareth Doherty (Author),
2010, Harvard University Graduate, Ecological Urbanism, (2) The development of urban facilities that are related to
Lars Muller Publishers property development (public-private development): inves-
6. Charles Montgomery (2014). Happy City: Transforming Our tigation/exploration on a public project through recovery
Lives Through Urban Design, Farrar Straus Giroux chances by putting in unsure property development as
7. Abeyasekere, S. (1987). Jakarta: A History, Oxford: Oxford the development of educational area/science center, MRT/
University Press. busway/tollway, which connected to property development
8. Certeau, M.D. (1984). The Practice of Everyday Life. Berkeley: along the path. The creation of public facilities.
University of California Press.
Prerequisites: Has attended Property Workshop 1
9. Silver, C. (2011). Planning the Megacity: Jakarta in the Twenti-
eth Century. New York: Routledge References: Relevant references to the topic offered.
10. Tunas, D. (2008). The Spatial Economy in the Urban Informal
Settlement. Netherland: International Forum on Urbanism
History and Theory Workshop 2
ENAR800024
Urban Housing and Settlement Studio 2 5 SKS
ENAR800022 Learning Objectives:
5 SKS
Students should be able to master history research that related
to representation and application/ practice in architectural
Students are encountered with design solutions from urban history.
settlements and housing for low-income community with an
Syllabus:
eco-architecture approach.
The representation of architecture: architecture as text; archi-
Syllabus:
tecture as profession; architecture as film; architecture as
Exploration of socio-economic issues related to the complexity identity (race and gender); architecture as memory; architec-
of providing housing for the urban poor; housing planning 685
Master Program
ture and disaster; application of architectural history: teach- 2. Frei Otto, Tensile Structure, MIT Press, 1997
ing architectural history; exhibiting architecture; architecture 3. Graham, P. Building Ecology, First Principles for A
on television/ radio; architectural journalism. Sustainable Built Environment, ISBN 978-0-632-064137
(Publisher Willey-Blackwell, 2012)
Prerequisites: Has attended Advanced Architectural Theo-
4. Harold J. Rosen, The Professional Practice of Architec-
ries.
tural Detailing, John Wiley & Sons, 1999
References: 5. Gahijanti AS, Mekanika, Penerbit Salemba Teknik, 2000
1. Nezar AlSayyad, Cinematic Urbanism: A History of the 6. Finarya Legoh dan Siti Handjarinto, Buku Ajar Akustik,
Modern from Reel to Real, Routledge, 2006 2002
2. J. Bloomer, Architecture and the Text: the (s)crypts of Joyce 7. Lechner, N. Heating Cooling Lighting: Sustainable
and Piranessi (Theoretical Perspectives in Architectura), Design Methods for Architects (Publisher: Willey, 2008)
Yale University Press, 1995 8. Leonard, A. The Story of Stuff. (Publisher: Free Press,
3. Iain Borden, Jane Rendell, Intersections, Architectural 2011)
Histories and Critical Theories, Routledge, 2000 9. Lippsmeier, G. Tropenbau Building in the Tropics
4. Iain Borden, et.al (eds.), The Unknown Cities: Contesting (Publisher: Callwey, 1980)
Architecture and Social Space, The MIT Press, 2001 10. Jain, A.K. Low Carbon City: Policy, Planning and Practice
5. Iain Borden, et al. Strangely Familiar: Narratives of Archi- (Publisher: Discovery Publishing Pvt.Ltd., 2009)
tecture in the City, Routledge, 1996 11. McDonough, W. and Braungart, M. Cradle to Cradle:
6. Mike Davis, Ecology of Fear: Los Angeles and the Imagi- Remaking the Way We Make Things, ISBN: 0865475873
nation of Disaster, Metropolitan Books, 1998 (Publisher: North Point Press, 2002)
7. Nan Ellin, Architecture of Fear, Princeton Architectural 12. Soeryani Moh ed, Lingkungan: Sumberdaya Alam dan
Press, 1997 Kependudukan dalam Pembangunan, UI Press, 1987
8. Murray Fraser. ‘Dreams about Cities: REM and Koolhaas,’ 13. World Commission on Environment and Development.
The Oxford Review of Architecture, vol. 2, 1997, p:76. Our Common Future (Publisher: Oxford University
9. Bell hooks. Art on My Mind; Visual Politics, The New Press, 1987)
Press, 1995 14. Yeang, K. Eco Skyscrappers II ((Publisher The Image
10. Michael Keith and Steve Pile, Place and the Politics of, Publishing Group, 2011)
Routledge, 1993
11. Naomi Kleine, The Shock Doctrine: the Rise of Disaster Elective Courses
Capitalism, Metropolitan Books, 2008
12. R. Koolhaas and B. Mau, S,M,L,XL, Office for Metropoli- Advanced Spatial Analysis
tan Architecture (O.M.A.), 1995 ENAR800026
13. Spiro Kostof (ed.), Architect, Oxford University Press, 1977 3 SKS
14. Intan Paramaditha, ‘City and Desire in Learning Objectives:
Indonesian Cinema’ in Inter-Asia Cultural Geography and other social and environmental disciplines
Studies: Runaway City/Leftover Spaces, vol. 12, no: 4, have association to spatial data - data that shows phenomena
Routledge T&F, 2011, pp:500-512 locations on the earth surface. Although the phenomena stud-
15. A. Palladio tr by: Robert Tavernor & Richard Schofield, ied are often different, from the level of air pollution, the loca-
The Four Books on Architecture, MIT Press, 1997 tion of hospitals, the pattern of human populations, to the size
16. Leonie Sandercock (ed.), Making of rainwater, what unites all of this data is the fact that they all
the Invisible Visible, A Multicultural Planning History, have a location or position relative to the surface of the earth.
University of California Press, 1998
17. Moira G Simpson. Making Representations Museum in Syllabus:
the Post colonial Era, Routledge, 1996 Methods for analyzing spatial data have existed since the
18. R. Venturi, Complexity and Contradiction in Architec- 1930s, but in the last two decades there have been several
ture, The Museum of Modern Art, 1966 significant developments, triggered by computer technology
Architecture and Sustainability Workshop 2 and GIS development. This course explores methods for
ENAR802623 analyzing three important types of spatial data: point data,
5 SKS area data (polygons), and field data (continuous surfaces). We
Learning Objectives: will consider how these methods work, their strengths and
limitations, and the examples of practical and research prob-
Students should be able to develop and aplly building technol- lems where these methods can be applied. This course also
ogy theory in a small-scale research project. consists of labs involving ArcGIS and other software such as
Syllabus: GeoDA, SatScan and R.
Ecological aspect in technology utilization, material utiliza- Prerequisites: -

tion affects to building safety, economy aspect in technology References:
utilization, resources engineering, resources technology 1. Lloyd, C. (2011). Local Models for Spatial Analysis, 2nd
management in building/design, the effects of technology Edition. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.
utilization in design to project management, energy efficiency 2. Bahan bacaan tambahan merupakan artikel terterbit
measurement in design, the effects of law and regulation in yang menggunakan metode analisa spatial dalam berb-
technology utilization. agai macam area aplikasi.
Prerequisites: Has attended Architecture and Sustainability Architecture and Text
Workshop 1. ENAR800027
References: 3 SKS
1. James Cowan, Architectural Accoustics: Design Guide, Learning Objectives:
McGraw-Hill, 2000 Introducing architecture as text that can be read and inter-
686
Master Program
preted based on the relationship between the text and its Buku Ilmiah Populer, 2006
context, as well as providing tools (methods) for reading 5. Charles Moore and Jane Lidz, Water + Architecture, Thames
architecture as text. and Hudson Ltd, 1994
6. Malcolm Newson, Land, Water and Development: River Basin
Syllabus:
Systems and their Sustainable Development, Routledge,1992
“Il n’y a pas de hors-texte” (nothing outside the text). This is 7. Koen Olthuis and David Keuning, Float!. Building on Water
a sentence stated by the philosopher Jacques Derrida. Text is to Combat Urban Congestion and Climate Change, Frame
often understood as a written communication. However, in Publishers, 2010
the context of this course, the text is not limited to written 8. Djoko Pramono, Budaya Bahari, Gramedia Pustaka Utama,
words. For example, facial expressions, advertisements, traffic 2005
signs, painting are also texts. The word “text”, the word which 9. Alan P. Trujillo and Harold V. Thurman, Essentials of
has connection with the word “texture” and “context”, comes Oceanography, Ninth Edition, Pearson Education Ltd, 2008
from the Latin word texere, which means knit. This course is 10. Heather Vies and Tom Spencer, Coastal Problems: Geomor-
an introduction to architecture as a text. This course give us phology, Ecology and Society at the Coast, Edward Arnold,
knowledge, how to read architecture as text, How do we read 1995
architecture as a knitting between architectural works and 11. Ary Wahyono, AR Patji, SS Laksono, R. Indrawasih, Sudi-
architects, including society condition and so on. yono dan Surmiati Ali, Hak Ulayat Laut di Kawasan Indone-
sia Timur, Media Presindo Yogjakarta, 2000
Prerequisites: -
Ethnic Architecture
References:
ENAR800029
1. Roland Barthes, Mythologies, Vintage Classics, 2000
3 SKS
2. John D Caputo (ed.), Deconstruction in a Nutshell: a Conver-
sation with Jacques Derrida, Fordham University Press, 1997
3. Umberto Eco, A Theory of Semiotics, Indiana University Student should be able to understand various aspects of
Press, 1976 architecture which arise from ethnic groups’ traditions in
4. Joel Gilberthorpe, What is a Text?: order to explain and analyse elements and principles of archi-
on the Limits of a Text as an Object of Knowledge (http://www. tecture from particular ethnic group; able to comprehend the
arts.mq.edu.au/documents/NEO_Article_5_2009_Joel_ phenomena of ethnic architecture in general and to analyze
Gilberthorpe.pdf) architecture tradition of particular ethnic group.
Coastal Architecture Syllabus:
ENAR800028
Understanding of principles and elements of ethnic architec-
3 SKS
ture, forming factors, symbolic classification, cosmological
view and worldview, space, place, time, meaning, anthropo-
Student should be able to understand the relationship between morphic, building process.
spatial temporal, cultural, and eco-athropomorphic systems
Prerequisites: -
changes in coastal areas. Such understanding would contrib-
ute to awareness to integrate eco-anthroposystem ideas into References:
architectural design in coastal areas; Student should be able 1. Amos Rapoport, House Form and Culture, Englewood
to systematically express their own understanding and awar- Cliffs, 1960
enees of design issues in coastal context. 2. N. Egenter, Architectural Anthropology, Structura Mundi,
1996
Syllabus:
3. Roxanna Waterson, The Living House: An Anthropology of
Water and architecture, basic understanding and knowledge Architecture in Southeast Asia, Oxford University Press,
of coastal area, continental area, sea, archipelago, spatial-tem- 1990
poral-cultural aspects, coastal eco-anthroposystem, the 4. E. Guidoni, Primitive Architecture, Harry N. Abrams, 1978
effect of island-sea interactions to coastal living-livelihood, 5. Paul Oliver (ed.), Sign, Symbol, and Shel- ter, The Overlook
spatial planning, facilities and architecture of coastal areas, Press, 1977
the dynamics of dwelling and dwelling form in Indonesian 6. J. Fox (ed.), Inside Austronesian House, The Australian
coastal areas, climate change and disaster risk in Indonesian National University, 1993
coastal area, spatial-temporal-cultural changes and eco-an- 7. Djauhari Sumintardja, Kompendium Arsitektur. Yayasan
throposystem in certain Indonesian coastal area, the role of Lembaga Masalah Bangunan, 1978
architects in coastal spatial planning and the future of coastal 8. Bourdier & N.AlSayyad (eds), Tradition,
architecture. Dwellings and Settlements: Cross-cultural Perspectives,
University Press of America, 1989
Prerequisites: Has attended Design Methods Subject
Heritage Architecture
References:
ENAR800030
1. Abimanyu Takdir Alamsyah, Regionisme dalam Penataan
3 SKS
Permukiman di Gugus Pulau Mikro, unpublished doctoral
dissertation, PSIL Universitas Indonesia, 2006
2. Abimanyu Takdir Alamsyah, Menata Permukiman Pulau- An introduction to Heritage Architecture which includes both
Laut, Mempertahankan Keberlanjutan Bertanahair Kepulauan, tangible and intangible aspects, as well as the ‘Outstanding
Pidato pengukuhan Guru Besar Universitas Indonesia. Universal Value’ aspect of the Cultural Heritage Buildings
Depok, 2009 and Cultural Heritage Areas. There will be discussions about
3. Michael R. Bloomberg and Amanda M. Burden, Urban critical issues related to heritage in architecture and cities.
Waterfront Adaptive Strategies in Waterfront Vision & Introduction to preservation efforts includes: protection,
Enhancement Strategy, NYC Planning, 2013 development and reuse of buildings and cultural heritage
4. Subandono Diposaptono and Budiman, Tsunami, Penerbit areas.
687
Master Program
Syllabus: 17. UU Cagar Budaya (UU No. 11 /2010 Tentang Cagar

Budaya, UU No.28/2002 Tentang Bangunan Gedung dan
This course includes movie screenings and field trips to
PP No.39/2005 tentang Pelaksanaan UU No.28/2002, yang
understand more about the precedents of heritage architec-
di dalamnya mencakup Pelestarian Bangunan Gedung,
ture in Indonesia and how heritage conservation efforts have
UU No. 26/2007 Tentang Penataan Tata Ruang).
been done so far.
18. Cultural Heritage Charters and Standard.
This course is an elective subject that studies the architecture 19. Asia Conserved, UNESCO, 2007.
of the past in the context of present reality and the ongoing 20. Tjahjono, Gunawan (ed.), The Indonesian Heritage Series
efforts to provide new life for the future generation. It includes (Singapore: Archipelago Press, 1998).
Tradition, Memory, Authenticity, Value (Cultural Heritage
Architecture, Media, and Context
Buildings - BCB), Sites (Cultural Heritage Sites - LCB), and
ENAR800031
Heritage Cities (Cultural Heritage Areas), with an emphasis
3 SKS
on Cultural Heritage Buildings and the efforts made for Pres-
ervation / Conservation / Revitalization in it.
The course is concerned with how media operates in archi-
Prerequisites: -
tecture and bring forward various scales and contexts of
References: architectural projects. We consider scale as both a physical
1. Diez, Fernando, ‘Heritage’, Cairns, Stephen, Crysler, Greig attribute of objects and spaces and as ideology – as an oper-
C., Heyne, Hilde. The SAGE Handbook of Architectural ative idea – about relationships, which are both internal and
Theory. SAGE Publications, 2012, pp 274 – 86. external to the architectural object and/or field. Scale in archi-
2. Rajagopalan, Mrinalini, ‘Preservation and Modernity: tecture always implies context, whether the context is implied
Competing Pespectives, Contested Histories and the in objects, landscapes or urban fabrics. Therefore, this course
Question of Authenticity’. Cairns, Stephen, Crysler, Greig also examines the dynamic and complex relationship between
C., Heyne, Hilde. The SAGE Handbook of Architectural media, scale and architecture. We will look at architecture as
Theory. SAGE Publications, 2012, pp. 308 – 24. media and embodiments of particular ideas and values—and
3. Avila, Fidel Alejandro Meraz, ‘Social Memory and Assim- at the impact that communication media have had on the
ilation: The Conflictive conjunction of theories of conser- practice of architecture and the way we experience our built
vation and architecture’. environments.
4. Boyer, M. Christine. ‘Collective Memory Under Siege:
Understanding architecture as an embodiment of ideas and
The Case of Heritage Terrorism’. Cairns, Stephen, Crysler,
there is a deep connection between the communication media
Greig C., Heyne, Hilde. The SAGE Handbook of Architec-
used such as pictures, photos and films of architectural prac-
tural Theory. SAGE Publications, 2012, pp. 325 – 38.
tices and the way we understand space. Students explore how
5. Brown, Robert and Maudlin, Daniel. ‘Concept of Vernac-
understanding media in architecture and related contexts
ular Architecture’. Cairns, Stephen, Crysler, Greig C.,
helps us to understand architecture and is able to transfer
Heyne, Hilde. The SAGE Handbook of Architectural
theoretical knowledge into architectural applications and
Theory. SAGE Publications, 2012, pp: 340 – 55.
criticism.
6. Walker, Paul. ‘Culture’. Cairns, Stephen, Crysler, Greig
C., Heyne, Hilde. The SAGE Handbook of Architectural Syllabus:
Theory. SAGE Publications, 2012, pp: 369 – 82.
This lecture deals with how media operate in architecture and
7. Feilden, Bernard M. ‘Introduction to architectural conser-
is used in various contexts and scales. There is an introduction
vation’ in Conservation of Historic Building (1994), pp:
to history and theory about media and architecture and traces
1 – 22.
the use of media in architecture as well as understanding the
8. Larkham, Peter J. ‘Conflict and Conservation’ in Conser-
relationship between architectural theory and practice and
vation and the City, Routledge, 1996, pp 3 – 30.
the meaning of space. In general, the discussion includes the
9. Amorim, Luiz et. Al. ‘Preserving Space’. Proceedings 6th
use of media in architecture and art, media in the Renaissance
International Space Syntax Symposium, Istanbul, 2007 pp.
& Classicism era, several observational techniques and new
032-01 – 032-14.
views on space, Collage & Montage in architecture, photog-
10. Hayden, Dolores “Rediscovering An African American
raphy and representation in Architecture, film and architec-
Homestead’, in Hayden, Dolores, The Power of Place:
ture, reading media contexts and scales such as miniature
Urban Landscapes as Public History (Cambridge, Massa-
and Megastructure, signs and semiotics in architecture, and
chusetts and London, England: The MIT Press, 1997), pp.
society of spectacle.
168 – 187.
11. Kehoe, Marsely von Langerke. ‘The Paradox of Postcolo- Pre-requisites: -
nial Historic Preservation’.
References:
12. Barthelemy, Jean. ‘‘The Architectural and Townspace
1. Moore, Charles and Allen, Gerald. Dimensions. Space,
Heritage As A Factor Influencing Trends in Development.’
shape & scale in architecture, (McGraw-Hill, 1977)
13. Corten, Jean-Paul et.al. Heritage As An Asset for Inner-
2. Colomina, Beatriz. “The Media House.” Assemblage, no.
City Development: An Urban Manager’s Guide Book,
27 (1995)
Ammersfoort: Cultural Heritage Agency, nai010 publish-
3. Jonathan Crary, Techniques of the observer: on vision and
ers.
modernity in the nineteenth century, the MIT Press, 1992
14. Hayden, Dolores, The Power of Place: Urban Landscapes
4. Sergei M. Eisenstein, Yve-Alain Bois, and Michael Glenny.
as Public History (Cambridge, Massachusetts and
“Montage and Architecture.” Assemblage, no. 10 (1989).
London, England: The MIT Press, 1997).
5. Colin Rowe and Fred Koetter, “Collage city and the recon-
15. Larkham, Peter J., Conservation and the City, Routledge,
quest of time,” in Collage City (MIT Press, 1978), 118-149;
1996.
“Excursis” (images): 151-177.
16. Pengantar Panduan Konservasi Bangunan Bersejarah
6. James Ackerman, “On the Origins of Architectural
Masa Kolonial, Pusat Dokumentasi Arsitektur dan Badan
Photography” In Kester Rattenbury, Ed., This is Not
Pelestarian Pusaka Indonesia, 2011.
688 Architecture: Media Constructions (New York: Rout-
Master Program
ledge, 2002): 26-35. Contractors. John Wiley & Sons, 2011

7. Giuliana Bruno, “Site-seeing: Architecture and the 2. Kensek, K, and Noble, D., Building Information Modeling:
Moving Image” Wide Angle 19:4 (1997): 8-24. BIM in Current and Future Practice, John Wiley & Sons,
8. Benjamin, Walter. 1969. ‘The Work of Art in the Age of 2014
Mechanical Reproduction,’ Illuminations. Ed. H. Arendt. 3. Holzer, D, The BIM Manager’s Handbook: Guidance for
(New York: Schocken) pp. 217–251. Professionals in Architecture, Engineering and Construc-
9. Susan Steward, “ Miniature,” in On Longing: Narratives tion, John Wiley & Sons
of the Miniature, the Gigantic, the Souvenir, the Collec-
Computational Design and Parametric Modelling
tion (John Hopkins U.P., 1984).
ENAR800034
10. Rem Koolhaas, Delirious New York (New York: Monaceli
3 SKS
Press, 1978).
11. Debord, Guy. 1994. The society of the spectacle. New York:
Zone Books. Students should be able to use computational media as part
12. Baudrillard, Jean. 1994. Simulacra and Simulation, ‬ Ed. of the design process, using parameter-based modeling and
Sheila Faria Glaser, Michigan: University of Michigan computer programming approaches.
Press.
Syllabus:
13. Venturi, Denise Scott Brown, Steven Izenour, Learning
From Las Vegas Introduction to computation design tools, parametric
14. Roland Barthes, “Semiology and Urbanism,” in Joan approach, algorithmic architectura, and scripting software.
Ockman (ed), Architecture Culture 1943-1968 (New York:
Prerequisites: Students have basic knowledge of NURBS and
Rizzoli, 1993), pp. 412-418.
CAD modelling
15. Henri Lefebvre, The Production of Space, Blackwell, 1991.
References:
Energy Efficient Building
1. B Kolarevic, Architecture in The Digital Age: Design and
ENAR800032
Manufacturing, Spon Press, 2003
3 SKS
2. Mode Lab, n.d, Foundations: Grasshopper Primer Third
Edition.
Understanding the principles and theories of energy-efficient 3. K Terzidis, Algorithmic Architecture, Routledge, 2006
building technology and applying them to design a building 4. R Oxman and R Oxman, Theories of the Digital in Architec-
that responds to climate and energy saving. ture, Routledge, 2014
Syllabus: Geometry and Architecture
ENAR800035
Renewable energy, climate and site context, solar geometry,
3 SKS
passive cooling, shading, natural and artificial light and solar
cells.
Student should be able to understand the role of geometry as
Prerequisites: -
a basis of architectural form; should be able to explore various
References: possible uses of geometry as the critical tools of analysis of
1. Donal Watson, The Energy Design Handbook, The American existing architectural works and in the process of generating
Institute of Architecture Press, 1993 architectural design works.
2. Klaus Daniels, The Technology of Ecological Building, English
Syllabus:
translation by Elizabeth Schwaiger, Birkshauser Verlag,
Berlin 1994 Development of knowledge on geometry and its implication
3. Norbert Lechner, Heating Cooling Lighting, Edisi kedua, for the development of architectural ideas and creativity;
terjemahan, PT Raja Grafindo Persada, 2007 geometry and classical aesthetics of architecture; Euclidean
and non Euclidean geometry in architecture; geometry and
BIM: Building’s Assessment and Analysis
the concept of ideal city; geometry, music, and architecture;
ENAR800033
geometry and perception; topology in architecture; geometry
3 SKS
in nature; exploration of the mechanism of geometry in shap-
ing a design work and its potential for further development.
Mastering the principles of BIM technology theories and
Prerequisites: -
applying it to analyze and assess the building performance
through energy analysis modeling with a green architectural References:
approach. 1. Vitruvius, Ten Books on Architecture, Dover Publications,
1960
Analyzing and assessing building performance using
2. Colin Rowe, Mathematics of an Ideal Villa,
BIM-based software.
MIT Press, 1976
Syllabus: 3. Peter Davidson & Donald L. Bates, Architecture after Geom-
etry, Architectural Design, 1999
Introduction to BIM in architecture; model development,
4. Irenee Scalbert, Archis, Towards a Formless Architecture: The
information and database management, building perfor-
House of the Future by A+P Smithson, Archis, 1999
mance’s documentation, analysis, and assessment.
5. D’Arcy Thompson, On Growth and Form, Dover Publica-
Prerequisites: - tions, 1992
6. Jane Jacobs, The Death and Life of Great American Cities,
References:
RandomHouse, 1961
1. Eastman, C., Eastman, C.M., Teicholz, P. and Sacks, R.,
7. Elizabeth Martin, Architecture as a Translation of Music in
BIM Handbook: A Guide to Building Information Model-
Pamphlet Architecture 16, Princeton Architectural Press,
ing for Owners, Managers, Designers, Engineers and
1994
689
Master Program
Independent Study University Press, 1977, pp. 72-95

ENAR600036 6. M De Certeau tr by Steven F. Rendall, The Practice of Every-
3 SKS day Life, University of California Press, 1984, pp. 29-42 and
Learning Objectives: 91-110
7. Kendig Hal L, ‘Housing Careers, Life Cycle and Residential
Having advanced architectural knowledge insights into vari-
Mobility : Implications for the HousingMarket’, Urban Stud-
ous topics and applying them to the development of architec-
ies, 1984, 21, 271-283
tural intervention ideas
8. Michael Haan & Thomas Perks. ‘The Housing Careers
Syllabus: of Older Canadians: An Investigation Using Cycle 16 of the
General Social Survey’. Canadian Studies in Population Vol.
Advanced architectural knowledge studies in a particular 35.2, 2008, pp. 223–242
context; the development of architectural intervention ideas 9. K. D. Willis, Squatter Settlements, Elsevier Ltd, 2009
based on in-depth study of context and theoretical studies on 10. Brian Sullivan & Ke Chen. ‘Design for Tenant Fitout: A
related topics Critical Review of Public Housing Flat Design in Hong Kong’.
Prerequisite: - Habitat Intl. Vol 21. No 3, 1997, pp. 291-303
11. Leland Blank and Anthony Tarquin. Engineering Economy:
References: Relevant references to the topic offered. Seventh Edition, McGraw Hills, 2012
Capita Selecta 12. B Harsman & J Quigley, Housing Markets & Housing Insti-
ENAR800037 tutions in a Comparative Perspective”. Housing Markets &
3 SKS Housing Institutions, Kluwer Academic, 1991, pp.1-29
Learning Objective: 13. Fashbir N Sidin, Housing Policy Systems in South and East
Asia, Palgrave Macmillan, 2002, pp.161-176
Students should be able to expand their knowledge on vari- 14. John F.C Turner and Robert Fichter, Freedom to Build,
ous topics that support acquisition of architectural knowledge Collier Mcmillan, 1972
and design skills. 15. John F.C Turner, Housing By People: Towards Autonomy in
Sylabus: Building Environtments, The Value of Housing, 1976, pp.
53-74.
Selected topics that are relevant to architectural knowledge, 16. A T Alamsyah, Menata permukiman Pulau-Laut. Pidato
design skills and their recent development. Pengukuhan Guru Besar UI, 2008
Prerequisite: - 17. Mayor Michael R Bloomberg and Amanda M.Burden,
Coastal climate resilience, Urban waterfront adaptive strategies,
References: Relevant references to the topic offered. Department of City Planning, 2013
Housing Policy 18. A T Alamsyah, Regionisme dalam Penataan Permukiman
ENAR800038 di Gugus Pulau Mikro, Disertasi, PSIL UI, 2006
3 SKS 19. Diposaptono, Subandono, Budiman, Hidup Akrab dengan
Learning Objectives: Gempa dan Tsunami, Penerbit Buku Ilmiah Populer, 2008
Students should be able to understand that housing policy is a Everyday and Architecture
concept to manage housing sector in a country. Scope of hous- ENAR800039
ing policy: understanding, purpose, characteristic, motive, 3 SKS
scope and implementation. Also, the relation to politic, social, Learning Objectives:
economy, culture and environment and its impact to housings Student should be able to understand the existence of every-
management. day phenomena as an approach to architecture; should be able
Syllabus: to define the position of architecture discipline in responsing
to various phenomena of everyday living space.
Indonesia as an archipelagic country: developing country,
economic disparity and urban formation; Urbanization, Syllabus:
migration: Indonesia demographic characteristic; constitution Understanding and historical background of the concept of
of society; Housing demand & supply (formal & informal the ‘everyday’ in architecture; domestic space; aesthetic in
sectors); Politics of the state and housing policy: Typology architecture and the ‘everyday’, the concept of an ideal city
of housing provision in Indonesia (legal aspect; mode of and its relation to the ‘everyday’; cyber space and virtual
consumption; mode of production); Housing economy and space; the phenomenon of the ‘everyday‘ in urban space: a
finance; Land policy; Housing technology; Housing policy in participatory approach in architecture.
Asian countries
Prerequisites: -
Prerequisites: -
References:
References: 1. Steven Harris & Deborah Berke (eds.), Architecture of the
1. H Arendt, The Human Condition, The University of Chicago Everyday, Princeton Architectural Press, 1997
Press, 1958, pp. 7-17 2. Sarah Wigglesworth & Jeremy Till (eds.), The Everyday and
2. M Heidegger tr by Albert Hofstadler, Kerper & Row, Architecture, Architectural Design, 1998
Poetry, Language, Thought, Publishing Inc., 1971, pp. 145-161 3. Michel de Certeau, The Practice of Everyday Life, University
3. M Foucault, S. During (ed.), ‘Space. Power and knowledge’, of California Press, 1998
The Cultural Studies Reader Second Edition, Routledge, 4. Malcolm Miles, The Uses of Decoration: Essays in the Archi-
1999: 134-41 tectural Everyday, Wiley, 2000
4. Henri Lefebvre translated by Donald Nicholson-Smith, 5. Jonathan Hill (ed), Occupying Architecture, Routledge, 1998
The Production of Space, Blackwell, 1991, Chapter 1, pp. 6. Margaret Crawford, et.al, Everyday Urbanism, Monacelli,
26-52 1999, Arnstein, Ladder of Citizen Participation, 1969
5. P Bourdieu, Outline of A Theory of Practice, Cambridge
690 Project Management
Master Program
ENAR800040 6. M Heidegger, Language, Poetry and Thinking, Perennial

3 SKS Classic, 1971, chapter: Dwelling, Building and Thinking.
Learning Objectives: 7. D Moran, Introduction to Phenomenology, Routledge, 2000
8. R H Popkin and Avrum Stroll, Philosophy Made Simple,
Developing the knowledge about the process of project plan-
Doubleday Compay, Inc., 1956
ning and building management activities and management,
especially in the administration of technical and economic Urban Morphology
aspects of the building at the initial stages, design, construc- ENAR800042
tion, until the end of the project. Training the ability to discuss 3 SKS
content and critically administrative documents in project Learning Objective:
management, statutory provisions and development stan-
This course aims to uncover the meaning behind urban
dards. Practice the ability to prepare TOR proposals, auction
morphology and discuss various aspects of urban morphol-
documents, design administration, construction administra-
ogy. At the end of the course, students will be able to under-
tion, or Project manuals on simple projects, including working
stand the main problems of urban morphology, namely the
with real clients.
ability understanding a wide arrange of concept and various
Syllabus: theoretical ideas regarding city morphology as one of the
prerequisites in getting practical skills in urban design.
As a product, project management is record of series of project
activities as a holistic process, including as a working guide, Sylabus:
coordination tools, and as a control for a project. As a process,
This study about the physical form of cities and the relation-
project management is series of activities that produce respon-
ships between related components that form a configuration
sibilities toward the quantity of records of the whole stages
as the city develops. Theoretical studies related to urban
of project management, in one multidiscipline function. This
geography, history, architecture, and spatial economics. In its
subject introduces the skills required to manage project along
applied form, city morphology is an important component of
its stages through chronological model.
urban design, urban planning, and urbanization. There will
Prerequisites: - be discussions about various approaches and skills for apply-
ing various methods to cases and precedents, both in practice
References:
and research on urban morphology.
1. PMI, A Guide to Project Management Body of Knowledge
(PMBOK Guides) 3 ed, Project Management Institute, 2004 Prerequisite: -
2. J.M Amos and B.R Sarchet, Management for Engineers,
References:
Prentice-Hall Inc,
3. D Sbarrie, Professional Construction Management, McGraw- 1. Gallion, A. B., & Eisner, S. (1963). The Urban Pattern -
Hill, 1986 City Planning and Design. New York: D. Van Nostrand
4. D Cadman and L Austin-Crowe, Property Development, EF Company, Inc.
& N Spon, 1978
2. Hardy, D. (2011). The Making of Hong Kong: From Verti-
Understanding Phenomenon: Plato to Derrida cal to Volumetric. London & New York: Routledge.
ENAR800041
3. Kidokoro, T., & al, e. (n.d.). Sustainable Urban Regenera-
3 SKS
tion.
4. Krier, R. (1979). Urban Space.
Students should have knowledge about architecture philos-
ophy, especially the differences of knowledge and empirical 5. Marshal, S. (2004). Street and Patterns - The Structure of
verification, and metaphysics explanation to understand Urban Geometry.
architecture. Students also should be able to demonstrate crit-
6. Oliveira, V. (2016). Urban Morphology. Springer Interna-
ical thinking of each architectural phenomenon observation.
tional Publishing.
Syllabus:
7. Rose, J. F. (2016). The Well-Tempered City - What Modern
Shapes and forms of physic and metaphysic, ontological Science, Ancient Civilizations, and Human Nature Teach
understanding about ‘what’ and ‘whatness’ of architectural Us About the Future of Urban Life. Harper Wave.
shape from empiric and metaphysic, Plato and Khora. Husserl
8. Rossi, A. (1984). Architecture of the City. London: MIT
phenomenon and phemnomenology (essentialism) and Heid-
Press.
deger (existentialism), semiotic sign, myth, simulacra and
deconstruction, Knowledge-Power 9. Rowe, C., & Koetter, F. (1984). Collage City. MIT Press.
Prerequisites: - 10. Shelton, B. (1999). Learning from the Japanese City - West
meets East in Urban Design. Taylor and Francis.
References:
1. R Barthes tr by Annette Lavers, Mythologies, Hill and 11. Silver, C. (2007). Planning the Megacity - Jakarta in the
Wang, 1972 Twentieth Century. Routledge.
2. J D Caputo (ed.), Deconstruction in a Nutshell: Conversation
with Derrida, Fordham University Press, 1997 12. Tiwari, R. (2018). Connecting Places, Connecting People
3. G Deleuze tr by Paul Patton, Difference and Repetition, - A Paradigm of Urban Living in the 21st Century. New
Columbia University Press, 1994 York: Routledge.
4. J Derrida edited by Thomas Dutoit, On The Name, Edited Urban Planning
by Thomas Dutoit. Stanford University Press, Stanford, ENAR800043
1993, chapter about Khōra 3 SKS
5. J Derrida tr by Gayatri Spivak, Of Grammotology, The John Learning Objectives:
Hopkins University Press, 1974, Translator’s Note by G.
Spivak Student should be able to understand history and theory of
691
Master Program
urban planning though historical survey and/or through key sity of Michigan Press, 1987
themes; should be able to understand (1) how urban space 16. James Holston, The Modernist City: An Anthropological
works (based on historical context) based on spatial planning Critique of Brasilia, University of Chicago Press, 1989
research; (2) key paradigms in urban planning thinking. This 17. June Manning Thomas and Marsha Ritzdorf (eds), Urban
subject is arranged around principle that history of urban Planning and the African American Community: In the Shad-
planning is a theory of urban planning that is bounded by ows, SAGE Publication, Inc, 1996
planning ethics. 18. Kenneth T. Jackson, Crabgrass Frontier: The Suburbanization
of the United States, Oxford University Press, 1987
Syllabus:
19. St Clare Drake & Horace R. Cayton, Black Metropolis: A
The syllabus is arranged following a chronological order Study of Negro Life in a Northern City, University of Chicago
that is divided by 5 sections: (1) reflection towards design Press, 1993.
ideas, origin and design practice; industrial city and housing 20. Edward Banfield, Unheavenly City Revisited, Waveland
question; spatial order exploration; (2) Modernist City; Colo- Press, 1990
nial and Post-Colonial experiments; (3) Sub-urban dream 21. Susan S Fainstein & Scott Campbell, Reading in Planning
(legacy of American city planning); from ghetto to city role Theory, Wiley-Blackwell, 2011
model (racial and ethnic control); (4) City and citizenship in 22. Lewis Mumford, The City in History: Its Origin, Its Transfor-
different historical moments; spatial rules and arrangements mation and Its Prospects, A Harvest/HBJ Books, 1961
(basic rules of design); urban crisis, urban management, and 23. Stephen Graham & Simon Marvin, Splintering Urbanism:
business city; building a world class city in global south; (5) Networked Infrastructures, Technological Mobilities, and the
compatible theories in design and justice; see design over Urban Condition, 2001
neo-liberalism: paradigm occurs in planning. 24. Aihwa Ong & Ananya Roy (eds), Worlding Cities and the
Art of Being Global, Wiley-Blackwell, 2011
Alternatively, the syllabus can also interrupt the chronolog-
25. Patsy Haley, E.A Silva, et.al, “Routledge Handbook on Plan-
ical order and be arranged like a survey class that organizes
ning Research Methods” Routledge, 2015.
its material into key themes, such as: Empire ; Colonial /
26. Faranak Mirahtab, Cities in the Global South Reader, Rout-
Post-colonial; Modernity & Alternative Modernity; Pacific
ledge, 2014.
Rim Capitalism and Transnational Urbanism; Race / Ethnic-
ity, Planning and Real Estate; City and Village; Marginality; Architectural Psychology
Rebuilding the City; City Entrepreneur, Dystopia Planning ENAR800044
and Post Urban. 3 SKS
Learning Objective:
Prerequisites: -
Student should be able to use basic conceptual knowledge of
References:
psychological process to identify and analysis human need in
1. Selected articles from Journal of Planning Theory & Practices;
using built environment and outdoor space.
Cities, Space & Polity, International Journal on Urban Regional
Research; Journal of Planning Education and Research; Journal Sylabus:
of Urban Studies; Journal of Urban Forum; Journal of Urban
Relationship between architecture and human behavior, moti-
History, Environment and Urbanization; Antipode; Journal of
vation, needs, and value as basis of human actions, Gestalt
Planning Literature
perception, Ecological perception (Gibson), Affordances and
2. Paul H. Gleye, “City Planning versus Urban Planning:
its implementation in architecture, definition of cognition and
Resolving Profession’s Bifurcated Heritage,” in Journal of
its implementation in architecture, personal space, privacy,
Planning Literature, 2015, Vol 30(1), 3-17.
territoriality, crowding, post occupancy evaluation (POE).
3. John Friedmann. Planning in the Public Domain: From
Knowledge to Action, 1987 Prerequisite: -
4. Peter Hall, Cities of Tomorrow: An Intellectual History of
References:
Urban Planning and Design in the Twentieth Century, Black-
well Publishing, 2002 (3rd ed) 1. Bell, Fischer and Greene, Environmental Psychology,
5. Friedrich Engels, The Housing Question, Lawrence and Harcourt Publisher, 1996
Wishart, Ltd, 1942
2. Bryan Lawson, The Language of Space, Architectural
6. Mike Davis, Planet of Slum, Verso, 2007
Press, 2001
7. Dolores Hayden, Redesigning the American Dream: The
Future of Housing, Work, and Family Life, W.W Norton & 3. Byron Mikellides, Architecture for People: Exploration in
Company, 2007 (2nd ed) a New Humane Environment, 1980
8. Christine Boyer, Dreaming the Rational City: The Myth of
4. Wolfgang F.E. Preisser, Harvey Z. Rabinowitz, Edward
American City Planning, MIT Press, 1986
T. White, Post-Occupany Evaluation, Van Nostrad Rein-
9. Kermit C Parsons & David Schuyler (eds), From Garden
hold, 1988
City to Green City: The Legacy of Ebenezer Howard, Balti-
more: The John Hopkins University Press, 2002 5. Dak Kopec, Environmental Psychology for Design ,
10. The Congress for the New Urbanism. 2001. Charter. Fairchild Books, 2012
11. Robert Caro, The Power Broker: Robert Moses and the Fall of
New York, Vintage, 1975 Teaching Assistantship
12. Marshall Berman, All That is Solid Melts into Air, Penguin ENAR800046
Book, 1988 3 SKS
13. James Scott, Seeing Like a State: How Certain Schemes to Learning Objectives:
Improve the Human Condition Have Failed, Yale University Students should be able to understand the learning principles
Press, 1999 and able to teach as studio or course facilitator in undergrad-
14. Nezar AlSayyad (ed), Forms of Dominance: On the Architec- uate program.
ture and Urbanism of the Colonial Enterprise, Avebury, 1992
15. Lisa Peattie, Planning: Rethinking Ciudad Guayana, Univer- Syllabus:
692
Master Program
Basic learning: Learning theory: behaviorism, cognitive References: Relevant references to the topic offered.
constructivism and social constructivism; instructional
Special Topic on Property
method and techniques to facilitate architecture learning;
ENAR800049
evaluation methods and assessment; design studio learning
3 SKS
process.
Prerequisites: -
References: development of property.
1. Heather Fry, Steve Ketteridge and Stephanie Marshall
Silabus:
(eds.), A Handbook for Teaching and Learning in Higher Educa-
tion: Enhancing Academic Practice (Third edition), Rout- Studies on the property development; studies on current
ledge, 2009. issues that are relevant to property development.
2. David Nicol and Simon Pilling, Changing Architectural
Prerequisite: -
Education: Towards a New Professionalism, Taylor & Francis,
2000. References: Relevant references to the topic offered.
3. Rosie Parnell et al., Crit: An Architecture Student’s Hand-
book, Routledge, 2007
Special Topic on Architectural History, Theory, and
Criticism
Special Topic on Architectural Design ENAR800050
ENAR800046 3 SKS
3 SKS Learning Objectives:
Students should be able to demonstrate historical and theoret-
Students should be able to demonstrate knowledge on current ical knowledge on the development of architecture.
architectural discourse and its implementation in architec-
Syllabus:
tural design.
Studies of architectural history throughout various periods of
Syllabus:
time; the development of discourse on architectural history
Studies on the development of contemporary architectural and theory.
theories; the development of architectural design methods;
Prerequisite: -
the development of architectural representation techniques;
the development in other relevant disciplines that have References: Relevant references to the topic offered.
impacts of the development of architectural design theories
and methods. Special Topic on Sustainability
ENAR800051
Prerequisite: - 3 SKS
Special Topic on Urban Design
discourse on sustainability and its implementation on archi-
ENAR800047
tectural design.
3 SKS
Students should be able to demonstrate knowledge on current Studies on the development of theories on bulding technol-
urban design discourse and its implementation in urban ogy and sustainable environment; studies on relevant issues
design. of sustainability; architectural design innovative practice
related to sustainability; innovation on building structure,
Syllabus:
construction, material and systems.
Studies on the development of urban design theories; the
Prerequisite: -
development of urban design methods; studies on current
issues that are relevant to urban design; the development in References: Relevant references to the topic offered.
other relevant disciplines that have impacts on the develop-
ment of urban design theories and methods.
Prerequisite: -
Special Topic on Urban Housing and Settlement
ENAR800048
3 SKS
development of urban housing and settlement.
Syllabus:
Studies on the development of urban housing and settlement
theories; studies on current issues that are relevant to urban
housing and settlement.
Prerequisite: -
693
Master Program
Curriculum Structure for Fast Track

Program
Subject SKS
Undergraduate Courses
7th Semester
Undergraduate Elective: 3
Advanced Research Methods
(taken from Graduate Elective Course)
8th Semester
Advanced Design Methods
Theory Peminatan
Total Transfer Credits 15 SKS
(34%)
Graduate Courses
1 Semester
st
Graduate Required Course: 3

Advanced Research Methods
Graduate Elective 3
Sub Total 9
2 Semester
nd

Advanced Design Methods
Mata Ajar Peminatan S2 3
Theory Course
Studio/Workshop (Speciality) 2 5
Applied Data Science 2
Sub Total 13
3 Semester
rd
Studio/Workshop (Speciality) 1 5
Pre-Thesis 4
Graduate Elective 3
Sub Total 12
4th Semester
Thesis 4
Publication 2
Sub Total 6
Total Graduate Credits 40
694
Master Program
Transition Rules
1. The 2020 curriculum is implemented starting in the Odd Semester 2020/2021. In principle, after the 2016 Curriculum is
implemented, only subjects in the 2020 Curriculum will be opened.
2. Class of 2019 and previously followed the 2020 curriculum with transitional rules.
3. A transitional period is for one academic year of 2020/2021 and implemented for subjects where the semester placement
changes (from Even to Odd, or vice versa), if necessary, will be opened in both semesters during the transition period
4. If there is a change in the credits of the subjects, the number of credits calculated for graduation is the number of credits at
the time the courses are taken. Same or equal subjects with different Credits, if repeated or newly taken will be listed with
a new name and calculated with new Credits.
5. For students who have not passed the required courses in the 2016 Curriculum, are required to take the same or equivalent
courses in the 2020 Curriculum. (Curriculum 2016 courses that are not listed in the Equality Table means that they have not
changed, both the name and the size of their SKS).
6. Students who have not passed Advanced Design and Research Methods (4 credits) in the 2016 Curriculum must take
Advanced Design Methods (3 credits) and Advanced Research Methods courses (3 credits) in the 2020 Curriculum to fulfill
the required courses.
7. Students in 2019 and previously who have taken Thesis (8 credits) but not yet finished it due to Covid-19 can still take Thesis
(8 credits) in odd semester during the transition period.
Table 8 Equivalence of 2016 Curriculum and 2020 Curriculum Master Program in Architecture
Credits Credits
No Course Name in 2016 Curriculum Course Name in 2020 Curriculum
2016 2020
Advanced Design and Research Methods Advanced Design Methods 3
1 4
Advanced Research Methods 3
Thesis Thesis (will be opened in odd semester tran-
2 6 8
sition period)
695
Master Program
Master Program in Chemical Engineering

2. Host Institution Universtas Indonesia
4. Program Title Master Program in Chemical Engineering
Becoming a superior and competitive Chemical Engineering Study
Program, through efforts to educate the nation’s life to improve people’s
welfare, thus contributing to the development of Indonesian and world
society
Missions
- Providing broad and fair access, as well as quality education and
teaching in Chemical Engineering;
- Organizing quality Tridharma activities that are relevant to
national and global challenges;
- Creating graduates of Chemical Engineering who are of high qual-
ity, noble character, and able to compete globally;
- Creating an academic climate that can support the realization of the
vision of the Department
6. Class a. Regular
b. Gas Management
7. Final Award Magister Teknik (MT)
8. Accreditation / Recognition BAN-PT: accredited A
9. Language(s) Of Instruction Bahasa Indonesia
11. Entry Requirements Bachelor degree / equivalent
12. Study Duration 4 (four) Semesters or 2 (two) Years
semester
Reguler 4 17
Short (opsional)
The aim of the Master in Chemical Engineering program is to provide high-quality graduate-level education so that
graduates have the knowledge, abilities, and experience in researching the latest topics in chemical engineering

The graduate who is able to develop alternative solutions to the problem deeply through the management of research
activities based on scientific principles in the field of specific specialization in chemical engineering and contribute to
meeting the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)
1. Able to analyze problem-related to thermodynamics, transport phenomena, and chemical reaction engineering in
the field of chemical engineering
2. Able to analyze chemical process system using modern computation tools
3. Able to manage research activities independently based on scientific principles in certain fields of specialization
4. Able to write and manage scientific articles in the field of chemical engineering and published in national or inter-
national publication
5. Able to develop themselves continuously to be able to contribute according to professional ethics in solving local
and global problems
696
Master Program

I Total Compulsory Credits 21 52,5%
II Total Elective Credits 9 22,5%
III Scientific Publication, Pra Thesis and Thesis 10 25,0%
Total 40 100 %
Total Credit Hours To Graduate 40 Credits
A Graduate of Master in Chemical Engineering study program at UI can be contributed in the following areas: in various
industrial companies, research, and education institutions such as the chemical industries, oil and gas industries, engineering
consultants, LIPI, Lemigas, and other related fields. Job names suitable for graduates of this program include process engineers,
control engineers, program managers, project managers, technical managers, lecturers, and researchers. Some graduates have
started working before graduating from the study program.
697
Master Program
698
Master Program
Mapping Table for Achieving ELO in the Chemical Engineering Master Program for Regular Class
699
Master Program
Mapping Table for Achieving ELO in the Chemical Engineering Master Program for Gas Management Class
700
Master Program
List of Courses for Chemical ENCH800006 Research Methodology 3

Engineering Master Program (Regular Sub Total 12
Class) 3 Semester
rd
ENCH800007 Pra Thesis 2

Code Subject SKS Elective 2 3
Compulsary Courses Elective 3 3
Adv Chemical Eng Thermody- Sub Total 8
ENCH800001 3
namics 4 Semester
th
ENCH800003 Advanced Transport Phenomena 3 ENCH800008 Thesis 6

Advanced Chemical Reaction ENCH800055 Scientific Publication 2
ENCH800004 3
Engineering
Sub Total 8
ENCH800005 Adv Chemical Eng. Modeling 3
Total 40
ENCH800009 Natural Gas Processing 3 Courses Structure of Master Program in Chemical
Engineering for Regular Class from Non-Chemical
ENCH800027 Renewable Energy 3 Engineering Bachelor
Sub Total 21
Elective Courses Code Subject SKS
Elective 1 3 1st Semester
Elective 2 3 Matrikulasi-
Transport Phenomena -
Elective 3 3 ENCH600010
Sub Total 9 Matrikulasi-

Numerical Computation -
Special Courses ENCH600005
ENCH800007 Pra Thesis 2 Matrikulasi-

Chemical Reaction Engineering 1 -
ENCH800008 Thesis 6 ENCH600019
ENCH800055 Scientific Publications 2 Elective 1 3
Sub Total 10 Elective 2 3

Sub Total 6
Matriculation Courses for
Non-Chemical Engineering 2 Semester
nd
Bachelor Matrikula-
Chemical Eng Thermodynamics -
ENCH600005 Numerical Computation 3 si-ENCH600013
ENCH600010 Transport Phenomena 3 ENCH800003 Advanced Transport Phenomena 3
ENCH600013 Chemical Eng Thermodynamics 4 Advanced Chemical Reaction
ENCH800004 3
Engineering
ENCH600019 3 ENCH800005 Adv Chemical Eng. Modeling 3
Sub Total 13 ENCH800006 Research Methodology 3
Sub Total 12
Curriculum Structure Master Program 3 Semester
rd
Chemical Engineering Adv Chemical Eng Thermody-

ENCH800001 3
namics
Courses Structure of Master Program in Chemical
Engineering for Regular Class ENCH800027 Sustainable Energy 3
ENCH800009 Natural Gas Processing 3
Code Subject SKS ENCH800007 Pra Thesis 2
1st Semester Elective 3 3
Adv Chemical Eng Thermody- Sub Total 14
ENCH800001 3
namics
4th Semester
ENCH800027 Sustainable Energy 3
ENCH800007 Thesis 6
ENCH800008 Scientific Publication 2
Elective 1 3
Sub Total 8
Sub Total 12
Total 40
2 nd Semester
ENCH800003 Advanced Transport Phenomena 3
ENCH800004 3
Engineering
ENCH800005 Adv Chemical Eng. Modeling 3
701
Master Program
Elective Courses List of Courses for Chemical

Engineering Master Program (Gas
Code Subject SKS
Management Class)
Elective for Odd Semester
ENCH800014 Oleochemical Industry 3 Code Subject SKS
ENCH800015 Food Technology 3 Compulsary Courses
ENCH800016 Protein Engineering 3 Adv Chemical Eng Thermody-
ENCH800001 3
ENCH800017 Herbal Technology 3 namics
ENCH800018 Composite Material 3 Health and Safety in Natural Gas
ENCH800002 3
Industry
ENCH800019 Applied Thermodynamics 3
ENCH800020 Dynamic System 3
ENCH800010 Natural Gas Project Management 3
ENCH800021 Thermodynamic Properties of 3
ENCH800011 Natural Gas Economics 3
Hydrocarbon
ENCH800012 System Eng Management 3
ENCH800027 Renewable Energy 3
ENCH800023 Cryogenic Technology 3
Sub Total 21
ENCH800024 Combustion Technology 3
Elective Courses
ENCH800025 Plasmaand Ozone Technology 3
Elective 1 3
ENCH800026 Heterogeneous Catalytic 3
Elective 2 3
ENCH800028 Risk Management 3
Elective 3 3
ENCH800029 Electrochemical Technology 3
Sub Total 9
ENCH800030 Extraction Technology & Isolation 3
for Natural Products Special Courses
ENCH800031 Special Topic 1 3 ENCH800006 Pre Thesis 2
ENCH800032 Biochemistry 3 ENCH800007 Thesis 6
Elective for Even Semester ENCH800008 Scientific Publications 2
ENCH800034 Storage & Packaging Technology 3 Sub Total 10
ENCH800035 Bioinformatics 3 Courses Structure of Master Program in Chemical

ENCH800036 Drugs and Cosmetics Technology 3 Engineering for Management Gas Class
ENCH800037 Petroleum Processing 3 Code Subject SKS
ENCH800038 Petrochemical Processing 3 1 Semester
st
ENCH800039 Petrochemical Process 3 Adv Chemical Eng Thermody-

ENCH800001 3
ENCH800040 Photocatalytic Technology 3 namics
ENCH800041 Hydrocarbon Exploration and 3 ENCH800027 Sustainable Energy 3
Production ENCH800009 Natural Gas Processing 3
ENCH800042 Waste Management and Preven- 3 Elective 1 3
tion Sub Total 12
ENCH800043 Microalgae Cultivation and 3 2 Semester
nd
Development Technology
ENCH800011 Natural Gas Economics 3
ENCH800012 System Eng Management. 3
ENCH800045 Transportation and Utilization of 3
Elective 2 3
Natural Gas
Elective 3 3
ENCH800046 Mixing Technology 3
Sub Total 12
3rd Semester
ENCH800007 Pre Thesis 2
ENCH800049 Genetically Modified Organism 3
ENCH800010 Natural Gas Project Management 3
nology Health and Safety in Natural Gas
ENCH800012 3
Industry
ENCH800051 Biomass Thermochemical 3
Conversion Sub Total 8
ENCH800052 Basic Computer Programming 3 4 Semester

th
ENCH800008 Thesis 6
ENCH800055 Scientific Publication 2
Sub Total 8
Total 40
702
Master Program
Elective Courses Syllabus of Master Program

Code Courses
Semes-
SKS
in Chemical Engineering
ter
ENCH800040 Hydrocarbon Explo-
Department for Regular Class
1 3
ration & Production
Compulsory Courses
ENCH800028 Risk Management 2 3
ENCH800044 Transportation & Advanced Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics
Utilization of Natural 2 3 ENCH800001
Gas 3 SKS
Able to understand the basics of thermodynamics, fluid prop-
Transition Guidance from Curriculum erties, phase equilibrium and reaction and be able to apply it
2016 to 2020 for Master of Regular and to solve problems of chemical engineering.
Management Gas Classes Syllabus:

Analysis of the system using the several forms of the first and
1. New curriculum 2020 will be applied effectively from
second laws, the equation network of thermodynamic for
Odd Semester 2020/2021. In principle, after curriculum
thermodynamic properties, condition equation, fluid-phase
2020 is implemented, then only courses from this new
equilibrium, chemical reaction equilibrium
curriculum will be opened.
Prerequisite: Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics
Textbook:
3. The enforcement of the transitional period is one year.
1. Kyle, B.G., Chemical and Process Thermodynamics, 2nd
During this transition period, if a course in curriculum
ed., Pretice Hall, 1992.
2020 is in odd Semester while in the previous curriculum
2. Hand-out Kuliah.
in even Semester (vice versa), then this course can be held
3. Smith J.M. dan van Ness, H.C., Introduction to Chemical
(if necessary) in both semesters.
Engineering Thermodynamics, 4th ed., McGraw-Hill,
4. For students who have not passed the compulsory 1985.
courses in curriculum 2016, are required to take the same 4. Callen, H.B., Thermodynamics and An Introduction to
course or equivalent in curriculum 2020. Thermostatics, 2nd ed., John Wiley and Sons, 1985.
5. When there is a change in the course credits, then the Advanced Transport Phenomena
number of graduation credits counted in is the number ENCH800003
of credits when it was taken. The same or equivalent 3 SKS
courses, when are equated with different credits, if Learning Objectives:
retaken, or just taken, will be acknowledged under a new
Able to understand the transport phenomenon of momentum,
name and credits.
mass and heat simultaneously and able to apply it at the unit
6. When a compulsory subject in the curriculum 2016 is processes that involve the flow of single-phase or multiple
deleted, and there is no equivalence in the curriculum phases
2020 then: For students who have passed these subjects,
Syllabus:
the credits that are achieved will be counted in the calcu-
lation of graduation 40 credits. For students who did Review of the theory of transfer of momentum, mass and
not pass these courses, they can take new compulsory heat simultaneously; analysis and application of single-phase
courses or choose elective subjects in the curriculum 2020 system: mixing and dispersion, mixer; analysis and applica-
to complete 40 credits. tion of a combination system of gas-liquid phase, gas-solid,
liquid-liquid, liquid-solid, gas-liquid-solid
7. In addition to changes in curriculum structure from 2016
to 2020, there are also the addition of several elective Prerequisite: Phenomen.
courses: Teknologi Elektrokimia), Teknologi Pencam-
Textbook:
puran (Mixing Technology), Teknologi Pengembangan
1. Bird R.B., Stewart, W.E. dan Lightfoot, E.N., Transport
dan Pemanfaatan Mikroalga (Microalgae Cultivation
Phenomena, John Wiley & Sons, 2002.
and Development Technology), Teknologi Ekstraksi dan
2. Tosun, I., Modellling in Transport Phenomena, Elsevier,
Isolasi Bahan Alam (Extraction & Isolation Technology
2002.
for Natural Products), Konversi Termokimia Biomassa
3. Griskey, R.G., Transport Phenomena and Unit Operation:
(Biomass Termochemical Conversion Technology), Modi-
A Combined Approach, John Wiley & Sons, 2002.
fikasi Genetik Makhluk Hidup (Genetically Modified
4. Brodkey, R.S. dan Hershey, H.C., Transport Phenomena: A
Organism), dan Dasar Pemrograman Computer (Basic
Unified Approach, McGraw-Hill, 1988.
Computer Programming)
Advanced Chemical Reaction Engineering
ENCH800004
3 SKS
Able to analyze the phenomenon of chemical kinetics, the
kinetics reaction data to determine the equation mechanistic
reaction rate; able to design and analyze the performance of
703
Master Program
non-ideal homogeneous and multiphase chemical reactors. techniques, presentation techniques, techniques to collect
data, analyze it and present it.
Syllabus:
Prerequisites: Students have to take a minimum of 12 credits
Thermodynamics of the reaction; definitions and basic
(minimum value of D) with a GPA of 2.0
concepts: the rate of reaction, the reaction rate equation, the
Arrhenius equation: reaction modeling and data analysis for Textbook
the determination of reaction rate equations; the introduction 1. Handout.
of gas-solid heterogeneous catalysts: a reduction in reaction 2. Research Proposal Format The preparation of various
rate equations and data of heterogeneous catalytic reactions agencies
of solid-gas; effects of diffusion and heat transfer in the cata-
Natural Gas Processing
lytic reaction data interpretation. Design of batch reactor and
ENCH800009
CSTR (isothermal, non-isothermal) reactor design PFR and
3 SKS
PBR (isothermal, non-isothermal) sphere and the membrane
reactor design; design-solid heterogeneous catalytic reac-
tors with interstage gas cooler/heater; design of reactors for Able to design natural gas refineries for piped gas, pressur-
multiple reactions and mss (multiple steady-state). Design of ized natural gas, or LNG if given a fluid composition that
non-ideal reactor (residence time distribution). reaches the surface of the reservoir.
Prerequisite: Chemical Reaction Engineering 2 Syllabus:
Textbook: Introduction and terms in Natural Gas Processing; Physical
1. Fogler, H.S., Elements of Chemical Reaction Engineering, Properties of Hydrocarbon Fluid; Hydrocarbon Water System;
Prentice-Hall, 4th Ed., 2006. Hydrate; Dew Point Control Unit; AGRU; Absorption Dehy-
2. Smith, J.M., Chemical Engineering Kinetics, 3rd ed., 1981, dration Unit; Adsorption Dehydration Regeneration Unit;
McGraw-Hill. Heavy Hydrocarbon Recovery Unit; LNG Processing
3. Thomas, JM, and Thomas WJ., Principles and Practice of
Prerequisite
Heterogeneous Catalysis, VCH Weinheim, 1997.
Chemical Process Simulation
Advanced Chemical Engineering Modelling
ENCH800005 Textbook :
3 SKS 1. Gas Conditioning and Processing Vol. 1
Learning Objectives: 2. Gas Conditioning and Processing Vol. 2
Able to develop physicochemical model systems in chemical Sustainable Energy
processes and solve it by using numerical methods with the ENCH800027
assistance of software program 3 SKS
Syllabus:
Able to explain the relationship of energy with a social aspect,
Emphirical modelling and physicochemical system in Chem-
economic and environmental and sustainability concepts,
ical process ; linear and non linear algebra equation system,
and able to analyze the performance of techno-economy
simple differential equation, initial problem value and limits
and the continuity, especially fossil energy system, new, and
problem value, partial differential equation.
renewable.
Syllabus:
Textbook:
Concept of sustainability and sustainable energy, energy
1. Bismo, S. dan Muharam, Y., Metode Numerik & Komputasi
hierarchy, energy linkages with economic, environmental
dengan FORTRAN dan Pascal, 2011.
and social, fossil energy / fuels and Impacts, global climate
2. Constantinides, A. dan Mostouvi, N., Numerical Meth-
change and its mitigation, conversion, transportation / distri-
ods for Chemical Engineers with MATLAB Applications,
bution and storage, analysis method of energy sustainabil-
ity: LCA , sustainability index, hydrogen and fuel cells and
3. Davis, M.E., Numerical Methods and Modeling for Chem-
nuclear energy, solar energy (PV and thermal), wind and
ical Engineer, JohnWilley & Sons, New York, 1984.
4. Rice, G.R. dan Duong D.D., Applied Mathematics and
efficiency and conservation, carbon capture and storage
Modeling for Chemical Engineers, John Willey & Sons,
New York,1995. Prerequisites: Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics or
5. Tosun, I., Modeling in Transport Phenomena: A Concep- Biochemical Engineering
Textbook:
Research Methodology 1. Jefferson W. Tester, et al., Sustainable Energy: Choosing
ENCH800006 Among Options, MIT Press, 2005.
3 SKS 2. Godfrey Boyle, et al., Energy Systems and Sustainability:
Learning Objectives : Power for a Sustainable Future, Oxford University Press,
2003.
Able to determine the appropriate method for research activ-
ities and produce the ideas, processes, and scientific research
in writing and oral.
4. DeSimone et al, Eco-Efficiency. The Business Link to
Syllabus: Sustainable Development, MIT Press, 1997.
5. D. Elliot, enerfy, Society, and Environment, Technology
Introduction, techniques to identify problems and arrange
for a sustainable future, Rouledge, 1997
hypotheses, think logically, the techniques of scientific writ-
6. Miller, G. T., Environment Science. Sustaining Earth,
ing, technical writing research proposals, designing research
704
Master Program
Wardworld Publish Co. 1993 Komputasi dengan FORTRAN dan Pascal, 2011.
2. Constantinides, A. 1. dan Mostouvi, N., Numerical Meth-
Special Courses ods for Chemical Engineers with MATLAB Applications,
Pre-Thesis Prentice Hall, 1999.
ENCH800007 Transport Phenomena
2 SKS ENCH600010
Learning Objectives : Learning Objective:
Able to produce ideas, processes, and scientific research in Students can identify and describe as well as analyze momen-
writing and oral. tum, mass, and heat transfer phenomenon, through the appli-
Syllabus: cation of macroscopic and microscopic balance.
Introduction, techniques to identify problems and arrange Syllabus:

hypotheses, think logically, the techniques of scientific writ- Viscosity and momentum transfer phenomenon, Velocity
ing, technical writing research proposals, designing research distribution of laminar flow, Thermal conductivity and
techniques, presentation techniques, techniques to collect energy transfer mechanism, Temperature and concentra-
data, analyze it and present it. tion distribution in solids and laminar flow, Diffusivity and
Prerequisite: - mass transfer mechanism, Converter equation for isother-
mal system, Momentum transfer in turbulent flow, Mass
Thesis and energy transfer in turbulent flow, Transfer between two
ENCH800008 phases, Macroscopic balance of isothermal and non-isother-
6 SKS mal system, Macroscopic balance of multi-component system.
Prerequisite: -
Able to design, conduct, and analyze research in Chemical
fields; present research result in oral and writing Textbook:
1. R.B. Bird, W.E. Stewart dan E.N. Lightfoot, Transport
Syllabus : Phenomena, John Wiley, 1965.
Thesis material based on research topic 2. Tosun, I., Modeling in Transport Phenomena: A Concep-
Prerequisite: 3. J.R. Welty et al., Fundamentals of Momentum, Heat and
Based on regulation Mass Transfer, 3rd ed., Wiley, 2984.
4. Brodkey, R. S dan RC Herskey, Transport Phenomena,
Textbook : McGraw-Hill, 1998.
1. Petunjuk Penulisan Tugas Akhir UI
Scientific Publications ENCH600019
ENCH800055 Learning Objective:
2 SKS
Learning Objective : - Able to comprehend the concept of chemical kinetics and
catalysis
Syllabus : -
Syllabus:
Prerequisite : -
Basic concepts of chemical reaction kinetics, chemical reaction
Textbook : - thermodynamics, experiments and kinetics data, formulation
of kinetic models, the estimation method of constant values
Matriculation of the kinetic model, the sensitivity analysis of the kinetics
model, catalyst and the influence of external and internal
Numerical Computation diffusion of the chemical reaction rate, the effectiveness factor,
ENCH600005
the effect of heat displacement at the catalytic reaction.
Prerequisite:
Able to solve Mathematical problems by using numerical
methods : method of calculating root of a non-linear alge- Physical Chemistry
bra equation, method of calculating a linear algebra equation
Textbook:
system, methods of calculating non-linear algebra equation
1. Fogler, H.S., Elements of Chemical Reaction Engineering,
system, regression, numerical integration, numerical differ-
Prentice-Hall, 3rd Ed., 1999
entation.
2. Fogler, H. S., and LeBlanc, Strategies for Creative Problem
Syllabus : Solving, Prentice-Hall, 1995.
3. Levenspiel, O., Chemical Reaction Engineering, 2nd Ed.,
The solution of single non-linear algebra equation, solution of
John Wiley & Sons., 1972.
linear algebra equation system, solution of non linear algebra
4. K. J. Leidler, Chemical Kinetics, 3rd ed., Parper Publish,
equations system, regression, numerical integration, numeri-
1987.
cal differentation.
5. Widodo, W.P., Slamet, Diktat Kuliah Kinetika dan Peran-
Prerequisite : cangan Reaktor Kimia, TGP-FTUI, 2002.
Calculus Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics
ENCH600013
Textbook :
Learning Objective:
1. Bismo, S. dan Muharam, Y., Metode Numerik &
Able to explain the basic principles relating to the PVT and
705
Master Program
thermodynamic properties of pure and mixtures compounds, process control. mixing, filtration, centrifugation, extraction
mass and energy balance, thermodynamic cycles, phase equi- and membrane processes, adsorption and ion exchange
librium and reaction, and be able to apply problem-solving column, with the temperature settings, drying, preservation,
strategies to resolve the thermodynamic problems in a group. packaging, food storage, and hygiene.
Syllabus: Prerequisites: -
Skills assessment: The first law of thermodynamics: energy, Textbook:
enthalpy, steam tables, mass and energy balance of steady 1. Zeki Berk, Food Process Engineering and Technology,
state and non-steady system; second law of thermodynamics Academic Press, Elsevier 2009
and cyclic processes: entropy signification, Rankine cycle and 2. Food Technology: an introduction by Anita Tull. Oxford
refrigeration cycle; thermodynamic properties of pure and University Press, 2002
mixed compounds: the amount of residual and partial molar 3. Introduction to Food Engineering by R. Paul Singh, R.
quantities; Equilibrium: Raoult’s law and liquid-vapor phase Paul Singh and Dennis R. Heldman. Academic Press
equilibrium, activity coefficients and coefficients fugacity 4. Introduction to Food Process Engineering by P. G. Smith.
no ideal system, the chemical reaction equilibrium and Le Springer
Chatelier’s principle; Simulation process: module of thermo- 5. Fundamentals of Food Process Engineering by Romeo T.
dynamics properties, phase equilibrium module, and reaction Toledo. Springer
equilibrium module .
Protein Engineering
Prerequisites: - ENCH800016
3 SKS
Textbook:
1. J. M. Smith, H.I.C. van Ness, and M. M. Abbott, Introduc-
tion for Chemical Engineering Thermodynamic, 5th ed., Students are able to determine protein engineering strategies
McGraw-Hill, 1996. for the benefit of separation, biocatalysts and medic.
2. Donald R. Woods, Problem-based Learning: How to gain
Syllabus:
the most PBL, 1994, Mc-Master University, Hamilton, ON
L8S 4L8. Introduction, Protein docking methods, Protein tagging strat-
3. Mulia, K dan Wulan, PPDK, Buku Ajar Termodinamika egies, Gen synthesis design, Enzyme stabilization, Molecular
Teknik Kimia. exploration, Protein engineering, Case study.
Elective Courses Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry

Textbook:
Elective Courses in Odd Semester 1. Protein Engineering in Industrial Biotechnology, Lilia
Oleochemical Industry Alberghina, Harwood academic publishers, 2005
ENCH800014 2. Proteins: Biotechnology and Biochemistry by Dr. Gary
3 SKS Walsh. Wiley
Learning Objectives: 3. Protein engineering and design by Sheldon J. Park, Jenni-
fer R. Cochran. CRC Press
Able to know the various processes that commonly used in 4. Protein Engineering and Design by Paul R. Carey.
the oleochemical industry, and able to make a plan to develop Academic Press
the produce of oleochemicals from vegetable oils. 5. Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice. Wiley-Liss
Syllabus: Herbal Technology
Fatty acids, biodiesel, paints and polymers, detergents, soaps, ENCH800017
fatty alcohol, glycerin, oils and fats, oil and greese, the devel- 3 SKS
opment of oleochemicals, vegetable oil processing, vegetable Learning Objectives:
oil technology in the process. Able to explain the development of herbal technology, herbal
Prerequisites: separation technology, herbal formulation basis, herbal regu-
lation, and distinguish with other pharmaceutical products
Organic Chemistry
Syllabus:
Textbook:
Definition and basic concepts of herbs, herbal materials, herbal
Oleochemical Manufacture and Applications by Frank D. separation technology, herbal formulations, herbal regulation.
Gunstone, Richard J. Hamilton. Blackwell
Prerequisites: Organic Chemistry
Food Technology
ENCH800015 Textbook:
3 SKS 1. The Complete Technology Book on Herbal Perfumes &
Learning Objectives: Cosmetics by H. Panda. National Institute of Industrial
Research 2003
Able to understand the processes of making food in the food
industry, which includes the selection, handling, and process- Composite Material
ing of raw materials, the operating unit of food production, ENCH800018
packaging, storage, and control of the process from the begin- 3 SKS
ning stage to the end. Learning Objectives:
Syllabus: Able to: Explain the characteristics of composite materials and

compare it with conventional materials; Explain the manu-
Introduction, physical properties of raw materials, the basic facturing process, and research development of composite
concepts of energy and mass transfer, reaction kinetics, materials.
706
Master Program
Syllabus: 3 SKS
The position of composite materials in materials science in
general, common characteristics of composite materials, the Able to predict the magnitude of thermodynamic properties
type of composite based on the composition, the types of of hydrocarbons and the phase condition, either manually or
polymer matrix and reinforcement, the role of surface treat- using software calculations.
ment in the strength of composite materials, manufacturing
Syllabus:
processes, durability, the process of splicing and repair of
composite materials, code and standards for application of Introduction to hydrocarbon thermodynamics properties,
composite materials, the development of composite materials basic thermodynamic concepts, P-V-T data correlations,
research. physical properties of hydrocarbon fluids, computing aided
thermodynamics properties, the vapor-liquid behavior of
two-phase systems, water-hydrocarbon system behavior,
Textbook: product specifications in the disposal lease of hydrocarbon
1. Fiber-reinforced Composites (Materials Engineering,
Prerequisites: Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics
Manufacturing and Design), P. K. Mallick, Marcel Dekker,
Inc., 1993. Textbook:
2. Handbook of Plastics, Elastomers, and Composites, 3rd 1. Wayne C. Edmister, Byung Ik Lee, Applied hydrocarbon
ed., Charles A. Harper, McGraw-Hill, 1996. thermodynamics, Volume 1, Gulf Publishing Company
3. Reinforced Plastics - Theory and Practice, 2nd ed., M. W. (1988), Houston, Texas.
Gaylord, Chaners Books, 1974. 2. John M. Campbell, Gas Conditioning and Processing, Vol.
1, 8th Edition Campbell Petroleum Series 2001.
Applied Thermodynamics
ENCE800019 Lubricant Technology
3 SKS ENCE800022
Learning Objectives: 3 SKS
based on a thorough review including fundamental aspects of Able to explain the working principles of lubrication, lubricant
thermodynamics, experimental, and green chemistry, based function, and several parameters of the quality and lubricant
on current information from scientific journals classification, lubricant chemical, and its production technol-
ogy, either mineral lubricant, synthesis and vegetal.
Syllabus:
Syllabus:
processes, phase equilibrium, and chemical reaction equilib- Principles of lubrication on friction and wear phenomena on
rium to process and product engineer; friendly solvents such the two surfaces of solid objects are moving together; mode
as supercritical CO2 and ionic liquid lubrication: hydrodynamic and elastohydrodynamic; lubri-
cants: mineral, synthetic, and vegetable; additives, formu-
Prerequisites: Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics
lations, degradation, contamination, and maintenance of
Textbook: lubricants; latest development of lubricant technology .
1. References relevant to a given problem.
2. Mulia, K and Wulan, PPDK, Textbook of Chemical Ther-
modynamics Textbook: -
1. E. Richard Booster, Handbook of Lubricant: Theory and
Dynamic System
Practice of Tribology, Vol. I, Vol. II, Vol. III, CRC Press
ENCE800020
(1984), Inc., Boca Raton, Florida
3 SKS
2. Mervin H. Jones, Industrial Tribology: The Practical
Aspect of Friction, Lubricant, and Wear., Elsevier Scien-
Able to build dynamic models of process systems, biological, tific Publishing Co., New York, 1983.
industrial, social and economic. 3. J. Halling, Principle of Tribology, Macmillan Press Ltd.,
London, 1978
Syllabus:
4. Handout
Cryogenic Technology
ENCE800023
Prerequisites: Numerical Computation 3 SKS
Textbook:
1. Forrester, J. W., 2002, Principles of Systems, Productivity Able to explain the various processes to liquefy gas in cryo-
Press genic technology
2. Goodman, Michael R., 1998, Study Notes in System
Syllabus:
Dynamics, Productivity Press
3. Richardson, George P. and Pugh III, Alexander L., 1999, History and development of cryogenic, cryogenic scope
Introduction to System Dynamics Modeling, Pegasus of work. Refrigeration and liquefaction of natural gas, air,
Communications oxygen, nitrogen, helium, neon and argon.
4. Andersen, David, etc., Introduction to Computer Simula-
Prerequisites: Chemical engineering thermodynamics
tion - A System Dynamics: Systems Thinking and Model-
ing for a Complex World, McGraw-Hill Textbook:
1. Timmerhaus, K.D., Cryogenic Process Engineering,
Thermodynamic System of Hydrocarbon
Plenum Press 1989, New York.
ENCE800021
707
Master Program
2. Barron, Randall. Cryogenic Systems, McGraw Hill, 1985, ENCE800026

New York. 3 SKS
Combustion Technology
ENCE800024 Able to explain the phenomenon of basic concepts heteroge-
3 SKS neous catalysts and its application
Syllabus:
Able to explain the phenomenon of combustion and resolve
The general property of catalyst, thermodynamic of the reac-
the problems that rendered correctly.
tion with catalyst, the distribution of the catalyst based on
Syllabus: the type of reaction, the core function is active, the method
of selecting catalysts for certain reactions, characterization of
Chemical kinetics and combustion, the flame, premix flame,
the corresponding want to know the nature of the target, the
diffusion flame, the combustion process applications.
catalyst test methods, methods of development of the catalyst,
Prerequisite: Transport Phenomena, Chemical Reaction and reaction products.
Engineering 1, Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics
Prerequisites: Chemical Reaction Engineering 1
Textbook:
Textbook:
1. Warnatz, J., Maas, U. dan Dibble, R.W., Combustion: Phys-
1. Nasikin M, Susanto BH, “Katlaisis Heterogen”, UI Press,
ical and Chemical Fundamentals, Modeling and Simula-
2010
tion, Experiments, Pollutant Formation, 2nd ed., Springer,
2. Satterfield, C. N., heterogeneous Catalysis in Industrial
Heidelberg, 1999.
Practice, McGraw-Hill Inc., New York, 1991.
2. Turns, S.R., An Introduction to Combustion: Concepts
3. Rase, F. R., Commercial Catalyst, CRC Press, New York,
and Applications, 2nd ed, McGraw-Hill, 2000.
1991
3. Glassman, I., Combustion, Academic Press, 1997.
4. Richardson, T, J., Principles of Catalyst Development,
4. El-Mahallawy dan el-Din Habik, S., Fundamental and
Plenum Press, New York, 1989
Technology of Combustion, Elsevier, 2002.
5. Thomas J.M. And WJ Thomas, Principles and Practice of
5. Combustion, T. J. Poinsot and D. P. Veynante, in Ency-
Heterogenous Catalysis, VCH, Weinhem, Germany, 1997
clopedia of Computational Mechanics, edited by Erwin
6. Emmet, R. H., Catalysis, Reinhold Publishing Corpora-
Stein, René de Borst and Thomas J.R. Hughes, 2004 John
tion, New York, 1961
Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
6. Introduction to Combustion, Concepts and Applications, Risk Management
Stephen R. Turns, 2nd edition, McGraw Hill, 2000 ENCH800028
7. Introduction to Combustion Phenomena, A. Murty 3 SKS
Kanury, Gordon and Breach Science Publishers, 1975 Learning Objectives:
8. Heat Transfer from Burners, Charles E. Baukal, in Indus-
Able to explain and apply risk management in a risk assess-
trial Burners Handbook, edited by Charles E. Baukal,
ment.
CRC Press, 2004.
Syllabus:
Plasma and Ozone Technology
ENCE800025 Introduction to the risk, the basic principles and guidelines
3 SKS concerning risk, risk management standards, risk assessment,
Learning Objectives: risk analysis, risk analysis and simulation, simulation of the
risk with Montecarlo method, the risk of using software simu-
Able to explain the physics and chemistry phenomena of
lation crystal ball.
plasma formation and release of electromagnetic energy and
the use of plasma and ozone technology. Prerequisites:
Syllabus: Textbook:
Basic phenomena and physical-chemical processes of gases J. F. A. Stoner, Management, 1986
generation process or formation of ozone, role and use of
Electrochemical Technology
ENCH800029
plasma technology and ozone in chemical engineering
3 SKS
processes, the potential of ozone technology in control tech-
nology environmental pollution, the ozone generator module
manufacturing equipment. Able to understand the basic principles of electrochemical
technology and apply them in the design of electrochemical
Prerequisite: Physics Electricity Magnetism
systems for various applications.
Textbook:
Syllabus:
1. E. T. Protasevich: “Cold Non-Equilibrium Plasma”,
Cambridge International science Publishing, Cambridge, Basic electrochemical principles and electrochemical cell
1999. concepts; electrochemical cell thermodynamics (Nernst equa-
2. Rice, R. G., and M. E. Browning: “Ozone Treatment of tion, Pourbaix diagram, etc.); electrochemical cell kinetics
Industrial Water wate”, Notes Data Corroraion, Park (the mechanism of electrochemical redox reactions, Marcus
Ridyl, 1981. theory, Butler-Volmer model, etc.); polarization/overpotential
3. Metcalf & Eddy, Inc. (Tchobano-glous, G., and FL Burton): on electrochemical cells (ohm polarization, activation polar-
“Wastewater Engineering: Treatment, Disposal, and ization, concentration polarization, etc.); the phenomenon of
Reuse”, McGraw-Hill Book. Co., Singapore, 1991. mass transfer in electrochemical cells (migration, diffusion,
convection, etc.); electrochemical analysis (voltammetry,
Heterogeneous Catalyst
chronoamperometry, AC impedance, etc.); electrode-elec-
708
Master Program
trolyte interface phenomena (double layer theory, surface compounds in living things, including the functions, synthe-
capacitance, ion adsorption, etc.); semiconductor electrodes sis processes and metabolism of these chemical compounds
(photoelectrochemical); and various electrochemical applica- that occur in living things.
tions (fuel cells, solar cells, batteries, etc.)
Syllabus:
Prerequisites:
Introduction to cells and tissues; Membranes and organelles;
Physical Chemistry, Thermodynamics of Chemical Engineer- The role of DNA and protein; Energy in cells; Nucleic acid;
ing, Chemical Reaction Engineering 1 Structure and replication of DNA and RNA; Transcription and
translation; Amino acid; Synthesis and structure of proteins;
Textbook:
Enzyme; Metabolism
1. Keith B. Oldham dan Jan C. Myland. Fundamentals
Prerequisites:
of Electrochemical Science, Academic Press, Inc., 1st
Edition, London, 1994. Textbook:
2. Richard G. Comption dan Craig E. Banks. Understand- 1. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry & eBook by Albert
ing Voltammetry, 3rd Edition, World Scientific, London, Lehninger, David L. Nelson and Michael M. Cox (Jun 15,
2018 2008)
3. Norio Sato. Electrochemistry at Metal and Semiconduc- 2. Biochemistry (3rd Edition) by Christopher K. Mathews,
tor Electrodes, 1st Edition, Elsevier Science & Technol- Kensal E. van Holde and Kevin G. Ahern (Dec 10, 1999)
ogy, Oxford, 1998.
3. Bruckner, Monica Z. Basic Cellular Staining.Serc.carleton.
4. Marcel Pourbaix. Atlas of Electrochemical Equilibria in edu.
4. Aryulina, D., Manaf, S., Muslim, C., & Winarni, E.W. 2007.
Brussels, 1974
BIOLOGI 3. Jakarta : Esis. Binur
5. Allen J. Bard, Martin Stratmann, and all authors. Ency-
5. Robi. 2011. Teknologi RNA Interference. Retrieved from
clopedia of Electrochemistry, 1st Edition, John Wiley &
Campbell, Reece. 2009. Biology. Sansome Street, San
Sons, New York 2007
Francisco: Pearson Benjamin Cummings.
Extraction & Isolation for Natural Products Technol-
Elective Courses in Even Semester
ogy
ENCH800030 Packaging and Storage Technology
3 SKS ENCE800034
Able to compare various principles that relate to extraction
technology and isolation of natural materials; Determine Students are able to describe characteristics, packaging and
extraction and / or isolation techniques appropriate for storage food technology, the relation between storage and
certain natural materials; Developing process skills to solve packaging with quality of food, describe factors affecting
problems related to the field of extraction technology and deviation of food qualities as well as able to choose storage
natural material isolation methods and packaging types which is appropriate to food
materials.
Syllabus:
Syllabus :
Natural substances and secondary metabolites, Variety of
natural material products, Selection and preparation of mate- hydratase, material storage technology and food products,
rials for extraction, Selection and preparation of materials for deviation of food material qualities, microbial contaminant,
isolation, Natural material extraction techniques, Fraction- purpose and function of food packaging, interaction between
ation techniques and isolation of natural materials food packaging and packaging material types
Prerequisites: Prerequisite : -
Textbook: Textbook :
1. Rydberg, Cox, & Musikas. Solvent Extraction Principles 1. Examining Food Technology by Anne Barnett. Heine-
and Practice 2nd Edition. Marcel Dekker, Inc. 2004. mann Secondary,1996
2. Meireles, M. Angela A. Extracting Bioactive Compounds 2. Julianti, Sri. The Art of Packaging. Gramedia Pustaka
for Food Products: Theory and Applications. CRC Press Utama. 2014.
– Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. 2009.
3. Han, Jung H., et al. Innovations in Food Packaging. Else-
3. Rostagno, Mauricio A. & Prado, Juliana M. Natural vier. 2005.
Product Extraction: Principles and Applications. RSC
Publishing. 2013.
Bioinformatics
ENCE800035
Special Topic 1 3 SKS
ENCH800031 Learning Objective :
3 SKS
Are able to explore database and programs to be applied in
Biochemistry
genetic engineering sectors, proteomic etc
ENCH800032
3 SKS Syllabus :
Database, genomics, genetic molecular, philogeny, protein
Able to describe the relationship of structure and chemical structure, metabolism and tissues
709
Master Program
Textbook : aromatics and the center line of methane, industrial and envi-
1. Bioinformatics by Shalini Suri. APH Publishing, 2006 ronmental impact of products petrochemicals.
2. Bioinformatics: A Primer by Charles Staben and Staben.
Jones & Bartlett Publishers, 2005
Textbook:
Drugs and Cosmetics Technology
1. Martyn V. Twigg, “Catalyst Handbook”, 2nd Ed., Wolfe
ENCE800036
Pub. Ltd..
3 SKS
2. Lewis T. Hatch, Sami Matar, “From Hydrocarbon to
Syllabus :
Petrochemical”.
Definition of drugs and cosmetics, types of skins and charac- 3. Wells, Margaret G., “Handbook of Petrochemicals and
teristics, cosmetic types, ethics and regulation of drugs and Processes”, Gower Publishing Company Ltd., 1991.
cosmetics, new drug development technology, process tech- 4. Pandjaitan Maraudin, Petrochemical Industry and The
nology in drug and cosmetics industries, packaging technol- effect of environment, Gadjah Mada University Press,
ogy of drugs and cosmetics technology. 2002.
Prerequisite : Organic Chemistry Photocatalysis Technology
ENCE800039
Textbook :
3 SKS
1. Handbook of Cosmetic Science and Technology by Andre
O. Barel, Marc Paye, Howard I. Maibach. INFRMA-HC
2009 Able to understand the basic concepts and photocatalysis and
2. Biodesign: The Process of Innovating Medical Technolo- apply them in the various simple daily problem, especially
gies by Stefanos Zenios, Josh Makower , Paul Yock , Todd related to environment, health, and energy.
J. Brinton, Uday N. Kumar, Lyn Denend, Thomas M.
Syllabus:
Krummel. Cambridge University Press 2009
The basic concept photocatalysis processes, thermodynamics
Petroleum Processing
and kinetics of photocatlytic process, semiconductor photo-
ENCE800037
catalyst materials, the basic parameters of photocatlytic
3 SKS
process, Photocatalyst Nanomaterial Engineering, photocat-
lytic applications for degradation of organic pollutants and
Able to explain petroleum characteristics and its refined heavy metals, photocatalysis applications for self-cleaning
product and the stages of the process from various petroleum and anti fogging, photocatalysis applications for anti-bacterial
processing technologies. and cancer therapy, photocatalysis applications for engineer-
ing ‘daily life tools’, photocatalysis applications in renewable
Syllabus:
energy sector, solar detoxification engineering with photoca-
Introduction terminology, oil composition, thermal properties talysis, intensification of photocatalysis process.
of petroleum, chemical processing of petroleum processing,
Prerequisites: Chemical Reaction Engineering 1
distillation, hydrogenation and dehydrogenation, cracking
processes, the processes of reforming, gas processing and Textbook:
petroleum light products, product improvement. 1. M. Schiavello, Heterogeneous Photocatalysis, John Wiley
& Sons, 1997.
Prerequisites: Fluid and Particle Mechanics, Thermodynam-
2. A. Fujishima, K. Hashimoto, and T. Watanabe, TiO2
ics, Mass Transfer.
Photocatalysis: Fundamentals and Applications, BKC Inc.
Textbook: Japan, 1999.
1. James G. Speight, The Chemistry and Technology of 3. J.B. Galvez, et.al., Solar Detoxification, Natural Sciences,
Petroleum, Marcel Dekker, 1991. Basic and Engineering Sciences, UNESCO.
2. James H. Gary and Glenn E. Handwerk, Petroleum Refin- 4. M. Kaneko, I. Okura, Photacatalysis Science and Technol-
ing, Marcel Dekker, 1974. ogy, Springer USA, 2002.
3. D. S. J. Jones, Elements of Petroleum Processing, John & 5. C.A. Grimes, G.K. Mor, TiO2 Nanotube Arrays: Synthesis,
Sons Woley Properties, and Applications, Springer, New York, 2009.
6. Paper-paper dan bahan lain dari berbagai Jurnal Ilmiah
Petrochemical Processing dan website.
ENCE800038
3 SKS Exploration and Production of Hydrocarbon
Learning Objectives: ENCE802110
3 SKS
Able to explain the development of petrochemical products
and raw material potential, upstream / downstream petro-
chemical production lines (olefin center, aromatic center, and Students are able to explain the economic concept of natural
the pathways of methane) and the major production processes gas and analyze the 4e economy.
of several petrochemical industries through methane, olefins
Syllabus:
and aromatics; able to analyze the impact of industrial
processes and petrochemical products to the environment. Introduction of hydrocarbon, life cycle of field development,
hydrocarbon form and hydrocarbon property and reservoir,
Syllabus:
hydrocarbon exploration: geology, geophysics, and drilling,
History of the general petrochemical products development field appraisal, reservoir development, drilling development,
and raw material potential, the scope of the petrochemical hydrocarbon production, HSE, hydrocarbon economy and
industry, petrochemical classification process, the type and lease, coal and hydrocarbon unconventional (CBM, Shale gas,
processing raw materials into petrochemical products, the and Hydrate Gas)
details of various petrochemical industry: olefins center,
710
Master Program
Prerequisites:- 2. E.W. Becker. 1994. Microalgae: Biotechnology and Micro-

biology. London, Cambridge University Press.
Textbook:
1. Frank Jahn et all, 2008, Hydrocarbon Exploration and Utilities and Plant Maintenance
Production, Developments in Petroleum Science, second ENCE800043
edition 3 SKS
2. Babusiauz et al, 2004, Oil and Gas Exploration and Learning Objectives:
Production. Reserves, Cost and Contracts, IFP-Technip,
able to explain the strategy of plant and utility maintenance.
3. M. Kelkar, 2008, Natural Gas Production Engineering,
PennWell Publications Syllabus:
Plant maintenance strategy: maintenance program, maintain-
Geology, Exploration, Drilling and Production, Pennwell
ability, reliability, planning and scheduling
Books, 2 edition.
Prerequisite: Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics
Pollution Prevention
ENCE800041 Handbook:
3 SKS 1. Dhillon, B.S., Engineering Maintenance: A Modern
Learning Objectives: Approach, CRC Press, 2002.
2. Higgins, L.R., Mobley, R.K. dan Smith, R., Maintenance
Students are able to explain the concepts of pollution preven-
Engineering Handbook, McGraw-Hill, 2002.
tion and able to design the waste treatment system.
Syllabus: 4. Palmer, D., Maintenance Planning and Scheduling Hand-
book, McGraw-Hill, 1999.
Introduction to the concept of pollution prevention, waste
water treatment outline and preparation, waste water treat- Transportation and Utilization of Natural Gas
ment in physical, biological, and chemical as well as the oper- ENCH800044
ating unit, bioremediation, bioseparation and biodegradation, 3 SKS
advanced oxidation processes, the handling of waste gas, Learning Objectives:
waste handling B3, solid waste handling , effluent treatment,
gas, is unconventional.
Prerequisites: Chemical Reaction Engineering 1.
Syllabus:
Textbook:
Overview of natural gas: nature and quality, historical mile-
1. Freeman, H. M., Industrial Pollution Prevention Hand-
stones, environmental aspects, international issues, and struc-
ture of the natural gas industry; transportation and storage
2. Eckenfelder, W. W., Jr.., Industrial Water Pollution Control.
of natural gas in the gas phase and liquid phase; natural gas
3rd ed. McGraw-Hill International Editions, New York,
utilization: gas as fuels, gas to synfuels and chemicals, gas to
2000.
wires/power
3. Metcalf & Eddy. (Revised by Tchobanoglous, G. & F. L.
Burton). Waste Water Engineering: Treatment, Disposal, Prerequisites: -
Reuse, 3rd ed., McGraw-Hill, Singapore, 1991.
Textbook: -
4. Heinson R. J. & R. L. Cable. Source and Control of Air
Pollution. Prentice Hall. New Jersey. Of 1999. Mixing Technology
5. Legislation on the prevention of pollution and waste ENCH800045
management. 3 SKS
6. Journals, the Internet. Learning Objectives:
Microalgae Cultivation and Development Technol- Able to understand the basic principles of mixing technology
ogy and apply them in the design of mixing systems for various
ENCH800042 applications in industry.
3 SKS
Able to have insight into the use of microalgae from the culti- Definition of mixing, basic principles and basic concepts of
vation process to its conversion into products of high economic mixing; mixing and mixing mechanism, mixing thermody-
value; able to develop the utilization of microalgae by using a namics, mixing fluid flow, friction in mixing, etc.), types of
variety of technologies that are currently developing. mixing (gas-liquid, liquid-liquid, liquid-solid, suspension,
emulsification), mixing techniques (agitation, blending,
Syllabus: mixing, particle size reduction, sear etc.), mixing equipment
both batch and continuous (mixer type, drainage type, etc.),
Introduction to microalgae, microalgae cultivation process,
mixing monitoring and control. Examples of the application
microalgae harvesting techniques, the process of extracting
of blending in the chemical, pharmaceutical, cosmetic and
microalgae into algal oil and its residues, economic analysis of
food industries.
the development and utilization of microalgae.
Prerequisites:
Prerequisites:
Physical Chemistry, Fluid Mechanics and Materials Science
Textbook:
Textbook:
1. Richmond, Amos, et al. 2013. Handbook of Microalgal
Culture: Applied Phycology and Biotechnology, 2nd Ed. 1. Handbook of Industrial Mixing: Science and Practice
John Wiley and Sons edited by Edward L. Paul, Victor A. Atiemo-Obeng,
711
Master Program
(2003). Genetically Modified Organism

ENCH800048
2. Food Mixing: Principles and Applications, edited by P.
3 SKS
J. Cullen, Ireland, John Wiley and Sons Inc. Publication
(2007).
Students are able to plan the design of transgenic organisms
3. Pharmaceutical Blending and Mixing 1st Edition by P. J.
for purposes in the fields of food, pharmacy and health,
Cullen (Editor), Rodolfo J. Romañach (Editor), Nicolas
energy, or the environment as one of the supporting knowl-
Abatzoglou (Editor), Chris D. Rielly, John Wiley and Sons
edge in Bioprocess Technology courses
Inc. Publication (2015)
Syllabus:
Problem Solving Skills
ENCH800046 Gene expression and function, genome, introduction and
3 SKS development of GMO organisms, genome modification
Learning Objectives: techniques, methods of analyzing GMO organisms, GMO
organisms in food, GMO organisms in pharmacy and health,
Able to develop an understanding of the Problem Based
Learning (PBL) learning method in order to be able to direct
environment, and the latest research and applications related
their own learning (independent learning), communicate
to GMO organisms.
effectively and work in groups; able to develop the ability to
think critically, creatively, innovatively and have the intellec- Prerequisites: Genetic Engineering
tual ability to solve problems effectively both individually
Textbook:
and in groups
Syllabus:
Krieger. W. H. Molecular Cell Biology. 6th edition. Free-
Introduction to PBL, individual problem-solving concepts, manS
Prerequisites: edition. Willey Blackwell: Hongkong.
Textbook: 3. Jurnal ilmiah terbaru terindeks scopus
1. Woods, D. R., 1994, Problem based learning: How to gain Drug Controlled Released Technology
the most from PBL, McMaster University, Hamilton, ON ENCE800049
L8S 4L8. 3 SKS
Learning objective :
Able to describe the principle of control drug release or bioac-
Polymer Technology
tive compound for medical purposes and utilize the principle
ENCH800047
to apply control drug released technology
3 SKS
Learning Objectives: Syllabus :
Able to develop an understanding of the basic principles Polymeric biomaterial that is easily degradable, various
of polymer synthesis and characterization, so that they can methods to drug encapsulation and bioactive compounds in
understand, solve polymer problems found in daily life and nano/microsphere, diffusion and permeation, the strategy of
in industry, and can keep abreast of developments in the latest control released, case study
polymer technology.
Prerequisite : Organic Chemistry
Syllabus:
Textbook :
The concept of polymers, Synthesis and kinetics of polymer- 1. Juergen Siepmann et al. (ed.) Fundamentals and Applica-
ization, Polymer solutions, Characterization, Plastic manufac- tions of Controlled Release Drug Delivery, Springer
turing processes. 2. Clive Wilson and Patrick Crowley (ed.) Controlled Release
in Oral Drug Delivery, Springer
Textbook: Formulation Design and Drug Delivery, Wiley, 2010.
4. WM Saltzman, Drug Delivery: Engineering Principles for
1. Billmeyer, F.W, 2011, Textbook of Polymer Science,3rd
Drug Therapy, Oxford University Press, 2001.
edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc.
5. Nissim Garti, Delivery and controlled release of bioac-
2. Young, R.J. and Lovell, P.A, 2011, Introduction to Poly- tives in foods and nutraceuticals, CRC Press, 2008.
mers, R.J.Lovell, 3rd edition, CRC Press. Taylor & Francis
Special Topic 2
Group, Boca Raton, FL 33487-2742.
ENCH800050
3. Seymour, R.B, 1989, Polymers for Engineering Applica- 3 SKS
tions, ASM International. Biomass Thermochemical Conversion Technology
ENCH800051
4. Crawford, R.J, 1998, Plastic Engineering, 3rd edition,
3 SKS
Butterworth-Heinemann, Woburn, MA 01901-2041.
Able to understand the chemical characteristics of biomass
and the basic principles of thermo-chemical biomass conver-
L8S 4L8.
sion technology and its application in the design of biomass
6. Journal or articles related to each PBL problem. thermochemical conversion systems to produce fuels and
chemicals.
712
Master Program
Syllabus: 4. Callen, H.B., Thermodynamics and An Introduction to

Thermostatics, 2nd ed., John Wiley and Sons, 1985.
thermo-chemical conversion through pyrolysis (fast pyrol- Health and Safety in Natural Gas Industry
ysis, slow pyrolysis, co-pyrolysis, hydrodeoxygenation, ENCH800002
catalytic pyrolysis, catalytic co-pyrolysis, pyrolysis reactor), 3 SKS
thermo-chemical conversion through biomass gasification, Learning Objectives:
Able to identify the condition of health and safety in the
geothermal industry and propose ways of overcoming prob-
thermo-chemical conversion products, pyrolysis for the
lems of health and safety with observe to safety laws and
manufacture of biofuels and chemicals, biomass gasification
regulations relating to the work environment.
for the manufacture of synthetic gases, liquefaction of biomass
for the manufacture of biofuels. Syllabus:
Prerequisites: The law and regulations relating to safety, national standards
and international standards related to safety analysis work,
Organic Chemistry, Heat Transfer, Chemical Reaction
Dual–function chemicals, Hazard Identification and Risk
Techniques 1
Assessment (HIRA), Hazard Identification (HAZID) and
Textbook: Hazard Operability Study (HAZOPS).
1. Robert C. Brown, Thermochemical processing of biomass: Prerequisites: -
conversion into fuels, chemicals and power, 2nd edition,
Textbook:
Wiley Series in Renewable Resources, 2019
1. Safety Act of 1970 1
Heinz Frei, Thermochemical conversion of biomass to 2. Regulation of the Minister of Labor, Technical Guidelines
liquid fuels and chemicals, RSC Publishing, 1st edition, for Safety Audit management system and Occupational
2010 Health, 1996.
3. James Clark and Fabien Deswarte, Introduction to chemi- 3. International Labor Office, Prevention of Major Indus-
cals from biomass, 2nd edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2015 trial Accidents, 1991.
4. Piet Schenkelaars, Value-added chemicals from biomass, 4. Chemical Process Safety Modules
Pira International Ltd, 2012
Natural Gas Processing
Basic Computer Programming ENCH800009
ENCH800052 3 SKS
3 SKS Learning Objectives :
Syllabus of Master Program Able to design natural gas refineries for piped gas, pressur-
ized natural gas, or LNG if given a fluid composition that
in Chemical Engineering reaches the surface of the reservoir.
Syllabus:
Department for Gas Introduction and terms in Natural Gas Processing; Physical
Management Class Properties of Hydrocarbon Fluid; Hydrocarbon Water System;
Hydrate; Dew Point Control Unit; AGRU; Absorption Dehy-
Compulsary Courses dration Unit; Adsorption Dehydration Regeneration Unit;
Heavy Hydrocarbon Recovery Unit; LNG Processing
Advanced Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics
Prerequisite
ENCH800001
3 SKS Chemical Process Simulation
Textbook :
Able to understand the basics of thermodynamics, fluid prop- 1. Gas Conditioning and Processing Vol. 1
erties, phase equilibrium and reaction and be able to apply it 2. Gas Conditioning and Processing Vol. 2
to solve problems of chemical engineering. 3. Maddox, R.N. dan Morgan, D.J., Pengondisian dan
pemrosesan gas, Vol 4: Mengolah gas dan sulfur pemuli-
Syllabus:
han, Campbell Petroleum Series, 1998.
Analysis of the system using the several forms of the first and 4. Kohl, A. dan Nielsen, R., pemurnian gas, Edisi ke-5, Gulf
second laws, the equation network of thermodynamic for Publishing Company, 1997.
thermodynamic properties, condition equation, fluid-phase 5. Kidnay, A.J. dan Parrish, W.R., Fundamentals of natural
equilibrium, chemical reaction equilibrium gas processing, Taylor & Francis, 2006
Prerequisite: Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics Natural Gas Project Management
ENCH800010
Textbook:
3 SKS
1. Kyle, B.G., Chemical and Process Thermodynamics, 2nd
ed., Pretice Hall, 1992.
2. Hand-out Kuliah. Able to apply project management in their fields with appro-
3. Smith J.M. dan van Ness, H.C., Introduction to Chemical priate as well as apply it in our main fields
Engineering Thermodynamics, 4th ed., McGraw-Hill,
Syllabus:
1985.
713
Master Program
Concept Project - Production, Project Life Cycle, Project bution and storage, the analysis method of energy sustain-
Selection, Project Planning, Project Implementation, Project ability: LCA, sustainability index, hydrogen and fuel cells
Completion & Evaluation. and nuclear energy, solar energy (PV and thermal), wind and
Prerequisite -
efficiency and conservation, carbon capture, and storage
Textbook :
Prerequisites:
1. Suharto, Imam, Manajemen Proyek,1990
Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics or Biochemical
Natural Gas Economics
Engineering
ENCH800011
3 SKS Textbook:
Able to explain the concept of natural gas economics and Among Options, MIT Press, 2005. Godfrey Boyle, et al.,
analyze the economics of the natural gas supply chain and Energy Systems and Sustainability: Power for a Sustain-
natural gas projects. able Future, Oxford University Press, 2003.
Syllabus : 2. E. Cassedy S, Prospects for Sustainable Energy: A critical
Introduction to the structure of the natural gas industry, natu-
ral gas market, gas prices and tariffs, natural gas contracts, the 3. DeSimone et al., Eco-Efficiency. The Business Link to
economics of the natural gas supply chain from the produc- Sustainable Development, MIT Press, 1997.
tion, transportation and use of natural gas, gas projects and
4. D. Elliot, Energy, Society, and Environment, Technology
financial aspects.
for a sustainable future, Rouledge, 1997
Prerequisite :
5. Miller, G. T., Environment Science. Sustaining Earth,
Engineering Economics Wardworld Publish Co. 1993
Textbook : -
Special Courses
Engineering System Managemen
ENCH800012 Pre-Thesis
3 SKS ENCH800007
Able to describe analysis system, simulation, and related
processes until becoming an engineering product which is Able to produce ideas, processes, and scientific research in
appropriate with consumer needs writing and oral.
Syllabus: Syllabus:
Design, manufacture, and complex system operation that is Introduction, techniques to identify problems and arrange
the main challenge from a manager nowadays. This system hypotheses, think logically, the techniques of scientific writ-
has a strict schedule as well as a financial limitation by pres- ing, technical writing research proposals, designing research
sure in technological development, requires new tools for techniques, presentation techniques, techniques to collect
project planning, organizing, and controlling. This course data, analyze it and present it.
gives essential knowledge for new management system Prerequisite: -
development as well as a modified complex system. This
course also gives a brief understanding of marketing strategy, Thesis
determining the relation between superior value versus price. ENCH800008
These strategies based on marketing as well as how this activ- 6 SKS
ity is connected to basic marketing functions such as sales and Learning Objectives :
promotions. Able to design, conduct, and analyze research in Chemical
Prerequisites: - fields; present research result in oral and writing
Textbook: - Syllabus :
Sustainable Energy Thesis material based on research topic

ENCH800027 Prerequisite:
3 SKS
Learning Objectives: Based on regulation
Able to explain the relationship of energy with a social aspect, Textbook :

economic and environmental and sustainability concepts, 1. Petunjuk Penulisan Tugas Akhir UI
and able to analyze the performance of techno-economy Scientific Publications
and the continuity, especially fossil energy system, new, and ENCH800055
renewable. 2 SKS
Syllabus: Learning Objective : -
Concept of sustainability and sustainable energy, energy Syllabus : -

hierarchy, energy linkages with economic, environmental Prerequisite : -
and social, fossil energy/fuels and Impacts, global climate
change and its mitigation, conversion, transportation/distri- Textbook : -
714
Master Program
Elective Courses
Elective Courses in Odd Semester
Risk Management
ENCH800028
3 SKS
Able to explain and apply risk management in a risk assess-
ment.
Syllabus:
Introduction to the risk, the basic principles and guidelines
concerning risk, risk management standards, risk assessment,
risk analysis, risk analysis and simulation, simulation of the
risk with Montecarlo method, the risk of using software simu-
lation crystal ball.
Prerequisites:
Textbook:
J. F. A. Stoner, Management, 1986
Transportation and Utilization of Natural Gas
ENCH800044
3 SKS
Syllabus:
Overview of natural gas: nature and quality, historical mile-
stones, environmental aspects, international issues, and struc-
ture of the natural gas industry; transportation and storage
of natural gas in the gas phase and liquid phase; natural gas
utilization: gas as fuels, gas to synfuels and chemicals, gas to
wires/power
Prerequisites: -
Textbook: -
715
Master Program
Master Program in Industrial Engineering

1. Degree Awarding University Universtas Indonesia
2. Managing Institution Universtas Indonesia
4. Study Program Master Program of Industrial Engineering
5. Vision and Mission Vision: To be a leading Industrial Engineering master study program
in Indonesia in designing, improving, and installing complex and inte-
grated systems through processes of analyzing and synthesizing based
on the norm of scientific works in advancing sustainable productivity
and quality.
Mission: To conduct an Industrial Engineering graduate program that

internationally known and locally respected through leading scientific
works to support sustainable development goals in Indonesia.
6. Class Reguler
7. Degree Master of Engineering
8. Accreditation Status A-grade based on BAN-PT Accreditation
10. Study Scheme Full Time
11. Submission Requirement Hold a Bachelor’s degree in Engineering, Natural Science, Economics,
and Business; passed the UI entrance exam.
12. Duration 2 years
Semester Number of
semester
Reguler 4 16
Short Semester 1 8
13. Aims of the program:
1. To implement processes of analyzing and synthesizing based on scientific principles in Industrial Engineering’s
body of knowledge in designing, improving, and installing integrated systems.
2. To excel in research skills and scientific knowledge in advancing graduate students’ careers.
3. To master the ethics of work in scientific communities for promoting improvement in the organizations.
14. Graduates Profile:
Industrial engineers that are able to design, improve, and install integrated and complex manufacturing and service
systems through processes of analyzing and synthesizing based on scientific principles to improve productivity and
quality.
1. an ability to design and conduct scientific work and to analyze and interpret data.
2. an ability to design, improve, and install integrated systems, components, and processes to fulfill stakeholders’
needs, considering realistic constraints such as economy, environments, social, politics, law, ethics, human factors,
health & safety, feasibility, and sustainability.
3. an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems using advanced skills and tools.
4. an ability to work professionally while respecting ethics.
5. an ability to work in a multi-disciplinary team.
6. an ability to gain an in-depth knowledge of the impact of the promoted solution in solving engineering problems
in the context of globalization, economy, social, and environment.
7. an ability to study independently and implement life-long learning.
716
Master Program

I Compulsory Courses of Study Program 17 38,64%
II Compulsory Courses of Specialization 9 20,45%
IV Matriculation 12
V Special Courses 12 27,27%
Total 44 100 %
Total Credits 44 Credits
717
718
Master Program
The Network of Expected Learning Outcomes

Flow Diagram of Courses based on Expected Learning Outcomes
Master Program
719
Master Program
720
Master Program
721
Master Program
Curriculum Structure of Industrial Data and Quality

Engineering Master Program Engineering
ENIE802432 Multivariate Analysis 3
Code Subject SKS ENIE802433 Quality and Reliability 3
1 Semester
st Systems Design and
Management
ENIE801001 Systems Thinking 3
ENIE802540 Decisions and Risks in Systems 3
ENIE801002 Industrial Systems Engineering 3
Engineering
ENIE801003 Operation Management 3
ENIE802541 Systems Engineering and 3
ENIE801004 Advanced Operations Research 3 Analysis
Sub Total
Linear Programming 3rd Semester
Basic Statistics Innovation And Design
Sub Total 12 Engineering
2 nd Semester ENIE803110 Macroergonomics 3
ENIE801005 Research Methodology 2 Production and Logistics
ENIE801006 Advanced Statistics 3 System
Track’s Compulsory Courses 3 ENIE803218 Logistics System 3
Track’s Compulsory Courses 3 Industrial Management
ENIE803326 Strategic Sourcing Management 3
Engineering Economics Data and Quality
Engineering
Human Factors in Engineering &
Design ENIE803434 Data Mining 3
Sub Total 11 Systems Design and
Management
3rd Semester
ENIE803542 Systems Performance Modeling 3
ENIE800007 Research Proposal 2
Track’s Compulsory Courses 3
Track’s Elective Courses 3
Sub Total
Sub Total 11
4th Semester Elective Courses
ENIE800008 Scientific Publication 2
ENIE800009 Thesis 8 Code Subject SKS
Sub Total 10 Innovation And Design
Total 44
Engineering
ENIE803111 Knowledge Management 3
Compulsory Specialization Subjects ENIE803112 Cognitive Ergonomics 3
ENIE803113 Technopreneurship 3
Code Subject SKS ENIE803114 Human Performance Engineering 3
2 Semester
nd
ENIE803115 Industrial Technology Manage- 3
ment
Innovation And Design
Engineering Production and Logistics
ENIE802108 Product and Service Innovation 3
System
ENIE803219 Total Quality Management 3
ENIE802109 Work Safety Engineering and 3
Management ENIE803220 Lean Manufacturing 3
Production and Logistics ENIE803221 Industrial Organization 3
System ENIE803222 Maritime Logistics 3
ENIE802216 Manufacturing System 3 ENIE803223 Transportation Systems 3
ENIE802217 Inventory System 3 Industrial Management
Industrial Management ENIE803327 Engineering Management in the 3
ENIE802324 Industrial Project Development 3 Value of Materials
ENIE802325 Industrial Strategic Management 3 ENIE803328 Industrial Economics 3
ENIE803329 Supply Chain Management 3
722
Master Program
industrial engineering systems in accordance with the needs

ENIE803330 Maintenance Management 3
and characteristics of the industry
ENIE803331 Enterprise Information Systems 3
Syllabus:
Data and Quality
Engineering Definition of industrial systems engineering, Strategic
Management, New Product Development, Supply Chain
ENIE803435 Decision Uncertainties and Risk 3
Management, Industry Level View, Societal Trends, Industry
ENIE803436 Consumer Relationship Manage- 3 trends, Economy Trends, Technology Trends, Industry 4.0,
ment Case Studies of Industry 4.0, the Shifting of Global Manu-
ENIE803437 Advanced Optimization 3 facturing competitiveness, Marketing 4.0, Industrial System
ENIE803438 Prognostic and Machinery Health 3 Design analysis in the case of different industries.
Management Pre-requisite(s): -
ENIE803439 Service Engineering 3 Textbook(s):
Systems Design and 1. Nixon, N. W. (Ed.). (2016). Strategic Design Thinking:
Management Innovation in Products, Services, Experiences, and
ENIE803543 Systems Engineering Manage- 3 Beyond. Fairchild Books.
ment 2. Brown, T. (2009). Change by design: How Design Think-
ing Creates New Alternatives for Business and Society.
ENIE803544 Supports and Logistics for 3 Collins Business.
Systems Engineering 3. Olsen, D. (2015). The Lean Product Playbook: How to Inno-
ENIE803545 Technology Policy Modeling 3 vate with Minimum Viable Products and Rapid Customer
using System Dynamics Feedback. John Wiley & Sons.
ENIE803546 Decision and Policy Models 3 Operations Management
ENIE803547 Renewable and Sustainable 3 ENIE801003
Energy Systems 3 Credits
The students are expected to master various calculations
Syllabus Master Program Industrial and analysis for activities in the manufacturing industry
Engineering and service industry, such as planning activities in project
management, understanding the product design, conducting
System Thinking the best process analysis for manufacturing companies or
ENIE801001 services, taking into account the quality of the work and the
3 Credits quality of services provided to customers, analyzing the stra-
Learning Objective(s) : tegic supply chain for the company, and applying a variety
Students are expected to implement model-based manage- of quantitative techniques to promote operations excellence.
ment concept by understanding systems’ problems. The Syllabus:
development of systems’ mindset will be conducted through
the introduction of soft OR in the form SSM approach as a Operations Management, Operating Strategy, Introduction
case study to Project Management, Introduction to the Design Process,
Process Analysis, Service Operational Classification, Total
Syllabus: Quality Management, Supply Chain Strategy, Capacity
Introductory lecture, changing yourself by changing the Management, Lean Logic, Demand Management, Sales and
way of thinking, introduction to systems thinking, the Operations Planning, Material Requirement Planning.
Beer Game, Mental Model, language system, Causal Loop Prerequisite(s): -
diagram, Stock and Flow diagram, General System Blueprint,
System Archetypes, Problem Solving with Systems Think- Textboks:
ing, introduction of SSM concept, the case study discussion 1. Jacobs, F. R., & Chase, R. (2012). Operations and supply
of Albion Group with SSM, development of insight on the chain management: the core. McGraw-Hill Higher Educa-
scope of modeling. tion.
2. Sanders, N. R., & Reid, R. D. (2013). Operations manage-
Pre-requisite(s): - ment: an integrated approach. John Wiley & Sons.
Text Book(s): Advanced Operations Research
1. Meadows, D. (2008). Thinking in Systems: A Primer. Chel- ENIE801004
sea Green Publishing 3 Credits
2. Checkland, P., Scholes, J. (2001). Soft Systems Methodol- Learning Objective(s):
ogy in Action. John & Wiley.
3. Senge, P. M. (1994). The Fifth Discipline Fieldbook: Strat- Students are expected to master the theory and basic of inte-
egies and Tools for Building a Learning Organization. ger programming, using advanced techniques in integer
Crown Business. program, can apply integer programming knowledge and use
the software to solve the problems of integer programming.
Industrial System Engineering
ENIE801002 Syllabus:
3 Credits What is Integer Programming, Formulating Integer Programs,
Learning Objective(s): Linear Algebra and Convexity, Polyhedral and Dimension,
Students are expected to promote the design and development Introduction to Branch and Bound, Relaxation, Duality,
of effective and efficient solutions through the framework of Decomposition Methods, Branching Methods, Search Strate-
723
Master Program
gies, Introduction to Computational Complexity, Certificates ments. John wiley & sons.
and Complexity Classes, Easy Integer Programs, Integral 2. Berger, P. D., & Maurer, R. E. (2002). Experimental Design
Polyhedral, Combinatorial Algorithms, Describing Polyhe- with Applications in Management. Engineering and the
dral, Valid Inequalities, Valid Inequalities From Disjunctions, Sciences. Cengage Learning.
Strong Valid Inequalities and Lifting, Structured Inequalities, 3. Montgomery, D. C. (2009). Statistical quality control. New
Branch and Cut, Branch and Price, Primal Heuristics, Numer- York: Wiley.
ical Analysis.
Research Proposal
Pre-requisite(s): - ENIE801007
2 Credits
Text Book(s):
1. Conforti, M., Cornuéjols, G., & Zambelli, G. (2014). Integer
programming (Vol. 271). Berlin: Springer. Students are expected to write a systematic research proposal
2. Wolsey, L. A., & Nemhauser, G. L. (2014). Integer and based on a novel problem formulation through a tourough
combinatorial optimization. John Wiley & Sons. examination on the body of literature and real-world cases
3. Taha, H. A. (2017). Operations Research An Introduction. and phenomenon.
Pearson Education Limited 2017.
Pre-requisite(s): -
4. Hillier, F. S., & Lieberman, G. J. (2005). Introduction to
operations research. McGraw-Hill Science, Engineering & Text Book(s):
Mathematics. a. Pedoman Teknis Penulisan Tugas Akhir Mahasiswa
Universitas Indonesia. IEEE Citation Reference.
Research Methodology
b. Ivan Stojmenovic, “How to Write Research Articles in
ENIE801005
2 Credits
February 2010.
Students are expected to understand the basic concepts used
Product and Service Innovation
in quantitative and qualitative research methods, includ-
ENIE802108
ing the steps of a scientific research to produce a thesis as a
3 Credits
prerequisite for completion of master’s degree program.
Topics:
Students are expected to evaluate the existing concept and
Introduction, Selecting a Problem and Reviewing the Liter- case studies of innovation development in organizations.
ature, Identifying and Labeling Variables, Constructing
Topics:
Hypotheses and Meta-Analyses, and Constructing Opera-
tional Definitions of Variables, Types of Research, Concluding State of the art in ‘Innovation’, Innovation Development strat-
Steps of Research, Additional Approaches. egy, Innovation Development Stages, Technology Policy for
Innovation Development
Pre-requisite(s): -
Pre-requisite(s): -
Text Book(s):
1. Manual Penyusunan Tesis Universitas Indonesia dan Text Book(s):
Departemen Teknik Industri, 2008. 1. Cooper, R. G. (2011). Winning at new products: Creating
2. Pedoman Teknis Penulisan Tugas Akhir Mahasiswa value through innovation. Basic Books.
Universitas Indonesia. IEEE Citation Reference. 2. Trott, P. (2008). Innovation management and new product
3. Stojmenovic, I. (2010). “How to Write Research Articles in development. Pearson education.
Computing and Engineering Disciplines,” IEEE Transac- 3. Tidd, J., Bessant, J., Pavitt, K. (2001). Managing Innovation
tions on Parallel and Distributed Systems, Vol. 21, No. 2. – Integrating Technological, Market and Organisational
Change, Second Edition, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., West
Advanced Statistics
Sussex, England.
ENIE801006
3 Credits Work Safety Engineering and Management
Learning Objective(s): ENIE802109
3 Credits
Students are expected to manage the collection, processing,
& data analysis by following the assumptions and rules of
statistics in conducting the experimental design (Design of Students are expected to evaluate a design and management
Experiment) so that the conclusions can be used as the basis of occupational safety as one aspect in human factor-based
in the decision making process work system
Syllabus: Topics:
Review of Basic Statistical Concepts, Single Factor Experiment Introduction to occupational safety management and engi-
(Fixed Effect Model), Single Factor Experiment (Random neering, application of occupational safety management and
Effect Model), Randomized Complete Block Design, Latin engineering, work fatigue, risk model and risk management,
Square Design, General Factorial Design, 2k Factorial Design, human error and safety culture.
Blocking in Factorial Design, Factorial Experiments with
Pre-requisite(s): Human Factors in Engineering and Design
Random Factors, Fractional Factorial Design, Nested Design,
Response Surface Model, Statistics and Quality Control. Text Book(s):
1. Glendon, A. I., & Clarke, S. (2015). Human safety and risk
Pre-requisite(s): Basic Statistics
management: A psychological perspective. CRC Press.
Text Book(s): 2. Ridley, J., & Channing, J. (Eds.). (2008). Safety at work.
1. Montgomery, D. C. (2017). Design and analysis of experi- Routledge.
724
Master Program
Macroergonomics Big Data and Supply Management, Sustainability and Social

ENIE803110 Networks.
3 Credits
Prerequisite(s): -
Textbooks:
Students are expected to evaluate the design of a working
a. Axsäter, S. (2015). Inventory control (Vol. 225). Springer.
system consisting of variables that interacts with hardware
b. Coyle, J.J., Jr. Langley, C.J., Novack, R.A, & Gibson, B.J.
and software in internal physical environments, external
2013). Managing Supply Chains: A Logistics Approach.
environments, and organizational structures.
(9th ed.). McGraw-Hill.
Topic:
Logistics System
Introduction to the ergonomic macro, methods and tools used ENIE803218
in the analysis of work and design systems, introduction of 3 Credits
integration of organizations in the context of productivity, Learning Objective(s):
safety, health and quality of work life.
Students are expected to design an effective and efficient
Pre-requisite(s): Human Factors in Engineering and Design logistics system of material flow side, storage level, and lead
time. A system capable of delivering goods from the provider
Text Book(s):
to the consumers, the right time, and the quality of excellence.
1. Hendrick, W.H,. Kleiner, Brian, (2002). Macroergonomics:
The scope of the discussion includes analysis of the material
Theory, Methods, and Applications (Human Factors and Ergo-
flow of providers, manufacturers, distributors, retailers, and
nomics)
consumers.
2. Stanton, N,. Hedge, A, (2005). Handbook of Human Factors
and Ergonomics Methods, CRC Press LLC. Topic:
Manufacturing System Introduction to the concept of logistics systems, urban and
ENIE802216 inter-island logistics, logistics systems and value-added
3 Credits processes, elements and problems in logistics systems, logis-
Learning Objective(s): tics Systems, the Internet and Industry 4.0, logistics systems
modeling.
Students are expected to evaluate manufacturing systems
based material flow, storage level, capacity, and process dura- Prerequisite(s): -
tion. The scope of discussion includes analysis of manufac-
Textbooks:
turing operations from the input, process, and output side. In
a. Simchi-Levi, D., Kaminsky, P., Simchi-Levi, E., & Shankar,
addition, this lecture will also discuss how to build discrete
R. (2008). Designing and managing the supply chain:
models of existing systems.
concepts, strategies and case studies. Tata McGraw-Hill
Topic: Education.
b. Bowersox, D., Closs, D., & Cooper M. D., (2012). Supply
Types of manufacturing systems, lean manufacturing, capac-
Chain Logistics Management (4th Edition). McGraw-Hill.
ity planning, schedulling, sales and operation planning, plant
c. Goetschalckx, M. (2011). Supply chain engineering (Vol.
layout.
161). Springer Science & Business Media.
Prerequisite(s): -
Industrial Project Development
Textbooks: ENIE802324
1. Hopp, W. J., & Spearman, M. L. (2011). Factory physics. 3 Credits
Waveland Press. Learning Objective(s):
2. Jacobs, F. R., Chase, R. B., & Aquilano, N. (200). Opera-
Students are expected to make research and analysis planning
tions management for competitive advantage. Boston:
on the development of industrial projects, taking into account
Mc-Graw Hill.
the location, consideration of the various risks that will arise,
Inventory System and other factors so that mistakes on project development are
ENIE802217 minimal.
3 Credits
Topic:
Definition of project management, project success, project
Students are expected to demonstrate the analytical skills
manager functions, work relationships on organizations,
required to understand the knowledge and principles of
conventional organizations, matrix organizations, time
inventory management and warehousing. This course
management, performance measurement, compensation,
emphasizes the importance of the role and functionality of
project scheduling, project specifications , Gantt Chart, proj-
inventory and warehousing operations in logistics and supply
ect reports, budget, earned value measurement system, plan
chain management.
costs, actual cost, trade-off analysis; trade-off contracts, risk
Topic: identification, risk monitor, risk control, industrial develop-
ment: facts and direction of policy-making.
Introduction to Inventory and Warehousing Management,
Materials Handling, Inventory Management, Warehous- Prerequisite(s): -
ing Operations and Management, Deterministic Models
Textbooks:
– Economic Lot Scheduling Problems, Discrete-Time-Markov-
a. Kerzner, H. (2017). Project management: a systems
Chain, Poisson Process, Continuous-Time Markov Chain,
approach to planning, scheduling, and controlling. John
Markov Decision Process, Single and Multi-Echelon Inven-
Wiley & Sons.
tory Systems, Game Theory & Decentralized Supply Chains,
b. United Nations. Commission on Sustainable Develop-
Socially Responsible Supply Chains, Healthcare Operations,
ment. (2007). Industrial development for the 21st century:
725
Master Program
Sustainable development perspectives. United Nations data and interpret the research results done using the right
Publications. multivariate method based on data set characteristics
Industrial Strategic Management Topics:
ENIE802325
Introduction to Multivariate methods, data characteristics,
3 Credits
exploratory factor analysis, multiple regression analysis,
double discriminant analysis, logistic regression, conjoint
Students are expected to evaluate vision, and organizational analysis, cluster analysis, multidimensional scaling, corre-
mission, discuss principles, techniques and models of organi- spondence analysis, structural equation modeling, confir-
zational and environmental analysis and discuss the theory matory factor analysis, structured equation model testing,
and practice of strategy formulation and implementation of multiple variant analysis.
corporate governance and business ethics in developing effec-
Pre-requisite(s): -
tive strategic leadership.
Text Book(s):
Topic:
1. Hair, J. F., Black, W. C., Babin, B. J., & Anderson, R. E.
What is Strategic Management, Mission, Goals and Objectives, (2013). Multivariate data analysis: Pearson new interna-
Analyzing the External Environment of the Firm, Analyzing tional edition. Pearson Higher Ed.
the Internal Environment of the Firm, Recognizing a Firm’s
Quality and Reliability
Intellectual Assets, Business Level Strategy, Corporate Level
ENIE802433
Strategy, International Strategy, Strategic Control and Corpo-
3 Credits
rate Governance.
Prerequisite(s): -
Students are expected to design the size of quality and reli-
Textbooks: ability of products or services, evaluating the existing param-
a. Hill, C. W. L. & Jones, G. R. (2008). Strategic Management: eters, maintain or improve the value of quality and reliability
An integrated approach, 8th Edition, Houghton Mifflin. of products or services and consider the cost and profitability
b. Bartlett, C. A. and Ghoshal, S. (1994). Changing the role of of the application of existing models and methods.
top management: Beyond
Topics:
c. strategy to purpose. Harvard Business Review. Novem-
ber-December: 70-88. Introduction to Quality and Reliability, mathematics for
d. Bhagat, R. S., Kedia, B. L., Harveston, P. D., & Triandis, H. quality and reliability, quality recognition, quality analysis
C. (2002). Cultural variations in the cross-border transfer methods, quality management and financing, the introduc-
of organisational knowledge: An integrative framework. tion of reliability, static reliability evaluation model, dynamic
Academy of Management Review, 27(2): 204-221. reliability evaluation model, reliability evaluation method,
reliability testing, reliability and financing management.
Strategic Sourcing Management
ENIE803326 Pre-requisite(s): -
3 Credits
Text Book(s):
1. Dhillon, B. S. (2006). Maintainability, maintenance, and
Students are expected to explore strategic sourcing manage- reliability for engineers. CRC press.
ment and promote the understanding of strategic role
management in supply chain operations, demand for value
Data Mining
ENIE803434
creation. Procurement and inventory management plays an
3 Credits
important role in the company’s ability to operate efficiently
and competitively within a contemporary global business
environment. Students are expected to excute data extract and pattern anal-
ysis from large amounts of data.
Topic:
Syllabus:
Introduction to Strategic Sourcing and Supply Management,
The Purchasing Process, The P2P Process, Purchasing Orga- Introduction to Data Mining, data preprocessing, exploratory
nization, and Commodity Strategy Development, Vendor data analysis, dimensioning methods, statistical analysis, data
Relationship Management, Supplier Evaluation and Selection model preparation, classification, clustering, association rules
and the Analytic Hierarchy Process, Supplier Performance
Pre-requisite(s): -
Management, Quality Management, and Supply Base Integra-
tion, Global Sourcing and Outsourcing, Electronic Procure- Text Book(s):
ment and Strategic Cost Management, Negotiations, Law, and 1. Larose, D. T. & Larose C.T. (2015). Data mining and
Contract Management, Ethics and Green Procurement predictive analytics. John Wiley & Sons.
Prerequisite(s): - Decision and Risk in Systems Engineering
ENIE802540
Textbooks:
3 Credits
1. Sollish, F., & Semanik, J. (2011). Strategic global sourcing
best practices. John Wiley & Sons.
Students are expected to explore the process of systems engi-
Multivariate Analysis
neering in helping decision-making process with its uncer-
ENIE802432
tainties and risks.
3 Credits
Learning Objective(s): Syllabus:
Students are expected to design research models, analyze Decision Making Process, Introduction to Risk Process, Risk
726
Master Program
Management Basic Concepts and Steps, Step 1 : Establishing 3. ISO/IEC 15288 Standard for Systems Engineering. Inter-
the Context and Criteria of Assessment, Step 2 : Identify Risk national Organization Standard (ISO).
(Risk Identification), Step 3: Analyze Risk, Risk Analysis Tools
(Quantitative Risk), Step 4: Evaluating Risk, Step 5: Treating Special Courses
Risk, MCDM, Introduction to AHP, Game Theory 1, Game
Theory 2. Thesis
ENIE800008
Prerequisite(s): - 8 Credits
Text books: Learning objective(s):
a. Parnell, G. S., Driscoll, P. J., & Henderson, D. L. (Eds.). Students are expected to solve complex industrial engineer-
(2011). Decision making in systems engineering and ing problems through thesis study.
management. Hoboken: Wiley.
b. Frame, J. D. (2003). Managing risk in organizations: A Prerequisite(s): -
guide for managers. John Wiley & Sons. Text books:
System Engineering and Analysis a. Pedoman Teknis Penulisan Tugas Akhir Mahasiswa
ENIE802541 Universitas Indonesia. IEEE Citation Reference.
3 Credits b. Ivan Stojmenovic, “How To Write Research Articles in
Learning Objective(s): Computing and Engineering Disciplines,” IEEE Transac-
Students are expected to understands the concepts, methods February 2010.
and tools of analyst-based systems that have a comprehensive,
connectivity and contextual feature in the face of systematic Scientific Publication
and complex problems that can formulate better decisions ENIE800009
and policies. 3 Credits
Topic:
Students are expected to publish his / his scientific articel in
System engineering in the world of complex systems, common national or international journal or proceeding.
analytical principles and system analysis, Introduction to
Performance Management History and Concepts, various Prerequisite(s): -
analyses conducted in system engineering, requirements Text books:
analysis, strategy analysis, operational analysis, business 1. Pedoman Teknis Penulisan Tugas Akhir Mahasiswa
process analysis, operational analysis tools, financial analy- Universitas Indonesia. IEEE Citation Reference.
sis, risk analysis, scenario analysis, Business Case. 2. Ivan Stojmenovic, “How To Write Research Articles in
Pre-requisite(s): - Computing and Engineering Disciplines,” IEEE Transac-
Text Book(s): February 2010.
1. Cadle, J., Paul, D., & Turner, P. (2014). Business analysis
techniques. Chartered Institute for IT. Elective Courses
2. Blanchard, B. S., & Fabrycky, W. J. (2010). Systems engi-
neering and analysis. Prentice Hall International Series in Knowledge Management
Industrial & Systems Engineering. ENIE803111
3. Haskins, C., Forsberg, K., & Krueger, M. (2011). Systems 3 Credits
Engineering Handbook: A Guide for System Life Cycle Learning Objective(s):
Processes and Activities. International Council on Systems
Students are able to systematically evaluate the maturity level
Engineering (INCOSE). INCOSE-TP-2003-002-03.2. 2.
of a company in managing its knowledge assets and then be
System Performance Modelling able to provide comprehensive improvement advice to allow
ENIE803542 such knowledge assets to be used to reinforce the company’s
3 Credits strategic objectives.
Syllabus:
Students are expected to conduct specifications, predictions
Knowledge management, Life cycles for knowledge manage-
and performance evaluation of systems designed through
ment systems, Knowledge engineering, Knowledge acquisi-
various approaches to system modeling.
tion, Knowledge modelling, Knowledge technology (Decision
Topics: support systems, Meta-interpreters, Enterprise resource plan-
ning systems, Business Intelligence), Knowledge transfer and
The concept and role of modeling and simulation in system
sharing, Knowledge intensive organizations and innovations
engineering, financial modelling, business process modeling,
discrete modeling with Promodel, scenario development. Pre-requisite(s): -
Pre-requisite(s): - Textbook(s):
1. Newell, S., Robertson, M., Scarbrough, H. and Swan,
Text Book(s):
J., 2009. Managing knowledge work and innovation.
1. Haskins, C., Forsberg, K., & Krueger, M. (2011). Systems
Macmillan International Higher Education.
Engineering Handbook: A Guide for System Life Cycle
2. Dalkir, K., 2017. Knowledge management in theory and
Processes and Activities. International Council on Systems
practice. MIT press.
Engineering (INCOSE). INCOSE-TP-2003-002-03.2. 2.
2. Kossiakoff, A., Sweet, W. N., Seymour, S. J., & Biemer, S. M. Cognitive Ergonomics
(2011). Systems engineering principles and practice. John ENIE803112
Wiley & Sons. 3 Credits
727
Master Program
Learning Objective(s): Technology Acquisition, Technology Forecasting, Technology

Strategy and Competitiveness, Technology Adoption, Selec-
Students are able to provide knowledge and expertise to
tion and Implementation in Technology Management.
analyze, design, and apply the work system and products in
accordance with human cognitive abilities. Pre-requisite(s): -
Syllabus: Textbook(s):
1. Khalil, T.M. and Shankar, R., 2000. Management of tech-
Mental workload, decision-making, skilled performance,
nology: The key to competitiveness and wealth creation
human-computer interaction, human reliability, work stress,
(pp. 7-11). Boston: McGraw-Hill.
eye tracking, EEG, human-system design
2. Drucker, P.F., 2011. Technology, management, and society.
Pre-requisite(s): - Harvard Business Press.
Text book(s): Total Quality Management
1. Salvendy, G., & Karwowski, W. (2016). Advances in cogni- ENIE803219
tive ergonomics. CRC Press. 3 Credits
2. Stanton, N. A., Hedge, A., Brookhuis, K., Salas, E., & Learning Objective(s):
Hendrick, H. W. (Eds.). (2004). Handbook of human factors
Understand the management of total quality management
and ergonomics methods. CRC press.
from the perspective of industrial engineering that empha-
Technopreneurship sizes the design, improvement and installation aspects of the
ENIE803113 organizational system.
3 Credits
Syllabus:
Statistical Process Control, Total Quality Management,
Students are able to explain the steps in starting a digital start
TQM Pillars, History of TQM, Six Sigma: Define, Measure,
up and designing the business model canvas
Analyze, Improve, Control.
Syllabus:
Pre-requisite(s): -
Introduction to technology entrepreneurship, business model
Text Book(s):
canvas, case study, pitching, venture capital, failure of digital
1. Rao, et al, “Total Quality Management: Cross Functional
start up
Perspective”, 1996.
Pre-requisite(s): -
Lean Manufacturing
Text book(s): ENIE803220
1. Mankani, D., 2003. Technopreneurship: The Successful 3 Credits
entrepreneur in The new economy. Pearson/Prentice Learning Objective(s):
Hall.
Students can understand the concept of an effective manufac-
Human Performance Engineering turing process based on Toyota Production Systems
ENIE803114
Syllabus:
3 Credits
Learning Objective(s): History and concept of lean manufacturing, strategies and
steps of deploying lean Manufacturing, Toyota Production
Students are able to understand the human performance engi-
System
neering and capable of measuring, evaluating, and analyzing
performance and behaviour in various applied fields and in Pre-requisite(s): -
relation to technological and engineering developments.
Text Book(s):
Syllabus: 1. Wilson, L. (2009). How to Implement Lean Manufactur-
ing, McGrawHill.
An Introduction to Human Performance engineering, meth-
2. George L.M. (2004). Lean Six Sigma Pocket Toolbook: A
ods and tools used in human performance engineering,
Quick reference Guide to Nearly 100 Tools for Improving
Human performance engineering in product usability and
Process Quality, Sppeed, and Complexity, McGrawHill
design.
Industrial Organization
Pre-requisite(s): -
ENIE803221
Text book(s): 3 Credits
1. Bailey, R.W. Human Performance Engineering, Prentice Learning Objective(s):
Hall, 1982.
Student are expected to design the structure of a team-based
2. Jurnal dan artikel terkait HPE.
organization with a division of roles and work descriptions
Industrial Technology Management that design is then used in a research project.
ENIE803115
Syllabus:
3 Credits
Learning Objective(s): : Introduction to organization and industrial psychology,
understanding and insight into industrial and organizational
Students are able to propose appropriate management
psychology, employment selection and placement, training
patterns for technological developments and choose technolo-
and development of manpower, occupational conditions and
gies that can support business models and corporate strategic
psychological psychology, corporate leadership, organiza-
plans.
tional and working groups, organizational development and
Syllabus: culture, work motivation, job satisfaction, stress and occupa-
tional safety, consumer psychology.
728
Master Program
Pre-requisite(s): - in the form of understanding the meaning of engineering

management, material value and engineering management in
Text Book(s):
the creation of value, a paradigm that becomes the foundation
1. Robbins, S. P. (2017). Organizational behavior, 17th
of the concept and the ability to choose the right approach,
Edition. Pearson Education.
process and/or treatment of materials, and able to apply engi-
2. Griffin, R.W. and Moorhead, G., 2011. Organizational
neering principles that contribute to the improvement and
behavior. Nelson Education.
Syllabus:
Maritime Logistics
ENIE803222 Engineering management, Engineering Design, material
3 Credits value, Engineering Management in material value Creation,
Learning Objective(s): material value upgrading, materials value conservation,
design for material value upgrading, material value conser-
Students are able to design, analyze, and improve the perfor-
vation, Design for materials value upgrading, design for
mance of the maritime logistics system in general, and
material value conservation
container terminals as well as scheduled cruise (liner) in
particular. Pre-requisite(s): -
Syllabus: Text Book(s):
1. Wodecki, A. (2019). Artificial intelligence in value creation:
Maritime Economy, containerization, scheduled sailing, Berth
Improving competitive advantage. Springer.
Allocation problem, Quay Crane allocation problem, Stacking
2. Cinquini, L., Di Minin, A., & Varaldo, R. (Eds.). (2013). New
problem, Stowage Planning, Integration phase, Intramodality,
business models and value creation: A service science
Synchomodality, LPG supply chain, Fuel supply chain, Inte-
perspective. Milan: Springer.
gration phase.
3. Manu, A. (2016). Value creation and the internet of things:
Pre-requisite(s): - How the behavior economy will shape the 4th industrial
revolution. Routledge.
Text Book(s):
4. Morse, L. C., Babcock, D. L., & Murthy, M. (2014). Manag-
1. Duinkerken, M., & Günther, H.-O. (2007). Container
ing engineering and technology. Pearson.
Terminals and Cargo Systems. Berlin: Springer Berlin
Heidelberg. http://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-49550-5 Industrial Economics
2. Inst, G. (1987). Indonesia ’ s Sea Transport System - A ENIE803328
Series of Maps, 491–502. 3 Credits
3. Ligteringen, H., & Velsink, H. (2014). Ports and Terminals. Learning Objective(s):
Delft: Delft Academic Press.
After attending this lecture participants can learn about the
4. Meisel, F. (2009). Seaside Operations Planning in Container
economic provision, i.e. business ventures that apply as sell-
Terminals. http://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-7908-2191-8
ers (providers of goods and services), variables in the indus-
Transportation Systems trial market, covering the market of goods and services, the
ENIE803223 money market and the labor market; as well as a variety of
3 Credits fiscal policies, monetary and payment balances that can affect
Learning Objective(s): and control certain variables, such as income, interest rates
and prices, so as to understand the real role of an industrial
Students are expected to understand the basics of transpor-
business the
tation system (both goods and people) and role in supporting
effective and efficient production system. Syllabus:
Syllabus: Introduction: Modeling in industrial economics, consumer
behaviour and demand function, technology concept and
Introduction of basic elements of transportation systems,
production function, company cost function and supply func-
problems and economic aspects of transportation systems,
tion, balance in competitive market
transportation system planning, transportation models,
multimodal transportation, transportation and environment, Pre-requisite(s): -
and technological developments in the field of transporta-
Text Book(s):
tion.
1. Chacholiades, Miltiades. 1978. International Trade And
Pre-requisite(s): - Policy. New York: McGraw-Hill
2. Gould, JP. and CE. Ferguson. 1980. Microeconomic Theory.
Text Book(s):
Homewood: Richard D. Irwin
a. Rodrigue, J-P. (2017). The geography of transport systems.
3. Griffin, Ricky W. and Ronald J. Ebert. 2004. Business.
Fourth Edition. New York: Routledge
Upper Saddle River: Pearson-Prentice Hall
b. Black, J. (1981). Urban transport planning: theory and
4. Martin, Stephen. 1988. Industrial Economics: Economic
practice. London: The Johns Hopkins University Press
Analysis and Public Policy. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice
c. Hay, W. W. (1987). An introduction to transportation engi-
Hall
neering. Krieger Pub Co.
d. Morlok, E.K., (1978). Introduction to transportation engi- Supply Chain Management
neering and planning. Mc Graw Hill, Inc. ENIE803329
3 Credits
Engineering Management in The Value of Materials Learning Objective(s):
ENIE803327
3 Credits Students are able to determine effective and efficient supply
Learning Objective(s): chain system design solution based on product, market and
customer characteristics.
students are able to master knowledge and possess expertise
729
Master Program
Syllabus: 3 Credits
Inventory Management and Risk pooling, network Planning,
supply contracts, information role in supply chain, supply Students are able to analyse risk and uncertainty based on
chain integration, distribution strategy, strategic alliances, statistical tools in good & correct for decision making
outsourcing strategy.
Syllabus:
Prerequisite:-
Concept and decision making process, Theory of uncertainty,
Text Book(s): risk analysis
1. Simchi-Levi, D., Kaminsky, P., Simchi-Levi, E., & Shan-
Pre-requisite(s): -
kar, R. (2008). Designing and managing the supply chain:
concepts, strategies and case studies. Tata McGraw-Hill Text Book(s):
Education. 1. Parmigiani, G. (2009). Decision Theory: Principles and
2. Chopra, S., & Meindl, P. (2007). Supply chain manage- Approaches , John Wiley.
ment. Strategy, planning & operation. In Das summa
sumum des management (pp. 265-275). Gabler.
Costumer Relationship Management
ENIE803436
Maintenance Management 3 Credits
ENIE803330 Learning Objective(s):
3 Credits
Students understand the role and function of relationship
management with customers in improving the competitive-
Students are able to design scheduling of maintenance based ness of the Company (the organization)
on Preventive Maintenance concept.
Syllabus:
Syllabus:
The concept and implementation steps OF CRM in the orga-
System theory, project PMDA organization, project resources, nization, CRM process management, measuring the success
staff organization and project team, time Management, of CRM, Best Practices implementation OF CRM.
Critical Path Method, PERT, project charts, cost control.
Pre-requisite(s): -
Pre-requisite(s): -
Text Book(s):
Text Book(s): 1. Peppers, D. (2011). Managing Customer Relationship: A
1. Mann, Jr.,L. (1978). Maintenance Management. Lexington Strategic Framework, John Wiley& Sons.
Books
2. Nakajima, Seiichi. (1988). Introduction to Total Productive
Advanced Optimization
ENIE803437
Maintenance.
3 Credits
3. Levitt, J. (2003). Complete guide to preventive and predic-
tive maintenance. Industrial Press Inc.
Students can design and implement a variety of heuristic and
Enterprise Information Systems
metaheuristic optimization algorithms to resolve issues in the
ENIE803331
field of industrial engineering.
3 Credits
Learning Objective(s): Syllabus:
Students are able to make early planning an information Introduction to optimization, theory of complexity, heuristic
system by paying attention to the flow of existing informa- fundamentals, Hill Climbing algorithm, Greedy algorithm,
tion to achieve a competitive company. The initial informa- Simulated Annealing, Taboo Search, Genetic algorithm, tech-
tion system is created through a database management that nique dealing constraints, multi-purpose metaheuristic
will generate important information and analysis that will
Pre-requisite(s): -
support the decision making to be taken.
Text Book(s):
Syllabus:
1. How to Solve It: Modern Heuristics, Zbigniew Michale-
Introduction to management information systems. MIS/IT as wicz, David B. Fogel. Springer, 2004
competitive advantage. IT and Electronic Commerce. Data- 2. Essentials of Metaheuristics, Sean Luke, 2009, Essentials
base and database management. System Analysis and Design. of Metaheuristics, Lulu, available at http://cs.gmu.edu/
MIS and its relationship with RQM and QS. CBIS. Account- sean/book/metaheuristics/
ing Information System. Decision Support System. Executive 3. Computational Intelligence, an introduction, Andries P.
Information System. Marketing, Manufacturing Information Engelbrecht, John Wiley & Sons, England: 2007.
System. Financial, Human Resource Information System.
Prognostic and Machinery Health Management
Pre-requisite(s): - ENIE803438
3 Credits
Text Book(s):
1. Dym, C., & Little, P. (2005). Engineering design: A mate-
rial and processing approach. Students are able to analyze failures in the machining system
2. Heller, E. D. (1971). Value management: value engineering using predictive analysis approaches and propose appropriate
and cost reduction. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company. management concept to stop such failures before they occur.
3. Cross, N., (1994). Engineering Design Methods : Strategies
Syllabus:
for Product Design, John Wiley & Son, New York
Thermal Power generation, condition-based maintenance,
Decisions, Uncertainties and Risk
machine learning methods for Fault detection and Diagno-
ENIE803435
730
Master Program
sis, methods for handling unbalanced Data, lesson-based Students understand the tools and methods of conducting
machine learning methods ANN and SVM planning and management of resource and logistics support
in the process of engineering the system.
Pre-requisite(s): -
Syllabus:
Text Book(s):
1. Yan, J., 2014. Machinery prognostics and prognosis Outsourcing Principles and Methods, Acquisition and Supply,
oriented maintenance management. John Wiley & Sons. Logistics Planning, Principles of Supply Chain Management
2. Levitt, J., 2003. Complete guide to preventive and predic- System, Scheduling and Sourcing
tive maintenance. Industrial Press Inc..
Pre-requisite(s): -
Service Engineering
Text Book(s):
ENIE803439
1. ISO/IEC 15288 Standard for Systems Engineering. Inter-
3 Credits
national Organization Standard (ISO).
Technology Policy Modelling Using System Dynam-
Students are able to understand the specificity of the service
ics
sector in terms of initial design, management, measurement
ENIE803545
methods of quality of performance workers, and methods
3 Credits
of measuring customer satisfaction, starting from service
encounter, to the needs of managers in the service sector to
combine marketing, technology, workers and information to Students understand concepts, methods and tools of dynamic
be competitive. system modeling to specify, predict and evaluate the impact
of a policy so that they can formulate better policy decisions.
Syllabus:
Syllabus:
Introduction to service engineering, new services develop-
ment, technology on services, establishment of service compa- Introduction to technology policies and policies, techno-
nies, operations management services, quality services, logical aspects in policy, introduction to Dynamic systems,
capacity planning and Model queuing, forecasting demand basic models of dynamic system-based policy analysis, case
on services, inventory management services. studies modeling policy,
Pre-requisite(s): - Pre-requisite(s): -
Text Book(s): Text Book(s):
1. Fitzsimmons, J. A., & Fitzsimmons, M. J. (1994). Service 1. Model Introduction SEMS Dynamic System modeling
management for competitive advantage. New York, NY: 2. ISO/IEC 15288 Standard for Systems Engineering Interna-
McGraw-Hill. tional Organization Standard (ISO).
Systems Engineering Management Decision and Policy Models
ENIE803543 ENIE803546
3 Credits 3 Credits
Learning Objective(s): Learning Objective(s):
Students can understand basic systems engineering manage- Students can understand the concept, method and approach
ment in the industry so as to manage a process design, of a game-based model theory in the face of complex problems
installation, management and termination of a complex that can formulate appropriate decisions and policies.
system
Syllabus:
Syllabus:
A Strategic Form of play, Nash equilibrium, Continuous
Industrial System Engineering concepts and methodologies. and Discontious games, evaluation and learning in the
System lifecycle: concept, development, production, utiliza- game, games with perfectly NIR-perfect information, Nash
tion and support, as well as the end of the system. Vee-Model. collective action, recurring games, mechanism design, social
Processes in the system lifecycle: technical process, project options and voting theory.
process, organizational process and the acquisition process of
Pre-requisite(s): -
goods or services. Total System Value and Life Cycle Costing.
Text Book(s):
Prerequisite(s): -
1. Straffin, P. D. (1993), Game Theory and Strategy, Washing-
Textbook(s): ton, DC: The Mathematical Association of America.
1. Systems Engineering Handbook: A Guide for System 2. Webster, T.J. (2014), Analyzing Strategic Behavior in Busi-
Life Cycle Processes and Activities, version 3.1, Edited ness and Economic: A Game Theory Primer, Lexington
by: Cecilia Haskins, CSEP, Kevin Forsberg, CSEP and Books.
Michael Krueger, CSEP. August 2007.
2. 2. Systems Engineering Principles and Practice. Kossia-
Renewable and Sustainable Energy Systems
ENIE803547
koff, Alexander and William N. Sweet. John Wiley &
3 Credits
Sons. Hoboken – New Jersey. 2003.
3. 3. ISO/IEC 15288 Standard for Systems Engineering.
International Organization Standard –ISO. tudents can understand the concepts, methods and foun-
dations of the design of renewable and sustainable energy
Support and Logistics for System Engineering
systems.
ENIE803544
3 Credits Syllabus:
Introduction to Sustainable Energy, Carrying Capacity and
731
Master Program
Exponential Growth, Key Sustainability Considerations,

Energy Efficiency and Conservation, Conventional Energy,
Renewable Energy
Pre-requisite(s): -
Text Book(s):
1. Kutscher, C.F., Milford, J.B., Kreith, F. (2018), Principles of
Sustainable Energy Systems (Third Edition), CRC Press.
732
Master Program
Transition Policy
semesters.
5. When a compulsory subject in the curriculum 2016 is deleted and there is no equivalence in the curriculum 2020, then:
44 credits.
Table of Course Equivalency between Curriculum 2016 and 2020
Credits Credits
No Course Name in 2016 Curriculum Course Name in 2020 Curriculum
2016 2020
1 Research Methodology 3 Research Methodology 2
733
734
Doctoral Program
Doctoral Program Academic Counseling

Since the day a student is registered as student for the Doctoral
FTUI holds Doctoral Program for the seven following study program until the time that he/she passes qualification exam-
programs: ination, the student will be under the guidance of an academic
advisor who the student expected to be their Promotor or
1. Civil Engineering Co-Promotor. Head of Department accepts a proposal of future
2. Mechanical Engineering Promotor/Academic Advisor from a committee in the Depart-
ment. Once the student pass the qualification examination, the
3. Electrical Engineering student will earn status as Doctor Candidate and the Academic
4. Metallurgy & Material Engineering Advisor’s status will revert to Promotor/Co-Promotor.
5. Chemical Engineering
6. Architecture Promotor and Co-Promotor
7. Industrial Engineering Promotor and Co-Promotor for Doctoral Program are lectur-
ers or experts from related field and are assigned by Head of
FTUI Doctoral program was officially opened in 2000 with Department based on a Rector’s Decree to guide and advise
the opening of the Civil Engineering and Electrical Engi- a Doctor candidate in conducting research and dissertation
neering Doctoral program followed by the emersion of the writing. Academic Advisor consist of 1 Promotor and a
Opto-electrotechnique and Laser Application study program maximum of 2 (two) Co-Promotors. Promotor is a first chair
into the Postgraduate Program of FTUI. The Mechanical Advisor who holds an academic degree of Professor or Doctor
Engineering study program was officially opened in 2006 and a minimum of Senior Lecture academic position; has a
while the Metallurgy & Material Engineering and Chemi- relevant expertise in the field which the student’s disserta-
cal Engineering followed in 2007. And In 2009, respectively tion topic is; and is acknowledge as a full time faculty at the
Department of Architecture opened the Architecture Universitas Indonesia, and for the last five years has produced
Doctoral Program. In 2001, the Opto-electrotechnique and at the latest: one scientific paper in an accredited national jour-
Laser Application was closed and was emerged into the nal or a reputable international journal; or one other form of
Electrical Engineering study program. Each Doctoral study scientific product which is acknowledge by a group of experts
program is headed by the Head of Study Program which set up by the Academic Senate of Universitas Indonesia.
is held ex-officio by the Head of Department in the Faculty
of Engineering UI. The Doctoral study programs have Co-Promotors are the Promotor’s companions who act as
one or more focus subjects to give a more specific knowl- second and/or third chair advisor who hold academic degree
edge on engineering field to all students of the program. of Doctor or Senior Lecturer, and has a relevant expertise in
the field with the student’s dissertation topic. Co-Promotor
Currently, the Doctoral Program is held in from outside of the Faculty of Engineering UI must have the
two ways: Lecture & Research; and Research. approval from the Promotor. Promotor and Co-Promotors are
appointed by the Rector based on the proposal submitted by
the Dean which are also based on suggestions from the Head
New Students Selection of Department after the student has pass the qualification
Selection process for new students for examination. The appointment must be done at the latest 1
the FTUI Doctoral Program is as follow: (one) semester after the qualification examination. A change
1. Pre-admission stage: future student is encouraged to of Promotor/Co-Promotor must be proposed by the Dean to
informally contact their prospective Promotor or the the Rector based on a proposal from the Head of Department.
Head of Department to further discuss his/her desired
dissertation topic. This is important to make sure the
availability of Promotor in accordance to said research
topic. Communication may be done through email or
face to face. The Head of Department and future Promo-
tor then would discuss the student’s proposal internally.
2. Future student should register online via
http://penerimaan.ui.ac.id and complete
the required documents and prerequisites.
3. Future student will then take the entrance examination
(SIMAK UI) which consists of: (i) Academic Poten-
tial Examination and (ii) English Proficiency Test.
4. The results of the Entrance Examination will then be sent
to FTUI by the UI Entrance Examination Committee. These
results will then be discussed in a Department Committee
Meeting headed by the Head of Department to determine
which students accepted, and the proposed research topic
approved, and the availability of future Promotor. An
interview have to be arrange with the future student to
determine the suitability of research topic, with previous
study field, and the student’s commitment to participate
in the Doctoral program full time. Interview may be
done directly or through email or messanger application.
5. The outcome of the Department Committee Meet-
ing will then be submitted to the UI Entrance
Examination Committee to be announced.
735
Doctoral Program
Program Specifications
3. Programme Title Doctoral Program in Civil Engineering
Doctoral Program in Mechanical Engineering
Doctoral Program in Electrical Engineering
Doctoral Program in Metallurgy & Material Engineering
Doctoral Program in Architecture
Doctoral Program in Chemical Engineering
Doctoral Program in Industrial Engineering
4. Class Regular
5. Final Award Doctor (Dr.)
6. Accreditation / Recognition Civil Engineering Doctoral Program: Accreditation A from BAN-PT
Mechanical Engineering Doctoral Program: Accreditation A from
BAN-PT
Electrical Engineering Doctoral Program: Accreditation A from
BAN-PT
Metallurgy & Material Engineering Doctoral Program: Accreditation A
from BAN-PT
Chemical Engineering Engineering Doctoral Program: Accreditation A
from BAN-PT
Architecture Doctoral Program: Accreditation A from BAN-PT
Industrial Engineering Doctoral Program: Accreditation B from
BAN-PT
9. Entry Master graduate from study programs in line with study program
Requirements chosen and pass the entrance examination
10. Study Duration Programmed for 3 years
Semester
Regular 6 14-17
Short (optional) - -
Streams:
The Civil Engineering Doctoral Program has six streams as follow:
• Structure
• Construction Management
• Transportation
• Water Resource Management
• Project Management
• Geotechnique
The Mechanical Engineering Doctoral Program has four streams as follow:
• Energy Conversion
• Engineering Design and Product Development
• Manufacture Engineering
• Fire Safety Engineering and Management
The Electrical Engineering Doctoral Program has eight streams as follow:
• Telecommunication Engineering
• Electrical Power and Energy Engineering
• Photonic and Electronic Engineering
• Control Engineering
• Multimedia and Information Engineering
• Security of Information Network Engineering
• Telecommunication Management
• Electrical Power and Energy Management
736
Doctoral Program
The Metallurgy & Material Engineering Doctoral Program has two fields of specialization:
• Corrosion and Protection
• Material Engineering and Manufacture Process
The Chemical Engineering Doctoral Program has five streams as follow:
• Industry Catalist
• Gas Management
• Product Design and Chemical Process
• Environmental Protection and Work Safety
• Gas Technology
The Industrial Engineering Doctoral Program has two streams as follow:
• Manufacturing and Quality Engineering
• Service System Engineering
11.. Graduate Profiles:

FTUI Doctoral Program Graduates haves the capabilities of demonstrating expansion, novelty breakthrough in
research in the engineering or architecture field in accordance to certain stream or sub-stream. The FTUI Doctoral
Program prepares student to work in academic and research in accordance to their own stream; dedicate their exper-
tise in research laboratory, industry or government institution; or create a business based on their innovation.
Graduates are able to posess the following skill:
• Be able to show expertise in the engineering or architecture discipline;
• Be able to uphold the academic and research ethics;
• Be able to work collaboratively in research;
• Be able to position themselves as leader in their community;
• Be able to communicate well in their community and build networks;
• Be able to demonstrate individual live skill in connection to human relationship;
• Be able to demonstrate attitude, behavior and way of thinking which support their success in society.
12.. Graduates Competencies:
The aim of Doctoral Program in FTUI is in line with the Doctoral Program of Universitas Indonesia, to produce
quality graduates with the following competence:
1. Able to independently update their knowledge on science and technology in engineering or architecture through
research based innovation breakthrough.
2. Able to show professionalism in their field of study that can be accountable towards the development of science
and technology.
3. Able to write a scientific paper in engineering or architecture and convey the result of their research to the public
both orally or written in an international scientific activity.
4. Able to recommend a solution for a complex problem faced by society in the field of engineering or architecture
through inter, multi and trans discipline approach.
5. Able to lead a working or research team to solve problem in the field of engineering or architecture that can be of
benefit for the good of mankind.
6. Able to develop and maintain a network of cooperation with fellow researcher and research community in the
field of engineering and architecture both in national and international level.
13. Course Composition (Course & Research)
i Course Component 16 32%
ii Research Component 34 68%
Total 50 100%
14. Classification of Subjects. (Research)
i Course Component 0 0%
ii Research Component 50 100 %
Total 50 100%
Total Credit Hours to Graduate 50 CP
737
Doctoral Program
Curriculum Structure for FTUI Doctoral Doctoral Program (Research)

Program The following is the curriculum structure for Research
Doctoral Program in Table 2.
The curriculum structure for the Doctoral Program in all
study programs are the same, they are only differentiated by Table 2. The Curriculum Structure – Doctoral Program in
their codes for the research component. The code “xx” for each Research
study programs are as follow:
Code Subject SKS
ENCV for Civil Engineering, ENME for Mechanical Engineer-
ing, ENEE for Electrical Engineering, ENMT for Metallurgy & 1st Semester
Material Engineering, ENAR for Architecture, and ENCH for Research Group Periodic
ENXX900003 6
Chemical Engineering, ENIE for Industrial Engineering Seminar
The FTUI Doctoral Program is held in two program: Course Sub Total 6
and Research and Research. 2 nd Semester
ENXX900005 Research Proposal 6
Doctoral Program (Course & Research)
Sub Total 6
The following is the curriculum structure for Course & 3rd Semester
Research Doctoral Program in Table 1.
Publication I – International
ENXX900007 6
Table 1. The Curriculum Structure – Doctoral Program in Conference
Course and Research Sub Total 6

th
ENXX900008 Research Result Examination 10

1st Semester
Sub Total 10
ENGE901001 Advanced Research Method 6
ENXX900001 Special Subject I 3 5 Semester
th
Sub Total 9 ENXX900009 Publication II – International

8
Journal
2 Semester
nd
Sub Total 8
Qualitative & Quantitative
ENGE902002 4 6th Semester
Analysis
ENXX900002 Special Subject II 3 ENXX900011 Publication III – International
8
ENXX900004 Research Proposal 6 Journal
Sub Total 13 ENXX900012 Doctoral Promotion 6
3rd Semester Sub Total 14

Publication – International Total 52
ENXX900006 4
Conference
Sub Total 4 Description of Subjects
4th Semester Advanced Research Method
ENXX900007 Research Result Examination 10 ENGE901001
6 SKS
Sub Total 10
5 Semester
th Learning Objective(s): Course participants are expected
to: (a) master the scientific work process based on science
ENXX900008 Publication II – International philosophy, which is the scientific justification aspects, inno-
8
Journal vative aspects and scientific ethics aspects, (b) able to write a
Sub Total 8 research proposal and or draft of scientific writing related to
6 Semester
th the student’s doctoral topic, (c) can map research result from
the latest international journal in their field and understand
ENXX900010 Doctoral Promotion 6
the state-of-the-art from their research topic, and can deter-
Sub Total 6 mine the knowledge gap yet explored in the international
Total 50 level for further research in their Doctoral Program.
Syllabus: (1) Relationship between philosophy and engi-
The Lecture Component includes four subjects: neering science; (2) Science Philosophy; (3) Epystemology
a. Advanced Research Method, 6 sks in Engineering Science; (4) Research Method; (5) Problem
b. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis, 4 sks formulation and hypothesis; (6) Research and state of the art;
c. Special Subject I, 3 SKS. (7) Research Evaluation; (8) Design Evaluation and research
d. Special Subject II, 3 SKS. Stages; (9) Introduction to the analysis of the data processing
The Research Component includes: method; (10) Benchmark on research output and conclusion
1. Research Proposal, 6 SKS formulation; (11) Various citation method; (12) Finalization of
2. Publication – International Conference, 4 SKS research proposal draft and /or scientific article draft.
3. Research Result Examination, 10 SKS Prerequisite(s): None
4. Publication – International Journal, 8 SKS
5. Promotion Exam, 6 SKS Textbooks:
738
Doctoral Program
1. Haryono Imam R dan C. Verhaak, Filsafat Ilmu Pengeta- Catalog.

huan, Gramedia, Jakarta, 1995 3. Students are allowed to take classes in other Master
2. Willie Tan, “Practical Research Methods”, Prentice Hall, Program in the Faculty of Engineering Universitas Indo-
2002. nesia or other faculties within the Universitas Indonesia
3. R. Kumar, Research Methodology, A Step-by-step Guide for as deemed necessary by their Academic Advisor
Beginner, 3rd ed., Sage Pub, 2012 4. In the event where neither conditions is viable for the
students, the Academic Advisor is allowed to conduct a
Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis
class of said course.
ENGE902002
4 SKS Research Group Periodic Seminar
ENXX900003
Learning Objective(s): Discuss the qualitative and quantita-
8 SKS
tive in data analysis and exploring specific data analysis areas.
After participating in this subject which discuss the qualita- Research Group Periodic Seminar is an early activity of
tive and quantitative approach in data analysis in exploring research in the Doctoral Program in Research where students
specific areas of data analysis. Students are expected to be conduct literature study in relation to the materials for their
able to build the following learning outcome: (1) awareness to research. This literature study must be done intensively by
situations requiring qualitative data analysis in the inductive mapping out the research results from the latest international
paradigm; (2) awareness to situations requiring quantitative journals in related field. The final aim was so that students
data analysis in the deductive paradigm; (3) appreciation have a state-of-the-art understanding of their research topic,
toward various approaches; (4) possessing skills in giving crit- and can determine the knowledge gap previously unexplored
ical appraisal; (5) possessing skills in performing qualitative in the international level for further research in their Doctoral
and quantitative data analysis. Program. The result of this literature study is compiled in a
literature study report presented in the Research Group Peri-
Syllabus: Introduction; Qualitative Analysis; Quantitative
odic Seminar to be examined by a panel comprises of future
Analysis; Non-Parametric Analysis; Uncertainty Analysis;
Promoter/ Academic Advisor and Examiners from related
Critical Appraisal; Design of Experiment; ANOVA revisit;
field of study. Students will passed this Research Group Peri-
Multivariate Techniques.
odic Seminar if they received a minimum grade of B.
Prerequisite(s): None
Research Proposal
Textbooks: ENXX900004/ENXX900005
1. Miles M & Huberman M, Qualitative Data Analysis, 6 SKS
London Sage Publications, (1994)
Research Proposal is the continuous activity of the literature
2. Montgomery, D.C., & Runger, G.C, Applied Statistics and
study, where after gaining a state-of-the-art knowledge of
Probability for Engineers 3rd Ed., John Wiley and Sons,
their research topic, students can formulize the scope of their
Inc., New York, (2003)
Doctoral research and determine which research method will
3. Kirkup, L, Experimental Method: An Introduction to the
be use. The result of this activity is a comprehensive research
Analysis and Presentation, John Wiley and Sons, Austra-
proposal which include: goals, background and data anal-
lia, Ltd., Queensland, (1994)
ysis from early study or experiments done. Included in this
4. Montgomery, D.C, Design and Analysis of Experiments
research proposal is plan of work for each semester and its
6th Ed., John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, (2005)
publication goals. At this level, it is expected for students to
5. Hair, J.F., B.Black, B.Babin and R.E Anderson, Multivariate
begin experiment activity or early study which can show the
Data Analysis 6th Ed., Pearson Education Inc., New Jersey,
direction of their research is feasible and recent in his field.
(2006)
The early experiment or study result, the literature study
Special Subject 1 and the whole research plan is then compiled in a Research
ENXX900001 Proposal Report to be presented and examined in a Research
4 SKS Proposal Examination. Students will passed this Research
Proposal if they received a minimum grade of B.
Special Subject 2
ENXX900002 Research Output Examination
4 SKS ENXX900007
10 SKS
Special Subject 1 in the 1 first semester (4 SKS) and Special
st
Subject 2 in the 2nd semester (4 SKS) are determined together At this stage, students are expected to have a research output
with the student’s Academic Advisor to support the student’s with a minimum of 75% from their research plan. Doctorate
research and/or to develop the student’s knowledge with candidate are expected to have reach a research outcome
information and knowledge from unrelated field. Academic which is the main part of the originally planned contribu-
Advisor is also allowed to propose a special content for the tion. The outcome of this research is measured through the
student to Head of Department. Research Output Examination. The examination committee
is appointed through the Dean’s Decree based on the Head
The following are the requirements for the implementation of
of Department’s proposal. These examiners consist of experts
Special Subject 1 and 2:
related in the field of study of the Doctorate candidate with at
1. For students who do not have in line Master degree
least one examiner from an institution outside of Universitas
educational background from the Faculty of Engineering
Indonesia. Doctor Candidate will passed this Research Output
Universitas Indonesia, they are allowed to take the similar
Examination if they received a minimum grade of B. At this
courses of the related field of study available at the Master
stage, a Doctor Candidate are allowed to design a scientific
Program in FTUI during the running semester.
article framework to be published in an indexed International
2. Students are also allowed to take courses from other study
Journal and determine which International Journal they will
programs within the Faculty of Engineering Universitas
send the article to.
Indonesia or courses from other faculties in UI as stated
in the Guidance Book or the Master/Doctoral Program 739
Doctoral Program
Publication – International Conference Promotion Examination is a scheduled academic activity as a

ENXX900006 medium of evaluation for the Doctor Candidate Dissertation
4 SKS as a requirement to obtain the highest academic title, Doctor.
The requirements and provision for Promotion Examination
Publication I – International Conference are as follow:
ENXX900007
• Promotion Examination can be done if all the scientific
6 SKS
publication requirements are completed by the Doctor
At this stage, students are expected to have an experiment Candidate: a minimum of one publication in an Interna-
result or study to focused on in their research topic and clar- tional Scientific Journal (in “Accepted” status) in relation to
ify their research direction. The result of the experiment must their dissertation research. The Publication is required to
also show innovation or breakthrough, mastery of knowledge state Faculty of Engineering Universitas Indonesia as one
on their stream in relation to their research topic, the depth of of the affiliation institution.
their research materials, and the mastery of the state of the art • Promoter and Co-Promoter gave a written approval on
development in their field or research interest, originality, and the dissertation as a sign that the dissertation can move
the contribution towards science and/or its implementation. forward to the Promotion Examination.
Once presented in front of their promoter and co-promoter, • The Promotion Examination is carried out by the Commit-
the whole research result at this stage will be deemed worthy tee of Promotion Examination which is appointed with
for international conference publication. a Rector’s Decree based on a proposal from the Head of
Department and the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering
Publication II – International Journal Universitas Indonesia.
ENXX900009 • The Committee of the Promotion Examination comprises
8 SKS of: (a) Promoter and Co-Promoter, (b) The Examiners, (c)
Publication III – International Journal a minimum of one examiner from outside of Universitas
ENXX900011 Indonesia.
8 SKS • Examiners consist of experts from related field of study.
In a special circumstances, an expert that is not from the
The scientific publication is an integral part of research academic community can be invited as part of the exam-
activity and a prerequisite in participating in a Promotion iners team.
Examination. International Journal meant here is an English • The Promotion Examination is led by the Head of the Exam-
language journal which its editorial board consists of member iners Committee that is also a member of the committee
from at least three different countries or more. A mandatory outside of the Promoter/Co-Promoter and outside exam-
publication must have an “Accepted” status before the Promo- iner. If the Head of the Examiners Committee is unavail-
tion Examination. FTUI itself publish their own international able, his/her position can be replaced by one of the member
journal, the International Journal of Technology (IJTech), of the examiner team.
which students can utilize as one of the international journal • The Promotion Examination is held as an open session for
to publish their Doctoral research. a period of maximum three hours divided into two stages:
Promotion Examination the dissertation presentation given by the Doctor Candi-
ENXX900012 date for 15-30 minutes and a question and answer session
6 SKS for 120-165 minutes.
• The Doctor Candidate will pass the Promotion Examina-
Before deemed fit to participate in a Promotion Examination. tion if they received a minimum grade of B with GPA 3.00.
Doctor Candidate are required to conduct additional research
as a follow up from the Research Output Examination. The Facilities for Doctoral Program Students
inputs and revisions given during the Research Output To make sure that student of FTUI Doctoral Program
Examination must be completed and revised through a series are able to conduct full time research and produce excellent
of final research. At this stage, the Doctor Candidate must publications as required, FTUI provides the following facili-
prove the authencity and originality of their research as new ties:
contribution to the scientific world. Thus, at this stage, the
Doctor Candidate is required to have an “Accepted” for their Doctoral Program Students’ Workstation
international Journal, they are also required to complete their Compact cubicles in comfortable rooms are available
dissertation paper ready to be tested during the Promotion as Doctoral program students’ workstation. The locations for
Examination. these workstations are located on the 2nd and 3rd floor of the
Dissertation is an academic scientific paper study output Engineering Center Building. Access to these workstations
and/or in depth research done independently and contained requires a swipe card to guarantee security. A round the clock
new contribution to issues that are temporary already known wi-fi service is also available. To procure a workstation and
the answer or new questions ask on issues that are seen to access card, students are requested to register to the Associ-
have been established in the field of science and technology ate Dean for General Affairs in the Dean’s building, 2nd floor,
by the Doctor Candidate under the guidance of his Academic FTUI Depok.
Advisor. A Doctor Candidate that has completed the revi- International Journal Article Writing Training
sion of their dissertation are required to submit a completed
version of their dissertation in five hard cover books and These free of charge trainings for the FTUI Doctoral
original approval form that has been signed by their advisors program students are held several times each year. The infor-
and submitted to PAF FTUI signifying the end of their study. mation regarding these trainings are communicated through
The format for writing and binding the Dissertation should an announcement in SIAK-NG, posters at each Department,
follow the writing and binding guidelines in the Technical Doctoral program mailing list and FTUI website (www.eng.
Guidelines of Final Project Writing for Students of Universitas ui.ac.id).
Indonesia that can be downloaded at http://www.ui.ac.id/
download.
740
Doctoral Program
Research Proposal Writing Training

These free of charge trainings for the FTUI Doctoral
program students are held several times each year. The infor-
mation regarding these trainings are communicated through
an announcement in SIAK-NG, posters at each Department,
Doctoral program mailing list and FTUI website (www.eng.
ui.ac.id).
Line Editing Draft for International Journal Article
FTUI provides funds for line editing drafts for Inter-
national Journal Articles. Requirement for applying for this
funds are: the article must include the promoter name as part
of the writing team and state FTUI as the main affiliation. To be
grant this facility, students only needs to send a draft of their
article through email to the FTUI Associate Dean of Academic
and Research (risetft@eng.ui.ac.id). The time required for line
editing is 2-4 weeks.
Doctoral Program Mailing-List
The Doctoral Program mailing list is used as a
communication tool between the Dean’s Faculty Heads, the
Faculty Center Administration staff and all Doctoral program
students in FTUI. Information regarding trainings, seminars,
grants or other academic matters is announced through this
mailing list. Complaints and suggestions are also accom-
modated by this mailing list. The mailing list address is:
programdoktorft@group.eng.ui.ac.id
Research and Incentive Grants for Master and
Doctoral Program
Research funds including consumables and tests for
research as part of the thesis and dissertation writing is the
responsibility of the student. There are a number of compet-
itive research grants, incentive research grant schemes avail-
able from which Master and Doctoral program students may
propose to finance his/her research. Complete guidance and
research proposal examples are available at the Associate
Dean for Research and Community Development secretary at
the Dean’s Building, 2nd floor or through http://research.eng.
ui.ac.id.
International Journal Writing Incentive
This incentives are given to lecturer of State of
Private Universities that have published an article in an inter-
national journal. Each proposer must be the first writer of the
article and include an institution affiliation in Indonesia.
741
742
743
744

FTUI Academic Guidebook 2020 2021

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

FTUI Academic Guidebook 2020 2021

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

1

2020 - 2021 EDITION

Desain Sampul dan Penata Letak

Sanksi Pelanggaran Pasal 72

Faculty of Engineering Universitas Indonesia

Chair : Dean of Engineering

Published by Faculty of Engineering

Head Office Public Relations and Protocol

Depok, August 2021

Dr. Ir. Hendri D.S Budiono, M.Eng.

Academic Leave...................................................... 53 Quality in Research (QiR) Conference............. 68

Faculty and Department Judiciums................... 54 International Office............................................... 68

Semester Grade Transcript, Diploma, and Undergraduate Program in

Offenses and Sanctions........................................ 54 Course Structure of Undergraduate Program

Faculty Administration Center........................... 58 Syllabus of Faculty Subjects................................ 85

University Central Library................................... 58 Course Syllabus of Undergraduate

Elective Courses...................................................... 99 Electives Subjects .................................................. 198

Civil Engineering Fast-Track Curriculum Undergraduate Program in Electrical

Undergraduate Program in Environmental Course Structure Undergraduate Program

Course Structure Undergraduate Program Curriculum Syllabus of University Subjects.. 213

Curriculum of International Program in Electives Computer Engineering Program...... 237

(S1 and S2)................................................................ 177 Syllabus of Faculty Subjects................................ 243

Undergraduate Program in Naval Architecture Electrical Engineering Department Subjects.. 245

Course Structure Undergraduate Program in Course Description: Elective Courses............... 327

Syllabus of Faculty Subjects................................ 263 Electives.................................................................... 348

Special Subjects...................................................... 272 Course Syllabus of Faculty Subjects................. 351

Elective Courses for Biomedical Interior Architecture Required Courses.......... 353

Course Description: Required Courses............ 321 Chemical Engineering Courses.......................... 384

Elective Courses...................................................... 391 Engineering............................................................. 482

Undergraduate Program in Bioprocess Course Structure Master Program in Energy

Curriculum Structure Undergraduate Elective Courses...................................................... 488

Course Syllabus of University Subjects........... 411 Elective Courses...................................................... 489

Professional Program for Engineers.................. 474 Engineering............................................................. 551

Course Structure Professional Program for Curriculum Structure in Environmental

Engineers.................................................................. 478 Engineering Master Programme........................ 562

Syllabus Professional Program for Syllabus of Master Program on Environmental

Engineers.................................................................. 478 Engineering............................................................. 563

Master Program in Energy System Mandatory Courses of Environmental Quality

Management............................................................ 564 Majoring Course..................................................... 614

Mandatory Courses of Water Quality Special Subjects...................................................... 615

Special Courses....................................................... 568 Curriculum of Electrical Engineering

Elective Courses of Specialization in Fire and Internet..................................................................... 625

Specialization in Manufacturing and Majoring in Telecommunication

Elective Course....................................................... 648 Master Program (Gas Management Class)....... 702

Master Program in Metallurgy and Materials Elective Courses...................................................... 703

Course Syllabus Master Program in Materials Curriculum Structure of Industrial Engineering

Compulsory/Expertise Courses.......................... 670 Compulsory Specialization Subjects................ 722

Elective Courses...................................................... 673 Elective Courses...................................................... 722

Master Program in Architecture........................ 674 Syllabus Master Program Industrial

Elective Courses...................................................... 678 Elective Courses...................................................... 727

Subject Syllabus..................................................... 678 Doctoral Program................................................... 735

Syllabus of Required Courses............................. 678 Curriculum Structure for FTUI Doctoral

Master Program in Chemical Engineering ..... 696 Description of Subjects......................................... 738

List of Courses for Chemical Engineering

Curriculum Structure Master Program Chemical

Elective Courses...................................................... 702

List of Courses for Chemical Engineering

FTUI Study Programs

Board of Professors • Prof. Dr. Ir. Engkos Achmad Kosasih, M.T.

International Adjunct Professor 16. Prof. Martin Betts,

12. Prof. Kyoo-Ho Kim, Dr.Eng, Twelve Master Programs:

12. Materials Integrity Management 3. Electrical Engineering : A

2. Mechanical Engineering : Excellent Undergraduate Regular Class Program

at an overseas university with academic link or cooperation • Having an understanding of an engineer’s